Welcome to the Maxim Full-Line Data Catalog.

We hope you find this CD-ROM a helpful tool for selecting the best Maxim IC for your design. This CD-ROM contains: The Maxim Full-Line Data Catalog The menu to the left of this page lists the available documents. Use the small arrows to find the document you want. All the indexes, tables, and product trees contain links to product data sheets. After you have finished viewing or printing a data sheet, use the back arrow in the top menu bar to return to this Welcome page. Do You Want to Work for a Successful Company? This CD-ROM contains a multimedia presentation about Maxim, its products, and its achievements. Youll find out why Maxim is a great place to work. To run the presentation, quit Adobe Acrobat Reader. Follow the steps in the README.TXT file to install QuickTime and run the presentation. SPICE Models This CD-ROM also contains SPICE models. To use these, quit Adobe Acrobat Reader. Open the MAXIM folder and open the PRODUCTS folder, then the SPICE folder. Read the license agreement (LICENSE.PDF) before using the SPICE models. Maxim on the World Wide Web Use this CD-ROM in conjunction with our website at http://www.maxim-ic.com. For quick access, use the links provided on this CD-ROM. We update the site constantly with new data sheets, revisions, technical information, and product release notices.

MAX038 High-Frequency Waveform Generator MAX038EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX038 MAX100 250Msps, 8-Bit ADC with Track/Hold MAX1002 Low-Power, 60Msps, Dual, 6-Bit ADC MAX1002/MAX1003EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1002/MAX1003 MAX1003 Low-Power, 90Msps, Dual 6-Bit ADC MAX1005 IF Undersampler MAX1007 Mobile-Radio Analog Controller MAX100EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX100 MAX1011 Low-Power, 90Msps, 6-Bit ADC MAX1011EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1011 MAX101A 500Msps, 8-Bit ADC with Track/Hold MAX101AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX101/MAX101A MAX104 5V, 1Gsps, 8 Bit ADC with On-Chip 2.2GHz Track/Hold Amplifier MAX104/MAX106/MAX108EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX104/MAX106/MAX108 MAX1044/ICL7660 Switched Capacitor Voltage Converters MAX106 5V, 600Msps, 8-Bit ADC with On-Chip 2.2GHz Bandwidth Track/Hold Amplifier MAX108 5V, 1.5Gsps, 8-Bit ADC with On-Chip 2.2GHz Track/Hold Amplifier MAX110/MAX111 Low-Cost, 2-Channel, 14 Bit Serial ADCs MAX1101 Single-Chip, 8-Bit CCD Digitizer with Clamp and 6-Bit PGA MAX1106/MAX1107 Single-Supply, Low-Power, Serial 8-Bit ADCs MAX1108/MAX1109 Single-Supply, Low-Power, 2-Channel, Serial 8-Bit ADCs MAX110EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX110/MAX111 MAX1110/MAX1111 +2.7V, Low-Power, MultiChannel, Serial 8-Bit ADCs MAX1110/MAX1112EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1110/MAX1112 MAX1112/MAX1113 +5V, Low-Power, MultiChannel, Serial 8-Bit ADCs MAX1114 8-Bit, 150Msps Flash ADC MAX1114/MAX1125EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1114/MAX1125 MAX1125 8-Bit, 300Msps Flash ADC MAX113/MAX117 +3V, 400ksps, 4/8-Channel, 8-Bit ADCs with 1A Power-Down MAX117EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX117/MAX118 MAX114/118 +5V, 1Msps, 4- and 8-Channel, 8-Bit ADCs with 1A Power-Down MAX1150 8-Bit, 500Msps Flash ADC MAX1150/MAX1151EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1150/MAX1151 MAX1151 8-Bit, 750Msps Flash ADC MAX1160 10-Bit, 20Msps TTL Output ADC MAX1160EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1160/MAX1161 MAX1161 10-Bit, 40Msps, TTL-Output ADC MAX1170 12-Bit, 10Msps, TTL-Output ADC MAX1170/MAX1171/MAX1172EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1170/MAX1171/MAX1172 MAX1171 12-Bit, 20Msps, TTL-Output ADC MAX1172 12-Bit, 30Msps, TTL-Output ADC

MAX117EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX117/MAX118 MAX120/MAX122 500ksps, Sampling, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX1200 +5V Single-Supply, 1Msps, 16-Bit Self-Calibrating ADC MAX1200/MAX1201/MAX1205EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1200/MAX1201/MAX1205 MAX1201 +5V Single-Supply, 2.2Msps, 14-Bit Self-Calibrating ADC MAX1202/MAX1203 5V, 8-Channel, Serial, 12-Bit ADCs with 3V Digital Interface MAX1202/MAX1203EVKIT Evaluation Kit for MAX1202 MAX1204 5V, 8-Channel, Serial, 10-Bit ADC with 3V Digital Interface MAX1205 +5V Single-Supply, 1Msps, 14-Bit Self-Calibrating ADC MAX120EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX120 MAX121 308ksps ADC with DSP Interface and 78dB SINAD MAX121EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX121 MAX1232 P Monitor MAX1240/MAX1241 +2.7V, Low-Power, 12-Bit Serial ADCs in 8-Pin SO MAX1241EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1240/MAX1241 MAX1242/MAX1243 +2.7V to +5.25V, Low-Power, 10-Bit Serial ADCs in SO-8 MAX1245 +2.375V, Low-Power, 8-Channel, Serial 12-Bit ADC MAX1246/MAX1247 +2.7V, Low-Power, 4-Channel, Serial 12-Bit ADCs in QSOP-16 MAX1246/MAX1247EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1246/MAX1247 MAX1248/MAX1249 +2.7V to +5.25V, Low-Power, 4-Channel, Serial 10-Bit ADCs in QSOP-16 MAX125/MAX126 2x4-Channel, Simultaneous-Sampling 14-Bit DAS MAX125/MAX126EVKIT Evaluation Kit/Evaluation System for the MAX125/MAX126 MAX1259 Battery Manager MAX127/MAX128 Multirange, +5V, 12-Bit DAS with 2-Wire Serial Interface MAX1270/MAX1271 Multirange, +5V, 8-Channel, Serial 12-Bit ADCs MAX1270/MAX1271EVKIT Evaluation Kit/Evaluation System for the MAX1270/MAX1271/MAX127/MAX128 MAX1290/MAX1292 400ksps, +5V, 8-/4-Channel, 12-Bit ADCs with +2.5V Reference and Parallel Interface MAX1292/MAX1293EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1292/MAX1293 MAX1291/MAX1293 250ksps, +3V, 8-/4-Channel, 12-Bit ADCs with +2.5V Reference and Parallel Interface MAX1294/MAX1296 420ksps, +5V, 6-/2-Channel, 12-Bit ADCs with +2.5V Reference and Parallel Interface MAX1295/MAX1297 265ksps, +3V, 6-/2-Channel, 12-Bit ADCs with +2.5V Reference and Parallel Interface MAX130/MAX131 3-1/2-Digit ADC with Bandgap Reference MAX132 18-Bit ADC with Serial Interface MAX132EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX132 MAX133/MAX134 9V, 3-3/4-Digit DMM Circuit MAX134EVSYS PC-Based Evaluation System for the MAX134 MAX135 15-Bit, Low-Power ADC with Parallel Interface MAX136 Low-Power, 3-1/2-Digit ADC with Display Hold and Direct LCD Drivers MAX138/MAX139/MAX140 3-1/2-Digit ADC with Reference, Charge-Pump and Direct LED Drivers MAX1400 +5V, 18-Bit, Low-Power, Multichannel, Oversampling (Sigma-Delta) ADC MAX1400/MAX1402EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1400/MAX1402 MAX1401 +3V, 18-Bit, Low-Power, Multichannel, Oversampling (Sigma-Delta) ADC MAX1402 +5V, 18-Bit, Low-Power, Multichannel, Oversampling (Sigma-Delta) ADC MAX1403 +3V, 18-Bit, Low-Power, Multichannel, Oversampling (Sigma-Delta) ADC MAX1403EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1401/MAX1403

MAX1406 15kV ESD-Protected, EMC-Compliant, 230kbps, 3-Tx/3-Rx RS-232 IC MAX144/MAX145 +2.7V, Low-Power, 2-Channel, 108ksps, Serial 12-Bit ADCs in 8-Pin MAX MAX1450 Low-Cost, 1%-Accurate Signal Conditioner for Piezoresistive Sensors MAX1457 0.1%-Accurate Signal Conditioner for Piezoresistive Sensor Compensation MAX1458 1%-Accurate, Digitally Trimmed Sensor Signal Conditioner MAX146/MAX147 +2.7V, Low-Power, 8-Channel, Serial 12-Bit ADCs MAX146/MAX147EVKIT Evaluation Kit/Evaluation System for the MAX146/MAX147 MAX1460 Low-Power, 16-Bit Smart ADC MAX1478 1% Accurate, Digitally Trimmed, Rail-to-Rail Sensor Signal Conditioner MAX148/MAX149 +2.7V to +5.25V, Low-Power, 8-Channel, Serial 10-Bit ADCs MAX1480A/MAX1480B/MAX1480C/MAX1490A/MAX1490B Complete, Isolated RS-485/RS-422 Data Interface MAX1481/MAX1484/MAX1485/MAX1486 Software-Selectable, Half/Full-Duplex, Slew-Rate Limited, 12Mbps, RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers in MAX Package MAX1482/MAX1483 20A, 1/8-Unit-Load, Slew-Rate-Limited, RS-485 Transceivers MAX1488E 15kV ESD-Protected, Quad, Low-Power RS-232 Line Driver MAX1489E 15kV ESD-Protected, Quad, Low-Power RS-232 Line Receiver MAX150/MX7820 CMOS, 1.3s, 8-Bit ADC with Voltage Reference and Track/Hold MAX151 300kHz, 10-Bit ADC with Reference and Track/Hold MAX152 3V, 8-Bit ADC with 1A Power-Down MAX152EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX152 MAX153 1Msps, P-Compatible, 8-Bit ADC with 1A Power-Down MAX154/MAX158 CMOS High-Speed, 8-Bit ADCs with Multiplexer and Reference MAX155/MAX156 High-Speed, 8-Channel, 8-Bit ADC with Simultaneous Track/Holds and Reference MAX155EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX155 MAX157/MAX159 +2.7V, Low-Power, 2-Channel, 108ksps, Serial 10-Bit ADCs in 8-Pin MAX MAX160/MX7574 CMOS, P-Compatible, 4s, 8-Bit ADC MAX1600/MAX1603 Dual-Channel CardBus and PCMCIA VCC/VPP Power-Switching Networks MAX1601/MAX1604 Dual-Channel CardBus and PCMCIA Power Switches with SMBusTM Serial Interface MAX1602 Single-Channel CardBus and PCMCIA VCC/VPP Power-Switching Network MAX1607 USB Current-Limited Switch in Pin-Compatible Package MAX161/MX7581 CMOS, 20s, 8-Bit, 8-Channel Data-Acquisition System MAX1610/MAX1611 Digitally Controlled CCFL Backlight Power Supplies MAX1610/MAX1611EVKIT Evaluation Kit for MAX1610/MAX1611 MAX1612/MAX1613 Bridge-Battery Backup Controllers for Notebooks MAX1612EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1612/MAX1613 MAX1614 High-Side, N-Channel MOSFET Switch Driver MAX1615/MAX1616 High-Voltage, Low-Power Linear Regulators for Notebook Computers MAX1617 Remote/Local Temperature Sensor with SMBus Serial Interface MAX1617A Remote/Local Temperature Sensor with SMBus Serial Interface MAX1617AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1617A MAX1617EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1617 MAX1618 Remote Temperature Sensor with SMBus Serial Interface MAX1618EVKIT Evaluation Kit/Evaluation System for the MAX1618 MAX1619 Remote/Local Temperature Sensor with Dual-Alarm Outputs and SMBus Serial Interface MAX162/MX7572 Complete High-Speed CMOS 12-Bit ADC MAX1620/MAX1621 Digitally Adjustable LCD Bias Supplies MAX1620EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1620/MAX1621

MAX1623 3A, Low-Voltage, Step-Down Regulator with Synchronous Rectification and Internal Switches MAX1623EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1623 MAX1624/MAX1625 High-Speed Step-Down Controllers with Synchronous Rectification for CPU Power MAX1624EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1624 MAX1625EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1625 MAX1626/MAX1627 5V/3.3V or Adjustable, 100% Duty Cycle, High-Efficiency, Step-Down DC-DC Controllers MAX1626EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1626/MAX1627 MAX163/MAX164/MAX167 CMOS, 5V-Input, 100ksps, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX1630/MAX1631/MAX1632/MAX1633/MAX1634/MAX1635 Multi-Output, Low-Noise Power-Supply Controllers for Notebook Computers MAX1630/MAX1631/MAX1632EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1630/MAX1631/MAX1632 MAX1636 Low-Voltage, Precision Step-Down Controller for Portable CPU Power MAX1636EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1636 MAX1637 Miniature, Low-Voltage, Precision Step-Down Controller MAX1637EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1637 MAX1638 High-Speed Step-Down Controller with Synchronous Rectification for CPU Power MAX1638EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1638 MAX1639 High-Speed Step-Down Controller with Synchronous Rectification for CPU Power MAX1639EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1639 MAX1640/MAX1641 Adjustable-Output, Switch-Mode Current Sources with Synchronous Rectifier MAX1640EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1640/MAX1641 MAX1642/MAX1643 High-Efficiency, Step-Up DC-DC Converters for 1V Inputs MAX1642EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1642/MAX1643 MAX1644 2A, Low-Voltage, Step-Down Regulator with Synchronous Rectification and Internal Switches MAX1644EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1644 MAX1645 Advanced Chemistry-Independent, Level 2 Battery Charger with Input Current Limiting MAX1647/MAX1648 Chemistry-Independent Battery Chargers MAX1649/MAX1651 5V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low-Dropout, Step-Down DC-DC Controller MAX1649EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1649 MAX165/MAX166 5s, 8-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX1652/MAX1653/MAX1654/MAX1655 High-Efficiency, PWM, Step-Down DC-DC Controllers in 16-Pin QSOP MAX1653/MAX1655EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1653/MAX1655 MAX1658/MAX1659 350mA, 16.5V Input, Low Dropout Linear Regulators MAX1660 Digitally Controlled Fuel-Gauge Interface MAX1660EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1660 MAX1661/MAX1662/MAX1663 Serial-to-Parallel/Parallel-to-Serial Converters and Load-Switch Controllers with SMBus Interface MAX1662EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1662 MAX1664 Active-Matrix Liquid Crystal Display (AMLCD) Supply MAX1666S/V/X Advanced Lithium-Ion Battery-Pack Protector MAX1667 Chemistry-Independent, Level 2 Smart Battery Charger MAX1667EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1667 MAX1672 Step-Up/Down DC-DC Converter in QSOP Package MAX1672EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1672 MAX1673 Regulated, 125mA-Output, Charge-Pump DC-DC Inverter

MAX1674/MAX1675/MAX1676 High-Efficiency, Low-Supply-Current, Compact, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX1676EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1676 MAX1677 Compact, High-Efficiency, Dual-Output Step-Up and LCD Bias DC-DC Converter MAX1677EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1677 MAX1678 1-Cell to 2-Cell, Low-Noise, High-Efficiency, Step-Up DC-DC Converter MAX1678EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1678 MAX1679 Single-Cell Li+ Battery Charger for Current-Limited Supply MAX1679EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1679 MAX1680/MAX1681 125mA, Frequency-Selectable, Switched-Capacitor Voltage Converters MAX1682/MAX1683 Switched-Capacitor Voltage Doublers MAX1684/MAX1685 Low-Noise, 14V Input, 1A, PWM Step-Down Converters MAX1685EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1684/MAX1685 MAX1686/MAX1686H 3V to 5V Regulating Charge Pumps for SIM Cards MAX1687/MAX1688 Step-Up DC-DC Converters with Precise, Adaptive Current Limit for GSM MAX1687/MAX1688EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1687/MAX1688 MAX1692 Low-Noise, 5.5V-Input, PWM Step-Down Regulator MAX1692EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1692 MAX1693/MAX1694 USB Current-Limited Switches with Fault Blanking MAX1697 60mA, SOT23 Inverting Charge Pump with Shutdown MAX170 Serial-Output, 5.6s, 12-Bit ADC with Reference MAX1700/MAX1701 1-Cell to 3-Cell, High-Power (1A), Low-Noise, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX1700/MAX1701EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1700/MAX1701 MAX1703 1-Cell to 3-Cell, High-Power (1.5A), Low-Noise, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX1703EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1703 MAX1705/MAX1706 1- to 3-Cell, High-Current, Low-Noise, Step-Up DC-DC Converters with Linear Regulator MAX1705/MAX1706EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1705/MAX1706 MAX1710/MAX1711 High-Speed, Digitally Adjusted Step-Down Controllers for Notebook CPUs MAX1710EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1710/MAX1711 MAX1714 High-Speed Step-Down Controller for Notebook Computers MAX1714AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1714A MAX1714BEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1714B MAX1719/MAX1720/MAX1721 SOT23, Switched-Capacitor Voltage Inverters with Shutdown MAX172 CMOS, 10s, 12-Bit ADC with Reference MAX1729 ECB and LCD Display Bias Supply with Accurate Output Voltage and Temperature Compensation MAX1729EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1729 MAX173 CMOS, 5s, 10-Bit ADC with Reference MAX174/MX574A/MAX674A Industry Standard, 12-Bit ADC with Reference MAX1749 SOT23 Vibrator Motor Driver MAX176 Serial-Output, 250ksps, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX176EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX176 MAX177 CMOS, 10-Bit A/D Converter with Track-and-Hold MAX1771 12V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, Step-Up DC-DC Controller MAX1771EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX1771 MAX178 Calibrated, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX180/MAX181 Complete, 100ksps, 8-Channel, 12-Bit Data-Acquisition Systems MAX180EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX180

MAX182 Calibrated, 4-Channel, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX183/MAX184/MAX185 3s, 12-Bit ADC MAX186/MAX188 Low-Power, 8-Channel, Serial 12-Bit ADCs MAX186EVKIT Evaluation Kit/Evaluation System for the MAX186 MAX187/MAX189 +5V Low-Power, 12-Bit Serial ADCs MAX187EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX187 MAX190 75ksps, 5V, 12-Bit ADC with Track/Hold and Reference MAX190EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX190 MAX191 Low-Power, 12-Bit Sampling, ADC with Internal Reference and Power-Down MAX191EVKIT Evaluation System/Evaluation Kit for the MAX191 MAX192 Low-Power, 8-Channel, Serial, 10-Bit ADC MAX194 14-Bit, 85ksps, ADC with 10A Shutdown MAX194/MAX195EVKIT/EVC16 Evaluation System/Evaluation Kit for the MAX194/MAX195 MAX195 16-Bit, 85ksps ADC with 10A Shutdown MAX196/MAX198 6-Channel, MultiRange, 5V, 12-Bit DAS with 12-Bit Bus Interface and Fault Protection MAX196EVKIT Evaluation Kit for MAX196/MAX198 MAX197 MultiRange (10V, 5V, +10V, +5V), Single +5V, 12-Bit DAS with 8+4 Bus Interface MAX197EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX197/ MAX199 MAX199 8-Channel, MultiRange, 5V, 12-Bit DAS with 8+4 Bus Interface and Fault Protection MAX200/MAX201/MAX202/MAX203/MAX204/MAX205/ MAX206/MAX207/MAX208/MAX209/MAX211/MAX213 +5V RS-232 Transceivers with 0.1F External Capacitors MAX2003/MAX2003A NiCd/NiMH Battery Fast-Charge Controllers MAX2003AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2003/MAX2003A MAX202E/MAX203E/MAX205E/MAX206E/MAX207E/ MAX208E/MAX211E/MAX213E/MAX232E/MAX241E 15kV ESD-Protected, 5V RS-232 Transceivers MAX2100Subcircuits Quadrature Digitizer Circuits MAX2101 6-Bit Quadrature Digitizer MAX2101EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2101 MAX2102/MAX2105 Direct-Conversion Tuner ICs for Digital DBS Applications MAX2102EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2102 MAX2108 Direct-Conversion Tuner IC MAX212 +3V Powered, Low-Power True RS-232 Transceiver MAX214 Programmable, DTE/DCE +5V RS-232 Transceiver MAX216 Low-Power, AppleTalkTM Interface Transceiver MAX218 1.8V to 4.25V Powered, True RS-232 Dual Transceiver MAX220/MAX222/MAX223/MAX225/MAX230/MAX231/MAX232/ MAX232A/MAX233/MAX233A/MAX234/MAX235/MAX236/MAX237/ MAX238/MAX239/MAX240/MAX241/MAX242/MAX243/MAX244/ MAX245/MAX246/MAX247/MAX248/MAX249 +5V-Powered, Multichannel RS-232 Drivers/Receivers MAX221 +5V, 1A, Single RS-232 Transceiver with AutoShutdown MAX221E 5kV ESD-Protected, +5V, 1A, Single RS-232 Transceiver with AutoShutdown MAX2232/MAX2233 900MHz ISM-Band, 250mW Power Amplifiers with Analog or Digital Gain Control MAX2232/MAX2233EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2232/MAX2233 MAX2235 +3.6V, 1W Autoramping Power Amplifier for 900MHz Applications MAX2235EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2235 MAX2264/MAX2265 2.7V, Single-Supply, Cellular-Band Linear Power Amplifiers

MAX2264/MAX2265EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2264/MAX2265 MAX2310/MAX2312/MAX2314/MAX2316 CDMA IF VGAs and I/Q Demodulators with VCO and Synthesizer MAX2310/MAX2314EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2310/MAX2314 MAX2312/MAX2316EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2312/MAX2316 MAX2320/MAX2321/MAX2322/MAX2324/MAX2326/MAX2327/MAX2329 Adjustable, High-Linearity, SiGe Dual-Band LNA/Mixer ICs MAX2402 800MHz to 1000MHz Transmitter MAX2402EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2402 MAX2406 Low-Cost Downconverter with Low-Noise Amplifier MAX2406EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2406 MAX2410 Low-Cost RF Up/Downconverter with LNA and PA Driver MAX2410EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2410 MAX2411A Low-Cost RF Up/Downconverter with LNA and PA Driver MAX2411AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2411A MAX2420/MAX2421/MAX2422/MAX2460/MAX2463 900MHz Image-Reject Transceivers MAX2420/MAX2421/MAX2422/MAX2460/MAX2463EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2420/MAX2421/MAX2422/MAX2460/MAX2463 MAX2424/MAX2426 900MHz Image-Reject Receivers with Transmit Mixer MAX2424/MAX2426EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2424/MAX2426 MAX2430 Low-Voltage, Silicon RF Power Amplifier/Predriver MAX2430EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2430 MAX2440/MAX2441/MAX2442 900MHz Image-Reject Receivers MAX2450 3V, Ultra-Low-Power Quadrature Modulator/Demodulator MAX2450/MAX2451/MAX2452EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2450/MAX2451/MAX2452 MAX2451 3V, Ultra-Low-Power Quadrature Demodulator MAX2452 70MHz Modulator MAX2470/MAX2471 10MHz to 500MHz VCO Buffer Amplifiers with Differential Outputs MAX2470/MAX2471EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2470/MAX2471 MAX2472/MAX2473 500MHz to 2500MHz VCO Buffer Amplifiers MAX2472/MAX2473EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2472/MAX2473 MAX250/MAX251 5V, Isolated, RS-232 Driver/Receiver MAX2510 Low-Voltage IF Transceiver with Limiter/RSSI and Quadrature Modulator MAX2510EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2510 MAX2511 Low-Voltage IF Transceiver with Limiter and RSSI MAX2511EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2511 MAX252 Complete, 5V, Isolated, Dual RS-232 Transceiver Module MAX253 Transformer Driver for Isolated RS-485 Interface MAX260/MAX261/MAX262 P-Programmable, Universal Switched-Capacitor Filter MAX2601/MAX2602 3.6V, 1W RF Power Transistors for 900MHz Applications MAX2602EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2601/MAX2602 MAX2611 DC-to-Microwave, Low-Noise Amplifier MAX2620 10MHz to 1050MHz Integrated Oscillator with Buffered Outputs MAX2620EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2620 MAX2622/MAX2623/MAX2624 Monolithic Voltage-Controlled Oscillators MAX2622/MAX2623/MAX2624EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2622/MAX2623/MAX2624 MAX263/MAX264/MAX267/MAX268 Pin-Programmable Universal and Bandpass Filters MAX2630/MAX2631/MAX2632/MAX2633 VHF-to-Microwave, +3V, General-Purpose Amplifiers MAX2640/MAX2641 400MHz to 2500MHz SiGe Ultra-Low-Noise Amplifiers MAX2640/MAX2641EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2640/MAX2641

MAX265/MAX266 Resistor/Pin-Programmable, Universal Switched-Capacitor Filter MAX2650 DC-to-Microwave, +5V Low-Noise Amplifier MAX2651/MAX2652/MAX2653 GSM900 and DCS1800/PCS1900 Dual-Band, Low-Noise Amplifiers MAX2651/MAX2653EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2651/MAX2653 MAX2660/MAX2661/MAX2663/MAX2671/MAX2673 400MHz to 2.5GHz Upconverter Mixers MAX2660/MAX2661/MAX2663/MAX2671EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2660/MAX2661/MAX2663/MAX2671 MAX2673EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2673 MAX2680/MAX2681/MAX2682 400MHz to 2.5GHz, Low-Noise, SiGe Downconverter Mixers MAX2680/MAX2681/MAX2682EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2680/MAX2681/MAX2682 MAX2685 Low-Cost, 900MHz, Low-Noise Amplifier and Downconverter Mixer MAX2685EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2685 MAX2690 Low-Noise, 2.5GHz Downconverter Mixer MAX2690EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX2690 MAX270/MAX271 Digitally Programmable, Dual, 2nd-Order, Continuous Lowpass Filter MAX274/MAX275/Software/EVKIT 4th- and 8th-Order Continuous-Time Active Filters MAX280/MXL1062 5th-Order, Zero-Error, Butterworth, Switched-Capacitor Lowpass Filter MAX281 5th-Order, Zero-Error, Bessel, Switched-Capacitor Lowpass Filter MAX291/MAX292/MAX295/MAX296 8th-Order, Lowpass, Switched-Capacitor Filters MAX293/MAX294/MAX297 8th-Order, Elliptic, 1.5 Transition Ratio, Clock-Tunable, 100:1 Lowpass Filter MAX301/MAX303/MAX305 Precision, Dual, SPST, High-Speed Analog Switches MAX306/MAX307 Precision, 16-Channel, Dual 8-Channel, High-Performance, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX308/MAX309 Precision, 8-Channel, Dual 4-Channel, High-Performance, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX3080/MAX3081/MAX3082/MAX3083/MAX3084/ MAX3085/MAX3086/MAX3087/MAX3088/MAX3089 Fail-Safe, High-Speed (10Mbps), Slew-Rate-Limited RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX3095/MAX3096 15kV ESD-Protected, 10Mbps, 3V/5V, Quad RS-422/RS-485 Receivers MAX310/MAX311 8-Channel, CMOS RF/Video Multiplexer MAX3100 SPI/Microwire-Compatible UART in QSOP-16 MAX3110E/MAX3111E SPI/MICROWIRE-Compatible UART and 15kV ESD-Protected RS-232 Transceivers with Internal Capacitors MAX312/MAX313/MAX314 10, Quad, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX3120 Low-Profile, 3V, 120A, IrDA Infrared Transceiver MAX3130/MAX3131 3V to 5.5V, IrDA Infrared Transceiver with Integrated RS-232 Interface MAX3140 SPI/MICROWIRE-Compatible UART with Integrated True Fail-Safe RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX317/MAX318/MAX319 Precision, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX3180/MAX3181/MAX3182/MAX3183 +3V to +5.5V, 1.5Mbps RS-232 Receivers in SOT23-5 MAX3180E/MAX3181E/MAX3182E/MAX3183E 15kV ESD-Protected, 0.5A, +3V to +5.5V, 1.5Mbps RS-232 Receivers in SOT23-5 MAX3185 15kV ESD-Protected, EMC-Compliant, 230kbps RS-232 Serial Port for Motherboards/Desktop PCs MAX3186 15kV ESD-Protected, EMC-Compliant, 230kbps RS-232 Serial Port for Modems MAX3187 15kV ESD-Protected, EMC-Compliant, 230kbps Dual RS-232 Serial Port for Motherboards/Desktops MAX320/MAX321/MAX322 Precision, Dual-Supply, SPST, Analog CMOS Switches

MAX3209E 15kV ESD-Protected, 12V, Dual RS-232 Serial Port with Low-Power Standby for Motherboards/Desktops MAX3212 +2.7V to 3.6V Powered, 1A Supply Current 3-Driver/5-Receiver, True RS-232 Transceiver MAX3218 1A, 1.8V to 4.25V RS-232 Transceiver with AutoShutdownTM MAX3221/MAX3223/MAX3243 1A Supply Current, True +3V to +5.5V RS-232 Transceivers with AutoShutdownTM MAX3221E/MAX3223E/MAX3243E 15kV ESD-Protected, 1A, 3.0V to 5.5V, 250kbps, RS-232 Transceivers with AutoShutdown MAX3222/MAX3232/MAX3237/MAX3241 3.0V to 5.5V, Low-Power, up to 1Mbps, True RS-232 Transceivers Using Four 0.1F External Capacitors MAX3222E/MAX3232E/MAX3241E 15kV ESD-Protected, 3.0V to 5.5V, Low-Power, up to 250kbps, True RS-232 Transceivers MAX3224/MAX3225/MAX3226/MAX3227/MAX3244/MAX3245 1A Supply Current, 3.0V to 5.5V, 1Mbps RS-232 Transceivers with AutoShutdown Plus MAX3224E/MAX3225E/MAX3226E/MAX3227E/MAX3244E/MAX3245E 15kV ESD-Protected, 1A, 1Mbps, 3.0V to 5.5V, RS-232 Transceivers with AutoShutdown Plus MAX323/MAX324/MAX325 Precision, Single-Supply, SPST Normally Open Analog Switches MAX3233E/MAX3235E 15kV ESD-Protected, 1A, 250kbps, 3.3V/5V, Dual RS-232 Transceivers with Internal Capacitors MAX3238 +3.0V to +5.5V, 1A, up to 250kbps, True RS-232 Transceiver with AutoShutdown PlusTM MAX326/MAX327 Quad, SPST, Ultra-Low-Leakage, CMOS Analog Switches MAX3260 1GHz Transimpedance Preamplifier with 25dB Dynamic Range MAX3261 Single +5V, Fully Integrated, 1.25Gbps Laser Diode Driver MAX3262 1Gbps, High-Speed Limiting Amplifier with Chatter-Free Loss-of-Signal Detection MAX3263 Single +5V, Fully Integrated,155 Mbps Laser Diode Driver MAX3264/MAX3265/MAX3268/MAX3269 3.0V to 5.5V, 1.25Gbps/2.5Gbps Limiting Amplifiers MAX3264/MAX3265/MAX3268/MAX3269EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3264/MAX3265/MAX3268/MAX3269 MAX3266/MAX3267 1.25Gbps/2.5Gbps, 3V to 5.5V, Low-Noise Transimpedance Preamplifiers for LANs MAX3266/MAX3267EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3266/MAX3267 MAX3270 155Mbps/622Mbps Clock Recovery and Data Retiming IC with Fully Integrated Phase/Frequency Detector MAX328/MAX329 Ultra-Low-Leakage, Single-Ended, Monolithic, CMOS Analog Multiplexer MAX3286/MAX3287/MAX3288/MAX3289/MAX3296/MAX3297/MAX3298/MAX3299 3.0V to 5.5V, 1.25Gbps/2.5Gbps LAN Laser Drivers LAN Laser Drivers MAX3291/MAX3292 RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers with Preemphasis for High-Speed, Long-Distance Communication MAX331/DG201A/DG211 Quad, SPST, Normally Closed, CMOS Analog Switch MAX332/DG202/DG212 Quad, SPST, Normally Open, CMOS Analog Switch MAX3320A/B/L/T 3V to 5.5V, up to 250kbps True RS-232 Transceiver with 4A AutoShutdown Plus and Power-On Reset MAX3325 3V Dual RS-232 Transceiver with LCD Supply and Contrast Controller MAX333 Quad, SPDT, CMOS Analog Switch MAX333A Precision, Quad, SPDT, CMOS Analog Switch MAX334 Quad, SPST, High-Speed, Break-Before-Make Analog Switch MAX335 Serial-Controlled, 8-Channel SPST Switch MAX336/MAX337 16-Channel/Dual 8-Channel, Low-Leakage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX338/MAX339 8-Channel/Dual 4-Channel, Low-Leakage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers

MAX3385E 15kV ESD-Protected, 3.0V to 5.5V, Low-Power, up to 250kbps, True RS-232 Transceiver MAX3386E 3.0V, 15kV ESD-Protected RS-232 Transceivers for PDAs and Cell Phones MAX3387E 3V, 15kV ESD-Protected, AutoShutdown Plus RS-232 Transceiver for PDAs and Cell Phones MAX3471 1.6A, RS-485/RS-422, Half-Duplex, Differential Transceiver for Battery-Powered Systems MAX3480A/MAX3480B Complete, Isolated, 3.3V RS-485/RS-422 Data Interface MAX3483/MAX3485/MAX3486/MAX3488/MAX3490/MAX3491 3.3V Powered, 10Mbps Slew-RateLimited, True RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX3483E/MAX3485E/MAX3486E/MAX3488E/MAX3490E/MAX3491E 3.3V-Powered, 15kV ESDProtected, 12Mbps and Slew-Rate-Limited True RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX349/MAX350 Serially Controlled, Low-Voltage, 8-Channel/Dual 4-Channel Multiplexers MAX351/MAX352/MAX353 Precision, Quad, SPST Analog Switches MAX3510 Upstream CATV Amplifier MAX3510EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3510 MAX3532 Upstream CATV Driver Amplifier MAX3532EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3532 MAX354/MAX355 Fault-Protected Analog Multiplexers MAX358/MAX359/HI-508A/HI-509A Fault-Protected Analog Multiplexers MAX361/MAX362 Precision, Quad, SPST Analog Switches MAX364/MAX365 Precision, Quad, SPST Analog Switches MAX366/MAX367 Signal-Line Circuit Protector with Three Independent Protectors MAX3664 622Mbps, Ultra-Low-Power, 3.3V Transimpedance Preamplifier for SDH/SONET MAX3664EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3664 MAX3667 +3.3V, 622Mbps SDH/SONET Laser Driver with Automatic Power Control MAX3667EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3667 MAX3668 +3.3V, 622Mbps SDH/SONET Laser Driver with Automatic Power Control MAX3668EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3668 MAX3669 +3.3V, 622Mbps SDH/SONET Laser Driver with Current Monitors and APC MAX3669EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3669 MAX3675 622Mbps, Low-Power, 3.3V Clock-Recovery and Data-Retiming IC with Limiting Amplifier MAX3675/MAX3676EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3675/MAX3676 MAX3676 622Mbps, 3.3V Clock-Recovery and Data-Retiming IC with Limiting Amplifier MAX368/MAX369 Fault-Protected Analog Multiplexer with Latch MAX3680 +3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 1:8 Deserializer with TTL Outputs MAX3680EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3680 MAX3681 +3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 1:4 Deserializer with LVDS Outputs MAX3681EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3681 MAX3690 +3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 8:1 Serializer with Clock Synthesis and TTL Inputs MAX3690EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3690 MAX3691 +3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 4:1 Serializer with Clock Synthesis and LVDS Inputs MAX3691EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3691 MAX3693 +3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 4:1 Serializer with Clock Synthesis and LVDS Inputs MAX3693EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3693 MAX3750/MAX3751 +3.3V, 2.125Gbps/1.0625Gbps Fibre Channel Port Bypass ICs MAX3750EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3750/MAX3751 MAX3760 622Mbps, Low-Noise Transimpedance Preamplifier for LAN and WAN Optical Receivers MAX3760EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3760 MAX3761/MAX3762 Low-Power, 622Mbps Limiting Amplifiers with Chatter-Free Power Detect for LANs

MAX3761EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3761 MAX3762EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3762 MAX3766 622Mbps LAN/WAN Laser Driver with Automatic Power Control and Safety Shutdown MAX3766EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3766 MAX378/MAX379 8-Channel, High-Voltage, Fault-Protected Multiplexers MAX381/MAX383/MAX385 Precision, Low-Voltage, SPST CMOS Analog Switches MAX382/MAX384 Low-Voltage, 8-Channel Dual 4-Channel Multiplexers with Latchable Inputs MAX3831/MAX3832 +3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET, 4-Channel Interconnect Mux/Demux ICs with Clock Generator MAX3866 2.5Gbps, +3.3V Combined Transimpedance/Limiting Amplifier MAX3866EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3866 MAX3867 +3.3V, 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET Laser Driver with Automatic Power Control MAX3867EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3867 MAX3875 2.5Gbps, Low-Power, +3.3V Clock Recovery and Data Retiming IC MAX3875EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3875 MAX388/MAX389 High-Voltage, Fault-Protected Analog Multiplexers MAX3880 +3.3V, 2.488Gbps, SDH/SONET 1:16 Deserializer with Clock Recovery MAX3880EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3880 MAX3885 +3.3V, 2.488Gbps, SDH/SONET 1:16 Deserializer with LVDS Outputs MAX3885EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3885 MAX3890 +3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET 16:1 Serializer with Clock Synthesis and LVDS Inputs MAX3890EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX3890 MAX391/MAX392/MAX393 Precision, Quad, SPST Analog Switches MAX394 Low-Voltage, Quad, SPDT, CMOS Analog Switch, Replaces MAX333A MAX395 Serially Controlled, Low-Voltage, 8-Channel SPST Switch MAX396/MAX397 Precision, 16-Channel/Dual 8-Channel, Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX398/MAX399 Precision, 8-Channel/Dual 4-Channel, Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX400 Ultra-Low-Offset Op Amp MAX4005 950MHz FET-Input Buffer with 75 Output MAX4012/MAX4016/MAX4018/MAX4020 Low-Cost, High-Speed, SOT23, Single-Supply Op Amps with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX4014/MAX4017/MAX4019/MAX4022 Low-Cost, High-Speed, Single-Supply, Gain of +2 Buffers with Rail-to-Rail Outputs in SOT23 MAX404 Video Op Amp MAX4040/MAX4041/MAX4042/MAX4043/MAX4044 Single/Dual/Quad, Low-Cost, SOT23, Micropower Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX405 Precision Video Buffer Amplifier MAX4051/A, MAX4052/A, MAX4053/A Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers/Switches MAX406/MAX407/MAX409/MAX417/MAX418/MAX419 Single, Dual, Quad, 1.2A Max, SingleSupply Op Amps MAX4066/MAX4066A Low-Cost, Low-Voltage, Quad SPST, CMOS Analog Switch MAX4074/MAX4075/MAX4076/MAX4077/MAX4078 Micropower, SOT23, Rail-to-Rail, FixedGain/Open-Loop Op Amps GainAmps MAX408/MAX428/MAX448 Single/Dual/Quad, High-Speed, Fast-Settling High Output Current Op Amp MAX410/MAX412/MAX414 Single/Dual/Quad, 28MHz, Low-Noise, Low-Voltage, Precision Op Amps MAX4100/MAX4101 500MHz, Low-Power Op Amps MAX4100EVKIT/MAX4101EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4100/MAX4101 MAX4102/MAX4103 250MHz, Broadcast-Quality, Low-Power Video Op Amps MAX4102EVKIT/MAX4103EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4102/MAX4103

MAX4104/MAX4105/MAX4304/MAX4305 740MHz, Low-Noise, Low-Distortion Op Amps in SOT23-5 MAX4104EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4104MAX4105/MAX4304/MAX4305 MAX4106/MAX4107 350MHz, Ultra-Low-Noise Op Amps MAX4106EVKIT/MAX4107EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4106/MAX4107 MAX4108/MAX4109/MAX4308/MAX4309 400MHz, Ultra-Low-Distortion Op Amps MAX4108EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4108/MAX4109 MAX4111/MAX4121/MAX4221 330MHz Buffered Video Switches/Crosspoint Building Blocks MAX4112/MAX4113/MAX4117/MAX4118/MAX4119/MAX4120 Single/Dual/Quad, 400MHz, Low-Power, Current Feedback Amplifiers MAX4112EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4112/MAX4113 MAX4117EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4117/MAX4118 MAX4122/MAX4123/MAX4124/MAX4125/MAX4126/MAX4127/MAX4128/MAX4129 Single/Dual/Quad, Wide-Bandwidth, Low-Power, Single-Supply Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX4130/MAX4131/MAX4132/MAX4133/MAX4134 Single/Dual/Quad, Wide-Bandwidth, Low-Power, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX4135/MAX4136 1-Input/6-Output Video Distribution Amplifiers MAX4135EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4135/MAX4136/MAX4137/MAX4138 MAX4137/MAX4138 1-Input/4-Output Video Distribution Amplifiers MAX4141 330MHz 4x1 Precision Video Multiplexer MAX4141EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4141 MAX4142 250MHz, Low-Power, High-Output-Current, Differential Line Driver MAX4142/MAX4147EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4142/MAX4147 MAX4144/MAX4145/MAX4146 High-Speed, Low-Distortion, Differential Line Receivers MAX4144EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4144 MAX4147 300MHz, Low-Power, High-Output-Current, Differential Line Driver MAX4158/MAX4159/MAX4258/MAX4259 350MHz/250MHz, 2-Channel Video Multiplexer-Amplifiers MAX4159EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4159/MAX4259 MAX4162/MAX4163/MAX4164 SOT23, Micropower, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX4165/MAX4166/MAX4167/MAX4168/MAX4169 High-Output-Drive, Precision, Low-Power, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps with Shutdown MAX4172 Low-Cost, Precision, High-Side Current-Sense Amplifier MAX4173T/F/H Low-Cost, SOT23, Voltage-Output, High-Side Current-Sense Amplifier MAX4174/MAX4175/MAX4274/MAX4275/MAX4281/MAX4282/MAX4284 SOT23, Rail-to-Rail, Fixed-Gain, Gain-Amps/Open-Loop Op Amps MAX4178/MAX4278 330MHz, Gain of +1/Gain of +2 Closed-Loop Buffers MAX4180/MAX4181/MAX4182/MAX4183/MAX4184/MAX4185/MAX4186/MAX4187 Single/Dual/Quad, 270MHz, 1mA, SOT23, Current-Feedback Amplifiers with Shutdown MAX4180EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4180/4181 MAX4188/MAX4189/MAX4190 Single/Triple, Low-Glitch, 250MHz, Current-Feedback Amplifiers with High-Speed Disable MAX4188EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4188 MAX4194/MAX4195/MAX4196/MAX4197 Micropower, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail, Precision Instrumentation Amplifiers MAX4198/MAX4199 Micropower, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail Precision Differential Amplifiers MAX420/MAX421/MAX423 15V Chopper-Stabilized Op Amps MAX4200/MAX4201/MAX4202/MAX4203/MAX4204/MAX4205 Ultra-High-Speed, Low-Noise, Low-Power, SOT23 Open-Loop Buffers MAX4201EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4201 MAX4212/MAX4213/MAX4216/MAX4218/MAX4220 Miniature, 300MHz, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail Op Amps with Enable

MAX4213EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4213/MAX4215 MAX4214/MAX4215/MAX4217/MAX4219/MAX4222 High-Speed, Single-Supply, Gain of +2, Closed-Loop, Rail-to-Rail Buffers with Enable MAX4223/MAX4224/MAX4225/MAX4226/MAX4227/MAX4228 1GHz, Low-Power, SOT23, Current-Feedback Amplifiers with Shutdown MAX4223EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4223/MAX4224 MAX4240/MAX4241/MAX4242/MAX4243/MAX4244 Single/Dual/Quad, +1.8V/10A, SOT23, Beyond-the-Rails Op Amps MAX4249/MAX4250/MAX4251/MAX4252/MAX4253/MAX4254/MAX4255/MAX4256/MAX4257 SOT23, Single-Supply, Low-Noise, Low-Distortion, Rail-to-Rail Op Amps MAX4265/MAX4266/MAX4267/MAX4268/MAX4269/MAX4270 Ultra-Low-Distortion, Single-Supply, 300MHz Op Amps with Enable MAX427/MAX437 Low-Noise, High-Precision Op Amps MAX4278EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4178/MAX4278 MAX430/MAX432 15V Chopper-Stabilized Operational Amplifier MAX4310/MAX4311/MAX4312/MAX4313/MAX4314/MAX4315 High-Speed, Low-Power, SingleSupply, Multichannel, Video Multiplexer-Amplifiers MAX4313EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4310/MAX4313 MAX4322/MAX4323/MAX4326/MAX4327/MAX4329 Single/Dual/Quad, Low-Cost, SOT23, Low-Power, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX4330/MAX4331/MAX4332/MAX4333/MAX4334 Single/Dual/Quad, Low-Power, Single-Supply, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps with Shutdown MAX435/MAX436 250MHz Wideband Transconductance Amplifier with Differential Output MAX4359/MAX4360/MAX4456 Low-Cost 4x4, 8x4, 8x8 Video Crosspoint Switches MAX4370 Current-Regulating Hot-Swap Controller with DualSpeed/BiLevel Fault Protection MAX4372T/F/H Low-Cost, SOT23, Micropower, High-Side Current-Sense Amplifier with Voltage Output MAX440/MAX441 8-Channel, High-Speed, Video Multiplexer/Amplifier MAX442 140MHz, 2-Channel, Video Multiplexer/Amplifier MAX4420/MAX4429/MXT429 High-Speed, 6A MOSFET Driver (Noninverting) MAX4426/MAX4427/MAX4428 Dual, High-Speed, 1.5A MOSFET Driver (Inverting) MAX4444/MAX4445 Ultra-High-Speed, Low-Distortion, Differential-to-Single-Ended Line Receivers with Enable MAX4444EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4444/MAX4445 MAX4447/MAX4448/MAX4449 6500V/s, Wideband, High-Output-Current, Single-Ended-toDifferential Line Drivers with Enable MAX4447/MAX4448/MAX4449EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4447/MAX4448/MAX4449 MAX445 High-Voltage, 200MHz Video CRT Driver MAX4450/MAX4451 Ultra-Small, Low-Cost, 210MHz, Single-Supply Op Amps with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX445EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX445 MAX4473 Low-Cost, Low-Voltage, PA Power Control Amplifier for GSM Applications in 8-Pin MAX MAX4490/MAX4491/MAX4492 Low-Cost, High-Slew-Rate, Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps in SC70 MAX450/MAX451 CMOS Video Amplifier MAX4501/MAX4502 Low-Voltage, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4503/MAX4504 Low-Voltage, Dual-Supply, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4505 Fault-Protected, High-Voltage, Signal-Line Protector MAX4506/MAX4507 Fault-Protected, High-Voltage, Signal-Line Protectors MAX4508/MAX4509 Fault-Protected, High-Voltage, Single 8-to-1/Dual 4-to-1 Multiplexers

MAX4510/MAX4520 Rail-to-Rail, Fault-Protected, SPST Analog Switches MAX4511/MAX4512/MAX4513 Quad, Rail-to-Rail, Fault-Protected, SPST Analog Switches MAX4514/MAX4515 Low-Voltage, Low-On-Resistance, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4516/MAX4517 Dual-Supply, Low-On-Resistance, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4518/MAX4519 Precision, 4-Channel/Dual 2-Channel, Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers MAX452/MAX453/MAX454/MAX455 50MHz Video Amplifier and Mux/Amp MAX4521/MAX4522/MAX4523 Quad, Low-Voltage, SPST Analog Switches MAX4524/MAX4525 Low-Voltage, Single-Supply Multiplexer and Switch MAX4526/MAX4527 Phase-Reversal Analog Switches MAX4528 Low-Voltage, Phase-Reversal Analog Switch MAX4529 Low-Voltage, Bidirectional RF/Video Switch MAX4530/MAX4531/MAX4532 Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers/Switches with Enable Inputs and Address Latching MAX4533 Quad, Rail-to-Rail, Fault-Protected, SPDT Analog Switch MAX4536/MAX4537/MAX4538 Quad, Low-Voltage, SPST Analog Switches with Enable MAX4539/MAX4540 Low-Voltage, Single 8-to-1 and Dual 4-to-1 Cal-Multiplexers MAX4541/MAX4542/MAX4543/MAX4544 Low-Voltage, Single-Supply Dual SPST/SPDT Analog Switches MAX4545/MAX4546/MAX4547 Quad/Dual, Low-Voltage, Bidirectional RF/Video Switches MAX4548/MAX4549 Serially Controlled, Triple 3x2 Audio/Video Crosspoint Switches MAX4550/MAX4570 Serially Controlled, Dual 4x2, Clickless Audio/Video Analog Crosspoint Switches MAX4550EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX4550 MAX4551/MAX4552/MAX4553 15kV ESD-Protected, Quad, Low-Voltage, SPST Analog Switches MAX4554/MAX4555/MAX4556 Force-Sense Switches MAX4558/MAX4559/MAX4560 15kV ESD-Protected, Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers/Switches MAX456 8x8 Crosspoint Video Switch MAX4562/MAX4563 Serially Controlled, Clickless Audio/Video Switches MAX4565/MAX4566/MAX4567 Quad/Dual, Low-Voltage, Bidirectional RF/Video Switches MAX457 Dual, 70MHz Video Amplifier MAX4571/MAX4572/MAX4573/MAX4574 Serially Controlled, Clickless Audio/Video Switches MAX4578/MAX4579 High-Voltage, Single 8-to-1/Dual 4-to-1 Cal-Multiplexers MAX458/MAX459 8x4 Video Crosspoint Switches with Buffers MAX4580/MAX4590/MAX4600 1.25, Dual SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4581/MAX4582/MAX4583 Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers/Switches MAX4584/MAX4585 Serially Controlled Audio/Video Switches MAX4586/MAX4587 Serially Controlled, 4-Channel Audio/Video Multiplexers MAX4588 Low-Voltage, High-Isolation, Dual 4-Channel RF/Video Multiplexer MAX4589 Low-Voltage, High-Isolation, Dual 2-Channel RF/Video Multiplexer MAX4598 Low-Voltage, Combination Single-Ended 8-to-1/Differential 4-to-1 Multiplexer MAX459EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX459 MAX460 High Accuracy Fast Buffer MAX4601/MAX4602/MAX4603 2.5, Quad, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4604/MAX4605/MAX4606 5, Quad, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4607/MAX4608/MAX4609 2.5, Dual, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4610/MAX4611/MAX4612 Low-Voltage, Quad, SPST CMOS Analog Switches MAX4613 Quad, SPST Analog Switch MAX4614/MAX4615/MAX4616 Low-Voltage, High-Speed, Quad, SPST CMOS Analog Switches MAX4617/MAX4618/MAX4619 High-Speed, Low-Voltage, CMOS Analog Multiplexers/Switches MAX4621/MAX4622/MAX4623 Dual, 5 Analog Switches

MAX463/MAX464/MAX465/MAX466/MAX467/MAX468/MAX469/MAX470 Two-Channel, Triple/Quad RGB Video Switches and Buffers MAX4631/MAX4632/MAX4633 Fault-Protected, High-Voltage, Dual Analog Switches MAX464/MAX466EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX464/MAX466 MAX4661/MAX4662/MAX4663 2.5, Quad, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4664/MAX4665/MAX4666 5, Quad, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4667/MAX4668/MAX4669 2.5, Dual, SPST, CMOS Analog Switches MAX4680/MAX4690/MAX4700 1.25, Dual SPST, CMOS Analog Switch MAX471/MAX472 Precision, High-Side Current-Sense Amplifiers MAX473/MAX474/MAX475 Single, Dual, Quad, 10MHz, 15V/s, Single-Supply Op Amps MAX477 300MHz High-Speed Op Amp MAX477EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX477 MAX478/MAX479 17A Max, Dual Quad Single-Supply, Precision Op Amps MAX480 High-Precision, Low-Voltage, Micropower Op Amp MAX481/MAX483/MAX485/MAX487/MAX488/MAX489/MAX490/MAX491/MAX1487 Low-Power, Slew-Rate-Limited RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX481E/MAX483E/MAX485E/MAX487E/MAX488E/MAX489E/MAX490E/MAX491E/MAX1487E 15kV ESD-Protected, Slew-Rate-Limited, Low-Power, RS-485/RS-422 Transceivers MAX492/MAX494/MAX495 Single/Dual/Quad, Micropower, Single-Supply Rail-to-Rail I/O Op Amps MAX496/MAX497 375MHz Quad Closed-Loop Video Buffers, Av = +1 and +2 MAX496/MAX497EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX496/MAX497 MAX498/MAX499 Quad/Triple, SPDT, RGB Switches with 250MHz Video Buffer Amplifiers MAX498EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX498 MAX500 CMOS, Quad, Serial-Interface 8-Bit DAC MAX5003 High-Voltage PWM Power-Supply Controller MAX5003EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX5003 MAX501/MAX502 Voltage-Output, 12-Bit Multiplying DACs MAX5012 12-Bit, 100Msps ECL DAC MAX5012EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX5012 MAX5013 12-Bit, 100Msps TTL DAC MAX5013EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX5013 MAX5018 8-Bit, High-Speed DAC MAX503 5V, Low-Power, Parallel-Input, Voltage-Output, 10-Bit DAC MAX504/MAX515 5V, Low-Power, Voltage-Output, Serial, 10-Bit DACs MAX505/MAX506 Quad, 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX507/MAX508 Voltage-Output, 12-Bit DAC with Internal Reference and 12-Bit Interface MAX509/MAX510 Quad, Serial, 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX5100 +2.7V to +5.5V, Low-Power, Quad, Parallel 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Voltage Outputs MAX5101 +2.7V to +5.5V, Low-Power, Triple, Parallel 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Voltage Outputs MAX5102 +2.7V to +5.5V, Low-Power, Dual, Parallel 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Voltage Outputs MAX5104 Low-Power, Dual, Voltage-Output, 12-Bit DAC With Serial Interface MAX512/MAX513 Low-Cost, Triple, 8-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX5120/MAX5121 +3V/+5V, 12-Bit, Serial Voltage-Output DACs with Internal Reference MAX5122/MAX5123 +5V/+3V, 12-Bit, Serial, Force/Sense DACs with 10ppm/C Internal Reference MAX5130/MAX5131 +3V/+5V, 13-Bit, Serial Voltage-Output DACs with Internal Reference MAX5132/MAX5133 +5V/+3V, 13-Bit, Serial, Force/Sense DACs with 10ppm/C Internal Reference MAX514 CMOS, Quad, 12-Bit, Serial-Input Multiplying DAC MAX5140 8-Bit, Ultra-High-Speed DAC MAX5150/MAX5151 Low-Power, Dual, 13-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX5152/MAX5153 Low-Power, Dual, 13-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Configurable Outputs

MAX5154/MAX5155 Low-Power, Dual, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX5156/MAX5157 Low-Power, Dual, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Configurable Outputs MAX5158/MAX5159 Low-Power, Dual, 10-Bit, Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX516 Quad, DAC-Programmed, CMOS Comparator MAX5160/MAX5161 Low-Power Digital Potentiometers MAX517/MAX518/MAX519 Single, 2-Wire, Serial, 8-Bit DAC with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX5170/MAX5172 Low-Power, Serial, 14-Bit DACs with Voltage Output MAX5171/MAX5173 Low-Power, Serial, 14-Bit DACs with Force/Sense Voltage Output MAX5174/MAX5176 Low-Power, Serial, 12-Bit DACs with Voltage Output MAX5175/MAX5177 Low-Power, Serial, 12-Bit DACs with Force/Sense Voltage Output MAX5180/MAX5183 Dual, 10-Bit, 40MHz, Current/Voltage Simultaneous-Output DACs MAX5182/MAX5185 Dual, 10-Bit, 40MHz Current/Voltage Alternate-Phase Output DACs MAX5186/MAX5189 Dual, 8-Bit, 40MHz, Current/Voltage, Simultaneous-Output DACs MAX5188/MAX5191 Dual, 8-Bit, 40MHz, Current/Voltage, Alternate-Phase Output DACs MAX520/MAX521 Quad/Octal, 2-Wire Serial 8-Bit DACs with Rail-to-Rail Outputs MAX522 Dual, 8-Bit Voltage-Output, Serial, DAC in 8-Pin SO Package MAX525 Low-Power, Quad, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DAC with Serial Interface MAX5250 Low-Power, Quad, 10-Bit Voltage-Output DAC with Serial Interface MAX5251 +3V, Quad, 10-Bit Voltage-Output DAC with Serial Interface MAX5253 +3V, Quad, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DAC with Serial Interface MAX526/MAX527 Calibrated, Quad, Voltage-Output, 12-Bit DAC MAX528/MAX529 Octal, Serial, 8-Bit, DAC with Output Buffers MAX530 5V, Low-Power, Parallel-Input, Voltage-Output, 12-Bit DAC MAX5302 Low-Power, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DAC with Serial Interface MAX5304 10-Bit Voltage-Output DAC in 8-Pin MAX MAX531/MAX538/MAX539 +5V, Low-Power, Voltage-Output, Serial 12-Bit DACs MAX532 Dual, Serial-Input, Voltage-Output, Multiplying, 12-Bit DAC MAX533 2.7V, Low-Power, 8-Bit Quad DAC with Rail-to-Rail Output Buffers MAX534 +5V, Low-Power, 8-Bit Quad DAC with Rail-to-Rail Output Buffers MAX535/MAX5351 Low-Power, 13-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX5352/MAX5353 Low-Power, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX5354/MAX5355 10-Bit Voltage-Output DACs in 8-Pin MAX MAX536/MAX537 Calibrated, Quad, 12-Bit Voltage-Output DACs with Serial Interface MAX541/MAX542 +5V, Serial-Input, Voltage-Output 16-Bit DACs MAX543 Serial, CMOS, Multiplying, 12-Bit DAC in 8-Pin Package MAX544/MAX545 +5V, Serial-Input, Voltage-Output 14-Bit DACs MAX547 Octal, 13-Bit Voltage-Output, DAC with Parallel Interface MAX5480 8-Bit Parallel DAC in QSOP-16 Package MAX548A/MAX549A/MAX550A +2.5V to +5.5V, Low-Power, Single/Dual 8-Bit Voltage-Output DACs in MAX Package MAX551/MAX552 +3V/+5V, 12-Bit, Multiplying DACs in 10-Pin MAX Package MAX5541 Low-Cost, +5V, Serial-Input, Voltage-Output, 16-Bit DAC MAX5544 Low Cost, +5V, Serial Input, Voltage Output, 14 Bit DAC MAX555 300Msps, 12-Bit DAC with Complementary Voltage Outputs MAX555EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX555 MAX560/MAX561 3.3V Transceiver with Two EIA/TIA-562 Receivers Active in Shutdown MAX562 Complete 230kbps, 2.7V to 5.25V Serial Interface for Notebook Computers MAX563 +3.3V-Powered, EIA/TIA-562 Dual Transceiver with Receivers Active in Shutdown MAX6001/MAX6002/MAX6003/MAX6004/MAX6005 Low-Cost, Low-Power, Low-Dropout, SOT23-3 Voltage References

MAX6012/MAX6021/MAX6025/MAX6041/MAX6045/MAX6050 Precision, Low-Power, Low-Dropout, SOT23-3 Voltage References MAX603/MAX604 5V, 3.3V, or Adjustable, Low-Dropout, Low IQ, 500mA Linear Regulators MAX606/MAX607 Low-Profile, 5V/12V or Adjustable, Step-Up DC-DC Converter for Flash Memory/PCMCIA Cards MAX606EVKIT/MAX607EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX606/MAX607 MAX608 5V or Adjustable, Low-Voltage, Step-Up DC-DC Controller MAX608EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX608 MAX6120 Low-Cost, Micropower, Precision 3-Terminal, 1.2V Voltage Reference MAX6125/MAX6141/MAX6145/MAX6150/MAX6160 SOT23, Low-Cost, Low-Dropout, 3-Terminal Voltage References MAX613/MAX614 Dual-Slot, PCMCIA Analog Power Controller MAX618 28V, PWM, Step-Up DC-DC Converter MAX618EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX618 MAX619 Regulated 5V Charge-Pump DC-DC Converter MAX6190/MAX6191/MAX6192/MAX6193/MAX6194/MAX6195/MAX6198 Precision, Micropower, Low-Dropout Voltage References MAX619EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX619 MAX620/MAX621 Quad, High-Side MOSFET Driver MAX622/MAX623 High-Side Power Supplies MAX6225/MAX6241/MAX6250 Low-Noise, Precision, +2.5V/+4.096V/+5V Voltage References MAX624 Dual-Output, 1MHz, DC-DC Boost Converter for PCMCIA Applications MAX625 Quad, High-Side Power Switch with Internal FETs and Capacitors MAX626/MAX627/MAX628-TSC426/TSC427/TSC428 Dual Power MOSFET Drivers MAX629 28V, Low-Power, High-Voltage, Boost or Inverting DC-DC Converter MAX629EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX629 MAX630 CMOS, Micropower, Step-Up Switching Regulator MAX6301/MAX6302/MAX6303/MAX6304 +5V, Low-Power P Supervisory Circuits with Adjustable Reset/Watchdog MAX6305/MAX6306/MAX6307/MAX6308/MAX6309/MAX6310/MAX6311/MAX6312/MAX6313 5-Pin, Multiple-Input, Progammable Reset ICs MAX631/MAX632/MAX633 5V/Adjustable, Step-Up Switching Regulator MAX6314 68HC11/Bidirectional-Compatible P Reset Circuit MAX6315 Open-Drain SOT P Reset Circuit MAX6316/MAX6317/MAX6318/MAX6319/MAX6320/MAX6321/MAX6322 5-Pin P Supervisory Circuits with Watchdog and Manual Reset MAX6325/MAX6341/MAX6350 1ppm/C, Low-Noise, +2.5V/+4.096V/+5V Voltage References MAX6326/MAX6327/MAX6328/MAX6346/MAX6347/MAX6348 3-Pin, Ultra-Low-Power P Reset Circuits MAX6330/MAX6331 Precision Shunt Regulators with Reset in SOT23-3 MAX6332/MAX6333/MAX6334 3-Pin, Ultra-Low-Voltage, Low-Power P Reset Circuits MAX6335/MAX6336/MAX6337 4-Pin, Ultra-Low-Voltage, Low-Power P Reset Circuits with Manual Reset MAX634/MAX4391 CMOS, Micropower, Inverting Switching Regulator MAX6342/MAX6343/MAX6344/MAX6345 6-Pin P Reset Circuit with Power-Fail Comparator MAX635/MAX636/MAX637 -5V/Adjustable, CMOS, Inverting Switching Regulator MAX6351/MAX6352/MAX6353/MAX6354/MAX6355/MAX6356/MAX6357/MAX6358/MAX6359/MAX6 360 Dual/Triple-Voltage P Supervisory Circuits MAX638 5V/Adjustable, CMOS, Step-Down Switching Regulator

MAX639/MAX640/MAX653 5V/3.3V/3V/Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, Step-Down DC-DC Converters MAX63XXSUPEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX63XX Supervisory Circuits MAX641/MAX642/MAX643 5V/Adjustable, 10W, CMOS, Step-Up, Switching Regulator Controller MAX649/MAX651/MAX652 5V/3.3V/3V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, Step-Down DC-DC Controllers MAX6501/MAX6502/MAX6503/MAX6504 Low-Cost, +2.7V to + 5.5V, Micropower SOT Temperature Switches MAX6520 Low-Cost, Micropower, Precision 3-Terminal, 1.2V Voltage Reference MAX6575L/H SOT Temperature Sensor with Multidrop Single-Wire Digital Interface MAX6576/MAX6577 SOT Temperature Sensors with Period/Frequency Output MAX660 CMOS Monolithic Voltage Converter MAX662A 12V, 30mA Flash Memory Programming Supply MAX662EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX662 MAX663/MAX664/MAX666 Dual ModeTM 5V/Programmable Micropower Voltage Regulators MAX665 8V CMOS Switched-Capacitor Voltage Converter MAX667 +5V/Programmable, Low-Dropout Voltage Regulator MAX668/MAX669 1.8V to 28V Input, PWM Step-Up Controllers in MAX MAX668/MAX669EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX668/MAX669 MAX672 Replaced by MAX674 MAX674 Precision, 10V Voltage Reference MAX675 Precision, 5V Voltage Reference replaced MAX673 MAX679 Regulated 3.3V Charge-Pump MAX680/MAX681 +5V to 10V Voltage Converters MAX6806/MAX6807/MAX6808 Voltage Detectors MAX6816/MAX6817/MAX6818 15kV ESD-Protected, Single/Dual/Octal, CMOS Switch Debouncers MAX682/MAX683/MAX684 3.3V-Input to Regulated 5V-Output Charge Pumps MAX685 Dual-Output (Positive and Negative) DC-DC Converter for CCD and LCD MAX685EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX685 MAX686 DAC-Controlled Boost/Inverter LCD Bias Supply with Internal Switch MAX686EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX686 MAX687/MAX688/MAX689 High-Accuracy, Low-Dropout Linear Regulators MAX687/MAX688/MAX689EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX687/MAX688/MAX689 MAX688EVKIT-4A Evaluation Kit for the MAX688/MAX689 MAX690/MAX691/MAX692/MAX693/MAX694/MAX695 P Reset IC with Watchdog and Battery Switchover MAX690A/MAX692A/MAX802L/MAX802M/MAX805L Microprocessor Supervisory Circuits MAX690R/MAX690S/MAX690T/MAX704/MAX802/MAX804/MAX805/MAX806R/MAX806S/MAX806T P Reset IC with Watchdog and Battery Switchover MAX691A/MAX693A/MAX800L/MAX800M Microprocessor Supervisory Circuits MAX696/MAX697 P Supervisor with Battery Switchover and Programmable Reset MAX698/MAX699 Low-Cost Power-On Reset IC MAX700/MAX701/MAX702 Adjustable-Threshold Power-Supply Monitor with Reset MAX703/MAX704 P Reset IC with Battery Backup MAX705/MAX706/MAX707/MAX708/MAX813L Low-Cost, P Supervisory Circuits MAX706P/MAX706R/MAX706S/MAX706T/MAX708R/MAX708S/MAX708T 3V P Reset IC with Watchdog MAX709L/MAX709M/MAX709R/MAX709S/MAX709T Power-Supply Monitor with 4.65V Reset Threshold

MAX710/MAX711 3.3V/5V or Adjustable, Step-Up/Down DC-DC Converters MAX710EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX710/MAX711 MAX712/MAX713 NiCd/NiMH Battery Fast-Charge Controllers MAX712EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX712 MAX713SWEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX713 (Switching Applications) MAX717/MAX718/MAX719/MAX720/MAX721/EVKIT 3.3V Palmtop Computer and Flash Memory Power-Supply Regulator MAX7219/MAX7221 Serially Interfaced, 8-Digit, LED Display Drivers MAX722/MAX723/EVKIT 3.3V/5V Palmtop Computer and LCD Power-Supply Regulator MAX7231/MAX7232/MAX7233/MAX7234 8-Digit, Triplexed LCD Decoder/Driver MAX724/MAX726 5A, Step-Down, PWM, Switch-Mode DC-DC Converter MAX727/MAX728/MAX729 5V/3.3V/3V 2A Step-Down, PWM, Switch-Mode DC-DC Regulators MAX730A/MAX738A/MAX744A 5V, Step-Down, Current-Mode PWM DC-DC Converters MAX731/MAX752 5V, Step-Up, Current-Mode, PWM DC-DC Converter MAX731EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX731 MAX732/MAX733/EVKIT +12V/+15V Step-Up Current-Mode PWM Regulators MAX734 12V, 120mA Flash Memory Programming Supply MAX734EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX734 MAX735/MAX755 -5V, Inverting, PWM DC-DC Converter MAX736/MAX737/MAX739/MAX759 -12V, Inverting, PWM, Current-Mode DC-DC Converter MAX739EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX739 MAX7400/MAX7403/MAX7404/MAX7407 8th-Order, Lowpass, Elliptic, Switched-Capacitor Filters MAX7401/MAX7405 8th-Order, Lowpass, Bessel, Switched-Capacitor Filters MAX7408/MAX7411/MAX7412/MAX7415 5th-Order, Lowpass, Elliptic, Switched-Capacitor Filters MAX7409/MAX7410/MAX7413/MAX7414 5th-Order, Lowpass, Switched-Capacitor Filters MAX742 Switch-Mode Regulator with 5V to 12 or 15V Dual Output MAX742EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX742 MAX743/EVKIT Dual-Output, PWM Switch-Mode Regulator (5V to 15V or 12V) MAX745 Switch-Mode Lithium-Ion Battery Charger MAX745EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX745 MAX746 High-Efficiency, PWM, Step-Down, N-Channel DC-DC Controller MAX747 High-Efficiency, PWM, Step-Down Controller (External P-Channel Driver) MAX747EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX747 MAX7480 8th-Order, Lowpass, Butterworth, Switched-Capacitor Filter MAX748A/MAX763A 3.3V, Step-Down, Current-Mode PWM DC-DC Converters MAX749 Digitally Adjustable LCD Bias Supply MAX749EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX749 MAX750A/MAX758A Adjustable, PWM, Step-Down Regulator MAX751 +5V-Output, Step-Up, Current-Mode PWM DC-DC Converter MAX752EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX752 MAX753/MAX754 CCFL Backlight and LCD Negative Contrast Controller MAX756/MAX757 3.3V/5V, High-Efficiency, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX756EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX756/MAX757 MAX759LCDEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX759 MAX761/MAX762 12V/15V, Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, Step-Up DC-DC Converter MAX761EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX761 MAX7624/MX7524 Improved MX7524 MAX764/MAX765/MAX766 -5V/-12V/-15V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, DC-DC Inverters MAX764EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX764/MAX765/MAX766

MAX767 5V Supply to 3.3V Output, Synchronous, Step-Down Power-Supply Controller MAX767EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX767 MAX768 Low-Noise, Dual-Output, Regulated Charge Pump for GaAsFET, LCD, and VCO Supplies MAX769 2 or 3-Cell, Step-Up/Down Two-Way Pager System IC MAX769EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX769 MAX770/MAX771/MAX772/MAX773 5V/12V/15V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency Low IQ, Step-Up DC-DC Controllers MAX7705 P Power-Supply Monitor with Reset MAX770EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX770 MAX774/MAX775/MAX776 -5V/-12V/-15V or Adjustable, High-Efficiency, Low IQ, Inverting DC-DC Controllers MAX774EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX774 MAX774IRGEVKIT ISDN, Ring-Tone, Power-Supply Evaluation Kit MAX780 Dual-Slot, PCMCIA Analog Power Controller MAX781 PDA/Hand-Held Computer Power Controller MAX781EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX781 MAX782 Triple-Output Power-Supply Controller for Notebook Computers MAX783/EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX783 MAX786/EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX786 MAX787/MAX788/MAX789 5V, 3.3V/3V 5A Step-Down, PWM, Switch-Mode DC-DC Regulators MAX791 Microprocessor Supervisory Circuit MAX792/MAX820 Microprocessor and Non-Volatile Memory Supervisory Circuit MAX793/MAX794/MAX795 3V/3.3V Adjustable, Microprocessor Supervisory Circuit MAX796/MAX797/MAX799 Step-Down Controllers with Synchronous Rectifier for CPU Power MAX796EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX796/MAX799 MAX797EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX797 MAX797H High-Voltage, Step-Down Controller with Synchronous Rectifier for CPU Power MAX798 High-Accuracy Step-Down Controller with Synchronous Rectifier for CPU Power MAX801L/MAX801M/MAX801N, MAX808L/MAX808M/MAX808N 8-Pin P Supervisory Circuits with 1.5% Reset Accuracy MAX807L/MAX807M/MAX807N Full-Featured P Supervisory Circuit with 1.5% Reset Accuracy MAX809J/MAX809L/MAX809M/MAX809R/MAX809S/MAX809T/MAX810L/MAX810M/MAX810R/ MAX810S/MAX810T 3-Pin Microprocessor Reset Circuits MAX811/MAX812 4-Pin P Voltage Monitors with Manual RESET Input MAX814/MAX815/MAX816 1% Accuracy, Low-Power, +3V and 5V P Supervisory Circuits MAX817L/M, MAX818L/M, MAX819L/M +5V Microprocessor Supervisory Circuits MAX821/MAX822 4-Pin P Voltage Monitors with Pin-Selectable Power-On Reset Timeout Delay MAX8211/MAX8212 Microprocessor Voltage Monitor with Programmable Voltage Detection MAX8213/MAX8214 Five Universal Voltage Monitors, Complete P Voltage Monitoring MAX8215/MAX8216 5V, 12V Dedicated P Voltage Monitor MAX823/MAX824/MAX825 5-Pin Microprocessor Supervisory Circuits MAX828/MAX829 Switched-Capacitor Voltage Inverters MAX830/MAX831/MAX832/MAX833 5V/3.3V/3V/Adjustable-Output, 1A, Step-Down, PWM, SwitchMode DC-DC Regulators MAX831EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX830/MAX831//MAX832/MAX833 MAX834/835 Micropower, Latching Voltage Monitors in SOT23-5 MAX836/MAX837 4-Pin Micropower Voltage Monitors MAX840/MAX843/MAX844 Low-Noise, Regulated, -2V GaAsFET Bias MAX840/MAX843/MAX844EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX840/MAX843/MAX844

MAX845 Isolated Transformer Driver for PCMCIA Applications MAX845EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX845 MAX846A Cost-Saving Multichemistry Battery-Charger System MAX846AEVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX846A MAX847 1-Cell, Step-Up Two-Way Pager System IC MAX847EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX847 MAX848/MAX849 1-Cell to 3-Cell, High Power, Low-Noise, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX849EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX848/MAX849 MAX850/MAX851/MAX852/MAX853 Low-Noise, Regulated, Negative Charge-Pump Power Supplies for GaAsFET Bias MAX850EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX850/MAX851/MAX852/MAX853 MAX856/MAX857/MAX858/MAX859 3.3V/5V or Adjustable-Output, Step-Up DC-DC Converters MAX856EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX856 MAX860/MAX861 50mA, Frequency-Selectable, Switched-Capacitor Voltage Converters MAX863 Dual, High-Efficiency, PFM, Step-Up DC-DC Controller MAX863EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX863 MAX864 Dual-Output Charge Pump with Shutdown MAX865 Compact, Dual-Output Charge Pump MAX866/MAX867 3.3V/5V or Adjustable-Output, Single-Cell DC-DC Converters MAX866EVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX866 MAX868 Regulated, Adjustable -2x Inverting Charge Pump MAX869L 2A, Current-Limited, High-Side P-Channel Switch with Thermal Shutdown MAX870/MAX871 Switched-Capacitor Voltage Inverters MAX872/MAX874 10A, Low-Dropout, Precision Voltage Reference MAX873/MAX875/MAX876 Low-Power, Low-Drift, +2.5V/+5V/+10V Precision Voltage Reference MAX881R Low-Noise Bias Supply in MAX with Power-OK for GaAsFET PA MAX881REVKIT Evaluation Kit for the MAX881R MAX882/MAX883/MAX884 5V/3.3V or Adjustable, Low-Dropout, Low IQ, 200mA Linear Regulator with Standby Mode MAX886/MAX888 Wireless and Satellite Handset Power-Management ICs MAX886/MAX888EVSYS Evaluation System for the MAX886/MAX888 MAX8860 Low-Dropout, 300mA Linear Regulator in MAX MAX8862 Low-Cost, Low-Dropout, Dual Linear Regulator MAX8863T/S/R, MAX8864T/S/R Low-Dropout, 120mA Linear Regulators MAX8865T/S/R, MAX8866T/S/R Dual, Low-Dropout, 100mA Linear Regulators MAX8867/MAX8868 Low-Noise, Low-Dropout, 150mA Linear Regula tors in SOT23 MAX887 100% Duty Cycle, Low-Noise, Step-Down, PWM DC-DC Converter MAX8873T/S/R,MAX8874T/S/R Low-Dropout, 120mA Linear Regulators MAX8875 150mA, Low-Dropout Linear Regulator with Power-OK Output MAX8877/MAX8878 Low-Noise, Low-Dropout, 150mA Linear Regulators with '2982 Pinout MAX887EVKIT Evaluation Kit for MAX887 MAX8885 150mA, Low-Dropout Linear Regulator with Power-OK Output MAX890L 1A, Current-Limited, High-Side P-Channel Switch with Thermal Shutdown MAX891L/MAX892L Current-Limited, High-Side P-Channel Switches with Thermal Shutdown MAX893L 1.2A, Current-Limited, High-Side P-Channel Switch with Thermal Shutdown MAX894L/MAX895L Dual, Current-Limited, High-Side P-Channel Switches with Thermal Shutdown MAX900/MAX901/MAX902/MAX903 Single, Dual, Quad, High-Speed, Low-Power Single-Supply Voltage Comparators MAX9000/MAX9001/MAX9002/MAX9003/MAX9004/MAX9005 Low-Power, High-Speed, SingleSupply Op Amp Comparator Reference ICs

MAX9040/MAX9041//MAX9042/MAX9043/MAX9050/MAX9051/MAX9052/MAX9053 Micropower, Single-Supply, SOT23 Comparator + Precision Reference ICs MAX905/MAX906 High-Speed, Clocked, D Flip-Flop, ECL Voltage Comparators MAX907/MAX908/MAX909 Single, Dual, Quad, High-Speed, Ultra-Low-Power, Single 5V TTL Comparators MAX9075/MAX9077 Low-Cost, Ultra-Small, 3A Single-Supply Comparators MAX912/MAX913 Single, Dual, Ultra-Fast, Low-Power, Precision TTL Comparators MAX917/MAX918/MAX919/MAX920 SOT23, 1.8V, Nanopower, Beyond-the-Rails Comparators With/Without Reference MAX921/MAX922/MAX923/MAX924 Ultra Low-Power, Single/Dual Comparator with 1% Precision Reference MAX931/MAX932/MAX933/MAX934 Ultra Low-Power, Comparators with 2% Reference MAX941/MAX942/MAX944 High-Speed, Low-Power, 3V/5V, Rail-to-Rail Single-Supply Comparators MAX951/MAX952/MAX953/MAX954 Ultra-Low-Power, Single-Supply Op-Amp + Comparator + Reference MAX961/MAX962/MAX963/MAX964/MAX997/MAX999 Single/Dual/Quad, Ultra-High-Speed, +3V/+5V, Beyond-the-Rails Comparators MAX965/MAX966/MAX967/MAX968/MAX969/MAX970 Single/Dual/Quad, Micropower, Ultra-LowVoltage, Rail-to-Rail I/O Comparators MAX9685 Ultra-Fast ECL-Output Comparator with Latch Enable MAX9686/MAX9698 Single, Dual, Very Fast TTL-Latched Output Comparators MAX9687 Dual, Ultra-Fast ECL-Output Comparator MAX9690 Ultra-Fast ECL-Output Comparator MAX971/MAX972/MAX973/MAX974/MAX981/MAX982/MAX983/MAX984 Ultra-Low-Power, OpenDrain, Single/Dual Supply Comparators MAX975/MAX977 Single/Dual, +3V/+5V Dual-Speed Comparators with Auto-Standby MAX976/MAX978/MAX998 Single/Dual/Quad, SOT23, Single-Supply, High-Speed, Low-Power Comparators MAX985/MAX986/MAX989/MAX990/MAX993/MAX994 Micropower, Low-Voltage, SOT23, Rail-toRail I/O Comparators MAX987/MAX988/MAX991/MAX992/MAX995/MAX996 High-Speed, Micropower, Low-Voltage, SOT23, Rail-to-Rail I/O Comparators MAXC001 150F, Low-ESR Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitor MAXL001 100H Toroid Inductor MAXSMBus Two-Wire Interface Board

ADC0820 CMOS High-Speed 8-Bit A/D Converter with Track/Hold Function DG200A Dual Monolithic SPST, CMOS Analog Switch DG300A/DG301A/DG302A/DG303A Dual SPST, TTL-Compatible, CMOS Analog Switch DG304A/DG305A/DG306A/DG307A Dual SPST, CMOS Analog Switch DG308A/DG309 Quad SPST Analog Switch DG381A/DG384A/DG387A/DG390A Dual SPST, General-Purpose, CMOS Analog Switch DG401/DG403/DG405 Improved, Dual, High-Speed Analog Switch DG406/DG407 Improved,16-Channel, High-Performance/Dual 8-Channel, CMOS Multiplexers DG408/DG409 Improved, 8-Channel, High-Performance/Dual 4-Channel, CMOS Multiplexers DG411/DG412/DG413 Improved, Quad SPST Analog Switch DG417/DG418/DG419 Improved, SPST/SPDT Analog Switches DG421/DG423/DG425 Improved, Low-Power, CMOS Analog Switches with Latches DG441/DG442 Improved, Quad SPST Analog Switches DG444/DG445 Improved, Quad SPST Analog Switch DG506A/DG507A 16-Channel CMOS Multiplexer DG508A/DG509A 8-Channel CMOS Multiplexer DG528/DG529 8-Channel, Latchable Multiplexer HI-201 Quad SPST, CMOS Analog Switch HI-201HS High-Speed, Quad SPST, CMOS Analog Switch ICL7106/ICL7107 3 1/2-Digit A/D Converter ICL7109 12-Bit A/D Converter with 3-State Binary Outputs ICL7116/ICL7117 3 1/2-Digit ADC with Direct LCD Display Hold ICL7126 Low-Power, 3 1/2-Digit A/D Converter ICL7129A Low-Noise, 4 1/2-Digit, Single-Chip ADC with Multiplexed LCD Drivers ICL7135 4 1/2-Digit ADC with Multiplexed BCD Outputs ICL7136 Low-Power, 3 1/2-Digit A/D Converter ICL7137 Low-Power, 3 1/2-Digit A/D Converter ICL7611/CL7612/ICL7614/ICL7616/ICL7621/ICL7622/ICL7631/ICL7632/ICL7641/ICL7642 LowPower Industry-Standard Op Amps ICL7650/ICL7650B Chopper-Stabilized Op Amp ICL7652/ICL7652B Chopper-Stabilized Op Amp ICL7662/Si7661 CMOS Voltage Converters ICL7663 Low-Power, Adjustable-Output, Positive-Voltage Linear Regulator ICL7664 Low-Power, Adjustable-Output, Negative-Voltage Linear Regulator ICL7665 Microprocessor Voltage Monitor with Dual Over/Undervoltage Detection ICL7667 Dual-Power MOSFET Driver (Inverting) ICL8069 Low-Voltage Reference ICM7211/ICM7212 4-Digit, LCD Decoder/Driver ICM7217 4-Digit, Presettable, LED Up/Down Counter ICM7218/ICM7228 8-Digit, Multiplexed, LED Decoder/Driver ICM7224/ICM7225 4 1/2-Digit, LCD, High-Speed Counter/Decoder/Driver ICM7240/ICM7242/ICM7250/ICM7260 8-Bit Binary, Programmable, RC Timer/Counter

ICM7555/ICM7556 Low-Power, General-Purpose Timer IH5040/IH5041/IH5042/IH5043/IH5044/IH5045/IH5047 SPST, Normally Open, CMOS Analog Switch IH5048/IH5048A/IH5049/IH5050/IH5051 Dual SPST, Low Charge Injection Analog Switch IH5108 See MAX358 IH5140/IH5141/IH5142/IH5143/IH5144/IH5145 Low-Power, SPST, Fast, CMOS Analog Switch IH5208 See MAX359 IH5341/IH5352 Dual SPST, RF/Video Switch IH6108 See DG508A IH6116 See DG506A IH6208 See DG509A IH6216 See DG507A LH0063/BB3553 Very Fast Buffer Amplifier LH0101 Power Op Amp MF10 Dual Universal Switched Capacitor Filter MM74C945/MM74C947 4-Digit, Up/Down Counter/Decoder/Driver MX3554/BB3554 Wideband, Fast-Setting Op Amp MX390 Quad, CMOS 12-Bit DAC MX536A/MX636 True RMS-to-DC Converters MX565A/MX566A High-Speed, 12-Bit, Monolithic DAC with Voltage Reference MX578 High-Speed, 3s 12-Bit ADC MX580 High-Precision +2.5V Voltage Reference MX581 Precision 10V Voltage Reference MX584 Pin-Programmable Precision Voltage Reference MX7224 CMOS, Double-Buffered, 8-Bit DAC with Voltage-Output Amplifier MX7225/MX7226 CMOS, Quad, 8-Bit DAC with Voltage-Output Amplifier Latches MX7228 CMOS, Octal, 8-Bit DAC MX7245/MX7248 Complete, 12-Bit, Voltage-Output Multiplying DAC MX7501/MX7502/MX7503 8-Channel, Low-Power, Monolithic, CMOS Multiplexer MX7506/MX7507 Monolithic CMOS Multiplexer MX7520/MX7521 CMOS, 14-and 12-Bit Multiplying DACs MX7523 CMOS, 8-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7528/MX7628 CMOS, Dual, Buffered, 8-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7530/MX7531 CMOS, 10-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7533 CMOS Low Cost 10-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7534/MX7535 Microprocessor-Compatible, 14-Bit DACs MX7536 P-Compatible, 14-Bit DAC MX7537/MX7547 CMOS, Parallel-Loading, Dual, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7538 CMOS, P-Compatible,14-Bit DAC MX7541 CMOS, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7541A CMOS, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7542 CMOS, 12-Bit, P-Compatible DAC MX7543 CMOS, 12-Bit, Serial-Input DAC MX7545 CMOS, Buffered, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC MX7545A/MAX7645 CMOS 12-Bit Buffered Multiplying DACs MX7548 CMOS, 8-Bit-Compatible, 12-Bit DAC MX7575/MX7576 CMOS, P-Compatible, 5s/10s, 8-Bit ADCs MX7578 Calibrated 12-Bit ADC MX7582 Calibrated 4-Channel 12-Bit ADC MX7672 High-Speed 12-Bit ADC with External Reference Input

MX7821 P-Compatible, 660ns, 8-Bit ADC with Track/Hold MX7824/MX7828 CMOS, High-Speed, 8-Bit ADC with 4- or 8-Channel Multiplexer MX7837/MX7847 Complete, Dual, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC with 8-Bit Bus Interface MX7845 Complete, 12-Bit Multiplying DAC MXD1000 5-Tap Silicon Delay Line MXD1005 5-Tap Silicon Delay Line MXD1013 3-in-1 Silicon Delay Line MXD1210 Nonvolatile RAM Controller MXL1001 Precision Operational Amplifier MXL1007 Low-Noise, Precision Op Amp MXL1013/MXL1014 Dual/Quad, Precision Op Amps MXL1016/MXL1116 Ultra-Fast, Precision TTL Comparators MXL1074/MXL1076 5A/2A Step-Down, PWM, Switch-Mode DC-DC Regulators MXL1178/MXL1179 Dual/Quad, Single-Supply Mircopower, Precision Op Amps OP07 Precision Op Amp OP27/OP37 Low-Noise, Precision Op Amps OP90 Precision, Low-Voltage, Micropower Op Amp REF01/REF02 +5V, +10V Precision Voltage Reference

The tables and trees on this CD-ROM contain links to product data sheets. To the left, please click the arrow by Product Lines for more detailed selections. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Analog Switches
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

SPST
20W or 25W 10W
MAX312/13 (quad) MAX314 (quad) MAX4614/15/16 (quad)

SPDT
6W & 30W 4W or 5W 2.5W
MAX4661/2/3 (quad) MAX4667/8/9 (dual)

DPST
5W
MAX4623 (dual)

1W
MAX4624/5

MAX4514/15 (single) MAX4516/17 (single)

MAX4555 (quad)

MAX4621 (dual) MAX4664/5/6 (quad)

5W
MAX4622 (dual)

35W
DG425 (dual, latch) MAX305 (dual) MAX385 (dual)

1.25W 45W
DG401 (dual) MAX317/18 (single) MAX4066/A (quad) MAX4066A (quad)

70W

or 75W

50W

or 60W

30W

or 35W

MAX4680 (dual) MAX4690 (dual) MAX4700 (dual)

6W

& 60W

DG200A (dual) IH5141 (dual) MAX4529 (single) MAX4613 (quad)

DG300A (dual) HI-201HS (quad) MAX323/4 (dual) MAX325 (dual) MAX334 (quad) MAX4541/2 (dual) MAX4543 (dual)

DG411/12 (quad) DG413 (quad) DG417/18 (single) DG421 (dual, latch) MAX301 (dual) MAX320/1 (dual) MAX322 (dual) MAX351/2 (quad)

MAX4554 MAX4556 (triple)

45W
DG405 (dual)

0.5W
MAX4626/7/8

35W
DG419 (single) DG423 (dual, latch) MAX303 (dual) MAX319 (single) MAX333A (quad) MAX383 (dual)

50W
DG302A (dual)

75W
IH5145 (dual)

175W

or 200W

100W

or 110W

80W

to 90W

MAX353 (quad) MAX381 (dual) MAX391/2 (quad) MAX393 (quad)

DG201A (quad) DG202 (quad) DG211 (quad) DG212 (quad)

DG308A (quad) DG309 (quad) MAX4521 (quad) MAX4522 (quad) MAX4523 (quad) MAX4536 (quad) MAX4537 (quad) MAX4610/11 (quad) MAX4612 (quad)

DG441/2 (quad) DG444/5 (quad) MAX361/2 (quad) MAX364/5 (quad)

45W
DG403 (dual) IH5051 (dual)

MAX394 (quad)

80W
IH5045 (dual)

50W
DG301A (single) DG303A (dual) DG307A (dual) MAX4544 (single)

250W
MAX4501 (single) MAX4502 (single) MAX4503 (single) MAX4504 (single)

75W
IH5143 (dual) MAX4532 (triple)

175W
H
New product MAX333 (quad)

80W

& 100W

IH5043 (dual) MAX4053/A (triple) MAX4538 (triple)

Future product Guaranteed operation at 2.7V Guaranteed operation at 2V * Serial interface (I 2C/SPI)
I2 C is a trademark of Philips Corp. SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc.

Analog Switches
(CONTINUED)

11 x SPST
MAX4571/2**

Video/RF

Video/Audio Crosspoints
Triple 3 x 2
MAX4548/9**

Low Leakage
SPST
MAX326 (quad) MAX327 (quad)

Signal-Line Circuit Protectors

1-Line
MAX4505

ForceSense
MAX4554 MAX4555 MAX4556

SPST
MAX4529

8 x SPST
MAX335* MAX395*

Dual SPST
IH5341 (dual)

Dual 4 x 2
MAX4550/70**

3-Line
MAX366 MAX4506

Quad SPST
IH5352 MAX4545 MAX4565

Phase Reversal
MAX4526 MAX4527 MAX4528

8-Line
MAX367 MAX4507

6 x SPDT/ 2 x SPST
MAX4573/4**

Dual SPDT
MAX4546 MAX4547

15kV ESD Protected

MAX4551/2/3 (quad SPST) MAX4560 (triple SPDT)

2 x SPST/ 2 x SPDT
MAX4562/3**

MAX4566 MAX4567

Multiplexers
MAX4588/9

1 x SPST/ 1 x SPDT
MAX4584/5**

Fault Protected***
# MAX4510 (SPST)
MAX4511/12/13 (quad SPST)

# MAX4520 (SPST) # New product Future product Guaranteed operation at 2.7V * Serial interface (SPI only) ** Serial interface (I2C/SPI) *** Rail-to-Rail swing
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd. MAX4533 (quad SPDT) MAX4631/2 (dual SPST) MAX4633 (dual SPDT)

4PST

75
IH5047 (single)

Low-Voltage Analog Switches

Part Number SPST MAX4626/7 MAX4628 MAX4645/6 MAX4514/15 MAX4516/17 MAX4594/5 MAX4596/7 MAX4501/2 MAX4503/4 MAX4641/2 MAX4643 MAX320/1 MAX322 MAX381 MAX323/4 MAX325 MAX4541/2 MAX4543 MAX4651/2 MAX4653 MAX4614/15 MAX4616 MAX4591/2 MAX4593 MAX391/2 MAX393 MAX4066A MAX4066 MAX4521/2 MAX4523 MAX4536/7 MAX4538 MAX4610/11 MAX4612 SPDT MAX4624 MAX4625 MAX4644 MAX4544 MAX4599 MAX383 MAX4532 MAX4583 MAX4053 MAX4053A MAX4674 MAX394 Function1 SPST NO/NC SPST NO, NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC SPST NO/NC 2 SPST NO/NC 2 SPST NO, NC 2 SPST NO/NC 2 SPST NO, NC 2 SPST NO 2 SPST NO/NC 2 SPST NO, NC 2 SPST NO/NC 2 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC, NO 4 SPST NO/NC 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NO/NC 4 SPST NO/NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NO 4 SPST NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NO/NC 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC, NO SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT 2 SPDT 3 SPDT 3 SPDT 3 SPDT 3 SPDT 4 SPDT 4 SPDT RDS(ON)2 ( max) 0.5 0.5 3 20 20 20 20 250 250 4 4 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 4 4 10 10 20 20 35 35 45 45 100 100 100 100 100 100 1 1 4 60 60 35 75 80 100 100 5 35 ICOM(OFF) / ID(OFF) (nA max) 1 1 0.3 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 0.1 0.3 0.25 RON Match ( max) 0.5 0.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0.5 0.5 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0.1 0.1 0.5 2 2 2 8 4 18 6 0.5 2 RON Flatness ( max) 1 1 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 10 10 18 18 0.3 0.3 1 6 6 4 10 10 10 10 1 4 tON (ns max) 50 50 16 150 100 150 150 75 150 18 18 150 150 175 150 150 100 100 18 18 12 12 80 80 130 130 100 100 80 80 100 100 60 60 50 12 18 100 20 175 150 200 175 175 18 130 tOFF (ns max) 50 50 10 100 75 100 100 50 100 8 8 100 100 100 100 100 75 75 8 8 10 10 40 40 75 75 75 75 30 30 50 50 20 20 50 10 8 75 10 100 100 100 150 150 8 75 PinsPackage 5SOT23 6SOT23 6-SOT23, 8-MAX 8-SO, 5-SOT23 8-SO, 5-SOT23 5-SC70 5-SC70 8-SO, 5-SOT23/SC70 8-SO, 5-SOT23 8-MAX 8-MAX 8-DIP/SO/MAX 8-DIP/SO/MAX 16-DIP/SO 8-DIP/SO/MAX 8-DIP/SO/MAX 8-DIP/SO/MAX/SOT 8-DIP/SO/MAX/SOT 16-SO/TSSOP 16-SO/TSSOP 14-DIP/SO/TSSOP 14-DIP/SO/TSSOP 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP 14-DIP/SO 14-DIP/SO, 16-QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 14-DIP/SO/TSSOP 14-DIP/SO/TSSOP 6SOT23 6SOT23 6-SOT23 8-DIP/SO, 6-SOT23 6-SC70/SOT23 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-SO/QSOP/TSSOP 18-SO, 20-SSOP Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +2 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +1.8 to +5.5 +2 to +12 1 to 6 +2 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +2 to +12 1 to 6 +1.8 to +5.5 +1.8 to +5.5 3 to 8 3 to 8 +3 to +15/3 +2.7 to +16 +2.7 to +16 +2.7 to +12 +2.7 to +12 +1.8 to +5.5 +1.8 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +3 to +15/3 +3 to +15/3 +3 to +15/3 +3 to +15/3 +2 to +16 +2 to +16 +2 to +12/2 Features Low RON MAX4514/15 Both NO and NC controls Low RON, high speed Low RON, SOT package Low RON, SOT package SC70 package High-isolation pinout Low voltage, SC70 package Low voltage, SOT package Low RON, high speed Low RON, high speed Low voltage, low RON Low voltage, low RON to 8 Price 1000-up ($)

0.47 0.47

0.42 0.42

to to to to

8 8 8 8

SOT23-8 package SOT23-8 package Low RON, high speed Low RON, high speed High-speed, low-voltage 74HC4066 High-speed, low-voltage 74HC4066 Specified at +12V and at +15V Specified at +12V and at +15V

0.89 0.89 1.23 0.89 0.89 0.41 0.41

0.79 0.79

to 6

+2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 +2 +2 +2 to to to to +12/2 to 6 +12/2 to 6 +12 +12

Low leakage Low voltage, 74HC4066 upgrade Improved, low-voltage DG211/ DG212 replacement Improved, low-voltage DG213 replacement Improved 74HC4316 with enable Improved 74HC4316 with enable Improved 74HC4066 New 74HC4066 Guaranteed break-before-make Guaranteed make-before-break Low RON, high speed Low cost, SOT23-6 Small SC70 package Improved, low-voltage 74HC4353 Improved 74HC4053 Improved 74HC4053 Low RON, high speed MAX333A replacement

1.87 1.87 1.87 0.99 0.69 0.69 0.98 0.98 0.54 0.54

+2 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +1.8 to +5.5 +2 to +12 +2 to +12 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +1.8 to +5.5 2.7 to 8

0.41

2.57 1.12 0.63 1.46 1.87

3.19

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Low-Voltage Analog Switches (continued)

Part Number Function1 DPST MAX385 2 DPST PHASE REVERSAL 2 SPDT MAX4528 SERIAL INTERFACE MAX395 8 SPST NO 15kV ESD PROTECTED MAX4551/2 4 SPST NC/NO MAX4553 4 SPST NO, NC MAX4560 3 SPDT RDS(ON)2 ( max) 35 110 100 120 120 160 ICOM(OFF) / ID(OFF) (nA max) 0.1 0.5 1 1 1 1 RON Match ( max) 2 5 4 4 6 RON Flatness ( max) 4 10 8 8 8 tON (ns max) 175 100 400 110 110 150 tOFF (ns max) 100 100 400 90 90 120 PinsPackage 16-DIP/SO 8-DIP/SO/MAX 24-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-SO/QSOP/DIP 16-SO/QSOP/DIP 16-SO/QSOP/DIP Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +2.7 to +16/3 to 8 +2.7 to +12/2.7 to 6 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +12/2 to 6 Meets IEC 1000-4-2 Meets IEC 1000-4-2 Meets IEC 1000-4-2 Low voltage Features Price 1000-up ($) 2.57 0.98 2.98 1.26 1.26 1.5

Low-Voltage Video Switches

Part Number Function1 MAX4529 SPST MAX4546 2 SPDT MAX4547 2 SPDT MAX4566 2 SPDT MAX4567 2 SPDT MAX4545 4 SPST MAX4565 4 SPST NC MAX4584 1 SPST, 1 SPDT MAX4585 1 SPST, 1 SPDT AUDIO/VIDEO CROSSPOINTS MAX4548 3 3x2 MAX4549 3 3x2 2 4x2 MAX4550 MAX4570 2 4x2 CLICKLESS AUDIO/VIDEO MAX4562 2 SPST, 2 SPDT MAX4563 2 SPST, 2 SPDT MAX4571 11 SPST MAX4573 11 SPST MAX4572 2 SPST, 6 SPDT MAX4574 2 SPST, 6 SPDT RDS(ON)2 ( max) 70 20 20 60 60 20 60 65 65 35 35 80 80 30 30 35 35 35 35 ICOM(OFF) / ID(OFF) (nA max) 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 RON Match ( max) 1 1 2.5 2.5 1 2.5 4 4 7 7 10 10 5 5 2 2 2 2 RON Flatness ( max) 10 0.5 0.5 2 2 0.5 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 tON (s max) 0.075 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.9 0.9 12,000 12,000 8000 8000 8000 8000 tOFF (s max) 0.075 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 3000 3000 6000 6000 6000 6000 PinsPackage 6-SOT23, 8-MAX 16-SO/QSOP 16-SO/QSOP 16-SO/QSOP 16-SO/QSOP 20-SO/SSOP 20-SO/SSOP 10-MAX 10-MAX 36-SSOP 36-SSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP 16-QSOP 16-QSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP 28-SO/SSOP/QSOP Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +12/2.7 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 to to to to to to to to to to to 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Features 80dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz 80dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz 80dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz I2C 3-wire SPI/QSPI I2C SPI/QSPI I2C SPI/QSPI I2C 3-wire SPI/QSPI Fast mode I2C 3-wire SPI/QSPI Fast mode I2C 3-wire SPI/QSPI Price 1000-up ($) 0.88 1.62 1.62 1.35 1.35 1.80 1.55 1.12 1.12 3.12 3.12 3.16 3.16 1.99 1.99 4.04 4.04 4.04 4.04

+5.5 +5.5 +5.5/2.7 to 5.5 +5.5/2.7 to 5.5

+2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. I2C is a trademark of Philips Corp.

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc.

Standard Analog Switches

Part Number SPST DG417/18 MAX317/18 MAX4680/90 MAX4700 MAX4667/8 MAX4669 MAX4621 MAX4555 DG421 MAX301 DG401 DG200A MAX4661/2 MAX4663 MAX4664/5 MAX4666 MAX312/13 MAX314 DG411/12 DG413 MAX351/2 MAX353 HI-201HS MAX334 MAX4613 DG441/2 DG444/5 MAX361/2 MAX364/5 DG211/12 DG201A/2 MAX326/7 MAX335 SPDT DG419 MAX319 MAX4622 DG423 MAX303 DG403 IH5051 DG303A IH5043 MAX4554 MAX4556 MAX333A MAX333 Function1 SPST NC/NO SPST NC/NO 2 SPST NC/NO 2 SPST NC, NO 2 SPST NC/NO 2 SPST NC, NO 2 SPST NO 2 SPST 2 SPST 2 SPST NO 2 SPST NO 2 SPST NO 2 SPST NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC, NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC, NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC 4 SPST NC 4 SPST NO, NC 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 4 SPST NC/NO 8 SPST NO SPDT SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT 3 PST 3 PST SPDT 2 SPDT 4 SPDT 4 SPDT ICOM(OFF) / RDS(ON)2 ID(OFF) ( max) (nA max) 35 45 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 5 6 30 35 35 45 70 2.5 2.5 4 4 10 10 35 35 35 35 50 50 70 85 85 85 85 175 175 3500 150 35 35 5 35 35 45 45 50 80 6 60 6 60 35 175 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 5 1 0.01 1 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.5 5 1 5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 5 RON Match ( max) 3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 1 4.5 3 2 2 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 2 2 4 3 4 2 2 5% 3 2 0.5 3 2 2 8 5 1 9 1 9 2 RON Flatness tON ( max) (ns max) 4 3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 1.5 6 4 3 3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 2 2 4 4 3 3 9 4 9 9 9 4 3 0.5 4 3 3 1.5 12 1.5 12 3

tOFF (ns max) 145 145 175 175 175 175 200 185 185 200 100 100 500 175 175 175 175 185 185 145 145 145 145 50 50 120 145 120 120 120 500 450 500 400 145 145 200 200 100 100 300 250 200 250 250 185 185 145 500

PinsPackage

Supply Voltage Ranges (V)

Features

Price 1000-up ($) 0.96 0.96 2.93 2.93 2.15 2.15 1.53 2.42 1.59 1.23 1.23 0.93 2.66 2.66 1.95 1.95 2.49 2.49 1.85 1.85 1.76 1.76 2.64 2.88 1.05 1.29 1.03 1.29 1.03 0.91 0.95 2.78 2.84 1.19 1.19 1.53 3.30 2.57 2.57 4.73 2.36 2.36 2.42 2.42 3.60 2.87

175 175 275 275 275 275 250 225 225 250 150 150 1000 275 275 275 275 225 225 175 175 175 175 50 100 250 175 250 250 250 1000 600 1000 400 175 175 250 250 150 150 600 300 400 300 300 225 225 175 1000

8-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 8-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +9 to +40/15 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +9 to +40/15 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 14-DIP/SO 4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/SSOP +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +12 to +20/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +5 to +30/4.5 to 18 16-DIP/SO/TSSOP +4.5 to +40/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 16-DIP/SO 4.5 to 18 16-DIP/SO 5 to 18 16-DIP/SO +10 to +30/5 to 18 24-DIP/SO 4.5 to 20 8-DIP/SO 8-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 14-DIP 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 18-DIP/SO 18-DIP/SO +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +10 to +30/5 to 18 4.5 to 18 +9 to +40/10 to 20 +9 to +40/10 to 20 +9 to +40/4.5 to 20 +9 to +40/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/5 to 20

Improved DG417, low RON match/flatness Low RON Low RON, guaranteed break-before-make Low RON, pin compatible with MAX312/13 Low RON, guaranteed break-before-make Low RON, pin compatible with MAX301/DG401 Low RON force switch of the MAX4555 Medium RON sense switch of the MAX4555 Low power, high speed, has latches Improved DG401, low RON match/flatness Low power, high speed, low leakage Low RON, pin compatible with MAX312/13 Low RON, guaranteed break-before-make Low RON, pin compatible with MAX312/13 Low RON, guaranteed break-before-make Low RON Low RON Low power, high speed, low leakage Low power, high speed, low leakage Improved DG411/DG412, low RON match/flatness Improved DG413, low RON match/flatness Low RON, high speed Low RON, high speed DG213 second source 10pA charge injection 10pA charge injection Improved DG441/DG442, low RON match/flatness Improved DG444/DG445, low RON match/flatness No VLOGIC supply Low power, no VLOGIC supply Ultra-low leakage, low charge injection Serial interface with break-before-make

Improved DG419, low RON match/flatness Low RON, pin compatible with MAX303/DG403 Low power, high speed, has latches Improved DG403, low RON match/flatness Low power, high speed, low leakage Low power, low RON 2.4VIH, low RON Low RON force switch of the MAX4554 Medium RON sense switch of the MAX4554 Low RON force switch of the MAX4556 Medium RON sense switch of the MAX4556 Improved MAX333, low RON

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Standard Analog Switches (continued)

Part Number Function1 DPST 2 DPST MAX4623 DG425 2 DPST MAX305 2 DPST NO DG405 2 DPST NO PHASE REVERSAL 2 SPDT MAX4526 MAX4527 2 SPDT FAULT PROTECTED SPST NC MAX4510 MAX4520 SPST NO MAX4631 2 SPST NO MAX4511/12 4 SPST NC/NO MAX4513 4 SPST NC, NO MAX4632 2 SPDT MAX4533 4 SPDT MAX4633 2 DPST ICOM(OFF) / RDS(ON)2 ID(OFF) ( max) (nA max) 5 35 35 45 175 175 75 75 85 160 160 85 160 85 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 RON Match ( max) 0.5 3 2 2 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 RON Flatness tON ( max) (ns max) 0.5 4 3 3 18 18 250 250 150 150 100 200 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 tOFF (ns max) 200 200 100 100 100 200 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 PinsPackage 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO 8-DIP/SO/MAX 8-DIP/SO/MAX 6-SOT23, 8-MAX 6-SOT23, 8-MAX 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO/SSOP 16-DIP/SO Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 18 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 18 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 to to to to to to to to +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 +36/4.5 to to to to to to to to 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 Features Low RON, pin compatible with MAX305/DG405 High speed, has latches Improved DG405, low RON match/flatness High speed, low leakage High speed Low power Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 40V overvoltage protection Price 1000-up ($) 1.53 3.30 2.57 2.57 2.17 2.17 0.92 0.92 1.54 1.62 1.62 1.54 2.32 1.54

Standard Video Switches

Part Number IH5341 IH5352 Function1 2 SPST NO 4 SPST NO RDS(ON)2 ( max) 75 75 ICOM(OFF) /ID(OFF) (nA max) 1 1 RON Match ( max) 5 5 RON Flatness ( max) tON (ns max) 300 300 tOFF (ns max) 150 150 PinsPackage 14-DIP/SO 16-DIP/SO Supply Voltage Range (V) 5 to 18 5 to 18 Features 70dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz Price 1000-up ($) 2.48 4.50

Signal-Line Circuit Protectors

Part Number MAX4505 MAX366 MAX4506 MAX367 MAX4507 Function 1-line 3-line 3-line 8-line 8-line RDS(ON)2 ( max) 100 85 100 85 100 IOUT(ON) (nA max) 1 1 1 1 1 Analog-Signal Voltage Range (V) 15 -12.5 to +13.5 15 -12.5 to +13.5 15 Overvoltage Supplies On (V) 36 25 36 25 36 Overvoltage Supplies Off (V) 40 35 40 35 40 Features 5-pin SOT, Rail-to-Rail swing Rail-to-Rail swing Rail-to-Rail swing Price 1000-up ($) 0.83 1.42 1.46 2.43 2.32

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. No control required. Switches are always on when power is on.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Analog Multiplexers
Fault Protected
8-Channel
HI-508A* (35V) HI-509A* (diff 35V) MAX354* (35V) MAX355* (diff 35V) MAX358* (35V) MAX359* (diff 35V) MAX368* (latch 35V) MAX369* (latch, diff 35V) MAX378* (75V) MAX379* (diff 75V) MAX388* (latch 100V) MAX389* (latch, diff 100V) DG408 DG409 (diff) DG508A

Standard
4-Channel
MAX4053/A (triple 2:1) MAX4518 MAX4519 (dual 2:1) MAX4524 MAX4525 (dual 2:1) MAX4583 (triple 2:1) MAX4586/7** MAX4617/18/19

Video
4-Channel
MAX4589

Programmable
8-Channel
MAX4539/40 MAX4578/9 MAX4598

Low Leakage
8-Channel
MAX328 (10pA) MAX329 (diff, 10pA) MAX338 (20pA) MAX339 (diff, 10pA)

8-Channel
MAX310 (70dB at 10MHz) MAX311 (diff 70dB at 10MHz) MAX4588

16-Channel
MAX336 (20pA) MAX337 (diff, 10pA)

Mux-Amps
MAX440 MAX441 MAX442 MAX453 (1 of 2, drives 75W ) MAX454 (1 of 4, drives 75W ) MAX455 (1 of 8, drives 75W )

8-Channel

15kV ESD Protected

MAX4558 MAX4559 (diff) MAX4560 (triple 2:1)

Rail-to-Rail Swing
MAX4508 MAX4509 (diff)

DG509A (diff) DG528 (latch) DG529 (latch, diff) MAX308

Crosspoints
MAX456 (8x8)

I MAX4141 (4x1) I MAX4221 (dual 2x1)

MAX4548/9** (triple 3x2) MAX4550/70** (dual 4x2)

16-Channel
DG406 DG407 (diff) DG506A DG507A (diff) MAX306 MAX307 (diff) MAX396 MAX397 (diff)

MAX309 (diff) MAX349 MAX350 (diff) MAX382 (latch) MAX384 (latch, diff) MAX398 MAX399 (diff) MAX4051/A MAX4052 MAX4052A (diff) MAX4530

I I I I

MAX458 (8x4) MAX459 (8x4) MAX4111 (1x1) MAX4121 (2x1)

MAX4531 (diff) MAX4581 MAX4582 (diff)

H I

cont.

New product Evaluation kit available Guaranteed operation at 3V * Withstands quoted input or output voltage indefinitely with/without supply voltage present ** Serial interface (I2C/SPI)

Low-Voltage Analog Multiplexers

Part RDS(ON)2 Number Function ( max) MAX4619 1-of-2 10 MAX4583 1-of-2 80 MAX4053A 1-of-2 100 MAX4053 1-of-2 125 MAX4634 1-of-4 4 MAX4518 1-of-4 100 MAX4524 1-of-4 150 MAX4638 1-of-8 4 MAX4617 1-of-8 10 MAX4530 1-of-8 75 MAX4581 1-of-8 80 MAX349 1-of-8 100 MAX382 1-of-8 100 MAX398 1-of-8 100 MAX4051A 1-of-8 100 MAX4051 1-of-8 125 MAX396 1-of-16 100 2-of-4 4 MAX4636 MAX4519 2-of-4 100 MAX4525 2-of-4 150 MAX4639 2-of-8 4 MAX4618 2-of-8 10 MAX4531 2-of-8 75 MAX4582 2-of-8 80 MAX350 2-of-8 100 MAX384 2-of-8 100 MAX397 2-of-8 100 MAX399 2-of-8 100 MAX4052A 2-of-8 100 MAX4052 2-of-8 125 15kV ESD PROTECTED MAX4558 8:1 160 MAX4559 dual 4:1 160 MAX4560 triple 2:1 160 CALIBRATION MAX4598 8:1 or dual 4:1 75 MAX4539 8:1 75 MAX4540 dual 4:1 75 VIDEO 4:1 65 MAX4586 4:1 65 MAX4587 MAX4588 8:1 60 MAX4589 4:1 60 ID(OFF) /ICOM(OFF) (nA max) 1 1 0.1 1 0.3 0.2 1 0.3 1 2 1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 1 0.2 0.3 0.1 1 0.3 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 0.2 0.1 0.1 1 1 0.2 0.2 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 RON Match ( max) 1 4 6 12 0.5 4 6 0.5 1 8 4 16 4 6 6 12 4 0.5 4 10 0.5 1 8 4 16 4 4 6 6 12 8 8 8 10 10 10 5 5 2 2 RON Flatness ( max) 1 10 10 1 10 12 1 1 10 10 10 10 11 10 10 1 10 12 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 150 150 150 90 115 115 400 400 450 450 120 120 120 70 100 100 200 200 120 120 tON/tOFF (ns max) 15/10 200/100 150/150 150/150 18/10 150/150 150/120 18/10 15/10 150/100 200/100 275/150 150/150 150/150 175/150 175/150 150/150 18/10 150/150 150/120 18/10 15/10 150/100 200/200 275/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 175/150 175/150 Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +2 to +5.5 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 +1.8 to +5.5 +2.7 to +15/2.7 to 8 +2 to +12 +1.8 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2.7 to +16.5/3 to 8 +3 to +15/3 to 8 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +1.8 to +5.5 +2.7 to +15/2.7 to 8 +2 to +12 +1.8 to +5.5 +2 to +5.5 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2 to +12/2 to 6 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2.7 to +16.5/3 to 8 +2.7 to +16/2.7 to 8 +3 to +15/3 to 8 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 +2 to +16/2.7 to 8 2.7 to 6 2.7 to 6 2.7 to 6 +2.7 to +12 +2.7 to +12 +2.7 to +12 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +12 +12 Features High-speed, low-RON 74HC4053 Improved 74HC4053 Improved 74HC4053, low voltage, improved RON Low voltage, 74HC4053 upgrade Low RON, high speed, 10-pin MAX Low voltage, guaranteed RON match 10-pin MAX Low RON, high speed, 10-pin MAX High-speed, low-RON 74HC4051 Improved 74HC4351 Improved 74HC4051 Serial interface Low voltage, latchable address inputs Low voltage, DG408 pinout Improved 74HC4051, low voltage, improved RON Low voltage, 74HC4051 upgrade Low voltage, DG406 pinout Low RON, high speed, 10-pin MAX Low voltage, guaranteed RON match 10-pin MAX Low RON, high speed, 10-pin MAX High-speed, low-RON 74HC4051 Improved 74HC4352 Improved 74HC4052 Low voltage, serial interface Low voltage, latchable address inputs Low voltage, DG407 pinout Low voltage, DG409 pinout Improved 74HC4051, low voltage, improved RON Low voltage, 74HC4052 upgrade Meets IEC 1000-4-2 Meets IEC 1000-4-2 Meets IEC 1000-4-2 2.7V to 6V, no reference 2.7V to 6V, precision resistors set voltage reference 2.7V to 6V, precision resistors set voltage reference I2C 3-wire SPI/QSPI 2.7V to 6V, 80dB at 10MHz 2.7V to 6V, 80dB at 10MHz Price 1000-up ($) 0.92 0.63 1.87 1.46

1.15 1.10

0.92 1.12 0.63 2.98 3.00 2.59 1.87 1.46 4.04

1.15 1.10

0.92 1.12 0.63 2.98 3.00 4.04 2.59 1.87 1.46 1.59 1.59 1.59 2.48 2.84 2.84 1.26 1.26 2.48 2.21

16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 16-DIP/SO/QSOP 20-DIP/SO/SSOP 20-DIP/SO/SSOP 20-DIP/SO/SSOP 10-MAX 10-MAX 28-DIP/SO/SSOP 28-DIP/SO/SSOP

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. No control required. Switches are always on when power is on.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Low-Voltage Video Multiplexers

Part Number MAX440 MAX441 MAX442 Part Number MAX453 MAX454 MAX455 Unity GBW (MHz) 160, 110 (AV 2) 160, 110 (AV 2) 140 Slew Rate (V/s) 370 370 250 DP/DG (degrees/%) 0.03/0.04 0.03/0.04 0.09/0.07 Output Current (mA max) 35 35 35 ID(OFF) (nA max) 10 10 10 Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5 tON (s max) 0.12 0.12 0.12 Supply Current (mA) 40 40 40 VIL/VIH (V) 0.8/2.4 0.8/2.4 0.8/2.4 Features Video amp with 8-channel mux, 0.03/0.04% diff phase/gain error, 15ns switch time, high-Z output state Video amp with 4-channel mux, 0.03/0.04% diff phase/gain error, 15ns switch time Video amp with 2-channel mux, 24ns switch time, 8-pin DIP/SO Analog-Signal Voltage Range (V) 2 2 2 Price 1000-up ($) 8.95 5.90 4.45($) Price 1000-up ($) 3.94 5.25 8.75

Function 1-of-2 1-of-4 1-of-8

RDS(ON)2 ( max) Buffered output Buffered output Buffered output

Features On-chip output amp On-chip output amp On-chip output amp

Standard Analog Multiplexers

Part Number DG408 MAX308 DG508A MX7501 MX7503 DG528 MAX338 MAX328 DG406 MAX306 DG506A MAX336 MX7506 DG409 MAX309 DG509A MX7502 DG529 MAX339 MAX329 DG407 MAX307 DG507A MAX337 MX7507 CALIBRATION MAX4579 MAX4578 Function 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-16 1-of-16 1-of-16 1-of-16 1-of-16 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-16 2-of-16 2-of-16 2-of-16 2-of-16 4 to 1 8 to 1 RDS(ON)2 ( max) 100 100 300 300 300 400 400 3500 100 100 400 400 450 100 100 300 300 400 400 3500 100 100 400 400 450 350 350 ID(OFF) /ICOM(OFF) (nA max) 1 0.75 2 10 10 10 0.05 0.01 2 0.75 10 0.05 20 1 1 2 5 10 0.05 0.01 1 0.75 5 0.05 10 0.05 0.05 RON Match ( max) 8 5 4% 4% 6% 10 2% 8 5 6% 10 4% 8 5 6% 4% 6% 10 2% 8 5 6% 10 4% 12 12 tON/tOFF (s max) 0.225/0.15 0.225/0.15 1/1.7 1.5/1 1.5/1 1.5/1 0.5/0.5 1.5/1 0.2/0.15 0.2/0.15 1/0.4(typ) 0.5/0.5 0.15/1 0.15/0.15 0.15/0.15 1/0.7 1.5/1 1.5/1 0.5/0.5 1.5/1 0.2/0.15 0.2/0.15 1.0/0.4(typ) 0.5/0.5 1.5/1 0.4/0.22 0.4/0.22 Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +10 to +30/4.5 to 18 +10 to +30/4.5 to 18 +5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/5 to 18 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +10 to +30/4.5 to 18 15 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +10 to +30/5 to 18 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +4.5 to +30/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 20 Features Industry standard Improved DG408, guaranteed RON match/flatness Industry standard Industry standard Industry standard Industry standard with latches Improved DG508A, low-leakage upgrade, QSOP Ultra-low leakage Industry standard Improved DG406, guaranteed RON match/flatness Industry standard Improved DG506A, low leakage, SSOP Industry standard Industry standard Improved DG409, guaranteed RON match/flatness Industry standard Industry standard Industry standard with latches Improved DG509A, low-leakage upgrade, QSOP Ultra-low leakage Industry standard Improved DG407, guaranteed RON match/flatness Industry standard Improved DG507A, low leakage, SSOP Industry standard Set reference, SSOP Precision resistors, SSOP Price 1000-up ($) 2.59 2.59 2.39 5.58 5.58 2.28 2.39 3.61 4.53 3.87 3.68 3.69 10.25 2.59 2.59 2.39 5.58 2.28 2.39 3.61 4.53 3.87 3.68 3.69 10.25 2.78 2.78

1 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. 2 Drain-source on-resistance is for the commercial grade, TA = +25C. No control required. Switches are always on when power is on.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1kguidance increments, and may require minimum order quantities. Prices provided are for design and aresome FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Standard Analog Multiplexers (continued)

Part Number Function FAULT PROTECTED MAX4534 1-of-4 MAX354 MAX4508 HI-508A MAX358 MAX368 MAX388 MAX378 MAX4535 MAX355 MAX4509 HI-509A MAX359 MAX369 MAX389 MAX379 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 1-of-8 2-of-4 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 2-of-8 RDS(ON)2 ( max) 400 350 400 1800 1800 1800 3000 3500 400 350 400 1800 1800 1800 3000 3500 ID(OFF) /ICOM(OFF) (nA max) 1/1 0.5 1/1 2 1 5 2 2 1/1 0.5 1/1 2 2 5 2 2 RON Match ( max) 12 12 12 10% 10% 12 12 12 10% 10% tON/tOFF (s max) 0.275/0.25 0.25/0.2 0.275/0.25 0.5/0.5 0.5/0.5 1.5/1 1.5/1 1/0.5 0.275/0.25 0.25/0.2 0.275/0.25 0.5/0.5 0.5/0.5 1.5/1 1.5/1 1/0.5 Supply Voltage Ranges (V) +9 to +36/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 18 +9 to +36/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 +9 to +36/4.5 to 20 +4.5 to +36/4.5 to 18 +9 to +36/4.5 to 20 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 Features Rail-to-Rail swing, 25V overvoltage protection, TSSOP package Improved MAX358, improved RON, 35V fault protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 25V overvoltage protection, SSOP Fault protected to 35V Fault protected to 35V Fault protected with latches to 35V Fault protected with latches to 100V Fault protected to 75V Rail-to-Rail swing, 25V overvoltage protection, TSSOP package Improved MAX359, improved RON, 35V fault protection Rail-to-Rail swing, 25V overvoltage protection, SSOP Fault protected to 35V Fault protected to 35V Fault protected with latches to 35V Fault protected with latches to 100V Fault protected to 75V Price 1000-up ($

2.45 1.86 2.75 2.45 3.50 4.50 3.50

2.45 1.86 2.75 2.45 3.50 4.50 3.50

Standard Video Multiplexers

Part Number MAX310 MAX311 Function 1-of-8 2-of-8 RDS(ON)2 ( max) 250 250 Slew Rate (V/s) 250 300 700 700 700 700 DP/DG (degrees/%) 1/0.5 0.05/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 ID(OFF) (nA max) 10 10 Off-Isolation (dB typ) 80 (5MHz) 60 (10MHz) 74 (30MHz) 74 (30MHz) 74 (30MHz) 74 (30MHz) tON (s max) 1.5 1.5 Crosstalk (dB typ) 70 (5MHz) 55 (10MHz) 66 66 66 VIL/VIH (V) 0.8/2.4 0.8/2.4 EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Analog-Signal Voltage Range (V) -12.5 to +13.5 -12.5 to +13.5 Features 70dB isolation at 10MHz 70dB isolation at 10MHz Price 1000-up ($) 5.18 7.20 Price 1000-up ($) 19.98 21.85 1.70 2.10 4.50 4.50

Part Unity GBW Number (MHz) VIDEO CROSSPOINTS MAX456 35 MAX458/459 100/90 MAX4111 330 MAX4121 330 330 MAX4141 MAX4221 330

Features 8x8 crosspoint switch array with eight output buffers, high-Z output capability 8x4 crosspoint switch array with four 75 cable drivers, high-Z output capability 1x1 video crosspoint building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz 2x1 video crosspoint building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz 4x1 video crosspoint building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz Dual 2x1 video crosspoint building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Overview of Interface Products

Line Drivers/Receivers
RS-485/ RS-422

IrDA Infrared Products

IrDA Transceiver
MAX3120 (low-profile, 3V, 100A, 2.4kbps to 115.2kbps, IrDA 1.2 compatible)

SPITM/MICROWIRETM UARTs
+3V Powered
MAX3100 (smallest UART available, 16-pin QSOP, 2.7V to 5.5V operation, IrDA SIR timing compatible, 8-word receive FIFO, up to 230kbps)

RS-232

AppleTalkTM
MAX216 (1 single-ended Tx, 2 single-ended Rx, 1 differential Tx, 1 differential Rx)

Multiprotocol
MAX3160
(20-pin SSOP, +3V to +5.5V, pinprogrammable RS-232 or RS-485 device)

+3V to +5.5V Supply 15kV ESD Protection* 1A Supply Current MegaBaud Data Rates

+3V Supply

+5V Supply

MAX3161
(24-pin SSOP, +3V to +5.5V, 1A separate RS-232 or RS-485 transmitter outputs)

Integrated IrDA and RS-232 Transceivers

MAX3130 (single 28-SSOP, 3V, 370A, 2.4kbps to 115.2kbps, IrDA 1.2 compatible, IrDA/ RS-232 selectable) MAX3131 (single 28-SSOP, 3V, 370A, 2.4kbps to 115.2kbps, IrDA 1.2 compatible)

Battery Powered

Integrated UART/RS-232 Transceivers

MAX3110E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3111E (15kV ESD protection)

MAX3162
(28-pin SSOP, +3V to +5.5V, 1A simultaneous RS-232 and RS-485 interface)

Integrated P Supervisor 12V Supplies

Integrated UART/RS-485 Transceivers

MAX3140

+5V Only Supply

+5V/+12V or Battery Power, 2 Ext. Caps Isolation Products

New product

Future product
* Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2. AppleTalk is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc. SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

NEXT PAGE

RS-232 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

+3.0V to +5.5V Supply

1 Tx, 1 Rx
MAX3221 (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3221E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown) MAX3226 (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3226E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3227 (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3227E (15kV ESD protection, 1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus)

2 Tx, 2 Rx
MAX3218 (+2.7V to +3.6V, 1A AutoShutdown) MAX3222 (shutdown and three-state) MAX3222E (15kV ESD protection, shutdown and three-state) MAX3223 (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3223E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown) MAX3224 (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3224E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3225 (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3225E (15kV ESD protection, 1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3232 MAX3232E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3233E (3V, 15kV ESD protection, internal capacitors) MAX3235E (5V, 15kV ESD protection, internal capacitors) MAX3320A/B/L/T (integrated P supervisor, 4A AutoShutdown Plus) H

3 Tx, 2 Rx
MAX3386E (15kV ESD protection, VL pin for mixed-logic voltages) MAX3387E (15kV ESD protection, VL pin for mixed-logic voltages)

3 Tx, 5 Rx
MAX3212 (+2.7V to +3.6V, 1A AutoShutdown) MAX3241 MAX3241E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3243 (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3243E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown) MAX3244 (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3244E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3245 (1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3245E (15kV ESD protection, 1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus)

5 Tx, 3 Rx
MAX3237 (1Mbps)

MAX3237E
(15kV ESD protection) MAX3238 (1A AutoShutdown Plus)

MAX3238E
(15kV ESD protection)

0 Tx, 1 Rx
MAX3180 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3180E (15kV ESD protection, SOT23-5 package) MAX3181 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3181E (15kV ESD protection, SOT23-5 package) MAX3182 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3182E (15kV ESD protection, SOT23-5 package) MAX3183 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3183E (15kV ESD protection, SOT23-5 package)

New product

Future product
* Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2. AutoShutdown and AutoShutdown Plus are trademarks of Maxim Integrated Products.

NEXT PAGE

RS-232 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUED)

15kV ESD Protection*

+3.0V to +5.5V Supply

0 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3180E (SOT23-5 package) MAX3181E (SOT23-5 package) H MAX3182E (SOT23-5 package) MAX3183E (SOT23-5 package) 1 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3221E (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3226E (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3227E (1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) 2 Tx, 2 Rx MAX3222E (shutdown and three-state) MAX3223E (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3224E (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3225E (1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3232E MAX3233E (3V, internal capacitor) MAX3235E (5V, internal capacitor) 3 Tx, 2 Rx MAX3386E (VL pin for mixed-logic voltages) MAX3387E (VL pin for mixed-logic voltages) 3 Tx, 5 Rx MAX3241E MAX3243E (1A AutoShutdown) MAX3244E (1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3245E (1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) 5 Tx, 3 Rx

+5V Only Supply

MAX202E (2 Tx, 2 Rx) MAX203E (2 Tx, 2 Rx, no external caps) MAX205E (5 Tx, 5 Rx, no external caps) MAX206E (4 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX207E (5 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX208E (4 Tx, 4 Rx) MAX211E (4 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX213E (4 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX221E (1 Tx, 1 Rx) MAX232E (2 Tx, 2 Rx) MAX241E (4 Tx, 5 Rx)

12V Supplies
MAX1406 (3 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX1488E (4 Tx) MAX1489E (4 Rx) MAX3185 (3 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX3186 (5 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX3187 (6 Tx, 10 Rx) MAX3209E (6 Tx, 10 Rx)

MAX3237E MAX3238E

H New product Future product * Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2. These devices also require a +5V supply.

NEXT PAGE

RS-232 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUED)

1A Supply Current
+3V to +5.5V Supply Mixed Supplies
MAX3209E (6Tx, 10Rx, 15kV ESD protection) 3 Tx, 5 Rx MAX3212 (+2.7V to +3.6V, AutoShutdown) MAX3243 (AutoShutdown) MAX3243E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown) MAX3244 (AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3244E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3245 (AutoShutdown Plus, 1Mbps) MAX3245E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown Plus, 1Mbps)

MegaBaudTM Data Rates

+3V to +5.5V Supply
0 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3180 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3180E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3181 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3181E (15kV ESD protection) 1 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3227E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) 2 Tx, 2 Rx MAX3225E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) 3 Tx, 5 Rx MAX3245 (1Mbps, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3245E (15kV ESD protection, 1A AutoShutdown Plus) 5 Tx, 3 Rx MAX3237

Integrated P Supervisor
MAX3320A/B/L/T (4A AutoShutdown Plus)

12V Supplies

+5V Only
MAX3235E (15kV ESD protection, internal capacitors) 0 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3180 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3180E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3181 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3181E (15kV ESD protection)

15kV ESD Protection*

MAX1406 (3 Tx, 3 Rx)

MAX3182 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3182E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3183 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3183E (15kV ESD protection)

MAX1488E (4 Tx) MAX1489E (4 Rx) MAX3185 (3 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX3186 (5 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX3187 (6 Tx, 10 Rx) MAX3209E (6 Tx, 10 Rx)

MAX3182 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3182E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3183 (SOT23-5 package) MAX3183E (15kV ESD protection)

1 Tx, 1 Rx MAX3221 (AutoShutdown) MAX3221E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown) MAX3226E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3227E (15kV ESD protection, 1Mbps, AutoShutdown Plus)

2 Tx, 2 Rx MAX3218 (+2.7V to +3.6V, AutoShutdown) MAX3223 (AutoShutdown) MAX3223E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown) MAX3224 (AutoShutdown Plus) H MAX3225 (AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3225E (15kV ESD protection, 1Mbps, AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3233E (3V, internal capacitor) MAX3386E (3 Tx, 2 Rx, VL pin for mixed-logic voltages) MAX3387E (3 Tx, 3 Rx, VL pin for mixed-logic voltages)

5 Tx, 3 Rx MAX3237E (15kV ESD protection) MAX3238 (AutoShutdown Plus) MAX3238E (15kV ESD protection)

MAX3224E (15kV ESD protection, AutoShutdown Plus)

H New product Future product * Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2. These devices also require a +5V supply. MegaBaud is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

NEXT PAGE

RS-232 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUED)

+5V Only Supply

4 External Caps
1 Tx, 1 Rx MAX221 2 Tx, 2 Rx MAX202 (0.1F caps, low cost) MAX220 (ultra-low power) MAX222 (IQ = 10A in shutdown) MAX232 (industry standard) MAX232A (116kbps data rate, 0.1F caps) MAX242 (receivers active in shutdown) MAX243 (simplified cabling) Complete PC Serial Ports MAX211 (pin-compatible with MAX241, 0.1F caps) MAX213 (2 Rx active in shutdown, 0.1F caps) MAX214 (programmable DTE/DCE port) MAX223 (2 Rx active in shutdown) MAX241 (industry standard) High Tx/Rx Count MAX200 (5 Tx, 0 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX204 (4 Tx, 0 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX206 (4 Tx, 3 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX207 (5 Tx, 3 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX208 (4 Tx, 4 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX230 (5 Tx, 0 Rx) MAX234 (4 Tx, 0 Rx)

Internal Caps
2 Tx, 2 Rx MAX203 (available in SO) MAX233 MAX233A (116kbps) MAX3235E (15kV ESD protection) High Tx/Rx Count MAX205 (5 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX225 (5 Tx, 5 Rx, SO package) MAX235 (5 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX236 (4 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX237 (5 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX238 (4 Tx, 4 Rx) MAX240 (5 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX244 (8 Tx, 10 Rx) MAX248 (8 Tx, 8 Rx) MAX249 (8 Tx, 10 Rx)

15kV ESD Protection*

MAX202E (2 Tx, 2 Rx) MAX203E (2 Tx, 2 Rx, no external caps) MAX205E (5 Tx, 5 Rx, no external caps) MAX206E (4 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX207E (5 Tx, 3 Rx) MAX208E (4 Tx, 4 Rx) MAX211E (4 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX213E (4 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX221E (1Tx, 1Rx) MAX232E (2 Tx, 2 Rx) MAX241E (4 Tx, 5 Rx) MAX3235E (2 Tx, 2 Rx, no external capacitors)

+5V/+12V or Battery Power, 2 Ext. Caps

2 Tx, 2 Rx
MAX201 (0.1F caps) MAX231

Isolation Products
2 Tx, 2 Rx
2-Chip Sets MAX250

Complete PC Serial Ports

MAX209 (3 Tx, 5 Rx, 0.1F caps) MAX239 (3 Tx, 5 Rx)

MAX251 Complete Modules MAX252A (UL recognized) MAX252B (500V isolation)

H New product Future product * Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2.

NEXT PAGE

RS-485/RS-422 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

+3V Supply

Battery Powered (+2.5V, 1.6A)

MAX3471 (half duplex, 64kbps, true fail-safe, 1/8-unit load)

1 Tx, 1 Rx
MAX3483 (half duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX3485 (half duplex, 12Mbps guaranteed data rate) MAX3486 (half duplex, 2.5Mbps guaranteed data rate) MAX3488 (full duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX3490 (full duplex, 12Mbps, 8-pin package) MAX3491 (full duplex, 12Mbps, Tx/Rx enable)

15kV ESD Protection*

MAX3483E (half duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX3485E (half duplex, 12Mbps guaranteed data rate) MAX3486E (half duplex, 2.5Mbps guaranteed data rate) MAX3488E (full duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX3490E (full duplex, 12Mbps, 8-pin package) MAX3491E (full duplex, 12Mbps, Tx/Rx enable)

Isolation Products
MAX3480A (complete 2.5Mbps, isolated RS-485 in one package) MAX3480B (complete 250kbps, isolated RS-485 in one package)

Quad Rx MAX3096 (10Mbps)

H New product Future product * Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2.

RS-485/RS-422 Line Drivers/Receivers

(CONTINUED)

+5V Supply
General Purpose
MAX481 (half duplex, MAX485 plus 1A shutdown) MAX483 (half duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX485 (half duplex, direct LTC485 replacement) MAX487 (half duplex, MAX483 plus 1/4-unit load MAX488 (full duplex, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX489 (full duplex, MAX488 plus Tx/Rx enable) MAX490 (full duplex, direct LTC490 replacement) MAX491 (full duplex, direct LTC491 replacement) MAX1481 (full duplex, 10-pin MAX, 250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x, 256 Tx on the bus) MAX1482 (full duplex, 250kbps, 256 Tx on the bus, 20A supply current) MAX1483 (half duplex, 250kbps, 256 Tx on the bus) MAX1484 (full duplex, 10-pin MAX, 12Mbps guaranteed, 256 Tx on the bus) MAX1487 (half duplex, 2.5Mbps, 128 Tx on the bus)

Preemphasis for Long-Distance/ High-Speed

MAX3291 (5Mbps to 10Mbps, 100nA shutdown, 128 Tx on the bus) MAX3292 (up to 10Mbps programmable, 100nA shutdown, 128 Tx on the bus)

True Fail-Safe
MAX3080/3081 (full duplex, 115kbps) MAX3082 (half duplex, 115kbps) MAX3083/3084 (full duplex, 0.5Mbps) MAX3085 (half duplex, 0.5Mbps) MAX3086/3087 (full duplex, 10Mbps) MAX3088 (half duplex, 10Mbps) MAX3089 (software-selectable half/full duplex and data rate) MAX3471 (1.6A, half duplex, +2.7V to +5.5V for battery-powered applications)

15kV ESD Protection*

MAX481E (1A shutdown, half duplex) MAX483E (250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX485E (industry standard with 15kV ESD protection) MAX487E (MAX483E plus 1/4-unit load) MAX488E (250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x) MAX489E (MAX488E plus Tx/Rx enable) MAX490E (2.5Mbps) MAX491E (MAX490E plus Tx/Rx enable) MAX1487E (MAX485E plus 1/4-unit load) Quad Rx MAX3095 (10Mbps)

Logic-Selectable Half/Full Duplex

MAX1485 (250kbps, reduces EMI by 100x, 256 Tx on the bus)

Isolation Products
MAX253 (isolation transformer driver)

MAX1486 (12Mbps guaranteed, 256 Tx on the bus) Logic-Selectable Data Rate MAX3089 (selectable 115kbps/ 500kbps/10Mbps, true fail-safe operation, low-power shutdown, 256 Tx on the bus)

MAX845 (isolation transformer driver) MAX1480A (complete 2.5Mbps isolated RS-485 in one package) MAX1480B (complete 250kbps isolated RS-485 in one package) MAX1480C (MAX1480B with 1.5s enable) MAX1490A (complete full-duplex 2.5Mbps isolated RS-485 in one package) MAX1490B (complete full-duplex 250kbps isolated RS-485 in one package)

I Evaluation kit available

* Per the Human Body Model and IEC 1000-4-2.

IrDA Infrared Products

Part Power Number Supply (V) IrDA TRANSCEIVER MAX3120 +3 to +5.5 Supply Current (A) 120 Shutdown Supply Current (nA) 10 Shutdown Supply Current (A) 1 1 LED Drive Current (mA) 200 Data Rate (kbps) 2.4 to 115.2 Features IrDA 1.2 compatible, low profile, flexible optics selection and layout

Part Number INTEGRATED MAX3130 MAX3131

Power Supply (V) IrDA AND RS-232 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5

Supply Current (A) TRANSCEIVERS 370 370

LED Drive Current (mA) 200 200

No. of RS-232 Tx/Rx 2/2 2/2

RS-232 Data Rate (kbps) 120 120

IrDA Data Rate (kbps) 2.4 to 115.2 2.4 to 115.2

Features Single 28-pin SSOP package, IrDA 1.2 compatible, pin-selectable IrDA/RS-232 Single 28-pin SSOP package, IrDA 1.2 compatible

SPI/MICROWIRE UARTs
Part Number MAX3100 Power Supply (V) +2.7 to +5.5 Supply Current (A) 150 Low-Power Shutdown (A) 10 Receive FIFO Width (words) 8 IrDA SIR Timing Compatible Maximum Data Rate (kbps) 230 PinsPackage 16-QSOP Features 16-pin QSOP package, 9-bit address-recognition interrupt, receiveactivity interrupt in shutdown, Schmitt-trigger inputs for optocouplers Combination UART and 15kV ESD-protected RS-232 device with internal capacitors Combination UART and 15kV ESD-protected RS-232 device with internal capacitors

INTEGRATED UART AND RS-232 TRANSCEIVERS MAX3110E +3 to +3.6 270 20

MAX3111E +4.5 to +5.5 150 20

8 8

230 230

28-SO 28-SO

Part Power Supply Low-Power Receive FIFO Number Supply (V) Current (A) Shutdown (A) Width (words) INTEGRATED UART AND RS-485 TRANSCEIVERS +4.5 to +5.5 20 20 8 MAX3140

IrDA SIR Timing Compatible

Maximum Data Rate (kbps) Selectable

Pin-Programmable Full/Half Duplex

Features True fail-safe functionality combined with programmable driver slew rates for data rates of 115kbps, 500kbps, or 10Mbps, 1/8 unit load allows 256 transceivers on the bus

RS-232 Interface Products

Part Power Number Supply (V) LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE MAX3180 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 MAX3180E +3 to +5.5 MAX3181 +3 to +5.5 MAX3181E +3 to +5.5 MAX3182 +3 to +5.5 MAX3182E +3 to +5.5 MAX3183 +3 to +5.5 MAX3183E MAX3212 +2.7 to +3.6 +1.8 to +4.25 MAX3218 +3 to +5.5 MAX3221 +3 to +5.5 MAX3221E MAX3222 +3 to +5.5 No. of Tx/Rx 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 3/5 2/2 1/1 1/1 2/2 15kV ESD Protection 1A Supply Current AutoShutdown Plus AutoShutdown External Caps (F) none none none none none none none none 0.33/0.68 0.33/0.68 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 Shutdown & Three-State Rx Active in Shutdown Data Rate (bps) 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 235k 120k 120k 250k 120k

AutoShutdown and AutoShutdown Plus are trademarks of Maxim Integrated Products.

SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

RS-232 Interface Products (continued)

Part Power Number Supply (V) LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE (continued) MAX3222E +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 MAX3223 +3 to +5.5 MAX3223E +3 to +5.5 MAX3224 +3 to +5.5 MAX3224E +3 to +5.5 MAX3225 +3 to +5.5 MAX3225E +3 to +5.5 MAX3226 MAX3226E +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 MAX3227 +3 to +5.5 MAX3227E +3 to +5.5 MAX3232 +3 to +5.5 MAX3232E +3 to +5.5 MAX3233E +3 to +5.5 MAX3237 MAX3237E +3 to +5.5 MAX3238 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 MAX3238E +3 to +5.5 MAX3241 +3 to +5.5 MAX3241E +3 to +5.5 MAX3243 +3 to +5.5 MAX3243E +3 to +5.5 MAX3244 +3 to +5.5 MAX3244E +3 to +5.5 MAX3245 +3 to +5.5 MAX3245E +3 to +5.5 MAX3320A/B/L/T +3 to +5.5 MAX3386E MAX3387E +3 to +5.5 Part Number HIGH ESD MAX202E MAX203E MAX205E MAX206E MAX207E MAX208E MAX211E MAX213E MAX221E MAX232E MAX241E MAX1406 MAX1488E MAX1489E MAX3180E MAX3181E MAX3182E MAX3183E MAX3185 ESD Voltage (kV) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 No. of Tx/Rx 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 2/2* 3/2 3/3 15kV ESD Protection No. of Tx/Rx 2/2 2/2 5/5 4/3 5/3 4/4 4/5 4/5 1/1 2/2 4/5 3/3 4/0 0/4 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 3/5 1A Supply Current AutoShutdown Plus AutoShutdown External Caps (F) 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 none 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 External Caps (F) 4 x 0.1 None None 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 None None None None None None None None Shutdown & Three-State Shutdown & Three-State Rx Active in Shutdown Rx Active in Shutdown Data Rate (bps) 250k 120k 250k 250k 250k 1M 1M 250k 250k 1M 1M 120k 250k 230k 1M 230k 250k 230k 120k 250k 120k 250k 250k 250k 1M 1M 250k 230k 230k Data Rate (bps) 120k 120k 120k 120k 120k 120k 120k 120k 250k 120k 120k 230k 120k 120k 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 230k

4A 1A Supply Current

AutoShutdown Plus

Power Supply (V) +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +4.5 to +5.5 +5 +5 +5, 12 12 12 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +5, 12

AutoShutdown

* With integrated microprocessor supervisor. Future productcontact factory for availability.

RS-232 Interface Products (continued)

Part ESD Voltage Number (kV) HIGH ESD (continued) MAX3186 15 15 MAX3187 15 MAX3209E 15 MAX3221E 15 MAX3222E 15 MAX3223E 15 MAX3224E 15 MAX3225E 15 MAX3226E 15 MAX3227E MAX3232E 15 15 MAX3233E 15 MAX3235E 15 MAX3237E 15 MAX3238E 15 MAX3241E 15 MAX3243E 15 MAX3244E 15 MAX3245E 15 MAX3386E MAX3387E 15 Power Supply (V) +5, 12 +5, 12 +3, +12 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +3.6 +4.5 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 No. of Tx/Rx 5/3 6/10 6/10 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 5/3 5/3 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/2 3/3 1A Supply Current AutoShutdown Plus AutoShutdown External Caps (F) None None 2 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 None None 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 External Caps (F) None None None None None None None None 2 x 0.1 0.33/0.68 0.33/0.68 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 None None 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 Shutdown & Three-State Rx Active in Shutdown Data Rate (bps) 230k 230k 460k 250k 250k 250k 250k 1M 250k 1M 250k 250k 250k 250k 250k 250k 250k 250k 1M 230k 230k Guaranteed Data Rate (bps) 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 1.5M 460 235k 120k 120k 250k 120k 250k 250k 250k 1M 1M 250k 250k 1M 1M 230 230 250 230

Rx Active in Shutdown

Shutdown & Three-State

Part Power No. of 1A AutoShutdown Number Supply (V) Tx/Rx Supply Current Plus 1A SUPPLY CURRENT WITH AutoShutdown/AutoShutdown Plus MAX3180 +3 to +5.5 0/1 +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3180E +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3181 +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3181E +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3182 +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3182E +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3183 +3 to +5.5 0/1 MAX3183E +3, +12 6/10 MAX3209E +2.7 to +3.6 3/5 MAX3212 +1.8 to +4.25 2/2 MAX3218 +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3221 +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3221E MAX3223 +3 to +5.5 2/2 MAX3223E +3 to +5.5 2/2 +3 to +5.5 2/2 MAX3224 +3 to +5.5 2/2 MAX3224E +3 to +5.5 2/2 MAX3225 +3 to +5.5 2/2 MAX3225E +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3226 +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3226E +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3227 +3 to +5.5 1/1 MAX3227E +3 2/2 MAX3233E +5 2/2 MAX3235E +3 to +5.5 5/3 MAX3238E MAX3387E +3 to +5.5 3/3
Future productcontact factory for availability.

AutoShutdown

15kV ESD Protection

RS-232 Interface Products (continued)

Part Power No. of 1A Number Supply (V) Tx/Rx Supply Current 1A SUPPLY CURRENT WITH AutoShutdown/AutoShutdown Plus MAX3238 +3 to +5.5 5/3 +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3243 +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3243E +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3244 +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3244E +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3245 +3 to +5.5 3/5 MAX3245E MAX3320A/B/L/T +3 to +5.5 2/2* 4A Part Number 1Mbps (MegaBaud) MAX3180 MAX3180E MAX3181 MAX3181E MAX3182 MAX3182E MAX3183 MAX3183E MAX3225 MAX3225E MAX3227 MAX3227E MAX3237 MAX3245 MAX3245E Power Supply (V) DATA RATE +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 No. of Tx/Rx 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 2/2 2/2 1/1 1/1 5/3 3/5 3/5 Guaranteed Data Rate (Mbps) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AutoShutdown Plus (continued) 1A Supply Current RESET Valid to VCC = 1V Supply Current (A) 230 85 85 380 230 750 50 AutoShutdown 15kV ESD Protection External Caps (F) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 x x x x x x x x 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Shutdown & Three-State Rx Active in Shutdown External Caps (F) None None None None None None None None 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 4 x 0.1 Guaranteed Data Rate (bps) 250k 120k 250k 250k 250k 1M 1M 250k Shutdown & Three-State AutoShutdown Plus Rx Active in Shutdown

AutoShutdown Plus

AutoShutdown

15kV ESD Protection

Supply Current (A) 4 4 4 4 No. of Ext. Caps 4 4 4 4 IDD/ISS (A) 185 185 280 370 500 Nominal Cap Value (F) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Data Rate (bps) 230k 120k 120k 230k 230k 230k 460k Shutdown & Three-State Features

Data Rate (kbps) 250 250 250 250

Part Number INTEGRATED MAX3320A MAX3320B MAX3320L MAX3320T

No. of Nominal Minimum Power RS-232 Reset Reset Pulse Supply (V) Tx/Rx Threshold (V) Width (ms) P SUPERVISOR AND RS-232 TRANSCEIVER* +3 to +5.5 2/2 4.25 100 +3 to +5.5 2/2 2.85 100 +3 to +5.5 2/2 4.63 100 +3 to +5.5 2/2 3.08 100 ESD Voltage (kV) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Power Supply (V) +5, 12 12 12 +5, 12 +5, 12 +5, 12 -3, +12 No. of Tx/Rx 3/3 4/0 0/4 3/5 5/3 6/10 6/10

Rx Active in Shutdown

Part Number 12V SUPPLIES MAX1406 MAX1488E MAX1489E MAX3185 MAX3186 MAX3187 MAX3209E

Ideal for telecom, printers, modems High-ESD upgrade to 1488 High-ESD upgrade to 1489 Ideal for desktop PCs and motherboards Ideal for modems Dual RS-232 serial port, ideal for desktop PCs and motherboards Dual RS-232 serial port with two active receivers in shutdown

* With integrated microprocessor supervisor.

RS-232 Interface Products (continued)

Part Number +5V SUPPLY MAX200(MAX230) MAX201(MAX231) MAX202(MAX232) MAX203(MAX233) MAX204(MAX234) MAX205(MAX235) MAX206(MAX236) MAX207(MAX237) MAX208(MAX238) MAX209(MAX239) MAX211(MAX241) MAX213(MAX223) MAX214 MAX220 MAX221 MAX221E MAX222 MAX225 MAX232A MAX233A MAX240 MAX242 MAX243 MAX244 MAX245 MAX246 MAX247 MAX248 MAX249 MAX3235E Power Supply (V) +5 +5 and +7.5 to +13.2 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 and +7.5 to +13.2 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 No. of RS-232 Tx/Rx 5/0 2/2 2/2 2/2 4/0 5/5 4/3 5/3 4/4 3/5 4/5 4/5 3/5 or 5/3 2/2 1/1 1/1 2/2 5/5 2/2 2/2 5/5 2/2 2/2 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/9 8/8 6/10 2/2 Supply Current (mA) 11(7) 400A 8(5) 8(5) 11(7) 11(7) 11(7) 11(7) 11(7) 400A 11(7) 11(7) 9 500A 1A 1A 4 10 4 4 7 4 4 11 11 11 11 11 11 1A No. of Ext. Caps 4 2 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 4 4 None Nominal Cap. Value (F) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 0.1(1) 1 4.7/10 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 Shutdown & Three-State Rx Active in Shutdown True RS-232 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Rate (kbps) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 200 120 250 250 200 120 200 200 120 200 200 120 120 120 120 120 120 250 Features 5 drivers with shutdown Standard +5V/+12V or battery supplies; same functions as MAX232 Industry standard No external caps, MAX203 available in SO package Replaces 1488 No external caps Shutdown, three-state Complements IBM PC serial port Replaces 1488 and 1489 Standard +5V/+12V or battery supplies, single-package solution for IBM PC serial port Complete IBM PC serial port, industry standard MAX211 (MAX241) + receivers active in shutdown Programmable DTE/DCE port Ultra-low power, industry-standard pinout 16-pin TSSOP with AutoShutdown Plus 16-pin TSSOP with AutoShutdown Plus and 15kV ESD protection +5V IBM PC serial port with receivers active in shutdown Available in 28-pin SO package High slew rate, small caps, guaranteed 120kbps data rate No external caps, high slew rate DIP or flatpack package Separate shutdown and enable Open-line detection simplifies cabling High transmitter/receiver count Internal caps, two shutdown modes Internal caps, three shutdown modes Internal caps, nine operating modes Selective half-chip enables Available in quad flatpack No external capacitors required

Nominal Cap. Value (F)

Part Power Number Supply (V) ISOLATION PRODUCTS MAX250 +5 +5 MAX251 +5 MAX252A MAX252B +5

No. of RS-232 Tx/Rx 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

Supply Current (mA) 100A 100A 60 60

No. of Ext. Caps 0 0

Shutdown & Three-State Yes Yes Yes Yes

True RS-232 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Data Rate (kbps) 120 120 20 20

Features Isolated RS-232 chipset Isolated RS-232 chipset UL recognized, 1500V isolation UL recognized, 500V isolation

RS-485/RS-422 Interface Products

Part Power No. of Number Supply (V) RS-485 Tx/Rx PREEMPHASIS FOR LONG DISTANCE AND HIGH SPEED MAX3291 +5 1/1 MAX3292 +5 1/1 Part Power Supply Number Supply (V) Current (A) BATTERY POWERED (+2.5V, 1.6A) MAX3471 +2.5 to +5.5 1.6 No. of RS-485 Tx/Rx 1/1 Duplex Full Full Data Rate (Mbps) 5 to 10 Programmable Data Rate (kbps) 64 Shutdown Supply Current (nA) <1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Shutdown Supply Current (A) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 No. of Tx/Rx on Bus 128 128 True Fail-Safe 1/8-Unit Load No. of Tx/Rx on Bus 256 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 No. of Tx/Rx on Bus 32 32 32 128 32 32 32 32 256 256 256 256 128 Features Pin compatible with industry standards Pin compatible with industry standards

Duplex Half

Features Ideal for lithium battery-powered applications

Part Data Rate Number (Mbps) +3V (+3.0V to +3.6V) SUPPLY 10 MAX3096 0.25 MAX3483 0.25 MAX3483E 12 MAX3485 MAX3485E 12 2.5 MAX3486 2.5 MAX3486E 0.25 MAX3488 0.25 MAX3488E MAX3490 12 12 MAX3490E 12 MAX3491 MAX3491E 12 Part Number +5V SUPPLY MAX481 MAX483 MAX485 MAX487 MAX488 MAX489 MAX490 MAX491 MAX1481 MAX1482 MAX1483 MAX1484 MAX1487 Data Rate (Mbps) 2.5 0.25 2.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 2.5 2.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 12 2.5

No. of RS-485 Tx/Rx 0/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 No. of RS-485 Tx/Rx 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

15kV ESD Protection Supply Current (A) 300 120 300 120 120 120 300 300 300 20 20 300 230

Supply Current (mA) 2.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Duplex Half Half Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Full Full

Features Rugged RS-422/RS-485 bus receiver Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate Guaranteed 2.5Mbps data rate Guaranteed 2.5Mbps data rate Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate MAX3490 plus driver/receiver enable MAX3490 plus driver/receiver enable

Duplex Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Full Full Half Full Half

Features MAX485 + 1A shutdown mode Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Direct LTC485 replacement MAX483 plus 1/4-unit load Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections MAX488 plus driver/receiver enable Direct LTC490 replacement Direct LTC491 replacement 10-pin MAX package 20A, 256 transceivers on bus 20A, 256 transceivers on bus 10-pin MAX package 2.5Mbps, 128 transceivers on bus

RS-485/RS-422 Interface Products (continued)

Part Data Rate Number Duplex (Mbps) +5V SUPPLY PLUS TRUE FAIL-SAFE OPERATION MAX3080 Full 0.115 Full 0.115 MAX3081 Half 0.115 MAX3082 Full 0.5 MAX3083 Full 0.5 MAX3084 Half 0.5 MAX3085 Full 10 MAX3086 Full 10 MAX3087 Half 10 MAX3088 MAX3089 Selectable Selectable Power Supply (V) +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 Slew-Rate Limited Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Selectable Low-Power Shutdown Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Shutdown Supply Current (mA) 0.5 0.35 0.5 0.25 0.35 0.35 0.5 0.5 0.25 2.1 2.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 Driver Enable Yes Yes Yes Receiver Enable No No Yes Isolated Power (mW) 750 750 Tx/Rx Enable Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Quiescent Current (A) 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 No. of Tx on Bus 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 Pin Count 14 8 8 14 8 8 14 8 8 14 Industry-Standard Pinout 75180 75179 75176 75180 75179 75176 75180 75179 75176 75180**

Part Number HIGH ESD MAX481E MAX483E MAX485E MAX487E MAX488E MAX489E MAX490E MAX491E MAX1487E MAX3095 MAX3096 MAX3483E MAX3485E MAX3486E MAX3488E MAX3490E MAX3491E

Data Rate (Mbps) 2.5 0.25 2.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 10 10 0.25 12 2.5 0.25 12 12

No. of RS-485 Tx/Rx 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 0/4 0/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

ESD Voltage (kV) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

Supply Current (A) 1 1 1 <1nA <1nA 2 2 2 2

Duplex Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Half Half Half Half Full Full Full

No. of Tx/Rx on Bus 32 32 32 128 32 32 32 32 128 128 256 32 32 32 32 32 32 No. of Tx on Bus 256 256 256

Features MAX485 + 1A shutdown mode Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Direct LTC485 replacement MAX483 plus 1/4-unit load Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections MAX488 plus driver/receiver enable Direct LTC490 replacement Direct LTC491 replacement 2.5Mbps, 128 transceivers on bus 5V, rugged RS-422/RS-425 bus receiver 3V, rugged RS-422/RS-485 bus receiver Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate Guaranteed 2.5Mbps data rate Slew-rate limiting reduces EMI and reflections Guaranteed 12Mbps data rate MAX3490 plus driver/receiver enable

Part Data Rate Number (Mbps) Slew-Rate Limited +5V SUPPLY PLUS LOGIC-SELECTABLE HALF/FULL-DUPLEX 0.25 Yes MAX1485 12 No MAX1486 0.115/0.5/10 Selectable MAX3089 Part Power Number Supply (V) ISOLATION PRODUCTS MAX253 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 MAX845 +5 MAX1480A +5 MAX1480B +5 MAX1480C +5 MAX1490A +5 MAX1490B +3.3 MAX3480A MAX3480B +3.3 Data Rate (Mbps) 2.5 0.25 0.25 2.5 0.25 2.5 0.25 No. of Tx/Rx 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

Quiescent Current (A) 300 300 375 Isolation Voltage (V) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

Features 10-pin MAX package 10-pin MAX package True fail-safe operation Full Duplex No No No Yes Yes No No

Supply Current (mA) 5 5 55 28 35 100 65 180 120

Shutdown Supply Current (A) 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Features Isolated power driver for RS-485 Isolated power driver for RS-485 Complete isolated RS-485 in one Complete isolated RS-485 in one MAX1480B with 1.5s enable Complete isolated RS-485 in one Complete isolated RS-485 in one Complete isolated RS-485 in one Complete isolated RS-485 in one

package package package package package package

** Pin compatible with 75180, with additional features implemented using pins 1, 6, 8, and 13.

AppleTalk Transceiver
Part Number MAX216 Power Supply (V) 5 No. of Single-Ended Tx/Rx 1/2 No. of Differential Tx/Rx 1/1 Shutdown Yes Single-Ended Data Rate (kbps) 120 Differential Data Rate (Mbps) 1 Features Complete AppleTalk interface

RS-232/RS-485 Multiprotocol Transceivers

Part Number MAX3160 MAX3161 MAX3162 Supply Voltage (V) +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 No. of RS-232 Tx/Rx 2/2 2/2 2/2 No. of RS-485 Tx/Rx 1/1 1/1 1/1 RS-232/RS-485 Functionality Pin-programmable Pin-programmable Simultaneous Half- or Full-Duplex Pin-selectable Pin-selectable Pin-selectable Fail-Safe Yes Yes Yes Data Rate Pin-selectable Pin-selectable Pin-selectble Supply Current (A) 1 1 1 ESD Protection (kV) 15 15 15

Future productcontact factory for availability. AppleTalk is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Precision Op Amps
Low VOS
Bipolar
MAX400 MAX427/437 MAX478/479 (dual/quad, 17A) MAX480 MAX492/494/495 (single/dual/quad) MXL1001 MXL1007 MXL1013/1014 MXL1178/1179 OP07/27/37 OP90

Low IBIAS
ICL761x765x MAX406/407/418 (single/dual/quad, <1pA) MAX409/417/419 (single/dual/quad, <1pA, 150kHz, GBW) MAX420423 MAX430/432 (internal caps) MAX4162/63/64 (single/dual/quad, 1pA, 25A, 200kHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

Low Noise
MAX400 MAX410/12/14 (single/dual/quad, <2.4nV/ Hz) MAX427/437 MAX4249/4257 (dual, 2.7V, low noise/distortion) MAX4250/4255 (SOT23, 2.7V, low noise/distortion) MAX4251/4256 (single, 2.7V, low noise/distortion) MAX4252/4253 (dual, 2.7V, low noise/distortion) MAX4254 (quad, 2.7V, low noise/distortion) MXL1001 MXL1007 OP07/27/37

Choppers
ICL765x MAX420423 MAX430/432 (internal caps)

Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Low-Power Op Amps
Single Supply
Op Amp + Comparator + Reference
MAX951 (7A, 20kHz amp + comparator + reference) MAX952 (7A, 125kHz amp + comparator + reference) MAX953 (5A, 20kHz amp + comparator) MAX954 (5A, 125kHz amp + comparator) MAX9000/9001 (1.25MHz amp + 185ns comparator + 8ppm reference) MAX9002 (1.25MHz amp + 185ns comparator) MAX9003/9004 (8MHz amp + 185ns comparator + 8ppm reference) MAX9005 (8MHz amp + 185ns comparator)

Dual Supplies
High-Side Current Sense
MAX471/472 MAX4172 (low cost) MAX4173 (low cost, SOT23) H MAX4372 (low power, SOT23)

Micropower
ICL761x765x MAX406/407/418 (single/dual/quad, 1.2A, Rail-to-Rail output) MAX409/417/419 (single/dual/quad, 1.2A, 150kHz GBW, Rail-to-Rail output) MAX478/479 (dual/quad, 17A) MAX480 MAX492/494/495 (dual/quad/single, 500kHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4040/4041 (low cost, SOT23, 10A, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4042/4043/4044 (low cost, dual/quad, 10A, Rail-to-Rail I/O) H MAX4076/4077/4078 (single/dual/quad, 34A, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4162/4163/4164 (single/dual/quad, 1pA, 25A, 200kHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

High Speed
MAX473/474/475 (single/dual/quad, 10MHz, 15V/s) MAX4122/4123 (SOT23, 5MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4124/4125 (SOT23, 26MHz, AV = +10, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4126/4127/4129 (dual/quad, 5MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4128 (dual, 26MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4130/4131 (SOT23, 10MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4132/4133/4134 (dual/quad, 10MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4165/4166 (SOT23, 5MHz, 80mA output drive, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4167/4168/4169 (dual/quad, 5MHz, 80mA output drive, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4249/4257 (dual, 2.4V, low noise/distortion) MAX4250/4255 (SOT23, 2.4V, low noise/distortion)

Hot Swap Controllers

MAX4370 (fully programable)

High Speed
MAX410/412/414 (single/dual/quad, 28MHz, 2.5mA)

Instrumentation and Difference

MAX41944197 (low-power, Rail-to-Rail instrumentation amps) MAX4198/4199 (low-power, Rail-to-Rail difference amps)

Fixed-Gain (GainAmps)
MAX4074 (SOT23, 1 to 100V/V, 50A, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4075 (dual, 1 to 100V/V, 34A, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4174 (SOT23, 1 to 100V/V, Rail-to-Rail output) MAX4175 (SOT23, 1 to 100V/V, Rail-to-Rail output with VCC/2 bias) MAX4274 (dual, 1 to 100V/V, Rail-to-Rail output) MAX4275 (dual, 1 to 100V/V, Rail-to-Rail output, VCC/2 bias)

MAX4373/4374/4375
(low power, single/dual/quad comparators) MAX4473 (GSM power-amp controller)

MAX4251/4256 (single, 2.4V, low noise/distortion) MAX4252/4253/4254 (dual/quad, 2.4V, low noise/distortion) MAX4281/4282/4284 (single/dual/quad, 1.25MHz, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4322/4323 (low cost, SOT23, 5MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4326/4327/4329 (low cost, dual/quad, 5MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4330/4331 (SOT23-5, 3MHz, 245A, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4332/4333/4334 (dual/quad, 3MHz, 245A, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

MAX4400
(low cost, SC70, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail)

MAX4401/4402/4403
(low cost, single/dual/quad, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4490 (low cost, SC70, 10MHz, 10V/s, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

MAX42304235
(single/dual/quad, 5A, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4240/4241 (SOT23, 1.8V, 10A, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MAX4242/4243/4244 (dual/quad, 1.8V, 10A, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

MAX4291
(SC70, 1.8V, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

MAX4292/4293/4294
(dual/quad, 1.8V, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O) MXL1013/1014 MXL1178/1179 OP90

MAX4491/4492
(low cost, dual/quad, 10MHz, 10V/s, Rail-to-Rail I/O)

New product

Future product
GainAmp is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Hot Swap is a trademark of Linear Technology Corp.

cont.

cont.

cont

Op Amps
Part Number MAX400 MAX427/437 MAX478/479 MAX480 MAX492/494/495 MXL1001 MXL1007 MXL1013/1014 MXL1178/1179 OP07 OP27 OP37 OP90 VOS (V max) 10 to 15 15 70 to 250 70 500 15 to 60 25 to 60 150 to 800 70 to 600 25 to 150 25 to 100 25 to 100 150 to 450 IBIAS (nA max) 2 35 6 3 60 2 to 4 35 to 55 20 to 30 5 to 6 2 to 12 40 to 80 40 to 80 15 to 25 Unity GBW (MHz) 0.4 8/60 60kHz 20kHz 0.5 0.8 8 0.6 60kHz VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 1 to 1 2.5 to 2.5 1.1 to -0.3 1 to 0 0 to 0 1 to 1 2.5 to 2.5 1.2 to -0.3 1.1 to -0.3 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 3 to 3/1k 1.2 to 1.2/2k 1.2 to 0.2/2k 0.8 to 0/2k 0.15 to 0.15/1k 1.5 to 1.5/1k 2.5 to 2.5/600 1 to 5mV/600 1.2 to 0.2mV/2k 3 to 3/1k 3.5 to 3.5/600 3.5 to 3.5/600 0.8 to 0.1mV/10k Supply Voltage (V) 3 to 18 15 +2.2 to +36, 1.1 to 18 +1.6 to +36, 0.8 to 18 +2.7 to +6 3 to 18 15 +4 to +36, 2 to 18 +2.2 to +36, 1.1 to 18 3 to 18 3 to 18 3 to 18 0.8 to 18, +1.6 to +36 5 5 2.5 to 16.5 2.5 to 16.5 2.5 to 16.5 +2.5 to +10 +2.5 to +10 2.5 to 16.5 2.5 to 16.5 2.5 to 16.5 +2.7 to +10 +2.7 to +10 3 to 18 2.4 to 5.25 15 +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 4 4 17A 15A 150A 2 4 to 4.7 0.50 to 0.55 17 to 21A 4 4.6 to 5.6 4.6 to 5.6 15 to 20A Features Ultra-low VOS and drift, not chopper stabilized High speed, low 3.8nV/Hz noise, precision Micropower; precision dual 8-pin SO and quad 14-pin narrow SO; 3V, 5V, and 15V specs Low VOS and drift, micropower, single supply, input/output extend to negative rail Dual/quad/single, precision, Rail-to-Rail I/O Precision LT1001 second source Low noise, precision LT1007 second source Dual/quad, precision LT1013/1014 second source Dual/quad, precision, micropower LT1178/1179 second source Industry standard, precision Industry standard, low noise Industry standard, low noise Industry standard, micropower Price 1000-up ($) 5.16 1.83 2.58/3.35 2.59 2.25/3.60/1.45 1.73 1.85 1.57/3.06 2.50/3.35 1.58 2.06 2.06 1.60

LOW-OFFSET-VOLTAGE BIPOLAR ICs

0.6 1 to 1 8 2.7 to 2.7 63 (AV 5V/V) 2.7 to 2.7 20kHz 1 to 0

LOW-OFFSET-VOLTAGE CHOPPERS
ICL7650 ICL7652 MAX420/422 MAX421/423 MAX430/432 MAX406/407/418 MAX409/417/419 MAX420/422 MAX421/423 MAX430/432 MAX4162 MAX4163/4164 5 to 10 5 to 10 5 to 10 5 to 10 5 10mV 10mV 5 to 10 5 to 10 5 4mV 4mV 10 to 15 120V typ (150V MAX414) 15 0.7mV 0.7mV 0.7mV 0.01 to 0.02 0.03 0.03 to 0.10 0.03 to 0.10 0.1 10pA 10pA 0.03 to 0.10 0.03 to 0.10 100pA 100pA 100pA 2 150 35 100pA 100pA 100pA 2 0.45 0.125 to 0.5 0.125 to 0.5 0.125 to 0.5 8 to 40kHz 150kHz (AV 10V/V) 0.125 to 0.5 0.125 to 0.5 0.125 to -0.1 200kHz 200kHz 0.4 28 8/60 22 (AV 10V/V) 3 3 3 to -0.2 1 to 0.2 3.5 to -0.1 3.5 to -0.1 2.5 to -0.1 1.1 to 0 1.1 to 0 2.5 to -0.1 2.5 to -0.1 2.5 to -0.1 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 1 to 1 1.3 to 1.2 2.5 to 2.5 -0.2 to 1.1 -0.2 to 1.1 -0.2 to 1.1 0.05 to 0.05/100k 0.05 to 0.05/100k 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.05 to 0.05/100k 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.05 to 0.05/100k 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.01 to 0.01/1M 0.01 to 0.01/1M 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.4 to 0.4/100k 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.4 to 0.4/100k 0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.04 to 0.025/10k 0.04 to 0.025/10k 3 to 3/1k 1.3 to 1.2/2k 1.2 to 1.2/2k 0.08 to 0.07/10k 0.08 to 0.07/10k 0.08 to 0.07/10k 2 2 0.5 to 2 0.5 to 2 0.5 to 2 1.2A 1.2A 0.5 to 2 0.5 to 2 0.5 to 2 40A 40A 4 2.7 4 575A 575A 575A Industry standard, chopper stabilized Low noise, industry standard, chopper stabilized 15V chopper stabilized 15V chopper stabilized with clamped output and internal/external clock option 15V chopper stabilized with internal caps Single/dual/quad, lowest power, single supply, Rail-to-Rail outputs, unity-gain stable Single/dual/quad, lowest power, decompensated (AV 10V/V) 15V chopper stabilized 15V chopper stabilized with clamped output and internal/external clock option 15V chopper stabilized with internal caps Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, ultra-low power, SOT23-5 Dual/quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, ultra-low power Ultra-low VOS and drift, not chopper stabilized Single/dual/quad, high speed, low <2.4nV/Hz noise at 1kHz guaranteed, unity-gain stable High speed, low 3.8nV/Hz noise, precision Dual, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs, MAX4249 has shutdown (AV 10V/V) Single, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs, SOT23 Single, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs, 8-pin MAX, shutdown 2.16 3.24 3.77/4.21 4.21/5.57 4.80/5.29 1.38/1.95/3.40 1.38/1.95/3.40 3.77/4.21 4.21/5.57 4.80/5.29 0.75 1.20/2.10 5.16 1.50/2.45/4.50 1.83 1.45/1.30 0.83 0.95

LOW BIAS CURRENT

LOW NOISE
MAX400 MAX410/412/414 MAX427/437 MAX4249/4257 MAX4250 MAX4251

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Op Amps (continued)
Part Number MAX4252/4253 MAX4254 MAX4255 MAX4256 VOS (mV max) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 IBIAS (nA max) 100pA 100pA 100pA 100pA Unity GBW (MHz) 3 3 22 (AV 10V/V) 22 (AV 10V/V) VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) -0.2 to 1.1 -0.2 to 1.1 -0.2 to 1.1 -0.2 to 1.1 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 0.08 to 0.07/10k 0.08 to 0.07/10k 0.08 to 0.07/10k 0.08 to 0.07/10k Supply Voltage (V) +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 575A 575A 575A 575A Features Dual, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs Quad, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs Single, 2.4V, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs, SOT23 (AV 10V/V) Single, 2.4V, low noise, low distortion, Rail-to-Rail outputs, 8-pin MAX, shutdown (AV 10V/V) Price 1000-up ($) 1.30/1.45 2.20 0.83 0.95

LOW NOISE (continued)

Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amps

Part Number MAX951 MAX952 MAX953 MAX954 MAX9000/9001 MAX9002 MAX9003/9004 MAX9005 Op Amp Compensation Unity-gain stable Decompensated (AV 10V/V) Unity-gain stable Decompensated (AV 10V/V) Unity-gain stable Unity-gain stable Decompensated Decompensated Op Amp GBW (kHz) 20 125 20 125 1.25MHz 1.25MHz 8MHz 8MHz Comparator Propagation Delay (s) 4 4 4 4 0.185 0.185 0.185 0.185 Reference (1.2V 1%) Yes Yes Yes Yes VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 to to to to to to 0.1/100k 0.1/100k 0.1/100k 0.1/100k 0.1/100k 0.1/100k Supply Voltage (V min) 2.7 2.7 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Supply Current (A max) 10 10 8 8 500 500 425 425 Features Single-supply, Rail-to-Rail outputs, 8-pin package, low-cost op amp drives capacitive loads MAX951 with decompensated op amp for AV 10V/V MAX951 without the reference MAX953 with decompensated op amp for AV 10V/V Low power, single supply, Rail-to-Rail outputs, MAX9001 has shutdown MAX9000 without the reference MAX9000 with decompensated op amp for AV 10V/V MAX9003 without the reference Supply Current/ Op Amp (A max) 20 20 25 20 25 22 15 1.2 1.2 17 15 150 Price 1000-up ($) 1.60 1.60 1.30 1.30 1.80/1.89 1.20 1.80/1.89 1.20

OP AMP + COMPARATOR + REFERENCE ICs

Part Number

VOS (mV max) 2 5 2 2 5 5 to to to to to to 15 15 15 15 15 20

IBIAS (nA max) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 10pA 10pA 6 3 60

Unity GBW (MHz) 0.044 0.044 0.48* 0.044 0.48 0.044 to 1.4 to 1.4 to 1.4 to 1.4

VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 0.8 to 1 -0.3 to -0.1 0.8 to 1 2 to -0.1 0.8 to 1 0.8 to 1 1.3 to 1.3, 0.6 to 1 1.1 to 0 1.1 to 0 1.1 to -0.3 1 to 0 0 to 0

Supply Voltage (V) 1 1 1 1 1 1 to to to to to to 8 8 8 8 8 8

Features Programmable quiescent current Programmable quiescent current, Rail-to-Rail I/O External compensation Programmable quiescent current, extended CMVR Dual, low IBIAS and IOS Triple op amp, programmable quiescent current, ICL7632 is externally compensated Quad, low power, CMOS Single/dual/quad, lowest power, single supply, Rail-to-Rail outputs, unity-gain stable Single/dual/quad, lowest power, decompensated (AV 10V/V) Precision; dual in 8-pin SO and quad in 14-pin narrow SO; 3V, 5V, and 15V specs Low VOS and drift, single supply, input/output extend to negative rail Dual/quad/single, precision, Rail-to-Rail I/O

Price 1000-up ($) 1.35 1.29 0.95 1.62 1.06/1.48 2.27/2.12 1.41/1.56 1.38/1.95/3.40 1.38/1.95/3.40 2.58/3.35 2.59 2.25/3.60/1.45

MICROPOWER
ICL7611 ICL7612 ICL7614 ICL7616 ICL7621/7622 ICL7631/7632 ICL7641/7642 MAX406/407/418 MAX409/417/419 MAX478/479 MAX480 MAX492/494/495

5 to 25 10 10 70 to 250V 70V 500V

0.044 to 1.4 8 to 40kHz 150kHz (AV 10V/V) 60kHz 20kHz 500kHz

0.5 to 0.5/10k 0.1 to 0.1/1M 0.01 to 0.01/1M 0.01 to 0.01/1M 1.2 to 0.2/2k 0.8 to 0/2k 0.15 to 0.15/1k

1 to 8 +2.5 to +10 +2.5 to +10 +2.2 1.1 +1.6 0.8 +2.7 to to to to to +36, 18 +36, 18 +6

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amps (continued)

Part Number MAX4040/4041 MAX4042/4043 MAX4044 MAX4076/77/78 MAX4162 MAX4163/4164 MAX4230/4233 MAX4231/4234 MAX4232/4235 MAX4240/4241 MAX4242/4243 MAX4244 MAX4291 MAX4292/93/94 MXL1178/1179 OP90 VOS (mV max) 1.5 1.5 2 3.5 4 4 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 70 to 600V 150 to 450V IBIAS (nA max) 10 10 10 200pA 100pA 100pA 0.75 0.75 0.75 5 5 5 70 70 5 to 6 15 to 25 Unity GBW (MHz) 90kHz 90kHz 90kHz 200kHz 200kHz 200kHz 40kHz 40kHz 40kHz 90kHz 90kHz 90kHz 500kHz 500kHz 60kHz 0.020 VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 0 to VCC 0 to VCC 0 to VCC 1.2 to -0.15 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.2 to -0.2 -0.2 to -0.2 -0.2 to -0.2 VEE to VCC VEE to VCC 1.1 to -0.3 1 to 0 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 0.01 to 0.01 0.01 to 0.01 0.01 to 0.01 0.025 to 0.011/10k 0.04 to 0.025/10k 0.04 to 0.025/10k 0.2 to 0.2/5k 0.2 to 0.2/5k 0.2 to 0.2/5k 0.009 to 0.009/100k Supply Voltage (V) +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 to +5.5 +2.4 +2.5 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +1.8 to to to to to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +10 +10 +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 Supply Current/ Op Amp (A max) 20 20 20 50 40 40 5 5 5 15 15 15 150 150 17 15 Price 1000-up ($) 0.55/0.63 0.80/0.87 1.30 0.60/0.95/1.50 0.75 1.20/2.10

Features Single, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4040 in SOT23-5 MAX4041 has shutdown Dual, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4042 in 8-pin MAX MAX4043 has shutdown Dual, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O Single/dual/quad, 34A, Rail-to-Rail, single available in SOT23-5 Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, ultra-low power, SOT23-5 Dual/quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, ultra-low power Single, ultra-low power, Rail-to-Rail I/O, SOT23 Dual, ultra-low power, Rail-to-Rail I/O, 8-pin MAX Quad, ultra-low power, Rail-to-Rail I/O, 16-pin QSOP Single, 1.8V, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4240 in SOT23-5, MAX4241 has shutdown Dual, 1.8V, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4242 in 8-pin MAX, MAX4243 has shutdown Quad, 1.8V, Rail-to-Rail I/O 1.8V, low power, Rail-to-Rail I/O, ultra-small SC70-5 Dual/quad, low power, Rail-to-Rail I/O Dual/quad, precision, LT1178/1179 second source Industry standard

MICROPOWER (continued)

0.83/0.95 1.30/1.45 2.20

0.009 to 0.009/100k +1.8 to +5.5 0.009 to 0.009/100k 0.001 to 0.001/100k 0.001 to 0.001/100k 1.2 to 0.2mV/2k 0.8 to 0.1mV/ 10k +1.8 +1.8 +1.8 +2.2 1.1 0.8 +1.6 to to to to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +36, 18 18, +36

2.50/3.35 1.60

Part Number

VOS (mV max) 1 to 1.5 0.6 to 1 0.6 to 1 0.75 to 1.5 0.75 to 1.5 1.5 0.6 to 1 0.6 0.6

IBIAS (nA max) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

Unity GBW (MHz) 10 5

VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 1.7 to -0.1 -0.25 to -0.25

VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/()

Supply Voltage (V)

Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 3 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.05 1.05 1.05

Features Single/dual/quad, single or dual supply, wide output swing, 15Vs min slew rate Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4122 in SOT23-5, MAX4123 has shutdown Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O in SOT23-5, decompensated, MAX4125 has shutdown Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable, MAX4127 has shutdown Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, decompensated Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4330 in SOT23-5, MAX4131 has shutdown Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable, MAX4133 has shutdown Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable

Price 1000-up ($) 1.45/2.25/3.60 0.85/0.98 0.85/0.98 1.40/1.67 1.40 2.40 0.85/0.98 1.40/1.67 2.40

HIGH SPEED
MAX473/474/475 MAX4122/4123 MAX4124/4125 MAX4126/4127 MAX4128 MAX4129 MAX4130/4131 MAX4132/4133 MAX4134 0.05 to 0.05/no load +2.7 to +6 0.24 to 0.125/250 0.24 to 0.125/250 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.24 to to to to 0.18/250 0.18/250 0.18/250 0.125/250 +2.7 to +6.5 +2.7 to +6.5 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 to to to to +6.5 +6.5 +6.5 +6.5

25 (AV 10V/V) -0.25 to -0.25 5 25 (AV 10V/V) 5 10 10 10 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25

0.28 to 0.18/250 0.28 to 0.18/250

+2.7 to +6.5 +2.7 to +6.5

* External 39pF compensation capacitor added. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amps (continued)

Part Number MAX4165/4166 MAX4167/4168 MAX4169 MAX42494257 MAX4281 MAX4282 MAX4284 MAX4322/4323 MAX4326/4327 MAX4329 MAX4330/4331 MAX4332/4333 MAX4334 MAX4400 MAX4401/2/3 MAX4490 MAX4491/4492 VOS (mV max) 1.5 0.85 IBIAS (nA max) 150 150 Unity GBW (MHz) 5 5 VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.15 to 1.2 -0.15 to 1.2 -0.15 to 1.2 0 to VCC 0 to VCC 0 to VCC -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 1.4 to 0 1.4 to 0 0 to 0 0 to 0 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 0.34 to 0.16/25 0.34 to 0.16/25 0.34 to 0.16/25 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.24 to to to to 0.01/100k 0.01/100k 0.01/100k 0.125/250 Supply Voltage (V) +2.7 to +6.5 +2.7 to +6.5 +2.7 to +6.5 +2.5 +2.5 +2.5 +2.4 to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +6.5 Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.1 1.1 1.1 290A 290A 290A 600A 600A 2 2 Features Single, 80mA output current drive, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4165 in SOT23-5, MAX4166 has shutdown Dual, 80mA output current drive, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4168 has shutdown Quad, 80mA output current drive, Rail-to-Rail I/O Single, SOT23, low power, Rail-to-Rail output Dual, low power, Rail-to-Rail output Quad, low power, Rail-to-Rail output Single, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4322 in SOT23-5, MAX4323 has shutdown Dual, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable, MAX4327 has shutdown Quad, low cost, Rail-to-Rail I/O, unity-gain stable Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4330 in SOT23-5, MAX4331 has shutdown Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, MAX4332 in 8-pin MAX, MAX4333 has shutdown Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O Low cost, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail output, ultra-small SC70-5 Single/dual/quad, 1MHz, Rail-to-Rail output, dual MAX4402 in ultra small SOT23-8 Low cost, 10V/s, 10MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O in SC70-5 Dual/quad, low cost, 10V/s, 10MHz, Rail-to-Rail I/O Price 1000-up ($) 0.80 1.10/1.25 1.65 0.60 0.95 1.50 0.55/0.61 0.80/0.86 1.30 0.78/0.85 1.25/1.40 2.15

HIGH SPEED (continued)

0.85 150 5 (See Low-Noise Op Amp section tables) 7 10 1.25 7 10 1.25 7 10 1.25 1.5 150 5 1.5 2.5 0.6 0.9 0.1 2.5 2.5 10 10 150 150 65 65 65 0.1 0.1 2.5 2.5 5 5 3 3 3 1 1 10 10

0.28 to 0.18/250 0.28 to 0.18/250 0.175 to 0.15/2k 0.175 to 0.15/2k 0.175 to 0.15/2k 0.001 to 0.001 0.001 to 0.001 0.55 to 0.35/2k 0.55 to 0.35/2k

+2.4 to +6.5 +2.4 to +6.5 +2.3 to +6.5 +2.3 to +6.5 +2.3 to +6.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5

0.55

Part Number MAX471 MAX472 MAX4172 MAX4173T/F/H MAX4372T/F/H MAX4373/4/5T/F/H MAX4473

VOS (mV max) 60V 0.75 2

Total Output Error (%) 1.0 0.5 0.5

Bandwidth (MHz) 1 0.2 0.2 2

VIN Range (V) 3 to 36** 3 to 36 0 to 32 0 to 28 0 to 28 0 to 28 1 to VCC

VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/() 1.5 to 0/no load 1.5 to 0/no load 1.2 to 0/IOUT 1.5mA 1.2 to 0/no load 0.025 to 0.05 0.025 to 0.05 0.15 to 0.15

Supply Voltage (V) +3 to +36 +3 to +36 +3 to +32 +3 to +28 +2.7 to +28 +2.7 to +28 +2.7 to +6.5

Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 100A (5A SHDN) 100A (5A SHDN) 1.6 2 60A 60A 2

Features Precision, internal sense resistor, measures charge/discharge Precision Low cost, precision Low cost, SOT23, precision voltage output Low cost, low power, SOT23-6 Low power, has comparators for threshold detection Low power, has Error amp for GSM power-amp control

Price 1000-up ($) 2.50 2.05 1.45 0.75 0.75

HIGH-SIDE CURRENT-SENSE AMPS

1.20

** Sense resistor current range. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amps (continued)

Part Number MAX4370 Start-Up Time 5.5 to 15 Slow Comparator Response Time (s) 20 to 1sec Fast Comparator Response Time (ns) 460 Slow/Fast Comparator Thresholds (mV) 50/200 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/(k) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 to to to to to to 0.2/25 0.2/25 0.2/25 0.2/25 0.2/25 0.2/25 Supply Voltage (V) +3 to +12 Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 1 Supply Current/ Op Amp (A max) 110 110 110 110 50 50 Latched/ Retry Latched Features Regulated inrush current on start-up Price 1000-up ($) 1.95

HOT SWAP CONTROLLER

Part Number MAX4194 MAX4195 MAX4196 MAX4197 MAX4198 MAX4199

VOS (V max) 150 150 150 150 500 500 500/G 500/G 500/G 500/G

Gain Error (%, G) 0.01, +1 0.01, +1 0.03, +10 0.05, +100 0.01, +1 0.03, +10

GBW (kHz, G) 250, +1 250, +1 34, +10 3.2, +100 250, +1 25, +10

VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.0 0.1 to to to to to to 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.0 0.0

Supply Voltage (V) +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 to to to to to to +7.5 +7.5 +7.5 +7.5 +7.5 +7.5

Features Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, Rail-to-Rail, Rail-to-Rail, Rail-to-Rail, Rail-to-Rail, Rail-to-Rail, Rail-to-Rail, variable-gain precision instrumentation amp fixed gain of 1V/V, precision instrumentation amp fixed gain of 10V/V, precision instrumentation amp fixed gain of 100V/V, precision instrumentation amp fixed gain of 1V/V, precision difference amp fixed gain of 10V/V, precision difference amp

Price 1000-up ($) 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.25 1.25

INSTRUMENTATION/DIFFERENCE AMPS

Part Number MAX4074/75 MAX4174 MAX4175 MAX4274 MAX4275

VOS (mV max) 3.5 2 2 2 2

Noninverting Gain Range (V/V) 1.25 to 101 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 to to to to 101 101 101 101

Inverting Gain Range (V/V) -0.25 to -100 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 to to to to -100 -100 -100 -100

-3dB Gain Bandwidth Accuracy G = 1.25V/V (%) 0.2 17 17 17 17 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/(k) 0.025 to 0.011/10k 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 to to to to 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

Supply Voltage (V) +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 +2.5 +2.5 +2.5 to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +5.5

Supply Current/ Op Amp (A max) 50 460 460 480 480

Features Single/dual, low power, Rail-to-Rail, single MAX4074 available in SOT23-5 SOT23, low power, Rail-to-Rail SOT23, low power, Rail-to-Rail, VCC/2 bias Dual, low power, Rail-to-Rail Dual, low power, Rail-to-Rail, VCC/2 bias

Price 1000-up ($) 0.68/0.75 0.68 0.68 0.95 1.05

FIXED-GAIN AMPLIFIERS (GainAmps)

Dual-Supply, Low-Power Op Amps

Part Number VOS (mV max) IBIAS (nA max) Unity GBW (MHz) 0.4 28 VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 1 to 1 1.3 to 1.2 VOUT Swing/Load (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V)/(k) 3 to 3/1 1.3 to 1.2/2 Supply Voltage (V) 3 to 18 2.4 to 5.25 Supply Current/ Op Amp (mA max) 4 2.7 Features Ultra-low VOS and drift, non-chopper stabilized Single/dual/quad, low <2.4nV/Hz noise at 1kHz guaranteed, unity-gain stable Price 1000-up ($) 5.16 1.50/2.45/4.50

HIGH SPEED
MAX400 MAX410/412/414 10 to 15V 2 1 typ 150 (320V MAX414)

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. GainAmp is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Hot Swap is a trademark of Linear Technology Corp.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Video/High-Speed Products
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

Amplifiers
Single Supply
MAX4012 (low cost, SOT23, 200MHz) MAX4016/4018/4020 (low cost, dual/ triple/quad, 150MHz)

Buffers
Single Supply
MAX4014 (low cost, SOT23, 200MHz, AVCL = +2) MAX4017/4019/4022 (low cost, dual/ triple/quad, 150MHz, AVCL = +2) MAX4214/4215 (SOT23, 300MHz, AVCL = +2) MAX4217/4219/4222 (dual/triple/quad, I 200MHz, AVCL = +2)

Multiplexers
Single Supply
I MAX4310
(280MHz, AVCL +1, 2-ch mux + output amp) MAX4311/4314 (4-ch mux + output amp) MAX4312/4315 (8-ch mux + output amp)

Dual Supplies
MAX404 (40MHz, AVCL = +2) MAX408/428/448 (single/dual/ quad, 33MHz, AVCL = +3)

Dual Supplies
MAX460 (140MHz, JFET input) MAX467/468 (triple/quad, 100MHz) MAX469/470 (triple/quad, 90MHz, AVCL = +2)

Dual Supplies
MAX440/441/442 (160MHz, 2/4/8-ch mux + output amp) MAX453/454/455 (50MHz, 2/4/8-ch mux + output amp)

MAX4108/4109 (400MHz, -93dBc SFDR, 1200V/s)

I I

MAX4112/4113 (400MHz,1200V/s) MAX4117/4118 (dual, 400MHz) MAX4119/4120 (quad, 300MHz, 1200V/s)

MAX4212/4213 (SOT23, 300MHz) MAX4216/4218/4220 (dual/triple/quad, 200MHz)

MAX435 (275MHz, diff in/ diff out) MAX436 (200MHz, diff in/ single out)

I I I I

I MAX496/497
(quad, 375/275MHz, AVCL = +1/+2) MAX4178/4278 (330/310MHz, AVCL = +1/+2)

MAX4111 (330MHz 1x1) MAX4121 (330MHz 2x1) MAX4141 (330MHz 4x1) MAX4158/4159 (350MHz, AVCL = +1, 2-ch mux + output amp) MAX4221 (330MHz dual 2x1)

MAX4265/4266/4267
(single, 450MHz, low distortion) H MAX4268/4269/4270 (dual, 450MHz, low distortion)

MAX452 (50MHz) MAX457 (70MHz dual)

MAX4180/4181 (SOT23, 270MHz, 1mA) MAX41824187 (dual/quad, 270MHz, 1mA)

I MAX4313
(150MHz, AVCL +2, 2-ch mux + output amp)

I MAX4200/4201/4202
(single, 500MHz, open-loop buffers) MAX4203/4204/4205 (dual, 500MHz, open-loop buffers)

MAX42854288
(3V, low distortion)

I MAX477
(300MHz, 1100V/s)

MAX4188/4189 (triple, 250MHz, 1.5mA) MAX4190 (single, 200MHz, 1.5mA)

MAX4387/4388
(dual, 3V, low distortion)

I MAX4100/4101
(500MHz, low power)

MAX4412
(SC70, 300MHz, 1.5mA, Rail-to-Rail)

I MAX4102/4103
(250MHz, lowest DP/DG)

MAX4223/4224 (SOT23, 1GHz, shutdown) MAX42254228 (dual, 1GHz, shutdown) MAX4304/4305 (740MHz, SOT23, 1000V/s, 2.1nV/Hz) MAX4308/4309 (220MHz, -83dBc SFDR, AVCL = +5/+10)

MAX4258/4259 (225MHz, AVCL = +2, 2-ch mux + output amp)

MAX4413
(SOT23-8, dual, 300MHz, 1.5mA, Rail-to-Rail)

I MAX4104/4105
(625MHz, SOT23, 2.1nV/Hz)

MAX44144419
(single/dual/quad, 400MHz, 1.5mA, Rail-to-Rail) MAX4450 (low cost, SC70, 210MHz, Rail-to-Rail)

I MAX4106/4107
(350MHz, 0.75nV/Hz)

MAX4451
(low cost, dual, SOT23-8, 200MHz Rail-to-Rail) H New product

Future product I
Evaluation kit available

Video/High-Speed Products
(CONTINUED)

RGB Switches
I
MAX463/464 (100MHz, output drivers)

Crosspoint Switches
MAX456 (8x8)

Distribution Amplifiers
I
MAX4135 (185MHz, AVCL = +2, 1 input/6 outputs)

Differential Line Drivers

MAX4142 (250MHz, AVCL = +2, shutdown)

High-Speed Line Receivers

I MAX4144
(130MHz, AVCL = +2) MAX4145 (180MHz, AVCL = +1)

MAX465/466 (90MHz, AVCL = +2, output drivers)

MAX458 (100MHz 8x4, output drivers)

MAX498/499 (250MHz, AVCL = +2, output drivers)

MAX459 (90MHz 8x4, AVCL = +2, output drivers)

MAX4136 (140MHz, AVCL +2, 1 input/6 outputs)

MAX4147 (300MHz, AVCL = +2, high output drive) MAX4447/4448/4449 (430MHz, 6500V/s)

I MAX4146
(70MHz, AVCL = +10) H MAX4444/4445 (400MHz, 6500V/s)

MAX4137 (185MHz, AVCL = +2, 1 input/4 outputs)

I I I I
H H

MAX4111 (330MHz 1x1) MAX4121 (330MHz 2x1) MAX4141 (330MHz 4x1) MAX4221 (330MHz dual 2x1) MAX4359 (low cost, 4x4) MAX4360 (low cost, 8x4) MAX4456 (low cost, 8x8)

MAX4138 (140MHz, AVCL +2, 1 input/4 outputs)

New product

Future product I
Evaluation kit available

Video/High-Speed Amplifiers
Part Number MAX4012 MAX4016 MAX4018 MAX4020 MAX4212/4213 MAX4216 MAX4218 MAX4220 MAX4265/66/67 MAX4268/69/70 MAX42854288 MAX4387/4388 MAX4412 MAX4413 MAX44144419 MAX4450 MAX4451 MAX404 -3dB BW (MHz) 200 150 150 150 300 200 200 200 450 450 400 400 400 400 400 210 220 40 Min Stable Gain (V/V) +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1/+2/+5 +1/+2/+5 +1/+2 +2 +1 +1 +1/+5 +1 +1 +2 +3 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1/+2 +1/+2 +1/+5 +5/+10 +1/+2 +2/+8 +2/+8 +2/+8 +2/+1 +2 +1 +2/+1 +2/+1 0.1dB BW (MHz) 30 30 30 30 50 35 35 35 50 50 100 100 150 150 150 55 55 130 65/50 130/80 95/100 75/45 100/25 100/115 100/115 100/115 90/60 80 60 80/60 60 Slew Rate (V/s) 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 900 900 500 500 100 100 100 485 485 500 90 800 300 300 1100 250 350 400/1400 275/500 1200 1200/1800 1200/1800 1200/1800 400 400 400 400 400 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 0.5 to 4.5/150 1.2 to 3.8/100 1.2 to 3.8/100 0.25 to 4.75/100 0.25 to 4.75/100 0.2 to 4.8/1k 0.2 to 4.8/1k 0.2 to 4.8/1k 0.3 to 0.25/150 0.3 to 0.25/150 3/50 2.7/51 3.5/500 3/150 2.5/150 3/100 3.5/100 3.4/100 3.5/100 3.5/100 +2.7 to -3.7/100 3.5/100 3.5/100 3.5/100 3.2/150 3.2/150 3.2/150 3.2/150 3.2/150 DP/DG (deg./%) 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.08 0.02/0.08 0.01/0.05 0.2/0.5 0.2/0.5 0.01/0.01 0.04/0.06, 0.04/0.07 0.002/0.002, 0.003/0.008 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.04, 0.03/0.03 0.008/0.004 0.03/0.02, 0.04/0.02 0.03/0.02, 0.04/0.02 0.03/0.02, 0.04/0.02 0.03/0.08 0.03/0.08 0.03/0.08 0.03/0.08 0.03/0.08 Output Current (mA min) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 80 80 25 25 25 80 80 50 50/ op amp 10 14 15 70 65 65 70 65 90 80 80 80 50 50 50 50 90 Supply Voltage (V) +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +3.3/+5 or 5 +4.5 to +8 +4.5 to +8 +2.85 to +6.5 +2.85 to +6.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 or or or or or 5 5 5 5 5 Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 33 33 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5 6.5 30 7/7.5/7.5 35 25 17.5 8 5 4.6 20 15 20 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 Features Low cost, SOT23, high speed Low cost, dual, high speed Low cost, triple, high speed Low cost, quad, high speed SOT23, high speed, shutdown (MAX4213) Dual, high speed Triple, high speed, enable Quad, high speed Single, +5V, 105dB SFDR Dual, +5V, 105dB SFDR 3V, low distortion, 400MHz ADC driver Dual, 3V, low distortion, 400MHz ADC driver 1.5mA, 400MHz, ultra-small SC70 Dual, 1.5mA, 400MHz, ultra-small SOT23-8 Single/dual/quad, 400MHz Low cost, 210MHz, ultra-small SC70-5 Dual, low cost, 220MHz, ultra-small SOT23-8 Broadcast-quality, low DP/DG, symmetrical inputs, 70dB CMRR, 66dB AVOL Single/dual/quad, high output drive Ultra-fast differential input/output transconductance amp, no feedback required Unity-gain stable, drives 75 coaxial cable Dual, unity-gain stable, drives 75 coaxial cable Voltage feedback, 130MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, drives 100pF CLOADS Low power, low cost, voltage feedback Ultra-low differential phase/gain, broadcast quality SOT23, ultra-high speed, low noise 0.75nV/Hz, ultra-low noise, low distortion Ultra-low distortion: -93/-90dBc at 20MHz (SFDR) Low power, low cost, current feedback Dual, low power, low cost, current feedback, 280/240MHz full-power bandwidth Quad, low power, low cost, current feedback Single, 1mA, high speed, SOT23, shutdown Dual, 1mA, high speed, MAX4183 has shutdown Dual, 1mA, high speed, MAX4185 has shutdown Quad, 1mA, high speed Triple, 1mA, high speed, low glitch Price 1000-up ($) 0.88 1.10 1.80 2.05 1.55 2.25 2.98 3.95

SINGLE-SUPPLY VIDEO/RF AMPLIFIERS

3.05

0.68

DUAL-SUPPLY VIDEO/RF AMPLIFIERS

2.68 3.02/4.06/6.74 2.75 2.40 4.45 2.40 1.95 1.95 1.70 3.88 3.88 1.95 2.65 3.95 1.80 2.80/2.90 2.80/2.90 3.65 3.25

MAX408/428/448 33 MAX435/436 MAX452 MAX457 MAX477 MAX4100/4101 MAX4102/4103 MAX4104/4105 MAX4106/4107 MAX4108/4109 MAX4112/4113 MAX4117/4118 MAX4119/4120 MAX4180/4181 MAX4182/4183 MAX4184/4185 MAX4186/4187 MAX4188/4189 275/200 50 70 300 500/200 250/180 625/410 350/300 400/225 400/270 400/300 270/300 240/270 340 400 340/400 200/250

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Video/High-Speed Amplifiers (continued)

Part Number MAX4190 MAX4223/4224 MAX4225/4226 MAX4227/4228 MAX4304/4305 MAX4308/4309 -3dB BW (MHz) 200 1000/600 1000/600 600 740/340 200/200 -3dB BW (MHz) 200 150 150 150 300 200 200 200 140 100 100 90 90 375 275 330 780 720 310 280/150 250/150 200/125 160 160 140 50 50 50 Min Stable Gain (V/V) +2 +1/+2 +1 +2 +2/+10 +5/+10 0.1dB BW (MHz) 60 300/200 300 200 70/75 100/30 0.1dB BW (MHz) 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 80 120 150 280 230 150 60 50 50 Slew Rate (V/s) 400 1100/1700 1100 1700 1000/1400 1200 Slew Rate (V/s) 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 1500 200 200 300 300 1600 1500 1300 4200 4200 1600 460/540 460/540 460/540 370 370 250 300 300 300 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 3.2/150 2.5/50 2.5/50 2.5 3.5/100 +2.7 to -3.7/100 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 to to to to to to to to 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 4.3/50 DP/DG (deg./%) 0.03/0.08 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.008/0.004 Output Current (mA min) 90 80 80 80 70 90 Supply Voltage (V) +5 or 5 5 5 5 5 5 Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 1 6 6 6 20 20 Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 19 17 16 17 16 8 8 8 4 4 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 40 40 40 25 25 25 Features Single, 1mA, high speed, low glitch SOT23, ultra-high speed, low power, shutdown Dual, ultra-high speed, low power, MAX4226 has shutdown Dual, ultra-high speed, low power, MAX4228 has shutdown SOT23, ultra-high speed, low noise Ultra-low distortion: -83dBc at 20MHz (SFDR) Price 1000-up ($) 1.80 2.15 3.45 3.45 1.70 3.88 Price 1000-up ($) 0.98 1.25 1.95 2.25 1.40/1.50 2.05 2.80 3.40 19.78 3.70 4.20 3.70 4.20 4.95 4.95 2.40 1.70 2.50 2.40 2.20 2.95 4.45 mux, low DP/DG, 15ns switch time, mux, low DP/DG, 15ns switch time mux mux mux mux 8.95 5.90 4.45 3.94 5.25 8.75

DUAL-SUPPLY VIDEO/RF AMPLIFIERS (continued)

Part Number MAX4014 MAX4017 MAX4019 MAX4022 MAX4214/4215 MAX4217 MAX4219 MAX4222 MAX460 MAX467 MAX468 MAX469 MAX470 MAX496 MAX497 MAX4178 MAX4200/1/2 MAX4203/4/5 MAX4278 MAX4310/4313 MAX4311/4314 MAX4312/4315 MAX440 MAX441 MAX442 MAX453 MAX454 MAX455

Gain (V/V) +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +0.99 +1 +1 +2 +2 +1 +2 +1 +1 +1 +2 +1/+2 +1/+2 +1/+2 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1

DP/DG (deg./%) 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.02/0.02 0.03/0.01 0.03/0.01 0.14/0.12 0.14/0.12 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.04 0.15/1.3 0.15/1.3 0.01/0.04

Output Current (mA min) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 90 20 20 20 20 66 66 70 80 80 70 100 100 100 20 20 33 14 14 14

Supply Voltage (V) +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 +3.3/+5 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 +5 5 5 5 4 to 10, 2 to 5 4 to 10, 2 to 5 4 to 10, 2 to 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 or or or or or or or or 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Features Low cost, SOT23, high speed Low cost, dual, high speed Low cost, triple, high speed, enable Low cost, quad, high speed SOT23, high speed, MAX4215 has enable Dual, high speed Triple, high speed, enable Quad, high speed FET input, EL2005/LH0033 upgrade Triple (RGB), low DP/DG Quad, unity gain, low DP/DG Triple (RGB), gain of 2V/V Quad, gain of 2V/V (6dB) Quad, gain of 1V/V (0dB), closed loop Quad, gain of 2V/V (6dB), closed loop Closed-loop gain of 1V/V, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG Single, SOT23, low power, 780MHz open-loop gain Dual, low power, 720MHz open-loop gain Closed-loop gain of 2V/V, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG 2-channel, shutdown 4-channel, shutdown 8-channel, shutdown Video amp with 8-channel high-Z output state Video amp with 4-channel Video amp with 2-channel Video amp with 2-channel Video amp with 4-channel Video amp with 8-channel

SINGLE-SUPPLY VIDEO/RF BUFFERS

DUAL-SUPPLY VIDEO/RF BUFFERS

9.8/100 2.4/75 2.4/75 2.4/75 2.4/75 3.3/50 3.3/50 2.5/50 3.7/100 3.7/100 2.5/50

SINGLE-SUPPLY VIDEO MULTIPLEXER-AMPLIFIERS

0.03 to 4.38/150 0.02/0.06 0.05 to 4.5/150 0.04/0.02 0.05 to 4.5/150 0.04/0.02 3/150 3/150 3/75 3/150 3/150 3/150 0.03/0.04 0.03/0.04 0.09/0.07 1.2/0.5 1.2/0.5 1.2/0.5

DUAL-SUPPLY VIDEO MULTIPLEXER-AMPLIFIERS

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Video/High-Speed Amplifiers (continued)

Part Number MAX4111 MAX4121 MAX4141 MAX4158 MAX4159 MAX4221 MAX4258 MAX4259 -3dB BW (MHz) 330 330 330 350 350 330 250 250 Gain (V/V) +0.99 +0.99 +0.99 +1 +1 +0.99 +2 +2 Buffer Amp Gain (V/V) +1/+2 +1/+2 +2 +2 Min Stable Gain (V/V) +2 +2 +2 +2 0.1dB BW (MHz) 150 150 150 100 100 150 130 130 Slew Rate (V/s) 700 700 700 700 700 700 1000 1000 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 2.5/5k 2.5/5k 2.5/5k 3.5/50 3.5/50 2.5/5k 3.5/50 3.5/50 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 2.4/75 2.4/75 3/100 3/100 DP/DG (deg./%) 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.02 0.01/0.02 Output Current (mA min) 500A 500A 500A 70 70 500A 70 70 Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 4 4 4 11 11 5 11 11 Price 1000-up ($) 1.70 2.10 2.95 2.30 2.60 4.50 2.30 2.60

Features 1x1 video crosspoint building block, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG 2x1 video crosspoint building block, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG 4x1 video crosspoint building block, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG 2 inputs/1 output, current feedback, AVCL 1V/V 2 inputs/1 output, current feedback, AVCL 1V/V, output enable Dual 2x1 video crosspoint building block, 150MHz 0.1dB gain flatness, low DP/DG 2 inputs/1 output, current feedback, AVCL 2V/V 2 inputs/1 output, current feedback, AVCL 2V/V, output enable

DUAL-SUPPLY VIDEO MULTIPLEXER-AMPLIFIERS (continued)

Part Number MAX463/465 MAX464/466 MAX498 MAX499

-3dB BW (MHz) 100/90 100/90 250 250

0.1dB BW (MHz) 70 70

Slew Rate (V/s) 300 300 1250 1250

Switching Time (ns) 20 20 3 3

Number of Inputs 6 (RGBA, RGBB) 8 (RGBA + Sync, RGBB + Sync) 8 (RGBA + Sync, RGBB + Sync) 6 (RGBA, RGBB)

Number of Outputs 3 4 4 3 (RGB) (RGB + Sync) (RGB + Sync) (RGB)

Output Current (mA) 20 20 40 40

EV Kit Yes

Features RGB switch with 75 cable drivers RGB + sync switch with 75 cable drivers Drives back-terminated 75 cables Drives back-terminated 75 cables

Price 1000-up ($) 6.97 7.97 4.40 3.50

RGB VIDEO SWITCHES

Part Number MAX4135 MAX4136 MAX4137 MAX4138

-3dB BW (MHz) 185 140 185 140

0.1dB BW (MHz) 40 40 40 40

Slew Rate (V/s) 1000 1000 1000 1000

VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) +2.6 to -2.4/150 +2.6 to -2.4/150 +2.6 to -2.4/150 +2.6 to -2.4/150

DP/DG (deg./%) 0.02/0.09 0.03/0.12 0.02/0.10 0.02/0.10

Output Current (mA) 70 70 70 70

Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5 5

Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 45 45 30 30

Features 1 input/6 outputs, fixed gain of 2V/V, high-impedance outputs in shutdown, outputs can be individually enabled/disabled 1 input/6 outputs, external gain set, high-impedance outputs in shutdown, outputs can be individually enabled/disabled 1 input/4 outputs, fixed gain of 2V/V, high-impedance outputs in shutdown, outputs can be individually enabled/disabled 1 input/4 outputs, external gain set, high-impedance outputs in shutdown, outputs can be individually enabled/disabled

Price 1000-up ($) 5.90 5.90 4.50 4.50

DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIERS

Part Number

-3dB BW (MHz)

Gain (V/V) +2 +2 +2/+2/+5

0.1dB BW (MHz) 70 70 200

Slew Rate (V/s) 1400 2000 6500

VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 6/100 5.6/53 7.4/100

DP/DG (deg./%) 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.008 0.01/0.01

Output Current (mA) 80 160 130

Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5

Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 12 10 55

Features Fixed gain of 2V/V, high output drive Fixed gain of 2V/V, high output drive Ultra-high speed, low distortion

Price 1000-up ($) 2.50 2.50 2.05

DIFFERENTIAL LINE DRIVERS

MAX4142 250 MAX4147 300 MAX4447/48/49 430

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Video/High-Speed Amplifiers (continued)

Part Number MAX4144 MAX4145 MAX4146 -3dB BW (MHz) 130 180 70 Gain (V/V) +2 > +1 > +10 +2 Min Stable Gain (V/V) +1 +1/+2 +0.99 +0.99 +0.99 +0.99 +1 +1 +1 0.1dB BW (MHz) 30 10 10 200 Slew Rate (V/s) 1000 800 800 6500 VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 2.6/150 2.6/150 2.6/150 3.5/100 DP/DG (deg./%) 0.03/0.03 0.07/0.12 0.07/0.12 0.05/0.05 Output Current (mA) 50 50 50 120 Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5 5 Supply Current per Ch. (mA) 13 13 13 55 Features Fixed gain of 2V/V, differential input/single-ended output External gain set 1V/V to 10V/V, low 3.8nV/Hz noise, differential input/single-ended output External gain set 10V/V to 100V/V, low 3.5nV/Hz noise, differential input/single-ended output Ultra-high speed, low distortion Price 1000-up ($) 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.95

HIGH-SPEED LINE RECEIVERS

MAX4444/4445 400

Part Number MAX456 MAX458/459 MAX4111 MAX4121 MAX4141 MAX4221 MAX4359 MAX4360 MAX4456

-3dB BW (MHz) 35 100/90 330 330 330 330 35 35 35

0.1dB BW (MHz) 150 150 150 150

Slew Rate (V/s) 250 200/300 700 700 700 700 250 250 250

VOUT Swing/ Load (V/) 1.3/no load 3/150 2.5/5k 2.5/5k 2.5/5k 2.5/5k 1.3/0 1.3/0 1.3/0

DP/DG (deg./%) 1/0.5 0.05/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01 1/0.5 1/0.5 1/0.5

Off-Isolation (dB) 80 60 86 78 74 84 80 80 80 (5MHz) (10MHz) (30MHz) (30MHz) (30MHz) (30MHz) (5MHz) (5MHz) (5MHz)

Crosstalk (dB) -70 -55 -92 -66 -70 -70 -70 -70 (5MHz) (10MHz) (30MHz) (30MHz) (30MHz) (5MHz) (5MHz) (5MHz)

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Features 8x8 switch array with eight output buffers, high-Z output 8x4 switch array with four 75 cable drivers, high-Z output 1x1 building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz 2x1 building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz 4x1 building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz Dual 2x1 building block, 0.1dB gain flatness of 150MHz Low-cost, 4x4 switch array with 400 output buffers, high-Z output Low-cost, 8x4 switch array with 400 output buffers, high-Z output Low-cost, 8x8 switch array with 400 output buffers, high-Z output

Price 1000-up ($) 19.98 21.85 1.70 2.10 2.95 2.95 4.98 7.48 9.98

VIDEO CROSSPOINT SWITCHES

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

High-Speed Comparators

TTL Output, Single/Dual Supply

<10ns
MAX900903 (single/dual/quad, 8ns, single/dual supply) MAX910 (8ns, programmable input threshold) MAX912/913 (single/dual, 10ns, single/dual supply) MAX915 (6ns, master/slave, clocked) MAX961964 (single/dual/quad, 4.5ns, single supply) MAX997/999 (SOT23, 4.5ns, single supply) MAX90109013 (single/dual, 8ns, 500A, single supply) MXL1016 MXL1116

3V, High Speed

MAX941/942/944 (single/dual/quad, 350A, 80ns, rail-to-rail inputs) MAX976/978/998 (single/dual/quad, 320A, 20ns) MAX961964 (single/dual/quad, 4.5ns, single supply) MAX997/999 (SOT23, 4.5ns, single supply)

ECL Output
MAX905/906 (single/dual, master/slave, clocked)

Dual Speed
MAX975 (3A, 28ns) MAX977 (dual, 3A, 28ns)

<50ns
MAX907/908/909 (single/dual/quad, 40ns, single supply) MAX976/978/998 (single/dual/quad, 320A, 20ns)

Future product

Low-Power Comparators

Micropower
MAX922/972 (dual, 3.2A) MAX966/970 (dual/quad, 1.6V, 6A) MAX985/986 (SOT23, 300ns, 13A) MAX987/988 (SOT23, 120ns, 60A) MAX989/990/993/994 (dual/quad, 300ns, 13A) MAX991/992/995/996 (dual/quad, 120ns, 60A) H H MAX9075 (SC70, 540ns, 3A) MAX9077 (SOT23-8, dual, 540ns, 3A) MAX917920 (SOT23, 750nA comparator 1.5% reference) MAX921/971 (3.2A comparator + 1% reference) MAX923/924/973/974 (dual/quad, 4.5A comparator + 1% reference) MAX931/981 (3.2A comparator + 2% reference) H MAX932/934/982/984 (dual/quad, 4.5A comparator + 2% reference)

Micropower Comparator + Reference

MAX933/983 (dual, 4.5A comparator + 2% reference, window comparator) H MAX965 (single, 1.6V, 7A comparator + 1.5% reference) MAX967/968/969 (dual/quad, 1.6V, 10A comparator + 1.5% reference)

Micropower Op Amp + Comparator + Reference

MAX9050/9051
(SOT23, 35A, 300ns comparator + 2.5V 0.3% reference) MAX9052/9053 (dual, 35A, 300ns comparator + 2.5V 0.3% reference) MAX951 (7A, 20kHz op amp + comparator + reference) MAX952 (7A, 125kHz op amp + comparator + reference) MAX953 (5A, 20kHz op amp + comparator) MAX954 (5A, 125kHz op amp + comparator)

MAX9040/9041
(SOT23, 35A, 300ns comparator + 2.048V 0.3% reference) MAX9042/9043 (dual, 3.5A, 300ns comparator + 2.048V 0.3% reference)

Other Comparators
Op Amp + Comparator + Reference
MAX9000/9001 (1.25MHz op amp + 185ns comparator + 8ppm reference) MAX9002 (1.25MHz op amp + 185ns comparator) MAX9003/9004 (8MHz op amp + 185ns comparator + 8ppm reference) MAX9005 (8MHz op amp + 185ns comparator) H New product

DAC + Comparator
MAX516 (quad, programmable input threshold voltage) MAX910 (8ns, programmable input threshold voltage)

Future product

Comparators
Part Number Comps. per Pkg. 4 Input Offset Voltage (mV) 0.5 VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 2.25 to -0.1 Logic TTL Latched Outputs Yes Complementary Outputs No Supply Voltage (V) +5 to +10, 5 Supply Current per Comp. (mA max) 4 (ICC) tPD (ns) 8 Features Single +5V capability, low power, CMVR extends to negative rail, separate analog and digital supplies, internal pull-up resistors MAX900 without output latch Dual MAX900 Single MAX900 Edge-triggered master/slave architecture eliminates oscillations and resolves 3mV input voltages, also operates with -5.2V or +5V, -5.2V ECL supplies Dual MAX905, also operates with -5.2V or +5V, -5.2V ECL supplies Ultra-low power, single +5V, 8-pin DIP/SO, built-in hysteresis Ultra-low power, single +5V, 14-pin DIP/SO, built-in hysteresis Low power, single or dual supply, input range includes ground, complementary outputs TTL-compatible, 8-bit digitally programmable input voltage threshold, on-board reference Dual MAX913 Lowest power 10ns comparator with complementary outputs single/dual supply, CMVR extends below ground to V+ - 1.5V No oscillations, master/slave, clocked Low power, +3V or +5V single supply, Rail-to-Rail inputs (5A SHDN) Dual MAX941, 8-pin DIP/SO Quad MAX941 Internal hysteresis, Rail-to-Rail inputs, shutdown Dual, internal hysteresis, Rail-to-Rail inputs Dual, internal hysteresis, Rail-to-Rail inputs, shutdown Quad, internal hysteresis, Rail-to-Rail inputs, shutdown Dual, 3V/5V Quad, 3V/5V SOT23, internal hysteresis, Rail-to-Rail inputs Single, 3V/5V, available in SOT23-6 with shutdown Single, 3V/5V, available in SOT23-5 650A, 7ns, single supply, ultra-small SC70-5 1mA, 7ns, single supply, SOT23-6 Dual, 1.3mA, 7ns, single supply 1.3mA, 7ns, single supply, complementary outputs Complementary outputs, LT1016 second source Single supply, complementary outputs, LT1116 second source Price 1000-up ($) 7.01

HIGH SPEED
MAX900

MAX901 MAX902 MAX903 MAX905

4 2 1 1

0.5 1 1 0.5

2.25 to -0.1 2.25 to -0.1 2.25 to -0.1 2.2 to -0.1

TTL TTL TTL ECL

No Yes Yes Yes

No No No Yes

+5 to +10, 5 +5 to +10, 5 +5 to +10, 5 -5 or 5

4 (ICC) 4 (ICC) 4 (ICC) 24 (IEE)

8 8 8 1.8

5.23 4.01 3.15 3.54

MAX906 MAX907 MAX908 MAX909 MAX910 MAX912 MAX913

2 2 4 1 1 2 1

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.8 0.8

2.2 to -0.1 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2 2 to 2 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2

ECL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL

Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes

-5 or 5 +4.5 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5, 5 5 or +5, -5.2 +5 or 5 +5 or 5

24 (IEE) 1 1 1.8 30 (ICC) 10 10

1.8 30 30 30 8 10 10

5.23 1.70 2.95 1.50 5.20 3.90 2.55

MAX915 MAX941 MAX942 MAX944 MAX961 MAX962 MAX963 MAX964 MAX976 MAX978 MAX997 MAX998 MAX999 MAX9010 MAX9011 MAX9012 MAX9013 MXL1016 MXL1116

1 1 2 4 1 2 2 4 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

0.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.2 0.5 5 3 3 3 0.8 1

2.2 to -0.1 -0.2 to -0.2 -0.2 to -0.2 -0.2 to -0.2 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.1 to -0.1 -0.1 to -0.1 1.2 to -0.2 1.2 to -0.2 -0.1 to -0.1 1.2 to -0.2 -0.1 to -0.1 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to -0.2 1.5 to 1.25 2.5 to 0

TTL TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL/CMOS TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL

Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

Yes No No No Yes No Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes

+5 or 5 +2.7 to +6 +2.7 to +6 +2.7 to +6 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5 +4.5 to +5.5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5

18 (ICC) 600A 600A 600A 11 8 11 8 600A 600A 6.5 600A 6.5 0.65 1 1.3 1.3 35 (ICC) 38 (ICC)

6 75 75 75 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 20 20 5 20 5 7 7 7 7 10 12

2.55 1.40 1.50 2.50 2.50 3.35 3.35 5.50 2.05 3.10 2.15 1.70 1.97

1.92 1.92

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Comparators (continued)
Part Number MAX919/920 MAX922/972 MAX966 MAX970 MAX985988 MAX989992 MAX993996 MAX9075 MAX9077 Comps. per Pkg. 1 2 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 Input Offset Voltage (mV max) 5 10 3 3 5 5 5 15 15 Input Offset Voltage (mV max) 4.9*** VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) -0.2 to -0.2 1.3 to 0 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 +1.2 to -0.2 +1.2 to -0.2 Logic Push-pull/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain Open-drain Open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain Push-pull Push-pull Latched Outputs No No No No No No No No No Complementary Outputs No No No No No No No No No Supply Voltage (V) +1.8 to +5.5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +1.6 to +5.5 +1.6 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.1 to +5.5 +2.1 to +5.5 Supply Current per Comp. (A max) 800nA 3.2 (total pkg.) 5 4.5 20/80 20/80 20/80 6 6 Supply Current per Comp. (mA, max) 10 (total pkg.) tPD (ns) 30s 12s 10s 10s 300/120 300/120 300/120 540 540 Features 800nA, low voltage, Beyond-the-Rails, SOT23-5 Dual, single supply, 8-pin DIP/SO Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, operates down to 1.6V Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, operates down to 1.6V Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, single-supply operation, available in SOT23-5 Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, single-supply operation Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, single-supply operation 6A, low voltage, ultra-small SC70-5 Dual, low voltage, SOT23-8 Price 1000-up ($) 0.66 0.98/0.98 1.05 1.60 0.66 1.05 1.58 TBD 0.96

MICROPOWER

Part Number MAX516

Comps. per Pkg. 4

VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) 0 to 0

Logic TTL/CMOS

Latched Outputs No

Complementary Outputs No

Supply Voltage (V) +4.75 to +16.5

tPD (ns) 800

Features Quad comparator + quad 8-bit DAC for independent threshold setting, single-supply capability, Rail-to-Rail input voltage ranges TTL-compatible, 8-bit digitally programmable input voltage threshold, on-board reference Dual speed, automatically switches from high-speed to low-power comparator Dual speed, automatically switches from high-speed to low-power comparator

Price 1000-up ($) 3.00

OP AMP + COMPARATOR + REFERENCE ICs

MAX910 MAX951954 MAX975 MAX977

2 to 2

TTL

Yes

No

5 or +5, -5.2

30 (ICC)

5.20 1.95 3.50

(See Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amp section for tables) 1 0.2 1.2 to -0.2 TTL/CMOS No 2 0.2 1.2 to -0.2 TTL/CMOS No

No No

+2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25

0.300 (high speed), 0.003 (low power) 0.300 (high speed), 0.003 (low power)

28 (high speed), 480 (low power) 28 (high speed), 480 (low power)

MAX90009005 (See Single-Supply, Low-Power Op Amp section for tables)

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Pricing based on SOT 2.5k minimum reels. For small quantities up to 200 pcs., contact our Small Orders Desk at 800-835-8769 or visit www.maxim-ic.com.

Beyond-the-Rails is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. *** Total unadjusted error equals 1LSB (max).

Comparators (continued)
Part Number MAX917/918 MAX921/971 MAX923/973 MAX924/974 MAX931/981 MAX932/982 MAX933/983 Comps. per Pkg. 1 + ref 1 + ref 2 + ref 4 + ref 1 + ref 2 + ref 2 + ref Input Offset Voltage (mV max) 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 VIN Range (VCC-_V) to (VEE+_V) -0.2 to -0.2 1.3 to 0 1.3 to 0 1.3 to 0 1.3 to 0 1.3 to 0 1.3 to 0 Reference Voltage (V) 1.245 1.182 1.182 1.182 1.182 1.182 1.182 Reference Accuracy (%) 1.5 1 1 1 2 2 2 Supply Voltage (V) +1.8 to +5.5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +2.5 to +11, 1.25 to 5 +1.6 to +5.5 +1.6 to +5.5 +1.6 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 Supply Current per Comp. plus Ref (A max) 1.3 3.2 (total 4.5 (total 6.5 (total 3.2 (total 4.5 (total 4.5 (total tPD (ns) 30s 12s pkg.) 12s pkg.) 12s pkg.) 12s pkg.) 12s pkg.) 12s pkg.) 12s 10s 10s 10s 300 300 300 300 Low cost, 2% accurate reference and hysteresis, single supply, CMVR extends to GND Dual, low cost, single supply, 2% accurate reference and hysteresis, 8-pin DIP/SO Dual, low cost, single supply, 2% accurate reference and hysteresis, 8-pin DIP/SO (window comparator input configuration) Quad, low cost, 2% accurate reference, single or dual supplies Single, Rail-to-Rail I/O, operates down to 1.6V, 1.22V internal reference Dual, Rail-to-Rail I/O, operates down to 1.6V, 1.22V internal reference Quad, Rail-to-Rail I/O, operates down to 1.6V, 1.22V internal reference Precision reference + 300ns comparator in SOT23-5 Precision reference + two 300ns comparators in 8-pin MAX Precision reference + 300ns comparator in SOT23-5 Precision reference + two 300ns comparators in 8-pin MAX 0.98/0.98 1.26/1.26 1.26/1.26 Quad, 1% accurate reference 2.25/2.25 Price 1000-up ($) 0.95 1.50/1.50 1.95/1.95

Logic Push-Pull/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain TTL/CMOS/ open-drain Open-drain Open-drain Open-drain Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull

Features 1.3A, low voltage, Beyond-the-Rails, SOT23-5 1% accurate reference and hysteresis, single-supply capability, CMVR extends to GND Dual, single supply, 1% accurate reference, 8-pin DIP/SO

MICROPOWER COMPARATOR + REFERENCE

MAX934/984 MAX965 MAX967/968 MAX969 MAX9040/9041 MAX9042/9043 MAX9050/9051 MAX9052/9053

4 + ref 1 + ref 2 + ref 4 + ref 1 + ref 2 + ref 1 + ref 2 + ref

10 3 3 3 7 7 7 7

1.3 to 0 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25 -0.25 to -0.25

1.182 1.22 1.22 1.22 2.048 2.048 2.50 2.50

2 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.4 + 30ppm/C 0.4 + 30ppm/C 0.4 + 30ppm/C 0.4 + 30ppm/C

6.5 (total pkg.) 12 8 5.5 60 60 60 60

1.31/1.31 1.05 1.30 1.95

1.23/1.29

1.23/1.29

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Power-Management ICs
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

Multifunction Supplies
1-Cell Portables & 2-Way Pagers
I
MAX847 (multifunction supply with boost charger, drivers & ADC)

2- or 3-Cell Portables & 2-Way Pagers

I
MAX769 (multifunction step-up/down with charger, drivers, & ADC)

5- to 12-Cell Portables/ Notebooks

MAX781 (3.3V, battery charger, PCMCIA)

3V & 5V PCMCIA Card & Hosts

MAX613 (PCMCIA controller, dual VPP) MAX614 (PCMCIA controller, single VPP) MAX624 (dual output (5V & adj.), 1MHz switcher) MAX780 (PCMCIA controller, 4 level translators, dual VPP, power ready) MAX1600/1603 (dual card-slot power network with internal switches) MAX1601/1604 (dual card-slot power network with internal switches & SMBus serial interface) MAX1602 (single card-slot power network with internal switches)

Power-Plane Switches/CardBus Switches

MAX1614 (N-channel drive for MOSFETs)

MAX848/849 (500mA/1A step-ups with A/D battery monitoring)

MAX848/849 (500mA/1A step-ups with A/D battery monitoring)

I I

MAX782 (3.3V, 5V, PCMCIA) MAX783 (3.3V, 5V, PCMCIA, optimized for 6-cell inputs)

MAX1674/1675 (700mA/400mA, low-IQ step-ups in 8-MAX) MAX1676 (700mA, low-IQ step-up with EMI suppression in 10-MAX)

MAX863 (dual PFM boost controller in 16-QSOP)

MAX1661/1662/1663 (serial-to-parallel/ parallel-to-serial converter and load switch controller)

I I I

MAX1674/1675 (700mA/400mA, low-IQ step-ups in 8-MAX)

MAX786 (3.3V, 5V) MAX16301635 (3.3V, 5V, 12V) MAX16521655 (MAX797 family upgrades in 16-QSOP)

I I

MAX1700 (1A step-up in 16-QSOP) MAX1701/1703 (1A/1.5A step-ups with battery monitor and gain block)

MAX1677 (dual-output PWM boost converter in 16-QSOP)

MAX1687/1688 (adaptive step-ups for GSM handsets) MAX1700 (1A step-up in 16-QSOP)

I MAX1714
(1V to 5V adjustable)

I I

I MAX1715
(1.8V/2.5V or 2.5V/3V)

MAX1705/1706 (500mA/1A step-ups with linear reg. dual output, 200mA)

MAX1701/1703 (1A/1.5A step-ups with battery monitor and gain block)

MAX1705/1706 (500mA/1A step-ups with linear reg. dual output, 200mA)

H I

New product

Future product
Evaluation kit available SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

NEXT PAGE

Power-Management ICs
(CONTINUED)

Vibrator Motor Driver

MAX1749

Isolated Power
I
MAX845 (750mW isolated transformer driver)

High-Side MOSFET Drivers

MAX620 (quad driver) MAX622 (VOUT = VIN + 11V)

USB Current-Limited Power Switches

MAX869L (70mW , 2A, 16-QSOP) MAX890L (90mW , 1A, 8-SO) MAX891L/892L (150mW , 0.5A/ 300mW , 0.25A, 8-MAX) MAX893L (90m , 1.2A, 8-SO) MAX894L/895L (dual 150m , 0.5A/ dual 300m , 0.25A, 8-SO)

Battery Management
MAX471/472 (current-sense amp, fuel gauge) (see Op Amp table)

Low-Side MOSFET Drivers

ICL7667 (1.5A, 4W , dual inverting) MAX626 (2A, 4W , dual inverting) MAX627 (2A, 4W , dual noninverting) MAX628 (2A, 4W , dual mixed) MAX4420 (6A, 1.5W , single noninverting) MAX4426 (1.5A, 4W , dual inverting) MAX4427 (1.5A, 4W , dual noninverting) MAX4428 (1.5A, 4W , dual mixed) MAX4429 (6A, 1.5W , single inverting) TSC426 (1.5A, 6W , dual inverting) TSC427 (1.5A, 6W , dual noninverting) TSC428 (1.5A, 6W , dual mixed)

MAX712 (NiCd/NiMH, zero voltage-slope detection)

I MAX713
(NiCd/NiMH, negative voltage-slope detection)

MAX1693/1694 (80m , 0.8A, 10-MAX with latch)

MAX745 (high-efficiency, 0.75%-accurate, 4A Li+ charger)

MAX846A (cost-saving 1% linear charger for Li+, NiMH, NiCd)

MAX1612/1613 (NiCd/NiMH, backup bridge-battery controllers) MAX1640/1641 (PWM current source) MAX1645 (chemistry-independent Level 2 smart charger) MAX1647 (SBS level 2 smart charger: Li+, NiMH, NiCd) MAX1648 (precision switch-mode universal charger: Li+, NiMH, NiCd)

I I MAX1772
(low-cost, chemistryindependent battery charger) MAX2003 (NiCd/NiMH, temp. slope detection) MAX2003A (improved MAX2003, includes pulse trickle) MAX4173 (current-sense amp, fuel gauge) (see Op Amp Table) MAX1666S/V/X (advanced 2, 3, or 4-cell battery-pack protector)

H I

MAX1667 (SBS Level 2 smart charger: Li+, NiMH, NiCd) (single cell Li+ charger for current-limited supply)

H I MAX1679 I

I MAX1737
(high-efficiency, internal timer, 4A Li+ charger)

MAX1660 (1%-accurate fuel gauge)

MAX1665S/V/X
(Li+ battery pack supervisor)

cont.

cont.
H I

New product

Future product
Evaluation kit available

NEXT PAGE

DC-DC Converters
Switching Regulators
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

Step-Up
PWM PWM MAX1677 (dual-output PWM boost converter in 16-QSOP) MAX724 (adj., 5A) MAX726/727/728/729 (adj./5V/3.3V/3V, 2A)

Step-Down
PFM MAX886 (500mA, buck and 4 LDOs) MAX638 (5V or adj.)

Step-Up/Down
I I I I
MAX618 (SEPIC configuration) MAX710/711 (500mA, step-up + linear) MAX761 (200mA, SEPIC) MAX1672 (300mA, step-up + linear)

MAX618 (2A, 28V step-up in 16-QSOP)

I I I I

MAX668/669 (28V controllers in MAX) MAX732/733/752 (12V/5V/adj.) MAX734 (12V, flash prog.)

I I

MAX1700 (1A step-up in 16-QSOP)

I I I I I I I I

MAX730A (5V) MAX738A (5V) MAX744A (5V) MAX748A (3.3V) MAX750A (adj.)

MAX1701/1703 (1A/1.5A step-ups with battery monitor and gain block)

MAX887 (3.3V/adj, 600mA, synchronous rectifier)

MAX639/640/653 (5V/3.3V/3V or adj., >90% efficiency) MAX1626/1627 (upgrades to MAX649/651/1649/1651, 3.3V or 5V/adj., 100% duty cycle)

MAX848/849 (500mA/1A step-ups with ADC battery monitor) PFM

MAX1705/1706 (500mA/1A step-ups with 200mA LDO output)

MAX888 (500mA, buck and 4 LDOs)

MAX758A (adj.) MAX763A (3.3V)

MAX1623 (internal 3A switches, 1.1V to 4V adj.) MAX1624 (1.1V to 3.5V, Pentium Pro VID, adjustable synchronous rectifier)

MAX767 (3.3V) MAX781 (3.3V, battery charger, PCMCIA)

MAX606/607 (5V or 12V or adj., 8-pin MAX, for PCMCIA, 1MHz)

MAX762 (15V or adj.)

I MAX770/771/772 (5V/12V/
15V or adj., controllers)

I I

MAX608 (5V or adj. controller, 2VIN, 300kHz) MAX629 (28V int. switch)

I I

MAX773 (5V/12V/15V/adj. controller)

MAX782 (3.3V & 5V, PCMCIA) MAX783 (3.3V & 5V, PCMCIA for 6-cell inputs)

MAX1625 (1.1V to 3.5V, adjustable synchronous rectifier)

I I I I

I I

MAX630 (adj.) MAX631/632/633 (5V/12V/ 15V or adj.) MAX641/642/643 (5V/12V/ 15V or adj. controller)

MAX863 (dual, high-efficiency controllers, 1.8VIN) MAX1674/1675/1676 (low IQ, synchronous rectifier, MAX) (Note 1)

MAX16301635 (3.3V, 5V, 12V) MAX1636 (1.1V to 5.5V adj.) MAX1637 (1.1V to 5.5V adj.)

MAX786 (3.3V & 5V) MAX787/788/789 (5V/3.3V/3V, 5A)

MAX1652/1653/1654 (improved MAX797 family, QSOP packages)

I I

I I

MAX686 (28V int. switch w/DAC control) MAX761 (12V, 120mA, flash prog.)

MAX1678 (1 to 2 cells, low noise, 45mA) (Note 2)

MAX1687/1688 (adaptive control scheme, ideal for GSM handsets)

MAX796/797/797H/799 (5V, 3.3V, 2.9V, or adj. controllers) MAX798 (adj. to 1.6V)

MAX1638/1639 (1.3V to 3.5V, Pentium II, VID, adjustable synchronous rectifier)

MAX1655 (1V output version of MAX1653)

MAX1714 (1.8V/2.5V fixed, 1V to 5V adj.) MAX1715 (Dual Mode 1.8V/2.5V or 2.5V/3.3V, 1V to 5.5V adj.) MAX1717 (0.925V to 2V adj.) MAX1742 (internal 1A switches, 1.1V to 5.5V) MAX1761 (1V to 5.5V adj.)

MAX1684/1685 (1A min, synchronous rectifier, low IQ)

I I I

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available

MAX1771 (12V or adj. controller)

I I

MAX830/831 (adj./5V, 1A, 16-pin SO)

MAX1640/1641 (current source) MAX1644 (internal 2A switches; 2.5V, 3.3V or 1.1V to 4V adj.)

MAX1692 (low-voltage, 600mA min, synchronous rectifier, MAX package)

Note 1: Replaces MAX756/7, MAX8569 Note 2: Replaces MAX866/7, MAX1642/3 Pentium II and Pentium Pro are registered trademarks of Intel Corp. Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

MAX832/833 (3.3V/3V, 1A, 16-pin SO)

MAX1710/1711 (1.25V to 2V adj.)

cont.

cont.

NEXT PAGE

DC-DC Converters
Switching Regulators
(CONTINUED)

Low-Dropout Linear Regulators

Display
I
MAX629 (28V int. switch, positive or negative output) ICL7663/A (adj., 40mA) MAX603/604 (5V/3.3V or adj., 500mA, 1.8W 8-pin SO) MAX663 (5V or adj., IQ = 6A) MAX666 (5V or adj., IQ = 6A, low-battery detect) MAX667 (5V or adj., IQ = 20A, 120mV dropout, 200mA, low-battery detect) MAX687 (3.3V 3%, ext. switch, 0.073V dropout at 500mA, 0.80V dropout at 4A)

Inverting
PFM

Dual-Output PWM
I I I
MAX685 (output for CCD) MAX742 (12V or 15V controller)

Positive
MAX1615 (3.3V/5V at 30mA, SOT23-5 4% output accuracy) MAX1616 (adj. at 30mA, SOT23-5) MAX1658/1659 (16.5VIN, 350mA) MAX8860 (300mA low-noise LDO in MAX) MAX8862 (dual, 250mA/100mA low-noise LDO) MAX8863/8864 (120mA low-noise LDO in SOT23) MAX8865/8866 (dual, 100mA low-noise LDO in MAX) MAX8867/8868 (30VRMS, low dropout, SOT23) MAX8873/8874 (120mA LDO in SOT23) MAX8877/8878 (30VRMS, low dropout, SOT23)

Negative
ICL7664A (1% VOUT) ICL7664B (5% VOUT) MAX664 (-5V or adj., IQ = 6A)

MAX629 (28V int. switch, positive or negative output)

MAX686 (28V int. switch, digitally I adjustable positive or negative output)

MAX743 (12V or 15V) MAX886 (500mA buck and 4 LDOs)

MAX686 (28V int. switch with digitally adjustable positive or negative output)

MAX749 (digitally adjustable) MAX868 (30mA regulated inverting doubler in MAX)

I I I

MAX749 (digital adj.)

MAX764/765/766 (-5V/-12V/-15V or adj.)

MAX888 (500mA buck and 4 LDOs)

MAX774/775/776 (-5V/-12V/-15V or adj. controller) PWM MAX735/755 (-5V/adj., max D V = 11.7V)

MAX1677 (300mA boost and 28V for LCD, internal switches)

I I

MAX1610 (CCFL with digital adj.) MAX1611 (CCFL with SMBus digital adj.)

MAX1705/1706 (1A/500mA boost and 200mA LDO)

MAX1620 (LCD bias supply with digital adj.)

I MAX736/737/739/759
(-12V/-15V/-5V/adj., max D V = 22V)

MAX1621 (LCD bias supply with SMBus digital adj.) MAX1664 (highly integrated AM LCD supply)

MAX688/689 (3.3V/3V 3%, ext. switch, 0.073V dropout at 500mA, 0.80V dropout at 4A) MAX882 (3.3V or adj., P-ch, 200mA, low-battery detector, 1.5W 8-pin SO)

MAX1739 (wide intensity range CCFL)

MAX1747
(all-charge-pump LCD supply, up to 2MHz switching frequency)

MAX1677 (300mA boost and 28V for LCD, internal switches)

MAX1748 (dot inversion LCD supply, internal switch)

MAX1729 (ECB LCD bias supply with temperature compensation) cont.

MAX883/884 (5V/3.3V or adj., P-ch, 200mA, low-battery detector, 1.5W 8-pin SO, 1A off mode)

H I

New product

Future product
Evaluation kit available

DC-DC Converters
Charge Pumps
Dual-Output, -VIN and (2 x VIN)
MAX864 (20mA, 1A shutdown, programmable frequency) MAX865 (MAX package, 20mA)

-VIN or (2 x VIN)
ICL7660 (MAX, VIN up to 10V) ICL7662 (VIN up to 20V) MAX660 (100mA, VIN up to 5V) MAX665 (100mA, VIN up to 8V) MAX860/861 (50mA, VIN up to 5.5V, 250kHz osc. freq., MAX) MAX1044 (60kHz osc. frequency boost) MAX1680/1681 (up to 1MHz, 100mA) Si7661 (VIN up to 20V)

SOT Packages
Inverting MAX828/829 (25mA in SOT23) MAX870/871 (25mA in SOT23, 0.33F caps) MAX1697 (60mA in SOT23, shutdown) MAX1719/20/21 (25mA in SOT23, shutdown) Doubling MAX1682/1683 (30mA in SOT23)

Regulated (Adjustable)
MAX868 (30mA, regulated inverting doubler in MAX) MAX1673 (125mA, 350kHz, low noise, VOUT up to -VIN)

Regulated (12V)
I
MAX662A I (programs flash memories, extended temp. range)

Regulated (5V)
MAX619 (50mA, 1.8VIN) MAX682 (250mA, 2.7V to 5.5V VIN) MAX683/684 (100mA/50mA, 2.7V to 5.5V VIN)

Regulated (3.3V)
MAX679 (20mA, 1.8VIN)

Regulated GaAsFET Bias Supply

MAX768 (pos. and neg. output, up to 2 x VIN, neg. GaAsFET bias, pos. VCO/LCD supply, power-OK signal)

MAX1686 (20mA, ideal for 3V/5V SIM slots)

MAX840/843/844 (2.5VIN, -2VOUT low-noise, neg. GaAsFET bias)

MAX1686H (20mA, ideal for 3V/5V SIM slots)

MAX850/851/852/853 (4.5VIN, -4.1VOUT low-noise, neg. GaAsFET bias) MAX881R (MAX package, power-OK signal)

H I

New product Evaluation kit available

DC-DC Switching Converters

Input Part Voltage Output Number Range (V) Voltage (V) STEP-UP SWITCHING REGULATORS 3 to 5.5 5 or 12 or adj. MAX606/607 MAX608 1.8 to 16.5 5 or adj. MAX618 3 to 28 VIN to 28 MAX629 MAX630 MAX631/632/633 MAX641/642/643 MAX668/669 MAX686 MAX731 MAX732 MAX733 MAX734 MAX752 MAX756/757 MAX761/762 MAX770/771/772 MAX773 MAX848/849 MAX856/857 MAX858/859 MAX863 MAX866/867 MAX1642/1643 MAX1674/1675 MAX1676 MAX1677 MAX1678 MAX1687/1688 MAX1700/1701 MAX1703 MAX1705/1706 MAX1771 2.7 to 28 2 to 16.5 1.5 to 5.6/ 12.6/15.6 1.5 to 5.6/ 12.6/15.6 1.8 to 28 2.7 to 27.5 1.8 to 5.25 4 to 9.3 4 to 11 1.9 to 12 1.8 to 16 1.1 to 5.5 2 to 16.5 2 to 16.5 3 to 16.5 0.7 to 5.5 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 1.5 to 11 0.5 to 6 0.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 0.8 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 2 to 16.5 VIN to 28 or 0 to -28 Adj. 5/12/15 or adj. 5/12/15 or adj. Adj. Up to 28 5 12 15 12 Adj. (3.3 or 5)/adj. 12/15 or adj. to 16.5 5/12/15 or adj. 5/12/15/adj. 3.3 or 2.7 to 5 (3.3 or 5)/adj. (3.3 or 5)/adj 2 pos. adj. (3.3 or 5)/adj. 3.3 or adj. 3.3/5/adj. 3.3/5/adj. 3.3/adj. & adj. 3.3 or adj. (2 to 5.5) 1.25 to 5 2.5 to 5.5 3.3 or adj. (2.7 to 5.5) 2.5 to 5.5 (dual) 12 or adj. Quiescent Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 0.5(0.25)/0.3(0.15) 0.11(0.085) 0.5(0.7) 0.100(0.08) 0.125(0.07) 0.4(0.135)/ 2(0.5)/2.5(0.75) 0.4(0.135)/ 2(0.5)/2.5(0.75) 0.35(0.22) 0.125(0.08) 4(2) 3(1.7) 3(1.7) 2.5(1.2) 3(1.7) 0.060(0.045) 0.1(0.080) 0.1(0.085) 0.1(0.085) 0.06 0.060(0.025) 0.060(0.025) 65(40) 0.06(0.027) 16(10) 0.03(0.01) 0.03(0.01) 0.06(0.05) 37A 4(2) 0.100(0.06) 0.140(0.1) 0.190(0.1) 0.1(0.085) Output (mA) 200 1A 0.5A 40 at 28V 30mW 40/25/20 300/550/ 325 1A 40 at 28V 200 200 125 120 2.4W 250 120 1A 1A 1A 100 25 1A 90 90 700/400 700 300 45 3A (burst) 1A 1.5A 1A/0.5A 1A Control Scheme PinsPackage Temp. Ranges* E E E E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M E E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M E C,E C,E E E E E E E E EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features 1MHz switching frequency fits Type 1 PCMCIA cards Same as MAX1771, but accepts low input voltages High-voltage, high-current DC-DC boost converter in 16-QSOP 30V/0.5A internal switch, configure as +28V or -28V Improved RC4123 second source Only two external components PFM controller Price 1000-up ($) 3.25 1.89 3.25 2.85 2.88 2.56 2.87

PFM 8-MAX PFM 8-DIP, 8-SO PWM/PFM 16-QSOP PFM PFM PFM PFM PWM PFM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PFM PFM PFM PFM PWM PFM PFM PFM PFM PFM PFM PFM PWM PFM PFM 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 10-MAX 16-QSOP 8-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 14-DIP, 14-NSO 16-NSO 8-SO, 8-MAX 8-SO, 8-MAX 16-QSOP 8-SO 8-MAX 8-MAX 10-MAX 16-QSOP 8-MAX

Adjustable (or sync.) frequency, 28V controller in MAX 2.10 30V/0.5A internal switch, DAC-controlled output, 2.95 configure as +28V or -28V 2.60 2.76 2.60 12V flash memory, hot insert 2.23 2.94 MAX1674/1675/1676 recommended for new designs 1.95 12V flash memory, lowest IQ, 1.8V/3V/5V inputs 2.23 Controllers, high efficiency over wide IOUT range 1.80 Controller, high-voltage applications 1.80 1 to 3 cell step-up, low-noise, fixed-frequency PWM 2.38/2.50 MAX1674/1675/1676 recommended for new designs 1.72 MAX1674/1675/1676 recommended for new designs 1.72 Dual output, lowest IQ, high efficiency 2.80 MAX1678 recommended for new designs 1.76 MAX1678 recommended for new designs 1.76 Low IQ, synchronous rectifier 1.85/1.85 Low IQ, synchronous rectifier, EMI suppression Main logic plus LCD outputs, no external transistors 1-cell to 2-cell, low-noise, high-efficiency step-up converter, replaces MAX1642/3 and MAX866/7 Adaptive control scheme step-up, ideal for GSM handsets 1V guaranteed start-up, MAX1701 includes 2 battery monitors and op amp block 1.1V guaranteed start-up, 92% efficiency Dual output: step-up and 200mA linear regulator, 1V guaranteed start-up MAX771 upgrade 1.99 3.25 1.65 2.20 2.75/2.95 3.29 3.09/2.95 1.80

8-SO, 16-TSSOP E

PWM/PFM 8-SO, 16-QSOP E PWM/PFM 16-NSO PWM/PFM 16-QSOP PFM 8-DIP, 8-SO E E C,E,M

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchanges rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

DC-DC Switching Converters (continued)

Input Part Voltage Output Number Range (V) Voltage (V) STEP-UP/DOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS 3 to 28 1.5 to 28 MAX618 MAX710/711 1.8 to 11 (3.3 or 5)/ adj. (2.7 to 5) MAX761 2.7 to 12 Adj. (1.5 to 6) MAX1672 1.8 to 11 5 or 3.3 or adj. (2.7 to 5) STEP-DOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS MAX638 2.6 to 16.5 5, adj. MAX639/640/653 4 to 11.5 5/3.3/3 or adj. MAX724 8 to 40 Adj. MAX726 8 to 40 Adj. MAX727/728/729 8 to 40 5/3.3/3 MAX730A/50A/63A Up to 11 5/adj./3.3 MAX738A/48A/58A Up to 16 5/3.3/adj. MAX744A 4.75 to 16 5 MAX767 MAX787/788/789 MAX796/97/97H/99 MAX798 MAX830/831 MAX832/833 MAX887 MAX1623 MAX1624 MAX1625 MAX1626/1627 MAX1636 MAX1637 MAX1638 MAX1639 MAX1640/1641 MAX1644 MAX1652/53/54 MAX1655 MAX1684/1685 MAX1692 4.5 to 5.5 8 to 40 4.5 to 30 4.5 to 30 8 to 30 8 to 30 3.5 to 11 4.5 to 5.5 4.5 to 5.5 4.5 to 5.5 3 to 16.5 4.5 to 30 4.5 to 30 4.5 to 5.5 4.5 to 5.5 5.5 to 30 3 to 5.5 4.5 to 28 4.5 to 30 2.7 to 14 2.7 to 5.5 3.3, 3.45 (R), or 3.6 (S) 5/3.3/3 5.05/3.3/2.9/adj. 1.6/adj. Adj./5 3.3/3 Adj. (1.27 to 9) Adj. (1.1 to 4) or 3.3/2.5 selectable 1.1 to 3.5 1.1 to 3.5 (3.3 or 5)/adj. Adj. (1.1 to 5.5) Adj. (1.1 to 5.5) Adj. (1.3 to 3.5) Adj. (1.3 to 3.5) 6 to 30 2.5, 3.3, or adj. (1.1 to 4) 5/3.3/adj. 1 to 5.5 1.25 to 5 1.25 to 5 Quiescent Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 0.5(0.7) 0.1(0.08) 0.1(0.08) 0.125(0.1) Output (mA) 500 500 200 300 Control Scheme PWM PFM PFM PFM PinsPackage 16-QSOP 16-NSO 8-DIP, 8-SO 16-QSOP Temp. Ranges* E E C,E,M E EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Features SEPIC configuration No transformer, step-up and linear No transformer, SEPIC Step-up followed by linear regulator, in/out disconnect in shutdown Price 1000-up ($) 3.25 2.95 2.23 2.65

0.6(0.135) 0.02(0.01) 11(8.5) 11(8.5) 11(8.5) 3(1.7) 3(1.7) 2.5(1.2) 0.75 11(8.5) 1(0.7) 1(0.7) 8(11) 8(11) 0.5(0.2) (<1A) 0.3 0.3 0.080(0.06) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 4(2) 300A 0.17 0.440(0.320) 25A 0.08(0.14)

75 225 5A 2A 2A 500 750 750 1.5A to 10A 5A 50W 50W 1A 1A 600 3A to 20A to 20A 3A 50W 50W to 20A to 20A 50W 2A 50W 50W 1A 600 min

PFM PFM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PFM/PWM PWM PWM PWM PFM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM

8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 7-TO220 7-TO220 7-TO220 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 16-WSO 20-SSOP

C,E,M C,E,M C,E C,E C,E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Ultra-low IQ

No subharmonic switching noise No subharmonic switching noise Optimized for cellular communications, no subharmonic switching noise Dedicated 5V-to-3.3V, high efficiency, small size

2.56 2.96 4.52 3.00 3.00 2.15 2.60 2.90 3.40 4.52 3.65 4.93 3.99 3.99 2.44 4.78 3.85 3.39 1.50 3.95 3.70 3.85 3.39 2.75 4.08 3.50 3.50 3.25 2.29

7-TO220 C,E 16-DIP, 16-NSO C,E,M 16-NSO 16-SO 16-SSOP 8-SO 20-SSOP 24-SSOP 16-SO 8-SO 20-SSOP 16-SO 24-SSOP 16-SO 16-QSOP 16-SSOP E C C E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

Synchronous rectifier, secondary output regulation, high efficiency over full IOUT range Synchronous rectifier, secondary output regulation, high efficiency over full IOUT range Integrated power switch, small package Integrated power switch, small package Internal synchronous rectifier, high efficiency, synchronizable Internal 3A PMOS power switch and 3A NMOS synchronous-rectifier switch High-accuracy Pentium Pro VID programming, synchronous rectifier, power-good output High accuracy, synchronous rectifier, power-good output MAX649/MAX651 and MAX1649/MAX1651 upgrade, 100% duty cycle, high efficiency Synchronous rectifier, high efficiency over IOUT range, 1% VOUT accuracy, OVP, power-good output High efficiency over IOUT range, 1% VOUT accuracy Pentium II VID, high accuracy, adjustable synchronous rectifier High accuracy, adjustable synchronous rectifier High-efficiency current source, synchronous rectifier Internal 2A switches, synchronous rectifier High-efficiency over full IOUT range, synchronous rectified, all N-channel design, secondary output regulation Same as MAX1653 with low-voltage output range Guarantees 1A output, synchronous rectifier, wide input range Guaranteed 600mA output, synchronous rectifier, MAX

PWM/PFM 16-QSOP, 16-NSO PWM/PFM 16-QSOP PWM/PFM 16-QSOP PWM 10-MAX

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchanges rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pentium II and Pentium Pro are registered trademarks of Intel Corp.

DC-DC Switching Converters (continued)

Input Part Voltage Output Number Range (V) Voltage (V) STEP-DOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS (continued) 2 to 28 1.8/1.25 to 2/adj. MAX1710/1711 1.8/2.5 or adj. (1 to 5) MAX1715 4.5 to 28 1.8/2.5 or 2.5/3.3, adj. MAX1717 2 to 28 0.425 to 2 MAX1742 3 to 5.5 1.1 to 5.5 MAX1761 5 to 18 1.1 to 5.5 INVERTING SWITCHING REGULATORS 4 to 6.2 -5/adj. MAX735/755 MAX736/37/39/59 4 to 8.6 -12/-15/-5/adj. MAX749 2 to 6 Digital adj. MAX764/765/766 3 to 16.5 -5/-12/-15 or adj. to 21V MAX774/775/776 3 to 16.5 -5/-12/-15 or adj. MULTI-OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATORS 3 to 5.5 5 & 12 or adj. MAX624 MAX685 MAX742 MAX743 MAX769 MAX847 MAX863 MAX886/888 MAX1677 MAX1705/1706 2.7 to 5.5 4.2 to 10 4.2 to 6 1.5 to 5.5 0.8 to 1.8 1.5 to 11 2.7 to 12 0.7 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 Pos: 2.7 to 24 Neg: -1.3 to -9 12, 15 12, 15 Many Many 2 pos. adj. Many 3.3/adj. & adj. Switcher: 2.5 to 5.5, LDO: down to 2.5 MAX1714 4.5 to 28 Quiescent Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 950A(600A) 750A 1.5 950A 1A 1.5 3(1.6) 3(1.6) 0.06 0.1 0.1 0.6(0.3) 2(1) 15(8) 30(20) 0.025(0.013) 0.025(0.013) 65(40) 1(0.5) 0.06(0.05) 0.190(0.1) Output (mA) 1A 275 500 5W 200 1A 200 at 5V, 80 at 12V 10/output 15W 1.5W 115 115 1A each 500 300 1A/0.5A Control Scheme PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PFM PFM PFM PFM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PFM PWM PinsPackage 24-QSOP 20-QSOP 24-QSOP Temp. EV Ranges* Kit E E E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features 100ns load-step response eliminates current-sense resistor High-speed, high-efficiency controller Dual, high-speed, high-efficiency controller Single, high-power buck controller Internal PMOS and NMOS switch, ideal for I/O voltage Dual, high-efficiency PWM controller >80% efficiencies >80% efficiencies Digital adjust for negative LCD Lowest IQ Controllers, high efficiency over wide IOUT range 1.2MHz switching frequency fits Type 1 PCMCIA cards CCD power supply, single inductor, internal switches Drives external MOSFETs Internal power MOSFETs Complete power supply and monitoring system for digital communications Complete power supply and monitoring system for digital communications Lowest IQ, high efficiency Complete power supply for wireless handsets, includes step-down, LDOs, and charge pumps Main logic plus LCD outputs, no external transistors Step-up, LDO, 1V guaranteed start-up Price 1000-up ($) 3.89 2.43 2.15 2.75 2.49 2.38 2.20 5.25 3.44 3.91 4.49 5.11 4.34 2.80 /4.70 3.25 3.09/2.95

24-QSOP/28-QSOP E 16-QSOP E 16-QSOP E 8-DIP, 8-SO 14-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 16-NSO 16-QSOP 20-DIP, 20-WSO 16-DIP, 16-WSO 28-QSOP 28-QSOP 16-QSOP 32-TQFP C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M I E C,E,M C,E,M E E E E E E

PWM 16-QSOP PWM/PFM 16-QSOP

DC-DC Charge-Pump Converters

Input Part Voltage Output Number Range (V) Voltage (V) CHARGE-PUMP CONVERTERSUNREGULATED 1.5 to 10 -VIN, +2 x VIN ICL7660 ICL7662 MAX660 MAX665 MAX680 4.5 to 20 1.5 to 5.5 1.5 to 8 2 to 6 -VIN, +2 x -VIN, +2 x -VIN, +2 x 2 x VIN VIN VIN VIN Quiescent Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 0.175(0.11) 0.6(0.25) 0.5(0.12) 0.5(0.12) 2(1) Output (mA) 20 10 100 100 10 PinsPackage 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99, 8-MAX 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 8-SO Temp. Ranges* C,E,M C,I C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M EV Kit Features MAX package Price 1000-up ($) 1.09 1.86 2.95 3.96 1.62

8-pin SO Upgraded by MAX864/5

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchanges rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

DC-DC Charge-Pump Converters (continued)

Input Quiescent Part Voltage Output Supply Current Number Range (V) Voltage (V) (mA), max(typ) CHARGE-PUMP CONVERTERSUNREGULATED (continued) 1.5 to 5.5 -VIN 0.09(0.06) MAX828/829 MAX860/861 MAX864 MAX865 MAX870/871 MAX1044 MAX1680/1681 1.5 to 5.5 1.5 to 6.2 1.5 to 6.2 1.4 to 5.5 1.5 to 10 2 to 5.5 -VIN, +2 x 2 x VIN 2 x VIN -VIN -VIN, +2 x -VIN, +2 x VIN 0.33(0.18) 0.3(0.2) 1.0(0.6) 1(0.7) 0.2(0.03) 2(1.2) 0.135(0.09) 0.3(150) 0.09(0.06) 2(0.3) 0.15 0.5(0.07) 0.5(0.19) Output (mA) 25 50 10 10 25 20 125 30 60 25 10 60 500A 30mA, guaranteed over temp. 20 250 100/50 2 x 10mA PinsPackage 5-SOT23 8-SO, 8-MAX 16-QSOP 8-MAX 5-SOT23 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-SO 5-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-MAX 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO Temp. Ranges* E C,E,M E E E C,E,M E E E E C,I C,E,M C,E C,E,M EV Kit Yes Yes Features Better than ICL7660, smaller capacitors, ultra-small SOT23 package, lower ROUT Up to 250kHz oscillation frequency 5kHz to 200kHz frequency select, 1A shutdown Ultra-small MAX package Smallest inverter, 0.1F capacitors, 500kHz switching 60kHz oscillator boost mode 125kHz to 1MHz operation, small capacitors, same pinout as MAX660 Ultra-small doubler Ultra-small 60mA inverter with shutdown Small capacitors, shutdown Price 1000-up ($) 0.72** 1.12 1.50 1.30 0.72** 1.19 2.05 0.72** 0.99** 0.72** 1.86 1.60 1.86 2.09

VIN VIN

MAX1682/1683 1.5 to 5.5 +2 x VIN MAX1697 1.5 to 5.5 -VIN MAX1719/20/21 1.5 to 5.5 -VIN Si7661 4.5 to 20 -VIN, +2 x VIN CHARGE-PUMP CONVERTERSREGULATED MAX619 2 to 3.6 5 MAX622 3.5 to 16.5 VIN + 11 MAX662A 4.5 to 5.5 12

No inductors, battery backup High-side switching Worlds smallest 12V flash memory programmer

MAX679 MAX682 MAX683/684 MAX768

1.8 2.7 2.7 2.5

to to to to

4 5.5 5.5 5.5

3.3 5 5 Dual 5V or adj. -2 or adj. -4.1 or adj. Adj., (0 to -2 x VIN) -2 or adj. Adj., (0 to -1 x VIN) 5

0.050(0.035) 0.130(0.1) 0.100(0.07) 0.8(0.45)

8-MAX 8-SO 8-MAX 16-QSOP

E E E E

MAX840/843/844 MAX850853 MAX868 MAX881R MAX1673 MAX1686/1686H

2.5 to 10 4.5 to 10 1.8 to 5.5 2.5 to 5.5 2 to 5.5 2.7 to 3.6

1.1(0.75) 3(2) 0.050(0.035) 0.9(0.5) 0.035(0.02) 0.150(0.1)

10 5 30 5 125 20

8-SO 8-SO 10-MAX 10-MAX 8-SO 8-MAX

I,E I,E E E E E

Yes Yes Yes

Up to 1MHz fOSC, small caps Low-noise or low-IQ modes, small caps Low-noise or low-IQ modes, small circuit and caps Performs 3 power functions for handsets: -2 x VIN for GaAsFET bias, +2 x VIN for VCO, negative power-ready signal Low-voltage negative GaAsFET bias, low noise, 1A shutdown Negative GaAsFET bias, low noise, 1A shutdown Uses 0.1F caps

1.24 2.48 1.98/1.65 2.40

1.75 1.65 1.40

GaAsFET PA bias in 1.11mm-high package, includes 1.85 power-OK output signal Small caps, PFM mode for high efficiency or constant 1.95 350kHz mode for low noise 1MHz operation, bypass switch for 3V-capable SIM cards 1.45

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchanges rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

**2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA.

Battery Chargers
No. of Part Series Cell Number Cells Chemistry CHEMISTRY INDEPENDENT 1 to 10 Li+/NiCd/NiMH MAX846A Charge Rate Fast, trickle, top-off Fast, trickle, top-off Digitally programmable Digitally programmable Voltage-divider programmable Digitally programmable Digitally programmable Fast, trickle Selectable Fast, trickle Selectable Digitally programmable Fast, trickle Digitally programmable Charge Termination Method Universal charger, user set PinsPackage 16-QSOP Temp. Ranges* E EV Kit Yes Features Complete system, 1%-accurate VOUT for Li+, built-in 1% LDO, drives PNP, cost-saving independent voltage and current regulation loops High-efficiency PWM current-source, synchronous rectifier SBS Level 2 (1.0 compliant) smart battery charger, SMBus interface, current-limiting input SBS Level 2 smart battery charger with SMBus interface, use MAX1667 for new designs SBS Level 2 smart battery charger with SMBus interface SBS Level 2 smart battery charger with SMBus interface SBS Level 2 smart battery charger with currentlimiting input Linear or switcher, supplies load while charging, built-in termination algorithms Highly accurate bridge-battery backup controller Linear or switcher, supplies load while charging, built-in termination algorithms Highly accurate bridge-battery backup controller High-efficiency switch mode, 0.75% precision Simple single-cell Li+ battery charger, requires only one external component High-efficiency switch mode, interal timers Price 1000-up ($) 3.25

MAX1640/1641 MAX1645 MAX1647 MAX1648 MAX1667 MAX1772

1 to 16 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4

Universal Independent Independent Independent Independent Independent

Voltage and current limit Voltage and current limit Voltage and thermistor Voltage and thermistor Voltage and thermistor Voltage and current limit current limit, current limit, current limit

16-QSOP 28-SSOP 20-SSOP 20-SSOP 20-SSOP 20-SSOP

E E E E E E

Yes Yes Yes Yes

2.75 5.31 4.79 4.25 4.95

NICKEL CADMIUM MAX713 1 to 16 MAX1612/1613 2 to 3 NICKEL-METAL HYDRIDE MAX712 1 to 16 MAX1612/1613 2 to 3 LITHIUM-ION 1 to 4 MAX745 MAX1679 MAX1737 1 1 to 4

NiCd NiCd/NiMH NiMH NiCd/NiMH Li+ Li+ Li+

0V, max V, max temp., max time, neg V 0V, max V, max temp., max time Voltage and current limit Voltage and current limit, timeout Voltage and current limit, internal timeout

16-DIP, 16-NSO 16-NSO 16-DIP, 16-NSO 16-NSO 20-SSOP 8-MAX 28-QSOP

C,E,M E C,E,M E E E E

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3.09 2.89 3.09 2.89 3.50 1.65

Fuel Gauges
Part Number MAX1660 No. of Series Cells 2 to 4 Accuracy (%) 1 Resolution (bits) 32 Fuel Gauging Method Coulomb counting PinsPackage 16-QSOP Temp. Ranges* E EV Kit Yes Features Digitally controlled fuel-gauge interface with 1% absolute accuracy Price 1000-up ($) 2.95

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. SMBus is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

Lithium-Ion Cell Protectors

No. of Part Series Cell Number Cells Chemistry LOW-SIDE N-CHANNEL MOSFETs MAX1665S 2 Li+ 3 Li+ MAX1665V MAX1665X 4 Li+ HIGH-SIDE P-CHANNEL MOSFETs 2 Li+ MAX1666S Overvoltage Threshold Accuracy (%) 1 1 1 0.5 Operating Current (A) 15 15 15 35 PinsPackage 8-SO 8-SO 8-SO 16-QSOP Temp. Ranges* E E E E EV Kit Features Li+ battery supervisor, monitors charge and discharge cycles Li+ battery supervisor, monitors charge and discharge cycles Li+ battery supervisor, monitors charge and discharge cycles Battery-pack protector with most accurate user-adjustable threshold for cell overvoltage/undervoltage, cell mismatch, and current limits Battery-pack protector with most accurate user-adjustable threshold for cell overvoltage/undervoltage, cell mismatch, and current limits Battery-pack protector with most accurate user-adjustable threshold for cell overvoltage/undervoltage, cell mismatch, and current limits Price 1000-up ($) 2.47

MAX1666V

Li+

0.5

35

20-QSOP

2.47

MAX1666X

Li+

0.5

35

20-QSOP

2.47

LCD & CCFL Display Power Supplies

Part Number ICL7660 MAX629 MAX686 MAX749 MAX753 MAX754 MAX759 MAX774/775/776 MAX828/829 MAX860/861 MAX868 MAX870/871 MAX1044 MAX1610 MAX1611 MAX1620 MAX1621 MAX1664 MAX1677 MAX1719/20/21 MAX1729 Input Voltage Range (V) 1.5 to 10 0.8 to 28 0.8 to 27.5 2 to 6 4 to 30 4 to 30 4 to 15 3 to 16.5 1.5 to 5.5 1.5 to 5.5 1.8 1.4 1.5 4.5 to to to to 5.5 5.5 10 28 DC-DC Output Voltages (V) -VIN or 2 x VIN VIN to 28 or 0 to -28 VIN to 27.5 or 0 to -27.5 Negative LCD CCFL drive, configurable; negative LCD, configurable CCFL drive, configurable; positive LCD, configurable Negative LCD, adjustable Negative LCD, adjustable -VIN -VIN or 2 x VIN Adj. (0 to -2 x VIN) -VIN -VIN or 2 x VIN CCFL drive, configurable CCFL drive, configurable Positive or negative LCD, configurable Positive or negative LCD, configurable Positive and negative dual output, adjustable 3.3/adj. & adj. -VIN 2.5 to 20 Quiescent Supply Current (A) 110 80 68 60 100 100 1.2mA 85 60 180 35 700 30 2mA 2mA 500 500 0.5mA 60 60 67 PinsPackage 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-MAX 8-SO 16-QSOP 8-DIP, 8-SO 16-DIP, 16-NSO 16-DIP, 16-NSO 14-DIP, 16-WSO 8-DIP, 8-SO 5-SOT23 8-SO, 8-MAX 10-MAX 5-SOT23 8-DIP, 8-SO 16-SO 16-SO 16-QSOP 16-QSOP 20-TSSOP 16-QSOP 6-SOT23 10-MAX EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features No inductors, low-cost pager LCD supply, MAX package Internal 30V/0.5A switch DAC-controlled output, internal 28V/500mA switch Digital LCD adjustment Digital CCFT and LCD adjustment Digital CCFT and LCD adjustment Internal MOSFET PFM controller, high efficiency, 5A shutdown No inductors, low-cost compact pager supply, better than 7660 No inductors, up to 250kHz oscillator, 2.2F caps, smallest pager LCD supply Compact, low IQ for pagers Smallest inverter, uses 0.1F capacitors, 500kHz switching No inductors, 60kHz boost pin, pager LCD supply Internal MOSFET, digital adjust, open and shorted lamp protection Internal MOSFET, digital SMBus adjust, open and shorted lamp protection Digital adjust, 32 levels SMBus adjust, 32 levels Integrates all active circuitry for three DC-DC converters, 2H to 5H inductors Main logic plus LCD outputs, no external transistors No inductor, low cost, shutdown High-accuracy, temperature-compensated output, ideal for ECB displays Price 1000-up ($) 1.09 2.85 2.95 2.49 4.45 4.45 2.75 2.20 0.72** 1.12 1.40 0.72** 1.19 3.85 3.85 1.99 1.99 3.83 3.25 0.72** 2.45

4.5 to 28 4.5 to 24 4.5 to 24 2.8 to 5.5 0.7 to 5.5 1.5 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

LCD & CCFL Display Power Supplies (continued)

Part Number MAX1739 MAX1747 MAX1748 MAX1771 Input Voltage Range (V) 4.5 to 28 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2 to 16.5 DC-DC Output Voltages (V) CCFL drive, configurable 5.5, 12/-7 for TFT 2.7 to 5.5, 30/-15 for TFT Positive LCD, adjustable Quiescent Supply Current (A) 2mA 3mA (max) 3mA (max) 85 PinsPackage 20-TSSOP 20-TSSOP 16-TSSOP 8-DIP, 8-SO EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Features Wide brightness range, kept constant using Royer architecture All-charge-pump TFT supply, ultra-small external components, up to 2MHz adj. switching frequency Inductor-based topology maximizes efficiency, internal 12V N-channel MOSFET PFM controller, high efficiency, 5A shutdown Price 1000-up ($)

1.80

Linear Voltage Regulators

Input Part Voltage Output Number Range (V) Voltage (V) DC LINEAR REGULATORSPOSITIVE OUTPUT ICL7663/A 1.5 to 16/2 to 16 Adj. (1.3 to 15) MAX603/604 2.7 to 11.5 5/3.3 or adj. (1.3 to 11.5) MAX663 2 to 16.5 Fixed 5 or adj. (1.3 to 15) MAX666 2 to 16.5 Fixed 5 or adj. (1.3 to 15) MAX667 3.5 to 16.5 Fixed 5 or adj. (1.3 to 15) MAX687 2.7 to 11 Fixed 3.3 (ext. switch) MAX688/689 2.7 to 11 Fixed 3.3/3.0 (ext. switch) Dropout Voltage (V) 0.9 at 40mA 0.32 at 500mA 0.9 at 40mA 0.9 at 40mA 0.15 at 200mA 0.073 at 500mA, 0.80 at 4A 0.073 at 500mA, 0.80 at 4A 0.32 at 200mA 0.22 at 200mA 0.35 at 30mA 0.35 at 30mA 0.49 at 350mA 0.055 at 100mA 0.20 at 250mA (dual) 0.11 at 100mA 0.11 at 100mA (dual) 0.14 at 120mA 0.11 at 100mA 0.14 at 120mA 0.4 at 30mA 0.4 at 30mA 0.35 at 40mA Quiescent Current (A), max(typ) 10(3.5) 35(15) 12(6) 12(6) 25(20) 250(150) 250(150) 15(10) 15(10) 6(8) 6(8) 60(30) 200(100) 330(200) 170(70) 270(105) 180(90) 170(70) 180(90) 10(3.5) 10(3.5) 12(6) Shutdown Yes Yes (2A off) Yes Yes Yes Yes (25A, off 1A) Yes (25A, off 1A) Yes (5A standby) Yes (1A off) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (10nA off) Yes Yes (2nA off) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pins-Package 8-DIP, 8-DIP, 8-DIP, 8-DIP, 8-DIP, 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99 8-SO (PDISS = 1.8W) 8-SO 8-SO 8-SO 8-SO, 8-MAX Temp. Ranges* C,E,I,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E C,E C,E,M C,E,M E E E E E E E E E E C,I,M C,I,M C,E,M EV Kit Yes Price 1000-up ($) 1.81/1.99 1.85 1.75 1.76 2.35 1.60 1.60 1.45 1.45 0.79** 0.79** 1.95 0.89 1.37 0.72** 1.22** 0.77** 0.72** 0.77** 2.40 1.85 1.75

8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-MAX 8-DIP, 8-SO (PDISS = 1.5W) 8-DIP, 8-SO (PDISS = 1.5W) 5-SOT23 5-SOT23 8-SO (PDISS = 1.8W) 8-MAX 16-NSO 5-SOT23 8-MAX 5-SOT23 5-SOT23 5-SOT23 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99 8-DIP, 8-SO, 8-TO99 8-DIP, 8-SO

2.7 to 11.5 3.3 or adj. (1.5 to 11.5) MAX882 2.7 to 11.5 5/3.3 or adj. (1.5 to 11.5) MAX883/884 4 to 28 3.3/5 MAX1615 MAX1616 4 to 28 Adj. MAX1658/1659 2.7 to 16.5 3.3/5 or adj. (1.25 to 16) 2.5 to 5.5 1.25 to VIN MAX8860 2.5 to 11.5 2.85/3.18/4.9 or adj. (2 to 11) MAX8862 MAX8863/8864 2.5 to 6.5 1.25 to VIN MAX8865/8866 2.5 to 6.5 2.8/2.84/3.15 or adj. (1.3 to 5.5) MAX8867/8868 2.5 to 6.5 2.5 to VIN MAX8873/8874 2.5 to 6.5 1.25 to VIN MAX8877/8878 2.5 to 6.5 2.5 to VIN DC LINEAR REGULATORSNEGATIVE OUTPUT ICL7664A -2 to -16 -1.3 to -15 ICL7664B -2 to -16 -1.3 to -15 MAX664 -2 to -16.5 Fixed -5 or -1.3 to -15

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

PCMCIA Switch Matrices

Part Number MAX613 MAX614 MAX780A/B/C MAX780D MAX1600/1603 MAX1601/1604 MAX1602 MAX1614 Input Voltages (V) 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 3.3/5/12 5 to 26 Outputs 2 card slots 1 card slot 2 card slots 2 card slots 2 card slots 2 card slots 1 card slot Controls Std. PCMCIA Std. PCMCIA Std. PCMCIA Std. PCMCIA Std. PCMCIA SMBus Std. PCMCIA N-channel drive for MOSFETs PinsPackage 14-DIP, 14-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 24-DIP, 24-SSOP 20-DIP, 20-SSOP 28-SSOP 28-SSOP 16-QSOP 8-MAX Temp. Ranges* C,E C,E C,E C,E E E E E Features Internal VPP switches, external VCC drivers Internal VPP switches, external VCC drivers Internal VPP switches, external VCC drivers, VPP valid output Internal VPP switches, external VCC drivers Internal VCC and VPP switches, current limit, thermal protection Internal VCC and VPP switches, current limit, thermal protection Internal VCC and VPP switches, current limit, thermal protection High-side, N-channel MOSFET switch drivers Price 1000-up ($) 1.68 1.48 2.25/2.00/2.05 1.80 5.95/5.25 5.95/5.25 2.35 1.74

Load-Switch Controllers
Part Number MAX1661 MAX1662 MAX1663 Input Voltage Range (V) 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 Supply Current (A) 3 3 3 Power-On Reset Outputs low Outputs high Outputs high Applications N-channel MOSFETs P-channel MOSFETs P-channel MOSFETs PinsPackage 10-MAX 10-MAX 10-MAX Temp. Ranges* E E E EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Features Serial-to-parallel/parallel-to-serial, SMBus interface Serial-to-parallel/parallel-to-serial, SMBus interface Serial-to-parallel/parallel-to-serial, SMBus interface Price 1000-up ($) 1.29 1.29 1.29

Multiple-Output, System-Integrated Power Management Supplies

Part Number MAX717721 Input Voltage Range (V) 0.9 to 5.5 (battery), 7 to 18 (plug-in adapter) Linear Output Voltage (V) DC-DC Output Voltages (V) Auxiliary Outputs (V) Quiescent Supply Current, Over PinsTemp. (A) Package 60, 40 shutdown 16-NSO Temp. Ranges* C,E EV Kit Price 1000-up ($) 4.95

Features

3.3 (MAX717), 5 or 12 (all) 3.3 or 5 (MAX718/720), 3 or 5 (MAX719/721)

MAX722/723

MAX769

0.85 to 5.5 (battery), 7 to 18 (plug-in adapter) 1.5 to 5.5

3.3 or 5 (MAX722), 3 or 5 (MAX723)

Neg. LCD (0 to -40) Battery charger, 2 x 1.8 drivers Battery charger, current source, dual VPP outputs Dual VPP outputs

60, 40 shutdown 875 full-on, 15 coasting 100 shutdown, 750 standby, 2mA operating 70 standby, 750 per output enabled 70 standby, 750 per output enabled

16-NSO

C,E

MAX781

5 to 18

3.0 at 65mA, 1.8 to 4.9 at 80mA 2.85 at 25mA, 1.0 at 2mA 3.3 at 10mA, 3.3, 14, battery 5.0 at 25mA charger 3.3 at 5mA, 5 at 25mA 3.3 at 5mA, 5.0 at 25mA 3.3, 5, 14

28-QSOP

Yes Built-in switchover from main (3V/3.3V) battery to plug-in adapter power, low-voltage warning, AC detect, clock and RAM keep-alive mini-switcher from backup battery Yes Built-in switchover from main battery to plug-in adapter power, low-voltage warning Yes Step-up/down DC-DC intended for 3-cell, 2-way pagers; serial interface High-power controller to 50W or more, dual PCMCIA VPP outputs, analog mux, SPI interface High-power dual controller to 50W or more, dual PCMCIA VPP outputs, three precision voltage monitors High-power dual controller to 50W or more, dual PCMCIA VPP outputs, three precision voltage monitors, optimized for 6-cell operation

4.63

5.11

36-SSOP

C,E

8.80

MAX782

5.5 to 30

36-SSOP

C,E

Yes

5.95

MAX783

5.5 to 30

3.3, 5, 14

Dual VPP outputs

36-SSOP

C,E

Yes

5.95

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Or 3.45V (R version), 3.6V (S version).

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Multiple-Output, System-Integrated Power Management Supplies (continued)

Part Number MAX786 Input Voltage Range (V) 5.5 to 30 Linear Output Voltage (V) 3.3 at 5mA, 5.0 at 25mA 3.0 at 65mA, 2.85 at 25A, 1.0 at 2mA DC-DC Output Voltages (V) 3.3, 5 Auxiliary Outputs (V) Quiescent Supply Current, Over Temp. (A) 40 shutdown, 70 standby, 750 per output enabled 875 full-on, 15 coasting 45 w/main on, 65 w/both on, 1 in shutdown 500 PinsPackage 28-SSOP Temp. EV Ranges* Kit C,E Yes Features High-power dual controller to 50W or more, two precision voltage monitors Step-up DC-DC intended for 1-cell, 2-way pagers; serial interface Two high-efficiency boost controllers on one IC, for PDAs and organizers Complete power supply for wireless handsets: includes step-down, linear regulators, and charge pump High-efficiency controller for notebooks, has 12V Li+, secondary winding controller, and OVP/UVP (MAX1630/32) High-efficiency controller for notebooks, has secondary winding controller and OVP/UVP (MAX1631) High-speed step-down controller for notebook CPUs Ultra-high-efficiency, constant on-time PWM for ultra-fast response Price 1000-up ($) 4.15

MAX847

0.8 to 1.8

1.8 to 4.9 at 80mA

Battery charger, 2 x 1.8 drivers LBI/LBO lowbattery detector Many

28-QSOP

Yes

4.34

MAX863

1.5 to 11

MAX886/888

2.7 to 12

Programmable

Main = 3.3 or 5 or adj./1A, aux. = adj./1A DAC-adjustable

16-QSOP

Yes

2.80

32-TQFP

Yes

/4.70

MAX1630/32/ 33/35

4.2 to 30

5.0 at 50mA

3.3 or adj./ 5.0 or adj.

12V at 120mA

MAX1631/34

4.2 to 30

5.0 at 50mA

3.3 or adj./ 5.0 or adj. Single 1 to 5 adj.

Programmable secondary

MAX1714 MAX1715

2 to 28 4.5 to 28

10 shutdown, 28-SSOP 30 standby (typ), 2.5mW (typ) both outputs enabled 10 shutdown, 28-SSOP 30 standby, 1.5mW (typ) both outputs enabled 750A (max) 16-QSOP 1.5mA (max) 24-QSOP

C,E

Yes

5.45/4.50

C,E

Yes

5.22/4.27

E E

Yes Yes

2.43

Dual Mode 1.8/2.5, 2.5/3.3 or adj. (1 to 5.5)

MOSFET Drivers
Part Number ICL7667 MAX626/627/628 MAX4420/4429 MAX4426/4427/4428 TSC426/427/428 Output Resistance () max(typ) 12(4) 15(4) 2.5(1.5) 10(4) 15(6) Rise/Fall, TA = +25C (ns max) 30/30 (1000pF) 30/30 (1000pF) 30/30 (2500pF) 30/30 (1000pF) 30/30 (1000pF) Rise/Fall, Over Temp. (ns max) 40/40 (1000pF) 40/40 (1000pF) 60/60 (2500pF) 40/40 (1000pF) 60/40 (1000pF) Peak Output Current (A) 1.5 2 6 1.5 1.5 Supply Voltage (V) 4.5 to 15 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 PinsPackage 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO 8-DIP, 8-SO Temp. Ranges* C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M Features Dual inverting Dual inverting/dual noninverting/dual mixed Single noninverting/single inverting Dual inverting/dual noninverting/dual mixed Dual inverting/dual noninverting/dual mixed Price 1000-up ($) 1.12 1.49 1.71 1.61 1.06

Miscellaneous Power Supplies

Part Number MAX845 MAX869L MAX890L MAX891L/892L MAX893L MAX894L/895L MAX1693/1694 MAX1749 PinsDescription Package Isolated transformer driver 8-SO, 8-MAX Current-limit power switch 16-QSOP Current-limited power switch 8-SO Current-limited power switches 8-MAX Current-limited power switch 8-SO Dual current-limited power switches 8-SO USB current-limited switches with fault blanking 10-MAX Vibrator motor driver 5-SOT23 Temp. Ranges* E E E E E E E E EV Kit Yes Features 750mW output, thin transformer, fits PCMCIA cards 45m/2A switch 90m, 1A switch 150m/0.5A (MAX891L), 300m/0.25A (MAX892L) 90m, 1.2A Dual, 150m/0.5A (MAX894L), 300m/0.25A (MAX895L) 80m/0.8A switch, includes latch Constant vibrator strength over input voltage range Price 1000-up ($) 1.55 2.15 1.25 1.32 0.80 1.99 0.80 0.74**

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

P Supervisory Circuits
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

Battery Switchover ICs

High-Accuracy Reset ICs

Push-Pull Active-Low
(5V)
MAX819 (with MR)

Push-Pull Active-Low
(3.3V/5V)
MAX814 (with MR) MAX816 (with MR and adj. reset threshold)

Push-Pull Active-High
(5V) With Watchdog
MAX801 (1.5% accurate) MAX805

With Watchdog
MAX801 (1.5% accurate) MAX817

With Watchdog
MAX815 (with MR)

Push-Pull Active-Low
(3V/3.3V/5V) With CE Gating
MAX795 MAX808 (1.5% accurate) With Watchdog MAX793 MAX794 (adj. reset threshold) MAX807 (1.5% accurate) MAX818

With Battery Switchover

MAX808 With Watchdog MAX801 MAX807

NEXT PAGE

P Supervisory Circuits
(CONTINUED)

Reset ICs
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

With Shunt Regulator

(3V/3.3V/5V)
MAX6330 MAX6331

Push-Pull Active-Low
(3V/3.3V/5V)
MAX821

Push-Pull Active-High
(3V/3.3V/5V)
MAX822

I MAX6319LH (with MR)

I MAX6319LH (with MR) I MAX6322HP (with MR)

Low Current (2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I MAX6326
MAX6346

Low Voltage (1.8V/2.5V/3V/3.3V)

I MAX6333 I MAX6336 (with MR)

Low Current (2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I MAX6327
MAX6347

Low Voltage (1.8V/2.5V/3V/3.3V)

I MAX6332 I MAX6335 (with MR)

With Watchdog (3V/3.3V/5V)

MAX6303 (adjustable)

Multiple Voltage Supervisors (1.8V/ 2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I
MAX6308 (dual)

With Watchdog (3V/3.3V/5V)

MAX6304 (adjustable)

Multiple Voltage Supervisors (1.8V/ 2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I MAX6311 (dual) I MAX6312 (dual with MR) I MAX6313 (dual)

I MAX6316L (with MR) I MAX6318LH

With CE Gating MAX792

I MAX6309 (dual with MR) I MAX6310 (dual)

H H H MAX6351 (dual reset outputs with MR) MAX6353 (dual with MR) MAX6354 (dual with MR) MAX6356 (triple with MR) H MAX6357 (triple with MR)

I MAX6317 (with MR) I MAX6318LH I MAX6318MH I MAX6321HP

With CE Gating MAX792 MAX820 (2% accurate)

MAX820 (2% accurate)

With Watchdog H H New product H MAX6359 (dual with MR) MAX6360 (dual with MR)

Future product I
Evaluation kit available

P Supervisory Circuits
(CONTINUED)

Reset ICs
(CONTINUED)

Open-Drain Active-Low
(3V/3.3V/5V)
I MAX6315 (with MR) I MAX6322HP (with MR)

Bidirectional Active-Low
(3V/3.3V/5V)
I MAX6314 (with MR) I MAX6319MH (with MR)

Low Current (2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I
MAX6328 MAX6348

Low Voltage (1.8V/2.5V)

I I
MAX6334 MAX6337 (with MR)

With Watchdog (3V/3.3V/5V)

I MAX6316M (with MR) I MAX6318MH

With Watchdog (3V/3.3V/5V)

MAX6301 (adjustable)

Multiple Voltage Supervisors (1.8V/ 2.5V/3V/3.3V/5V)

I MAX6305 (dual) I MAX6306 (dual with MR) I MAX6307 (dual)
H MAX6352 (dual with MR) MAX6355 (triple with MR) With Watchdog H MAX6358 (dual with MR)

I MAX6320P (with MR) I MAX6321HP

New product

Future product I
Evaluation kit available

P Supervisory Circuits
BackupBattery Switch Push-Pull RESET Output Push-Pull RESET Output Open-Drain RESET Output Bidirectional RESET Output Nominal Reset Threshold (V) Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms) Power-Fail Comparator ManualReset Input Battery-On Output Nominal Watchdog Timeout Period (s), if available Separate Watchdog Output Price 1000-up ($)
3.17 3.29 3.17 4.39 4.74 4.39 3.33 3.26 3.23 3.61 3.61 3.33 3.26 3.61 3.61 3.33 3.61 3.55 2.65 2.65 2.93 3.90 3.48 3.48 3.41 3.88 3.17 3.59 3.66 3.26 3.90 3.29 3.17 2.44 2.74 2.07 2.44

CE Write Protection

Supply Current Operating Mode (A) max (typ)

110(68) 110(70) 90(48) 75 75 75 5mA(2mA) 350(200) 50(40) 5mA(2mA) 100(30) 5mA(2mA) 350(200) 5mA(2mA) 100(30) 5mA(2mA) 5mA(2mA) 4mA(1.5mA) 350(200) 350(200) 50(40) 150(50) 60(46) 60(46) 50(35) 100(30) 110(68) 50(40) 50(40) 110(70) 90(48) 45(11) 45(11) 45(11) 500(230)

Low-Line Output

Part Number

HIGH-ACCURACY RESET ICs (1.0%, 1.5%) MAX801L/N/M MAX807L/N/M MAX808L/N/M MAX814K/L/N/T MAX815K/L/N/T MAX816 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.80/4.70/4.55/3.03 4.80/4.70/4.55/3.03 Adj. 140 140 140 140 140 140 35 140 140 35/adj. 140/adj. 35 140 35/adj. 140/adj. 140 140/adj. 35/adj. 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140/adj. 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1.5% /1% /1% /1% /1.5% /1.5% /1% /1% 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6/adj. 1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6 1.6/adj. 1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6/adj. 1.6/adj. 1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6 1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 /8ns /8ns /8ns /2% /2% /2% /10ns /2% /10ns /10ns /8ns /8ns /2% /2% /2% 8 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 8 8 16 16 8 16 16 8 8 8 16 16 16 8 16 16 8 8 16 8 8 8 8 8

BATTERY SWITCHOVER ICs MAX690 4.65 MAX690A MAX690T/S/R MAX691 MAX691A MAX692 MAX692A MAX693 MAX693A MAX694 MAX695 MAX696 MAX703 MAX704 MAX704T/S/R MAX791 MAX793T/S/R MAX794 MAX795T/S/R MAX800L/M MAX801L/N/M MAX802L/M/T/S/R MAX804T/S/R MAX805L/T/S/R MAX806T/S/R MAX807L/N/M MAX808L/N/M MAX817L/M MAX818L/M MAX819L/M MXD1210 4.65 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65 4.65 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.65 4.65 Adj. 4.65 4.40 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65 3.08/2.93/2.63 Adj. 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65/4.40 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.65/4.40/3.08/2.93/2.63 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65/3.08/2.93/2.63 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.68/4.58/4.43 4.65/4.40 4.65/4.40 4.65/4.40 4.37/4.62

350(200), 50(40) 8 350(200), 50(40) 8

Note: See page 125 for the Reset Trip Thresholds and Customized Thresholds and Timeouts definition tables. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). Please contact your local sales office for volume pricing. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Pins

P Supervisory Circuits (continued)

Push-Pull RESET Output Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms) Power-Fail Comparator Pins-Package Nominal Reset Threshold (V) Open-Drain RESET Output Bidirectional RESET Output Push-Pull RESET Output
ManualReset Input

RESET ICs MAX697 MAX698 MAX699 MAX700 MAX701 MAX702 MAX705 MAX706 MAX706P MAX706T/S/R MAX707 MAX708 MAX708T/S/R MAX709L/M/T/S/R MAX792L/M/T/S/R MAX813L MAX820L/M/T/S/R MAX1232 MAX6301 MAX6302 MAX6303 MAX6304 MAX7705 SOT/SC70 RESET ICs MAX803L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX809L/M/J/T/S/R/Z MAX810L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX811L/M/T/S/R MAX812L/M/T/S/R MAX821L/MP/T/S/U/R MAX822L/M/T/S/R MAX823L/M/T/S/R MAX824L/M/T/S/R MAX825L/M/T/S/R 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63/ 140 2.33 4.63/4.38/4.00/3.08/2.93/ 140 2.63/2.33 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63/ 140 2.33 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 140 140 1.6 1.6 * ** 60(24), 50(17) 60(24), 50(17) 60(24), 50(17) 15(6), 10(3) 15(6), 10(3) 12(2.5), 9(1.8) 7(2.5), 5.5(1.8) 24(10), 12(5) 24(10), 12(5) 8(3), 12(5) 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 4-SOT 4-SOT 4-SOT 4-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT

Adj. 4.65 4.65 4.65/adj. 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.40 2.63 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65 4.40 3.08/2.93/2.63 4.65/4.40/3.08/2.93/2.63 4.62/4.37/3.06/2.91/2.61 4.65 4.62/4.37/3.06/2.91/2.61 4.37/4.62 Adj. Adj. Adj. Adj. 4.65

35/adj. 140 140 200 200 200 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 250 Adj. Adj. Adj. Adj. 140

1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6 1.6

300(160) 5mA 5mA

16 8/16 8/16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 8 16 8/16 8 8 8 8 8

3.58 2.06 2.42 2.17 2.17 2.17 1.02* 1.02* 1.71 1.71 0.88* 0.88* 1.63 1.13 3.48 1.02* 3.82 1.71 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.13

200(100) 200(100) 200(100) 350(150) 350(150) 200(90) 200(90) 350(50) 350(50) 200(50) 150(65), 85(35) 150(70) 350(150) 150(70) 200(50) 7(4) 7(4) 7(4) 7(4) 150(65)

(high)

1.6 1.6 1.6/adj. 1.6 1.6/adj. 0.15/0.6/1.2 Adj. Adj. Adj. Adj.

0.98** 0.98** 0.99** 0.99** 0.99** 0.99** 1.20** 1.20** 1.15**

4.63/4.38/4.00/3.08/2.93/ 0.5 to 100 2.78/2.63 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/2.63 0.5 to 100 140 140 140

Note: See page 125 for the Reset Trip Thresholds and Customized Thresholds and Timeouts definition tables. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). Please contact your local sales office for volume pricing. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. 25,000 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Price 1000-up ($)

Nominal Watchdog Timeout Period (s), if available

CE Write Protection

Battery-On Output

Supply Current Operating Mode (A) max (typ)

Separate Watchdog Output

Low-Line Output

BackupBattery Switch

Part Number

P Supervisory Circuits (continued)

Pins-Package Nominal Reset Threshold (V) Push-Pull RESET Output Open-Drain RESET Output Bidirectional RESET Output Push-Pull RESET Output Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms) Power-Fail Comparator
ManualReset Input

Separate Watchdog Output

SOT/SC70 RESET ICs (continued) MAX6305 (Dual) MAX6306 (Dual) MAX6307 (Dual) MAX6308 (Dual) MAX6309 (Dual) MAX6310 (Dual) MAX6311 (Dual) MAX6312 (Dual) MAX6313 (Dual) MAX6314 MAX6315 MAX6316L MAX6316M MAX6317H MAX6318LH MAX6318MH MAX6319LH MAX6319MH MAX6320P Adjustable 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized Adjustable 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized Adjustable 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 16(8) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 12(5) 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 4-SOT 4-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 5-SOT 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 0.99** 0.99** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20** 1.20**

Note: See page 125 for the Reset Trip Thresholds and Customized Thresholds and Timeouts definition tables. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). Please contact your local sales office for volume pricing. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Price 1000-up ($)

Nominal Watchdog Timeout Period (s), if available

CE Write Protection

Battery-On Output

Supply Current Operating Mode (A) max (typ)

Low-Line Output

BackupBattery Switch

Part Number

P Supervisory Circuits (continued)

Bidirectional RESET Output Push-Pull RESET Output Power-Fail Comparator
ManualReset Input

Pins-Package

Nominal Reset Threshold (V)

Push-Pull RESET Output

Open-Drain RESET Output

Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms)

Battery-On Output

SOT/SC70 RESET ICs (continued) MAX6321HP MAX6322HP MAX6326 MAX6327 MAX6328 MAX6332 MAX6333 MAX6334 MAX6335 MAX6336 MAX6337 MAX6342L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX6343L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX6344L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX6345L/M/T/S/R/Z MAX6346 MAX6347 MAX6348 MAX6351 (Dual) 2.5 to 5.0 customized 2.5 to 5.0 customized 1 to 1120 customized 1 to 1120 customized (5V, 3V) 0.0063 to 25.6 customized 12(5) 12(5) 1(0.5) 1(0.5) 1(0.5) 7(3.3) 7(3.3) 7(3.3) 7(3.3) 7(3.3) 7(3.3) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 1.75(1) 1.75(1) 1.75(1) 50(20) 5-SOT 5-SOT 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT 3-SOT 3-SOT 4-SOT 4-SOT 4-SOT 6-SOT 6-SOT 6-SOT 6-SOT 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 3-SOT, 3-SC70 6-SOT 1.20** 1.20** 0.99** 0.99** 0.99** 0.98 0.98 0.98 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.16** 1.16** 1.16** 1.16** 0.99** 0.99** 0.99** 1.38**

2.2 to 3.08 customized 100 2.2 to 3.08 customized 100 2.2 to 3.08 customized 100 1.6 to 2.5 customized 1.6 to 2.5 customized 1.6 to 2.5 customized 1.6 to 2.5 customized 1.6 to 2.5 customized 1.6 to 2.5 customized 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.33 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.33 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.33 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.33 1, 20, 100 customized 1, 20, 100 customized 1, 20, 100 customized 1, 20, 100 customized 1, 20, 100 customized 1, 20, 100 customized 100 100 100 100

3.3 to 4.63 customized 100 3.3 to 4.63 customized 100 3.3 to 4.63 customized 100 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 100

Note: See page 125 for the Reset Trip Thresholds and Customized Thresholds and Timeouts definition tables. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). Please contact your local sales office for volume pricing. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

**

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Price 1000-up ($)

Nominal Watchdog Timeout Period (s), if available

CE Write Protection

Supply Current Operating Mode (A) max (typ)

Separate Watchdog Output

Low-Line Output

BackupBattery Switch

Part Number

P Supervisory Circuits (continued)

Nominal Reset Threshold (V) Bidirectional RESET Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms) Open_Drain RESET Output Power-Fail Comparator ManualReset Input Price 1000-up ($)
1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.38** 1.19** 1.19**

Battery-On Output

Nominal Watchdog Timout Period (s), if available

CE Write Protection

Supply Current Operating Mode (A) max (typ)

50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 50(20) 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 10(4) 100(60) 100(60) 3 3

Separate Watchdog Output

Push-Pull RESET Output

Push-Pull RESET Output

Low-Line Output

BackupBattery Switch

Part Number

SOT/SC70 RESET ICs (continued) MAX6352 (Dual) MAX6353 (Dual) MAX6354 (Dual) MAX6355 (Dual) MAX6356 (Triple) MAX6357 (Triple) MAX6358 (Dual) MAX6359 (Dual) MAX6360 (Dual) 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.63/4.38/3.08/2.93/ 2.63/2.19 4.25/2.85/4.63/3.08 4.63/3.06/2.78 4.63/3.06/2.78 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (5V) (3V) (5V) (3V) (5V) (3V) 2.9 2.9 2.9

RESET ICs PLUS INTEGRATED RS-232 INTERFACE MAX3320A/B/L/T MAX6330L/T/S MAX6331L/T/S 100 100 100 20 SOT RESET ICs WITH SHUNT REGULATOR

Note: See page 125 for the Reset Trip Thresholds and Customized Thresholds and Timeouts definition tables. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). Please contact your local sales office for volume pricing. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

**

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Pins

Regulator and Reset ICs

Part Number MAX6330L/T/S MAX6331L/T/S Type of Regulator Shunt Shunt Output Voltage (V) 5/3.3/3 5/3.3/3 Quiescent Supply Current (A) 100 100 Maximum Shunt Current (mA) 50 50 Nominal Reset Threshold (V) 4.63/3.06/2.78 4.63/3.06/2.78 Minimum Reset Pulse Width (ms) 100 100 Push-Pull RESET Output

Push-Pull RESET Output

PinsPackage 3-SOT 3-SOT

Price 1000-up ($) 1.19** 1.19**

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Voltage Detectors

Undervoltage
MAX834 MAX835 MAX836 MAX837 MAX6806 MAX6807 MAX6808 MAX8211 (noninverting)

Under/Overvoltage
ICL7665 ICL7665A/B

Overvoltage
MAX8212 (inverting)

Five Voltage
MAX8213A/B (adj., open-drain outputs) MAX8214A/B (adj., active pull-up outputs) MAX8215 (5V, 12V, adj.) MAX8216 (5V, 15V, adj.)

New product

Voltage Detectors
Part Number ICL7665A MAX834 MAX835 MAX836 MAX837 MAX6806 MAX6807 MAX6808 MAX8211 MAX8212 MAX8213A MAX8213B MAX8214A MAX8214B MAX8215 MAX8216 Supply Voltage (V) +2 to +16 +2.5 to +11 +2.5 to +11 +2.5 to +11 +2.5 to +11 +1 to +5.5 +1 to +5.5 +1 to +5.5 +2 to +16.5 +2 to +16.5 +2.7 to +11 +2.7 to +11 +2.7 to +11 +2.7 to +11 +2.7 to +11 +2.7 to +11 Supply Current (A), max(typ) 10(2.5) 10(2.4) 10(2.4) 10(3.5) 10(3.5) 60(35) 60(35) 60(35) 15(5) 15(5) 33(16) 33(16) 33(16) 33(16) 250(137) 250(137) Threshold Accuracy (%) 1.9 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 3.5 3.5 1 2 1 2 1.25 1.25 Package Options DIP, SO, TO-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT143 SOT143 SC70, SOT23-3, SOT143 SC70, SOT23-3, SOT143 SC70, SOT23-3, SOT143 DIP, SO, TO-8 DIP, SO, TO-8 DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO Temp. Ranges* C,E E E E E E E E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M Description Dual channel: one inverting, one noninverting Latching voltage monitor, open-drain output Latching voltage monitor, push-pull output Noninverting open-drain output Noninverting push-pull output Miniature voltage detector, active-low push-pull output Miniature voltage detector, active-high push-pull output Miniature voltage detector, active-low open-drain output Single channel: noninverting Single channel: inverting 5 voltage monitors, open-drain outputs 5 voltage monitors, open-drain outputs 5 voltage monitors, active pull-up outputs 5 voltage monitors, active pull-up outputs 5 voltage monitors: 5V, 12V, adjustable 5 voltage monitors: 5V, 15V, adjustable Price 1000-up ($) 2.03 1.20** 1.20** 0.90** 0.90** 0.87** 0.87** 0.87** 1.33 1.33 2.88 1.98 2.88 1.98 1.98 1.98

Not all parts have a suffix indicator for trip thresholds. See P Supervisory Circuits tables on pages 120124 for specific information. Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors). *

Switch Debouncers

Single
MAX6816

Dual
MAX6817

Octal
MAX6818

6808

New product

Switch Debouncers
Part Number MAX6816 MAX6817 MAX6818 No. of Bouncing Inputs 1 2 8 Max Switch Input Voltage (V) 25 25 25 ESD Protection (kV) 15 15 15 Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 20(6) 20(6) 20(6) Pins-Package 4-SOT143 6-SOT23 20-SSOP Temp. Ranges* E E E Description Single switch debouncer Dual switch debouncer Octal switch debouncer Price 1000-up ($) 0.99** 1.48** 2.72

Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Voltage References

1.25V
MAX6001 (SOT23, 100ppm/C) MAX6012 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

2.048V
MAX6021 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

2.5V
MAX872 (IQ = 10A, 40ppm/C) MAX873 (IQ = 280A, 7ppm/C) MAX6002 (SOT23, 100ppm/C) MAX6025 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

3V
MAX6003 (SOT23, 100ppm/C) MAX6030 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

4.096V
MAX874 (IQ = 10A, 40ppm/C) MAX6004 (SOT23, 100ppm/C) MAX6041 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

4.5V
MAX6045 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

5V
MAX675 (12ppm/C) MAX875 (IQ = 280A, 7ppm/C) MAX6005 (SOT23, 100ppm/C) MAX6050 (SOT23, IQ = 35A, 20ppm/C)

7.5V
MX584 (15ppm/C)

10V
MAX674 (12ppm/C) MAX876 (IQ = 280A, 7ppm/C) MX581 (10ppm/C) MX584 (15ppm/C) REF01 (8.5ppm/C)

MAX6062
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C)

MAX6067
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C) MAX6145 (SOT23, 50ppm/C)

MAX6061
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C)

MAX6063
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C)

MAX6162
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6191 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C)

MAX6064
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C) MAX6141 (SOT23, 50ppm/C)

MAX6161
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6190 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C)

MAX6163
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6193 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C)

MAX6167
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6194 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C)

MAX6065
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C) MAX6150 (SOT23, 50ppm/C)

MAX6066
(SOT23, IQ = 110A, 20ppm/C) MAX6125 (SOT23, 50ppm/C)

MAX6164
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6198 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C) MAX6241 (2ppm/C) MAX6341 (1ppm/C, low noise)

MAX6165
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6195 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C) MAX6250 (2ppm/C) MAX6350 (1ppm/C, low noise) MX584 (15ppm/C) REF02 (8.5ppm/C)

Adj.
MAX6160 (SOT143, 100ppm/C)

1.2V
2 Terminal
ICL8069 (10ppm/C)

MAX6166
(IQ = 110A, 5ppm/C) MAX6192 (IQ = 35A, 5ppm/C) MAX6225 (2ppm/C) MAX6325 (1ppm/C, low noise) MX580 (10ppm/C) MX584 (15ppm/C)

3 Terminal
MAX6120 (SOT23, IQ = 50A, 100ppm/C) MAX6520 (SOT23, IQ = 70A, 50ppm/C)

New product

Future product
Note: Temperature drift specifications shown are maximums.

Voltage References
Part Number MAX6160 ICL8069 MAX6120 MAX6520 MAX6001 MAX6012 MAX6061 MAX6161 MAX6190 MAX6021 MAX6062 MAX6162 MAX6191 MAX872 MAX873 MAX6002 MAX6025 MAX6066 MAX6125 MAX6166 MAX6192 MAX6225 MAX6325 MX580 MX584 MAX6003 MAX6030 MAX6063 MAX6163 MAX6193 MAX874 MAX6004 MAX6041 MAX6064 MAX6141 MAX6164 MAX6198 MAX6241 MAX6341 MAX6045 MAX6067 MAX6145 MAX6167 MAX6194 Output Voltage (V) Adj. (1.23 to 12.4) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.048 2.048 2.048 2.048 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 Supply Voltage Range (V) 2.7 to 12.6 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 Temp. Drift (ppm/C max) 100 10 to 100 100 50 100 20 to 30 20 to 30 5 to 25 5 to 25 20 to 30 20 to 30 5 to 25 5 to 25 40 7 to 20 100 20 to 30 20 to 30 50 5 to 25 5 to 25 2 to 5 1 to 2.5 10 to 85 15 to 30 100 20 to 30 20 to 30 5 to 25 5 to 25 40 100 20 to 30 20 to 30 50 5 to 25 5 to 25 2 to 5 1 to 2.5 20 to 30 20 to 30 50 5 to 25 5 to 25 Initial Accuracy TA = +25C (% F.S. max) 1 2 1 1 1 0.3 to 0.5 0.2 to 0.4 0.16 to 0.48 0.16 to 0.48 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 0.1 to 0.5 0.1 to 0.5 0.2 0.06 to 0.1 1 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 1 0.1 to 0.4 0.1 to 0.4 0.04 to 0.1 0.04 0.4 to 3 0.05 to 0.3 1 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 0.07 to 0.33 0.07 to 0.33 0.2 1 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 1 0.05 to 0.24 0.05 to 0.24 0.025 to 0.1 0.025 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 1 0.04 to 0.22 0.04 to 0.22 Quiescent Current (mA max) 100A 50A 70A 70A 45A 35A 110A 110A 35A 35A 110A 110A 35A 10A 28A 45A 35A 110A 100A 110A 35A 2.7 2.7 1.5 1 45A 35A 110A 110A 35A 10A 45A 35A 110A 105A 110A 35A 2.9 2.9 35A 110A 105A 110A 35A 0.1Hz to 10Hz Noise (Vp-p typ) 15 5 max (10Hz to 10kHz) 10 10 25 25 25.2 25.2 25 40 46.8 46.8 40 60 16 60 60 54 15 54 60 1.5 1.5 60 50 75 75 67.8 67.8 75 60 100 100 96 25 96 100 2.4 2.4 110 105 30 105 110 Package Options SOT143, SO SO SOT23, SO SOT23, SO SOT23 SOT23 SOT23 SO SO SOT23 SOT23 SO SO DIP, SO DIP, SO SOT23 SOT23 SOT23 SOT23, SO SO SO DIP, SO, CERDIP DIP, SO, CERDIP SO DIP, SO SOT23 SOT23 SOT23 SO SO DIP, SO SOT23 SOT23 SOT23 SOT23, SO SO SO DIP, SO, CERDIP DIP, SO, CERDIP SOT23 SOT23 SOT23, SO SO SO Temp. Ranges* E C,E E E E E E E E E E E E C,E C,E E E E E E E C,E,M C,E,M C C E E E E E C,E E E E E E E C,E,M C,E,M E E E E E Features Low-cost, low-dropout, adjustable 3-terminal reference Micropower 2-terminal reference Low-cost, micropower 3-terminal reference Low-cost, micropower 3-terminal reference Very-low-cost 3-terminal reference Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 5mA current output, precision Low power, low drift Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 5mA current output, precision REF191 alternative Lowest power/dropout precision reference: VCC = VOUT + 200mV Low power/drift, REF43 upgrade Very-low-cost 3-terminal reference Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 Low-cost, low-dropout 3-terminal reference 5mA current output, precision REF192 alternative Low drift, less than 1.5Vp-p output noise Ultra-low drift, 1.5Vp-p output noise Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift programmable reference Very-low-cost 3-terminal reference Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 5mA current output, precision REF193 alternative Lowest power/dropout precision reference: VCC = VOUT + 200mV Very-low-cost 3-terminal reference Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 Low-cost, low-dropout 3-terminal reference 5mA current output, precision REF198 alternative Low drift, 2.4Vp-p output noise Ultra-low drift, 2.4Vp-p output noise Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 Low-cost, low-dropout 3-terminal reference 5mA current output, precision REF194 alternative Price 1000-up ($) 1.05** 0.65 0.80 0.95 0.40** 1.35** 1.95 1.35 1.95 2.12 2.25 0.40** 1.35** 0.95 1.95 2.25 6.70 2.03 3.09 0.40** 0.95** 1.95** 2.12 0.40** 1.35** 0.95 1.95 2.25 6.70 1.35** 0.95 1.95

to to to to to to to to to to to to

11 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 20

4.5 to 18 2.7 to 12.6 2.7 to 12.6 2.7 to 12.6 2.7 to 12.6 2.7 to 12.6 2.7 to 12.6 8 to 36 8 to 36 4.5 to 30 5 to 30 3.2 to 12.6 3.2 to 12.6 3.2 to 12.6 3.2 to 12.6 3.2 to 12.6 4.3 to 20 4.3 to 12.6 4.3 to 12.6 4.3 to 12.6 4.3 to 12.6 4.3 to 12.6 4.3 to 12.6 8 to 36 8 to 36 4.7 to 12.6 4.7 to 12.6 4.7 to 12.6 4.7 to 12.6 4.7 to 12.6

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Lowest grade pricing. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Voltage References (continued)

Part Number MAX675 MAX875 MAX6005 MAX6050 MAX6065 MAX6150 MAX6165 MAX6195 MAX6250 MAX6350 MX584 REF02 MX584 MAX674 MAX876 MX581 MX584 REF01 Output Voltage (V) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 Supply Voltage Range (V) 8 to 33 7 to 18 5.2 to 12.6 5.2 to 12.6 5.2 to 12.6 5.2 to 12.6 5.2 to 12.6 5.2 to 12.6 8 to 36 8 to 36 7.5 to 30 8 to 33 10 to 30 13 to 33 12.2 to 18 12.5 to 30 12.5 to 30 13 to 33 Temp. Drift (ppm/C max) 12 to 20 7 to 20 100 20 to 30 20 to 30 50 5 to 25 5 to 25 2 to 5 1 to 2.5 15 to 30 8.5 to 250 15 to 30 12 to 20 7 to 20 10 to 30 15 to 30 8.5 to 65 Initial Accuracy TA = +25C (% F.S. max) 0.15 0.06 to 0.1 1 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4 1 0.04 to 0.22 0.04 to 0.2 0.02 to 0.1 0.02 0.05 to 0.3 0.3 to 2 0.05 to 0.3 0.15 0.06 to 0.1 0.05 to 0.3 0.05 to 0.3 0.3 to 1 Quiescent Current (mA max) 1.4 0.28 45A 35A 110A 110A 110A 35A 3 3 1 1.4 1 1.4 0.28 1 1 1.4 0.1Hz to 10Hz Noise (Vp-p typ) 15 max 32 120 120 116.4 35 116.4 120 3 3 50 15 max 50 30 max 64 50 50 30 max Package Options DIP, SO, CERDIP DIP, SO SOT23 SOT23 SOT23 SOT23, SO SO SO DIP, SO, CERDIP DIP, SO, CERDIP DIP, SO TO-99, DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO SO DIP, SO TO-99, DIP, SO Temp. Ranges* C,E,M C,E E E E E E E C,E,M C,E,M C C,E,M C,M C,E,M C,E C,M C,M C,E,M Features Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference Low power/drift, REF02 upgrade Very-low-cost 3-terminal reference Low power, low drift, low dropout 5mA current output, precision, SOT23 Low-cost, low-dropout 3-terminal reference 5mA current output, precision REF195 alternative Low drift, 3.0Vp-p output noise Ultra-low drift, 3.0Vp-p output noise Low-drift programmable reference Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift programmable reference Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference Low power/drift, REF01 upgrade Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift programmable reference Low-drift bandgap reference Price 1000-up ($) 2.53 2.10 0.40** 1.35** 0.95 1.95 2.25 6.70 3.09 1.28 3.09 2.53 2.10 2.30 3.09 1.28

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Lowest grade pricing. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Ultra-High-Speed Conversion ADCs (<0.5s)

8 Bits
Internal T/H
I I I I
H I MAX100 (250Msps) MAX101A (500Msps) MAX104 (1Gsps) MAX106 (600Msps) MAX108 (1.5Gsps)

6 Bits
Multichannel
I I
MAX1002 (60Msps) MAX1003 (90Msps)

10 Bits
Internal T/H
I I I I I I I I
MAX1160 (20Msps) MAX1161 (40Msps) MAX1424 (40Msps, 5V) MAX1425 (20Msps, 5V) MAX1426 (10Msps, 5V) MAX1444 (80Msps, 3V) MAX1446 (60Msps, 3V) MAX1448 (40Msps, 3V)

12 Bits
Internal T/H
I I I I I I I
MAX1170 (10Msps) MAX1171 (20Msps) MAX1172 (30Msps) MAX1420 (60Msps) MAX1421 (40Msps) MAX1422 (20Msps) MAX1423 (10Msps)

14 Bits
Internal T/H
I I
MAX1201 (2.2Msps) MAX1205 (1Msps)

16 Bits
Internal T/H
I
MAX1200 (1Msps)

Single Channel
I
MAX1011 (90Msps)

I MAX1430 (40Msps) I MAX1431 (20Msps, 3V)

External T/H
I I I I
MAX1114 (150Msps) MAX1125 (300Msps) MAX1150 (500Msps) MAX1151 (750Msps)

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available Not available in Japan

NEXT PAGE

Fast Conversion ADCs (<100 s) (SAR/Flash)

(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

8 Bits
Single Channel
Internal T/H ADC0820 (1.38s) MAX150 (1.34s, ref)

10 Bits
Multichannel
Internal T/H MAX113 (3V, 1.8s, 4-ch) MAX114 (1Msps)

Single Channel
Internal T/H MAX1108 (2.7V, 16s, 2-ch, ref) MAX1109 (5V, 16s, 2-ch, ref) MAX151 (2.5s, ref) MAX159 (2.7V, 5s, serial, 1-ch) MAX177 (8.33s, ref) MAX1084 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 1-ch) MAX1085 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 1-ch) MAX1242 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial) MAX1243 (2.7V, 7.5s, serial) External T/H MAX173 (5s, ref)

Multichannel
Internal T/H MAX148 (2.7V, 7.5s, serial, 8-ch) MAX149 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX157 (2.7V, 5s, serial, 2-ch) MAX192 (7.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1080 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1081 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1082 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 4-ch) MAX1083 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 4-ch) MAX1090 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 8-ch) MAX1092 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 4-ch) MAX1204 (5V, 7.5s, 8-ch, ref, 3V logic) MAX1248 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial, 4-ch) MAX1249 (2.7V, 7.5s, 4-ch)

I I I

I MAX152 (3V) I MAX153 (0.66s)

MAX165 (5s, ref) MAX166 (5m s, ref, diff in) MAX1106 (2.7V, 16s, 1-ch, ref)

I I

MAX117 (3V, 1.8s, 8-ch) MAX118 (1Msps) MAX154 (2s, 4-ch, ref)

MAX1110 (2.7V, 16s, 8-ch, ref) MAX1111 (2.7V, 16s, 4-ch, ref)

MAX1107 (5V, 16s, 1-ch, ref) MX7575 (5s) MX7820 (1.34s) MX7821 (0.66s)

MAX155 (3s, 8-ch, ref, simultaneous T/Hs) MAX156 (3s, 4-ch, ref, simultaneous T/Hs MAX158 (2s, 8-ch, ref)

MAX1112 (5V, 16s, 8-ch, ref) MAX1113 (5V, 16s, 4-ch, ref) MX7824 (2s, 4-ch) MX7828 (2s, 8-ch)

External T/H MAX160 (4s) MAX1101 (1.5s CCD digitizer) MX7574 (15s) MX7576 (10s)

External T/H MAX161 (20s, 8-ch) MX7581 (67s, 8-ch)

Future product Evaluation kit available

NEXT PAGE

Fast Conversion ADCs (<100 s) (SAR/Flash)

(CONTINUED)

12 Bits
Single Channel
External T/H MAX162 (3.25s, ref) MAX170 (5s, ref, serial) MAX172 (10s, ref) MAX174 (8s, ref) MAX183 (3.25s) MAX184 (5s) MAX185 (10s) Internal T/H MX574A (25s, ref) MX674A (15s, ref)

14 Bits
Multichannel
External T/H MX7582 (100s, 4-ch)

16 Bits
Internal T/H

Single Channel
Internal T/H

Multichannel
I
Internal T/H

MAX195 (10s, serial)

I I

MAX121 (2.9s, ref, serial) MAX194 (10s, serial)

I I

MAX125 (3s, ref, 2x4-ch, simult. T/Hs) MAX126 (3s, ref, 2x4-ch, simult. T/Hs)

MX7572-05 (5s, ref) MX7572-12 (12s, ref) MX7578 (100s) MX7672-03 (3s) MX7672-05 (5s) MX7672-10 (10s)

Internal T/H

I MAX115 (3s, ref, 2x4-ch, simult. T/Hs) I MAX116 (3s, ref, 2x4-ch, simult. T/Hs) I I I I I I I I MAX127 (5V, 6s, ref, serial, 8-ch) I MAX128 (5V, 6s, ref, serial, 8-ch)
MAX144 (2.7V, 5s, serial, 2-ch)

MAX1247 (2.7V, 7.5s, 4-ch) MAX1270 (5V, 6s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1271 (5V, 6s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1280 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1281 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 8-ch) MAX1282 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 4-ch) MAX1283 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 4-ch) MAX1290 (5V, 2.5s, ref, 8-ch) H MAX1291 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 8-ch) MAX1292 (5V, 2.5s, ref, 4-ch) MAX1293 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 4-ch) MAX1294 (5V, 2.5s, ref, 6-ch) MAX1295 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 6-ch) H H MAX1296 (5V, 2.5s, ref, 2-ch) MAX1297 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, 2-ch) H

I I

MAX120 (1.6s, ref) MAX122 (2.6s, ref) MAX163 (8s, ref) MAX164 (8s, ref) MAX167 (8s, ref)

I I

MAX191 (7.5s, ref, serial & parallel) MAX1176 (3s, ref, serial, isolated) serial, isolated)

MAX145 (2.7V, 5s, serial, 2-ch)

I MAX146 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) I MAX147 (2.7V, 7.5s, serial, 8-ch) I MAX180 (8.33s, ref, 8-ch) I MAX181 (8.33s, ref, 6-ch)
MAX182 (60s, ref, 4-ch)

I MAX1187 (8.5s, ref, I I I I

MAX1240 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial) MAX1241 (2.7V, 7.5s, serial) MAX1284 (5V, 2.5s, ref, serial, 1-ch) MAX1285 (2.7V, 3.3s, ref, serial, 1-ch)

MAX176 (3s, ref, serial) MAX178 (60s, ref)

I MAX186 (7.5s, ref, serial, 8-ch) I MAX188 (7.5s, serial, 8-ch) I MAX196 (6s, ref, 6-ch) I MAX197 (6s, ref, 8-ch) I MAX198 (6s, ref, 6-ch) I MAX199 (6s, ref, 8-ch) I MAX1202 (5V, 7.5s, 8-ch, ref, 3V logic) I MAX1203 (5V, 7.5s, 8-ch, 3V logic)
MAX1245 (2.375V, serial, 8-ch) H I H I H I H I

I I I

MAX187 (8.5s, ref, serial) MAX189 (8.5s, serial) MAX190 (7.8s, ref, serial & parallel)

I MAX1246 (2.7V, 7.5s, ref, serial, 4-ch)

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available

Integrating & Sigma-Delta ADCs

LCD Display
ICL7106 (3 1/2 D, Z) ICL7116 (3 1/2 D, Z, Hold) ICL7126 (3 1/2 D, Z, L) ICL7129A (4 1/2 D) ICL7136 (3 1/2 D, Z, L) MAX130 (3 1/2 D, B/G) MAX131 (3 1/2 D, B/G, L) MAX136 (3 1/2 D, B/G, Hold, L) MAX138 (3 1/2 D, B/G, S/S)

LED Display
ICL7107 (3 1/2 D, Z) ICL7117 (3 1/2 D, Z, Hold) ICL7137 (3 1/2 D, Z, L) MAX139 (3 1/2 D, B/G, S/S) MAX140 (3 1/2 D, B/G, S/S)

P Interface
ICL7109 (12 bit, Z) ICL7135 (20,000 count)

Sigma-Delta ADCs
Single Channel
I I
MAX110 (14 bit, serial, no ext. components, L) MAX111 (14 bit, serial, no ext. components, L)

MAX132 (18 bit, serial, L) MAX133 (40,000 count, L) MAX134 (40,000 count, L) MAX135 (15 bit, L)

Multichannel
I I I I
MAX1400 (16 bit, 4.8ksps, serial) MAX1401 (16 bit, 4.8ksps, serial) MAX1402 (16 bit, 4.8ksps, serial, current source) MAX1403 (16 bit, 4.8ksps, serial, current source)

Integrated Converter Systems

CCD Digitizer
MAX1101 (8-bit ADC, PGA, clamp circuit)

Fast-Conversion CODECs (<100s)

MAX1005 (5-bit ADC, 7-bit DAC) MAX1007 (8-bit ADC, four 7-bit DACs)

H I

New product Evaluation kit available

Note: Hold Includes display-hold input S/S Includes +5V single supply B/G Includes bandgap reference Z Includes zener reference L Low power

Ultra-High-Speed A/D Converters

Part Number MAX1002 MAX1003 MAX1011 MAX1431 MAX1430 MAX1114 MAX100 MAX1125 MAX101A MAX1150 MAX106 MAX1151 MAX108 MAX104 MAX1426 MAX1160 MAX1425 MAX1161 MAX1424 MAX1448 MAX1446 MAX1444 MAX1170 MAX1423 MAX1171 MAX1422 MAX1172 MAX1421 MAX1420 MAX1205 MAX1201 MAX1200 Resolution (Bits) 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 Sample Rate (Msps max) 60 90 90 20 40 150 250 300 500 500 600 750 1500 1000 10 20 20 40 40 40 60 80 10 10 20 20 30 40 60 1 2.2 1 Input Channels 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Voltage Reference* I I I I I E E E E E I/E E I/E I/E I/E E I/E E I/E I I I E I E I E I I E E E Data-Bus Interface Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Supply Voltage (V) +5 +5 & +3.3 +5 & +3.3 +3 +5 -5.2 +5 & -5.2 -5.2 +5 & -5.2 -5.2 5 -5.2 5 5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +3 +3 +5 +3 +5 +3 +5 +3 +3 +5 +5 +5/+3 Input Ranges (V) 125, 250, 500mVp-p 125, 250, 500mVp-p 125, 250, 500mVp-p 1 2 0 to +2 0.27 differential 0 to +2 0.25 differential 0 to +2 0.25 differential 0 to +2 0.25 differential 0.25 differential 2 differential 2 2 differential 2 2 differential 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 4 differential 4 differential 4 differential EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features Dual, internal oscillator and PGA Dual, internal oscillator and PGA Single, internal oscillator and PGA Internal reference, wideband T/H, 3V operation Internal reference, wideband T/H, low power Wide bandwidth, high SNR 50 I/P, highest bandwidth Wide bandwidth 50 I/P, highest bandwidth, demuxed outputs Wide bandwidth, demuxed output High-performance ADC, demuxed outputs Wide bandwidth, demuxed output High-performance ADC, demuxed outputs 7.3 ENOB at 500MHz fIN, demuxed outputs High-performance, low-power ADC with ref 5pF input capacitance High-performance, low-power ADC with ref 5pF input capacitance High-performance, low-power ADC with ref Wide bandwidth, high SNR, low power Wide bandwidth, high SNR, low power Wide bandwidth, high SNR, low power Low input capacitance, high SFDR High performance, low power Low input capacitance, high SFDR High performance, low power Low input capacitance, high SFDR High performance, low power High performance, low power Self-calibrating, high SFDR, low distortion Self-calibrating, high SFDR, low distortion Self-calibrating, high SFDR, low distortion Price 1000-up ($) 3.40 3.96 2.95

11.50 36.52 26.96

Integrating A/D Converters

Part Resolution Number (digits) (counts) DUAL-SLOPE ADCs MAX130 3 1/2 2000 3 1/2 2000 MAX131 MAX136 3 1/2 2000 MAX138 3 1/2 2000 ICL7106 3 1/2 2000 ICL7116 3 1/2 2000 ICL7126 3 1/2 2000 Output Type LCD LCD LCD LCD LCD LCD LCD Supply Voltage (V) +4.5 to +14 +4.5 to +14 +9 +2.25 to +7 +9 +9 +9 Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 0.25(0.1) 0.1(0.06) 0.15(0.06) 0.8(0.2) 1.8(0.6) 1.8(0.8) 0.1(0.06) Reference Bandgap Bandgap Bandgap Bandgap Zener Zener Zener EV Kit Features Replacement for ICL7106 Replacement for ICL7136 Hold function, low power inputs with single supply For digital multimeters ICL7106 with display hold Use ICL7136 for new designs Price 1000-up ($) 4.86 4.86 4.32 4.40 4.32 4.32 4.32

* E = external reference, I = internal reference Contact factory for pricing. Not available in Japan.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Integrating A/D Converters (continued)

Part Resolution Number (digits) (counts) DUAL-SLOPE ADCs (continued) ICL7136 3 1/2 2000 3 1/2 2000 MAX139 MAX140 3 1/2 2000 ICL7107 3 1/2 2000 ICL7117 3 1/2 2000 ICL7137 3 1/2 2000 MAX133 3 3/4 40,000 MAX134 3 3/4 40,000 4 1/2 20,000 ICL7129A ICL7135 4 1/2 20,000 MAX110 14 bits + sign MAX111 14 bits + sign ICL7109 12 bits + sign 4096 MAX135 15 bits + sign 20,000 MAX132 18 bits + sign 260,000 Output Type LCD LED LED LED LED LED P P Triplexed LCD Multiplexed BCD Serial Serial 8-/16-bit P/UART P/8 Serial P Supply Voltage (V) +9 +5 +5 +9 5 5 +9 5 +9 5 5 +5 5 5 5 Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 0.1(0.06) 0.8(0.2) 0.8(0.2) 1.8(0.6) 1.8(0.8) 0.2(0.06) 0.2(0.09) 0.2(0.09) 1.4(1) 2(1) 0.95(0.55) 1.2(0.64) 1.5(0.7) 0.125(0.06) 0.125(0.06) Reference Zener Bandgap Bandgap Zener Zener Zener External External External External External External Zener External External EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Features Low power/noise ICL7106 inputs with single supply Low segment current (2mA) For digital panel meters ICL7107 with display hold Low power when LEDs off 20 conv/s, 10V resolution 20 conv/s, 10V resolution Lowest noise 3V For DMM, DPM, data loggers First-order sigma-delta ADC, no external components First-order sigma-delta ADC, no external components Three-state binary outputs Three-state twos complement outputs Serial high-resolution ADC, <1mW Price 1000-up ($) 4.32 4.40 4.40 4.32 4.32 4.32 9.75 9.75 5.48 5.48 4.80 4.80 5.10 8.00 8.00

Standard A/D Converters

Part Input Number Channels 8-BIT RESOLUTION ADC0820 1 MAX150 1 MAX152 1 MAX153 1 MAX165 1 MAX166 1 MAX1106 1 MAX1107 1 MX7575 1 MX7576 1 MX7820 1 MX7821 1 MAX1108 2 MAX1109 2 MAX113 4 MAX114 4 MAX154 4 MAX156 4 MAX1111 MAX1113 MX7824 MAX117 MAX118 MAX155
*

Data-Bus Interface (Bits) P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8 Serial Serial P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8 Serial Serial P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8 Serial Serial P/8 P/8 P/8 P/8

Supply Voltage (V) +5 +5 +3 or 3 +5 or 5 +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 or 5 +2.7 to +5.5 +5 +3 to +3.6 +5 +5 +5 or 5 +2.7 to +5.5 +5 +5 +3 to +3.6 +5 +5 or 5

Supply Current (mA) 5 5 1.5 8 3 3 0.25 0.25 3 3 5 15 0.25 0.25 1.5 8 5 9 0.25 0.25 5 1.5 8 18

PowerDown Current (A) 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1

Sample Rate (kHz max) 400 500 400 1000 200 200 50 50 200 100 500 500 50 50 400 1000 400 250 50 50 400 400 1000 250

Conversion Voltage Time Reference* (s max) (V) 1.38 1.34 1.8 0.66 5 5 16 16 5 10 1.34 0.66 16 16 1.8 0.66 2 3.6 16 16 2 1.8 0.66 3.6 E I/+2.5 or E E E I/+1.23 or E I/+1.23 or E I/+2.048 or E I/+4.096 or E E E E E I/+2.048 or E I/+4.096 or E E E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.048 or E I/+4.096 or E E E E I/+2.5 or E

Input Ranges (V) +5 +5 VREF VREF +5 +5 VREF/2 VREF/2 +5 +5 +5 +5 or 5 +VREF +VREF +3 or 1.5 +5 or 2.5 +5 +2.5 or 2.5 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +5 +3 or 1.5 +5 or 2.5 +2.5 or 2.5

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Features Complete ADC with T/H Complete ADC with T/H and reference 3V ADC with 1A power-down High-speed ADC with 1A power-down Low-cost sampling ADC with reference Differential-input complete ADC 2.7V, 1-ch, 250A ADC with power-down 2.7V, 1-ch, 250A ADC with power-down Plug-in replacement for AD7575 Plug-in replacement for AD7576 Plug-in replacement for AD7820 Complete ADC with T/H 2.7V, 2-ch, 250A ADC with power-down 2.7V, 2-ch, 250A ADC with power-down 3V, 8-bit, 4-ch ADC with power-down 5V, 8-bit, 4-ch ADC with power-down 4-channel ADC with T/H and reference 4-channel ADC with simultaneous T/Hs and reference 2.7V, 4-ch, 250A ADC with power-down 5V, 4-ch, 250A ADC with power-down Plug-in replacement for AD7824 3V, 8-bit, 8-ch ADC with power-down 5V, 8-bit, 8-ch ADC with power-down 8-channel ADC with simultaneous T/Hs

Price 1000-up ($) 3.73 5.85 3.10 2.95 3.95 4.20 1.55 1.55 3.74 3.52 2.95 5.80 1.51 1.51 3.45 3.30 5.65 7.19 1.69 1.69 5.30 3.55 3.40 9.50

4 4 4 8 8 8

Low-Power A/D Converter E = external reference, I = internal reference

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Standard A/D Converters (continued)

Part Input Number Channels 8-BIT RESOLUTION MAX158 8 MAX161 8 MAX1110 8 MAX1112 8 MX7581 8 MX7828 8 10-BIT RESOLUTION 1 MAX151 MAX159 1 MAX1084 MAX1085 MAX1242 MAX1243 MAX157 1 1 1 1 2 Data-Bus Interface (Bits) P/8 P/8 Serial Serial P/8 P/8 P/10 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 Serial P/8 or 12 P/12 P/12 Serial P/8 or 12 P/8 or 12 P/8 or 12 Serial Serial P/8 or 12 Serial Serial Serial and P/8 Supply Voltage (V) +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.5 +5 +5 +5 5 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 +2.7 Supply Current (mA) 5 3 0.25 0.25 3 5 30 1 2.5 2.5 1.5 0.9 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 0.9 0.25 0.25 0.9 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 PowerDown Current (A) 2 2 0.01 1 1 1 1 0.01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 0.01 2 2 2 Sample Conversion Rate Time (kHz max) (s max) 400 50 50 400 300 108 400 250 73 73 108 400 250 250 133 133 1 1 133 133 133 400 250 250 133 100 500 333 108 100 100 100 125*** 250 20 75 75 100 2 20 16 16 66.6 2 2.5 5 2.5 3.3 7.5 7.5 5 2.5 3.3 3.3 7.5 7.5 1000 1000 7.5 7.5 7.5 2.5 3.3 3.3 7.5 8.33 1.6 2.6 5 8.33 8.33 8.33 5 3.5 60 8.5 8.5 7.5 Voltage Reference* (V) I/+2.5 or E E I/+2.048 or E I/+4.096 or E E E I/+4.0 or E E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 E E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 E I/+4 or E I/+1.2 or E E I/+2.5 I/+4.096 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+4.096 or E I/-5.25 I/-5.0 I/-5.0 E I/-5.0 I/-5.0 I/-5.0 I/-5.25 I/-5.0 I/+5.0 or E I/+4.096 E I/+4.096 or E Input Ranges (V) +5 +10 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +10 +5 +5 VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +2.5 +VREF 0 to VREF +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +2.5 or 1.25 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +2.5 or 1.25 +5 or 2.5 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 2.5 5 5 VREF/2 +5 5 2.5 +5 5 +5 +4.096 +VREF VREF EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features 8-channel ADC with T/H and reference 8-channel ADC with RAM buffer 2.7V, 8-ch, 250A ADC with power-down 5V, 8-ch, 250A ADC with power-down Plug-in replacement for AD7581 Plug-in replacement for AD7828 Sampling ADC with reference 2.7V, 1-ch, pseudo-differential, serial ADC with T/H 5V, 10-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package 2.7V, 10-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package MAX1243 with internal reference 2.7V, 10-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package 2.7V, 2-ch, single-ended, serial ADC with T/H 5V, 4-ch, serial ADC with reference in QSOP-16 2.7V, 4-ch, serial ADC with reference in QSOP-16 2.7V, 4-ch, parallel with reference MAX1249 with internal reference 2.7V, serial, 4-ch ADC, QSOP-16 Internal temp sensor Internal temp sensor 2.7V, 8-ch serial ADC MAX148 with internal reference Low cost, small package 5V, 8-ch, serial ADC with reference 2.7V, 8-ch, serial ADC with reference 2.7V, 8-ch, parallel ADC with reference 5V, 10-bit, 8-ch ADC with 3V logic interface MAX167 with 10-bit accuracy High-speed, complete sampling ADC High-speed, complete sampling ADC 2.7V, 1-ch, pseudo-differential, serial ADC with T/H Complete sampling ADC with reference Complete sampling ADC with reference Complete sampling ADC with reference Serial ADC, 8-pin DIP with external T/H Serial ADC, 8-pin miniDIP with T/H 1LSB TUE, has T/H and reference 7mW, 8-pin package MAX187 without reference 15mW, 20A power-down Price 1000-up ($) 6.00 11.12 1.86 1.86 11.08 5.70 7.95 2.79

to to to to

+5.25 +3.6 +5.25 +5.25

2.75 2.45 2.79

MAX1082 4 MAX1083 4 MAX1092 4 MAX1248 4 MAX1249 4 MAX1098 6 MAX1099 6 MAX148 8 MAX149 8 MAX192 8 MAX1080 8 MAX1081 8 MAX1090 8 MAX1204 8 10-/12-BIT RESOLUTION MAX177 1 12-BIT RESOLUTION MAX120 1 MAX122 1 MAX145 1 MAX163 MAX164 MAX167 MAX170 MAX176 MAX178 MAX187 MAX189 MAX191
* ** ***

+5 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +3.6 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 or 5

3.15 3.05

3.10 3.20 2.95**

4.25 7.96 10.80 8.95 4.24 14.40 14.40 14.40 11.96 9.85 15.24 6.45 5.95 9.60

+5 & -12 to -15 6 +5 & -12 to -15 14 +5 & -12 to -15 14 +2.7 to +5.25 1 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 5 +5 +5 +5 & & & & & & -12 to -12 to -12 to -12 to -12 to +15 -15 -15 -15 -15 -15 7 7 7 6 8 6 1.5 1 2.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

or 5

Low-Power A/D Converter E = external reference, I = internal reference 25,000 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. With external track/hold.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Standard A/D Converters (continued)

Data-Bus Part Input Interface Number Channels (Bits) 12-BIT RESOLUTION (continued) MAX1176 1 Serial MAX1187 1 Serial MAX1240 MAX1241 MAX1284 MAX1285 MX574A MX674A MAX144 MAX1296 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 or 12 P/8 or 12 Serial P/12 P/12 P/8 or 12 Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 P/8 P/8 or 12 P/8 or 12 P/12 P/12 P/12 P/12 Serial Serial P/14 P/14 Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 or 12 Serial Serial P/8 P/8 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current (mA) PowerDown Sample Current Rate (A) (kHz max) 1 1 1 1 0.01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60 60 1 1 1 1 3 3 60 60 1 1 2 2 60 60 2 1 1 60 60 1 1 100 75 73 73 400 250 108 400 250 20 133 133 400 250 400 250 100 100 100 400 250 1 1 250 250 8 8 133 133 100 133 133 100 100 133 133 100 100 100 400 250 Conversion Voltage Time Reference* (s max) (V) 3.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 2.5 3.3 25 15 5 2.5 3.3 60 7.5 7.5 2.5 3.3 2.5 3.3 100 8.33 6 6 2.5 3.3 1000 1000 3 3 6 6 7.5 7.5 8.33 7.5 7.5 6 6 7.5 7.5 7.5 6 6 2.5 3.3 I/-5.0 I/+4.096 I/+2.5 E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E E or I/+10 E or I/+10 E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+5.0 I/+2.5 E I/+2.5 I/+2.5 I/+2.5 or E Input Ranges (V) 5 +4.096 +2.5 +VREF +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 5, 10, +10 or +20 5, 10, +10 or +20 0 to VREF +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +5 +2.5 or 1.25 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +5 +5 or 2.5 10, +10, 5, +5 4, +4, 2, +2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 5 2.5 10, +10, 5, +5 4, +4, 2, +2 +2.5 or 1.25 +VREF or VREF/2 +5 or 2.5 +5 or 2.5 +5 or 2.5 10, +10, 5, +5 4, +4, 2, +2 +VREF or VREF +VREF or VREF +VREF or VREF/2 10, +10, 5, +5 4, +4, 2, +2 +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features 2500V isolated, serial ADC with T/H 2500V isolated, single supply, serial ADC with T/H MAX1241 with internal reference 2.7V, 12-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package 5V, 12-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package 2.7V, 12-bit serial ADC in 8-pin package Plug-in replacement for AD574A Plug-in replacement for AD674A 2.7V, 2-ch, single-ended, serial ADC with T/H 5V, 2-ch, parallel ADC with 1.8V to 5V logic and reference 2.7V, 2-ch, parallel ADC with 1.8V to 3V logic and reference 1LSB TUE, has T/H and reference MAX1247 with internal reference 2.7V, serial, 4-ch ADC, QSOP-16 5V, 4-ch, serial ADC with reference in QSOP-16 2.7V, 4-ch, serial ADC with reference in QSOP-16 5V, 4-ch, parallel ADC with 1.8V to 5V logic and reference 2.7V, 4-ch, parallel ADC with reference Plug-in replacement for AD7582 Data-acquisition system Multirange, fault protected Multirange, fault protected 5V, 6-ch, parallel ADC with reference 2.7V, 6-ch, parallel ADC with reference Internal temp sensor Internal temp sensor 2x4 channels, four simultaneous T/Hs 2x4 channels, four simultaneous T/Hs Multirange, fault protected, 2-wire interface Multirange, fault protected, 2-wire interface 2.7V, 8-ch serial ADC with reference 2.7V, 8-ch serial ADC Data-acquisition system 7mW, 10A power-down MAX186 without reference Multirange, fault protected Multirange, fault protected 5V, 12-bit, 8-ch ADC with 3V logic interface MAX1202 without reference 2.375V, 12-bit, 8-ch serial ADC Multirange, fault protected, 3-wire serial Multirange, fault protected, 3-wire serial 5V, 8-ch, serial ADC with reference 2.7V, 8-ch, serial ADC with reference Price 1000-up ($)

+5 & -12 to -15 37 +5 44 +2.7 to +3.6 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 & -12 to -15 +5 & -12 to -15 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 5 & +15 +2.7 to +3.6 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 5 & +15 +5 & -12 to -15 +5 +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 5 +2.7 to +3.6 5 5 +5 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +2.7 to +5.25 +5 & -12 to -15 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 +5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +2.375 to +3.6 +5 +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.25 1.5 0.9 2.5 2.5 6 6 1 2.5 2.5 6 1.5 0.9 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 7 6 6 2.5 2.5 0.25 0.25 17 17 5.5 5.5 1.5 0.9 7 1.5 1 6 6 1.5 0.9 0.8 5.5 5.5 2.5 2.5

3.85 3.10

11.97 23.44 4.24 5.60 5.60 17.55 4.60 4.45

MAX1297 2 MAX182 MAX1246 MAX1247 MAX1282 MAX1283 MAX1292 MAX1293 MX7582 MAX181 MAX196 MAX198 MAX1294 MAX1295 MAX1298 MAX1299 MAX115 MAX116 MAX127 MAX128 MAX146 MAX147 MAX180 MAX186 MAX188 MAX197 MAX199 MAX1202 MAX1203 MAX1245 MAX1270 MAX1271 MAX1280 MAX1281 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

or E or E or E

5.74 5.74 19.50 12.75 9.90 9.90 5.87 5.87

I/+2.5 or E E I/-5.0 or E I/+4.096 or I/+4.096 or I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+4 or E I/+1.2 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E I/+4.096 or I/+4.096 or I/+2.5 E I/-5.0 or E I/+4.096 E I/+4.096 or I/+4.096 or I/+4.096 E E I/+4.096 or I/+4.096 or I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E

E E

E E

E E

E E

9.25 9.25 6.25 5.95 12.75 6.75 6.25 9.90 9.90 6.50 5.45 6.25 8.95 8.95

Low-Power A/D Converter * E = external reference, I = internal reference Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

Standard A/D Converters (continued)

Data-Bus Part Input Interface Number Channels (Bits) 12-BIT RESOLUTION (continued) MAX1290 8 P/8 MAX1291 8 P/8 Supply Voltage (V) +5 +2.7 to +5.25 Supply Current (mA) 2.5 2.5 PowerDown Current (A) 1 1 Sample Rate (kHz max) 400 250 Conversion Voltage Time Reference* (s max) (V) 2.5 3.3 I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E Input Ranges (V) +VREF or VREF/2 +VREF or VREF/2 EV Kit Yes Yes Features Price 1000-up ($)

5V, 8-ch, parallel ADC with 1.8V to 5V logic 5.99 and reference 2.7V, 8-ch, parallel ADC with 1.8V to 3V logic 5.99 and reference High-speed, complete sampling ADC with DSP interface, 16-pin package High-resolution ADC, <1mW 14-bit, high-speed serial ADC Shutdown mode, dual supplies Shutdown mode, single supply 2x4 channels, four simultaneous T/Hs 2x4 channels, four simultaneous T/Hs High-speed, serial 16-pin ADC Serial high-resolution ADC, <1mW Sigma-delta, 3-bit PGA Sigma-delta, 3-bit PGA Sigma-delta, 3-bit PGA, current source Sigma-delta, 3-bit PGA, current source 12.00 8.00 14.00 4.80 4.80 13.42 13.42 22.50 8.00 8.95
8.95

14-BIT RESOLUTION MAX121 1 MAX135 1 MAX194 1 MAX110 2 MAX111 2 8 MAX125 MAX126 8 16-BIT RESOLUTION 1 MAX195 MAX132 1 MAX1400 5 diff MAX1401 MAX1402 MAX1403 5 diff 5 diff 5 diff

Serial P/8 Serial Serial Serial P/14 P/14 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial

+5 & -12 to -15 14 5 5 5 +5 5 5 5 5 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 60A 5.5 550A 640A 17 17 5.5 60A 0.6 0.5 0.6 0.5

1 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 10 10 10 10

308 100Hz 85 100Hz 100Hz 250 250 85 100Hz 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8

2.9 10ms 9.4 20ms 20ms 3 3 10 10ms

I/-5.0 E E E E I/+2.5 or E I/+2.5 or E E E E E E E

5 300mV +VREF or VREF 3 2 5 2.5 +VREF or VREF 512mV +VREF/gain or VREF/gain +VREF/gain or VREF/gain +VREF/gain or VREF/gain +VREF/gain or VREF/gain

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

8.95
8.95

CCD Digitizer
Part Number MAX1101 Resolution (Bits) 8 Sample Rate (kHz max) 1000 Conversion Time (s max) 1.5 Input Channels 1 Voltage Reference* (V) E Data-Bus Interface (Bits) Serial Supply Voltage (V) +5 Input Ranges (V) VREF Features CCD digitizer with 6-bit PGA Price 1000-up ($) 2.95

CODECs
Part Number MAX1005 DAC Resolution (Bits) 7 ADC Resolution (Bits) 5 ADC Input Channels 1 ADC Sample Rate (MHz max) 15 DAC Update Rate (MHz max) 15 Voltage Reference* (V) I Data-Bus Interface Parallel Supply Voltage (V) +3 Features IF undersampler for use with MAX2411 and MAX2511 Price 1000-up ($)

Part Number MAX1007

DAC Resolution (Bits) 7

ADC Resolution (Bits) 8

ADC Input Channels 4

ADC Conversion Time (s) 5.2

DAC Settling Time (s) 10

Voltage Reference* (V) I/1.21

Data-Bus Interface Serial

Supply Voltage (V) +2.85 to +5.5

Features Mobile radio controller with one ADC and four DACs

Price 1000-up ($) 4.01

Low-Power A/D Converter * E = external reference, I = internal reference Contact factory for pricing. 100,000 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Active Filters

Switched Capacitor

Continuous

Universal
P Programmable

Bandpass Pin Programmable

I I
MAX267 (dual, 57kHz, 2 pole) MAX268 (dual, 140kHz, 2 pole)

Lowpass Clock Programmable

MAX280 (20kHz, 5 pole, BT) MAX281 (20kHz, 5 pole, BL) MAX291 (25kHz, 8 pole, BT) MAX292 (25kHz, 8 pole, BL) MAX293 (25kHz, 8 pole, EL) MAX294 (25kHz, 8 pole, EL) MAX295 (50kHz, 8 pole, BT) MAX296 (50kHz, 8 pole, BL) MAX297 (50kHz, 8 pole, EL) MAX7400 (10kHz, 8 pole, 5V, EL) MAX7401 (5kHz, 8 pole, 5V, BL) MAX7403 (10kHz, 8 pole, 5V, EL) MAX7404 (10kHz, 8 pole, 3V, EL) MAX7405 (5kHz, 8 pole, 3V, BL) MAX7407 (10kHz, 8 pole, 3V, EL) MAX7408 (15kHz, 5 pole, 5V, EL) MAX7409 (15kHz, 5 pole, 5V, BL) MAX7410 (15kHz, 5 pole, 5V, BT) MAX7411 (15kHz, 5 pole, 5V, EL)

Lowpass 2nd-Order P Programmable

MAX270 (dual, 1kHz to 25kHz, 2 pole) MAX271 (dual, 1kHz to 25kHz, 2 pole)

I I I

MAX260 (dual, 7.5kHz, 2 pole) MAX261 (dual, 57kHz, 2 pole) MAX262 (dual, 140kHz, 2 pole) Pin Programmable

Lowpass/Bandpass Resistor Programmable

I I
MAX274 (quad, 100Hz to 150kHz, 2 pole) MAX275 (dual, 100Hz to 300kHz, 2 pole)

I I

MAX263 (dual, 57kHz, 2 pole) MAX264 (dual, 140kHz, 2 pole) Resistor/Pin Programmable

I I

MAX265 (dual, 40kHz, 2 pole) MAX266 (dual, 140kHz, 2 pole) Resistor Programmable MF10 (dual, 30kHz, 2 pole)

MAX7412 (15kHz, 5 pole, 3V, EL) MAX7413 (15kHz, 5 pole, 3V, BL) MAX7414 (15kHz, 5 pole, 3V, BT) MAX7415 (15kHz, 5 pole, 3V, EL) MAX7480 (2kHz, 8 pole, 5V, BT) MXL1062 (20kHz, 5 pole, BT) H I New product Evaluation kit and/or design software available Note: BT = Butterworth, BL = Bessel, EL = Elliptic

Active Filters
Part Number MAX270 MAX271 MAX274 MAX275 MAX260 MAX261 MAX262 MAX263 MAX264 MAX265 MAX266 MAX267 MAX268 MF10 MAX280 MAX281 MAX291 MAX292 MAX293 MAX294 MAX295 MAX296 MAX297 MAX7400 MAX7401 MAX7403 MAX7404 MAX7405 MAX7407 MAX7408 MAX7409 MAX7410 MAX7411 MAX7412 MAX7413 MAX7414 MAX7415 MAX7480 MXL1062 Description Dual, lowpass Dual + T/H, lowpass Quad, band/lowpass Dual, band/lowpass Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Dual, biquad Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Single, lowpass Type* CH CH BT, BL, CH BT, BL, CH Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal Bandpass Bandpass Universal BT BL BT BL EL EL BT BL EL EL BL EL EL BL EL EL BL BT EL EL BL BT EL BT BT Filter Order** 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 5 Class Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Switched capacitor Cutoff-Frequency Range (Hz) 1k to 25k 1k to 25k 100 to 150k 100 to 300k 0.01 to 7.5k 0.4 to 57k 1 to 140k 0.4 to 57k 1 to 140k 0.4 to 57k 1 to 140k 0.4 to 57k 1 to 140k 0.1 to 30k DC to 20k DC to 20k 0.1 to 25k 0.1 to 25k 0.1 to 25k 0.1 to 25k 0.1 to 50k 0.1 to 50k 0.1 to 50k 1 to 10k 1 to 5k 1 to 10k 1 to 10k 1 to 5k 1 to 10k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 15k 1 to 2k DC to 20k fCLK/fo Ratio 71200 71200 29140 71198 29138 100200 41140 71198 29138 50, 100 100 101 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Price 1000-up Program Method ($) P bus/pin strap 6.10 P bus/pin strap 6.85 Resistor, evaluation kit and software available 4.77 Resistor, evaluation software available 3.05 P bus 6.49 P bus 6.50 P bus 7.49 Pin strap 6.89 Pin strap 7.50 Pin/resistor 6.49 Pin/resistor 7.50 Pin strap 6.50 Pin strap 7.00 Resistor 1.70 Clock/resistor, capacitor 3.99 Clock/resistor, capacitor 3.99 Clock/capacitor 2.74 Clock/capacitor 2.74 Clock/capacitor 2.88 Clock/capacitor 2.88 Clock/capacitor 2.74 Clock/capacitor 2.74 Clock/capacitor 2.88 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.35 Clock/capacitor 1.98 Clock/resistor, capacitor 5.19

* BT = Butterworth, BL = Bessel, CH = Chebyshev, EL = Elliptic, Universal = All Filter Types ** Order level achieved by cascading all filters in package. Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Serial-Input D/A Converters

8 Bit
VOUT
MAX500 (quad) MAX509 (quad) MAX510 (quad) MAX512 (triple) MAX513 (triple, 3V) MAX517 (single, 2-wire) MAX518 (dual, 2-wire) MAX519 (dual, 2-wire) MAX520A/B (quad, 2-wire) MAX521 (octal, 2-wire) MAX522 (dual, 8-pin SO) MAX528 (octal) MAX529 (octal) MAX533 (3V, quad) MAX534 (5V, quad) MAX548A (dual, 8-pin MAX) MAX549A (dual, 8-pin MAX) MAX550A (8-pin MAX) H

10 Bit
VOUT
MAX504 (ref) MAX515 (MDAC) MAX5158 (5V, dual) MAX5159 (3V, dual) MAX5250 (5V, quad) MAX5251 (3V, quad) MAX5304 (5V, 8-pin MAX) MAX5354 (5V, 8-pin MAX) MAX5355 (3V, 8-pin MAX)

12 Bit
VOUT
MAX525 (5V, quad) MAX531 (ref) MAX532 (dual) MAX536 (quad) MAX537 (quad) MAX538 (8-pin SO) MAX539 (8-pin SO) H MAX5104 (5V, dual) MAX5120 (5V, ref) MAX5121 (3V, ref) MAX5122 (5V, ref, force/sense) MAX5123 (3V, ref, force/sense) MAX5154 (5V, dual) MAX5155 (3V, dual) MAX5156 (5V, dual, force/sense) MAX5157 (3V, dual, force/sense) MAX5174 (5V) MAX5175 (5V, force/sense) MAX5176 (3V) MAX5177 (3V, force/sense) MAX5253 (3V, quad) H MAX5302 (5V, 8-pin MAX) MAX5352 (5V, 8-pin MAX) MAX5353 (3V, 8-pin MAX)

13 Bit
VOUT
MAX535 (5V, 8-pin MAX) MAX5130 (5V, ref, force/sense) MAX5131 (3V, ref, force/sense) MAX5132 (5V, ref, force/sense) MAX5133 (3V, ref, force/sense) MAX5150 (5V, dual) MAX5151 (3V, dual) MAX5152 (5V, dual) MAX5153 (3V, dual) MAX5351 (3V, 8-pin MAX) H

14 Bit
VOUT
MAX544 MAX545 MAX5170 (5V) MAX5171 (5V, force/sense) MAX5172 (3V) MAX5173 (3V, force/sense) MAX5544 (5V)

16 Bit
VOUT
MAX541 MAX542 H MAX5541 (5V)

Digital Potentiometers
MAX5160 (8-pin MAX) MAX5161 (6-pin SOT)

MAX5539

IOUT
MAX514 (quad) H New product Future product MAX543 (8-pin SO) MAX551 (5V) MAX552 (3V)

MAX5543
MX7543

Parallel-Input D/A Converters

8 Bit
VOUT
MAX505 (quad) MAX506 (quad) H H H I MAX5189 (dual, high speed) I MAX5190 (high speed) H I MAX5191 (dual) MX7224 MX7225 (quad) MX7226 (quad) MX7228 (octal) H H H H H

10 Bit
VOUT
MAX503 (ref) I MAX5183 (dual, high speed) I MAX5184 (high speed) I MAX5185 (dual)

12 Bit
VOUT
MAX501 (MDAC) MAX502 (MDAC) MAX507 (ref) MAX508 (ref) MAX526 (quad) MAX527 (quad) MAX530 (ref) I MAX555 (ultra-high speed) I MAX5012 (high speed) I MAX5013 (high speed) MX7245 (ref) MX7248 (ref) MX7837 (dual) MX7845 (MDAC) MX7847 (dual)

13 Bit
VOUT
MAX547 (octal)

14 Bit
VOUT
MX7534 MX7535 MX7536 MX7538

IOUT
I MAX5180 (dual, high speed) I MAX5181 (high speed) I MAX5182 (dual) MX7520

IOUT
MAX5018 MAX5140 H H H I I I MAX5186 (dual, high speed) MAX5187 (high speed) MAX5188 (dual) MAX5480 MAX7624 MX7523 MX7524 MX7528 (dual) MX7628 (dual)

MX7530 MX7533

IOUT
MX7521 MX7531 MX7537 (dual) MX7541/A MX7542 MX7545/A MX7547 (dual) MX7548

Future product Evaluation kit available Not available in Japan

Single D/A Converters

Part Number MX7224 MAX517 MAX550A MX7523 MAX7624 MAX5480 MX7524 MAX5304 MAX5354 MAX5355 MAX503 MAX504 MAX515 MX7520 MX7530 MX7533 MAX501 MAX502 MAX507 MAX508 MX7845 MX7245 MX7248 MAX5302 MAX5352 MAX5353 MAX5120 MAX5121 MAX5122 MAX5123 MAX530 MAX531 MAX538 MAX539 MAX5539 MAX5174 MAX5175 MAX5176 MAX5177 MX7521 MX7531 MX7541A MAX543 MAX551 MAX552 MAX5543 MX7541 MX7545A MX7548 MX7542 MX7543 MX7545 Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Output Type* V V V I I I I V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V I I I I I I I I I I I I I Settling Time (s) 5 6 *** 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.4 10 10 10 25 25 25 0.5 0.5 0.6 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 0.5 0.5 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Voltage Reference** Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Ext Ext Ext Int/MDAC Int/MDAC Ext MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Int Int MDAC Int Int Ext Ext Ext Int Int Int Int Int/MDAC Int/MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Data-Bus Interface P/8 bits Serial, 2-wire Serial Logic P/8 bits P/8 bits P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits Serial Serial Logic Logic Logic P/8 bits P/12 bits P/12 bits P/8 bits P/12 bits P/12 bits P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Logic Logic Logic Serial Serial Serial Serial Logic P/12 bits P/8 bits P/4 bits Serial P/12 bits Supply Voltage (V) +12 to +15 & -5 +5 +2.5 to +5.5 +15 +12 to +15 +5 +5 to +15 +5 +5 +3.3 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 +15 +15 +15 12 to 15 12 to 15 12 to 15 12 to 15 15 15 or +12 to +15 15 or +12 to +15 +5 +5 +3.3 +5 +3 +5 +3 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +3 +15 +15 +15 +5 to +15 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 to +15 +15 +5 to +15 +5 to +15 +5 +5 +5 to +15 Features Single or dual supplies 2-wire interface 8-pin MAX, +2.5V, <0.7mW (upgrade to MAX550B) Low-cost 8-bit DAC Improved MX7524 Low-cost MDAC in 16-pin QSOP Low-cost 8-bit DAC Low cost +5V, 10-bit, 8-pin MAX +3.3V, 10-bit, 8-pin MAX Low-power, complete DAC Serial version of MAX503 Low power, 8-pin DIP/SO Low-cost 10-bit DAC Low-cost 10-bit DAC Low-cost 10-bit DAC 4-quadrant multiplying DAC 4-quadrant multiplying DAC Complete 12-bit DAC with reference Complete 12-bit DAC with reference 4-range, 4-quadrant multiplying DAC Single or dual supplies with reference 8-bit interface MX7245 Low cost +5V, 12-bit, 8-pin MAX, 1.5mW +3.3V, 12-bit, 8-pin MAX, 0.9mW Complete 12-bit DAC with reference Complete 12-bit DAC with reference 12-bit force/sense DAC with reference 12-bit force/sense DAC with reference Low-power, flexible output range Serial version of MAX530 8-pin DIP/SO, low power, 0 to 2V output 8-pin DIP/SO, low power, 0 to 5V output Isolated version of MAX539 No internal reference Force/sense DAC No internal reference Force/sense DAC Low-cost 12-bit DAC Low-cost 12-bit DAC 12-bit data bus 12-bit multiplying DAC in 8-pin DIP/SO Smallest current-output DAC, reset pin Smallest current-output DAC, reset pin Isolated version of MAX543 12-bit data bus Improved MX7545 8-bit data bus with latches 4-bit data bus with latches 12-bit multiplying DAC 12-bit data bus with latches Price 1000-up ($) 2.95 2.10 1.45 2.60 2.26 1.35 1.95 1.70 2.70 2.90 2.95 2.80 2.50 2.80 2.80 2.84 5.65 5.65 7.65 7.65 6.26 8.33 8.33 2.45 4.20 4.20 3.80 3.80 3.80 3.80 5.45 5.45 4.85 4.85

3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 5.00 5.08 4.05 4.80 3.95 3.95

5.07 6.03 6.06 7.52 4.25 5.00

* V = voltage, I = current. ** MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. *** Settling time depends on internal resistive ladder and external load impedance.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Single D/A Converters (continued)

Part Number MAX535 MAX5130 MAX5131 MAX5132 MAX5133 MAX5351 MAX544 MAX545 MAX5170 MAX5171 MAX5172 MAX5173 MAX5544 MX7534 MX7535 MX7536 MX7538 MAX541 MAX542 MAX5541 Resolution (Bits) 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 Output Type* V V V V V V V V V V V V V I I I I V V V Settling Time (s) 20 20 20 20 20 20 *** *** 40 40 40 40 *** 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 *** *** *** Voltage Reference** Ext Int Int Int Int Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Ext Ext Ext Data-Bus Interface Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits P/8 or 14 bits P/8 or 14 bits P/14 bits Serial Serial Serial Supply Voltage (V) +5 +5 +3 +5 +3 +3.3 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +3 +5 +12 to +15 +12 to +15 +12 to +15 +12 to +15 +5 +5 +5 Features +5V, 13-bit, 8-pin MAX, 1.5mW 13-bit upgrade to MAX5120 13-bit upgrade to MAX5121 13-bit upgrade to MAX5122 13-bit upgrade to MAX5123 +3.3V, 13-bit, 8-pin MAX, 0.9mW +5V, 14-bit, low power, 8-pin SO +5V, unipolar or bipolar, low power, 14-pin DIP/SO 14-bit upgrade to MAX5130/MAX5174 14-bit upgrade to MAX5132/MAX5175 14-bit upgrade to MAX5131/MAX5176 14-bit upgrade to MAX5133/MAX5177 +5V, 14-bit, low cost Double-buffered inputs Double-buffered inputs No external resistors needed Low-cost 14-bit DAC +5V, 16-bit, low power, 8-pin DIP/SO +5V, 16-bit, unipolar or bipolar, low power, 14-pin DIP/SO +5V, 16-bit, low cost Price 1000-up ($) 4.95 4.62 4.62 4.62 4.62 5.50 7.90 7.90 4.36 4.36 4.36 4.36 4.20 13.37 15.00 14.66 8.88 9.95 9.95 4.50

Multiple D/A Converters

Part Number DUAL MAX518 MAX519 MAX522 MAX548A MAX549A MX7528 MX7628 MAX5158 MAX5159 MAX532 MX7837 MX7847 MAX5104 MAX5154 MAX5155 MAX5156 MAX5157 MX7537 MX7547 Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Output Type* V V V V V I I V V V V V V V V V V I I Settling Time (s) 6 6 70 *** *** 0.18 0.35 8 8 4 4 4 12 12 15 15 18 1.5 1.5 Voltage Reference** Int (VDD) Ext MDAC Int (VDD) Ext MDAC MDAC Ext Ext MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC Data-Bus Interface Serial, 2-wire Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits P/12 bits Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits P/12 bits Supply Voltage (V) +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5 +5 to +15 +12 to +15 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 12 to 15 12 to 15 12 to 15 +5 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +12 to +15 +12 to +15 Features 2-wire interface, 8-pin SO 2-wire interface, separate reference inputs Low-power dual in 8-pin SO +2.5V, 8-pin MAX, low power +2.5V, 8-pin MAX, low power (upgrade to MAX549B) Data latches for both DACs Data latches for both DACs Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 16-pin DIP/SO Dual VOUT DAC with 8-bit data bus Dual VOUT DAC with 12-bit data bus Low cost, dual Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 Dual DAC with 8-bit data bus Dual DAC with 12-bit data bus Price 1000-up ($) 2.25 2.35 2.25 1.65 1.65 2.11 3.80 3.39 3.39 8.45 12.18 12.18 3.75 6.15 6.15 6.15 6.15 11.23 11.40

* V = voltage, I = current. ** MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. *** Settling time depends on internal resistive ladder and external load impedance.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade commercial temperature parts (FOB USA.) International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Multiple D/A Converters (continued)

Part Resolution Number (Bits) DUAL (continued) 13 MAX5150 13 MAX5151 13 MAX5152 MAX5153 13 TRIPLE 8 MAX512 MAX513 8 QUAD 8 MAX500 8 MX7225 8 MX7226 8 MAX505 8 MAX506 8 MAX509 MAX510 8 8 MAX533 8 MAX534 MAX520 8 10 MAX5250 MAX5251 10 12 MAX526 12 MAX527 MAX536 12 12 MAX537 12 MAX5253 MAX525 12 MAX514 12 OCTAL 8 MAX528 MAX529 MX7228 MAX521 MAX547 8 8 8 13 Output Type* V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V I V V V V V Settling Time (s) 16 20 18 22 60 70 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 *** 10 10 3 3 3 3 16 20 1 5 5 5 6 5 Voltage Reference** Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC Ext Ext Ext MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Data-Bus Interface Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits P/8 bits P/8 bits P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial P/8 bits P/8 bits Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial P/8 bits Serial, 2-wire P/13 bits Supply Voltage (V) +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 or 5 +2.7 to 3.6 +12 to +15 & +12 to +15 & +12 to +15 & +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +5 +5 +3 to +3.6 +12 to +15 & 5 +12 to +15 & 5 +3 to +3.6 +5 +5 -5 -5 -5 Features Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 dual DAC in QSOP-16 dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 Price 1000-up ($) 7.95 7.95 7.95 7.95 2.85 2.85 5.70 9.26 6.50 5.95 6.10 5.35 5.19 2.80 2.80 3.50 4.95 4.95 19.44 16.56 15.95 15.95 11.35 9.70 14.25 6.90 5.65 11.95 4.95 29.60

Low power with shutdown, 14-pin narrow SO For 3V systems 16-pin DIP/SO, three reference inputs Double buffered, separate reference inputs Single buffered, one reference input Rail-to-Rail outputs, separate reference inputs Rail-to-Rail outputs, one reference input Rail-to-Rail outputs, four reference inputs Rail-to-Rail outputs, one reference input +2.7V, low power (1.9mW), serial, 16-pin QSOP Low-power, +5V, quad DAC in 16-pin QSOP 2-wire interface, separate reference inputs +5V, 1mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down, 20-pin DIP/SSOP +3V, 0.6mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down Quad voltage-output DAC, available in DIP/SO 5V version of MAX526 Serial version of MAX526 Serial version of MAX527 +3V, 0.6mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down 1mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down, 20-pin DIP/SSOP Quad current-output DAC, available in DIP/SO P-selected buffered and unbuffered output MAX528 with single +5V supply Single or dual supplies 2-wire interface, five reference inputs Unipolar or bipolar, four reference inputs

-5 -5

+5 to +15, +15 & -5, or +5 & -15 +5 or 5 +5 to +15 & -5 or +15 +5 5

Serial D/A Converters

Part Number MAX517 MAX550 MAX518 MAX519 MAX522 MAX548A Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 8 8 8 Output Type* V V V V V V No. of DACs in Package 1 1 2 2 2 2 Voltage Reference** Ext Ext Int (VDD) Ext MDAC Int (VDD) Settling Time (s) 6 *** 6 6 6 *** Data-Bus Interface Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial, 2-wire Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial

Supply Voltage (V) +5 +2.5 to +5.5 +5 +5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.5 to +5.5

Features 2-wire interface 8-pin MAX, 2.5V, <0.7mW 2-wire interface, 8-pin SO 2-wire interface, two reference inputs Low-power dual in 8-pin SO +2.5V, 8-pin MAX, low power

Price 1000-up ($) 2.10 1.45 2.25 2.35 2.25 1.65

* V = voltage, I = current. ** MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. *** Settling time depends on internal resistive ladder and external load impedance.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Serial D/A Converters (continued)

Part Number MAX549A MAX512 MAX513 MAX500 MAX509 MAX510 MAX520 MAX533 MAX534 MAX521 MAX528 MAX529 MAX504 MAX515 MAX5304 MAX5354 MAX5355 MAX5158 MAX5159 MAX5250 MAX5251 MAX531 MAX538 MAX539 MAX5120 MAX5121 MAX5122 MAX5123 MAX5174 MAX5175 MAX5176 MAX5177 MAX5302 MAX5352 MAX5353 MAX5539 MAX532 MAX5104 MAX5154 MAX5155 MAX5156 MAX5157 MAX525 MAX536 MAX537 MAX5253 MAX543 Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Output Type* V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V I No. of DACs in Package 2 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 1 Voltage Reference** Ext MDAC MDAC Ext MDAC MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Int/MDAC Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Int/MDAC Ext Ext Int Int Int Int Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext MDAC Settling Time (s) *** 60 70 4 6 6 *** 6 6 6 5 5 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 14 20 20 25 4 12 12 15 15 18 20 3 3 16 1 Data-Bus Interface Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial Serial, 2-wire Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Supply Voltage (V) +2.5 to +5.5 +5 or 5 +2.7 to 3.6 +12 to +15 & -5 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +5 +5 to +15, +15 & -5, or +5 & -15 +5 or 5 +5 or 5 +5 +5 +5 +3.3 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +3 to +3.6 +5 or 5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +5 +3 +5 +5 +3 +3 +5 +5 +3.3 +5 12 to 15 +5 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +12 to +15 & -5 5 +3 to +3.6 +5 to +15 Features +2.5V, 8-pin MAX, low power (upgrade to MAX549B) Low-power with shutdown, 14-pin narrow SO MAX512 for 3V systems 16-pin DIP/SO, three reference inputs Rail-to-Rail outputs, four reference inputs Rail-to-Rail outputs, one reference input 2-wire interface, four reference inputs +2.7V, low-power (1.9mW), 16-pin QSOP Low-power, +5V, quad DAC in 16-pin QSOP 2-wire interface, five reference inputs P-selected buffered and unbuffered output MAX528 with single +5V supply Low power, Rail-to-Rail outputs Low power, 8-pin SO/DIP Low cost +5V, 10-bit, 8-pin MAX +3.3V, 10-bit, 8-pin MAX Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 +5V, 1mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down, 20-pin DIP/SSOP +3V, 0.6mW/DAC, serial, 20A power-down Low-power, flexible output range 8-pin DIP/SO, low power, 0 to 2V output 8-pin DIP/SO, low power, 0 to 5V output Complete 12-bit DAC with reference Complete 12-bit DAC with reference 12-bit force/sense DAC with reference 12-bit force/sense DAC with reference No internal reference Force/sense DAC No internal reference Force/sense DAC Low cost +5V, 12-bit, 8-pin MAX, 1.5mW +3.3V, 12-bit, 8-pin MAX, 0.9mW Isolated version of MAX539 16-pin DIP/SO Low cost, dual Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 <1mW/DAC, 20A power-down, 20-pin DIP/SSOP Serial version of MAX526 Serial version of MAX527 +3V, 0.6mW/DAC, 20A power-down 12-bit multiplying DAC in 8-pin DIP/SO Price 1000-up ($) 1.65 2.85 2.85 5.70 5.35 5.19 3.50 2.80 2.80 4.95 6.90 5.65 2.80 2.50 1.70 2.70 2.90 4.55 4.55 4.95 4.95 5.45 4.85 4.85 3.80 3.80 3.80 3.80 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.45 4.20 4.20

8.45 3.75 6.15 6.15 6.15 6.15 11.95 15.95 15.95 11.35 4.80

* V = voltage, I = current. ** MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. *** Settling time depends on internal resistive ladder and external load impedance.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Serial D/A Converters (continued)

Part Number MAX551 MAX552 MAX5543 MX7543 MAX514 MAX535 MAX5130 MAX5131 MAX5132 MAX5133 MAX5351 MAX5150 MAX5151 MAX5152 MAX5153 MAX544 MAX545 MAX5170 MAX5171 MAX5172 MAX5173 MAX5544 MAX541 MAX542 MAX5541 Resolution (Bits) 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 Output Type* I I I I I V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V No. of DACs in Package 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Voltage Reference** MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC MDAC Ext Int Int Int Int Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Settling Time (s) 1 1 1 2 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 16 20 18 22 *** *** 40 40 40 40 *** *** *** *** Data-Bus Interface Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Supply Voltage (V) +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 to +15 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +5 +3 +3.3 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +2.7 to +3.6 +5 +5 +5 +5 +3 +3 +5 +5 +5 +5 Features Smallest current-output DAC, reset input Smallest current-output DAC, reset input Isolated version of MAX543 12-bit multiplying DAC Quad current-output DACs, available in DIP/SO 13-bit, 8-pin MAX, 1.5mW 13-bit upgrade to MAX5120 13-bit upgrade to MAX5121 13-bit upgrade to MAX5122 13-bit upgrade to MAX5123 +3.3V, 13-bit, 8-pin MAX, 0.9mW Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual DAC in QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 Low-power, dual, force/sense, QSOP-16 +5V, 14-bit, low power, 8-pin DIP/SO +5V, unipolar or bipolar, low power, 14-pin DIP/SO 14-bit upgrade to MAX5130/MAX5174 14-bit upgrade to MAX5132/MAX5175 14-bit upgrade to MAX5131/MAX5176 14-bit upgrade to MAX5133/MAX5177 +5V, 14-bit, low cost +5V, 16-bit, low power, 8-pin DIP/SO +5V, 16-bit, unipolar or bipolar, low power, 14-pin DIP/SO +5V, 16-bit, low cost Price 1000-up ($) 3.95 3.95

4.25 14.25 4.95 4.62 4.62 4.62 4.62 5.50 7.95 7.95 7.95 7.95 7.90 7.90 4.36 4.36 4.36 4.36 4.20 9.95 9.95 4.50

Digital Potentiometers
Part Number MAX5160 MAX5161 Tap Position 32 32 Supply Voltage Range (V) +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 Resistor Values (k) 50, 100, 200 50, 100, 200 I/O 3-wire serial 2-wire serial Features Low power, 8-pin MAX Low cost, 6-pin SOT Price 1000-up ($) 0.77 0.66

* V = voltage, I = current. ** MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. *** Settling time depends on internal resistive ladder and external load impedance. 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

High-Speed D/A Converters

Part Number MAX5189 MAX5190 MAX5191 MAX5140 MAX5018 MAX5186 MAX5187 MAX5188 MAX5183 MAX5184 MAX5185 MAX5180 MAX5181 MAX5182 MAX555 MAX5012 MAX5013 Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 Output Type* V V V I I I I I V V V I I I V V V Settling Time (ns) 3 4.5 0.5 13 13 No. of DACs 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Voltage Reference** Int Int Int Ext Ext Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Ext/MDAC Ext Ext Data-Bus Interface Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Supply Voltage (V) +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 -5.2 -5.2 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 +2.7 to +5.5 -5.2 -5.2 +5, -5.2 EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features 8-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, dual, simultaneous phase update 8-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, single 8-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, dual, alternate phase update 400Msps high-resolution video DAC with controls 165/275Msps video DAC with controls 8-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, dual, simultaneous phase update 8-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, single 8-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, dual, alternate phase update 10-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, dual, simultaneous phase update 10-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, single 10-bit, 40MHz, VOUT DAC with ref, dual, alternate phase update 10-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, dual, simultaneous phase update 10-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, single 10-bit, 40MHz, IOUT DAC with ref, dual, alternate phase update 300Msps update rate, 72dB SFDR High-speed, 12-bit, 100MHz DAC with ECL inputs High-speed, 12-bit, 100MHz DAC with TTL inputs Price 1000-up ($) 3.44

3.44

3.44 TBD 3.44 4.41

TBD 4.41

4.41

4.41

* **

V = voltage, I = current. MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference. Not available in Japan. Contact factory for pricing.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

NEXT PAGE

Wireless/RF/CATV Products
(CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE)

Front-End Products

LNAs
I I I I
MAX2640 MAX2641 MAX2651 MAX2653
H I

LNA + Mixers
MAX2320

Downconverter Mixers
I I I I
MAX2680 MAX2681 MAX2682 MAX2690

Upconverter Mixers
I I I I I
MAX2660 MAX2661 MAX2663 MAX2671 MAX2673

Transceivers
I I I I I I I I I
MAX2410 MAX2411 A MAX2420 MAX2421 MAX2422 MAX2424 MAX2426 MAX2460 MAX2463

I I
H I H I H I

MAX2321 MAX2322 MAX2324 MAX2326 MAX2327 MAX2329

I I I I I I

MAX2406 MAX2440 MAX2441 MAX2442 MAX2685

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available

Wireless/RF/CATV Products
(CONTINUED)

Transmitters and Power Amplifiers

I I I I I
MAX2232 MAX2233 MAX2235 MAX2264 MAX2265

IntermediateFrequency Products
MAX2402 MAX2430

GeneralPurpose Products
I

Satellite Receiver Products

MAX2101

CATV Products
MAX3509
MAX3510 MAX3532

I I I I

MAX2601 MAX2602

Quadrature Modulators and Demodulators

I I I I I I I
MAX2450 MAX2451 MAX2452 MAX2310 MAX2312 MAX2314 MAX2316

Amplifiers
I I I
MAX2611 MAX2630 MAX2631

MAX2102 MAX2105

I I I

MAX2632 MAX2633 MAX2650

MAX2108

PA Power Control
MAX4473

Oscillators
I I
MAX2620 MAX2622

I I

PA Power Supplies
I I
MAX1687 MAX1688

MAX2623 MAX2624

Transceivers
I I

VCO Buffers
MAX2510 MAX2511

I I I I

MAX2470 MAX2471 MAX2472 MAX2473

Data Converters
I
H MAX104 MAX106 MAX108 MAX1002

I
H New product Future product I Evaluation kit available

MAX1003 MAX1005 MAX1007

Wireless/RF/CATV Products
Input Part Supply Frequency Number Voltage (V) (MHz) SATELLITE RECEIVER PRODUCTS MAX2101 4.75 to 5.25 400 to 700 Input Bandwidth (MHz) 60 I/Q Gain Balance (dB) 0.5 I/Q Phase Balance (degrees) 1.5 AGC Range (dB) 40 PinsPackage 100-MQFP EV Kit Yes Features I/Q demodulator with dual 5th-order Butterworth filters, 10MHz to 30MHz bandwidth, dual 6-bit ADCs Direct downconversion tuner IC, tunes L-band to baseband I and Q outputs Direct downconversion tuner with divide by 32/33 prescaler Applications DBS, VSAT Price 25,000-up ($) 11.49

MAX2102/5 MAX2108

4.75 to 5.25 4.75 to 5.25

950 to 2150 950 to 2150

120 150

0.5(max) 1(max)

3(max) 3(max)

50/41 50

28-SO 24-SSOP

Yes

DBS, DAB, DVB DBS, DAB

3.68** 3.68**

Supply Part Supply Current Number Voltage (V) (mA) MODULATORS AND DEMODULATORS MAX2310 2.7 to 5.5 26

IF Frequency (MHz) 40 to 300/ 70 to 300 70 to 300

I/Q Bandwidth (MHz) 5

AGC Range (dB) 110

Sideband Suppression Pins(dBC) Package -35 28-QSOP

EV Kit Yes

Features Dual-mode/dual-band, 110dB IF AGC + I/Q converter with 2 VCOs and synthesizer 110dB IF AQC + I/Q converter with VCO and synthesizer Dual-mode, 110dB IF ACG + I/Q converter with VCO and synthesizer 110dB IF AGC + I/Q converter with VCO and synthesizer 70MHz I/Q modulator/demodulator with on-chip VCO and quad generator, shutdown mode 70MHz I/Q demodulator with on-chip VCO and quad generator, shutdown mode 70MHz I/Q modulator with on-chip VCO and quad generator, shutdown mode

Applications CDMA cellular phones, W-CDMA cellular phones, wireless local loop CDMA cellular phones, W-CDMA cellular phones, wireless local loop CDMA cellular phones, W-CDMA cellular phones, wireless local loop CDMA cellular phones, W-CDMA cellular phones, wireless local loop Cellular, ISM, WLANs

Price 1000-up ($) 4.80

MAX2312

2.7 to 5.5

26

110

-35

28-QSOP

Yes

4.35

MAX2314

2.7 to 5.5

26

40 to 150/ 40 to 300 40 to 150

110

-35

28-QSOP

Yes

4.35

MAX2316

2.7 to 5.5

26

110

-35

28-QSOP

Yes

4.35

MAX2450

2.7 to 3.3

5.9

35 to 80

-38

20-SO, 20-QSOP 16-SO

Yes

3.99

MAX2451

2.7 to 3.3

5.5

35 to 80

Yes

Cellular, ISM, WLANs

3.23

MAX2452

2.7 to 3.3

4.1

35 to 80

15

-42

16-SO

Yes

Cellular, ISM, WLANs

3.23

Part Supply Number Voltage (V) TRANSCEIVERS 2.7 to 5.5 MAX2410

Receive Input IP3 (dBm) -12.5

Transmit Output P1dB (dBm) +6

RF Frequency (MHz typ) 1900

IF Frequency (MHz typ) 45 to 450

PinsPackage 28-QSOP

EV Kit Yes

Features Low-noise amplifier and Rx mixer with high IP3, low-noise Tx mixer and variable-gain PA driver (separate IF ports) Low-noise amplifier and Rx mixer with high IP3, low-noise Tx mixer and variable-gain PA driver (common IF ports)

Applications PCS and cellular phones

Price 1000-up ($) 3.47

MAX2411A

2.7 to 5.5

-12.5

+6

1900

45 to 450

28-QSOP

Yes

PCS and cellular phones

3.47

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Wireless/RF/CATV Products (continued)

Part Supply Number Voltage (V) TRANSCEIVERS (continued) MAX2420/1/2 2.7 to 4.8 Receive Input IP3 (dBm) -17/-8/+2* Transmit Output P1dB (dBm) +2 RF Frequency (MHz typ) 800 to 1000 IF Frequency (MHz typ) 10/46/70 PinsPackage 28-SSOP EV Kit Yes Features Image-reject up/downconverter, VCO, prescaler, 30dB transmit VGA, programmable-gain LNA and 0dBm PA predriver, high-side LO injection Image-reject downconverter, VCO, prescaler, balanced transmit modulator, programmable-gain LNA and -3dBm PA predriver, high-side LO injection Same as MAX242X series except for low-side LO injection Applications Cordless phones, cellular phones, ISM spread spectrum, RF transceivers Cordless phones, ISM spread spectrum, RF transceivers Price 1000-up ($) 4.49

MAX2424/6

2.7 to 4.8

-17/-8/+2*

800 to 1000

10/70

28-SSOP

Yes

3.95

MAX2460/3

2.7 to 4.8

-17/-8/+2*

+2

800 to 1000

10/110

28-SSOP

Yes

Cordless phones, ISM spread spectrum, RF transceivers

4.49 Price 1000-up ($) 3.75

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) LNA + MIXERS MAX2320 2.7 to 3.6 MAX2321 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6

Supply Current (mA) Adj. (20/17/14) Adj. (20/17/14) Adj. (20/17/14) Adj. (20/17/14) Adj. (20/17/14) 14 Adj. (20/15/14)

LNA IIP3 (dBm) +8/+2/+15

Mixer IIP3 (dBm) +4.5/+2.5

RF Frequency (MHz) 1800 to 2500/ 800 to 1000 1800 to 2500/ 800 to 1000 1800 to 2500 800 to 1000 1800 to 2500/ 800 to 1000 1800 to 2500/ 800 to 1000 1800 to 2500

IF Frequency (MHz) 50 to 400

PinsPackage 20-TSSOP-EP

Cascade NF (dB) 2.5

EV Kit Yes

Features Switched-gain LNAs,PCS and cellular bands, dual IF outputs and LO inputs, VCO buffer Switched-gain LNAs, PCS and cellular bands, dual IF outputs,on-chip LO doubler, VCO buffer Switched-gain LNA, PCS band, VCO buffer, selectable LO doubler Switched-gain LNA, cellular band, dual IF outputs, VCO buffer Switched gain LNAs, PCS and cellular bands, dual IF outputs, on-chip LO divide-by-2, VCO buffer MAX2320 with independently controllable VCO buffer Switched-gain LNAs, dual PCS band, single IF output and LO inputs, VCO buffer, selectable LO doubler Low-noise amplifier and high input IP3 mixer

Applications Dual-band and triplemode cellular phones Dual-band and triplemode cellular phones PCS cellular phones Dual-mode cellular phones Dual-band and triplemode cellular phones Dual-band and triplemode cellular phones PCS phones with low IF, antenna diversity, microcellular basestations PCS and cellular phones

+8/+2/+15

+4.5/+2.5

50 to 400

20-TSSOP-EP

2.5

Yes

4.05

MAX2322 MAX2324 MAX2326

+8/+2/+15 +8/+2/+15 +8/+2/+15

+4.5/+2.5 +4.5/+2.5 +4.5/+2.5

50 to 400 50 to 400 50 to 400

20-TSSOP-EP 20-TSSOP-EP 20-TSSOP-EP

2.5 2.5 2.5

Yes Yes Yes

3.00 4.05

MAX2327 MAX2329

+8/+2/+15 +8/+2/+15

+4.5/+2.5/ +4.5 +4.5/+2.5 +4.5

50 to 400 50 to 400

20-TSSOP-EP 20-TSSOP-EP

2.5 2.5

Yes Yes

3.75

MAX2406

2.7

20

-9.5

+4.5

1900 (typ)

45 to 450

20-QSOP

3.2

Yes

2.38

LNA in low-gain setting. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Wireless/RF/CATV Products (continued)

Supply Supply Part Voltage Current Number (V) (mA) LNA + MIXERS (continued) MAX2440 2.7 to 4.8 23 RF Frequency (MHz) 800 to 1000 IF Frequency (MHz) 10 Cascaded NF (dB) 4 Cascaded Gain (dB) 22 Cascaded IP3 (dBm) -17/+2* PinsPackage 28-SSOP EV Kit Yes Features Image-reject downconverter, VCO, prescaler, programmable-gain LNA, high-side LO injection Image-reject downconverter, VCO, prescaler, programmable-gain LNA, high-side LO injection Image-reject downconverter, VCO prescaler, programmable-gain LNA, high-side LO injection LNA bypass switch, LO buffer, differential IF output Applications Cordless phones, ISM spread spectrum, wireless data Cordless phones, ISM spread spectrum, wireless data Cordless phones, ISM spread spectrum, wireless data IS-136 TDMA phones, cordless phones, 868/ 900MHz ISM, wireless data Price 1000-up ($) 2.98

MAX2441

2.7 to 4.8

23

800 to 1000

46

22

-17/+2*

28-SSOP

Yes

2.98

MAX2442

2.7 to 4.8

23

800 to 1000

70

21

-17/+2*

28-SSOP

Yes

2.98

MAX2685

2.7 to 5.5

8.4

800 to 1000

80

2.97

21.1

-9.5/+9.5*

16-QSOP

Yes

1.37

Supply Receive Transmit Part Voltage Input IP3 Output P1dB Number (V) (dBm) (dBm) UPCONVERTERS AND DOWNCONVERTERS 2.7 to 5.5 5.9(OIP3) -8.4 MAX2660 MAX2661 MAX2663 MAX2671 MAX2673 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 7.1(OIP3) 0.7(OIP3) 9.6(OIP3) 7.6(OIP3) -6 -12.3 -5.5 -2.1

RF Frequency (MHz) 400 to 2500 400 to 2500 400 to 2500 400 to 2500 400 to 2500

IF Frequency (MHz) 40 to 500 40 to 500 40 to 500 40 to 500 40 to 500

PinsPackage 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 8-MAX

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Features Low-noise, low-voltage upconverter, 5mA supply current, 1A shutdown Low-noise, low-voltage upconverter, 9mA supply current, 1A shutdown Low-noise, low-voltage upconverter, 3mA supply current, 1A shutdown Low-noise, low-voltage upconverter, 12mA supply current, 1A shutdown, buffered LO Low-noise, low-voltage upconverter, 20mA supply current, 1A shutdown, differential inputs SiGe low-noise, high IP3 downconverter, 5/9/15mA supply current, 1A shutdown Low-noise, 10dB NF, low-voltage downconverter, 15mA supply current, 1A shutdown, differential IF port

Applications Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones Hand-held receivers, WLANs, ISM, PCS, portable phones

Price 1000-up ($) 0.76** 0.76** 0.76** 0.76** 0.95

MAX2680/1/2 MAX2690

2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5

-7/+1/+3 7.6

400 to 2500 400 to 2500

10 to 500 10 to 500

6-SOT23 10-MAX

Yes Yes

0.92** 1.98

LNA in low-gain setting. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Wireless/RF/CATV Products (continued)

Supply Frequency Part Voltage Range Number (V) (MHz) TRANSMITTERS AND POWER AMPLIFIERS 2.7 to 5.5 800 to 1000 MAX2232/3 Output Power (mW) 250 Power Control (dB) 24/18 Class E PinsPackage 16-PwrQSOP EV Kit Yes Features 3.6V, 250 mW power amplifier, programmable on/off ramp control, analog/digital gain control, shutdown mode, standby mode 3V, 1W power amplifier, power on/off ramp control, gain control, shutdown mode Single-supply, dual-mode linear PA with worlds best efficiency at +16dBm Single-supply, dual-mode linear PA with 37% CDMA efficiency Power amplifier with balanced modulator, linear modulation to 2V, shutdown mode True single-supply power amplifier, power on/off ramp control, more than 32dB gain, shutdown mode 3.6V, 1W power transistor in a thermally enhanced plastic package 3.6V, 1W power transistor with an on-chip thermally matched bias diode Applications Digital cordless, 868/900MHz ISM-band radios, wireless data Digital cordless, 868/900MHz ISM-band radios, two-way pagers CDMA and TDMA dual-mode cellular phones CDMA and TDMA dual-mode cellular phones ISM spread spectrum, DS, FH, BPSK, ASK, FSK 900MHz cordless phones, ISM-band spread spectrum AMPS phones, two-way paging, CDPD, ISM-band radios AMPS phones, two-way paging, CDPD, ISM-band radios Price 1000-up ($) 2.66

MAX2235 MAX2264 MAX2265 MAX2402 MAX2430

2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5 2.7 to 5 4.75 to 5.5 3 to 5.5

800 to 1000 824 887 824 887 800 to to to to to 849/ 925 849/ 925 1000

1W 28/27dBm 28/27dBm 100

37 40

C AB AB AB to B, Adj. AB

20-TSSOP-EP 16-TSSOP-EP 16-TSSOP-EP 20-SSOP 16-SO, 16-PwrQSOP 8-SO 8-SO

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3.23 3.86 3.86 3.78 2.97

800 to 1000

125 (at 3.6V) 15

MAX2601 MAX2602

2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5

DC to >1000 DC to >1000

1W 1W

AB/C AB/C

Yes Yes

2.32 2.38

Supply IF Frequency Part Voltage 1st/2nd Number (V) (MHz) INTERMEDIATE-FREQUENCY PRODUCTS 2.7 to 5.5 100 to 600/ MAX2510 1 to 30 MAX2511 2.7 to 5.5 200 to 440/ 8 to 13

RSSI Range (dB) >90 >90

Tx Power Control (dB) 40 40

ImageReject Mixers No Yes

EV Kit Yes Yes

Features IF transceiver with downconverter mixer, limiting amplifier, transmit I/Q mixers, and VGA IF transceiver with image-reject downconverter, limiting amplifier, transmit image-reject mixer, and VGA

Applications PCS phones (PWT1900, PACS, PHS), wireless local loop, RF transceivers PCS phones (PWT1900, PACS, PHS), wireless local loop, RF transceivers

Price 1000-up ($) 5.35 5.94

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) OSCILLATORS MAX2620 2.7 to 5.25

Frequency Range (MHz) 10 to 1050

Supply Current (mA) 9

Phase Noise (dBc/Hz) -110 (at 25kHz offset from 900MHz carrier) -100 (at 100kHz offset) -100 (at 100kHz offset) -100 (at 100kHz offset)

Output Power (dBm) -3 (2 outputs), 0 (differential) -8 -8 -8

PinsPackage 8-MAX

EV Kit Yes

Features Low voltage, lowest phase noise, dual outputs, superior isolation Fully monolithic VCO with a single output and shutdown Fully monolithic VCO with a single output and shutdown Fully monolithic VCO with a single output and shutdown

Applications Digital and analog cellular and cordless phones, PCS, pagers, ISM-band radios ISM-band radios DECT, ISM-band radios ISM-band radios

Price 1000-up ($) 1.49

MAX2622 MAX2623 MAX2624

2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6

855 to 881 855 to 950 947 to 998

9.5 9.5 9.5

8-MAX 8-MAX 8-MAX

Yes Yes Yes

1.80 1.80

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Wireless/RF/CATV Products (continued)

Supply Frequency Part Voltage Range Number (V) (MHz) GENERAL-PURPOSE RF AMPLIFIERS 4.5 to 6.5 DC to 1100 MAX2611 MAX2630 MAX2631 MAX2632 MAX2633 MAX2650 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 4.5 to 5.5 100 to 1000 100 to 1000 100 to 1000 100 to 1000 DC to 1000 Gain (dB) at ICC (mA) 18.5 at 16 13.7 at 7 13.7 at 7 13.7 at 7 13.7 at 7 19 at 18 Output P1 (dBm) 3 -11 -11 -11 -11 0 Noise Figure (dB) 3.5 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.9 PinsPackage 4-SOT143 4-SOT143 5-SOT23 5-SOT23 6-SOT23 4-SOT143 EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features Wideband gain block, low noise and high output capability 3V LNA with internal biasing 3V LNA with shutdown, no external bias resistor 3V LNA with bias control 3V LNA with shutdown and bias control 5V LNA with internal biasing Applications Satellite receivers, TV tuners, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Portable phones, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Cordless phones, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Cordless phones, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Cordless phones, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Satellite receivers, TV tuners, wireless LANs, ISM-band radios Price 1000-up ($) 0.66** 0.70** 0.74** 0.74** 0.79** 0.66**

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) LOW-NOISE AMPLIFIERS 2.7 to 5.5 MAX2640 MAX2641 MAX2651 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 3.3

Frequency Range (MHz) 400 to 1500 1400 to 2500 925 to 960/ 1805 to 1990 1805 to 1990

Supply Current (mA) 3.5 3.5 5.9/ 5.7 5.4

Gain (dB) 15.1 (900MHz) 14.4 (1.9GHz) 18/ 18 18

Noise Figure (dB) 0.9 1.3 1.2/ 1.8 1.9

Input IP3 (dBm) -10 -4 -8.5/ -10 -8.5

PinsPackage 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 10-MAX

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes

Features SiGe ultra-low-noise amplifier

Applications

Price 1000-up ($) 0.80** 0.80** 1.27

MAX2653

2.7 to 3.3

8-MAX

Yes

Cordless phones, cellular, ISM-band radios SiGe ultra-low-noise amplifier GPS, PCS, WLAN, HomeRF, ISM-band radios Dual LNA (GSM & DCS/PCS GSM/DCS or GSM/PCS dualband), 20dB gain step band phones, GSM/DCS/PCS triple-band phones Single LNA (DCS/PCS band), DCS1800 or PCS1900 single20dB gain step, shutdown mode band phones

1.19 Price 1000-up ($) 0.75** 0.75** 0.80** 0.80**

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) VCO BUFFER AMPLIFIERS MAX2470 2.7 to 5.5 MAX2471 MAX2472 MAX2473 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5 2.7 to 5.5

Frequency Range (MHz) 10 to 500 10 to 500 500 to 2500 500 to 2500

Gain (dB) at ICC (mA) 15 at 5.5 16 at 5.5 10.2 at 5.2 11.8 at 3.3

Reverse Isolation (dB) 75 74 50 50

PinsPackage 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes

Features Single-ended input, diff. output, selectable frequency range Differential input and output Dual open-collector outputs Single collector output, variable output power control

Applications Cellular, PCS, ISM-band radios, active baluns Cellular, PCS, ISM-band radios, active baluns Cellular, PCS, ISM-band radios, general oscillator buffering Cellular, PCS, ISM-band radios, general oscillator buffering

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. Factory-direct orders are accepted only in multiples of 2500 or 10,000 pieces (smaller quantities are available from distributors).

Wireless/RF/CATV Products (continued)

Part Supply Number Voltage (V) UPSTREAM AMPLIFIERS MAX3509 +9 Gain-Control Range (dB) 52 Output Power (dBmV) 70 Supply Current (mA) 100 PinsPackage 20-TSSOP EV Kit Yes Features 30mV on/off transients, high linearity, high efficiency in TDMA systems 7mV power-up/down transients, low noise, lowest power consumption Digital control of output power in 1dB steps, shutdown and transmit-disable modes Applications Circuit-switched cable telephony return amplifier, distribution upstream amplifier DOCSIS and DVB Cable Modems, cable telephony, set-top boxes Cable modems, cable telephony, set-top boxes Price 1000-up ($)

MAX3510

+5

>52

64

108

20-QSOP

Yes

TBD

MAX3532

+4.75 to +5.25

62

62

75

36-SSOP

Yes

TBD

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) DATA CONVERTERS 5 MAX104 MAX106 5 MAX108 5 MAX1002 5 MAX1003 3.3 to 5.5 MAX1005 3 MAX1007 2.85 to 5.5

Resolution (Bits) 8 8 8 6 6 5-ADC/7-DAC 8-ADC/7-DAC

Input Channels 1 1 1 2 2 1 4

Sample Rate (Msps) 1000 600 1500 60 90 15

Conversion Time (s) 5.2

Voltage Reference (V) External External External Internal Internal Internal Internal

Data-Bus Interface Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Serial

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Features 7.3 ENOB at 500MHz fIN, demuxed outputs High-performance ADC, demuxed outputs High-performance ADC, demuxed outputs I/Q ADC, internal oscillator, PGA I/Q ADC, internal oscillator, PGA IF undersampler, ADC/IF subcarrier DAC for use with MAX2411A/MAX2511 Mobile radio controller with one ADC and four DACs

Price 1000-up ($) 3.40 3.96 2.96 4.01

Supply Part Voltage Number (V) PA POWER CONTROL MAX4473 2.7 to 6.5

Supply Current (mA) 2

Shutdown Supply Current (A) 1

Slew Rate (V/s) 1.8

Enable Time (s) 1.5

Open-Loop Gain (dB) 80

PinsPackage 8-MAX

Features RF PA power-control IC for GSM applications with Rail-to-Rail I/O

Price 1000-up ($) 1.20

Input Part Voltage Number Range (V) PA POWER SUPPLIES MAX1687/1688 2.7 to 5.5

Output Voltage (V) 1.25 to 5

Quiescent Supply Current (mA), max(typ) 4(2)

Output (A) 3 (burst)

Control Scheme PFM

PinsPackage 8-SO, 16-TSSOP

Temp. Ranges* E

EV Kit Yes

Features Step-up switching regulator with adaptive control scheme, ideal for GSM handsets

Price 1000-up ($) 2.20

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary. Contact factory for pricing. * Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Telecommunications
Part Supply Number Voltage (V) LASER DIODE DRIVERS +3.1 to +5.25 MAX3667 MAX3668 +3.1 to +5.5 MAX3867 +3.1 to +5.5 MAX3869 +3.1 to +5.5 Data Rate (Mbps) 622 622 2.5Gbps 2.5Gbps Max Modulation Current (mA) 60 75 60 60 Max Bias Current (mA) 90 80 100 100 PinsPackage 32-TQFP 32-TQFP 48-TQFP 32-TQFP EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Features Automatic power control, true 3V operation Automatic power control, true 3V operation Automatic power control, true 3V operation Automatic power control, bias-current and modulation-current monitors, true 3V operation Applications 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET

Analog Part Supply Bandwidth Number Voltage (V) (MHz) TRANSIMPEDANCE PREAMPLIFIERS MAX3664 +3 to +3.6 590 MAX3665 MAX3866 +3 to +3.6 +3.1 to +5.5 470 1800

Transimpedance (k) 6 7

Input Noise (nA) 55 62 430

Supply Current (mA) 25 25 50

PinsPackage 8-SO, 8-MAX, Die 8-MAX, Die Die

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes

Features Single +3.3V supply, low power, -40C to +85C operation Single +3.3V supply, low power, -40C to +85C operation Single +3.3V or +5V supply, -40C to +85C operation, includes limiting postamp

Applications 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET 2.488Gbps SDH/SONET

Part Supply Number Voltage (V) DESERIALIZERS MAX3680 +3 to +3.6 MAX3681 +3 to +3.6

Input Data Rate (Mbps) 622 622

Output Data Rate (Mbps) 77 155

Supply Current (mA) 50 80

Clock and Data Inputs Differential PECL Differential PECL Differential PECL Differential PECL

Data Outputs and Synchronization Inputs TTL LVDS

EV Kit Yes Yes

Features 1:8 deserializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, -40C to +85C operation 1:4 deserializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, LVDS outputs, -40C to +85C operation 1:16 deserializer with clock recovery, single +3.3V supply, low power, LVDS outputs, -40C to +85C operation 1:16 deserializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, LVDS outputs, -40C to +85C operation

Applications 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET

MAX3880

+3 to +3.6

2.5Gbps

155

275

LVDS

Yes

2.5Gbps SDH/SONET

MAX3885

+3 to +3.6

2.5Gbps

155

200

LVDS

Yes

2.5Gbps SDH/SONET

Supply Serial Voltage Data Rate Part (V) (Gbps) SYSTEM INTERCONNECT PRODUCTS MAX3831 +3 to +3.6 2.5 MAX3832 +3 to +3.6 2.5

Parallel Channel Rate (Mbps) 622 622

Supply Current (mA) 440 480

PinPackage 64-TQFP-EP 64-TQFP-EP

EV Kit Yes Yes

Features Four-channel interconnect mux/demux with loss-of-frame indicator and built-in self-test, PCLK out = 622MHz Four-channel interconnect mux/demux with loss-of-frame indicator and built-in self-test, PCLK out = 155MHz

Applications 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET backplanes, intrarack/subrack interconnects 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET backplanes, intrarack/subrack interconnects

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability.

Telecommunications (continued)
Part Supply Number Voltage (V) SERIALIZERS +3 to +3.6 MAX3690 MAX3691 MAX3693 +3 to +3.6 +3 to +3.6 Input Data Rate (Mbps) 77 155 155 Output Data Rate (Mbps) 622 622 622 Supply Current (mA) 60 65 65 Clock and Data Inputs TTL LVDS LVDS Data Output Differential PECL Differential PECL Differential PECL Differential PECL EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Features 8:1 serializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, TTL inputs, -40C to +85C operation 4:1 serializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, LVDS inputs, -40C to +85C operation 4:1 serializer, single +3.3V supply, low power, LVDS inputs, -40C to +85C operation, multiple reference clock frequencies 16:1 serializer, single +3.3V supply, low power LVDS inputs, -40C to +85C operation Applications 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET

MAX3890

+3 to +3.6

155

2.5Gbps

175

LVDS

Yes

2.5Gbps SDH/SONET

Part Supply Data Number Voltage (V) Rate (Mbps) CLOCK-RECOVERY AND DATA-RETIMING ICs MAX3675 +3 to +5.5 622 MAX3676 +3 to +5.5 622

I/O Levels PECL PECL

Bellcore Jitter Tolerance Surpasses specification Surpasses specification Surpasses specification Surpasses specification

PinsPackage 32-TQFP 32-TQFP

EV Kit Yes Yes

Features Single +3.3V or +5V supply, includes limiting postamp, -40C to +85C Single +3.3V or +5V supply, includes limiting postamp, -40C to +85C, meets SONET receiver and regenerator specifications Single +3.3V or +5V supply, -40C to +85C operation, meets all Bellcore jitter specifications Single +3.3V or +5V supply, -40C to +85C operation, meets all Bellcore jitter specifications

Applications 622Mbps SDH/SONET 622Mbps SDH/SONET

MAX3875 MAX3876

+3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5

2.5Gbps 2.5Gbps

PECL CML

32-TQFP 32-TQFP

Yes Yes

2.488Gbps SDH/SONET 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET

Local-Area Networks and Data Communications

Part Supply Analog Number Voltage (V) Bandwidth (MHz) TRANSIMPEDANCE PREAMPLIFIERS MAX3260 +5 1000 MAX3266 +3 to +5.5 920 MAX3267 MAX3760 +3 to +5.5 +5 1900 560 Transimpedance () 2000 2800 1900 6500 Max Input Current (A) 900 1000 1000 1000 Input Noise (nA) 240 200 485 73 PinsPackage Die only Die, 8-SO Die, 8-SO Die, 8-SO EV Kit Yes Yes Features Single supply, 25dB dynamic range Internal compensation, differential outputs, 30x50 mil die size Internal compensation, differential outputs, 30x50 mil die size 1mA max input overload, no external compensation capacitors, differential outputs Applications Fibre Channel Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 622Mbps ATM/SDH/SONET

Part Data Rate Number (Mbps) LIMITING AMPLIFIERS 1Gbps MAX3262 MAX3264 1.25Gbps MAX3265 2.5Gbps MAX3268 MAX3269 MAX3761 MAX3762 1.25Gbps 2.5Gbps 622 622

Supply Voltage (V) +5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +3.6 +3 to +3.6 +5 +5

Input Sensitivity (mV) 6 5 10 5 10 4 4

Edge Speed (ps) <250 <300 <150 <300 <150 <250 <250

PinsPackage 24-SSOP 16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP, 10-MAX 10-MAX 10-MAX 20-QSOP 20-QSOP

EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Features Programmable LOS threshold CML data output CML data output PECL data output PECL data output PECL data output, TTL LOS PECL data output, PECL LOS

Applications Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 622Mbps ATM 622Mbps ATM

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability.

Local-Area Networks and Data Communications (continued)

Part Supply Number Voltage (V) LASER DIODE DRIVERS MAX3261 +5 MAX3263 MAX3286 MAX3287 MAX3288 MAX3289 MAX3296 MAX3297 MAX3298 MAX3299 MAX3766 Part Number PORT BYPASS MAX3750 MAX3751 +5 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 to to to to to +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 +5.5 Data Rate (Mbps) 1250 155 1250 1250 1250 1250 2500 2500 2500 2500 622 Data Rate (Mbps) 2125 1063 Max Modulation Current (mA) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 Deterministic Jitter (ps) 10 10 Max Bias Current (mA) 60 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 60 Power (mW) 190 180 PinsPackage 32-TQFP 24-SSOP 32-TQFP 16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP 32-TQFP 16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP 20-TQFP PinsPackage 16-QSOP 16-QSOP EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features Automatic power control, temperature-compensated reference voltage Automatic power control, temperature-compensated reference voltage Configurable for common-cathode or common-anode laser Configured for common-cathode laser and photodiode Configured for common-cathode laser without photodiode Configured for common-anode laser and photodiode Configurable for common-cathode or common-anode laser Configured for common-cathode laser and photodiode Configured for common-cathode laser without photodiode Configured for common-anode laser and photodiode Automatic power control, complete laser safety features Applications Fibre Channel, 622Mbps ATM/SDH/SONET 155Mbps ATM/SDH/SONET Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 2x Gigabit Ethernet, 2Gbps Fibre Channel, 2.5Gbps ATM 622Mbps ATM/SDH/SONET

+3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +3 to +5.5 +5 Supply Voltage (V) CIRCUITS +3 to +3.6 +3 to +3.6

EV Kit Yes Yes

Features Internal transmission-line terminations, output driver tolerates mismatched loads, low power Internal transmission-line terminations, output driver tolerates mismatched loads, low power No external reference clock needed, signal lock indicator, tolerates 0.7UI jitter tolerance No external reference clock needed, signal lock indicator, tolerates 0.7UI jitter tolerance Quad port bypass, internal transmission-line terminations, 0.7UI jitter tolerance Quad port bypass, internal transmission-line terminations, 0.7UI jitter tolerance

Applications Fibre Channel arbitrated loop, mass storage systems Fibre Channel arbitrated loop,, mass storage systemss Fibre Channel arbitrated loop, mass storage systems Fibre Channel arbitrated loop, mass storage systems Fibre Channel arbitrated loop, mass storage systems Fibre Channel arbitrated loop, mass storage systems

DATA RETIMER CIRCUITS MAX3770 +3 to +3.6 MAX3771 +3 to +3.6

2125 1063

15 15

180 126

16-TSSOP 16-TSSOP

Yes Yes

PORT BYPASS CIRCUITS WITH DATA RETIMER MAX3752 +3 to +3.6 2125 12 MAX3753 +3 to +3.6 1063 12

825 740

48-TQFP-EP 48-TQFP-EP

Yes Yes

Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Sensor Signal Conditioners

Analog Out
I I I
H I H I MAX1450 (1% accurate) MAX1457 (0.1% accurate) MAX1458 (1% accurate, internal EEPROM) MAX1459 (1% accurate, internal EEPROM, 420mA) MAX1478 (1% accurate, internal EEPROM, Rail-to-Rail output) H I

Digital Out
MAX1460 (RISC Processor, EEPROM) MAX1461 (RISC Processor, EEPROM)

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Sensor Signal Conditioners

Part Number MAX1450 MAX1452 MAX1454 MAX1457 MAX1458 MAX1459 MAX1460 MAX1461 MAX1462 MAX1468 MAX1474 MAX1478 Accuracy* (-40C to +125C) (%) 1 0.25 0.1 0.1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.25 1 PGA 3-bit 4-bit 3-bit 3-bit 3-bit 3-bit 2-bit 2-bit 2-bit 3-bit 3-bit On-Chip Sensor Excitation Current source Current source Current source Current source Current source Current source Voltage source Current source Temperature Sensor Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Temperature ADC Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Auxiliary Op Amp Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Programming Interface Laser trim Single wire Single wire Multiplexed parallel Multiplexed parallel Multiplexed parallel Multiplexed parallel SPI Multiplexed parallel SPI Serial Multiplexed parallel Output Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog and digital Analog and digital Analog and digital Analog and digital Capacitor Analog EEPROM Internal Internal External Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal RISC Processor Yes Yes Yes Yes 420mA Loop Support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Compensation Points 180 190 120 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Price 1000-up ($) 1.98

9.95 3.48 2.95 6.50

2.95

Accuracy is limited by the inherent repeatability error of the sensor. Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Pressure Sensors
MPP (Plastic Pressure Port)
0 to 100kPaA
MPP105A

MPM (Metal Pressure Port)

0 to 100kPaA
MPM105A

15 to 115kPaA
MPP125A

0 to 700kPaA
MPP705A

15 to 115kPaA
MPM125A

0 to 700kPaA
MPM705A

0 to 3500kPaA
MPM356A

Future product

Pressure Sensors
Part Number MPP105A MPM105A MPP125A MPM125A MPP705A MPM705A MPM356A Media Compatibility1 Type 1 Type 2 Type 1 Type 2 Type 1 Type 2 Type 2 Pressure Range2 (kPaA) 0 to 100 0 to 100 15 to 115 15 to 115 0 to 700 0 to 700 0 to 3500 Pressure Range2 (psiA) 0 to 14.5 0 to 14.5 2.2 to 16.7 2.2 to 16.7 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 500 Maximum Pressure (kPaA) 250 250 250 250 1400 1400 7000 Sensitivity (mV/kPA) 45 45 45 45 6.43 6.43 1.29 Linearity (%FSO typ) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Thermal Hysteresis3 (%FSO typ) 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 Error Band4 (%FSO max) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

1 Media compatibility differs between MPP and MPM sensors, as a result of different wetted materials: Type 1 (MPP, plastic pressure port devices): Wetted materials include LCP plastic, RTV, Si, and SiO2. Compatible media includes gases, water, saline solution, and other fluids compatible with wetted materials. Type 2 (MPM, metal pressure port devices): Wetted materials include Ni, Au, Au-Sn, Cr-Pt, Si, and SiO2. Compatible media includes gases, water, gasoline, brake fluid, and other fluids compatible with wetted materials. 2 Pressure ports: OD 3.8mm interfacing with standard O-ring type 2-007, S-70, per SAE standard AS568 Accessory pressure port: MPZ001/MPZ002 support pressure up to 1.7MPa (250psi) interfacing to plastic tubing, 1/8 in. ID. 3 Thermal hysteresis is measured at +25C for a temperature cycle +25C, +85C, +25C, -25C, +25C. 4 Error band is measured over the -25C to +85C range and includes pressure repeatability, hysteresis, linearity, and temperature errors. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Silicon Delay Lines

5-Tap Delay Lines
MXD1000 MXD1005

3-in-1 Delay Lines

MXD1013

Silicon Delay Lines

Part Number MXD1000 MXD1005 MXD1013 Number of Taps/Delays 5 taps 5 taps 3 delays Delay Range (ns) 4 to 500 12 to 250 10 to 200 Accuracy 2ns or 5%* 2ns or 3%* 2ns or 5%* Packages DIP, SO, MAX DIP, SO, MAX DIP, SO, MAX Price 100-up ($) 2.13 2.67 3.20

Whichever is greater. Prices provided are for design guidance and are for the lowest grade, commercial temperature parts (FOB USA). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Prices are subject to change. Note: See below for Ordering Information and see the following page for a Cross-Reference List.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Temperature Sensors
SMBus Digital Interface Temp Sensors
I
MAX1617

Single-Wire Digital Temp Sensors

MAX6575L/H MAX6576 MAX6577

Temp Switches
MAX6501 MAX6502 MAX6503 MAX6504

I MAX1617A/B
H I (remote diode temperature sensor)

MAX1668 (measures 4 temperatures) MAX1669 (desktop with fan control) MAX1755 (measures local temperature)

MAX6507 MAX6508 MAX6509 MAX6510 MAX6511 MAX6512

MAX1618 (small package) MAX1619 (with dual alarm for fan control)

MAX6505 MAX6506

MAX1756
(measures local temperature)

MAX6625

New product Future product I Evaluation kit available

Temperature Sensors
Part Number MAX1617/1617A MAX1618 MAX1619 MAX1668 MAX1669 MAX1755 MAX1756 MAX65016504 Description Remote temperature sensor with SMBus Remote temperature sensor with SMBus Remote temperature sensor with fan control 5-channel temperature sensor with SMBus Remote temperature sensor with fan controller Dual SMBus-controlled temperature monitors with built-in comparator and OVERT thermostat output Dual SMBus-controlled temperature monitors with built-in comparator and ALERT interrupt output 2.7V to 5.5V temperature switches PinsPackage 16-QSOP 10-MAX 16-QSOP 16-QSOP 16-QSOP 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 5-SOT23 Temp. Ranges* M M M M M M M M EV Kit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Features Measures CPU temperature directly with no calibration and 3C accuracy 3C accuracy, no calibration needed MAX1617 plus dual-alarm overtemperature outputs Four external temperature monitors and one internal temperature monitor Fan speed adjusted via serial interface, supports linear, PWM, and PPL fan interfaces D/A programmable temperature trip threshold, wide supply voltage range from 2.35V to 5.5V D/A programmable temperature trip threshold, wide supply voltage range from 2.35V to 5.5V Ambient temperature monitor with factory-set thresholds (in 10C increments), push/pull or open-drain outputs, 4C accuracy Factory-set, low-power, dual-threshold switch (3C accuracy), factory-set upper limit, pin-selected lower limit (a delta to upper limit) Factory-set, low-power, dual-threshold switch (3C accuracy), factory-set upper limit, pin-selected lower limit (a delta to upper limit), open-drain output Factory-set, low-power window temp detector (3C accuracy), TOVER trips when temp rises beyond set threshold, TUNDER trips when temp falls below lower temp threshold Factory-set, low-power window temp detector (3C accuracy), TOVER trips when temp rises beyond set threshold, TUNDER trips when temp falls below lower temp threshold Resistor-set, low-power temp switch (4C accuracy), threshold determined by choosing appropriate 1% resistor Resistor-set, low-power temp switch (4C accuracy), threshold determined by choosing appropriate 1% resistor, pin-programmable output polarity Factory-set, remote-diode temp switch (3C accuracy), no external components required to set threshold, pin-selected hysteresis Factory-set, remote-diode temp switch (3C accuracy), no external components required to set threshold, pin-selected hysteresis Allows up to eight temperature sensors to interface with a P on one control line Output is a free-running square wave with a period proportional to the absolute temperature of the device Output is a free-running square wave with a frequency proportional to the absolute temperature of the device Integrated temp sensor, 9-bit ADC, and digital overtemperature detector with SMBus/I2C 2-wire serial interface (3C accuracy) Price 1000-up ($) 3.11

3.11

3.20

0.67**

MAX6505 MAX6506

SOT dual temperature switch SOT dual temperature switch

6-SOT23 6-SOT23

M M

MAX6507

SOT window temperature detector

6-SOT23

MAX6508

SOT window temperature detector

6-SOT23

MAX6509 MAX6510

SOT resistor-programmable thermostat SOT resistor-programmable thermostat

5-SOT23 6-SOT23

M M

MAX6511 MAX6512 MAX6575L/H MAX6576 MAX6577 MAX6625

SOT remote diode temperature switch SOT remote diode temperature switch Single-wire digital temperature sensor Single-wire digital temperature sensor Single-wire digital temperature sensor SOT 2-wire serial interface digital temperature sensor

6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23 6-SOT23

M M M M M M

0.79 0.72 0.72

* Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. ** 2500 pc. factory-direct price, FOB USA. SMBus is a registered trademark of Intel Corp. I2C is a tradmark of Philips Corp.

Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Display Drivers

LED

LCD

4 Digit
ICM7212

8 Digit
ICM7218 MAX7219 MAX7221

4 Digit
ICM7211

8 Digit
MAX7231

10 Digit
MAX7232

4 Character
MAX7233

5 Character
MAX7234

Display Drivers
Part Number ICM7211 ICM7212 ICM7218 Output 4 digit 4 digit 8 digit Display Format Hexadecimal or code B Hexadecimal or code B Hexadecimal, no decode, or code B 7 segment, no decode, or code B 7 segment, no decode, or code B Hexadecimal or code B Hexadecimal or code B 64 character ASCII 64 character ASCII Input Format Multiplexed or P interface Multiplexed or P interface Parallel and serial entry Input Formula 4-bit data 4-bit data 6-bit data Number of Annunciators No independent annunciators No independent annunciators 1 decimal point per digit LCD or LED LCD LED LED Features Muxed version, 4-digit strobes; P-interfaced version, 2-digit address Muxed version, 4-digit strobes; P-interfaced version, 2-digit address A version, serial format, drives common anode; B version, serial format, drives common cathode; C version, parallel format, drives common anode; D version, parallel format, drives common cathode True 3-wire serial interface, easy to use, available in 24-pin SO Slew-rate-limited MAX7219 with true SPI-compatible interface A & B versions, both annunciators on COM3; C version, annunciators on COM1 & COM3 A & B versions, both annunciators on COM3; C version, annunciators on COM1 & COM3 A B A B version, version, version, version, half-width numbers; full-width numbers half-width numbers; full-width numbers Price 1000-up ($) 2.42 2.05 4.33

MAX7219

8 digit

Serial entry

8-bit data, 8-bit address 8-bit data, 8-bit address 4-bit 2-bit 3-bit 4-bit 2-bit 4-bit 6-bit 2-bit 6-bit 3-bit data, annunciator, address data, annunciator, address ASCII data, address ASCII data, address

1 decimal point per digit 1 decimal point per digit 16

LED

3.99

MAX7221

8 digit

Serial entry

LED

3.99

MAX7231

8 digit

Parallel entry

LCD

4.50

MAX7232

10 digit

Serial entry

20

LCD

4.37

MAX7233 MAX7234

4 character 5 character

Parallel entry Serial entry

No independent annunciators No independent annunciators

LCD LCD

4.06 4.51

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates.

To drill down to the part number youre looking for, click on the arrow next to the appropriate family of products. Then, click on the part number to view the data sheet.

Counters and Timers

Part Number ICM7217 Description 4-digit up/down Maximum Count 9999 Output1 C.A. LED & C.C. LED LCD, C.A. LED open drain CMOS open drain open drain CMOS Speed (MHz max) 2 Supply Voltage (V) 4.5 to 5.5 Supply Current (mA), max(typ) (100 to 200) Package Options2 DIP Temp. Range3 I Features Equals and zero outputs, counter presets and predetermining register set by thumb-wheel switches Improved second source Improved second source, RC oscillator or external clock Programmable timeouts RC oscillator or external clock RC oscillator or external clock Improved second source Price 1000-up ($) 4.67

ICM7224/7225 ICM7240 ICM7242 ICM7250 ICM7260 ICM7555/7556

4-1/2 digit 8-bit binary Fixed 8-bit 2-digit BCD 2-digit timer CMOS 555/556 timer

19,999 1-255 128/256 1-99 1-59

15 15 15 15 15 0.5

3 to 6 2 to 16 2 2 2 2 to to to to 16 16 16 16.5

0.025 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.25 to 0.50

DIP, PLCC DIP DIP DIP DIP DIP, SO, Can

I I I,M I I E,I,M

4.86 2.04 1.97 2.05 1.97 0.68

True RMS-to-DC Converters

Part Number MX536A MX636 Conversion Accuracy (mV % read, max) 2 (0.2) to 5 (0.5) 0.2 (0.3) to 0.5 (0.6) Full-Scale Range (VRMS) 7 0.2 Decibel Output (dB max) 0.3 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.5 Quiescent Current (mA max) 2 1 Features General purpose Low power Price 1000-up ($) 5.86 4.94

Function Generator
Part Number MAX038 Operating Frequency (MHz) 20 Triangle, Sawtooth, Sine, Square, and Pulse Waveforms Yes Frequency Sweep Range 350 to 1 Sine-Wave Distortion (%) 0.75 Output Impedance () 0.1 Duty-Cycle Variance (%) 15 to 85 EV Kit Yes

1 2 3

C.A. LED = Common Anode LED Display, C.C. LED = Common Cathode LED Display For dimensions, refer to the Package Information section in the Appendix. Temperature Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C. Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Not all packages are offered in 1k increments, and some may require minimum order quantities.

To the left, please click the arrow by Engineering Journals for more detailed selections. Pricing information in these Engineering Journals may not be current. Please contact your nearest Maxim office for pricing information.

Volume Eleven

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports record revenues for the third quarter 1993 New amplifiers simplify wideband techniques 3rd-order highpass filter has synthetic inductor Comparator and charge pump converts 3V to 5V 5-comparator IC provides 3V-to-5V regulator and P reset Simple circuit measures battery drain Simple circuit stretches pulses

2 3 10 12 13 14 15

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters

MILITARY PROGRAM

8-bit, 400ksps ADC offers 3V operation and 1A power-down Micropower, 8-channel, 12-bit ADCs draw only 10A MX390: first-ever upgrade for AD390 Dual 12-bit DAC has serial input and voltage outputs 12-bit voltage-output DACs settle to 1/2LSB in 3.0s Single-supply, 700A comparators offer 40ns propagation delays Quad SPDT analog switch replaces two DG-303s at lower cost Analog switch has 30ns tON/tOFF Low-power, precision analog switches have 35 max on resistance High-performance analog multiplexers offer 100 max on resistance 5A step-down dc-dc converter has 60V input range Flash-memory programming module generates 120mA at 12V 2.5W step-down regulator module generates 500mA at 5V Multichip power-supply module converts 5V to 12V or 15V Simple, inexpensive reset monitor requires no external parts

(MAX152) (MAX186/188) (MX390) (MAX532) (MX667/767) (MAX907/908/909) (MAX333) (HI-201HS) (DG417/418/419) (DG406/407) (MAX724) (MAX1732) (MAX1738) (MAX1743) (MAX709)

16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 21 20 21 21 22 22

Op Amps/Comparators Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Power Management

P Supervisors Interface
Complete RS-232 serial port monitors ring indicator while in shutdown (MAX213) RS-485 transceiver reduces EMI 100 times (MAX481/483/485) 2.5V, 40ppm/C reference draws less than 10A (MAX872/874)

Voltage Reference

MIL-STD-883 compliant products DESC approved products to standard military drawings

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES FOR THE THIRD QUARTER 1993
SUNNYVALE, CA May 4, 1993 Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. reported record net revenues of $28,384,000 for the third quarter of fiscal 1993, compared to $22,124,000 for the same period a year ago. This represents a 28.3% gain in net sales from the same quarter a year ago. Net income of $4,363,000 (or $0.29 per share) for the quarter marked the 28th consecutive increasingly profitable quarter for Maxim compared to net income of $3,546,000 (or $0.24 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1992. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, stated, Maxim announced 25 new products during the quarter. This makes 64 new products introduced in fiscal 1993 to date, compared to 55 products introduced at this time last fiscal year. Our new product development capacity has clearly increased. Maxims total product portfolio of 573 products continues to be the most products introduced by any analog company over the past nine years. Acceptance of new products in major markets continues to provide for our future growth."

RUGGED PLASTIC OFFERS HIGH-REL QUALITY FOR 50% LESS

In response to customer requests for high-reliability products at a lower cost, Maxim now has a new HiRel screening flow for plastic devices. This screening includes many of the requirements common to /883 devices, such as burn-in at +125C and electrical screening at -55C to +125C. Rugged plastic DIPs and smalloutline packages offer a 50% cost reduction and use less board space compared to other existing /883 CERDIP or LCC Military packages.

New amplifiers simplify wideband techniques

Limited performance in transconductance amplifiers has hampered their acceptance for years, with exception of the few applications tailored to their capabilities. But two new products from Maxim promise to widen the scope of such amplifiers. The Maxim parts offer better specs for established circuits, and their unique architectures offer the prospect of entirely new applications. MAX435/MAX436 amplifiers are open-loop devices that provide accurate gain without feedback. V OUT/VIN gain is the product of an internal current gain (4 2.5% in the MAX435; 8 2.5% in the MAX436), and the ratio of an output impedance Z L to the user-connected transconductance network Z t (Figure 1). Zt is a 2terminal network connected across the amplifiers Z+ and Z- terminals. The MAX435 has differential outputs, and the MAX436 has a single-ended output. Because ZL or Zt (or both) can be frequency-shaping networks, the Z L /Z t ratio can implement some interesting transfer functions. A resistor ratio (times the internal current gain) simply sets a desired voltage gain. Replacing ZL with a parallel-RC network produces a

TWO EQUATIONS:
VO1 = K*
1 )V (Z Zt IN 2 )V (Z IN Zt

Z+ VIN Zt Z1

VO1

VO2 = -K*

MAX435 ZZ2

VO2

*K = 2.5% (MAX435), 82.5% (MAX436) GAIN IS SET BY A RATIO OF TWO IMPEDANCES AND AN INTERNAL CURRENT GAIN FACTOR (K).

Figure 1. Simple equations and freedom from instability ease the application of transconductance amplifiers.

lowpass response, and replacing Zt with a series-RC network produces a highpass response. Combining the parallel-RC ZL and series-RC Zt produces a bandpass filter. Or, by replacing Zt with a crystal or series-LC network you can create a high-Q tuned amplifier. Each of these configurations is elevated to new levels of performance by the amplifiers high speed: the MAX435 has a 275MHz bandwidth with 800V/s slew rate, and the MAX436 has a 200MHz bandwidth with 850V/s slew rate. Both offer 18ns settling times (1%) for 0.5V step inputs, and both feature exceptional CMRRs of 53dB at 10MHz. Both have fully differential, symmetrical, high-impedance inputs. Input offset voltages (300V typical) are much lower than those of most high-speed op amps.

VCC I1 12mA 3mA I2 3mA 12mA

Z+ VIN+ IOUT+

ZVINIOUT-

Q1

A=4

A = 1/2

A=1

A=1

A = 1/2

A=4

Q2

VEE

Figure 2. This simplified schematic shows basic circuitry in the MAX435 differential-output transconductance amplifier. An external resistor (RSET) controls the four current sources, and its nominal value of 5.9k produces the current levels shown.

V01* VIN = 1VPP 10MHz Zt Z+ RL

reasonable value of input termination resistance. Similarly, the current-source outputs have a relatively high source resistance (3.2k typical) that lets you connect any reasonable value of load resistance. The main advantage of these circuits over magnetic transformers is in their low-end frequency response, which extends to dc. Baseband video, for example, has frequency components ranging from 4.5MHz to below 60Hz. A line transformer with flat frequency response over that range would be very bulky and expensive! Flexibility is another advantage for the IC approach; by changing one or two resistors you can match the transmitter and receiver to a variety of cables in the same system. As another illustration of the need for impedance matching, coaxial cables for high-speed signals must be carefully terminated in their characteristic impedance to ensure maximum power transfer and minimum distortion. To obtain optimum performance from 50 cable, therefore, you must terminate each end of the cable with 50.

MAX435
ZV02* RL R V01* = 4 ( L )VIN R R V02* = -4 ( L )VIN R * MINIMAL TIME DELAY BETWEEN V01 AND V02

Figure 3. Differential outputs make the MAX435 a convenient singlepackage phase splitter.

The secret of high speed lies in the MAX435/MAX436 architecture. Consider the MAX435 (Figure 2). With zero volts across VIN+ and VIN-, the currents from I1 and I2 are mirrored and multiplied, producing 12mA in Q1 and Q2. These currents each match 12mA from a current source in the output stage, producing a zero differential output at IOUT+ and IOUT-. Connecting a positive differential voltage across VIN+ and VIN- diverts some of the I1/I2 current through Zt (connected between Z+ and Z-), causing an imbalance in the Q1/Q2 currents. The result is a net differential output current at IOUT+ and IOUT-. Time delays are very short because the signals propagate as steered currents (rather than voltages), and because all stages in the signal path receive substantial bias currents. The following applications are made possible by these and other special capabilities in the MAX435/MAX436 amplifiers. Because MAX435 and MAX436 outputs are highimpedance current sources, you can create a summing amplifier simply by tying two or more outputs together. No additional components are required except a load resistor to develop the output voltage. Another intrinsic function is that of phase splitterthe MAX435 differential outputs provide inverted and non-inverted (0 and 180) versions of the input signal. As phase splitter, the MAX435 offers a convenient, singleIC differential drive for balanced transmission lines (Figure 3). The ICs excellent common-mode rejection (90dB at dc; -53dB at 10MHz) assures reliable transmissions. The amplifiers high-impedance inputs and outputs allow them to operate as monolithic impedance transformers ( Figure 4 ). The high-impedance, truedifferential inputs (800k typical) let you connect any

IN+ Z+ 50 Zt

MAX436 IOUT ZIN75

750mV 75

50 75

IN+ IOUT+ Z+ 50 Zt

50 100 500mV

MAX435 ZIOUTIN-

50

50 BALANCED PAIR

IN+ Z+ 50 20

MAX436 IOUT ZIN50

750mV 50

50 50, GAIN = 20dB

Figure 4. Independent settings for output current and load resistance enable MAX435/MAX436 amplifiers to act as impedance transformers. Supply voltages are 5V, and the RSET resistors (between the amplifiers' ISET terminals and ground) are 5.9k.

Further description
Voltage-mode amplifiers have low output impedance, so they require a series-resistor interface to coaxial cable. But MAX435/ MAX436 amplifiers have high-resistance current-source outputs that require a parallel connection of the termination resistor (i.e., in shunt with the cable). Note that back-terminating the cable this way reduces the circuit voltage gain by half (Figure 5). MAX435/MAX436 amplifiers offer the user several control handles. For top performance in this application and others, you should be aware of the amplifiers shutdown capability, their adjustable loadcurrent limits, and the factors that affect their dc accuracy. First, the internal current sources are controlled by an external resistor (RSET) connected between the ISET terminal and the V- supply voltage (Figure 2). Both amplifiers operate on 5V. The standard RSET value for which all specifications are guaranteed is 5.9k, and this value sets the limit for maximum IOUT: 20mA for the MAX436, and 10mA per output for the MAX435. By connecting a larger-valued RSET, you can reduce the amplifiers supply current and power dissipation (along with the maximum IOUT). You can also increase the output current by decreasing RSET, but be careful to ensure that the higher current does not combine with a particular operating condition to exceed the package power-dissipation rating. Removing RSET altogether provides a partial shutdown of the amplifier. Without RSET, the room-temperature supply currents (normally 35mA) drop to 450A 25% for the MAX435 and 850A 25% for the MAX436. DC accuracy in the MAX435 and MAX436 is affected by the input offset voltage (V OS), the output offset current (IOS), and tolerance on the internal current gain K, as well as tolerance on the external impedances Zt and ZL. VOS is caused by a VBE mismatch at the input stage (like the VOS in bipolar voltage amplifiers), and is measured between the Z+ and Z- terminalswith Zt removed and the inputs (IN+ and IN-) grounded. VOS produces a small error current in Z t during normal operation. Multiplied by K, it produces an output error current, even with no differential input voltage applied. IOS is a separate and independent output error that is caused by imperfectly matched devices in the output current mirrors. Though measured under the same conditions as the VOS measurement, IOS does not vary with input voltage. Combining the IOS and VOS effects
50
2 3

IN+ Z+
13 MAX436 IOUT

VIN

400
5 6

50 COAX

VOUT

ZIN50 50

50 a.

INPUT 500mV/div

OUTPUT 200mV/div

b.

TIME (ns) 5ns/div Rt = 400 RL = 25

Figure 5. As a coaxial-cable driver (a), the MAX436 transconductance amplifier handles fast pulses with minimal overshoot and ringing (b).

yields a net error in output voltage. The MAX435s differential output error VERR(DIFF), for instance, is the sum of each output error: VERR(DIFF) = (VERR+) - (VERR-), where VERR+ = (RL+)[(IOS+) + K(VOS/Rt)], and VERR- = (RL-) [(I OS-) - K(V OS/R t )]. I OS is -20A typical (100A max), and VOS is 0.3mV typical (3.0mV max). Similarly for the MAX436, VERR = (RL)[IOS + K(VOS/Rt)], where IOS is 6A typical (100A max), and VOS is 0.3mA typical (3mA max).

Twisted-pair video
The MAX435 and MAX436 amplifiers provide a differential-out/differential-in combination that is well suited for one-way transmission of video signals over a twisted-pair cable (Figure 6). As a bonus, the MAX436 Zt network provides a means for line equalization and gain adjustment. Replacing coaxial cable with twisted-pair cable saves cost in many applications that dont require the higher bandwidth of coax. These applications have initially included LANs and LONs (local area networks and local operational

networks). But twisted-pair cable is more compact than coaxial cable, and the miles of unused twisted-pair cabling that already reside in the phone systems of existing buildings may inspire additional applications. Baseband (composite) video can be transmitted over these cables as far as 5000 feet, with surprising quality. Twisted-pair video transmission works best with a single channel of baseband video. Many applications require such transmissions within a building; an obvious example is the separate video channels routed from individual surveillance cameras back to a security office. Other closed-circuit TV (CCTV) systems are found in retail stores, supermarkets, airports, and schools. Twisted pairs resist differential noise pickup; because a pair is twisted, any differential current induced by an interfering EM field in one loop gets cancelled in the following loop. Common-mode noise, on the other hand, must be rejected by a balanced (differential) circuit at the receiver. Twisted-pair cables must also be terminated in their characteristic impedance to minimize the reflections caused by line discontinuities. For twisted pairs exceeding 200 feet (approximately), bandwidth falls short of the typical baseband-video bandwidths (4MHz to 5MHz). But these cables are satisfactory for baseband video if you equalize your receiver, provide an NTSC monitor with automatic gain compensation, and choose quality (wideband) cable.

Stranded and unstranded wires exhibit similar bandwidths, but the highest-bandwidth cables are unshielded, and have insulation of low dielectric constant between the conductors. Polyethylene or polypropylene insulation is recommended for new installations. For twisted-pair video transmissions under 1000 feet, use common 24AWG telephone wire. For longer distances, you can improve the video fidelity by using larger wire. The differential-output MAX435 of Figure 6 eliminates the need for a balun (balanced-to-unbalanced) transformer or the two-driver alternativeone single-ended inverting driver and one single-ended non-inverting driver. The MAX435 drives the balanced twisted-pair cable from a ground-referred input signal (in this case, from a VCRs VIDEO OUT baseband signal). At the driver end of the cable, each conductor is terminated with a 50 resistor to ground. The resulting 100 between conductors is an appropriate match for the cable's characteristic impedance. A mismatch can degrade the video, but it cannot affect amplifier stability because the MAX435 has no feedback. Output amplifiers are 0.5V. At the receiver end, a MAX436 amplifier converts the balanced input channel to a single-ended output. Again, the proper line termination is 100 between cable conductors at the IN+, IN- inputs. The Zt impedance network across Z+ and Z- adds adjustable gain (approximately 6dB) to compensate for a 6dB loss

VIDEO IN VIDEO OUT

VCR

+5V 0.22F V+ IOUT+ MAX435 IOUTVZISET IN0.22F -5V 4.7k RSET TO VIN+ Z+

+5V 0.22F IN+ TWISTED PAIR 100 100 R1 200 100 Z+ V+

50

75

250

MAX436
C1 0-500pF Z- ISET IN-

IOUT V75 0.22F -5V

50

0.22F

0.22F

4.7k RSET TO V-

TO V+

TO V+

Figure 6. Two transconductance amplifiers and a twisted-pair cable transmit baseband video for 5000 feet or more.

GAIN (dB)

introduced by the termination resistors. The networks adjustable capacitor also provides line equalization (frequency compensation) if required. Load resistance is 50 , consisting of the 75 resistor in parallel with 150 at the monitors input port.

0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 1 10 100 FREQUENCY (kHz) 1M 3.58M 10M

Test results
Operating with 500 feet of inexpensive, 22-gauge, twistedpair burglar-alarm cable (approximately 4 per foot), the Figure 6 circuit attenuates the baseband videos 3.58MHz colorburst frequency about 6dB (Figure 7). Despite the distortion, no degradation of color saturation was observed at the NTSC monitor used in this test. No degradation was expected, however; this monitor compensates for signal attenuation by calibrating automatically against test patterns in the vertical interval test signal (VITS). The monitors automatic loss equalization is robust; it compensates for colorburst attenuation as high as 10dB, displaying an excellent picture with no noticeable color fading or loss of horizontal resolution. Further attenuation, however, produces poor chroma and a horizontal fuzziness that makes it difficult to read displayed text. Under that condition you can still achieve compensation via adjustments at the MAX436 Zt network: R1 adjusts brightness by boosting the overall gain to compensate for ohmic losses, and C1 introduces a pole/zero pair in the receiver circuit, which adjusts for color by extending the channel bandwidth. Because compensation is introduced at the receiver, you can simply view the display and adjust for the best picture. Before-and-after waveforms show the result of this equalization (Figure 8). Next, consider the Figure 6 circuit operating with 1000 feet of twisted-pair telephone cable. The test setup

Figure 7. Inexpensive burglar-alarm cable (twisted pair, 500 feet, 22AWG) attenuates the 3.58MHz colorburst frequency of baseband video by 6dB.

included a length of unused twisted pair in a trunk cable between two Maxim buildings, two jumper connections in the phone-patch room, and additional twisted-pair cable that was routed through hallways to complete the transmission path. This system easily transmitted baseband video from a VCR, producing an excellent picture with R1 and C1 at their nominal settings (no equalization required). High noise immunity was illustrated by coupling 60Hz common-mode noise to the line ( Figure 9 ). The MAX436 CMRR (60dB at 60Hz) removed this noise with no evidence of beating in the display. On the other hand, driving the cable in an unbalanced mode produced poor results as expected. Although tests on the Figure 6 circuit involved only NTSC video signals, the circuit should provide comparable performance for PAL signals, which have a chroma carrier of 4.43MHz (vs. 3.58MHz).

8a. BEFORE EQUALIZATION

8b. AFTER EQUALIZATION

Figure 8. These before-and-after waveforms show the effect of adjusting for optimum brightness and color via R1 and C1 (Figure 6), while observing the monitor display.

EJ11 Fig 7

differential input would cause the output transistors to saturate, thereby corrupting the settling-time measurement with overload-recovery time.
TWO WIRES OF BALANCED PAIR

60Hz COMMON-MODE NOISE

Figure 9. Thanks to 60dB CMRR in the MAX436, the display in Figure 6 is unaffected when these 60Hz common-mode signals are deliberately added to each wire of the balanced cable.

With properly chosen gain elements, however, the MAX436 can accommodate input signals that span its entire input common-mode range without saturation in the output stage. This characteristic suits the amplifier for settling-time measurements of D/A converters as well as high-speed op amps. (Following a 0.5V common-mode step, the MAX436 itself settles to 0.1% in about 17ns.) Note that this common-mode response is faster than the response to a differential signal, in which the output response time is limited by the slew rate. Figure 11 illustrates the response of a MAX442 (2channel, 140MHz video multiplexer and amplifier) operating as a DUT in the circuit of Figure 6. The input step is 2V in this case. Note that the initial output level (40mV) should ideally be zero. It represents the difference in forward voltages for the Schottky clamp diodes D2 and D3, multiplied by voltage gain from the MAX436 to the scope (which is 8*50/390, i.e., near unity). This initial voltage has no effect on the settling measurement. You can define settling time either from the beginning of the inputs downward transition (which includes the DUTs propagation delay), or from the first output transition (a useful parameter in video applications). Because the MAX442s propagation delay is small, its 0.1% settling time measures about 42ns either way. The mid-screen graticule line is 0V, the first cursor line is the final-settling level, and the next cursor line marks the boundary for 0.1% settling.

Settling time measurements

Quick response and avoidable output saturation favor the MAX436 for use in measuring the settling time of slower amplifiers (Figure 10). In the test circuit, you configure the device under test (DUT) as a voltage follower and drive its inputs with a square wave. The MAX436 observes DUT settling time by comparing its input and output signals. The applied square wave appears quickly at the MAX436s non-inverting input, but is delayed by propagation time through the DUT before reaching the inverting input. The result is a brief but high-amplitude signal (clamped by D2 and D3) that appears between the MAX436 inputs before the DUT can settle. If the MAX436 were a voltage-mode amplifier, this large

BNC TO SCOPE (50 INPUT) 50 D1* 270 D2* 390 270 DUT D3* 270 BNC TO SCOPE (50 INPUT)

MAX436
D4*

0.33F

5.9k

* D1, D2, D3, D4, ARE 1N5711's FROM HEWLETT PACKARD, SELECTED FOR FAST TURN-ON TIME.

Figure 10. Wideband differential inputs and an absence of output saturation suit the MAX436 for use in settling-time fixtures.

References
INPUT = 500mV /div OUTPUT = 20mV /div

MAX435/MAX436 Data Sheet, Maxim Integrated Products, 1992. Carol Cable Catalog, Carol Cable Company, Inc., Highland Heights, KY, 1989. Reference Data for Radio Engineers, 4th edition, International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Sept. 1989. Transmission Systems for Communications, Revised 4th edition, Members of the Technical Staff, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Dec. 1971. Vargha, Douglas, conversations at Maxim Integrated Products, Feb. 1993.

0V

10ns/div

Figure 11. Settling time for a MAX442 video amplifier in the Figure 10 circuit is 42ns.

(Circle 1)

DESIGN SHOWCASE
3rd-order highpass filter has synthetic inductor
Inductors have a bad reputation as filter componentsthey not only transmit EMI, they act as antennas for receiving EMI as well. To avoid these problems, you can simulate the impedance of an inductor with the combination of two operational transconductance amplifiers (OTAs) and a capacitor (Figure 1). The circuit acts as a synthetic inductor (LSYN) with one end connected to ground. By forcing a current at LSYN and measuring the resulting voltage, you can determine the equivalent impedance ZEQ: sC ZEQ = , where gm transconductance. gm1*gm2 The equivalent inductance, therefore, is: C LEQ = . gm1*gm2 This single-port network clearly offers the frequency-proportional impedance of an inductor, along with an advantage and a limitation: the inductance value can be large if gm1*gm2 << 1, but one end of the network must always connect to ground. Highpass, all-pole ladder filters make good applications because all their inductors connect to ground. Two OTAs and a capacitor must be substituted for each one, so you should choose a configuration with the minimum number of inductors. To be cost-effective, your design should feature a series capacitor at each end of the filter, with the simulated inductor acting as a shunt between them (Figure 2) . The input capacitor blocks any dc applied to the filter, and the output capacitor blocks any dc offset introduced by the synthetic inductor. Even though the filter is constructed with active components, it retains some of the advantages of a passive filter. In an actual circuit (Figure 3) , C2 and C3 are bypass capacitors and C2 is part of the simulated inductor. The transconductance for each OTA is set by an external resistor (R1 or R3) according to the relationship gm = 8/R. Because the simulated inductance depends on the product of these transconductances, it may appear that you have a range of choices for each. But the optimum circuit for a given application restricts gm values by allowing the full range of output swing for each OTA.

LSYN RIN 50 C1 1F C2 1F VOUT

gm1 (V1) V1

CSYN V2

gm2 (V2)

VIN

1.25mH

RLOAD 50

OTA1

OTA2

Figure 1. This single-port network simulates an inductor with two operational transconductance amplifiers and a capacitor.

Figure 2. This simple ladder filter is a good application for the simulated inductor, which must have one end connected to ground.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
VIN V+ R5 50 C4 1F C5 1F R6 50 1 12 14 V+ V+ V+ 2 3 R1 365 IN+ Z+ 1 12 14 V+ V+ V+ 2 3 IN+ Z+ VOUT

C1 0.22F

C3 0.22F

IC1
5 6 Z- MAX436 IN-

IOUT 13 ISET 11

R3 243

IC1
5 6 Z- MAX436 IN-

IOUT 13 ISET 11

V7

V8

V10

R2 6.04k

VC2 1F 7

V8

V10

R4 6.04k

V-

Figure 3. A 3rd-order Butterworth highpass filter is constructed by substituting the simulated inductor of Figure 1 in the ladder filter of Figure 2. The filter has a 3.2kHz corner frequency and a -6dB loss due to the source and load impedances.

To determine these optimal gm values, start with equal transconductances and simulate the filter in Spice using g elements for the amplifiers. While sweeping the frequency at least one decade above and below the filters corner frequency, observe each OTA output for its peak voltage magnitude (the two peaks may occur at different frequencies). At the synthetic inductors port (pin 13 of IC2) the peak value is demanded by the filter and cannot be changed; a real inductor would produce the same peak. Therefore adjust the other peak to match. Let K equal the ratio of gm2 to gm1. Gain is proportional to transconductance, so divide gm1 by K and multiply gm2 by K. Finally, rerun the Spice simulation with these new gm values to verify that the peaks are equal and the filter shape has not changed. The filter exhibits a maximum attenuation of 58.6dB/decade (Figure 4). The slope decreases at lower frequency because the synthetic inductors Q is affected by its series resistance. (Comparable 1.25mH inductors also have an appreciable

0 -12.5 12.5dB/div

-37.5

-62.5

-87.5 100 1k LOG Hz 10k 100k

Figure 4. The Figure 3 filter has a maximum attenuation of 58.6dB per decade.

resistance of 53 or so.) At 10Hz, for instance, the attenuation for an ideal filter is -90dB. For this circuit the attenuation is -80dB.
(Circle 2)

11

EJ11 DS1-4

12.5

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Comparator and charge pump convert 3V to 5V
Charge-pump ICs can either invert or double an input voltage (3V to -3V or 6V, for example). The charge pump operates without inductors, but it doesnt regulate the output and it doesnt easily boost 3V to intermediate levels such as 5V. By adding a comparator and reference (IC2 in Figure 1) you can generate arbitrary outputs (such as 5V) and regulate them as well. The charge pump (IC1) has an internal oscillator whose 45kHz operation transfers charge from C1 to C2, causing the regulated output to rise. When the feedback voltage (pin 3 of IC2) exceeds 1.18V, the IC2 comparator output goes high and turns off the oscillator via Q1. Comparator hysteresiseasily added at IC2is set to zero because the control loop requires no hysteresis. The oscillator generates only two cycles after turn-on, which is always enough to drive VOUT slightly above the desired level before feedback turns the oscillator off again. The resulting output ripple depends mainly on the input voltage and the output load current (Figure 2). You can reduce output ripple at the expense of circuit efficiency by adding a small resistor of about 1 (not shown) in series with C1. Ripple also depends on the value and ESR associated with C1; smaller values of C1 transfer less charge to C2, producing smaller jumps in VOUT.
LOAD RESISTANCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE () (V)
1 FC V+ 8 +5V

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 30 35 100 100 150

5.00 5.00 5.00 4.96 4.59

10k 1k

2 CAP+ +3V C1 10F

IC1

OSC 7 C2 220F Q1 2N3904

100
324k, 1%

50 a. SUPPLY = +3.0V

3 GND MAX660

LV 6

CAP-

OUT 5

100k, 1%

LOAD RESISTANCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE () (V) 10k 5.01 5.01 5.01 4.98 4.90

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 55 55 55 170 170

1k 7 VDD 6 VREF IN+ 3

1k 100 50 b. SUPPLY = +3.3V

IC2
5 HYST MAX921 4 INVSS 2 8

LOAD RESISTANCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE () (V) 10k 1k 100 50 c. SUPPLY = +2.7V 4.98 4.98 4.98 4.64 4.29

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 10 25 25 70 90

OUT GND 1

Figure 1. By configuring a comparator and transistor to control the oscillator in a charge pump, you enable the pump to generate a regulated output of any reasonable value.

Figure 2. Output ripple in the Figure 1 circuit depends on the input voltage and load current. (Circle 3) 12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
5-comparator IC provides 3V-to-5V regulator and P reset
Three-volt systems are becoming common, but they often include at least a few 5V components. A single five-comparator IC can produce the required 5V (from 3V) while generating power-on reset signals for the system microprocessor as well (Figure 1). Comparator IC1A is configured as an oscillator whose square-wave output (with approximate 60% duty cycle) drives the base of Q1. Q1 drives a conventional dc-dc converter consisting of inductor L1, catch diode D2, and C2. When VOUT exceeds 5V, comparator IC1B pulls the oscillator signal low (IC1s open-drain outputs may be tied together without harm). The net effect is regulation at 5V. IC1s minimum operating voltage is 2.7V, and when the circuit is operated at that voltage it can supply 2.8mA at 5V with 60% efficiency. L1 is an inexpensive 1mH inductor with a series resistance of about 25. For higher current and better efficiency, you must lower this resistance by providing a more expensive inductor. Output ripple, which is almost entirely due to the hysteresis built into comparator IC1B, is about 50mV. Comparator IC1C provides an active-high 5V ready signal when the boost regulators output reaches 4.5Vthe level at which most 5V logic is operable. Comparators IC1D and IC1E provide a reset for the microprocessor when the 3V supply is too low (below 2.83V). RESET goes low when the supply voltage falls below this threshold, and remains low for 200ms after it rises above the threshold. For the positive-going supply voltage, hysteresis raises the threshold to approximately 2.87V. The 200ms interval assures time for a full reset of the microprocessor after power is restored, and it allows time for recharging any capacitors associated with the circuit. A related application for the five comparators of IC1 is to translate the logic signals generated by 3V devices to the levels appropriate for 5V devices.
+3V 100k 100k 4 100k 5 IC1A 47k 1/5 MAX8213 12 10k Q1 2N3904 100F RL 1N914 +5V 10k L1 1mH

33pF

475k 1% 158k 1%

7 1/5 MAX8213 6 IC1B 1 1.25V REFERENCE (MAX8213) 11

412k 1% 158k 1%

+3V 8 1/5 MAX8213 IC1C 10 100k +5V READY INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1.25V REFERENCE +3V 680k 1/5 MAX8213 IC1D INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1.25V REFERENCE 3 1/5 MAX8213 IC1E INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO 1.25V REFERENCE VDD 16 15 9 13 +3V 100k RESET 14

+3V 200k 1% 158k 1%

+3V

1F

MS GND IC1

Figure 1. This IC and related components boost the 3V supply to 5V, issue 5V ready signals, and issue P-reset signals. (Circle 4) 13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Simple circuit measures battery drain
Measuring battery life for a portable system is a time-consuming task, and the methods that accelerate battery discharge dont provide reliable results. In the usual approach you simply measure elapsed time while operating the product to the point of battery discharge. Running several such systems in parallel obviously gives more data, if you can afford to tie up the lab equipment. You can try to derive battery life from data-sheet specifications associated with the circuit components, but a calculated value is usually far short of the actual operating time. Current-drain specs tend to be conservative for low-power ICs, because they are tested with high-speed equipment that cannot easily measure low supply currents. Unlike many electrical parameters, battery life (in most cases) is better specified as a realistic typical than as a guaranteed minimum. The movie Chinatown has inspired a simple alternative to the expensive data-acquisition systems and chart recorders normally required in these efforts. (Jack Nicholson placed a cheap watch under the tire of a parked car so he could return at his convenience to check the time of departure.) A similar trick marries a cheap (but low-power) clock to a low-power comparator/reference circuit (Figure 1). The clock can be a Spartus quartz alarm at $9.95, or any other drug-store style, non-digital, batterypowered analog clock. IC1 is a CMOS comparator/reference circuit that gates power to the clock. The ICs low current drain (4A) lets it steal power directly from the circuit under test. Why not power the clock from the input terminals? Because it doesnt run properly that waythe clock has a stepper motor that draws its current in brief surges, with amplitudes as high as 100mA. For the circuit shown, a large filter capacitor at the clocks input terminal did not solve the problem. When the test circuits battery voltage (or output voltage, if desired) falls below a selected threshold, the comparator output swings low and turns off Q1, removing power to the clock. The inactive clock then reads the running time, provided you set it to 12:00 before the test. To set the operating threshold voltage, connect a power supply to the input terminals and adjust it to the minimum voltage for which the circuit will just operate. Adjust R1 so the clock just stops running. Then remove the power supply, set the clock to 12:00, connect the test circuit, and go home.

11 12 1 2 10 3 9 8 4 7 6 5
QUARTZ ALARM
MADE IN USA

INPUT TERMINALS

470

0.1F

AA 1.5V IC1

R1 100k 10-TURN

MAX921
OUT 8 N Q1 VN0300L

4 5 HYST 6 VREF 1.18V GND 1 V2

Figure 1. This inexpensive clock tracks the operating time for a battery-powered portable system. When the battery voltage (or a selected output) drops below the discharge threshold set by R1, the stopped clock retains the elapsed operating time. (Circle 5) 14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Simple circuit stretches pulses
Short pulses are not easily resolved by digital circuits. D-type flip-flops are often used as pulse stretchers, but they cannot respond to pulses shorter than about 40ns. Electronically sensed laser pulses of 15ns to 25ns, for instance, will go unrecognized by the D flip-flop. By self-latching a fast comparator you can capture pulses as short as 15ns (Figure 1). The input pulses can be short in amplitude as well. Unlike a flip-flop, the comparator circuit responds to amplitudes down to 100mV and below. The response to positive input pulses is almost immediate: the output goes low and the capacitor (C) pulls the TTL-compatible latch input low, latching the output. As the 15ns pulse subsides (light travels less than 2.4m during this interval), C discharges through R until the latch input voltage crosses its 1.4V threshold, releasing the latch. Values shown for R and C yield an output pulse of about 100ns (Figure 2). To assure stable operation, the latch-input waveform (bottom trace of Figure 2) should include a substantial portion of the timing capacitors discharge curveas indicated by the waveforms extension down to 0V. Adjust R1 (or R2) as required for this purpose. V1 (between R1 and R2) will then be about 2V. By choosing an R value of 270 to 1k and a C value of 10pF to 100pF, you can produce output pulse widths from 50ns to 500ns. The low-power, TTL-compatible comparator exhibits rise/fall times shorter than 2ns, and accepts input voltages down to 0V. It also accepts split 5V supplies to accomodate bipolar inputs. Either way, to allow resolution of low-level signals the analog supply should be isolated from the noisy digital supply. As for all high-speed circuits, the layout should include short connections and a ground plane. Solder the IC package directly to the board and locate all other components close to it.

5V

10nF 2 1 VCC 8 VDD 7

1F

0V INPUT (100mV/div) 5V OUT 0V 5V R1 33k 2V 0V R2 18k 50ns/div LATCH (2V/div) OUTPUT (5V/div)

MAX903 LATCH
IN GND 3 VEE 4 6 5

C 33nF*

R 270*

V1

* SEE TEXT

Figure 1. This circuit accepts input pulses as narrow as 15ns, and stretches them to a width determined by R and C (the values shown result in 100ns output pulses).

Figure 2. A 15ns, 100mV input pulse (top trace) produces a 100ns output pulse (middle trace). The output pulse is extended until the latch-input waveform, releasing gradually, reaches its switching threshold (bottom trace). (Circle 6) 15

NEW PRODUCTS
ISUPPLY (mA)

8-bit, 400ksps ADC offers 3V operations and 1A power-down

The MAX152 is a micropower A/D converter that provides full 8-bit performance with a 3V supply: total unadjusted error is 1LSB maximum over temperature. Its halfflash conversion circuitry produces as many as 400k samples per second, and a power-down feature extends battery life at reduced sampling rates by cutting supply current to microamp levels. And for space-sensitive applications, the 20-pin SSOP package occupies 30% less area than an 8-pin DIP. To minimize battery drain during burstmode conversions, the converter powers down quickly and then powers up within one conversion period. Supply current drops from 1.5mA (3mA max) to 1A following a powerdown command. The device powers up in less than one microsecond maximum, including 450ns for signal acquisition by the internal track/hold circuit. The MAX152s dynamic specifications include 45dB minimum SINAD and -50dB maximum total harmonic distortion. Its P interface requires no external logic, and appears to the processor as a memory location or I/O port. VIN and VREF terminals allow ratiometric operation. The MAX152 comes in 20-pin DIP, wide SO, and SSOP packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Micropower, 8-channel, 12-bit ADCs draw only 10A

Serial-data interface Operates from single 5V supply SSOP package saves space
The MAX186/MAX188 micropower A/D converters feature ultra-low power consumption and conversion rates to 133k samples per second. The MAX186 has a 4.096V reference; the MAX188 operates with an external reference. Both operate on a single 5V supply or dual 5V supplies. And for space-sensitive applications, the converters 20-pin SSOP package occupies 30% less board area than an 8-pin DIP! A power-down function lowers the supply current to less than 10A at reduced sampling rates, and to 2A during shutdown. At maximum sampling rates, the supply current (including reference current) is only 1.5mA. Both converters guarantee 1LSB offset and 1/2LSB integral nonlinearity over temperature. The 10MHz serial interface not only simplifies the addition of opto-isolation; it connects directly to SPI, QSPI, and Microwire ports without external logic. In addition, the serial-strobe output enables a direct interface to TMS320 digital signal processors. Software configures the

SUPPLY CURRENT vs. CONVERSION RATE

10 8 6 4 2 10A 100 1k 10k 133k CONVERSION RATE (Samples/sec.) COMPETITION

POWER SAVINGS!

MAX186 MAX188

MAX186/MAX188 inputs as eight singleended channels or four differential channels, and for unipolar or bipolar input signals. The MAX186EVKIT-DIP ($55)an optimized and fully assembled circuit with proven pc layoutaids evaluation either as a stand-alone MAX186/MAX188 test board or by direct substitution in the target system. The MAX186EVSYS-DIP ($150), on the other hand, lets you perform quick and easy evaluations with a personal computer. It includes the MAX186EVKIT-DIP, plus custom software, RAM and ROM, an RS232 port, and an 80C32 microcontroller. Available in 20-pin DIP, wide SO, and SSOP packages, the MAX186 and MAX188 A/D converters are screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $7.97 for the MAX188 and $9.24 for the MAX186 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 8)

MX390: first-ever upgrade for AD390

Improved quad 12-bit D/A converter saves 600mW
The MX390 is an improved, lower-power, plug-in upgrade for the AD390 quad 12-bit D/A converter. Operating on 15V supplies, the Maxim device consumes just 0.96W typical (1.35W max), vs. 1.6W for the original device. Combining four double-buffered 12bit DACs, four voltage-output amplifiers, and a 10V reference with buffer amplifier, the MX390 comes in a 28-pin package that saves board space, lowers the component count, and improves system reliability.

SAVE POWER!
10,000 VDD = 3.0V SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 1000

temperature (KD and TD versions). The package also includes a 10V buried-zener reference, which exhibits accuracy to 5mV and a low temperature drift of 20ppm/C max. The reference buffers high input impedance (>1000M) lets you drive multiple MX390s from a single internal or external reference voltage. One or more of the MX390s doublebuffered inputs may be loaded independently, and all outputs can be updated simultaneously. All outputs settle to 1/2LSB in 8s. Applications include test equipment, control systems, and military products. The MX390 comes in a 28-pin ceramic side-braised DIP, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $156.90 (25 up, FOB USA). Contact the factory for MILSTD-883 versions.
(Circle 9)

100

10

1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M CONVERSIONS/SEC

The MX390s voltage-output DACs are laser-trimmed to 0.05% absolute accuracy and 1/2LSB max integral nonlinearity over

(Circle 7) 16

NEW PRODUCTS
Dual 12-bit DAC has serial input and voltage outputs
Two voltage-output D/A converters for only $8.45! Output buffers deliver more than 10mA, for outputs to 12V 16-pin DIP/SO packages save space
The MAX532 is a dual 12-bit, 4-quadrant multiplying D/A converter with a 6MHz, 3wire serial interface. The device achieves 12-bit performance (1/2LSB max integral nonlinearity) over temperature and without external adjustment. Its serial interface and 16-pin DIP/SOIC packages provide compact circuit layouts. The digital output terminal (DOUT) enables simultaneous loading of any number of MAX532s, by cascading DOUT of one to DIN of the next. To simplify programmablegain applications, the package includes external access to the feedback resistor for each output buffer. The buffers settle to
X MA 53 2
MA X5 32

VREF1

DAC 1
3-WIRE SERIAL INTERFACE

BUF1

VOUT1

DAC 2

BUF2

VOUT2

VREF2

1/2LSB in 2.5s, and are capable of developing 12V across a 1k load. MAX532 applications include digital offset/gain adjustment, ATE, machine control, and waveform reconstruction. The device comes in 16-pin DIP and wide SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $8.45 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 10) The single-comparator MAX909 has a Vpin for extending the input range to -5V. It also provides a latch-control input and a complementary output pin. Applications include battery-powered systems, high-speed A/D and V/F converters, line receivers, sampling circuits, and zero-crossing detectors. The MAX907 and MAX909 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, and the MAX908 comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages. All are screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.70 for the MAX907 (dual), $2.95 for the MAX908 (quad), and $1.50 for the MAX909 (single).
(Circle 11)
10pF

12-bit voltage-output DACs settle to 1/2LSB in 3.0 s

The MX667 and MX767 monolithic D/A converters include an output amplifier, input latches, and a high-stability reference that provides an overall gain error of less than 15ppm/C max. Each operates on 12V or 15V and dissipates only 144mW. The MX667s double-buffered latches, compatible with 4-, 8-, 12-, and 16-bit buses, respond to strobe pulses as short as 100ns. The MX767s single latch, which is simpler, faster, and compatible with 12- and 16-bit buses, responds to strobe pulses as short as 40ns. Both amplifiers have 40mA short-circuit current limiting and deliver 5mA to 2k/500pF loads. Following an output transition of 10V, they settle to 1/2LSB in 3.0s. A P-write command to either converter can latch the applied input data only 40ns (50ns max) after it becomes valid. Both devices spec 1/2LSB max integral nonlinearity (INL) over temperature. At +25C, the max INL specs are 1/4LSB for the MX667 and 1/2LSB for the MX767. The MX667 comes in 28-pin DIP, SO, LCC, and PLCC packages; the MX767 comes in 24-pin DIP and SO as well as 28-pin PLCC packages. Both are screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $9.42 for the MX667 and $8.22 for the MX767. Please contact the factory for price and delivery on MIL-STD-883 versions.

Single-supply , 700A comparators offer 40ns propagation delays

The MAX907/MAX908/MAX909 (dual/ quad/single) high-speed, low-power comparators are designed for single-supply (5V) operation, with an input-voltage range that extends from below ground to within 1.5V of the positive rail. The comparators draw 700A typical and consume only 3.5mW each. In addition to 5V operation, the MAX909 offers 5V operation with an input range that includes -5V. The MAX907 and MAX908 are the first high-speed comparators designed specifically for single-supply, low-power applications. And for the 30-to-100ns range of progagation delays, MAX907/MAX908/MAX909 comparators have the lowest power dissipation available. With 5mV overdrive, the propagation delay is 40ns for all three comparators. MAX907/MAX908/MAX909 outputs are TTL compatible and require no external pull-up circuitry. All inputs and outputs can be shorted indefinitely to either supply rail without damage, and the comparators internal hysteresis insures clean and reliable switching even with slowmoving input signals.

1M +5V +5V

MAX403
2 SIEMENS BP-104 PHOTODIODE 3 4 7 6

0.1F 3 0.1F 8 1 2 4 DATA

100k +5V 1000pF

47k

100k

MAX907

1000pF

(Circle 12) 17

NEW PRODUCTS
Quad SPDT analog switch replaces two DG-303s at lower cost
The MAX333 is the first monolithic IC to include four single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches for less than 80 per channel (1000 up). Designed for multiple-SPDT switching applications, the MAX333 saves board space by lowering the component count in telecommunications systems, modems, and environmental controls. A MAX333 can operate with a single supply of 10V to 30V or dual supplies of 5V to 18V. Specifications are guaranteed for both +12V and 15V operation. The device is TTL/CMOS compatible and requires no separate logic supply whether operating with single or dual supplies. The input signal range includes the supply rails. The MAX333 requires little power; it draws only 130A and -10A from 15V supplies. On resistance is 140, on leakage is 0.2nA, and off leakage is a mere 0.02nA, yet the turn-off time is a fast 50ns. Make-beforebreak switching is guaranteed. MAX333s come in 20-pin DIP and SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.19 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)
TOP VIEW

Analog switch has 30ns tON/tOFF

The HI-201HSa high-speed, monolithic, single-pole/single-throw (SPST), quad CMOS analog switchis pincompatible with the industry-standard DG201A. Maxims HI-201HS offers fast switching (50ns max for turn-on and turnoff) and low on resistance (50 max; 30 typical). An improved silicon-gate process enables performance not possible with the original devices: by increasing the absolutemaximum supply voltage rating to 44V, it allows continuous operation at supply voltages to 20V. The analog input range includes the supply rails: 4.5V to 20V, or single supply 12V to 30V. Logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible. Power to the HI-201HS may be disconnected while analog inputs are present, without fear of latchup, provided the continuous input current rating (30mA) is not exceeded. The HI-201HS comes in 16pin DIP, 16-pin narrow SO, and 20-pin LCC packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.64 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 15)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

20 19 18 17

MAX333

16 15 14 13 12 11

SWITCHES ARE SHOWN WITH LOGICAL 0 INPUT

Low-power, precision analog switches have 35 max on resistance

Plug-in replacement for industry standard
The DG417, DG418, and DG419 precision CMOS analog switches offer low leakage (250pA max at +25C), fast switching (175ns max turn-on time, 145ns max turn-off time), and low on resistance (35 max). The DG417 is a single-pole/single-throw (SPST) normally open (NO) switch. The MAX418 is a SPST normally closed (NC) switch, and the DG419 is a singlepole/double-throw (SPDT) NO/NC switch.

Each IC is fabricated with an improved silicon-gate process whose maximum breakdown voltage (44V) enables the switches to withstand applied voltages equal to the supply rails. DG417/DG418/DG419 switches operate on 15V and draw only 1A supply currents at +25C. They are well suited for use in battery-powered systems, sample/hold circuits, guidance and control systems, test equipment, and military radios. Available in 8-pin DIP, narrow SO, and CERDIP packages, DG417/DG418/DG419 switches are screened for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.19 for the DG417/DG418, and $1.63 for the DG419.

DIGITAL INPUT

1V/div

SWITCH OUTPUT

5V/div

+15V 13

HI-201HS

DG419

DG418

INPUT = +10V

SWITCH OUTPUT

DG417

LOGIC INPUT

1k 5 -15V 4

35pF

SO

DIP

CERDIP

Save Space with 8-Pin Packages

(Circle 14) 18

NEW PRODUCTS
High-per formance analog multiplexers offer 100 max on resistance
Plug-in replacement for industry standard
Maxims DG406 (a 16-channel singleended multiplexer) and DG407 (an 8-channel differential analog multiplexer) have +25C on resistances of 50 typical and 100 max. Maxims DG406 and DG407 are fabricated with an improved silicon-gate process whose maximum breakdown voltage (44V) enables them to withstand applied voltages equal to the supply rails. Low on resistance over temperature (125 max) improves system accuracy by reducing the voltage error. Fast switching (t TRANS = 250ns max) suits the DG406 and DG407 for high-speed applications such as signal routing and sample/hold circuits. Typical charge injection is only 20pC. The DG406/DG407 can operate with a single positive supply of 5V to 30V, or with dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. The CMOS logic inputs are CMOS/TTL compatible, and their low input leakage
-15 -13 -11 -9 -7 -5 -3

(10A max over temperature) reduces input loading. The DG406 and DG407 come in 28-pin DIPs and PLCCs, screened for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $6.72 (1000 up, FOB USA). Contact the factory for MIL-STD-883 products.
(Circle 16)
RESISTANCE vs. ANALOG INPUT VOLTAGE
rDS (ON) () 300 280 260 240 220 200 180 SUPPLY = +5V 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 SUPPLY = 5V

Flash-memor y programming module generates 120mA at 12V

The MAX1732 is a 14-pin multichip module (DIP) that contains a complete flashmemory programming supply. Occupying only 0.25in. 2 (1.6cm 2 )of board area, the device guarantees 12V at 120mA with 4% load regulation over temperature. Power density is 24W/in.3 (1.45W/cm3). The device accepts input voltages in the range 4.5V to 6V, and exhibits a typical conversion efficiency of 85%. To save power in portable applications, the MAX1732 provides a digitally actuated shutdown that reduces the nominal 1.7mA quiescent current to only 70A. Output regulation is maintained via current-mode feedback and pulse-width modulation of the internal power MOSFETa control scheme that delivers precise output regulation along with excellent transient response, low subharmonic noise, and low fixed-frequency output ripple at 170kHz. The MAX1732 module is screened for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). It is 0.300in. high and has a standard 14-pin DIP footprint. Prices start at $21.70 (100 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 18)

SUPPLY = 15V

-1 0 1 3 VANALOG (V)

11

13

15

5A step-down dc-dc converter has 60V input range

Easy-to-use switch-mode dc-dc converter needs few external components
The MAX724 is a high-power, pulsewidth-modulated dc-dc converter optimized for step-down applications. It has an internal 5A switch, and operates with input voltages from 8V to 40V (to 60V for the MAX724H high-voltage version). Few external components are required for standard operation because the power switch, oscillator, and control circuitry are all on-chip. Two external resistors set the output voltage anywhere between 2.5V and VIN, and the reference voltage tolerance is 2.5% max over line, load, and temperature. Quiescent supply current is 8.5mA; typical efficiency is 80%. To minimize external component size, the internal oscillator is preset to 100kHz.

MAX724 and MAX724H converters come in 5-pin TO-220 packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. MAX724 prices start at $4.69 (1000 up, FOB USA).

FLASH MEMORY PROGRAMMING SUPPLY

AX

72

MAX1732
OUTPUT 5V AT 5A

INPUT 10V TO 40V (10V TO 60V) VIN 200F VSW

50H

VC 2.7k

MAX724 (MAX724H)

MBR745 FB 2.21k

2.8k 500F

14-Pin DIP Only 0.29" High 0.27" x 0.77" x 0.29" (6.86mm x 19.57mm x 7.37mm)

GND 0.01F

5A STEP-DOWN CONVERTER

(Circle 17)

19

NEW PRODUCTS
2.5W step-down regulator module generates 500mA at 5V
The MAX1738 dc-dc converter is a complete 5V/500mA power supply, housed in a 14-pin multichip module (DIP) that occupies only 0.2in. 2 (1.3cm 2 ) of board area. Operating with input voltages in the range 6V to 16V, the MAX1738 produces 5V 5% with typical efficiencies exceeding 86%. Because it requires no external components or design work, the MAX1738 is ideal for use in portable instruments, general-purpose 5V power, distributed power, and power supplies for computer peripherals. No-load quiescent current is 1.7mA. During shutdown this current drops to 60A, and the output voltage drops to zero. Internal current-mode, pulse-width modulation control provides precise output regulation and low subharmonic noise. Power density is 41W/in.3 (2.5W/cm3). Undervoltage lockout shuts down the MAX1738 when the input voltage drops below 5.7V. The soft-start mode limits current surges when coming out of shutdown, during an overcurrent fault, and during undervoltage lockout. The MAX1738 comes in a 14-pin DIP module of 0.77 x 0.27 x 0.29 inches (19.56 x 6.86 x 7.60mm), screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $20.51 (100 up, FOB USA).

Multichip power supply module conver ts 5V to 12V or 15V

The MAX1743 is a complete dc-dc converter module that derives either 12V or 15V from 5V, according to pin-strap connections made by the user. The device is a complete power supply that requires no design effort or external components. Output-current capability is 125mA at 12V, or 100mA at 15V. The MAX1743 guarantees 4% regulation for the positive and negative outputs simultaneously, over all specified conditions of line voltage, load current, and temperature. Typical peak-topeak ripple is only 0.3% of full scale. Protective features include cycle-by-cycle current sensing, undervoltage lockout, and an externally controlled soft-start that prevents current surges during start-up.

DUAL 12V OR 15V OUTPUTS

MAX1743
24-Pin Wide DIP Only 0.345" High 0.57" x 1.27" x 0.345" (14.42mm x 32.32mm x 8.75mm)

The MAX1743 comes in a 24-pin DIP module, 0.600in. wide by 0.345in. high by 1.27in. long, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. The price is $26.92 (100 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 20)

Complete RS-232 serial por t monitors ring indicator while in shutdown

Transceiver operates with 0.1F external capacitors
The MAX213 is an RS-232 transceiver containing four drivers and five receivers. Designed for notebook computers and other battery-operated equipment, the MAX213 transceiver meets all EIA/TIA-232E and CCITT V.28 specifications at 20kbits/sec. When loaded in accordance with EIA/TIA232E, it meets the output levels of that specification for data rates in excess of 120kbits/sec. The MAX213 operates with 0.1F (instead of 1F) external capacitors.

During shutdown the device draws only 15A with two of its five receivers active. When connected to a modem, for example, either receiver can monitor the ring indicator signal from the modem. Internal charge-pump converters boost and invert the applied 5V, producing internal voltages sufficient for generating output levels in full compliance with EIA/TIA-232E for all specified conditions. The MAX213 comes in 28-pin wide SO packages as well as 28-pin SSOP types, which are 60% smaller than equivalent SO packages. The four external 0.1F charge-pump capacitors save additional space (vs. the 1F and 10F values required with conventional transceivers). The MAX213 comes screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range, with prices starting at $3.29 (1000 up, FOB USA).

STEPDOWN TO +5V

MAX1738
1.0

SSOP PACKAGE WITH 0.1F CAPACITORS REDUCES BOARD SPACE BY >60%!

1.0 .8 INCHES

14-Pin DIP Only 0.29" High 0.27" x 0.77" x 0.29" (6.86mm x 19.57mm x 7.37mm)

.8 (2.03cm) INCHES

OR

.5 (1.27cm)

0 0 .705 (1.79cm) INCHES 1.0

0 0 .402 .5 (1.02cm) INCHES .705 1.0

(Circle 19) 20

28-pin Wide SOIC

28-pin SSOP

(Circle 21)

NEW PRODUCTS
RS-485 transceiver reduces EMI 100 times
MAX481, MAX483, and MAX485 transceivers meet the requirements of RS485 and RS-422 applications. MAX483 drivers feature a reduced slew rate that dramatically lowers radiated EMI while minimizing the reflections caused by mismatched cable terminations. Its low quiescent current (350A) makes it the lowest-power IC available for RS-485 applications. The MAX483 meets all RS-485 specifications while operating at data rates to 150kbits/sec. Higher slew rates in the MAX481 and MAX485 transceivers enable data rates as high as 2.5Mbits/sec. The MAX481 and MAX485 draw quiescent currents of 500A; the MAX483 has the lowest quiescent current, at 350A max. The MAX485 is a direct replacement for the LTC485. MAX481 and MAX483 transceivers offer shutdown currents of 0.1A (10A max). Current limiting protects the driver outputs against external short circuits. Thermal-shutdown circuitry offers further protection, placing the driver outputs in a high-impedance state when necessary to guard against excessive power dissipation. All driver and receiver outputs have threestate enable controls, and the receivers fail-safe protection guarantees a logic-high output when the input is open circuited. The MAX481/MAX483/MAX485 transceivers come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 22)

Simple, inexpensive reset monitor r equires no external par ts

The MAX709 is an inexpensive Psupervisory IC that issues system resets during power-up, power-down, and brownout conditions. The MAX709 comes in a small 8pin SO package, and (unlike the TL7705) requires no external parts. Five trip thresholds (identified by suffix) enable variants of the MAX709 to flag low VCC voltages in 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems: 4.6V (L suffix), 4.4V (M), 2.63V (R), 2.93V (S), and 3.08V (T). The outputs are guaranteed valid for VCC as low as 1V. They go low when V CC drops below the threshold, and remain low for 200ms after VCC rises above the threshold. MAX709s come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges.

REDUCE EMI BY 100X!

Bipolar RS-485 Output CMOS MAX483 Output

The MAX709 REPLACES 1TL7705, 1 RESISTOR, AND 2 CAPACITORS

TL

77

05

MAX709

(Circle 23)

2.5V, 40ppm/C refer ence draws less than 10A

Only 3-terminal reference guaranteed to regulate from supply voltages as low as 2.7V 0.2% initial accuracy Ideal for 3V battery applications
The MAX872the only 3-terminal precision reference that guarantees 2.5V 0.2% outputs for inputs as low as 2.7Vis ideal for 3V battery-powered systems. Drawing less than 10A regardless of input voltage, it offers the lowest power consumption available in a 3terminal precision voltage reference. For 12-bit

INPUT 4.8V TO 2.7V

IN

MAX872
OUT

OUTPUT 2.5V 0.2%

MA

X8

72

87

GND

3-CELL ALKALINE

applications requiring a micropower 4.096V reference, the MAX874 also draws less than 10A, and operates from supply voltages as low as 4.3V. For applications that require a temperaturedependent output, the MAX872 and MAX874 generate voltages (at their TEMP terminals) that vary 2.3mV/C. The references line

regulation is about 80V/V for the VIN range 2.7V to 5.5V, improving to 4V/V for the range 4.5V to 20V. The MAX872 and MAX874 come in 8pin DIP and SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.12 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 24)

21

MAXIMS MILITARY PROGRAM

Maxim's MIL-STD-883 (/883) program tests the devices per Method 5004 and performs Quality Conformance Inspection per Method 5005, Groups A,B,C, and D. As a result, Maxim's /883 products comply fully with paragraph 1.2.1 of MIL-STD-883. For complete electrical specifications on the available /883-compliant products, Maxim's Military Products Data Book is scheduled for release in June 1993.

Parts currently /883 compliant:

MAX1232 MAX154/158 MAX160 MAX232 MAX331-333 MAX358/359 MAX368/369 MAX378/379 MAX543 MAX626-628 MAX631** MAX638** MAX663/664/666 MAX674/675 MAX690-697 MAX8211/8212 MX536A MX574A MX580/581/584 MX7224-7226 MX7520/7521 MX7524/7528 MX7533 MX7537 MX7541A-7543 MX7545 MX7547 MX7572/7574 MX7628 MX7820 MX7824/7828 DG200A-202 DG300A-309 DG381A/384A/387A DG390A DG401/403/405 DG411-413 DG441/442 DG506A-509A DG528/529 HI-201 HI-508/509 IH5048-5051 IH5140-5145 IH5341/5352 ICL7667 REF01/02 TSC426-428

DESC approved devices to Standard Military Drawings (SMDs) currently available:

MAXIM P/N MAX232 MAX543** MAX631-633 MAX638 MAX663/664/666 MAX680** MAX690/692/694 MAX691/693/695 MAX8211/8212 MX580 MX584 MX7226 MX7524 MX7528 MX7537 MX7541 MX7545** MX7547 MX7572 MX7574 MX7820 MX7824/7828 SMD NUMBER 5962-89877 5962-92345 5962-92141 5962-92127 5962-92126 5962-93120 5962-90712 5962-90711 5962-90811 5962-86861 5962-38128 5962-87802 5962-87700 5962-87701 5962-87763 5962-89481 5962-87702 5962-89657 5962-87591 5962-89616 5962-88650 5962-88764 MAXIM P/N DG201 DG411-413 DG528 HI-201 ICL7667 IH5040-5047 IH5140-5151 REF01 REF02 TSC426-428 SMD NUMBER 77053 5962-90731 5962-87689 77053 5962-87660 81006 81006 5962-89581 85514 5962-88503

Parts in /883 qualification*:

MAX174/176/178 MAX180/182 MAX231/232A MAX238 MAX274/275 MAX280 MAX326-329 MAX4420 MAX4425-4429 MAX630 MAX634-637 MAX667 MAX680 MAX690A-693A MAX732/733 MAX738 MAX7645 MX390 MX674A MX7245/7248 MX7549 MX7578 MX7582 MX7821 MX7845 DG406/407 DG408/409 OP07 OP27/37

SMDs currently in progress:

MAXIM P/N MAX232A MAX358 MAX359 MAX4420/4429 MAX4426-4428 MAX634 MAX635/636/637 MAX738 MAX574 SMD NUMBER 5962-89877 77052 5962-85131 No Number Assigned No Number Assigned 5962-92124 5962-92125 5962-93021 5962-85127 MAXIM P/N MX674 DG403 DG405 DG506-509 DG508 SMD NUMBER 5962-91610 5962-89763 5962-89961 5962-85131 77052

* **

Contact factory for availability. New Addition

22

Volume Twelve

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports record revenues for the fourth quarter 1993 Fault-tolerant CMOS multiplexers offer "best buy" protection 48V-to-5V dc-dc converter borrows power from phone lines Switch-mode battery charger delivers 5A OTAs provide wideband, bidirectional, coaxial-cable drive Negative-output boost regulator has high efficiency Negative buck regulator produces positive output

2 3 8 9 10 12 13

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters

Power 12-bit ADCs draw only 1.5mA Quad, 8-bit D/A converters have serial inputs and rail-to-rail outputs Second-source, dual/quad op amps offer lower offset and lower supply current 10ns, latched TTL comparators have complementary outputs 70V offset, single supply dual op amp in 8-pin SO package operates from 17A Micropower comparator/reference has 3A quiescent current Low-power, precision analog switches have 35 on-resistance 35, 250ns analog switches have input latches Step-down, variable-output switching regulator generates 2A Step-down, Fixed-output, switching regulator generates 2A Digitally adjustable, high-efficiency LCD supply fits in 0.5in2 Two-cell to 5V step-up converters maximize battery life Analog controller powers two PCMCIA slots Triple-output controller powers notebook computers Simple 3V and 5V reset monitors require no external components Six-function P supervisors include write protection for nonvolatile memory P supervisors generate active-high resets for Intel microcontrollers Appletalk data transceiver draws 30A during shutdown

(MAX187/189) (MAX509/510)

14 14

OpAmps/Comparators
(LT1013/1014/1178/1179) (LT1016/1116) (MAX478/479) (MAX921/923/924) (DG417/418/419) (DG421/423/425) (MAX726) (MAX727/728/729) (MAX749) (MAX756/757) (MAX780) (MAX782) (MAX709) (MAX792/820) (MAX805/813) (MAX216)

14 15 15 16 15 17 16 16 17 18 17 18 18 19 19 19

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Power Management

P Supervisors

Interface

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER 1993
Maxim reported record net revenues of $30,100,000 for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1993, compared to $23,300,000 for the same period a year ago. This represents a 29.2% gain in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. Net income of $4,730,000 (or $0.31 per share) for the quarter marked the 29th consecutive increasingly profitable quarter for Maxim compared to net income of $3,680,000 (or $0.25 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1992. Operating income for the quarter was 23.2% of net revenues, again one of the industrys highest. Gross margins increased to $17,338,000 (57.6% of net revenues) from $13,608,000 (58.4% of net revenues) for the same quarter in fiscal 1992. Net revenues for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1993 were $110,184,000, up 26.7% from fiscal 1992. Fiscal 1993 net income rose 26.4% to $17,282,000 compared with $13,673,000 in fiscal 1992. Earnings per share for fiscal 1993 increased $0.21 to $1.15. Gross margins increased to $63,343,000 (57.5% of net revenues) from $49,119,000 (56.5% of net revenues) in fiscal 1992. Cash was up $15,393,000 during the year. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, Effectively managing a 6,000 line item, highly fragmented, niche oriented inventory is a difficult goal we set for ourselves every year. We are particularly proud of the fact that while net revenues finished 26.7% higher than fiscal 1992, inventories increased only 2.1%. Maxim announced 23 new products during the quarter. This makes 87 products introduced in fiscal 1993, compared to 76 products introduced in fiscal 1992 and 62 products in fiscal 1991. Each year, our target marketing for each product has improved, and the value-added in each product has increased. Both factors continue to increase the annual revenues of the new products introduced during the year. Our reputation for solving tough analog design problems has grown steadily over the last 10 years, as Maxim has continued to introduce more new products than any other analog company (596 to date). Of the 225 products introduced in the last three years, 187 (or 83%) were proprietary! I believe Maxims reputation in the design community is largely attributable to our proprietary products. Companies of all sizes, worldwide, are looking to us for the valuable solutions these products provide. This has created a repository of financial strength for Maxim that we plan to continue to build by investing in R&D and Marketing (up 27.0% this quarter over the same quarter in fiscal 1992). These proprietary products generally generate higher gross margins and comprise the cornerstone of Maxims competitive position in the marketplace.

1994 NEW RELEASES DATA BOOK

Over 200 of Maxim's newest products are included in the 1994 New Releases Data Bookavailable now! This up-to-date data book is your easy reference to Maxim's latest products: it contains new product data sheets, plus cards for free samples. Don't go without it. Contact Sheila Lolli at (408) 737-7600, ext 6087 to order your copy today.

Fault-tolerant CMOS multiplexers offer best-buy protection

All analog multiplexers act as the solid-state equivalents of digitally controlled rotary switches. But multiplexers at the interface between an electronic system and its environment have an additional functionthey act as insurance policies against malfunction and damage. Designers may control the system, but input multiplexers contend with everything outside the systempoor installation, careless operators, and electrical noise. They must operate correctly in the presence of ground loops, electrical interference from motors and engines, and unintentional inputs such as 240VAC. In the following discussion, a particular design (the serial-MOSFET switch) emerges as the most economical choice in overcoming these problems. Other designs offer overvoltage protection alone, but only the serialMOSFET approach combines overvoltage and fault tolerance without the need for external components. Serial-MOSFET multiplexers are available from Maxim.

1a
IN

V-

N-CHANNEL BODY D V+ BODY S D

S G

OUT

P-CHANNEL LOGIC 1 = ON G

1b
EJ12-ART1

250 P-CHANNEL 200

RON ()

150 N-CHANNEL 100

50

0 -15 -10 -5 0 VIN (V) 5 10 15

Figure 1. The traditional CMOS analog switch is a transmission gate (a), whose on-resistance vs. signal voltage characteristic exhibits a double hump as shown (b).

Multiplexer construction
The switches in common multiplexers have been designed the same way for nearly twenty years: each consists of an n-channel and p-channel MOSFET connected in parallel on a silicon substrate, and driven with opposite-polarity gate-drive voltages (Figure 1a). This connection provides a symmetrical signal path through the parallel source-todrain resistances, producing a characteristic double hump in the curve of on-resistance vs. input voltage (Figure 1b). (Many designs minimize this effect by driving the body connection of the n-channel MOSFET with signal voltage.) The presence of each device polarity guarantees that at least one of the two MOSFETs will conduct for any input voltage between the supply rails. Thus, the multiplexers can handle any signal level that falls between the rails.

A multiplexer switch ceases to be a switch, however, when signal voltage exceeds either supply rail. Each switch includes two parasitic diodes, intrinsic to the MOSFET source and drain structures, which provide current paths to the rails (Figure 2). Both diodes are reverse-biased during normal operation, but any signal excursion beyond the rails applies forward bias to one of the diodes, clamping the signal at 600mV beyond the rail. Because the diodes are present when power is removed, they also clamp (at 600mV) when the rails are at zero volts. Parasitic diodes provide a useful clamping function, but they also introduce problems. Excessive current in the diodes can cause overheating and damage in the signal source as well as the multiplexer (Figure 3). Somewhat lower levels of current (below that of overheating and damage) can still cause latchup in the multiplexer. And once it crosses a diode junction, the fault current becomes a flow of injected minority carriers that spray into the silicon substrate. Collected by other switching devices, this current can induce an error voltage in every channel.

V+ = +15V

P-CHANNEL V+ IN OUT

V-

N-CHANNEL

PARASITIC DIODES SHOWN V- = -15V

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 3

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P-WELL Tgox = 1975

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

Si 3N4/SiO2 = .8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

TEPI = 19

10

10

SUBSTRATE

MV1 PROCCESS

Figure 2. A closer look at the transmission-gate MOSFETs shows parasitic diodes tied to the supply rails.

Turning on a parasitic diode clamps the multiplexer output to one supply railan action that can damage external circuits connected to that output. The cause of damage may not be obvious, but an output transient (to the rail) caused by momentary overvoltage at the multiplexer can destroy an A/D converters input, or cause differential overload and long settling times in an op amp.

Protecting the multiplexer

Several design measures offer protection for a CMOS multiplexer and its associated external circuits. These measures include connecting a resistor in series with each channel input, connecting diode-resistor networks to control the fault effects, and choosing a multiplexer whose architecture and process technology provide fault-tolerant properties. The simplest form of protection adds series resistors that work in conjunction with the internal protection diodes (Figure 4). The resistor values are critical because they present a tradeoff: larger values give more protection but introduce greater signal errors.

Leakage current into the multiplexer also flows through the series resistors, causing an error voltage that worsens with temperature (the leakage doubles for each 8C increase above ambient). Lowering the resistor values can reduce this error to an acceptable level, but the lower value may allow too much diode current, threatening latch-up in the multiplexer. As a rule, unless otherwise specified in the data sheet section on absolute maximum ratings, you should limit the diode current to 20mA continuous or 40mA peak. Low leakage currents can offset this drawback of large protection resistors. New, ultra-low-leakage multiplexers from Maxim (MAX328 and MAX329) have extended the design limits for series-resistor protection over those for earlier-generation multiplexers. The new devices low leakage (1pA at 25C; 20nA at 125C) allows very high-valued protection resistors. Resistors of 150k, for example, admit fault currents of only 1mA while withstanding 150V inputs. At 1500V, they admit fault currents of only 10mA. The resistors produce only 3mV of additional error at 125C.

Note that 1500V protection resistors require 15W ratings for continuous duty. But, in most applications you can scale this thermal rating considerably because the overvoltage has a much lower duty cycle. External resistors thus offer flexibilityyou can choose different resistor values for different channels in the same device, and scale their power ratings as required. Integrated resistors, on the other hand, are constrained by their package power rating; this rating may limit the number of channels that can withstand overvoltage at the same time. The series-resistor approach protects the multiplexer, but it doesnt prevent corruption of signals in the selected channel. These signals are at the mercy of overvoltage in any of the unselected channels. But the direct cause isnt overvoltage; its fault current (the injected minority carriers mentioned earlier) flowing into the substrate via one or more protection diodes. Eliminate that substrate current and you eliminate the gross signal errors. One way to handle the fault current is to divert it into an external network (Figure 5). Two zener diodes produce 12V clamp levels, centered within the multiplexers 15V supply rails. Then, instead of flowing through an internal protection diode, the fault current due to overvoltage on any channel flows through one of the two external protection diodes for that channel. Though it offers excellent protection, this technique requires a large number of external components. And, the external diodes produce additional leakage current that precludes use of the high-valued series resistors discussed earlier. The external components represent extra board space, not to mention the cost of purchase, test, through-hole assembly, and inventory. A better solution is to integrate this protection with the multiplexer, on a single chip.

V+

P-CH +VE 0V IN -VE 0V LOGIC 1 = ON N-CH OUT

V-

Figure 3. Parasitic diodes provide a path for fault current when a conventional analog switch is exposed to overvoltage.
P-CH V+ V+

Rp* IN LOGIC 1 = ON OUT

VN-CH * Rp INCREASES THE SETTLING TIME

V-

Figure 4. Adding a series resistor to the switch of Figure 4 limits fault current, but it also adds to the switch resistance and lengthens settling time.

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

INPUTS V+ LOGIC CONTROLS +12V -12V

Fault-tolerant multiplexers
Fault-tolerant multiplexers require no external components, yet are capable of withstanding high levels of overvoltage without corresponding high levels of fault current. They achieve this protection with an internal design that is quite different from that of conventional multiplexers. Each switch in a fault-tolerant multiplexer is actually a series connection of three MOSFETs, in the order nchannel/p-channel/n-channel (Figure 6a ). Internally generated drive voltages turn the switch on by simultaneously driving the n-channel gates to the

V-

FAULT CURRENTS FLOW IN THE ZENER DIODES, NOT THE MULTIPLEXER SUBSTRATE.

Figure 5. Fault protection for a conventional multiplexer entails current-limiting resistors, two zener diodes for a bipolar clamp-voltage network, and dual clamp diodes for each channel. 5

D1*

D2*

D3* 6 5V SUPPLIES

IN N-CHANNEL P-CHANNEL N-CHANNEL

OUT rDS(ON) (k)

5 4 3 2 15V SUPPLIES 1 0 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

* D1-D3 ISOLATE THE PARASITIC CHANNEL DIODES.

ANALOG INPUT (V)

Figure 6. The 3-MOSFET switch element of a fault-tolerant multiplexer (a) has an on-resistance characteristic shaped like a bathtub (b).

positive rail and the p-channel gate to the negative rail. The switch then remains on for as long as the analog signal (which modulates the gate-source voltages) remains within limits set by the n- and p-channel gatesource thresholds. Typical gate-source thresholds are 1.5V for n-channel devices and 3V for p-channel devices. Therefore, with 15V supplies the thresholds confine a multiplexers input signals to the range -12V to 13.5V. Because one of the three MOSFETs in a switch begins to turn off as the signal exceeds either limit, the switch on-resistance versus input voltage assumes a characteristic bathtubshaped curve (Figure 6b). The resulting high impedance in the off state is very convenient: the switch is off, blocking the overvoltage, and fault current is virtually zero. Substrate (fault) current flows only as a result of avalanche, which occurs when the overvoltage exceeds a limit set by the MOSFETs geometry and doping levels. Below the avalanche limit, signals in the selected channel remain unaffected because the overvoltage produces no substrate current (Figure 7). The seriesconnected switch also turns off when power is removed. This behavior simplifies the design of redundant systems, because multiplexers connected to common signal lines can be powered down without loading the lines. Maxim offers several series-structure multiplexers: The MAX358 and MAX359 devices (1-of-8 and dual 1-of-4) withstand overvoltages to 35V, and the MAX378 and MAX379 are similar devices that withstand overvoltages

to 75V. MAX368 and MAX369 add latched address inputs to the basic 35V-tolerant models, and the new MAX388 and MAX389 are latched models that withstand 100V. The non-latched devices are pin compatible with industry-standard multiplexers DG508/509; the latched devices are pin compatible with the latched models DG528/529. As shown earlier in Figure 5, conventional multiplexers such as the DG508/509 require numerous external components to duplicate the fault-tolerant capabilities mentioned in this article. MAX3XX devices not only save the cost and board area associated with external components, they offer capabilities not available in discrete-component circuits: MAX3XX devices always turn off when overvoltage is applied, but the switches of Fig. 5 remain on in the presence of overvoltage whether power is applied or not. The following (TABLE I) shows the cost advantages of fault-tolerant multiplexers vs. the non-protected DG508/509 alternatives:

TABLE INonlatched multiplexers

DG528/ DG529 Inherent O/V protection Resale cost, 1k pcs External component cost and assembly TOTAL SYSTEM COST NONE $1.78 $2.15* $3.93 MAX368/ MAX388/ MAX369 MAX389 35V $3.25 0.0 $3.25 100V $3.75 0.0 $3.75

*28 External components (x) .03 (+) 28 (x) 2 leads (x) .007

EJ12-ART6

6a

V-

V+

V-

6b

rDS(ON) vs. ANALOG INPUT VOLTAGE

FAULT CURRENT (A)

Cost of the 10 resistors, 16 diodes, and two zeners in Figure 5 is about $0.92, based on purchases of 1k pieces or more. Plated-through holes are about $0.007 each, and the assembly cost for axial-leaded parts is about $0.03 per component. The resulting total for multicomponent protection exceeds that of the simpler, single-IC protection offered by Maxim. External components also require five times more board area than the IC alone. The cost in Figure 5s circuit is even greater if you consider the cost of troubleshooting, reliability effects, and other hidden expenses. All of TABLE Is ICs have an Absolute Maximum rating of 44V between the V+ and V- terminals, but increasing die sizes from left to right necessarily escalate the 1k-pc prices. To achieve reasonable on resistance, for example, the series MOSFETs in a 358/359 switch must be larger than the parallel MOSFETs in a 508/509 switch. And to achieve higher O/V protection, the series MOSFETs of the 378/379 must be larger still. Similar comments apply to the multiplexers that incorporate address latches (TABLE II):

7a. FAULT VOLTAGE vs. FAULT CURRENT

TA = +25C POWER OFF: +VCC = -VCC = 0V POWER ON: +VCC = +15V -VCC = -15V POWER OFF POWER ON
EJ12-ART7

1.000E-03 1.000E-04 1.000E-05 1.000E-06 1.000E-07 1.000E-08 1.000E-09 1.000E-10 1.000E-11 1.000E-12 -150 -100 -50 0 FAULT VOLTAGE (V) 50 100

150

7b.

-0.1V GND +0.1V +100V +50V GND

TABLE IILatched multiplexers

DG528/ DG529 Inherent O/V protection Resale cost, 1k pcs External component cost and assembly TOTAL SYSTEM COST NONE $2.55 $2.15 $4.70 MAX368/ MAX388/ MAX369 MAX389 35V $3.75 0.0 $3.75 100V $4.50 0.0 $4.50

-50V -100V

Figure 7. The onset of avalanche (fault) current in a MAX388 multiplexer defines a fault-tolerant region of approximately 100V (a). A 0V signal in the selected channel (b, top trace) is unaffected by 100V applied to an off channel.

The tables above show the actual cost of protected vs. unprotected multiplexers. In each case, a Maxim part with its built-in protection is more economical than the alternativean inexpensive, unprotected multiplexer with a handful of discrete external components.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
48V-to-5V dc-dc converter borrows power from phone lines
The Figure 1 circuit is not battery-powered in the usual senseits power comes from a -48V lead-acid battery in a remote central office of the telephone system. The circuit is handy, though, for use in modems, telephone test sets, and other portable systems connected to subscriber (household) telephone lines. For systems operating on 250mW or less, the circuit eliminates need for battery packs or ac adapters by drawing power from ordinary phone jacks. Built into peripheral equipment such as PCMCIA modem cards, the circuit can spare the main battery in a portable computer. The current available from subscriber lines in the onhook state is virtually zero. In the off-hook state, however, current is limited only by the sum of impedances in the central-office battery and the intervening telephone wires. Regulations such as Part 68 of the FCC rules do not restrict the current a subscriber can draw; you can even short out the line (which is what the hold button does). There is one condition: the offhook current must exceed 20mA to ensure activation of a network-access relay in the central office. For maximum power transfer, your impedance should match that of the line, but line impedance varies greatly, according to distance from the central office. Impedance matching is also in conflict with the need to draw at least 20mA. The 12V zener clamp, however, provides a termination that works well for line impedances up to 1700. This line impedance sharply restricts the power available to you (Figure 2). Because the circuit allows normal telephone communications while drawing power, it must block the switching noise (generated by IC1) from entering the hybrid transformer (not shown). Q1 and C1 perform this function by simulating an inductor that chokes off the noise currents. And, because the circuit sinks about 35mA regardless of the 5V load current, a wet hybrid transformer (one able to sink loop current) is not required. Instead, the hybrid can be a dry type with a smaller, lighter core.
8
TIP TELEPHONE SUBCRIBER LINE RING

S1* * S1 IS NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSED INDICATES THE OFF-HOOK CONDITION.

TO HYBRID TRANSFORMER 12V 1W C3 3.3nF

R1 2.7k Q1 2N3904 C1 47F 10V C2 0.1F R2 51

C4 22F 16V COMP VFB 8 7 6

C6 0.1F

1 VOUT 2 LB0 3 LBI 4 GND

IC1 MAX638

V+

LX 5 L1 330H CD54-331 (SUMIDA) C5 100F 6.3V 1N5817

+5V OUTPUT

Figure 1. This circuit draws line power in the off-hook condition and delivers as much as 250mW at the 5V output, while maintaining normal voice (or data) communications over the phone lines.
EJ12-DS2-1

70 LOAD CURRENT CAPABILITY (mA) 60 VBATT = -48V 50 40 30 20 10 0 1k 2k 3k

4k

LINE IMPEDANCE ()

Figure 2. Available power from the Figure 1 circuit declines steeply with line impedance.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switch-mode battery charger delivers 5A
The fast-charge controller IC3 (Figure 1) normally directs current to the battery via an external pnp transistor. In this circuit, the transistor is replaced with a 5A switching regulator (IC1) that delivers equivalent power with higher efficiency. IC1 is a 5A buck switching regulator whose output is configured as a current source. Its internal power switch (an npn transistor) is relatively efficient because VCE(SAT) is small in comparison with the 15V-to-40V inputs. (For applications that require 2A or less, the low-saturation, non-Darlington power switch of a MAX726 offers better efficiency.) R6 senses the battery-charging current and enables IC3 to generate an analog drive signal at DRV. The signal is first attenuated by the op amp to assure stability by reducing gain in the control loop. It then drives IC1s compensation pin (VC), which gives direct access to the internal PWM comparator. IC3 thus controls the charging current via the PWM duty cycle of IC1. The Q1 buffer provides current to the DRV input. Loop stability is also determined by the feedback loops dominant pole, set by C4 at the CC terminal of IC3. If you increase the value of the battery filter capacitor (C5), you should make a proportional increase in the value of C4. Lower values, however, assure good transient response. If your application produces load transients during the fast-charge cycle, check the worst-case response to a load step. To assure proper termination of the charge, battery voltage should settle within 2msec to 5mV times N (where N is the number of battery cells).
C2 1F INPUT 15V TO 40V 5 C1 47F 1 R2 100k VIN

IC1 MAX724 MAX726

SW 4

FB VC 2 1N5817

GND

3 1N5820

100H
R1 2k C3 1000pF Q1 2N3904

R4 10k

IC2 TLC271

1N5820 R3 200

R5 30k

C5 100F 7 TEMP 16 REF

14 DRV 15 V+ 1 VLIMIT

IC3
BATT+ 2

MAX713
5 THI CC 11 TLO 6 BATT12 C4 4.7F NiCd or NiMH BATTERY (1 TO 8 CELLS AS SHOWN) R6 RSENSE 0.25 TO LOAD + 13 GND

Figure 1. By controlling the PWM duty cycle of switching regulator IC1, the fast-charge controller (IC3) makes efficient delivery of the batterys charging current.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
WTAs provide wideband, bidirectional drive for coaxial cable
Wideband coaxial systems can borrow a technique from the telephone network: telephones incorporate hybrid circuits based on transformers, which halve the cost of cable by enabling transmission and reception on the same twisted pair. You can build such voice-band circuits with op amps, but for megahertz bandwidths you need high-speed amplifiers and well-controlled impedances. Programmable wideband transconductance amplifiers can provide such a wideband, bidirectional coaxial interface ( Figure 1 ). This circuit is similar to the telephone interface and provides the same benefitit saves the cost of a return cable. Though shown with 50 cables and terminations, the circuit applies equally well for inexpensive 75 video and other impedance levels. Identical circuits terminate each end of the cable. Line-driver amplifiers IC2 and IC4 drive the coax, and return amplifiers IC1 and IC3 receive signals from the other end. Each return amplifier also cancels any signal originating at its end of the cable. Signal IN1, for example, drives the inverting input of IC1 and the non-inverting input of IC2. It passes unchanged through IC2 but is inverted in passing through IC1. Ideally, therefore, IN1 gets cancelled within IC1 while IN2 comes through the coax and appears unaffected at OUT1. To achieve this cancellation, the amplifier transconductances (gM) must be set for unity voltage gain throughout the system. Several factors can degrade the cancellation. First, phase shift in the line driver prevents the return

TRANSCEIVER 1

TRANSCEIVER 2

2 3 R2 200

IC1 MAX436
13 OUT1* ( = IN2 ) OUT2* ( = IN1)

IC3 MAX436
13 R7 50

2 3 R8 200

5 6 2 3

IN1* R1 50

R4 50

5 6 2 3

IN2* R10 50

R3 200

13 5 6

RETURN R5 50
50 COAX

RETURN R6 50

13

IC2 MAX436

IC4 MAX436

5 6

R9 200

MAX 436 CONNECTIONS, 4 PLACES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 V+ IN+ Z+ NC ZINVV+ IOUT V+ ISET VNC V14 13 12 11 10 9 8

V+ 0.22F

*NOTE: TO MAINTAIN 0dB GAIN AS REQUIRED, THE INPUTS MUST SEE 50 SOURCES, AND THE OUTPUTS MUST SEE 50 LOADS. (YOU CAN ALSO CONFIGURE 0dB GAIN BY SUBSTITUTING 75 CABLES, 75 TERMINATIONS, AND 300 FOR THE gM-SETTING RESISTORS R2, R3, R8, AND R9)

6.04k V-

Figure 1. Two transconductance amplifiers form a high-frequency coaxial-cable interface similar to the hybrid-circuit interface found in telephones.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE

OUT2

OUT2

100mV/DIV.

100mV/DIV.

OUT1

OUT1

Figure 2. Outputs produced by driving Figure 1s IN1 and IN2 inputs at 2MHz and 1MHz.

Figure 3. Replacing the IN2 generator of Figure 2 with a 50 terminator eliminates 1MHz at OUT1, leaving only the cancellation error due to 2MHz at IN1.

amplifier from subtracting identical signals. Second, any transconductance mismatch in the amplifiers causes the signals to have different amplitudes, again disturbing the output null. Third, any impedance mismatch along the cable causes signal reflections, and the non-adaptive circuits of Figure 1 cannot distinguish between such echoes and the desired incoming signal. Signal cancellation depends on the tolerance of termination resistors R1, R5, R6, and R10, and their degree of mismatch with the cable impedance. Similarly, the gM for each amplifier is affected by the gM-setting resistors R2, R3, R8, and R9, where

gM = 8/R. The 8 factor is a property of the IC, and has a guaranteed tolerance of 2.5%. Figure 2 shows the system outputs with 50 generators driving IN1 at 2MHz and IN2 at 1MHz. The resulting large output signals (2MHz at OUT2 and 1MHz at OUT1) mask any cancellation errors that may be present. To see them, replace the IN2 generator with a 50 terminator and observe OUT1 (Figure 3). Similarly, to observe the IOUT2 leakage signal, replace the IN1 generator with a 50 terminator. In the circuit shown, 1% resistors provide an attainable cancellation of about 30dB for the lowmegahertz range.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Negative-output boost regulator has high efficiency
The circuit of Figure 1 converts 5V to an adjustable output of -12V to -22V, suitable for use as a backplanebias supply for LCDs. The circuit includes a switching regulator that boosts the input voltage to a high positive voltage (top of Q3), and a charge pump that converts this level to the negative output voltage. The scheme provides good load regulation and allows use of an economical, low-side, n-channel MOSFET switch (Q3). Efficiency (90% or so for the entire output range) surpasses that of most inverting-topology converters (Figure 2). Q1 and Q2 form an SCR that turns on as the internal power switch (between the VS and LX terminals) turns off. The SCR action discharges the gate capacitance of Q3 so it can turn off quickly. Potentiometer R1 adjusts the output voltage. If battery voltage exceeds the absolute value of output voltage, the output does not track the input as a normal
EJ12-DS4-2

100

EFFICIENCY (%)

90

VIN = 7V VIN = 10V

80

70 1mA 10mA LOAD CURRENT 100mA

Figure 2. The Figure 1 circuit exhibits excellent efficiency at higher load currents.

boost regulator would do. Instead, the charge pump and feedback loop maintain the the correct output value, the cost being high noise and low efficiency (lower than that of an equivalent linear regulator).

INPUT

CI 10F

6 +VS 3 CX LX 5

L1 100H D1 1N4148 Q3 1/2S: 9955DY Q2 2N3906 Q1 2N3904 R4 10k R5 270k

C4 6.8F/35V D2

OFF/ON 1N4148

C2 47pF

MAX634
1 4 LBR GND VREF 7 VFB 8 LBD 2

R3 10k

C5 22F/35V

-12V to -22V OUTPUT

C3 0.1F

R1 R2 10k 15k OUTPUT ADJ.

D1 = 1N5819 (89% OFF) OR 1N4148 (80% OFF) L1 = COILTRONICS CTX100-4 (7,8 CELLS INPUT) SUMIDA CDR-74 OR COILTRONICS CTX100-2 (6 CELL INPUT)

Figure 1. This switching regulator operates with a discrete-component charge pump (D1, D2, C4, and C5) to produce an adjustable, regulated, negative output voltage.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Negative buck regulator produces positive output
Though the step-down regulator of Figure 1 normally converts a negative voltage to a lower negative voltage, this circuits ground reference allows the output to be positive. The configuration works only if the battery terminals can floata requirement that generally excludes systems in which multiple supply voltages are derived from the same battery. Transistor Q1 translates the 5V feedback signal down to the level of CC (1.23V above the negative input voltage). The circuits power switching transistor is on the low side rather than the high side, giving it an advantage over conventional buck regulators. N-channel power transistors are preferred in this application, and the low-side connection makes them easier to drive. (The MAX752 in this circuit, operating with an internal n-channel MOSFET, provides the same performance as a MAX738 with its equivalent but larger and more expensive p-channel MOSFET.)
90 80 EFFICIENCY (%) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 1mA 10mA 100mA 1A LOAD CURRENT VIN = 12V
EJ12-DS5-2

100

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit increases with load current.

The Figure 1 circuit supplies 500mA at 5V with excellent efficiency at higher currents (Figure 2). Quiescent supply current is 1.5mA, and the input-voltage range is -6V to -15V. The chips 170kHz fixed-frequency oscillator allows small external components, and its current-mode PWM control provides precise regulation with low subharmonic noise.

36k 1N5817 150F 10k

+ VOUT 5V

1 2 -VIN -6 TO -15V 47F 3 4 4.7F

SHDN VREF SS CC

V+ OUT

8 7 6 5

Q1 2N3906

MAX752

LX GND

L1 20H

10k

-VIN

L1 = COILTRONICS CTX20-2

Figure 1. A floating battery allows this negative buck regulator to produce a positive (5V) output.

13

NEW PRODUCTS
QUAD, 8-BIT D/A CONVERTERS HAVE SERIAL INPUTS AND RAIL-TO-RAIL OUTPUTS
The MAX509 and MAX510 quad 8bit D/A converters operate on 5V or 5V supplies. Their voltage outputs swing rail to rail, and the input range for each reference includes both rails. The MAX509 has separate reference inputs for each of the four D/A converters, allowing the user to set a different full scale for
REF INPUTS 4

each. The MAX510 has two reference inputs, each serving a pair of converters. The 10MHz serial input is compatible with Microwire and SPI/QSPI synchronous-serial standards. It accepts 8bit words. Two consecutive words should contain an 8-bit data word, MSB first, preceded by two control bits and two address bits. After assembly in an internal 12-bit shift register, the data word is directed to one of four 8-bit input registers. Each input register feeds one of four DAC registers, providing a double buffer for each converter. The control bits provide a variety of ways to update the four D/A

converters. CLR and LDAC inputs provide clear and load capability. All digital inputs and outputs are TTL and CMOS compatible. An internal poweron reset clears the serial interface and sets all internal registers to zero, and a buffered data output lets you daisy-chain the quadconverter chips or provide readback to the microprocessor. The MAX509 comes in 20-pin DIP and SSOP packages; the MAX510 comes in 16-pin DIP and SO packages. Both are screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $5.35 for the MAX509 and $5.19 for the MAX510. (Circle 1)

+5V
+5V

SERIAL DATA

MAX509

OV or -5V

POWER 12-BIT ADCs DRAW ONLY 1.5mA

Serial-data interface Operates from single 5V supply 8-pin package saves space

MAX509

MAX509

MAX509

20 SSOP

20 SOIC

20 DIP

SECOND-SOURCE, DUAL/QUAD OP AMPS OFFER LOWER OFFSET AND LOWER SUPPLY CURRENT
Single-supply operation Input range includes ground

and 120dB PSRR. They draw typical supply currents of 350A per amplifier, and the outputs can sink or source more than 20mA. LT1178/LT1179 op amps can operate from a single lithium cell (2.2V minimum) or two NiCd cells. They specify 70V maximum VOS, 0.5V/C VOS drift, 250pA maximum IOS, 103dB typical CMRR, and 104dB typical PSRR. Outputs can source and sink 5mA. The LT1013 and LT1014 are screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges; the LT1178 and LT1179 are screened for the commercial and extended-industrial ranges only. Packages are as follows: LT1013, 8pin DIP and SO; LT1014, 14-pin DIP and 16-pin wide SO; LT1178, 8-pin DIP and SO; and LT1179, 14-pin DIP and 16-pin DIP and wide SO. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.57 for the LT1013, $3.06 for the LT1014, $2.58 for the LT1178, and $3.35 for the LT1179. (Circle 2)
14

The MAX187/MAX189 micropower A/D converters feature 5V operation, ultralow power consumption, and conversion rates to 90k samples per second (ksps). The MAX187 has an internal 4.096V reference; the MAX189 operates with an external reference. A power-down function lowers the supply current to less than 1A during shutdown. At maximum sampling rates, the supply current including reference current is only 1.5mA (2.5mA maximum). The 8MHz serial interface not only simplifies the addition of opto-isolation; it connects directly to SPI, QSPI, and Microwire ports without external logic. Both converters guarantee 1/2LSB maximum offset and INL over temperature. Available in 8-pin DIP and 16-pin wide SO packages, the MAX187 and MAX189 A/D converters are screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges.
(Circle 3)

Maxim is now a source for four precision op amps: the low-supply-current dual/quad LT1178/LT1179 (17A maximum per amplifier), and the dual/quad LT1013/LT1014. Though optimized for single-supply 5V operation, the four devices are characterized for 15V operation as well. Their input ranges include ground, and their outputs swing within a few millivolts of ground. Maxims LT1013 and LT1014 are competitively priced equivalents for existing devices. The Maxim parts have typical precision specifications of 40V VOS, 0.4V/C VOS drift, 117dB CMRR,

NEW PRODUCTS
70V OFFSET, SINGLE-SUPPLY DUAL OP AMP IN 8-PIN SO PACKAGE OPERATES FROM 17A
Single-supply operation down to 2.2V Input range includes ground 17A max supply current

LOW-POWER, PRECISION ANALOG SWITCHES HAVE 35 ON-RESISTANCE

The DG417, DG418, and DG419 precision CMOS analog switches offer low leakage (250pA maximum at 25C), fast switching (175ns maximum for turn on; 145ns maximum for turn off), and low on-resistance (35 maximum). The DG417 is a SPST normally open switch, the DG418 is a SPST normally closed switch, and the DG419 is a SPDT NO/NC switch. Each IC has a 44V maximum breakdown voltage that enables

the switches to withstand applied voltages equal to the supply rails. DG417/DG418/DG419 switches operate on 15V and draw only 1A supply currents at 25C. They are well suited for use in battery-powered systems, sample/hold circuits, guidance and control systems, test equipment, and military radios. Available in 8-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, the DG417/418/419 switches are screened for extended-industrial (-40C to 85C) and military (-55C to 125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.01 for the DG417/DG418, and $1.39 for the DG419.
(Circle 5)

The MAX478 and MAX479 are dual and quad precision micropower op amps. The MAX478s 8-pin SO is the smallest package available for such a device. The devices combine extremely low supply currentsless than 17A per amplifier with precision: input offset voltage is 30V (70V max); offset voltage drift is 2.2V/C max; input bias current is 5nA max; and input offset current is 250pA max. Both amplifiers can operate from a single lithium cell or two NiCd cells, and their inputvoltage ranges include ground. Because the output stages swing within a few millivolts of ground while sinking current, they save power by eliminating pull-down resistors. Though optimized and guaranteed for 3V and 5V operation, the MAX478/MAX479 guarantee 15V operation as well. Other specifications include 0.9Vp-p voltage noise (0.1Hz to 10Hz), 1.5pAp-p current noise (0.1Hz to 10Hz), and an 85kHz gain-bandwidth product. The MAX478 dual op amp comes in 8pin plastic DIP and SO packages, and the MAX479 quad op amp comes in 14-pin plastic DIP and narrow SO packages. Both are screened for commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.58 for the MAX478 and $3.35 for the MAX479 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Lowest Power and Offset in Smallest SO Pkgs
60 SUPPLY CURRENT (A max) 50 40 LT1078 LT1079 8-SO 16-WSO

10ns, LATCHED TTL COMPARATORS HAVE COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS

The LT1016 and LT1116 are highspeed, complementary-output precision comparators that operate with +5V or 5V supplies and specify 1mV (typical) offset voltages. The LT1116s input commonmode range includes the negative rail with single or dual supplies. The LT1116 also withstands input voltages to 15V, regardless of supply voltage. High-speed operation suits the LT1016/LT1116 comparators for applications such as A/D converters, zerocrossing detectors, line receivers, and pulse-height discriminators. Propagation delays are 10ns typical, 14ns max (LT1016), and 12ns typical, 16ns max (LT1116). Both devices have TTLcompatible latch-enable inputs. Because they remain stable when outputs are in the active region, the comparators handle slow-moving input signals without oscillation or minimum-slew-rate limitations.

For lower power and higher performance, consider Maxims MAX912 and MAX913 comparators. The MAX912 is a dual equivalent to the MAX913, which is an improved plug-in replacement for the LT1016 and LT1116. The MAX912/ MAX913 comparators offer wider inputvoltage ranges, and operate with equivalent speed at 1/4 the supply current. Maxims LT1016 and LT1116 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. The LT1016 is available in commercial (0C to +70C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges, and the LT1116 is screened for the commercial range only. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $2.75.

200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0

MAX912/MAX913 OFFER SUPERIOR SPEED vs. POWER

LT1116 LT1016

POWER (mW max)

MAX912 *Dual MAX913 Single 5 8 10 12 SPEED (ns Typ) 14 16 18 20

0 2 4 6 * Supply current per amplifier

30 20 10 MAX479 14-SO LT1178 16-WSO LT1179 16-WSO

(Circle 6)
MAX478 8-SO 5

0 0 200 400 OFFSET VOLTAGE (V max) 600

(Circle 4) 15

NEW PRODUCTS
FIXED-OUTPUT, STEPDOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS GENERATE 2A
The MAX727 (5V output), MAX728 (3.3V output), and MAX729 (3.0 output) dc-dc switching regulators accept inputs from 8V to 40V (or 60V for the highvoltage H versions). Each has an internal, 2A power MOSFET whose 0.85 r DS(ON) contributes to 80% efficiency. Because the 100kHz oscillator and control circuitry are also on chip, few external components are required for standard operation.
INPUT 10V TO 40V (10V TO 60V) VIN 220F 100H VSW MBR745 470F OUTPUT 5V AT 2A

MAX727 (MAX727H) VC SENSE

2.7k 0.01F GND

circuits. (Seven-pin packages allow for micropower shutdown and adjustable current limiting as well.) Each device has an 8.5mA quiescent current and a 2.6A preset limit for output current. The MAX727/MAX728 /MAX729 regulators come in 5-pin TO-220, 7-pin TO-220, and 4-pin TO-3 packages, screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $3.00. (Circle 7)

STEP-DOWN CONVERTER

The regulators buck topology and PWM control provide excellent dynamic characteristics and transient response. Cycle-by-cycle current limiting protects against overcurrent faults and output short oscillationvia an external feedback connection and cumbersome equations. Each IC operates on a single supply of 2.5V to 11V or a dual supply of 1.25V to 5.5V, and has an input voltage range that extends from the negative rail to within 1.3V of the positive rail. The MAX922 offers two comparators but no reference. The MAX923 has a reference and two comparators, each with an input tied to the reference, and a hysteresis pin. The MAX924 has four independent comparators and a reference. The MAX921 excels in low-power applications. It draws less than 4A quiescent current, yet it can source a continuous 40mA. It exhibits propagation delays of only 12s with 10mV overdrive, and switches logic states without producing unwanted glitches in the supply voltage. MAX921/MAX922/MAX923 devices come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages; 921 MAX924s come in 16-pin DIPs MAX 921 and SOs. All are available in commercial (0C to A +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to MAX921 +85C), and military (-55oC to TTL/CMOS +125C) versions. OUTPUT Prices start at REF $1.50 (1000 up, 1.2V FOB USA).
(Circle 8)

MICROPOWER COMPARATOR/ REFERENCE HAS 3A QUIESCENT CURRENT

Ideal for 3V micropower systems The MAX921/MAX922/MAX923/ MAX924 comparator/reference ICs feature single, dual, or quad micropower comparators. Supply currents (less than 4A max over temperature for the MAX921) represent the lowest power consumption available for such devices. In addition to the voltage comparator(s) and the 1.18V 1% reference, they offer programmable hysteresis, 40mA output source current, and TTL/CMOS-compatible outputs. The package is an 8-pin DIP or SO (16 pins for the MAX924). As the lowest-power combination of comparator and reference available, the MAX921 is ideal for micropower 3V systems. And unlike conventional comparators, the MAX921 and MAX923 provide a HYST input that lets you add hysteresis without connections to the comparator inputs. Other comparators provide hysteresiswhich prevents

STEP-DOWN, VARIABLE-OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR GENERATES 2A

16-pin SOIC package The MAX726 step-down switching regulator, a monolithic bipolar device, is a classic buck regulator optimized for stepdown applications. It accepts input voltages from 8V to 40V (to 60V for the MAX726HV), and produces outputs from 2.5V to 40V. You can also configure the MAX726 as an inverter, negative boost converter, or flyback converter, with input voltages as low as 5V. The MAX726 has excellent dynamic and transient-response characteristics. Few external components are needed because the power switch, oscillator, and control circuitry are included on chip. The oscillator is preset to 100kHz (adjustable to 200kHz), and the power-switch current limit is preset to 2.6A. Cycle-by-cycle current limiting guards against overcurrent faults and output short circuits. Packages include a 4-pin TO-3, a 5-pin TO-220, and a 16-pin SOIC. The MAX726 is available in commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $3.00 for the MAX726 and $5.22 for the MAX726HV.
(Circle 9)

3 A

INPUT

3V LITHIUM

16

NEW PRODUCTS
35, 250ns ANALOG SWITCHES HAVE INPUT LATCHES
The DG421, DG423, and DG425 dual analog switches (two SPST, two SPDT, and two DPST) have latched logic inputs that simplify the interface to microprocessors. The switches fast operation (t ON < 250ns), low on resistance (r DS(ON) < 35 ), and low power consumption (< 35W) make them ideal for use in battery-powered applications that require P-compatible analog switches. Maxims high-voltage, silicon-gate CMOS process improves switching performance and enables the DG421/ DG423/DG425 switches to specify absolute maximum ratings of 44V between the supply rails. An epitaxial layer prevents latchup. Each device operates on dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. The input latches are transparent when WR is low, and they latch the applied logic levels when WR goes high. RS, when low, resets all switches to their default state (all control inputs low). Break-before-make switching is guaranteed by design in the DG423. On switches conduct equally well in both directions, and off switches block voltages as high as 30Vp-p. Switch onresistance, nearly constant over the full 15V input range, rivals the performance of JFETs while avoiding their inherent limitations in dynamic range and supply voltage. Packages include 16-pin plastic and ceramic DIPs (the DG423 and DG425 also come in 20-pin PLCCs). All three devices are screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.77 for the DG421, $3.67 for the DG423, and $3.33 for the DG425.

DIGITALLY ADJUSTABLE, HIGHEFFICIENCY LCD SUPPLY FITS IN 0.5in. 2

The MAX749 is an inverting switching regulator that generates negative voltages to -100V and more. Its particularly useful as a zero to -40V, variable-bias supply for LCDs. It operates with 83% efficiency and accepts input voltages from 2V to 6V. An internal, digitally programmable D/A converter adjusts the regulated output voltage in 64 steps between 33% and 100% of full scale. The MAX749 simplifies applications by retaining this output setting during shutdown. Shutdown also reduces the supply current to only 15A. An external feedback resistor adjusts the maximum output voltage to -100V or more: V OUT (max) = -RFB(20A).

MAX749 circuits require only seven external surface-mount components, and occupy only 0.5in.2 of pc-board area. The device can drive an external n-channel MOSFET or a pnp bipolar switching transistor. Available in 8-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, the MAX749 comes screened for commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.83 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 11)

VIN +5V

DIGITAL ADJUST ON/OFF

1 V+ 8 MAX749 CS 7 2 ADJ DHI 3 SHDN DLOW 6 4 FB GND 5

RSENSE

OUTPUT 0V to -40V

RFB

ANALOG CONTROLLER POWERS TWO PCMCIA SLOTS

0.09in 2 IC replaces more than 12 components Each member of the MAX780 family of dual-slot, PCMCIA power controllers provides the status and power-switching signals necessary to control two PCMCIA card slots (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association, Release 2.0).

terminal of each card slot. Separate powerready signals tell the external controller when the VCC outputs are in regulation. Other internal circuitry directs 0V, 5V, 12V, or high impedance to the V p-p terminal of each slot (for programming flash memories). Typical on-resistance for the internal V p-p switches is 1.6 . Shutdown mode drops the 350A quiescent supply current to only 10A. MAX780 devices come in 24-pin DIPs and SSOPs, screened for commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).

In conjunction with a PCMCIA digital controller, each MAX780 IC forms a complete, minimum-component-count PCMCIA interface for palmtop and (Circle 12) notebook computers. MAX780 World's Smallest Complete Dual-Slot PCMCIA Power Controller features are allocated among four 3.3V AND/OR 5V SUPPLY versions (suffix A, B, C, and D). MAX738 The SSOP package makes 12V SUPPLY MAX734 MAX780 devices the smallest SHDN 12V 3V/5V PCMCIA N VCCDR1 WR such controllers available. VCC SLOT #1 The MAX780 controls external MOSFETs that direct either 5V or 3.3V to the V CC
P 8 PCMCIA DIGITAL CONTROLLER POWER-READY OK V MAX780A PP1 D0-D8 VCCDR2 PR1 PR2 GND VPP2 VPP N PCMCIA VCC SLOT #2 VPP

(Circle 10)

17

NEW PRODUCTS
TRIPLE-OUTPUT CONTROLLER POWERS NOTEBOOK COMPUTERS
The MAX782 power-supply controller is a systems-engineered device that provides regulated supply voltages for notebook computers and other battery-powered equipment. It includes dual PCMCIA (VPP) outputs, and step-down regulators for 3.3V and 5V. It also includes three precision comparators for low-battery detection, and two low-dropout, micropower linear regulators useful as backup supplies for CMOS RAM and real-time clocks. Efficiency for the main 3.3V/5V supplies is as high as 95% for 2A loads, and greater than 80% for loads from 3mA to 3A. IdleMode operation provides efficient regulation at light loads. At heavier loads, the operation shifts to synchronous rectification and pulsewidth modulation (PWM). High operating frequency (200kHz or 300kHz) allows use of small-sized external components, and the current-mode PWM architecture allows filtercapacitor values as small as 30F per ampere of load/current. The MAX782 has quick response, thanks to a high (60kHz) unity-gain crossover frequency that enables recovery from line and load transients within four to five clock cycles. Highlevel integration and the use of low-cost, external n-channel MOSFETs mean lower system costs. Also lowering costs is the high-side 15V output generated by an integral flyback-winding controller, which maintains regulation even in the absence of a main-output load.
5.5 30V 3.3V

N-CH FETS
5V (6-12 CELLS) MAX782 SUSPEND POWER LOW-BATTERY WARNINGS

P MEMORY LOGIC

3.3V ENABLE 5V ENABLE OSCILLATOR SYNC VPP CONTROL 4

0V/5V/12V (60mA) 0V/5V/12V (60mA)

PCMCIA SLOT 1 PCMCIA SLOT 2

Input range is 5.5V to 30V, and the quiescent current is 420A, dropping to 70A in standby mode (when only the linear regulators are active). Other features include low-noise, fixed-frequency PWM operation for moderate to heavy loads, and a synchronizable oscillator for noise-sensitive applications such as communicating computers and electromagnetic pen-based systems. The MAX782 comes in 36-pin SSOPs, screened for commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $5.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)

SIMPLE 3V AND 5V RESET MONITORS REQUIRE NO EXTERNAL COMPONENTS

The MAX709 is an inexpensive Psupervisor that issues system resets during power-up, power-down, and brownout conditions. It requires no external parts (unlike the TL7705) and comes in a small 8-pin SO package. Five trip thresholds, identified by suffix, enable variants of the MAX709 to flag low VCC voltages in 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems: 4.6V (L suffix), 4.40V (M), 3.08V (T), 2.93V (S), and 2.63V (R). The outputs are guaranteed valid for VCC as low as 1V. They go low when VCC drops below the threshold, and remain low for a minimum of 140ms after VCC rises above the threshold. TL7705

TWO-CELL TO 5V STEP-UP CONVERTERS MAXIMIZE BATTERY LIFE

3.3V & 5V output dc-dc converters have 150A IQ and 20A shutdown Outputs deliver 10mA to 300mA (a 30:1 ratio) with efficiencies of 85% to 88%

The MAX756 has a preset, pinselectable output voltage of 3.3V or 5V, and the MAX757 output is adjustable from 2.7V to 5.5V. Output current extends to 500mA for 3.3V outputs, and to 700mA for 5V outputs. Each device has a built-in low-battery detector. Applications include palmtop computers, 3.3V-to-5V converters, PCMCIA cards, personal digital assistants, and systems powered by 2- and 3-cell batteries. MAX756/MAX757 converters are screened for commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Their 8-pin DIP and SO packages save space in portable equipment. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). A pre-assembled surfacemount evaluation kit is available for $25, FOB USA (MAX756EVKIT-SO).
(Circle 15)
3.3V & 5V STEP-UP CONVERTERS PROVIDE LONGER BATTERY LIFE INPUT 1.8V TO V OUT OUTPUT 5V AT 200mA 22H OR 1N5817 3.3V AT 300mA 100F VFB LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR OUTPUT

MAX 709

Supply currents are only 35A (MAX709R/S/T) or 65A (MAX709L/M). MAX709s come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, screened for commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.15 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 14)

MAX756/MAX757 dc-dc converters extend battery life with the worlds best combination of high efficiency and low quiescent current. Efficiency exceeds 85% while delivering 5V from 2.5V inputs, for loads from 10mA to 300mA. Quiescent current under these conditions is 150A. For 3.3V outputs, the quiescent current is just 60A. And in the logic-controlled shutdown mode, a further reduction lowers the quiescent current to only 20A. The internal MOSFETs high switching frequencyto 500kHzallows operation with one small 22H inductor, three capacitors, and a diode. MAX756/MAX757 circuits are guaranteed to start with inputs as low as 1.8V (two battery cells), and they continue operating with inputs ranging from 1.1V to VOUT.
18

3/5 ON OFF LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR INPUT SHDN

LX

MAX756

LBI VREF

LBO GND

NEW PRODUCTS
SIX-FUNCTION P SUPERVISORS INCLUDE WRITE PROTECTION FOR NONVOLATILE MEMORY
The MAX792/MAX820 microprocessor supervisors provide all basic P-supervisory functions, and they prevent false writes to memory during power-supply faults. The MAX792 and MAX820 come in five versions, each dedicated to a different supply-voltage level. The five available trip thresholds, associated supply tolerances, and corresponding suffixes are as follows: 2.61V, 3V 10%, (R suffix); 2.91V, 3.3V 10%, (S); 3.06V, 3.3V 5%, (T); 4.37V, 5V 10%, (M); and 4.62V, 5V 5%, (L). As an option, you can program arbitrary thresholds with an external resistor divider. The ICs issue both RESET and RESET for all conditions of power-up, power-down,
V CC RESET 30A MR RST RST RESET LOW LINE WARNING WATCHDOG FAULT WATCHDOG STROBE RST NMI INT P +3V or +5V CE IN ADDRESS DECODE ADDRESS BUS

brownout, and momentary power interruption. They also include manual-reset inputs (MR). An independent comparator monitors the input voltage, and a watchdog timer flags software hang-ups. A low-line output warns of power failure before the reset signal appears. For the MAX820, this low-line output has 2% accuracy. To protect nonvolatile memory against false write operations, the MAX792 and MAX820 provide gating for the memorys chip-enable signal (CE). The chips normally pass CE with a delay of only 6ns (10ns max), but during power failures they disable the memory by blocking CE. MAX792/MAX820 devices are intended either for nonvolatile-memory systems in which backup circuitry is already present, or for systems in which the memory requires no backup battery (EEPROMs). Finally, a watchdog timer monitors software execution, issuing a reset whenever 1.6 seconds elapses (or other interval, as set with an external capacitor) with no evidence of activity on a selected I/O line. Available in 16-pin DIP and SO packages, the MAX792 and MAX820 are screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40oC to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $3.48 for the MAX792 and $3.82 for the MAX820.
(Circle 16)

P SUPERVISORS GENERATE ACTIVEHIGH RESETS FOR INTEL MICROCONTROLLERS

The MAX805L and MAX813L microprocessor-supervisory ICs generate active-high reset outputs (RESET) when V+ drops below 4.65V (5V 5%), for all conditions of power-up, power-down, brownout, and momentary power interruption. Active-high resets are required by the 8051 series and many other Intel Ps. Predecessors to the MAX805L and MAX813L (the MAX690A and MAX705) produce active-low resets (RESET). The MAX805Ls battery switchover accomodates backup-battery power for SRAM and real-time clocks, and a debounced manual-reset input (MR) allows resets on command. Reset pulses are 140ms minimum, guaranteed for V+ as low as 1V. Each device has an independent comparator/reference circuit that lets you monitor a battery, a regulator input, or any other voltage. Each includes a watchdog timer that monitors software execution by issuing a reset whenever 1.6 seconds elapses without evidence of activity on a selected I/O line. The MAX805L and MAX813L come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, screened for commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at UNREGULATED DC $3.22 for the MAX805L and MAX667 $1.61 for the MAX813L. +5V DC
LINEAR REGULATOR

MAX792
CE

WDO WDI

REFERENCE OUTPUT

10ns max. CE OUT

EEPROM OR BATTERY BACKED-UP SRAM/PRAM +3V OR +5V

WE OE

APPLETALK DATA TRANSCEIVER DRAWS 30A DURING SHUTDOWN

The MAX216 is a datacommunications transceiver designed especially for AppleTalk networks. Its differential-output driver, singleended driver, differential-input receiver, and two single-ended receivers meet all AppleTalk specifications.
TXD TXEN DTR SHDN RXEN GPI HSKI.R SRXDO 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8

30A, and all driver outputs assume a highimpedance state. When active, each driver has a 5V output range and provides thermalshutdown protection against short circuits.
0.1F

+5V

18 VCC

17 16 15

TXDTXD+ HSKO

MAX216
13 12 11 VEE GND 9 14 0.1F -5V 10 GPI HSKI RXDRXD+

The MAX216s single-ended inputs and outputs are functionally compatible with EIA/TIA-562 and EIA/TIA-232E standards, and its differential inputs and outputs are functionally compatible with the RS-422 standard. With suitable external connections, the device can convert between RS-422 and EIA/TIA-562/232E signal levels.

(Circle 17)
VCC RESET RESET 80C51 I/O LINE C NMI

VCC

MAX813L WDI PFI WDO

MR PFO

FAMILY

INTERUPT

PUSHBUTTON SWITCH

The device offers a complete data interface for printers and peripheral devices that communicate with Apple computers. It operates on 5V and draws only 3mA (maximum) when fully active. During shutdown, the quiescent current drops to

One single-ended receiver is configured as a buffer and one as an inverter, each with TTL-compatible input thresholds and 7V input-voltage ranges. The differential-input receiver has 200mV input
19

thresholds and a 7V input common-mode range. Available in an 18-pin wide-SO package, the MAX216 is screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.72 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 18)

Volume Thirteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

New Literature Power-supply IC accommodates dual-voltage portable systems Convert 3V to 5V without inductors 5V, non-interruptible power supply delivers 1A Dual boost regulator handles heavy surge currents Telephone tone generator requires no trimming Third-order highpass filter has synthetic inductor

2 3 10 11 12 13 15

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters

12-bit 5V DACs have worlds lowest power consumption Dual 12-bit multiplying DACs have buffered voltage outputs Low-power dual/quad op amps consume less than 1.2A 10ns, 5V comparators70% less power than alternative devices 6ns comparators resolve 2mV signals without oscillationguaranteed Low-cost micropower comparator/reference has 4A quiescent current High-speed analog switches improve rON matching and charge injection Precision CMOS analog switches offer improved performance Precision quad analog switch offers 35 matched on-resistances PCMCIA analog controllers manage VPP and VCC terminals Triple-output, 95%-efficient controller powers notebook computers Dual-output, 95%-efficient controller powers notebook computers Step-down dc-dc converters offer 5V/3.3V/3V outputs P-supervisor module includes backup battery ICs monitor 5V and 12V (or 15V) with 1.3% accuracy 5V RS-232 transceivers protect against large transients and ESD Serial port reduces power by factor of eight Complete 3V serial-data interface runs at 230kbits/sec Calibrated, precision voltage references guarantee 1ppm/C drift in SO package!

(MAX530/531/538/539) (MX7837/7847) (MAX417/418/419) (MAX912/913) (MAX915/916) (MAX931-934)

17 17 17 18 18 18

Op Amps/Comparators

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

(MAX301/303/305) (MAX317/318/319) (MAX333A) (MAX613/614) (MAX783) (MAX786) (MAX787/788/789) (MAX1691) (MAX8215/8216)

19 19 19 20 20 21 20 21 21

Power Management

P Supervisors

Interface
(MAX211E/213E/241E) 23 (MAX212) 22 (MAX562)

22

Voltage Reference
(MAX676/677/678)

22

News Briefs
NEW LITERATURE
Maxim has introduced over 600 analog ICs in the past 10 years, more than any analog company. To keep you informed on our newest developments, we offer the following 1994 publications:
Battery Management and DC-DC Converter Circuit Collection
A Power-Supply Applications Guide for Portable Equipment

BATTERY MANAGEMENT AND DC-DC CONVERTER CIRCUIT COLLECTION

Maxim's Battery Management and DC-DC Converter Circuit Collectiona power-supply applications guide for portable equipment highlights DC-DC converters, battery chargers, and voltage monitors. This guide is a valuable design reference of Maxim's most current recommended solutions. Each application circuit includes a complete schematic, a summary of relevant circuit parameters, a list of unique application features, a discussion of the application issues, and graphs of the most important characteristics.

1994

1994 NEW RELEASES DATA BOOK, Vol. III

1994 1994 EVALUATION KIT NEW RELEASES DATA BOOK DATA BOOK Volume III
Featuring:
Product Data Sheets Evaluation Kit Manuals Free Literature Request Cards

Other Data Books Available from Maxim:

1994 New Releases Data Book 1994 Battery Management and DC-DC Converter Circuit Collection 1994 Applications & Product Highlights Book 1993 New Releases Data Book, Vol. II 1993 Applications & Product Highlights Book 1992 New Releases Data Book, Vol. I 1992 Applications & Product Highlights Book

Maxim's 1994 New Releases Data Book, Vol. III compiles data sheets on Maxim's hottest 200 products for 1993/4, covering 10 product lines. Maxim is a complete analog supplier, offering: microprocessor supervisory circuits, data converters, references, power-control circuits, amplifiers, timers and counters, display circuits, RS-232 interface circuits, multiplexers, switches, voltage detectors, and analog filters.

Call toll free 1-800-998-8800 for free samples or literature.

1994 EVALUATION KIT DATA BOOK

1994 EVALUATION KIT DATA BOOK
Featuring:
Product Data Sheets Evaluation Kit Manuals Free Literature Request Cards

Other Data Books Available from Maxim:

1994 New Releases Data Book 1994 Battery Management and DC-DC Converter Circuit Collection 1994 Applications & Product Highlights Book 1993 New Releases Data Book, Vol. II 1993 Applications & Product Highlights Book 1992 New Releases Data Book, Vol. I 1992 Applications & Product Highlights Book

Maxim's 1994 Evaluation Kit Data Book is a comprehensive collection of evaluation kit (EV kit) manuals and their corresponding data sheets. These EV kits speed the prototyping and design cycle by providing a proven PC board layout and all parts needed to evaluate your chosen IC. Most EV kits are shipped fully assembled to save even more time, and many include software for easy evaluation using your PC.

Call toll free 1-800-998-8800 for free samples or literature.

Call toll-free 1-800-998-8800 to order your free literature.

2

Power-supply IC accommodates dual-voltage portable systems

A portable systems power supply is a complicated beast. It not only includes numerous sophisticated subsystems for voltage monitoring and power management, it may also generate dual VCC levels (3.3V and 5V) and support the voltage switching required by new PCMCIA cards (Figure 1). Other factors add complexity: the constant pressure to miniaturize, the need for increased battery life, and the noise-suppression measures made necessary in portable equipment by internal radio modems and pen digitizers. The result is an unprecedented challenge in powersupply design. This article discusses the capabilities of a new IC that greatly simplifies power-supply design for notebook computers, handy-terminals, and other portable systems. The chips sophisticated architecture and high level of integration address many of the main-supply requirements. Their usual order of importance is the following: Include necessary voltages and functions Improve efficiency and extend battery life Reduce costs Miniaturize Minimize EMI (for radios and pen-based computers) These points will be examined in detail and related to the new chips construction. The main supply in a notebook computer, for example, is deceptively simple. It should generate 12V at 120mA and 3.3V/5V at approximately 3A each, from a battery voltage ranging between 7V and 20V. As we shall see, the computers required operating modes and the various constraints on size and efficiency complicate things tremendously. Similar considerations apply to power supplies for other portable equipment as well, such as bar-code readers, pH meters, and medical instruments.

BACKLIGHT 8V TO 30V DC LINE POWER MAX754 DISPLAY POWER CONTRAST LCD DISPLAY

MAX713 CHARGER

DIGITAL ON/OFF/ADJUST

MAX708S SUPERVISORY

LOW-BATT ON/OFF SUSPEND POWER

POWERMANAGEMENT PERIPHERAL

6V TO 30V

MAX782/ MAX783
PRIMARY POWER

3.3V 5V PROCESSOR, MEMORY, PERIPHERALS, DRIVES

MAX213 INTERFACE

SERIAL PORT

PCMCIA CONTROLLER PERIPHERAL MAX780 PCMCIA CONTROLLER

2 VPP 2 VPP

DUAL PCMCIA SLOTS

ADDITIONAL PCMCIA SLOTS

Figure 1. This block diagram shows the power supply in a typical notebook computer, highlighting the key controller ICs.

Generate needed voltages, with accuracy

Supply-voltage accuracy is a key requirement in portable systems. Logic-board designers often ask for 3% accuracy in place of the usual 5%. And in some applications, these voltages must be slightly offset from the nominal values. Higher voltages compensate for drops across the downstream load switches, and lower voltages extend battery life by minimizing power in the load. Output accuracy is an unsung aspect of the powersupply designers art. Tight accuracy must be maintained in spite of sharp line transients when the ac adapter is plugged in, and in spite of equally sharp load transients when the computer shifts from suspend mode to run mode. The skilled designer must balance loop gain, loop compensation, switching frequency, and filtering to maintain the required accuracy despite numerous ac and dc perturbations. Cost and efficiency goals, often in conflict with the above, must also be satisfied.

V+ 5V

LINEAR REGULATOR

VL

3.3V SMPS CONTROLLER (DETAIL FIG. 2b) (MAX783) 4.5V ON

3.3V REF REFERENCE 4V

FB3 CS3 BST3 DH3 LX3 DL3 SS3

D3 Q3 REF/2 D2 Q2

FAULT

ON3

D1 Q1

2.8V 300kHz/200kHz OSCILLATOR ON LINEAR REGULATOR VDDREG LINEAR REGULATOR VDD 13V TO 19V 19V STANDBY

SYNC VPPA DA0 DA1 VPPB DB0 DB1

5V SMPS CONTROLLER (DETAIL FIG 2b)

(MAX782)

FB5 CS5 BST5 DH5 LX5 DL5 SS5

VH

ON

13V

ON5

(a)

CS 1X 80kHz LPF REF, 3.3V OR 5V MAIN PWM COMPARATOR

FB

R SLOPE COMP MINIMUM CURRENT (IDLE-MODE) Q S LEVEL SHIFT

BST DH LX

25mV OSC SHOOTTHROUGH CONTROL CURRENT LIMIT 4A 0mV TO 100mV SYNCHRONOUS SWITCH CONTROL VL R SS 30R* 100mV S Q LEVEL SHIFT DL PGND 3.3V ON N 1R* OV VDDREG * LABLES "30R" AND "R" INDICATE 30:1 RATIO. TRIG 1s SINGLE-SHOT

VL

(b)

Figure 2. These block diagrams show the MAX782 internal functions (a), and details of the SMPS (switch-mode power supply) function (b).

A new buck-regulator IC from Maxim (MAX782) achieves excellent dc accuracy and ac-transient behavior while generating the required output voltages 3.3V, 5V, and 12V (Figure 2). It includes control circuitry for two pulse-width modulated (PWM) buck regulators. Its novel, current-mode PWM control (patent pending) produces a high unity-gain crossover frequency (60kHz) that allows quick recovery from line and load transientswithin four or five cycles of the internal 300kHz clock. The new control architecture compares low-level signals directly instead of adding gain first. By feeding correctly weighted values of output error, reference voltage, inductor-current ramp, and slopecompensation ramp directly into a proprietary summing comparator, the circuit dispenses with conventional integrating error amplifiers and their associated phase shift and stability problems. This approach also allows the use of smaller filter capacitors. Another way to reduce filter capacitance is by lowering the PWM loop gain. A deliberately controlled loop gain enables relatively low values of capacitance to establish ac stability, by producing a gain rolloff that reaches unity before the next pole or zero frequency. Setting the initial dc loop gain low allows this gain attenuation to be realized with only 30F per ampere of load current. The low gain introduces a load-regulation error of about 1.5%, but tight initial accuracy on the output voltages (achieved through laser trimming) holds the overall accuracy to within 3%. Another basic concern is the input-voltage range. The low end is determined by the specified minimum battery voltage. At the high end, the regulator must withstand open-circuit output voltages from ac adapters and battery chargers. (The worst-case high voltage usually occurs with batteries removed and ac power applied.) The resulting input-range requirement for 6-cell systems is 6V to 24V. Standard analog-CMOS processes break down at 16V or so, but a new CMOS process from Maxim withstands 30V. Developed specifically for the ICs in battery-powered supplies, it eliminates the need for inelegant hybrid devices and power-hungry bipolar ICs.

currents, representing shutdown, suspend, and run-state load conditions. During shutdown, when a portable systems load often consists only of static RAM, real-time clock, and powermanagement logic, the supply current is a few hundred microamps. This current must be supplied either from the backup battery or from the main battery, if present. (Drawing shutdown current from the main battery saves the backup until its really needed.) Such keep-alive supplies are usually implemented with a linear regulator operating from the main battery. For the suspend state, in which the main processor runs at a greatly reduced clock rate, the system's supply currents range from 3mA to 10mA. This current range is above the comfort level for linear regulators, so the preferred circuit is a switching regulator with reasonably high efficiency at light loads. The moderate to high currents drawn in the run state, on the other hand, demand the highest possible efficiency (>90%). A single MAX782 accommodates each of these distinct operating modes. For shutdown operation, the chip includes two low-dropout, micropower linear regulators that maintain 3.3V and 5V outputs while drawing only 70A of battery current. The critical 3.3V output connects either to the main 3.3V bus or to a separate back-up/keep-alive bus. For suspend-state operation, the IC brings two circuit innovations to bear. A pulse-skipping mode allows the 3.3V and 5V buck regulators to shift smoothly between variable-frequency operation and the normal fixedfrequency PWM operation. This shift occurs automatically as load currents vary above and below 27% of full load, resulting in optimum efficiency for the regulators. The 5V regulator, for example, is 95% efficient at heavy loads, and more than 80% efficient for load currents ranging from full scale down to 1% of full scale (Figure 3). Switching noise is unavoidable, but the frequencies and control algorithms employed by the MAX782 insure that the frequency bands of interest for common applications are noise-free. Operation at 300kHz, for instance, leaves a quiet band around the sensitive 455kHz IF of commercial radio (Figure 4a). The harmonics shown (at 300kHz, 600kHz, and 900kHz) remain fixed at those locations as the MAX782s pulse-width modulation responds to changes in load current. The LT1148, on the other hand, is a similar powercontroller IC that responds to load-current changes by
5

Maximum battery life

After basic needs are met, the next goal for a portablesystem supply is ultra-high efficiency and maximum battery life. But battery life cant be inferred from snapshots of efficiency under fixed load. Instead, you must maximize efficiency over a broad range of load

EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT (+5V OUTPUT)

VIN = 6V 90 EFFICIENCY (%) VIN = 15V VIN = 30V 70
EJ13 FIG 3

100

operating even for light loads, allowing the inductor current to become discontinuous. With both switching regulators operating, the entire 25W MAX782 application circuit draws only 470A of quiescent battery current. Competitive chips either disable the synchronous rectifier completely at light loads, or leave it on and pay a big penalty in quiescent supply current. (With the rectifier on, the reversal of inductor current after discharge causes a transfer of energy from the output capacitor back to the battery. Supply current rises because the losses associated with this transfer must be replenished from the battery.)

80

60

50 1 10 100 1000 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

Figure 3. For high currents, the MAX782s 5V output is more than 90% efficient.

For run-state operation, the MAX782s balanced design and 300kHz switching frequency provide 95% efficiency without the use of superconductors, solid-gold wires, or large magnetic cores. The circuits n-channel MOSFET switches and bootstrapped operation enable high efficiency, even with standard surface-mount components (Figure 6). Both buck regulators employ logic-level n-channel MOSFETs in place of the p-channel MOSFETs normally used as high-side switches. The n-channel devices higher majority-carrier mobility results in much lower values of gate capacitance and reverse-transfer capacitance. For devices of equivalent on-resistance, the n-channel types cost 50% less. And for available devices in small SOIC packages, the n-channel parts exhibit only half as much on-resistance. Gate drive for the high-side MOSFETs is obtained via bootstrap capacitors (Figure 7). When the synchronous switch is on, two 0.1F capacitors (connected to the BST pins) are charged to 5V via two small-signal diodes.

varying its nominal 100kHz switching frequency. This frequency and its variation combine to fill the 455kHz region with noise (Figure 4b). At lower load currents, the LT1148 maintains regulation by issuing 100kHz pulses in a variable-burst mode whose spectral components contaminate the audio band (Figure 5b). The MAX782 also shifts to variable frequency at low load currents, but at 50mA its 40kHz frequency remains above the audio band (Figure 5a). Another MAX782 innovationfast, precise current sensingallows the device to turn off its synchronousrectifier switch as the inductors discharge current passes through zero. The synchronous rectifier thus continues

Output Voltage Noise (dBmVRMS)

30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 10k 100k 455kHz IF BAND 1M

Output Voltage Noise (dBmVRMS)

MAX782 Output Noise Spectrum at 1A

VIN = 8 CELLS (8V to 12V) VOUT = 5V IOUT = 1A VIN = 8 to 12V (5 PLOTS SUPERIMPOSED)

LTC1148 Output Noise Spectrum at 1A

30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 10k 100k 455kHz IF BAND 1M

VIN = 8 CELLS (8V to 12V) VOUT = 5V IOUT = 1A

9V 10V 11V VIN = 8V 12V

VIN = 8 to 12V (5 PLOTS SUPERIMPOSED)

Frequency (Hz) (a)

Frequency (Hz) (b)

Figure 4. At 1A load currents, the MAX782s 300kHz fixed-frequency PWM control produces no spectral components near the 455kHz IF band (a), but the LT1148s nominal 100kHz variable-frequency control floods that band with noise (b). 6

Internal switches then turn on either MOSFET by connecting a charged capacitor across gate and source. Start-up power to the MAX782 is delivered by a linear regulator operating on battery voltage. When the 5V output achieves regulation, an internal switchover circuit automatically connects the chips internal supply rail (via the FB3 pin) to the 5V output. Power for the chip and the gate drivers then comes from the 95%-efficient 5V supply, rather than the inefficient combination of battery and linear regulator. Whats more, an adjustable soft-start capability precludes the battery-voltage transients that would otherwise occur each time a buck regulator turns on. Another efficiency-enhancing feature is the chips relatively low-voltage threshold for the output-current limit, established by 100mV across a 25m sense resistor. Other, less-precise designs require a larger drop of 150mV to 200mV across the same resistor, dissipating as much as 400mW in additional power.

When a conventional circuits high-side switch is on, the flyback circuit stores energy in the inductor core and then discharges a portion of that energy through the secondary winding to the 14V output. During discharge, the primary voltage is VOUT + VSW, where VSW is the synchronous rectifiers saturation voltage. (The secondary output equals the primary output times the turns ratio.) A linear regulator then drops the 14V to 12V. Unfortunately, if the primary load is removed and the synchronous rectifier turns off at zero current (when no energy is stored), the 14V output in this conventional circuit sags to ground. If the synchronous rectifier remains on, the primary current reverses and the transformer operates in the forward mode. Its output-current capability (theoretically infinite) prevents the 14V output from sagging, but quiescent supply current remains high. The MAX782, however, achieves excellent crossregulation with no penalty in quiescent supply current. A second feedback loop in the 5V buck regulator senses the 14V output (VDD). When VDD is in regulation, the rectifier operates normally and turns off at zero current. But if VDD falls below 13V, the loop holds the synchronous rectifier on for an extra microsecond after the primary current reaches zero, causing the transformer to deliver energy in the forward mode (Figure 2b). VDD can therefore deliver hundreds of milliamps, even with the 5V output unloaded. Another devicethe MAX783derives V PP in the same way, but from 3.3V instead of 5V. It generates VPP with an auxiliary winding on the 3.3V inductor, and regulates VPP via the 3.3V synchronous rectifier. This

Cost-saving architecture
The next priority in portable-system power supplies is cost reduction. Higher switching frequency in the MAX782 already saves costs through reduced pc area, cheaper magnetic cores, and all-surface-mount construction (which eliminates through-hole assembly steps). The chips 12V output offers further economy. Derived from an extra winding on the 5V buck inductor, this output is almost free. Though the trick is widely known (its often called a coupled-inductor or buck with flyback winding design), the MAX782 circuits independent 12V regulation provides an extra twist.

Output Voltage Noise (dBmVRMS)

30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 1k

Output Voltage Noise (dBmVRMS)

MAX782 Output Noise Spectrum at 50mA

AUDIO BAND

LTC1148 Output Noise Spectrum at 50mA

30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 1k 10k 100k AUDIO BAND

VIN = 8 CELLS (10V) VOUT = 5V IOUT = 50mA

VIN = 8 CELLS (10V) VOUT = 5V IOUT = 50mA

10k

100k

Frequency (Hz) (a) (b)

Frequency (Hz)

Figure 5. At 50mA load currents, both the MAX782 (a) and the LT1148 (b) have switched automatically to variable-frequency operation, but the LT1148s lower frequency contaminates the audio band. 7

inductance means smaller cores, fewer turns, and less power loss in the wire resistance. The 36-pin monolithic MAX782 also supports miniaturization through its high level of integration, having absorbed the functions of 12V generation, linear regulation, PCMCIA switching, and control for two independent VCC buck regulators. To achieve further size reduction, a shrink small-outline package (SSOP) with tight lead pitch (32 mil) replaces conventional PLCC and SOIC packages.

Noise and ripple reduction

Low-noise/low-EMI power supplies are often required by personal communicators and pen-based personal digital assistants (PDAs). Though poised to scale new heights in personal computing, these devices have yet to prove themselves to the FAA. Supposedly, EMI from a laptop computer was the cause of a recent disruption in the navigation system of an airliner bound for New York. PDAs and similar devices often include radio modems or RF/electromagnetic-actuated pen-entry digitizers powered directly from the battery. Current switching within the radio can produce voltage ripple, which, reflected from the battery back into the radio, can interfere with the IF signal. As discussed earlier, radio designers are therefore likely to specify suppression of all fundamental and harmonic interference in the vicinity of the IFnear 455kHz, for example. The MAX782s fixed-frequency PWM architecture provides the predictable frequency spectrum required in such applications. Its free-running oscillator, operating at 200kHz or the pin-strap option of 300kHz, is factorytrimmed to 10% tolerance and requires no external capacitor. For demanding applications, you can further reduce noise by synchronizing the internal oscillator to an external clock. Even in its low-power pulse-skipping mode, the MAX782s switching pulses, triggered by the fixedfrequency clock, are more predictable than those of a chaotic burp-mode controller. The MAX782 has been system-engineered as the main component in portable-system power supplies. One of a family of new power-supply ICs, it leapfrogs the performance of earlier devices by combining highfrequency generation and high efficiencyfeatures that once were mutually exclusive. Other devices in the family are intended either as resonant-mode CCFT/LCD supplies (MAX753/MAX754), or as main supplies for subnotebook computers (MAX781/MAX782).
(Circle 1) 8

Figure 6. All components in the MAX782 evaluation kit are surface mount.

makes the MAX783 more suitable for systems powered by 6-cell NiCd batteries. Otherwise, the MAX782 and MAX783 are almost identical. Another cost-saving feature is the inclusion of two linear regulators with outputs switchable to 0V, 5V, or 12V. They provide VPP switching for two memory-card sockets as specified by the PCMCIA memory-card standard. Normally, this switching function is implemented with a 12V supply and a rats nest of MOSFET switches. The MAX782, however, substitutes two linear-regulator pass transistors for the expensive low-rON MOSFETs. The internal pass transistors are cheap because they occupy little die area. Decoding logic is also eliminated, because the MAX782 accepts VPP programming code directly from popular PCMCIA controllers such as Intels 82365SL or Cirrus Logics CL-PD6720. The MAX782 includes level translators that implement 3.3V/5V PCMCIA switching for VCC. As an alternative, the level translators (which remain alive in the standby mode) can serve as 1%-accurate comparators in circuits that warn of low battery voltage.

Miniaturization
Size and weight constraints usually have a slightly lower priority in the design process than does cost. But creeping featuritis can be a headache for the power-supply designer, who may be asked at the last minute to supply an extra half ampere, or to confine his circuit to a tiny L-shaped area of pc board. The MAX782s high switching frequency (300kHz) lowers the necessary primary inductance to only 10Hone-fifth of that required in competing IC circuits. The lower

BATTERY INPUT 6V TO 30V 68F

V+ DA1 PCMCIA DIGITAL INPUTS DA0 DB1 DB0 VL 4.7F VH VPPA VPPB 10F 10F +14V OUTPUT 2:1 2F MAIN +5V OUTPUT 330F VDD 0.1F BST5 DH5 LX5 DL5 CS5 FB5 REF 1F Q1 Q2 Q3 LOW-BATTERY COMPARATOR OUTPUTS AUX +3.3V OUTPUT PCMCIA VPP OUTPUTS AUX +5V OUTPUT

MAX782
0.1F BST3 DH3 0.025 MAIN 3.3V OUTPUT 10H LX3 DL3 CS3 FB3 220F SYNC CONTROL INPUTS ON3 ON5 D1 LOW-BATTERY COMPARATOR OUTPUTS D2 D3 SS3 SOFT-START (+3.3V)

10H

0.025

GND PGND SS5 SOFT-START (+5V)

Figure 7. The multi-function MAX782 generates high-side gate-drive voltages for the external power MOSFETs.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Convert 3V to 5V without inductors
Charge-pump ICs can either invert or double an input voltage (3V to -3V or 6V, for example). The charge pump operates without inductors, but it doesnt regulate the output and it doesnt easily boost 3V to an intermediate level such as 5V. By adding a comparator and reference (IC2 in Figure 1) you can generate arbitrary outputs (such as 5V) and regulate them as well. The charge pump (IC1) has an internal oscillator whose 45kHz operation transfers charge from C1 to C2, causing the regulated output to rise. When the feedback voltage (pin 3 of IC2) exceeds 1.18V, the IC2 comparator output goes high and turns off the oscillator via Q1. Comparator hysteresiseasily added at IC2is set to zero because the control loop requires no hysteresis. The oscillator generates only two cycles after turn-on, which is always enough to drive V OUT slightly above the desired level before feedback turns the oscillator off again. The resulting output ripple depends mainly on the input voltage and the output load current (Figure 2). You can reduce output ripple at the expense of circuit efficiency by adding a small resistor of about 1 (not shown) in series with C1. Ripple also depends on the value and ESR associated with C1; smaller values of C1 transfer less charge to C2, producing smaller jumps in VOUT. For those not afflicted with inductorphobia, Maxim offers various inductor-based switching regulators for boosting 3V to 5V. They include the MAX731, MAX741, MAX756, MAX856, and others.
(Circle 2) LOAD RESISTANCE () 10k 1k 100 50
(a) Supply = +3.0V

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 5.00 5.00 5.00 4.96 4.59

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 30 35 100 100 150

FC

V+

+5V

LOAD RESISTANCE () 10k 1k 100

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 5.01 5.01 5.01 4.98 4.90

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 55 55 55 170 170

2 CAP+ C1 10F +3V 3

7 IC1 OSC MAX660 LV 6 5

C2 220F Q1 2N3904 1k

324k, 1%

GND

CAP-

OUT

100k, 1%

50
(b) Supply = +3.3V

6 VREF 5 HYST 4 INVSS 2

7 VDD

IN+ 3

LOAD RESISTANCE () 10k

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 4.98 4.98 4.98 4.64 4.29

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) 10 25 25 70 90

IC2 MAX921
OUT 8 GND 1

1k 100 50
(c) Supply = +2.7V

Figure 1. By configuring a comparator and transistor to control the oscillator in a charge pump, you enable the pump to generate a regulated output of any reasonable value.

Figure 2. Output ripple in the Figure 1 circuit depends on the input voltage and load current.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
5V, non-interruptible power supply delivers 1A
The 5V output of Figure 1 remains uninterrupted during loss of the main 5V supply. Whats more, it maintains a 5% output tolerance while delivering 1A for 80 minutes thereafter. During normal operation, the main supply is monitored by the VCC terminal of the supervisory circuit (IC1). This chip holds Q2 on by asserting RESET high. While on, Q2 holds the dc-dc controller (IC2) in shutdown mode, turns on Q1, and turns on Q3, which routes a trickle charge to the battery stack. When the main supply voltage drops below IC1s reset threshold (typically 4.65V), RESET quickly turns off Q2 and Q3, bringing IC2 out of shutdown. IC2 then boosts the non-interruptible output back to 5V. After the main supply dips below threshold, RESET remains low for 200ms whether or not the voltage returns above threshold. This action assures an orderly completion of the switchover. Q1 is a low-rDS(ON), p-channel MOSFET that drops only 60mV at 1A. Its connectionsdrain to the main supply and source to the uninterruptible 5V output are backwards with respect to the usual configuration for p-channel high-side switches. The connections shown prevent Q1s body diode from draining the battery when the main supply fails. Also, this diode conducts when the main supply initially turns on, which assures a gate drive sufficient to turn the MOSFET fully on (approximately 4.5V). The battery manufacturer (Ovonic) recommends that you apply a 230mA trickle charge to the 2300mAh nickel-metal-hydride (NiMH) cells. To avoid exceeding this recommended rate, you must select R2 according to the worst-case (highest) beta value for Q3. The beta range is 100 to 300. So, for a 10% supply, R2 should be about 6k. If a 12V supply is available, you can reduce the batterys recharge time by adding a battery-charger IC to control the charging rate.
(Circle 3)

MAIN 5V SUPPLY

D Q1 Si9433DY (SILICONIX)

S R1 10k R2 6.19k D2 EC10Q504 16 V+ 12ON 12 2 3 8 10 0.1F

NON-INTERRUPTIBLE OUTPUT 5V/1A

Q3 2N2905A

L1, 10H CTX10-4P (COILTRONICS) 150F MAXC001 (MAXIM) Q4 MTD3055EL (MOTOROLA) R3 0.1

2 0.1F

IC1 MAX709
VCC RESET

Q2 2N2222A

THREE NiMH CELLS (OVONIC BATTERY CO.)

D12

IC2 MAX720

3/5 FB3

11

CS12 FB12

GND 3

PFI 4

SHDN GND 14

VREF 12/5 AGND 5 7

6 0.22F

POWER-FAIL WARNING

Figure 1. Despite brownouts or loss of the main 5V supply, this non-interruptible power supply maintains the 5V output within 5%. It supplies 1A at 5V for 80 minutes with the battery shown.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Dual boost regulator handles heavy surge currents
Among 2-cell boost regulators, five watts (5V at 1A) is high power. But, obtaining even 5W from a 2-cell or 3-cell battery is not a trivial problem. Peak currents exceed 2A, and the small voltage drops they produce in the power devices, battery, capacitors, and pc wiring can lead to poor efficiency and failure. The high internal impedance of alkaline AA batteries, for example, can support 5W loads only for short surges. Combining the outputs of two simple boost regulators with a diode-OR connection (Figure 1) provides a surge-current capability for small systems that must support intermittent radio transmissions or disk spin-ups. The main regulator (controlled by the LX terminal) contributes high efficiency during normal operation and also guarantees start-up at low voltage (its internal power MOSFET has a gate-threshold voltage of 0.8V). The auxiliary surge-current regulator, on the other hand, has an external MOSFET and is not limited to 5W. It can be tailored for heavier loads by substituting larger inductors and larger capacitors. The chip offers a low-power mode that lowers the peak currents, which raises the light-load efficiency by 10% (Figure 2). In most cases, its not a good idea to connect unsynchronized switching regulators in parallel: the oscillators can produce unwanted beat frequencies, and the load can monopolize current from one of the outputs. This circuit avoids such problems because the regulators differ greatly in switching frequency and output-current capability.
(Circle 4)

VIN = 4V

VIN = 4V

80 EFFICIENCY (%) VIN = 2V 70 VIN = 2V

60

50 = LOW-POWER MODE = HIGH-POWER MODE 40 0.1 1 10 100 1000 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

INPUT C1 0.1F 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 0.1 Q1 L1 22H L2 10H 1N5817 1N5817

Figure 2. Conversion efficiency in the Figure 1 circuit depends on the operating mode and the input voltage.

1 HIGH-POWER/ LOW-POWER MODE CONTROL 2 3 4 0.1F 5 6 7 8

BKUP 12ON 3/5 12/5 VREF AGND LXB FB3

V+

MAX718

LX GND LIN D12 CS12 FB12 PFO

+5V OUTPUT

C2

Q1 = MTD3055EL OR SILICONIX Si9410DY C1, C2 = 330F, 6.3V SPRAGUE 595D SMT TANTALUM L1 = SUMIDA CD54-220 (22H) L2 = SUMIDA CD105-100 (10H)

Figure 1. This IC, designed as a power-supply controller for palmtop computers with flash memory, includes two switching regulators. Combining the outputs with a diode-OR connection and common feedback produces an efficient 5V output with surge-current capability.

12

EJ13 DS 3-2

90

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Telephone tone generator requires no trimming
Many products that connect to phone lines (modems, for instance) incorporate a call-progress monitoring function known as CPM. CPM circuits listen to the lines as a human would, and respond according to what they hear. You shouldnt dial a number unless you first hear a dial tone, for example. Neither should your computer. Tone accuracy is not very important when people monitor the call-progress tones, but the use of computers for this purpose has produced a need for tone-accuracy specifications to prevent errors in interpretation. Accordingly, CCITT has introduced the North American Precise Audible Tone Plan (the following data is from the CCITT Green Book, Volume VI-4):
USE 350 Dial Busy  440    480 620 FREQUENCIES (Hz) POWER (per tone, at exchange) -13dBm0 -24dBm0 CADENCE Continuous 0.5sec on; 0.5sec off 0.2sec on; 0.3sec off' or 0.3sec on; 0.2sec off 2sec on; 4sec off 0.3sec on, every 10sec

Figure 1 illustrates a simple circuit for generating single or dual tones. They must be 0.5% accurate in frequency, and they must be gated as shown in the Cadence column (a P can control the cadence). This generator suits applications such as the tonegeneration portion of a test stimulus for CPM circuits. Generating a sine wave is generally more difficult than generating a square wave of the same frequency. The simplest technique is to filter a square wave of the desired frequency; removing its harmonics leaves you with the fundamental sine wavethe desired signal. For a dual-tone generator you would seem to need two harmonic-removal filters, but a single filter will do if the two square waves are reasonably close in frequency. Square waves contain only odd harmonics, so the lowest frequency component to be removed (the critical frequency) is the third harmonic of the lower-frequency square wave. The filter must pass the fundamental of the higher-frequency square wave. To avoid using two filters, each of these

ReOrder

-24dBm0

MASTER CLOCK

Ringing Call Waiting

 

-19dBm0 -13dBm0

GROUND

2 V-

7 V+ 8-POLE, 6-ZERO ELLIPTIC FILTER

1 CLK

5V

8 DIVIDE BY N DIVIDE BY M DIVIDE BY 2 DIVIDE BY 2 R1 68k R2 68k

TWO-TONE OUTPUT

MAX293
4 3 5V

R5 10k 6 R3 20k R5 10k 2.5V

C1 0.1F

Figure 1. In this tone generator, the uncommitted op amp of the lowpass filter IC1 acts as a summing amplifier. The amplifiers gain level assures that 5V-logic inputs will not cause clipping at the two-tone output.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
EJ13 DS 4-2

FILTERED SUM AMPLITUDE (2V/div) AMPLITUDE (dBV)

-20.0

-40.0

440Hz

-60.0 480Hz -80.0 0 25 TIME (ms) 50 0 1k FREQUENCY (Hz) 2k

Figure 2. These time-domain waveforms show the low and high square-wave tones for the ringing signal (lower traces), and the sinusoidal filtered sum (top trace).

Figure 3. In this frequency spectrum of the top trace in Figure 1, the highest-amplitude spur (spurious frequency) is at least 54dB down from the twin-tone level.

square-wave frequencies must be an even-integer divisor of the filters switched-capacitor clock. (This requirement forces the signal to be squarei.e., with a 50% duty cycle.) As another requirement, the ratio of the lower tones 3rd harmonic to the filters corner frequency must be greater than the filters transition ratio. (Transition ratio is the edge of the stopband divided by the edge of the passband.) The parameters necessary for generating each tone pair (or tone) are summarized in the table below. The switched-capacitor lowpass filter (IC1), with a transition ratio of 1.5 and a clock-to-corner ratio of 100, meets each of these four sets of requirements. Setting the cutoff frequency to 528Hz, for example, allows 440Hz and 480Hz to pass. The resulting 792Hz stopband (528Hz times the 1.5 transition ratio) blocks the critical third harmonic of 440Hz (1320Hz), enabling generation of the ringing signal.

To generate low and high tones for the ringing signal, divide 52.8kHz by the divisors 120 and 110. The division scheme (left to the reader) can be implemented with simple logic, a PAL, or an upcounter/timer chip. If you use a programmable divider, you should follow it with a divide-by-two circuit to assure a 50% duty cycle. (The other CPM signals are produced in a similar way.) Dual tones for the ringing signal are illustrated in the time domain ( Figure 2 ) and the frequency domain (Figure 3). The frequency domain shows that the generator is free of spurious tones. In some CPM applications, tone detection involves a combination of frequency verification and guard margin. By verifying that tone energy is sufficiently above the remaining spectral energy, the tone margin ensures that voice and other signals wont fool the system into thinking a CPM tone is present.
(Circle 5)

USE Dial Busy/Re-Order Ringing Call Waiting

LOW TONE 350 480 440 440

HIGH TONE 440 620 480

CRIT. FREQ. 1050 1440 1320 1320

MINIMUM TRANSITION RATIO 1.70 1.61 2.50 2.50

CLOCK 61600 89280 52800 52800

LOW-TONE DIVISOR 176 186 120 120

HIGH-TONE DIVISOR 140 144 110

Note: The three master-clock frequencies have a common multiple of 34,372,800. 14

EJ13 DS 4-3

0.0

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Third-order highpass filter has synthetic inductor
Inductors have a bad reputation as filter componentsthey not only transmit EMI, they act as antennas for receiving EMI as well. To avoid these problems, you can simulate the impedance of an inductor with the combination of two wideband transconductance amplifiers (WTAs) and a capacitor (Figure 1). The circuit acts as a synthetic inductor (LSYN) with one end connected to ground. By forcing a current at L SYN and measuring the resulting voltage, you can determine the equivalent impedance ZEQ: Z EQ = sC , (gm1)(gm2) where gm transconductance. The equivalent inductance, therefore, is : L EQ = C . (gm1)(gm2) To be cost-effective, your design should feature a series capacitor at each end of the filter, with the simulated inductor acting as a shunt between them ( Figure 2 ). The input capacitor blocks any dc applied to the filter, and the output capacitor blocks any dc offset introduced by the synthetic inductor. Though constructed with active components, the filter thus retains some of the advantages of a passive filter. In an actual circuit ( Figure 3 ), C2 and C3 are bypass capacitors and C2 is part of the simulated inductor. The transconductance for each WTA is set by an external resistor (R1 or R3) according to the relationship gm = 8/R. Because the simulated inductance depends on the product of these transconductances, it may appear that you have a range of choices for each. But the optimum circuit for a given application allows the full range of output swing for each WTA, which restricts the gm values. To determine these optimal gm values, start with equal transconductances and simulate the filter in Spice using g elements for the amplifiers. While sweeping the frequency at least one decade above and below the filters corner frequency, observe each WTA output for its peak voltage magnitude (the two peaks may occur at different frequencies). At the synthetic inductors port (pin 13 of IC2), the peak value is demanded by the filter and cannot be

This single-port network clearly offers the frequencyproportional impedance of an inductor, along with an advantage and a limitation: the inductance value can be large if (gm1)(gm2) << 1, but one end of the network must always connect to ground. Highpass, all-pole ladder filters make good applications because all their inductors connect to ground. Two WTAs and a capacitor must be substituted for each one, so you should choose a configuration with the minimum number of inductors.

LSYN

RIN 50

C1 1F

C2 1F

VOUT

gm1(V1) V1 WTA1 CSYN V2

gm2(V2) 1.25mH VIN WTA2 RLOAD 50

Figure 1. This single-port network simulates an inductor with two wideband transconductance amplifiers and a capacitor.

Figure 2. This simple ladder filter is a good application for the simulated inductor, which must have one end connected to ground.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
R5 50 VIN V+ R6 50 C4 1F C5 1F VOUT

1 V+ 2 IN+ 3 Z+ R1 365 5 Z6 INV7 8

12 V+

14 V+ C1 0.22F R3 243 2 IN+ 3 Z+

1 V+

12 V+

14 V+ C3 0.22F

MAX436 IC1

MAX436 IC2

IOUT 13 ISET 11 V10 VR2 6.04k

IOUT 13 5 Z6 INVV8 10 ISET 11 VR4 6.04k

C2 1F

V-

Figure 3. A 3rd-order Butterworth highpass filter is constructed by substituting the simulated inductor of Figure 1 in the ladder filter of Figure 2. The filter has a 3.2kHz corner frequency and a -6dB loss due to the source and load impedances.

changed; a real inductor would produce the same peak. You therefore adjust the other peak to match. Let K equal the ratio of gm2 to gm1. Gain is proportional to transconductance, so you divide gm1 by K and multiply gm2 by K. Finally, rerun the Spice simulation with these new gm values to verify that the peaks are equal and that the filter shape has not changed. The filter exhibits a maximum attenuation of 58.6dB/decade (Figure 4). The slope decreases at lower frequency because the synthetic inductors Q is affected by its series resistance. (Comparable 1.25mH inductors also have an appreciable resistance of 53 or so.) At 10Hz, for instance, the attenuation for an ideal filter is -90dB. For this circuit, the attenuation is -80dB.
(Circle 6)

12.5 0 -12.5 12.5dB/div

-37.5

-62.5

-87.5 0 1k LOG (Hz) 10k 100k

Figure 4. The Figure 3 filter has a maximum attenuation of 58.6dB per decade.

16

NEW PRODUCTS
12-BIT 5V DACs HAVE WORLDS LOWEST POWER CONSUMPTION
8-pin SOIC and DIP (MAX538/MAX539) Internal voltage reference (MAX530/MAX531) The MAX530, MAX531, MAX538, and MAX539 are 12-bit, voltage-output D/A converters well suited for portable and battery-powered applications. They operate on 5V supplies and draw supply currents as low as 300A (maximum). The MAX530 (parallel input) and MAX531 (serial input) have internal references and selectable output ranges of 0V to 2.048V, 0V to 4.096V, or 2.048V. Each performs four-quadrant multiplication without external resistors or op amps. For space-sensitive applications that provide an external reference, choose 8-pin SO/DIP versions of the MAX531: the MAX538 (0V to 2.048V output range) and the MAX539 (0V to 4.096V output range). SERIAL The serial interface for MAX531/MAX538/MAX539 devices is compatible with
INTERFACE

SPI, QSPI, and Microwire serialinterface standards. These devices also provide serial-data outputs useful for daisychaining multiple D/A converters. The MAX530s double-buffered, parallel data inputs are compatible with 4-, 8-, and 16-bit microprocessors, and all data inputs are set to zero during power-up by an internal reset circuit. All devices offer low integralnonlinearity errors of 1/2LSB (maximum) over temperature. The MAX530 comes in 24-pin narrowDIP, wide-SO, and SSOP packages; the MAX531 comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages; and the MAX538/MAX539 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. Each type includes versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 7)
538
MAX538

LOW-POWER DUAL/QUAD OP AMPS CONSUME LESS THAN 1.2A

The dual MAX417 and the quad MAX418/MAX419 micropower precision op amps extend the existing series of MAX406/MAX407/MAX409 op amps. Supply currents for the new devices (1.2A maximum per amplifier) are the lowest available15 to 20 times lower than those for industry-standard micropower op amps. Rail-to-rail output swings and single- or dual-supply operation (to 2.5V) make the devices ideal for battery-powered systems. MAX417/MAX418/MAX419 op amps maintain output linearity under load while operating with ultra-low supply currents, thanks to a unique design in the output stage. Each output swings rail-to-rail, sources as much as 2mA, and drives 1000pF capacitive loads without external components. Input bias current is less than 0.1pA. The input voltage range extends from the negative rail to within 1.1V of the positive rail. The quad MAX418 is unity-gain-stable and has an 8kHz gain-bandwidth product. The dual MAX417 and quad MAX419, stable for gains greater than 10V/V, have 150kHz gain-bandwidth products and 80V/ms slew rates. The dual MAX417 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. The quad MAX418 and MAX419 come in 14-pin DIP and narrowSO packages. Each device includes versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $2.98 for the MAX417 and $3.98 for the MAX418 and MAX419.
(Circle 9)
1.2A
40 MAX 6

+5V

8 PIN SO

8 PIN DIP

MAX538

VOUT

DUAL 12-BIT MULTIPLYING DACs HAVE BUFFERED VOLTAGE OUTPUTS

The MX7837 and MX7847 are dual 12-bit, multiplying D/A converters. Each includes feedback resistors and output amplifiers capable of developing 10V across a 2k load. Each achieves full 12-bit performance across the operating temperature range without external trims. The fully parallel MX7847 has 12 data lines and a separate latch for each converter. The double-buffered MX7837, whose eight data lines accept eight bits followed by four bits, has separate 8-bit and 4-bit latches preceding each 12-bit DAC latch.

MX7837 and MX7847 devices are specified for operation with 12V and 15V supplies. All logic inputs are level-triggered and compatible with TTL and 5V-CMOS signals. Fast digital-timing characteristics (80ns minimum data-to- WR setup time) allow the devices to operate with most microprocessors. The output settling times (to within 1/2LSB) are less than 4s. The MX7837 and MX7847 come in 24-pin narrow-DIP and wide-SO packages. Each incudes versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $12.18 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 8)

MAX

418

MAX406

17

NEW PRODUCTS
10ns, 5V COMPARATORS 70% LESS POWER THAN ALTERNATIVE DEVICES
The MAX912/MAX913 dual/single, high-speed, low-power precision comparators feature 10ns propagation delays and 7mA supply currents (per comparator). Ideal for 5V and 5V applications, the devices have wide inputvoltage ranges that extend from below the negative supply rail to within 1.5V of the positive supply rail. This feature, available in few other single-supply comparators, eliminates the need for a negative supply in many applications. The MAX913 is an improved plug-in replacement for the LT1016 and the LT1116. MAX912/MAX913 devices consume only 30% as much power as the LT1016 (which Maxim also second sources), yet they have equivalent speed and a wider input range. And unlike most other high-speed comparators, the MAX912 and MAX913 remain stable when driven by slow-moving input signals. Both devices have differential inputs, complementary TTL-compatible outputs, and independent latch-enable controls for each comparator. The single MAX913 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, and the dual MAX912 comes in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages. Both include versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $2.55 for the MAX913 and $3.90 for the MAX912. (Circle 10)
LOWEST POWER, COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT COMPARATORS
30
MA

6ns COMPARATORS RESOLVE 2mV SIGNALS WITHOUT OSCILLATION GUARANTEED

And, they suit 5V ground-sensing applications because the input common-mode range extends to the negative supply rail. The MAX915 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. The MAX916 comes in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, screened for the commercial and extendedindustrial ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $2.55 for the MAX915 and $3.90 for the MAX916. (Circle 11)

The MAX915/MAX916 (single/dual) edge-triggered comparators, unlike industrystandard TTL comparators, have unique master/slave architectures that allow resolution of input voltages as small as 2mV. This performance extends over the commonmode range, without oscillation. Propagation delay (only 6ns) is insensitive to input BREAK OUTPUT-TO-INPUT FEEDBACK overdrivethe delay values are constant INPUT STAGE MASTER/SLAVE D FLIP-FLOP OUTPUT STAGE whether the overdrive is 3mV or 1V. MAX915 and MAX916 devices operate from dual 5V supplies or from single 5V-to-10V supplies. Power consumption is only 70mW per comparator.
+
GAIN Q D MASTER Q Q SLAVE Q

CLK

CLK

LOW-COST MICROPOWER COMPARATOR/ REFERENCE HAS 4A QUIESCENT CURRENT

Ideal for 3V micropower systems The MAX931, MAX932, MAX933, and MAX934 comparator/reference ICs feature single, dual, or quad micropower comparators with 2%-accurate references. Each is a lowcost alternative to the corresponding part in the 1%-accurate MAX921-MAX924 series. (All but the MAX922/MAX932 pair have identical pinouts.) As the lowest-power combination of comparator and reference available, the MAX931 is ideal for micropower 3V systems. It draws less than 4A maximum quiescent current over the operating temperature range, yet can source 40mA continuously. Its propagation delay is only 12s, and it switches logic states without producing unwanted glitches in the supply voltage. MAX931, MAX932, and MAX933 devices provide HYST inputs that let you add hysteresis with a simple connection of two external resistors. (Hysteresiswhich prevents oscillationis added to
18

conventional comparators via external feedback connections and cumbersome equations.) MAX931-MAX934 devices offer 40mA output currents and TTL/ CMOS-compatible outputs. Each IC operates on a single supply of 2.5V to 11V, or a dual supply of 1.25V to 5.5V. Input voltage ranges extend from the negative rail to within 1.3V of the positive rail. Propagation delay (with 10mV overdrive) is 12s. You can monitor voltages above or below the 1.18V reference by attenuating the input or reference voltage. MAX931, MAX932, and MAX933 ICs come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages; the MAX934 comes in 16-pin DIPs and narrow SOs. All are available in commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) versions. Prices start at $0.98 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 12)
LM385
220k +5V 100k 100k 100k 100k +5V

IPS, PER COMPARATOR (mA)

LT1116 LT1016
20 IN+

X9

12

LP339
IN1 OUT1 IN2 OUT2 IN3 OUT3 IN4 OUT4 IN4 IN3 IN1

MAX934
OUT1

+
MAX913

Q
MA X9 12

OR
IN2

IN10

OUT2

MAX912 Dual MAX913 Single

5
10

MA

X9

OUT3

13

MAX909
0 0 20 30

5
40

OUT4 + REF 1.2V

PROPAGATION DELAY (ns)

NEW PRODUCTS
PRECISION QUAD ANALOG SWITCH OFFERS 35 MATCHED ONRESISTANCES
The MAX333A is a CMOS, precision, quad single-pole/double-throw (SPDT) analog switch. Its four independent switches have low on-resistance (35 maximum), close matching (<2 variation among the channels), and excellent flatness (<3 variation over the analog signal range). Other improvements made possible by Maxims new 44V silicon-gate process are lower charge injection (<10pC), breakbefore-make action (10ns typical), and fast switching (turn-off <145ns, turn-on <175ns). The MAX333A operates either with bipolar supplies (4.5V to 20V) or with a single supply (10V to 30V). Maximum quiescent power consumption is only 3mW. Logic inputs are guaranteed TTL and CMOS compatible over the operating temperature range. Logic and analog signals may range between the supply voltages without damage to the MAX333A. One MAX333A provides upgraded performance for either two DG403 dual-SPDT switches or a DG211/DG212 pair used as a quad SPDT switch. The MAX333A comes in 20-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.60 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)

HIGH-SPEED ANALOG SWITCHES IMPROVE rON MATCHING AND CHARGE INJECTION

The MAX301, MAX303, and MAX305 are high-speed dual analog switches with the following configurations: MAX301single-pole/single-throw (SPST), both normally closed (NC); MAX305double-pole/single-throw (DPST), both NC; and MAX303DPST, one normally open (NO) and one NC. Switch leakage is very low (<250pA). Maxims new 44V silicon-gate process improves performance. The MAX301/ MAX303/MAX305 ICs have low charge injection (15pC), and their low on resistance (35 maximum) remains flat to within 3 over the analog-signal range. Within a device, on-resistances are matched to within 2 maximum. Each device maintains CMOS-logic compatibility and fast switching (turn-on is

<150ns, turn-off is <100ns) while operating either with a single supply of 10V to 30V, or with dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. Quiescent current is only 1A maximum with 15V supplies. A separate logic-supply terminal can implement TTL compatibility regardless of the power-supply levels. Off switches can block rail-to-rail voltages, and the digital inputs draw 1A maximum. MAX301/MAX303/MAX305 switches come in 20-pin LCCs and 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. (For MIL-STD-883 versions, please consult the factory.) Prices start at $1.23 for the MAX301, and $2.57 for the MAX303 and MAX305 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 14)

PRECISION CMOS ANALOG SWITCHES OFFER IMPROVED PERFORMANCE

The MAX317/MAX318/MAX319 are single-pole/single-throw monolithic CMOS analog switches. The MAX317 is normally closed (NC), the MAX318 is normally open (NO), and the MAX319 includes one NO and one NC switch. Each device consumes less than 35W. These devices are fabricated with a new silicon-gate process that yields significant design improvements: r ON is low (<35 ), flat to within 3 over the analog-signal range, and matched to within 2 between channels. Charge injection is extremely low, and guaranteed to be no

greater than 10pC. Unlike their predecessors, the Maxim parts are guaranteed to withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) in excess of 2000V (per MIL-STD 883, Method 3015.7). Digital inputs are TTL and CMOS compatible. The switches offer low leakage (less than 250pA) and fast operation (less than 175ns to turn on, less than 145ns to turn off). The 44V maximum breakdown voltage lets the switches withstand rail-to-rail analog voltages. MAX317/MAX318/MAX319 devices come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.05 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 15)

19

NEW PRODUCTS
The MAX783 power-supply controller is a system-engineered device that provides regulated supply voltages for notebook computers and other battery-powered equipment. It includes dual PCMCIA (VPP) outputs, and step-down regulators for 3.3V and 5V. The VPP outputs may be programmed for 0V, 3.3V, 5V, or 12V. Two precision comparators perform low-battery detection, and two low-dropout, micropower linear regulators act as backup supplies for CMOS RAM and real-time clocks. (See page 3 for an in-depth discussion of the similar MAX782.) Efficiency for the main 3.3V/5V supplies runs as high as 95% for 2A loads, and greater than 80% for loads from 3mA to 3A. Maxims Idle-Mode operation governs the regulation at light loads. At heavier loads, the operation shifts automatically to synchronous rectification and pulse-width modulation (PWM). A high operating frequency (200kHz or 300kHz) allows use of physically small external
MAX783

TRIPLE-OUTPUT, 95%-EFFICIENT CONTROLLER POWERS NOTEBOOK COMPUTERS

SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

INPUT 5.5V TO 30V 3.3V

MAX783

N-CH FETS 5V
SUSPEND POWER LOW-BATTERY WARNINGS

(6 TO 12 CELLS)

P MEMORY LOGIC

to heavy loads, and a synchronizable oscillator for noise-sensitive applications such as communicating computers and electromagnetic pen-based systems. The MAX783 comes in 36-pin SSOPs, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $5.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 16)

3.3V ENABLE 5V ENABLE OSCILLATOR SYNC VPP CONTROL*

4

0V/VCC/12V (60mA) 0V/VCC/12V (60mA)

PCMCIA SLOT 1 PCMCIA SLOT 2

components, and the current-mode PWM architecture permits filter-capacitor values as small as 30F per ampere of load. The MAX783 has fast ac response, thanks to a high (60kHz) unity-gain crossover frequency that enables recovery from line and load transients within four to five clock cycles. Low-cost, external nchannel MOSFETs, and high-level integration lower the system costs. Lowering costs even further is an integral flybackwinding controller, which generates a high-side 15V for the VPP outputs. The input range is 5.5V to 30V, and the quiescent current (420A) drops to 70A in standby mode (when only the linear regulators are active). Shutdown current is only 25A. Other features include low-noise, fixed-frequency PWM operation for moderate offers cycle-by-cycle current limiting to protect against overcurrent and shortcircuit faults. Excellent dynamic characteristics provide a well-behaved transient response. Available in 5-pin TO-220 packages, the MAX787/MAX788/MAX789 devices each offer a commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) version. Prices start at $4.52 M (1000 up, FOB USA). AX
(Circle 17)
INPUT 10V TO 40V (10V TO 60V) VIN 220F VSW

PCMCIA CONTROLLERS MANAGE VPP AND VCC TERMINALS

MAX613 and MAX614 analog power controllers operate with standard PCMCIA digital controllers such as Intels 82365SL and Vadems VG-365, VG-465, and VG468. The MAX613 and MAX614 control the V CC and V PP voltages applied to computer card slotsthose complying with Release 2.0 of the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA). The MAX614 controls one or both VPP terminals on a PCMCIA slot with a single VPP output that asserts VPP, VCC, 0V, or high impedance according to codes generated by the digital controller. The MAX614 also includes a level shifter for its gate-drive output (DRV), which controls VCC via an external MOSFET. The MAX613 provides independent control of the two VPP terminals via two VPP outputs, each programmed by separate 2-bit codes. A third 2-bit code allows the DRV3 and DRV5 outputs, each with separate internal level shifters and driving separate external MOSFETs, to apply 3V or 5V to the V CC terminal. MAX613 and MAX614 devices have 1.6 internal power switches and 50A (maximum) quiescent supply currents. The MAX613 comes in 14-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages; the MAX614 comes in 8-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages. Both include versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.68 for the MAX613 and $1.48 for the MAX614.
(Circle 18)

STEP-DOWN dc-dc CONVERTERS OFFER 5V/3.3V/3V OUTPUTS

The MAX787/MAX788/MAX789 step-down dc-dc converters have output voltages of 5V (MAX787), 3.3V (MAX788), and 3V (MAX789). They require few external components because the oscillator, 5A power switch, and control circuitry are all on-chip. Quiescent supply currents (8.5mA each) drop to 140A in the shutdown mode. High operating frequencies (100kHz) allow each device to implement the standard buck topology with a small external inductor, Schottky diode, and output filter capacitor. Input voltages range from 8V to 40V (to 60V for the highvoltage H versions). Each regulator

78

50F

OUTPUT 5V AT 5A

MAX787 (MAX787H)
VC SENSE

MBR745 470F

2.7k GND 0.01F

STEP-DOWN CONVERTER

20

NEW PRODUCTS
DUAL-OUTPUT, 95%-EFFICIENT CONTROLLER POWERS NOTEBOOK COMPUTERS
The MAX786 power-supply controller, suitable for use in notebook computers and other battery-powered equipment, includes separate step-down regulators for 3.3V and 5V. It also includes two precision comparators for low-battery backup, and two low-dropout, micropower linear regulators for supplying backup power to CMOS RAM and real-time clocks. Efficiency for the 3.3V and 5V supplies runs as high as 95% for 2A loads, and greater than 80% for loads from 3mA to 3A. Maxims Idle-Mode operation governs the regulation at light loads. At heavier loads, the operation shifts automatically to synchronous rectification and pulse-width modulation (PWM). High operating frequency (200kHz or 300kHz) allows the device to operate with small external components. The current-mode PWM architecture permits filter-capacitor values as small as 30F per ampere of load. The MAX786 has fast ac response, thanks to a high (60kHz) unity-gain crossover frequency that enables recovery from line and load transients within four to five clock cycles. High-level integration and low-cost, external n-channel MOSFETs lower the system costs. The input range is 5.5V to 30V. The quiescent current (420A) drops to 70A in the standby mode (when only the linear regulators are active), and to 25A in the shutdown mode. Other features include low-noise, fixed-frequency PWM operation for moderate to heavy loads, and a synchronizable oscillator for noise-sensitive applications such as communicating computers and electromagnetic pen-based systems. The monolithic-BiCMOS MAX786, available in commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) versions, comes in a 28-pin, fine-pitch, surface-mount SSOP package. Prices start at $4.15 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 19)
6V to 30V EXT FETS VPP* CONTROL ON3 ON5 SYNC SHDN +3.3V +5V P MEMORY PERIPHERALS SUSPEND POWER LOW-BATTERY WARNINGS

MAX786
4

ICs MONITOR 5V AND 12V (OR 15V) WITH 1.3% ACCURACY

The MAX8215 and MAX8216 voltage monitors each include a 1.25V reference and five comparators, plus internal resistive dividers that dedicate four of the comparators to preset trip thresholds: 12V and -12V (MAX8215 only), 15V and -15V (MAX8216 only), 5V, and -5V. An external divider enables the fifth comparator to monitor any voltage in the range 2.7V to 11V. The 5V-monitor circuit has 1.3% accuracy; all others have 2% accuracy. The 1.25V reference is accurate to 1%. All the comparators have open-drain outputs and built-in hysteresis. The maximum supply current (over temperature) for each device is 400A. The MAX8215/MAX8216 come in 14pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 21)
+5V-OK/BAD
MAX8215

P-SUPERVISOR MODULE INCLUDES BACKUP BATTERY

The MAX1691 P-supervisor module combines an IC (MAX691A) with a 125mA lithium battery. It reduces complexity and lowers the component count associated with power-supply monitoring and battery control in microprocessor systems. The internal battery remains unconnected until a user connects the BATT and BATTOUT terminals. MAX1691 features include backup-battery switchover, memory-write protection, and a watchdog function that monitors software execution by asserting a reset in the absence of normal digital activity on a selected I/O line. The MAX1691 switches automatically to an alternate power source (the backup battery) when V CC is below V BATT and below its own reset threshold. RESET and RESET outputs assure that the controlling P assumes a known state during power-up, power-down, and brownout conditions.

Quiescent operating current is 35A, and standby current is 1A maximum. To protect CMOS RAM from erroneous write operations during power failures, the MAX1691 gates the RAMs chip-enable signal. It disables RAM by blocking CE when reset is asserted, and delays CE no more than 10ns during normal operation. The MAX1691 comes in a 16-pin plastic DIP, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range.
(Circle 20)

+5V 5%

MAX1691
-5V 10% +12V 10% -12V 10% VCC ADJUSTABLE MONITOR INPUT -5V-OK/BAD +12V-OK/BAD -12V-OK/BAD VREF PWR-OK/BAD

21

NEW PRODUCTS
SERIAL PORT REDUCES POWER BY FACTOR OF EIGHT
Runs at 120kbits/sec Drives mouse at 3V The CMOS MAX212 is a 3.3Vpowered RS-232 transceiver. Compared with equivalent devices, it handles higher data rates (120kbits/ sec), and draws less noload current (3mA at 3.3V). Only the MAX212 can drive a mouse at 3V VCC. The MAX212 is the first 3V IC to guarantee 4V/s slew rates, 120kbit/sec data rates, and 5V minimum output swings. Its three transmitters and five receivers meet EIA/TIA-232E specifications. Supply current drops to only 1A in the low-power shutdown mode. To monitor external devices, all five receivers remain active while in shutdown (subject to logic control). To accommodate different standards, each receiver output has a threestate driver that lets you wire-OR the receivers at the UART. A flow-through pinout (all driver outputs and receiver inputs on the same side) simplifies the pc layout. The MAX212 is compatible with EIA/TIA-232E, EIA/TIA-562 and V.28/V.24 serial-interface standards. An evaluation kit is available. The MAX212 comes in 24-pin wide-SO packages and tiny SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.12 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 22)
ICC MAX 20mA

CALIBRATED, PRECISION VOLTAGE REFERENCES GUARANTEE 1ppm/C DRIFT IN SO PACKAGE!

10ppm/1khrs in SO package! The MAX676, MAX677, and MAX678 precision voltage references produce outputs of 4.096V, 5V, and 10V respectively. Each has an internal factorycalibrated analog ROM that guarantees unprecedented low temperature drifts of 1ppm/C. Also guaranteed is a long-term drift of 10ppm/1000hrs. The analog ROMan internal network of fusable links that allows factory calibration by digital command minimizes the output variation with temperature by making internal V OUT adjustments at each of 16 temperatures. This calibration is performed on all units. Each device guarantees excellent line and load regulation (12ppm/V and 3ppm/mA at +25C, maximum) while sourcing as much as 5mA or sinking as much as 0.5mA. The output tolerance at +25C (0.01%) represents a maximum error of only 1/2LSB for 12-bit data converters. Maximum output variation over the commercial and extendedindustrial temperature ranges, respectively, is 0.017% and 0.022%. Maximum input voltage is 18V. The MAX678 minimum is 12V, the MAX677 minimum is 8V, and the MAX676 minimum is 4.75V, allowing that device to operate on 5V 5%. MAX676/MAX677/ MAX678 references come in 20-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges.
(Circle 24)

ALL OTHER +3V RS-232

3mA MAX 212

COMPLETE 3V SERIALDATA INTERFACE RUNS AT 230kbits/sec

The MAX562 is a 3-driver/5-receiver serial-data transceiver capable of data rates to 230kbits/sec. Featuring a guaranteedminimum slew rate of 4V/s, the MAX562 is the fastest transceiver available among those designed specifically for notebook and palmtop computers. Its compliance with the EIA/TIA-562 standard guarantees compatibility with RS-232 ports.

normal operation, at 20kbits/sec with a 3k /2500pF load on each output, it consumes about 100mW. The MAX562 simplifies layout because its flow-through pinout places the three driver outputs and five receiver inputs on the same side of the IC. To reduce board space, it comes in 28-pin SO and SSOP packages (the SSOP is 60% smaller than the standard 28-pin SO). MAX562s are tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.12 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Operation from 2.7V to 5.25V makes (Circle 23) the MAX562 suitable for 3V-to-5V REDUCE FILE TRANSFER TIME systems (which provide a 3V VCC when running on batteries and a 5V V CC MAX562 when running on wall power). In low-power shutdown mode the 3V R V device draws only 60A of S-23 - 5.25 2.7V ATION @ 2 ER 250k P quiescent current, yet all five O bps receivers remain active. The MAX562 can monitor five lines in this condition, each at data rates to 20kbits/sec. During
22

NEW PRODUCTS
5V RS-232 TRANSCEIVERS PROTECT AGAINST LARGE TRANSIENTS AND ESD
10kV protection (human body model) The MAX211E, MAX213E, and MAX241E are monolithic RS-232 transceivers. In many applications, these ESD-rugged ICs replace the more expensive and space-consuming Tranzorb devices currently used to protect against transient voltages and ESD. The Maxim devices include four transmitters and five receivers. Operating from 5V, they meet all EIA/TIA-232E and CCITT V.28 specifications at data rates to 120kbits/sec (when loaded in accordance with EIA/TIA-232E). Maxims patented RS-232 chargepump-converter technology produces internal voltages sufficient for generating output levels in full compliance with the EIA/TIA-232E specifications. Each transmitter output and receiver input can withstand ESD shocks as high as 10kV (human body model). And unlike bipolar RS-232 ICs, Maxims CMOS MAX211E, MAX213E, and MAX241E handle ESD without latchup. During shutdown, the MAX213 maintains two receivers active (using only 15A of current) for monitoring external signals, such as the ring indicator from a modem. MAX241E transceivers operate with 1.0F external capacitors, while the MAX211E and MAX213E save cost and space with 0.1F capacitors. MAX211E/MAX213E/MAX241E devices come in 28-pin wide-SO and SSOP packages (which are 60% smaller than equivalent SO types), tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $3.62.
(Circle 25)

23

Volume Fourteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Forbes rates Maxim Selecting voltage references Boost converter yields orderly shutdown High-frequency switching IC powers portable telephone P-FET linear regulator has low dropout voltage Battery-powered circuit measures m and

2 3 12 13 14 15

NEW PRODUCTS

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

8-channel analog switch has serial digital control Precision quad analog switches offer on-resistance matching (<2) and flatness (<3) Precision analog switches offer <2 matching and <3 flatness Industrys first RGB video switches include 75 output buffers Regulated charge-pump boosts 2-cell battery to 5V 9V-to-3.3V step-down converters extract maximum battery energy 94%-efficient step-down regulators produce no sub-fundamental switching noise Low-cost 5V-to-3.3V converters are 92% efficient Step-up dc-dc converters deliver 150mA at 12V or 15V 5V-to-3.3V step-down controller delivers up to 10A Inverting 5W dc-dc controllers provide -5V, -12V, or -15V at 85% efficiency Step-up converters derive highest power from 1-cell (1V) inputs Negative charge pump provides GaAsFET bias in cellular phones DC-DC converters accept inputs above and below the output voltage RAM-protection IC draws only 2nA in backup 5V RS-232 transceiver serves as both DTE and DCE serial port Low-power RS-485 ICs draw only 350A max

(MAX335) (MAX351/352/353) (MAX361/362/364/365) (MAX463/464/465/466) (MAX619) (MAX639/640/653) (MAX730A-763A) (MAX746/747) (MAX761/762) (MAX767) (MAX774/775/776) (MAX777/778/779) (MAX850/851/852/853) (MAX877/878/879) (MXD1210) (MAX214) (MAX487/488/489)

16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21

Power Management

P Supervisor Interface

News Briefs
FORBES RATES MAXIM AMONG AMERICAS BEST SMALL COMPANIES
For the fourth consecutive year, Maxim Integrated Products is among Americas most prosperous small companiesan incredible accomplishment considering only 16 companies out of 500 have been on the list all four years. Most firms last only two years on the Forbes list, but, after 30 consecutive quarters of increasing profits, Maxims winning wave continues. Maxim consistently creates analog solutions that add value to customers microprocessor-based technology. A record 33 products were announced in the first quarter of fiscal year 1994. And in the last 10 years, Maxim has introduced over 600 productsmore than any other analog company. The challenge for Maxim is to continue choosing the right products to develop. CEO Jack Gifford explains: Analog technology is one of the worlds largest arenas for invention. Neither market size nor inventive opportunity can limit Maxims growth. Maxim looks forward to being among the champions again next year.

ISO 9001 AND QUALITY CERTIFICATIONS

In June of 1993, Maxim received ISO 9001 certificationthe most stringent and comprehensive ISO 9000-level audit. The audit covered most phases of manufacturing, including design, process, test, and shipping. More than 75 major OEMs and manufacturing companies have surveyed and audited Maxims manufacturing operations. Audit results confirm Maxims compliance with the following recognized quality standards: MIL-Q 9858 MIL-I 45208 MIL-STD 45662 MIL-STD 1686 MIL HANDBOOK 263 Maxim welcomes and encourages customer audits.

Selecting voltage references

Voltage references are simple devices, but making the right choice for a given application can be a chore if you dont take an orderly approach. This article simplifies the task with a review of the available reference types and a discussion of the specifications manufacturers use to describe them. Unlike most electronic circuits, the voltage reference resists any change in output. While most circuits try to produce an ideal waveform or a faithful replica of input variations, the ideal reference maintains constant VOUT despite all variations in time, temperature, input voltage, and load current. References differ in their approximation of this ideal, so to choose well you must be familiar with the available types and their performance parameters. These two topics are covered in the following sections.

The zeners temperature coefficient (tempco) is a function of its breakdown voltage, and is remarkably low at approximately 6.3V. By placing a conventional pin junction in series with the zener, you get a combination whose forward voltage drop (at a specific operating current) can be tailored for extremely low tempcos. Known as a reference diode, this combination has seen lots of development. For tempcos below 25ppm/C, however, the cost becomes prohibitive for testing, matching, and selecting the diodes. Zeners have a well-understood aging effect, and the best reference diodes receive years of burn-in conditioning to minimize the output changes caused by aging. Such devices are produced not by the zener manufacturers, but by specialty houses and manufacturers of high-end voltmeters and laboratory voltage standards. The combination of a reference diode and op amp in a hybrid IC produces the amplified diodea voltage reference with many advantages. Rather than testing and matching diodes (a procedure involving thousands of logged measurements on hundreds of parts at dozens of temperatures) you simply combine randomly selected op amps and reference diodes, and set the tempco with standard op-amp trimming techniques. Each amplified diode requires a complete temperature sweep followed by several trims, and a second temperature sweep to confirm performance, but the resulting tempco is better than 1ppm/C. Maxims hybrid references, the MAX670 and MAX671, are built and tested in this way. The MAX670/MAX671 amplified-diode references use internal resistor networks to amplify the output to 10.000V 1mV, independently of the precise zener current and voltage required for minimum tempco. In addition, the MAX670/MAX671's op amp is configured as a 4-wire power supply with separate force and sense leads to eliminate the effect of voltage drops along the connecting wires. As a result, the reference voltage appears exactly where it is needednot just at the amplified diodes output terminals (see the sidebar, Kelvin-sensed outputs). This feature is vital to low-ppm applications because it eliminates ground-loop errors, thermal voltages, and IR drops in the connections including a socket (if used) for the voltage reference itself. (At 1mA, a 10m trace resistance produces a 10fV (1ppm) error. What trace resistance do you specify?)

Voltage-stable devices
Before the advent of solid-state voltage references, engineers in search of a stable voltage had to use standard cells or batteries. Both are self-powered and produce stable, well-defined voltages when not loaded. But, since their output voltages are so temperature sensitive, they must be specified at a single temperature. The standard cell consists of liquid mercury and liquid electrolyte in an H-shaped glass container. Though accurate to a few parts per million, it can take weeks or months to recover if overloaded or tipped on its side! Mercury cells (batteries) are more robust. Good for several years without replacement, they provide about 2-12 digit accuracy when new. They furnish only a few milliamps of current. Though still used in some portable applications, most have been replaced by modern lowcurrent (10fA) references. The first modern voltage reference is the zener diode. Used mostly in clamp circuits and power supplies, it comes in a variety of voltages, packages, and power ratings. Not quite accurate enough or stable enough to qualify as a voltage reference by itself, the zener produces a reasonably constant voltage when connected in series with a resistor and a source of unregulated voltage.

Kelvin connections also allow the delivery of considerable load current. If necessary, you can boost the load current to several amperes (without degrading accuracy) by adding an external pass transistor within the feedback loop. Thus, the amplified diode not only eliminates board trimming during manufacture, it insures repeatabilityboth on the production line and following field repair. The zener diodes successor is the bandgap reference. Almost impossible to make with discrete components, the bandgap reference is made practical by integratedcircuit technology. Bandgaps are based on a simple and elegant principletake a known problem and turn it into a solution. The problem is that forward-conducting silicon diodes have a well-defined temperature coefficient (2mV/C), but a hard-to-control offset voltage. The solution is to fabricate (for example) 11 identical diodes on a silicon substrate, arrayed in a tight group for close thermal matching. Connect all but one central diode in parallel. Then, drive that diode and the remaining group with two

identical currents, so the central diode operates with an approximate 10-times higher current density across its junction. The central-diode voltage has a negative tempco, but the voltage difference (for the single diode vs. the group) has a positive tempco. If you then arrange for the voltage difference (times a gain factor) plus the central-diode voltage to equal the bandgap voltage of silicon (1.205V), the sum will (ideally) have a tempco of zero (Figure 1). That is what the bandgap circuit does. The simplest and least expensive bandgap reference is a two-terminal device such as Maxim's ICL8069, which operates like a zener diode. Unlike zeners, however, the bandgap has a low voltage (1.23V) and a very sharp knee at low operating currents: the voltage change from 50fA to 5mA is less than 15mV (Figure 2). Low voltage and low current make bandgap references suitable for operation in feedback networks, biasing networks for op amps, and other circuits for which the zener reference is inappropriate.

ICL8069 OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE

EJ14 ART1

ICL8069 REVERSE VOLTAGE vs. CURRENT

EJ14 ART2

1.240

10m

REVERSE CURRENT (A)

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

1.235

1m

1.230

100

1.225

10

+125C -55C

1.220 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 TEMPERATURE (C)

1 0 0.2 0.4

+25C 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 REVERSE VOLTAGE (V)

Figure 1. The familiar S curve of this bandgap reference shows a minimum variation with temperature.

Figure 2. Bandgap diodes have a much sharper knee than that of actual diodes.

Kelvin-sensed outputs
Separate force and sense paths can greatly improve the performance of a voltage reference. That arrangement (called a Kelvin connection) is common in high-accuracy designs, but it also removes most of the noise and drift in a reference circuit of modest accuracy. Such a circuit is the 3-wire, 2.5V reference of Figure A. Though suitable for use with 12-bit A/D and D/A converters, it is prone to errors that are often overlooked or dismissed as insignificant. These errors are due almost entirely to the effects of printed-circuit resistance and poor layout. Note, for example, that IREF (10mA) and IOUT (100mA) share a ground-return trace whose resistance is represented by R5. Assuming this trace measures only 10m (have you measured yours lately?), the resulting dc voltage error is 1.02mVnearly two LSBs in a 12-bit system with a 2.5V reference. R5 (and R8) also produce variations in reference voltage as the reference load varies. These resistances may measure only 10m as printed-circuit traces, but the values (and the resulting errors) can escalate if the reference is placed in a socket, or if the reference load current passes through an edge connector. Connectors are particularly troublesome because their resistances change each time they are reconnected.
KELVIN-SENSED REFERENCE
R2 R1 REFERENCE IC ERROR AMPLIFIER VBATT FORCE+ SENSE+ RH INTERNAL REFERENCE VREF R8 R7 HIGH-POWER LOAD REFERENCE LOAD IOUT OPTIONAL BOOST TRANSISTOR MAX670, MAX671, MAX676, MAX677, OR MAX678 VBATT

3-TERMINAL REFERENCE
R1 IQ + IREF HIGH-POWER LOAD ERROR AMPLIFIER R8 IOUT R2

IBATT

REFERENCE LOAD INTERNAL REFERENCE VREF VLOAD

IREF

R3

IQ

R5

R4

IBATT RX = TRACE, OR WIRING RESISTANCE

IOUT + IREF

IOUT

VLOAD = VREF - IREFR8 - (IOUT + IREF)R5 FOR 10 m TRACE RESISTANCES, A 10mA REFERENCE LOAD, AND A HIGH POWER LOAD, VLOAD IS 1.02mV LESS THAN VREF FOR VREF = 2.5V, THE RESULTING ERROR IS 408ppm

Figure A.

R1 and R3 cause less-obvious problems. They dont contribute dc errors, but fast transients in the high-power load must pass through them. The resulting voltage modulation at the reference-supply pins can cause instability in the reference. The circuit of Figure B is similar but offers two major improvements. First, it isolates the reference and high-power loads by providing separate paths from the high-power load all the way back to the battery terminals. High-power load transients no longer modulate the reference, because the connecting traces (R2 and R4) are separate from those of the reference (R1 and R3). Second, the reference load is Kelvin-connected to its drive circuit. The high resistance of RH and RL assures accurate feedback to the error amplifier, regardless of trace resistance in the sense lines (R7 and R6). And, the errors due to trace resistance in the force lines (R8 and R5) are excluded by the amplifiers feedback (sense) connections. Separate force and sense lines allow the reference load and its error amplifier to be separated (if necessary) by lengthy wires and numerous connectors. Calculations show that the errors in Figure B can be made astonishingly smallso small that little penalty accrues if you reconnect the high-power load as in Figure A. In that case, note that a change in the voltage across R5 (in Figure B) shifts all voltages in the reference circuit, but VLOAD remains constant.

RL SENSER6 R5

VLOAD

R3 R4 RX = TRACE OR WIRING RESISTANCE VLOAD = VREF x (RH + RL) / RL x K

FORCE-

300,000 + 100,000 + 0.01 + 0.01 K = (RH + RL + R7 + R6) / (RH + RL) = ------------------------------------- = 1.000 000 05 300,000 + 100,000

Figure B.

Kelvin connections not only compensate for errors that arise in passive components; they also accomodate active components such as the optional boost transistor shown in Figure B. With that transistor in place (replacing the R8 force line), you can increase currentsource capability in the reference without degrading accuracy. Similarly, you can increase the current-sink capability by adding a pnp transistor with its collector connected to ground. Finallythe accuracy achieved with Kelvin connections eliminates the need for board trimming during manufacture. The result is repeatable perfomance, both for the units of a production lot and for a single unit before and after field repair.
5

Specifications
To select the best reference for a given application, you must be aware not only of the different reference types, but also of special definitions manufacturers use for the specifications that describe voltage-reference performance. The following entries define and discuss each parameter. Accuracy: This is an ambiguous term. It is literally the sum of all deviations from the ideal output value, expressed as a fraction of the ideal, subtracted from one, and multiplied by 100. A perfect reference, therefore, is 100% accurate. But in common usage, accuracy and total error are used interchangeably. A 1%-accurate reference is generally understood to have a total error of 1%, not 99%. Error: a particular category of deviation from the ideal. Voltage-reference errors are expressed either as absolute values (millivolts, for example,) or as fractions, and in percent (%) or parts per million (ppm). Initial accuracy: the output-voltage tolerance exhibited by a voltage reference following the initial turn-on of power. It is usually measured at no load or for a range of load currents. In many applications, initial accuracy is the most important specification. For low-cost references, it may be the only accuracy specification. Turn-on drift: a change in output voltage over a specified time interval following turn-on. (Initial accuracy is rarely specified over a time interval, but a few milliseconds can be assumed for most modern devices. One exception is the reference with substrate oven, which takes many seconds to stabilize.) With or without an oven, all references exhibit some change over the first seconds or minutes following turn-on. Usually asymptotic, turnon drift is an important specification for portable systems that conserve battery energy by powering the reference only for short periods. Short-term drift: similar to turn-on drift, but specified for a short period (milliseconds to minutes) at any time after turn-on. It often appears in data sheets as a chart recording or scope photo. Short-term drift differs from noise only in the units of measure; both are small, unpredictable, and random. Long-term drift: slow changes in voltage-reference output that occur over minutes, days, or months of
SLOPE METHOD: 236ppm/C OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE
EJ14 ART3

1.240 29 mV/100C = 236 ppm/C OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 1.235 ACTUAL ERROR 1.230

1.225

1.220 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 TEMPERATURE (C)

Figure 3. The slope method of depicting VOUT vs. temperature simply illustrates the maximum dv/dt with a straight line on the graph.

continuous operation. Long-term drift, usually expressed in ppm/1000 hours, is a form of noise and is therefore random and unpredictable. Because long-term-drift measurements are timeconsuming and expensive, this parameter is characterized by sample tests only. (Who can wait for 10-year drift curves?) Note that the sample tests provide no guarantee of future performance, but statistical data analysis offers a high level of confidence in the test results. Aging: a gradual change in output voltage caused by long-term changes in the characteristics of the reference. Aging differs from long-term drift, however: aging results in a slow unidirectional change in the reference voltage; while long-term drift causes random fluctuations. Noise: electrical noise at the output terminals of a voltage reference. It can include wideband thermal noise, low-frequency spikes of wideband (popcorn) noise, and narrowband 1/f noise. Thermal noise is small and easily filtered with a simple RC network, unless the application prohibits that approach. For applications that power the reference only for short intervals, most forms of noise translate to a component of the initial accuracy. Temperature drift: a change in output voltage due to temperature, expressed in ppm/C or %/C. Usually the second most important specification after initial accuracy, it becomes dominant for applications in which the initial accuracy can be compensated by a

BOX METHOD: 2.4mV/100C OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE

EJ14 ART4

BUTTERFLY METHOD: 50mV/C OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE

50V/C
EJ14 ART3

1.240

1.240

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

ACTUAL ERROR 1.230 3mV FROM -40C TO +85C 1.225

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

1.235

1.235

1.230 ACTUAL ERROR 1.225 100V/C

1.220 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 TEMPERATURE (C)

1.220 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 TEMPERATURE (C)

Figure 4. The box method, which encloses the extremes of VOUT variation within a box, gives a closer approximation to the actual error.

Figure 5. The butterfly method gives one actual data point at +25C, plus a limiting envelope that specifies the error more tightly than does the slope method.

calibration of adjustable gain. Three methods of specification are common: Slope method (Figure 3): a line representing the worst-case (highest) dv/dt over the temperature range of interest. Used mostly on older military products with an assumption that the drift is linear (often wrong), this method enables worst-case calculations. One problem: the actual point of maximum slope is not specified. Box method (Figure 4): a box formed by min/max limits for output voltage over the temperature range of interest. This construction corresponds to the method of test, and provides a closer estimate of actual error than does the slope method. The box guarantees limits for the temperature error, but (like the slope) says nothing about the exact shape and slope of the output response. Butterfly method (Figure 5): a more detailed set of limits that actually shows one datum point (at +25C), with minimum and maximum slope lines passing through it, and two or more breakpoints along each line. The name comes from the shape of these lines as they appear on the graph of output voltage vs. temperature. Figures 3-5 represent the same fictitious voltage reference. Note that the numerical error estimates listed on each figure are not easily compared, but you can convert the box by drawing a diagonal across it. That slope then allows a closer comparison with the other two methods of specification.

Self-heating: a change in temperature and consequent change in output voltage caused by the flow of load current internal to the reference. This effect is sneaky because it has several time constants ranging from microseconds to seconds. Self-heating is rarely specified because it doesn't appear in high-speed measurements of line and load regulation. You can choose a reference that is specified at the extremes of load current, or eliminate self-heating by adding an external transistor or buffer amplifier to handle the load current. The monolithic, 1ppm MAX676MAX678 references offer another option: they include active circuitry that maintains a constant internal power dissipation as the load current changes. Load regulation: an error produced by a change in load current. Like line regulation, this dc specification does not include the effects of load transients. Line regulation: an error produced by a change in the input voltage. This dc specification does not include the effects of ripple voltage or line transients. For battery-powered applications, the modern voltage reference is far superior to its predecessors, both for line regulation and for the closely related specification of dropout voltage (associated with the minimum-allowed input voltage). Dropout voltage: The minimum input-to-output voltage difference (also called minimum input-to-output differential), that will guarantee proper operation. Dropout voltage sometimes appears as a line in the

specification table, but it often appears only as the lower voltage level in the conditions for the lineregulation specificaton. The dropout specification is particularly important for 4.096V references powered from 5V supplies. Transient response: the response of a voltagereference output to a transient of input voltage or output current. Voltage references are not power supplies, and they rarely excel in the rejection of transients. Data sheets may publish scope photos or typical curves for transient and ac performance, but guaranteed specifications are rare. In general, you must add other circuitry to shield the reference from line and load transients. This review of reference types and specifications provides most of the information you'll need to select a reference for your application. (See the table in the sidebar Temperature-correction ROM delivers 0.6ppm/C temperature coefficient, for a summary of representative references from Maxim.) Also helpful are the following discussions on countering the effects of temperature, a collection of pitfalls to avoid, and another collection of hints on how to enhance the performance of your voltage reference.

Two-terminal and three-terminal micropower references

Two-terminal and three-terminal reference types can differ considerably in actual power consumption. Consider two circuits, each generating 2.5V from a 6V battery that is allowed to discharge to 3V (see Figure C). Quiescent current for the three-terminal device is the sum of the IQ shown in the data sheet plus the load current; this sum is fairly constant over the entire range of battery voltage. But for the two-terminal design, current is limited mainly by RIN, whose value is established by the minimum values for battery voltage (VBATT(MIN)) and quiescent current (IQ(MIN)): RIN = (VBATT(MIN) VREF) / (IQ(MIN) + ILOAD). For VBATT(MIN) = 3V and IQ(MIN) = 10fA, RIN = (3V 2.5V) / (10fA + 100fA) = 4545 Over the batterys 3V-to-6V range, IQ + IBATT = (VBATT VREF)/RIN = 110fA for VBATT = 3V, and = 770fA for VBATT = 6V. Thus, the quiescent current can increase six-fold when you install a fresh battery. R IN values less than 4545 draw much more current. If, for example, you let the battery discharge to 2.7V instead of 3V, RIN becomes 1818 and the battery current (at 6V) becomes 1.925mA. Power consumption for that condition is 11.55mW, which is no longer micropower!
THREE-TERMINAL REGULATOR
2 6 VREF = 2.50V

Temperature compensation
One way to prevent the unwanted temperature response exhibited by all voltage references is to eliminate temperature changes. But, barring the surgical implant of electronic devices, few applications can guarantee a stable ambient temperature. Even laboratory conditions are deceptive; if the reference is confined, covered, or located near a ventilation duct or power-supply component, its temperature can change dramatically. Several techniques can minimize these changes: Constant-temperature oven: You can certainly stabilize the temperature of a reference by operating it in an oven whose temperature is regulated well above ambient (typically +50C to +85C). The scheme has drawbacks, however. Elevated temperature accelerates the aging process in zener diodes, increasing their long-term drift and decreasing their life expectancy. The oven poses problems. Its heat must be vented or otherwise disposed, the required power may demand a larger supply, and cycling thermostats may generate EMI. You can eliminate the EMI with

MAX872
4 VBATT 6.3V

IQ 10A

RLOAD

IQ + ILOAD = 110A

ILOAD = 100A

TWO-TERMINAL REGULATOR
VBATT 6.3V RIN VREF = 2.50V

IQ 10A < IQ < 20mA

LM385-2.5

RLOAD

IQ + ILOAD = 110A TO 770A

ILOAD = 100A

Figure C. The three-terminal voltage-reference circuit draws constant current as the battery discharges. In the twoterminal circuit, RIN makes the quiescent current proportional to battery voltage.

linear or proportional regulators, but they cost more and take longer to warm up. Further, the voltage reference cannot stabilize until some time after the oven has stabilized. Thermal shock at turn-on causes temperature gradients in the reference and associated wiring that can produce errors for twenty minutes or so. These errors are sometimes far worse than the temperature coefficient being minimized by the oven! Note that specifications for 6- and 8-digit DVMs (which include oven-stabilized references) are not valid for 30 minutes to an hour after start-up. Some manufacturers incorporate the oven and control circuitry on the voltage-reference IC, and enclose it in a thermally isolated cover. This approach greatly reduces warm-up time (at the expense of power consumption), but some devices tend to stall or lock up if the supply voltage dips, or if supply voltages are not sequenced correctly at turn-on. Thermistors (positive-tempco resistors): A thermistor, padded with appropriate series and parallel resistors and placed in the input or feedback path of a reference buffer amplifier, can temperaturecompensate the reference by modifying the amplifiers response over temperature. You should place the thermistor close to the reference. This technique can promote the performance of an inexpensive reference over a limited range (say, +5C to +35C). Thermistor compensation requires not only that you characterize the reference in question, but that all production units have a similar temperature profile. Maxim's ICL8069, for example, has an S-shaped profile that allows improvement over a limited range. Note that outside this range the circuit overcompensates, producing an error much greater than the original! Diode: As mentioned earlier, a conventional diode in series with a zener can modify the zeners tempco, but you must allocate lots of time for characterizing and matching the components. In other words, dont do it. Go buy what you need; its much cheaper. Memory: If your system includes a processor, then stored data offers an elegant way to temperaturecompensate a reference. First, mount a thermistor, diode, or other temperature-sensing device near the

reference. (It can be linear or non-linear, but it must be repeatable.) Measure reference voltage vs. temperature over the whole temperature range using a 7- or 8-digit DVM, and save the data to ROM as a look-up table. During operation, you can correct the reference output at will by monitoring temperature, looking up the correction factor in ROM, and applying it through dedicated circuitry. This consumes very little current, compensates any shape of error profile, and works over any temperature range you choose. The net error is limited only by the repeatability and hysteresis of the reference. A small plug-in module containing the reference, temperature device, and ROM can be characterized in a temperature chamber and programmed without recourse to the system processor. Even simpler is to use a monolithic reference IC that includes the ROM and temperature measurement systemsuch as the MAX676, MAX677, and MAX678 precision voltage references, with outputs of 4.0960V, 5.0000V, and 10.0000V. See the sidebar Temperature-correction ROM delivers 0.6ppm/C temperature coefficient. These ICs provide 0.01% initial accuracy, with low tempcos of 0.6ppm/C over the entire temperature range. Supply current, 6mA at +25C, is less than 14mA over the full range. The internal temperature-correction circuitry results in superior performance. The MAX676, for example, (4.0960V output) operates on 4.75V to 18V with less than 1ppm of noise. Separate force and sense terminals (like those of the MAX670 and MAX671 mentioned in the previous discussion of amplified diodes) allow the MAX676MAX678 devices to reside in a socket and deliver their reference voltage to the exact spot needed; not just at the package terminals. In addition to the <0.6ppm/C output, each has an auxiliary output whose voltage is proportional to temperature.

Circuit pitfalls
No matter how good a reference is, poor circuit engineering can make it look bad. The following is a summary of the problems most often encountered. Ground: Noise or offset voltage in the ground node makes all other troubleshooting measurements suspect. All measurements should be referenced to

Temperature-correction ROM delivers 0.6ppm/C temperature coefficient

The MAX676MAX678 voltage references use a combination of a coarse laser trim at wafer sort and a 14-temperature post-package trim to achieve a guaranteed maximum temperature drift of less than 1ppm/C (0.6ppm/C typical). The post-package trim allows Maxim to offer full-specification, 1ppm/C-grade devices in the SOIC package. Mil-temp devices with 1.5ppm/C tempcos are available in CERDIP packages. Figures D and E shows the benefit of post-package trim on the 5.000V MAX677CPP. Before final trimming, the
MAX677CPP TEMPERATURE DRIFT BEFORE & AFTER CALIBRATION
5.008 5.006 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 5.004 5.002 5.000 4.998 4.996 4.994 4.992 4.990 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 TEMPERATURE (C) PRE-CALIBRATION POST-CALIBRATION
MAX186-14A

CAP 1.5k BANDGAP REFERENCE THERMOMETER CIRCUIT ANALOG ROM 14 x 4 BITS POST-PACKAGE TRIM

FORCE

SENSE

Figure D.

5.010

total error from -40C to +85C is about 4mV, or an average of 6.4ppm/Cabout the performance level on the industry-standard REF02. The initial voltage accuracy at +25C is about 0.08%also better than the REF02 specification. But, through the use of the internal temperature sensor and analog ROM, the total initial error is reduced to virtually zero (0.5mV maximum guaranteed), and the output voltage variation with temperature is reduced to less than 0.5mV. IC design improves output noise. The MAX677's 0.1Hz to 10Hz noise is much smaller than most other references (see Table), and the CAP pin provides access to an internal node (with 1.5k impedance) that enables the reduction of wideband noise. A 0.47F capacitor connected to the CAP pin reduces wideband noise by a factor of two.

Figure E.

_________________________________________Voltage References
Part Number ICL8069 MAX872 MAX873 MX580 MX584 MAX874 MAX676 MAX675 MAX677 MAX875 MX584 REF02 MX584 MAX670 MAX671 MAX674 MAX678 MAX876 MX581 MX584 MX2700 MX2710 REF01 MX2701
* ** *** 1 2

Voltage (V) 1.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4.096 4.096 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 -10.0

Temp. Drift (ppm/C max) 10 to 100 40 7 to 20 10 to 85 5 to 30 40 <1 12 to 20 <1 7 to 20 5 to 30 8.5 to 250 5 to 30 3 to 10 1 to 10 12 to 20 <1 7 to 20 5 to 30 5 to 30 3 to 10 1 to 5 8.5 to 65 3 to 10

Initial Accuracy TA = +25C (%F.S. max) 2 0.2 0.06 to 0.1 0.4 to 3 0.05 to 0.3 0.2 0.01 0.15 0.01 0.06 to 0.1 0.05 to 0.3 0.3 to 2 0.05 to 0.3 0.025 0.01 0.15 0.01 0.06 to 0.1 0.05 to 0.3 0.05 to 0.3 0.025 to 0.05 0.01 0.3 to 1 0.025 to 0.05

Quiescent Current (mA max) 0.05 10A 0.28 1.5 1 10A 10 1.4 10 0.28 1 1.4 1 14 14 1.4 10 0.28 1 1 14 14 1.4 14

Noise 0.1Hz-10Hz ( Vp-p), max(typ) 5 (10Hz to 10kHz) (60) (16) (60) (50) (60) (1.5) 15 (2) (32) (50) 15 (50) 50 50 30 (3) (64) (50) (50) (50) (30) 30 (50)

Package Options1 TO-52,TO-92,SO* DIP,SO DIP,SO TO-52,SO** TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP DIP,SO DIP/SO TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP DIP/SO DIP,SO TO-99,DIP,SO ,CERDIP TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP SB Ceramic SB Ceramic TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP DIP/SO DIP,SO TO-39,SO*** TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP SB Ceramic SB Ceramic TO-99,DIP,SO,CERDIP SB Ceramic

Temp. Ranges2 C,E,M C,E C,E,M C,M C,M C,E C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,M C,M C,M E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,E,M C,M C,M I,M C C,M I,M

Features Micropower two-terminal reference Lowest power, lowest dropout precision reference. VCC = VOUT + 200mV Low-power/drift, REF43 upgrade Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift, programmable reference Lowest power, lowest dropout precision reference.VCC = VOUT + 200mV Lowest temp drift in SO pkg, lowest long-term Drift, low dropout Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference Lowest temp drift in SO pkg, lowest long-term drift Low-power/drift, REF02 upgrade Low-drift, programmable reference Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift, programmable reference Kelvin connected, ultra low-drift reference Kelvin connected, ultra low-drift reference Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference Lowest temp drift in SO pkg, lowest long-term drift Low-power/drift, REF01 upgrade Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift, programmable reference Ultra low-drift voltage reference Ultra low-drift voltage reference Low-drift bandgap reference Ultra low-drift voltage reference

Price 1000-up ($) 0.65 2.12 2.95 2.33 3.09 2.12 5.23 3.08 5.23 2.95 3.09 1.80 3.09 38.51 37.41 3.08 5.23 2.95 2.90 3.09 19.61 24.74 2.05 24.02

The ICL8069 is available in a 2-pin TO-52 and TO-92 package, or an 8-pin SO package. The MX580 is available in a 3-pin TO-52 and 8-pin SO package. The MX581 is available in a 3-pin TO-39 and 8-pin SO package. Package Options: DIP = Dual-In-Line Package, PLCC = Plastic Leadless Chip Carrier (quad pack), FP = Flat Pack Temp Ranges: C = 0C to +70C, I = -25C to +85C, E = -40C to +85C, M = -55C to +125C Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates.

10

the same point, which is connected to the Kelvin ground sense pin of the reference. Noise and glitches: Use an oscilloscope to ensure that the reference output is stable. As with op amps, very high capacitive loads may cause oscillations. When monitored with a digital voltmeter, a reference output with high-frequency oscillations appears to have very poor initial accuracy and poor stability. Also use the oscilloscope to look for transients on the reference output caused by rapidly varying load currents, such as those drawn by the reference inputs of some A/D converters. A/D converters: These devices, particularly successiveapproximation types, have high-speed switches that may introduce extremely narrow, energetic current pulses at the source and reference inputs. You may have to buffer the reference with an amplifier or a resistor of 20 to 100. Contrary to intuition, adding capacitance to ground can make things worse. Buffering: The initial offset voltage, offset-voltage temperature drift, and gain errors of most buffers will significantly degrade the reference accuracy if you simply connect a buffer to the reference output. The preferred method is to include the buffer inside the reference's feedback loop (via its sense inputs). A simple (but high-performance) single-transistor buffer is shown in the data sheets for the MAX670/MAX671 and MAX676MAX678 references.

Temperature: In the unlikely event that the 0.6ppm/C tempco of the MAX676MAX678 is inadequate, you can control temperature. Adding an oven, for example, may solve some of your other design problems (see Temperature compensation). Many references include a PTAT (Proportional To Absolute Temperature) output for convenience, so you need only add (for instance) an op amp driving a power transistor in close thermal contact with the reference. As an alternative in battery-powered applications with a human operator, the PTAT voltage might drive a comparator that activates a front-panel display, warning that the results may be out of range. Line regulation and power-supply rejection ratio: By filtering and pre-regulating the input voltage, a zener or three-terminal regulator can greatly improve line regulation, line-transient rejection, and ripple rejection. On the other hand, most references provide only a few milliamps, so a simple, low-cost RC output filter may be appropriate. Noise: Adding a simple RC lowpass filter can reduce output noise, but the capacitor should have very low ESR to be effective at the audio frequencies. Check the reference data sheet before adding capacitance to the outputtoo much capacitance can cause oscillation. Source and sink capability, and load regulation: An external buffer amplifier can deliver more load current, but be sure to use a reference with separate force and sense terminals, which is designed to drive an external pass transistor within the references feedback loop.
(Circle 1)

Improving the specifications

Some specifications cant be improved by circuit changes. Others, however, can be improved by modifying the external circuitry. This approach (vs. purchasing a premium reference) can save you time and money.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Boost converter yields orderly shutdown
Some microprocessor (P) systems require more time for shutdown than is provided by conventional circuits for power-fail detection. Between first warning and the actual loss of power, such systems have extensive housekeeping tasks to perform in addition to the memory-write operations that save critical data. A backup battery and dc-dc regulator can buy extra time for the P by maintaining VCC at 5V following the initial warning of impending power loss (Figure 1). When VCC falls below 4.65V, P supervisor IC1 issues a logic-low signal at pin 7. This signal applies a non-maskable interrupt (NMI) to the P, and (via Q2) turns off Q1 and pulls IC2 out of shutdown. As the P shutdown routine begins, IC2 quickly restores the VCC line to 5V, which supplies as much as 200mA from a 2.5V lithium cell. When the routine ends, the P shuts down IC2 via an I/O line, allowing a second decline in VCC. At 4.4V, the P supervisor IC3 enters its normal battery-backup mode. If desired, you can connect separate batteries for the boost converter and for RAM backup.

(Circle 2)

+5V Q1 Si9433DY P R1 10k 6 OUT1

2 VCC

3 C1 100F

VCC

VOUT

2 0.1F

IC3 MAX800M
RESET 15 13 12 11 WDI 1 C2 100F R3 1.8M 9 R3 3.3M PFI PFO 10 VBATT WDO 14

TO CMOS RAM

TO P SYSTEM POWER

0.1F

P SYSTEM
TO P RESET FROM P CE TO CMOS RAM I/O TO P

7
7

SHDN

LX

5 L1 22H CD54-220 SUMIDA

CE IN CE OUT

RESET

IC2
Q2 2N2222A

IC1 MAX709
GND 3

MAX777
IN 2 ILIM 1 AGND DGND 3 4

B1 3.6V DL123A DURACELL

LOW BATTERY

I/O TO P NMI

Figure 1. During the brief interval between a low-VCC warning and power fail, this systems boost converter (IC2) derives 5V from the backup battery, giving the P time to complete its shutdown routine.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
High-frequency switching IC powers portable telephone
Switched-capacitor voltage converters provide convenient sources of negative voltage for batteryoperated systems, but the switching frequency poses a problem for portable telephones and radios. Appearing as sidebands about the carrier frequency, the switching energy is difficult to filter unless its frequency is relatively high. IC1 in Figure 1 , for example, is a switchedcapacitor voltage converter that normally operates at 4kHz. By connecting its BOOST pin to V+, you can raise this frequency to 32kHz or so, moving the interference above the frequency band of interest for most audio applications. For radio applications, the switching frequencies must be even higher. IC1s OSC pin lets you override the internal oscillator with external frequencies as high as 500kHz. The arrangement shown drives the IC with a 375kHz square wave of 50% duty cycle. HC logic gates provide the required rail-to-rail amplitude, and an internal divide-by-two stage lowers the frequency of this drive signal before applying it to the internal switches. The resulting sidebands, about 190kHz from the carrier, are easily removed by filtering.
V+ 8 V+

The following data illustrates the effects of load resistance and output capacitance (C2) on output voltage, ripple amplitude, and supply current (for IC1):
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE LOAD RESISTANCE 1 m 100 k 10 k 1 k

-VOUT (V) C2 = 0.1F I+ (mA) MRIPPLE (mVp-p) -VOUT (V) C2 = 1F I+ (mA) MRIPPLE (mVp-p)* -VOUT (V) C2 = 10F I+ (mA) MRIPPLE (mVp-p)** * Plus 100mV, 0.1s spikes ** Plus 60mV, 0.1s spikes

4.95 2.29 60 4.93 2.43 20 4.94 2.37 10

4.92 2.34 60 4.92 2.46 20 4.93 2.41 10

4.88 2.78 70 4.88 2.90 20 4.90 2.85 10

4.56 6.60 200 4.61 6.77 60 4.62 6.63 30

Larger output capacitors obviously improve the load regulation and ripple voltage. Adding a 0.1F ceramic capacitor in parallel with C2 can lower the fast spike amplitudes (for C2 values of 1F and 10F) to about 20mV. If practical, adding a linear regulator at the output can further reduce the variation of output voltage with load current. When IC1 generates the negative supply for a data converter, you can minimize the effect of switching noise by synchronizing IC1 to the system clock or the data converters clock. As an alternative, you can turn off the chip during each data conversion (using the BOOST pin), provided that C2 can support the negative output voltage during those intervals.

IC1 CAP+ MAX1044

6MHz OSCILLATOR DIVIDEBY-16 (HC-163) 7 OSC CAP-

C1 0.1F 4

BOOST GND 3

VOUT

VOUT C2 (SEE TEXT) RLOAD

Figure 1. Driving this switching converter at an unusually high rate (375kHz) produces high-frequency switching noise that is easy to filter.

(Circle 3)

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
P-FET linear regulator has low dropout voltage
P-channel MOSFETs (P-FETs), though more expensive than pnp transistors, are free of the dissipation loss associated with base drive in a pnp circuit. P-FETs also have a lower saturation voltage at light loads (Figure 1). In fact, the low rDS(ON), logic-level, p-channel power MOSFETs currently available can regulate 5V from a 5.1V battery! This capability lets the Figure 2 circuit derive 5V 10% from four battery cells, even when theyve discharged as low as 4.6V. Low dropout voltage lets the circuit ride down on the declining battery voltage, finally falling out of regulation at approximately 4.6V. The low input-to-output differential at that time (0.1V) allows nearly 100% efficiency. Note that the output accuracy of IC1 (0.6% over temperature) makes it suitable as a 2.5V system reference. IC2s pin-programmable bias current makes possible a low-power mode in which the entire circuit draws less than 50A. Five milliamps is available in this mode for circuitry such as backup RAM and a real-time clock. In high-power mode, the regulator can deliver 1A. The 100F output capacitor (C1) is chosen to accomodate the maximum load currents of 1A; for lighter loads you can scale 4 TO 5 CELLS TO +5V @ 1A the capacitor to a smaller 3 TO 4 CELLS TO +3V @ 1A 2 value. Beware, though VIN 8 COMP the circuits loop stability IC1 0.068F depends on lag comMAX872 1k 6 pensation in which VOUT GND 6.8F 1/2 R ESR C1 > 14kHz, 4 where R ESR is C1s equivalent series resistance. (Figure 1 recommends MODE acceptable capacitor types 100k SELECT 1% LP HP for C1.)
DROPOUT VOLTAGE vs. LOAD
Q1 = SMD10P05L VOUT = 5V 300 DROPOUT (mV)
EJ14 Ds4-1

400

200 Q1 = Si9433DY VOUT = 3.0V 100 Q1 = Si9433DY VOUT = 5V 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

Figure 1. A p-channel MOSFET (Q1) allows this linear regulator to operate with VIN to-VOUT differentials lower than 100mV.

Configured for a 5V output (R1 = 100k ), the circuit can deliver 500mA from five cells producing 7.5V, or 1A from four cells producing 6V. Configured for 3V (R1 = 20k), it delivers 500mA from four cells producing 6V, or 1A from three cells producing 4.5V. The input voltage can range from 3V to 15V, subject to a limitation; with no heatsink on Q1, the MOSFETs package-dissipation rating limits the input voltage and output current as follows: IOUT x (VIN VOUT) < 1.25W.
(Circle 4)
100k 1F 100k 68F INPUT 3 TO 5 CELLS

2 7

IC2 ICL7611 3 4
R1 8

6 100k

Q1

100k

OUTPUT 5V/3V @ 1A, HP MODE 5V/3V @ 5mA, LP MODE Q2 2N3904 C1 100F

Q1: SILICONIX Si9433DY, OR SMD10P05L R1: 100k FOR 5V OUTPUT, 20k FOR 3V OUTPUT C1: SANYO OS-CON, OR MATSUO TANTALUM CHIP TYPE

Figure 2. At low output current, these p-channel MOSFETs exhibit low source-to-drain voltage (i.e., dropout voltage in the Figure 1 circuit).

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Battery-powered circuit measures m and
A simple battery-powered adapter (Figure 1) converts an ordinary DVM into a 4-wire milliohmmeter that accurately measures the resistance of wiring, motor coils, solenoids, high-current inductors, and meter shunts. It can quickly locate shorts in a power supply or a printed circuit board. The circuit shown is about 2% accurate. For higher accuracy, you can make component adjustments as described below. The circuit applies 1A, 100mA, or 10mA to the unknown resistance via two test leads, according to the range-switch setting. You then set a DVM to the 2V range and connect it with two more test leads, forming a 4-wire connection to the resistance being measured. The DVM indicates directly in ohms when you depress the momentary-on power switch (S1). A 1.000 resistance, for instance, reads 1.000V on the circuits 1A range, so one millivolt corresponds to one milliohm. Four-digit and five-digit DVMs frequently have 1V sensitivity, providing resolutions of 1. Because the output is a current source, the unknown resistance of the connections and test leads is not a source of measurement error. Accuracy depends on the DVM, the op amps input offset voltage (70V maximum), and the tolerance of R1, R2, R4, R5, and R6. First, trim the 1A range by selecting R4 or by adding a trimming potentiometer between R1 and R2. Next, trim the 100mA range and
S1 2

then the 10mA range by adjusting the highest-valued resistors in the R5 and R6 networks. Depressing S1 turns on the micropower reference (IC1), which produces 2.500V. R1 and R2 divide that output to 0.1V, and the op amp forces 0.1V at the source of Q1. This action creates a current source that develops 0.1V across R4, R5, and R6. The range switch selects a current of 1A, 100mA, or 10mA in the loop formed by the resistors, the unknown resistance, the 1.5V battery, and Q1. Note that releasing S1 (or disconnecting the adapter) eliminates all current drain from the 1.5V battery. An alkaline D cell therefore produces thousands of measurements, even on the 1A range, if you depress S1 only for brief readings of the DVM. The 9V battery can last for years because its load is less than 30A. To search for a shorted component or a short between traces on a pc board, first connect the two adapter leads, one to each of the traces in question. Connect a DVM lead to the same point as one adapter lead, and use the other DVM lead to probe along the traces. The highest reading on one trace and the lowest reading on the other trace reveal the location of the short. Constant readings indicate no adapter current flowing in that section of the trace (for a given connection of the adapter leads), so you can eliminate that section from the search.
(Circle 5)
B2 1.5V OUT

U1
B1 9V

6 R1 2.50M

MAX872
4

U2
2

6 4

R3 1k

MAX480
R7 1k

D Q1 1RF540 N-CHANNEL S

R2 100k

R4 0.1 R5 = 1 10 100

1A (1m /mV)

R5 0.9 R6 9

100mA (10m /mV)

S2 RANGE

+OUT

R6 =

10

100

1k

10mA (100m /mV)

Figure 1. Operating with a DVM, this low-power adapter circuit performs 4-wire, low-resistance measurements.

15

NEW PRODUCTS
8-channel analog switch has serial digital control
The MAX335 is an 8-channel, singlepole/single-throw analog switch capable of handling signal swings from 5V to 20V. Its serial digital interface, ideal for daisychaining applications, is compatible with Motorolas SPI interface standard. To update the switch settings (on or off), you take C S low and apply data to the DIN pin while clocking the SCLK pin. Each rising clock edge latches one bit of control data into an internal shift register. (The output data for daisy-chaining is guaranteed stable at the next rising edge.) After shifting in eight bits, you pull C S high, which transfers the data to a parallel register and updates the switches. As a safety measure, all switches go to the off state when VL is less than 2.4V. To guarantee off switches during power-up, this condition also resets the internal serial and parallel shift registers to zero. Hysteresis (approximately 100mV) aids in noise rejection. The MAX335 comes in 24pin narrow-DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.84 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 6)

Precision analog switches offer <2 matching and <3 flatness

The MAX361-MAX365 family of precision, quad, single-pole/single-throw (SPST) analog switches have typical onresistances of 50. They offer low leakage (<500pA) and fast switching (turn-on time is <250ns; turn-off time is <170ns). Other improvements include 2 channel matching, 4 flatness over the analog signal range, low power consumption (<180W), and extremely low charge injection (5pC). All are guaranteed (per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883) to withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) exceeding 2kV. The MAX361/MAX364 have TTL/CMOS-compatible inputs and four normally closed SPST switches. The MAX362/MAX365, also TTL/CMOS compatible, have four normally open SPST switches. A VL supply allows the setting of arbitrary switching thresholds for logic levels other than TTL. All devices are fabricated with a 44V silicon-gate process that allows rail-to-rail analog-voltage switching. They operate on single supplies of +10V to +30V, or dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. MAX361-MAX365 devices come in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and (MAX361/MAX362 only) military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.29 for the MAX361/MAX362, and $1.14 for the MAX364/MAX365.
(Circle 8)

Simplified Block Diagram

S1 S8

D1

D8

PARALLEL REGISTER AND TRANSLATOR

MAX335 MAX335

DIN

8-BIT SHIFT REGISTER

DOUT

MAX335

MAX335

VL

+5V TRANSLATOR

SCLK

CLOCK TRANSLATOR LATCH

CS

CS TRANSLATOR

Precision quad analog switches provide on-resistance matching (<2) and flatness (<3)
MAX351/MAX352/MAX353 analog switches have these configurations: four normally closed (NC) (MAX351), four normally open (NO) (MAX352), and two NC plus two NO (MAX353). All three devices have on resistance less than 35,

with flatness (<3) and matching between channels (<2 ) guaranteed over the analog-signal range. These ICs are fabricated with Maxims new 44V silicon-gate process. Design improvements guarantee extremely low charge injection (10pC). Each device offers low leakage (less than 250pA at +25C, and less than 6nA at +85C). The 44V maximum breakdown voltage allows each device to handle rail-to-rail analog signals. Each device retains CMOS-logic compatibility while operating on a single positive supply (+10V to +30V) or a bipolar supply (4.5V to 20V). The MAX351/MAX352/MAX353 switches come in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.76 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 7)
16

MAX351

MAX351

16-PIN NARROW SO

16-PIN DIP

16-PIN NARROW SO

MAX362

16-PIN DIP

MAX362

NEW PRODUCTS
Industrys first RGB video switches include 75 output buffers
100MHz bandwidth, Av = 1V/V (MAX463/MAX464) 90MHz bandwidth, Av = 2V/V (MAX465/MAX466) MAX463MAX466 ICs, each combining two high-performance video switches with a high-accuracy video amplifier, compose the first available family of two-channel, buffered, RGB video switches. Fast switching times (20ns) and low differential gain/phase errors (0.02%/0.06) enable the parts to serve most video applications. Each device operates on 5V and accepts inputs and outputs as high as 2.5V. Four logic inputs provide digital control of all video inputs and outputs. Output amplifiers are fully characterized and guaranteed for output swings of 2V into 75 or 2.5V into 150. MAX463/ MAX464 devices have buffer-amplifier gains of 1V/V. MAX465/MAX466 devices have gains of 2V/V to accomodate back-terminated coaxial lines. Slew rates are 200V/s for the MAX463/MAX464 and 300V/s for the MAX465/MAX466. For MAX463/MAX464 devices, the -3dB bandwidth is 100MHz. MAX463MAX466 devices come in 24-pin and 28-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $6.97 for the MAX463/MAX465, and $7.97 for the MAX464/MAX466.
+5V 10F 75 INRA 75 INRB 75 INGA 75 INGB 75 INBA 75 INBB 75 INSYNCA 75 INSYNCB 75 A0 -5V 10F 0.1F LOGIC 75 AV=2 75 75 75 AV=2 75 75 75 AV=2 75 75 75 AV=2 75 75 0.1F

9V-to-3.3V step-down converters extract maximum battery energy

Step-down converters should squeeze the last drop of energy from their battery sources while delivering the widest possible range of load currents. The MAX639/ MAX640/MAX653 family of dc-dc converters achieves this goal with efficiencies exceeding 94%, for output currents ranging from 2mA to 225mA. Contributing to this performance is the ultra-low, 20A maximum quiescent current (10A typical), and very large, internal MOSFET switching transistors. The converters have preset output voltages of 5V (MAX639), 3.3V (MAX640), and 3.0V (MAX653), plus a Dual-Mode operation that allows adjustment of each output via an external resistor network. Low dropout voltage (0.5V) allows regulation over a wide range of input voltages. Typical applications include 5V regulation from 9V batteries and 3.3V or 3.0V regulation from lower-voltage batteries. The devices save space because the required external components (an inductor, a diode, and two capacitors) are small and inexpensive. In particular, a constant-peakcurrent design allows the use of physically small surface-mount inductors. MAX639/MAX640/MAX653 devices come in 8-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 11)
INPUT 5.5V TO 11.5V
V+
MA X6 39

(Circle 9)
MAX466
RED OUT

GREEN OUT
75

BLUE OUT
75

SYNC OUT
75

Regulated chargepump boosts 2-cell battery to 5V

The MAX619 charge-pump converter generates a regulated 5V from input voltages between 2V and 3.6V. Its input range and low quiescent current are ideal for 3V-only and battery-backup applications. Most charge pumps produce only an integer-multiple of the input voltage. The MAX619, however, operates in one of three modes: for VIN between 3.0V and 3.6V, it acts as a doubler; for VIN between 2.0V and 2.5V, it acts as a tripler; and for VIN between 2.5V and 3.0V, it alternates between doubler and tripler modes to produce an effective multiple of 2.5 times. The MAX619 transfers energy from its charge-pump capacitors to the output capacitor and load during each oscillator cycle. It regulates by skipping one or more cycles in response to changes in load current or input voltage (with a limiting frequency of 500kHz, continuous). Low operating current

(150A maximum) gives the device an efficiency of almost 80% for the conditions VIN = 3V, VOUT = 5V, and IOUT = 20mA. Space-saving MAX619 applications feature a small 8-pin package, no inductor, and a high switching frequency that allows use of physically small external components (four capacitors). A logic-controlled shutdown mode draws only 10A maximum supply current. While in shutdown, the output disconnects from the input and drops to 0V. MAX619s come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.35 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 10)
1 C2 0.22F C1+ C2+ 4 C1 0.22F

639
LX

OUTPUT 5V 225mA

8 2

MAX619
C1 IN GND C2SHDN OUT

5 7 3

MAX639
ON/OFF SHDN LBI VFB VOUT LBO GND LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR OUTPUT

2 CELLS C3 10F

5V 4% AT 20mA C4 10F

LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR INPUT

17

NEW PRODUCTS
94%-efficient step-down regulators produce no sub-fundamental switching noise
The MAX730A, one of seven new step-down dc-dc converters suitable for applications in portable and wireless communications, provides compact size, long battery life, and low switching noise. As drop-in replacements for the popular MAX730 series (pulse-width-modulated (PWM) step-down dc-dc converters), the MAX730A series offers 50% more output current, 94% efficiency, and freedom from sub-fundamental switching noise. This absence of noise below the fundamental switching frequency combines with the MAX730A familys fixedfrequency PWM operation and guaranteed limits of oscillator frequency (typically centered around 180kHz), to assure an easily filtered output ripple voltage important for noise-sensitive applications in wireless communications, audio, and instrumentation. The MAX744A, for example, is designed for cellular applications. To avoid harmonic interference with the sensitive IF frequency at 455kHz, it guarantees switchingfrequency limits of 159kHz and 212kHz. Output current is guaranteed to 500mA for the MAX730A/MAX748A/MAX750A/ MAX763A, and to 750mA for the MAX738A/MAX744A/MAX758A. Each device includes a space-saving internal power switch, and each extends battery life with a 6A shutdown mode. Design work is simplified because the selection and optimization of external components has already been performed by Maxim.
MAX744
800 700 OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 4 6 8 10 12 INPUT VOLTAGE (V) 14 16 NO SUBHARMONIC SWITCHING NOISE IN THE SHADED REGION OF OPERATION

MAX730A/MAX738A/MAX744A devices have fixed 5V outputs, and MAX748A/MAX763A devices have fixed 3.3V outputs. The MAX750A and MAX758A outputs are adjustable from 1.25V to VIN. The MAX730A/MAX750A/ MAX763A accept input voltages to 11V, and the MAX738A/MAX744A/MAX748A/ MAX758A accept inputs to 16V. Features common to all include cycle-by-cycle current limiting, short-circuit protection, and soft-start capability. All seven devices come in 8-pin DIPs. Additional packages include 8-pin SO for the MAX730A/MAX750A/MAX763A, and 16-pin SO for the MAX738A/ MAX744A/MAX748A/MAX758A. The MAX730A/MAX750A/ MAX763A are priced from $2.15, the MAX738A/ MAX748A/MAX758A cost $2.60, and the MAX744A costs $2.90. (All prices are 1000 up, FOB USA.) All versions are tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Evaluation kits are available to speed your designs.
(Circle 12)

Low-cost 5V-to-3.3V converters are 92% efficient

The MAX746 and MAX747 stepdown regulators are the lowest-cost ICs available for high-current, high-efficiency regulation at low input and output voltages. They excel in step-down applications such as the Green PC (5V input to 3.3V output). Typical efficiencies for 5V-to-3.3V conversion at 10mA-to2.5A loads is 88% to 92%. To accommodate recent and future digital products, the MAX746/MAX747 outputs can be adjusted from 2V to 14.5V. A proprietary, pulse-width-modulated (PWM) control scheme (Idle-Mode) minimizes switching losses by reducing the switching frequency for light loads. The resulting high efficiency holds for a wide range of load currents (250:1),

assuring maximum battery life whether the system is running at full power or in standby. Also extending battery life is the low (800A) quiescent supply current and the ultra-low (0.6A) shutdown current. Other features include adjustable current limiting, soft-start capability, and a built-in low-battery detector. The input range is 4V to 15V, and the output is either fixed at 5V or adjustable from 2V to VIN. The MAX746 drives an external, high-side n-channel MOSFET. The MAX747 drives an external p-channel MOSFET. The MAX746 comes in 16-pin narrow SOs and DIPs, and the MAX747 comes in 14-pin narrow SOs and DIPs. Both come in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices for both start at $2.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
EFFICIENCY (%)

MAX747
HIGH EFFICIENCY OVER A WIDE OUTPUT CURRENT RANGE
100 VIN = 6V VOUT = 5V 90 VIN = 5V VOUT = 3.3V 80

70 10mA

100mA

1A

10A

OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

(Circle 13)

18

NEW PRODUCTS
5V-to-3.3V step-down controller delivers up to 10A
Very small board area >90% efficient Low-cost, external, n-channel MOSFET switches Comes in SSOP (Shrink Small-Outline Package) 1A to 10A output current, depending on external components The MAX767 is a high-efficiency, synchronous step-down controller suitable for portable and desktop computer power supplies. It converts 5V to 3.3V at 10A, without a heatsink. The MAX767 is distinguished from comparable low-voltage switching regulators by its small size (a consequence of high switching frequency) and its low-cost external components (all MOSFETs are n-channel). The MAX767s 300kHz operating frequency enables use of small, low-cost, external surface-mount components. The 2.5H inductor, for instance, is much smaller than that specified for competing ICs. Further, the external n-channel MOSFETs (which cost less than p-channel devices) result in >90% efficiency over a wide range of load currents. High efficiency eliminates the need for heatsinks. The input range is 4.5V to 5.5V, and the 750A quiescent operating current drops to only 125A in standby mode. A monolithic BiCMOS device, the MAX767 comes in a 20-pin SSOP, tested for either the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.40 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 14)
INPUT 4.5V TO 5.5V C1 100F 10V D1 SHUTDOWN ON/OFF ON VCC BST DH 0.1F L1 LX DL PGND CS C4 0.01F (OPTIONAL) SS REF C3 0.22F GND FB C2 220F 6.3V Q2 D2 IN5817 R1 0.025 3.3V OUTPUT AT 10A

Inverting 5W dc-dc controllers provide -5V, -12V, or -15V at 85% efficiency

The MAX774/MAX775/MAX776 inverting switching regulators convert positive supply voltages to negative output voltages with high efficiency. The MAX774 delivers 1A at -5V, the MAX775 delivers 0.5A at -12V, and the MAX776 delivers 0.4A at -15V. High efficiency in these devices results from low quiescent current (100A maximum) and a current-limited, pulsefrequency-modulated (PFM) control scheme. This design retains the benefit of pulse-width-modulation (PWM) converters (high efficiency with heavy loads), while avoiding the high supply current (2mA to 10mA) of earlier PWM converters. Other features include a logic-controlled shutdown mode with 5A maximum supply current, an input range of 3V to 16.5V, and a 1.50V reference. High switching frequency (to 300kHz) allows the use of a physically small surface-mount inductor. Other external components include a current-sense resistor, a diode, two capacitors, and an external p-channel power MOSFET. The space-saving 8-pin MAX774/MAX775/ MAX776 are suitable for medium- and high-power applications. MAX774/MAX775/MAX776 regulators come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.23 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 16)
INPUT 3V TO 16V
V+

Q1

MAX767

Step-up dc-dc converters deliver 150mA at 12V or 15V

The MAX761/MAX762 step-up switching regulators generate 12V or 15V from 5V with 86% efficiency. Each has a preset output (12V for the MAX761, 15V for the MAX762). In addition, the internal Dual Mode circuitry allows adjustment of each output with an external resistor divider. For flash-memory programming, the MAX761 delivers 150mA at 12V for inputs from 4.75V to 12V. High efficiency in these devices is the result of low quiescent current (110A maximum) and a current-limited, pulsefrequency-modulated (PFM) control scheme. This design retains the benefit of pulse-width-modulation (PWM) converters (high efficiency with heavy loads), while avoiding the high supply current (2mA to 10mA) of earlier PWM converters. Other features include a logic-

controlled shutdown mode with 5A maximum supply current, an input range of 2V to 16.5V, and a 1.50V reference. High switching frequency (to 300kHz) allows the use of a physically small surface-mount inductor. Other small external components include a diode and two capacitors. The space-saving 8-pin MAX761/MAX762 are suitable for medium- and high-power applications. The MAX761 and MAX762 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.23 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 15)
INPUT 4.75V TO 12V
33F 18H

LX SHDN LBI LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR INPUT LBO REF FB GND

OUTPUT 12V 150mA

33F

MAX774

CS EXT P

ON/OFF

MAX761

OUTPUT -5V

V+

ON/OFF
LOW-BATTERY DETECTOR OUTPUT

SHDN REF FB GND OUT

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Negative charge pump provides GaAsFET bias in cellular phones
The MAX850MAX853 ICs produce -4.1V outputs useful as low-noise bias voltages for GaAsFET devices, such as the power-amplifier modules in cellular telephones and other wireless communications products. Each member of the MAX850 family has a charge-pump inverter that accepts input voltages from 4.5V to 10V, and each includes a lownoise linear regulator for rejecting ripple voltage generated by the charge pumps. The resulting output noise is only 2mVp-p. Maxims Dual-Mode circuitry can override the preset -4.1V output voltage when necessary, enabling an external resistive divider to set the output to any value between -1.3V and -9.5V. Output current capability is 5mA. Other features include a 100kHz switching frequency (which allows use of small capacitors), and a shutdown mode that draws less than 1A. The MAX850/MAX853 have active-low shutdown controls, and the MAX851 has an active-high control. The MAX852 clock can be synchronized by an external signal. MAX850MAX853 ICs come in 8-pin SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges.
(Circle 17)

Step-up converters derive highest power from 1-cell (1V) inputs

The MAX777/MAX778/MAX779 are pulse-skipping, step-up dc-dc converters that accept input voltages as low as 1V. Each derives more power from a single-cell battery than does any other IC, and each requires only three external components an inductor (typically 22H) and two capacitors. Regulated outputs are 5V (MAX777), pin-selectable 3.0V or 3.3V (MAX778), and 2.5V to 6V, set with an external resistive divider (MAX779). Each device guarantees start-up at 1.0V with a 10mA load. At 1.1V, the output current capabilities are 30mA at 5V or 60mA at 3.3V. At 1.5V, the ICs typically produce 150mA at 5V, or 250mA at 3.3V. Each device includes an internal, synchronous Active Rectifier that eliminates the need for an external Schottky catch diode. This circuit turns off when the IC is off or in shutdown mode, breaking the input-to-output dc path that allows batterycurrent drain in conventional step-up converters. The Active Rectifier permits regulation even when VIN > VOUT, enabling the regulation of input voltages that range above and below the output voltage. The maximum input voltage is 6.2V. MAX777/MAX778/MAX779 ICs come in 8-pin DIP or SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.65 (1000 up, FOB USA). A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX778EVKIT-SO) is also available for $40. (Circle 19)
350 300 OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) MAX778 VOUT = 3.3V

DC-DC converters accept inputs above and below the output voltage
MAX877/MAX878/MAX879 dc-dc converters provide fixed outputs from battery voltages that range from above VOUT (at full charge) to below VOUT (near end of discharge). Most dc-dc converters either boost or buck the input voltage, but members of the MAX877 family do both. Each device regulates in a switched linear mode for inputs above VOUT. As the input falls below V OUT , operation shifts smoothly to a pulse-skipping boost mode that maintains the regulated output for inputs down to 1V. The MAX877 output is preset to 5V, and the MAX878 has pin-selectable preset outputs of 3.0V and 3.3V. MAX879 outputs, set by an external resistive divider, range from 2.5V to 6.2V. Each device includes a low-VCE(sat) bipolar switch that helps achieve peak efficiencies as high as 85%. Most dc-dc converters have a diode connection between input and output that continues to drain the battery even when their outputs are out of regulation. In MAX877/MAX878/MAX879 devices,

however, an internal Active Rectifier design disconnects the load completely during shutdown. Shutdown lowers the supply current to a battery-saving 20A. Each member of the MAX877 family operates with three small and inexpensive external components (an inductor and two capacitors). The inductors are physically small, because switching frequencies in the pulse-skipping step-up mode are as high as 300kHz. Some application circuits derive 5V from three or four NiCd or alkaline cells, and others derive 3.0V or 3.3V from a lithium cell or from two or three NiCd cells. MAX877/MAX878/MAX879 devices come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 18)
INPUT 1.8V TO 6.2V
22F 2 IN 1 ILIM MAX878 LX 5 ON/OFF 7 OUT SHDN SEL PGND AGND 8 3 4 6
MA X8 78

22H
250 200 150 100 50 0

OUTPUT 3.3V 250mA

100F

MAX777 VOUT = 5V

87

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
RAM-protection IC draws only 2nA in backup
The MXD1210 is a low-power CMOSRAM controller. Its internal voltagemonitoring and battery-switchover circuitry converts standard CMOS RAM to nonvolatile memory while drawing only 230A of supply current. In backup mode, the device draws only 2nA. An internal comparator circuit monitors the applied input voltage (VCC). If VCC goes out of tolerance (by 5% or 10%, according to the high/low state of the TOL terminal), the chip inhibits further write operations by gating off the RAMs chipenable signal (CE). If VCC drops further, below VBATT (i.e., the greater of VBATT1 or VBATT2), the device assures uninterrupted power by switching the RAM from VCC to the backup battery. The MXD1210 also accomodates an optional second backup battery. If switchover is required with the second battery connected, monitor circuits automatically choose the one with higher terminal voltage. The MXD1210 enters a freshness-seal mode when the batteries are first connected (it exits that mode when VCC first comes within tolerance). Because no data is to be saved, the MXD1210 does not provide supply current to the RAM while in this mode. By eliminating battery drain, it assures a full realization of battery shelf life during extended storage. The MXD1210 comes in 8-pin DIP, 8-pin SO, and 16-pin SO packages, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.44 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 20)
CONVERT RAM TO NONVOLATILE MEMORY
+5V VCCI
MXD1210

5V RS-232 transceiver serves as both DTE and DCE serial port

The MAX214 is a 5V RS-232 transceiversoftware programmable via a single control pin as a complete, 8-line serial port for either data terminal equipment (DTE) or data circuit terminating equipment (DCE). DTE mode configures the device as three drivers and five receivers, and DCE mode swaps the three driver outputs with three receiver inputs (the third driver also goes to the fourth receiver input, and the fifth receiver input remains unchanged). For most applications, the net result of these changes is an RS-232 device that eliminates null modem cables and as many as 14 other ICs. The MAX214s dual charge pump, operating with 1F external capacitors, generates the voltages THROUGH necessary to produce the LOW=STRAIGHT CABLE (DCE) minimum 5V transmitter HI=NULL MODEM CABLE (DTE) output levels specified in the RS-232 standard. The device

maintains full LapLink compatibility, with data rates guaranteed to 116kbits/sec. It also has a shutdown mode that lowers the maximum quiescent supply current from 20mA to 20A. While in shutdown, the receivers remain activeto detect ringindicator signals, for example. The MAX214 comes in 28-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.99 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 21)
MAX214

DTE DCE
PC

DTE DTE DCE DTE DTE DCE DCE DTE DTE DCE
MODEM

OR

DTE

LapLink is a trademark of Traveling Software, Inc.

Low-power RS-485 ICs draw only 350A max

MAX487/MAX488/MAX489 devices operate on 350A (maximum) I CC , the lowest power consumption available among RS-485 transceiver ICs. Slew-rate-limited output transitions virtually eliminate reflections caused by mismatched terminations in the data lines. As a result, MAX487/MAX488/MAX489 devices provide error-free transmission on longer cables. Each device can transmit at least 150kbits/sec. The MAX487, a half-duplex transceiver with the industry-standard 75176 pinout, has receiver input impedances four times higher than those of other RS-485 transceivers. You can therefore connect as many as 128 MAX487s on one line, vs. the usual RS-485 limit of 32. The MAX488 (75179 pinout) and MAX489 (75180 pinout), along with their 2.5Mbps equivalents, the MAX490
21

(75179 pinout) and MAX491 (75180 pinout), are full-duplex transceivers for both RS-485 and RS-422 applications. MAX488 transmitters and receivers are always enabled when the power is applied; MAX489 transmitters and receivers have separate control inputs. The MAX487 and MAX488 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, and the MAX489 comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 22)
REDUCE RS-485 POWER CONSUMPTION
100000

75176
SUPPLY CURRENT: (A) 10000

VCCO CEOUT CMOS RAM

UNACCEPTABLE

FROM ADDRESS DECODER

CEIN VBAT1 VBAT2

1000

MAX483/8/9 ACCEPTABLE MAX487

100 0.1
1

MAX485/90/91
10

DATA RATE: (Mbit/sec)

Volume Fifteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Tektronix and Maxim finalize agreement

Analog ICs for 3V systems

Switching-regulator output is lower than VREF Switch-mode supply charges battery while serving load Boost converter has high efficiency at light loads

16 17 19

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Triple, 8-bit DACs have serial data and control Quad, 12-bit, VOUT DACs offer 12LSB accuracy in 16-pin SOs (MAX512/513) (MAX536/537) (MAX471/472) (MAX391/392/393) (DG400 series) (MAX649/651/652) (MAX770773) (MAX830833) (MAX856859) (MAX860/861)

20 20 23 21 21 21 22 22 22 20

Op Amps/Comparators
High-side current-sense amplifier is 2% accurate over temperature

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

5V CMOS analog switches guarantee 35 on-resistance Improved switch/mux family offers more accurate signal processing

Power Management
1A step-down controllers draw only 100A 3V-to-5V step-up controllers are 80% efficient from 1mA to 1A 1A step-down regulators come in 16-pin SO Extend battery life while boosting two cells to 5V or 3.3V 50mA DC-DC inverters are the worlds smallest

P Supervisor
3V P supervisors are first to offer backup-battery switchover (MAX690R/S/T, 802R/S/T, 23 804R/S/T, 805R/S/T) (MAX253)

Interface
5V IC provides isolated power for RS-485 circuits

23

News Briefs
TEKTRONIX AND MAXIM FINALIZE AGREEMENT
WILSONVILLE, Ore., April 1, 1994 Tektronix, Inc. (NYSE:TEK) and Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. (NASDAQ:MXIM) announced today that they have signed the agreements by which Maxim will acquire Tektronix Integrated Circuits Operation. The agreements also provide that the two companies will operate Tektronix Hybrid Circuit Operations as a corporate joint venture. Terms of the agreements were not disclosed. Completion of the transactions is subject to other conditions, and upon satisfaction of those conditions, the complete transaction is expected to close within 60 days. The integrated circuit transaction involves the purchase of assets and facilities, and a long-term agreement for Maxim to supply components to Tektronix. Maxim will continue to supply integrated circuit products to existing Tektronix customers. The hybrid circuits corporate joint venture will also supply products to Tektronix and other customers. Entering into these agreements is a win-win situation for all involved. Tektronix is pleased to align itself with Maxim, a company with a reputation as a high-quality component manufacturer, said Jerome J. Meyer, Tektronix chairman and chief executive officer. Maxim is a world class supplier when it comes to meeting customers needs. John F. Gifford, Maxim chairman, president and chief executive officer said, In addition to contributing significant growth potential, this alignment strengthens Maxims long-term strategic plan and product market direction. We are extremely happy to join forces with Tektronix, a company of both technical and market significance. Headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, Maxim designs, develops, manufactures, and markets a broad range of linear and mixed-signal integrated circuits for use in a variety of electronic products throughout the world. Tektronix is a portfolio of measurement, computer graphics and video systems businesses dedicated to applying technology excellence to customer challenges. Tektronix is headquartered in Wilsonville, Oregon and has operations in 23 countries outside the United States. Founded in 1946, the company ranks 305th in the Fortune 500 and had revenues of $1.3 billion in fiscal 1993.

MAXIM LEADS IN VITAL PARTS FOR NEW PORTABLE ELECTRONICS

(Investors Business DailyAbridged) With the increasing use of portable computers, cellular phones, and other equipment that must interact with people, demand is growing for devices that convert signals from analog to digital and digital to analog. The prediction was that the world would go digital, and analog would be dead. The reality is that the world is analogwe just digitize things because computers are digital, explains John Marren, an analyst at Alex Brown & Sons. By developing new chip sets to handle the power management and space problems of the new portable generation of battery-powered and handheld communicators, Maxim should remain a formidable analog competitor well into the next century.

Analog ICs for 3V systems

Three-volt digital ICs have quickly become popular for the power savings they offer in portable equipment. And to complement these digital ICs, the industry has created a new generation of low-voltage analog ICs, also offering the benefit of lower power consumption. Single 3V operation is available for many op amps, comparators, and microprocessor supervisors, and for some RS-232 interface ICs. For A/D and D/A converters, analog switches, and multiplexerswhich often require minimum supply voltages of 5V or 5Vthe choice is more limited. You can, however, easily provide the required voltages with a local switching regulator or charge-pump converter. Though 3V designs are beginning to appear across the board, the switch to low voltage is most notable in systems for which size, weight, and power consumption are especially criticalpalmtop computers and wireless phones, for example. And, with the increasing demand for small size and longer battery life, it is likely that blood analyzers, barcode scanners, data loggers, and other portable equipment will also follow suit. The switch from 5V to 3V also benefits line-powered systems, because the lower power dissipation associated with 3V operation allows smaller power supplies, heatsinks, and fans. The change from 5V to 3V also means that higher-density, higher-speed logic can operate at the same level of power dissipation.

The following discussion covers 3V analog ICs, the power savings inherent in their operation, and the problems associated with low-voltage operation. It also presents methods for generating 5V from 3V, and methods for generating 3V from inputs that range above and below 3V (such as the terminal voltage of a 3-cell alkaline battery).

Power savings from 3V operation

The power saved by lowering VCC from 5V to 3.3V can be dramatic. For resistive and capacitive loads, power saved is proportional to the voltage squared: 1 - (3.3/5)2 = 56%. For constant-current loads such as references and op amps, the savings is linear: switching from 5V to 3.3V saves 34%. For constant-power loads such as hard-disk drives, the switch to 3V doesnt save power; it merely requires the device to operate at a lower input voltage. Many new op amps, microprocessor supervisors, and interface ICs (along with a handful of A/D and D/A converters, voltage references, and switches) are now specified for 3V operation. The following sections discuss these product types in detail.

Interface transceivers
As design improvements reduce the overall power required by a system, power dissipated by the serialdata interface becomes increasingly significant. Fortunately, the serial interface is an area that is still amenable to power reduction in most cases. One need only switch from the old RS-232 serial-interface standard to the newer EIA/TIA-562 standard.

3V ANALOG
Data Sheets
on ati able alu ail Ev Av Kit

DESIGN GUIDE
Free Samples

ANALOG

Applications Notes

12
3rd ED ITIO

Maxim's 3V Analog Design Guide

Maxims extensive selection of 3V analog products includes op amps and comparators, P supervisors, serial-data interface transceivers, data converters, and power-supply ICswhich comprise linear regulators, a variety of general-purpose switching regulators, and special-purpose power-supply chips for notebook computers, LCDs, CCFTs, flash memory, and PCMCIA cards. To obtain a listing of these products, use the bingo number below to request a copy of Maxims 3V Analog Design Guide.

7A Supply Fits In 1.75in2 Powers Newest 3.3V CPUs

Power New 3.3V High-Performance Ps from the 5V System Supply

The MAX767 is a complete, fixed-frequency PWM controller that generates 3.3V from the 5V-system supply at currents up to 7A. The MAX767 is specifically designed to provide a local 3.3V P supply that can easily be incorporated into 5V systems, thereby allowing the rapid addition of new high-performance 3.3V Ps into your systems. Small size, low component height, and >90% efficiency make the device ideal for mounting on daughter cards with the P or directly on P motherboards. Synchronous rectification using all N-channel MOSFETs results in efficiencies >90% and eliminates the need for heatsinks, even for outputs of 5A or more. The input voltage range is 4.5V to 5.5V. The MAX767 is available in 20-pin SSOP packages. A complete, surfacemount evaluation kit (MAX767EVKIT-SO) is available.

The compact, high-efficiency MAX767 generates 3.3V at 5A without a heatsink.

Lowest-Cost 5V-to-3.3V Converter Is 92% Efficient in 2.5A Green PC Apps

The MAX746 and MAX747 (priced at $2.25 at 1000 pc.) are the lowest-cost ICs to provide high-efficiency, high-current step-down regulation at low input and output voltages. They excel in 5V-input/3.3V-output Green PC and other step-down applications. Typical efficiency for 5V-to-3.3V applications is 88% to 92% for 10mA to 2.5A loads. The output can also be adjusted VIN = 5V from 2V to 14.5V to accommodate newly introduced lowVOUT = 3.3V voltage processors and components. 80 High efficiency is maintained over a wide 250:1 load range due to a proprietary pulse-width-modulated (PWM) 70 Idle-Mode control scheme, which minimizes switching 10m 100m 10 1 losses by reducing switching frequency at light loads. OUTPUT CURRENT (A) The MAX746 controller drives an external N-channel The MAX747 is a low-cost, high-efficiency 5V-to-3V MOSFET on the high-side. The step-down converter that delivers 88% to 92% efficiency in 10mA to 2.5A applications. MAX747 controller drives an PRODUCTS external P-channel MOSFET. DC-DC Converters, Power Supplies Designers can select the controller that drives the optimal MOSFET (based on P Supervisory cost vs. RON) for their applications. Interface Products Other features include a logic-controlled 0.6 A shutdown mode, a builtOp Amps, Comparators in low-battery detector, adjustable current limiting, and soft-start. The High Speed: input voltage range is 4V to 15V. The output is fixed at 5V or adjustable Video, Comparators from 2V to VIN. The MAX746 comes in 16-pin narrow SOs and DIPs. The A/D Converters MAX747 comes in 14-pin narrow SOs and DIPs.
88% to 92% EFFICIENCY OVER 10mA to 2.5A OUTPUT CURRENT RANGE
100 VIN = 6V VOUT = 5V EFFICIENCY (%) 90

FEATURES

Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Product Tables

(Circle 1)

RS-232 appeared in the days of mainframe and mini computers, at a time when 12V power supplies were common in such systems. Not surprisingly, the first RS232 transceivers required 12V for operation. Voltage drops internal to the IC reduced the output swing to about 9V, so the required minimum was set still lower, at 5V. Now (32 years later), the RS-232 standard is still around, with the official name of EIA/TIA-232-E (or 232E for the sake of brevity). The advent of portable and low-voltage equipment has spawned a new serial-interface specification that can replace the 232E standard. Called EIA/TIA-562 (562 for brevity), this new standard became effective in 1991. The 562 and 232E standards are electrically compatible, so the new 562 designs will mate with existing 232E equipment and vice versa. For a comparison of certain 232E and 562 specifications, see Table 1. Note that the driver output swings differ (5V vs. 3.7V), but the receiver input thresholds are the same (3V). The 562 devices 3.7V minimum output swings allow them to communicate with 232 receivers, which have input thresholds of 3V. The noise margin, however, is only 0.7V. By comparison, the 232 drivers 5V minimum swings guarantee a noise margin of 2V. The 562 standard cuts power consumption by specifying a minimum output swing of 3.7V (vs. 5V for 232E). The resulting power consumption for 562 drivers is only 55% of that required for 232E drivers. Note that line drivers (not the receivers) consume most of the power. Therefore, a palmtop computer containing 562 interface ICs provides power savings whether it connects to a 562 receiver or a 232E receiver.

Maxim has four 3V interface ICs that comply with the 562 standard. Each includes a charge-pump converter for generating the required output-voltage levels. The charge pump doubles VCC to create the positive level, then inverts that voltage to create the negative level. For a given IC, the required external charge-pump capacitors (a set of four) have values of either 0.1F or 1.0F, with the larger value supporting a larger number of drivers and receivers. The MAX563, for example, has two drivers and two receivers, and operates with four 0.1F capacitors. Its 116k bits per second (116kbps) data rate makes it compatible with LapLink software. It also provides a 10A shutdown mode in which the receivers remain active. This featureactive receivers during shutdown extends battery life in portable applications. It enables the computer to monitor external devices such as the ring indicator of a modem, via the serial interface, with minimal power consumption. In remote data gathering, for example, the computer may spend much of its time waiting for a ring signal or other external stimulus. If the computer and the interface IC have no access to AC power, both can remain shut down until awakened by the external signal. Maxim also offers RS-232 transceivers that operate from 3V. These chips include special high-efficiency DC-DC converters for generating the higher output swings specified by EIA/TIA-232E. High efficiency is attractive because RS-232 loads can consume several hundred milliwatts at high data rates.

Table 1. Comparison of 232E and 562 Interface Standards

PARAMETER
Mode of operation Allowed number of transmitters and receivers per data line Maximum cable length Maximum data rate Driver output voltage, loaded Maximum driver short-circuit current Transmitter load impedance Instantaneous slew rate Receiver input threshold (sensitivity) Receiver input resistance Receiver input range
LapLink is a trademark of Traveling Software. 4

EIA-232E
Single ended 1 Tx, 1 Rx C 2500pF 20kbits/sec 5V 15V 500mA 3k to 7k <30V/s 3V 3k to 7k 25V Single ended 1 Tx, 1 Rx

EIA-562

C 2500pF for data rates 20kbits/sec, C 1000pF for data rates > 20kbits/sec 64kbits/sec 3.7V 13.2V 60mA 3k to 7k <30V/s 3V 3k to 7k 25V

minimum maximum

Output Voltage vs. Data Rate

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

VCC = 3.0V RL = 3k CL = 2500pF FAILURE REGION MAX212 OTHER VENDORS' +3V RS-232

The 3V MAX212, an RS-232 transceiver with three drivers and five receivers in a 24-pin package, produces 6.5V with a single-inductor, double-duty switching regulator. The MAX218 employs a different approach. This two-driver/two-receiver IC produces a positive output level with a boost switching regulator, and a negative output level with an inverting charge pump (Figure 2). The MAX218 operates from 3V VCC or a 2-cell battery (minimum voltage 1.8V), with a guaranteed data rate of 120kbps. Its two receivers remain active during the 1A shutdown mode, enabling the chip to monitor external devices while consuming small amounts of power. Packages include 20-pin DIPs, SOs, and SSOPs.

VOUT

DATA RATE (kbps)

A/D converters
Low power consumption is a critical attribute for A/D converters operating in portable equipment. These applications often require high speed as well, but high speed and low power tend to be mutually exclusive. Accordingly, manufacturers have produced a new type of A/D converterone that draws moderate supply currents while acquiring data, but very low currents while in shutdown. The result is a power savings for converters that operate intermittently. The MAX152, for example, is a half-flash A/D converter whose 1.8s conversion time produces a throughput of 400k samples per second (400ksps). Operating on 3V or

Figure 1. Maxim's 3V RS-232 transceivers, which derive their outputsignal levels from a low-cost switching regulator, maintain valid levels at high data rates. Those with charge-pump triplers (from other vendors) do not.

Some manufacturers include charge-pump voltage triplers in their 3V interface ICs, but these ICs dissipate considerable power, and are unable to sustain the 5V minimum outputs at higher data rates. Though effective in compensating for voltage drops in themselves and in their driver-output stages, voltage triplers are less efficient than the doublers used in 5V ICs. Miniature onchip switching regulators are the most efficient at generating RS-232 voltages. Thats why the new 3V RS232E transceivers from Maxim contain efficient switching regulators rather than voltage triplers. Switchers draw 50% less current than do charge-pump triplers. They also provide outputs suitable for powering mice and supporting high data rates (such as 116kbps for LapLink). Other vendors charge-pump-tripler ICs cant necessarily meet the drive requirements of a mouse (10mA at 5V and 5mA at -5V). Nor can they necessarily provide the minimum output levels (5V) required by 232E at high data rates (Figure 1). Because many receivers have TTL voltage thresholds, it may be acceptable for an RS-232 output to fall below 5V while transmitting to another RS-232 device. Sub-5V RS-232 levels for the mouse, however, may cause it to fail. The mouse steals power from the RS-232 line to supply an internal microcontroller, whose minimum supply voltage in most cases is slightly below 5V. The components used in the switcher and charge-pumptripler approaches are equivalent in cost and size.
5

1.8V TO 4.25V 1F 1.8V TO 4.25V 6 4.7F

15H D1 19 V+ VDD 1 LX 2 REF VC1+ C115 1F 18 16 0.47F 0.1F

TO DC-DC CONVERTER

ON/OFF

SHDN

MAX218

7 T1IN

T1

T1OUT 14

8 T2IN 9 R1OUT

T2 R1

T2OUT 13 R1IN 12

10 R2OUT EN ENABLE 4

R2

R2IN 11 GND 5, 17, 20

Figure 2. This low-voltage interface IC includes a high-efficiency DC-DC converter, which generates the voltages required for RS-232 communications.

Average Power Consumption vs. Conversion Rate Using PWRDN

10,000 VDD = 3.0V SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 1000

MAX513 is attractive for low-cost applications such as trimming offset voltages, setting the bias point for adjustable current (or voltage) sources, and setting the regulation point in other circuits (Figure 4).

Op amps
In op amps, reduced-supply operation lowers the signalto-noise ratio (SNR) by curtailing the output-voltage swing. Many low-voltage op amps, therefore, offer railto-rail output swings as a means of preserving the SNR. For the same reason, many feature an input-voltage range that includes one or both supply rails. Three-volt operation not only reduces the signal range, it puts an additional squeeze on SNR by raising the noise floor. Low-voltage amplifiers typically draw low supply current, which leads to higher levels of amplifier noise. In addition, the feedback resistors have higher values (to limit system supply currents), which also adds noise to the system. To further complicate matters, high-impedance nodes are more likely to pick up noise from high-speed digital signals via capacitive coupling. You should, therefore, keep high-impedance traces short and physically distant from high-speed digital traces. Noteworthy features for the new 3V op amps include ultra-low supply current (1A), low offset voltage (60V), and high speed (10MHz). Devices in the MAX492 series, for example, combine a 600kHz gainbandwidth product and 200V offset voltage with a low 130A supply current. Input ranges are rail-to-rail, and outputs swing within 150mV of either rail. These characteristics make the MAX492 op amps useful as instrumentation amplifiers in low-voltage, batterypowered systems (Figure 5). The instrumentation amplifier of Figure 5 illustrates the larger dynamic range available with a wider outputvoltage swing. Gain is 100(VIN+ - VIN-) and the rails are 3V and 0V, so the maximum differential input voltage (28.5mV) produces a full-scale output of 2.85V. (The 10k pull-down resistor allows VOUT to swing within 15mV of the negative rail.) Without pull-up or pulldown resistors, the output voltages are guaranteed to swing only within 150mV of either rail, so the input voltages have a similar restriction. Among the newest 3V op amps are the first available monolithic, bidirectional, high-side current-sense amplifiersthe MAX471 and MAX472. These devices minimize grounding problems by eliminating current-

100

10

1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M CONVERSION RATE (SPS)

Figure 3. By entering a 1A power-down mode between conversions, the MAX152 8-bit A/D converter offers a dramatic reduction in supply current.

3V, it accepts unipolar or bipolar inputs. The 1.5mA operating current drops to 1A in shutdown mode. Because the MAX152 returns from shutdown to full operation with the first acquired sample in less than 900ns, it can offer a large power savings for applications in which the sampling is intermittent (Figure 3). One such application is the measurement of received signal strength in cellular telephones (RSSI: received signalstrength indicator). The MAX152 digitizes the signal at 2ksps while drawing a mere 15A from the 3V supply. Total unadjusted error (the sum of offset, integral nonlinearity, and gain errors) less than 1LSB is guaranteed, and SINAD (signal-to-noise and distortion) less than 45dB is guaranteed. The MAX152s 20-pin SSOP or DIP is ideal for space-sensitive applications.

D/A converters
New ICs also allow 3V digital systems to generate analog outputs. Intended for portable applications, these ICs require very little power and board area. The lowcost MAX513, for instance, is an 8-bit, voltage-output, triple D/A converter. Its low operating current (1mA) and low shutdown current (1A) are ideal in portable applications, and its serial-data control allows it to fit into 14-pin DIP and SO packages. The MAX513 operates from single or dual supplies, and its outputs swing to within 500mV of the rails. It has two buffered outputs plus a third, unbuffered output that allows the user to achieve higher precision. The

ITUBE 1mA TO 5mA LAMP

V+

BATT

3V BATTERY STACK + IBATT FROM 0mA to 1A 2N3906 R4 100k 1% R3 100k BATT BATT

DAC1

R2 10k 1% CONTROL SWITCH-MODE CURRENT SOURCE CURRENT AMP 100mV R1 0.1

IC1A 1/3 MAX513

1500pF

R2 100k 1% R1 536 1%

CONTROL STEP-UP SWITCHING REGULATOR

ERROR AMP 1.3V

R3 133k 1%

(a) DAC-CONTROLLED BATTERY CHARGER

(b) DAC-CONTROLLED CCFT

DAC2 IC1B IC1B 1/3 MAX513

BATT

POSITIVE LCD BIAS (+23V TO +30V)

BATT

D1

R1 200k 1% R3 60.4k 1%

C1 L1 R1 200k 1%

NEGATIVE LCD BIAS (-23V TO -30V)

DAC3
CONTROL ERROR AMP R2 10k 1% 1.3V

DAC3
CONTROL INVERTING SWITCHING REGULATOR ERROR AMP R2 12.1k 1% R3 60.4k 1%

IC1C 1/3 MAX513

IC1C 1/3 MAX513

STEP-UP SWITCHING REGULATOR

1.3V

(c) DAC-CONTROLLED POSITIVE LCD BIAS

(d) DAC-CONTROLLED NEGATIVE LCD BIAS

Figure 4. The MAX513 triple, 8-bit D/A converter single-handedly controls three notebook-computer functions: battery charger (a), bias for coldcathode flourescent tube (CCFT) (b), and positive (c) or negative (d) bias for the liquid-crystal display.

20k 0.1% 1.98M 0.1% 3V 20k 0.1% 1.98M 0.1%

3V TO 36V BATTERY 30m

ILOAD SYSTEM LOAD CURRENT-SENSE AMPLIFIER OUTPUT 1V PER AMP OF LOAD CURRENT

IC1A
VIN-

MAX492
VIN+

VOUT 2k POLARITY COMPARATOR

IC1B MAX492
VOUT = 100(VIN+ - VIN-)

10k

MAX471

CHARGE/ DISCHARGE

Figure 5. A wide output-voltage swing and precision (200V offset) make this dual op amp a good choice for low-power instrumentation amplifiers.

Figure 6. The MAX471 is the first available monolithic, bidirectional current-sense amplifier. With the addition of a gain-setting resistor, it forms a complete current-tovoltage converter.

sense resistors in the low-side ground returns of portable PCs, handiterminals, and other battery-powered systems (Figure 6). Both come in 8-pin packages. The MAX471s 30m internal current-sense resistor enables current measurements in the range 30mA to 3A. The gain components shown provide an output of 1V/A, and the on-board polarity comparator indicates whether the batteries are being charged or discharged. Thus, the MAX471 can monitor charge the way a gas gauge monitors gas, yielding a so-called battery gas gauge: connecting an A/D converter to the MAX471 output allows a microcontroller to track the batterys status by monitoring incoming and outgoing charge. The MAX472, similar to the MAX471, adds design flexibility with a user-specified external current-sense resistor. Both devices operate on 3V to 26V, draw less than 100A, and conserve power with a 12A shutdown mode. For portable applications that must conserve every microamp, some 3V micropower op amps offer remarkably low supply currents. At 1.2A maximum, the MAX406/MAX407/MAX409 and MAX417MAX419 devices offer the lowest power consumption available anywhere. Outputs swing from the negative rail to within 1.1V of the positive rail, and input ranges include the negative rail. The MAX406 (single), MAX407 (double), and MAX418 (quad) op amps are unity-gain stable with 8kHz gainbandwidth products. The MAX409 (single), MAX417 (dual), and MAX419 (quad) devices are stable for gains 10V/V and higher, and have 150kHz gain-bandwidth products. All of these low-power devices operate between 2.5V and 10V or between 1.25V and 5V.
8

Low-voltage data-acquisition systems often require a negative reference voltage. Placing a positive reference in the feedback path of a MAX406 op amp, for example, produces a -2.50V reference (Figure 7). The op amp and positive reference are low-power devices, so the total current drain is only 11A. This arrangement eliminates the feedback resistors and associated errors found in a standard inverting configuration. Also, driving the load with an op amp eliminates any degradation of the reference voltage by load-regulation errors. The amplifiers input common-mode range determines the minimum required positive supply voltage, and the reference dropout voltage determines the minimum negative supply. These supply voltages need not be carefully regulated; the positive one can fall as low as 1.1V, and the negative one can rise as high as -2.7V.

Comparators
Like 3V op amps, the new 3V comparators include products separately optimized for high speed, low supply current, and low offset voltage. The MAX941 MAX943 family, for example, offers the first high-speed comparators capable of operating from a single 3V supply. Supply currents are only 350A per comparator. These devices offer 80ns propagation delays, 1mV offsets, outputs that swing within 200mV of the supply rails, and a common-mode range that extends beyond the rails. Internal hysteresis ensures clean output switching, regardless of the input signals rate of change. The MAX941s combination of low voltage and high speed is without parallelit excels, for example, as an overcurrent monitor in 3V systems (Figure 8) . The

V+ +3V DC 11A MAX TOTAL SUPPLY CURRENT

3V Q1

MAX872
VOUT GND VOUT = -2.50V BW V+ > 1.1V IV-I > 2.7V (V+ V-) < 10V R1 (SENSE RESISTOR) L O A D ILOAD

IC1 MAX872

2.5V R2 1M 1% 1F 100k

MAX406

1 5 7

3 0.1F R3 71.5k 1% 6

IC2 MAX941
Q2 2N3904 100k

V-3.0V DC

Figure 7. This negative reference, obtained by placing a positive reference in the feedback path of an op amp, draws only 11A.

RESET Q1 = MMSF4P01HD (90m @ 2.7VGS)

circuit of Figure 8 monitors load current through the lowside current-sense resistor R1, and compares it with a 100mV reference developed by IC1 and resistors R2 and R3. When the R1 voltage exceeds 100mV, the comparator output goes high and turns off the Q1 power MOSFET. The comparator remains latched in this state because it drives its own latch input (pin 5). A positive pulse at the base of Q2 unlatches the circuit. Some applicationsmonitoring a power supplys output voltage, for instancerequire ultra-low power consumption rather than high speed. Maxim has designed a family of low-power comparators for this purpose. The MAX931MAX934 comparator/reference ICs, for example, draw supply currents of only 3A per comparator. Each device includes a voltage reference and one or more comparators with programmable hysteresis. The dual-comparator MAX932, for example, can implement an ultra-low-power microprocessor supervisory circuit (Figure 9). Other P-supervisor ICseven the lowest-power types that draw supply currents of 25A to 100Amay not be acceptable in applications that extend battery life by conserving every microamp of supply current. The MAX932 provides an accurate VCC monitor and poweron reset while drawing only 6A. It also generates an interrupt ( I N T ) that precedes R E S E T by 100s. I N T gives the processor an early warning that allows the system to perform necessary housekeeping chores before resetting the hardware. For the early warning to work, VCC must not fall too sharply during the 100s window between INT and RESET (as it

Figure 8. Low-voltage operation and speed (80ns propagation delay) make this comparator suitable as an overcurrent monitor in 3V systems.
VCC 0.1F

R2 787k 1%

R1 1M 1% 3 INA6 REF

7 V+

OUTA 1

INT

R3 1M

R4 10k

5 HYST

MAX932
4 INB+ C1 0.33F R6 150 R5 680k 1.18V REF 1N4148 GND 2 OUTB 8 RESET

VCC

2.7V

INT

RESET 100s 50ms

Figure 9. The MAX932a reference and dual-comparator IC requiring only 6A supply currentimplements a micropower RESET generator. I N T goes low 100s before the reset is issued.

may if the battery is removed abruptly). You should, therefore, bypass VCC with a capacitor to support the rail until the processor can execute a clean shutdown. The capacitor value depends on the load current. For 10mA loads, a 10F capacitor allows VCC to drop only 0.1V during the 100s interval.

VBATT 8 3V VCC VCC 2

BATTERY SWITCHOVER CIRCUITRY BATTERY SWITCHOVER COMPARATOR

VOUT

TO 1 CMOS RAM

3V LITHIUM BATTERY

MAX806R/S/T

Microprocessor supervisory circuits

All microprocessor systems require some form of supervision to guard against erratic operation. The supervisor can be as simple as a reset generator, which ensures known start-up conditions by issuing a system reset following the application of power. But many include other functions as well, such as backup-battery management, memory-write protection, and watchdog timers for monitoring software execution. Backup batteries, for example, ensure an uninterrupted flow of power to critical circuits (like the CMOS memory and real-time clock) when VCC is absent. By monitoring V CC, the P supervisor decides when to switch the system over to the backup battery. Three-volt operation, however, presents an engineering problem that doesnt exist in 5V systems. Five-volt systems simply compare VCC with the backup voltage and switch to backup whenever VCC is lower. But, this approach can cause false switchovers in a 3.3V (or 3V) system: lithium backup batteries measure as high as 3.6V when fresh, which is higher than the 3.0V limit for VCC in a 3.3V system. Maxim supervisory circuits avoid this problem by allowing the backup voltage to exceed V CC , and initiating a switchover only when VCC falls below 2.4V. Circuits of this type are the MAX690R/S/T, MAX704R/S/T, MAX802R/S/T, and MAX804 806R/S/T. (R, S, and T suffixes denote different VCC monitor thresholds.) All come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. On-board functions include backup-battery switchover, reset generation, watchdog timing, powerfail warning, and manual reset. Power-fail comparators for the MAX802R/S/T, MAX804R/S/T, and MAX806R/S/T ICs have 2% accuracy, enabling them to monitor both the 3V and 5V VCC voltages in a dual-voltage system (Figure 10). In this circuit, the main VCC comparator monitors the 3V supply, and the power-fail (PFI) comparator monitors the 5V supply. Internal circuitry issues a reset when the 3V VCC goes out of tolerance. The 5V VCCs trip threshold (4.527V to

+
1.237V 3V VCC COMPARATOR

5V VCC 274k 0.1% PFI 4

+
1.237V RESET RESET GENERATOR MR 6 PFO 100k 0.1% 5 7 TO P RESET

+
1.237V GND 3

POWER-FAIL COMPARATOR

Figure 10. Configured as shown, this microprocessor supervisor monitors 5V and 3V VCC in a dual-voltage system.

4.726V) is set by 0.1% resistors; when 5V falls out of tolerance, the PFI-comparator output (PFO) pulls down the manual-reset input (MR). Thus, an out-of-tolerance condition for either VCC causes the chip to issue a reset. Other 3V supervisors from Maxim protect the memory ICs with chip-enable (CE) gating. CE gating enables the supervisor to protect the memory by blocking read and write operations during power faults. The MAX792 and MAX820, for example, feature CE gating with a propagation delay through the supervisor of only 10ns. (Short delays allow slower, cheaper memories because the CE delay takes less of the memory cycle time.) These devices also offer manual reset, power-on reset, power-fail warning, and watchdog timing. For extremely cost-sensitive applications, the MAX709 supervisor is available at $0.70 each for 25k pieces, direct from the factory. It comes in an 8-pin DIP or SO package. The MAX709 replaces the TL7705, including an external resistor and capacitor necessary for setting the TL7705s timeout period.

10

Three-Terminal References Reduce Supply Current

90 Two Terminal Three Terminal 85 80 680 2.7V TO 4.8V 10k 265A RON () 75 70 65 60 15A 10k 55 50 45 0

MAX391 On-Resistance vs. Signal Voltage

V+ = 3V V- = 0V
ART-15 EJ15

290A TO 3.4mA 2.7V TO 4.8V

2.5V

MAX872

2.5V

LM385 -2.5

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

Figure 11. A 3-terminal voltage reference, unlike a 2-terminal type, draws constant supply current as the input voltage varies.

Figure 12. On-resistance for the MAX391 is superior to that of other low-voltage switches.

Voltage references
When a precision, low-voltage reference with minimal supply current is specified, you should choose a threeterminal bandgap type. Output voltage should be as high as possible for maximum signal-to-noise ratio; the inputto-output voltage should therefore be low. A 2.5V reference powered from 3V 10%, for example, must operate with headroom as low as 200mV. Maxims MAX872a precision 2.5V referenceis the only bandgap type that meets this stringent requirement. It accepts inputs as high as 20V, and draws only 15A of supply current. The MAX872 can source or sink 500A, with a corresponding guaranteed load regulation of 0.5mV/mA (source) and 12mV/mA (sink). Temperature drift is 40ppm/C, and line regulation is 80V/V over the 2.7V to 5.5V input range. For 5V operation, Maxim offers a wider selection of voltage references, along with the 3Vto-5V DC-DC converter that may be required. Three-terminal references generally allow lower operating currents than do the two-terminal types based on zener diodes. The three-terminal MAX872 draws 15A, for instance, and the two-terminal LM385-2.5 draws 30A. But, the operating currents can vary greatly according to the applicationparticularly if the input voltage varies, as it does for many battery-powered products (Figure 11). When connected between a 10k (250A) load and a 3cell battery (whose terminal voltage declines with discharge from 4.8V to 2.7V), the circuits supply current remains constant at 265A15A for the MAX872 and

250A for the 10k load. A two-terminal reference, on the other hand, requires a series resistor that allows adequate current at 2.7V. At higher voltages, therefore, it draws more current (3.4mA) than the reference needs.

Analog switches
Low-voltage analog switches with guaranteed precision have not been available until recently. The MAX391 family of quad single-pole/single-throw (SPST) analog switches operate from single (3V to 15V) or dual (3V to 8V) supplies. As expected, 3V operation yields somewhat higher on-resistance and somewhat lower switching speeds than are available with higher-voltage supplies. MAX391 parts are fabricated in a (relatively) lowvoltage process whose thin gate oxides allow tight control of the gate threshold voltage (about 0.6V). The resulting internal MOSFETs are fully enhanced at 1.2V, and therefore function well at 3V (Figure 12).

DC/DC converters
Maxim has scores of regulators that generate 3V or convert 3V to other levels. They include linear regulators, switched-capacitor charge-pump converters, and switching regulators. Linear regulators are simple, but they require an input voltage greater than the output. Charge-pump converters use capacitors for energy storage, and therefore provide small, low-cost, DC-DC conversion circuits. Die-size limitations, however, restrict the use of charge-pump converters to low-power applications.

11

MAX619 Output Voltage vs. Output Current

INPUT 2V to 3.6V 10F IN OUT 10F OUTPUT 5V, 20mA (2.6V to 3.6V INPUT) 5V, 50mA (3V to 3.6V INPUT) 5.00 4.95 4.90 4.85 0.22F C1GND 4.75 1 10 100 C20.22F 4.80 VIN = 3.6V VIN = 3.3V
ART-16 EJ15

5.05

MAX619
SHDN C1+ C2+

ON/OFF

VOUT (V)

VIN = 1.8V VIN = 2.0V VIN = 2.4V, 2.7V VIN = 3.0V

IOUT (mA)

Figure 13. Occupying less than 0.1in.2 of area, the MAX619 regulated charge-pump converter generates 20mA at 5V 4% for inputs of 2V to 3.6V. (From 3V to 3.6V, the output capability is 50mA.)

Switching regulators provide single or multiple outputs, controlled by PFM (pulse-frequency modulation), PWM (pulse-width modulation), or both, depending on the output power level. PFM (or pulse-skipping) control schemes, which allow high efficiency with light loads, allow the regulator to operate with quiescent supply currents as low as 10A. PWM schemes consume more power, but they allow a fixed-frequency operation that yields high efficiency with heavier loads. Some converters provide excellent efficiency for both light and heavy loads by switching between the two control schemes according to the load-current level. For low-current applications, the simplest solution for boosting 3V to 5V is a capacitor-based regulating charge pump (Figure 13). The industry-standard 7660 and most other charge pumps don't regulate V OUT , but the MAX619 includes an analog reference and error amplifier whose output controls a set of internal switches connected to external capacitors. The switch/capacitor network can double or triple VIN, and the MAX619 regulates by switching between these modes of operation. As indicated, this circuit produces 20mA at 5V 4%, for inputs that range between 2V and 3.6V. For inputs between 3.0V and 3.6V, the output-current capability is 50mA. Small size makes the Figure 13 circuit ideal for portable applications. The MAX619 comes in an 8-pin DIP or SO package, and the entire circuit (including the four external capacitors) occupies less than 0.1in.2 of board area. Operating current is 150A, and shutdown current is only 1A maximum. Input and load are disconnected during

shutdown. To generate more supply current, you can opt for an auxiliary switching regulator such as the MAX761. Systems that handle bipolar signals usually require a negative supply, which can be generated locally if necessary. Again, the simplest solution is a charge pump such as the MAX660 or ICL7660. To provide more supply current, however, you need a switching regulator such as the MAX774. And if noise is a problem, you might consider shutting the regulator down at critical moments (Figure 14). Shutdown control is available on many switching regulators. It comes in handy on the negative supply for an A/D converter, for instance. You can avoid the regulators noise by simply shutting it down during conversions. The output capacitor supports the negative supply voltage during those intervals. Deriving 3V from higher input voltages requires either a linear regulator or a step-down (buck) switching regulator. Linear regulators are simpler, less noisy, and less expensive, but they dissipate more power (and generate more heat) as the applied input voltage rises. Linear regulators, however, can be quite efficient for applications with a low input-to-output differential (efficiency equals VOUT/VIN). A new family of linear regulators (MAX882/MAX883/ MAX884) incorporates several features of concern in the design of portable equipment: small size, low dropout, and low supply current. They supply 300mA of output current, and come in high-power SO packages that can dissipate up to 1W (vs. 450mW for conventional packages). Output voltages are 3.3V, 5.0V, and 3.3V, respectively.

12

1 FC 2 150F 3

V+ 8 7 6 1N4148 OFF SHUTDOWN ON CONTROL

OUTPUT VOLTAGE DROP FROM VCC (V)

1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 V+ = 5.5V 0 0 10 20 30

V+ = 1.5V V+ = 2.5V V+ = 3.5V

CAP+ MAX660 OSC GND LV

CAP-

OUT 5 150F

INVERTED NEGATIVE VOLTAGE OUTPUT

V+ = 4.5V 80 90 100

50 60 70 40 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

Figure 14. To eliminate noise in a downstream A/D converter, the MAX660 inverting charge-pump converter can be shut down between conversions (the output capacitor supplies current during that time).

INPUT 4.5V TO 5.5V D1 ON VCC BST DH Q1 0.1F L1 90 R1 0.025 EFFICIENCY (%) 3.3V OUTPUT AT 10A C1 100F 10V

MAX767

LX DL PGND CS Q2 D2 1N5817

80

70

60 C2 220F 6.3V

C4 0.01F (OPTIONAL)

SS REF C3 0.22F GND

FB 50 0.001 0.01 0.1 OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 1 10

Figure 15. The MAX767 switching regulator converts 5V to 3.3V with efficiency greater than 90%. It supplies output currents to 10A, depending on the external components used.

The p-channel-MOSFET pass transistors in MAX882/ MAX883/MAX884 devices help to achieve low supply current. Unlike the pnp-bipolar pass transistor found in conventional regulators, the MOSFET has no basecurrent overhead. MOSFETs also avoid the massive base-current losses contributed by pnp transistors when the regulators input-to-output differential is low. Other features include a low-battery detector, an 8A standby mode that turns off VOUT but keeps the low-battery detector active, and an off mode that turns off everything, lowering the supply current to less than 1A. Linear regulators are efficient for low values of (V IN - V OUT ), but for many applications the input voltage is considerably higher than the output voltage.

Efficiency dictates a switching regulator in those cases, but switchers generate noise. RF applications such as radios and cellular phones, for example, must not include switching regulators that introduce noise at the sensitive IF frequency. An ideal choice for these RF applications is the MAX748A switching regulator. It delivers 500mA at 3V from inputs of 3.3V to 16V, with efficiencies that range from 85% to 92%. The output voltage is guaranteed to be free of subharmonic noise, and guaranteed limits on the internal oscillator frequency (159kHz to 212.5kHz) assure an absence of noise in the vicinity of 455kHzan IF frequency found in radios and cellular telephones.

13

ART-18 EJ15

SHUTDOWN ON/OFF

100

MAX767 Efficiency vs. Output Current (10A circuit)

ART-17 EJ15

+VIN 1.5V TO 5.5V

MAX660 Output Voltage Drop vs. Load Current

1.2

5.5V TO 30V

EXTERNAL POWER COMPONENTS

+3.3V +5V P MEMORY PERIPHERALS

MAX782
VPP CONTROL ON3 ON5 SYNC 4 SUSPEND POWER LOW-BATTERY WARNING VPP (0V/5V/12V) VPP (0V/5V/12V)

DUAL PCMCIA SLOTS

MAX782 Efficiency vs. +5V Output Current, 300kHz

100 IDD = 0mA +3.3V OFF VIN = 15V VIN = 30V VIN = 6V

MAX782 Efficiency vs. +3.3V Output Currnet, 300kHz

IDD = 0mA +5V ON +5V LOAD = 0mA VIN = 6V
ART-19 EJ15

100

EFFICIENCY (%)

90

EFFICIENCY (%)

90 VIN = 15V VIN = 30V 80

80

70 0.001

0.01

0.1

10

70 0.001

0.01

0.1

10

+5V OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

+3.3V OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

Figure 16. The MAX782 switching regulator generates dual 5V/3.3V outputs with efficiency greater than 90%. It also includes three precision comparators and a backup supply for RAM, and it generates dual VPP (PCMCIA) outputs.

An efficient buck regulator is also a good choice for upgrading an existing logic board to accommodate lowervoltage, lower-power ICs. Typically, these boards have 5V available but require a 3V supply for the new lowvoltage logic. A linear regulator can easily convert 5V to 3V, but for higher load currents the power dissipation is prohibitive. At 10A, for instance, the linear regulator would dissipate 20W and require a heatsink. Highefficiency switchers such as the MAX767 (Figure 15) deliver 30mA to 10A with efficiencies exceeding 90%, thereby eliminating the need for heatsinks. For external power control, the MAX767 employs lowcost n-channel switching MOSFETs instead of the lossier and more costly p-channel ones. Synchronous switch Q2 reduces loss in the Schottky diode (D2) by turning on when the diode conducts, but with a smaller forward-voltage drop. Because the diode drop would otherwise be a large percentage of 3.3V, Q2 greatly increases the regulators efficiency. The MAX767 comes in a space-saving 20-pin SSOP package, and has an input range of 4.5V to 5.5V. Its quiescent operating current drops from 750A to only 125A in standby mode. High switching frequency (300kHz) allows the device to operate with small, low14

cost surface-mount components. The 2.5H inductor, for instance, is much smaller than that specified for competing ICs. Dual-output switching regulators are intended for systems designed from the beginning to operate with dual 5V and 3V supplies. Applications such as the generation of VCC voltages in a notebook computer, for example, are well served by the MAX782, which generates both of the regulated supply voltages (Figure 16). In addition to VCC, the MAX782 generates dual V PP (PCMCIA) outputs via a flyback winding on the 5V output. Other on-board functions include three precision comparators for low-battery detection, and dual, lowdropout linear regulators that supply backup voltages for the CMOS RAM and real-time clock. The greatest power consumption in notebook computers usually occurs in the 5V and 3V supplies, but this consumption varies over several decades according to the mode of operation: 5W to 15W during normal operation, and 25mW to 250mW during standby. The converter that generates these voltages, therefore, must maintain efficiency for a wide range of load currents. The MAX782 (Figure 16) does just that.

VOUT = 3.3V OR 3.0V 22F 2 IN 22H EFFICIENCY (%) 80 70 60 50 40 30 0.1 VIN = 2.5V VIN = 3.3V VIN = 1.8V

MAX878
ILIM LX

ON/OFF

SHDN SEL 8 PGND 4

OUT AGND 3

OUTPUT 3.3V 250mA

100F

10 100 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

1000

Figure 17. The MAX878 switching regulators Active Rectifier enables it to deliver 250mA at 3.3V, from inputs that range above and below the output voltage.

The MAX782 achieves high efficiency with a combination of PFM (for light loads), PWM (for heavy loads), and synchronous rectification. PWM allows continuous current (an AC component superimposed on a DC offset) in the external inductor, which lowers the peak current and its associated I2R loss.1 At lighter loads, the converter reverts to the PFM mode and skips most of the oscillator pulses. By reducing the pulse frequency, it dramatically reduces the switching losses associated with the charge and discharge of gate capacitance in the external MOSFETs. The result is high efficiency at light loads. Many low-power applications require a V CC of 3V, obtained from a lower voltage or from a 3-cell stack (in that case, the input voltage ranges above and below V CC ). MAX877 and MAX878 switching regulators excel in these applications (Figure 17) . The MAX877/MAX878 incorporate an internal Active Rectifier that ensures regulation whether the input voltage is above or below VCC. The Active Rectifier also provides a complete disconnect between input and output when the regulator is shut down. (In most step-up DC-DC converters, the rectifying diode provides a direct connection between input and output when the input voltage is higher.)

The MAX877 and MAX878 deliver 240mA at 3.3V, with input voltages from 1.5V to 6.2V. Efficiencies can be as high as 85%, and the 220A quiescent supply current drops to a low 20A during shutdown. These parts operate with small and inexpensive external components (an inductor and two capacitors) because the switching frequency is a high 300kHz. Other low-power applications require a switching regulator that starts (and operates) with a 1V input. MAX778/MAX779 devices meet this requirement; they start at 1V with a 10mA load, and require only three external components. Each part has an internal npn power switch. They can deliver as much as 300mA at 3V or 3.3V, and their low supply current (190A) lets them achieve efficiencies as high as 80%. For low-voltage systems that must also generate PCMCIA or LCD voltages, you should choose from the MAX717MAX723 family of dual switching converters. And to implement a stand-alone LCD controller, choose the MAX749 in an 8-pin DIP or SO package: it operates from 2V to 6V, draws only 60A, and provides a digitally adjustable negative output.

Vargha, Douglas, Extend battery life while minimizing size in portable equipment power supplies, Part I, PCIM Magazine, March 1993, p.31. Active Rectifier is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. 15

ART-20 EJ15

INPUT 1.8V TO 6.2V

MAX878 Efficiency vs. Load Current

90

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switching-regulator output is lower than VREF
For typical switching regulators, the feedback arrangement does not allow regulated outputs lower than the reference voltage. If you lower the output by modifying the feedback network, the recommended compensation components may no longer stabilize the regulators error amplifier. The external reference voltage in Figure 1 helps to overcome these problems. The IC regulates by maintaining the FB voltage (pin 1) equal to the internal VREF. (VREF normally sets a lower limit of 2.21V for VOUT.) The FB voltage usually comes from a resistive divider connected between VOUT and ground, but this circuit connects the divider between VOUT and the higher-voltage, shunt-regulator output of zener diode D2. As you adjust R5, the resulting output voltage ranges from 2.21V down to about 1.2V: VOUT = VFB(R1 + R2)/R2 VZ(R1/R2), where VFB = VREF = 2.21V, and VZ = zener voltage = 7.5V. Because the ICs error amplifier is inherently stable, the simple compensation components R1 and C1 assure stability following this feedback modification. You can set V OUT lower than 1.2V if you also modify the compensation network. And, the feedback modification shown in this circuit can
+40V

allow other regulators to produce outputs lower than VREF, if you can stabilize their error amplifiers. The highest input voltage allowed for this IC is 40V. (The MAX742H allows inputs to 60V.) If VIN differs significantly from 40V, adjust R2 as necessary to return the zener current to approximately 1.5mA. R3 is an optional load resistor that prevents the otherwise unloaded output from approaching the zener voltage. The circuit can supply 5A. It offers 0.75%/V line regulation for inputs between 30V and 40V, and 0.4%/A load regulation for output currents between 0.1A and 5A. Losses occur in the Schottky diode (D1)which drops about 0.2Vand in the inductor, whose series resistance is about 0.06 . Together, these components consume about 2W at 5A. Other sources of power consumption include output capacitor C5 and the internal, power-Darlington power transistor. At light loads, the efficiency is degraded by a relatively high supply current (Figure 2). The levels at DC8.5mA in the IC and 1.5mA in the zener increase somewhat with the switching frequency. The MAX724s internal Darlington switch drops about 1.8V. For higher efficiency at lower load currents, choose the 2A MAX726, whose internal single-npn switch drops only 1.2V. A related idea appeared in EDN, March 17, 1994, p 74.
(Circle 2)

C2 0.01F 5 VIN

C3 150F

R2 22k
70

Efficiency vs. Output Current

60 EFFICIENCY (%)

IC1
2 R1 10k VSW C1 0.1F VC

C4 0.47F FB 1

D2 1N4737

R4 4.7k

50 40 30 20 10 0 10mA

MAX724

VOUT = +2.0V

VOUT = +1.2V

L1 50H (Coiltronics CTX50-2-52)

R5 1k VOUT 1.2V TO 2.2V

GND 3

D1 1N5825

R3 860

C5 330F

VIN = +40V L = 50H

100mA

1A

10A

Figure 1. Connecting the R4-R5 feedback network to 7.5V (instead of 0V) enables this switching regulator to produce a regulated output lower than its internal reference voltage.

Figure 2. Substantial quiescent currents in the Figure 1 circuit lower the DC-DC conversion efficiency at low output currents.

16

DS1-2 EJ15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switch-mode supply charges battery while serving load
In the portable-system power supply of Figure 1, L2 and Q2 are part of an unorthodox battery-charger configuration for the auxiliary switch-mode output (which normally generates a negative bias voltage for LCDs). Combining the battery charger with a 5V VCC supply offers three advantages over alternative circuits. First, the battery can be recharged without interrupting the system. Second, the high-side current-sense resistor dissipates power only during the charge cycle (conventional low-side sense resistors remain in the ground-return path for all modes of operation). Third, the efficient switchmode operation requires no heatsink, allowing an all-surface-mount construction. VCC power is normally obtained from a wall cube or other unregulated DC source, via the linear-regulator action of Q1. When this voltage source is removed, IC1 automatically activates an external switching
L1 22H, CD54-220 SUMIDA B1 2 NiMH CELLS 230AFM (THE GOLD PEAK INDUSTRIES GROUP)

regulator (L1 and D2), which maintains an uninterrupted output by boosting the battery voltage to 5V. Battery-charger operation depends on intervention by the microprocessor that normally controls such circuits. The P monitors battery voltage (via an onboard or external A/D converter) and, when necessary, pulls NEGON high (pin 2) to command a charging sequence. IC1 then toggles Q1 at approximately 300kHz, such that the average current through R3 is about 2A. When the P senses full charge (indicated by a change in slope of the charging voltage), it terminates the charge by driving NEGON low. Charging current is regulated indirectly by an internal comparator that causes Q2 to switch off (for 1s) when the voltage across R3 exceeds a threshold of 200mV. Higher wall-cube voltage causes a steeper inductor-current ramp, producing a steeper sense-

BATTERY VOLTAGE

D2 EC15QS02L NIEC +5V C1 100F 267M1002-107 MATSUO

15

8 FBN LX3

16 V+

C2 0.1F

CHARGER ON SHUTDOWN

2 1 7

NEGON

CS-

10 R3 0.07 1/2 BATT LR2010-01-R040 IRC C3 0.22F C4 10F C5 0.1F L2 10H CD105-100 SUMIDA D3 NSQOGA2L P Q2 Si9405 SILICONIX C6 47F

IC1
SHDN

MAX722
FB3 PFO CS+ VREF

9 5

MAIN 5V FAIL EXTERNAL DC SOURCE CONNECTED

4 D1 CC10051 NIEC R1 10k 10%

Q1 MJD2955 MOTOROLA 13 R2 330 5% DHI LIN DLOW GND 14 3/5 3 AGND 6

11 2, 4 12

6 5, 7

IC2
3

MAX627

UNREGULATED DC SOURCE 7V TO 20V

Figure 1. Suitable for palmtop computers and other portable systems, this power supply can recharge the battery while maintaining an uninterrupted 5V VCC.

17

BATTERY CHARGING CURRENT (A)

resistor voltage ramp, which allows higher peak inductor currents (I PEAK) during the comparators fixed propagation delay. The result is a slight increase in average charging current with the applied DC voltage (Figure 2). Charging current is more strongly influenced by the inductor (L2) and current-sense resistor (R3). The equation for ICHARGE is simplified by the inductors continuous-conduction mode of operation (inductor current remains non-zero during each cycle): ICHARGE = IPEAK -12tOFF(VBATT + VDIODE)/L2, where tOFF = 1s and IPEAK = 0.2/R1. In Figure 1, therefore: ICHARGE = 0.2/0.09 -1210-6(2V + 0.45V)/10-6 = 2.09A. A related idea appeared in EDN, December 9, 1993, p 64.
(Circle 3)

Battery Charge Current vs. DC Wall-Cube Voltage

2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 DC WALL-CUBE VOLTAGE (V)
DS3-2 EJ15

3.0

Figure 2. Available charging current increases slightly with the applied DC voltage in Figure 1.

18

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Boost converter has high efficiency at light loads
In most DC-DC converters, the normal supply currents do not allow high efficiency at low load currents. The circuit in Figure 1, however, contains micropower components that enable it to maintain 90% efficiency for load currents as low as 1mA. IC1 (a quad Schmitt-trigger NAND gate) draws maximum quiescent currents of only 0.25A, and IC2 (a combination voltage reference and comparator) draws only 2.5A. IC2 compares its own reference voltage against the circuit output, V OUT. The resulting comparator output 13 (pin 8) is high when VOUT is above 12 its threshold and low otherwise. The quad NAND gate is configured as an oscillator, a set/reset latch, C1 220pF and a buffer inverter. The latch blocks oscillator pulses when the comparator output is high. When it goes low, the pulses pass through to Q1s gate and activate the boost regulator.
L1 10H VIN 5V C2 150F 7200-37 (CADDELL BURNS) R4 18M
3

1N5817 VOUT 15V

IC2 MAX921
7

IN+

IN- 4 VREF
6

V+

C3 330F R2 1k R5 1.5M
5

8 6 5 4

OUT V2

HYST GND
1

R3 2.4M

1 2

8 10 9

Q1 MTP3055EL (MOTOROLA)

IC1 4093 (NATIONAL) R1 3.1M

Figure 1. Consuming only microwatts of power, this 5V-to-15V boost converter provides low load currents with high efficiency.

R4 and R5 help determine the circuits DC output level: VOUT = VREF(1 + R4/R5). The output voltage ripple for light loads depends on the comparators hysteresis. With R3 = 2.4M , the hysteresis in Efficiency vs. Output Load Current
DS3-2 EJ15

millivolts equals the value of R2 in kilohms. Then, the ripple in millivolts equals VREF(1 + R4/R5)(R2), where R2 is in kilohms. For this circuit, ripple = 1.182V(1 + 18/1.5)(1) = 15.4mV.
(Circle 4)

Output Voltage vs. Output Load Current

16 14 12 VOUT (V) 10 8 6
DS5-3 EJ15

100

18

90 EFFICIENCY (%)

80

70

4 2

60 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

Figure 2. Efficiency in the Figure 1 circuit exceeds 90% for load currents between 1mA and 8mA.

Figure 3. The oscillator frequency in Figure 1, set low to conserve power, also sets a sharp limit on load current.

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Triple, 8-bit DACs have serial data and control
The monolithic MAX512 and MAX513 are triple, 8-bit D/A converters (DACs) with serial inputs and voltage outputs. The MAX512 operates on 5V or 5V, and the MAX513 operates on 3V or any single 3V supply in the range 2.7V to 3.6V. The fast, 5MHz serial interface, compatible with SPI, QSPI, and MicroWire synchronous serial-interface standards, feeds a 16-bit shift register that holds 8 bits of data and 8 bits of control information. An 8-bit latch preceding each DAC enables the rising edge of C S to strobe an update of any one DAC register or a simultaneous update of all three. Three control bits select one DAC (or all three) for updating, and three more bits select one (or all three) for shutdown. Maximum supply currents are less than 1mA/DAC during normal operation and 1A/DAC during shutdown. A remaining control bit programs the latched output LOUT, which is available for use as a digital control line. The MAX512/MAX513 come in 14-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages. Their low power consumption and small size make them ideal for portable and battery-powered
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DIN 1 SCLK 3 DAC LATCH A DAC A OUTA 8 CS 2 REFAB REFC 12 11

applications such as programmable attenuators and digitally adjustable offset, gain, and RF-bias circuits. Each IC is available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.85 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 5)

50mA DC-DC inverters are the worlds smallest

At 0.1in.2, the MAX860 and MAX861 are the worlds smallest DC-DC voltage inverters capable of producing 50mA. Operating with small external capacitors and no inductors, these charge-pump ICs convert positive inputs (1.5V to 5.5V) to the corresponding unregulated negative outputs (-1.5V to -5.5V). Typical output impedance is 15. To optimize capacitor size, supply current, and output impedance in a given application, you select one of three fixed internal frequencies: 6kHz to 130kHz for the MAX860, and 13kHz to 250kHz for the MAX861. The MAX860 at 130kHz requires 4.7F capacitors; the MAX861 at 250kHz requires 2.2F capacitors. Typical quiescent supply currents range from 180A to 3.3mA, depending on the frequency selected, and a logic-controlled shutdown pin reduces the current to less than 1A. By comparison, the pincompatible, industry-standard 7660 inverter switches at 5kHz, exhibits 55 output impedance, and requires 10F capacitors. These charge-pump devices can also be configured as voltage doublers. Both are pin compatible with the 7660 charge pump. Applications include medical instruments, interface power supplies, hand-held instruments, power supplies for op amps and other analog circuitry, and GaAsFET-bias supplies. An evaluation kit (MAX860EVKIT-SO) helps speed your design cycles. The MAX860/MAX861 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.75 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 7)

16-BIT SHIFT REGISTER DATA (8)

DAC LATCH B

DAC B

OUTB 9

DAC LATCH C

DAC C

OUTC 10

CONTROL (8)

MAX512 MAX513
LATCH LOUT1 14 5 VDD 7 VSS 6 GND

4 RESET

Quad, 12-bit, VOUT DACs offer 1 LSB accuracy 2 in 16-pin SOs

The MAX536 and MAX537 are the smallest and most accurate quad, 12-bit D/A converters (DACs) available. Ideal for servo control and precision, fastsettling applications, these devices each replace four 12-bit DACs and four precision op amps with a single, spacesaving DIP or SO package. Each includes a fast, 3-wire, 10MHz serial interface compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and MicroWire synchronous serial-interface standards. The serial interface aids opto-isolation, frees I/O pins

at the microcontroller, reduces package size, and saves space by reducing the number of pc traces to be routed. The double-buffered serial inputs consist of an input register followed by a DAC register. They operate on 16-bit digital words, which contain the 12-bit data and the four control bits that specify independent or simultaneous updating. The converters guarantee 12-bit monotonicity, 12LSB relative accuracy, and 1LSB total unadjusted error (MAX536). The MAX536 provides a 10V output swing with supply voltages of -5V and 12V to 15V, and the MAX537 provides a 2.5V output swing with 5V supplies.

DIN

DAC DAC

DIN

DIN

DAC

The MAX536/MAX537 come in 16-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C REPLACE 4 12-BIT DACs & 4 OP AMPS! to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to VOUT AMP +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) VOUT1 SERIAL VOUT temperature ranges. AMP VOUT2 Prices start at $16.95 OR VOUT3 (1000 up, FOB VOUT V AMP OUT4 DATA USA).
MAX536

DIN

DAC

AMP

VOUT

(Circle 6)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
The MAX391, MAX392, and MAX393 each contain four singlepole/single-throw (SPST) analog switches. MAX391 switches are normally closed (NC); MAX392 switches are normally open (NO); and the MAX393 has two NC and two NO switches. Each device is guaranteed to operate at 3V and is fully specified for operation at 5V and 5V. The three devices have low onresistance (25 typical), with channels guaranteed to match within 2. Variations per channel are no greater than 4 over the specified signal range. Charge injection is guaranteed no greater than 5pC, and Fast break-before-make switching makes the devices ideal for multiplexer applications; multiple outputs can be tied together with no concern for momentary shorting between channels. Other applications include low-voltage, high-accuracy data acquisition, 5V and 5V DACs and ADCs, audio-signal routing, and battery-operated systems. The MAX391/MAX392/MAX393 come in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.87 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 8) lower distortionfor attenuators, tuned filters, sample/hold amplifiers, and programmable-gain amplifiers. Only DG400 devices from Maxim guarantee a maximum for charge injection (10pC). They also feature ESD protection
PROGRAMMABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER
DG403 DG403
S3 Sw4 V VIN1 IN1 V VIN2 IN2 R R1 1 R R2 2 S1 Sw2 Sw3 S2 V OUT V OUT S4 R R3 3 R R4 4

RON TYPICAL ()

5V CMOS analog switches guarantee 35 on-resistance

leakage current has been improvedto 2.5nA maximum at +85C. Digital inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible, and power consumption is an ultra-low 1W.

RON vs. SIGNAL VOLTAGE (DUAL SUPPLIES) 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 V+ = 5V V- = -5V DG411

MAX391

-5

-2.5

2.5

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V) RON vs. SIGNAL VOLTAGE (SINGLE SUPPLY) V+ = 5V V- = 0V DG411

RON TYPICAL ()

160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0

74HC4066 MAX391

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

Improved switch/mux family offers more accurate signal processing

The analog switches and multiplexers of Maxims new DG400 family are plug-in compatible upgrades for the industrystandard parts, and meet all the original DG400 specifications. In addition, they are the first to guarantee 3 on-resistance match between channels and 4 flatness over the analog signal range. The result is improved linearity and accuracy with

in excess of 2000V (per MIL-STD 883, Method 3015.7) and low leakage over temperature (<5nA at +85C). Fabricated with a new silicon-gate process, the Maxim parts are TTL/CMOS compatible and handle rail-to-rail signals. They operate from single supplies of 10V to 30V or bipolar supplies of 4.5V to 20V. Devices in Maxims DG400 family come in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Please contact the Customer Service Department for prices and package options. (Circle 9) The MAX649/MAX651/MAX652 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.60 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 10)
90%-EFFICIENT STEP-DOWN CONVERSION OVER A 200:1 LOAD RANGE
95 EFFICIENCY (%) VIN = 9V VOUT = 5V 90

1A step-down controllers draw only 100A

The MAX649, MAX651, and MAX652 DC-DC step-down controllers provide efficiencies greater than 90% for output currents from 10mA to 2Aa dynamic range of 200:1! They maximize battery life in alarms, detectors, and other systems that sleep for long periods and then deliver relatively high power. The devices accept inputs from 4V to 16.5V, and generate regulated outputs of 5V, 3.3V, and 3V, respectively. The outputs are also adjustable from 1.5V to VIN, using

two external resistors. Each controller delivers as much as 5W to a load. Each has a low 100A quiescent current and a low 5A shutdown current (maximum over temperature), which eliminates the need for a low-current backup regulator or DC-DC converter. The MAX649/MAX651/MAX652 operate with tiny external components, forming all-surface-mount circuits only 0.7in.2 in area. The ICs drive p-channel MOSFETs at a high frequency (to 300kHz), which enables the use of inductors only 5mm high and INPUT less than 9mm in diameter. UP TO 16V

85 VIN = 5V VOUT = 3.3V 80 10mA 100mA LOAD CURRENT 1A 2A VIN = 9V VOUT = 3.3V

21

NEW PRODUCTS
3V-to-5V step-up controllers are 80% efficient from 1mA to 1A
MAX770MAX773 DC-DC step-up controllers are 80% to 85% efficient for load currents from 10mA to 1Aa dynamic range of 100:1. These compact devices save space and extend battery life in systems that sleep for long periods but awaken periodically to deliver high power (detectors and alarms, for example). Quiescent current is 110A (maximum over temperature), dropping to 5A (max over temp.) in the logic-controlled shutdown mode. The current-limited PFM control scheme maintains high efficiency over a wide load range. These ICs drive nchannel MOSFETs at frequencies to 300kHz, in circuits that occupy less than 0.7in.2. The all-surface-mount circuits use small 150F capacitors and a small, inexpensive 33H inductor. The MAX770/MAX771/MAX772 controllers accept minimum inputs of 2V, and provide preset outputs of 5V, 12V, and 15V, respectively. The outputs can also be user-adjusted with two external resistors. The MAX773 has a shunt regulator that enables it to accept inputs from 3V to beyond 16V. The MAX770/MAX771/MAX772 controllers come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, and the MAX773 comes in 14pin DIP and narrow-SO packages. Each comes in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.15 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 11)
EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT
95 EFFICIENCY (%)

1A step-down regulators come in 16-pin SO

The MAX830MAX833 are switchmode, step-down, DC-DC regulators with pulse-width-modulation (PWM) control. Few external components are required each monolithic-bipolar device includes control circuitry, an oscillator, and a 1A power switch. MAX831/MAX832/MAX833 outputs are preset at 5V, 3.3V, and 3V, respectively; the MAX830 output is adjustable. All the regulators accept input voltages from 8V to 40V. All have excellent dynamic and transient response characteristics, and all have the following features: preset 100kHz oscillator frequency, 8.5mA quiescent current, and cycle-by-cycle current limiting that protects against overcurrent and short-circuit faults.

Applications for the MAX830 MAX833 include multiple-output buck converters, distribution of power from highvoltage buses, and high-current, high-voltage step-down supplies. The MAX830 MAX833 come in 16-pin SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.99 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 12)
SMALLEST BOARD AREA PER AMP IN A SURFACE-MOUNT PACKAGE!
MOST POWER FOR SMALLEST AREA

6.0 AMP OUTPUT/SQUARE INCH 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0
MAX831 SOIC 16 PIN-1AMP

6.1 4.4

LT1176 SOIC 20 PIN-1AMP

1.0
LM2575 SOIC 24 PIN-1AMP

Extend battery life while boosting two cells to 5V or 3.3V

MAX856MAX859 step-up DC-DC converters extend battery life with the worlds best combination of high efficiency, low quiescent current, and ultralow shutdown current. High switching frequency and low current limit (0.5MHz, 125mA) permit the use of small 11 inductors only 2.6mm high. Low profiles suit these devices for use on type I PCMCIA cards. The MAX856, for instance, has a 25A quiescent current, 85% efficiency (delivering 5V from a 2.5V input), and less than 1A shutdown current. The MAX856 and MAX857lower-cost, lower-current

versions of the MAX756 and MAX757 deliver 100mA at 5V with a peak current limit of 500mA for the internal switching transistor. The MAX858 and MAX859 deliver 25mA with a current limit of 125mA. MAX856/MAX858 devices offer pinselectable 3.3V or 5V outputs; MAX857/ MAX859 devices let you adjust the output from 2.5V to 6V using two external resistors. All MAX856MAX859 devices guarantee start-up at 1.8V and operation down to 0.8V. Each converter includes a low-battery detector (LBI/LBO). An evaluation kit (MAX856EVKIT-SO) will help speed your design cycles.

85

VIN = 9V VOUT = 12V

75 VIN = 3V VOUT = 12V 1 10 VIN = 3V VOUT = 5V 100 1000

65

LOAD CURRENT (mA)

The MAX856MAX859s are intended for use in palmtop computers, PCMCIA cards, PDAs, 2- and 3-cell batterypowered systems, portable data-collection equipment, and medical instruTYPICAL OPERATING CIRCUIT mentation. They come in 8-pin INPUT DIP and SO packages, in OUTPUT 0.8V TO V OUT 3.3V AT 125mA versions tested for the 47H OR commercial (0C to +70C), 1N5817 5V AT 100mA 2 8 LX 3/5 extended-industrial (-40C to 68F +85C), and military (-55C to 1 6 MAX856 ON OUT SHDN OFF +125C) temperature ranges. 5 4 LOW-BATTERY LOW-BATTERY LBI LBO Prices start at $1.70 (1000 up, DETECTOR INPUT DETECTOR OUTPUT GND REF FOB USA). 3 7
0.1F

(Circle 13)

22

NEW PRODUCTS
High-side current-sense amplifiers are 2% accurate over temperature
The MAX471 and MAX472 are dedicated, bidirectional, high-side currentsense amplifiersespecially useful in portable applications because they can sense a batterys charge and discharge currents without interrupting the ground path. They reduce design time, cost, and board space in portable computers and handiterminals by eliminating precision amplifiers and resistor networks. The MAX471 includes a 30m sense resistor that enables measurement of battery currents from 30mA to 3A. The MAX472 operates with an external sense resistor that allows measurement of other ranges as required. Both devices operate from 3V to 36V, draw less than 100A over temperature, and provide a power-saving shutdown mode that draws only 12A. Placed in series with the positive battery terminal and load, the MAX471 requires only two external resistors for operation. Each chip produces a digital output indicating direction of the sensed current. A current output (rather than voltage) allows the user to scale the output voltage as required with an external gainsetting resistor (2k , for instance, produces a gain of 1V/A). Accuracy is 2% over temperature. The MAX471/MAX472 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 14)
MEASURE BATTERY CHARGE/DISCHARGE CURRENT WITH 2% ACCURACY
BATTERY CHARGER CHARGE/DISCHARGE SWITCH 3V to 36V BATTERY BATT RSENSE 30m SHDN LOAD

5V IC provides isolated power for RS-485 circuits

The MAX253 is a monolithic oscillator and power driver that provides isolated 5V power for RS-485 or RS-232 applications. By driving the primary of a center-tapped transformer and rectifier, it forms a circuit that delivers 300mA (1.5W) at the 5V output. The internal
MAX253 DRIVING A MAX485
VCC

oscillator frequency is pin-selectable at 200kHz or 350kHz. A low-power shutdown mode reduces the already low operating current (5mA maximum, 1mA typical) to only 10A maximum. Low on-resistance in the internal power switch (1.5) helps to stabilize the output voltage, regardless of load. And by combining the MAX253 with optoisolators and an RS-485 IC from the MAX483 MAX491 family, you can build a complete, optically isolated RS-485 transceiver. The MAX253 comes in a space-saving, 8-pin Max package that occupies onefourth the area of a standard 8-pin SO package. It comes in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 15)

D1

MAX253
D2 VCC

MAX485
DL OPTOCOUPLERS DE RO B A

3V P supervisors are first to offer backup-battery switchover

MAX690R/S/T, MAX802R/S/T, MAX804R/S/T, and MAX805R/S/T microprocessor supervisors are especially designed for 3V and 3.3V operation (as opposed to 5V devices respecified for 3V operation). The MAX690R/S/T and MAX802R/S/T issue RESETs, and the otherwise identical MAX804R/S/T and MAX805R/S/T issue R E S E T s. Each device asserts the reset signal after a 200ms delay following power-up, powerdown, or brownout conditions. Each device provides automatic backup-battery switchover when the main power supply fails. Note that 5V supervisors, which simply choose the higher of the backup and V CC voltages, cause erroneous switchovers in a 3V system because the backup-battery voltage (3V to 3.6V) is typically greater than VCC (2.7V to 3.6V). To avoid this problem, devices in the MAX690R/S/T family switch to backup only when VCC falls below 2.4V. Devices in the MAX690R/S/T family include a supply-voltage monitor, a 200ms time delay, and a 1.6sec watchdog timer.
23

Normal operating currents are 200A for the MAX690R/S/T and MAX802R/S/T, and 50A for the MAX804R/S/T and MAX805R/S/T. In backup-battery mode they draw only 50nA. Device suffixes R, S, and T designate the available voltagemonitor thresholds (2.55V to 2.70V, 2.85V to 3.00V, or 3.00V to 3.15V). Devices in the MAX690R/S/T family come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.23 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 16)
TRUE 3V P SUPERVISOR
VOUT
MAX690S

3V SRAM

RST PFO

VCC 3 NiCd PFI 2.7V to 3.6V VBATT LITHIUM

RST NMI

WDI

3V C

ISENSE
1X 60 1X

SYSTEM LOAD 1V/A C WITH A/D

Maximum Backup Voltage

5.5V 3V to 3.6V 2.8V

IOUT

MAX471
ISENSE
COMPARATOR GND SIGN

100k

2k RGAIN

MA

X4

71

OTHER "3V" P SUPERVISORS

MAX690 FAMILY

Volume Sixteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim-Tektronix Deal Complete

New RS-232 ICs feature 1A supply current, 15kV ESD protection, and 3V operation Dual, VOUT DAC consumes miniscule power Allpass network shifts 90 over wide frequency range Voltage regulator converts to current source Boost/linear regulator derives 5V from four cells LC oscillator has 1% THD

2 3 9 10 12 14 16

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Two-channel, 15-bit, serial-output ADCs cost only $4.80 10-bit, 8-channel, serial ADC operates on 100A at 5V First monolithic, octal, 13-bit DAC has on-chip op amps (MAX110/111) (MAX192) (MAX547) (MAX458/459) (MAX467 470) (MAX473/474/475) (MAX492/494/495)

18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 22 22 23

Op Amps/Comparators
100MHz, 8x4 video crosspoint switches include 75 cable drivers Low-cost, 100MHz, triple and quad video buffers eliminate cable-drive amplifiers 10MHz, 15V/s, rail-to-rail op amps operate down to 2.7V 500kHz, 2.7V precision op amps guarantee rail-to-rail input and output

Power Management
Charge-pump dc-dc converter programs flash memories without inductors Compact dc-dc inverters provide 200mA with 85% efficiency (MAX662A) (MAX764/765/766) (MAX1480A/1480B) (MAX202E/232E) (MAX218) (MAX3222/32/41) (MAX038)

Interface
Isolated, single-package RS-485 interface costs less than $10 5V dual RS-232 transceivers withstand 15kV ESD Two-cell-powered, dual transceiver meets all RS-232 specifications New proprietary architecture obsoletes all other 3V RS-232 ICs

Function Generator
Precision function generator operates to 20MHz

News Briefs
Maxim-Tektronix Deal Complete
Maxim officially completed the acquisition of Tektronixs monolithic integrated circuits (IC) operation located in Beaverton, Oregon on May 28, 1994. The deal included a joint venture with Tek to operate the hybrid IC business of Teks wholly owned subsidiary, Tektronix Components Corp. As a major sales opportunity for Maxim, it provides a significant growth potential for the years to come. Maxim will maintain two separate sales organizations to support our growing standard product line and our new custom high-frequency product line. Maxims new custom high-frequency products consist of custom and semi-custom, high-frequency bipolar ASICs designed by the customer or by Maxim. For semi-custom products, analog designers use QuickChip/Bipolar arrays of transistors, capacitors, resistors, Schottky diodes, and JFETs that quickly interconnect to meet application requirements. The full custom products allow designers to determine the size and location of each specific component. To date, we have fabricated over 200 custom designs with a first-pass success rate that is unequaled. In addition to new custom products, Maxim is offering new standard high-frequency products. Most notably, we have the MAX2101, the MAX445, the MAX3260, the MAX3261, and the MAX3262. The MAX2101 is a 6-bit quadrature digitizer providing an RF-to-Bits conversion for direct-broadcast satellite TV, HDTV, wireless LANs, and compressed digital-video cable TV. The MAX445 is a high-performance, monolithic display driver with a variable-gain transconductance amplifier offering a high-voltage, open-collector output for driving video displays directly. And, the MAX3260, MAX3261, and MAX3262 are a set of high-speed interface ICs for fiber optics communications. We are very excited to offer customers new standard IC products and new custom IC products.

New RS-232 ICs feature 1A supply current, 15kV ESD protection, and 3V operation
Maxim pioneered the use of charge-pump dc-dc converters for RS-232 interface ICs, and now offers more than 54 such products. Maxims first products operated from +5V, and produced outputs greater than 5V as required by the RS-232 standard. New products feature improvements such as 3V operation (using only four 0.1F external capacitors), 15kV ESD protection, and 1A no-load supply current. Many digital systems have moved towards 3V operation in order to increase density while decreasing power consumption. Maxim has responded with RS-232 interface ICs that operate at 3.0V and 3.3V, many of which use only four 0.1F capacitors (Table 1).

Maxim is the only RS-232 IC manufacturer to specify and achieve 15kV ESD protection using both the human body model and the IEC 801-2 air-gap discharge method (see sidebar). Maxims extended ESD protection eliminates the need for costly external protection devices such as TransZorbs, while preventing expensive field failures. To further simplify RS-232 applications, Maxim has recently introduced transceivers that shut down automatically when not in use, reducing supply current to 1Aa thousand-fold improvement over other parts. This action helps extend battery life in portable equipment such as notebook computers, palmtop computers, and bar-code scanners. Also simplifying applications is an internal, digitally controlled switch that transforms a Maxim RS-232 transceiver from a DTE port (Data Terminal Equipment) to a DCE port (Data Communications Equipment).

The move to 3V operation

The standard supply voltage for notebook computers and other portable equipment is rapidly changing to 3V. To meet the needs of this market, many 5V RS-232 devices have been recharacterized for 3V operation. While these
(continued on page 5)
TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

Table 1. 3V and 3.3V RS-232 ICs

Supply-Voltage Range RS-232 (V)
3 to 3.6 2.7 to 3.6 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6 1.8 to 4.25 1.8 to 4.25

Device
MAX212 MAX3212 MAX3232 MAX3223 MAX3222 MAX3241 MAX3243 MAX218 MAX3218 MAX562 MAX561 MAX560
* Receivers disabled

RS-562 (V)
>3.0 >2.7 >2.7 >2.7 >2.7 >2.7 >2.7 >1.8 >1.8 2.7 to 5.25 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6

No. of Drivers/ Receivers

3/5 3/5 2/2 2/2 2/2 3/5 3/5 2/2 2/2 3/5 4/5 4/5

Shutdown: No. of Receivers Active/ Current Drawn (A max)

5/15 5/15 2/10 0/10 2/10 5/10 5/10 2/10 2/10 5/130 0/50* 0/10 2/50

No-Load Supply Current (mA typ/max)

1.5/3 1A/10A 0.3/1 1A/10A 0.3/1 0.3/1 1A/10A 1.9 to 3 1A/10A 20/33 5/8 5/8

DC-DC Converter Architecture

Inductor Inductor Regulated Capacitor Doubler Regulated Capacitor Doubler Regulated Capacitor Doubler Regulated Capacitor Doubler Regulated Capacitor Doubler Inductor Inductor Regulated Capacitor Doubler/Tripler Unregulated Capacitor Doubler Unregulated Capacitor Doubler

Mouse Driver
Y Y N/A N/A N/A Y Y N/A N/A N N N

Auto SHDN
N Y N Y N N Y N Y N N N

MAXIM

ACHIEVES I NDUSTRY S HIGHEST

ESD PROTECTION: 15kV

Protection level complies with human body model and IEC 801-2 air-gap discharge method ESD (electrostatic discharge) threatens an electronic system every time someone replaces a cable or touches an I/O port. The discharges accompanying these routine events can render an I/O port useless by destroying one or more interface ICs connected to the port. These failures can be expensive in terms of both warranty repairs and perceived quality. ESD can cause further damage to manufacturers, since equipment manufacturers may soon be barred from selling to the European Community if their equipment fails to meet minimum levels of ESD performance, as spelled out by IEC 801-2. These two factors have led Maxim to develop a family of RS-232 products with 15kV of ESD protection (Table A). These interface ICs are the only ones to specify and achieve 15kV ESD protection using both the human body model and the IEC 801-2 air-gap discharge method. Maxims high-ESD protection eliminates the need for costly external protection devices such as TransZorbs, while preventing expensive field failures. tance (1500) models the typical series resistance in the discharge path that includes the body, the IC, and ground. The other method, EIAJ Method IC-121 (also known as the machine model) applies a waveform similar to that produced when an IC makes contact with automatic handling equipment. This method was developed by the Electronic Industries Association of Japan (EIAJ), and also uses the setup of Figure A, but with different values for R1 and C1. The resistance represents a human holding a metallic object such as a screwdriver, and the capacitance is that of a human body. For the resulting waveform, rise and fall times are steeper than those for the human body model. The two methods are complementary, so one shouldnt be chosen over the other. Because ESD can affect ICs during manufacturing, during pc-board assembly, and after the end product is put into service, a test should be based on both methods to provide adequate assurance of the ICs tolerance for the rigors of manufacturing and insertion.
(continued on page 7)

OLDER ESD TEST METHODS

Two methods have been commonly used for testing the ESD susceptibility of integrated circuits. The oldest, method 3015.7 of MIL-standard 883 (also known as the human body model), was developed to aid manufacturers in understanding the precautions necessary for packaging and handling ICs. This method tests each package pin against all other pins, and classifies a device according to the voltage at which the first failure occurs (which is usually on the pin most susceptible to ESD). The applied ESD waveform is derived from a circuit called the human body model ( Figure A ). The capacitance (100pF) models that of the human body, and the resisREGULATED HIGH-VOLTAGE SUPPLY C1

R1

DEVICE UNDER TEST

ESD TEST METHOD MIL-STD 883, METHOD 3015.7 EIAJ, METHOD IC-121 IEC 801-2

R1 VALUE () 1500 0 330

C1 VALUE (pF) 100 200 200

Figure A. Most ESD standards specify the same test circuit, but with different component values.

TABLE A. RS-232-INTERFACE ICS WITH 15kV ESD PROTECTION

ESD Level (kV) No. of Drivers/ Receivers
2/2 4/5 4/5 2/2 4/5

Device
MAX202E MAX211E MAX213E MAX232E MAX241E

Human Body Model

15 15 15 15 15

IEC 801-2 Contact Air-Gap Discharge Discharge

8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15

Capacitor Value (F)

0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0

Latchup Free
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Data Rate (kbps)

120 120 120 120 120

No. of Active Receivers in SHDN

0 0 2 0 0

SHDN ICC (A)

N/A 1 15 N/A 1

Price 1000 pc. ($)

1.85 3.62 3.62 1.85 3.62

POWER DISSIPATION (mW)

parts do not generate the 5V output swings required by RS-232 communications, they do meet the EIA/TIA-562 requirements of 3.7V output swings. EIA/TIA-562 is interoperable with RS-232, although its output voltage is not sufficient to power a mouse, whose microcontroller typically requires 5mA at 5V. To overcome the limitations of these recharacterized devices, Maxim has developed the MAX3241 family of 3V transceivers, which feature a low quiescent current, the capability to drive a mouse, a low-power standby mode in which some (or all) receivers are active, a flowthrough pinout, and operation to 230kbaud (to support high-speed modems).

MAX3241 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0

VCC = 3.3V ALL OUTPUTS LOADED WITH 3k II 2.5nF

TRIPLER DEVICE (COMPETITIVE PRODUCT)

FAILS RS-232 OUTPUT AT >60kbps

VALID RS-232 LEVELS TO >230kbaud

50

100

150

200

250

DATA RATE (kbps)

Unique output stage uses 50% less power

Maxim's key innovation in developing 3V parts is a driver output structure with very low voltage drop from input to output. Low voltage drop is important because the ideal dcdc converter for 3.3V RS-232 transceivers is a capacitive voltage doubler. A perfect doubler would produce 6V for 3V minimum inputs, leaving a drop of just 1V for losses in the driver output stage and the dc-dc converter itself. Moreover, the output swing for an ideal RS-232 transceiver would be 5V with a tolerance of zero. A minimum of 5V is needed to comply with the RS-232 specification, but any swing above 5V or below -5V simply wastes power. Regardless of input voltage, therefore, members of the MAX3241 family regulate their internal, voltage-doubling dc-dc converter to 5.4Vjust enough to provide a safety margin after covering the 200mV drop in the driver output stage. The result is minimal power consumption at the nominal 3.3V supply rail. An ideal (lossless) capacitive voltage doubler, unregulated, produces 6.6V with a 3.3V input and 10V with a 5V input. Thus, an RS-232 transceiver with internal 5V doubler wastes the 5V difference between its output (10V) and the desired 5V as specified by the RS-232 standard. An internal 3.3V doubler, which wastes only 1.6V, is therefore much more efficient. Similarly, an ideal 3.3V capacitive tripler generates 9.9V. The desired output is 5V, so the overall efficiency is only 5/9.9 (51%). Another way to compare the 3.3V doubler with the 3.3V tripler is to note that, for every 1mA drawn by the RS-232 load, the doubler draws 2mA (from the 3.3V supply) while the tripler must draw 3mA. Thus, the power saved by a 3.3V doubler is even greater when driving the capacitive load of a long RS-232 cable at high speed (Figure 1).
Figure 1. The MAX3241 (with voltage doubler) consumes only half as much as power as does the competitive device based on a voltage tripler. Note also, the MAX3241 maintains valid RS-232 output levels at quadruple the data rate.

RS-232 drivers must also supply output current for driving the input resistance (3k to 7k) associated with the RS232 receiver at the far end of the line, and for charging and discharging the load capacitance (up to 2.5nF, as specified by the RS-232 standard). This charge/discharge current increases with frequency, and exceeds the resistive current at a data rate of 80k bits/sec (40kHz). Thus, a voltage doubler at high data rates saves even more power.

Auto-shutdownthe ideal RS-232 IC

The RS-232 port in most portable systems transmits and receives for only a small percentage of the time that power is applied; for the rest of the time it may waste power needlessly. An ideal RS-232 transceiver, therefore, should shut itself down when not transmitting or receiving. Early RS-232 ICs for portable systems provided a shutdown pin, but the result was complete shutdown (deep sleep) in which the chip had no way to detect incoming data. So, the next step was to provide receivers that remained active during shutdown. The operating system can theoretically shut down an RS232 port if, after a suitable delay, it sees no incoming data transitions or status-line changes. But the choice of delay period presents a problemyou can miss data if you happen to power down just as a data burst begins, and youll probably miss some of the data that wakes up the system and initiates power-up. For these reasons, designers seldom go to the trouble of introducing a monitoring delay by rewriting the BIOS/operating system.
5

ART-01 EJ16

180

Table 2. RS-232 transceivers with automatic-shutdown circuitry

Supply Range (V)
2.7 to 3.6 1.8 to 4.25 3 to 3.6 3 to 3.6

Device
MAX3212 MAX3218 MAX3223 MAX3243

No. of Drivers/ Receivers

3/5 2/2 2/2 3/5

No-Load Supply Current (A typ/max)

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

No. of Receivers Active in Standby

5 2 2 5

Auto-shutdown devices have FORCE ON/FORCE OFF controls ( Figure 2 ) that can override the automatic circuitry and force the transceiver into its low-powerstandby state or its normal-operating state. When neither control is asserted, the IC selects between these states automatically. As a result, the system saves power without changes to the existing BIOS/operating system.

DTE/DCE in one IC eliminates null modem

Also useful for RS-232 transceivers is the capability for switching between two standard configurations: DTE port and DCE port. The most common example is a dumb terminal or personal computer (DTE port) connected to an external modem (DCE port). For this case, the connecting cable provides straight-through, 1to-1 connections. Similarly, the serial cable for a printer is designed to plug into a DTE port at the computer end. But, problems arise if you must connect two computers together. Both are DTEs, so the standard DTE-to-DCE cable wont work. The usual solution is a special LapLink cable, or a null modem that converts one of the DTE ports to a DCE. A null modem is nothing more than two back-to-back connectors with various wires transposed. The most common type of null modem is fully implemented by a single chip (MAX214) whose internal circuitry (under the control of a single logic-level input) performs all the necessary wiring transpositions.

Maxim engineers had the following goals in designing a new RS-232 transceiver: 1) Use power only when transmitting and receiving data. 2) Meet goal #1 with no compromise in performance. 3) Meet goal #1 with no increase in cost. An obvious approach is to include a timer that shuts down the IC after a desired time interval. But this thwarts goal #3 by increasing the die area. The better solution is to monitor all incoming data lines for valid levels of RS-232 signal voltage. All receiver inputs will be near ground, for example, if the RS-232 port is not connected or if the far-end transceiver is turned off. Either way, the absence of valid signal levels causes the chip to enter its shutdown mode automatically, reducing the typical no-load supply current to 1A. Maxim has recently introduced four devices with automatic shutdown (Table 2). Most include an output (valid RS-232) that indicates to the system processor whether an active RS-232 port is connected at the other end of the cable. The MAX3212 goes one step further; it includes a transition-detect circuit whose latched output, applied as an interrupt, can wake up the system when a change of state occurs on any incoming line. To see the benefits of automatic shutdown, compare the supply currents of Maxims earlier RS-232 transceivers against those of their auto-shutdown counterparts:
Original Device MAX3222 MAX3241 MAX218 MAX212 No-Load ISUPPLY (A max) 500 1000 3000 3000 Auto-Shutdown Device MAX3223 MAX3243 MAX3218 MAX3212 No-Load ISUPPLY (A max) 10 10 10 10

Laplink is a trademark of Traveling Software .

(continued from page 4) HOW AUTO-SHUTDOWN WORKS

R1 R2 LEVEL R3 DETECTOR R4 R5

VALID RS-232

But, neither method can accurately assess the reliability of an IC connected to the outside world. Both methods rate an IC according to the lowest-voltage failure on any pin, which is not an adequate test if the device includes I/O pins. I/O pins usually require (and often have) higher levels of ESD protection than do other pins. As an example, an IC's I/O pins might withstand 15kV while its other pins withstand only 2kV. The two methods above would therefore rate the IC for only 2kV. To resolve this problem, manufacturers are using a newer test methodIEC 801-2 (a test developed by the European community)for rating RS-232 ICs and other devices that connect directly to the outside world. As a result, the successful completion of IEC 801-2 may soon become a necessary condition for selling equipment in Europe.

> 5V POWER SUPPLY V+

ON/OFF

FORCE ON/FORCE OFF

T1

T2

NEWER ESD TEST METHOD

T3

1. Level detector monitors all RS-232 receivers for valid load. 2. Output from level detector goes to 5V power supply. 3. If level detector senses no load, the power supply is turned off, reducing supply current to 1A. 4. If level detector senses a valid RS-232 load, the power supply is activated for transmitting and receiving data.

Although originally intended as an equipment-level test for Europe, IEC 801-2 is now gaining acceptance worldwide as the most appropriate ESD test for IC pins accessible to users of end equipment. The IEC 801-2 method, unlike the two previous ones, tests only I/O pins. A devices ESD rating with this method, therefore, is determined solely by the protection afforded by its I/O pins. IEC 801-2 specifies ESD testing by either contact discharge or air-gap discharge. The commission prefers contact discharge, though this represents a compromise. An ESD event caused by actual contact is more repeatable, but less realistic. Air-gap discharge is more realistic, but varies widely in amplitude according to temperature, humidity, barometric pressure, distance, and rate of closure with the IC. IEC 801-2 defines four levels of compliance (Table B), according to the lowest-maximum voltage withstood by the I/O pins. The levels accommodate both contact and air-gap discharge. Maxims ICs meet the highest level (level four) for contact and air-gap discharge, and are the only RS-232 ICs to achieve this level of protection.
(continued on page 8)

Figure 2. The MAX3223 transceiver family combines ease of use (automatic shutdown) with the flexibility of override controls that force the IC into shutdown or normal operation.

(Circle 1)

TABLE B. IEC 801-2 COMPLIANCE LEVELS

Maximum Test Voltage IEC 801-2 Compliance Level
1 2 3 4 7

Contact Discharge (kV)

2 4 6 8

Air Discharge (kV)

2 4 8 15

(continued from page 7)

Testing ICs for ESD ruggedness requires the use of an ESD gun. The gun allows testing with either contact or air-gap discharge. Contact discharge requires physical contact between the gun and the IC before the test voltage is applied. Air-gap discharge, on the other hand, requires the gun to be charged with the test voltage before approaching the IC (from the perpendicular, and as fast as possible). The second technique produces a spark at some critical distance from the test unit. ESD produced by air-gap discharge resembles actual ESD events. But, like actual ESD, the air-gap discharge variety is not readily duplicated. It depends on many variables that are not easily controlled. IEC 801-2 therefore recommends the contact-discharge technique, attesting to the general importance of repeatability in testing. In either case, the test procedure calls for at least ten discharges at each test level.

3) DO TEST THE ENTIRE RANGE OF ESD VOLTAGES (not just the upper limit). Many ESD-protection structures can withstand the highest ESD voltage for which they are guaranteed, but fail at a lower level. Maxim tests each device pin, starting at 200V and progressing in 200V increments until failure occurs or the ESD testers limit is reached. 4) DO
REQUIRE PERFORMANCE TO ALL RELEVANT

STANDARDS.

MIL-STD-883, for example, simulates the ESD encountered by an IC during assembly and distribution (shipping). IEC 801-2, which applies only to pins that connect outside the local system, simulates ESD events that might occur in the end equipment. 5) DO IEC 801-2 TESTING WITH POWER ON AS Some competing ICs, both bipolar and CMOS, exhibit SCR latchup when subjected to an ESD event while the power is on. SCR latchup can cause destructive supply currents. Even if not destructive, latchup usually prevents normal operation until removed by turning off the ICs power.
PERFORM

WELL AS OFF .

DOS AND DONTS OF ESD TESTING

1) DO USE STANDARD TEST EQUIPMENT. Repeatability in ESD testing is difficult enough as it is, without introducing additional unknowns through home-built setups. For IEC 801-2 testing, Maxim uses an NSG 435 ESD gun by Schaffner. For testing to MIL-STD-883 Method 3015.7, Maxim uses a Model 4000 tester by IMCS. 2) DO
PERFORM A COMPLETE SET OF PARAMETRIC TESTS

1) DONT MISAPPLY THE STANDARDS. Some standards address the survival of all pins during distribution and manufacturing; others address only the survival of pins that are externally accessible in the end equipment. 2) DONT TRUST UNSUBSTANTIATED CLAIMS that give no information regarding the test equipment or procedures used. 3) DONT ASSUME that bipolar ICs are inherently better than CMOS ICs, or vice-versa. What counts is the actual performance in an application.

ON THE DEVICE UNDER TEST, BEFORE AND AFTER THE TESTING.

ESD ESD usually causes catastrophic failures, but it can also introduce subtle and latent damage that appears later as a field failure. Leakage currents in particular should be closely monitored to detect this damage.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Dual, VOUT DAC consumes miniscule power
The dual voltage-output DACs of Figure 1 employ a combination of power-conserving tricks to draw less than 20A from a 5V supply. The circuit suits a need for programmable voltage generation in slow or static applications, such as the nulling of offsets in a micropower instrument. Current-output DACs normally waste power by routing the complement of I OUT to ground. The circuit of Figure 1 avoids wasting power by operating each DAC in the reverse voltage-switching mode, in which the reference voltage is applied to the pins normally labeled IOUT. The OUT pins in this circuit have a constant and relatively low input impedance of 11k. To reduce input currents, the reference voltage is divided by 100 (from 5V to 50mV), and therefore delivers only 5A to each DAC input. Signal levels are restored by a compensating gain of 100 in each output amplifier. Inexpensive 10M/100k resistor networks are a good choice for the multiple 100:1 attenuators required. Though only
5V

2% accurate, their matching and tracking is much better than that of discrete resistors. Greater scaling is impractical because of 0.5mV (maximum) offsets in the output amplifiers shown. Amplified by 100, these offsets produce worst-case output errors of 1% (0.05V). The errors are constant over temperature, but additional error due to drift over a range of 40C is typically 12LSB. The micropower output amplifiers shown in Figure 1 were chosen for their low supply currenttheir typical IDD is only 1A. The last requirement for minimizing the overall current drain is to insure that logic signals applied to the digital inputs of IC1 swing to within 0.2V of each rail. The maximum specified IDD for that condition is 100A over temperature, but this specification (like most CMOS IDD ratings) is extremely conservative. IDD is negligible for rail-to-rail swings, but rises dramatically as the swings approach TTL levels.
A version of this idea has appeared in Electronic Design. (Circle 2)

10k 17 10M 3 100k 0.1F 2 V4 7 V+ BW 0.1F 8 6 2 OUTA VDD VREFA 4 3 7 V+ BW DACA 2 V4

IC3
8

MAX406 6
10M 1nF

VOUTA 0V to 5V

IC1
USE NETWORK OR MATCHED RESISTORS (3 PLACES)

IC2

100k

MAX406

MX7528
VREFB 18 20 OUTB DACB 2 DACA/ AGND DGND DACB DATA WR 1 5 6 8 16 V4 3 7 V+ BW

IC4
8 6

MAX406
VOUTB 0V to 5V 10M 1nF

SUPPLY CURRENT IC2 3.0A

IC1, 3, 4 : 1.2A x 3 = 3.6 10M/100k : 0.5A x 3 = 1.5 IOUT A, B : 5.0A x 2 = 10.0 TOTAL = 18.1A

CS 15 100k

RAIL-TO-RAIL LOGIC SWINGS

Figure 1. Providing two independent 8-bit DACs with voltage outputs and a common reference, this dual-DAC circuit draws less than 20A from a 5V supply.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Allpass network shifts 90 over wide frequency range
Unlike lowpass, bandpass, and other magnitudeshaping filters, allpass filters are able to shift the phase of a signal without affecting its amplitude. For a first-order allpass, the transfer function is: s-a H(s) = s+a As you sweep the variable s from zero (dc) to infinity, the sign of H(s) changes from plus to minus, indicating a change in phase from zero to 180. You can implement this function with two wideband transconductance amplifiers (WTAs), as shown within the dotted lines of Figure 1. The WTAs transfer function is I OUT = 8V IN /Z, where 8 is an internal constant and Z is the gainsetting impedance. Most transconductance-amplifier applications require a resistive Z, but the WTA has an unusual capability that enables synthesis of the allpass functionit lets you connect an inductor, a capacitor, or any other impedance network for Z. VOUT = IOUTZOUT, so the transfer function for voltage amplification is VOUT/VIN = 8(ZOUT/Z). Unity gain demands Z = 8ZOUT, as shown. The allpass circuit combines a resistive-Z WTA (IC1) with a capacitive-Z WTA (IC2). At low frequency the circuits output current is dominated by IC1 because C1s high impedance produces low I OUT from IC2. Rising frequency lowers this impedance, causing the current from IC2 to dominate at high frequencies. Moreover, IC2 inverts and IC1 does not, which provides the desired effects of noninverting unity gain at dc and inverting unity gain at high frequency. Allpass networks are widely used in communications and signal-processing applications. An example is the 90 phase-shift network used (with mixers) to produce a single-sideband signal. In Figure 1, the two allpass NOTES: circuits have corner 1. All ICs are MAX436. frequencies 2. For the circuit within dashed lines:
VOUT = VIN (8 / R2 8sC1) (R4 II C3), IN+ Z+ R4 274 IN+ C1 548pF Z+ Z IN IOUT C3 4.38nF R6 200 Z IN

R2 2190

IN+ Z Z+ Z IN

IC1
IOUT ZOUT VOUT

IC5
IOUT COS R8 50

VOUT = VIN

8C1 (s 1 / R2C1) C3 (s + 1 / R4C3)

Gain at dc: 8R4/R2 Gain at high f: 8C1/C3

R2C1 = 8R4(C3/8) = R4C3.

For unity gain, R2 = 8R4 and C3 = 8C1.

IC2

VIN R1 50 R3 800 IN+ Z+ Z IN

BYPASS AND BIASING DETAILS

0.33F V+

IC3
IOUT IN+ Z+ R5 100 R7 200 Z IN

G IN+ Z+ SIN R9 50

IC6
IOUT

V+ IN+ Z+

V+ V+ IOUT ISET

0.33F IOUT

IN+ C2 200pF Z+ Z IN IOUT

C4 1.6nF

Z IN G

Z IN V

V 6.04k

MAX436

IC4

0.33F

Figure 1. Two wideband transconductance amplifiers (dotted lines) produce an allpass network. Combining two such networks as shown produces two outputs with a constant 90 phase shift (vs. frequency) between them.
10

24.9 24.7 24.5 24.3 24.1 23.9 100 240 380 520 660 FREQUENCY (kHz) AMPLITUDE PHASE

105 95 85 75 65 55 800 PHASE (degrees)

AMPLITUDE (dB)

(determined by the output RC networks) that differ by a factor of 7.5. The result is an output phase difference that remains close to 90 over a wide frequency range. This allpass performance can be illustrated in two ways. The network response (Figure 2) shows 0.2dB amplitude variations and a phase difference of 90 7 from 180kHz to 740kHza 4:1 range. An oscilloscopes XY display offers another way to assess the deviations from 90: constant 90 produces a circle, and phase deviations cause a thickening of the trace as shown in Figure 3. The photo represents an input-frequency sweep from 100kHz to 800kHz.
A version of this idea has appeared in EDN. (Circle 3)

DS2-2 EJ16

Figure 2. This network response for Figure 1 shows a 7 deviation in phase and a 0.2dB deviation in amplitude over the range 180kHz to 740kHz.

Figure 3. The XY display of an oscilloscope gives another measure of performance for the Figure 1 circuit (a perfect circle of uniform thickness indicates a constant 90 phase shift).

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Voltage regulator converts to current source
The switching regulator of Figure 1 includes independent loops of current and voltage feedback for maintaining regulation. By disabling the voltage loop, you can use the current loop to implement a general-purpose current source. First, apply 5V to V+. Because the chip expects 12V of feedback at that terminal, it assumes a loss of regulation and shifts control to the current loop. This mode of operation allows an increasing ramp of current through Q1, causing the voltage at CS (pin 8) to increase until it reaches the internal comparator threshold (210mV). Timing circuitry then turns off Q1 for a fixed 2.3s, and the cycle repeats. The result is a relatively constant inductor current, which is also the load VIN current (Figure 2).
IAVE = ILOAD

With the proper component values, the circuit generates constant current over a wide range of input voltages. The Figure 1 circuit (with component values shown) is a fast charger for NiCd batteries that provides 600mA charging currents. Calculations are as follows: The peak inductor current is IPEAK = VSENSE/R1, where VSENSE is the 210mV threshold of the currentsense comparator. The dither current (peak-to-peak value of the ac component of load current) is: (1) IDITHER = VBATT tOFF /L,

where VBATT is the battery voltage, tOFF is the 2.3s interval mentioned earlier, and L is the inductance of L1. As illustrated in Figure 2, the average inductor current is IAVE = IPEAK - 12IDITHER. Substituting from above, (2) VSENSE IAVE = tOFF(VBATT/2L). R1

5V

D1 1N5819

4 -CELL NiCd STACK

C2 1F L1 100H 2 V+

IC1

MAX771
TIMER 2.3s OFF EXT 1

First, choose an average current for the proposed current source (600mA in this circuit). Next, determine the nominal value of VBATT (4.8V in this case). Next, to ensure a relatively small ac (vs. dc) component, set the dither current in equation 1 less than 0.2IAVE and solve for L: (3) VBATTtOFF 4.8V(2.3s) L = 92H. IDITHER 0.2(600mA) (Use L = 100H.) Next, plug this L value (100H) into equation 2 and solve for R1:

5 C1 0.1F

REF

CURRENT COMPARATOR

Q1 MTP3055EL CS 8

ON / OFF

R1 0.3 SHDN GND 7 AGND 6 FB 3 210mV

VSENSE (4) R1 = IAVE + VBATTtOFF/2L 210mV = = 320m. 600mA + 4.8V(2.3s)/200H (Use R1 = 300m.)

Figure 1. The connections shown convert this switch-mode voltage regulator to a general-purpose current source.

12

INDUCTOR CURRENT

AVERAGE CURRENT vs. INPUT VOLTAGE

IDITHER IAVE 600mA AVERAGE CURRENT (A) 500mA 400mA 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
DS3-3 EJ16 DS3-3 EJ16

IPEAK

1.0

5V VGATE 0V

0.1 0 5 10 15 VIN (V) 20 25 30

Figure 2. The gate drive for Q1 and the resulting current through L1 are related as shown.

Figure 3. Current-source errors increase with input voltage, as explained in the text.

Three forms of error cause IAVE to deviate from the specified 600mA (Figure 3): variations in VSENSE, delay through the comparator and MOSFET (Q1), and tolerance on the current-sense resistor R1. At lower voltages, the largest error is that of VSENSE, specified in the IC1 data sheet as 210mV 30mV or about 14%. (In this circuit the value was about 190mV.)

At higher voltages, delays cause the peak current to overshoot the current limit. You can minimize this error by choosing the inductor value as follows: (5) L (in H) 5.5(VIN VBATT),

with VIN and VBATT in volts. Other error sourcesthe variations in VBATT, tOFF, and Lare relatively small because they relate to IDITHER, which is limited to a small fraction of IAVE.
(Circle 4)

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Boost/linear regulator derives 5V from four cells
Boost regulators usually fall out of regulation when V IN rises above V OUT. But, following the boost regulator with a linear regulator enables the combination to maintain a nominal regulated output for inputs that range above and below that level. The circuit of Figure 1 , for example, maintains a regulated 5V for inputs from 3V to 10V. For inputs above 3.2V, the circuit can start up under a full load of 1A. The boost regulator (IC1) is a switching type that produces a regulated output of approximately 5.3V for VIN less than 5.7V. For VIN above 5.7V it does not maintain switching action, so Q2 shuts off and dc current flows from V IN VIN through L1 and D1. (This +3V to +10V behavior is typical for boost regulators when VIN 4 SHDN is greater than the nominal output voltage.) With high input voltages, the boostregulator output rises above 5.3V, but the linear IC1 regulator (IC2B) assures a MAX770CPA constant 5V output.
5 REF GND 1F 7 AGND 6 100 1F 180k 8 POWER GOOD 1 2 100k 3 10k 1k 39k

This configuration is suitable for 5V supplies derived from batteries of three to five cells, and for dualinput applications in which either a battery or an external dc source provides the input voltage. (Some systems, for example, let you remove the battery while applying power with an external charger.) Boost regulators powered by their own output voltage (bootstrapped regulators) often have trouble starting under load. The difficulty centers on the external switching MOSFETit cant substantially boost VOUT until it sees a full-amplitude gate drive, and the gate drive cant achieve full amplitude until VOUT is substantially boosted.

100F 16V V+ 2

L1 22H

D1 Q2 EXT CS 1 8 0.05 100k MBRS120T3 (Schottky) N (1/2 Si9958DY) +5.3V 100F 16V 100F 16V

FB

IC2A

2.2k

ICL7621CPA (DUAL)
IC2B
7 4 1F 120k 68F 10V P (1/2 Si9958DY) Q3 VOUT +5V

47k Q1 2N3904

Figure 1. This boost/linear regulator maintains a 5V output for inputs from 3V to 10V, and starts under full load (1A) for inputs above 3.2V.
14

51k

EFFICIENCY vs. OUTPUT CURRENT

This difficulty is overcome by the POWER GOOD line. During turn-on the line is high, which disconnects the load from the boost regulator by turning on Q1 and disabling the linear regulator. The linear regulator then resumes normal operation after the boost regulator is up and running. The dual MOSFET Si9958DY (n-channel and pchannel) is well suited for this application. When the p-channel device is in heavy use the n-channel is inactive, and when the n-channel device is active (boosting) the p-channel drops less than 0.5V. Thus, the SO-8 package rating (2W at room temperature) allows an output current of 1A for inputs from 3.2V to 7V. Above 7V or at higher temperature, the package rating limits the output current. This circuit topology is useful over wide ranges of output current and input voltage, and yields reasonable efficiency over much of those ranges (Figure 2).
A version of this idea has appeared in EDN. (Circle 5)

90 EFFICIENCY (%) 80

VIN = 4.5V

VIN = 6V VIN = 3.3V

70 60 50 1 10

VIN = 7V

100

1000

OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit increases with VIN until the boost regulator shuts down, and then drops with the rise of dissipation in Q3.

15

DS4-2 EJ16

100

DESIGN SHOWCASE
LC oscillator has 1% THD
At the heart of many oscillators is a parallel-resonant LC tank circuit whose impedance is infinite at the resonant frequency of 1/(2 LC )Hz. Infinite impedance implies an absence of parallel damping resistance, so once it starts, an ideal tank circuit should continue oscillating indefinitely. The actual tank circuit, of course, has parasitic resistances that dissipate energy, causing the oscillations to die out. You can counteract this effect by adding a negative resistance, which cancels the net parallel parasitic resistance. Negative resistance is easily synthesized with a wideband transconductance amplifier (WTA). Connect the WTAs positive input to its output and its negative input to ground (Figure 1). Then, a positive voltage applied to the output causes current to flow out of the amplifier, in proportion to the applied voltage. The circuit acts like a resistor whose current flows in the opposite direction; hence the negative value. (Note the equivalent circuit in Figure 1.)
V+

The source impedance of IC1s current-source output (2.5k minimum) is compatible with the 50 -to300 load resistance in applications for which the IC is intended. The load resistance in this circuit (R3) also resembles that in a typical application. R3 should be much smaller than the tank-circuit parasitics, yet larger (in absolute value) than the WTAs negative resistance. R1 sets the negative resistance in terms of the amplifiers transconductance: gm = 8/R1, where the factor of eight is inherent in the IC. The negative resistance value is therefore (R1)/8, which must be less than R3: (R1)/8 < R3. Choosing 47 for R3 yields R1 < 8R3 = 376. A reasonable value for R1, therefore, is 301. As intended, the parallel combination of negative resistance (-(R1)/8 = -37.6) and positive R3 (47) yields a negative resistance (-189 ) that shifts the oscillators complex-conjugate pole pair to the right half plane. By itself, the combination of tank circuit and regenerative element (negative resistance) simply drives the output amplitude to saturation. To achieve steady oscillation the circuit needs an amplitude limiter. R4 serves that purpose; it appears (in parallel with R3) only when the amplitude is sufficient to turn on one of the diodes D1 or D2.

V+ IN+ Z+ R1 301 Z IN V

V+ V+ IOUT ISET V

C1 CBP1 0.47F

R2 RESET 6.04k

R3 RPOS1 47

L1 LOSC 0.25H

R4 RPOS2 47

IC1

MAX436
V

C2 CBP2 0.47F

C3 CBP3 0.47F

C4 COSC 1020pF

D1 1N914

D2 1N914

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT:
IN+

gm RPOS IOUT COSC LOSC IN

Figure 1. This 9.3MHz oscillator includes a wideband transconductance amplifier (IC1), whose negative resistance counters losses in the L1/C4 tank circuit.

16

Then, the net parallel resistance (excluding diode resistance) is a positive value (-37.6 II 47 II 47 = 63) that damps oscillation by shifting the pole pair to the left half plane. Thus, the circuit achieves amplitude stability by allowing the pole pair to toggle between positions slightly to either side of the j axis. The oscillator, whose tank circuit consists of a mica capacitor and air-core inductor, has an output frequency of 9.3MHz. You can trim the output frequency to any reasonable value, but above 10MHz the layout should include short connections and a ground plane. The major source of THD is the third harmonic, down about 40dB (Figure 2).
A version of this idea has appeared in EDN.

0 AMPLITUDE (dB) -20 -40 -60 -80 0 10 20 30 40

50

FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 2. The output power spectrum for Figure 1 shows an output of 9.3MHz and a third harmonic below -40dB (less than 1%).

(Circle 6)

17

DS5-2 EJ16

NEW PRODUCTS
Two-channel, 15-bit, serial-output ADCs cost only $4.80
The MAX110/MAX111 auto-calibrated A/D converters (ADCs) achieve 12-bit-plus-sign accuracy and 15-bit resolution (plus overrange) without external components. The MAX110 has a 3V input range and operates on 5V, and the MAX111 has a 0V to 2V input range and operates on 5V. The MAX110 draws 550A supply current; the MAX111 draws 640A. In power-down mode the supply current is only 1A, making the converters ideal for use in high-resolution batterypowered and remote-sensing applications. Each chip includes a differential multiplexer that accommodates two highimpedance, fully differential analog inputs. The parts feature a fast serial interface that simplifies signal routing and isolation while saving microcontroller pins. It provides compatibility with the SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronous serial-interface standards. Each converter employs a sigma-delta loop, producing a 16-bit twos-complement output code in which two of the bits serve as a sign bit and an overrange bit. A separate 4bit control word lets you program the clock cycles per conversion, which determines the conversion time and resolution in bits. It also lets you adjust the converters operation for maximum rejection of 50Hz or 60Hz interference. The MAX110 and MAX111 come in 20-pin SSOPs, 16-pin DIPs, and 16- ICL7109 USERS: pin wide-SO packages, REPLACE THIS in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.
CD 406 6

WITH THIS!

(Circle 7)

10-bit, 8-channel, serial ADC operates on 100A at 5V

The low-cost MAX192 data-acquisition IC combines an 8-channel multiplexer, high-bandwidth track/hold, and 4.096V voltage reference with a 10-bit successive-approximation A/D converter (ADC). The device guarantees 12LSB INL and 1LSB DNL. It draws 1.5mA typical at 5V for the maximum rate of 133k samples per second (ksps), or 100A (including reference) at 1ksps. Shutdown current is 2A. Quick turnon time enables the MAX192 to achieve sub-10A supply currents at reduced sampling rates by powering down between conversions. Two sub-LSB data bits reduce quantization errors. All data and control signals pass through a fast serial interface (four wires including CS ) that connects directly to SPI, QSPI, and Microwire devices without external logic. An additional strobe output allows direct connections

between the MAX192 and members of the TMS320 family of digital signal processors. When the internal clock drives the ADC, the chip produces a result that can be read out later, at a time and rate convenient to the system.

For highest throughput you can clock the SAR externallyan approach that also shifts out the data bits immediately and provides 8 ANALOG precise control of the INPUTS sampling instant. The wide frequency range (0.1MHz to 2MHz) ensures that an existing system clock can C be used for this purpose. The 20-pin SSOP package is 30% smaller than an 8-pin DIP. Thus, small size and low-power operation suit the MAX192 for use in micropower applications such as scanners, pen digitizers, consumer portables, and battery management for portable equipment.

The MAX192 data-acquisition chip comes in 20-pin DIP, SO, and SSOP packages, in versions tested for the the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.95 (25,000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 8)

SERIAL DATA OUT

EEPROM PROGRAM VOLTAGE Vx

Vmic

MAX110

+5V

PEN DIGITIZER LOAD

18

MA

Vy

3-WIRE INTERFACE

X19

NEW PRODUCTS
First monolithic, octal, 13-bit DAC has on-chip op amps
The MAX547 is a monolithic IC that contains eight 13-bit D/A converters (DACs). The converters R-2R ladders produce voltage outputs that are buffered by eight gain-of-two amplifiers, and each converter input is double-buffered by two latches that enable independent or simultaneous updates via the parallel data interface. Each converter guarantees full 13-bit performance without adjustment. Each is 13-bit monotonic over temperature and settles to 12LSB in 5s. The MAX547 operates on 5V, with unipolar or bipolar outputs that swing to 4.5V. Bipolar operation requires no external components. The converters are grouped in four pairs served by four separate V REF inputs, which allows each pair to operate with a different full-scale range. All converter outputs can be reset to analog ground, either at power-up by the internal reset circuitry or via an external command to the asynchronous CLR input. The MAX547 comes in a 44-pin PLCC or plastic flatpack, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $29.60 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 9)
DAC 1 DAC 2 DAC 3 DAC 4 DAC 5 DAC 6 DAC 7 DAC 8 VOUT1

100MHz, 8x4 video crosspoint switches include 75 cable drivers

The monolithic MAX458 and MAX459 video crosspoint switches are broadcastquality devices that save tremendous amounts of board space and design time by replacing conventional video switches, amplifiers, and logic. Internal switches connect any of the eight inputs to any or all of the four outputs. Each MAX458 output amplifier has a 100MHz bandwidth and a fixed gain of one, and each MAX459 output amplifier accommodates double-terminated applications with a 90MHz bandwidth and a fixed gain of two. Both devices can drive 75 loads. The output buffers have high slew rates (300V/s for the MAX459) and low differential gain and phase errors (only 0.01% and 0.05 for the MAX458). Separately controlled threestate outputs let you form larger switching networks by connecting multiple MAX458 and MAX459 devices in parallel. Actual switching times are only 60ns. Each device offers shutdown capability along with a serial and parallel data interface. In serial mode the MAX458/MAX459 are compatible with SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronous serial-interface standards. In parallel mode they are compatible with most microprocessor buses. The MAX458/MAX459 come in 40pin plastic DIPs and 44-pin PLCCs, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $24.00 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 11)
8 BUFFERED 8x4 FOUR 75 INPUTS SWITCH ARRAY OUTPUT DRIVERS

VOUT2

VOUT3

VOUT4

VOUT5 VOUT6

VOUT7

VOUT8

MAX547

Low-cost, 100MHz, triple and quad video buffers eliminate cabledrive amplifiers
MAX467MAX470 video buffers have the lowest differential gain/phase errors available (0.01%/0.03). They operate on 5V and guarantee 2.5V into 75 backterminated cables (150 loads), or 2V into 75 loads. MAX469/MAX470 buffers can drive 50 and 75 double-terminated coaxial cables directly. Because their 2V/V gain is achieved without external feedback

resistors, the MAX469/ MAX470 are easier to use than conventional, multichannel video amplifiers that require feedback. The MAX467 and MAX469 are triple buffers; the MAX468 and MAX470 are quad buffers. The gain-of-one MAX467/ MAX468 buffers have 100MHz bandwidths and 200V/s slew rates, and the gain-of-two MAX469/MAX470 buffers have 90MHz bandwidths and 300V/s slew rates. Typical input capacitance is only 5pF. The MAX467MAX470 come in 16pin plastic DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature 75 ranges. Prices start at 75 $3.70 (1000 up, 75 FOB USA).
+2

MAX459
IN1 IN2 75 IN3 75 IN4 75 IN5 IN6 75 75 IN7 IN8 75 75 GND
AV = 2

75

75
+2 AV =

AV =

+2

GND
AV = 2

75 OUT1 75 GND 75
AV = 2

GND GND GND

75 75
AV =

8x4 SWITCH ARRAY

OUT2 75 GND 75

75 75

+2 AV =

(Circle 10)

75 75
AV = +2

GND
AV = 2

OUT3 75 GND 75 OUT4 75 GND

75 75

GND

AV =

+2

75
AV = +2
6 X4 MA 9

75
MA 70 X4

GND

SERIAL OR PARALLEL DIGITAL INTERFACE & CONTROL

TRIPLE, +2 GAIN

QUAD, +2 GAIN
19

SERIAL/PARALLEL INTERFACE (SPI, QSPI, MICROWIRE COMPATIBLE)

NEW PRODUCTS
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)
+3V INPUT

473
MAX
CL 350pF RL 600

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

10MHz, 15V/s, rail-to-rail op amps operate down to 2.7V

The MAX473/MAX474/MAX475 wideband op amps are the first low-voltage devices to guarantee 10MHz unity-gain bandwidths and 15V/s slew rates while operating from single supplies as low as 3.0V. Their output voltage range (rail-torail) is wider than that of any comparable op amp. The MAX473 (single), MAX474 (dual), and MAX475 (quad) are unity-gain stable and operate on a single supply of 2.7V to 5.25V. Typically, they remain stable while driving capacitive loads as high as 390pF. Supply current is typically 2mA per op amp, yet each output guarantees a 10MHz unity-gain bandwidth, 15V/s slew rate, short-circuit protection, and 600 drive capability. The input range includes the negative rail, and outputs swing within

WIDEST OUTPUT SWING AND DRIVES CAPACITIVE LOADS!

+
MAX473

AV = +1 RL = 600 CL = 350pF

The MAX473/MAX474/MAX475 op amps have the widest output swing in their class (5MHz to 10MHz).

50mV of each rail. Fast slewing and quick settling (400ns typical to 0.1%) enable these op amps to save power in largesignal applications by replacing op amps that draw higher supply currents. Ideal applications include wireless, test & measurement, and all portable systems that operate on single 3V or 5V supplies. The single MAX473 comes in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages; the dual MAX474 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages; the quad MAX475 comes in 14pin DIP and SO packages. All are available

in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.45 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 12)

Charge-pump dc-dc converter programs flash memories without inductors

The MAX662A regulated chargepump converter produces 12V 5% at 30mA, as required for programming bytewide flash memorieswithout the troublesome inductors associated with switching converters. As pin-compatible upgrades for the popular MAX662, MAX662A converters have added military and extended-temperature versions while offering lower quiescent and shutdown currents. The MAX662A is recommended for new designs. An all-surface-mount MAX662A circuit is the smallest and lowest-cost flash memory programmer available, covering less than 0.1in.2 of board space. External components include about 30 worth of capacitors. Normal quiescent current is 185A, and the logic-controlled shutdown lowers this current to 1A. A preassembled surface-mount evaluation kit, available from Maxim, saves you hours of component gathering, board layout, assembly, and design time. The MAX662A is ideal for byte-at-atime firmware updates. It comes in 8-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.81 (10,000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 14)

500kHz, 2.7V precision op amps guarantee rail-to-rail input and output

The MAX492/MAX494/MAX495 op amps (dual/quad/single devices) simplify the design of low-voltage, precision applications. Ideal for battery-powered 3V or 5V systems, they operate from either a single supply of 2.7V to 6V, or a bipolar supply of 1.35V to 3V. Each amplifier draws less than 150A of supply current. Despite their low supply current, the op amps exhibit a 500kHz unity-gain bandwidth, an input-referred voltage noise of only 25nV/Hz, and the ability to drive 1k loads. At AV = 1, they remain stable while driving capacitive loads in excess of 500pF. Precision specifications include an input offset voltage of less than 200V, an input bias current of less than 60nA, and a guaranteed open-loop gain (for R L = 100k) of 90dB. To insure a wide dynamic range particularly important in low-voltage systemsthe outputs swing within 40mV of each supply rail and the input range extends 0.25V beyond each rail. These

capabilities often eliminate the need for a negative supply or pseudo ground. And unlike conventional amplifiers, these op amps guarantee an absence of latchup or phase reversal for input voltages that extend beyond the specified common-mode range. The dual MAX492 op amp comes in 8pin DIP and SO packages. The single MAX495 also comes in 8-pin DIP and SO, as well as an 8-pin MAX package. The quad MAX494 comes in 14-pin DIPs and SOs. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.40 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)
WARNING: NO PSEUDO GROUND OR NEGATIVE SUPPLY REQUIRED MAY BE TOO EASY TO USE!
3 INPUT VOLTAGE 0 3 OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 V+ = 3V, V- = GND TIME (s) +3V

+
MAX495

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Isolated, single-package RS-485 interface costs less than $10
Members of the MAX1480 family of data-communications transceivers provide an isolated RS-485 interface in a single package. Operating from a single 5V supply on the logic side of the isolation barrier, each provides a fully isolated RS-485 transmitter and receiver on the other side. The entire circuit comes in a 28-pin DIP including transformer, optocouplers, diodes, and ICs.
M A X1 48 0
DI VIN +5V C1 0.1F VCC D1 ON / OFF 4 113 ISO 5V ISOLATION BARRIER

MAX1480

SD

MAX253
D2

Compact dc-dc inverters provide 200mA with 85% efficiency

MAX764/MAX765/MAX766 dc-dc inverters are switch-mode regulators that produce negative outputs of -5V, -12V, and -15V, respectively. With two external resistors, they also produce arbitrary negative outputs between 0V and a maximum VIN-VOUT differential of 20V. The input voltage range is 3V to 16V. Efficiencies exceed 80% for load currents from 2mA to 200mAa load range of 100:1. Low quiescent currents (120A maximum), low shutdown currents (5A maximum), and compact circuit layouts suit the devices for use in hard-disk drives, bias supplies for LCD contrast, and interface circuitry for portable systems. High efficiency for a wide range of loads is maintained by a current-limited PFM control circuit that combines the advantages of pulse-frequency modulation (pulse skipping) with pulse-width modulation (continuous pulsing). Each IC includes a p-channel, power-switching MOSFET with a peak-current rating of 0.75A. The high switching frequency (300kHz) allows the use of small, inexpensive 47H inductors and 100F capacitors, resulting in all-surface-mount circuits that occupy less than 0.3in. 2 of board area. MAX764/MAX765/MAX766 devices come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.38 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 17)

GND1 2

GND2 7

FS

*74HC04

*74HC04
DE R

*74HC04
RO

*74HC04 OR EQUIVALENT

The MAX1480A operates at data rates as high as 2.5M bits per second (bps), and the MAX1480B has slew-rate-limited drivers that minimize EMI (electromagnetic interference) while reducing any reflections caused by improperly terminated cables. The result is error-free transmissions to 250kbps. Both devices offer half-duplex operation with a single 5V supply, with isolated outputs that meet all RS-485 and RS-422 specifications. They typically withstand 1600VRMS across the isolation barrier for one minute, or 130VRMS continuously.

Each device draws a typical quiescent current of 28mA. The MAX1480Bs low-power shutdown draws only 0.2A (1W). The outputs have short-circuit current limiting and thermal-shutdown circuitry, which prevents excessive power dissipation by placing the outputs in a high-impedance state. MAX1480A/B receivers guarantee fail-safe logic-high outputs when the inputs are open-circuited. Their commonmode input range with respect to isolated ground is -7V to +12V. The MAX1480A and MAX1480B come in 28-pin plastic DIPs, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $9.95 (1000 up, FOB USA direct).
(Circle 15)

5V dual RS-232 transceivers withstand 15kV ESD

MAX202E and MAX232E transceivers, each including two transmitters and two receivers, are the only such RS-232 ICs to withstand ESD levels as high as 15kV (Human Body Model), 15kV (IEC 801.2, air discharge), and 8kV (IEC 801.2, contact discharge). MAX202E/MAX232E devices are designed for RS-232 and V.28 communications in harsh environments, and they

meet all EIA/TIA-232E and CCITT V.28 specifications at data rates to 120kbps (when loaded in accordance with the EIA specification). The MAX202E operates with small, inexpensive 0.1F capacitors, and the MAX232E operates with 1F capacitors. Five-volt operation and high data rates make these transceivers ideal for use in printers. Available in 16-pin DIPs, 16-pin wide and narrow SOs, and 20-pin ceramic LCCs, the MAX202E and MAX232E come in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 16)

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Two-cell-powered, dual transceiver meets all RS-232 specifications
The MAX218 is the first and only dual RS-232 transceiver that operates directly from two alkaline, NiCd, or NiMH cells thereby eliminating the step-up converter and level translator otherwise required. Intended as a communications interface for battery-powered EIA/TIA-232E and V.28/V.24 systems, the MAX218 includes two transmitters and two receivers, meets all RS-232 specifications, and guarantees true RS-232 output levels over the input range 1.8V to 4.25V. The MAX218 also guarantees a minimum data rate of 120kbps, which assures compatibility with popular PCcommunications software. A shutdown mode extends battery life by lowering the supply current (3mA maximum) to 1A. During shutdown, the two receivers can remain active to monitor external signals, or be disabled via the EN input. Threestate receiver outputs let you wire-OR
1.8V to 5V STEP-UP CONVERTER 5V to 10V DC-DC CONVERTER

multiple receivers on one line. Low-cost surface-mount components are available for the external circuit, whose layout is further simplified MAX218 1.8V to 6V DC-DC by a flow-through pinout CONVERTER for the MAX218 package. The MAX218 comes in 20pin DIP, wide-SO, and SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.10 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 18)

OR

New proprietary architecture obsoletes all other 3V RS-232 ICs

The MAX3241 RS-232 transceiver has a proprietary output stage whose low dropout voltage allows true RS-232 performance with supply voltages in the range 3.0V to 5.5V. Its internal charge-pump doubler draws far less supply current than does a voltage tripler or a 5V IC respecified for 3V operation. Intended for notebook computers with an EIA/TIA-232 or V.28/V.24 communications interface, the device guarantees a 120kbps data rate that assures compatibility with popular PCcommunications software such as LapLink.

The MAX3241 implements a complete RS-232 serial port (three drivers and five receivers), and includes a 1A shutdown mode that maintains two receivers active for monitoring external devices such as a modem. It operates with 0.1A capacitors and draws a maximum supply current of 1mA. For palmtop computers and other handheld devices that dont require a full serial interface, the MAX3222/MAX3232 dual transceivers contain two drivers and two receivers. Each device draws a maximum of 500A during normal operation. The MAX3222 has a 1A shutdown mode in which both receivers remain active. MAX3241 comes in 28-pin wide-SO and SSOP packages, tested for the commer-

cial (0C to +70C) temperature range. The MAX3222 comes in an 18-pin DIP or SO package, and the MAX3232 comes in a 16pin DIP or SO package. Both are available in versions tested for the commercial and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Please contact the factory for prices.
LapLink is a trademark of Traveling Software. (Circle 19)

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Precision function generator operates to 20MHz
The MAX038 precision function generator produces accurate, highfrequency sine, square, triangle, sawtooth, and pulse waveforms with a minimum of external components. A two-bit digital code selects the sine, square, or triangle function. The frequency of oscillation is controlled by an internal bandgap reference and an external resistor and capacitor. Varying the resistance can change the output frequency over a range of 0.1Hz to 20MHz. All output waveforms have 2Vp-p amplitudes, symmetrical with respect to ground. The 0.1 lowimpedance output buffer delivers 20mA, and the typical sinewave distortion is less than 0.75%. An external voltage applied to the device can produce pulse-width modulation or sawtooth waveforms by varying the duty cycle between 10% and 90%. Similarly, an independent control voltage can modulate the programmed frequency by 70%. The internal oscillators TTL-compatible SYNC output, intended for synchronizing other devices in the system,
RF CF

ALL THIS...
3 A0 5 6 COSC GND TRIANGLE 4 A1 OSC A OSC B

OSCILLATOR

SINE SHAPER
TRIANGLE SQUARE

SINE

OUT

19

MUX
RL CL

8 7

FADJ DADJ IIN

OSCILLATOR CURRENT GENERATOR

COMPARATOR

10

MAX038 MAX038
RD RIN -250A SYNC 14

COMPARATOR
1 REF

2.5V VOLTAGE REFERENCE PHASE DETECTOR

OUT IN 12 13

17 20 2, 9, 11, 18

V+ VGND

DGND 15

DV+ 16

*
+5V

maintains a 50% duty cycle regardless of the duty cycle programmed for other waveforms. In turn, an internal phase detector lets you synchronize the oscillator to an external TTL clock.

MAX038

IN THIS!

The MAX038 comes in a 20-pin plastic DIP or wide-SO package, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $9.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 20)

23

Volume Seventeen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLES

Maxim and Linear settle law suit Power supplies for Pentium, PowerPC, and beyond New ICs boost video performance

2 3 8 16 18 19

DESIGN SHOWCASE

Draw 150mW of isolated power from off-hook phone line 12-bit ADC upgrades Cs internal 8-bit ADC Sine-wave generator is crystal accurate

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
500Msps, 8-bit flash ADC delivers 7.0 effective bits at Nyquist Ultra-fast 12-bit DAC updates at 300Msps (MAX100/101) (MAX555) (MAX306309)

21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23

Analog Multiplexers
New spec guarantees boost performance of CMOS analog multiplexers

Power Management
Low-dropout linear regulators deliver 500mA from 1.8W SO package (MAX603/604) Controller IC integrates core power-supply functions 10A synchronous step-down controllers are 95% efficient 2A step-down controllers draw only 100A 12V/adjustable, step-up switching controller is 90% efficient (MAX781) (MAX796/797/799) (MAX1649/1651) (MAX1771) (MAX2101)

Quadrature Digitizer
6-bit quadrature digitizer provides 5.3 effective bits at 60MHz

News Briefs
MAXIM INTEGRATED PRODUCTS AND LINEAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION SETTLE LAW SUIT
Maxim Integrated Products and Linear Technology Corporation have settled their patent litigation that commenced on August 13, 1993. While both parties have agreed to keep specific terms of the settlement confidential, the agreement provides for cross licenses for existing patents in the RS-232 interface area, with Linear paying a nominal paid-up license fee. Maxim will not use Linear patents relating to step-down switching regulators, and will discontinue using the LTC product name prefix.

1995 NEW RELEASES DATA BOOK

1995 NEW RELEASES DATA BOOK
Volume IV
Featuring:
Product Selection Tables and Trees Data Sheets Free Sample Request Cards

Maxims 1995 New Releases Data Book introduces over 130 analog productsall released within the last year. This catalog of new data sheets guides you through your design with detailed specifications and applications information on the latest analog solutions. This book will be mailed by October 30, 1994 in the U.S.

Other Data Books Available from Maxim:

High-Frequency ASIC Development Handbook Maxim 1994 New Releases Data Book, Vol. III Maxim 1994 Applications & Product Highlights Book Maxim 1994 Evaluation Kits Data Book Maxim 1993 New Releases Data Book, Vol. II Maxim 1993 Applications & Product Highlights Book Maxim 1992 New Releases Data Book, Vol. I Maxim 1992 Applications & Product Highlights Book

Call toll free 1-800-998-8800 for free samples or literature.

Pentium, PowerPC Power Supply Evaluation Board

This fully assembled evaluation board is available from Maxim. Among other applications, it assists in evaluating the circuits of Figures 5 and 6 in the following article.

Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corp. PowerPC is a trademark of IBM.

Power supplies for Pentium, PowerPC, and beyond

The latest microprocessors to emerge from Intel, Motorola, and others are forcing fundamental changes in the power supplies for desktop and portable computers. Not only do the Ps demand lower and more precise supply voltages, but their main clocks also exhibit start/stop operation that causes ultra-fast load transients. As a result, the relatively simple 5V/12V supply has been transformed into a system with five or more outputs, featuring unprecedented accuracy and 50A/s load-current slew rates. These characteristics present a problem: it appears that the classic, centralized power-supply architecture cannot provide the accuracy and transient response needed by coming generations of computer systems. The more effective approach will be a distributed architecture in which local, highly efficient dc-dc converters are located on the motherboard next to the CPU. Expect power-supply manufacturers to respond with smaller, higher-frequency ICs and modules that feature improved dynamic response and better synchronous rectifiers. The PCs offline (silver box) power supply wont disappear; it will remain to generate the main bus for small dc-dc converters on the motherboard. This article examines the power-supply architectures proposed for next-generation computers, and takes a close look at solutions for the problems currently facing designers of board-level computers.

probably remain at 3.3V for some time to come because of the large investments in 3.3V fabs. Five volts should remain for a long time as well, even if used only to support audio and the existing customer base for PCMCIA cards and other 5V-only peripherals. The result is a list of likely voltages (Table 1) that apply to ICs ranging from the present to more than a year away.

Table 1. Current and projected operating voltages

Supply CPU Core Logic DRAM I/O and Analog PCMCIA, ISA 12V Bus Termination Total Supply Voltages Imminent 2.XV 3.3V 3.3V 5V 12V none 4 1.5 Years Out 2.5V or less 3.3V 3.3V 5V 12V 1.5V 5 3 Years Out 1.XV 2.XV 3.3V 5V ? 1V 56

In addition to the standard CPU, I/O, and core-logic supplies, future systems will need a power supply for terminating high-speed data buses such as the 66MHz Gunning Transceiver Logic (GTL) bus ( Figure 1 ). Invented by Bill Gunning at Xerox, it consists of 144 or more open-drain transistor drivers, each with a 50 resistive pull-up to a low-voltage source (typically 1.5V).

Special CPU voltages

In addition to the trend toward lower voltages, another factor is proliferating the levels of supply voltage: the tendency for manufacturers to specify special levels for certain models or clock-speed variants of a given CPU. This voltage du jour practice, conducted to enhance manufacturing yields at high clock speeds, includes 4V (Cyrix), 3.6V (Power PC), and 3.45V (Intel). A good example of special supply voltage is the VR version of Intels P54C Pentium, which requires a supply voltage between 3.30V and 3.45V including noise and transients. This spec gives headaches to power-supply designers, who must worry about noise, transient response, and the minute voltage drops in connectors and wiring, as well as fundamental dc accuracy. Their complaints about layout difficulty and extra cost, however, are rightly outweighed by savings in the CPU itself. Paying 20% less for a $500 CPU can finance a lot of power-supply stuff, so dont expect CPU makers to avoid non-standard supply levelsespecially for their latest and hottest models.

Voltage proliferation
The most significant trend associated with CPU power supplies is that of lower and lower supply voltages. The race downward to new voltage levels proceeds in jumps, as each major CPU manufacturer brings successive new fab processes on line. Currently, the lowest voltage mentioned around Maxim is 1.1Vrumored as the VCC required for certain CPUs yet to be released. It seems likely that core-logic chips, which will probably make use of the fab capacity vacated by CPUs as they graduate to finer-lithography fabs, will follow the CPUs in supply voltage. DRAM voltages, on the other hand, will
Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corp. PowerPC is a trademark of IBM. 3

INPUT 4.75V TO 5.5V 0.1F D1 V+ VL BST DH C3 0.1F N1 4.7F L1 12H C1 220F OS-CON

N1 = N2 = MTD20N03HDL L1 = COILCRAFT DO3316-332

R1 12m

MAX797
ON/OFF SHDN

1.5V OUTPUT AT 5A C2 2 x 220F OS-CON

LX N2 D2 1N5820

DL PGND

SS C6 0.01F

CSH CSL R6 49.9k FB SYNC REF R3 66.5k 1% SKIP GND C5 0.33F R4 100k 1% TO VL C7 330pF R5 150k R7 124k

MAX495
REMOTE SENSE LINE

Figure 1. This highly accurate, 1.5V step-down dc-dc converter powers the termination resistors in a Gunning Transceiver Logic (GTL) bus. The converters architecturebuck topology with synchronous rectifieris by far the best choice for low-voltage, high-efficiency distributed power systems.

Cross-regulation error
Another challenge for power-supply designers is crossregulation errorthe variation at one regulated output caused by load-current variation at anotherwhich is common in classic, low-cost, multi-output offline supplies. This error, produced in green PCs governed by load-switching power-management techniques, is actually caused by a power-saving measurethe absence of minimum loads on the regulated outputs. The standard low-cost power supply for PCs generates multiple output voltages by including extra transformer windings on a flyback or forward off-line supply. A minimum load on the main output is necessary for maintaining regulation on the secondary outputs. But, this technique causes problems in the new computers (Green PCs), which employ load-switching and clock-halting schemes to reduce power consumption. The resulting wild fluctuations of load current at each output can produce severe cross-regulation errors in conventional supplies. Along with fast load transients and tight output-accuracy specs, the cross-regulation problem is one reason why future systems will probably adopt a distributed powersupply architecture.
4

Another reason is parasitic inductance in the high-current paths. For systems in which the CPU clock starts and stops abruptly, even a few inches of wire contributes enough inductance to cause excessive ringing or sagging (or both) at the VCC pins. For the many cases in which IR drops and unwanted inductance completely rule out a centralized power supply, you must adopt a distributedpower architecture. It usually consists of small, local dcdc converters or linear regulators on the CPU motherboard, fed with 5V or 12V from the familiar silver-box power supply in the PC. Once you decide on a distributed architecture, the next step is to decide between linear and switch-mode regulators. The issue is usually clear-cut: if you can tolerate the heat and efficiency loss, go with a linear supply; if not, choose a switch-mode supply with a step-down (buck) topology. Future desktop systems will probably distribute a power bus of 5V or 3.3V (or both), and generate the lower CPU voltages with local linear regulators (Figures 2 and 3). Portable systems, in which efficiency is always paramount, often distribute their battery voltage to switch-mode converters located on the motherboard.

VIN 3.3V

10F, 6.3V C1

4P01

2 x 10F, 6.3V C2 C3

VOUT 2.9V AT 2A

VIN 3.3V

10F, 6.3V C1

4P01

2 x 10F, 6.3V C2 C3

VOUT 2.9V AT 2A

100

+5V

MAX872

0.01F 1.0k

1F

22k

82pF

1F

1F

1.5k

20pF

1F

1.0k

30k

20pF

100k

MAX473
16k, 1% C1 = C3 = SANYO OS-CON P1 = MMSF4P01 OR Si9433

ICL8069A

100k

MAX473
136k C1 = C3 = SANYO OS-CON P1 = MMSF4P01 OR Si9433

Figure 2. This linear-regulator circuit includes a fast, low-power op amp for excellent dynamic response to fast-load transients caused by the latest dynamic-clock CPUs. The low-threshold, p-channel MOSFET (vs. a bipolar transistor) provides an ultra-low dropout voltage and minimum quiescent current.

Figure 3. For systems in which 5V is unavailable for the op amp, this stand-alone linear regulator operates entirely from the 3.3V bus, generating 2.9V with only a minor degradation in transient response.

Linear regulators cost $2 to $3, vs. $6 to $7 for a switchmode type. Faster loop response lets the linear types handle load transients with less output capacitance. And in many cases, the linear regulators efficiency is acceptably high even for portable applications. Discounting the losses due to quiescent and base currents, the efficiency of a low-dropout linear regulator equals VOUT/VIN. A 5V-to-3.3V converter, for example, has an efficiency of 66%which means that a maximum load of 3A will produce 5W of heat dissipation. That amount of power is easily handled with a heatsink, but for multiprocessor LAN servers with four or more CPUs, the required dissipation jumps to 20W. That power level is hard to disperse in a system that is already blazing hot. For 5V-to-3.3V desktop systems, the load-current crossover point at which heatsinking problems outweigh the extra cost of a switch-mode supply is about 5A. Step-down switching regulators exhibit typical efficiencies of 90% or better, almost independently of VIN. But, compared with linear regulators they are more expensive, require a more careful pc layout, and generate more ripple and EMI. The classic buck topology ( Figure 4 ) is by far the best choice; it is simple, has very high efficiency, and has the smallest magnetic components of all the competing topologies (forward, flyback, Cuk, etc.). Buck regulators are also compatible with synchronous rectifiersa feature of increasing importance as CPU voltages fall, causing the power loss in a forward-biased rectifier to become a larger portion of the output power.

Low-voltage, high-accuracy supplies

At lower levels of supply voltage, the logic swings decrease and produce a corresponding shrinkage in noise margins. Power supplies for future systems must therefore have very good dc and ac accuracy to avoid noise-margin problems. A 5%, 1.5V supply, for instance, has an output tolerance of just 75mV. Small voltage drops across the resistance of a connector, power-MOSFET switch, or wiring harness can so degrade accuracy as to render this supply unusable. The dominant term affecting overall accuracy in a power supply is that of the internal reference-voltage accuracy. Reference accuracy is therefore a key parameter in power-supply ICs for the next generation of low-voltage systems. The question for IC designers is, how much manufacturing cost do you allow for the reference? The issue is not so much silicon area as the cost of laser trimming, testing, and yields. The reference in todays typical power-supply IC represents 20% to 25% of the ICs manufacturing cost, and has a 2% output tolerance. The 2% error band allows the manufacturer to test at room temperature only, and screen for temperature extremes by sample testing only. But at 0.5%, all the parts must be tested over temperature, and the the laser trimming must be more precise. Costs increase accordingly. Thus, the decision to include a precision, data-acquisition-grade reference in a powersupply IC is not to be made lightly. Two circuit configurations provide high-accuracy supply voltages, each with a different tradeoff between cost and
5

INPUT 4.75V TO 5.5V D2 10 VCC 4.7F BST DH C1

N1 L1 R1 3.3V OUTPUT C2

MAX797
LX DL PGND SS 0.01F REF 0.22F CS FB GND

0.1F

ON/OFF CONTROL

ON

N2 D1

accuracy (Figures 5 and 6). Both reduce the load-regulation error (to 0.1%) by increasing the dc-loop gain with an external integrator amplifier (MAX495). The first circuit achieves low reference error with a screened (T grade) version of the MAX767, whose reference tolerance is 1.2% maximum. This Pentium P54C-VR application circuit is available from Maxim as an evaluation kit. The second circuit achieves still lower error with an external reference (MAX872), whose contribution to output uncertainty is only 0.38% over temperature. Both circuits have low output ripple and excellent dynamic response. Step changes from zero to full load produce output excursions of less than 40mV. In particular, each circuit supports the VR (voltage regulator) version of Intels P54C Pentium CPU, whose supply voltage (including noise and transients) must remain between 3.30V and 3.45V. Table 2 lists the components recommended for different levels of output current in these two circuits. Note: To prevent over-voltage at the CPU when the remote-sense line connects at the far side of a connector (which could be disconnected during supply operation), connect 10k from the sense line to the connectors near (power-supply) side.
(Circle 1)

Figure 4. This step-down (buck) switching regulator employs all nchannel MOSFETs to save cost, and operates at 300kHz to minimize the physical size of its inductor.

Table 2. Component recommendations for Figures 5 and 6

Part
L1

1.5A Circuit
10H Sumida CDR74B-100

3A Circuit
5H Sumida CDR125 DRG# 4722-JPS-001 0.02 IRC LR2010-01-R020 or Dale WSL-2512-R020

5A Circuit
3.3H CoilCraft DO3316-332 0.012 Dale WSL-2512-R012 or 2 x 0.025 IRC LR2010-01-R025 (in parallel)

7A Circuit
2.1H, 5m Coiltronics CTX03-12338-1 3 x 0.025 IRC LR2010-01-R025 or Dale WSL-2512-R025 (in parallel)

10A Circuit
1.5H, 3.5m Coiltronics CTX03-12357-1 3 x 0.020 IRC LR2010-01-R020 or 2 x 0.012 Dale WSL-2512-R012 (in parallel)

R1

0.04 IRC LR2010-01-R040 or Dale WSL-2512-R040

N1, N2

International Rectifier IRF7101, Siliconix Si9936DY or Motorola MMDF3N03HD (dual n-channel) 47F, 20V AVX TPSD476K020R 220F, 6.3V Sprague 595D227X06R3D2B 1N5817 Nihon EC10QS02, or Motorola MBRS120T3

Siliconix Si9410DY, International Rectifier IRF7101 or Motorola MMDF3N03HD (both FETs in parallel) 2 x 47F, 20V AVX TPSD476K020R 2 x 150F, 10V Sprague 595D157X0010D7T 1N5817 Nihon EC10QS02, or Motorola MBRS120T3

Motorola MTD20N03HDL

Motorola N1: MTD75N03HDL N2: MTD20N03HDL 2 x 100F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA100M 2 x 220F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA220M 1N5820 Nihon NSQ03A02, or Motorola MBRS340T3 to +85C

Motorola MTD75N03HDL

C1

220F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA220M 2 x 220F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA220M 1N5820 Nihon NSQ03A02, or Motorola MBRS340T3 to +85C

2 x 220F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA220M 4 x 220F, 10V Sanyo OS-CON 10SA220M 1N5820 Nihon NSQ03A02, or Motorola MBRS340T3 to +85C

C2

D2

Temp. to +85C Range

to +85C

INPUT 4.75V TO 5.5V D1 R2 10 DH VCC C4 4.7F BST LX DL N2 D2 C5 0.01F R3 1k, 1% R4 1k, 1% C6 0.01F C3 0.1F N1 L1 R1 C2 3.38V OUTPUT 3.427V MAX 3.330V MIN C1 VOUT = VREF + 1) ( R10 R9

MAX767T
SHUTDOWN ON/OFF ON

PGND CS FB REF R8 10k C8 620pF TO MAX767 VCC R7 330k R11 5.1k MIN LOAD C7 10F CERAMIC (LOCATE AT P PINS)

R5 10k, 1%

R6 10k, 1%

SS C10 0.01F (OPTIONAL)

SYNC GND

C9 0.22F

MAX495
R9 332k, 1% R10 8.06k, 1% REMOTE SENSE LINE

Figure 5. This high-precision, step-down dc-dc converter is intended for Pentium P54C-VR desktop applications with stringent requirements for dc and ac accuracy. An evaluation kit for this Pentium VR application is available to speed designs (see page 2).

INPUT 4.75V TO 5.5V D1 R2 20 DH VCC C4 22F BST LX DL SHUTDOWN ON/OFF ON REF SYNC SS C9 0.22F C10 0.01F (OPTIONAL) VIN VOUT R8 10k GND N2 D2 C5 0.01F R3 1k, 1% R4 1k, 1% C2 C6 0.01F R10 C7 5.1k 10F CERAMIC (LOCATE AT MIN P PINS) LOAD C3 0.1F N1 L1 R1 3.38V OUTPUT 3.408V MAX 3.369V MIN C1 VOUT = VREF + 1) ( R10 R9

MAX767

PGND CS FB TO MAX767 VCC R5 10k, 1% R6 10k, 1% R7 330k

C8 1000pF

MAX872
GND R9 332k, 0.1%

MAX495
R10 118k, 0.1% REMOTE SENSE LINE

Figure 6. Otherwise similar to the step-down converter of Figure 5, this circuit adds a data-acquisition-grade voltage reference to further improve dc accuracy. 7

New ICs boost video performance

By integrating the functions once implemented with discrete components, new video ICs are making life easier for the design engineer ( Table 1 ). The new products not only cost less and save space on the pc board, they offer better performance because the proximity of video functions on the IC reduces parasitic capacitance and its detrimental effect on bandwidth and other parameters. This article introduces basic video technology along with new, state-of-the-art video switches and their applications. Switching is a common requirement in video systems. Video editors must select one of several input signals on command, and other systems (broadcast studios, security and surveillance networks) must be capable of displaying multiple input signals on multiple monitors. Traditional video switches are followed by a buffer amplifier in a separate package. Some applications include an input buffer as well, to isolate the signal sources and preserve bandwidth ( Figure 1a ). The resulting circuits require at least two or three packages, but recent video-switch ICs have absorbed the output buffer while precluding the need for an input buffer. This integration of functions lowers the package count to one, and by minimizing certain parasitic capacitances it also improves the electrical performance.

(a)
OA1 IN1

OAN INN

OPTIONAL INPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER

OUTPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER (RESISTORS NEEDED ONLY IF GAIN OF 2 IS REQUIRED)

(b)
Cpb RSOURCE CCM CDS

Cpp RSOURCE

CDG

CSG CDM

Cpb

Cpb

CCM

R (RESISTORS PROVIDE GAIN OF 2)

CAPACITANCES Cpb: PIN TO BOARD Cpp: PIN TO PIN INTERNAL TO SWITCH CDG: DRAIN TO GATE CDS: DRAIN TO SOURCE CSG: SOURCE TO GATE

INTERNAL TO BUFFER CDM: DIFFERENTIAL MODE (INCLUDES EXTERNAL PIN-TO-PIN CAPACITANCE) CCM: COMMON MODE (INCLUDES EXTERNAL PIN-TO-BOARD CAPACITANCE)

(c)

IN0

Monolithic vs. discrete switch/buffers

Distributed capacitance associated with the package, board, and switch make bandwidth preservation a difficult job in the traditional, discrete-IC video switch ( Figure 1b ). Switch capacitance C DS causes feedthrough that reduces OFF isolation. Cpb and Cpp, also associated with the switch, combine with source impedance R SOURCE (usually 75 ) to produce a bandwidth-limiting pole. The finite source impedance also causes Cpp to produce coupling (crosstalk) between the two channels. Adding an input buffer as shown in Figure 1a eases the effect on bandwidth and crosstalk by substituting a low impedance for RSOURCE. Referring again to Figure 1b, note that the switch output capacitance consists of Cpb and CCM in parallel, plus a differential-mode value (CDM) between the pins. These
8
IN1

OUT

Figure 1. For a traditional video switch, the switch and buffers reside in separate ICs (a). Parasitic capacitances in the traditional switch limit bandwidth and provide paths for unwanted feedthrough and crosstalk (b). The integrated approach (c) improves performance by minimizing parasitics.

capacitances charge rapidly when the switch closes (turns on), but they discharge through a rapidly increasing switch resistance when the switch turns off. The resulting slow turn-off can produce unwanted artifacts at the boundary between images in a graphics display.

Table 1. Video/High-Speed Products

Unity Part GBW Number (MHz) VIDEO AMPLIFIERS MAX404 80 (AV 2) MAX408/428/448 100 (AV 3) MAX435/436 275 MAX445 200 Slew Rate (V/s) 500 90 800 2.5ns (typ) 300 300 3000 1200 1000 650 VOS (mV max) 8 6 to 12 3 5 5 2 1 3 5 5 to 10 10 10 10 10 4 5 to 20 25 to 50 10 10 5 5 5 5 Switching Time (ns) 20 20 Diff Phase/Gain Error 1/0.5% 0.05/0.01% Output Current (mA min) 50 50/op amp 10 140 14 15 100 125 75 output 60 100 20 20 20 20 100 100 200 35 35 35 14 14 14 Number of Inputs 6 (RGBA, RGBB) 8 (RGBA + Sync, RGBB + Sync) Off Isolation (dB typ) 80 (5MHz) 60 (10MHz) Supply Voltage (V) 5 5 5 +10, -10.5, +75 5 5 5 15 5 5 15 5 5 5 5 5 15 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 Number of Outputs 3 (RGB) 4 (RGB + Sync) IBIAS (nA max) 3A 1.1A 3A 10A 10 1 5A 50pA 1 2A 0.05 to 0.1 5A 0.1 to 0.5 0.2 to 0.5 2A 2A 2A 10 10 10 Features Broadcast-quality video op amp, 0.01/0.05% diff phase/gain, symmetrical inputs, 70dB CMRR, 66dB AVOL Single/dual/quad op amp, high-output drive Ultra high-speed differential input/output transconductance amp, no feedback required CRT video display driver for ultra-high resolution monitors, single IC pre-amp and high-voltage (+75V) output stage Unity-gain stable, drives 75 coax cable Dual, unity-gain stable, drives 75 coax cable Gain of +1 or +2 buffer, 0.01/0.01% diff phase/gain error Fast-settling (150ns), differential JFET input FET input buffer with 75 output to minimize reflections, 0.03/0.11% diff phase/gain, 60MHz gain flatness (0.1dB), 28dBm IP3 (100MHz) Broadcast quality, 0.99V gain guaranteed over temp, 0.01/0.03% diff phase/gain error FET input, EL2005/LH0033 upgrade Triple (RGB) video buffer, 0.03/0.01% diff phase/gain error Quad, unity-gain video buffer, 0.03/0.01% diff phase/gain error Triple (RGB), gain of +2 video buffer, 0.03/0.01% diff phase/gain error Quad, gain of +2 (6dB) video buffer, 0.03/0.01% diff phase/gain error Ultra high-speed amplifier, 0.01/0.01% diff phase/gain error FET input, improved industry standard FET input, industry standard Video amp with 8-channel mux, 0.03/0.04% diff phase/gain error,15ns switch time, high-Z output state Video amp with 4-channel mux 0.03/0.04% diff phase/gain error, 15ns switch time Video amp with 2-channel mux, 15ns switch time, 8-pin DIP/SO Video amp with 2-channel video mux Video amp with 4-channel video mux Video amp with 8-channel video mux Buffer Amp Gain (V/V) +1, +2 +1, +2 Output Current (mA) 20 20 Price 1000-up ($) 2.68 3.02/4.06/6.74 2.75 6.83 2.40 4.45 56.99 2.75 4.25 19.78 3.70 4.20 3.70 4.20 13.67 23.51/24.99 8.95 5.90 4.45 3.94 5.25 8.75 Price 1000-up ($) 6.97 7.97 Price 1000-up ($) 19.98 22.00

MAX452 50 MAX457 70 MAX476 300 BB3554 90 VIDEO BUFFERS MAX4005 MAX405 950 180

MAX460 140 1500 MAX467 100 200 MAX468 100 200 MAX469 90 300 MAX470 90 300 MAX477 500 3000 LH0033 100 1400 to 1500 LH0063/BB3553 300 2000 VIDEO MULTIPLEXERS/AMPLIFIERS MAX440 MAX441 MAX442 MAX453 MAX454 MAX455 160 110 (AV2) 160 110 (AV2) 140 50 50 50 370 370 250 300 300 300 Slew Rate (V/s) 300 300

Unity Part GBW Number (MHz) RGB VIDEO SWITCHES MAX463/465 MAX464/466 100 100

Features RGB switch with 75 cable drivers RGB + sync switch with 75 cable drivers

Unity Slew Part GBW Rate Number (MHz) (V/s) VIDEO CROSSPOINT SWITCHES MAX456 35 250 MAX458/459 100 300

Crosstalk (dB typ) 70 (5MHz) 55 (10MHz)

Features 8 x 8 crosspoint switch array with 8 output buffers, high-Z output capability 8 x 4 crosspoint switch array with four 75 cable drivers, high-Z output capability.

Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. Future productcontact factory for pricing and availability. Specifications are preliminary.

Switch on-resistance must be low enough to prevent distributed capacitance from limiting the signal bandwidth. A 75 switch with 10pF, for example, produces a rolloff to -3dB at 12RC = 212MHz. But, switches with low on-resistance are physically large structures with unavoidably large values of junction capacitance CDG, CDS, and CSG. CDS undermines the isolation between source and output, and the other parasitics undermine the bandwidth. An input buffer can compensate for these effects, but (as mentioned) it adds a third package to the circuit. The integrated approach combines switch and buffer in one package (Figure 1c). The switch can have higher on-resistance because the switch-to-amplifier capacitances (Cpb, CM, and CD) are smaller. In turn, the higher-resistance switch is physically smaller, and its lower-valued CDG, CDS, and CSG may eliminate the need for an input buffer. As a further advantage, switching transients and other performance parameters are specified for the switch/buffer combination as a single subsystem. Integration thus improves performance while saving board space.

(a)

CS

CS

IN S1 S2 S3

OUT

VIDEO T-SWITCH
ON OFF

S1
ON OFF

S2
OFF ON

S3
ON OFF

(b)
+VCC

OUT0

Q5 IN0 Q1

Q7

FROM REGISTER VCC

Q3 VEE

Circuit topology
A major concern in multiplexing video signals is the degree of isolation between the output and the non-selected input signals. Data sheets specify this isolation as adjacentchannel crosstalk and all-hostile crosstalk. Integrated multiplexer-amplifiers perform well in this respectmost such devices provide isolation in excess of -60dB, which is sufficient for most NTSC and PAL systems. A popular method for providing high isolation is the T switch (Figure 2a). Used in all CMOS mux-amps from Maxim, the T-switch preserves isolation by shorting to ground the feedthrough capacitance of S1: when the Tswitch is on, S1 and S3 are closed and S2 is open; when the T-switch is off, S1 and S3 are open and S2 is closed. Thus, signals that would otherwise couple through CS are shorted to ground before reaching the output. The disadvantagehigher on-resistance due to S1 and S3 in seriesis usually not a problem for the IC because intrachip capacitances at the output of S3 can be kept very low. An implementation of the T-switch in bipolar technology includes parallel npn transistors on one side of the buffer amplifiers differential input pair (Figure 2b). Turning on Q3 steers emitter current from Q1 and robs Q5 of base current. Q1 and Q5 turn off, disconnecting IN0 from the output stage. This action is similar to that of the T-switch, in which two off transistors (Q1 and Q5) are shorted to ground via Q3.
Q6 IN1 FROM REGISTER VEE Q2 Q4

(c)

IN1

OUT

ENABLE1

IN2

ENABLE2

Figure 2. By shunting feedthrough currents to ground (through S2), the T-switch provides improvements of 6dB to 12dB in feedthrough and crosstalk (a). Implemented in bipolar technology, the T-switch configuration offers high input impedance and low input capacitance (b). Make-beforebreak action in the integrated T-switch minimizes glitches (c).

10

Definitions
Video in this article refers to the approximate 4MHz to 6MHz analog signals that emanate from a video camerai.e., baseband video in the context of broadcast television. Graphics refers to the resulting CRT display. (Note that the video signals for high-performance workstations and other graphics systems, generated by a computer and reconstructed with a D/A converter, can exceed 100MHz.) Other video terms are defined as follows: NTSC (National Television Standards Committee) is the US agency that developed standard monochrome and composite-color waveforms for the US. NTSC signals are now used in the US, Japan, Canada, Mexico, and many other countries of the western hemisphere. Because these systems are sensitive to errors of differential gain and phase, Europeans once referred to NTSC as Never The Same Color. Todays high-performance circuits have largely eliminated these problems. PAL (Phase Alternate Line) is a transmission standard for color television developed by the Telefunken Company in Germany, partly as an answer to the shortcomings of NTSC. Though similar to NTSC, it includes a line-by-line alternation in phase for one of the two color-signal components, which minimizes the distortion due to differential phase error between the luminance and chrominance signals. PAL is used by the United Kingdom and most of Western Europe, except France. SECAM (Sequential Couleur Avec Memoire) was developed in France, also as an alternative to NTSC. Luminance signals have the same format as those of NTSC and PAL, but the color-difference signals modulate two separate carriers that are transmitted on alternate lines. To restore the missing color information for a given line, SECAM receivers include a one-line memory element (1H delay). Today, SECAM is used in France and in some countries of the former USSR. IRE (Institute of Radio Engineers) was a forerunner of todays IEEE. Today, the term represents an arbitrary unit for measuring relative amplitudes on a video signal. One hundred IRE units represents full scale (i.e., 1V on a monochrome signal or 0.714V on a color signal). RGB (Red, Green, Blue) is a term that refers to the primary colors. A video camera resolves light into its RGB components and generates the corresponding analog voltages ER, EG, and EB. After gamma correction (which minimizes the visual effect of noise by assuring a logarithmic relation between signal amplitude and CRT brightness) the signals become ER', EG', and EB'. These are encoded to produce the luminance component EY (0.30ER' + 0.59EG' + 0.11EB'), and the chrominance components EU (ER' - EY) and EV (EB' - EY). Component video refers to individual signal components such as the three found in an RGB or YUV system. Composite video is an analog waveform suitable for transmission on a single channel. It is obtained by combining the chrominance and luminance signals with sync and blanking pulses. Saturation is a term of perception (not subject to quantitative measurement) that refers to the intensity of a primary color. It corresponds to purity, which is an objective, measurable quantity. Hue is a term of perception (not subject to quantitative measurement) that corresponds to a colors dominant wavelength, which is an objective, measurable quantity. Color burst is a brief reference pulse of RF energy that is transmitted with every line of an NTSC signal. Because the color subcarrier (phase and amplitude modulated according to hue and saturation) and the color burst derive from the same signal, phase and amplitude distortion affect burst and subcarrier equally, and tend to cancel. Differential gain and differential phase errors result from nonlinear characteristics in a video amplifier. Because the amplifiers gain and phase responses change slightly with signal level, variations in luminance affect the color subcarriers gain and phase modulation. Differential gain error (DG) is a change in gain as the amplifiers dc output level swings from 0V to 1V, and differential phase error (DP) is a change in phase over the same range. DG (expressed in dB or %) affects color saturation in the CRT display, and DP (expressed in degrees) affects the hue.

11

Similarly, turning off Q4 allows Q2 to act as an emitter follower, connecting IN1 to the output via Q6. The high input impedance and low input capacitance of this pnp emitter follower (Q2) negates the need for an input buffer amplifier. It also isolates the input signal from switching transients. The circuits make-before-break action minimizes glitches (Figure 2c). Note that a break-beforemake action would open both switches at the same time, floating the inputs to the output stage and causing a highamplitude glitch as the output slews toward a supply rail. Mechanical switches usually avoid make-before-break action, because shorting the inputs together would disrupt the signals on those channels (the signals may be routed to other destinations besides the switches). This problem cant occur with bipolar switches from Maxim, because each switch is preceded by an internal unity-gain buffer. T-switches are found in integrated-circuit multiplexers as well as IC switches. Maxims MAX442, for example, combines a 2PST switch with an uncommitted, unitygain-stable output amplifier in an 8-pin DIP or SO package. It switches one of two composite video signals to a single output, as required in a video editor or tape recorder. T-switches in the MAX442 assure -76dB minimum isolation and crosstalk, which is 6dB to 12dB lower than that of conventional switches.

fidelity in these applications, the studio video is best handled in a three-signal component format that eliminates the use of subcarriers with their crosstalk and noise problems. The original RGB can serve as component video, but advantages are realized by encoding RGB as YUVi.e., the electrical analogs of luminance (Y) and the color differences B-Y (U) and R-Y (V) (see sidebar). YUV requires less bandwidth than RGB: Equal amounts of picture detail reside in R, G, and B, but the YUV system conveys fine picture detail only in Y (U and V carry color information only). Bandwidths are approximately 4.2MHz for Y, 0.5MHz for U, and 1.5MHz for V, resulting in a lower overall bandwidth that can save costs. A video tape recorder, for example, needs three tracks to handle RGB video. For YUV, the VTR requires only two tracksone for Y and one for U and V together. YUV components have another advantagethe U and V signals are less subject to electronic gain error than are the RGB signals. Gain error in one RGB channel produces a wrong-colored image; gain error in the U or V channel produces only a small change in hue or saturation. Many video cameras provide RGB outputs in addition to a composite output, and some commercial television monitors provide RGB inputs in addition to the composite input. YUV components are easily derived from RGB components with a resistive network called a matrix circuit.

Composite video vs. RGB

In video systems, RGB refers to the three electrical signals corresponding to the red, green, and blue components of an image. After correction and shaping, the RGB signals are encoded to produce chrominance (color) and luminance (brightness) signals. Then, combining the chrominance and luminance with sync and blanking signals produces a composite video signal (see sidebar). Thus, combining all video information in a single signal makes a convenient input for monitors, VTRs, and broadcast transmitters. Composite signals allow single-channel transmission (especially convenient for broadcasting), but their complex encoding of chrominance and luminance information carries disadvantages. System nonlinearities, for instance, degrade the image by producing unavoidable crosstalk between the luminance and chrominance components. To control this problem, engineers seek to develop signal-processing electronics with minimal errors of differential gain (which affects color saturation) and differential phase (which affects hue). Video signals in a broadcast studio may pass through many stages of editing and recording. To maintain
12

Video editors
The substitution of video ICs for discrete-component circuitry, plus the growing importance of video for teleconferencing and related applications, has produced an expanding market for video ICs. One target for these products is the video editor. Video editors accept one or more signals, which may be in different formats, from cameras, VTRs, computers, and other sources. After editing (rotating, translating, zooming, mixing, keying, wiping, etc.) the editor directs the signals to one or more VTRs or other systems. The video editors electronics must pay close attention to dc as well as ac signal parameters. In many cases, dc levels are unknown for the video editors input signals. Each input, therefore, may include a dc-restore circuit that employs capacitive coupling to establish the zero (black) level. If this dc restoration is followed by switching, the subsequent amplifiers must have low dc offsets. Two such devicesthe MAX440 and MAX441 multiplexer/amplifiers (mux/amps)illustrate the perfor-

IC1
0.1F 0.1F +5V 6 21 22 COMP 20 IN7 IN6 IN5 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 A2 A1 A0 26 25 24 EN 27 8 16 17 -5V 0.1F 0.1F

MAX440

CH7 CH6 CH5 CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 CH0

15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1

N.C. R1 80.6 R2 499 75 CABLE VIDEO OUTPUT

19

IN- 18 R3 432

R7 75

Each back-termination resistor (R1 and R4) has been increased from 75 to 80.6 to compensate for the three resistors at the output of the disabled amplifier. In parallel with R1 or R4, these resistors produce the desired 75 termination value. The three resistors also form a divider with the active amplifiers output resistor. To compensate for this effect, the closed-loop gain of each amplifier is set slightly greater than 6dB. And to help minimize ringing, the amplifier outputs are joined at the cable end of R1 and R4a connection that allows the resistors to isolate the enabled amplifier from the output capacitance of the disabled amplifier. These circuits handle composite video, but many systems require switching of component video signals. To meet that need, Maxim has introduced the first switch/buffer ICs for RGB, YUV, YRGB, or RGB+SYNC applications (Table 2). MAX463MAX466 devices switch from two sets of three inputs to one set of three outputs (3P2T) or from two sets of four inputs to one set of four outputs (4P2T). Each device contains an output driver with a fixed gain of one or two, which is capable of driving 2V into a 75 back-terminated cable (150 load). And for buffering RGB, YUV, or other component video, the MAX467MAX470 series includes triple and quad buffer amplifiers without the switches.

A2 A1 A0 A3

0.1F 26 25 24 A2 A1 A0 IN7 IN6 IN5 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 27 6 21 22

0.1F +5V

CH15 CH14 CH13 CH12 CH11 CH10 CH9 CH8

15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1

COMP 20

N.C. R4 80.6 R5 499

19

IN- 18 R6 432 8 16 17 -5V

IC2 MAX440

Table 2. Video switch/buffer ICs

Device MAX463 MAX464 Description Triple switch & buffer Quad switch & buffer Triple switch & buffer Quad switch & buffer Triple video buffer Quad video buffer Triple video buffer Quad video buffer Voltage Gain 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2

0.1F 0.1F

Figure 3. These mux/amp ICs can be combined as shown to form larger multiplex arrays.

MAX465 MAX466 MAX467 MAX468 MAX469 MAX470

mance available with T-configuration switches. Each combines a unity-gain-stable, wideband output buffer with an 8-channel (MAX440) or 4-channel (MAX441) video multiplexer. The parts offer low input-offset voltages of 2.5mV typical ( 1 4 IRE), low values of differential gain and phase (0.04% and 0.03 respectively), and low feedthrough and crosstalk (-66dB). The ICs output-disable capability enables their use in larger multiplex arrays (Figure 3). Each EN input serves as a fourth address bit (A3), and the inverters insure that two amplifiers are not enabled simultaneously. With proper selection of the R1R6 values you can add more MAX440s in parallel, up to a limit imposed by parasitic capacitance and feedthrough from the de-selected channels.

The output buffers provide a combination of isolation and bandwidth that satisfies most video applications. By sandwiching each input and output pin between two acground pins, the devices hold adjacent-channel crosstalk to 60dB at 10MHz. Their 100MHz bandwidths (90MHz for gain-of-two buffers) and 200V/s slew rates (300V/s for gain-of-two buffers) are difficult to achieve in discrete-component circuits. Wide bandwidth, low differential gain and phase error, and excellent gain and phase matching suit the MAX463MAX470 devices for a wide range of component-video applications.

13

175

2 GAIN MATCHING GAIN (dB) 0

140 PHASE (C)

105

-2

70

-4 PHASE (DELAY) MATCHING -6 1 10 FREQUENCY (MHz) 100

35

MAX458 and MAX459 switches can be programmed either in parallel mode or in serial mode, which is fully compatible with SPI, QSPI, and Microwire standards for synchronous-data transmission. MAX458 and MAX459 outputs are disabled automatically at power-up. The disabled outputs assume a highimpedance state, except the MAX459s internal feedback (for achieving a gain of two) limits its output impedance to 1k. Both devices can also be disabled on command, via softwarea feature that enables the construction of switching arrays larger than 8x4.

CRT drivers
Figure 4. In the MAX463MAX470 family of switch/buffer ICs, separate channels offer matched gain and phase over many megahertz of video bandwidth.

RGB video systems convey color information by amplitude only, so differential phase errors are unimportant. Gain and phase matching between channels, however, is important. Figure 4 shows typical gain and delay matching for the MAX463MAX470 devices. Many functions in a video editor are handled by highspeed digital circuits, which require close attention to layout issues such as power-supply decoupling and the minimization of ground and power-supply transients. See the last section (Layout, grounding, and bypassing) for guidance in these matters.

Moving up from the crosspoint switch to the CRT, we find another target for integration in video systemsthe high-voltage CRT driver for high-resolution monitors. A new, monolithic variable-gain amplifier (Figure 5a) drives these monitors directly. Its internal preamp and high-voltage output driver provide a reliable, low-cost, and space-saving alternative to hybrids and discretecomponent circuitry. The ICs offset and variable-gain controls enable brightness and contrast adjustments. Its current-drive output provides for faster rise and fall times than those of a voltage-output device, and its TTL BLANK input disables the video signal by turning off the output current. The MAX445s 2.5ns rise time through 50V (Figure 5b) makes it ideal for driving the high-resolution displays (1280 x 1024 and 1530 x 1280) found in workstations and medical-imaging systems.

Security and surveillance systems

Multiple inputs and outputs are a common feature of most security and surveillance systems, as is the need to make arbitrary connections between a given input and one or more outputs. Cost is a major issue for the crosspoint switches developed for this purpose. Maxim is currently the only manufacturer of integrated crosspoint switches (Table 3). These devices really shine as space savers: a 16x16 array (16 inputs and 16 outputs) consisting of four MAX456 ICs (not including cable drivers) replaces 256 discrete switches and at least 32 buffer amplifiers. The same array constructed with MAX458 or MAX459 crosspoints requires eight packages, but those versions also include the cable drivers.

Layout, grounding, and bypassing

Layout on the printed-circuit board is important for all analog circuits, but it is especially crucial for video and other high-speed circuitry. A choice of surface-mount over feedthrough components, for example, may seriously affect performance by altering the layout. To realize the full ac performance specified for highspeed amplifiers, you should provide a large, lowimpedance ground plane and pay close attention to the pc layout and power-supply bypassing. Multilayer boards are preferred. Place an unbroken ground plane on a layer without signal traces, in a way that provides shielding for the traces. All inputs and outputs should be connected through lines of constant impedance, so you might consider a review of stripline techniques. The input capacitance CIN+ can limit the bandwidth in a buffer amplifier by forming a pole with the signal-source
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp. 14

Table 3. Maxim crosspoint switches

Differential Cable No. of Switches Technology Gain Phase/Gain Driver MAX456 8x8 CMOS No 1 1.0/0.5% Device MAX458 MAX459 8x4 8x4 Bipolar Bipolar 1 2 0.5/0.01% 0.14/0.13% Yes Yes

STEP RESPONSE
70V

WITHOUT GUARD RING:

10V/div

WITH GUARD RING:

NO V; THEREFORE NO CURRENT 0V TIME (10ns/div)

+75V VCC (+10V) RL IOUT

CONTRAST

BLANK

VOUT
VCB (+10V)

MAX445
VIN+

+
PRE-AMP

VINGNDA

BANDGAP

CURRENT AMP

OFFSET

VREF

VEE (-10V)

GND

Figure 5. The current-drive output in this high-voltage amplifier drives high-resolution CRT monitors directly, with rise and fall times of 2.5ns.

Figure 6. Surrounding this buffer amplifiers input (pin 2) with a guard ring driven by the output (pin 1) minimizes the effect of input capacitance on bandwidth.

impedance RS. The pole can be defeated, however, by preventing current flow in C IN+ . Buffer operation maintains the IN+, IN-, and OUT terminals at the same potential. Thus, surrounding IN+ with an ac guard ring driven by the buffers output eliminates the current flow in C IN+ by removing voltage variations across it. Adjacent positions for IN+, IN-, and OUT simplify the guard-trace layout (Figure 6). You should bypass all power-supply pins directly to the ground plane with 0.1F ceramic capacitors placed as close to the pins as possible, and keep the lead lengths as short as possible to minimize series inductance. For high-current loads, it may be necessary to include 10F tantalum or aluminum electrolytic capacitors in parallel with the 0.1F ceramics. Surface-mounted chip capacitors are ideal for this application. To prevent unwanted coupling of signals, minimize the trace area at the circuits critical high-impedance nodes, and surround each analog input with ac-ground traces.

The analog inputs and outputs of Maxim switches are separated with such ac-ground pins (GND, VCC, and VEE), which minimize the parasitic coupling that causes crosstalk and amplifier instability. To further reduce crosstalk, connect the coaxial-cable shield to the ground side of the 75 termination resistor, at the ground plane. Wherever possible, use Faraday shields that interpose the ground plane or another component between sensitive circuits and those that produce noise. Noise generators include the digital circuitry that operates as an interface to the systems processor and memory.

Bibliography
Benson, K. Blair, Television Engineering Handbook, McGraw Hill, 1986. Inglis, Andrew F., Video Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1993.
(Circle 2)

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Draw 150mW of isolated power from off-hook phone line
The power supply of Figure 1 is useful in portable systems that connect to subscriber (household) telephone lines, such as modems and telephone test sets. For systems that require 150mW or less, this circuit eliminates the need for batteries and ac adapters by drawing power from ordinary phone jacks without interrupting the voice signal. Built into peripheral equipment such as PCMCIA modem cards, it can spare the battery in a host computer. The line current available to a telephone in the offhook state is limited not by regulations or code, but
TELEPHONE SUBSCRIBER LINE

only by the sum of impedances in the central-office battery and intervening phone lines. These line impedances vary greatly (in proportion to distance from the central office), so the customary practice of matching impedances for maximum power transfer is impractical. But, the zener-clamp termination (D1) works well for line impedances to 1000 and for worst-case conditions. It also meets the one condition imposed on line current by the phone system: off-hook current must exceed 20mA to ensure activation of a network-access relay in the central office. D1 provides approximately 6.8V to the center tap of T1 and 5V to the V CC terminal of IC1. IC1a 400kHz oscillator driving an internal flip-flop generates two push-pull, 50%-duty-cycle, 200kHz square waves that drive internal, ground-referenced switches connected to the primary of T1. Isolated power on the secondary side is first rectified by Schottky diodes D2 and D3, and then regulated to 5V by the low-dropout linear regulator IC2. T1s primary is a center-tapped winding whose ET product (a voltage-time product of 25V-s) is sufficient to prevent saturation under worst-case condi-

TIP

RING

S1*

*S1 IS NORMALLY OPEN. "CLOSED" INDICATES THE OFF HOOK CONDITION.

B1

TO HYBRID TRANSFORMER 6.8V 2W D1 C1 3.3nF

L1 22H

R1 5k

C3 22F

ISOLATION BARRIER

6 C2 0.1F R2 100k Q1 2N3906 R7 100k VCC D1 1 T1 1.2:1.0 D2 1N5817 C4 0.1F 8 C5 22F 2 OUTPUT ISO 5V

IN

OUT

IC1 MAX253
D2 R6 2M 4 8 3 D3 1N5817

IC2 MAX667

C6 22F

R3 680k

SD GND1 2 GND2 7

FS

R4 100k

ISO GND SET 6 GND SHDN 4 5

Q2 2N3904

R5 100k ISO GND ISO GND

Figure 1. This circuit draws current in the off-hook condition, delivering as much as 150mW of isolated power while allowing normal voice or data communications over the phone line.

16

tions. Similarly, T1s turns ratio should provide the minimum-required output voltage for maximum load and minimum input voltage. This calculation should also assume worst-case losses in D2 and D3. This turns ratio produces a much higher secondary voltage for best-case conditions, and for some applications that is acceptable. Otherwise, add the linear regulator (IC2) as shown. For isolated 5V outputs, the ideal turns ratio is 1.2CT:1.0CT (CT Center Tapped). The transformer should be wound on Magnetics Incorporated W, Fair-Rite 76, or other high-permeability magnetic material. To minimize radiated noise, choose a pot core, E/I/U core, toroid, or other geometry with closed magnetic paths. Consider a typical toroid such as the 40603-TC from Magnetics, Inc. (0.125" thick with a 0.230" outside diameter). For 6.8V inputs this core should have a 48-turn primary (24 turns on either side of the CT), which yields a nominal, end-to-end primary inductance of 8mH. The secondary can be scaled for any

reasonable output voltage required. Forty turns, for example, (20 turns on either side of the CT) delivers 5.2V minimum as required by the linear regulator for maintaining a regulated 5V output. For isolated 3.3V applications, the minimum voltage to IC2 is 3.5V. T1s turns ratio should be 2.0CT:1.0CT, with a primary ET product of at least 25V-s. Using the same 48-turn primary as for 5V applications, the required number of secondary turns is 24 (12 on either side of the CT). In addition, you must add a resistive divider for setting IC2s regulated output to 3.3V. Q1, Q2, and the associated resistors assure a lowpower shutdown mode for IC1 until its supply voltage can sustain a full power-up. IC1s supply current is fairly constant, so light filtering (provided by L1 and C3) is sufficient to prevent noise from entering the hybrid transformer (not shown). A related idea appeared in the 9/1/94 issue of EDN.
(Circle 3)

17

DESIGN SHOWCASE
12-bit ADC upgrades Cs internal 8-bit ADC
The simple circuit of Figure 1 (plus a software routine) lets you substitute a multi-channel, 12-bit A/D converter for the 8-bit A/D converter internal to an 87C752 microcontroller. Thus, a single assembly can implement both the low- and high-performance versions of a system. The software mentioned may be downloaded from EDNs free electronic bulletin board service (BBS)*. A socket lets you plug in the external A/D converter when you need it; otherwise you plug in the network of ten 10 resistors. At power-up, the C executes a routine that looks for the external converter. If present, it is used; if not, the internal 8-bit converter is used. (Internally, the chip handles all conversion results as 12-bit values.) This idea relies on the fact that the 87C752s five A/Dinput pins can also serve as the bidirectional pins of an 8051 port (port 1). The resistor network connects the internal A/D converter directly to the applied analog inputs. Or, replacing the network with the external A/D converter connects those inputs to corresponding channels on that converter, and the Cs A/D-input pins (now acting as a bidirectional port) serve as a digital interface to the converter. By fortune and design, the change from external to internal converter is effected by simple pin-for-pin jumpers across the socket. The assembly-language software routine looks for the external converter by triggering a conversion and noting whether the converters busy flag (SSTRB) goes low. If it does, the C sets an internal global flag (AD12) that tells it to use its external-converter routines for each subsequent conversion. This action is transparent to the calling routine. The conversion result, returned as bytes ADHI and ADLO, has the same format in either case except the four LSBs are zero for 8-bit-converter data. Note that the Cs full scale is 5V, but the converter shown (MAX186) sets its full-scale input range with an internal reference of 4.096V. Software resolves the incompatibility in this example. Otherwise, you can replace the MAX186 with a MAX188 (a similar device with no internal reference) plus a separate 5V reference. * Set modem to 2400 baud, eight data bits, no parity, and one stop bit. Dial (617) 558-4241 and log on. (New users must set up an account; this is free.) Type SS/DI_SIG to select the Design Ideas section, RK1554 to select this idea, and D for downloading the file. Select protocol, download the file, log off, and then unzip the file. A related idea appeared in the 7/7/94 issue of EDN.

(Circle 4)
ANALOG INPUTS 1 2 3 4 5 5V 20 4.7F VCC 2 3 4 5 6 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 OPTIONAL 12-BIT ADC SCLK CS DIN SSTRB 19 18 17 16 15 11 4.7F 13 14 15 16 17 C WITH 8-BIT ADC ADC0 ADC1 ADC2 ADC3 ADC4

IC1 MAX186

DOUT

VREF

IC2 87C752 (PHILLIPS)

STANDARD RESISTOR PACK DIP/SO 100, x 10 (SUBSTITUTING THIS PACKAGE FOR IC1 ACTIVATES THE ADC INTERNAL TO IC2)

Figure 1. The connections shown enable this C to substitute an external 12-bit A/D converter for its internal 8-bit converter. Replacing the external converter with the resistor network causes the C to resume use of its internal converter.

18

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Sine-wave generator is crystal accurate
Servos, test equipment, and telecommunications systems are among the applications that require stable, frequency-accurate sine-wave sources. Many such sine-wave oscillators are available, but finding one with a satisfactory level of absolute accuracy and drift can be a problem. You can get greater accuracy and less drift by deriving the sine wave from a digital source. Because square waves comprise a fundamental at the square-wave frequency plus an infinite number of odd harmonics,
+5V

you can obtain the desired fundamental sinusoid by removing the harmonics with a lowpass filter. Switched-capacitor filters suit this application (Figure 1). IC3 is an 8th-order, lowpass Butterworth type. The sine-wave generator starts with an 8MHz signal and divides it by eight to obtain 1MHz at C1. (IC1s 2MHz and 500kHz outputs can serve as alternate drive signals.) Q1 level-shifts the 1MHz pulses so they can drive the bipolar circuitry necessary for producing a bipolar output. (For unipolar outputs, you can operate the circuit on a single supply voltage by biasing the IC3 ground terminal to mid-rail and adding a decoupling capacitor.) Synchronous counter IC2 divides 1MHz by 256 to give the desired output frequency (3906Hz), and IC3 filters the harmonic frequencies. The filters clock is taken from the first divide-by-2 tap of IC2, to assure a 50% duty cycle. IC2 further divides this signal by 128 to assure that the filters

8MHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

IC1 HC163
MR TE PE SPE 2MHz Q1 Q2 1MHz 500kHz Q3

100nF 100k VCC C1 10nF E Q1 2N2907 10k

150pF

IC2A 1/2 4520

22k E 22k

MR Q0 GND Q1 Q2 Q3

IC2B 1/2 4520

680pF 7 V+ 10k 47k 1 8 IN SWITCHED CAPACITOR FILTER OP OUT 3 22k 5 OUT 4 OP IN

MR Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3

IC3
47k 2 V- MAX292 FOUT= 3906Hz GND 6

-5V

100nF

Figure 1. Filtering the harmonics from a square wave produces a sinusoidal output whose stability and flexibility derive from digital circuitry. 19

input signal (1MHz/256) falls within the flat portion of the filter response. Fifty-percent duty cycles on the IC2 outputs assure a symmetrical sine-wave output. The filters major pole, or corner frequency, is fixed with respect to the clock and forms an internal clock-to-corner ratio of 100:1. Filter attenuation lowers the third-harmonic amplitude to -80dB. The output of the switched-capacitor filter resembles a sampled sine wave; to smooth it you can build a 1st- or (as shown) a 2nd-order lowpass filter around the otherwise-uncommitted output op amp. Because the filters input and clock frequencies have a fixed ratio of 1:128, switching or sweeping the

frequency applied at C1 has a proportional effect on the sine-wave generator output. Switching this frequency from 2MHz to 500kHz, for example, switches the output frequency from 7812Hz to 1953Hz. Output amplitude is not affected because this band is well below the smoothing filters 25kHz corner frequency. Alias frequencies are not a problem, because the frequencies that represent a potential cause of aliasing in this circuitthe oddnumbered harmonics that exceed half the clock ratehave insignificant amplitudes. A related idea appeared in the 7/25/94 issue of Electronic Design.
(Circle 5)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
500Msps, 8-bit flash ADC delivers 7.0 effective bits at Nyquist
1.2GHz input bandwidth 2ps aperture uncertainty The MAX101, Maxims first ultra-highspeed, ECL-compatible A/D converter, accurately digitizes analog signals from dc to the 250MHz Nyquist frequency. Fabricated with Maxims proprietary and advanced bipolar process, it contains a highperformance track/hold amplifier (T/H) and two flash quantizers, which produce their outputs alternately at separate 8-bit ports. Innovative T/H design assures an input bandwidth of 1.2GHz with an aperture uncertainty of less than 2ps, resulting in 7.0 effective bits of resolution at the Nyquist frequency. Special decoding circuitry and comparator-output design reduce the probability of erroneous codes due to metastability, resulting in less than one error per 1015 clock cycles (equivalent to 500Msps, 24 hours per day for 23 days). The MAX101s analog input accommodates single-ended or differential signals in the range 270mV. Sense pins for the reference voltage allow full-scale calibration and also aid in ratiometric operation. Other inputs let you adjust the converters relative sampling times, and (by phasing the clock signals) you can interleave two or more devices to achieve higher sampling rates. For less demanding applications, the MAX100 (containing one flash converter instead of two) guarantees a sampling rate of 250Msps. MAX100/MAX101 converters are suitable for use in radar, high-speed imaging, instrumentation, and transient-event analysis. Both come in 84-pin ceramic flatpack packages, tested for operation over the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range.
(Circle 6)

Ultra-fast 12-bit DAC updates at 300Msps

The monolithic MAX555, an ECLcompatible 12-bit D/A converter, is fabricated with a proprietary, 9GHz, oxideisolated bipolar process that guarantees minimum update rates of 300Msps. The converters complementary 50 voltage outputs and low output capacitance (15pF) enable it to drive 50 transmission lines directly. The MAX555 is suitable for direct digital synthesis, arbitrary waveform generation, instrumentation, and video reconstruction. Operating from a single -5.2V supply, it multiplies the applied digital input (interpreted as a fraction between 0 and 1) times the nominal 1V analog reference signal. Usable bandwidth for the reference input is 10MHz. Precision laser trimming on the wafer yields 12-bit accuracy, with integral and differential linearity guaranteed to 12LSB (0.012% of full scale). Absolute gain error is 1% of full scale, and full-scale transitions occur in less than 0.5ns. Laser trimming also assures precision 50 complementary outputs. On-chip registers and decoding circuitry assure a low glitch energy of 5.6pV-s. The MAX555 achieves precise RF performance over a spurious-free dynamic range of 70dBc (at 50Msps and fOUT = 3.125MHz) or 54dBc (at 250Msps and fOUT = 12.625MHz). MAX555 devices are screened for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C), and they come in 68-pin thermally enhanced PLCC packages capable of accepting a heatsink (the operating power dissipation is 900mW). Prices start at $68.00 (100 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 8)
0 -10 AMPLITUDE (dBc) -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 10 20 30 40 FREQUENCY (MHz) 50 60

New spec guarantees boost performance of CMOS analog multiplexers

Guaranteed min/max limits assure unprecedented performance for Maxims new CMOS analog multiplexers: MAX306/ MAX307 (16-channel single-ended, 8-channel differential) and MAX308/ MAX309 (8-channel single-ended, 4-channel differential). Each device guarantees on-resistances less than 100, with no two channels differing by more than 5 maximum. In addition, each channels onresistance is guaranteed flat within 7 over the specified analog signal range. Fabricated with Maxims 44V silicongate process, the new multiplexers sport design improvements that enhance performance in other ways as well. For example, the guaranteed low charge injection of 10pC maximum yields excellent sample/hold circuits, and the low leakage over temperature minimizes source-resistance errors (MAX306/MAX307 INO(OFF) at +85C is less than 2.5nA, and ICOM(OFF) at +85C is less than 20nA).

Fast switching has not been sacrificedthe transition time for MAX306/ MAX307 multiplexers is less than 250ns. All devices are guaranteed (per MIL-STD883, Method 3015.7) to withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) in excess of 2kV. All four multiplexers guarantee fast switching and TTL/CMOS compatibility while operating with single supplies of 4.5V to 30V or bipolar supplies of 4.5V to 20V. The CMOS digital inputs reduce loading on digital control lines. These improved Maxim multiplexers are plug-in upgrades for industry-standard devices: the MAX306 and MAX307 replace DG406/DG407 and DG506A/DG507A multiplexers; the MAX308 and MAX309 replace DG408/ DG409 and DG508A/DG509A multiplexers. MAX306/MAX307 devices come in 28pin 600-mil DIPs, PLCCs, and wide-SO packages; the MAX308/MAX309 devices come in 16-pin DIPs and narrow-SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.87 for the MAX306/MAX307 and $2.50 for the MAX308/MAX309 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 7)

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-dropout linear regulators deliver 500mA from 1.8W SO package
The MAX603 and MAX604 linear regulators generate 5V and 3.3V respectively for load currents to 500mA. Available in new, 1.8W, 8-pin SO packages, they feature low dropout voltages (320mV at 5V and 500mA, or 240mV at 3.3V and 200mA), and low quiescent currents (15A typical, 35A maximum). Shutdown mode reduces the supply currents to less than 2A. In addition to preset outputs, both devices allow the user to set any output voltage between 1.3V and 11V using two external resistors (Dual Mode operation). An internal protection scheme limits the reverse current when VIN falls below VOUT, and the regulator outputs are protected by foldback current limiting and thermal-overload circuitry. The input range is 2.7V to 11.5V. The pass transistor in MAX603/ MAX604 regulators (a p-channel MOSFET) allows them to draw less than 35A over temperature regardless of output current. Supply currents remain low because the To produce 3.3V, the internal step-down dc-dc converter employs synchronous rectification in a PWM (pulse-width modulation) switching scheme. The circuits all nchannel design saves space and cost. The PWM switching frequency is fixed at 300kHz to minimize noise in sensitive communications applications, and the synchronous rectification provides 92% conversion efficiency at full load. In shutdown, the device maintains an active 3.3V output while lowering the 1mA quiescent current to just 100A. The MAX781 provides control for the PCMCIA VCC and dual VPP outputs: VCC can be switched between 0V, 3.3V, and 5V, corrects output transients within five cycles of the 300kHz clock. In addition, the internal bootstrap circuits provide gate drive for inexpensive n-channel external MOSFETs. For dual-output, external-transformer applications, the MAX796 and MAX799 have an extra feedback terminal (SECFB) that enables regulation of a second output voltage derived from the transformers secondary. The MAX796 produces a positive auxiliary voltage and the MAX799 produces a negative one. These secondary outputs can be used to program flash memories, power 3.3V/5V systems, or provide an LCD-contrast supply. The independent secondary feedback path also minimizes cross-regulation problems for these auxiliary regulated voltages. The MAX797 has a fixed-frequency PWM operating mode that reduces noise and RF interference in sensitive applications such as mobile communications and penentry systems. An override input (SKIP) allows automatic switchover to Idle-Mode
22

MOSFETunlike the pnp pass transistor in a conventional regulatorrequires no base current for operation. MAX603/MAX604 regulators also avoid the problem that plagues pnp regulators as VIN approaches VOUT, when the pass transistor saturates and draws excessive base current. MAX603/MAX604 devices come in 8pin DIPs and the new 1.8W SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.68 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 9)
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Controller IC integrates core power-supply functions

The monolithic MAX781 controller integrates the core power-supply functions found in a PDA (personal digital assistant) or other wireless computer. It includes dual PCMCIA analog controllers, a 3.3V VCC output, a programmable battery charger, five high-side gate drivers for external MOSFETs, and an SPI serial interfaceall in a 36-pin SSOP. The MAX781 input range (5V to 18V) accommodates NiCd and NiMH battery stacks ranging from five to eight cells.

and the V PP outputs can be switched between 0V, VCC, and 12V (also generated and regulated by the MAX781). Finally, the MAX781 includes a programmable current source for charging batteries. It operates in conjunction with a built-in multiplexer, which lets you implement custom charging algorithms by monitoring the batterys temperature, voltage, and charging current. The MAX781 comes in a 36-pin SSOP, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $8.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 10)

10A synchronous step-down controllers are 95% efficient

The MAX796/MAX797/MAX799 step-down dc-dc converters provide the main power for latest-generation CPUs in notebook and subnotebook computers, PDAs, mobile communicators, cellular phones, and other battery-powered systems. The combination of synchronous rectification (an active MOSFET in place of a passive Schottky diode) and Maxims proprietary Idle-Mode control scheme results in efficiencies as high as 95%. The outputs deliver as much as 10A. Each device produces a main output of 5V or 3.3V, or an adjustable output of 2.5V to 6V set by two external resistors. The inputvoltage range (4.5V to 30V) enables use of wall-adapter chargers and NiCd battery packs of up to 15 cells. For operation with 12V in and 5V out, the typical quiescent current is 375A. The excellent dynamic response

operation at light loads (for high-efficiency pulse skipping). As an alternative, SKIP can force the converter to the low-noise fixedfrequency mode for all load conditions. All devices provide a precision 2.505V reference output, PWM operation at 300kHz or 150kHz, a synchronizing input, programmable soft-start capability, and 1A typical shutdown currents. The data sheet includes component lists and recommended suppliers for applications ranging from 1A to 10A. And to speed designs, Maxim offers pre-assembled evaluation kits (MAX796 EVKIT-SO and MAX797EVKIT-SO). MAX796/MAX797/MAX799 converters are available in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.65 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 11)
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

NEW PRODUCTS
2A step-down controllers draw only 100A
The MAX1649 and MAX1651 dc-dc step-down controllers are at least 90% efficient for loads between 10mA and 1.5A. They supply load currents as high as 2A, and they accept inputs from 3V to 16.5V. Their low quiescent and shutdown currents (100A and 5A maximum, over temperature) conserve battery life. Each device controls an external p-channel switching MOSFET capable of a 96.5% maximum duty cycle, which drops only 300mV for a 500mA load. The controllers employ current limiting and pulse-frequency modulation (PFM) with switching frequencies as high as 300kHz. The resulting small inductor (47H) and small external capacitors save space and cost. The devices offer fixed regulated outputs of 5V (MAX1649) and 3.3V (MAX1651). They also provide adjustable outputs in the range 1.5V to VIN. The MAX1649 and MAX1651 are suitable for hand-held computers, personal communicators, and any other application for which small size and long battery life are critical. An evaluation kit (MAX649 EVKIT-SO) is available to speed your designs. Both controllers are available in 8pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.60 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 12)
EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT
100 90 EFFICIENCY (%) 80 70 60 50 40 100

6-bit quadrature digitizer provides 5.3 effective bits at 60MHz

The monolithic, bipolar MAX2101 performs quadrature demodulation, 6-bit A/D conversion, and other functions for simple receiver subsystems. Applications include the recovery of PSK- and QAMmodulation, direct-broadcast satellite (DBS) systems, television receive-only (TVRO) systems, cable television (CATV) systems, and wireless local-area networks (WLANs). First developed as a custom integrated circuit for TV/COM, the MAX2101 provides an RF-to-bits function that bridges the gap between existing RF downconverters and CMOS digital signal processors (DSPs). The MAX2101 accepts input signals in the range 400MHz to 700MHz, with a variable gain that provides up to 40dB of dynamic range. At f IN = 15MHz and fSAMPLE = 60MHz it produces an effective resolution greater than 5.3 bits. The internal local oscillator, phase-locked to an external crystal-stabilized standard, generates the 600MHz (nominal) signal from which

quadrature components are derived. Mixed with the input signal, these components produce the internal baseband-video signals I and Q. The baseband signals are fed to separate 5th-order Butterworth lowpass anti-aliasing filters, and then to separate 6-bit A/D converters. (Users can substitute external filters.) The 60Msps baseband sample rates can be varied by an on-chip programmable counter. Similarly, external control can vary the anti-aliasing filter bandwidths from 10MHz to 30MHz. Other features include the auto-cancellation of dc offsets in the I and Q basebandvideo signals, and an on-chip divide-by-16 prescaler for the phase-locked quadrature components. (Further division may be required to meet the external reference frequency; that division is performed externally to avoid on-chip feedthrough to the baseband.) The MAX2101 comes in a 100-pin MQFP package, screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $17.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 13)

12V/adjustable, step-up switching controller is 90% efficient

The MAX1771 step-up switching controller provides 90% efficiency for load currents ranging from 30mA to 2A. Its control schemepulse-frequency modulation with current limitingdelivers the benefit of PWM control (high efficiency with heavy loads) while drawing less than 110A of supply current. (Typical PWM converters draw 2mA to 10mA.) The shutdown current is only 5A. High switching frequencies (to 300kHz) allow the MAX1771 to operate with miniature external components. The inductor, for example, is a surface-mount device only 5mm high and 9mm in diameter. The chip controls an external n-channel

MOSFET that can deliver 24W to a load. For lower-power applications, consider a step-up switching regulator with on-board MOSFET, such as the MAX756, MAX757, MAX761, or MAX762. MAX1771 output voltage is preset to 12V, but can also be adjusted with two external resistors. The input-voltage range is 2V to 16.5V. A single current-limit threshold of 100mV for all load conditions reduces noise and enhances efficiency at low input voltages. The MAX1771 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.80 (1000 up, FOB USA). To speed your designs, request an evaluation kit (MAX770EVKIT-SO plus MAX1771CSA sample).
(Circle 14)

VIN = 6V, VOUT = 5V VIN = 5V, VOUT = 3.3V VIN = 10V, VOUT = 5V VIN = 12V, VOUT = 3.3V 1m 10m 100m LOAD CURRENT (A) 1 10

23

Volume Eighteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Forbes rates Maxim among America's best small companies

Energy management for small portable systems

Switching regulator/transformer steps down from high voltage RS-485 data interface gives isolated full-duplex operation Autotransformer boosts maximum VOUT 15V regulator accepts inputs from 2V to 12V

13 14 16 17

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
14-bit, 85ksps serial ADC has 20A shutdown 10-bit, VOUT DACs operate from 5V (MAX194) (MAX503/504/515)

19 19 19 20 20 20

High Speed: Video, Comparators

50V, 200MHz amplifier drives high-resolution monitors (MAX445) 950MHz JFET video buffer includes 75 trimmed termination resistor (MAX4005)

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

CMOS analog multiplexers offer extremely low leakage Active, in-line circuit protectors guard signal lines Analog switches and multiplexers guarantee matched, low on-resistances (MAX338/339) (MAX366/367)

(MAX381/383/385/398/399) 21

Power Management
3.3V linear regulators automatic shutdown suits portable applications (MAX687/688/689) 3V and 3.3V linear regulators offer accuracy and low dropout (MAX688/689) (MAX793/794/795) (MAX809/810)

21 21 22 22

P Supervisors
Multifunction P supervisors monitor 3V and 3.3V systems Smallest available P supervisors come in SOT-23 packages

Interface
AutoShutdown lowers RS-232 transceivers supply current to 1A 3.3V RS-485/RS-422 transceivers transmit to 10Mbps (MAX3212/23/43) 23 (MAX3483/85/86/88/90/91) 22

Hybrid/MCM Packaging
Custom packaging accommodates high-frequency, high-power circuits

23

News Briefs
FORBES RATES MAXIM AMONG AMERICAS BEST SMALL COMPANIES
For the fifth consecutive year, Maxim Integrated Products is among Americas most prosperous small companies. We are one of only 14 top tier companies on Forbes magazines list of Americas Best Small Companies to have achieved top 200 status at least four times in the past five years. We announced 36 new products during the first quarter and 31 products during the second quarter, for a total of 795 new products introduced since the company was formedthe most of any company in the industry.

MAXIM REPORTS 35TH CONSECUTIVE QUARTER OF INCREASED EARNINGS

Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $56,184,000 for the second quarter of fiscal 1995, compared to $36,143,000 for the same period a year ago. This represents a 55.4% gain in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. Net income of $8,930,000 (or $0.27 per share) for the quarter marked the 35th consecutive increasingly profitable quarter for Maxim and compared to net income of $5,686,000 (or $0.18 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1994. Operating income for the quarter was 23.5% of net revenues, again one of the industrys highest. Gross margins increased to $32,868,000 (58.5% of net revenues) from $21,166,000 (58.6% of net revenues) for the same quarter in fiscal 1994. During the quarter, cash and short-term investments increased $8,707,000 ($0.26 per share). Accounts receivable levels were 31 days outstanding, and inventory days declined to 63 days from 66 days in the prior quarter. The Company continued its stock repurchase program, repurchasing stock for $2,126,000 during the quarter. The Company also purchased for cash $6,635,000 of capital equipment. Maxim effected a two-for-one stock split during the second quarter in the form of a stock dividend. At the annual meeting in November, shareholders approved a substantial increase in Maxims stock option plan, confirming the Companys philosophy that people make the difference in great organizations. New products developed and announced during the quarter were consistent with our model for 3-year sales and profit growth. New product announcements increased 13% per year from 1990 to 1993, and they are expected to increase 30% per year from 1993 to 1996. Based on past performance, we foresee that products developed during the 19931996 time frame will strongly influence sales and profits growth during 19961999. We have now substantially completed integration of the operation acquired from Tektronix last year, and our emerging high-frequency businesses are growing on plan. To date, we have announced eight new standard products based on the acquired high-frequency bipolar technology. The existing high-frequency business has not declined as our worst-case plan allowed. Ramp-up of the manufacturing capability in Oregon is on track. In the second quarter, 30% of our wafers were manufactured in the acquired 0.8 micron facility. Wafer output from this facility has increased 25% quarter-to-quarter. By the end of Q495, we anticipate that 50% of our wafers will be produced in Beaverton. Over the next several quarters, if required, production can be increased to three times our current total wafer consumption with additional capital expenditures of less than $20 million. Also during the quarter, Maxim began a three-quarter program to modernize its manufacturing facilities, including upgrading wafer fabrication from 4" to 6" wafers and replacing outdated test equipment and handlers in all of our facilities. Second quarter results included a $5.6 million charge related to this program.

Energy management for small portable systems

Numerous diverse and conflicting constraints burden the designer of small hand-held products. Aside from the customary restrictions on size and weight, these constraints include cost limitations, strict time schedules, battery-life goals measured in weeks instead of hours, and host computers that are (sometimes) overtaxed with the demands of power management. Because power requirements for hand-held applications vary widely with product use, no single best power source exists for these applications. A device used intermittently is more concerned with no-load quiescent current than with full-load efficiency, and so may operate satisfactorily with alkaline batteries. Cell phones, on the other hand, must contend with high peak loads and frequent use. This mode of operation emphasizes conversion efficiency over quiescent current, so cell phones are better served with a rechargeable battery. In hand-held product design, size limitations often dictate the number of battery cells early in the process. This is frustrating to the electrical engineer, and a substantial constraint, since the number (and type) of cells allowed determines the operating-voltage range, which in turn strongly affects the cost and complexity of the power supply. High cell counts enable the use of linear regulators and simple circuitry at the cost of extra weight and limited efficiency. Low cell counts compel the use of a more costly switching regulator, but the low cost of the battery may justify this expense.
HI = OFF LO = ON

INPUT 3V TO 8V C1 47F C6 2.2F 2 C5 5 REF 0.1F V+ EXT 1 D2 1N4148 L1 C2 47F D1 1N5817 OUTPUT 5V/0.3A Q1 L2 C3 47F

MAX1771
SHDN 6 AGND 7 GND 4 CS 8 R1 0.082 FB 3 R3 470k L1 & L2 = CTX20-4 COILTRONICS (407) 241-7876 Q1 = 1/2 IRF7101 INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER (310) 322-3331

R2 200k C4 47pF

EFFICIENCY AT I LOAD
INPUT VOLTAGE 3.5V 4.0V 5.0V 6.0V 10mA 81% 82% 82% 82% 100mA 83% 84% 84% 84% 200mA 84% 84% 85% 86% 300mA 84% 85% 86% 86%

Figure 1.

This regulator topology supplies 5V for inputs ranging from 3V to 8V. The operation shifts smoothly between stepup and step-down conversion without steps or mode changes. During shutdown, the output turns off completely and sources no current.

BATTERY VIN

CURRENT PATH FROM VIN TO VOUT BROKEN BY Q2 TYPICAL BOOST DC-DC CONVERTER LOW = OFF SHUTDOWN Q1 Q2

VOUT TO LOAD

Four-cell designs
Four-cell batteries often provide an attractive compromise between weight and operating life. That number is particularly popular for alkaline batteries because they are commonly sold in multiples of four. Four-cell power for 5V circuitry presents a design challenge, however. As the battery discharges, the regulator must first step down, and then step up. This requirement precludes use of the simpler, one-function regulator topologies that can only step down, step up, or invert. One effective solution to this problem is the SEPIC (single-ended primary inductance converter), in which

Figure 2.

Typical dc-dc boost converters provide a current path from input to output, even when powered down. To interrupt this path, you must add a disconnect switch (Q2).

VOUT is capacitively coupled to the switching circuitry ( Figure 1 ). The absence of a transformer is one of several advantages this configuration has over flybacktransformer regulators and combination step-up/linear regulators.

INPUT 5V FROM 2C ADAPTOR

D1 1N4001

C1 2.2F

D2 1N4148 8

L1* 22H C3 47F 16V LX 7

D4 1N4148 D3 1N5817

B2 LITHIUM CR2032

10k

10k

V+

L2* 22H LOGIC

OUTPUT 3.3V/200mA 150k

B1 (3 AA CELLS)

Q1 Si9433 SILICONIX (408) 988-8000

150k 2 LBI

FB 3

125k 150k REF 5

IC1 MAX761
ON/OFF 4 SHDN GND 6 1.5V LBO 1

C2 0.1F

LOW WHEN B1 < 3V (OR WHEN ADAPTER VOLTAGE < 3V)

* L1 AND L2 ARE SUMIDA CD54 SERIES. SUMIDA (408) 956-0666

Figure 3.

This low-current step-up/step-down regulator supplies 3.3V at 200mA. Q1 automatically disconnects the B1 battery when you connect an ac adapter, and a diode-OR circuit allows B2 to back-up the 3.3V output.

As another improvement over boost designs (in which current drains from the battery during shutdown unless you add a cut-off switchsee Figure 2), the SEPIC output fully turns off in response to a shutdown command. As VIN falls during normal operation, the SEPIC circuit smoothly regulates VOUT without shifting its mode of operation as V OUT approaches V IN . Its power-conversion efficiency peaks at 86%, near 200mA (Figure 1). Coils L1 and L2 (Figure 1) should be the same type and have the same value, but coupling between them is not required. They can be wound on the same core for convenience, but the circuit works equally well if they are completely separate. Each coil passes only one half of the peak switching current (IPEAK = 100mV/R1 = 1.22A), so each can be rated accordingly. Capacitor C2 couples energy to the output and requires low ESR to handle high ripple currents. A low-ESR Sanyo OS-CON capacitor, for instance, offers 3% more efficiency than does a less expensive 1F ceramic capacitor. Tantalum capacitors are not recommended because high ESR causes them to self-heat at high ripple currents. Diode D2 provides a supply voltage for the IC (pin 2) by capturing switching pulses at the drain of Q1. Although this voltage (approximately the sum of VIN and VOUT) limits the maximum VIN to 8V, it improves the start-up
4

capability under full load and improves the low-VIN efficiency by boosting gate drive to the external MOSFET. If VIN does not fall below 4V, you can substitute a 3Vthreshold FET for Q1 and omit D2. In that case, pin 2 connects directly to VIN, which assumes an upper limit of 16.5V.

Three cells to 3.3V

The circuit of Figure 3 employs the same principles as that of Figure 2, but adds battery-backup capability. It also foregoes the external FET for a lower-current internal one. Separate coils for L1 and L2 (vs. a single transformer) allow the use of a 22H coil for each of multiple versions of the circuitsuch as you would need in a product that required power supplies of 3.3V, 5V, 12V, and 30V, for example. The input-voltage range is 3V to 13V. During normal operation, the ac adapters 5V output powers the circuit and turns off Q1. Disconnecting the adapter removes 5V, turns on Q1, and allows the three AA cells to provide power. If the input voltage drops below 3.0V, a low-battery comparator in IC1 alerts the system by driving LBO low. And for backup, a diode-OR connection allows the optional lithium battery (coin cell B2) to maintain the 3.3V output. To simplify the switchover circuit from adapter to main battery, this design requires the ac adapters 5V output to be somewhat regulatedto between 4V and 5.5V.

0.1F

INPUT 3.8V TO 16V 100F

INPUT 3.8V TO 11.5V 1 IN OUT 8 10F 2 GND GND 7 OUTPUT 3.3V/400mA

V+ 5

10F 0.05

MAX1651
CS 3 SHDN EXT 6 7

Q1 Si9430 (SILICONIX) L1 22H NSQ03A02L NIHON (805) 867-2555 OUTPUT 3.3V/1.5A 330F LO = OFF

MAX604
GND GND

REF FB GND 8 2

OUT

4 OFF

SET

0.1F

SAFE OPERATING REGION AT 70C 100 EFFICIENCY OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) 90 EFFICIENCY (%) DROPOUT (V) 3.8 80 4.0 700 DROPOUT LINE 600 500 400 300 SAFE REGION 200 100 3.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 LOAD CURRENT (A) 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

70 3.6 60 DROPOUT VOLTAGE 50

Figure 4.

A low-dropout switch-mode controller and p-channel MOSFET supply 3.3V at 1.5A with inputs as low as 3.8V. Efficiency exceeds 90% for most of the operating range.

Figure 5.

This combination of internal MOSFET pass transistor and high-power SO-8 package provides a linear regulator with low dropout, an operating current of 15A, and an output capability of over 400mA.

Low-dropout, step-down converter

Low-voltage logic, such as that powered from 3.3V, now enables the use of 4-cell inputs for simple step-down configurations that optimize efficiency and cost. For 3.3V outputs, the key specification is dropout voltagethe minimum allowable difference between VIN and VOUT. End-of-life voltage for the battery varies according to cell type and the products pattern of use, but (for all but lithium batteries) it falls in the range of 0.8V to 1V per cell. As a result, its not uncommon for 3.3V regulators to operate with input voltages as low as 3.6V. The design of Figure 4 offers an uncomplicated means for delivering intermediate current loads at 3.3V from four cells. The IC drives a low-threshold p-channel MOSFET, and minimizes current-sense losses with a low current-sense voltage of 110mV. For best performance, the MOSFET on-resistance should be specified in conjunction with the circuits lowest operating voltage about 3.6V in this case.

Linear regulators
Still the lowest-cost approach for many step-down applications (short of no regulator at all) is linear regulation, provided its efficiency and battery-life limitations are acceptable, and its power dissipation at higher VIN is manageable. For portable designs, even a simple linear regulator can provide some twists. As an example, dropout voltage (the low-VIN level at which output regulation is lost) should often be regarded as a part of normal operation rather than a fault. That is, to extend operating time it may be advisable to allow the regulator to fall out of regulation without shutting down. The regulators behavior during dropout (especially its quiescent current) is important in these designs. The simple linear regulator of Figure 5 offers exceptional dropout behavior with little effect on operating current. Essentially an 8-pin surface-mount package, it delivers more than 400mA. Because the internal pass element is a MOSFET instead of a bipolar transistor, the circuits dropout voltage is nearly zero at light loads.
5

68F INPUT 0.9V* TO 3.3V L1 47H 1N5817

MAX856
CONTROL 0.1F 3 REF

Q1 MMDFZP02E MOTOROLA (602) 244-3576

LX 8

OUTPUT 3.3V/200mA*

68F GND 7 OUT 6 3/5 2 LBI 5 1.5V 1M

1M

MAXIMUM START-UP LOAD CURRENT vs. START-UP VOLTAGE

1000 WITH LOAD SWITCH START-UP LOAD CURRENT (mA) 1M 100

1 SHDN

10 WITHOUT LOAD SWITCH 1

LB0

Q2 L0 = OFF 1M 1M 2N3904

0.1

0.01 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 START-UP INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

* OPTIONAL CIRCUITRY FOR FULL-LOAD LOW-VOLTAGE START UP. SEE FIGURE 6b. (a) (b)

Figure 6.

This low-power, CMOS step-up converter (a) generates 3.3V from 1-cell and 2-cell inputs. The optional load-disconnect circuitry (dashed lines) enables the circuit to start with inputs as low as 0.8V (b).

And, its quiescent current does not rise as V IN approaches VOUT. This last characteristic is especially important for small portables whose steady-state load is no greater than 100A. In such designs, the milliamp or more of quiescent-current rise (typical of a low-dropout regulator with bipolar pass transistor) accelerates the battery discharge at a time when the battery can least afford it: near the end. Typically, the IC in Figure 5 draws 15A of operating current whether in or out of dropout.

in two AA cells exceeds the 3Whrs in a 6-cell, 9V alkaline battery by 50%, even though the two batteries are comparable in size and weight. The step-up regulator of Figure 6a provides high, 88% efficiency for 2-cell and 1-cell inputs, and its high, 500kHz switching frequency enables the use of very small inductors. The ICs quiescent current is only 60A at light or zero loadsan attractive feature for portable products whose supply voltage must remain active when the product is turned off. As the product enters such an idle or suspend mode, load current falls to microamps and must not be dominated by current into the regulator IC. For equipment that truly shuts down, the IC provides a very low-current shutdown mode in which it draws less than 1A.

Boosting from low-cell-count batteries

The cell count for batteries in earlier-generation designs was highnot to provide more energy, but rather to allow generation of the system voltages with low-cost linear regulators (or even with no regulator at all). The latest generation of voltage-conversion ICs, on the other hand, lets you reduce the cell count while adding a minimum number of external parts. Usually, this extra cost is more than offset by the benefits of lower cell count: smaller size, less weight, and (sometimes) longer battery life. To illustrate, the 4.5Whrs of available energy

One-cell regulators
It makes sense to operate from a 1-cell battery when size is of prime importance. Reasonable efficiency and cost is now possible when operating with inputs below one volt, so many hand-held applications have become new candidates for 1-cell operation. The switching frequency for

INPUT 1V TO 6V 47F 2 IN

10H RLIM 1k 1 ILIM 5 LX

Inductorless conversion suits tight spaces

Despite the advances made in inductor-based switching regulators, most designers would regard the ideal converter circuit as one that has no inductor. The capacitor-based alternatives (charge-pump converters) were hampered in the past by their lack of regulation and limited output current. Though still low compared to that of switching regulators, their output current is now adequate for many designs. And in some cases, the charge-pump advantages are compellinglow cost, small size, and reduced EMI. Charge pumps are particularly useful in PCMCIA systems and other credit-card products in which the component height is limited. Figures 8, 9, and 10 illustrate three inductorless voltage converters. In Figure 8, the output of a 2-cell battery or other low-voltage source is converted to a regulated 5V 4%. The IC changes its operational mode with input voltage, producing a tripler at low VIN, a doubler at high VIN, and a tripler-doubler at mid-range that changes modes every switching cycle. Efficiency ranges from 85% to 65%. Low supply currenttypically 75A for no-load operating conditions and 1A in shutdown makes the circuit useful as a coin-cell-powered backup supply for DRAM or PSRAM. The optional diode-capacitor network in Figure 8 generates an unregulated negative voltage between -1.4V and -3V. Acting as a negative supply, this output simplifies analog designs by allowing the use of inexpensive op

OUT 6 ACTIVE RECTIFIER 7 SHDN LO = OFF

OUTPUT 3.3V/ 100mA 47F

CONTROL 1 N SEL 8

REF

MAX778

PGND 4

AGND 3

Figure 7.

This single-IC boost converter has an internal synchronous rectifier. It maintains a regulated 3.3V output for inputs ranging from 1V to 6V.

low-cost ICs now approaches 1MHz, which permits the use of small magnetic components available from multiple sources. Its not unusual, therefore, for the dc-dc circuitry to occupy less space than the battery it replaced. In Figure 6a, the addition of Q1 and Q2 within the dashed lines allows the regulator to start with lower input voltages and higher load currents. Q1 also disconnects the load and battery from each other during shutdown, and the on-chip comparator does not allow Q1 to turn on again until VOUT has risen to at least 3V. Figure 6b illustrates this circuits loaded-start capability and its remarkably low typical start-up voltage (0.8V). Figure 7 shows a low-parts-count step-up regulator that also starts under load and operates with inputs down to 0.8V. Its 500kHz switching frequency and adjustable peak coil current (set by RLIM) allows use of a tiny, lowcost surface-mount coil. The on-board active (synchronous) rectifier not only eliminates the external diode, it also enables the shutdown input to turn off the output completelya useful feature not common in boost designs, and one that requires an external FET in Figure 6. The active rectifier and control circuitry in the IC of Figure 7 maintain regulation for inputs to 6.2Van achievement which, if not of benefit in single-cell designs, may be useful elsewhere. The price for these improvements is higher quiescent current: 190A for Figure 7 vs. 30A for Figure 6.

INPUT 2V TO 3.6V 10F

IN

OUT

3 6 10F

MAX619
7 1 SHDN C1+

GND

OUTPUT 5V/20mA FOR VIN > 2V 5V/50mA FOR VIN > 3V

LO = ON

C2+

4 C2 0.22F

C1 0.22F 8 C1C25

CMPSH-35 DUAL SCHOTTKY CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR (516) 435-1110 0.1F -1.4V TO -3V/5mA 2.2F

CIRCUITRY FOR OPTIONAL NEGATIVE OUTPUT

Figure 8.

With a few external capacitors, one IC boosts a 2-cell or 3cell input to 5V, and delivers 50mA (for 3V inputs) with only 75A of quiescent current. With an additional SOT-23 dual diode and two capacitors, it also produces a small negative output.

INPUT 4.5V TO 10V 1 C1+ 1F INPUT 4.75V TO 5V C4 4.7F 5 VCC 4 C2+ S1 0.22F 3 C2- S1 S2 VOUT 6 R2 ERROR AMP R1 7 C1+ 0.22F 1 C1S1 OSCILLATOR S1 S2 S2 VREF SHDN 8 GND 7 HI = ON C3 0.1F OUTPUT 12V/30mA FLASH VPP OUTPUT C5 4.7F LO = OFF 4 SHDN FB 5 ERROR AMP -1.28V REF 1F 2 C13 NEGOUT CHARGE PUMP IN 8 1F

MAX850
OUT 6

OUTPUT -4.1V/-5mA 10F

OUTPUT NOISE AND RIPPLE

MAX662A

GND

500V/div

SWITCH CLOSURES SHOWN FOR CHARGE PUMP IN THE TRANSFER MODE

10s/div VIN = 6.0V, VOUT = -4.1V, IOUT = 5mA, AC COUPLED

Figure 9.

For programming flash memory, this circuit generates a regulated 12V/30mA programming voltage without inductors. Its small enough to fit into smart cards the size of a credit card.

Figure 10. Intended for biasing efficient GaAsFET RF power amplifiers, this charge-pump voltage inverter includes a superquiet linear regulator that limits output ripple and noise below 1mVp-p.

amps. The negative rail assures that such op amps can swing completely to ground. Another charge-pump circuit, built in less than 0.1in.2 of board area, converts 5V to the 12V level required for programming flash memory chips ( Figure 9 ). Common in PCMCIA cards, flash memory is popular for compact portable applications because it provides large amounts of nonvolatile storage in a small space, and because it needs power only for read and write operations. Some flash ICs operate on 5V, but those with the highest memory densities require 12V for programming. A third application that benefits from the use of charge pumps is the optimization of RF-transmitter efficiency in cellular and other voice/data wireless transceivers. Talk time in these transceivers is extended by the use of power amplifiers based on gallium-arsenide FETs (GaAsFETs), which are more efficient than those based on bipolar transistors.

Though more efficient, a GaAsFET costs more and requires a small negative bias voltage. Typical charge pumps generate too much noise for this application, but an output voltage regulator in the chip of Figure 10 holds the output noise and ripple to 1mVp-p. Tying the FB terminal to ground sets the regulated output to -4.1V (you can set other output levels with two external resistors). Regulation and low noise are achieved with an output linear regulatorunlike the circuits of Figures 8 and 9, which regulate by gating the charge pumps switching action.

Intermittent high-current loads

A second requirement in many hand-held wireless designs is a quick response to abrupt load changes. The power supply may idle at milliamp levels for most of the time, but to handle short RF transmissions or bursts of CPU activity it must also deliver high-amplitude currents for short intervals. Especially demanding is the RF trans-

INPUT 3 CELLS (3V...5V) HALT RUN 1 SHDN

33F 8

L1 10H D1 LX

R1 1

OUTPUT 5.8V
C2 C3 C4 C5 IOUT

LBO

OUT

6 R2 54.9k

C1 22F

3 0.1F 5

MAX757
REF FB 2

1.5A

GBI

GND

R3 15k

577s

4.6ms

5.8V 5.35V L1 = SUMIDA CD75 (708) 956-0666 D1 = NIHON EC15Q502L (805) 867-2555 C1 = 22F TANTALUM C2C5 = 470F TANTALUM VOUT TIME

Figure 11. This circuit includes a large capacitive reservoir that supplies 1.5A transient loads in a GSM cellular telephone. The average load is only 200mA, so the 8-pin, surface-mount, boost-regulator IC requires no external MOSFET.

mitter in a GSM cellular telephone or other digital wireless system employing TDMA (time-division multiple access) techniques. For cellular handsets, a desirable battery combination for minimal size and weight is three NiCd cells. The lowestcost RF transmitters for this application operate at or near 6V. You might expect the expense of a switching regulator capable of delivering 2W at 6V to force the use of a five-cell battery. But, the high current is drawn only for 600s or so at a 10% duty cycle, so a small step-up IC can supply the load. In Figure 11 , a reservoir capacitor powers both the TDMA logic and the RF circuitry. The capacitor supplies an average 200mA, but at 1.5A its output drop is less than 500mV after 577s. A 1 resistor (R1) isolates the RF load from the dc-dc converter IC. While 4 x 470F is certainly a lot of buffer capacitance in a hand-held device, the four surface-mount capacitors are far smaller and cheaper than two additional battery cells. The circuits average power-conversion efficiency is 80%, and its quiescent supply current is only 60A.

produces an output range of 20V to 30V, adjusted either by digital control or by an external potentiometer. This circuits high switching frequency and adjustable inductor-current limit enable the use of small surfacemount inductors and output-filter capacitors. For loads below 10mA, for instance, the Murata-Erie LQH4 coil shown is only 2.6mm high. Note that the potentiometers configuration is not arbitrary (see the optional circuit in Figure 12). Connecting the pot between FB and ground (rather than FB and VOUT) ensures that an open or noisy pot wiper will produce a low output voltage rather than a maximum (and possibly destructive) output. Moreover, connecting the pot and its wiper to ground minimizes the trace area at FB; if you swap R8 and R9 the VOUT noise will likely increase. In 2- or 3-cell applications you can optimize efficiency by biasing the IC from 5V (if available) instead of the battery voltage. The inductor still draws current from the battery, but higher voltage at the chips V+ pin improves efficiency by providing more gate drive to Q1, which lowers its on-resistance. On the other hand, if battery voltage exceeds 5V then V+ should connect directly to the battery. VOUT can be adjusted by a 4-bit, 3.3V CMOS digital code or by the optional potentiometer, as shown.

LCD bias supplies

The bias requirements for LCD panels in portable gear cover broad ranges of voltage and current, depending on the displays technology, screen size, and cost. Bias voltages may be positive or negative and as high as 30V. The boost converter in Figure 12, for example,

3V TO 16V BATTERY INPUT L1 47H D1 1N5819 1 22F

0.1F

5V 2 V+ EXT

OUTPUT +20V TO + 30V/10mA 22F 35V

Q1

idle until the main battery dies or is removed, then supports the 3.3V rail by boosting the output of a lithium coin cell. The 5V and 3.3V main outputs are also overridden by pnp linear regulators (Q2 and Q4), which become active when you plug in an external unregulated dc supply. This action also unloads the main battery. The two ICs include several control and supervisory lines in addition to the four output voltages.

HI = OFF 0.1F

4 5 6

MAX1771
SHDN REF AGND R3 25k FB 3 CS

8 R1 0.4 L1 = MURATA ERIE LQH4 OR SUMIDA CD54 R4 300k

Simple battery charging

For small hand-held products, a lack of space and a limited budget often preclude sophisticated schemes for battery monitoring and charging. The goal in these cases is to squeeze the maximum performance from bare bones hardware. If available, though, CPU resources (combined with low-cost analog circuitry) offer a convenient means for charge control. The 8-pin, step-down, switching regulator IC of Figure 14 is configured as a high-efficiency 1A current source, activated via a logic-level signal. The op amp (IC2) monitors the charging current with a sense resistor (R10) and applies feedback to the regulator chip. This high side current sensing lets the negative battery terminal connect directly to ground. Switch-mode battery charging offers advantages, even for low-cost applications; it dissipates less power and makes full use of an ac adapter as a power source. Linearregulator designs typically require wall cubes with twice the power rating, after you consider high- and lowamplitude extremes for the ac-line voltage. Linear designs also require heatsinks to implement fast charging. The circuit shown generates a regulated current for charging a 3-cell battery. A 5.1V zener diode (D3) clamps the output at approximately 6.3V when the battery is removed. You can adjust for other battery voltages and currents by changing R5, R10, and D3. The operating-voltage range is 5V to 16V, but surges to 24V are allowed (with some output error). If a fast charge is desired but no CPU resources are available, an all-in-one controller may solve the problem (Figure 15). IC1 is a low-cost NiCd charge controller operating in a low-loss, switch-mode charging configuration. The DRV pin drives a p-channel MOSFET (Q1) via the bipolar-transistor buffer Q1Q2. The cell count (2 to 16), charge rate, and trickle-charge current are pin programmed via the ICs PGM0PGM3 inputs. The circuit terminates a fast charge automatically by detecting a negative slope in the curve of battery voltage

GND 7 R2 392k

R5 600k R6 1.2M R7 2.4M

BIT 3 BIT 2 BIT 1 BIT 0 16-STEP OUTPUT ADJUSTS FROM +20V TO +30V. ASSUMES 0V AND 3.3V CMOSLOGIC LEVELS.

TO FB TO OUTPUT R8 10k R9 25k R10 470k POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT ADJUSTS FROM +22V TO +30V WITH VALUES SHOWN

Figure 12. This circuit produces a bias (contrast) voltage for LCD panels that can be adjusted either with a potentiometer or digitally with a 4-bit homemade D/A converter.

Multiple supply voltages

Many portable designs require more than one supply voltage. Even as IC manufacturers add to the list of functions that can be powered from standard 3.3V and 5V levels, the need to optimize performance, weight, battery life, and cost continues to justify additional voltages. Fortunately, the use of multi-output ICs minimizes the number of components needed to create these voltages. These ICs minimize the board area and the number of glue components required, while improving the systems low-load efficiency and other performance parameters. With two ICs you can design a four-output power supply for hand-held organizers, computers, or data terminals (Figure 13). The output voltages are 5V for PCMCIA slots and analog circuitry, 3.3V for CPU and RAM, 12V for flash memory, and -17V for LCD backplane bias. A fifth regulatora micropower boost circuitis included for backup during battery replacement. It sits

10

B2 LITHIUM CR2032 C5 100F V1 +3.3V 250mA L1 D1 22H 1N5817 C1 100F

L2 C4 22H 0.1F 16 V+ LX3 D12 CS12

D2 1N5817 C2 47F

15

12 11

V2 +12V/120mA Flash VPP

Q1

L3 220H 7

MAX718
LXB FB3 LIN FB12 PFO DCIN 10 9 3 1 2 4

R1 0.22

D3 1N4001 Q2 2N2955 R2 330

D4 1N914

8 13

3.3V LOW WALL CUBE ON ACTIVATE BACKUP 12V ON TO 3.3V

VREF

BKUP 12ON

B1 2x AA CELLS

C3 0.22F GND 14

AGND 12/5 6

C6 100F C7 0.1F L4 D5 22H 1N5817 C8 100F 16 15 V+ LX3 CS+ 9 R3 1 D6 Q3 1N5818 C9 2.2F

V3 +5V 200mA

CS- 10 7

MAX722
FB3

DHI DLO

11 12 L5 47H 8

D7 1N4001 Q4 2N2955 EXTERNAL 9V DC SOURCE R6 330 13

V4 -17V LCD POWER R4 1.5M

LIN FBN 3/5 NEGON SHDN GND 14 VREF 5 PFO 4 AGND 6

3 2 1

R5 110k 5V LOW C10 0.22F

5V AND LCD OFF LCD ON

Figure 13. These two ICs perform a multitude of power-related tasks in a system powered by two AA cells. They generate four supply voltages, supervise the system power, control a lithium backup battery, and provide a switchover between battery and wall-adapter outputs.

vs. time. For safety, it also provides an adjustable timeout as backup for terminating the charge. Note that NiMH batteries require termination at zero slope rather than negative slope. For NiMH batteries, replace the MAX713 with the pin-compatible MAX712. Figure 15 accommodates nominal 12V inputs such as a car battery, and is therefore limited to charging batteries of six cells or less. As shown, the PGM0PGM3 connections set the fast-charge rate at one ampere and the trickle-charge rate at 1/16 of that. The backup timer is set for 90 minutes. (Circle 1)
11

Reference: 1. High Frequency Power Converters, Sevens and Wittlinger, Harris.

R5 0.15

Si9405 Q1 0.15

DALE IHSM-5832 L1 22H D2

R10 0.15

VIN
16F 16F C6 220F R9 1k, 1%

IOUT 1A 5%

C4 10F 16V

5 V+ D1 1N4740 10V N.C. 1 OUT IC1

6 CS 7 EXT

D3 1N4733 5.1V IC2 R6 2.7k 0.1F R7 10k, 1% R8 10k, 1% MC34071 (MOTOROLA) R11 1k, 1%

MAX649

FB

REF SHDN 3 R1 200 1W R2 510k R3 100k GND 8

U2 = MOTOROLA MC34071 R4 100k

OFF

ON

Q1 2N3904

Figure 14. This 1A switch-mode current source supplies charging current to a grounded battery by sensing current on the high side. An op amp senses the output current and supplies feedback to the dc-dc converter IC.
Q3 IRF9024 LED D3 FAST CHARGE Q4 CMPTA06 Q2 2N2907 R1 1k C5 10F C6 10F R2 4.7k Q1 CMPTA06 D2 L1 COILCRAFT (708) 639-6400 D03340 220H

INPUT 8V TO 16V

CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR (516) 435-1110 470 5 THI 8 3 4 9 10 FASTCHG BATT+ PGM0 15 V+ 14 DRV

D1 D1, D2 ARE MBRS340T3 MOTOROLA (602) 244-3576 C1 1F 1 AMP (FAST) BATT+

2 C3 10F BATT-

PGM SETTINGS SHOWN ARE FOR 3 CELLS, 1C CHARGE RATE, AND 90 MIN TIMEOUT.

MAX713
PGM1

BATTTLO

12 6 13

PGM2 GND PGM3 REF VLIMIT TEMP CC 16 1 7 11 C4 0.1F C2 220pF

R3 0.25

Figure 15. A low-cost battery-charge controller is the heart of a low-dissipation, fast-charge switch-mode circuit. When the battery is fully charged, the circuit shifts automatically to a C/16 trickle charge.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switching regulator/transformer steps down from high voltage
Adding a transformer to a step-up dc-dc regulator enables the regulator to accept inputs of 20V and higher while operating in a flyback step-down mode (Figure 1). The circuit of Figure 1 handles inputs up to 30V (as shown), but is easily modified for higher specific voltages. It was developed for use in a small industrial controller whose non-ventilated case required close attention to power dissipation. IC1 is well suited to the application because it drives an external switching transistor and derives its power from an internal shunt regulatorboth of which can be made to accommodate a wide range of input voltages. IC1 includes internal feedback resistors for 5V, 12V, or 15V outputs (the connection shown is for 5V). To set output voltages other than these, connect a feedback divider between the circuits regulated output and IC1s feedback terminal (pin 6). Though not optimal for efficiency, the transformers 1:1 turns ratio simplifies procurement by allowing the use of a standard product such as the Coiltronix CTX transformer shown. Its 1:1 ratio also enhances stability by producing a duty cycle well below 50%. An ideal 1:1 transformer would generate VIN + VOUT at the bottom of the primary, but leakage inductance causes real transformers to produce a somewhat higher voltage. That voltage appears across Q1, so Q1s minimum breakdown voltage should be approximately 2VIN + VOUT.
INPUT 20V TO 30V 1 R1 10k 3 C2 0.1F 9 SGND CS C3 0.1F REF 8 SHDN 7 LBI 5 FB 6 GND 10 V+ C5 47nF R3 1k 12 13 11 R2 0.68 Q1 TN25A

A snubber network across T1 reduces this breakdownvoltage requirement, at the cost of efficiency. The simplest snubber is the RC network shown in Figure 1. (A zener-diode type allows higher efficiency.) The amount of snubbing required depends on the output load, the circuit layout, and the parasitic elements present. For IOUT = 250mA and VIN between 20V and 30V, this circuits efficiency is 66% (rising to 72% when you remove the snubber). R2 limits the peak current through Q1 and L1 to 0.33A. The internal shunt regulator is a zener diode, biased by R1 at approximately 2mA (the allowed range is 1mA to 20mA). Replacing R1 with a constant-current source lets the circuit cope with a wider input voltage range. The shunt regulators output is about 6V, which limits the gate drive to Q1; therefore, Q1 should have a logiclevel gate threshold. (The VN88 MOSFET also works well, though its 2.5V maximum gate threshold is slightly high for this criterion.) The SHDN input (pin 7, shown grounded) is a digital on/off switch for the load and the switching circuit. The shunt regulator remains active during shutdown and provides a useful supply voltage for backup memory, a real-time clock, or any general-purpose logic (including a latching on/off switch). The shunt regulator can supply 4000-series logic directly, or can supply 5V-specified devices via two dropper diodes.
(Circle 2)
OUTPUT 5V/250mA

D1 1N5401 T1 CTX 100-4P

C1 47F

2 V5 EXTL EXTH

MAX773

C4 100F

Figure 1.

This step-up switching regulator and 1:1 transformer steps down to 5V from input voltages as high as 30V.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
RS-485 data interface gives isolated, full-duplex operation
The simple RS-485 circuit of Figure 1 provides fullduplex communications (simultaneous transmission and reception) with only two essential packages (IC2 and IC3). Its balanced and differential data lines are necessary for high-noise environments or for longdistance transmission between a computer and its peripherals. Such transmissions are difficult, if not impossible, with the single-ended circuitry of an RS232 transceiver. The RS-485 standard allows for bidirectional, multipoint, party-line communications, with data rates to 10M bits/second (10Mbps) and line lengths to 1200 meters. Differential transmission provides noise immunity. The circuit shown features controlledslew-rate drivers that minimize EMI and the reflections caused by improperly terminated cables. It also enables error-free transmissions to 250kbps. To achieve data rates to 2.5Mbps, substitute a full-slewrate MAX1480A for IC2, a MAX485 for IC3, and R2R5 values per Table 1.
IC3
8 V CC 4 DI D 3 DE 1 R0 2 RE

MAX483
A 7 B 6 R GND RL RECEIVER I/O 120

INPUT 5V

IC2
C1 22F C2 0.1F

MAX1480B
VCC1 VCC1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 28 27 26 25 24 AC1 AC2 ISO VCC B (Z) ISO RO DRV A (Y) ISO DI IN ISO DE IN ISO GND ISO DI DRV ISO VCC ISO DE DRV ISO GND ISO RO LED ISO GND R5 R4 RL 120 DRIVER I/O R6

SYSTEM GROUND

D1 D2 GND PS SD VCC2 R1 DI VCC2 DE GND R3 RO VCC2

IC1 74HC04 OR EQUIVALENT

DRIVER INPUT DI

MAX 253

MAX 483

23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15

DI DRIVER R2 ENABLE DE RECEIVER OUTPUT

DE

RO

SYSTEM GROUND

TABLE 1. PULL-UP AND LED DRIVE RESISTORS

IC2 MAX1480A MAX1480B IC3 MAX485 MAX483 R1 () 200 200 R2 () 200 510 R3 () 360 3k R4 () 3k 2.2k R5 () 360 3k R6 () 200 200 MAX DATA RATE 2.5Mbps 250kbps

Figure 1.

IC2 and IC3 provide full-duplex data communications for cable lengths as long as 1200 meters.

14

IC2 is a complete half-duplex interface that includes transceivers, optocouplers, a power driver, and a transformer. The optocouplers transmit digital signals across the internal isolation barrier, and the centertapped transformer transmits power across the barrier from its logic (non-isolated) side to its isolated side. IC3, powered by the isolated VCC, upgrades the halfduplex operation of IC2 to full duplex using IC2s own dedicated optocouplers. Pin 3 must be tied low to disable IC3s driver, and pin 4 should be left floating. The driver outputs for IC2 and IC3 exhibit high impedance when DE is low; bringing DE high enables the outputs to function as line drivers.

The isolation barrier in IC2 typically withstands 1600Vrms for one minute or 2000Vrms for one second. Any TTL/CMOS-logic family can drive the IC2 digital inputs through a series resistor. With resistive pull-ups, the receiver outputs can drive any such logic as well. IC2s isolated outputs meet all RS-485 specifications.
(Circle 3)

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Autotransformer boosts maximum VOUT
Step-up dc-dc converters that operate from small input voltages often have correspondingly low maximum breakdown voltages of 5V to 6V, which limits the maximum output voltage available from such devices. Adding an autotransformer lets you double VOUT without exceeding the ICs breakdown voltage. A properly wound center-tapped inductor acts like a transformer with a 1:1 turns ratio. Combined with an IC that normally boosts single-cell inputs as high as 6V, it produces a regulated 9V output with no more than 4.5V across the IC (Figure 1). The circuit is suitable for use in smoke alarms and other batterypowered equipment. It delivers 30mA at 9V from a 1.1V input, and as much as 90mA at 9V from a 1.5V input. A similar circuit for 2-cell inputs (Figure 2) delivers 30mA at 9V from 1.6V, and 80mA at 9V from 3.6V.
(Circle 4)

T1 CTX20-1 (COILTRONICS)
1N5817 OUTPUT 9V R1 43k B1 (TWO CELL)

T1 CTX33-1 (COILTRONICS)
100F 68F 1N5817 68F OUTPUT 9V R1 68k

IC1

100F

IC1

MAX779 1 5 ILIM LX 2 IN 8 FB 3 AGND 7 4 SHDN PGND

B1 (ONE CELL) VOUT R1 = R2 ( 0.2025 -1)

MAX857
1 3 LX SHDN OUT REF GND 7 FB 8 6 2

1N914 1F

R2 1k

0.1F

VOUT R1 = R2 ( 1.25 -1)

R2 10k

OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. LOAD CURRENT

10 10

OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. LOAD CURRENT

9 VIN = 1.5V VOUT (V) 8 VOUT (V) VIN = 1.1V

9 VIN = 3.6V 8 VIN = 1.6V VIN = 2.0V

5 0 20 40 60 80 100 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

5 0 20 40 60 80 100 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

Figure 1.

An autotransformer allows a low-voltage step-up converter to boost single-cell inputs as high as 10V.

Figure 2.

Similar to Figure 1, this circuit accepts 2-cell inputs and generates regulated outputs as high as 10V.

16

DESIGN SHOWCASE
5V regulator accepts inputs from 2V to 12V
Configured as in Figure 1 , the step-up dc-dc converter IC1 and associated components produce 5V from input voltages ranging from 2V to 12V. Input voltages are negative with respect to the output ground terminal. Transistor Q1 shifts the feedback voltage to a level compatible with the IC, which is about 1.5V relative to the chips GND pin. By taking V+ from the highest voltage in the circuit (VIN + VOUT), the chip minimizes internal loss by maximizing the gate drive to its internal switching MOSFET. When this MOSFET (between LX and GND) turns off, the energy stored in T1s primary flows to the V+ output, generating a voltage across the primary equal to V+ plus a diode drop. The -5V output is generated similarly by the additional winding plus D2 and C6. Regulation is via T1s 1:1 winding ratio, which causes the -5V output magnitude to track that of the 5V output. This negative-output generation isnt possible with the standard step-up topology (Figure 2) because neither winding would see a VOUT-proportional voltage. Figure 1 offers two other advantages over the Figure 2 configuration. First, it remains in regulation when VIN rises above the nominal output level. In Figure 2, the inductor-diode leakage path forces VOUT to track VIN for this condition. In Figure 1, VIN is limited by IC1s absolute-maximum voltage rating: V+ to BATT- must not exceed 17V, so for VOUT = 5V the input range is 2V to 12V. Second, the Figure 1 circuit has no leakage path from input to output during shutdown. With 50k output loads and R1 = 100k, the total shutdown current is only 26A.

V+ R2 43k SHUTDOWN T1 COILTRONICS CTX20-4 C1 47F C2 0.1F 8 V+ Q1 BC2142 C5 47F V+ LOAD VOUT

GND C3 0.1F VL D1 1N5817 C6 47F 100A V4 SHDN LBI GND 2 6 FB REF 5 C4 0.1F 3 D2 1N5817 R3 15k V- LOAD

IC1

MAX761
VIN N1 LX

R1 100k

VL = VIN WHEN N1 IS ON VL = VOUT + VDIODE WHEN N1 IS OFF

Figure 1.

This regulator circuit produces 5V from just two battery cells, whose terminal voltage may range above and below the positive output level.

17

The efficiency in Figure 1 is about 70%a little lower than that of a standard step-up circuit (Figure 3). This efficiency data is based on VIN = 2.5V, representing two AA cells at 50% discharge. The circuit can start with 50 loads and a 2.0V input, but it cant quite regulate with that combination of input and loadthe V+/V- outputs will sag to 3.88V/-3.68V. Output noise (mostly fast spikes) is nominally 200mVp-p for a wide range of output loads. In addition, IC1s current-limited PFM (pulse-frequency

modulation) control causes a variation in the frequency of output ripple and noise. If this is undesirable, IC1 can be replaced with the MAX752 dc-dc converter, whose current-mode PWM (pulse-width modulation) control produces a constant switching frequency (and somewhat lower efficiency due to higher quiescent current).
(Circle 5)

V+

Table 1. 43k and 15k FEEDBACK RESISTORS

V+ LOAD () 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Shutdown VLOAD () VIN (V) 2.5 Note 1 2.5 2.5 10,000 2.5 1000 2.5 100 2.5 50 2.5 Note 1 2.5 2.5 10,000 2.5 1000 2.5 100 2.5 50 2.5 Note 1 2.5 2.5 10,000 2.5 1000 2.5 100 2.5 Note 1 2.5 2.5 IIN (mA) 280 280 283 301 494 605 138 138 139 151 273 469 14.6 14.3 15.6 27.7 137 0.803 0.802 26A V+ (V) 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.90 4.78 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 4.96 4.93 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 V- (V) 7.17 5.38 5.08 4.87 4.63 6.84 5.28 5.06 4.86 4.73 6.27 5.08 4.92 4.66 5.07 Eff (%) 69.4 69.4 69.1 68.0 58.1 58.6 72.5 72.5 72.7 73.0 70.7 58.9 68.5 69.9 70.7 71.1 70.7

V+ VL LX N1 GND

VIN

SHDN

VOUT

GND SHUTDOWN LEAKAGE PATH VL = VIN WHEN N1 IS ON VL = VOUT - VIN WHEN N1 IS OFF VL IS NEVER EQUAL TO VOUT

Measurements from veroboard prototype. Efficiency would improve with ground plane PCB. Note 1: V- components disconnected.

Figure 2.

The leakage path (dotted line) in this conventional step-up switching regulator prevents regulation when VIN exceeds VOUT.

Figure 3.

Conversion efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit is about 70%, depending on the input voltage and the output loads.

18

NEW PRODUCTS
14-bit, 85ksps serial ADC has 20A shutdown
The 14-bit MAX194 analog-to-digital converter (ADC) has ultra-low power consumption, high accuracy, and high speed, making it ideal for medical, instrumentation, and industrial applications. As the low-power leader in 14-bit applications, it consumes only 80mW at the maximum operating speed of 85ksps. Because the MAX194 is the only device in its class with shutdown capability (to 10A), its power consumption drops even further at lower sampling rates. At 1ksps, for instance, the consumption is only 1mW. The MAX194s capacitive-DAC architecture provides an inherent track/hold function with a fast, 2.4s acquisition time. Its internal calibration circuitry maintains true 14-bit accuracy over temperature by correcting for linearity and offset errors, and its separate analog and digital powersupply terminals minimize the effects of digital noise. The device has a serial data interface and pin-selectable unipolar/bipolar input ranges. The MAX194 comes in 16-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $14.00 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 6)
745mW 250mW 95mW

AD67

CUT POWER 100x

CS50 14 AD78 72

<1mW

MAX1

94

10-bit, VOUT DACs operate from 5V

Draws only 140A from 5V (MAX515) Buffered voltage outputs swing railto-rail Internal voltage reference (MAX503/ MAX504) Small 8-pin SO footprint (MAX515) The MAX503/MAX504/MAX515 voltage-output digital-to-analog converters (DACs) combine ultra-low power consumption and small size with operation from a single 5V supply. These features make the devices ideal for a wide range of applicationsespecially portable and battery-powered systems. The serial-input MAX515 draws only 140A of operating current. The parallel-input MAX503 and serial-input MAX504 include internal references, and draw only 260A. Both include a shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 40A. Besides power savings, the DACs save real estate on the pc board. They come in small packages, and their rail-to-rail output buffers eliminate the op amp and associated components required with a currentoutput DAC. The MAX503 and MAX504 are capable of 4-quadrant multiplication, and include true 10-bit accuracy, power-on reset, and configurable gains of 1 or 2. To

simplify equipment upgrades, the MAX503/MAX504/MAX515 devices are both software and hardware (plug-in) compatible with Maxims 12-bit MAX530/ MAX531/MAX539 converters. The MAX515 comes in an 8-pin DIP/SO package and the MAX504 comes in a 14-pin DIP/SO. The parallel-input MAX503 comes in a 24-pin DIP/SO or a shrink small-outline package (SSOP), which requires less board area than an 8pin DIP. All are tested for operation over the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices for the MAX515 start at $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 7)

50V, 200MHz amplifier drives high-resolution monitors

The monolithic MAX445 is a lowcost, variable-gain transconductance amplifier that drives high-resolution CRT monitors directly. Combining a variablegain preamp with a high-voltage (50Vp-p) open-collector output stage, it is suitable for workstation and medical-imaging displays with video resolutions as high as 1280 x 1024 and 1530 x 1280. An internal bandgap reference enables external adjustments at the differentialinput preamp for gain (contrast) and output offset. A control input (TTL/ BLANK) turns off the output current regardless of input signal. With an external peaking network, the MAX445 delivers 2.5ns rise times at 45Vp-p into an external load of 200 and 8pF (including the CRT and parasitics). The MAX445 comes in a 24-pin power-tab DIP, which requires additional heatsinking to maintain its internal junctions within the recommended range for operating temperature. The device is characterized for a case-temperature operating range of 0C to +90C.
(Circle 8)

5V 5V

DATA IN IN DATA

10-BIT 10-BIT DAC DAC

AMP AMP

VOLTAGE VOLTAGE OUT OUT

REF REF

515

MAX503

MAX504

19

NEW PRODUCTS
950MHz JFET video buffer includes 75 trimmed resistor
The MAX4005 is the first ultra-highspeed video buffer with a trimmed, 75 output resistor to minimize reflections produced by mismatched impedances on a transmission cable. The buffers JFET input stage has an extremely low input current (10pA), making the MAX4005 ideal for high-speed applications that require isolation between a highimpedance signal source and a lowimpedance 75 cable. High-speed performance parameters include a 950MHz, -3dB bandwidth; gain flatness within 0.1dB to 60MHz; a 1000V/s slew rate; and 350ps rise/fall times. The MAX4005 also offers precision: 3mV maximum offset voltage, 1nA maximum input current, a -28dB 3rd-order intercept at 100MHz, better than -60dB 3rd-harmonic distortion at 50MHz, and low differential gain and phase errors of 0.11% and 0.03. MAX4005 applicationsfor video, medical, test and measurement, diagnostic, and ATE systemsinclude video buffers and line drivers, impedance transformers, remote-sense amplifiers, and fanout multi-

pliers for 75 signal distribution. The MAX4005 comes in an 8-pin SO package, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.75 (FOB USA).
(Circle 9)

CMOS analog multiplexers offer extremely low leakage

The MAX338/MAX339, 8-channel/ dual 4-channel multiplexers exhibit extremely low leakage currents: INO(OFF) is less than 20pA at +25C, and ICOM(ON) is less than 50pA at +25C. The maximum channel on-resistance is 400, and the onresistances in a device match to within 10 . Because the channels conduct equally well in both directions, either device is suitable for use as a multiplexer or demultiplexer. Switching-transition times are less than 500ns.

These new ICs feature extremely low charge injectiononly 1.5pC at +25C (5pC maximum). Fabricated with Maxims 44V silicon-gate process, they guarantee protection per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7 against electrostatic discharge (ESD) greater than 2000V. Each operates from a single supply of +4.5V to +30V or dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. All control inputs remain TTL compatible over the specified ranges of temperature and supply voltage. The MAX338 and MAX339 are improved, pin-compatible electrical upgrades that replace the industry-standard DG508A and DG509A at no additional cost. (For even lower leakage and charge injection at the expense of higher on-resis-

tance, consider the MAX328 and MAX329 multiplexers.) MAX338/MAX339 devices come in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.39 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 10)

Active, in-line circuit protectors guard signal lines

The MAX366 and MAX367 each contain multiple 2-terminal circuit protectors. Placed in series with signal lines, the protectors guard sensitive circuitry against fault conditions that produce line voltages near or beyond the supply voltages. During a fault, the line voltage can differ from the opposite-polarity supply voltage by as much as 40V. The protectors are active during power-up, during power-down, and when the supplies are off. The MAX366 contains three protectors, and the MAX367 contains eight. Each

protector is a series connection of two nchannel FETs and one p-channel FET, configured so the overall on-resistance is very high with power off and about 100 with power on. Leakage currents are less than 1nA at +25C. The devices are suitable for analog or digital lines, and operate with unipolar supplies of +4.5V to +36V or bipolar supplies of 2.25V to 18V. Each protector is fully symmetrical, which allows the input and output terminals to be freely interchanged. As the signal voltage approaches within 1.5V (approximately) of either supply voltage, the on-resistance increases dramatically and limits the output voltage and fault current. On the protected side,

the signal voltage clamps approximately 1.5V below the supply rail, maintaining its polarity without polarity reversals or glitches. The MAX366 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages; the MAX367 comes in 18pin DIP and SO packages. Both are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices for the MAX366 start at $1.42 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 11)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Analog switches and multiplexers guarantee matched, low on-resistances
The MAX381/MAX383/MAX385 dual analog switches and the MAX398/ MAX399 (8-channel and dual 4-channel analog multiplexers) offer precision, high speed, and low-voltage operation. Ideal for 5V systems, these devices feature low onresistances (<35 for switches, <100 for muxes) flat to within 4 (maximum) over the analog signal range. On-resistances are also matched between channels to within 2 for switches and 10 for muxes. Switch configurations are SPST, NO (MAX381); SPDT, NO (MAX385); and SPDT, NO/NC (MAX383). These CMOS devices are fabricated with Maxims low-voltage silicon-gate process. They maintain fast switching and CMOS-logic compatibility while operating with a single positive supply (+2.7V to +16.5V) or dual supplies (2.7V to 8V). Design improvements have guaranteed extremely low charge injection (<5pC) and low power consumption per package (<10W for switches, <300W for muxes). Switch leakage is low: <250pA at +25C and <2.5nA at +85C. For muxes at 5V and +85C, the NO-off leakage is <1nA and the COM-off leakage is <2.5nA. Mux transition times are <100ns at 5V. The switches turn on in <175ns, turn off in <100ns, and guarantee ESD protection in excess of 2kV. MAX398 and MAX399 multiplexers are pin compatible with the industry-standard DG408/DG409 and DG508A/DG509A, and they come in 16-pin DIP and SO packages. So do the MAX381/MAX383/MAX385 switches, which are pin-compatible with the industry-standard DG401/DG403/DG405. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.47 for the MAX381, $2.57 for the MAX383/MAX385, and $2.50 for the MAX398/MAX399 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 12)

3V and 3.3V linear regulators offer accuracy and low dropout

MAX688/MAX689 for 4A applications 0.8V dropout with 4A IOUT The MAX688 (3.3V) and MAX689 (3.0V) ICs form linear regulators in which an external pnp transistor determines the dropout voltage. The ICs can sink minimum-guaranteed base currents of 10mA, allowing high gain transistors (>100) to deliver load currents greater than 1A. Or, two external transistors in a quasi-Darlington configuration can boost the output current to 4A or more. The MAX688 and MAX689 differ only in output voltage, and offer an activelow SHDN input in place of the automaticshutdown feature. As SHDN falls, the chip first enters a <25A standby mode in which the internal comparators and reference remain active, enabling the normal standby transition to occur at a well-defined level (specified to within 2%). Thus, a declining battery voltage can be used to trigger the shutdown. Seventy millivolts of hysteresis prevents chatter between the normal and standby modes, and full shutdown (<1A) occurs when SHDN falls below 200mV. MAX688/MAX689 devices are available in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.60 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 14)

3V and 3.3V linear regulators have automatic shutdown

MAX687/MAX688/MAX689 for portable applications The MAX687/MAX688/MAX689 are low-dropout linear regulators whose inputto-output voltage is limited only by an external pnp pass transistor. Base-drive capability exceeds 10mA, enabling a highgain pass transistor to supply more than 1A of load current. The MAX687s output voltage is fixed at 3.3V, and the device shuts down auto-

matically when VOUT drops below 2.96V. Preceding the shutdown, an internal powerfail comparator issues an early warning of low output voltage. While in shutdown, the output is latched off and remains off until the ON input is pulsed. This procedure prevents the further discharge that can damage depleted battery cells in a portable telephone or other battery-powered equipment. MAX687/MAX688/MAX689 devices are available in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.60 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)

LOW-COST LINEAR-REGULATOR CONTROLLER

VIN 10nF
C1 C1

2.2F

SHDN PFO

MAX688
ZMM718 or FZT749

MAX (or DIP/SO Package)

VOUT

22F

C1

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Smallest available P supervisors come in SOT-23 packages
MAX809 and MAX810 microprocessor supervisors are the smallest such devices available. Fully specified over temperature, they assert a reset signal whenever VCC falls below a preset threshold. When used in 3V or 5V systems, they provide excellent reliability and low cost by eliminating all external components and adjustments. Typical supply currents are only 24A (L and M versions) and 17A (R, S, and T versions). The MAX809 and MAX810 differ only in the polarity of their reset outputs. The MAX809 issues an active-low RESET (valid for V CC down to 1V), and the MAX810 issues an active-high RESET. Both ignore fast transients on the VCC rail, but once a reset is asserted, it remains active for at least 140ms after VCC returns above the trip threshold. The available thresholds are designated by letter suffix: 4.63V (L), 4.38V (M), 3.08V (T), 2.93V (S), and 2.63V (R). Applications include computers, controllers, intelligent instruments, and portable/battery-powered equipment. The MAX809 and MAX810 come in 3-pin power-fail comparator, battery-OK output, software watchdog, isolation to guarantee battery freshness, manual-reset input, and chip-enable gating. The MAX793 offers all the above features with four choices of resetthreshold range, as indicated by suffix letter: U (3.00V to 3.13V), T (3.00V to 3.15V), S (2.85V to 3.00V), and R (2.55V to 2.70V). The MAX794 is similar, but substitutes a user-programmable threshold for the battery-OK function. The 4function MAX795 device offers the U/T/S/R ranges in an 8-pin package. All three devices guarantee reliable resets for V CC as low as 1V, on-board reflections 100 times, compared with other RS-485 devices. These transceivers meet RS-485 and RS-422 specifications down to 3V, and guarantee error-free transmission at data rates to 250kbps. Partial slew-rate limiting in the MAX3486 allows transmission to 2.5Mbps, and the nonlimited MAX3485/MAX3490/MAX3491 transceivers run effortlessly at 10Mbps. The full-duplex MAX3488 and MAX3490 are pin-compatible with the 75179 transceiver, and the full-duplex MAX3491 (with separate driver/receiver enables) is pincompatible with the 75180. The half-duplex MAX3483/MAX3485/MAX3486 are pincompatible with the 75176. All six Maxim transceivers operate with 1mA supply currents and dissipate only 3.3mW100-times less than their 5V counterparts. All but the MAX3490 and MAX3491 have low-current 2nA shutdown modes. SOT-23 packages, with specifications guaranteed over the extended industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.80 (3000 up, FOB USA). MAX809 SMALLEST SIZE, NO EXTERNAL COMPONENTS LOWEST-COST SOLUTION
VCC

RESET

SOT-23

(Circle 15)

Multifunction P supervisors monitor 3V and 3.3V systems

The MAX793/MAX794/MAX795* microprocessor supervisors monitor and control the activities of 3V and 3.3V Pbased applications, such as battery-powered computers and controllers, automotive systems, and portable equipment. Supervisory features include active-low and active-high reset outputs, low-line early warning, internal switch for the backup battery, internal switch for main power, driver for external FET or pnp switch,

chip-enable gates with a maximum propagation delay of 10ns, and the capability to withstand backup-battery voltages higher than V CC during normal operation. The MAX793 and MAX794 offer independent watchdog timers with 1.6 second timeouts, and an uncommitted voltage monitor for power-fail or low-battery warnings. The MAX793 and MAX794 come in 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages; the MAX795 comes in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges.
* Contact factory for availability. (Circle 16)

3.3V RS-485/RS422 transceivers transmit to 10Mbps

Maxims low-power 3.3V transceivers provide true RS-485 and RS-422 communications without the extra die size and extra pins associated with internal charge pumps. Instead, the devices include a proprietary output stage with low forward drop (patent pending) that delivers an industry first2V minimum into 100 or 1.5V into 54 , while operating from supply voltages as low as 3.0V. Each IC (MAX3483, MAX3485, MAX3486, MAX3488, MAX3490, and MAX3491) contains one driver and one receiver. As many as 32 of these transceivers may connect to one bus. Slew-rate-limited drivers in the MAX3483 and MAX3488 reduce EMI and

Driver-overload protection includes foldback current limiting, which guards each output against short circuits and other fault conditions over the whole range of input common-mode voltage (-7V to 12V). Thermal-shutdown circuitry prevents excessive power dissipation by disabling the driver outputs. As a fail-safe measure, each receiver output guarantees a logichigh level when both inputs are open. The MAX3483, MAX3485, MAX3486, MAX3488, and MAX3490 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages; the MAX3491 comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.75 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 17)

22

NEW PRODUCTS
AutoShutdown lowers RS-232 transceivers supply current to 1A
Maxims new RS-232 transceivers include a proprietary AutoShutdown function (patent pending): except when actively in use, they automatically enter a low-power mode. As a result, the supply currents fall to 1A when the input signals have non-valid RS-232 levels. The patentpending internal circuitry saves power and extends battery life: between data transmissions, when the cable is disconnected, and when the transceiver at the far end of the cable is turned off. These power savings require no modification of the existing BIOS or operating system. The MAX3212 and MAX3243* each contain three drivers and five receivers, providing complete serial ports ideal for notebook and subnotebook computers. The MAX3212 operates with a supply voltage of 2.7V to 3.6V (yet remains compatible with 5V logic), and the MAX3243 operates (with four small external capacitors) from 3.0V to 5.5V. Over their operating ranges of temperature and supply voltage, both transceivers meet all EIA/TIA-232E, EIA/TIA-562, and V.28/V.24 specifications. The guaranteed-minimum data rates (235kbps for the MAX3212 and 120kbps for the MAX3243) assure compatibility with popular data-communications software for personal computers. To produce the 5V-minimum transmitter outputs specified by RS-232, the MAX3212 employs an internal switchmode controller that generates 6.5V from a single, low-cost, external inductor. The MAX3243 generates the same levels with a capacitive doubler-inverter circuit followed by a proprietary low-dropout transmitter. Both devices drive serial mice, and both have convenient flow-through pinouts. One receiver in each device maintains a second, complementary output active regardless of shutdown status. When VCC is turned off, that output can monitor an external modem or other circuit without forward-biasing the circuits protection diode. The MAX3212s receiver-enable input (EN) can three-state the receiver outputs or activate all five, with no effect on the shutdown current. (The MAX3223a smaller, dual-transmitter/dual-receiver version of the MAX3243offers an EN input in place of the always-active receiver output.) MAX3212/MAX3243 devices include FORCEON/FORCEOFF controls for overriding the AutoShutdown circuit if desired. The MAX3212 and MAX3243 come in 28-pin wide-SO and SSOP packages, and the MAX3223 comes in a 20-pin DIP and SSOP. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.85 for the MAX3223 and $3.29 for the MAX3212/MAX3243 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 18)
* Contact factory for availability. AutoShutdown is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Custom packaging accommodates high-frequency, high-power circuits

Maxteks custom multichip modules (MCMs) contain circuits that comprise 20 to 200 separate components running at frequencies from 50MHz to 15GHz. Sampling heads and other specialized MCMs can operate at up to 50GHz. Maxteks in-house laser-trimming capability enables adjustment of resistors to within 0.1%, capacitors to within 0.5pF, and time events to within picoseconds. The MCM optimizes or tunes the performance of other circuitry in a typical application. At 50MHz and above, for example, the attenuator/preamp/ADC portion of a data-acquisition circuit may lack the gain necessary to flatten a step response. Substituting an MCM for the attenuator cures this problem by compensating the preamps roll-off. The MCM undergoes final adjustment in an active

laser-trimming jig, in which a test system flattens the step response by adjusting the operating circuit in 0.01% increments. MCMs let you combine ICs and other components representing many different technologies. Prescalers and mixers, for example, may require a mixture of silicon and gallium-arsenide chips. Data-acquisition modules may require a mixture of high- and low-power components. An MCM can combine all of these in one package, along with crystals and other types of optical and electromechanical devices. The available MCM options include standard or custom surface-mount types, socketed daughter boards, flex circuits, hermetic packages, custom packages with integrated heatsinks, and JEDEC packages with more than 100 pins. Maxtek is a new company formed by Maxim and Tektronix to perform design, testing, and manufacturing of complex, custom multichip modules and hybrids. As the descendent of Tektronix internal MCM facility, Maxtek has produced more than 8,000,000 HF MCMs in the past 20 years.

Maxtek MCMs can operate from -15C to +70C. Prices range from $2,000 to $4 each on quantities of 50 to 500,000 per year, and prototype charges begin at $10,000 with deliveries as short as four weeks. For a limited time, Maxtek is offering free engineering consultations by telephone on the design of actual highfrequency MCMs. Please contact Maxtek for more information (1-800-4-MAXTEK).

ORIGINAL PREAMP OUTPUT

100mV 80mV 60mV 40mV 20mV

10ns/div
PREAMP

ATTENUATOR

ADC

SOLUTION

COMPENSATED ATTENUATOR INPUT

IMPROVED PREAMP OUTPUT

23

Volume Nineteen

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports increased revenues and earnings Versatile waveform generator operates from 0.1Hz to 20MHz Derive 5V from four AA cells One-cell battery drives high-intensity LEDs Analog switches operate with 3V or 5V supplies Quick-charge IC routes step-up switcher output to battery Low-battery monitor delays system shutdown

2 3 12 13 14 15 16

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Fast 16-bit ADC has 10A shutdown (MAX195) Multi-range, overvoltage-tolerant 12-bit DAS has 100ksps throughput (MAX197/199)

17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Analog switches suit battery-operated systems (MAX320325) (MAX2003) (MAX845) (MAX882/883/884) (MAX1482/1483) (MAX1487) (MAX3260/3261/3262)

Power Management
Fast-charge controller charges NiCd and NiMH batteries Smallest-available isolated power driver fits Type I PCMCIA cards 200mA, 1.5W linear regulators are worlds smallest

Interface
20A RS-485 transceivers (as many as 256) share one 2-wire bus 2.5Msps RS-485 transceivers (as many as 128) share one 2-wire bus 5V, fiber-optic transceiver chipset handles data rates to 1Gbps

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS 38TH CONSECUTIVE QUARTER OF INCREASED REVENUES AND 36TH CONSECUTIVE QUARTER OF INCREASED EARNINGS
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $66,628,000 for the third quarter ended March 31, 1995, compared to $40,572,000 for the same period a year ago. This represents a 64.2% gain in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago and the 38th consecutive quarter of increased revenues. Net income of $10,124,000 (or $0.30 per share) for the quarter marked the 36th consecutive increasingly profitable quarter for Maxim and compared to net income of $6,318,000 (or $0.20 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1994. Operating income for the quarter was 22.3% of net revenues, again one of the industrys highest. Gross margin increased to $38,977,000 (58.5% of net revenues) from $23,687,000 (58.4% of net revenues) for the same quarter in fiscal 1994. In the three months ended March 31, 1995, the Company recorded a $10.9 million charge to operating income relating to the Companys program announced in Q2 to modernize its equipment and manufacturing facilities. The charge relates to a cumulative adjustment for depreciation, as a result of changing estimates of useful lives associated with equipment that management estimates will be replaced or substantially upgraded over the next 3 years. Approximately $6.9 million and $4.0 million of the charge was allocated to cost of goods sold and research and development expense, respectively, based on the nature of the equipment affected. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and CEO, commented: This was an exceptionally strong quarter for Maxim. Bookings across all geographic regions and across all product lines remained at record levels. The number of individual orders received during this quarter increased approximately 100% over the same quarter last year. This is a strong indication that our growth is coming from new customers and new applications for our products. We generated over $8 million of cash after purchasing $11.9 million of capital equipment and purchasing $3.2 million of Maxim common stock. Gifford continued: Our conversion from 4" to 6" wafers at our acquired Beaverton, Oregon, facility is on track. We anticipate that over 50 percent of our Q4 and Q1 wafer requirements will be satisfied from this facility. Maxim has been selected by the New York consulting firm Stern Stewart as one of Americas Best Wealth Creators. The selection is based on market value added (MVA), described by Fortune magazine as the best way yet for evaluating how well a company performs its basic mission of creating wealth for shareholders. MVA is the difference between the total market value of the companys stock and its invested capital. The difference, when positive, constitutes the increase in value of the capital provided by lenders and shareholders. Maxim has once again been selected by Business Week as one of Americas 1000 Most Valuable Companies, ranked by market value. According to Business Week, investors today are clearly favoring only those companies likely to continue growing even if the overall economy slows. Thats the case for a blessed handful of companies, for which 1994 wasnt a topsy-turvy year at all. Most were in the technology sector, where demand for semiconductors, computers, and related equipment shows no signs of letting up.

Versatile waveform generator operates from 0.1Hz to 20MHz

As a single-chip source of high-frequency waveforms, the MAX038 can serve both as the core of a moderateperformance waveform generator, and as a card-level waveform source for electronic systems in which the cost of a dedicated waveform generator may be prohibitive. The MAX038 is a precision, high-frequency function generator that produces accurate sine, square, triangle, sawtooth, and pulse waveforms with a minimum of external components. The internal 2.5V reference (plus an external capacitor and potentiometer) lets you vary the signal frequency from 0.1Hz to 20MHz. An applied 2.3V control signal varies the duty cycle between 10% and 90%, enabling the generation of sawtooth waveforms and pulse-width modulation. A second frequency-control inputused primarily as a VCO input in phase-locked-loop applicationsprovides 70% of fine control. This capability also enables the generation of frequency sweeps and frequency modulation. The frequency and duty-cycle controls have minimal interaction with each other. All output amplitudes are 2V p-p, symmetrical about ground. The low-impedance output terminal delivers as much as 20mA, and a two-bit code applied to the TTLcompatible A0 and A1 inputs selects the sine, square, or triangle output waveform: A0 X 0 1
(X = Dont care)

Details of operation
By alternately charging and discharging an external capacitor, the MAX038s relaxation oscillator produces simultaneous square and triangle waves. An internal sine-shaping circuit converts the triangle to a low-distortion, constant-amplitude sinewave. The sine, square, and triangle waves are applied to an internal multiplexer that lets you select the output waveform according to the state of address lines A0 and A1. The output amplitude remains constant at 1V regardless of wave shape or frequency (Figure 1). See Figure 2 for the MAX038s block diagram and operating circuit. Powered from 5V, the device consumes 400mW and has a nominal output frequency set by the oscillator capacitor CF. Coarse deviations from that frequency are made by varying the IIN current from 2A to 750A, a range of 375:1 (Figure 3). As shown, the IIN current can be derived using the onboard 2.5V reference and an external fixed or variable resistor. To adjust the frequency digitally, connect a voltageoutput DAC to IIN via a series resistor (Figure 4). The converter output ranges from 0V at zero to 2.5(255/256)V at full-scale. Current injected by the converter into IIN, therefore, ranges from 0A to 748A. The 2.5V reference and 1.2M resistor inject a constant 2A, so (by superposition) the net current into IIN ranges from 2A (at a code of 0000 0000) to 750A (at 1111 1111). The quad-DAC IC operates from 5V or 5V. As described below, it can also provide digital control of FADJ and DADJ. For fine adjustments (70%), apply a control voltage in the range 2.3V to the frequency adjust (FADJ) terminal (Figure 5). Both FADJ and IIN have wide bandwidths that allow the output frequency to be modulated at a maximum rate of about 2MHz (Figure 6). As the more linear input, IIN is preferred for open-loop frequency control. As the voltage input, FADJ is better suited for use in a phase-locked loop. For digital control of FADJ, configure a DAC and external op amp (as in Figure 4) to produce an output ranging from -2.3V (0000 0000) to 2.3V (1111 1111). Duty cycle (the percentage of time that the output is positive) can be adjusted in the range 10% to 90% by applying a 2.3V control signal to the duty-cycle-adjust terminal DADJ (Figure 7a). This signal changes the ratio of charge current to discharge current for the CF capacitor while maintaining a nearly constant output frequency (Figure 7b).
3

A1 1 0 0

Waveform Sine wave Square wave Triangle wave

To synchronize MAX038 operation with other devices in the system, the internal oscillator produces a TTLcompatible SYNC output, whose duty cycle remains constant at 50% regardless of the duty cycle set for the output waveform. The MAX038s internal phase detector enables such synchronization as well. It also enables the demodulation of frequency-modulated signals.

SINE-WAVE OUTPUT (50Hz)

SINE-WAVE OUTPUT (20MHz)

TRIANGLE-WAVE OUTPUT (50Hz)

(a)
IIN = 50A CF = 1F TOP: OUTPUT 50Hz = Fo BOTTOM: SYNC

(b)
IIN = 400A CF = 20pF

(c)
IIN = 50A CF = 1F TOP: OUTPUT 50Hz = Fo BOTTOM: SYNC

TRIANGLE-WAVE OUTPUT (20MHz)

SQUARE-WAVE OUTPUT (50Hz)

SQUARE-WAVE OUTPUT (20MHz)

(d)
IIN = 400A CF = 20pF

(e)
IIN = 50A C F = 1F TOP: OUTPUT 50Hz = Fo BOTTOM: SYNC

(f)
IIN = 400A CF = 20pF

Figure 1. Among waveforms available at the MAX038 output are the sine (a, b), triangle (c, d), and square (e, f).

3 5 CF 6 8 7 10 COSC GND FADJ DADJ IIN OSCILLATOR TRIANGLE OSC A OSC B SINE SINE SHAPER TRIANGLE SQUARE COMPARATOR A0

4 A1

OUT MUX

19

OSCILLATOR CURRENT GENERATOR

RL

CL

MAX038
RF RD RIN 1 REF 2.5V VOLTAGE REFERENCE V+ VGND DGND 15 = SIGNAL DIRECTION, NOT POLARITY DV+ 16 -250A COMPARATOR

SYNC

14

PDO PHASE DETECTOR PDI

12 13

*
+5V -5V

17 20 2, 9, 11, 18

= BYPASS CAPACITORS ARE 1F CERAMIC OR 1F ELECTROLYTIC IN PARALLEL WITH 1nF CERAMIC.

* +5V

Figure 2. This figure combines the block diagram and basic operating circuit for the MAX038 0.1Hz-to-20MHz waveform generator.

OUTPUT FREQUENCY vs. IIN CURRENT

MAX038-08

100M

33pF 100pF 330pF

10M

1M OUTPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 3.3nF CF CAPACITOR 100k 33nF 10k 100nF

The DADJ input also lets you minimize distortion in the output sine wave. Minimum distortion occurs at a duty cycle of exactly 50%, but the typical duty cycle (with VDADJ = 0V) is 50% 2%. By applying a small control voltage (typically less than 100mV) to DADJ, therefore, you can set the exact 50% symmetry that minimizes distortion (see insert, Figure 8). The source driving DADJ must supply a constant 250A (see Figure 2). The temperature coefficient of this internal current sink is unimportant for op amps and other low-impedance sources, but is significant when using a variable resistor as shown. Thus, variable resistors suit manual operation only, in which the operator can correct errors through readjustment. Like FADJ, DADJ has a 2MHz bandwidth and 2.3V range. It can be digitally controlled with an identical circuit (Figure 4). Figure 9 shows the duty-cycle modulation that results when a triangle wave is applied to DADJ.

1k

1F 3.3F

100

10F 47F 100F

10

0.1 1 10 100 1000 IIN CURRENT (A)

Figure 3. The output frequency in Figure 2 varies with current into IIN and the value of CF.

+5V TO MAX038 REF N.C.

0.1F

2.74V

330k +5V

280k

VREFA VREFB VREFC VREFD

VDO

0.1F 2.3V FADJ 0.1F

VOUTA DACA

1/4 MXL1014
TO MAX038 REF 1.2M

-5V 2A TO 750A IIN

MAX038

VOUTB DACB DATA BUS D7-D0 VOUTC DACC

3.3k

2.74V

330k

280k

MAX505

1/4 MXL1014

2.3V

DADJ REF 2.5V

UNUSED
VOUTD DACD VSS AGND DGND

1nF

WR A0 A1 LDAC

1/4 MXL1014
N.C. 9.53k

2.74V

1/4 MXL1014

100k

Figure 4. Three 8-bit D/A converters easily provide digital control of the two frequency-adjust inputs (IIN and FADJ) and the duty-cycle-adjust input (DADJ).

FREQUENCY MODULATION USING IIN NORMALIZED OUTPUT FREQUENCY vs. FADJ VOLTAGE
1.8 1.6 FOUT NORMALIZED 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 -3 -2 -1 0 VFADJ (V) 1 2 3 IIN = 100A, COSC = 1000pF
MAX038-09

2.0

(a)
TOP: OUTPUT BOTTOM: IIN

FREQUENCY MODULATION USING FADJ

0.5V

Figure 5. For fine control of the output frequency, apply a control voltage in the range 2.3V to FADJ.

(b)
TOP: OUTPUT BOTTOM: FADJ

-0.5V

Figure 6. The MAX038 inputs IIN and FADJ allow gross (a) and fine (b) adjustments of output frequency.
DUTY CYCLE vs. DADJ VOLTAGE
MAX038-16B

100 90 80 DUTY CYCLE (%) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

-5V +5V FREQUENCY C1 1F RIN 20k C3 1nF 20 1 7 10 8 R1 12k REF V17 4 V+ A1 AO 3 19 R2 50 N.C. N.C. N.C. C2 1F

DADJ MAX038 IIN FADJ

(a)

IIN = 200A -3 -2 -1 0 DADJ (V) 1 2 3

5 CF

COSC GND

16 DV+ 15 DGND 14 SYNC 13 PDI 12 PDO

OUT

SINE-WAVE OUTPUT

6 2 9 11 18 Fo =

2 x 2.5V RIN x CF

NORMALIZED OUTPUT FREQUENCY vs. DADJ VOLTAGE

NORMALIZED OUTPUT FREQUENCY IIN = 10A 1.05 IIN = 25A IIN = 50A 1.00
MAX038-17

1.10

PRECISION DUTY-CYCLE ADJUSTMENT CIRCUIT

-2.5V R4 100k R3 100k +2.5V REF

R7 100k

R5 100k R6 5k

MAX038

0.95

IIN = 100A IIN = 250A

DADJ

0.90 IIN = 500A 0.85 -2 -1 0 DADJ (V) 1 2

(b)

ADJUST R6 FOR MINIMUM SINE-WAVE DISTORTION

Figure 7. An independent DADJ control voltage in the range 2.3V adjusts the duty cycle (a) with little effect on frequency (b).
6

Figure 8. This circuit lets you adjust for the minimum sine-wave distortion available at a 50% duty cycle.

Phase-locked operation
The MAX038s internal phase detector is intended primarily for use in phase-locked-loop (PLL) configurations. In Figure 10a, for example, the phase detector in IC2 enables that device to synchronize its operation with that of IC1. You connect the applied reference signal to IC2s TTL/CMOS-compatible phase-detector input (PDI) and connect the phase-detector output (PDO) to the input (FADJ) of the internal voltagecontrolled oscillator. PDO is the output of an exclusiveOR gatea mixerwhich produces rectangular current waveforms at frequencies equal to the sum and difference of the PDI frequency and the MAX038 output frequency. These waveforms are integrated by CPD to form a triangle-wave voltage output at PDO (Figure 10b). The 10/100pF pair at PDI limits that pins rate of rise to 10ns.

The PDO current-pulse levels are 0A and 500A, with a duty cycle that approaches 50% when PDI and the output are in phase quadrature (90 out of phase). Otherwise, the duty cycle approaches 100% when the phase difference approaches 180, and 0% when the phase difference approaches 0. RPD, CPD, and RZ comprise a filter that determines the PLL frequency response. At the SYNC output is a square wave of fixed 50% duty cycle, whose rising edge coincides with the rising edge of an output sine or triangle wave as it passes through zero volts. If the output is a square wave, SYNCs rising edge occurs at the mid-point of the positive portion, causing SYNC to lead the output by 90. SYNC lets you slave one MAX038 to another by providing a TTL-compatible square wave at the phasedetector input (PDI), as required by the slaved device (IC2). On the other hand, SYNC isnt available if a MAX038 is synchronized with sine or triangle waves from other sources. For those cases, the PDI input must be driven by a comparator (as shown in Figure 11) to square up the signal and provide the appropriate level shifting. The internal phase detector can also demodulate frequency-modulated signals (Figure 11). In this circuit, the output of one MAX038 is being frequency modulated with a 10kHz sine wave. The 34mV signal at FADJ of IC1 causes a 1% variation in the output frequency (100kHz), and the rate of variation is 10kHz. The comparator assures a proper square wave for IC3s PDI input as mentioned above. The two MAX038s are set to the same center frequency.

PULSE-WIDTH MODULATION USING DADJ

+1V 0V -1V +2V 0V -2V

TOP: SQUARE-WAVE OUT, 2VP-P BOTTOM: VDADJ, -2V to +2.3V

Figure 9. A triangle wave applied to DADJ provides linear variations in the duty cycle.

+5V

+5V

1nF

1F 1

16 17 3 4 DV+ V+ A0 A1 REF

1nF

1F 1

16 17 3 4 DV+ V+ A0 A1 REF

1nF

20k

IC1
1nF

20k

IC2 MAX038 "SLAVE"

MAX038 "MASTER"
10 IIN 13 PDI 7 8 DADJ FADJ 5 33pF COSC GND OUT 19 10 14 SYNC 12 PDO 13 PDI 7 DADJ 5 33pF 1F COSC GND 10 IIN

B OUT 19 C D CPD 1nF RPD 10k RZ 680 A = MASTER OUT, 2V/div B = PDI, 5V/div C = PDO, 500mV/div D = SLAVE OUT, 2V/div TIMEBASE = 50ns/div

100pF

8 FADJ 12 PDO 14 SYNC

DGND V15 20 2, 6, 9, 11, 18 -5V

AGND V15 20 2, 6, 9, 11, 18 -5V

1F

(a)

(b)

Figure 10. The SYNC output lets you synchronize one MAX038 to another.

+5V 3 4 16 17 DV+ V+ A0 A1 8 34mV MOD IN FADJ 1F

+5V

+5V 16 17 3 4 DV+ V+ A0 A1 1 1nF 20k REF 19 OUT 8 FADJ 12 IC3 PDO RPD 10k MAX038

10kHz

1nF 4.7F 0.1F 47k 10MHz 100kHz 1k 1 8 7 3 4 -5V 4.7F 0.1F 100pF 10MHz 100kHz

1F

+5V

IC1 MAX038
REF OUT 19 2

IC4
RZ 680 CPD 1nF 1F

0.1F

4.7F

1 20k

10

IC2
10 5 13 PDI 12 PDO DADJ 7

MAX903

10 IIN 13 PDI 7 DADJ

MX427
2 8 7 3 DEMODULATED OUTPUT 10kHz 4 16.2k 100pF 1.15k

IIN COSC GND

33pF 1nF

DGND V2, 6, 9, 15 20 11, 18 -5V 1F

COSC GND

33pF

SYNC AGND V15 20 2, 6, 9, 11, 18 -5V

14

100k

1F

MODULATION

COMPARATOR: SQUARING OF INPUT SIGNAL & LEVEL TRANSLATION

-5V 0.1F

4.7F

DEMODULATION

GAIN & FILTERING

Figure 11. This circuit modulates a 10MHz carrier with 10kHz, and then recovers the modulating signal.

+5V

-5V

C1 1F C2 1F

N CENTER FREQUENCY 14 1 16 17 20 V4 A1 A0 3 SYNC DV+ V+ REF

R2 CW FREQUENCY-PHASE DETECTOR R4 R5 OFFSET -5V C4 C3 RZ R6 GAIN 5 COSC R3 7 10 8 DADJ IIN FADJ PDI PDO GND GND GND GND GND DGND 2 6 9 11 18 15 13 12

MAX038
OUT 19

R1 50 RF OUTPUT

EXTERNAL OSC INPUT

Figure 12. This discrete-gate frequency-phase detector allows use of an external N circuit, and assures that the PLL will lock only to the fundamental (not a harmonic) of the applied frequency.

The frequencies at IC3s phase-detector output are the sum and difference of the frequencies at PDI and OUT. Thus, with appropriate cutoff frequency and gain, the lowpass filter (IC4) passes only the original 10kHz signal to the demodulated output. The pole for this filter is set by the 16.2k and 100pF components. As in Figure 10a, the frequency response for IC3s PLL is set by RPD, CPD, and RZ (see Sidebar). When the loop is in lock, PDI is in approximate phase quadrature with the output signal. Also when in lock, the duty cycle at PDO is 50%, and PDOs average output current is 250A. The current sink at FADJ demands a constant 250A, so PDO outputs above and below that

level develop a bipolar error voltage across R PD that drives the FADJ voltage input. Notethe MAX038s internal phase detector is a phase-only detector, producing a PLL whose frequency-capture range is limited by the bandwidth of its loop filter. For widerrange applications, consider an external phase-frequency detector. To gain the advantages of a wider capture range and an optional N circuit (which allows the PLL to lock onto arbitrary multiples of the applied frequency), you can introduce an external frequency-phase detector such as the 74HC4046 or the discrete-gate version shown in Figure 12. Unlike phase detectors that may lock to harmonics of

the applied signal, the frequency-phase detector locks only to the fundamental. In the absence of an applied frequency, its output assumes a positive dc voltage (logic 1) that drives the RF output to the lower end of its range as determined by resistors R4R6. These resistors also determine the frequency range over which the PLL can achieve lock. Again, R4R6, C4, and RZ determine the PLLs dynamic performance.

Phase-locked-loop analysis
The following discussion borrows heavily from Chapter 2 of Phaselock Techniques, 2nd Edition, 1979, by Floyd M. Gardner. Phase-locked loops such as those operating in Figures 10a and 11 can be modeled by a phase detector, loop filter, and voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) as shown in Figure A. The input-signal phase is i(t) and the VCO-output phase is o(t). Assuming that the loop is locked, the phase detector is linear, and the phase detectors output current (id) is proportional to the phase difference between its inputs, then:
(1) id = K d ( i o ),

Frequency synthesizer
The MAX038 and four other ICs can form a crystalcontrolled, digitally programmed frequency synthesizer that produces accurate sine, square, or triangle waves in 1kHz increments over the range 8kHz to 16.383MHz ( Figure 13 ). Each of the 14 manual switches (when open) makes the listed contribution to output frequency: opening only S0, S1, and S8, for example, produces an output of 259kHz. The switches generate a 14-bit digital word that is applied in parallel to the D/A converter (IC2) and a N circuit in IC1. IC1 also includes a crystalcontrolled oscillator and high-speed phase detector, which form a phase-locked loop with the voltagecontrolled oscillator in IC5. The DAC and dual op amp (IC4) produce a 2A-to750A current that forces a coarse setting of the IC5 output frequencysufficient to bring it within capture range of the PLL. This loop, in which the phase detector in IC1 compares IC5s SYNC output with the crystal-oscillator frequency divided by N, produces differential-phase information at PDV and PDR. IC3 then filters and converts this information to a 2.5V single-ended signal, which, when summed with an offset and applied to FADJ, forces the SIGNAL OUTPUT frequency to the exact value set by the switches. Applying coarse frequency control with the DAC and the IIN terminal of IC5 (pin 10) gives the fine-control input (FADJ) a reasonably fast response to switch changes. The 50MHz, 50 lowpass output filter passes 16MHz sine, square, and triangle waves with reasonable fidelity, while blocking high-frequency noise generated by the N circuit. The MAX038 is priced at $10.37 (100 pcs, FOB USA).

where Kd, called the phase-detector gain factor, is measured in units of amperes per radian. For the MAX038, Kd = 3.18*10-4 A/rad. The loop filter determines dynamic performance for the loop. It transforms the phasedetector error current (id) into an error voltage (v c ) that determines the VCOs output frequency. The VCOs deviation from center frequency (fo) is:
(2) f = Ko vc , 2

where Ko is the VCO gain factor, and has units of rad/sec-V. For the MAX038, Ko = 0.2915o, where o = 2fo. Since frequency is the derivative of phase, the VCOs operation may be described as:
(3) d o = Ko vc . dt

Taking the Laplace transform of equation 3:

d (t ) (4) L o = s o ( s) = KoVc (s). dt

Therefore:
(5) o (s) = KoVc (s) . s

Thus, the VCO output phase is linearly related to the integral of the control voltage. Taking the Laplace transform of equation 1:
(6) Id (s) = K d [ i (s) o (s)].

(Circle 1)

PHASE DETECTOR i id = Kd(i-o) o do = Kovc dt

LOOP FILTER F(s)

IIN RPD RZ CPD

VOUT

vc VCO

Figure A. Phase-lock loop, basic block diagram.

Figure B. Loop filter.

And from Figure A:

(7) Vc (s) = F(s) Id (s),

Substituting the F(s) expression into equation 8 gives:

Ko K d RPD (s 2 + 1) 1 (12) H (s) = , s(1 + Ko K d RPD 2 ) Ko K d RPD + s2 + 1 1

where F(s) is the transfer function for the loop filter (Figure B). Combining the equations 5, 6, and 7 gives the loop equations 8, 9, and 10:
Ko K d F(s) (s) , = (8) H (s) = o i (s) s + Ko K d F(s) (9) i (s) o (s) e (s) s = = = 1 H (s ), i (s) i (s) s + Ko K d F(s) sK d F(s) i (s) s i (s) = H (s), s + Ko K d F(s) Ko

which can be written as:

(13) H (s) =
2 n 2 + n s n Ko K d RPD 2 s 2 + 2 n s + n

(10) Vc (s) =

where H(s) is the closed-loop transfer function and e(s) is the phase error. The transfer function for the loop filter (Figure B) is F(s):
F(s) = (11) = VOUT ( s ) I IN (s) = RPD (sCPD RZ + 1) sC( RPD + RZ ) + 1

where n is the loops natural frequency and is its damping factor:

K K R 2 n = o d PD , 1 Ko K d RPD 2 1 = 1 2 + . 2 K K R 1 o d PD
1 1

RPD ( s 2 + 1) , s 1 + 1

where 1 = (RPD + RZ)CPD, and 2 = RZCPD.

As in conventional 2nd-order systems, should be greater than 0.707.

10

S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 1k 1k 1N914

S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

512kHz 1.024MHz 2.048MHz 4.096MHz 8.192MHz

1kHz 2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz 32kHz 64kHz 128kHz 256kHz

IC4 MAX412
9 1 6 8 7 2N3906 4

1/2
3 5 2N3904

OUT2

OUT1

BIT6

BIT5

BIT4

BIT3

BIT2

BIT1

GND

MX7541
1/2
2 0V TO 2.5V 3.33k 10 18 2.7M WAVEFORM SELECT 1 VREF GND1 A0 15 N4 N5 N3 N2 33k 0.1F N1 3 7 6 2 4 7.5k GND3 33k 0.1F 0.1F 1 0.1F 3.3M 2.5V N N6 14 10k 35pF A1 20 VOUT 0.1F 2A to 750A RFB 1

IC2
VREF

VDD

BIT10

BIT11

BIT12

BIT7 +2.5V 0.1F 0.1F

BIT8

BIT9

+5V

Figure 13. This manually programmed digital frequency synthesizer can step from 8kHz to 16.383MHz in 1kHz increments.

11
COSC GND2 DADJ FADJ

50

50, 50MHz LOWPASS FILTER 220nH 220nH

50

IC5 MAX038

DADJ V+ DV+ DGND 0.1 F SYNC PDI PDO 10 IIN GND4 11 0.1F 100 56pF 110pF

SIGNAL OUTPUT 56pF

IC1 N7 MC145151 N0
N8 FV

SYNC OUTPUT

IC3 MAX427

N9 T/R N12 N13 PDV PDR RA2 RA1 3.3M RA0 N10

20pF

8.192MHz LD FIN

N11 OSCOUT OSCIN PD1OUT VDD VSS

-5V

28

35pF

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Derive 5V from four AA cells
Four AA cells in seriesa common power source for portable instrumentsproduces a battery voltage that declines from about 6V when fresh to about 4V when discharged. For 5V regulators, this above-and-below variation complicates the circuit design. Flyback-transformer circuits can convert 6V-to-4V inputs to a regulated 5V, as can a step-up (boost) converter followed by a linear regulator. (For 5V requirements, you can choose either circuit plus a charge pump.) If, however, the instrument is fully portable and the battery voltage can float, a less complicated inverter circuit can easily generate the 5V or 5V rails. Moreover, the inverters single switching frequency simplifies filtering and precludes the generation of beat frequencies. The inverter circuit substitutes a transformer with two matched windings for the usual inductor (Figure 1a). When IC1s internal switch turns off, the circuit impresses V OUT plus a diode drop across each winding. With a proper choice of reference connection as shown, the second (right-hand) winding can generate an additional supply voltage (-5V in this case). VOUT (pin 8) is the feedback connection. For stability, the regulated output (5V in this case) should have the heavier load. It usually does, because the negative rail in most systems is only a bias supply. But, if your system demands more load current from the -5V output, you should reconnect the second winding to produce the 5V output, as shown in Figure 1b. The transformer should have side-by-side bifilar windings for best coupling, but an off-the-shelf (nonbifilar) transformer such as the Coiltronics CTX20-4 gives acceptable performance ( Table 1 ). The Vvalue (nominally -5V) depends on the load currents and the transformer turns ratio (which may deviate from 1:1). Loads of 5mA to 50mA @ V- and 50mA @ 5V, for example, cause a V- change of less than 300mVless than that expected from a charge pump. When unloaded, V- increases due to the rectification of ringing that occurs when D2 turns on.
(Circle 2)
+5V 22nF 10 FOUR AA CELLS 0.1F 150F GND 150F -5V 10nF 7 8 9 11,12 D1 1N5820 D2 1N5820 T1 CTX20-4 (COILTRONICS) 150F 5 SS CC DRVVOUT LX

Table 1. VOUT (V+ and V-) vs. VIN and RLOAD for Figure 1b
INPUT INPUT VOLTAGE CURRENT (V) (mA) 6 1.68 62 68 124 1.8 74.5 82.5 151 1.8 95 105 196 V+ LOAD () NONE 100 100 100 NONE 100 100 100 NONE 100 100 100 V+ (V) 5.07 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 VLOAD () NONE NONE 1000 100 NONE NONE 1000 100 NONE NONE 1000 100 V(V) 6.55 10 5.68 5.41 6.48 10 5.69 5.42 7 10 5.71 5.3 EFFICIENCY (%) 69.37 71.16 74.02 69.28 70.41 73.09 68.45 69.69 68.31

IC1

MAX739
1 2 V+ SHDN

0V

6 6 6

(a)

0V 22nF 10 FOUR AA CELLS 0.1F 150F GND 150F +5V 10nF 7 8 9 11,12 D1 1N5820 -5V D2 1N5820 T1 CTX20-4 (COILTRONICS) 150F 5 SS CC DRVVOUT LX

5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4

IC1

MAX739
1 2 V+ SHDN

(b)

Figure 1. A 1:1 transformer enables this inverting switching regulator to generate -5V (a). Different connections for the right-hand coil are recommended if -5V supplies the heavier load current (b).
12

Note: 1000 load gives 5mA at output. 100 load gives 50mA at output.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
One-cell battery drives high-intensity LEDs
The forward voltage for high-intensity LEDs (1.5V to 2.5V) is too large for operation with one-cell batteries. The Figure 1 circuit overcomes this limitation with a boost-regulator techniqueit drives controlled current pulses through the LED regardless of the LEDs forward voltage ( Figure 2 ), and operates on input voltages from 6.2V to below 1V. The circuit is useful for bicycle lights, beacons, alarms, flashlights, and low-power indicators. IC1 is normally part of a regulated boost converter, but in this case it simply transfers energy without regulating the output. Omission of the usual rectifier and output filter capacitor makes a compact circuit, as does the high switching frequency (about 175kHz), which enables the use of a tiny surface-mount inductor measuring only 3.2mm by 4.6mm by 2.6mm high. Programming resistor R1 sets the LED intensity by setting a peak current for the inductor and LEDan approach that avoids the power dissipation and intensity variation (vs. battery voltage) associated with a series current-limiting resistor. A 10k value for R1 sets the approximate peak at 75mA, and the average LED current at about 26mA. A shutdown command turns off the OUT terminal completely, even if cell voltage exceeds the LEDs forward voltage, by turning off the diode internal to IC1. (During shutdown, most step-up converters exhibit a troublesome dc path from the battery through the coil and diode to the load.) This circuit draws about 8A during shutdown and about 60mA during normal operation. It operates for 35 hours continuously on one AA (or R4 size) alkaline cell.
(Circle 3)
1 CELL ALKALINE BATTERY 2 IN 7 SHDN R2 10k 1 ILIM R1 10k L1 82H MURATA-ERIE LQH4N820K0M00 LX 5 C1 10F

S1 ON

OUT 6 HIGH-INTENSITY LED

8 SEL

DC-DC CONTROL AGND 3 PGND 4

IC1 MAX778
D1 H.P HLMA-BL00 (15 CANDELAS @ 20mA)

Figure 1. Unlike most dc-dc boost converters, this circuit drives high-intensity LEDs from a single cell without rectifiers or filter capacitors.

LED Current 50mA/div

LED Voltage 1V/div

Figure 2. These waveforms for LED voltage and current differ from those of a typical dc-dc converter, but their high frequency assures an absence of visible flicker.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Analog switches operate with 3V or 5V supplies
By adding a single component to a 3V-only or 5Vonly board, you can operate conventional CMOS analog switches with performance approaching that specified with 15V supplies. This means fast switching, low on-resistance, CMOS/TTL compatibility, low power consumption, and a signal range (VCC) that exceeds the input supply range (VCC to ground). Simply add a charge-pump voltage converter (IC1), which produces 2VCC outputs from a VCC input. These unregulated voltages ensure reliable switch operation for VCC levels as low as 3V. Logic thresholds for the switch remain unaffected. A VCC of 3V (for instance) produces 6V rails for the switch (IC2), resulting in on-resistance <30 , switching times <200ns, leakage <0.1nA, and ICC current <0.5mA. Raising VCC to 5V produces 10V rails, resulting in on-resistance <20, switching times <150ns, leakage <0.4nA, and ICC current <1.3mA. IC1 can easily power additional switches and/or lowpower op amps, but more than a few milliamps of load current degrades performance by lowering the unregulated supply rails.
(Circle 4)
VCC

11 12

VCC VCC

IC1 MAX681

V+ V+ V-

1 10 7 2 x VCC -2 x VCC

ADDITIONAL CIRCUITRY

13 VCC 14 VCC GND 8 GND 9

7 V-

4 V+

5 VL

IC2 MAX319
1 COM NO 8 NC 2

CMOS/TLL LOGIC

6 IN GND 3

Figure 1. The charge pump (IC1) provides a local bipolar power supply for the CMOS analog switch (IC2).

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Quick-charge IC routes step-up switcher output to battery
Simplicity and high efficiency favor the step-down, switch-mode battery charger over other configurations, but sometimes the available supply voltage is too low for the batterys terminal voltage. Examples include charging a backup battery from the supply it backs up, and using an automobile battery to charge a large number of cells in series. Such applications can be handled by a step-up switching regulator in conjunction with a fast-charge controller (Figure 1). This circuit can charge five or more NiCd or NiMH cells from a 5V input. Because cell voltages vary greatly during the charge cycle, you should resist the temptation to simply boost VIN above the highest terminal voltage for the battery being charged (and then dropping the boosted
VIN = +4.5V TO +6.0V 22H SUMIDA RCH110-220M 1N5820 V+ 4 6 7 SHDN C1 100F Q1 20V MTP20N03HDL VIN 0.01F Q2 MTP20N03HDL 100k 1000pF 20k R1 43 1k 5 15 0.1F 3 PGM0 THI V+ DRV 14 2 4 PGM1 IC2 BATT+ D1 1N4742 (12V) Q3 Q4 10 10 SANYO OS-CON 10SA100M

voltage back to battery level with a linear regulator). That approach is inefficient and generates heat. This circuit also supplies load current while charging the battery. Because load current bypasses the battery and the R2 sense resistor, it has little effect on the charge current. (As an option to improve efficiency when the charger is not in use, you can greatly reduce the voltage drop across R2 by adding a low-rDS(ON) MOSFET in parallel.) The IC1 connection shown, which holds its feedback input (pin 3) below the internal set-point, causes the step-up converter to act as a current source producing its maximum output current. Then, replacing the external current-sense resistor with a power MOSFET (Q2) allows IC2s DRV output to set this output current via the Q3-Q4 current mirror, which controls Q2s gate voltage and on-resistance. To configure the overall circuit for a different range of input voltage, adjust R1 (if necessary) so the current into pin 15 of IC2 remains between 5mA and 20mA. This condition ensures that the shunt regulator in IC2 maintains the internal V+ at approximately 5V. If VIN exceeds 16V, you should remove the direct connection to IC1 and power that chip with V+ from IC2 instead. Output power should not exceed 20W for the Q1 device shown, and R2 adjusts the charging current: ICHARGE = 0.25 / R2. To charge batteries with other than six cells in series, re-program IC2 according to instructions in the data sheet. The zener voltage of D1, which prevents overvoltage on capacitor C1 if the battery is removed during charging, should approximate (in volts) twice the numerical cell count. C1 helps to smooth the otherwise chopped output current from IC1; take care not to exceed its ripple-current rating (the ripple current is approximately ICHARGE + ILOAD).
(Circle 5)

0.01F 2 EXT 1

220F 10V

IC1

100k CS 8

MAX770 AGND
GND REF 5 FB

3 20k

0.1F

150

2N3906

10 PGM3 MAX713 7 TEMP BATT1 VLIM TLO 16 PGM2 REF 8 FASTCHG CC GND 13

6-CELL BATTERY 12 6 9 11 0.47F R2 0.25 EXTERNAL LOAD (OPTIONAL)

Figure 1. A step-up switching regulator (IC1) and fast-charge controller (IC2) charge multi-cell batteries with speed and efficiency.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Low-battery monitor delays system shutdown
The circuit of Figure 1 gives an early warning of declining battery voltage. Then, to allow a controlling processor time for emergency housekeeping chores such as the storage of register data, the circuit delays system shutdown by a specified time interval (rather than waiting for battery voltage to decline further, to a specified lower level). Circuit components are chosen for low quiescent current, which protects discharged cells by minimizing the battery drain during shutdown: IC1 draws 1A, IC2 draws 3A, and R1/R2 draw 3A, for a total shutdown current of about 7A. Also vital to the application is the tight tolerance (1%) on IC2s comparator threshold, which allows precise monitoring of the NiCd batterys flat discharge characteristic. Positioning the low-battery warning right at the knee of this discharge curve enables a maximum extension of battery life. IC1 is a low-dropout linear regulator that supplies 250mA of output current and drops only 350mV at 200mA. IC2 is a combination dual comparator and 1%-accurate voltage reference. When VBATT falls below the threshold set by R1 and R2, OUTB (pin 8 of IC2) goes high. This high level serves as a lowbattery warning while charging C1 through R3. When the INA voltage at pin 3 reaches the internal reference level (1.182V 1%), OUTA (pin 1) issues the shutdown command to IC1. As an example, set the voltage threshold to 0.9V per cell for a 6-cell stack (5.4V). Then, 5.4V[R2 / (R1 + R2)] = 1.182V. Let R1 = 1M ; R2 then equals 280k . Use 287k . You can add 25mV of hysteresis to this threshold by setting R4 = 49.9k and R5 = 2.4M, as explained in the MAX923 data sheet. Assume 1M for R3, then calculate C3 using the following equation: VTH = VOUTB(1 - e-t/) where VTH is the threshold voltage, VOUTB is the output of the internal comparator (assume 4.9V), and = R3C1. Solving this equation for a one-second delay (t = 1) yields = 3.6sec. Therefore, C1 = 3.6F. As an alternative, you can choose a standard value for C1 such as 3.9F, which also yields a delay time of about one second. A good low-leakage capacitor for this application is the surface-mount Novacap (p/n 1825Z395K250 for 3.9F). Note that C1 must be fully discharged for the circuit to provide the full delay. C1 becomes charged while the system is in shutdown, and then requires about 6 seconds to discharge completely.
(Circle 6)

8 IN B1 5 TO 6 CELLS 6 4

OUT

2 C2

5V/200mA

IC1
SET GND

MAX667
SHDN

R1

4 8 R2 R3 3 C1 2

INBOUTB

V+

OUTA REF

1 6 R4

IC2 MAX923
INA+ VHYS 5 R5 LOW-BATTERY WARNING

Figure 1. This 12V regulator issues a warning when the battery voltage is low, and shuts itself down approximately one second later. The shutdown current is about 7A.

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Fast 16-bit ADC has 10A shutdown
The MAX195a serial-output, sampling A/D converter (ADC)requires less operating power than any other 16-bit, 16-pin ADC. It requires only 80mW maximum, even at the maximum throughput of 85ksps. At lower sample rates it can reduce power dissipation even further by entering a 10A shutdown mode between samples. The MAX195 comes in 16-pin SOICs and plastic DIPs, which occupy considerably less board space than the 28-pin SOICs and 44-pin PLCCs usually associated with highspeed 16-bit ADCs. Thus, the MAX195 is ideal for portable instrumentation, medical equipment, and other applications for which battery life and small size are critical. Internal self-calibration circuitry achieves 16-bit linearity and monotonicity by cancelling the internal offset voltage and by fine-adjusting the capacitor values on an internal, binary-weighted capacitive D/A converter. Calibration occurs during powerup and whenever commanded via the RESET input. The MAX195 operates on 5V, with separate analog and digital supply terminals that minimize the effects of digital noise. The input circuit is pin-selectable for unipolar (0V to +VREF) or bipolar (-VREF to +VREF) inputs. Separate terminals for the main and serial clocks allow two modes of operation: the offset-binary, serial-data bits can be transmitted as generated, or stored and shifted out (on the DOUT terminal, at rates to 5MHz) during the next signal acquisition. The MAX195 is available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $24.00 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 7)

Multi-range, overvoltage-tolerant 12-bit DAS has 100ksps throughput

The MAX197/MAX199 12-bit dataacquisition systems (DAS) operate on single 5V supplies, yet the MAX197 accepts analog inputs that extend below ground and above the supply rail. This capability enables it to interface with sensors powered by 12V, 15V, and 4mA-to-20mA current loops. Analog ranges for the eight input channels can be programmed independently and on the fly to accommodate differences in signal level from channel to channel. MAX197 ranges are 5V, 10V, 0V to 5V, and 0V to 10V; MAX199 ranges are V REF /2, VREF, 0V to VREF, and 0V to VREF/2. Switching from the 10V range to the 0Vto-5V range, for example, gives an effective dynamic resolution of 14 bits. Each device includes an 8-channel multiplexer, 5MHz track/hold, 12-bit A/D converter, and 4.096V reference. Each is overvoltage tolerant, meaning the selected channel is not perturbed by inputs to 16.5V on the idle channels, nor does overvoltage affect supply current in the power-down modes. Typical operating power is 30mW. Operation is software-programmable via an 8-bit, three-state, bidirectional data port and standard microprocessor (P) interface. An 8-bit control word selects the input channel (one of eight), input range (two unipolar and two bipolar), powerdown mode (one of two), internal or external clock, and whether the sample acquisitions are triggered internally or externally. Both ICs include reference-buffer amplifiers that allow 1.5% adjustments. Both produce a standard interrupt signal that alerts the P when a conversion ends and data is available. Data-access and busrelease timing is compatible with most popular Ps, and all logic inputs and outputs are TTL/CMOS compatible. The MAX197 and MAX199* come in 28-pin DIP, SO, and SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. (Circle 8)
8 PROGRAMMABLE ANALOG INPUT CHANNELS! 10V 0-10V 5V 0-5V

SINGLE SUPPLY! +5V

197

12-BIT DATA OUT

* Future Product

Analog switches suit battery-operated systems

The MAX320MAX325 dual SPST (single-pole/single-throw) analog switches are designed for either unipolar or bipolar power supplies. The MAX320/MAX321/ MAX322 operate from 3V to 8V, and the MAX323/MAX324/MAX325 operate from 2.7V to 16V. All have low leakage (100pA), fast switching (150ns tON, 100ns maximum tOFF), low charge injection (5pC), and ESD protection to 2000V per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7. The MAX320 has two normally open (NO) switches and the MAX321 has two normally closed (NC) switches. The MAX322 includes one NO and one NC 160 switch. Powered from 5V supplies, 140 120 they offer 1.25mW power consump- 100 80 tion, 35 maximum on-resistance, 2 60 (max) matching between channels, and 40 20 4 (max) variation over the allowed signal range within a channel.
RON TYPICAL ()

MAX323 switches are NO, MAX324 switches are NC, and the MAX325 has one NO and one NC switch. Powered from a 5V supply, they have extremely low power consumption (5W), 60 maximum on-resistance, 2 (max) matching between channels, and 6 (max) variation within a channel. MAX320MAX325 switches come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $0.99 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 9)
RON TYPICAL () V+ = 5V V- = 0V DG411 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 V+ = 5V V- = -5V DG411

85ksps with 5V or 5V Input Ranges

100 POWER DISSIPATION (mW) 75 50 25 0 0.107 0 0.01 0.175 0.85 7.6 85 10A shutdown reduces power at slower speed

85ksps only 80mW!

74HC4066 MAX320

MAX

MAX320

0.1 1 10 SAMPLING RATE (ksps)

-5

-2.5

2.5

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Fast-charge controller charges NiCd and NiMH batteries
The MAX2003 applies discharge conditioning and fast charging to nickel-cadmium (NiCd) and nickel-metal-hydride (NiMH) batteries. When configured as a switchmode current regulator, its efficient energy transfer minimizes power dissipation. When configured as a gating controller for an external current source, it minimizes the component count. Stored algorithms enable the MAX2003 to serve as a stand-alone charger. These algorithms provide five independent methods for terminating a fast charge: temperature slope, negative-delta voltage, maximum temperature, maximum time, and maximum voltage. To ensure safety, the chip inhibits initiation of a fast charge until the batterys voltage and temperature are within acceptable limits. When configured for the appropriate method of charge termination, a single MAX2003 circuit can fastcharge both NiCd and NiMH batteries. The MAX2003 also provides a switchactivated discharge-before-charge option that preconditions the battery. Other features include an optional top-off charge after the fast charge, and LED-driver outputs that indicate charge status and acceptabletemperature status. As a direct replacement for the bq2003, the MAX2003 is available in 16-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. It also comes in a space-saving narrow-SO package. An evaluation kit (MAX2003EVKIT-SO) saves time and design effort. Prices for the MAX2003 start at $3.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 10)

Smallest-available isolated power driver fits Type I PCMCIA cards

450kHz switching frequency permits 1.5mm transformer height The MAX845 isolated power driver comes in an ultra-small MAX package and drives miniature transformers with profiles as low as 1.5mm. Output filtering (when necessary) is simplified by alternate switching of the internal power MOSFETs, whose combined load currentinterrupted only by short (100ns) break-before-make intervalsis nearly constant. The result is lower values of input-current ripple and output-voltage ripple. The MAX845 can drive small transformers because its switching frequency (450kHz minimum) is high. Because the frequency varies linearly with VCC, the chip applies to the transformer an ET product that is constant at 5V-s. (ET is the time a given voltage can be applied before the transformer saturates.) By maintaining a tightly controlled ET product, the MAX845 delivers maximum power to the primary of a minimum-size transformer, without risk of saturation. A fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX845EVKIT-MM), which includes a sample of the recommended transformer, is available as an aid in design and evaluation. The MAX845 comes in 8-pin MAX and SOIC packages specified for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.63 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 11)

The transformers driven primary has a center tap connected to a dc supply voltage of 3.3V or 5V, and its secondary MAX845: Smallest Isolated DC-DC Converter can be wound to produce INPUT 5V 20mm 0.1F positive or negative isolated CR1 OUTPUT V outputs capable of delivering ON OFF SD D1 5V @ 150mA 10mm 750mW. A logic-controlled MAX845 0.5in. 0.33F shutdown mode lowers the FREQUENCY FS D2 SELECT T1 1mA quiescent current to only 0.33F GND1 GND2 0 0.4A. CR2
CC

0.25in.

10mm

20mm

200mA, 1.5W linear regulators are worlds smallest

Low dropout voltage and ultra-low supply current enables the MAX882/ MAX883/MAX884 linear regulators to extend battery life. They deliver up to 200mA (even for junction temperatures to +125C), and come in 8-pin SOIC packages that dissipate as much as 1.5W. Supply currents are 15A maximum over temperature, regardless of output current. Supply currents remain low because the internal MOSFET requires no base current, unlike a conventional regulators pnp pass transistor, which saturates and draws excessive base current as VIN approaches the level of VOUT. MOSFETs also provide low dropout voltagethe lowest inputoutput differential for which regulation can be sustained. MAX883 on-resistance at 5V is 1.1 , so for 200mA I OUT the typical dropout voltage is only 220mV. At 3.3V and 200mA the typical dropout is 320mV. Dual-Mode operation, which allows the use of external resistors to set (in addition to the preset levels) any V OUT level between 1.25V and 11V. (As higher-IOUT alternatives, MAX603/MAX604 linear regulators can deliver 500mA.)

The MAX882 offers a 7A standby mode that disables VOUT but keeps alive the biasing circuitry and the low-battery comparator. MAX883 and MAX884 regulaThe MAX882/MAX883/MAX884 are tors offer a complete shutdown that turns off available in 8-pin DIPs, as well as a special all circuitry, reducing their supply currents high-power, 8-pin SO package that can The MAX882 Family: to less than 1A. All three dissipate 1.5W at +70C (vs. Supply Current at All Loads devices include a low-battery Lowest 0.47W for a conventional 100 detector, short-circuit and package). The devices come INDUSTRY-STANDARD reverse-current protection, and in versions tested for the 10 500mA PNP REGULATOR thermal shutdown. commercial (0C to +70C) 1 and extended-industrial MAX882 and MAX884 (-40C to +85C) temperaoutput voltages are preset at 0.1 ture ranges. Prices start at MAX882 3.3V; the MAX883 is preset at 0.01 $1.45 (1000 up, FOB USA). 5V. All three employ Maxims 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000
SUPPLY CURRENT (mA) LOAD CURRENT (mA)

(Circle 12)

18

NEW PRODUCTS
20A RS-485 transceivers (as many as 256) share one 2-wire bus
The full-duplex MAX1482 and halfduplex MAX1483 are low-power transceivers suitable for both RS-485 and RS-422 communications. Each includes one receiver and one driver, whose output is slew-rate limited to minimize EMI and the line reflections caused by improperly terminated cables. Data rates are guaranteed to 250kbps. The transceivers operate on 5V and draw 20A supply currents. Shutdown lowers the supply current to 0.1A. The receiver input impedances guarantee 96k minimum, which is 1/8 of a unit load as defined by the RS-485 standard. RS-485 allows up to 32 unit-load transceivers (each with 12k input impedance) on a single cable; therefore the cable can support as many as 256 MAX1482 or MAX1483 transceivers. Short-circuit protection for the driver outputs includes current limiting and thermal-shutdown circuitry that places the outputs in a high-impedance state. The receivers guarantee logic-high outputs when their input circuits are open. The MAX1482 comes in 14-pin DIP or SO packages, and the MAX1483 comes in 8-pin DIP, SO, or MAX (half the size of an 8-pin SO) packages. Both transceivers are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 13)

2.5Msps RS-485 transceivers (as many as 128) share one 2-wire bus
The half-duplex MAX1487 is a lowpower, 2.5Mbps serial-data transceiver for RS-485 and RS-422 systems. It operates on 5V and incudes one driver and one receiver. The receivers guaranteed 48k input impedance (14-unit load as defined by the RS-485 standard) allows one pair of wires to carry as many as 128 transceiversfour times the number allowed with a standard RS-485 transceiver of 12k unit load. The drivers output slew rate enables data transmissions to 2.5Mbps. When either unloaded or fully loaded but with drivers disabled, the MAX1487 draws just 230A of quiescent current. Its three-state driver output is short-circuit protected and includes thermal-shutdown circuitry to prevent excessive power dissipation. As a fail-safe feature, the receiver output guarantees a logic high when its input circuit is open.

The MAX1487 is screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. It comes in an 8-pin DIP or SO package, or in a MAX package, which 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 48 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 48 7 487 7 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 MAX1 MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA occupies only half the space of an 8-pin SO. Prices start 8 812U 812U 812U 812U 812U 812 8128 at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB 82 U3 U42U 85 U6 U7 U8 U9 U12U 812U 812U 812U 812U 812 812 812U 12 U U U12U U U USA).
110
(Circle 14)

110

5V, fiber-optic transceiver chipset handles data rates to 1Gbps

The MAX3260/MAX3261/MAX3262 devices comprise a complete chipset for fiber-optic transceivers, for use in 1063Mbps Fibre Channel and 622Mbps Sonet/SDH (synchronous optical network/synchronous digital hierarchy) applications. The three chips (preamplifier, postamplifier, and laser driver) operate on a single 5V supply. The MAX3260 is a high-speed transimpedance amplifier whose extended dynamic range is useful in optical receiver systems with as much as 25dB of input signal range. It consumes only 115mW when the output is ac coupled. With a 50 output termination, the consumption is 300mW. The MAX3261 is a 1.2Gbps laserdiode driver whose complementary enable inputs provide an interface with openfiber-control (OFC) architecturea feature not found in other 1.2Gbps laserdiode drivers. For transmitters that include a monitor photodiode, the chips automatic power control (APC) circuit maintains constant laser power despite changes in laser efficiency. Other MAX3261 features include a TTL-compatible indicator for laser failure, a programmable slow-start circuit that prevents laser damage, and a temperature-compensated reference voltage that provides simple programming of the laser current. The MAX3262 limiting amplifiers high gain and wide bandwidth suit the device for use as a post amplifier in fiberoptic receivers with data rates to 1Gbps. Gain is adjustable from 33dB to 48dB. At 48dB, the MAX3262 can amplify signals as small as 6mVp-p, and its outputs are PECL-compatible (i.e., Pseudo-ECL, which operates between 0V and 5V) Complementary loss-of-signal (LOS) outputs interface with the OFC circuitry and provide chatter-free detection of signal loss. LOS hysteresis for any programmed level (nominally 2.5dB) preserves a balance between noise immunity and dynamic range. The chips offset-correction function reduces pulse-width distortion. MAX3260, MAX3261, and MAX3262 devices are available in die form for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices for the MAX3260 start at $9.25 (100 up, FOB USA).
(Circle 15)

Reduce RS-485 Supply Current to 20A

1000 NO. OF TRANSCEIVERS ON BUS

MAX1482/3

100

MAX1487

MAX485 LTC485

SN75176

10 10 100 1000 SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 10,000 100,000

19

Volume Twenty

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for the quarter and the fiscal year New current-sense amplifiers aid measurement and control Three-input supply powers 3.3V portables Latching regulator prevents deep discharge of battery Notch filter is dc-accurate Linear regulator converts 3.3V to 2.9V Data multiplexer adds cursor to LED-display driver

2 3 11 12 13 15 17

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Two-wire, octal DAC saves P I/O lines Serial-input, dual 8-bit DAC comes in SO-8 package (MAX517521) (MAX522) (MAX354/355) (MAX382/384) (MAX394) (MAX2003A) (MAX624)

19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

8-channel muxes withstand overvoltage to 40V beyond supply rails 8-channel muxes have latchable address inputs Quad, SPDT analog switch has low on-resistance

Power Management
NiCd/NiMH fast-charger is the smallest available Dual-output, 1MHz boost converter fits thin PCMCIA cards

Smallest GaAsFET bias generators also have lowest noise (1mVp-p) (MAX840/843/844) One-cell battery at 0.9V powers smallest high-power boost converters (MAX866/867)

P Supervisors
Four-pin reset ICs include manual reset Most-accurate P supervisors have 1% thresholds (MAX811/812) (MAX814/815/816) (MAX2402) (MAX2430) (MAX2450/2451/2452) (MAX3270)

Wireless
Spread-spectrum transmitter suits 900MHz ISM band High-gain RF amplifier delivers 100mW in 900MHz band 70MHz quadrature modulator/demodulator operates from 3V

Fiber Optics
Clock-recovery/data-retiming IC includes phase/frequency detector

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR THE QUARTER AND THE FISCAL YEAR
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $76.0 million for the fourth quarter ended June 30, 1995, compared to $44.1 for the same period a year ago. This represents a 72.3% gain in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. Net income was $11.5 million (or $0.34 per share) for the quarter, compared to net income of $6.8 million (or $0.21 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1994. Maxim ended fiscal 1995 with net revenues of $250.8 million, a 63.0% increase over fiscal 1994 net revenues of $153.9 million. Operating income for fiscal 1995 was $57.2 million, a 60.7% increase over the $35.6 million reported in 1994. Income per share for fiscal 1995 was $1.17, compared to $0.76 in fiscal 1994, an increase of 53.9%. Stockholders equity grew to $178.7 million at June 30, 1995 from $130.2 million at June 30, 1994, an increase of 37.3%. Total assets increased to over $256 million. Cost of sales in the fourth quarter results included approximately $3.3 million of costs related to the completion of the Companys transition to 6 wafers. Also, selling, general and administrative expenses increased significantly over the prior quarter as a result of the Companys international expansion and certain one-time costs associated with technology licensing matters. During the quarter, Maxims cash and short-term investments increased by $14.0 million or $0.41 per share. For the year, the Company increased cash by $43.9 million or $1.32 per share, while investing over $39.4 million in capital equipment and repurchasing approximately $11.9 million of its common stock. Inventories were at a record low level of 55 days, representing a substantial improvement over the Q494 level of 91 days. Accounts receivable levels were at 33 days and continue to remain among the lowest in the industry. Worldwide demand for the Companys products is also at record levels across all geographic regions and all sales channels. Acceptance of new products in fiscal 1995 continued to accelerate, with customers designing in Maxims new products at a much faster rate than previously experienced. Maxim has doubled its customer base over the past year and increased the direct OEM portion of its business to over 40%. The demand for the Companys products in the third and fourth quarters far exceeded the Companys record 68% growth in revenues reported in the second half of fiscal 1995. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and CEO commented, 1995 was a tremendous success for Maxim, its shareholders and employees. We successfully integrated the operations acquired from Tektronix in May 1994, we increased our manufacturing capacity by four-fold, and we set new records for both time-to-market and acceptance rates of our new products by new and existing customers. Gifford continued, I am especially pleased that the acquisition of the Tektronix fabrication facility uniquely positions Maxim to take advantage of the worldwide shortage in precision analog products to grow our market share while reinforcing our commitment to our customers. Although we are confident of our long-term growth rates, notwithstanding the bulge in revenues during the next three quarters, we will continue to control spending consistent with our sustainable business levels to ensure that we can continue to deliver consistent revenue and earnings performance in 1997 and beyond. During the quarter, Maxim was named Dataquests European Niche Vendor of 1995. This title reflects Maxims high level of quality and customer support in the highly competitive European market.

New current-sense amplifiers aid measurement and control

The conventional current-measurement circuita discrete difference amplifier fed by the signal voltage across a current-sense resistoris giving way to smaller, less expensive integrated circuits. The monolithic MAX471, for example, integrates the amplifier with a 35m sense resistor and is capable of sensing continuous currents as high as 3A. A similar device, the MAX472, allows measurement of virtually any current by connecting current-sense and gain-setting resistors external to the package. Both amplifiers sense the high-side load current and produce a current-source output that may be referenced to ground. That capability lets you generate a groundreferenced output voltage, proportional to load current, by connecting a single resistor between the output and ground. The MAX471 has a fixed internal gain that delivers 500A per ampere of sensed current, and the MAX472 lets you choose the current-sense and gainsetting resistors for an output range of 0mA to 1.5mA. The MAX472 offers more flexibility, but requires a bit more design work. High-side sense resistors (between power source and load) are preferable to a low-side resistor between the load and power-source return. Low-side sense resistors produce voltage drops that can disrupt the systems ground connection and complicate the charging and power-management circuitry.

RSENSE RS+ 2, 3 RG1 RG2

6, 7 RS-

A1

A2

Q1

Q2 8 OUT

COMP

SIGN

(a)

MAX471

RSENSE POWER SOURCE OR BATTERY 3 VSENSE TO LOAD OR CHARGER RG2 6

RG1

A1

A2 7

Q1

Q2 8

VCC

OUT

COMP

5 SIGN

(b)

MAX472

Figure 1. Internal current-sense and gain-setting resistors enable the MAX471 (a) to measure currents up to 3A. For higher current levels, add external sense and gain resistors to the otherwise similar MAX472 (b).

Internal workings
The MAX471 and MAX472 contain two cross-connected difference amplifiers (Figure 1), each driving an npn transistor. Current through the sense resistor develops a voltage that turns one amplifier off and the other on. The active amplifiers npn transistor then produces a current that flows from the more positive side of the sense resistor, through the gain-setting resistor (RG1 or RG2), and through the transistor to the OUT terminal. An opposite-polarity current through RSENSE turns this diff-amp off and the other on, producing an output

current that always flows in the same direction. Direction of the sensed current is indicated by the SIGN output. This open-drain output simplifies the interface to logic circuitry operating at supply voltages within the ICs 3V to 36V supply range. Gain-setting resistors RG1 and RG2 (internal to the MAX471 and external to the MAX472) determine the ratio between the sensed current and the OUT current. These resistors should be matched to assure similar accuracy in both directions. Assuming RG1 = RG2 = RG, you can calculate the desired ratio simply by dividing the gain-resistor value into the sense-resistor value: IOUT / ISENSE = RSENSE / RG.
3

The MAX471 ratio is internally set at 0.5mA/A, which produces an output of 1.5mA when the sensed current is 3A. The MAX472 lets you select sense and gain resistors to measure virtually any level of current, provided the maximum at OUT does not exceed 1.5mA.

The role of ADCs in current measurement

The ICs described above were designed primarily for measuring current flow from batteries. If the flow is fairly steady, you can measure the corresponding output voltage (developed across R OUT in Figure 2 ) with an A/D converter. Each digital sample then represents a snapshot of the current flowing through RSENSE. To detect the direction of current flow, you can either sample the SIGN output or connect SIGN to an I/O line on the controller. If the measured current is not steady, you can integrate it by replacing R OUT with a capacitor. Knowing that IAVERAGE = CV/t, you can allow the capacitor to charge to a certain voltage, take a measurement, divide by the time between measurements, and then discharge the capacitor (with a shunt switch) and start over. Current flow during the capacitor-discharge interval (dead time) is lost to the measurement, but that effect is minimal if the discharge time is a small fraction of charge time.

SENSE CURRENT

RS+ RSRS+ RS6V TO 36V

VLOGIC C R1 I/O ADC AIN ROUT CONTROL DATA

MAX471
SIGN SHDN GND OUT

Figure 2. An A/D converter enables the C to read the MAX471s current-source output.

CHARGER INPUT 2 3 7 6 +3.3V R1 10k 3.3V REGULATOR IN OUT 3.3V 0.1F

+3.3V

RS+ IC1 RS+

RSRS-

16 QH QG IC6 QF 74HC590 QE QD QC QB QA RC0 CCKEN G CCLR RCK CLK GND 11 8 VCC 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 12 14 10

MAX471

1 B1 8 CELLS

SHDN OUT 8

SIGN GND 4

TO C

+3.3V 0.1F 13 V+ 14 15 COM2 3 C1 0.33F CERAMIC NO1 NC2 NO4 6 7 3 INA+ C2 0.33F CERAMIC R2 51k 0.1F 7 V+ +3.3V

13

+3.3V +3.3V

IC2
OUTA

IC3 MAX393 COM4

NC3 11 R3 510k OUTB 4 INB+ 5 HYST

0.1F 1 TC4S01F (TOSHIBA) 8 3 256 TB I/0

0.1F 1 V+ RESET 5 R4 1.0M C3 0.47F

MAX932

6 REF

IC4

IC5
TRIGGER 8 7

2 COM1 IN1 IN2 1 16 9 8 COM3 IN3 IN4 GND 5

10

ICM7242
RC GND 2

V2

R5 10k

C4 0.047F

Figure 3. By switching between two integrating capacitors (C1 and C2) this battery fuel-gauge circuit monitors a continuous battery discharge with minimal error.
4

that scales IC1s current-source output (0.5mA/A):

10 8 ICO OUTPUT FREQUENCY (kHz) % DEVIATION FROM IDEAL 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 0.01 ICO FREQUENCY 0 0.1 1 LOAD CURRENT (A) 10 1 % DEVIATION FROM IDEAL (IDEAL-MEASURED)/ IDEAL*100 3 4

QC = (0.5mA/A)xQB. Rearranging terms, QB = 2000QC = 2000CV. Each negative-going transition at the NOR-gate output represents QB of charge from the battery, and 256 of these transitions produce one clock cycle into IC6, representing: 256QB = 256(2000CV) = 256(2000)1F(1.182V) = 0.605 coulombs. Thus, to assure a continuous monitoring of current from the battery, the system must read the three-state outputs of IC6 at least once during each of its 256-count cycles. These cycles vary according to the rate of battery discharge, but the maximum read interval is determined by the maximum anticipated discharge rate (3A in this case). The consequent 1.5mA output from IC3 charges each capacitor to 1.182V in CV/i = (0.33F)(1.182V)/1.5mA = 260s. This interval is multiplied by 256 in the IC5 prescaler and again by 256 in the IC6 counter: 260s(256)(256) = 17 seconds maximum. You can extend this maximum interval with a larger value for the two capacitors. Measurement linearity remains relatively constant for load currents between 100mA and 3A. Below 100mA, measurement errors increase due to the effect of offset current in the current-sense amplifier (Figure 4).

Figure 4. For low values of load current, the measurement error in Figure 3 deviates because of offset error in the current-sense amplifier (IC1).

A circuit with two charging capacitors (Figure 3) lets you integrate the current without creating a dead interval. The relationship Q = CV lets you calculate the total charge removed from the battery or added to it. For a given comparator threshold voltage (1.182V in this case), you must balance the effects of capacitance needed (to store charge between sampling intervals), capacitor leakage, and the full-scale output current from IC3. The Figure 3 circuit converts current to frequency and counts the resulting pulses. As an example, a full-scale current of 3A from the battery causes IC2s currentsource output (pin 8) to source 1.5mA. Analog switches in IC3 steer this 1.5mA to one of two 0.33F ceramic capacitors while discharging the other to ground. When the charging capacitor reaches 1.182V (the threshold voltage of dual comparator IC2) the corresponding comparator output goes high. These low-to-high comparator transitions are summed by the NOR gate (IC4) and fed to IC5, whose divide-bytwo output drives the analog switches to simultaneously discharge one capacitor and divert charging current to the other. IC5 serves as a prescaler, dividing the NOR gate output by 256 and feeding it to an 8-bit parallel counter (IC6). By periodically reading this counters three-state outputs, the P can track net cumulative charge taken from the battery: QC = CV, where Q C is the maximum charge accumulated by either capacitor C, and V is the corresponding capacitor voltage (i.e., 1.182V, which triggers the capacitors discharge). Then, QC is proportional to charge taken from the battery (QB) by the same factor
5

Current control
Though designed primarily for current measurements, the MAX471/MAX472 amplifiers also lend themselves to current-control applications. These include current sources, overcurrent-protection circuits, and battery chargers. The circuit of Figure 5 , for example, is a current-source battery charger capable of sourcing 2.5A with efficiency better than 90%. Again, the MAX471 senses current on the batterys high side, allowing use of a common ground as in automotive applications. IC1 is a current-mode buck-regulator controller whose drive outputs (DH and DL) control two external nchannel MOSFETs. Their on-resistances are lower than those of equivalent p-channel MOSFETs, so the nchannel devices dissipate less power for given amounts of channel current. Positive gate drive for the high-side MOSFET (Q1) is generated by a charge pump in IC1. Buck regulators limit their maximum output to VIN, so removing the battery while this charger is operating will not cause a dangerous rise in VOUT.

10 VIN 10.5V TO 28V 6 22F 35V 22F 35V V+ SHDN VL BST SKIP 11 14 2 0.01F 4.7F 16 Q1 D1

IC1 MAX797

DH

LX CSH

15 8 D3 T1 L1 10H

REF 0.01F 1 SS CSL DL 5 SYNC FB 7 PGND GND 4

3 9 13 12 0.33F

R1 0.92

D2 Q2

3x 100F 16V

IOUT 2.5A

RS+ RSOUT

IC2

D1, D2 D3 L1 T1 Q1, Q2

- CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR #CMPSH-3 - NIEC #EC10QS02L, SCHOTTKY RECTIFIER - DALE #IHSM-4825 10H 15% - DALE #LPE-3325-A087, CURRENT TRANSFORMER, 1:70 - MOTOROLA #MMSF5N03HD

R2 2.0k

MAX471
SHDN GND

Figure 5. A high-side current-sense amplifier (IC2) enables this 2.5A, 90%-efficient, current-source battery charger to have a common ground with the battery.

The current-sense amplifier (IC2) senses IOUT via an internal sense resistor and produces a smaller but proportional output current. The external resistor R2 then produces the feedback voltage required by IC1. For digital control of IOUT, you can switch to other output resistors using an analog-switch array, or one or more small FETs such as the 2N7002 (not shown). On-resistance errors contributed by these FETs are not significant because IC2 produces a low output current. Current through Q1 flows through the primary of the current transformer (T1), whose secondary directs a reduced current through the sense resistor R1. The result (compared with a conventional sense resistor in series with Q1) is lower power dissipation and better efficiency. This circuit operates with efficiency as high as 96% ( Figure 6 ). Efficiency decreases with output voltage, because at lower voltages the fixed power level required to drive the FETs and IC represents a larger percentage of the total.

commands, and IC2 monitors the charging current. IC1 is a step-up switching regulator that boosts the applied 5V to a level necessary for supplying the combined charging current and system-load current. The 5V supply must include short-circuit protection for this application. IC2s output current (pin 8) is proportional to the current through sense resistor R9, reduced by a factor of 10-4 (which equals the value of R9 divided by the value common to R7 and R10). Q3 and Q4 are on during a fast
EFFICIENCY vs. OUTPUT VOLTAGE
97 24V 96 95 EFFICIENCY (%) 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 0 5 10 15 VOUT (V) 20 25 30 16V 12V 20V 28V

Step-up battery charger

Battery charging in many portable applications is controlled by a P or C (Figure 7). The processor issues CHARGE ON/OFF and FAST/TRICKLE CHARGE
6

Figure 6. A fixed level of power dissipation in the battery charger of Figure 4 causes efficiency to decline with output voltage.

+5V D1 1N5820 R9 10m WSL-2010-R010F (DALE)

SYSTEM LOAD

C3 450F

C4 470F

R7 100 1% 3 6 RG2

R10 100 1%

R13 100k

TO ADC (TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

C2 0.1F

L1 20H RCH110-220M (SUMIDA) 2 5 V+ REF EXT 1 Q1 MTP3055EL (MOTOROLA)

RG1 7 R3 10k VCC

B1 (FIVE CELLS) 2 N.C.

IC2 MAX472 SHDN 1

R5 360k SIGN 5

GND OUT 8

C1 0.1F

IC1 MAX1771
CS 4 8 R8 750k R6 10k

CHARGE / DISCHARGE Q2 2N3391A R1 SHDN FB DGND 7 R2 2M FAST / TRICKLE CHARGE 3 R11 240k Q3 2N3906 R12 6k R14 100k

CHARGE ON / OFF

Q4 2N3906

Q5 2N3391A TO ADC (DISCHARGE RATE)

AGND 6

R4 33k

Figure 7. Under control of a microprocessor, this step-up battery charger delivers battery current and load current at the same time.

charge, so the output current flows through the parallel combination of R11 and (approximately) R4. The resulting feedback voltage to the boost converter (pin 3) maintains the R9 fast-charge current at 500mA. This feedback also enables the regulator to supply as much as 500mA of load current in addition to the charging current. Q2 limits the battery voltage to 10V (2V per cell). An external processor and multi-channel A/D converter monitor the batterys terminal voltage during a fast charge. When the A/D senses a change of slope in this voltage, the processor terminates charging by asserting a high on FAST/TRICKLE CHARGE. Q3 turns off, causing a rise in the feedback (to IC1) that lowers the charging current to the trickle-charge rate of approximately 60mA. If the boost converter shuts down, or if the sum of load current and charging current exceeds the boost converters output capability, the charging current reverses as current flows out of the battery. IC2 indicates this reversal via its open-collector SIGN output, pulled high by R13, which turns off Q4 and turns on Q5.

Current through R12 then produces a voltage proportional to the batterys discharge current: 5A through R9 produces a full-scale response of 3V across R12. By integrating this voltage over time (sampling at fixed intervals and multiplying each sample by the associated time interval), the system can monitor energy removed from the battery. Based on this measurement and the terminal-voltage measurement, the processor can then re-initiate a fast charge (by asserting FAST/TRICKLE CHARGE low) before the battery reaches its end of life.

Switched, digitally controlled current source

The variable current source of Figure 8 generates 0A to 5A outputs with a compliance range of 4V to 30V. It has two advantages over conventional current sources: the 12-bit D/A converter (IC2) makes it digitally programmable, and its switch-mode step-down regulator (IC1) is more efficient than the alternative linear pass transistor. Applications include battery charging and dc motor control.

+36V 5 VIN 0.3V 10A 2.45V 7 SHUT CURRENT-LIMIT SHUTDOWN 2.21V REF 5 FB 6 R1 2.7k C1 0.1F VC ERROR AMPLIFIER PWM CONTROLLER L1 47H 7230-09 R5 30m WSL-2010-R030F (DALE) 0A TO 5A D1 MBR745 (MOTOROLA) C3 470F R4 66.5 1% R6 66.5 1% 0.04 POWER SHUTDOWN POWER TO ENTIRE CIRCUIT CIRCUIT BIAS ILIM 3 C2 220F

IC1 MAX724

100kHz OSC GND 4

VSW 2

+12V 22 3 VDD REFOUT

3 RG1 2 ROFS VREF RFB 23 VOUT 24 R2 A1

6 RG2

A2 VCC 7 +36V

4 AGND 18 CS 19 WR 20 LDAC CONTROL LOGIC

DAC

VSS 1 R3

Q1

Q2 OUT 8

DAC LATCH

CLR 21

IC2
INPUT LATCH D0 . . . D11 17 5

IC3 MAX472
COMP SHDN 1

MAX507
DGND 12

Figure 8. This 0A to 5A variable current source features an efficient, switch-mode step-down regulator (IC1). A 12-bit D/A converter (IC2) makes the source digitally programmable.

IC3 (the current-sense amplifier) senses output current as a voltage drop across R5 and produces a proportional signal current at pin 8. Thus, the regulators feedback voltage (at pin 1 of IC1) is set by the D/A converter and modified by IC3s current feedback, which flows across the parallel combination of R2 and R3. This current feedback opposes any change in load current due to a change in load resistance. The D/A converter generates 0V to 10V, producing a source current that varies inversely with code: FFFHEX (10V from the DAC) produces 0mA, and 000HEX (0V from the DAC) produces 5A. For a given programmed level, the actual output varies somewhat with load resistance and the corresponding compliance voltage. When tested at 1.5A, for instance, the output of the circuit deviates about 15mA (i.e., 1% of 1.5A) for compliance voltages between 10V and 20V (Figure 9).

You can easily reconfigure the circuit for other ranges of output current (ISOURCE) by resizing R2 and R3: ISOURCE = 2217 [(VFB (R2 + R3) - R3VDAC] , R2R3

where VFB = 2.21V and VDAC ranges from 0V to 10V. Values for R2 and R3 are defined by the desired range for I SOURCE : V DAC = 0V for the high value of ISOURCE, and VDAC = 10V for the desired low value of ISOURCE. Substituting these two sets of values in the equation yields two equations, to be solved simultaneously for the values of R2 and R3.

Variable linear current source

By converting current to a feedback voltage you can transform a low-dropout linear voltage regulator into a current regulator ( Figure 10 ). The control input

COMPLIANCE
DEVIATION FROM EXPECTED (mA) ISOURCE = 1.5A 40
ej20-15

50

30

20

Under the worst-case conditions of 250mA output current, output shorted to ground, and a dissipation limit of 1.5W (the 1.8W package rating less a safety factor), the circuits input voltage can be as high as 6V. (6V x 250mA = 1.5W.) Excessive power dissipation causes the thermal-protection circuitry to turn on and off, producing a pulsed output current as the internal temperature oscillates about the thermal trip point.

10

0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

Polarity-reversal/ forward-current protection

The Figure 11 circuit protects a battery-operated system in two ways: Q1 prevents damage due to the flow of reverse current that otherwise occurs when the battery is installed backwards, and Q3 prevents the excessive flow that otherwise occurs with a sudden load increase or short circuit. A properly installed battery fully enhances Q1 by pulling its gate more than 5V below the source. If the battery is installed backwards, Q1 is off because the gate is positive with respect to the source. Regardless of battery polarity, the body diodes of Q1 and Q3 are oriented to assure that no current can flow when either device is off. Both FETs have low on-resistance. Current-sense amplifier IC2 senses the load current flowing between its RS+ and RS- terminals and develops a proportional voltage across R8. During normal operation, the comparator outputs are high and Q3 remains on. When the load current exceeds a limit set by R8 (i.e., I LIMIT = 2000V TH /R8, where 2000 is the sense amplifiers gain and V TH is the comparators input threshold (1.182V 2%), the B comparator output goes low, turns off Q4, turns off Q3, and disconnects the battery from its load. At the same time, Q6 provides positive feedback by pulling the comparator input up to the collapsing supply rail, latching Q3 off as the supply voltage drops. A short-circuited output turns off IC2 by removing the voltage at pins 6 and 7 (3V is the minimum for proper operation). IC1s B comparator loses control because the R8 voltage goes to zero, but comparator A is able to shut off Q3 by turning off Q5. Q2 speeds the Q3 turn-off time to about 10s, and when Q3 is off, the circuit draws about 2A. (To restore power, you press S1.) During normal operation the battery current varies with its terminal voltage: 200A at 5V, 230A at 6V, 300A at 8V, and 310A at 10V. (Circle 1)
9

Figure 9. The Figure 8 current source varies only 2mA or so over the compliance range 10V to 20V.

+5V

150m WSL-2010-R150F

1 IN 10F

OUT

0mA TO 500mA CURRENT SOURCE 8

50 3 7 0.1F RG1 VCC RG2

50 6

IC2 MAX603
4

10F

IC1 MAX472
1 SHDN GND 4 R1 1.1k 8 OUT1 5

OFF

SET GND GND GND GND 2 3.09k VCONTROL 0V TO 5V 3 6 7

Figure 10. This current source (similar to that of Figure 8) varies linearly from 0mA to 500mA in response to the applied control voltage.

VCONTROL determines the output current: applying 5V sets this current to zero, and applying 0V sets it to 250mA. Intermediate voltages from a D/A converter (or the buffered output of a potentiometer) let you control the output current digitally or manually. This circuit has a compliance range of 0V to 4.7V when powered from 5V, but it also operates from supply voltages as high as 11V, if you take care not to exceed the maximum power-dissipation rating for the regulator package. This rating is 1.8W at room temperature. Ignoring a tiny operating current, the chip dissipation equals the voltage drop from pin 4 to pin 6 times the current through the chip via these pins.

Q1 Si9434DY (SILICONIX)

Q3 Si9434DY (SILICONIX) 2 3 R6 10k R7 4.7k RS+ RS+ RSRS7 6

R2, 100k

IC2 MAX471
Q6 2N3906 8 OUT SHDN GND 4 150F

5 CELLS

Q2 2N3906 R1 100k 0.1F

10F

0.1F 1 7 V+

0.01F Q4 2N3904 8 R3, 100k OUTB

IC1 MAX933
INBB REF 6 R8 2.43k* HYST INA+ 5 3 R9 270k* 4

S1 R4, 1k 1 Q5 2N3904 R5, 100k OUTA VA

V2

R10 100k*

* R8 VALUE PROVIDES A 1A CURRENT-LIMIT THRESHOLD. R9, R10 VALUES PROVIDE A 4.4V TRIP THRESHOLD.

Figure 11. This load-protection circuit prevents current flow in response to excessive loads, output short circuits, and wrong-polarity connections to the battery.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Three-input supply powers 3.3V portables
The single-ended primary-inductance converter (SEPIC) of Figure 1 accepts input voltages ranging from 3V to over 6V, and produces a regulated 3.3V, 200mA output. It accepts an input voltage from three sources: a 5V dc wall cube, a 3-cell AA battery, and a lithium backup battery. Unlike conventional boost regulators, whose battery current continues to flow during shutdown (unless you add a cutoff switch), this circuits output turns fully off in response to a shutdown command. And, unlike flyback-transformer regulators and combination step-up/linear regulators, the Figure 1 circuit requires no transformer. Coils L1 and L2 should be the same type and have the same value, but coupling between them is not required. They can be wound on the same core for convenience, but the circuit works equally well if they are completely separate. Capacitor C3 couples energy to the output and requires low ESR to handle the high ripple currents. Conversion efficiency with a low-ESR Sanyo OSCON capacitor is 85%, which is 3% higher than that available with less-expensive 1F ceramic capacitors. Tantalum capacitors are not recommended because high ripple currents cause them to self-heat. During normal operation, the ac adapters 5V output powers the circuit and turns off Q1. Disconnecting the adapter removes 5V, turns on Q1, and allows the three AA cells to provide power. If the 3.3V output drops below 3.0V, a low-battery comparator in IC1 alerts the system by driving LBO low. And for backup, a diode-OR connection allows an optional lithium battery (coin cell B2) to provide load current at the 3.3V output. As an added twist, diode D2 provides a supply voltage for IC1 (pin 8) by capturing the switching pulses at LX (pin 7). This voltage (approximately the sum of VIN and VOUT) improves start-up capability under full load, and improves low-VIN efficiency by boosting gate drive to the internal switching MOSFET. Maximum VIN is limited to about 12V, which easily accommodates the 3-cell battery.
A related idea appeared in the 4/13/95 issue of EDN.
100F 5V FROM AC ADAPTER 10k 10k D1 1N4001 C1 2.2F D2 1N4148

(Circle 2)

L1* 22H C3 47F 16V

D4 1N4148 D3 1N5817

B2 LITHIUM CR2032

8 V+ LX 7

B1 (3 AA CELLS)

Q1 Si9433 (SILICONIX)

150k 2 LBI

LOGIC FB 3

L2* 22H

150k

VOUT 3.3V 200mA

125k 150k REF 1.5V ON / OFF 4 SHDN LBO 1 5 C2 0.1F LOW WHEN B1 3V * L1 AND L2 ARE SUMIDA CD54 SERIES

IC1
GND 6

MAX761

Figure 1. When the wall cube is disconnected, this SEPIC regulator draws power from a 3-cell battery. A lithium battery (optional) backs up the 3.3V output.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Latching regulator prevents deep discharge of battery
A rechargeable batterys load should be removed at the point of complete discharge, to avoid a further (deep) discharge that can shorten its life or destroy it altogether. Because a batterys terminal voltage recovers when its load is removed, you cant simply disconnect the load when the terminal voltage dips below the established threshold and then re-connect it when the voltage returns above that threshold. Such action may produce chatter in the disconnect switch. The voltage of a discharged cell returns almost to the level of a fully charged cell, so hysteresis cant necessarily compensate for the recovery effect either. Whats needed is a circuit that disconnects the load from the battery and keeps them separate until an external signal (such as that from a battery charger or pushbutton switch) indicates that the battery has been recharged or replaced. Such a circuit can enlist the low-battery comparator in a low-dropout linear regulator (Figure 1). In this circuit, the low-battery comparator and error amplifier share the internal reference and the external resistor divider. With the resistor values shown, the low-battery output (LBO) goes low and disconnects both the battery and load when the output falls eight percent below its nominal value. The battery and load then remain disconnected until commanded otherwise by S1. Two factors enable the latching action in this circuit: the low-battery comparator remains active during shutdown (most regulators deactivate this comparator during shutdown), and the circuit monitors the regulated output voltage instead of the battery voltage (regulator voltage cant recover until the regulator is turned back on). The circuit also provides a POWER FAIL signal (LBO, pin 1) that goes low 50ms before the output is turned off ( Figure 2 ). This signal can provide a controlling microprocessor time to perform housekeeping and shutdown functions. When LBO goes low, C1 discharges through R3 until the STBY input reaches its threshold (1.15V). The IC then enters its standby mode and disconnects the battery. IC1 is a linear regulator capable of sourcing 150mA with a 350mV dropout voltage. It has a 10A standby current and accepts input voltages to 11.5V.
A related idea appeared in the 3/16/95 issue of EDN.

(Circle 3)
VIN 5

IC1 MAX882
S1 R2 1M 1 R1 1k POWER FAIL R3 220k LBO

IN VIN OUT LOW-BATTERY COMPARATOR 4 R4 1M, 0.1% 8 POWER FAIL ERROR AMPLIFIER R5 49.9k, 0.1% SET 2 STBY R6 604k, 0.1% GND VREF VOUT 3.3V VOUT

TIMING RELATIONSHIPS

LBI

7 C1 1F

STBY

50ms/div VOUT = 3.3V, COUT = 0pF, RL = 2k

3, 6

Figure 1. To protect the battery, this circuit disconnects the load before the battery enters deep discharge. To reconnect, you must press S1.

Figure 2. These waveforms illustrate timing relationships in the circuit of Figure 1.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Notch filter is dc-accurate
Most active filters exhibit noise, distortion, gain error, and dc offset, but a filter topology that separates the dc and ac paths can eliminate the last two of these unwanted behaviors completely (Figure 1a). The dc path has no op amps, and therefore no dc offset. Nor does it have a dc gain error, other than -6dB of attenuation caused by the RIN/RLOAD divider. (This attenuation is absent for applications that omit the R2 termination.) The ac path consists of a capacitor (C1) and a synthetic inductor composed of two wideband transconductance amplifiers (WTAs) and their associated components. The result is an active circuit that emulates the passive filter of Figure 1b. Simulating the inductance avoids the use of an actual inductor, which can (among other problems) act as a transmitting and receiving antenna for EMI. The equivalent inductance LEQ is C/[(gm1)(gm2)], where gm1 and gm2 are transconductances produced by IC1 and IC2. The inductance value can be large if (gm1)(gm2) << 1, but one end of the network must always connect to ground. Each gm is set by an
VOUT VIN R1 50 C1 2F R2 50

external resistor (R3 or R5) according to the relationship gm = 8/R. For optimum noise performance, the gm values should allow a full range of output swing for each WTA. You should start with equal gm values, and simulate the filter in Spice using g elements for the amplifiers. Observe the peak voltage amplitude at each WTA output while sweeping the frequency at least one decade above and below the filters corner frequency (3.2kHz in this case). The peak value across the inductor (at pin 13 of IC2) is demanded by the filter and cannot be changed, so you adjust the peak value at IC1s pin 13 to match. Let K equal the ratio of these peak values (VO1pk/VO2pk). Gain is proportional to transconductance, so divide gm1 by K and multiply gm2 by K. Then, rerun Spice with the new gm values to verify that the peaks are equal and the filter shape has not changed. The filterconsisting of the source/load connection shunted by the series network of C1 and the

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT VOUT 1, 12, 14 R1 50 VIN L 1.25mH C 2F R2 50

1, 12, 14 V+ ISET 2 IN+ 3 Z+ R3 365 IOUT 5 Z-

C2 0.22F 2 3 R5 243 13 V01 IN+ Z+

V+ ISET 11

C4 0.22F

11

IOUT 5 6 ZIN-

13 V02

IC2 MAX436
V-

R6 6.04k

VOUT VIN

6 IN-

IC1 MAX436
V7, 8, 10 R4 6.04k 7, 8, 10 C3 1F

R2 R1 + R2

)(

s2 + 1/ LC s2 + s (R1

||

R2) / L + 1 / LC LC)

fc = Q =

CORNER FREQUENCY = 1 / (2 L / C = 1 / (R1 || R2)

(a)

(b)

Figure 1. The circuit below C1 constitutes a synthetic inductor that is part of a dc-accurate notch filter (a). The equivalent passive filter is shown in b.

13

High-frequency error is dominated by parasitic capacitance between the output of the synthetic inductor and ground. Though small, this error increases as the parasitic reactance approaches the parallel combination of the source and load resistances. To minimize error in the frequency response, you should keep these resistances small with respect to the WTAs 3k output impedance.
A related idea appeared in the 3/2/95 issue of EDN.

REJECTION (dBm)

synthetic inductorwas tested on a network analyzer that includes the 50 RIN and RLOAD resistors. At the 3.2kHz corner frequency, it produces a 2nd-order notch response whose rejection (ideally infinite) is about 40dB (Figure 2).

2nd-ORDER NOTCH RESPONSE

0
ej20-05

-10

-20

-30

-40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FREQUENCY (kHz)

Figure 2. This 3.217kHz, 2nd-order notch response is produced by the Figure 1a circuit.

(Circle 4)

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Linear regulator converts 3.3V to 2.9V
Linear regulators (vs. switching types) are often the best choice for generating supply voltages below 3.3V. At low output voltage and moderate load currents, the linear type is less expensive and requires less space, yet maintains reasonable efficiency. The circuits of Figure 1, for example, have efficiencies higher than 87%. Dropout voltage for the available low-dropout linear regulators may not be low enough for the load current desired. The Figure 1 circuits, therefore, employ low-threshold p-channel MOSFETs that
47F, 6.3V VIN 3.3V C1 4 PO1

drop only 300mV at 2A. If available, a 5V bus should power the op amp and the 2.5V reference ( Figure 1a ). The higher rail voltage improves transient response by enabling the op amp to drive the MOSFET faster. (Power-management circuitry in the newer processors can change load current within tens of nanoseconds.)

+5V 2 8 C4 0.01F R1 1.0k C5 1F R2 100k C6 1F

IC1 MAX872
6

IC2 MAX473

The 10MHz op amp allows common-mode inputs from ground to within 1.9V of the positive rail, so 3.3V operation allows insufficient room for a 2.5V reference. With a 1.2V reference (Figure 1b) the 3.3V circuit provides 3% initial 2 x 10F, 6.3V output accuracy and 5% regulation VOUT (for the fixture tested) over the 2.9V C2 C3 allowed extremes for line, load, temperature, and supply-voltage transients. The Figure 1a circuit measured 4% for the extremes and 2% for initial accuracy. Both circuit outputs change less than C7 R3 20pF 1.5k 1mV for a 5% VIN change, and only 3mV for a 0A to 2A load change (see Figure 2 for the effect of a 1A R4 16k, 1% to 2A load change). Layout is critical if the circuits are to accommodate transient rise times faster than 100ns. The regulator should be close to the load, and VOUT should be sensed at the load. The op amp and reference should have a single-point ground to prevent ground bounce and noise from upsetting the feedback loop. Because the initial edge of any transient will be absorbed by the 10F output capacitors, these components (such as the Sanyo OS-

(a)

3.3V TO 2.9V REGULATOR USING +5V BUS

4 PO1 VIN 3.3V C1 47F 6.3V R1 100

2 x 10F, 6.3V VOUT 2.9V C2 C3

C5 82pF R2 22k R3 1.0k C4 1F R4 100k

C6 1F

R5 30k

C7 20pF

IC1 ICL8069A

IC2 MAX473
R6, 136k

(b)

STAND-ALONE 3.3V TO 2.9V REGULATOR

Figure 1. These linear regulators generate 2A at 2.9V, either with the help of a 5V bus (a) or from 3.3V alone (b).
15

CON types shown) must have very low ESR. To minimize the effect of lead inductance in surfacemount capacitors, you can reduce the lead lengths virtually to zero by routing output current right through the capacitors metallized contacts.
A related idea appeared in the 3/16/95 issue of EDN.

LOAD REGULATION

VOUT (20mV/div AC COUPLED)

IOUT

(Circle 5)

2A 1A 10s/div

(a)

VOUT (20mV/div AC COUPLED)

2A IOUT 1A 100ns/div

(b)

VOUT (20mV/div AC COUPLED)

2A IOUT 1A 100ns/div

(c)

Figure 2. A step change in load current (a) for the Figure 1 circuits is stretched from 10s to 100ns per division for the 1A to 2A case (b) and the 2A to 1A case (c). Vertical resolution is 20mV/div for the output voltage (top traces) and 1A/div for the load current (bottom traces).

16

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Data multiplexer adds cursor to LED-display driver
A data multiplexer (IC2) enables the LED-display driver in Figure 1 to highlight any selected digit by intensifying its brightness. This cursor function enables use of the display for data entry as well as readout. The operator of an environmental chamber, for instance, can set a desired temperature by entering that value via the display. Four buttons are required, but are not shown: left/right for selecting the digit to be intensified, and up/down for changing the digits value (the buttons can be read by a microcontroller). Driving CURSOR high then removes the cursor effect (by disabling IC2), and allows the display to continue monitoring temperature as it moves toward the new set point. IC1 controls as many as eight 7-segment digits (eight segments including the decimal point) by scanning them sequentially and producing a value for each according to data stored in the chip via its serial interface. Each segment-driver output is a current source that delivers approximately 100 times the current entering ISET (pin 18). Thus, you can change the brightness of a given digit by altering the ISET current as that digit is scanned. (IC1 also provides a 16-level digital brightness control via 4-bit pulsewidth modulation of the segment currents.) The corresponding segments in each digit are bused together externally. The cathodes of all LED segments in a digit are bused together internally, allowing the digit to be turned on by drawing current from its common node with a logic-zero signal. Unselected digit-driver lines remain high. The digitscan rate is approximately 1300/second. When you apply a 3-bit digit-select code to IC2 while driving CURSOR low, the multiplexer connects the corresponding digit signal to terminal Y and its complement to terminal W (pin 6). Thus, selecting a particular digit for cursor intensification drives W high during that digit scan, placing R1 and R3 in parallel and driving more current into ISET. (When W is low, R3 robs current from ISET.) If CURSOR remains high, the digits exhibit uniform maximum brightness because W remains high for all of them. Each of IC1s eight digit-driver outputs can sink LED currents as high as 320mA, but these outputs remain logic-compatible with the digital inputs of IC2. Even at 320mA, the digit-driver output voltages remain below the multiplexers guaranteed low-level input voltage (VIL).
A related idea appeared in the 3/30/95 issue of EDN.

(Circle 6)

17

12 1 13 LOAD CLK (LSB) (MSB) DIN D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 DOUT V+ 19 5V R1, 10k 18 4

IC1 MAX7219
SEG A SEG B SEG C SEG D SEG E SEG F SEG G SEG DP SEGMENT DRIVERS

SEGMENT CURRENT REFERENCE V+ RSET 8

8 8 - DIGIT DISPLAY 8x8 DUAL-PORT SRAM MULTIPLEX SCAN CIRCUITRY CODE B ROM WITH BYPASS 8 8 ADDRESS REGISTER DECODER DIGIT DRIVERS SHUTDOWN REGISTER MODE REGISTER INTENSITY REGISTER SCAN-LIMIT REGISTER DISPLAY TEST REG. 8 INTENSITY PULSEWIDTH MODULATOR ISET R2 5.1k R3 10k 6 Y W 1-4, 12-15 8 DIG0 DIG7

LOAD FROM C DIN 16 CLK CURSOR SELECT0 SELECT1 SELECT2 7 11 10 9 VCC G A B C 8

N.C. 5

IC2 74HC151
GND

D0-D7

Figure 1. The digital multiplexer in this 8-digit display (IC2) provides a cursor function that intensifies the selected digit.

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Two-wire, octal DAC saves P I/O lines
The MAX521 is the first available octal DAC with a 2-wire serial interface. Containing eight 8-bit voltage-output D/A converters, the MAX521 minimizes I/O lines to the P and simplifies signal routing by allowing multiple DACs and other devices (including 2-wire EEPROMs) to share the same 2-wire bus. The bus is compatible with conventional microprocessors and the I2C serial-data standard. Operating from a single 5V supply, the MAX521 is ideal for digital adjustments of offset and gain. Its eight voltage outputs swing rail to rail, and its five independent reference inputs (with ranges that include the positive rail) allow the outputs to assume different full-scale levels. The device has a 10A shutdown mode and a power-on reset that sets all outputs to zero. Double buffering allows all addressed DACs to be updated simultaneously, and the serial interface with internal software protocol allows data rates to 400kbps. Other 8-bit, 2-wire D/A converter ICs, with performance similar to that of the MAX521, are the following: the dual-DAC MAX519 (two reference inputs), the dualDAC MAX518 (8-pin SO package), and the single-DAC MAX517. The quad-DAC MAX520 (ultra-low 100A maximum for the DAC B buffer. Each output swings within 0.5V of ground and VCC. To help reduce the shutdown power consumption, the DACs reference input is internally disconnected from the VREF pin during shutdown. The serial input feeds an internal shift register that holds eight data bits and four control bits (load and shutdown commands for each DAC). A rising edge of CS then loads the 8-bit word 2.7V into either or both DACs. (The MAX522s software format is compatible with the MAX512 and MAX513 triple 8-bit DACs.)
750A
REFA/B

supply current) will be available after October 1995. The MAX521 comes in 20-pin DIPs and in space-saving 24-pin SO and SSOP packages (the SSOP is the smallest package available for an octal DAC). The MAX520 and MAX519 come in 16-pin DIP and SO packages, and the MAX518 and MAX517 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges (contact the factory for MIL grades). Starting prices (1000 up, FOB USA) range from $2.10 for the MAX517 to $4.95 for the MAX521.
I2C is a trademark of Philips Corp.

(Circle 7)

Serial-input, dual 8-bit DAC comes in SO-8 package

The MAX522 is a dual 8-bit, lowpower D/A converter whose ultra-low supply current (1mA operating; 1A shutdown) and space-saving 8-pin SOIC and DIP packages are ideal for portable and battery-powered applications. Operating from a single supply voltage in the range 2.7V to 5.5V, it has buffered voltage outputs and a 5MHz, 3-wire serial interface compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and Microwire interface standards. Maximum source and sink currents are 5mA for the DAC A buffer and 0.5mA

The MAX522 comes in 8-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 8)

SHIFT REGISTER

LATCH A

DAC A

VOUTA

LATCH B

DAC B

VOUTB

SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

SERIAL INPUT

8-channel muxes withstand overvoltage to 40V beyond supply rails

The MAX354 fault-protected analog multiplexer has eight single-ended channels, and the MAX355 has four differential channels. For both, the eight internal switches each consist of an n-channel, pchannel, and n-channel MOSFET in seriesa structure that opens automatically in response to fault voltages. The result is overvoltage protection that operates to 40V beyond either supply rail during power-up, power-down, and fault conditions. It also protects sensitive external circuitry by clamping the output voltage near the nominal supply rail.

RDS(ON) ()

On-resistances are 350 maximum, with symmetry that enables demultiplexing as well as multiplexing applications. Input leakage currents are less than 0.5nA at +25C and less than 5nA at +85C. MAX354/MAX355 multiplexers operate either from a single supply of 4.5V to 36V or dual supplies of 4.5V to 18V. Power consumption is less than 1.5mW. All digital inputs have 0.8V and 2.4V thresholds that ensure TTL/CMOS compatibility without pull-up resistors. Break-beforemake switching action is guaranteed. MAX354/MAX355 multiplexers are improved pin-compatible replacements for MAX358/MAX359, DG508A/DG509A, and DG458/DG459 devices; they are also pin-compatible with ADG508F/ADG509F multiplexers. The MAX354 and MAX355
19

come in 16-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 9)
MAX354 RDS(ON) vs. VIN
2000 VS = 5V 1600 VS = 10V VS = 15V 1200

800

400

0 -15 -10 -5 0 VIN (V) 5 10 15

NEW PRODUCTS
Quad, SPDT analog switch has low on-resistance
The MAX394 is a new quad SPDT analog switch fabricated with Maxims lowvoltage silicon-gate process. It operates from a single supply in the range 2.7V to 15V, or a bipolar supply in the range 2.7V to 8V. The four independent switches have low on-resistances (35 maximum, 17 typical), guaranteed to match within 2. Each channel is guaranteed flat within 4 over the analog signal range. MAX394 switches turn on in less than 130ns and turn off in less than 75ns, with typical break-before-make intervals of 10ns. Design improvements guarantee extremely low charge injection (10pC), low power consumption (10W), and the ability to withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) in excess of 2000V. Low quiescent current (>1A with the inputs high or low) makes the MAX394 ideal for portable applications. Logic inputs are TTL and CMOS compatible, and guaranteed to switch in the range 0.8V to 2.4V for supply voltages of 8V and below. For supply voltages above 8V, the switching range is 0.8V to 4V. Logic inputs and the switched analog signals can range anywhere between the supply rails without damage. The MAX394 is pin compatible with the MAX333. It comes in 20-pin DIP, SSOP, and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.19 (1000 up, FOB USA).

8-channel muxes have latchable address inputs

The MAX382 analog multiplexer has eight single-ended channels, and the MAX384 has four differential channels. Both are CMOS devices with latchable, TTL/CMOS-compatible channel-address inputs. They operate from a single supply of 2.7V to 16.5V or dual supplies of 3V to 8V. Power consumption is less than 10W. MAX382/MAX384 multiplexers guarantee low charge injection (10pC maximum) and less than 2.5nA of off leakage at +85C. On-resistances are

matched to within 4 maximum (within a device) and guaranteed low (100 maximum). Further, both devices are guaranteed (per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7) to withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) in excess of 2000V. Pinouts are compatible with the industrystandard DG428/DG429 and DG528/ DG529 multiplexers.

MAX382/MAX384 multiplexers come in 18-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.00 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 11)

NiCd/NiMH fast-charger is the smallest available

The MAX2003A is the most compact and the most complete stand-alone fastcharger available for NiCd (nickel cadmium) and NiMH (nickel-metal hydride) rechargeable batteries. It enables a single circuit to safely fast-charge both battery types. Available in 16-pin narrow SO packages for compact designs, the MAX2003A can be configured either as an efficient switch-mode current regulator or as a cost-effective gating controller for an external current source. Improvements over the standard MAX2003 include a pulsed trickle charge (for longer battery life) and a temperatureslope-sensing interval that varies with charge rate (to improve the termination accuracy). The MAX2003A employs one

of five methods to terminate fast charges: temperature slope, negative delta voltage, maximum temperature, maximum time, and maximum voltage. As a safety feature, it inhibits a fast charge until the battery voltage and battery temperature are within acceptable limits. To condition the battery and achieve more accurate capacity measurements, the MAX2003A provides a switch-activated discharge-before-charge option. Other options include top-off charging and direct drivers for LED status lights. The MAX2003A comes in 16-pin narrow-SO, DIP, and wide-SO packages, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.80 (1000 up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit (MAX2003AEVKIT-SO) is available to reduce design time.
Future Product, contact factory for availability.

(Circle 10)

(Circle 12)

WALL ADAPTER (DC OUTPUT)

CURRENT SOURCE & VOLTAGE SENSE

BATTERY

MAX2003A CIRCUIT (LINEAR OR SWITCHER)

SMALL 16-PIN NARROW SOIC

TEMP. SENSE CURRENT SENSE

1 TO 16 NiCd NiMH CELLS

PORTABLE SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY

RSENSE

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Dual-output, 1MHz boost converter fits thin PCMCIA cards
The MAX624 is a miniaturized power supply for memory cards and solid-statedisk drives. It accepts inputs from 3V to 5.5V and produces two regulated outputs: the main output of 5V 4% @ 200mA, and an auxiliary output that is adjustable 2% from 5V to 30V. The high internal switching frequency (1MHz) allows use of tiny external components. Small filter capacitors and an internal soft-start INPUT function reduce current 3V TO 5.5V surges at start-up, making (FROM EDGE CONNECTOR) the chip ideal for lowprofile, hot-insertion VDD PCMCIA cards. Power OUTPUT 5V consumption is minimal, 200mA thanks to on-board power management and high-efficiency conversion (85% for IC ON ON the main 5V output). For AUX additional power savings, you can shut down the entire chip (lowering the quiescent supply current to 40A), or just the adjustable regulator (leaving the 5V output active). If the input voltage drops below 2.8V, the chips RESET output signals the systems controller by going low and remaining low for 4ms after VIN returns above 2.8V. The MAX624 smoothly ramps the supply voltage applied to the card by controlling an optional, external, high-side n-channel MOSFET, and thereby prevents the inrush currents that would otherwise occur during hot insertions. The MAX624 comes in a 16-pin narrow-SO package, tested for the industrial temperature range (-25C to +85C). Prices start at $5.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Smallest GaAsFET bias generators also have lowest noise (1mVp-p)

The MAX840/MAX843/MAX844 charge pumps convert positive input voltages to low-noise negative outputs for biasing the GaAsFET power amplifier in a cellular telephones RF transmitter. They offer the smallest size, lowest noise, and lowest operating voltage available for these applications. Packaged in tiny 8-pin SOICs, the devices save additional space with a low external-component count. Requiring only three 0.22F capacitors and one 4.7F capacitor, they yield complete circuits that occupy less than 0.1in 2 . The 5% regulated output has a typical ripple voltage of only 1mVp-p, with switching frequency guaranteed in the range 80kHz to 120kHz. The wide input range for these dc-dc converters (2.5V to 10V) allows them to operate from diverse power sources that include one or two lithium-ion cells, a battery of three to five NiCd or NiMH cells, and a plug-in adapter or charger. The MAX840 preset output is -2V, adjustable from -0.5V to -9.4V using two external resistors. MAX843 and MAX844 outputs are adjusted over this range with an externally applied positive control voltage. Guaranteed output currents are 3mA. The MAX844 has a second negative output (unregulated) that remains active during shutdown and is suitable for use as a low-power bias supply for LCDs. MAX840 and MAX843 devices shut down completely and draw less than 1A. The MAX840/MAX843/MAX844 come in 8-pin SO packages, in versions tested for the industrial (-25C to +85C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.75 (1000 up, FOB USA). To speed your designs, Maxim offers a fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX840EVKIT-SO).

(Circle 13)
(OPTIONAL SURGE-PROTECTION FET)

N 1/2 7107 5H 1N5817 LX5 4.7F FB5 VIN 4.7F EXT DA CSA

VCC POWER
5H 1N5817 N 1/2 7101 0.22

VPP OUTPUT 12V 80mA

(AS SHOWN) 2.2F

MAX624
OFF OFF SHDN ONA REF 0.1F FBA VA

500k

100k

RESET SS5 SSA GND PGND 10nF 10nF

POWER-ON RESET OUTPUT

One-cell battery at 0.9V powers smallest high-power boost converter

The MAX866 and MAX867 dc-dc boost converters are the smallest highpower, high-efficiency devices available for generating regulated outputs from single-cell voltage inputs. The MAX866 lets you pin-select an output of 3.3V or 5V, and the MAX867 lets you set an output between 2.7V and 6V using two external resistors. Both devices are guaranteed to start at 0.9V and deliver up to 9mA with an input of 1.2V. Once started, they guarantee operation down to 0.5V. Typical efficiencies are 80%.

MAX866 and MAX867 converters come in tiny, 8-pin MAX packages only 1.11mm high and 0.023in 2 in area. Switching frequencies as high as 250kHz enable use of small external components, resulting in an overall circuit area of just 0.2in2. Because high-frequency switching also lowers the peak current and outputvoltage ripple, these converters are excellent for use in pagers, remote controls, cameras, and other low-voltage miniature equipment. Each IC features a 1A shutdown mode and a built-in lowbattery detector. Both converters are tested for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.76 (1000 up, FOB USA). A fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX866EVKIT-MM) is available to speed your designs.

(Circle 15)

(Circle 14)
21

NEW PRODUCTS
Four-pin reset ICs include manual reset
The MAX811 (active-low reset) and MAX812 (active-high reset) are the smallest available P-reset ICs with manualreset inputs. Requiring no external components, they come in SOT-143 packages that occupy only 98x120 mils of board area. Each asserts a reset to the P whenever VCC falls below a preset threshold, maintaining the reset for at least 140ms after VCC rises back above the threshold. Short transients on V CC are ignored. (The MAX811s active-low reset is guaranteed to be in the correct state for VCC down to 1V.) Intended for 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems, the MAX811 and MAX812 provide excellent reliability and low cost by eliminating the need for external components and adjustments. MAX811/MAX812 devices come in five versions, each distinguished by a different trip threshold and suffix letter. Choosing the appropriate threshold lets you monitor (for instance) a 3V 5% system containing 3V 10% ICs, or a 5V 5% system containing 5V 10% ICs. Low supply currents (3A at 3V or 3.3V, and 8A at 5V) make the MAX811 and MAX812 devices ideal for portable and battery-powered applications. The MAX811 and MAX812 come in SOT-143 packages, specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.99 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Future Product, contact factory for availability.

Most-accurate P supervisors have 1% thresholds

MAX814/MAX815/MAX816 supervisory circuits improve the reliability of microprocessor (P) systems because their high-accuracy (1%) reset thresholds eliminate the need for manual trimming. The ICs assert active-low RESET outputs (which remain low for 200ms after V CC returns to normal) during power-up, powerdown, and brownout conditions. They also include a manual-reset input (MR), and an independent threshold detector that can monitor another power-supply voltage, generate a power-fail warning, or detect a low battery voltage. All devices are available in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. The internal reset comparators ignore fast transients on VCC, but guarantee correct outputs for VCC levels down to 1V. Low supply currents (75A maximum) make the MAX814/MAX815/MAX816 ideal for portable and battery-powered systems. MAX814 and MAX815 supervisors offer one of four fixed reset thresholds, each with a tolerance of 1%: 4.85V to 4.75V, 4.75V to 4.65V, 4.60V to 4.50V,

and 3.06V to 3.00V. The MAX816 threshold is set with an external resistor divider. MAX814 and MAX816 supervisors provide active-high RESETs in addition to the RESET output. The MAX815 includes a watchdog circuit that monitors software execution, and issues a warning when 1.56 seconds elapse without digital transitions on its input line. The MAX814 has a 2-stage power-fail warning in which a separate low-line comparator compares VCC to a threshold 60mV above the reset threshold. Thus, a declining supply voltage triggers an early warning that allows the system to prepare itself for the complete loss of VCC. The MAX814/MAX815/MAX816 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.39 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 17)
VCC = +5V or +3V AUXILIARY VIN

MAX814

MR

RESET RESET LOW LINE PF0

Spread-spectrum transmitter suits 900MHz ISM band

The MAX2402 transmitter integrates a double-balanced mixer, variable-gain stage, and 20dBm power amplifier on a single bipolar die. Operating from 800MHz to 1000MHz, it suits many applications in portable and stationary wireless designparticularly spread-spectrum systems in the 902MHz to 928MHz ISM band that employ direct-sequence or frequency-hopping techniques. The LO (local oscillator) inputs, internally self-biased and capacitively coupled, lead to an amplifier that accepts differential or single-ended signals in the range -10dBm to 6dBm. The modulation input (MOD) has a 200MHz bandwidth and accepts input signals at any level within the supply range (4.75V VCC 5.5V). This input buffer is linear from (approximately) 1.5V to 3.5V.
22

(Circle 16)
98 mils

MOD and LO signals are applied to a double-balanced Gilbert-cell mixer optimized for carrier-frequency rejection. Next is a variable-gain stage that provides more than 35dB of adjustment, and a class AB power amplifier that provides more than 20dBm of output power (more than 100mW into 50). The power amplifier has a bias adjustment that allows the user to make trade-offs between efficiency and harmonic distortion. A power-down function lowers the supply current below 1A in less than 10s. The MAX2402 comes in a 20-pin SSOP package screened for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.78 (1000 up, FOB USA). Maxim also offers an evaluation kit (MAX2402EVKIT-SO) that saves time and design effort.

MA X8 11
120 mils

(Circle 18)

MR

NEW PRODUCTS
70MHz quadrature modulator/ demodulator operates from 3V
The monolithic MAX2450 includes a quadrature modulator and demodulator with supporting oscillator and divide-by-8 prescaler. It operates from a single 3V supply and draws only 8mA. Applications include 900MHz digital cordless phones, GSM and North American cellular radios, wireless LANs, VHF transceivers, and digital satellite communications. The modulator accepts 10MHz differential I and Q baseband signals (with amplitudes to 1.2Vp-p) and produces differential IF outputs as high as 70MHz. The demodulator accepts single-ended IF inputs and produces the differential I and Q outputs. This demodulator circuitry provides 49dB of voltage-conversion gain, automatic cancellation of baseband offset, and a thin-film 400 input impedance for matching to an external IF filter. To minimize spurious feedback, the MAX2450s internal oscillator is set at twice the IF (typically 140MHz) via external tuning components. The oscillator and associated phase shifters produce differential quadrature signals exhibiting amplitudes within 0.3dB and a phase imbalance no greater than 3. A command to the CMOS-compatible power-down control lowers the supply current to 20A. The MAX2451 includes a demodulator, oscillator, and prescaler. The
I DSP POST PROCESSING

MAX2452 includes a modulator, oscillator, and prescaler. MAX2451 and MAX2452 devices come in 16-pin narrow-SO packages; the MAX2450 comes in a 20-pin SO package. All are screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range.
Future Product, contact factory for availability.

(Circle 19)

High-gain RF amplifier delivers 100mW in 900MHz band

The MAX2430 RF power amplifier operates on 3V to 5V and delivers more than 100mW (20dBm) in the 800MHz to 1000MHz band. This capability enables the low-cost device to serve as an output amplifier for cordless telephones and other ISM applications, and as a pre-driver for higher-power applications such as cellular telephones. Designed for Class AB operation, the MAX2430 consists of a large power transistor driven by a capacitively coupled gain stage and a driver stage. The input impedance is matched to 50 (VSWR 1.5) and the overall power gain is guaranteed >30dB. To save power during the idle slots in time-division multipleaccess (TDMA) transmissions, a TTL/ CMOS-compatible command (EN low) can throttle the MAX2430 supply current to below 10A in only 1s. Another input pin (V B ) has various uses. The simplest is to connect an external capacitor from V B to ground, which programs the RF outputs ramp rate during turn-on and turn-off. For other applications, a diode to ground maintains the RF input match during turn-off while reducing the quiescent current from 50mA to 25mA. More generally, driving VB with a control voltage of 0V to 2.2V adjusts the bias and power gain in the output stage. V B also enables more complex control arrangements. The MAX2430 comes in a 16-pin narrow-SO package, screened for the industrial (0C to +85C) temperature range.
Future Product, contact factory for availability.

A/D CONVERSION Q

UP/DOWN CONVERTER R T 8 0 90

A/D CONVERSION

DSP

MAX2450

Clock-recovery/ data-retiming IC includes phase/ frequency detector

The MAX3270 provides clock recovery and data retiming for 155bps and 622bps applications in SDH/SONET (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy/Synchronous Optical Network) and ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) systems. It meets Bellcore and CCITT specifications for jitter tolerance, which ensures error-free data recovery. Recovered clock and data signals are phase-aligned by a fully integrated phaselocked loop (PLL). The PLL has a phase/frequency detector that eliminates the need for an external reference clock. The MAX3270 includes an output-

frequency monitor for detection of PLL acquisition or loss of input data. Differential-ECL inputs and outputs make the device less susceptible to noise in a high-frequency environment. The MAX3270 is available in a 44-pin MQFP package, screened for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $39.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 20)

100

JITTER AMPLITUDE (U.I. PEAK-TO-PEAK)

10

ADDED MARGIN MAXIM BELLCORE MASK

0.1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M

FREQUENCY (Hz)

(Circle 21)
23

Volume Twenty-One

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE

Maxim reports record revenues, earnings, and operating income Maxims analog switches and multiplexers lead the industry in low voltage, low leakage, and high performance PC printer port controls data logger DC-DC controller drives regulated charge pump Circuit guards against polarity reversal and high current Battery charger indicates trickle or fast charge Switch allows low-voltage regulator to start under load

3 14 16 18 19 20

DESIGN SHOWCASE

NEW PRODUCTS

P Supervisor
Full-function P supervisor has 1.5% reset accuracy (MAX807) (MAX951954)

21 21

Op Amps/Comparators
8-pin op-amp/comparator/reference IC draws 7A from single supply

High-Speed Op Amps
500MHz, voltage-feedback video op amps draw only 5mA 330MHz video crosspoint ICs offer 0.01/0.01% accuracy (MAX4100/4101) 21 (MAX4111/4121/4221/4141) 22 (MAX396/397) (MAX787/788/789) (MAX830833) (MAX1488E/1489E) (MAX491E)

Analog Multiplexers
16-channel multiplexers operate on 2.7V

22 22 23 23 23

Power-Management ICs
5A step-down converters provide 5V, 3.3V, and 3V outputs 5V step-down regulators come in 16-pin SOICs

Interface ICs
Quad RS-232 line driver and receiver withstand 15kV ESD RS-485/RS-422 transceivers withstand 15kV ESD

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES, EARNINGS, AND OPERATING INCOME FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF FY96
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $96.4 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1996 ending September 30, 1995, compared to $52.0 million for the same period a year ago. This represents an 85.4% increase in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago and a 26.9% gain over Q495. Net income was $22.6 million (or $0.64 per share) for the quarter, compared to net income of $8.3 million (or $0.26 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1995. Operating income was a record 36.1% of net revenues, compared to 23.7% for Q195. Annualized return on equity increased to 46.5% for Q1 compared to 25.2% for fiscal 1995. Cost of sales in the first quarter results included approximately $3.5 million in costs related to the Companys continued expansion of its Beaverton manufacturing facility. During the quarter, cash and short-term investments increased by $9.5 million. The Company purchased over $8.7 million in capital equipment and also repurchased approximately $11.8 million of its common stock. Inventories were at a record low level of 35 days of cost of sales, representing a substantial improvement over the Q495 level of 56 days. Accounts receivable levels were at 51 days of revenues, reflecting the higher level and timing of revenues for the quarter. Depreciation expense for Q196 was $3.0 million, an increase of 26% over Q195. Wafer fabrication capacity increased 100% during the same period. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and CEO commented, Maxims pioneering contribution to portability in a wide variety of electronic products has resulted in broad growth of international acceptance of Maxim as the glamour brand in analog ICs. Also, as Maxims customers continue to reduce their time from design to market, the initial sales for Maxims products have accelerated. Both effects have contributed to increased product acceptance. Average third year sales for Maxim products are now $500,000 compared to $200,000 just 6 years ago. For the first time in several quarters, factory shipments for the first quarter exceeded what we believe to be the current end market consumption for those products. Maxim expects this trend to continue through fiscal 1996 as production capacity continues to increase. We are pleased with our factorys performance with respect to the capacity expansion plan we outlined at the end of last quarter. We estimate that our increased capacity will enable us to ship over 75% more units in fiscal 1996 than we did in fiscal 1995. This compares favorably with fiscal 1995 unit shipments, which were 48% over those for fiscal 1994. We are continuing to expand our Beaverton production facility with a goal of increasing production levels in Q496 by as much as 100% over Q296 levels. We have also embarked on a plan to build a 115,000-square-foot assembly and test facility at the Gateway Industrial Park in the Philippines to further increase our back end capacity. Gifford continued, We are pleased to see that Maxim has once again been selected by Forbes to be on the Honor Roll of the 200 Best Small Companies in America. Maxim is one of only 11 companies to be on the Forbes 200 List at least 6 times since 1980.

Maxims analog switches and multiplexers lead the industry in low voltage, low leakage, and high performance
For more than twenty-five years, monolithic analog switches and multiplexers have served as fundamental building blocks in analog circuit design. Integratedcircuit switches have replaced most signal-switching circuits made from discrete component transistors and logic-level shifters. Equally important, IC switches have continued to benefit from process and design improvements that reduce supply voltage, power consumption, on-resistance, charge injection, and switching time. Switch and multiplexer architectures have not changed in many years, but the constant demand for lower supply voltage, better precision, and tighter spec tolerance obliges manufacturers to persevere with developmentif only to achieve incremental performance improvements. To appreciate what the latest switch and multiplexer products can do, consider the components integrated on a typical chip.

LOW VOLTAGE
160 140 RON TYPICAL () 120 100 80 60 V+ = 5V V- = 0V

DG411

74HC4066

MAX391
40 20 0 1 2 3 4 5

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

LOW CHARGE INJECTION

150 100 50 Qj (pC) 0 -50

MAX338

DG508A
-100 -150 -10 -5 0 VOLTAGE (V) 5 10

Circuit blocks
For most of todays analog switches, the actual switching element is a pair of metal-oxide-semiconductor fieldeffect transistors (MOSFETs). Unlike bipolar transistors, MOSFETs can handle bidirectional drain-to-source channel currents. Moreover, a voltage-controlled MOSFET is free of the error caused by base-to-emitter currents in a bipolar transistor. MOSFET switches exhibit on-resistance, but no dc offset. In switching applications, enhancement-mode MOSFETsoffering better characteristics and easier fabricationare preferable to depletion types. Enhancement-mode types are self-isolating, with drain and source regions formed in a single diffusion step. Because all active regions are reverse-biased with respect to each other and the substrate, adjacent devices on the
3

HIGH PERFORMANCE
30 25 20 RON () 15 10 5 0 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 V+ = 15V V- = -15V

DG411

MAX312

SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

V+ = +15V

P-CHANNEL V+ IN OUT

V-

N-CHANNEL

PARASITIC DIODES SHOWN V- = -15V

FIELD OX

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, GATE N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

OXIDE P-WELL

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

P+

N+

Si3N4/SiO2 ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

METAL

P+ BURIED LAYER

EPI LAYER

Figure 1. This cross section of the two MOSFETs in an IC transmission gate shows parasitic diodes tied to the supply rails.

same substrate are electrically isolated without recourse to dielectric isolation or other special techniques. The MOSFETs insulated gate minimizes the effect of dc control voltage on the signal channel. A single n-channel or p-channel enhancement-mode MOSFET can serve as an analog switch, but its on-resistance will vary considerably with signal voltage. Connecting an n-channel and p-channel device in parallelthe almost universal configuration for CMOS analog switchesgreatly reduces this variation. Complementary gate-drive signals turn the two devices on or off simultaneously. Figure 1 shows the cross section of an n-channel and p-channel device as they appear in a monolithic structure. The need for fault-tolerant switching has brought about a major exception to the parallel-FET arrangement. By connecting an n-channel, a p-channel, and an n-channel device in series, you can implement a switch channel that turns off automatically when the analog signal approaches either power rail (see Selection GuidesFault Protection). On-resistance characteristics are the key to understanding these major switch architectures. On-resistance in either device type alone (p or n) is a strong function of the gate-source bias. But connecting the devices in

parallel yields an on-resistance that is relatively constant for most of the analog-signal range ( Figure 2 ). Processing improvements have repeatedly lowered the gate-source threshold, from that of metal-gate technology (2.5V to 5V) to that of silicon-gate technology (about 900mV).

24 20 16 RON () 12 8 4 0 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 PARALLEL (TRANSMISSION GATE) 4 6 8 10 12 14 SERIES (O/V PROTECTED)

P-CHANNEL

N-CHANNEL

ANALOG INPUT (V)

Figure 2. The on-resistance of an n-channel or p-channel MOSFET by itself is quite large at one extreme of the VIN range, but in parallel, their composite resistance remains relatively flat. RON for an overvoltage-protected switch is approximately six-times higher because the switching element has three MOSFETs in series.
4

REFERENCE

V+

DIFF AMP

DRIVER

CMOS SWITCH
S

Q1 Q5 V+ Q9 Q7

Q11 P-CHANNEL

Q2

Q3

Q10 D

N-CHANNEL

CQS

CQD

CONTROL Q4 Q6 Q8 Q12

V-

Figure 3. The gate-drive circuitry in this analog switch derives complementary 15V signals from a single logic level at VIN.

Adding level translators and complementary gate-drive signals lets you control the switch with an applied logic level (Figure 3). Applied to one input of the comparator Q2/Q3, this external level establishes an internal logic state (high or low) with respect to a reference voltage connected to the comparators other input. The comparator outputs then drive complementary inverting buffers (Q5Q8) that provide the phase and current gain necessary to charge and discharge gate capacitance in the switching MOSFETs Q9 and Q10. To turn the switch on, connect the n-channel gate to the positive rail and the p-channel gate to the negative rail. One FET is always on as the source connection swings to either extreme of the analog range. The switch can function with its FET body connections tied directly to the supply rails, but the Q11 and Q12 connections shown enhance performance by lowering the switch leakage and reducing the modulation of on-resistance. Q11 and Q12 form a body snatcher for the n-channel switching FET. When the switch is on, Q11 connects the body of Q9 to its source, eliminating modulation of the channel by ensuring a constant source-to-body voltage. When the switch is off, Q12 improves off isolation and leakage by connecting the body of Q9 to the negative rail.

Body-snatcher improvements are not without side effects. If Q11 and Q12 turn on together, even for an instant, they momentarily connect the switch source to the negative rail, producing negative charge injection and lengthening the on/off times. The chip design ensures that these transistors are never on at the same time. When the switch changes state, the Q5/Q6 and Q7/Q8 inverters produce gate-drive waveforms with sharp edges, which pass through the Q9/Q10 gate-source and gate-drain capacitances and into the analog signal channel. If left uncorrected, the resulting chargeinjection spikes can overload downstream circuitry, lengthen settling times, and produce annoying splats in an audio loudspeaker. Capacitors C QS and C QD enhance performance by compensating for this charge injection at the source and drain connections. If the gate-source capacitances for equivalent n- and pchannel devices were equal, the IC designer might cancel charge-injection effects by ensuring truly complementary waveforms at the gates of Q9 and Q10. But these capacitances are not equal: the conductance of ntype material is 2.5 to 2.8 times larger than that of p-type material. For equal on-resistances, therefore, the pchannels size and gate-source capacitance must be 2.5 to 2.8 times larger than that of the n-channel device.
5

Thus, capacitors C QS and C QD compensate for the geometric imbalance between Q9 and Q10. Each capacitor is a binary-weighted array, trimmed at the mask level for a particular signal voltage (usually 0V in a dual-rail circuit) to minimize charge injection at the source and drain terminals. The complication is that the gate-source and gate-drain capacitances (which are produced by reversebiased diode junctions) vary with the signal voltage. This effect requires additional, dynamic compensation in the form of extra diodes or a dummy switch.

V+ B RON (P) CGS CGD

VI/P CSTRAY CGS RON (N) B V+

CSD O/P CGD CSTRAY

On-switch (static) modeling

Successful design with analog switches and multiplexers calls for an understanding of parasitic and non-ideal characteristics in the basic switch architecture. Models for the on and off states of a switch let you study its static and dynamic effects on a system. Static (steady-state) effects include on and off capacitances, voltage-swing limits, leakage current, transmission loss, bandwidth, and crosstalk. Dynamic effects include on and off switching times, settling time, and propagation delay. For the steady-state on condition, the Figure 3 switch can be modeled as in Figure 4a and simplified as in Figure 4b. First, the power-supply limits determine the analog signal range. If a signal excursion exceeds either power rail, the associated parasitic diode will conduct and inject current into the substrate, producing problems such as gross output distortion and increased leakage in the adjacent switches. At some level of parasitic-diode current, the IC can latch up and destroy itself, so you should limit supply currents per the Absolute Maximum Ratings. On the other hand, if large signals are predictable in your application, consider a fault-tolerant structure such as the series-FET type mentioned earlier, which prevents current flow during overvoltage conditions. The parasitic diodes in question also cause most of the unwanted leakage specified for an analog switch or multiplexer. In a perfect switch, the diodes would be matched; for equal reverse voltages, the net leakage into and out of the source and drain terminals would be zero. Actual leakages are not matched, of course, so a data sheet must specify the net difference current for each case (see Selection GuidesLow Leakage). To simplify leakage tests during production, manufacturers measure the total on-state leakage at the drain terminal. This current flows through the on-resistance and produces offset-voltage errors, so a high signalsource impedance demands a low switch leakage.
6
Q11 (ON) Q12 (OFF)

V-

B = BODY CONNECTION

4a) On-State Model

V+ IS(ON) RON (N) I/P CS CSD VVCD O/P V+ ID(ON)

4b) Simplified On-State Model

V+ IS(OFF) I/P CS CSD V-

V+ ID(OFF) O/P CD

V-

4c) Off-State Model

Figure 4. These lumped-parameter models of an analog switch let you estimate the effect of its static and dynamic operation.

Moreover, the analog signal modulates this leakage by varying the reverse bias across the parasitic diodes. To ensure worst-case measurements, the data sheet specifies leakage in the presence of a signal voltage near the supply rails, which subjects the diodes to a maximum imbalance in reverse bias. For small-signal low-frequency conditions, you can define input-to-output transmission loss (LTRANS, in dB) in terms of on-resistance and the output load resistance RL: LTRANS = 20log[RL / (RL + RON)].

RON

VO/P

RSOURCE

RON

VO/P

VI/P

CS

CD

RLOAD

VI/P

CS

CD

RLOAD

5a) Simple Model, Zero Source Impedance

5b) Simple Model, Non-Zero Source Impedance

RSOURCE

RON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

VO/P

VI/P

CS

RLOAD

CD(ON)

5c) Distributed Parameter Model

CS = SOURCE CAPACITANCE CD = DRAIN CAPACITANCE, CHANNEL ON

Figure 5. A simple switch-bandwidth model (a) is made more accurate by adding source impedance (b), and more accurate still by representing the distributed RON and CD as a cascade of sections (c).

R ON is proportional to absolute temperature, so LTRANS is also a function of temperature. Small signal is defined as small enough to avoid modulation of the on-resistance (100mV or less). Larger signals, up to those encompassing the full dynamic range of the switch, produce a distortion error (D, in percent) due to the change of on-resistance with analog signal swing: D = 100RON / RL. Thus, to achieve lowest distortion when operating in the voltage mode, you must minimize RON and maximize R L . The specifications for recent products help you implement this goal: MAX3xx switches and multiplexers, for example, are the first to providein addition to static on-resistanceseparate specs for channel-to-channel matching and for signal swing vs. dynamic variation about the static value (see Selection GuidesLow On-Resistance). The lower the better applies for on-resistance in most applications. An excellent way to produce low-on-resistance switches from standard parts is to parallel the switch sections in a single IC. Using switches from the same die assures a good match in the logic propagation delays. For example, the MAX351 (a precision quad SPST switch) can be wired in parallel to produce an onresistance of 5.5 typical and 11.25 maximum, with a corresponding R ON of only 1.25 maximum. The parallel connection handles more signal current while lowering the distortion and transmission loss, but it also increases the leakage and charge injection.

Another parameter affected by on-resistance is the f-3dB bandwidth. R ON and C DRAIN alone determine bandwidth if the switch is driven with a pure voltage source ( Figure 5a ). Otherwise, the non-zero source impedance must be accounted for (Figure 5b): R R LOAD f 3 dB = 2 A , R A + R ON where RA = (RSOURCE + RON). On-resistance and drain on-capacitance are not lumped parameters; both are distributed along the channel of the switching FET. For calculating actual bandwidths, these quantities are more accurately modeled as multiple sections (Figure 5c). This model is suitable for frequencies above 500kHz and for pulse applications in which you must calculate the signals propagation delay through an on channel.

Off-switch (static) modeling

Off isolation and leakage are primary concerns in the off state; other parameters of interest are the signal-voltage limits, the power-supply levels and tolerances, and the input and output logic levels. You can estimate off isolation within the switch using the transmission-loss equation and a suitable switch model (Figure 4c). First, include in the equation the impedance effect of the drainsource capacitance, CSD. Isolation depends as much on external layout as device characteristics, so when possible, you should measure its actual value in a circuit.

Off-state leakage (like on-state leakage) originates in parasitic diodes associated with the switching MOSFETs. It can be modulated by analog signals applied to the off channel, which in turn are limited by the power supplies (as for an on channel). Signal voltage beyond either supply rail causes current flow into the substrate, thereby introducing problems that depend on the currents polarity and magnitude. Maximum supply voltages are determined by the chips semiconductor process, and minimum values are determined by the process and the internal gate-to-source thresholds required for the switching FETs. Thus, supply rails for the standard-product DG4xx and DG5xx multiplexer families and the DG2xx, DG3xx, and DG4xx switch families may range from 4.5V to 22V. The single-rail limit for these products is 30V. Low-voltage, low-R ON families such as Maxims MAX38x and MAX39x specify 2.7V to 8V for dual rails and 2.7V to 16V for the single rail (see Selection GuidesLow Voltage). Supply currents are specified in the data sheet, but the analog switch itself draws no current. Comprised of nand p-channel MOSFETs in parallel, the switch is a passive device that draws no power from the supplies. Instead, supply currents are drawn by the digital interface, which converts applied logic levels to the gate-drive signals required by these parallel MOSFETs. The currents vary with applied voltage level, and they peak when the level translator is operating in its linear mode. This mode, unfortunately, occurs near the TTL levels of 0.8V and 2.4V (Figure 6) and produces the worst-case supply currents. If the logic voltages swing rail to rail (as when logic and analog supply voltages are equal), the supply currents drop almost to leakage levelscertainly to below 1A. The saturated logic drivers Q7/Q8 and Q5/Q6 provide low-impedance paths from the supply rails to the analog channel, via the gate-to-channel capacitances in Q9 and Q10. Thus, high-frequency noise can couple from each supply rail to the channel and vice versa, unless you add a decoupling network at each supply terminal. More than adequate for this purpose is 100 in series, shunted by 10F in parallel with 100nF. Most analog-switch ICs have an individual address line for each switch, up to the maximum number (of switches) practical without decoding the address on chip. This number is about four. The preferred technique for controlling more than four switches on an IC is a serial interface that reduces the pin count and provides individual control.

MAX327 SUPPLY CURRENT vs. SWITCH CONTROL

10

1 ISUPPLY (mA)

0.1 0.01

0.001

0.0001 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 VOLTAGE (V)

Figure 6. Input current at the VIN control input of an analog switch peaks near the TTL levels of 0.8V and 2.4V.

VCOM V

RLOAD LOGIC I/P LEVEL SHIFTER/ SWITCH DRIVER 0V

CLOAD 0V

0V

LOGIC I/P 0.9VOUT SWITCH O/P tON tOFF 0.9VOUT

Figure 7. Internal propagation delay and an output time constant determine the on/off times for an analog switch.

For example, the MAX335an array of eight switches in a 24-pin packageclearly illustrates the flexibility of serial control. Some such chips include digital latches with an option for transparent operation, but that arrangement may allow significant crosstalk from the active digital bus to the analog channels. If so, you may have to add an external latch to physically isolate the bus from the switches.

Dynamic switching effects

Weve presented electrical models of the analog switch and linked the models to the specifications that describe a switch in the static stateon or off. Next, we consider the specifications associated with dynamic behavior; i.e., switch phenomena that occur during a change of state.

+15V +2.4V EN A0 A1 A2 50 -15V V+ NO1NO8 +5V LOGIC INPUT +3V 50% 0V tr < 20ns tf < 20ns

MAX338
COM GND V1k VOUT VOUT 10pF SWITCH OUTPUT 0V tOPEN 80%

Figure 8. This test configuration enables measurement of the break-before-make interval.

Switching time, for example, is the sum of the propagation delay through the level shifter and the time it takes for load voltage to rise (or fall) to a predetermined level (Figure 7). Propagation delay is generally defined as the time interval from 50% of the logic transition (VIN) to 90% of the output-voltage transition. Rise and fall times are calculated from load conditions given in the data sheet. Note that manufacturers specify loads with a fast time constant to ensure that the resulting measurements are dominated by the device under test. Thus, tON (switch only) = tON (from the data sheet) - tRISE(load), where t RISE(load) = (R ON || R LOAD )C LOAD [-ln(% error/100)], and percent error is related to the percent of final value specified in the data sheet. For 90% of the final value (a standard level), the percent error is 10%. Therefore, tRISE(load) = (RON||RLOAD)CLOAD[-ln(0.1)] = 2.3(RON||RLOAD)CLOAD. Similar reasoning applies for switch off time: tOFF (switch only) = tOFF (from the data sheet) - tFALL(load), where tFALL(load) = RLOADCLOAD[-ln(% error/100)]. In this case, the fall time is specified to 10% of the final value, which again leaves 10% as the percent error. Therefore, t FALL(load) = R LOAD C LOAD[-ln(0.1)] = 2.3RLOADCLOAD. For multiple switches, the break-before-make interval guarantees (as its name implies) that two inputs cannot be shorted together. MAX338 8-channel multiplexers, for instance, guarantee minimum BBM intervals of 10ns (Figure 8). Of all the dynamic specs, settling time is the most problematic to measure. Defined as the time required for VOUT to settle within a specified error band centered on its final value and in response to a change from on to off

RON RSOURCE S D

V LOGIC I/P LEVEL SHIFTER/ SWITCH DRIVER

RLOAD 0V

CLOAD 0V

0V

OFF TO ON: tSETTLE = tON + [(RON + RON) II RLOAD] x (CLOAD + CD(ON)) x -LN (%ERROR/100) ON TO OFF: tSETTLE = tOFF + [RLOAD x (CLOAD + CD(ON)) x -LN (%ERROR/100)

Figure 9. This simple circuit model allows an accurate estimate of settling time.

RON S V LOGIC I/P 0V LEVEL SHIFTER/ SWITCH DRIVER 0V D

CLOAD

CHARGE INJECTION AT SOURCE SHORTED OUT BY VOLTAGE SOURCE.

Figure 10. Low signal-source resistance shorts out the effect of charge injection at the source of the switching MOSFET.

or off to on, settling time depends on external source and load impedances as well as the switch on-resistance. A suitable switch model (Figure 9) lets you calculate the settling time. For low clocking rates at the address inputs, this model is valid to about 16 bitsa digital resolution comparable to the settling-time perturbations caused by thermal effects on the die. (Neglect of source resistance is a common oversight in these calculations.) To support the limits guaranteed for other dynamic specifications, the digital transitions at VIN are necessarily fast. The resulting voltage edges pass through the device

capacitances and inject a small charge into the analog channel, which in turn produces a small step of error voltage on the output: VSTEP = Q / CLOAD. If the charge injection (Q) is in picocoulombs and CLOAD is in nano-farads, VSTEP is in millivolts. Comparable amounts of charge are injected at the input and output. In the test setup of Figure 10, however, a low source resistance produces almost no voltage error due to charge injection. Voltage error due to output charge injection adds to the settling time. You can calculate that effect as before, noting that the charge-injection step decays to allow VOUT to settle within the error band. To minimize charge-injection effects, many Maxim ICs require maximum rise and fall times of 20ns at the logic inputs.
I/P COM1 COM2

BW1

455kHz FILTER SELECTION NC2 COM1 COM2

NC2

O/P

MAX325
N01

BW2

MAX325
N01

Figure 11. These single-supply SPDT switches handle frequencies as high as 1MHz.
50 COM1 N.C. COM3 NC3 NC4 COM4 N.C. COM2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 14 13 12 NO1 IN1 VGND N.C. V+ IN2 N02 +5V -5V LOGIC 0 = OPEN LOGIC 1 = CLOSED

Applications
Solid-state switches and multiplexers have many uses beyond the obvious applications in data acquisition and low-frequency signal processing. They can handle RF signals to 1MHz and above, for example, if the switching and isolation requirements permit. Analog switches offer the advantage of low power dissipation and a simple logic interface. Performance depends on signal current in the switching element, which (to reduce transmission loss) is generally limited to a few milliamps. Two single-supply SPDT switches, for example, let you implement a bandwidth-filter selector for a 455kHz IF signal ( Figure 11 ). Low on-resistance, matched sections, and 85dB crosstalk at 1MHz make these switches ideal for RF switching at 1MHz (or less) in portable, battery-powered systems. For good crosstalk performance to 10MHz and beyond, consider the buffered T switch connection (Figure 12). This IC (the MAX383) can be connected as a single- or dual-rail T switch with low on-resistance (40 typical) and excellent off isolation (-80dB at 10MHz). You can add an output buffer to achieve lower distortion and lower transmission loss, but analog switches ultimately fail on crosstalk and isolation as the operating frequency increases. On the other hand, analog switches have a level-shifting capability that enables them to switch RF signals (Figure 13). The applied 5V-logic signal, shifted to 15V by the switch section, turns the RF switch on or off by biasing or reverse-biasing the two associated diodes. Current levels in the diodes depend upon their type (silicon or PIN) and the specified maximums for transmission loss and intermodulation distortion. Most
10

MAX383 11
10 9

MAX404
10k

+5V 50

MAX383 LOGIC IN COM NC 0 1 PWR OFF NC NO OFF COM OFF OFF

NO OFF COM OFF ETC

-5V

470

470

Figure 12. The buffered T switches in this application provide good performance to 10MHz and beyond.

analog switches can handle about 20mA before encountering their absolute maximum limit. To turn the RF switch off, the SPDT switch connects the diodes to -15V. Subject to the diodes maximum reversevoltage rating, this configuration ensures good performance and minimum capacitance in the off state. If necessary, you can parallel two sections of the quad-SPST MAX333A to double the current delivered to the diodes. In another type of current-controlled switch, the switching element consists of an npn- and a pnp-bipolar transistor in parallel (Figure 14). The output is a twocollector junction that acts like a current source (in the on state), which enables the designer to make independent choices for the values of gain and output resistance. Output resistance determines the required reverse termination, and in most applications the two resistances together are chosen for unity forward gain through the

V+ NC1

VNO1 COM1 R1

V+ NC2

VNO2 COM2 R2 R1 D1 RS Q1 O/P Q2 COM1, 3

NC3

V+ V-

1 / MAX383 2

D1

D2 100 100

D3

D4

I/P 100 V+ NC3 VNO3 COM3 R3 V+ NC4 VNO4 COM4 R4 100

RL D2 R2 COM2, 4 V1 / MAX383 2

V+

NC4

D5

D6 100 100

D7

D8 R S = R L FOR UNITY GAIN Q1 = 2N3904, Q2 = 2N3906 D1, D2 REQUIRED FOR V+ > 5V, V- < -5V TO PROTECT Q1, Q2 BASE-EMITTER JUNCTIONS.

V+ AND V- = 15V MAX R1R4 SET FOR SPEC CURRENT THROUGH R1R4

Figure 13. This quad SPDT analog switch (the MAX333A) helps implement four current-controlled RF switches.

Figure 14. A dual SPDT analog switch (the MAX383) helps implement a current-controlled RF switch consisting of two bipolar transistors in parallel.

switch. D1 and D2 protect the base-emitter junctions against excessive reverse voltage in the off state. Analog switches can also select crystals in a crystalcontrolled oscillator (Figure 15). As before, the switch either forward-biases or reverse-biases a diode, which in turn selects or deselects the associated crystal. Supply voltages to 8V can be switched by a MAX383 dual SPDT switch. For higher voltages, to 18V, use a MAX411 quad SPDT switch.

470

470

470

470

1/

D1 100nF

D2 100nF

MAX383
V+ = +5V NO V- = -5V NC

1/ 2 MAX383

Signal processing
IC switches and multiplexers are useful in circuits that select discrete levels of gain, frequency, phase, or voltage. Gain-control circuits, for example, can employ either series ( Figure 16a ) or shunt ( Figure 16b ) switching. Each approach offers advantages. For series switching, the signal is not inverted, and the gain is independent of the switch on-resistance. Gain equals (1 + R1 / R2), where the sum R1 + R2 is constant but the relative values of R1 and R2 depend on which switch is closed. You should keep the sum low to minimize the passband zero caused by C STRAY and R1||R2. A low-leakage switch with low output capacitance also minimizes this effect. You should ensure breakbefore-make timing to avoid an open-loop condition. Note: by substituting a 16-channel multiplexer such as the MAX306, you can select one of 16 gain levels.
11

V+ = +5V V- = -5V NO NC

Figure 15. SPDT switches select one of two crystals in this crystalcontrolled oscillator.

The shunt configuration inverts the signal. It opens all the switches at power-up (to ensure a closed loop with minimum gain) and then closes all switches except the one corresponding to the desired gain. Thus, an open switch associated with R2 (all other switches closed) produces a feedback resistance of 2R2. A closed switch at RN produces a feedback resistance of RN(1 + RN / RON), if RON << RN. Each pair of resistors isolates a switch capacitance and its effect on bandwidth, but for maximum isolation the RON value must be low (50 or less). (Circle 1)

V+

MAX410 (5V) MAX427/MAX437

RIN I/P V+ R1

V+

MAX410 (5V) MAX427/MAX437

O/P

VR1

R1 R2 R2

RN R2 S0 S3 ETC

RN

ETC

16a) Series Switching

16b) Shunt Switching

Figure 16. Gain-control circuits can employ series (a) or shunt (b) switching.

SELECTION GUIDES
FAULT PROTECTION
Device MAX354 MAX355 MAX358 MAX359 MAX368 MAX369 MAX378 MAX379 MAX388 MAX389 Industry Cross ADG508F ADG509F DG508A**/HI508A DG509A**/HI509A DG528**/ADG529** DG529**/ADG529** HI548 HI549 DG528** DG528** 8:1 4:2 Diff 8:1 4:2 Diff 8:1 4:2 Diff 8:1 4:2 Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Function (Mux) Latched Inputs Fault Protection (V) 40 40 35 35 35 35 75 75 100 100 Price* ($) 2.45 2.45 2.45 2.45 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 Device MAX326 MAX327 MAX328 MAX329 MAX338 MAX339

ULTRA-LOW LEAKAGE
Function Quad SPST Quad SPST 8-Ch Mux Dual 4-Ch Mux 8-Ch Mux Dual 4-Ch Mux Industry Cross DG201 DG202 DG508A DG509A DG508A DG509A Off Leakage (pA max) 10 10 10 10 20 20 RON ( max) 2.5k 2.5k 2.5k 2.5k 400 400 Charge Injection (pC) 3 (typ) 3 (typ) 3 (typ) 3 (typ) 5 (max) 5 (max)

* Prices are 1000 pc., FOB USA ** Requires external components for protection

12

SELECTION GUIDES (continued)

LOW ON-RESISTANCE
Device Function OnResistance ( max)
35 35 35 100 100 100 100 10 10 10 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 85 85 85 85

RON Match ( max)

BETTER BEST OK

RON Flatness ( max)

BETTER BEST OK

Charge Injection (pC max)

BETTER 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 BEST OK NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT

MAX301/DG401 MAX303/DG403 MAX305/DG405 MAX306/DG406 MAX307/DG407 MAX308/DG408 MAX309/DG409 MAX312/DG411 MAX313/DG412 MAX314/DG413 MAX351/DG411 MAX352/DG412 MAX353/DG413 MAX317/DG417 MAX318/DG418 MAX319/DG419 DG421 DG423 DG425 MAX361/DG441 MAX362/DG442 MAX364/DG444 MAX365/DG445

Dual SPST Dual SPDT Dual DPST 16-Ch Mux Dual 8-Ch Mux 8-Ch Mux Dual 4-Ch Mux Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST SPST SPST SPDT Dual SPST * Dual SPDT * Dual DPST * Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST Quad SPST

2 2 2 5 5 5 5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 10 10 10 10 3 3 3 N/A N/A 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4

3 3 3 NT NT 15 15 NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT

3 3 3 7 7 7 7 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A N/A 5 5 5 5

3 3 3 10 10 10 10 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 9 9 9 9

NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT

15 15 15 10 10 10 10 30 30 30 10 10 10 10 10 10 N/A N/A N/A 5 5 5 5

Best = MAX3xx Better = Maxims Improved DG4xx OK = Competitive Industry Standard

* Latched address inputs NT = Not Tested

LOW VOLTAGE (2.7V to 16V)

DEVICE SWITCHES MAX320 MAX321 MAX322 MAX323 MAX324 MAX325 MAX381 MAX383 MAX385 MAX391 MAX392 MAX393 MAX394 MAX4066/A DEVICE MUXES MAX382 MAX384 MAX395 MAX396 MAX397 MAX398 MAX399 MAX4051/A MAX4052/A MAX4053/A FUNCTION ON-RESISTANCE MATCH ( max) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ON-RESISTANCE MATCH ( max) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 ON-RESISTANCE FLATNESS ( max) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ON-RESISTANCE FLATNESS ( max) 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 CHARGE INJECTION (pC max) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 CHARGE INJECTION (pC max) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 PIN COMPATIBLE MAX PACKAGE

NEW

Dual SPST (NO) Dual SPST (NC) Dual SPST (NO, NC) Dual SPST (NO) Dual SPST (NC) Dual SPST (NO, NC) Dual SPST (NO) Dual SPDT Dual DPST (NO) Quad SPST (NC) Quad SPST (NO) Quad SPST (NO, NC) Quad SPDT Quad SPST FUNCTION

TSCW66F TSCW66F TSCW66F TSCW66F TSCW66F TSCW66F DG401 DG403 DG405 DG411 DG412 DG413 MAX333 74HC4066 PIN COMPATIBLE

QSOP LATCHED INPUT

NEW NEW NEW

8-Channel Mux Dual 4-Channel Mux 8-Channel Mux 16-Channel Mux Dual 8-Channel Mux 8-Channel Mux Dual 4-Channel Mux 8-Channel Mux Dual 4-Channel Mux Triple 2-Channel Mux

DG428 DG429 MAX335 DG406 DG407 DG408 DG409 74HC4051 74HC4052 74HC4053

SERIAL CONTROL

Future Productavailable after November 1995

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
PC printer port controls data logger
Engineering projects often require measurements over an extended period of time. A commercial data logger or pen plotter will do the job, but those instruments are expensive. As an inexpensive alternative (Figure 1), you can combine a simple, 4-channel data-acquisition circuit with a tool available to most engineers: the personal computer or PC. The PC also lets you manipulate data in spreadsheets and incorporate it into reports.
2 22 3 22 10F 0.1F PL1 25-WAY MALE D TYPE 4 5 6 15 13 7 TEST STROBE 50Hz 60Hz 18 25 4 3 1 2 11 SCLK DOUT CS DIN EOC BUF OUT INT OUT INT IN V+ CREF+ 24 19 0.1F 620k 2.5V 20k 6 VOUT 10F 0.1F 2 VIN 0.1F 10F 47 220F +5V VREF = 655mV FOR 50Hz 545mV FOR 60Hz

One of the computers printer ports controls the data logger and provides 5V power. Five volts also powers the charge-pump voltage inverter (IC1) that produces a local -5V supply. The negative supply current is small, so simple RC filters at IC2 and IC4 are adequate for reducing the charge pumps switching noise. (Similar filters on the 5V supply reduce the effect of noise from the PC.) This circuit draws only 220A.

47

47

CREF- 20 23 22 21 18 17 16 15

IC3 MAX872

4.7nF VREF

5k GND 4.7k 1F 4 2 EN 8 1F 1k S2A 9 1F 1k 1 16 DB 14 V+ 4 S1A 13 S1B 5 12 6 11 7 10 HI LO HI LO HI LO HI LO

12

IC2 MAX132

REF+ REFAGND IN LO

CHANNEL 1

DA

6 32,768Hz

OSC1

IN HI

14

IC4 MAX399

S2B S3A S3B S4A

CHANNEL 2

15pF

P0 OSC2 P1 P2 P3 DGND V13 10F

7 8 9 10 12

A0 A1

CHANNEL 3

10F

15pF

GND 15 3

S4B V-

CHANNEL 4

8 V+

CAP+ CAP-

IC1 MAX1044
VOUT LV 6 GND 3 5

0.1F 47 -5V

10F

47

0.1F

10F

Figure 1. This 4-channel data logger obtains power and control signals through the printer port of a PC. The PC can present the data as a plot or a list, or route it to a file for later analysis.

14

A QBASIC program (available from Maxim) lets the system sample and display as many as four channels, both as present readings and as plots with time indicators (Figure 2). Or it can write the data to a file for later evaluation. QBASIC is available with MS-DOS on most PCs. Though fairly slow, it easily accommodates different tasks, more channels, different scaling, etc., and makes data calculations such as the minimum, maximum, and average. Minimum cycle time for reading the four channels is one second, and the graphics output is scaled for a VGA monitor with 640 x 480 resolution. The A/D converter is a 15-bit multi-slope device (MAX132), which (in this application) gives a resolution of about 15V. It includes a serial interface for data and control signals, and four digital outputs (P0P3) for controlling multiplexers and other peripherals. IC2 provides a reference voltage of 2.5V, scaled as required to optimize line-frequency rejection in the

A/D converter: 655mV for 50Hz lines, or 545mV for 60Hz lines. Software senses the state of pin 12 in the printer connector (jumpered as shown for a 50Hz or 60Hz line frequency) and adjusts the A/D converters integration time accordingly. The TEST STROBE is a pulse at the start of each set of readings. Present on pin 7 of the 25-pin printer connector, it simplifies debug and troubleshooting operations by serving as a trigger for the oscilloscope. (Circle 2)
DS 1-2

+600mV

CHANNEL 1 2 3 4

READING (00:05:21) -101.33mV -457.59mV -116.72mV +219.05mV 0V

CHANNEL 4

1 3

2 -600mV 0 100 200 300 400 500 SECONDS

Figure 2. The program output can track four channels as shown.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
DC-DC controller drives regulated charge pump
A switch-mode power-supply controller and diodecapacitor network can generate the modest negative supply currents required for op amps or for LCD bias, without the design effort and size penalty associated with inductors ( Figure 1 ). The circuit of Figure 1 accepts inputs of 2V to 6V and produces a digitally adjustable output voltage. The diodecapacitor charge pump is driven by the switching action of DHI and DLOW, which normally drive an external MOSFET or pnp transistor in an inductorbased switch-mode power supply. At power-up, the internal 6-bit current-output D/A converter produces a nominal V OUT of R1 x 13.33A. Then, by holding CTRL high and toggling ADJ, you can adjust VOUT over a 3:1 range in 64 equal steps, according to the value of R1: R1 x 6.66A VOUT R1 x 20A. If digital adjustment is not required, ground the ADJ pin and connect CTRL to V+. Or construct a similar circuit with the
VIN 0.1F EACH STAGE: 2 CAPACITORS 2 DIODES (SOT-23) 1 V+ POWER-ON RESET 3 2 CTRL ADJ LOGIC ON/OFF SWITCHMODE POWER SUPPLY INCREMENT REF CS DHI DLOW 8 7 6 0.1F 0.1F RESET 6-BIT COUNTER 6-BIT CURRENT-OUTPUT DAC 6.66A TO 20A 0.1F

MAX774 dc-dc controller, which accepts inputs up to 16.5V. For positive outputs greater than VIN, a step-up controller and modified charge-pump network (not shown) can do the job. The maximum output current depends on V IN , VOUT, and the number of diode-capacitor stages, each of which consists of two diodes and two capacitors. Though only a few microamps are available at the maximum VOUT, which equals VIN - (0.6V x the number of stages), you can draw more current at the lower output voltages (Figure 2). The number of diode-capacitor stages determines the maximum IOUT for a given VIN and VOUT. Too few stages will not achieve the desired voltage, but too many degrades the efficiency: IIN equals (approximately) IOUT times the number of stages. For VIN less than 5V, the circuit delivers less output current than is indicated by the curves of Figure 2. For example, a 4-stage circuit produces an output current

0.1F

BIAS

IC1 MAX749
GND 5 6.66A * R1 VOUT 20A * R1 CMPSH-35 CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP. 220pF FB 4 R1

0.1F VOUT

2.2F TANATALUM

Figure 1. Driving a diode-capacitor network instead of an inductor, this dc-dc controller IC produces a regulated negative output with modest IOUT capability.

16

of 1mA at -2V out from 2V in, at -7V from 3V in, at -11V from 4V in, and at -14.5V from 5V in. Larger pump capacitors can provide higher IOUT. The controller changes its behavior when VOUT is much lower than the voltage programmed by R1. Designed for inductor-based circuits, it compensates for impending dropout by increasing the switching transistors on time at the expense of off time. This action normally ramps up the inductor current, but it has an opposite effect for the circuit shown. Because short off times (DHI high) dont allow the capacitors to discharge fully, the available output current actually decreases instead of increasing. Thus, when VOUT loses regulation due to overload, you must reduce the load current considerably before regulation can be regained. A reliable maximum output current is the level at which VOUT recovers from dropout, not the higher level at which it enters dropout. For stable operation, bypass R1 with 220pF, keep the connections between R1 and IC1 very short, and place the input bypass capacitor directly across the
OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OUTPUT CURRENT vs. OUTPUT VOLTAGE

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -18 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 3 STAGES 4 STAGES 5 STAGES 1 STAGE VIN = +5V 2 STAGES
DS 2-2

10

Figure 2. The available output current in Figure 1 depends on VIN (5V for this graph), VOUT, and the number of diode-capacitor stages.

input pins of IC1. Output ripple is typically less than 1% for the component values shown, but ripple can be higher if the circuit includes more stages than that required by the programmed output voltage. Ripple can be lowered by increasing the output capacitance. (Circle 3)

17

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Circuit guards battery against polarity reversal and high current
The Figure 1 circuit protects a battery-operated system in two ways: Q1 prevents damage due to the flow of reverse current that otherwise occurs when the battery is installed backward, and Q3 prevents the excessive flow that otherwise occurs with a sudden load increase or short circuit. A properly installed battery fully enhances Q1 by pulling its gate more than 5V below the source. If the battery is installed backward, Q1 is off because the gate is positive with respect to the source. Regardless of battery polarity, the body diodes of Q1 and Q3 are oriented to ensure that no current can flow when either device is off. Both FETs have low on-resistance. IC2 is a current-sense amplifier that senses the load current flowing between its RS+ and RS- terminals. Its output is a proportional but smaller current at OUT (1.5mA maximum), which develops a voltage across R8 proportional to the load current. During normal operation, both comparator outputs are high and Q3 remains on. When the load current exceeds a limit set by R8, (i.e. ILIMIT = 2000VTH / R8, where 2000 is the sense amplifiers gain and VTH is the comparators input threshold (1.182V 2%), the B comparator output goes low and turns off Q4, which turns off Q3 and disconnects the battery from its load. At the same time, Q6 provides positive feedback by pulling the comparator input up to the collapsing supply rail, latching Q3 off as the supply voltage drops. An output short circuit turns off IC2 by removing the voltage at pins 6 and 7. Three volts is the minimum for proper operation. Control via the B comparator is lost because the R8 voltage goes to zero for this shortcircuit condition, but comparator A then shuts off Q3 by turning off Q5. Q2 speeds the Q3 turn-off time to about 10s. When Q3 is off, the circuit draws about 2A. (To restore power, you press S1.) During normal operation, the battery current varies with its terminal voltage: 200A at 5V, 230A at 6V, 300A at 8V, and 310A at 10V.
150F

Si9434DY SILICONIX

Si9434DY Q1 SILICONIX

Q3

2 3

RS+ RS+

RSRS-

7 6

R2, 100k 0.1F 10F R1 100k 5 CELLS 0.01F Q2 2N3906 7 V+

R6 10k R7 4.7k Q6 2N3906

IC2 MAX471

0.1F

OUT SHDN 1 GND 4

IC1
Q4 2N3904 8 OUTB R3, 100k REF R4, 1k S1 1 OUTA Q5 2N3904 R5, 100k 2 6 R8 2.43k* A A HYST 5 3 R10 100k* R9 270k*

MAX933
B B

(Circle 4)
4

V-

* R8 VALUE PROVIDES A 1A CURRENT-LIMIT THRESHOLD. R9, R10 VALUES PROVIDE A 4.4V TRIP THRESHOLD.

Figure 1. This load-protection circuit prevents current flow in response to excessive loads, output short circuits, and wrong-polarity connections to the battery.
18

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Battery charger indicates trickle or fast charge
A single LED indicates whether the battery charger of Figure 1 is delivering a fast charge or a trickle charge. During fast charges, the LED lights continuously because IC2s FASTCH output sinks dc current. During trickle charges, it flashes because D1 and Q1 enable the 555 timer. The timer is configured as an astable multivibrator operating at 60Hz (f = 1 / 1.4RC). It remains enabled during a fast charge, but must shut off when the battery is disconnected. Zener diode D1 makes that decision. With no battery connected (a condition sensed by R5 and an internal comparator), IC2 produces a voltage at BATT+ equal to twice the number of cells for which the IC is programmed. This voltage (4V for two cells) turns on the 3.3V zener and disables the timer.
V+

Connecting a battery drops the BATT+ voltage to 2.8V (1.4V per cell), which turns off D1, turns off Q1, and enables the timer. The timer output drives Q3, whose collector (wire-ORd with the open-drain FASTCH output) causes the LED to flash. Other cell counts require different zener voltages:
BATT+ Voltage (V) 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 ChargedBattery Voltage (V) 2.8 5.6 8.4 11.2 14 16.8 19.6 Required Zener Voltage (V) 3.3 6.8 10 15 18 18 24

Cell Count 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

R1 100k 8 V+ 4 RESET OUT 3 R4 12k 2 6 C1 1.0F 15 V+

R6 360 R7 10k Q3 2N2222A D3 LED R8 2.2k

IC1 ICM7555
TRIG THRESH GND 1

BATT5V CONTROL LOGIC FASTCH

14 Q2 2N6109 D1 SOT-23 (CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR) D2 IN4001 2 B1 12 R5 0.25 R3 10k

DRV REF VLIMIT CELL VOLT.

During a fast charge, the LED should glow steadily, without flicker caused by the operating timer. This condition is assured if the FASTCH voltage remains low: IC2s data sheet guarantees a 0.4V maximum when FASTCH sinks 2mA. Higher currents produce a higher voltage that may result in flicker. In that case, you can cure the problem by adding a resistor in the emitter of Q3. (Circle 5)

BATT+

CC

11 C2 0.01F

BATT-

Q1 2N2222A

R2 10k

13 1

GND VLIMIT

IC2 MAX713

Figure 1. The shaded components in this NiCd (or NiMH) battery charger cause the LED to flash during trickle charges.

19

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switch allows low-voltage regulator to start under load
The addition of an external load-disconnect switch allows a CMOS switching regulator to start with load currents several decades higher than otherwise possible (Figure 1). CMOS regulators are excellent for portable applications because they have very low operating and shutdown currents (IC1 operates on 25A and shuts down to 1A), and they provide ample current once started. But many cannot start under maximum load from low supply voltages such as those provided by single-cell batteries. The problem arises because most low-voltage CMOS boost regulators are powered from their own output, which equals VIN minus a diode drop at start-up. Low values of input voltage dont allow the switching transistor to become fully enhanced, so it presents a high impedance that limits the peak inductor current. As a result, the circuit cannot produce enough current to supply the load and charge the output capacitor at the same time. You can overcome this start-up limitation with an external power MOSFET, operating in conjunction with the low-battery comparator built into many lowvoltage switching regulators. Acting as a load switch, Q1 disconnects the load until VOUT is high enough to fully enhance N1. The circuit can then start with much higher values of ILOAD (Figure 2). With the load switch in place, the circuit can start under full load with input voltages as low as 0.8V. Q1 as shown is a low-threshold power MOSFET. Because the regulators feedback is taken before this switch, the device chosen in a given application depends on the load current and the minimum level of load regulation acceptable. Results similar to those of Figure 2 apply for a 5V regulated output, which is obtained by connecting the 3/5 terminal (pin 2) to ground. (Circle 6)

VIN C2 68F

IC1 MAX856
CONTROL LX 8

L1 47H

Q1 MMDFZP02E VOUT 3.3V C3 68F R5 1M RLOAD START-UP LOAD CURRENT (mA) 1000

MAXIMUM START-UP LOAD CURRENT vs. START-UP VOLTAGE, WITH & WITHOUT LOAD SWITCH
WITH LOAD SWITCH 100
DS 5 2

N1

D1 1N5817

ON/OFF

1 3

SHDN VREF

OUT 3/5 LBI

6 2 5 R2 1M R1 1M R3 1M

10 WITHOUT LOAD SWITCH 1

C1 0.1F 1.5V REFERENCE GND 7

0.1

LBO

R4 1M

Q2 2N3904

0.01 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 START-UP INPUT VOLTAGE 2.0

Figure 1. Load-disconnect switch Q1 allows this CMOS switching regulator to start, under load, from very low input voltages.

Figure 2. These curves show the highest load current permissible in the Figure 1 circuit for a given input voltage at start-up. The load switch permits several decades more load current at low input voltages.
20

NEW PRODUCTS
Full-function P supervisor has 1.5% reset accuracy
MAX807 microprocessor supervisors reduce a design risk inherent in the VCCmonitor function: an IC can be forced to operate between its minimum operating voltage and a somewhat lower minimum specified for the reset trip threshold. A tight tolerance of 1.5% on the MAX807s reset trip threshold reduces this unspecified operating range by 40%. Consider, for example, a system specified for VCC 10% in which the ICs are guaranteed only for VCC 5%. Reset should occur at 4.75V but no higher, so a practical reset range must extend downwardto 4.5V, for example. In that case, some systems will operate their ICs in the unspecified range between 4.5V and 4.75V. (Designers often produce such systems, knowing that most ICs can operate below their specified supply level, and that actual reset thresholds seldom approach the specified minimum.) Tightening the P supervisors reset-threshold tolerance shrinks this unspecified range by raising the minimum reset threshold. RESET (and RESET) are asserted during conditions of power-up, powerdown, and brownoutwhenever VCC dips below the threshold level. Reset thresholds are accurate to within 1.5%: 4.75V to 4.6V (L suffix), 4.5V to 4.35V (M), and 4.65V to 4.5V (N). Correct resets are guaranteed for VCC as low as 1V. Resets can also be triggered manually by applying a low logic level at the MR input. A separate low-line comparator provides an early power-fail warning by comparing VCC to a threshold 30mV above the reset threshold. The result is a two-stage warning in which both are more accurate than those of earlier P supervisors. The MAX807s 7ns propagation delay for chip-enable signals makes it suitable for high-performance equipment, as does its output-current capability (250mA in normal operation, 20mA in backup). On the other hand, its 70A supply current is ideal for portable systems. Standby current is only 1A. The MAX807 includes other housekeeping functions: switchover circuitry transfers low-power loads (CMOS RAM, real-time clocks, and other low-power logic) from VCC to the backup battery. A 5A for the MAX952/MAX954. The op amps minimize output error by maintaining good dc characteristics over the entire operating temperature range. Outputs swing rail-to-rail. The common-mode input range for the op amps and comparators extends from the negative rail to within 1.3V of the positive rail. The comparator output stages can deliver 40mA continuously or 100mA in short pulses, and the comparators 3mV internal hysteresis ensures clean output switching even with slow-moving input signals. In addition, the comparators produce no powersupply glitches (crowbar glitches) when changing logic states. The result is twofold: immunity to instability caused by parasitic feedback, and excellent performance even with non-optimal circuit layouts. MAX951MAX954 devices come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.60 (1000 up, FOB USA). write-protect signal guards CMOS RAM and EEPROM memories by preventing write operations during conditions of low V CC . And, a watchdog circuit issues a warning (WDO low) whenever software execution fails to toggle a selected line within the timeout period. The MAX807 comes in 16-pin DIP and wide-SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.21 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 7)

500MHz, voltagefeedback video op amps draw only 5mA

MAX4100/MAX4101 voltage-feedback op amps are the first amplifiers designed in Maxims proprietary, complementary, 9.3GHz fabrication process. Compensated for closed-loop gains (AVCL) of 1 and 2 respectively, they draw only 5mA from 5V supplies. Yet the robust output stage delivers 80mA output currents and swings 3.3V into 100. Low power and high speed (the MAX4100s -3dB bandwidth is 500MHz) make the op amps suitable for portable instrumentation and multichannel applications in which power consumption is critical, such as video, medical imaging, and telecommunications. Voltage feedback lets you configure the op amps as traditional inverting or noninverting gain blocks, while providing low offset voltage and a balanced input stage with low input bias current. MAX4100/MAX4101 ac performance includes a 250V/s slew rate, 0.1dB gain flatness to 65MHz, a -70dBc spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) with fC = 5MHz, 12ns settling time to 0.1%, and low differential gain and phase errors. The combination of speed and low distortion opens a wide range of applications for the MAX4100 and MAX4101, including use as an input buffer for A/D converters. MAX4100/MAX4101 devices come in 8-pin SO packages tested for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 9)

8-pin op-amp/ comparator/ reference IC draws 7A from single supply

MAX951MAX954 ICs are ideal for use in bar-code readers, photodiode preamplifiers, low-frequency local-area alarms and detectors, and other low-power, battery-operated systems. The MAX951 and MAX952 operate down to 2.8V. Both include an op amp and comparator whose negative input is connected to a 1.2V 2% bandgap reference. The similar MAX953 and MAX954 require an external reference but have identical 8-lead pinouts. The MAX951 and MAX953 op amps are unity-gain stable; MAX952 and MAX954 op amps must operate with a minimum gain of ten. All have unusual output stages that enable linear operation under load and with ultra-low supply currents: 7A for the MAX951/MAX953 and

(Circle 8)
21

NEW PRODUCTS
330MHz video crosspoint ICs offer 0.01/0.01% accuracy
The MAX4111, MAX4121, MAX4221, and MAX4141 are buildingblock ICs for video crosspoint systems. They operate on 5V and draw only 5.5mA. The MAX4111 is an SPST switch, the MAX4121 is an SPDT switch, the MAX4221 is a dual SPDT switch, and the MAX4141 is a 4-channel, single-ended multiplexer. Their primary application is the color-signal multiplexing of broadcastquality composite video in NTSC, PAL, SECAM, and HDTV systems; theyre also suitable for routing RF, IF, video, and telecom signals. Each signal channel includes an openloop output buffer with high input impedance, 0.1dB gain flatness to 150MHz, a -3dB bandwidth of 330MHz, and the capability to drive large capacitive loads. All four ICs provide low differential phase/gain errors of only 0.01/0.01%, and an ultra-low (<13mV) switching transient that is always positive to avoid corrupting the negative-going sync pulses. Each IC has an enable (EN) input that forces each output to a high-impedance state and lowers the supply current to only 250A. MAX4141 and MAX4221 devices save external components by integrating the necessary control logic on chip. At 30MHz, the MAX4121 exhibits -92dB crosstalk and -78dB off isolation. The MAX4111 and MAX4121 come in an 8-pin SO package, the MAX4221 comes in a 16-pin narrow SO, and the MAX4141 comes in a 14-pin SO. All are tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.70 for the MAX4111 (1000 up, FOB USA).

5A step-down converters provide 5V, 3.3V, and 3V outputs

The MAX787, MAX788*, and MAX789* switch-mode dc-dc regulators employ pulse-width-modulation (PWM) in a classic buck-regulator topology. Each monolithic, bipolar device includes a 5A power switch and is capable of delivering continuous load currents as high as 5A. The output voltages are 5V (MAX787), 3.3V (MAX788), and 3V (MAX789). High operating frequencies (100kHz) enable each regulator to operate with a small external inductor, Schottky diode, and output filter capacitor. Few external components are required because the oscillator, power switch, and control circuitry are all on-chip. Supply current is 8.5mA for each regulator. Each device has an input-voltage range of 8V to 40V. Cycle-by-cycle current limiting (preset to 6.5A) protects the output against overcurrent and short-circuit faults. Excellent dynamic characteristics provide a well-behaved transient response. MAX787/MAX788/MAX789 devices come in 5-pin TO-220 packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.52 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 10)
MAX4121

MAX4141
IN0

MAX4221

IN0 IN1 IN2 IN3 A0 A1 EN CONTROL LOGIC 4X1 OUT

OUT 0 IN1

IN0 OUT 0 IN IN1

MAX4111
OUT

IN2 OUT 1 IN3 CONTROL LOGIC A0 SEL0SEL3 DUAL 2X1 EN EN 1X1

2X1

(Circle 12)

16-channel multiplexers operate on 2.7V

The 16-channel MAX396 and the dual 4-channel MAX397 are CMOS analog multiplexers that operate on supply voltages as low as 2.7V. Each operates from +2.7V to +16.5V or from 2.7V to 8V, while retaining CMOS-logic compatibility and fast switching (250ns transition times). On-resistances (only 100 maximum) are matched to within 4 maximum between channels and are flat to within 10 maximum over the specified signal range. Each device features low leakage over temperature: at +85C, the output off leakage is 2.5nA and the input off leakage is

1nA. Each device is fabricated in Maxims low-voltage silicon-gate process and offers design improvements that ensure extremely low values of charge injection (5pC maximum). Improvements also guarantee protection to 2000V against electrostatic discharge (ESD) per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7. Power consumption is only 10W. MAX396/MAX397 multiplexers are pin compatible with the industry-standard MAX306/MAX307, DG406/DG407, and DG506A/DG507A. They come in 28-pin DIP, SO, and wide-SSOP packages, in versions tested for the the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $4.04 (1000 up, FOB USA).

CLOSELY RELATED PRODUCTS

Maximum Output Current 1A 5A 2A (16-pin (TO-220) (TO-220) SOIC) MAX787 MAX788* MAX789* MAX724 MAX727 MAX728 MAX729 MAX726 MAX831 MAX832* MAX833* MAX830

VOUT 5V 3.3V 3V Adjustable

* Future Productcontact factory for availability.

(Circle 11)
22

NEW PRODUCTS
5V step-down regulators come in 16-pin SOICs
The MAX830MAX833 switch-mode, step-down dc-dc regulators produce fixed outputs for an input of 8V to 30V. MAX831/MAX832*/MAX833* outputs are 5V/3.3V/3.0V respectively, and the MAX830 output is adjustable. Each device is rated at 1A for continuous output current. The power switch, oscillator, and feedback/ control circuitry are all on-chip, so complete circuits require only six external components. Each device has a 100kHz preset frequency for the internal oscillator. Quiescent current is 8mA, falling to 500A (maximum) in the digitally controlled shutdown mode. Maximum switch current is controlled by an external resistor. Each regulator has excellent dynamic characteristics that provide a well-behaved transient response,
AMP OUTPUT / SQUARE MIL

and cycle-by-cycle current limiting to protect against overcurrent and short-circuitoutput faults. MAX830MAX833 devices come in 16-pin wide-SO packages, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.99 (1000 up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit (MAX831EVKITSO) is available to speed and simplify your design cycle.
* Future Productcontact factory for availability.

Quad RS-232 line driver and receiver withstand 15kV ESD

The MAX1488E quad driver and MAX1489E quad receiver are designed for EIA/TIA-232, EIA/TIA-562, and CCITT V.28 communications in harsh environments. Each driver output and receiver input is protected against electrostatic-discharge (ESD) levels as high as 15kV. Both devices are free of latchup, even during an ESD event. ESD ratings are as follows:
MAX1488E 15kV Human Body Model 6kV IEC801-2, Contact Discharge 15kV IEC801-2, Air-Gap Discharge

(Circle 13)
MOST POWER FOR SMALLEST AREA
6.1

4.4

1.0

MAX1489E 15kV Human Body Model

MAX831 SOIC 16-PIN, 1A

1176 SOIC 20-PIN, 1A

LM2575 SOIC 24-PIN, 1A

8kV IEC1000-4-2, Contact Discharge 15kV IEC1000-4-2, Air-Gap Discharge

RS-485/RS-422 transceivers withstand 15kV ESD

The MAX491E data transceiver operates on 5V and contains one driver and one receiver, enabling full-duplex communications on RS-485 and RS-422 transmission lines. Proprietary internal structures protect the device against electrostatic discharge (ESD) as high as 15kV, without latchup. The internal structures also obviate the need for expensive TransZorb protection. One of a family of RS-485/RS-422 transceivers, the MAX491E has a driver output with nonlimited slew rate, which
THE EXPENSIVE WAY
+5V +5V

enables data rates to 2.5Mbps. The driver output is also current limited against short circuits, and protected against excessive power dissipation by thermal-shutdown circuitry that places the output in a highimpedance state. The receiver guarantees a high output level when its input is opencircuited. The MAX491E features a 30ns propagation delay and 5ns differential receiver skew. It has separate driver and receiver enables, and allows as many as 32 transceivers on one bus. The MAX491E comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Both devices guarantee a maximum data rate of 120kbps. The driver outputs feature slew-rate limiting and current limiting that is internally controlled, so no external capacitors are required. Receiver inputs feature a 25V range, with hysteresis and time-domain filtering that eliminate the need for an external filter. The receiver outputs are TTL and CMOS compatible. The MAX1488E operates from 4.5V to 13.2V and draws only 85A from each rail. It is pin compatible with the MC1488, MC14C88, SN75188, SN75C188, DS1488, and DS14C88. The MAX1489E operates on 5V 10%, draws 350A, and is pin compatible with the MC1489, MC14C89, SN75189, DS1489, and DS14C89. MAX1488E/MAX1489E devices come in 14-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $0.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 14)
+5V

THE MAXIM WAY

+5V

OR
MAX491E

MAX491E

75180

75180

(Circle 15)

TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

23

Volume Twenty-Two

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE

Maxim reports record revenues, earnings, and operating income Comparator/DAC combinations solve data-acquisition problems

2 3 10 12 13 15 16 17

DESIGN SHOWCASE PC serial port drives 12-bit A/D converter

PFM control improves dual-output step-up converter Synchronous buck-regulator output terminates high-speed data buses Autotransformer regulator inverts 12V to -12V Serial-data interface chip supplies bipolar voltages Programmable current source delivers 0A to 5A

NEW PRODUCTS

Op Amps/Comparators
Ultra-low-power, open-drain, comparator-plus-reference ICs draw only 4A (MAX971974/ MAX981984) (MAX477)

19

High-Speed Op Amps
350MHz, voltage-feedback op amp has 1300V/s slew rate 275MHz quad video buffers drive 50 and 75 cables (MAX496/497) Op-amp family provides low noise and ultra-low distortion (MAX4106 4109) 500MHz, current-feedback video amplifiers draw 5mA and deliver 80mA out (MAX4112/4113)

19 19 20 20 20 21 22 23 22 22 23 21 23

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Quad, SPST analog switches offer 10 on-resistance 8-channel and dual 4-channel multiplexers have serial control Low-voltage, quad, SPST analog switches offer low cost Low-voltage, 8-channel SPST switch has serial interface (MAX312/313/314) (MAX349/350) (MAX4066/4066A) (MAX395) (MAX606/607) (MAX608) (MAX8863/8864) (MAX1490A/1490B) (MAX481E/483E/485E/ 487E 491E/1487E)

Power Management ICs

Ultra-thin PCMCIA power supplies fit Type 1 and Type 2 cards Step-up controller generates fixed (5V) or adjustable (3V to 16.5V) outputs Lowest-dropout SOT-23 linear regulators deliver 50mA

Interface ICs
Complete, isolated, full-duplex RS-485/RS-422 interface costs under $10 Low-power, slew-rate-limited RS-485/RS-422 transceivers are ESD protected to 15kV

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES, EARNINGS, AND OPERATING INCOME FOR THE SECOND QUARTER
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $106.2 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1996 ending December 31, 1995, compared to $56.2 million for the same period a year ago. This represents an 89% increase in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. This growth rate is the result of the Companys manufacturing efforts to get shipping levels more in line with customer booking and usage rates. Net income increased 258% to $31.9 million (or $0.45 per share) for the quarter, compared to net income of $8.9 million (or $0.14 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1995. Bookings across all product lines continue to exceed shipments. Backlog shippable in the next 12 months remains at over $190 million. Operating income was a record 45.1% of net revenues, compared to 23.5% for Q295. Annualized return on equity increased to 58.4% for Q296 compared to 25.2% for fiscal 1995. These results mark our 41st consecutive quarter of increased revenues and 39th consecutive quarter of increased earnings, a record unmatched by any company in the analog integrated circuit industry. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $6.2 million after paying for over $21 million in capital equipment and repurchasing $15.6 million of its common stock. Factory shipments for the first 6 months of fiscal 1996 increased 88% as compared to the same period in fiscal 1995. Wafer fabrication production increased 124% over the same period in fiscal 1995. However, revenues reported for the quarter continue to be constrained by wafer fabrication production levels. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and CEO, commented: While Maxim built and shipped 88% more product during the first 6 months of fiscal 1996 than during the same period in 1995, it has been more difficult than planned to increase production levels at our Beaverton wafer fabrication facility. Productivity levels, as measured by quarterly wafers out per technician, reached a peak in Q495 and were essentially flat in the first half of FY96. The Beaverton facilitys production efficiency is currently 50% of Maxims Sunnyvale facility. Mr. Gifford commented further: During the first two quarters after we acquired the facility from Tektronix, we were able to take advantage of 60 trained technicians acquired with the facility. Since that time, we have added over 150 technicians who were untrained in our wafer manufacturing processes and equipment. Although we believe that these technicians have accomplished a great deal in a short time, we anticipate that it will be several quarters before they will be fully trained and approaching the efficiency levels of our Sunnyvale facility. The availability of trained technicians in the Portland area has not been sufficient to meet our plan for manufacturing capacity. Gifford continued: Based on this experience in Beaverton, I believe that the lack of qualified, trained technicians worldwide could be a challenge to the industry as the planned wafer capacity comes on line in 1996 and beyond. This factor, along with continued increased worldwide demand, will continue to put pressure on those facilities that are up and running today. During the quarter, the Board of Governors of NASDAQ added Maxim to its index of NASDAQ 100 companies. This positions Maxim as one of the top 100 issues traded on the NASDAQ today.

Comparator/DAC combinations solve data-acquisition problems

The following discussion examines an overlooked option for many existing A/D converter applications: the A/D conversion is sometimes better implemented with a discrete comparator and D/A converter. This substitution generally entails a different measurement approach, but the advantages can include lower cost, higher speed, more flexibility, and lower power consumption. Current trends, though, are in the other direction designers who must implement A/D conversion usually specify a packaged A/D converter (ADC) for the job. Most engineers are not aware of an alternative, and the price/performance ratios for ADCs are falling all the time. Yet, an analog comparator plus D/A converter (DAC), along with digital processing capability, form the core of a successive-approximation ADC. The discrete comparator/DAC approach is already common in certain fields. Automatic test equipment, nuclear pulse-height discriminators, and automated timedomain reflectometers often use the technique whereby one comparator input is driven by the DAC, and the other is driven by the signal to be monitored. Following is a selection of general measurement problems and specific applications in which a comparator/DAC combination is actually more appropriate than an off-the-shelf ADC.

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE MONITOR: ADC APPROACH

INPUT

BUFFER

ADC REF

MEMORY

POWER SUPPLY PROCESSOR REQUIREMENTS: ~ 4 MIPS, ICC ~ 20mA A/D REQUIREMENTS: 2.5s, ICC ~ 15mA TOTAL ICC ~ 35mA

Figure 1. As the brute-force approach to transient analysis, an ADC circuit is power-hungry and expensive.

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE MONITOR: DAC/COMP APPROACH

INPUT

HIGH LINE

S R

1/4 MAX516
LOW LINE

S R

1/4 MAX516 1/4 MAX516

HIGH TRANS

S R

Transient voltage analysis

A brute-force technique for capturing fast-changing amplitude events (transients) is simply to digitize them with a high-speed ADC supported by a processor and fast RAM (Figure 1). Single-shot events may compel the use of this approach, as may the need to discern fine detail in the transients. Otherwise, if the transients are repetitive, you can measure their peak amplitude and other features with the DAC/comparator approach (Figure 2). The DAC sets a trial level at one input of the comparator while the transient signal is applied to the other input. You then determine peak transient amplitudes by adjusting the DAC output, using a digital latch to capture the comparators output response when its threshold is exceeded. Only the comparator input need sustain the full
3

RESET F-F LOW TRANS

S R

1/4 MAX516

MEMORY

POWER SUPPLY

PROCESSOR REQUIREMENTS: 0.0002 MIPS, ICC < 1mA DAC/COMPARATOR REQUIREMENTS: ICC = 10mA max TOTAL ICC ~ 11mA

Figure 2. If the Figure 1 application can accept an iterative approach to the amplitude measurements, replacing the ADC with DAC/comparator combinations saves power and cost.

LCD

CONTRAST ADJUST DAC P

Derive a simple ADC from an existing DAC

In portable instruments constrained by cost and size, an existing DAC can sometimes be persuaded to perform A/D conversions as well. Cellular phones and medical electronics, for example, often include a DAC for adjusting the contrast voltage in an LCD (Figure 3). In some cases you can also monitor a temperature or battery voltage (as described above) simply by adding a comparator and switches. The existing DAC then does double duty, with the display blanked while the DAC participates in analog-to-digital conversions. As an alternative to blanking, a simple sample/hold consisting of an analog switch and capacitor (Figure 4) can maintain the LCD contrast voltage during an A/D conversion. Another alternative is to substitute a low-cost dual DAC for the existing single DAC. One half of the dual DAC produces a full-time LCD-contrast voltage, while the other half helps form a full-time ADC. Whether single or dual, the DAC and comparator require support from a fast, simple software routine that drives the DAC and samples the comparator to implement successive approximation (see sidebar, Successive Approximation).

BATTERY MODEST A/D NEEDS

MUX T TEMP. SENSOR

ADC REF

RELATIVE COST: 2-CHANNEL ADC $3.00 DAC $2.00 TOTAL $5.00

Figure 3. This circuitry is commonly found in portable instruments.

LCD

CONTRAST ADJUST DAC P

+ T TEMP. SENSOR + COMP BATTERY MODEST SOFTWARE OVERHEAD. USE BETWEEN LCD UPDATES. RELATIVE COST: DAC $2.00 DUAL COMP $0.50 TOTAL $2.50 COMP

Design considerations
Figure 4. Adding two comparators to the circuit of Figure 3 enables the DAC to double as an ADC, saving cost.

bandwidth of the transient, and the DAC output can exhibit arbitrarily long settling times without affecting the measurement accuracy. Thus, sensing in the analog domain lets you replace an expensive ADC with a lowcost DAC and comparator. A related problem is monitoring an analog voltage with respect to tolerance limits. Many self-diagnostic instruments monitor system voltages, temperatures, and other analog quantities against limit values set in software. However, if the comparisons are made by a comparator whose setpoint value is provided by a DAC, you can reduce the processors overhead because it need only read a single bit representing the out-of-limit condition. This technique (analog-domain comparison) is just as accurate as the ADC technique (digital-domain comparison), so why digitize the whole value when you can simply compare it against a setpoint? One case should be mentioned: If the value must be compared against several setpoints, such as a low and high warning level and a low and high shutdown level, an ADC may be preferable to the four DACs and four comparators otherwise required.

Combining a DAC and comparator is simple. A signal is applied to the comparators noninverting input, and the DAC provides a digitally programmable threshold at the inverting input. The comparator then produces a logichigh output whenever the signal is more positive than its threshold. But, you must apply care in several areas. To ensure accurate threshold levels, the DACs dc output resistance should be low with respect the the comparators input bias current and scaling network. This concern arises mainly in very low-power circuits, for which the DACs output resistance can be as high as 10k. Another DAC requirement is low ac output impedance. Otherwise, the comparator outputs fast digital slew rate can couple through parasitic layout capacitance, producing input transients that degrade accuracy by causing oscillation. If some settling time can be sacrificed, you can lower the DACs ac output impedance by adding a bypass capacitor at the comparator input. Instability and oscillation can result from too much capacitive load on the DACs output amplifier, but that problem is easily fixed by adding a resistor in series with the DAC output. The main issue for comparators is hysteresis. Most comparator circuits include hysteresis to prevent noise and oscillation, but hysteresis should be used sparingly

DAC/Comparator Combo ICs

Maxim offers three monolithic devices that greatly simplify a design by combining the functions of a comparator and a DAC. Each device is suitable for the applications in this article, as well as many others. The MAX516, for example, is a quad device with submicrosecond speed, suitable for many medium-speed, multiple-channel applications (Figure S1a).
(a)
VDD GND 22 6 REF AIN1 AIN0 4 5 19 3 VCC C0 D7D0 TH CTRL 16 10k

The MAX910 is a single, high-speed, TTL-output DAC/comparator with 8ns propagation delay (Figure S1b). A similar device (the MAX911) is even fasterit has complementary-ECL outputs and a propagation delay of 4ns.

+5V

+5V 6 VCC 500k

(b)
19 DATA BUS VDD

MAX516
8 8 LOAD DAC0 COMP 0

1118 D7D0

1 LOAD DAC1 COMP 1 24 8 CONTROL LOGIC 8 LOAD DAC3 21 20 AIN3 COMP 3 AIN2 LOAD DAC2 COMP 2

C1 10 11 12 C2 RA RB TH OUT

MAX910
500k VEE 7 9 REFOUT 8 REF IN CMP 17 OUT

-5V

13 CMP IN+

A0 10 A1 9 WR 8 CS 7

14 CMP IN23 C3 CMP GND 18 THRESHOLD OUTPUT RANGE +2.54V TO +2.56V; 1LSB = 20mV GND 20

GND 15

Figure S1. 8-bit DAC/comparator ICs from Maxim include the quad MAX516 (a), the high-speed, TTL-compatible MAX910 (b), and the ECL-compatible MAX911 (not shown).

Successive Approximation
sive-approximation register (SAR) of a packaged ADC, Successive approximation is easily illustrated by the or in a software routine associated with the processor that procedure that uses a balance and a set of binary trial controls a DAC/comparator circuit. The pseudo-code weights (a series of weights whose relative values are 1, shown in Table S1 represents such a routine. For most 2, 4, 8, 16, etc.) to determine an objects weight. To processors, this routine can be realized with fewer than 20 determine the unknown weight by the quickest method lines of code. (successive approximation), first balance the unknown against the largest trial weight. According to Table S1. Pseudo-Code for Successive Approximation the balance indication, either remove that Begin: /Comments weight or add the next largest, and continue Mask = 80h /Shifting weight valuestart high that process down to the smallest trial Value = 80h /Value = output (initially half scale) weight. The resulting best estimate of the Loop: objects weight is the sum of trial weights Output DAC (Value) /Output current Value to DAC Delay (settling time) /Wait for DAC output to settle remaining in the balance pan. In successive-approximation ADCs, the bits of the internal DAC are analogous to the set of binary weights, and the comparator output is analogous to the balance indication. Logic for driving the bit-trial procedure can reside either in the succesIf input (comp. output) = high Value = Value and not (mask) Shift mask right: Value = Value or mask Loop until mask = 0 /Check comparator output bit /Clear mask bit (set by default) /Next trial weight /Loop until all bit weights are tried

End: Value contains the final result of the successive approximation.

100k

VDD TP0606

33F

18 REFOUT 2.048V REFERENCE

13 REFIN

22 ROFS

RFB 21 10k VDD VDD 23 12 DGND VSS 19

0.1F VDD

2N7002

17 REFGND 14 AGND POWER-ON RESET DAC

VOUT 20

100

7 8

Q OUT Q

MAX913
4 50pF

LE

MAX530
12-BIT DAC LATCH

0.1F

SHUTDOWN

P INTERFACE

15 8 9 11 10 16

CLR A0 A1 CS WR LDAC

CONTROL LOGIC

NBL INPUT LATCH

NBM INPUT LATCH

NBH INPUT LATCH

VIN 0V to 2.048V

PERFORMANCE: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME: 10ns DAC SETTLING TIME: 25s SUPPLY CURRENT: ACTIVE, 6.5mA SHUTDOWN, 50A OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE: +4.5V to +5.5V

NOTE: FOR SERIAL INTERFACE USE MAX531

D0/D8 24

D1/D9 1

D2/D10 2

D3/D11 D4 D5 D6 D7 3 4 5 6 7

P INTERFACE

Figure 5. Because the comparator is stable in its linear region, this high-speed, 12-bit amplitude digitizer can handle slow-moving input voltages without oscillation.

it also causes the threshold value to change with output state. That behavior is acceptable if the system can compensate for state-dependent hysteresis; otherwise hysteresis should be avoided. If the comparator to be used has internal hysteresis that cannot be disabled, you can eliminate any negative effect by ensuring that the DAC output always approaches the comparator threshold from the same direction. That action is easily established by setting the DAC to zero after each bit test; i.e., by adding one line to the pseudo-code listing at the end of this article (see sidebar, Successive Approximation). As another option, you can often eliminate the need for hysteresis by adding a small amount of capacitive feedback, which provides speedup in the comparators linear-transition region. Or, you can add an output flipflop or latch to capture the comparators output state at a given instant of time. Modern comparators are better able to handle input signals that have a limited slew rate. The MAX913 and MAX912 from Maxim, for example, are particularly effective in this respect because they are actually stable in their linear regions. Figure 5 illustrates the MAX913s performance in a high-speed, 12-bit application. As another DAC/comparator example, the Figure 6 circuit (an ultra-low-power 8-bit converter) conserves power by turning itself off when not in use.

Applications
This section presents a number of situations in which a DAC/comparator approach offers advantages over the ADC approach. The application circuits discussed are neither unusual nor esoteric, but address common problems that arise frequently. First, consider the need for a low-cost method to detect and log the sags, surges, and transients that occur on a power line. An ideal design would be a wall-cube device that detects power-line abnormalities and logs the time of each occurrence to RAM. (Sags and surges can last from milliseconds to hours; transients are as short as 10 microseconds.) The monitor must log the duration of complete failures in line power, so the monitor power should come from a battery. The conventional solution to this problem is a controller and ADC converter. As the converter continually samples the line voltage, the controller compares each value to usersettable limits stored in software, and logs any out-of-spec condition to RAM. Because the system must be capable of tracking transients as brief as 10s, the ADC sample interval must be considerably shorterperhaps 2.5s maximum as a conservative estimate. The controller must therefore process the samples at 1/2.5s = 400ksps. If software comparisons can be coded efficiently and the ADC requires no processor intervention, this system can operate with as few as ten instructions per sample,

P SERIAL INTERFACE (SPI) 1 DIN 3 SCLK 2 CS 12 REFAB DAC LATCH A 11 REFC

15pF 1000pF

8 COMP OUT

MAX872

IN GND 4

2 0.1F

SUPERTEX TP0606

VDD PERFORMANCE: COMPARATOR RESPONSE TIME: 75ns DAC SETTLING TIME: 35s SUPPLY CURRENT: ACTIVE, 1.6mA SHUTDOWN, 30A OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE: +2.7V to +5.5V

OUTA 8 DAC A 0.05F OUTB 9 2 DACs AVAILABLE VDD

16-BIT SHIFT REGISTER CONTROL (8) DATA (8)

DAC LATCH B DAC LATCH C

DAC B

0.1F

0.1F

MAX941
DAC C OUTC 10 100pF 3 4 6 LOUT 14 VDD 5 0.22F VDD 2.7V to 5.5V VSS 7 GND 6 0.22F VIN 0V to 2.5V VSS 2 5 LE 7 VIN > VDAC OUTPUT

SHDN SHUTDOWN CONTROL

MAX512
LATCH RESET 4

Figure 6. This low-voltage, 8-bit digitizer offers several advantages over the ADC alternative: low cost, low power consumption, and between-sample shutdown capability.

requiring processor performance in the 4 MIPS range. Such performance is substantial, and is not readily compatible with battery operation (Figure 1). You might then consider an analog method that responds to the derivative of an input transient instead of tracking it, but that approach appears untenable. The alternate DAC/comparator approach in this case offers several significant advantages. It requires four DACs and four comparators (or a single MAX516), followed by a quad set/reset flip-flop. One DAC/comparator/FF combination monitors high transients, one monitors low transients, one is for sags, and one is for surges (Figure 2). Transient voltages couple directly to the comparators, but the input to the sag and surge comparators is first rectified and filtered to obtain the average value of line voltage. Appropriate rms adjustments can be made in software. The system operates by sampling and resetting the flipflops every T seconds, where T is the time resolution required in the transient log (perhaps 60 seconds). DACs for the high and low transient levels are set to the desired high and low threshold values. The sag and surge DACs are adjusted after each T-second interval, using a successive-approximation technique to generate high-line and low-line limits that track the current average value. Assuming a very conservative 1000-instruction routine to perform this successive approximation and the other housekeeping chores, the average CPU performance for T = 60s is 17 instructions per second. The resulting
7

execution rate is 0.00002 MIPSquite suitable for lowpower systems, and far below the 4 MIPS required with an ADC approach. For further power savings the controller can sleep most of the time, waking only to process an abnormal line condition. The circuit thus reduces power, complexity, and cost by offloading the voltage comparison from software to analog hardware.

Low-maintenance fault detection and diagnostics

Printer-head control, carriage control, and many other electromechanical applications monitor critical internal voltages and temperatures to determine when to modify their operating mode. In extreme cases, this feedback enables the system to avoid self-destruction by shutting down altogether. For example, a stepper-motor controller must adjust gate drive to the output MOSFETs when necessary to avoid the excessive power dissipation associated with linear operation. Again, the conventional solution to these monitoring problems is an ADC (Figure 7a). The processor directs the ADC to make periodic measurements consistent with the time constant of the process under control. It then scales the resulting digitized values and compares them with limits in software. If they go out of bounds, it can trigger corrective action or shut down the system completely.

T TEMP. SENSOR

ADC REF

(a)
SHUTDOWN ACTION

P PROCESSOR OVERHEAD 1. START CONVERSION 2. WAIT CONVERSION FINISH 3. INPUT A/D VALUE 4. SUBTRACT LIMIT VALUE 5. INPUT > LIMIT VALUE? 6. OUTPUT SHUTDOWN COMMAND

gives a resolution in distance to the discontinuity of approximately 3 feet. The ratio of received-pulse amplitude to transmittedpulse amplitude is used to compute the reflection coefficient. Knowing the reflection coefficient and cable impedance you can compute the impedance of the discontinuity, and from that information deduce the nature of the discontinuity. Coaxial cables introduce a complication by attenuating the pulse on its return trip, so the software must compensate for this effect by applying an amplitude correction based on the distance measurement. An ADC in this application would have to convert every 5ns (200Msps). Though available, such ADCs are expensive, power hungry, and generally unsuitable for portable applications. The analog front end of an actual hand-held TDR (Figure 8) serves to illustrate the ideas described above. Digital circuitry is excluded for clarity. Though simple and without exotic components, this circuit has impressive performance. It measures termination impedance reliably and with 5% accuracy for cable lengths to 500 feet. For open or shorted terminations, it measures distances to 2000 feet. And best of all, the system (including display and digital circuitry) can operate for 20 hours on a 9V alkaline battery. The comparator in Figure 8 (IC3) provides single-supply operation with ground sensing and a propagation delay of just 10ns. The DAC (IC4) is a dual device in which one side helps with the pulse-height measurement and the other drives the LCD contrast control (as in Figure 3). Note that the DACs are driven backwards; the (normal) current outputs are driven together by a buffered reference, and the (normal) reference inputs serve as voltage outputs (each buffered by an external op amp). A simple glitch-monostable circuit (not shown) drives the base of Q1, which in turn drives the cable with positive, 10ns-duration pulses. Any reflections from the line are coupled to the comparator via C3. IC5 is a bandgap reference whose 1.2V output is buffered by op amp IC2d to provide a reference voltage for the dual DACs in IC4. This reference voltage is also doubled by the gain-of-2 amplifier IC2c to provide a 2.5V dc level at the comparators noninverting input. DAC A applies 0V to 3.8V at the comparators inverting input. Levels above 2.5V enable the determination of positivegoing pulse heights, and levels below 2.5V determine the amplitude of negative-going pulses.

T TEMP. SENSOR

+ P PROCESSOR OVERHEAD 1. WRITE LIMIT VALUE TO DAC DAC REF P

(b)
SHUTDOWN ACTION

Figure 7. In this case, replacing an ADC (a) with a DAC and comparator (b) lowers system cost, response time, and software overhead.

An alternate approach uses the DAC/comparator combination (Figure 7b). The static DAC output establishes a shutdown limit or trip value for the comparator. When a temperature change causes the comparator to trip, the comparator sends an interrupt to the processor that initiates corrective action. If necessary, the processor can also determine the absolute temperature value by initiating a software-based successive-approximation routine. On the other hand, to support an ADC the processor must poll the ADC, input the sample value, and compare it with the setpoint before jumping to the shutdown routine. Thus, a DAC/comparator not only saves cost and offers a quicker response than does an ADC; it also reduces the processor overhead.

Time-domain reflectometry
Finally, the low cost and low power dissipation of DAC/comparator combinations (vs. ADCs) has made practical the portable time-domain reflectometer (TDR)an instrument that detects cable discontinuities and measures the intervening transmission length. Portable, inexpensive TDRs have become popular with the proliferation of network cabling. A TDR operates like radar; it sends a brief pulse along the line and detects any echo returned by an open, short, or other abrupt discontinuity in the line impedance. The time interval for propagation of the outward-bound pulse and its returning reflection is about 3.3ns per foot, assuming a line propagation of 0.6c (six tenths the speed of light). Thus, a 10ns timing resolution in the electronics

C2 0.05F R1 TRANSMIT PULSE INPUT 470 RELAY K1 RLY TERM RELAY DRIVE R3 75 DIGITAL CIRCUITS VCC 4 POSITIVE PULSE OUTPUT 5 6 Q Q PR R2 50 TERMINATION VCC Q1 2N4957 LINE DRIVER C1 0.05F

R8 VCC 47 J1 BNC R9 R6 1k

IC2c
C3 0.05F R4 1k C6 0.1F R7 1k REFERENCE x2 RCVR QUIESCENT R12 1 2 R11 C4 1k 0.05F 3 4 2 BUFFERED REFERENCE 14 12 R10 15k VCC VCC 4 R13 100k 1 11 2 IC5 D1 ICL8069 15k 13

TO TRANSMISSION LINE UNDER TEST, 50 OR 75

MAX479

IC1a 74AC74
D 2 3

IC3 MAX913
8 7 5 4 3 7

IC2b
220k 6

IC2d MAX479
3

R5 10k

CLK CL 1

MAX479

DELAY GENERATOR INPUT

5 COMP TRESHOLD

C5 0.05F

IC1b VCC 10 74AC74

NEGATIVE PULSE OUTPUT 9 8 Q Q PR D CLK 12 11

CL

FLIP-FLOP RESET

13

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7

DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7

RFBA VRA

IC4 MX7528

OUTA

RFBB VRB OUTB

19 18 20

9 LCD CONTRAST 8 10

IC2a MAX479

15 CS 6 A/D 16 WR

8-BIT DUAL DAC

Figure 8. This circuitthe analog section of a time-domain reflectometerrelies on a DAC/comparator in place of an ADC.

Each pulse entering the transmission line also enters a variable delay line in the digital circuitry, which consists of a string of 20ns delay elements controlled by a counter. This delayed pulse from the digital section jointly drives the D inputs of two flip-flops (IC1a and IC1b), which in turn are clocked by complementary TTL outputs from the comparator. Thus, time measurements amount to a race between the return pulse and the pulse going through the delay line: if the D input arrives before a clock transition the flip-flop output is high; otherwise it is zero. To measure, set the DAC output to a low absolute level and iteratively adjust the delay until the flip-flop output remains at zero, then read the counter. Similarly, to measure the height of return pulses, iteratively adjust the DAC output until the flip-flop output remains at zero, then read the DAC. Note that two flip-flops are required

to capture the comparators leading edge for both positive and negative pulses. This leading edge rises for positive pulses and falls for negative pulses; if both were applied to a single flip-flop, the pulse width would become an unwanted part of the delay.
(Circle 1)

References: 1. Edward Jordan, Reference Data for Engineers, 7th Edition, (Howard Sams, 1989). 2. Brian Kenner and John Wettroth, The Design of a Time-Domain Reflectometer, (Computer Applications Journal #29, October/November 1992). 3. Paul Horowitz and Winfield Hill, The Art of Electronics, 2nd Edition, (Cambridge University Press, 1989).

DESIGN SHOWCASE
PC serial port drives 12-bit A/D converter
The Figure 1 circuit performs a task usually done by a microcontrollerthat of driving a 12-bit A/D converter (ADC) from the serial port of a PC. Power consumption is low: the 2mA operating current drops to only 15A in shutdown. Interface to the PC is an RS-232 port rather than the transmitter/receiver lines of a UART. The ports Request to Send line (RTS) provides a chip-select signal, and its Data Terminal Ready line (DTR) provides a synchronous-clock signal. A single-supply RS-232 interface chip (IC1) converts these signals from RS-232 levels to CMOS-logic levels (and inverts them in the process). Conversion data appears on the Data Set Ready line (DSR).
D1 1N4148 8 R4 100k VIN

IC3 is an 8-pin DIP that includes a 12-bit ADC, voltage reference, track/hold, serial interface, and clock generator, plus a 3-wire digital interface consisting of Chip Select (CS), Serial Clock (SCLK), and Data Out (DOUT). Conversions are initiated by a high-to-low transition on CS , and take less than 8.5s. The end of conversion, indicated by a high level on DOUT, leaves the 12-bit result stored in the converters output shift register. The PC reads this result by clocking DTR while sampling DSR 12 times. As a low-power version of the venerable (10mA) MAX232, the MAX220 draws only 0.5mA. If power is not a concern, either device is suitable for levelshifting the converters SCLK, DOUT, and CS signals to RS-232 levels. Power is supplied by a 9V battery via the linear regulator (IC2), whose output capacity is 40mA. This circuit draws only 2mA, so the extra capacity is available for powering an external sensor or amplifier. When DTR is high, Q1 turns on and allows the circuit to operate normally. Charge on C3 allows Q1 to remain on during DTRs brief negative clock pulses. When DTR goes low for more than 100ms, C3 discharges and turns Q1 off, allowing IC2 to enter shutdown. For that condition the circuits supply current is essentially that of IC215A maximum and 5A typical.

IC2

VOUT

1 2 6 7

BT1 9V

C1 35F

C2 0.1F Q1 VN10K

MAX666 SNS
3 5 LBI SHDN GND 4 VSET LBO

R2 100k

R1 1M D2 1N4148

C3 0.1F

R3 10k

16 C7 10F 2 4 D8D9 CONN DTR TO PC SERIAL PORT DSR RTS GND 4 6 7 5 N.C. VCC V+ C2+ V6 1 C4 10F 8 6 7 N.C. C9 4.7F 3 2 4 C8 4.7F C11 0.1F R5 10k C10 0.1F

IC1 MAX220

C1+

C5 10F

5 13

C2R1IN

C1R1OUT

3 12 11

C6 10F

1 VDD SCLK

IC3 SHDN

14 8

T1OUT R2IN

T1IN 9 R2OUT T2IN GND 15 10

DOUT MAX187 AIN CS GND 5 REF

INPUT VOLTAGE 0V to 4.096V

T2OUT

Figure 1. This micropower circuit enables a PCs RS-232 serial port to control a 12-bit A/D converter (IC3).

10

INVERTED

12-BITS

DTR 100ms

VCC START

RTS

INVERTED CS WAKE/WAIT CONVERT CLOCK RESULT DTR LOW (100ms) SLEEP

Figure 2. Timing Relationships for Figure 1.

The circuit is controlled by a simple C routine on the PC (request EJ22 Listing from Maxim Customer Service). The code drives DTR high to wake the converter, then starts a conversion, waits for completion, clocks out the data, displays the data, and puts

the circuit back to sleep. You can then quit by pressing Q, or trigger another conversion by pressing any key. The software is easily modified for particular applications.
(Circle 2)

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
PFM control improves dual-output step-up converter
A discrete-component external charge pump enables the PFM-controlled dc-dc converter of Figure 1 to generate dual outputs with moderate regulation and high efficiency. The circuit accepts input voltages between 2V and 12V (typically 5V) and delivers simultaneous 0mA to 100mA outputs at 12V ( Figure 2 ). Efficiencies range between 80% and 90%. IC1 regulates 12V via its V+ terminal, but the -12V output has no direct feedback connection. Nevertheless, changes in -12V load current are coupled via flying capacitor C1, where they affect the switching frequency just as 12V load changes dovia current-limited, minimum-off-time, pulsefrequency modulation of the chips internal switching MOSFET. The resulting pseudo-regulation is impressive: a load change of 10mA to 100mA at either output causes only a 4% change in the negative output (from -11.36V to -10.96V).
(Circle 3)
VIN 2V TO 12V C1 33F 1 2 3 4 LBO LBI FB SHDN L1 18H (SUMIDA CD54-180)

IC1

V+

8 7 6 5 C3 10F

D2 1N5817 C4 D3 33F 1N5817 D1 1N5817 C5 10F

MAX761 LX
GND REF

+12V @ 100mA

-12V @ 100mA

C2 0.1F

Figure 1. An external charge pump (C3, C5, D1, and D3) enables this dc-dc step-up converter to generate 12V dual outputs.

MAX761 12V APPLICATION

13.5 VOUT (V) ON -12V SIDE 13.0 -12V UNLOADED 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 LOAD (mA) ON +12V SIDE -12V LOADED (UP TO 100mA)
EJ22 DS2-2

14.0

Figure 2. Pseudoregulation stabilizes the -12V output in Figure 1.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Synchronous buck-regulator output terminates high-speed data buses
The limitations of todays 5V and 3.3V CMOS buses are causing a proliferation of high-speed, lowvoltage buses for the next generation of computers. These new busesFuturebus, RAMBUS, and GTL (Gunning Transceiver Logic), for examplerequire low supply rails to reduce signal-voltage swings. Others, such as HSTL and CTT (Center Terminated Transceiver) are also center-terminated and therefore require a power source that can sink current as well as source it. The termination supply for an HSTL or CTT bus must generate an output of about 0.75V, capable of sourcing and sinking current into a bunch of 50 terminating resistors. Designing such supplies can be a headache for two reasons. First, the headroom needed by an emitter-follower pass element in a linear regulator makes it difficult to sink current at such a low voltage. Second, 0.75V is below the magic 1.25V level produced by bandgap circuits as a feedback reference in most linear and switch-mode power-supply ICs. An efficient, synchronous buck regulator (Figure 1) avoids both of these problems. Sink capability at low voltage is accomplished by the use of a synchronous switch (Q2) and by allowing the inductor current to reverse. IC1 includes current-limiting circuitry that prevents inductor-current reversals (as do most buckregulator ICs), but it also includes a logic input (SKIP) that lets you disable that circuitry. In noise-sensitive wireless applications, pulling SKIP high forces the inductor current to be continuous, thereby avoiding the ringing associated with an otherwise discontinuous inductor current. In this circuit, pulling SKIP high allows current to flow from the circuit output back into the inductor and through the synchronous switch to ground. The other problemthat of regulating an output level below the 1.25V bandgap thresholdis overcome by dividing down the reference voltage and feeding it to an external integrator amplifier (IC2). Summing this reduced reference with a directly coupled feedback signal ensures an excellent transient response, and produces an integrated feedback signal that feeds directly into the ICs main high-speed PFM comparator. Current sunk by the output doesnt flow directly to ground as it would in a linear-regulator termination supply. Instead, the buck topology works in reverse and becomes a boost topology, producing a net positive current flow into the 5V supply. In most systems, this excess current is absorbed by the numerous other 5V loads.
(Circle 4)

13

INPUT 4.75V TO 5.5V

0.1F V+ VL SKIP BST DH LX ON/OFF

D1

4.7F Q1 L1 4.7H

C1 220F (OS-CON) R1 20m

C3 0.1F

0.75V OUTPUT AT 3A C2 2 x 220F (OS-CON)

SHDN

IC1 MAX797

DL PGND CSH CSL

Q2

D2 1N5820

SS C6 0.01F

R6 49.9k FB SYNC REF R3 232k 1% GND C5 0.33F R4 100k 1% TO VL C7 330pF R5 150k R7 124k

IC2 MAX495
REMOTE SENSE LINE Q1 = Q2 = Si9410DY

Figure 1. Modifications to a conventional buck-regulator circuit produce a 0.75V, 3A output with sink/source capabilities, useful as a termination supply for high-speed data buses.

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Autotransformer regulator inverts 12V to -12V
In Figure 1, a dc-dc regulator with internal switching MOSFET inverts 12V to produce an output of 200mA at -12V. The IC is a high-efficiency device whose low quiescent current (120A maximum) is achieved with a CMOS process that limits the absolute maximum voltage to 21V (input to output). Thus, to avoid 24V across its terminals, the IC must isolate itself from the inductor-flyback voltage by driving either an external switch in a non-bootstrapped configuration, or an internal switch in a flyback-transformer configuration. Autotransformer T1 (a center-tapped inductor with 1:1 turns ratio) offers a design alternative. In the circuit shown, LX flies back to 12VOUT plus a diode drop, or approximately -6V. V+ remains at 12V, producing an 18V maximum between V+ and LX that is well within the 21V limit. Because IC1 drives the gate of its internal MOSFET between the V+ and OUT voltages, you normally connect OUT to VOUT to ensure sufficient gate drive (in a typical application, the chip inverts 5V to -5V). In this circuit the 12V input provides adequate gate drive, so OUT is connected to ground.
(Circle 5)
+12V C1 68F (OS-CON) 7, 6 ON/OFF 3 V+ SHDN REF 4 R1 15k FB 2 R2 120k 4 D1 1N5817 T1 CTX50-4 (COILTRONICS) -12V @ 200mA C3 68F (OS-CON) C2 0.1F

IC1 MAX764

LX

8 1

GND 5

OUT 1 2

Figure 1. Autotransformer T1 limits the voltage across IC1, allowing use of a high-efficiency chip (with 21V absolute-maximum voltage) in this inverting dc-dc regulator.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Serial-data interface chip supplies bipolar voltages
Some of the interface ICs currently available for serial-data transmission not only operate from low VCC levels (5V or 3.3V); they also generate bipolar dc voltages (6.5V to 10V) to support the minimum driver-output levels as specified by EIA/TIA-232. With care, you can steal useful amounts of power from these voltage rails without interfering with the ICs operation. In Figure 1, the ICs switch-mode controller operates with an external inductor, two diodes, and two capacitors to produce 6.5V. FETs Q1 and Q2 ensure startup for the circuit by disconnecting the load until these switch-mode supply voltages are present. Note that Q1 must be a logic-level device. Unlike ICs designed to generate supply voltages, an interface IC generally doesnt specify how much current you can draw from its internally generated supply rails. The amount available depends almost entirely on loads connected to the driver outputs. IC1, for example, guarantees that one transmitter can drive a parallel combination of 3k and 1000pF at 250kbps while the other two maintain dc outputs across 3k loads. These conditions let you calculate the chips maximum output current capability, but you cant expect to draw extra current while delivering that maximum. To calculate the maximum output current available, superimpose the ac and dc components: Output current flows alternately from each rail as the NRZ output waveform swings between the guaranteed minimum output levels (5V). Assuming the output requires one whole data period (4s at 250kbps) to slew from -5V to +5V, the ac component equals C LOAD (dv/dt) = 1000pF(10V/4s) = 2.5mA. For the dc component, Ohms Law gives I = E/R = 5V/3k = 1.67mA from one transmitter, so the three transmitters together represent a dc load of 5mA. Adding the ac and dc components together gives a conservative maximum rating of 2.5mA + 5mA = 7.5mA. The 3k load is an EIA-232 requirement, but the data rate and load capacitance are application-dependent
~6.5V
Q1 TP0610L LOAD Q2 2N7000 0.68F 2.7V 0.33F 3 26 25 5 6 13 14 15 8 9 10 11 12 7 4 FORCEON VCC FORCEOFF TRAN INVALID T1IN T2IN T3IN R1OUT R2OUT R3OUT R4OUT R5OUT R5OUTB EN 27 V+ MMBD6050 1 LN 2 LP MMBD6050 16 V19 T1OUT 18 T2OUT 17 T3OUT R1IN R2IN R3IN R4IN R5IN 24 23 22 21 20 15H 0.33F

~-6.5V

IC1 MAX3212

Figure 1. For data rates and driver-output loads less than the maximum allowed, the V+ and V- outputs of this serialinterface IC can supply modest amounts of current to an external circuit.

parameters. Lower values for these parameters make more current available for external use. A remotesensing system, for instance, might operate at 2400 bits/sec (2400bps) with a load of 3k in parallel with 1000pF (50 feet of cable at 20pF/ft). The dc load for three transmitters is 5mA, and the ac load for one transmitter (72A) is almost negligible in this low-data-rate application. So, the available current in this case is calculated as 7.5mA - (5mA + 72A) = 2.428mA. The above calculation is conservative: with VCC = 2.7V and the three transmitters loaded with 3k||1000pF, a circuit transmitting valid EIA-232 levels at 2400bps will actually deliver 6.7mA to an external load (even more for VCC = 3V and up). As mentioned, Q1 and Q2 enable the circuit to start under these conditions. If you disconnect the transmitter loads, the maximum external load current that allows start-up is 11.5mA. With Q1 and Q2 removed, the (Circle 6) maximum is only 5.7mA.
16

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Programmable current source delivers 0A to 5A
The variable current source of Figure 1 generates 0A to 5A with a compliance range of 4V to 30V. It offers two advantages: the 12-bit D/A converter (IC2) makes it digitally programmable, and the switch-mode step-down regulator (IC1) is more efficient than the alternative current source with linear pass transistor. Applications include battery charging and dc motor control. IC3 is a high-side, current-sense amplifier normally used in battery-powered systems to detect charge and discharge currents without disturbing the ground path. In this circuit, it senses output current as a voltage drop across R5, and produces a proportional signal current at OUT (pin 8) Thus, the regulators feedback voltage (pin 1 of IC1) is set by the DAC and modified by IC3s current feedback, which flows across the parallel combination of R2 and R3. This current feedback opposes any change in load current due to a change in load resistance. The DAC generates 0V to 10V, producing a source current that varies inversely with code: FFFHEX (10V from IC2) produces 0mA, and 000HEX (0V from IC2) produces 5A. For a given programmed level the actual output varies somewhat with load resistance and the corresponding compliance voltage. When tested at 1.5A, for instance, the output of the circuit deviated about +15mA (from 1.5A) for compliance voltages between 10V and 20V (Figure 2). You can reconfigure the circuit for other ranges of output current (ISOURCE) by resizing R2 and R3: 2217[VFB(R2 + R3) - R3VDAC] ISOURCE = , R2R3 where VFB = 2.21V and VDAC can range from 0V to 10V. The desired range for ISOURCE defines values for R2 and R3: VDAC = 10V for the low value of ISOURCE, and V DAC = 0V for the high value of I SOURCE . Substituting these two sets of values in the equation yields two equations, to be solved simultaneously for the values of R2 and R3.
(Circle 7)

17

36V 5 VIN 0.3V 10A 2.45V POWER SHUTDOWN ILIM SHUT CURRENT-LIMIT SHUTDOWN 2.21V REF V 0.04
CIRCUIT BIAS

C2 220F

POWER TO ENTIRE CIRCUIT

IC1 MAX724

1 FB 2 VC

ERROR AMPLIFIER

PWM CONTROLLER L1 47H 7230-09 C3 470F 3 R4 66.5 1% R5 30m 0A TO 5A R6 66.5 1% 6

100kHz OSC GND

VSW 4 D1 MBR745 (MOTOROLA)

R1 2.7k C1 0.1F Q1 12V 22 VDD 3 REFOUT 2 ROFS RFB 23 R2

A1

A2 Q2 VCC 7 OUT 8 36V

IC3 MAX472
COMP

SIGN

VREF 4 AGND DAC

VOUT 24 VSS 1 CLR 21

R3

18 CS 19 WR 20 LDAC CONTROL LOGIC

DAC LATCH

IC2
INPUT LATCH DO . . D11 17 5

MAX507
DGND DEVIATION FROM EXPECTED (mA) 12 50

COMPLIANCE
ISOURCE = 1.5A
EJ22 DS6-1

40

Figure 1. This programmable current source generates 0A to 5A, with 12-bit resolution and a compliance range of 4V to 30V.

30

20

10

0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

Figure 2. For a programmed level of 1.5A, the output current in Figure 1 deviates with output (compliance) voltage as shown.

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Ultra-low-power, open-drain, comparator-plusreference ICs draw only 4A
The MAX971MAX974 and MAX981MAX984 single/dual/quad comparator-plus-reference families offer the lowest power consumption available: less than 4A over the extended temperature range for MAX971, MAX972, and MAX981 devices operating with a 5V supply. All devices operate from 2.5V to 11V, or with dual supplies of 1.25V to 5.5V. Input voltages may range from the negative supply rail to within 1.3V of the positive rail. All but the MAX972 include 1.182V bandgap references: the MAX971/ MAX973/MAX974 have 1% references, and the MAX981MAX984 have 2% references. Further, the MAX983 (hardwired for window-detector applications) and the MAX971/MAX973/ MAX981/MAX982 let you add hysteresis without recourse to feedback or complicated equationsby connecting two external resistors to the HYST input. The resulting hysteresis is independent of supply voltage and has no effect on high-Z inputs. Open-drain outputs enable all comparators to implement wire-OR configurations. By giving access to the output transistors source terminal (GND) as well, the MAX971/MAX974/MAX981/MAX984 devices easily implement level translators and bipolar to single-ended converters. For standard complementary CMOS output stages, consider these otherwise-similar families: MAX921MAX924 (with 1% references) and MAX931MAX934 (with 2% references). MAX974 and MAX984 devices come in 16-pin DIP and narrow SO packages; all others come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages. The MAX98x family offers versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges; the MAX97x family offers military (-55C to +125C) versions as well. (Circle 8)
DEVICE MAX971 Single MAX972 Dual MAX973 Dual MAX974 Quad MAX981 Single MAX982 Dual MAX983 Dual MAX984 Quad
1000 up, FOB USA

350MHz voltagefeedback op amp has 1300V/s slew rate

The MAX477 is a fast, unity-gainstable op amp whose standard voltagefeedback topology allows all the gain configurations common to general-purpose op amps. Its unique input stage, however, lets it combine the advantages of current feedback (high slew rate and a large fullpower bandwidth) with those of voltage feedback (low input offset voltage, low input bias current, low current and voltage noise, and two high-impedance inputs). The MAX477 has a fast slew rate of 1300V/s and is ideally suited for driving 50 and 75 loads. At unity gain, it has a small-signal bandwidth of 350MHz and a full-power bandwidth of 170MHz. In addition to high speed, the MAX477s precision makes it suitable for use in broadcast and high-definition TV systems, in video switching and routing applications, and as a preamplifier for flash A/D converters. Precision specifications include 2A input bias current, 65dB open-loop gain, 0.1dB gain flatness to 100MHz, low differential phase/gain errors of 0.01/0.01%, and voltage/current noise densities of 5nV/Hz and 2pA/Hz, respectively. The MAX477 comes in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.40 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 9) channel. Gain flatness to within 0.1dB extends to 80MHz for the MAX496 and to 120MHz for the MAX497. High-speed performance is maximized by low channel input capacitance (2pF), which lets MAX496/MAX497 buffers settle to 0.1% in only 14ns. To further minimize crosstalk and simplify board layout, the input channels are located on non-adjacent package pins. Available in 16-pin plastic DIP and narrow-SO packages, the MAX496 and MAX497 are screened for the commercial (0C to +70C) temperature range. Prices start at $4.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 10)

INTER. REF 1% None 1% 1% 2% 2% 2% 2%

INTER. HYST Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No

PRICE $ 1.50 0.98 1.95 2.25 0.98 1.26 1.26 1.31

275MHz quad video buffers drive 50 and 75 cables

The MAX496 and MAX497 are closedloop, quad video buffers optimized for driving 50 and 75 back-terminated cables directly. The MAX496 has a fixed gain of 1V/V (0dB), and the MAX497 has a fixed gain of 2V/V (6dB). The MAX496 features a 1550V/s slew rate and a small-signal, -3dB
8 6 MAX497 VS = 5V, RL = 150

bandwidth of 375MHz; the MAX497 features a 1450V/s slew rate and a smallsignal, -3dB bandwidth of 275MHz. Along with low differential gain and phase errors (0.01% and 0.01), this high-speed performance suits the buffers for broadcast-quality composite video, all component-video applications (multimedia, medical imaging graphics), and general high-speed signal processing. MAX496/MAX497 buffers operate on 5V and draw only 8mA (typical) per
75
AV = +2
MA X4 97

CLOSED-LOOP GAIN (dB)

4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10

75 75

AV =

+2

75 75
+2

MAX496 VS = 5V, RL = 150

AV =

75 75

AV =

+2

75

0.1M

1M

10M

100M

1G

FREQUENCY (Hz, Log)

QUAD, +2 GAIN

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Op-amp family provides low noise and ultra-low distortion
MAX4106MAX4109 op amps constitute a new family of high-speed, voltage-feedback devices that are unprecedented for their low levels of distortion and noise. Available in 8-pin SO packages, they operate on 5V and deliver up to 90mA from 3.5V output swings. The MAX4106/MAX4107 are useful in ultra-low-noise ADC preamps, ultrasound applications, and high-performance receivers. Their compensation for closedloop gain yields a minimum of 5V/V for the MAX4106 and 10V/V for the MAX4107. They combine high speed (350MHz for the MAX4106, 300MHz for the MAX4107) with very low voltage noise (0.75nVHz). Their spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) at 5MHz, with V OUT = 2Vp-p, is -63dBc for the MAX4106 (at 5V/V) and -60dBc for the MAX4107 (at 10V/V). Slew rates are 275V/s (MAX4106) and 500V/s (MAX4107). The MAX4108/MAX4109 op amps combine high speed with extremely low distortion, making them suitable for use in RGB and composite video, ADC preamps, and high-performance RF signal processing. The unity-gain-stable MAX4108 has a 20MHz SFDR of -81dBc and a unity-gain bandwidth of 400MHz. The MAX4109 (stable for AVCL = 2V/V or more) has a 20MHz SFDR of -80dBc and a -3dB bandwidth of 225MHz. Both have 1200V/s slew rates. For VOUT = 2Vp-p, the full-power bandwidths are 300MHz (MAX4108) and 200MHz (MAX4109). The MAX4106/MAX4107 come in 8-pin SO packages, and the MAX4108/ MAX4109 come in 8-pin SO and MAX packages. All are tested for the extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.88 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 11)

500MHz, currentfeedback video amplifiers draw 5mA and deliver 80mA out
The MAX4112 and MAX4113 video amplifiers employ current-mode feedback to achieve very high slew rates and gainbandwidth products. The MAX4112, stable for closed-loop gains (AVCL) of two or more, slews at 1200V/s and has a -3dB bandwidth of 500MHz at AVCL = 2. Its full-power bandwidth is 300MHz at VOUT = 2Vp-p. The MAX4113 has a -3dB bandwidth of 275MHz and is stable for AVCL = 8 or more. Its full-power bandwidth at VOUT = 2Vp-p is 250MHz, and its slew rate is 1800V/s. Both devices specify 0.01/ 0.01% for differential phase and gain error,

and both are well suited for high-performance pulse, RF, and video applications. MAX4112/MAX4113 op amps come in 8-pin SO packages, tested for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 12)

Quad, SPST analog switches offer 10 on-resistance

The MAX312/MAX313/MAX314 are quad, single-pole/single-throw analog switches with low RON (10 max), RON variations no greater than 2 over the specified signal range, and tight matching between channels (1.5 max). MAX312 switches are normally closed (NC), MAX313 switches are normally open (NO), and the MAX314 has two NC and two NO switches. Each device operates on single (4.5V to 30V) or dual (4.5V to 20V) power supplies, handles rail-to-rail signals, conducts equally well in both directions, and exhibits leakages of no more than 2.5nA at +85C. Pin compatible with DG411/DG412/DG413 devices, the MAX312/MAX313/MAX314 guarantee ESD protection greater than 2000V, per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883. Crosstalk at 20kHz is greater than 96dB.

MAX312/MAX313/MAX314 switches come in 16-pin DIP and narrowSO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.49 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 13)

RON vs. SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE 30 25 RON () 20 15 10 5 0 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V) MAX312 V+ = 15V V- = -15V DG411

20

NEW PRODUCTS
8-channel and dual 4-channel multiplexers have serial control
The MAX349 and MAX350 multiplexers (8-channel and dual 4-channel) offer serially controlled channel selection. On-resistances are 100 maximum, matched to within 16 max between switches and flat to within 10 max over the specified signal range. All channels conduct equally well in either direction. Each CMOS device operates with a 2.7V to 8V dual supply or a 2.7V to 16V single supply. Each handles rail-torail input signals, and exhibits an offleakage current of only 0.1nA at +25C (5nA at +85C). At power-up, an automatic reset opens all switches and fills all internal shift registers with zeros. Each IC also provides an asynchronous RESET input. The serial interface is compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. Functioning as a shift register, it synchronously clocks in data (at DIN) with the rising edge of the clock (SCLK). The shift-register output (DOUT) lets you connect several MAX349s or MAX350s together in a daisy-chain configuration. Because all digital inputs have 0.8V and 2.4V logic thresholds, the ICs ensure compatibility with TTL and CMOS logic when operating with 5V or 5V supplies.
NO0 NO7

MAX349/MAX350 multiplexers are available in 18-pin DIP, 18-pin wide-SO, and 20-pin SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.98 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 14)

SCLK
COM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

MAX349
LOGIC

18 CS 17 RESET 16 DOUT 15 V14 N.C. 13 NO7 12 NO6 11 NO5 10 NO4

V+ DIN
PARALLEL REGISTER AND TRANSLATOR

GND
DIN 8-BIT SHIFT REGISTER DOUT

COM NO0 NO1

RESET

MAX349

SCLK

CLOCK TRANSLATOR LATCH

NO2 NO3

CS

CS TRANSLATOR

DIP/SO

SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

Complete, isolated, full-duplex RS-485/ RS-422 interface costs under $10

The MAX1490A/MAX1490B fullduplex data-communications transceivers provide an electrically isolated RS-485 or RS-422 interface in a single package. Each fully isolated transceiver operates from a single 5V supply on the other (logic) side of the isolation barrier, and the entire circuitincluding transceiver ICs, optocouplers, and transformerfits in a 24-pin DIP. The isolation barriers typically withstand 1600V rms for one minute or 2000Vrms for one second. The MAX1490A handles data rates as high as 2.5Mbps. The MAX1490B, which provides error-free transmissions to 250kbps, has slew-rate-limited drivers that minimize electromagnetic interference (EMI) while reducing any reflections caused by improperly terminated cables.

Each driver output has short-circuit current limiting and thermal-shutdown circuitry, which prevents excessive power dissipation by placing the outputs in a high-impedance state. Each input and output meets all RS-485 and RS-422 specifications. As a fail-safe feature in response to an open-circuited input, the receivers guarantee a logic-high output state for RO.
+5V

(The MAX1480A/MAX1480B are similar products, but offer half-duplex operation.) The transceivers come in 24-pin wide plastic DIPs, tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $10.98 for the MAX1490A and at $10.50 for the MAX1490B (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 15)

MAX1490

TRANSFORMER DRIVER

MAX845
VCC Z TXIN
MAX488/ MAX490

MAX1490

+5V +5V RXOUT VCC B

MAX488/ MAX490

TO RS-485 BUS
A

IN THIS!

ISOLATION BARRIER

ALL THIS...
21

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-voltage, quad, SPST analog switches offer low cost
MAX4066 and MAX4066A analog switches are designed to outperform the pin-compatible, industry-standard 74HC4066 types. MAX4066A switches (unlike 74HC types) offer guaranteed limits for on-resistance (45 with 12V supply), RON matching between channels (2 max), and leakage (100pA max at +25C). For even lower cost, the MAX4066 offers 45 max RON and a 4 match (with a 12V supply). MAX4066 leakage is 1nA max at +25C. Fully specified at 3V, 5V, and 12V, the MAX4066/MAX4066A switches guarantee operation for supply voltages from 2V to 16V. At 12V, for example, both offer 45 maximum on-resistance, 2 channel-to-channel matching, and 4 flatness over the specified signal range. Input signals range from V+ to ground, inclusive. Each device is suitable for application as a multiplexer, demultiplexer, or bilateral switch. Channel selection is by applied TTL/CMOS logic levels. Low off-leakage (100pA max for the MAX4066A) and low power consumption (0.5W) make MAX4066/MAX4066A switches ideal for battery-operated applications. Each offers ESD protection beyond 2000V, per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883. MAX4066/MAX4066A devices come in 14-pin DIPs, narrow-SO packages, and a 16-pin QSOP, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $0.99 for the MAX4066 and at $1.87 for the MAX4066A (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 16)

Ultra-thin PCMCIA power supplies fit Type 1 and Type 2 cards

1MHz, 1.25mm-high boost converters occupy only 0.25in2 MAX606/MAX607 dc-dc converters require less height and less pc area than any other equivalent ICs. Intended for Type 1 and Type 2 PCMCIA cards and other low-profile applications, they stand only 1.11mm high in the 8-pin MAX package. Their high switching frequency (to 1.2MHz for the MAX606) enables the use of small external components that yield 1.35mm-high Type-1 circuits only 0.25in2 in area, and slightly taller Type-2 circuits only 0.16in2 in area.

produces efficiencies between 80% and 90%. The output current is 60mA at 12V (guaranteed) or 120mA at 5V. The MAX606 switching frequency (double that of the MAX607) ranges from 600kHz to 1.2MHz, depending on the input and output voltages and other operating conditions. Thus, the lowerfrequency MAX607 circuits require somewhat larger external components. Both devices have a logic-controlled shutdown mode that saves battery life by reducing supply current to 1A. At powerup, a user-set soft-start circuit prevents input surge currents. A preassembled, Type-1 evaluation kit (MAX606EVKIT-MM) is available to speed MAX606 designs. The MAX606 and MAX607 are available in 8-pin MAX and SOIC packages, tested for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.25 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 17)

Step-up controller generates fixed (5V) or adjustable (3V to 16.5V) outputs

The MAX608 is a low-voltage step-up controller that operates from a 1.8V to 16.5V input. Its output voltage is either fixed at 5V or (with an external resistor divider) variable from 3V to 16.5V. Noload operating current is only 85A, or 2A (5A max) in the shutdown mode. For heavy loads, the regulators current-limited PFM control scheme (pulse-frequency modulation) ensures high 85% efficiency from 30mA to 1.5A. The MAX608 controller is an excellent choice for 2-cell and 3-cell battery-powered systems. Its high operating frequency (to 300kHz) allows the use of small, surface-mount external components. The MAX608 operates only in bootstrapped mode, with its output voltage connected to its supply terminal (OUT). For a 12V output or for non-bootstrapped applicationsin which the chip is powered by the input voltagerefer to the pin-compatible MAX1771. An evaluation kit for the MAX608 is available as a design aid from Maxim. MAX608s come in 8-pin plastic DIP or SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.89 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 18)

MAX606/MAX607 devices accept input voltages between 3V and 5.5V, and produce regulated outputs of 5V or 12V according to the state of an applied logic signal. With two INPUT external resistors you 3.3V TO 5V 2.2F can adjust the output to any level between VIN and 12.5V. Output accuracy is guaranteed 4%. For load currents SHDN ON/OFF between 2mA and 5V/12V OUT SEL 200mA, the converters SS Soft-Start current-limited pulse0.01F frequency-modulated (PFM) control scheme

5H VCC

MAX606 MAX607

LX MBRO520

OUTPUT 5V 4% at 150mA or 12V 4% at 60mA

1F

FB GND

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-voltage, 8-channel SPST switch has serial interface
The MAX395 includes eight independent, separately controlled single-pole/ single-throw (SPST) switches in a 24-pin package. Conducting equally well in either direction, the switches guarantee on-resistances of 100. RON is matched to within 5 max between switches and flat to within 10 over the specified signal range. Off leakages are only 0.1nA at +25C (10nA at +25C). A CMOS device, the MAX395 operates with dual supply voltages of 2.7V to 8V, or a single supply voltage in the 2.7V to 16V range. For 5V or 5V supplies, the digital inputs guaranteed logic thresholds (0.8V and 2.4V) ensure TTL/CMOS compatibility. Each switch can handle railto-rail analog voltages. The MAX395s pinout is compatible with the industrystandard MAX335 octal analog switch. The MAX395 serial interface is compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. Functioning as a shift register, it lets you clock in data (at DIN) synchronously with the rising edges of CLK. Then, a rising edge at CS transfers data to the switches, affecting them simultaneously. The shiftregister output (DOUT) lets you cascade several MAX395 devices in a daisy-chain configuration. At power-up, an automatic reset ensures that all switches are open and the internal shift registers are cleared to zero. In addition, the RESET input lets the MAX395 respond to asynchronous reset commands. ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection is rated at greater than 2kV per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883. The MAX395 comes in a 24-pin narrow DIP or wide-SO package, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.98 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 19) these transceivers can produce error-free data transmissions to 250kbps. Commonmode input ranges are -7V to 12V. All transceivers operate from 5V. When unloaded or when fully loaded with disabled drivers, the MAX488E and MAX489E draw supply currents as low as 120A. MAX481E, MAX483E, and MAX487E transceivers each have a shutdown mode that lowers supply current to only 0.5A. All driver outputs are current-limited for protection against short circuits. For protection against excessive power dissipation, all drivers include thermal-protection circuitry that drives the output to a high-impedance state when required. All receivers include fail-safe circuitry that guarantees logic-high outputs in the presence of open-circuited inputs. MAX488EMAX491E devices are designed for full-duplex communications; MAX481E, MAX483E, MAX485E, MAX487E, and MAX1487E devices are designed for half-duplex communications. For the MAX487E and MAX1487E, receiver input impedances of 14-unit load allow as many as 128 transceivers on an RS-485 or RS-422 bus. (By comparison, these buses support only 32 standard
23

Lowest-dropout SOT-23 linear regulators deliver 50mA

MAX8863* and MAX8864* linear regulators are designed primarily for battery-powered applications. Operating from inputs in the 2.5V to 5.5V range, they deliver output currents as high as 50mA with a maximum dropout voltage of 120mV. PMOS pass transistors ensure that the low 80A supply current remains independent of load current, making the MAX8863/MAX8864 regulators suitable for use in modems, cellular and cordless telephones, and other portable equipment. Each device features Dual Mode operation, which offers the option of a fixed or adjustable output voltage: MAX8863T/ MAX8864T regulators are preset at 3.175V, and MAX8863S/ MAX8864S regulators are preset at 2.850V. Both versions let you set their output in the range 1.25V to 5.5V with an external resistor divider. These regulators have a shutdown mode that lowers their supply current to 0.1A. Shutdown causes the MAX8864 to actively discharge its output voltage to ground, but the devices are otherwise identical. Common features include shortcircuit protection, thermal-shutdown protection, and reverse-battery protection. MAX8863/MAX8864 regulators come in a 5-pin SOT-23 package, screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). (Circle 20)
* Future productcontact factory for availability. Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Low-power, slew-rate-limited RS-485/RS-422 transceivers are ESD protected to 15kV

The low-power transceivers MAX481E, MAX483E, MAX485E, MAX487EMAX491E, and MAX1487E are intended for RS-485 and RS-422 communications in harsh environments. Each device contains one driver and one receiver, for which the driver output and receiver input are protected to 15kV against electrostatic discharge (ESD) simulated by the Human Body Model. Further, the chips guarantee freedom from latchup in the presence of ESD. Drivers in the MAX481E, MAX485E, MAX490E, MAX491E, and MAX1487E allow data transmissions to 2.5Mbps. Drivers in the MAX483E, MAX487E, MAX488E, and MAX489E have reduced slew rates that minimize EMI (electromagnetic interference) and the reflections caused by improperly terminated cables. As a result,

transceivers.) For applications that are not ESD sensitive, use the economical non-E transceivers: MAX481, MAX483, MAX485, MAX487MAX491, and MAX1487. The MAX489E and MAX491E come in 14-pin plastic DIP and SO packages; all others come in 8-pin plastic DIP and SO packages. All are available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. The MAX1487E is also available in a military version (-55C to +125C). Prices start at $1.50 (1000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 21)

Volume Twenty-Three

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports increased revenues and earnings Supervisor ICs monitor battery-powered equipment Memory-backup supply is simple and efficient Battery charger delivers 2.5A with >96% efficiency Negative buck regulator employs step-up controller 5V supply derives power from 3-wire RS-232 port Step-up supply charges battery while serving load

2 3 9 10 12 13 14

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
2.7V, 8-channel, 10- and 12-bit ADCs draw less than 1mA (MAX147/148) (MAX4102/4103) (MAX4178/4278)

16 16 16

High-Speed Op Amps and Buffers

250MHz, broadcast-quality video op amp has lowest diff. gain/phase 330MHz closed-loop video buffers offer fixed gains of +1 or +2

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Analog muxes and switches operate on low voltage (MAX4051/4052/4053) 17 (MAX828/829) (MAX865) (MAX1626/1627) (MAX8865/8866)

Power Management ICs

Smallest 25mA charge pumps fit in SOT23-5 package Compact, unregulated charge pump offers bipolar outputs High-efficiency step-down controllers offer 5V, 3.3V, or adjustable outputs Dual linear regulator delivers 50mA with 55mV dropout

17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19

P Supervisor
8-pin P supervisors with battery backup now available in MAX packages (MAX817/818/819)

Interface ICs
Worlds first 1-Rx/1-Tx RS-232 transceiver draws only 1A supply current (MAX3221) 3.3V data interface provides line isolation for RS-485 systems (MAX3480A/B) (MAX6120)

Voltage Reference
First three-terminal precision reference in a SOT23-3 package

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS 42ND CONSECUTIVE QUARTER OF INCREASED REVENUES AND 40TH CONSECUTIVE QUARTER OF INCREASED EARNINGS
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $109 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1996 ending March 31, 1996, compared to $66.6 million for the same period a year ago. This represents a 63.6% increase in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. Net income increased 237.6% to $34.2 million (or $0.48 per share) for the current quarter, compared to net income of $10.1 million (or $0.15 per share) for the same quarter in fiscal 1995. Operating income was a record 47.2% of net revenues, compared to 22.3% for Q395. Annualized return on equity increased to 53.9% for Q396, compared to 25.2% for fiscal 1995. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $4.5 million after paying for over $23 million in property, plant, and equipment. During the third quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company experienced strong demand for its advanced CMOS products that have been introduced over the past two years and for its communications products manufactured with the Companys state-of-the-art high-frequency processes. At the same time, the Companys end-market booking rates were flat with the prior quarters levels. End-market bookings consist of orders on the Company from its OEM customers and orders received by the Companys distributors from their OEM customers. The Companys backlog shippable in the next 12 months declined $13 million to approximately $182 million, largely as a result of $28 million of order cancellations primarily from U.S. distributors. Neither end-market bookings nor total net bookings on the Company are necessarily indicative of future revenue levels. The timing of orders by OEM customers fluctuates considerably, reflecting: (1) their internal development programs, (2) their manufacturing plans, and (3) lead times quoted by the Company. Additionally, the timing of orders and cancellations of orders by distributors is often dictated largely by their own balance sheet concerns, as well as their views on the availability of supply. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and CEO, commented: We are pleased that our manufacturing capacity has now risen to the point that, if we continue the progress we have been making, we should be able to meet the demand on 80% of our product lines by the end of the fourth quarter. As we enter fiscal 1997, we expect to continue to be manufacturing constrained on our advanced CMOS products that have been introduced over the past two years and our communications products manufactured on our state-of-the-art high-frequency processes. Together these products now account for approximately 20% of our current demand. We believe that we will be able to make significant progress on the manufacturing capacity issues related to these technologies over the next two quarters. Mr. Gifford also noted: Last summer we made estimates of end-market demand for fiscal 1996, attempting to separate out the effects of the sudden surge in orders experienced at that time, which was being exaggerated primarily by orders from U.S. distribution. Our prediction, at that time, of end-market demand for fiscal 1996 appears to have been relatively accurate. Mr. Gifford commented further: The results reported this quarter represent ten years of increased earnings, and over ten years of increased revenues over each prior quarter during that period. We are very proud that Maxim is the only company in the analog semiconductor industry today that can make this claim.

MAXIM DESIGN IDEAS WELL ACCEPTED WORLDWIDE

During calendar year 1995, Maxim strengthened its reputation for analog expertise by publishing 36 original design ideas in the US and the UK: 17 in EDN, 10 in Electronic Design, and 9 in British magazines. Of the 17 in EDN, 5 were voted best of the issue.

Supervisor ICs monitor battery-powered equipment

To ensure correct operation, most microprocessor-based systems require supervision during power-up and powerdown, and when entering or exiting shutdown or sleep mode. The supervisor may only provide a power-on reset, or it may offer additional functions, such as backupbattery management, memory-write protection, low-line early warning, or a software watchdog (Figure 1). You can get these functions all together or in various combinations, by selecting one of the many available microprocessor (P) supervisor ICs (also called poweron resets, power-good circuits, reset circuits, etc.). The following discussion helps you choose the one best suited to your application, and offers solutions for many common P supervisory problems. First, determine the VCC threshold voltage for which resets will be issued. (The assertion of RESET blocks P operation when the supply voltage is out of tolerance.) Typical power-on reset circuits consist of a voltage reference, comparator, and timer. Comparing the reference voltage with the rising VCC (via a voltage

divider) enables the comparator to make an output transition when VCC crosses a threshold (VRST) set by the divider. This transition triggers the timer, which maintains the reset as necessary to prevent software execution until the system oscillator has started and stabilized. When V CC falls below V RST , the supervisor again issues a reset and maintains it as long as VCC remains below VRST. For some microcontrollers (Cs), a simple RC circuit is recommended for timing this power-on reset; others provide reset circuitry on the C chip. Those approaches, however, assume the supply-voltage behavior is predictable. They dont protect against the code-execution errors that can occur as a result of power-down, or more importantly, during brownouts, in which VCC can fall slightly out of regulation for an extended period. Supervisory ICs are most valuable for these power-down and brownout conditions. Factors that affect the threshold value include the tolerance on VCC, the minimum and maximum supply voltages allowed for the system ICs, and the possible need to specify the design for worst-case combinations of these variables. For many systems, the reset function is not intended to cover all possible conditions including the worst-case combinations over temperature. A system might include ICs specified only to 4.75V minimum, for example, yet depend on a supervisor whose min/max trip threshold is 4.5V/4.75V. In that case, the supervisor asserts a reset only after V CC has fallen below the minimum voltage guaranteed for IC operation.

BOOSTS NORMAL OPERATING CURRENT TO RAM +5V 0.1F 0.1F

BACKUP POWER TO CMOS RAM VCC BACKUP BATTERY BATT 3V BATT ON OUT CE OUT CE IN WDI LOWLINE RESET BATT OK PUSHBUTTON MANUAL RESET SWITCH PFI PFD WDO GND P RESETS WATCHDOG TIMER GENERATES POWER-FAIL WARNING RESET TO P INDICATES STATUS OF BACKUP BATTERY MEMORY-WRITE PROTECTION TO CMOS RAM FROM P I/O OR ADDRESS DECODER P I/O NMI P RESET I/O +12V SUPPLY FAILURE WATCHDOG FAILURE GND P SYSTEM P POWER POWER TO CMOS RAM + REAL-TIME CLOCK

IC1 MAX807

OTHER SYSTEM RESET SOURCES

MR +12V

Figure 1. A feature-laden P supervisor (IC1), with the help of the P itself, performs a variety of functions in this typical application circuit.

The alternative is to choose a reset threshold between 4.75V and (perhaps) 4.85V. However, these values might allow resets to occur before they are needed. In general, you must decide whether you can tolerate a lower threshold, in order to gain operating time at lower voltages; or whether the extra expense and reduced operating time associated with a higher threshold are a fair trade for the benefit of tighter accuracy. Supervisor ICs are now available with reset-threshold tolerances as tight as 1% (Figure 2).

1 MR 150A 2 VCC

RESET GENERATOR

8 RESET 7 RESET

RESET

MAX814
60mV

P
6 LOW LINE NMI

+12V RESET THRESHOLD 4 PFI

Monitor more than one supply

Many applications require both 5V and 3.3V supplies, and if either loses regulation, you must typically reset the whole system. You also need an appropriate duration of power-on reset to ensure proper operation during power-up. A supervisory IC with a power-fail comparator and a manual reset input (MR) offers a costeffective solution to these problems. If you choose a supervisory IC whose internal threshold is set to monitor 3.3V, you can then use the uncommitted power-fail comparator to monitor the 5V supply: simply route the power-fail-comparator output (PFO) back to the MR input (Figure 3). These connections cause the IC to assert RESET when either supply loses regulation. The IC is powered from 3.3V, so the RESET output swings 3.3V when active. That level satisfies the VIH requirement of most 5V processors, so the RESET output can usually drive both 3V and 5V processors. If necessary, you can route other system-reset signals to the MR input with diode-OR connections. (Even without these connections a diode is required from the MR input to the PFO output.)

5 PFO POWER-FAIL THRESHOLD 3 GND

INTERRUPT

6 WDI

WATCHDOG TRANSITION DETECTOR

WATCHDOG TIMER TIMEBASE

I/O LINE 8 WDO NMI

1 MR 150A 2 VCC +12V

RESET GENERATOR

7 RESET

RESET

RESET THRESHOLD 4 PFI

MAX815
5 PFO INTERRUPT

POWER-FAIL THRESHOLD 3 GND 2 VCC 150A 1 RESET GENERATOR 8 RESET 7 RESET RESET

Early warning for shutdown routine

Critical systems often require an early warning when the power-supply voltage (VCC) begins to fall. The warning allows time for the P to store vital data and perform housekeeping chores before the declining VCC causes the supervisor to issue a hard reset. If the raw dc input voltage is accessible, it can be monitored with an undervoltage or power-fail comparator, which in turn asserts a processor interrupt to indicate when the unregulated supply is collapsing. If you dont have access to this raw input voltage, you must generate the early-warning and reset signals while monitoring the same regulated supply. You can use a single threshold detector for the low-line signal plus a delay timer for the reset signal, or use two different

MR

6 RESET IN

P
+12V

MAX816
1.70V

4 PFI

5 PFO 1.70V

INTERRUPT

3 GND

Figure 2. These three ICs offer different combinations of supervisory functions, but each monitors VCC with 1% accuracy.
4

+3.3V +5V

6 WDI

WATCHDOG TRANSITION DETECTOR VCC 70A

WATCHDOG TIMER TIMEBASE FOR RESET AND WATCHDOG RESET GENERATOR

D1 1N4148

I/O VCC

WDO

difference (V LR(min) ), calculate the capacitance necessary for completion of the shutdown routine before reset occurs: t C HOLD > I LOAD SHDN VLR(min) where I LOAD is the current being drained from the capacitor, VLR(min) is the minimum difference between the low-line and reset thresholds, and tSHDN is the time required for an orderly shutdown to occur, including the reset comparators propagation delay. Placing the low-line threshold above the reset threshold can allow false low-line triggers due to noise. To overcome this problem, filter the noise with adequate bypassing, and use software to monitor the low-line interrupt after the shutdown routine is completed. When the processor receives an interrupt from the low-line comparator, it completes the backup/shutdown routine and then returns to monitor the interrupt. If a line or load transient causes low-line to return high relatively quickly, the software initiates a warm start-up by reloading the stored parameters. If a power failure occurs, the low-line signal is followed by a reset signal, and the normal battery-backup mode of operation begins.

P
7 RESET (RESET)

1 MR 2 VCC R1 105k 1% 4 PFI R2 39.2k 1%

RESET

IC1

MAX706P/R/S/T

D2 5 1N4148 PFO

1.25V GND 3 GND

* 2.63V MAX706P/R 2.93V MAX706S 3.08V MAX706T

( ) ARE FOR MAX706P.

Figure 3. Configured as shown, this supervisory IC monitors both 3.3V and 5V supplies.

comparatorsone for t LOWLINE and one for t RST . Either way, you must ensure that VCC remains valid long enough to complete the shutdown routine that follows an interrupt from the low-line signal. The time required to complete a shutdown/backup routine varies widely with the application, as does the fall rate of VCC. Thus, you must adjust the delay from low-line to reset according to the application. The twothreshold approach is more flexible than the timedelayed-reset approach. By adjusting the low-line threshold tens of millivolts above the reset threshold and adjusting the VCC fall rate to comply with time requirements for the shutdown routine, you can make one IC serve many different applications. In most battery-operated portable systems, reserve energy in the battery provides ample time to complete the shutdown routine during the interval between the low-line warning and reset. If the VCC fall time is rapid, as when a high-side switch is opened during normal operation, add capacitance on the load side of the switch to slow the decline of V CC and provide time for executing the shutdown routine. In MAX814 supervisors, for example, the power-fail comparators delay (less than 50s) may or may not affect your application. First, calculate the worst-case time required for the shutdown routine. Using this value, the worst-case load current, and the minimum low-line to reset-threshold

DC-DC boost circuit extends shutdown time

If a backup/shutdown routine requires more time than you can reasonably provide with storage capacitors, you can use a dc-dc converter to sustain VCC while the shutdown routine is in progress. The P can then shut down the dc-dc converter once the backup is complete. In Figure 4, for example, IC2 is a step-up converter that provides 5V to the system and P supervisor (IC3) when the main 5V supply fails. At the onset of such a power failure, as the main supply falls below 4.65V, IC1 turns off Q1, brings IC2 out of shutdown, and interrupts the P. IC2 then boosts the supply voltage from 4.65V back to 5V. The reset threshold is not encountered, so a reset to the P is not issued. When the P finishes its shutdown routine, it simply pulls IC2 into shutdown again and the system goes into its normal battery-backup mode. The boost converter delivers up to 100mA while powered from a lithium cell that has been drained to 2.5V. If desired, you can provide separate batteries for the RAM backup and the boost converters.

Guarding against false resets

The supervisory circuit must not issue resets in response to system noise or VCC load transients. About 50mV of

+5V 0.1F VCC RESET 1k Q2

VCC

IC3 MAX807M

OUT

16 0.1F

TO CMOS RAM

10k

0.1F OUT

150F 14 BATT

RESET CE IN CE OUT 22H 6 MR GND 5 WDI WDO BATT OK 100F

9 12 11 4

P SYSTEM
RESET CE TO CMOS RAM I/O

IC1 MAX809L
GND

Q1 2N2222A

SHDN

LX

IC2 MAX777
IN ILIM 3.6V

10 15

INTERRUPT LOW BATT

GND

I/O TO P NMI

Figure 4. A threat of VCC loss causes the boost converter (IC3) to turn on and restore VCC to its nominal level.

noise on the digital power-supply lines is common. Load transients, which occur when modules, peripherals, and other subsystems are turned on or off, can cause serious problems if the reset comparators propagation delay is too short. You can avoid false resets by choosing a supervisory circuit whose reset comparator has a propagation delay of 10s to 30s. Shorter propagation delays (of a few hundred nanoseconds) react quickly to VCC transients, and are therefore likely to generate false resets. Long delays, on the other hand, can allow VCC to fall too far outside the system ICs operating range before the processor is reset. The majority of 5V applications include sufficient capacitance to reduce the VCC fall rate such that a reset occurs before VCC falls below the minimum level specified in the ICs electrical characteristics.

(Figure 5). Charging current is limited by the capacitors internal series resistance, which is relatively high. The RAM is switched from VCC to the capacitor when V CC collapses below the ICs reset threshold. The available backup time depends on the level of quiescent current into the RAM and supervisor IC, and the selfdischarge leakage of the capacitor itself. For the many systems that draw only tens of microamps in backup mode, such backup capacitors can maintain the memory contents for several hours. The 1A quiescent currents of Maxim supervisors, for instance, are generally insignificant. Backup-battery switchover in 3V applications presents a challenge: How do you determine when to switch between a 3.3V VCC and a 3.6V lithium backup cell?
SuperCap is a trademark of Baknor Industries. MaxCap is a trademark of The Carborundum Corp.

Battery backup
For critical systems that require non-volatile memory, the designer can choose either erasable/programmable memory or a CMOS RAM with backup battery. EEPROMs and flash memory are rated not only for memory capacity, but also for the number of write cycles they can undergo. The most common non-volatile memory includes a switch that connects the CMOS RAM to the lithium backup battery or VCC, whichever is higher. Large capacitors (around 0.5F) offer a popular method for providing a short-duration memory backup. Called SuperCaps or MaxCaps, these capacitors charge from V CC through a diode during normal operation
3 1N4148 1 0.47F VCC

VBATT

VOUT

MAX691A MAX693A MAX800L MAX800N

GND 4

Figure 5. A very large capacitor (0.47F in this case) can serve as a backup battery in systems with low quiescent current.

+3.0V OR +3.3V 0.1F

Si9433DY SILICONIX (OPTIONAL) 0.1F PMOS VCC BATT ON OUT CMOS RAM VCC WDO CE IN WDI LOWLINE VCC ADDRESS DECODER A0A15 I/O NMI P RESET MR PFO

FROM SYSTEM 3.3V REGULATOR 9 WDO

2 VCC

OUT

TO CMOS RAM 5

VCC INT_ RESET

3.6V

0.1F

BATT

MR

LOWLINE RESET

14 13

1 2

CE OUT

IC2

IC1 MAX793
WDI OTHER SYSTEM RESET SOURCES VBATT

TOSHIBA 3 TC7SL08F/FU 10 16 10k

IC3 80CL51
I/O I/O

+5V SUPPLY FAILURE +5V

MAX793
PFI RESET BATT OK GND

BATT OK GND 6

3 GND

Figure 6. When VCC sinks to slightly above 2V, this system switches the CMOS RAM from VCC to the backup battery.

Figure 7. The AND gate preserves battery energy by preventing an unnecessary shift in microcontroller operationfrom sleep mode to the higher-current idle mode.

One way is to define a ground-referenced voltage that is higher than the CMOS RAMs minimum standby voltage. Thus, VCC supplies the RAM until it falls to slightly more than 2V; RAM is then switched to the backup battery (Figure 6).

AND gate thus allows the sleeping controller to remain in a sleep state. With VCC in its normal operating range, RESET is low and LOWLINE is high. When VCC falls below the lowline threshold (typically 45mV above the reset threshold), LOWLINE goes low, signaling the 80CL51 to begin its shutdown routine. RESET asserts when VCC encounters the reset threshold, but LOWLINE forces the AND-gate output to remain low. On power-up LOWLINE remains low, therefore RST remains low until VCC crosses the low-line threshold. RESET then propagates through to the RST terminal for the duration of the reset timeout period. As a result, the 80CL51 exits its sleep mode only when VCC is valid. Also desirable in this application is an ability to detect whether the battery has discharged below the safe RAMbackup voltage at any time during the sleep period. Using this information, the system decides whether to perform a warm boot based on the contents of the RAM, or a cold boot that starts from scratch because low battery voltage may have corrupted the RAM data. IC1s BATT terminal (pin 16) tells the C which boot is appropriate. IC1 has a low-battery comparator that normally indicates the state of a backup battery connected to its BATT terminal. This comparator output (BATT OK) is not latched. The application of Figure 7 has no backup battery, so you can use BATT to latch the state of BATT OK. Simply connect BATT to an available I/O pin on the 80CL51, and to the BATT OK terminal via a 10k resistor.

Special cases
To conserve battery energy, designers of batteryoperated portable equipment often make use of the 80CL51 Cs power-down mode. If the preservation of CMOS memory content is critical, IC1s LOWLINE output (Figure 6) generates an interrupt. This interrupt signal can trigger a shutdown routine when the main battery voltage goes low enough to cause VCC to fall out of tolerance. RAM contents are kept alive by whatever energy remains in the battery. With the C in power-down mode and the supervisors RESET connected directly to the Cs RST terminal, a VCC decline below the reset threshold will cause RESET to go high. This, in turn, wakes up the C and places it in run mode, increasing its quiescent current from approximately 100A to 6mA. Battery voltage continues to fall and VCC remains below the threshold, so 6mA will drain the battery, considerably shortening the available backup time. Simply combining LOWLINE and RESET with an AND gate (Figure 7) ensures that IC3s RST is driven high only for the reset timeout period (not when V CC is falling). In other words, RST goes high after VCC has been restored (by recharging the battery or installing a fresh one) and has recrossed the low-line threshold. The

VCC 1 4

VCC

GND

VCC

MAX811
RESET MR

3 0.1F

P 68HC11 (MOTOROLA)

latching it in the low condition. After VCC is restored (by recharging the main battery or replacing it) the C polls BATT before proceeding: high indicates a warm boot, and low indicates a cold boot. Cs such as the Motorola 68HC11 have bidirectional reset pins that may contend with RESET from the supervisory IC. If the supervisor reset is high, for instance, and the C tries to pull it low, the result may be an indeterminate logic level. Figure 8 connections allow both the supervisor and C to assert valid resets to the system, and also ensure sufficient duration for the reset pulses (C resets may be too short for some devices in the system). The capacitor enables resets from the supervisor and C to pull MR low. MR going low initiates a 200ms timeout within the supervisor, producing a 200ms minimum pulse at its RESET terminal (pin 2) that overrides the C RESET and drives the system reset line via the buffer. MR returns high as the capacitor charges. When the C RESET de-asserts following the timeout delay, the capacitor discharges through the MR pull-up resistor and an internal ESD-protection diode. (Circle 1)

RESET 3.3k BUFFERED RESET TO OTHER SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Figure 8. These connections allow dual control of the buffered reset line, and extend the duration of resets issued by the P.

To set up for normal operation, the C pulses the I/O line high for about 30s, then configures the line as a high-impedance input. The comparator in IC1 drives BATT OK high, which pulls BATT high and latches it in that condition. The comparator is powered by VCC, so its output in the high state is near VCC. If VCC goes as low as 2.25V at any time during the sleep period, the comparator output snaps low and pulls BATT low,

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Memory-backup supply is simple and efficient
The high-efficiency RAM-backup power supply of Figure 1 delivers 5V at 1mA for inputs in the range 8V to 32V. Most single-chip regulators that operate over this range are bipolar ICs with quiescent currents comparable to the 1mA load current. This circuit, however, draws only 10A when operating. The JFET series-pass element operates as a switched current source in a switched linear regulator: at startup, C1 is fully discharged and Q1 acts as a current source. VOUT rises linearly as C1 charges, activating IC1 at 2V and continuing toward the 5V threshold set by R3 and R4. IC1 combines a CMOS micropower comparator and 1.182V bandgap reference. As VOUT reaches its threshold, the comparator output goes low, turning off Q1 by reverse-biasing its gatesource junction. As the load current discharges C1 below the output threshold, Q1 turns back on and completes one switching cycle. Q1s depletion characteristic ensures start-up for the circuit. It also ensures excellent PSRR (>60dB for 5.5V VIN 30V), because both the reference and the error amplifier receive power from the regulated output voltage. Q1 should be chosen for I DSS , VGS(OFF), and VDS. IDSS is the current drawn at start-up, when Q1 is saturated (i.e., when VGS is zero and VDS VGS(OFF)). VGS(OFF), which determines the minimum allowed V IN -V OUT difference for proper circuit operation, must be less than VOUT to ensure that Q1 can turn off. The Q1 device shown in the prototype circuit (J109) specifies a minimum IDSS of 40mA, a VGS(OFF) between -6V and -2V, and a minimum VDS of 25V. For production, a J113 type is more appropriate. C2 reduces output ripple by speeding the propagation of feedback to the comparators inverting input. Without C2, the high value of R3 (necessary to minimize the circuits quiescent current) combines with parasitic capacitance to slow the regulators response. The value shown (10nF) lowers the sawtooth-ripple voltage from 200mVp-p to 20mVp-p. Larger C1 values further decrease the ripple while increasing the circuits off time, which also reduces the average supply current. R1 and R2 determine the on time. R1 also limits the turn-off spikes produced by rapid high-to-low transitions on the gate of Q1. IC1s pin 5 (HYST) lets the user add comparator hysteresis, adjustable via R5 and R6. The R6 value shown (2.4M) makes the hysteresis value in mV (about 5mV in this case) numerically equal to the R5 value in k.

VIN

Q1 J109 R1 1M

RESULTS AT +25C: ILOAD RIPPLE Q1 ON Q1 OFF SUPPLY PSRR

= 1mA/5V = 20mVp-p = 45s = 230s = 10A = 66dB

VOUT = 5V R2 1M R3 4.8M 7 C2 10nF V+ 4 INOUT 8 C1 10F 3 IN+

IC1 MAX921

D1 1N4148 R5 4.7k

5 HYST

6 REF R4 1.5M 0V R6 2.4M

REF V2 GND 1 0V

A related idea appeared in the 10/2/95 issue of Electronic Design.

(Circle 2)
Figure 1. This simple RAM-backup power supply offers efficiency and versatility.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Battery charger delivers 2.5A with >96% efficiency
Battery chargers are usually designed without regard for efficiency, but the heat generated by lowefficiency chargers can present a problem. For those applications, the charger of Figure 1 delivers 2.5A with efficiency as high as 96%. It can charge a battery of one to six cells while operating from a car battery. IC1 is a buck-mode switching regulator that controls the external power switch, Q1, and the synchronous rectifier, Q2. These n-channel MOSFETs are more efficient than equivalent p-channel types because their on-resistance is lower; therefore they drop less voltage when conducting a given amount of current. IC1 includes a charge pump for generating the positive gate-drive voltage required by Q1. The battery-charging current develops a voltage across the 25m resistor R3 that is amplified by the op amp and presented as positive-voltage feedback to IC1. This feedback enables the chip to maintain the charging current at 2.5A. While charging, the circuit can also supply current to a separate load, up to a limit set by the current-sense transformer, T1, and sense resistor, R1. T1 improves efficiency by lowering power dissipation in R1. The transformer turns ratio (1:70) routes only 1/70 of the total battery-plus-load current through R1, creating a feedback voltage that enables IC1 to limit the overall current to a level compatible with the external components.

10 VIN 10.5V TO 28V 6 2x 22F 35V V+ SHDN VL BST SKIP 11 14 2 4.7F 16 15 8 R1 1.7 D3 T1 3 9 13 12 R4 1k 0.1F 6 7 3 R3 0.025 Q2 D2 R5 LOAD IOUT 2.5A L1 10H 3x 100F 16V D1 0.01F Q1

IC1 MAX797

DH LX CSH

REF 1 0.01F 5 SS CSL DL SYNC FB 7 PGND GND 4

0.33F

IC2 MAX495

4 D1, D3 = CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR #CMPSH-3 D2 = NIEC #EC10QS02L, SCHOTTKY RECTIFIER L1 = DALE #IHSM-4825 10H 15% T1 = DALE #LPE-3325-A087, CURRENT TRANSFORMER, 1:70 Q1, Q2 = MOTOROLA #MMSF5N03HD

0.33F R2 39k

Figure 1. Modified feedback paths transform this switchmode power-supply circuit for notebook computers into a high-efficiency battery charger.

10

Efficiency exceeds 96% at the higher output voltages ( Figure 2 ). (Lower output voltage produces less output power, so the relatively fixed amount of dissipation associated with Q1, Q2, and IC1 represents a larger percentage of the total.) If you inadvertently disconnect the battery during a charge, VOUT cannot rise to a dangerous level (as it can in a boost-mode topology) because the chargers buck-mode topology limits the maximum output voltage to VIN.
A related idea appeared in the 10/12/95 issue of EDN.

EFFICIENCY vs. OUTPUT VOLTAGE

100 95 EFFICIENCY (%) 90 85 80 75 70 65 0 2 4 6 8 10
EFFICIENCY @ 20V INPUT EFFICIENCY @ 10.5V INPUT EFFICIENCY @ 12V INPUT

EFFICIENCY @ 16V INPUT

(Circle 3)

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 battery charger rises with output voltage.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Negative buck regulator employs step-up controller
The circuit of Figure 1 adopts a step-up (boost) dcdc controller for use in a negative buck-regulator application. It was developed to power the laser diode in an optical amplifier/booster unit, a job for which no commercial IC was available at the time. The anode of the laser diode connects to ground, so the supply voltage must be negative, and it must deliver 160mA to 750mA. Although the boost-regulator IC operates in a buckregulator circuit, its standard connections enable proper control of Q1. The output voltage, however, must be inverted by an op amp for proper voltage feedback: the load is referred to the most positive supply rail instead of IC1s ground terminal, so the controller must increase its duty cycle as VOUT (referred to that terminal) increases. The op amp therefore inverts the feedback signal and shifts it to match the 1.5V threshold internal to IC1. IC1 is configured in its non-bootstrapped mode, which provides an adequate gate-drive signal (ground to -5.2V) for the external MOSFET Q1. With VOUT set to -3V and the output current ranging from 160mA to above 700mA, the circuits conversion efficiency ranges from 84% to as high as 87.5% (Figure 2).
D1 3ASTPS320V (SGS-THOMSON) L1 22H CDR125 (SUMIDA) 2 V+ -3V C2 100F LOAD

IC1 MAX1771

EXT

Q1 STK23N05L

CS

8 R1 0.1 3 R2 68k R4 68k

C1 100nF

REF FB GND 7

SHDN AGND 6

IC2 1/4 LM324

R3 5.5k

C3 100pF

-5.2V

R5 10k

Figure 1. With an external op amp to invert its voltage feedback, this boost-mode dc-dc controller derives a regulated -3V from the -5.2V ECL supply.

EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT

90 88 86 EFFICIENCY (%) 84 82 80 78 76 74 72

A related idea appeared in the 11/9/95 issue of EDN.

(Circle 4)

70 100 200 300 400 500 600 LOAD CURRENT (mA) 700 800

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit ranges from 84% to as high as 87.5%.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
5V supply derives power from 3-wire RS-232 port
The circuit of Figure 1 produces a semi-regulated 5V output from an RS-232 port. Unlike a PC-mouse supply or comparable circuits that rely on the modem-control signals DTR and RTS, this one operates with a 3-wire port (GND, Rx, and Tx), and obtains power only from the Tx line. (Except at high duty cycles, the Tx line, RCV-232, remains operational while supplying power.) The output current about 8mAis sufficient for CMOS microcontrollers and other low-power circuits. IC1 is a switched-capacitor, charge-pump voltage converter that can either invert an input voltage or double it. The connections shown provide a doubler configuration in which the normal input-voltage polarity is reversed: a positive input voltage normally connects between GND and OUT, but this circuit connects a negative input between OUT and GND. The IC then doubles the negative VIN in the positive direction, producing a positive output (at VDD) equal to IVINI. The zener diode D1 acts as a shunt regulator that semi-regulates VIN to -5V (actually to -4.7V). The 33F capacitor values shown are larger than normal, to support the output voltage during worst-case (allzero) patterns of transmission. At 9600 baud, for example, an all-zeros character causes an output droop of about 0.2V. For lower baud rates, substitute a proportionally higher value for C1.
A related idea appeared in the 10/26/95 issue of EDN.

(Circle 5)
XMIT232 J 1 PC RCV PC XMIT PC GND OPT. SHIELD 1 2 3 4 RV1* 30V RV2* 30V C1 33F D1 1N4732 D2 1N5817 RCV232 V5 6 1 7 3 * ISMB30AT3 (MOTOROLA)

IC1 MAX860
OUT LV FC SHDN GND C14 C2 33F C3 33F VDD C1+ 8 2 OUTPUT

Figure 1. Operating in voltage-doubler mode on a reversed-polarity input voltage, this switched-capacitor voltage converter produces a semi-regulated 5V at 8mA from the Tx line of an RS-232 port.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Step-up supply charges battery while serving load
The circuit of Figure 1 supports the many portable applications in which a microprocessor (P) or microcontroller (C) controls charging of the battery. IC1 is a step-up switching regulator that boosts V IN (nominally 5V) as necessary to supply the combination of charging current and load current. The 5V source must include short-circuit protection. IC2 is a high-side current-sense amplifier that monitors the charging current. Commands from the processor include CHARGE ON /OFF and FAST /TRICKLE CHARGE. IC2 produces an output current (OUT) equal to 10-4 of the current through sense resistor R9. Q3 and Q4 are on during a fast-charge operation, so this output current flows through the parallel combination of R11 and (approximately) R4. The resulting feedback to IC1 (pin 3) maintains the fast-charge current through R9 at 500mA. This feedback also enables the regulator to supply as much as 500mA of load current in addition to the fixed 500mA of charging current. Q2 limits the battery voltage to 10V (2V/cell). During the fast charge, an external processor and multi-channel A/D converter (ADC) must monitor the batterys terminal voltage. When the ADC senses a change of slope in this voltage, the processor terminates the fast charge by asserting a high on FAST/ TRICKLE CHARGE. Q3 turns off, causing a rise in the feedback (FB) that lowers the charging current to the trickle-charge rate (approximately 60mA). If IC1 shuts down, or if load current plus charging current exceeds the capability of IC1, the R9 current reverses as current flows out of the battery. IC2 indicates the reversal by allowing R13 to pull its open-collector SIGN output high, turning off Q4 and turning on Q5. Current through R12 then produces a voltage proportional to the batterys discharge current (5A through R9 produces a full-scale response of 3V across R12). By integrating this voltage over time (sampling at fixed intervals and multiplying by the time interval), the A/D-processor system can monitor energy removed from the battery. Based on this measurement and the terminal-voltage measurement, the processor can then re-initiate a fast charge (by asserting FAST/TRICKLE CHARGE low) before the battery reaches its end of life.
A related idea appeared in the 6/8/95 issue of EDN.

(Circle 6)

14

+5V D1 1N5820 C4 450F R9* 10m SYSTEM LOAD TO ADC (TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

C3 450F C2 0.1F L1 20H RCH110-220M (SUMIDA) 2 V+ 5 C1 0.1F REF EXT 1

R3 10k

R7 100 1% 3 RG1 6

R10 100 1%

R13 100k

Q1 MTP3055EL (MOTOROLA) Q2 2N3391A R1 20m WSL-2010-R020F

R5 360k

2 MAX472 7 V 1 CC SHDN GND 4 SIGN OUT 5 8

IC2

RG2 N.C. B1 (FIVE CELLS)

IC1 MAX1771

CS

CH/DISCHARGE R8 750k R6 10k Q4 2N3906 Q5 2N3391A TO ADC (DISCHARGE RATE) R11 240k R2 2M Q3 2N3906 R12 6k R14 100k

CHARGE ON/OFF

SHDN AGND 6

FB DGND 7

FAST/ TRICKLE CHARGE

R4 33k * WSL-2010-R010F (DALE)

Figure 1. This circuit controls charging of the battery while delivering current to the system load.

15

NEW PRODUCTS
2.7V, 8-channel, 10- and 12-bit ADCs draw less than 1mA
The 12-bit/10-bit MAX147/MAX148 are 2.7V, low-power data-acquisition systems that include an 8-channel multiplexer, high-bandwidth track/hold, successive-approximation A/D converter, and serial interface. Each monolithic IC is suitable for use in applications that demand minimal power consumption and small size, such as pen-entry devices, hand-held scanners, and portable instruments. The MAX147/MAX148 supply-voltage range (+2.7V to +5.25V) allows operation in 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems. Supply current is only 0.9mA at the maximum 133ksps sample rate (VDD = 2.7V), and the 1A power-down mode minimizes power consumption at all sampling rates. At 10ksps, the average supply current drops to 100A. This combination of low voltage and low current yields the lowest power dissipation available among comparable converters. The 4-wire serial-data interface, compatible with SPI, QSPI, and Microwire standards, enables software configuration for unipolar or bipolar input signals, and for eight single-ended or four differential input channels. A serial-strobe output (SSTRB) allows direct connection to the TMS320 family of digital signal processors. MAX147/MAX148 devices come in 20-pin DIP and SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $5.95 for the MAX147 and $4.10 for the MAX148 (1000 up, FOB USA).

250MHz, broadcastquality video op amp has lowest diff. gain/phase: 0.002%/0.002

SFDR at 5MHz), low-power operation (5mA from 5V supplies), and 100dB open-loop gain. Each provides an 80mA output-current capability and wide output swings (3.4V with RL = 150). MAX4102/MAX4103 op amps come in 8-pin SO and MAX packages, screened for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Combining high speed with the lowest differential gain and phase in the industry, the MAX4102/MAX4103 video op amps are suitable for precision applications, such as broadcast and high-definition TV systems, pulse/RF amplifiers, and ADC/DAC amplifiers. Internal compen0.004 sation provides closed-loop stability for 0.002 gains of unity and above (MAX4102) or 0.000 2V/V and above (MAX4103). -0.002 -0.004 Differential gain and phase errors -0.006 are 0.002%/0.002 (MAX4102) and 0.008%/0.003 (MAX4103). The MAX4102 delivers a -3dB bandwidth 0.004 of 250MHz with 0.1dB gain flatness to 0.002 130MHz. The MAX4103 delivers a 0.000 -3dB bandwidth of 1800MHz with -0.002 0.1dB gain flatness to 80MHz. Both -0.004 slew at 350V/s. Other shared perfor-0.006 mance includes low distortion (-78dBc
DIFF. GAIN (%) DIFF. PHASE (deg)

(Circle 8)
Differential Phase & Gain
RL = 150 MAX4102
4102
4103

0 RL = 150 MAX4102

IRE
4103

100

4102

IRE

100

330MHz closedloop video buffers offer fixed gains of +1 or +2

The MAX4178 and MAX4278 closedloop buffers offer high speed and high output current (100mA). Small-signal bandwidths are 330MHz and 310MHz, respectively, and the slew rates are 1300V/s and 1600V/s, respectively. Both buffers exhibit a full-power bandwidth of 210MHz, and 0.1dB gain flatness to 150MHz. The MAX4178 is preset for a voltage gain of unity (0dB), and the MAX4278 for a voltage gain of 2 (6dB). Both buffers are well suited for driving 50 and 75 loads. The high slew rates and low power dissipation of VIDEO IN these devices are characteristic of current-mode feedback amplifiers, 75 but their unique input stage retains the advantages of voltage-mode feedback as well. The result is low input offset voltage (0.5mV), low

input bias current (1A), and high powersupply rejection (90dB). Other features include 8mA quiescent supply current, low differential gain/phase errors (0.04%/0.01), 5nV/ Hz inputreferred voltage noise, 2pA/ Hz inputreferred current noise, and internal protection against short circuits and ESD (to 8000V). The MAX4178/MAX4278 buffers come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.40 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 7)
SAVE POWER OVER THE NEAREST COMPETITION
5 4 COMPETITION 3

(Circle 9)
75 +5V 75 75
MAX4278

POWER DISSIPATION (mW)

VIDEO OUT

POWER SAVINGS

1 MAX147 0.1 1 10 100

AV = +2 -5V

75 75 75

SAMPLING RATE (kHz)

VIDEO DISTRIBUTION AMP

SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Analog muxes and switches operate on low voltage
The MAX4051 8-channel multiplexer, MAX4052 dual 4-channel multiplexer, and MAX4053 triple single-pole/double-throw switch are designed to operate over a wide supply-voltage range: either a single supply of +2V to +16V, or dual supplies of 2V to 8V. (The guaranteed limits are +2.7V to +16V, and 2.7V to 8V.) Each device offers an A-suffix version that guarantees specified limits for on-resistance match (6), on-resistance flatness (10), and leakage current (0.1nA for on- and offleakages at +25C). Each switch handles rail-to-rail analog signals, and (for 5V or 5V supplies) the 0.8V and 2.4V digital-input logic thresholds are TTL/CMOS-compatible. MAX4051/ MAX4052/MAX4053 devices operating in a 50 system measure less than -90dB for crosstalk and off isolation. In 600 systems, they offer less than 0.04% signal distortion. In addition, the MAX4051/ MAX4052/MAX4053 are pin compatible with the industry-standard ICs 74HC4051, 74HC4052, and 74HC4053. The MAX4051/MAX4052/MAX4053 and their A-suffix versions all come in 16pin DIP, QSOP, and narrow-SO packages. Each device is available in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.46 (1000 up, FOB USA) .

Smallest 25mA charge pumps fit in SOT23-5 package

The MAX828/MAX829 are the worlds smallest inverting charge pumps. Available in 5-pin SOT23-5 packages, these 25mA-output dc-dc converters convert positive voltages to negative voltages for use in cellular telephones, LCDs, data-acquisition systems, and analog-signal measurement systems. The ultra-small SOT23-5 package occupies just 0.013in 2 (8.4mm 2 ) and is just 1.45mm high. MAX828/MAX829 devices require only two small external capacitors to form a complete circuit. Their 20 typical output resistance permits useful output currents to 25mA. The input voltage range is +1.5V to +5V. The MAX828 targets applications in which low power consumption is most critical. It switches at 12kHz, requires 10F capacitors, and draws only 90A of quiescent current. The MAX829 targets applications for which space is critical. It draws 150A supply currents and switches at a higher frequency (35kHz), which enables the use of smaller, 3.3F capacitors. Because its 35kHz switching frequency is above the 20kHz audio range, the MAX829 also targets low-noise audio applications. MAX828/MAX829 charge pumps come in SOT23-5 packages screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.30 (2500 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 10)
To ensure the elimination of switching noise in the audio band, the internal oscillator frequency is guaranteed between 20kHz and 38kHz. Low, 75 output impedances allow useful output currents to 20mA. (For logic-controlled shutdown capability and selectable oscillator frequencies, refer to the MAX864.) The MAX865s 1.11mm-high MAX package occupies half the board area of a standard 8-pin SOIC, and is screened for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.30 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Compact, unregulated charge pump offers bipolar outputs

The MAX865 dc-dc converter includes CMOS charge-pump circuitry that produces unregulated positive and negative outputs from an input voltage between +1.5V and +6V. Available in an ultrasmall 8-pin MAX package, the device is suitable for use as a VCO or GaAsFET supply, as a GaAsFET bias generator in wireless headsets, and as a split supply operating on three Ni cells or one Li+ cell. The MAX865 requires only four external capacitors. It first doubles the input voltage, then inverts the result to produce a negative output.

(Circle 12)
SAVE SPACE SAVE BATTERY LIFE SAVE COST

MAX865
VCC 3.3F C2+ 3.3F C2VGND 3.3F -5V

Li+ BATTERY (2.5V to 4.2V) 4.2V)

V+ C1+

GaAs POWER AMP -4.1V NEG LD0

POSITIVE INPUT 1.5V TO 5.5V

3.3F

IN C1+ MAX828

OUT 3.3F

NEGATIVE OUTPUT -1 x VIN 25mA

MAXIM

MAX829
C1GND

3.3F

C1-

NEGATIVE OUTPUT -2x VIN, -10mA

UL TR AS

MA
LL
5 SOT23-5

17

NEW PRODUCTS
High-efficiency step-down controllers offer 5V, 3.3V, or adjustable outputs
The MAX1626/MAX1627 step-down dc-dc switching controllers offer high efficiency for load currents ranging from 1mA to more than 2A. Their current-limited, pulse-frequency-modulated (PFM) control scheme operates with duty cycles to 100%, resulting in very low dropout voltages. This unique control scheme also eliminates minimum-load requirements, and lowers the light-load supply current to 90Avs. 2mA to 10mA for common pulse-width-modulation (PWM) controllers. Each MAX1626/MAX1627 controller drives an external p-channel MOSFET, allowing design flexibility for applications of 12.5W and higher. Soft-start capability reduces the current surges that otherwise occur at start-up. High switching frequencies (to 300kHz) and a continuousconduction mode of operation enable the use of tiny surface-mount inductors, which minimizes system cost and pc-board area. Input voltages can range from +3.0V to +16.5V. The MAX1626 offers preset outputs of 5V and 3.3V, and the MAX1627 offers an adjustable output voltage. Quiescent currents (90A maximum) drop to 1A maximum in shutdown mode. The MAX1626/MAX1627 are functional upgrades for the MAX1649/MAX1651. The MAX1626/MAX1627 come in 8pin SO packages, screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C).

Dual linear regulator delivers 50mA with 55mV dropout

The MAX8865/MAX8866 dual linear regulators operate from input voltages of +2.5V to +5.5V and deliver as much as 100mA per output. Their tiny MAX package and low supply current (only 105A) make them ideal for use in batteryoperated portable equipment, such as cellular phones, cordless phones, and modems. Each device features Dual Mode operation: its output voltage is either preset (3.15V for T-suffix versions, 2.84V for Ssuffix versions, or 2.80V for R-suffix versions) or adjustable via an external resistor divider. Other features include low-power shutdown and protection against short circuits, overheating, and reversed batteries. The MAX8866 also

includes auto-discharge circuitry, which, in shutdown mode, actively crowbars the selected output voltage to ground. MAX8865/MAX8866 regulators are available in 8-pin MAX packages, screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.46 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 14)
140 DROPOUT VOLTAGE (mV) 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 LOAD CURRENT (mA)
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

MAX8865/6

8-pin P supervisors with battery backup now available in MAX packages

MAX817/MAX818/MAX819 microprocessor (P) supervisors require only 11A of supply current, yet combine all the standard P-supervisory functions including battery backupin an 8-pin MAX package. Intended for use with 5V supplies, the devices come in two supply-threshold versions: the L-suffix versions, intended for 5% supplies, have 4.65V thresholds; and the M-suffix versions, intended for 10% supplies, have 4.40V thresholds. All are designed to ignore fast transients on VCC.
FEATURE
Active-Low Reset Backup-Battery Switchover Power-Fail Comparator Watchdog Input Battery Freshness Seal Manual Reset Input Chip-Enable Gating Pins-Package Lower Power Pin-Compatible Upgrade for:

The three ICs differ according to the features and supervisory functions they offer (see Table). These include active-low resets, backup-battery switchover, chip-enable gating, watchdog input (for monitoring software execution), and battery-freshness seal (disconnects the backup battery when not in use). The chip-enable propagation delay (8ns maximum) is the lowest in the industry. These supervisors come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $2.44 for the MAX817, $2.74 for the MAX818, and $2.07 for the MAX819 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 13)

(Circle 15)
MAX818L/M MAX819L/M

MAX817L/M

8-DIP/SO/MAX MAX690A/692A

8-DIP/SO/MAX MAX691A/693A (functional equivalent) 8-DIP/SO/MAX MAX703/704

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Worlds first 1-Rx/1-Tx RS-232 transceiver draws only 1A supply current
The MAX3221 transceiver provides a 3V-powered, EIA/TIA-232 and V.28/V.24 communications interface for notebook computers and other portable applications. It combines a proprietary, high-efficiency dual charge pump and a low-dropout transmitter to deliver true RS-232 performance from a single power supply of +3.0V to +5.5V. The guaranteed data rate (120kbps) ensures compatibility with software currently popular for personal-computer communications. The MAX3221 saves power with Maxims patented AutoShutdown feature. If the RS-232 cable is disconnected or if the remote transmitters are shut down, AutoShutdown senses, within 30s, the consequent absence of valid signal levels at the receiver inputs. The transceiver then shuts down its drivers and its charge-pump power supply, reducing the quiescent supply current to 1A. A valid signal level at any receiver input wakes up the transceiver automatically. The resulting power savings are achieved without modification to the existing BIOS or operating system. A low-dropout output stage enables the MAX3221 to operate with an internal voltage doubler in place of the tripler required by other transceivers. The doubler requires only four external capacitors, rather than the five required by a tripler. It also saves power during data transmissions, delivering 50% greater efficiency than a tripler. The MAX3221 requires only four external 0.1F capacitors for 3.3V operation. The transceiver is suitable for 3.3V-only systems, mixed 3.3V and 5V systems, and 5V-only systems that require true RS-232 performance. It offers a 6V/s minimum-guaranteed slew rate, and meets The MAX6120s 50A supply current is independent of input voltage over temperature, so the device offers maximum efficiency at all battery voltages. For SOT23-3 packages, the initial accuracy is 1% and the temperature coefficient of output voltage is only 30ppm/C (100ppm/C maximum). MAX6120 references come in 8-pin SO and 3-pin SOT23-3 packages, screened for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.80 (1000 up, FOB USA). EIA/TIA-232 specifications for supply voltages as low as +2.7V. The MAX3221 comes in a 16-pin SSOP package, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 16)
AutoShutdown is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

3.3V data interface provides line isolation for RS-485 systems

The MAX3480A/MAX3480B data interface provides 3.3V operation and complete galvanic isolation for half-duplex (party-line) RS-485 communications systems. Each device includes transceivers, optocouplers, and a transformer in a single low-cost, 28-pin DIP. MAX3480A drivers allow transmission rates to 2.5Mbps. The MAX3480Bs slew-rate-limited drivers minimize EMI, reduce reflections caused by improperly terminated cables, and enable error-free transmissions to 250kbps. A single 3.3V supply on the logic side of each device provides power to both sides of the isolation barrier. (For 5V systems, consider the MAX1480 and MAX1490.) Typically, the MAX3480A/ MAX3480B barrier can withstand as much as 1600VRMS for one minute or 2000VRMS for one second. Typical quiescent supply current is 180mA, and the MAX3480B has a low-power shutdown mode that lowers this current to 0.2A. The driver outputs are short-circuit current limited, and include thermalshutdown circuitry that places the outputs in a high-impedance state to guard against excessive power dissipation. As a fail-safe feature, each receiver guarantees a logichigh output when its input is open circuited. MAX3480A/MAX3480B devices come in 28-pin plastic DIPs, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $15.76 for the MAX3480A and $14.95 for the MAX3480B (1000 up, FOB USA).

First three-terminal precision reference in a SOT23-3 package

The MAX6120 is the first micropower, three-terminal, 1.2V precision voltage reference available in a SOT23-3 package. Ideal for 3V battery-powered equipment in which power conservation is critical, the MAX6120 offers a low-power alternative to existing two-terminal shunt references. (Two-terminal references draw excessive battery current and require an external series resistor.)
EXTERNAL RESISTOR

(Circle 17)

RSET V+ (max) to 2.4V VOUT

LM4041

2500

2000 LM4041 (Zener)

POWER (W)

1500

LM4041

1000

POWER SAVED

OR . . . NO EXTERNAL RESISTOR!
V+ (max) to 2.4V

500

VIN
MAX6120

MAX6120 3-Terminal 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 V+ (max)

VOUT

0 2.4

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

MAX6120

(Circle 18)
19

Volume Twenty-Four

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE

Maxim reports increased revenues and earnings Charge pumps shine in portable designs Turnkey power-supply solutions power Pentium Pro Ps

2 3 12 17 18 19

DESIGN SHOWCASE

Low-power circuit reduces VCC audio ripple by 40dB Single IC manages battery backup Simple circuit disconnects load from battery

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Low-power, 8-bit, 8-channel ADCs feature 1A power-down 4-channel, 10/12-bit, 2.7V ADCs come in tiny QSOPs (MAX117/118) (MAX1247/1249) (MAX4117/4118) (MAX41354138) (MAX45014504, MAX45144517)

20 20 20 21

High-Speed Op Amps and Buffers

High-speed dual op amps feature current-mode feedback Video-distribution amps feature high speed and fast switching

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Low-voltage, low-on-resistance analog switches come in 5-pin SOT23s

21

P Supervisors
Low-power C-reset and watchdog ICs offer adjustable thresholds and timeouts 8-pin P supervisors offer 1.5% reset accuracy P-reset/watchdog ICs in SOT packages operate on low current Tiny, 4-pin SOT P reset is 68HCXX compatible Tiny, 4-pin SOT P reset offers 26 thresholds and four reset-timeout delays (MAX63016304) (MAX801/808) (MAX823/824/825) (MAX6314) (MAX6315) (MAX205E208E)

21 22 22 22 23 23 23

Interface ICs
5V RS-232 transceivers are ESD protected to 15kV

Power Management ICs

PCMCIA/CardBus power-switching networks support two card slots (MAX1600/01/03/04)

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS INCREASED REVENUES AND EARNINGS
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $110 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 ending June 30, 1996, compared to $76 million for the same period a year ago. This represents a 44.7% increase in net revenues from the same quarter a year ago. Net income increased to $34.7 million for the current quarter, compared to net income of $11.5 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1995. Income per share increased to $0.49 per share for Q496 from $0.17 per share in Q495, a 188% increase. Operating income was 47.1% of net revenues, compared to 22.1% for Q495. Maxim ended fiscal 1996 with net revenues of $421.6 million, a 68.1% increase over fiscal 1995 net revenues of $250.8 million. Operating income for fiscal 1996 was $185.9 million, a 225% increase over the $57.2 million reported in 1995. Income per share for fiscal 1996 was $1.74, compared to $0.59 in fiscal 1995, an increase of 195%. Stockholders equity grew to $325.4 million at June 30, 1996 from $178.7 million at June 30, 1995, an increase of 82%. Return on equity increased to 48.9% for the year, compared to 25.2% for fiscal 1995. Total assets increased to $417.8 million. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and CEO commented on the quarter and the year, 1996 was a year of challenges for Maxim and its employees. We ended fiscal 1995 with shippable backlog equal to 2.6 times our Q495 revenues, including unsatisfied customer requests of $69 million (which, with the benefit of hindsight, proved not to reflect actual consumption levels). Production capacity increased by 100% over Q495 and the Company increased revenues by 68% over 1995 levels. As the Company began shipping against that backlog, customers began adjusting their internal inventories and ordering strategies to reflect their reduced anxiety levels due to shorter lead times and the improved availability of product. As a result, net order rates for the second half of 1996 declined from the abnormally high levels of 1995. As recently reported by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the demand for end-market communication, computer and instrumentation equipment continues to grow at an annual rate of 1520%. Since the end-market demand for electronic equipment remains brisk, we believe integrated circuit bookings growth will resume when lead times stabilize such that our customers can accurately determine the level of integrated circuit inventory and order coverage required to support their ongoing production run rates. Mr. Gifford commented further, Maxim is well positioned for the future. Our current level of product design resources has increased to the point that we were able to introduce 57 new products in the fourth quarter alone and we are planning on introducing 50% more new products in 1997 than in 1996. If we can carry out that plan, that level of success should be more than sufficient to sustain our historical growth in revenues. Today over 90% of our revenues come from products we have invented. During the current period of uncertainty regarding bookings and backlog growth, we believe we are micromanaging our spending levels without compromising our growth potential. We believe our ability to have responded to a broader customer base in 1996 allowed us to gain market share. The manufacturing infrastructure purchased with cash in 1996 is in place and is capable of supporting a material part of our growth in 1997. We have emerged from this year a stronger company, and we are optimistic about our potential for long-term growth. Safe harbor statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Forward-looking statements in this news release involve risk and uncertainty. Important factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for electronic products and semiconductors generally, demand for the Companys products in particular, availability of raw material, equipment, supplies and services, unanticipated manufacturing problems, technological and product development risks, competitors actions and other risk factors described in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could cause actual results to differ materially.

Charge pumps shine in portable designs

New-generation ICs have combined with passivecomponent improvements to make charge-pump voltage conversion a favored approach in most applications. In many cases, the earlier charge pumps were considered either unsuitable or acceptable only with compromise. For example, an application that had relaxed accuracy, low load current, high noise tolerance, and minimal need for efficiency could benefit from a charge pumps lower cost, smaller size, simpler circuitry, andof courseinductor-free operation. Todays charge-pump ICs meet the demanding requirements of portable systems with improved precision, higher output current, output noise levels acceptable to sensitive RF applications, and battery life comparable to that of some inductor-based designs. The following discussion compares several IC charge-pump designs, presents inductorless power-supply applications, and offers guidelines for component selection.
(a)

V+

OSC

V+ EXTERNAL CLOCK C1 D2 VOUT = -(V+) - 2VD D1 C2

(b)

Figure 1. A basic charge pump provides voltage doubling or inversion. It can be implemented with on-chip switches (a) or discrete diodes (b).

A short primer
The term charge pump refers to a type of dc-dc voltage converter that uses capacitors rather than inductors or transformers to store and transfer energy. Charge pumps (often called switched-capacitor converters) include a switch or diode network that charges and discharges one or more capacitors. The most compelling advantage of a charge-pump circuit is the absence of inductors. Why avoid inductors? Compared with capacitors, they have fewer purchasing sources, fewer standard specifications and dimensions, greater component height, more EMI, greater layout sensitivity, and higher cost. (Otherwise, theyre great.) The newer generation of charge-pump ICs offers satisfactory operation even with the low-cost ceramic capacitors commonly used to bypass power supplies. The basic charge pump can be implemented in an IC with analog switches, or in a discrete-component circuit with diodes (Figure 1). In the IC version, the switch network toggles between charge and discharge states, and in the discrete version, the clock waveform drives

the charge and discharge states via diodes. In both cases the flying capacitor (C1) shuttles charge, and the reservoir capacitor (C2) holds charge and filters the output voltage. You can expand and modify this scheme as required to add regulation, reduce noise, obtain higher output voltage, etc. Though charge pumps often serve as power sources for small circuit blocks or individual components such as interface ICs, they have not been widely used as system power supplies. This usage is changing, however: the output-current capability of charge pumps is increasing while the supply current required in portable designs is decreasing. In Figure 2, for example, the IC1 charge pump can generate 100mA at 3.3V when powered from a 2-cell battery of AA or AAA alkaline, NiCd, or NiMH cells, or a single primary lithium cell. The Figure 2 circuit can maintain its 3.3V output for inputs as low as 2.2V. For inputs 2.4V, it can supply short-term loads exceeding 200mA. For 5V systems with inputs as low as 3V, a similar design plus a 5V linear regulator supplies 150mA when powered from a 3-cell alkaline, NiCd, or NiMH battery, or one rechargeable lithium cell. The efficiency in both circuits varies from almost 80% (with low VIN) to slightly more than 50% when the battery voltage is high (3.2V for two cells, or 4.8V for three cells).

1N5817 BATTERY 2 CELL (3.3V OUT) 3 CELL (5V OUT) 2 47F 4 C+ 3 GND 8 LINEAR REGULATOR OUT 8 1 IN

Internally regulated charge pumps

10F

IC1 MAX660

V+

FC (DOUBLER CONNECTION) LV

OFF

C-

100F

IC2

REF

MAX603 (5V) MAX604 (3.3V)

GND 5 2 3 6 7 SET 5

5V (3 CELL INPUT, MAX603), 3.3V (2 CELL INPUT, MAX604)

Figure 2. This charge-pump boost converter with linear regulator supplies 200mA at 3.3V with a 2-cell input, and 150mA at 5V with a 3-cell input.

The Figure 2 circuit overcomes the charge pumps lack of regulation by adding a regulator externally. Another optionif load currents are modestis to add regulation on the chip. Regulation in a monolithic chip is generally accomplished either as linear regulation or as charge-pump modulation. Linear regulation offers the lowest output noise, and therefore provides better performance in (for example) a GaAsFET-bias circuit for RF amplifiers. Charge-pump modulation (which controls the switch resistance) offers more output current for a given die size (or cost), because the IC need not include a series pass transistor. The circuit of Figure 3 is useful both in main supplies and in backup supplies. It generates a regulated 5V output for load currents to 20mA and inputs ranging from 1.8V to 3.6V. For input voltages no lower than 3V, the output current can reach 50mA. The conversion efficiency (Figure 4) approaches that of an equivalent lowcost, inductor-based circuit. Note the variation with input voltage: efficiency exhibits a step change near VIN = 3V, where the charge pump shifts automatically between its voltage-tripler and voltage-doubler modes of operation. For each zone of doubler or tripler operation, the highest efficiency occurs at the lowest VIN. Within each zone, the efficiency declines as the losses increase with VIN: Power lost = IOUT x [(2 or 3)VIN - VOUT]. The Figure 3 circuit accomplishes regulation without a linear pass element, but its losses are the same as those of an unregulated doubler or tripler feeding into a linear regulator! This surprising result is a consequence of the unavoidable loss that occurs whenever the pump capacitors change voltage within a switching cycle. Consider two 1F capacitors, one charged to 1V and one to 0V. Their total stored energy is:
12CV2 = 12(1F)(1V2) + 12(1F)(0V2) = 0.5Coulombs.

VIN C3 10F C2 0.22F

IN C2+

IC1 MAX619
OUT 5V OUT C4 10F

C2-

C1+ SWITCHES SHOWN IN TRIPLER MODE, DISCHARGE CYCLE SHDN SWITCH CONTROL

C1 0.22F

C1-

SHDN

REF GND

Figure 3. This IC contains a multi-switch boost converter with output regulation. The circuit either doubles or triples VIN to maximize efficiency. Switch-control information is fed back to maintain the output regulation.
EFFICIENCY vs. INPUT VOLTAGE
90 85 EFFICIENCY (%) 80 75 70 65 60 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 VIN (V) IOUT = 10mA

Connecting them in parallel recharges each to 0.5V, so the new total is:
12(1F)(0.5V2) + 12(1F)(0.5V2) = 0.25Coulombs.

Thus, the energy lost in going from 1V to 0.5V (50%) is the same as that expected from a fixed-VOUT doubler or tripler followed by a linear regulator. In Figure 3, efficiency is optimized by automatic shifts between doubler and tripler operation, which minimize the V changes.

Figure 4. Discontinuities in the efficiency/VOUT profile for Figure 3 occur when the internal charge pump shifts between voltage doubling and tripling.
4

Operating current
VCC

Many capacitor-based voltage converters offer extremely low operating currenta useful feature in systems for which the load current is either uniformly low, or low most of the time. Thus, for smaller hand-held products the light-load operating currents can be much more important than full-load efficiency in determining battery life. In such products, the off state is not completely off, but rather a suspend or sleep state in which the supply current required (for P and memory, for instance) may be 100A or less. Battery life is affected directly if a comparable current is drawn by the power supply itself. The supply current for a charge-pump IC is generally proportional to its operating frequency. You can minimize the current draw by running at the lowest possible frequency, but the penalty (for older charge-pump ICs) is higher ripple voltage, less IOUT capability, and the need for larger valued pump capacitors. Some ICs provide a pin-settable operating frequency to assist in making this tradeoff. Newer charge-pump ICs employ another technique (ondemand switching), which enables low quiescent current and high-IOUT capability at the same time. Thus, the Figure 3 system incorporates on-demand circuitry that lowers the no-load supply current to 75A (typical). Although Figure 3s full-load efficiency (shown in Figure 4) is less than that found in most inductor-based designs, its very low operating current may allow a longer battery life. The effect of operating current on battery life depends on the fraction of operating time spent in the suspend or sleep state. The MAX619 in Figure 3, for instance, includes an on-demand oscillator that runs only when the output voltage falls below 5V. The resulting noload quiescent current is only 75A, and the device delivers output currents to 50mA using 0.22A pump capacitors. Low operating current is also of interest when generating a backup voltage for lithium coin cells.

C4 4.7F C2+ 0.22F C2S1 S1 S2

VCC

VOUT R2

+12V, 30mA VPP 4.7F

ERROR AMP

R1 C1+ 0.22F C1S1 OSCILLATOR S1 S2 S2 VREF SHDN OFF ON

MAX662A

GND

SWITCH CLOSURES SHOWN FOR CHARGE PUMP IN THE TRANSFER MODE

5V 0V

SHDN

12V 5V VOUT (VPP)

200s/div VPP FLASH PROGRAMMING WAVEFORM

Figure 5. This IC generates the VPP programming voltage required for a 12V flash memory (12V). VOUT is fully regulated for loads of 30mA.

Flash memory
An application well suited for charge-pump conversion is the generation of a programming voltage for flash memory chips. The charge-pump approach provides a nearly ideal solution for credit-card-sized products in which the component height is severely restrictedparticularly if it lowers the number of electrolytic capacitors or eliminates them altogether. An IC designed for this purpose (Figure 5) supplies a 12V VPP voltage suitable for programming 2-byte words of flash memory. Another IC (the MAX619, mentioned earlier) supplies a 5V VPP for 5V flash devices.
5

Compared with other types of voltage converters, the charge pump can provide superior performance in applications that process low-level signals or require lownoise operation. In some cases, the charge pump now allows voltage conversion in applications for which the only feasible solution had been a linear regulator. Note that these advantages dont apply to all charge pumps. When compared with inductor-based circuits, some disadvantages become apparent as well. The most direct advantage is elimination of the magnetic fields and EMI that come with an inductor or transformer. One EMI source remains in a charge-pump circuitthe high charging current that flows to a flying capacitor when it connects to an input source or another capacitor with a different voltage. The instantaneous current flow is limited only by the associated capacitor ESR and switch

C1+ 1F C1CHARGE PUMP

IN

VIN +4.5V TO +10V 1F

NEGOUT 1F

LIN REG

MAX850 MAX851 MAX852

OUT

resistance, which can be as low as 5. Unless the charge pump is tailored for low-noise operation, the noise produced by these high-I/t events can be eliminated only by post filtering or a large capacitance. One example of a low-noise charge-pump converter is the MAX850 (Figure 6). Designed to generate very quiet negative bias voltages for GaAsFET RF power amplifiers, it combines an inverting charge pump with a low-noise, negative-output linear regulator. The MAX850 operates from 5VDC and has a high switching frequency (100kHz) that enables the use of small-valued external capacitors. An on-chip regulator lowers the output ripple and noise to only 2mVp-p. This noise (Figure 7) is remarkably low for a switching power supply. A similar approach taken in higher-current applications supplies a low-noise bias for the magneto-resistive readwrite head in a high-capacity (2Gbytes and up) hard-disk drive. Such drives typically require -3V at 100mA, with no more than 10mVp-p of output noise and ripple. The pump outputs switching transients again preclude a direct connection to the MR head preamp, but you can interpose a cheap yet serviceable linear regulator fashioned from three transistors (Figure 8). This arrangement is adequate for most uses. Its output accuracy, however, depends on the VIN tolerance because (for simplicity) VIN serves as a reference for the regulator. The output ripple and noise are about 5mVp-p.

REGULATED VOUT -4.1V, 5mA 10F

SHDN (MAX850) SHDN (MAX851) OSC (MAX852)

FB CONNECT TO GND TO SET VOUT = -4.1V -1.28V REF

GND

Figure 6. This GaAsFET-bias power supply contains a linear regulator that limits the output noise to 2mVp-p.

MAX850MAX852 OUTPUT NOISE AND RIPPLE

VOUT 500V/div

10s/div VIN = 6.0V, VOUT = -4.1V, IOUT = 5mA, AC COUPLED

MAX850MAX852 NOISE SPECTRUM

70 60 50 NOISE (dBV)* 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0.1 1.0 10 FREQUENCY (kHz) * NOISE = 20LOG VOUT 1V 100 1000 C5 22F 3 2 CAP+ OSC 7 1

+5V INPUT R1 2k R3 10.2k +5V REF INPUT C2 0.1F

MAX660
FC V+

Q1 Q2 8 C1 1F R4 6.2k C3 0.1F C6 1F

-3.0V 100mA OUTPUT

Q3 6 R2 1.2k 5 C4 22F

GND

LV

CAP-

OUT

Q1, Q2 = 2N2907 (OR ANY SOT23 PNP) Q3 = 2N2222 (0R ANY SOT23 NPN)

Figure 7. This noise plot for the Figure 6 circuit shows noise below 2mVp-p.

Figure 8. A cheap but serviceable three-transistor circuit adds a regulated 100mA, -3V output to a charge-pump IC.

Capacitor selection
A sometimes elusive bit of information relating to charge-pump designs is the minimum capacitor value needed for a particular load current. For most chargepump ICs, the data sheet recommends only one or two capacitor values, yet (usually) the chip can operate with a wide range of valuesespecially when load currents are low. In most designs you should specify the smallest capacitor value that provides acceptable levels of output voltage, current, and ripple. These quantities depend on switching frequency and switch resistance as well as capacitance. The effect of capacitance value on ripple and output current is illustrated by the eight graphs shown in Figure 9 (and summarized in Table 1). Each graph includes five curves that supplement data-sheet information for three common charge-pump dc-dc converters from Maximthe MAX660, MAX860, and MAX861: 1) MAX660, high-frequency mode (FC = V+), approximately 40kHz 2) MAX860, high-frequency mode (FC = OUT), approximately 100kHz 3) MAX860, medium-frequency mode (FC = GND), approximately 40kHz 4) MAX861, high-frequency mode (FC = OUT), approximately 200kHz 5) MAX861, medium-frequency mode (FC = GND), approximately 90kHz These graphs show that lower load currents can often be supported by small ceramic capacitors. Evolving ceramic capacitor technology is producing higher values at lower costs, so you can now obtain ceramic capacitors to 10F, at volume prices in the $0.30 range, from manufacturers such as United Chemicon (formerly Marcon), Tokin, TDK, and Murata Erie. The frequency for each curve in Figure 9 is somewhat less than the typical found in the data sheet, because VIN is specified on the low side: 4.5V = 5V - 10%, and 3.0V = 3.3V - 10%. Some of the graphs depict higher current at 2.0F than at 2.2F. That occurs because the 1F and 2F values are ceramic chips (with Z5U dielectric), and the values from 2.2F up are tantalum types (AVX TPS series). Current and ripple data was collected by loading the outputs until VOUT reached the value shown in Table 1. (Ripple improvement is negligible at higher values of capacitance.) VOUT is higher at lower load currents, but -(VOUT) never exceeds VIN.

Charge-pump tricks
Power conversion by integrated charge pumps is, of course, predated by the use of discrete capacitors for that purpose. Charge-pump techniques have been used in 50Hz/60Hz ac-line supplies for many years, and also in high-voltage multipliers to achieve outputs of several kV. The use of CMOS analog switches has enabled the integration of complex functions with very few parts. As another advantage, CMOS switches exhibit a virtual zero drop at low current, versus the minimum 0.6V drop across a diode switch. But, in some cases, the addition of discrete components can add performance, even in applications employing the latest charge-pump ICs. A low-power converter of 5V to 20V can be made surprisingly small by enhancing a dual-output chargepump IC with an extra boost stage composed of discrete diodes. Such supplies are useful for CCD power supplies, LCD bias, and varactor tuners. The MAX864 on its own can generate 10V (minus load-proportional losses) from a 5V input, or 6.6V from a 3.3V input. Using additional diode-capacitor stages (Figure 10), these outputs can be doubled again to approximately 4VIN, or multiplied by 1.5 to approximately 3VIN. Note that the external diode/capacitor network connects to C1 for 15V outputs, or to C2 for 20V outputs. Figure 11 illustrates the output voltage versus load current for each circuit in Figure 10, using both silicon diodes (for lowest cost) and Schottky diodes (for highest output). These circuits can supply as much as 20mA, and the 1F filter capacitors yield less than 100mV of output ripple. If desired, you can lower that level considerably with slightly larger capacitors. The ICs in Figure 10 are set for 100kHz operation to allow use of 1F capacitors, which results in a no-load supply current of 7mA. You can pin-program a lower frequency that lowers the supply current to 600A, but to achieve the output currents shown in Figure 11 youll need larger capacitors of 10F. Normally, a single-stage charge-pump converter cannot generate negative outputs greater than its positive input voltage. To achieve negative outputs of -8V or more from inputs of 2.5V to 5.5V, add discrete diodes as shown in Figure 12. Peak-to-peak noise is the same as shown in Figure 7, and the available output current for a given regulated output voltage is shown at five discrete input voltages in Figure 13. To avoid the need to supply battery or line voltage to low-power computer peripherals, you can siphon off a few milliwatts from the serial port. The common PC
7

GRAPH A: OUTPUT CURRENT at VIN = 4.5V, VOUT = -4.0V

Fig9-a

GRAPH B: OUTPUT RIPPLE at VIN = 4.5V, VOUT = -4.0V, IOUT of GRAPH A

Fig9-b

GRAPH C: OUTPUT CURRENT at VIN = 4.5V, VOUT = -3.5V

VIN = 4.5V OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) at -3.5V 120 100 80 60 40 20 0
Fig9-c

70 VIN = 4.5V OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) at -4V 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

350 VIN = 4.5V OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) at -4V 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

140

0.33

2.2

4.7

10

22

CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

GRAPH D: OUTPUT RIPPLE at VIN = 4.5V, VOUT = -3.5V IOUT of GRAPH C

Fig9-d

GRAPH E: OUTPUT CURRENT at VIN = 3.0V, VOUT = -2.7V

OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) at -2.7V VIN = 3V OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) at -2.7V 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
Fig9e

GRAPH F: OUTPUT RIPPLE at VIN = 3.0V, VOUT = -2.7V, IOUT of GRAPH E

VIN = 3V 150
Fig9-a

600 OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) at -3.5V VIN = 4.5V 500 400 300 200 100 0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

35

200

100

50

0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F) CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

GRAPH G: OUTPUT CURRENT at VIN = 3.0V, VOUT = -2.4V

Fig9-g

GRAPH H: OUTPUT RIPPLE at VIN = 3.0V, VOUT = -2.4V, IOUT of GRAPH G

Fig9-h

70 VIN = 3V OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) at -2.4V 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

400 VIN = 3V OUTPUT RIPPLE (mVp-p) at -2.4V 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0.33 1 2 2.2 4.7 10 22 CAPACITOR VALUE (F)

LEGEND MAX660 AT 42kHz MAX860 AT 104kHz MAX860 AT 40kHz MAX861 AT 200kHz MAX861 AT 89kHz

Figure 9. These graphs (AH) show the relationships among operating frequency, capacitance value, operating current, and output voltage for a charge-pump voltage converter. For a given load, the data enables selection of the minimum capacitance value and operating current.

Table 1. Summary of graphs in Figure 9

GRAPH A B C D VIN (V) 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 VOUT (V) -4.0 -4.0 -3.5 -3.5 PLOTTED DATA IOUT vs. cap. value (0.33F to 22F) Ripple vs. cap. value, at IOUT from A IOUT vs. cap. value Ripple vs. cap. value, at IOUT from C
8

GRAPH E F G H

VIN (V) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

VOUT (V) -2.7 -2.4 -2.4 -2.7

PLOTTED DATA IOUT vs. cap. value Ripple vs. cap. value, at IOUT from E IOUT vs. cap. value Ripple vs. cap. value, at IOUT from G

+5V 12 7
V+ GND

+5V 12 +15V
VIN GND V+ VIN

IN FC1 C2+ V+

15

V+ + VIN V+ V+ VIN

IN FC1 C1+ V+ 15 2
V+ GND GND V-

2(V+) V+

+20V

2
GND V-

MAX864

C1-

16
VIN GND

MAX864

C2+

4 C26 SHDN 8 FC0 GND GND 11 3

C1+ 16
5

1 C18

C2-

V-

-15V
VV- -VIN

FC0 GND GND 3 11

V-

-20V
V2(V-)

(10a)

ALL CAPACITORS = 1F ALL DIODES 1N4148 OR 1N5817 (SEE TEXT)

(10b)

ALL CAPACITORS = 1F ALL DIODES 1N4148 OR 1N5817 (SEE TEXT)

Figure 10. You can obtain higher output voltage from many charge-pump ICs by augmenting the circuit with external diodes and capacitors. These circuits supply up to 20V.

OUTPUT CURRENT vs. VOLTAGE (For Figure 10a)

15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 0 1 2.5 5 10 15 20 25 30 OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) 3.3V 5V -15 -20 0 5V 3.3V 20 15

OUTPUT CURRENT vs. VOLTAGE (For Figure 10b)

LEGEND 1N4148

5V 10 3.3V

1N5871

OUTPUT (V)

OUTPUT (V)

5 0 -5 -10 3.3V 5V

2.5

10

15

20

OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

Figure 11. These graphs show VOUT vs. IOUT for the two circuits of Figure 10.

VIN (2.5V TO 5.5V) 8 1 C1+ 0.1F 0.1F 2 C13 NEGOUT N IN CHARGE PUMP OUT 6 R2 FB 5 CMPSH-3S VOUT 10F SHDN 4 1F

CMPSH-3S 0.1F

1F

-0.5V REF GND 7

MAX840

R1 VOUT = -0.5V 1 + R2 R1

)(

Figure 12. The diode-capacitor network external to this low-noise regulated charge pump lowers the minimum input voltage from 4.5V to 2.5V.

MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT vs. OUTPUT VOLTAGE

25

OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

20

15

10

mouse and other such designs rely on the modem control signals DTR and RTS, but the circuit of Figure 14 gets power from the TX line of a 3-wire port. Its output capability (8mA) is sufficient for a CMOS microcontroller and some support electronics. The TX line idles at a negative voltage, so the ICs normal input polarity is reversed (the negative input voltage applied between the OUT pin and ground enables the IC to pump backward from its normal direction). Zener diode D1 provides shunt regulation for a 4.7V output.
-10

0 -2 -4 -6 -8 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

LEGEND VIN = +5.0V VIN = +4.0V VIN = +3.5V VIN = +3.0V VIN = +2.5V

Charge-pump ICs can help shrink the power supply in a portable system, so it pays to monitor the new technologies and new IC designs constantly being introduced by manufacturers. Maxim, for instance, offers a variety of charge-pump ICs, listed in Tables 24.

Figure 13. These curves show IOUT vs. regulated VOUT for the Figure 12 circuit.

(Circle 1)

RS-232 INTERFACE
PC RCV PC XMIT PC GND OPTIONAL SHIELD

XMIT-232 RCV-232 D2 RV1 30V RV2 30V 1N5817 D1 C1 1N4732 33F

IC1
V5 6 1 7 3

1 2 3 4

MAX860
OUT LV FC SHDN GND 8 VDD 2 C+ C2 33F C3 33F 4.7V, 8mA OUTPUT

C-

Figure 14. Operating in a voltage-doubler mode, this charge pump converts a negative input voltage (from the TX line of an RS-232 port) to a semiregulated 5V output at 8mA.

10

Table 2. Single-output charge pumps

PARAMETER PACKAGE OUTPUT CURRENT (mA typ) MAX828 SOT23-5 0.06 MAX829 SOT23-5 0.15 MAX860 SO-8, MAX 0.2 @ 6kHz, 0.6 @ 50kHz, 1.4 @ 130kHz 12 6, 50, 130 1.5 to 5.5 MAX861 SO-8, MAX 0.3 @ 13kHz, 1.1 @ 100kHz, 2.5 @ 250kHz 12 13, 100, 150 1.5 to 5.5 MAX660 SO-8 0.12 @ 5kHz, 1 @ 40kHz 6.5 5, 40 1.5 to 5.5 MAX1044 SO-8 0.03 ICL7662 SO-8 0.25 ICL7660 SO-8, MAX 0.08

OUTPUT ( typ) PUMP RATE (kHz) INPUT (V)

20 12 1.25 to 5.5

20 35 1.25 to 5.5

65 5 1.5 to 10

125 10 1.5 to 20

55 10 1.5 to 10

Table 3. Regulated charge pumps

PARAMETER PACKAGE OUTPUT CURRENT (mA typ) OUTPUT (V) GUARANTEED IOUT (mA) PUMP RATE (kHz) INPUT (V) SHUTDOWN FEATURES/COMMENTS MAX619 SO-8 0.075 5 4% 50 500 2 to 3.6 Yes MAX662A SO-8 0.185 12 5% 30 500 4.5 to 5.5 Yes Flash memory VPP MAX840/843/844 SO-8 0.75 -2, or set -0.5 to -9.4 4 100 20 2.5 to 10 Yes Low-noise GaAsFET bias MAX850/1/2/3 SO-8 2 -4.1, or set -0.5 to -9 5 100 20 4.5 to 10 Yes Low-noise GaAsFET bias

Table 4. Multi-output charge pumps

PARAMETER PACKAGE OUTPUT CURRENT (mA typ) MAX680 SO-8 1 MAX865 MAX 0.6 MAX864 QSOP 0.6 @ 7kHz, 2.4 @ 33kHz, 7.0 @ 100kHz, 12 @ 185kHz 10V (5V in) 55 34 7, 33, 100, 185 1.75 to 6 Yes

OUTPUT (V) POSITIVE ZOUT ( typ) NEGATIVE ZOUT ( typ) PUMP RATE (kHz) INPUT (V) SHUTDOWN

10V (5V in) 150 90 8 2 to 6 No

10V (5V in) 150 75 24 2 to 6 No

11

Turnkey powersupply solutions power Pentium Pro Ps

The latest microprocessors to emerge from Intel and other manufacturers have forced fundamental changes in the design of personal-computer power supplies. Recent-vintage microprocessors (Ps) demand supply rails of lower voltage and greater accuracy than did those of earlier generations. Whats more, they feature a start/stop clock operation that demands a fast response to load transients. Thanks to highly integrated powersupply ICs, all these requirements can be met with miniature-component circuitry on a small PC board. As a result of these developments, the earlier and relatively simple 5V/12V power supply has been transformed into a power-supply system that generates multiple lowvoltage outputs with high accuracy and high efficiency. Such systems must also respond quickly to changes in load current. The Pentium Pro P, for example, can produce 0.5A to 10A load-current steps that require the power supply to respond within 350ns, at 30A/s. Desktop and notebook computers require several different low-level supply voltages to operate their internal memory, logic, and disk-drive circuitry. These computers employ a combination of 5V, 3.3V, and 2.XV in most cases. Two key requirements for this task are high-efficiency dc-dc converters and synchronous rectifiers. The synchronous rectifier in a switch-mode power supply consists of a low-resistance conduction path across the Schottky diode, for the purpose of improving power-conversion efficiency. MOSFETs usually provide this low-resistance path, but bipolar transistors and other semiconductor switches are also suitable. The forwardvoltage drop across a switch-mode rectifier degrades efficiency in proportion to the VIN /V OUT ratio. As standard supply voltages have been revised downward repeatedly, the drop has become an increasing fraction of VOUT, producing an efficiency loss that calls for closer attention to rectifier design. The following discussion develops a complete powersupply design that meets the Pentium Pro specifications for accuracy and fast transient response. It occupies only
Pentium Pro is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

Figure 1. A power-supply module for Pentium Pro microprocessor systems (top) and a bus-termination supply for Gunning Transceiver Logic (bottom) both depend on the MAX797 step-down PWM controller.

3.1" x 1.5" of board area. A second, higher current board offers output currents to 15A and an option for moderate- or high-accuracy output voltage. Also presented is the design of a 1.5V power supply used to terminate the Gunning Transceiver Logic (GTL) bus and other high-speed buses associated with processors such as the Pentium Pro. To meet Intels Pentium Pro power requirement, Maxim designed a plug-in power-supply module with a standard connector that plugs into a mating socket on the motherboard. This dc-dc converter module is based on the MAX797 BiCMOS controller U1 (See photo, top of Figure 1, and Figure 2). Configured in the fixed-frequency PWM mode, U1 operates with a synchronous rectifier (N2) that improves efficiency at low output voltages. This module accepts, via the J1 connector pins, an input voltage of 4.5V to 6V and a 4-bit configuration code from the Pentium Pro (pins Vid0Vid3). The code adjusts the modules output voltage to that required by the P at its supply pins. Each bit is either 5V (logic 1) or ground (logic 0). The result is 16 available codes that set the output voltage in 100mV increments from 2.1V to 3.5V. To minimize cost, the single D/A converter usually employed for output-voltage adjustment has been replaced with a strip of resistor divider and two MAX4051 (or CD4051) 8-1 multiplexers. U1s fixed 2.5V reference enables the circuit to regulate output levels below 2.5V. R6 and R7 divide down this voltage and feed it to an integrator formed by U2A, C14, C23, and R36. Reduced from 2.5V to 2.1V, this voltage is

12

D2 VL C9 0.1F CIN 68F 10V X6 N1 MTB75NO3HDL 10 V+ 11 VL DH 16 14 C11 0.1F L1 11 A B C INH 10 9 6 R10 75k U3.3 VIN R11 150k C18 100pF R9 33k 3 Q1 2N7002 2 VL D5 N.C. R34 75k 6 C23 100pF C14 560pF VL R28 100k U4.6 11 10 9 U4.6 1 1 R35 100k 6 VIN R32 100k R33 100k R34 100k U3.3 SENSE J1-7 J1-27 J1-8 J1-28 VID0 VID1 VID2 VID3 3 R6 19.1k 0.1% C17 0.1F R27 4.99k 1% R26 196 1% SENSE R31 100k PWRGD C12 0.1F 2 8 1 1 R3 20k 1% C15 0.0047F VL R4 200k 1% 3 CI/0 R29 100 SENSE VOUT R2 0.012 1% SS 1 C10 0.0047F C16 0.1F R20 4.99k 1% R19 147 1% R18 158 1% 13 CHI/D0 CHI/D1 CHI/D2 CHI/D3 CHI/D4 CHI/D5 CHI/D6 CHI/D7 14 15 12 1 5 2 4 R17 165 1%

D3

VIN

R30 100k

C8 4.7F 16V

U3 MAX4051 (or CD4051)

U1
BST 15 COUT 330F 6.3V X5

MAX797
LX 13 12 8 9 7 5 3 C13 0.33F N2 MTB75NO3HDL R1 0.012 1% 6 SHDN DL PGND CSH CSL FB SYNC 2 SKIP GND 4 REF

ON/OFF

VL

R16 178 1% R15 187 1% R14 200 1% R13 215 1% R12 750 1%

MAX492
3 4 R8 2.2M

U2B

Figure 2. This power-supply circuit generates 2.1V to 3.5V at 11.2A, for Pentium Pro microprocessor systems.

13
MAX492
5 R7 100k 0.1% 3

R5 10K 1%

U4 MAX4051 (or CD4051)

A B C INH CHI/D0 CHI/D1 CHI/D2 CHI/D3 CHI/D4 CHI/D5 CI/0 CHI/D6 CHI/D7 13 14 15 12 1 5 2 4

U2A

R25 205 1% R24 226 1% R23 243 1% R22 267 1% R21 294 1%

Q3 2N7002 2

3 Q2 2N7002 2

summed with a directly coupled feedback signal (to ensure rapid response to transients), and fed to the main high-speed comparator at U1s FB terminal. The other half of U2, op amp U2B, generates an open-drain powergood signal (PWRGD) that goes low whenever the output voltage is out of tolerance. During power-up, diode D5 (between U2A pins 6 and 7) limits the output overshoot, and capacitor C10 (U1, pin 1) reduces the input surge currents. An internal soft-start circuit holds C10 discharged to ground during shutdown (OUTEN = 0V). When OUTEN goes high, C10 is charged by an internal 4A current source, and the main output capacitor, COUT, charges up slowly, depending on its value. The maximum current limit is reached within 5ms. D2 and D3 protect the converter during a continuous short circuit. The input capacitor (CIN) assists in decoupling load transients from the main input and in meeting the input-ripple requirement, which is approximately half the output current. COUT provides bulk capacitance and low ESR. For load steps of 0.2A to 11.2A (the modules maximum output current), the output transient is typically 50mV and the output ripple is typically 15mV. The controller IC in Figure 2 (MAX797) is also suitable for higher power 5V step-down applications in which efficiency, board space, and output-voltage accuracy are critical. One such circuit is the synchronous buck dc-dc converter of Figure 3 . Designed to operate with a minimum number of small external components, it features a 300kHz switching frequency, 15A (or 20A) maximum output current, and a 2V to 3.5V output range. The low-cost, high-slew-rate, n-channel switching MOSFETs (N1 and N2) provide efficiencies (without a heat sink) that exceed 90% at high IOUT. The IC provides fixed-output connections for applications that tolerate 4% output-voltage accuracy. Connecting the FB terminal (pin 7) as listed in the figure provides outputs of 2.5V, 3.3V, or 5.0V. For higher accuracy, you can add an op amp with rail-to-rail output capability (U2) that controls FB by comparing a scaled version of VOUT with the controllers reference voltage. Resistors R9 and R10 then set the output level: VOUT = 2.5(1 + R10 / R9). Either feedback arrangement enables the board to supply VCC for multiple microprocessors. U1 provides excellent line and load regulation, with a micropower shutdown that lowers the quiescent current to a maximum of 3A. It also includes soft-start circuitry that limits the input surge current at start-up by gradually increasing the internal current limit. Soft-start causes the

output capacitors to charge relatively slowly. In this case, the 0.01F soft-start capacitor (C18) allows the output current to reach its maximum limit within 10ms. Table 1 lists component choices that enable the Figure 3 circuit to generate 2.5V at 15A or 20A.

Table 1. Component choices for Figure 3 with 2.5V output

COMPONENT INPUT VOLTAGE N1 MOSFET (HIGH SIDE) N2 MOSFET (LOW SIDE) INPUT CAPACITOR (CIN) LOAD CURRENT 15 AMPERES 4.75V to 5.5V 20 AMPERES 4.75V to 5.5V

MTB75N03HDL (MOT) MTB75N03HDL (MOT) MTB75N03HDL (MOT) MTB75N03HDL (MOT) 3 x 330F (Sanyo 6SA330M or 10SA330M) 6 x 330F (Sanyo 6SA330M) 4 x 330F (Sanyo 6SA330M or 10SA330M) 8 x 330F (Sanyo 6SA330M)

OUTPUT CAPACITOR (COUT) SENSE RESISTOR (R1)

2 in parallel 3 in parallel (Dale WSL-2512-R009) (Dale WSL-2512-R009) 1.5H, 20A (Coilcraft DO5022P-152HC) 1H, 25A (Coilcraft DO5022P-102HC)

POWER INDUCTOR (L1)

The new microprocessors not only demand lower voltage rails; they also require high-speed, low-voltage buses for the next generation of computers. These busesGTL, Futurebus, and Rambus, for examplerequire lowvoltage terminations that reduce the signal-voltage swings. Other buses, such as center-terminated transceiver logic (CTT) and high-speed transceiver logic (HSTL), have center terminations that require the terminating power supply to both sink and source current. Thus, a bus-termination power supply must generate 1.5V for a GTL bus or 0.75V for a CTT or HSTL bus, and be able to sink and source current into the termination resistors. Providing 1.5V at 5A, the Figure 4 circuit meets these requirements with a MAX797 controller that operates with synchronous rectification for high efficiency (Figure 5). The circuits sink capability at low voltage is provided by the combination of synchronous switch N2 and a circuit topology that allows the inductor current to reverse. (See bottom of the Figure 1 photo.) Pulling the SKIP logic input high enables continuousconduction mode for the inductor current, and also allows this current to flow from the output back through the inductor and N2 switch to ground. You can easily change the output voltage from 1.5V to 0.75V by changing R5 from 66.5k to 232k. As in the Pentium Pro power supply, this circuit achieves regulated outputs

14

3 D4 CMPD7000 R VOUT VIN 4.75V TO 5.5V 2 L 1 2 R

3 D3 CMPD7000 L 1

1 L C10 0.1F 10 11 VL V+ C18 0.01F 1 SS DH BST 16 14 D1 CMPSH-3

2 R

CIN

VL

3 2 1 3 C11 0.1F 2 L1 R1 VOUT COUT N2 3 VOUT R3 75k N1

C13 4.7F

VIN 3 6 2 1 SHDN

U1 MAX797

LX

15

JU1

DL PGND CSH

13 12 8 9 7 5 3

SHDN

CSL FB SYNC 2 SKIP GND 4 REF

(NOTE 1)

C17 0.33F

R7 10k VL

C14 560pF C12 0.1F

R4 150k

C15 560pF

NOTE 1: FB VOUT GND VL RESISTOR DIVIDER VOUT (4%) 2.5V 3.3V 5.0V ADJ. MODE

7 6

3 4

U2 MAX495

R5 33k

R9 1%

R10 1% FOR HIGH-ACCURACY VOUT R10 VOUT = 2.5 (1 + ) R9

Figure 3. This high-IOUT circuit can deliver maximum output currents of 15A or 20A (see text).

below 2.5V by dividing down the internal 2.5V reference (pin 3), integrating the result, and combining it with a directly coupled feedback signal. The output sink current does not flow directly to ground as it would in a comparable linear design. Instead, the synchronous buck topology of this circuit works in reverse, becoming a boost topology that enables the sink current to constitute a net positive flow back into the 5V input supply. For further information, including a bill of materials, please fax Nancy George-Adeh at (408) 737-7194. (Circle 2)

15

VIN 4.75V TO 5.5V C5 0.1F 10 11 C7 4.7F VL V+ C10 0.01F

D1 CMPSH-3

1 L

2 R

C1 330F 10V

VL

3 1 SS DH BST LX 16 14 C4 0.1F 56 78 N2 Si4410DY 1 23 GND 4 1 56 78 N1 Si4410DY 23 L1 3.3F D2 NSQ03A02 R1 0.012 1% R2 C2 49.9k 330F 10V

VIN 3 6 2 1 SHDN

U1 MAX797

15

VOUT 1.5V, 5A C3 330F 10V R7 5.1k

JU1

DL PGND CSH

13 12 8 9 7 5 3 C9 0.33F

SHDN

CSL FB SYNC 2 SKIP GND 4 REF

R5 66.5k 1% VL R6 100k 1% 2

C8 560pF C6 0.1F 7 6 3 4

R4 150k

R3 124k

VL

U2 MAX495

Figure 4. An accurate 1.5V step-down converter powers the termination resistors in a GTL data bus.

100 VIN = 5V 90 EFFECIENCY (%)

80

70

60

50 0.1 1 LOAD CURRENT (A) 10

Figure 5. The low-VOUT (1.5V) GTL-bus power supply of Figure 5 offers maximum efficiency for load currents between 1A and 2A.

16

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Low-power circuit reduces VCC audio ripple by 40dB
The Figure 1 circuit reduces noise and ripple voltage by 40dB over the 100Hz to 20kHz audio range. It provides a clean source of 5V power for driving audio circuits in portable applications such as cellular phones and multimedia notebook computers. Most linear regulators reject noise only up to 1000Hz or so, and the bulk of a low-frequency passive filter is unwelcome in portable applications. The circuit shown accepts noisy VCC in the range 4.5V to 6V, and produces quiet VCC at a dc level 7% lower. For example, it produces 4.65V at 1A from a nominal 5V source, with only 200A of quiescent current. The physical layout is very small: one SOT23 transistor, one MAX (shrink SO-8) op amp, and a few passive components. The largest capacitor is 10F, and the resistors can be 0.1W or surfacemount 0805 size. When operating, the circuit acts as a wide-bandwidth buffered voltage follower (not a regulator) whose dc output level is 7% below that of VIN. R1 and R3 form a voltage divider that provides the 7% attenuation, and C4 helps to form a 93% filtered replica of VIN at the op amps inverting input. The op amps small input bias current (25nA typical) allows large resistor values for R1 and R3, yet limits the maximum dc error to only 20mV. The result is a lowpass filter with 2Hz corner frequency that provides 20dB of attenuation at 20Hz. Because the op amps common-mode input range extends from rail to rail, its noninverting input can sample the output voltage directly. The op amps supply voltage is filtered by R2 and C5, providing lower output impedance and better power-supply rejection for the op amp at high frequencies. This filters 300Hz rolloff augments the op amps PSRR (already impressive at 110dB). A related idea appeared in the 1/18/96 issue of EDN. (Circle 3)

R2 470 4.5V TO 6V NOISY VIN C1 0.1F Q1 FMMT619CT ZETEX SOT23

C5 1F VOUT C2 10F 3 C3 0.1F 0.93 x VIN QUIET IOUT 1 AMP MAX

7 6

R1 330k

R4 100

U1 MAX495 MAX
5 1 4

C4 10F

R3 4.7M

Figure 1. This compact circuit actively compensates for power-supply ripple and noise, providing 40dB of attenuation in the 100Hz to 20kHz audio band.

17

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Single IC manages battery backup
Instruments powered by a wall adapter with battery backup typically diode-OR the battery and wall-adapter connections. That arrangement carries a penalty, howeverthe diode in series with the battery limits the minimum voltage at which the battery can supply power. One alternative is a dual-comparator/reference IC, which monitors the battery and wall-adapter voltages with respect to its internal reference voltage (Figure 1). The open-drain output of comparator B (with pull-up to 3.3V) provides a low-battery warning in the form of a low-to-high transition when battery voltage drops to 3.6V. The open-drain output of comparator A (with pull-up to 9V) flags low wallcube voltage in the same way, with a warning threshold of 3.9V. Comparator A also controls the PMOS switch Q1, which replaces the ORconnection diode in a conventional circuit. When wall power is removed, Q1 turns on and provides a low-resistance path from battery to regulator. A related idea appeared in the 5/1/96 issue of Electronic Design. (Circle 4)

WALL ADAPTER +9V DC STEP-DOWN REGULATOR Q1

+3.3V LOGIC SUPPLY

1M WALL POWER INDICATION BATTERY (4 CELLS) R3 953k 7 V+ 4 INBOUTB R4 470k 1 OUTA DC OK R1 110k 3 INA+ REF R2 47k 6 5 8 LOW BATT INDICATION

10k

MAX933
V2

HYST

20k

2.4M

Figure 1. The MOSFET in this power supply (Q1) saves power and extends battery life by substituting for the diode otherwise required.

18

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Simple circuit disconnects load from battery
To prevent battery damage, the Figure 1 circuit disconnects the load at a predetermined level of load voltage. This level (VTRIP, closely proportional to the battery voltage) is determined by R1 and R2 such that the voltage at pin 3 of IC1 equals 1.15V: VTRIP = 1.15V(R1 + R2)/R1. The allowed range for VTRIP is 2V to 16.5V. The load-battery connection remains open until the system receives a manual reset command. Automatic reconnect circuitry is not always desired, and in any case it may not be effective because the battery voltage rises so much when the load is removed. If the load must be removed before full discharge, or if the difference in terminal voltage from charge to discharge is small, then the hysteresis required (including the effects of component tolerance) may be too great to ensure an automatic reconBATTERY nection after the battery is recharged or replaced. Pressing Reset (or pulling pin 3 above 1.15V with a transistor) reconnects the load after the battery is recharged or replaced. Battery drain with the load disconnected is only 5A, so the circuit can remain in that state for an extended period without causing a deep discharge of the battery. Choose Q1 for a minimal voltage drop (source to drain) at the required load current. A related idea appeared in the 3/14/96 issue of EDN. (Circle 5)
Q1 MTP12P05 S RESET R2 8 V+ 3 THRESH P HYST R1 OUT REF N 2 4 LOAD N.C. 1,6,7 1M G VTRIP 0

1.15V

IC1
VTRIP = 1.15V + R2 (R1R1 )

MAX8212

GND 5

Figure 1. This circuit disconnects the load and battery (at a level of battery voltage determined by R1 and R2) and remains latched in that state until reset by the pushbutton switch.

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-power, 8-bit, 8-channel ADCs feature 1A power-down
The MAX117 and MAX118 A/D converters are low-power, 8-bit, 8-channel devices designed for communications, data-processing, and data-acquisition applications. Each includes an internal track/hold and a parallel data interface compatible with many microprocessors and microcontrollers. The MAX117 operates on a single supply of 3V to 3.6V, converts in 1.8s, and offers sample rates to 400ksps. The MAX118 operates on 5V 5%, converts in 660ns, and offers sample rates to 1Msps. Both offer a 1A power-down mode that is ideal for battery-powered applications. The configures the analog inputs as unipolar/ bipolar and 2-channel differential or 4channel single-ended. A serial-strobe output allows direct connection to the TMS320 family of digital signal processors. The MAX1247/MAX1249 draw 0.9mA supply currents while operating on a single supply of +2.7V to +5.25V. During shutdown, the supply currents are only 1A (each part offers a SHDN terminal and software-selectable shutdown as well). Both devices operate with an external reference, performing successiveapproximation conversions using either the internal clock or an external serialinterface clock. (For 8-channel versions of these ICs, please refer to the MAX147 and MAX148.) The MAX1247/MAX1249 come in 16-pin DIPs and QSOPs, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), and military (-55C to +125C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $5.80 for the MAX1247 and $3.95 for the MAX1249 (1,000 up, FOB USA). MAX118s fast turn-on time (exiting from power-down in only 200ns) enables it to minimize power consumption by shutting down between conversions. The MAX117/MAX118 come in 28pin DIP and SSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature ranges. Prices start at $3.40 (1,000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 6)

4-channel, 10/12-bit, 2.7V ADCs come in tiny QSOPs

The MAX1247 and MAX1249 are monolithic data-acquisition systems of 12and 10-bit resolution, respectively. Each combines a 4-channel multiplexer, highbandwidth track/hold, and serial interface in a tiny, 16-pin QSOP. QSOPs require less height (1.73mm vs. 2.65mm) and only 28% as much area as a 16-pin wide-SO package. Both devices guarantee sampling rates to 133ksps. The 4-wire serial interface is compatible with Microwire, SPI, QSPI, and TMS320 synchronous-serial standards. Accessing the serial interface automatically powers up the MAX1247/MAX1249, and the resulting quick turn-on enables shutdown between conversions as a practical power-saving technique. At reduced sampling rates, these repeated power-downs can lower the supply current to less than 10A. The serial interface also

High-speed dual op amps feature current-mode feedback

The MAX4117 and MAX4118 dual current-mode-feedback amplifiers combine high speed with low-power operation. The MAX4117 delivers a 500MHz bandwidth with A V = 2V/V, and the MAX4118 delivers 275MHz with AV = 8V/V. High slew rates (1200V/s and 1800Vs respectively) and exceptional full-power bandwidths (300MHz and 250MHz) make these amplifiers an excellent choice for high-performance pulse and RGB-video applications. They operate on nominal 5V supplies and draw quiescent currents of 5mA per amplifier. The MAX4117 is optimized for closed-loop gains of 2V/V or more, and the MAX4118 for closed-loop gains of 8V/V or more. Each provides a 3.5V output swing into 100, and an outputcurrent capability of 80mA. The MAX4117 provides 0.1dB gain flatness to 30MHz. MAX4117/MAX4118 amplifiers come in 8-pin SO packages screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.65 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 7)

USE THIS . . .
3V 1.5mA
NEAREST COMPETITION

OR. . . USE THE MAX1247:

SPACE SAVINGS!

0.68mA

(Circle 8)
MAX1247

POWER SAVINGS!

= 4.5mW
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Video-distribution amps feature high speed and fast switching
Combining high speed with fast video switching, the MAX4135MAX4138 videodistribution amplifiers give excellent performance in video switching and distribution, high-resolution RGB monitors, high-speed analog bus drivers, RF signal processing, and composite-video preamplifiers. All four products include an input amplifier plus an independently controlled unity-gain buffer for each output. On-board control logic allows selection of any combination of the different signal outputs. The MAX4135 and MAX4136 have one input and six outputs; the MAX4137 and MAX4138 have one input and four outputs. Each device features an outstanding slew rate of 1000V/s, gain flatness of 0.1dB to 40MHz, output-current capability of 70mA, and low differential gain/phase errors. Fast channel switching (a mere 25ns) enables rapid video multiplexing in applications that display a picture within a picture. MAX4135MAX4138 amplifiers come in 24-pin wide-SO packages, screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $5.29 (100 up, FOB USA).

Low-voltage, low-on-resistance analog switches come in 5-pin SOT23s

The MAX4501MAX4504 and MAX4514MAX4517 SPST CMOS analog switches come in 5-pin SOT23 packages. Guaranteed on-resistance at +25C is 20 (10 typical) for the MAX4514MAX4517, and 250 (90 typical) for the MAX4501MAX4504. The MAX4501/MAX4502 and MAX4514/MAX4515 switches (normally open/normally closed) operate with a single supply of +2V to +12V. The MAX4503/MAX4504 and MAX4516/ MAX4517 switches (also NO/NC) operate with dual supplies of 1V to 6V. Off leakages are guaranteed 1nA at +25C and 10nA at +85C; on leakages are guaranteed 2nA at +25C and 40nA at +85C. The tON/tOFF switching speeds are fast: 75ns/50ns for the MAX4501/MAX4502, 100ns/75ns for the MAX4516/MAX4517,

and 150ns/100ns for the MAX4503/ MAX4504 and MAX4514/ MAX4515. The guaranteed maximum charge injection is only 10pC. Single-supply switches are guaranteed compatible with TTL/CMOS logic, and dual-supply switches are guaranteed compatible with CMOS logic. MAX4501MAX4504 and MAX4514 MAX4517 devices come in 8-pin SOICs, 8pin DIPs, and 5-pin SOT23 packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.47 for the MAX4514MAX4517 and $0.42 for the MAX4501MAX4504 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 10)
RON vs. SIGNAL VOLTAGE
80 70 ON-RESISTANCE () 60 50 40 30 20 DG418

MAX323

MAX4517 10 MAX4514 0 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 SIGNAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

(Circle 9)

Low-power C-reset and watchdog ICs offer adjustable thresholds and timeouts
The MAX6301MAX6304 P supervisor ICs each draw a maximum 7A supply current, and issue resets in response to power-up, power-down, or brownout conditions, or a failure in software execution. The models differ only in the reset output (active high vs. active low, and open drain vs. push-pull). Trip thresholds are set with two external resistors, and each device issues a reset when the applied VCC dips below its threshold. Resets are maintained until VCC returns above the threshold, and for an interval thereafter determined by the user. This interval is set with an external capacitor, and (if desired) by an optional connection that extends the basic interval by a factor of 500. Resets are guaranteed for VCC as low as 1V.
21

MAX4135

Internal watchdog timers enable each IC to issue a reset whenever the internal timeout elapses. The timer is cleared by any transition on the WDI input, so an absence of transitions (indicating a hangup in software execution) allows the timeout to cause a reset. Like the reset interval, this timeout interval can be adjusted with an external capacitor. You can also disable it completely. MAX6301MAX6304 devices come in 8-pin DIP, SO, and MAX packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.51 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

AX

41

35
AV = 2

VIDEO INPUT

(Circle 11)
VCC ADJ. RESET

RESET IN

VCC 0.1F

ON/OFF CONTROL 6

P
RESET

GND SRT SWT CSRT CSWT

MAX6301 MAX6303

RESET WDI WDS I/O

NEW PRODUCTS
8-pin P supervisors offer 1.5% reset accuracy
The MAX801 and MAX808 P-supervisory ICs are designed for batterypowered applications that require highprecision reset thresholds. They monitor and control 5V microprocessor systems by providing reset signals, backup-battery switchover, and low-line indicators. In addition, the MAX801 includes an independent software-watchdog capability, and the MAX808 includes write protection for the systems CMOS RAM. Each device offers a choice of reset thresholds designated by suffix letter: 4.675V (L), 4.575V (M), and 4.425V (N). When power-down or brownout conditions cause VCC to reach the threshold voltage, the ICs issue RESET (RESET as well, for the MAX801) and maintain it for 200ms (typical) after V CC returns above the threshold. To exclude sub-spec VCC levels while maximizing the battery-voltage range, the ICs BiCMOS technology guarantees a tight tolerance of 1.5% on the nominal threshold voltage. Resets are guaranteed valid for VCC as low as 1V. To warn the system processor of impending V CC failure, the ICs issue a LOWLINE warning in advance of the reset signal. Also 1.5% accurate, the LOWLINE threshold is 52mV above the reset threshold. Other features include 1A standby currents, 2ns propagation delays for on-board gating of chip-enable signals (MAX808 only), and compatibility with charged MaxCap and SuperCap capacitors (as alternatives to the backup battery). MAX801/MAX808 devices come in 8pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.17 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

P-reset/watchdog ICs in SOT packages operate on low current

The MAX823/MAX824/MAX825 are the first P-reset and software-watchdog ICs in 5-pin SOT packages. Available in five versions distinguished by preprogrammed reset thresholds (4.63V, 4.38V, 3.08V, 2.93V, and 2.63V), these 5terminal devices for 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems provide an active-low RESET of 140ms minimum in response to a software malfunction or low VCC. The MAX825 provides an active-high RESET output as well; RESET and RESET outputs are available simultaneously on this device. In addition, both the MAX823 and MAX825 offer a manual-reset input ( MR ); while both the MAX823 and MAX824 feature a software-watchdog function. No external components are required. The MAX823/MAX824 draw 5A (12A max) from a 3V supply or 10A (24A max) from a 5V supply. Their internal software watchdog monitors the activity on a selected I/O line, and issues a reset following any 1.6-second interval for which no logic transitions occur on the line. The MAX825 draws only 3A (8A max) from a 3V supply or 4.5A (12A max) from a 5V supply. Resets for all three devices are guaranteed for V CC down to 1V. All are designed to ignore fast transients on VCC. The MAX823/MAX824/MAX825 come in 5-pin SOT23-5 packages screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices (2,500 up, FOB USA) start at $1.20 for the MAX823/MAX824 or $1.15 for the MAX825.

(Circle 12)

MaxCap is a trademark of The Carborundum Corp. SuperCap is a trademark of Baknor Industries.

Tiny, 4-pin SOT P reset is 68HCXX compatible

The MAX6314 is a SOT P-reset IC whose 68HCXX-compatible RESET output enables a direct interface to Ps with bidirectional reset pins, and also solves a problem common to those applications. The Ps method for determining whether a given reset originated externally or within itself can be foiled by stray capacitance associated with multiple devices on the reset line. To overcome the slow-down effect of this capacitance, the MAX6314 includes timing circuitry and an active pull-up for RESET (a p-channel MOSFET in parallel with 4.7k), which enables rapid low-tohigh output transitions. (See discussion in the data sheet.) Small size, low supply current (6A typical), and the simplicity of a single basic function make the MAX6314 an excellent choice for monitoring the supply voltage in digital systems. It has two patents pending. By eliminating external components and adjustments, the device saves cost and improves reliability.

The MAX6314 asserts a reset signal when VCC falls below the preset internal threshold, and maintains the reset for a fixed, internally programmed interval after V CC rises back above the threshold. Factory-trimmed threshold voltages are available in 100mV increments from 2.5V to 5V. Part number suffix codes also designate one of four minimum timeout intervals (1ms, 20ms, 140ms, or 1120ms). The MAX6314 is immune to short VCC transients and guarantees resets for VCC above 1V. It includes a debounced manual reset input ( MR ), and is pin-compatible with the MAX811 voltage monitor. MAX6314 devices come in 4-pin SOT143-4 packages configured for tapeand-reel assembly. All are screened for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $0.82 (10,000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 14)

(Circle 13)
MR (RESET)

MAX823/824

RESET

WDI ( ) ARE FOR MAX824

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Tiny, 4-pin P reset offers 26 thresholds and four resettimeout delays
The MAX6315 SOT P-reset IC asserts a reset signal when VCC falls below the preset internal threshold, and maintains the reset for a fixed, internally programmed interval after V CC rises back above the threshold. Factory-trimmed threshold voltages are available in 100mV increments from 2.5V to 5V. Part number suffix codes also designate one of four minimum timeout intervals (1ms, 20ms, 140ms, or 1120ms). Small size, low supply current (6A typical), and one-basic-function simplicity make the MAX6315 an excellent choice for supply-voltage monitoring in digital systems. By eliminating external components and adjustments, the device saves cost and improves reliability. Resets are guaranWhen loaded in accordance with EIA/TIA-232E specifications, the transmitters and receivers of these devices meet all EIA/TIA-232E and CCIT V.28 specifications at data rates to 120kbps. Each IC is LapLink compatible, operates on 5V, and guarantees 3V/s slew rates. The MAX232E comes in 16-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedPART MAX202E MAX203E MAX205E MAX206E MAX207E MAX208E MAX211E MAX213E MAX232E MAX241E NO. OF RS-232 DRIVERS 2 2 5 4 5 4 4 4 2 4 NO. OF RS-232 RECEIVERS 2 2 5 3 3 4 5 5 2 5 RECEIVERS ACTIVE IN SHUTDOWN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0

teed for VCC above 1V. The MAX6315 is immune to short VCC transients, and its simple open-drain RESET can pull up to voltages higher than VCC. It includes a debounced manual-reset input (MR). MAX6315 devices come in 4-pin SOT143-4 packages configured for tapeand-reel assembly. All are screened for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $0.82 (10,000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 15)

5V RS-232 transceivers are ESD protected to 15kV

Devices in the 10-member MAX2XXE family of transceiver ICs are designed for RS-232 and V.28 communications in harsh environments. Typical applications include battery-powered or hand-held equipment such as notebook and palmtop computers. The transceiver models differ as shown in the table. Each transmitter output and receiver input can withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) to 15kV without causing latchup in the IC. For RS-232 I/O pins, the ESD protection extends to 15kV for the Human Body Model and IEC1000-4-2 air-gapdischarge model, and to 8kV for the IEC1000-4-2 contact-discharge model.

industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. The other nine transceivers come in 16-, 20-, 24, and 28-pin packages, screened for the commercial and extended-industrial ranges only. Starting prices for the newest members of this product family are as follows: $7.62 for the MAX205E and $3.79 for the MAX206EMAX208E (1,000 up, FOB USA). (Circle 16)
NO. OF EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 4 (0.1F) None None 4 (0.1F) 4 (0.1F) 4 (0.1F) 4 (0.1F) 4 (0.1F) 4 (1F) 4 (1F) LOW-POWER SHUTDOWN No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes TTL THREESTATE No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes

LapLink is a trademark of Traveling Software.

PCMCIA/CardBus power-switching networks support two card slots

The MAX1600/MAX1603 and MAX1601/MAX1604 power-switching ICs support two PCMCIA or CardBus socketsproviding the control and lowresistance switching necessary (per PCMCIA specifications for 3V/5V switchover and rise/fall timing) to direct VCC (3.3V or 5V) and VPP (12V) to each socket. The package is a tiny 28-pin SSOP only 0.2" (5mm) wide. No external components are required. Each device includes two 1A, ultralow-resistance switches for sourcing 3.3V, and two 1A, 0.14 switches for sourcing 5V. Two 120mA, 1 switches source 12V

to each socket. For the 3.3V switch, the MAX1600 and MAX1601intended for CardBus applicationsfeature an extremely low rDS(ON) of 0.08 (max). In the MAX1603 and MAX1604, this switch measures 0.24 (max)perfect for PCMCIA systems. All switches ensure enhanced reliability through thermaloverload protection, accurate current limiting, and undervoltage lockout. All switches operate with soft break-beforemake action that lets you hot swap cards without causing an excessive inrush current. Independent, internal charge pumps enable operation of the 3.3V switches when the 12V supply is disconnected or turned off to save power. Unlike switching ICs that feature separate shutdown-control inputs, these devices shut down automatically (lowering supply currents to 10A

max) when their control inputs are programmed to the high-Z or GND state. The MAX1600 and MAX1603 digital interface is compatible with all popular PCMCIA digital controllers, including those from Cirrus Logic, Databook, Intel, and Vadem. MAX1601 and MAX1604 devices are compatible with the new, 2-wire serial System Management Bus (SMBus), which provides complete power-status information while protecting the system from shorted or otherwise damaged cards. MAX1600/MAX1603 and MAX1601/ MAX1604 ICs come in 28-pin SSOP packages, screened for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices for the MAX1600/MAX1601 start at $5.95; prices for the MAX1603/MAX1604 start at $5.25 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

(Circle 17)

23

Volume Twenty-Five

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports earnings and record new product introductions for Q197 ESD protection for I/O ports Add-on circuit preconditions battery before charging Current-sense IC prevents overcurrent damage Power-boost circuit powers cellular handset LAN power supply generates isolated 9V Variable, linear current source operates on 5V

2 3 8 10 11 12 13

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Low-power, 3V/5V, 4-channel, 8-bit ADCs feature 1A power-down Quad, serial, 12-bit VOUT DAC offers lowest power and smallest size 2.7V/5V, quad, 8-bit DACs have SO-8 footprints Low-power, 16-bit VOUT DAC operates on 5V 14-bit, VOUT serial DAC operates on 5V Dual, 8-bit, 1A DAC comes in 8-pin MAX package Low-power, 8-bit DAC comes in 8-pin MAX package 12-bit ADC is first to operate at 2.375V (MAX113/114) (MAX525) (MAX533/534) (MAX542) (MAX545) (MAX549B) (MAX550B) (MAX1245) (MAX961964) (MAX2611)

15 14 14 15 14 15 14 16 16 17 17 16

High-Speed Op Amps and Comparators

First 3V/7ns comparators accept rail-to-rail inputs Low-noise amplifier handles DC-to-microwave frequencies

Wideband, 2.7V op amps feature rail-to-rail I/O and SOT23 packages (MAX41224129) 10MHz, single-supply op amps feature rail-to-rail I/O and SOT23 packages (MAX4130/4131)

Analog Switches
Quad, SPST analog switches operate on 2.0V (MAX4521/4522/4523) 17 (MAX848/849) (MAX1610/1611) (MAX8862)

Power Management ICs

DC-DC step-up converters deliver 200mA from one NiCd cell Digitally controlled CCFL power supplies provide flicker-free display Low-cost, dual linear regulator has only 200mV dropout at 250mA IOUT

18 18 15 18 19 19 17

Interface ICs
230kbps RS-232 serial ports withstand ESD to 15kV (MAX3185/3186) 500A RS-232 transceiver operates on 3.0V to 5.5V; runs at 1Mbps (MAX3237) 300MHz differential line driver delivers 160mA with only -87dBc distortion (MAX4144/46/47)

Fiber Optic ICs

Low-power limiting amplifiers ideal for 622Mbps ATM LAN applications (MAX3761/3762)

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS EARNINGS AND RECORD NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS FOR Q197
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported net revenues of $101 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1997 ending September 30, 1996, compared to $96.4 million for the same period a year ago. Net income was $31.4 million for the current quarter, compared to net income of $22.6 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1996. Income per share was $0.45 per share for Q197, compared to $0.32 per share in Q196. Operating income was 45.7% of net revenues, compared to 36.1% for Q196. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $8.9 million after paying $10 million for capital expenditures and repurchasing $16.3 million of its common stock. Accounts receivable increased $1.3 million over Q496 levels. Inventory increased $4.1 million as a result of turns and forecast mismatches. Accounts payable declined $5.0 million during the quarter as a result of lower capital equipment spending. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and CEO commented on the quarter: Our first quarter, while difficult from a revenue perspective, went well. The inventory correction that we predicted in 1995 did occur and now appears to be subsiding. First quarter gross margins remained excellent at 67.3% of sales, reflecting the high number of proprietary products in our product line. We have reduced lead times on 85% of our product lines to historical levels for analog products, which are normally longer than lead times for most digital products. Although Q1 manufacturing levels were slightly lower than those of Q4, our manufacturing productivity remained high. Overall operating expenses declined in Q1. Research and development spending continued to increase. During this period of uncertainty for the semiconductor industry, we have managed our resources well and have remained committed to investing in our future. We are pleased with the market acceptance of Maxims products introduced in FY95 and FY96. They are contributing materially to our current revenue base. Over 90% of our revenues today are from products invented by Maxim. Q1 was a record quarter for Maxim new product development, with 59 products announced. We are well on our way to achieving our goal of introducing 50% more new products than in FY1996. Maxim has been recognized by Fortune Magazine as one of Americas fastest growing companies. Maxim was ranked 42nd out of the top 100, with a revenue growth rate of more than 60% over the past year. Safe harbor statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Forward-looking statements in this news release involve risk and uncertainty. Important factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for electronic products and semiconductors generally, demand for the Companys products in particular, availability of raw material, equipment, supplies and services, unanticipated manufacturing problems, technological and product development risks, competitors actions and other risk factors described in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could cause actual results to differ materially.

ESD protection for I/O ports

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can threaten an electronic system when someone replaces a cable or even touches an I/O port. Discharges that accompany these routine events can disable the port by destroying one or more of its interface ICs (Figure 1). Such failures can also be costlythey raise the cost of warranty repairs while diminishing the products perceived quality. ESD has another way of causing trouble. Manufacturers may soon be barred from selling to the European community unless their equipment meets minimum levels of ESD performance. These two factors, coupled with the increasing amount of electrical communication between computers and computer-related equipment, lend emphasis to the need for engineers to understand ESD. A proper understanding of ESD requires an awareness not only of the voltage levels involved, but also of the voltage and current waveforms, IC-protection structures, test methods, and application circuits. These matters are discussed in the following sections.

contact. Materials higher in the series acquire positive charge, and those lower in the series acquire negative charge. 1 The net charge and resulting electrostatic voltage is greater for items farther apart on the list.

Table 1. Triboelectric series

AIR (MOST POS. ) FUR HANDS ASBESTOS RABBIT FUR GLASS MICA HUMAN HAIR NYLON WOOL LEAD SILK PAPER COTTON STEEL WOOD AMBER SEALING WAX HARD RUBBER ORLON SARAN POLYETHYLENE KEL-F (CTE) TEFLON (MOST NEG. )

NICKEL, COPPER POLYURETHANE GOLD, PLATINUM PVC SULFUR POLYESTER CELLULOID ACETATE, RAYON SILICON

ALUMINUM BRASS, SILVER

ESD test methods

Two methods are commonly used for testing the ESD susceptibility of integrated circuits. The oldest, MIL-STD-883 Method 3015.7, was developed as an aid in understanding the precautions necessary for packaging and handling ICs. This method tests each package pin against other groups of pins, and classifies the device according to the lowest voltage for which failure occurs. The applied signal in this test is a current waveform derived from a circuit called the human body model (Figure 2), which simulates the capacitance and source impedance typical of a human body. (Circuit layout is critical, because the actual waveform delivered at the IC
TERMINAL C R1 S1 R2

ESD generation
Electrostatic charge appears when two dissimilar materials come together, transfer charge, and move apart, producing a voltage between them. Walking on a rug with leather soles, for example, can generate voltages as high as 25kV. The level of electrostatic voltage induced depends on the relative charge affinity between rug and shoe leather, the humidity, and other factors. The triboelectric series (Table 1) describes this charge affinity between various materials. Charge transfer occurs when any two items on the list are brought into
Ruptured Passivation Dielectric Failure & Contact Spiking Electrothermal Migration

TERMINAL A REGULATED HIGH-VOLTAGE SUPPLY S2 C1 DUT SOCKET

SHORT CURRENT PROBE (NOTE 6)

TERMINAL B

TERMINAL D

COMPONENT R1 ()

HUMAN BODY MODEL (MIL-STD 883, METHOD 3015.7) 1M10M 1500 1% 100 10%

MACHINE MODEL (IC-121, EIAJ) 1M 0 200 5%

IEC 1000-4-2 50M100M 330 150

Splattered Aluminum

R2 () C1 (pF)

Figure 1. ICs with inadequate ESD protection are subject to catastrophic failureincluding ruptured passivation, electrothermal migration, splattered aluminum, contact spiking, and dielectric failure.
1 Electrostatic

Figure 2. Substituting different component values as shown yields discharge circuits known as the human body model, the machine model, and the IEC 1000-4-2 model (human holding a metallic object).

Discharge, Protection Test Handbook, 2nd Edition, KeyTek Instrument Corporation, 1986, p. 7.
3

depends also on parasitic inductance and capacitance associated with the test connections and PC board.) The resulting current waveform represents the ESD that occurs when a person touches an object, such as an IC. The other method, which differs from the above only in the values for R and C, was developed by the Electronic Industries Association of Japan (EIAJ). Called IC-121 and based on a circuit called the machine model (Figure 2), it applies a current waveform similar to that produced when an IC makes contact with its handling machinery. By mimicking the ESD events caused by charges that accumulate on moving parts, the waveform simulates static discharges seen during machine assembly. The two methods are complementary, so you shouldnt choose one over the other. Because ESD can affect ICs during manufacturing, during PC board assembly, and after the end product is put into service, a test based on the human body model and the machine model together provides adequate assurance regarding the ICs tolerance for the rigors of manufacturing and insertion. Some ICs, whose pins are exposed to the outside world through connectors, can encounter ESD even when mounted on a PC board within an enclosure. ESD exposure is less likely for the other pins, which are connected to circuitry on the board. For this class of IC, a test method such as Method 3015.7 (which tests pin combinations) does not provide an adequate representation of ESD susceptibility for the input/output (I/O) pins. Both offer ratings according to the lowest-voltage failure on any pinan approach that may not do justice to the higher levels of internal ESD protection required by the I/O pins (and provided by some manufacturers). A device might have I/O pins that withstand 15kV, for example, and non-I/O pins that fail at 2kV. With the above methods, the devices ESD rating would be less than 2kV. Fortunately, however, better test methods are now available for rating the I/O pins.

Apply test waveforms that model electrostatic discharges produced by the human body. Different circuit models specify different values of amplitude, rise/fall time, and transferred power. Test the IC with and without power applied. Define IC failures to include latchup (a momentary loss of operation), as well as catastrophic or parametric failure. Latchup is considered a failure mechanism because if left undetected, it can lead to reliability problems and system malfunctions. Two methodsboth compliant with the requirements listedhave seen increasing use by equipment manufacturers in testing the ESD susceptibility of I/O ports. The first is a modification of Method 3015.7, MIL-STD-883. It makes use of the same circuit model and waveform as the original method, but applies ESD pulses only to the I/O pins of a device. Its intent is to simulate the fault currents seen by an IC installed on a board and operating in the target system. The waveform (Figure 3) is generated by the test circuit of Figure 2 using the same component values as originally specified in Method 3015.7. Like the original Method 3015.7, the modified method defines only an ESD waveform and the criteria for failure: after exposure to the waveform, a failed IC must either exhibit latchup or fail one or more data sheet specifications. The modified method stipulates no particular operating mode for the IC during test, but Maxim recommends that all possible modes be exercised: power on/off, transmitter outputs high/low, standby/normal operation, etc. Similarly, the modified method 3015.7 does not compel products to withstand particular levels of ESD; it only defines classes of protection. New transceivers from Maxim, however, generally provide protection levels to 15kV (Tables 2 and 3). This level allows some users to eliminate costly TransZorbs and other external protection circuitry.
NOTE: DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. lP 100% 90% lR

New ESD tests for I/O ports

An I/O port allows communication with other pieces of equipment. I/O ports for ICs comprise logical groups of pins that give access to equipment external to the system that contains the IC. These pins are subject to static discharge and other abuse as operators connect and disconnect cables from the system. For the I/O pins of an RS-232 or RS-485 interface IC, an ideal test method for ESD susceptibility should: Test the I/O pins only in ways that simulate exposure to ESD events in actual equipment.

AMPERES 36.8%

10% 0 0 TIME tRI tDI CURRENT WAVEFORM

Figure 3. This ESD waveforms parameters (rise time, peak current, ringing, and decay time) are specified in MIL-STD-883 method 3015.7. TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

Table 2. RS-232 interface ICs with high-level ESD protection

PRODUCT MAX1406 MAX1488E MAX1489E MAX202E MAX203E MAX205E MAX206E MAX207E MAX208E MAX211E MAX213E MAX232E MAX241E MAX3185 MAX3186 Rx/Tx 3/3 4/0 0/4 2/2 2/2 5/5 4/3 5/3 4/4 4/5 4/5 2/2 4/5 5/3 5/3 ESD LEVELS IEC 1000-4-2 HUMAN BODY MODEL CONTACT AIR 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV 15kV 8kV 15kV CAPACITORS (F) None None None 0.1 None None 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0 None None DATA RATE (kbps) 230 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 230 230 ACTIVE Rx IN SHDN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 SHDN ICC (A) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1 N/A N/A 1 15 N/A 1 N/A N/A

Table 3. RS-485/RS-422 interface ICs with high-level ESD protection

PRODUCT MAX1487E MAX481E MAX483E MAX485E MAX487E MAX488E MAX489E MAX490E MAX491E Rx/Tx 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 ESD VOLTAGE (HUMAN BODY MODEL) 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV 15kV DATA RATE (kbps) 2500 2500 200 2500 250 250 250 2500 2500 SHDN ICC (A) 300 1 1 300 1 N/A 1 N/A 300 SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 250 500 350 500 250 350 350 500 500 MAXIMUM NO. TRANSCEIVERS ON BUS 128 32 32 32 128 32 32 32 32

IEC 1000-4-2 model

I

The second, more stringent method for testing ICs that include I/O pins is IEC 1000-4-2. This equipment-level test was developed by the International Electrotechnical Commission. Originally intended as an acceptance condition for equipment to be sold in Europe, it is rapidly gaining acceptance as a standard ESD criterion in the United States and Japan as well. Though not originally intended as an IC specification, it now does extra duty as an ESD test for ICs. Like the modification to 3015.7, it tests only the I/O pins. The model for IEC 1000-4-2 is again the circuit of Figure 2, but with different component values. The resistance R2 (330) represents a human holding a screwdriver or other metallic object, and C1 (150pF) represents another estimate of human-body capacitance. This circuit produces a current waveform (Figure 4) with a rise time steeper than that produced by Method 3015.7.

100% 90%

1 at 30ns

1 at 60ns

10% 30ns 60ns tR = 0.7ns to 1ns t

Figure 4. Parameters for this ESD waveform (rise time, peak current, amplitude at 30ns, and amplitude at 60ns) are specified by IEC 1000-4-2.

Table 4. IEC 1000-4-2 compliance levels

IEC MAX TEST VOLTAGE, MAX TEST VOLTAGE, 1000-4-2 CONTACT DISCHARGE AIR DISCHARGE COMPLIANCE (kV) (kV) LEVEL 1 2 2 2 4 4 3 6 8 4 8 15

contact discharge, and the modified 3015.7 method requires contact discharge only. In either case, the test procedure calls for at least 10 discharges at each test level. The main difference between the two ESD standards just discussedthe modified 3015.7 method and the air- or contact-discharge version of IEC 1000-4-2is in the peak currents they produce in the device under test. Different component values can cause these peak currents to differ by a factor greater than five (Table 5). Because peak currents produce the unwanted power that an IC must dissipate, IEC 1000-4-2 is usually the more demanding test method for ESD. High current can damage an IC in various ways: Excessive local heating Melted silicon Spiked junctions, caused by a short that dissolves aluminum in the silicon (Figure 5) Damaged metal lines Gate-oxide failure due to excessive voltage Transistor damage due to electrothermal migration (Figure 6)

Table 5. ESD current vs. model and applied voltage

APPLIED VOLTAGE (kV) PEAK CURRENT (A) IEC 1000-4-2 HUMAN BODY MODEL

2 4 6 8 10

7.50 15.0 22.5 30.0 37.5

1.33 2.67 4.00 5.33 6.67

IEC 1000-4-2 specifies ESD testing both by contact discharge and by air discharge. ESD events caused by actual contact are more repeatable but less realistic, and air discharge is more realistic but subject to wide differences in waveform shapeaccording to variations in temperature, humidity, barometric pressure, distance between IC and electrode, and rate of approach to the IC pin. (This change of shape can have a significant effect on the measured level of tolerance for ESD.) IEC 1000-4-2 defines four levels of compliance (Table 4) according to the lowest maximum voltage withstood by the I/O pins. The table defines these levels both for contact discharge and for air discharge.

Protection methods
To protect against ESD, a designer can either add the protection externally or choose ICs with high levels of

,,,,, ,,,,,

VDD RAIL

ALLOY SPIKE

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,

Contact or air discharge?

Testing ICs for ESD ruggedness per IEC 1000-4-2 requires the use of an ESD gun, which allows testing with either contact discharge or air discharge. Contact discharge requires physical contact between the gun and the I/O pin before test voltage is applied by a switch internal to the gun. Air discharge requires the gun to be charged with test voltage before it approaches the I/O pin (from the perpendicular, and as quickly as possible). The second technique produces a spark at some critical distance from the test unit. ESD produced by air discharge resembles actual ESD events. But, like actual ESD, the air-discharge variety is not readily duplicated. It depends on many variables that are not easily controlled. Thus, attesting to the general importance of repeatability in testing, IEC 1000-4-2 recommends
6

SUBSTRATE

Figure 5. High-ESD current in an IC can spike a junction by partially dissolving the aluminum contact in silicon, causing a permanent short to the layer below.

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, FIELD OXIDE ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, VDD GND ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,, , ,,,,, ,

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

ETM CHANNEL

P-SUBSTRATE

,,,,, ,,,,,

Figure 6. Electrothermal migration (ETM) in an IC can set the stage for damage in the presence of an ESD event. The resulting high current and high voltage can cause a short circuit or low-impedance path between the terminals of a transistor.

protection built in. Protection circuitry includes metaloxide varistors and silicon avalanche suppressors such as the TransZorb. These devices are effective but expensive (silicon avalanche protectors cost as much as $0.30 per line). External ESD protection also consumes valuable board area and adds capacitance to the I/O line. To overcome these limitations, manufacturers have repeatedly raised the level of ESD protection in their ICs. Maxim, for example, now provides 15kV protection for RS-232 ICs, whether tested in accordance with IEC 1000-4-2 or the human body model.

IEC 1000-4-2 model as well, following a similar procedure in each case: step through the specified ESD range in increments of 200V, and at each level, zap the device 10 times with each polarity of voltage, approximately once per second. Because the intent of these tests is to assess the ESD performance of an IC installed in end equipment, the test setup should cause ESD currents to flow along the same paths as they would in that equipment. Zaps should be administered with respect to the ICs ground pin. (As stated in IEC 1000-4-2, circuit ground usually connects to the equipment chassis.) Maxim recommends the model NSG 435 ESD gun by Schaffner Instruments (Switzerland) for the IEC 1000-4-2 method, and the model 4000 ESD tester by IMCS (a division of Oryx Technology Corporation, Fremont, CA) for the modified 3015.7 method. You should check for failures by monitoring three parameters after each zap. First, the supply current should remain constant (an increase may indicate latchup or internal damage). Second, the transmitter output voltage should continue to meet the 5V minimum levels for RS-232 transmission. Third, the receiver input resistance should remain between 3k and 7k (ideally, it should remain at a constant level in that range). Be sure to zap and test the device in all its modes: normal operation, shutdown, power off, transmitter high/low, etc.

Maxims approach to ESD protection

An ESD current waveform is characterized by extremely fast rise times, so its progress through an IC is strongly affected by the circuits distributed parasitic impedances. Therefore, attention to the external layout will ensure maximum performance by the ICs internal protection networks. Maxim recommends the following practice with respect to its interface ICs: Follow standard analog-layout techniques, placing all bypass and charge-pump capacitors as close to the IC as possible. Include a ground plane on the PC board. Minimize trace inductance and capacitance. Place the IC as close to the I/O port as possible. To characterize an RS-232 transceiver or other interface IC for reliability in the presence of ESD, Maxim recommends use of the modified 3015.7 method and the

Guidelines for selecting ICs with high resistance to ESD

Here are some questions to resolve before choosing an IC (particularly an RS-232 transceiver) that must withstand high levels of ESD: What level of ESD voltage is the IC guaranteed to withstand, and by what test method was that level established? Different test methods yield different voltage ratings. Currently, the recommended approach includes both IEC 1000-4-2 and the modified 3015.7 method. Will ESD cause latchup in the IC? Latchup is a critical problem. The IC might stop functioning if ESD causes latchup in the circuit. The resulting supply current (as much as 1A) may destroy the IC. Does the ICs ESD protection affect normal operation? Normal operation can cause latchup in the internal protection structure if it is poorly designed. Must you observe special precautions when applying the IC? Bipolar ICs might require expensive, lowESR capacitors or a ground plane with low ac impedance. Its best to learn of these requirements at the outset. What is the ICs maximum specified slew rate? An IC susceptible to latchup because of its ESD-protection structure might specify an unusually low maximum slew rate to avoid triggering the latchup condition. How does the IC respond to an ESD test that covers the entire range for which voltage protection is guaranteed? Trigger mechanisms for an ESD-protection structure can kick in at different voltage ranges, leaving open windows with no protection. (Such a device might survive 10kV but fail at 5kV, for instance.) Maxim recommends that an ESD test cover the entire range in 200V increments.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Add-on circuit preconditions battery before charging
If left undisturbed, the microcrystalline cadmium in a NiCd batterys anode slowly changes. Tiny crystals in the metal coalesce into larger ones, producing an increase in battery resistance that lowers the terminal voltage. This effect can become noticeable when repeated partial discharges leave the lowest layers of cadmium unaffected. On the other hand, an occasional complete discharge converts the entire cadmium anode to cadmium hydroxide, which allows the anode to revert (during recharge) to the desired microcrystalline state. Thus, a full discharge eliminates the reduction in terminal voltage sometimes (erroneously) called the memory effect. The circuit of Figure 1 preconditions a battery by fully discharging it (to approximately 1V per cell) before initiating a charge cycle. The preconditioner is within the dashed line (it also operates with other battery-charge ICs or as a standalone circuit), and the remaining circuitry is a conventional NiCd battery charger based on IC1. Until preconditioning is initiated by a momentary depression of S1, the charger circuit operates normally: the 5-cell battery has a capacity (C) of 500mAhr, and R4 configures IC1 for a fast-charge rate of C/2 (250mAhr for two hours). Following a fast charge, the circuit delivers a trickle charge of about 33mA. Depressing S1 turns on Q3, which initiates battery discharge by turning on the preconditioning load Q2. Current through R9 produces a control voltage for the shunt regulator IC2. For values above 2.5V (battery above 5V), IC2 remains on and sinks current, holding Q3 on when S1 is released. When the battery voltage discharges to 5V (1V per cell), IC2 turns off and ends the preconditioning cycle. The circuit requires about 10 hours to precondition (fully discharge) a fully charged battery. It then recharges the battery automatically, in about 2 hours.

Q1 2N6109 + D1 LED C1 10F R2 750 8 FASTCHG R3 150 14 DRV 16 REF 7 TEMP 1 VLIM 2 BATT+ S1 START IC2 TL431 (TI)

ADD-ON PRECONDITIONER CIRCUIT Q3 PN2905 R6 2.2k R8 10k R9 60 B1 5-CELL NiCd DISCHARGE PATH R22 220 D3 LED C4 R11 0.1F 1k

9V (FROM WALL CUBE)

R5 1k

R7 10k

R1 1k

IC1

N.C.

MAX713 15 6 5 V+ TLO THI 9 4 PGM2 PGM1 10 PGM3 3 12 PGM0 BATTCC GND 13 R4 1 11 C3 0.01F

Q2 2N2222

C2 1F

Figure 1. This add-on preconditioner circuit for NiCd battery chargers eliminates the so-called memory effect by fully discharging a battery before recharging it.

The IC normally enters fast-charge mode when you apply power or install a battery, but (as a safety measure) it does not begin or continue the fast charge if the battery voltage is below 0.5V per cell. Note that fast charging is disabled during the preconditioning cycle, because the battery-sense terminals (pins 2 and 12) are clamped by the VCE(SAT) of Q2. IC1 maintains a trickle charge during the preconditioning cycle, so you must account for the 33mA trickle current when calculating the value for R9. As shown, the 60 value for R9 draws 83mA at 5V. Nearly 33mA of that is trickle current, so at 5V, only 50mA comes from the battery. (As mentioned, this

50mA discharges a fully charged 500mAhr battery in about 10 hours.) Thus, when modifying the circuit for other cell counts, preconditioning times, or trickle rates, you must account for trickle-charge current in the calculation of R9. Shunt regulator IC2 includes a 2.5V bandgap reference that limits the circuit to applications of three cells or more. For lower cell counts (with some sacrifice of accuracy and temperature performance), you can substitute an npn transistor for IC2 and set the R8/R7 divider to produce one base-emitter drop.
A similar idea appeared in the 1/22/96 issue of Electronic Design.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Current-sense IC prevents overcurrent damage
CMOS interface ICs serve as gateways to the wired connections between electronic systems. If those external connections are mishandled, the interface ICs can be damaged by a short to ground or by applied voltage that causes them to latch up. For short periods, however, short circuits and latchups are generally safe. (Latchups can be triggered by pulling the gate terminal below ground or above VCC.) In Figure 1 , IC1 monitors supply current to the interface circuitry (IS), and quickly removes current and voltage from the interface if I S exceeds a programmed threshold. During normal operation, IC1s OUT current (1/2000 of IS) flows through R3 to a logic-low levelthe output of IC2s lower NOR gate. During a fault condition (defined as IS 50mA by the R3 value shown), the rising OUT current develops 1.2V across R3, causing the set/reset flip-flop (IC2) to produce a low-to-high transition at pin 4. This action shuts down the interface: Q1 5V blocks the interface supply current, and Q2 crowbars the interface supply to prevent overvoltage. Without the crowbar, an external overvoltage fault could act through parasitic diodes in Q1 and the interface IC to lift the main supply voltage. (A positive supply voltage tends to rise if the supply is asked to sink current.) R3s connection to the flip-flop output instead of ground (as in most MAX471 circuits) introduces hysteresis in the control of Q1 and Q2. Otherwise, oscillation can result: turning off Q1 removes fault current, and the circuit tries to resume normal operation. R2 and D1 provide a break-before-make action that prevents Q1 and Q2 from shorting the supply rails. Once tripped, the circuit remains latched until manually reset with S1. An LED with current-limiting resistor can be connected as a fault indicator between the main supply and the Q1-Q2 node. Other add-on features include a capacitor across R3 to provide a slowblow effect, and the use of a precision reference and comparator (such as the MAX931) for greater accuracy in sensing the R3 voltage.
A similar idea appeared in the 4/25/96 issue of EDN.

IC1
2 RS+ 3 RS+

MAX471

6 RS7 RS8 OUT

IS

Q1 Si9435Y

GND 4

SHDN 1 R2 100k D1 1N4148

C2 0.1F CMOS INTERFACE CIRCUITRY

VCC 2 3 RESET C1 0.01F 5 6 GND 1

IC2 74HCT
4

R3 50k

R1 100k

Q2 Si9410DY

Figure 1. By blocking the supply current and crowbarring the supply voltage, this circuit protects the interface circuitry against faults involving the external lines.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Power-boost circuit powers cellular handset
Powering the RF power amplifier in a European GSM or DCS1800 cellular-telephone handset presents some challenges. Circuitry other than the RF PA operates on 3V, but the PA usually needs 5V minimum to produce the 1W-to-2W peak antenna power required. Also, the difficulty in designing the necessary boost regulator usually dictates a bulky 5-cell battery in place of the preferred 3-cell NiCd or NiMH battery. The PA connects to the 5-cell battery directly, and the 3V components connect either to a step-down regulator or to a high-dissipation linear regulator (the inefficient but technically simpler approach).
VIN 3 CELLS (3V . . . 5V) L1 10H SUMIDA CDR63 OR COILCRAFT D01608-103 LX 8

Fortunately, the handsets TDMA (time-division multiple access) operation, which produces 577s transmissions every 4.6ms and draws as much as 1.5A per burst, requires a much lower average current. The Figure 1 alternative, therefore, combines a 3-cell battery with a relatively small, low-cost boost converter. A large reservoir capacitor of 2000F (C2 and C3) stores the power needed during a transmission burst, and the boost converter delivers an average current of approximately 180mA for charging the capacitor. The capacitor supplies 1.5A peak loads at the 5.8V output with only 450mV of droop (Figure 1). Though physically large, the output capacitor is smaller and cheaper than the two extra cells required to form a 5-cell pack. IC1 provides other advantages: its high switching frequency (500kHz) enables use of a small and inexpensive inductor (L1), and its internal switching MOSFETs minimize the number of external components. The 1 resistor (R1) isolates the regulator output from peak-load requirements. The circuit shown produces 5.8V (adjustable) from inputs of 1.8V to 6V. The peak output current for this configuration is 1.5A. Powerup time is 20ms, and the minimum input voltage for startup is 2V. The quiescent supply current (60A) drops to 20A during shutdown. Power-conversion efficiency is 81% for 300mA peak currents, 80% for 800mA peaks, and 79% for the maximum 1.5A peaks. This circuit produces the switching noise expected in a dc-dc converter. If necessary, you can eliminate the noise during critical periods of the TDMA frame by pulling SHDN low, temporarily halting the converter.

33F

HALT RUN

R3 1 VOUT

SHDN

IC1 MAX757

OUT

6 R1*

C1 22F TANTALUM C2 C3 1000F, 10V NICHICON PL SERIES

3 0.1F 5

REF

FB

2 R2 100k

LBI

GND

VOUT + IOUTR3 VOUT + IOUT * R1 = R2 - 1 = R2 -1 VREF 1.25 (VREF = 1.25V; IOUT = RMS OUTPUT CURRENT)

) (

1.5A IOUT

577s

4.6ms

VOUT

5.8V 5.35V

Figure 1. This boost converters large output capacitor (C2-C3) enables it to supply 1.5A peak currents to the power amplifier in a GSM or DCS1800 cellular handset.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
LAN power supply generates isolated 9V
This low-power, isolated 9V supply for LAN applications (Figure 1) delivers more than 250mA (more than 2W of output power). For inputs of 10.8V to 13.2V combined with load currents of 1mA to 200mA, the nominal 8.78V output provides about 1% of line and load regulation. IC1s transformer-driver outputs (D1 and D2) normally drive each end of the primary directlya configuration in which each driver terminal (on turnoff) sees a flyback voltage equal to twice the center-tap voltage. The flyback in this application (24V) exceeds the maximum rating for IC1 (12V), so two MOSFETs in cascode have been introduced to stand off the extra voltage while maintaining IC1s high switching frequency (typically 650kHz). Surface-mount transformer T1 has a split primary, a single secondary, and a turns ratio of 1:1:1. This single-secondary approach requires fullwave-bridge rectification and a two-diode-drop reduction in output voltage, but the alternativea split secondary, halfwave rectification at each end, and a one-diode drop in output voltageadds an extra winding that increases the transformer cost. The single-winding primary inductance should be high (about 250H) to limit stored-energy losses. (The ideal is an infinite inductance, which would enable pure transformer action with no energy loss during the switching cycles.) The diode bridge is followed by a low-dropout linear regulator (IC3), which provides the 9V regulated output for inputs of 5V and 12V 10%.
A similar idea appeared in the 4/11/96 issue of EDN.

12V 5V 6 VCC C1 0.1F 7 8 D1 7

IC1 MAX845
D1 D2 1 8

2 G1 2 1 S1 3 S2 4 G2 C3 10F D2 6 4 9

CR1-4 MBRS0530L IC3

CR1 CR3 8 IN CR2 CR4 C4 10F

OUT

2 R1 620k

9V

IC2 MMDF3N03HD
3

MAX667
SET 6

C5 10F R2 100k

SD GND1 GND2 4 2 7

C2 0.1F

LDI GND SHDN 3 4 5

Figure 1. This regulator circuit provides an isolated 9V at 250mA for local area network (LAN) applications.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Variable, linear current source operates on 5V
The current regulator of Figure 1 features a lowdropout voltage regulator (IC2) whose voltage feedback is derived from the input current by a current-sense amplifier (IC1). This connection allows the regulator IC to oppose any change in output current. When powered from 5V, the current source has a compliance range of 0V to 4.7V. To set a specific, regulated IOUT level between 0mA and 250mA, apply 0V to 5V at ICONTROL: 0V sets IOUT = 250mA, and 5V sets IOUT = 0mA. Alternatively, a D/A converter can provide digital control of IOUT. For 12-bit resolution (60A per LSB), use a parallel-input MAX530 or a serial-input MAX531. For 10-bit resolution (250A per LSB), use a parallel-input MAX503 or a serial-input MAX504. You should take care not to exceed the package power-dissipation rating for IC2. At room temperature the rating is 1.8W, so a reasonable limit (with safety factor) is 1.5W. The internal dissipation is simply the programmed current times the voltage difference between the input (pin 1) and output (pin 8). Under worst-case conditions, therefore, (IOUT = 250mA, output grounded, and a dissipation limit of 1.5W), the input voltage can be as high as 6V (i.e., 6V x 250mA = 1.5W).
A similar idea appeared in the 12/95 issue of Electronic Engineering (UK).

ON/OFF 3.09k 1% ICONTROL D/A R1 0.150 WSL-2010 (DALE) 5V 24.9 1% 3 RG1 24.9 1% 6 RG2 10F 1 IN OFF OUT 8 10F IOUT

IC2 MAX603

IC1
7

MAX472
VCC OUT

SET GND 2, 3, 6, 7

0.1F

SHDN 1

GND 4

1.1k

Figure 1. IC1 converts R1 current to a proportional output voltage, enabling the voltage regulator (IC2) to produce a regulated output current.

13

NEW PRODUCTS
14-bit, VOUT serial DAC operates on 5V
The MAX545 D/A converter has 14-bit resolution, a 3-wire serial interface, a voltage output, and full 14-bit performance without adjustments. It operates on a single 5V supply and consumes only 1.5mW. Settling time (to within 12LSB of full scale) is approximately 1s. The MAX545 is guaranteed 14-bit monotonic, and meets 1LSB integral and differential nonlinearity over the extended operating temperature range. For bipolar operation, it has internal scaling resistors that work with an external precision op amp such as the MAX400. The resistors are trimmed to provide V REF bipolar voltage swings at the op amps output. Digital data is transmitted through a 3-wire serial interface that is compatible with SPI/QSPI, and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. These digital inputs can interface directly with a microcontroller or an optocoupler-driver circuit. An internal power-on reset circuit clears the DAC output to 0V (unipolar mode) when power is first applied, to prevent unwanted output voltages at power-up. The MAX545 is available in 14-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $7.90 (1000 up, FOB USA). The MAX533/MAX534 are available in 16-pin DIP and QSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Quad, serial, 12-bit VOUT DAC offers lowest power and smallest size
The MAX525 is a monolithic, quad, 12-bit D/A converter. It combines a dual bank of input registers with four 12-bit DACs, four precision output amplifiers, control logic, and a serial interface. Package options include the space-saving 20-pin SSOP. The MAX525 operates on just 6mW (the next-lowest power for comparable devices is 37mW) and occupies only 0.09 in 2 of board area (the next-smallest package is 0.173 in2). Accessible feedback connections enable a force-and-sense capability (remote sensing) that enables each output amplifier to drive a wide range of resistive loads. Each amplifier provides rail-to-rail output swings. Other features include a low-power shutdown mode that lowers the normal 0.9mA quiescent current to 20A, and an internal power-on reset that guarantees all outputs to be 0V when power is applied. Also included is a general-purpose logic output that is user-programmable for the serial control of external devices. Each DAC input is double buffered by an input register and a DAC register. A 16-bit serial word for each DAC (two address bits, two control bits, and 12 data bits) is loaded via a 3-wire interface that is compatible with the SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. The DAC registers can be updated independently or simultaneously, and all logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible. The MAX525 comes in a 20-pin DIP or SSOP, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $11.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

2.7V/5V, quad, 8-bit DACs have SO-8 footprints

The MAX533/MAX534 are serialinput, voltage-output, quad, 8-bit D/A converters. They come in tiny QSOP-16 packages that have the same board area as an SO-8. The MAX533 operates from a 2.7V to 3.6V single supply, and the MAX534 operates from 4.5V to 5.5V. Supply current for each device is approximately 200A per DAC. In shutdown mode, the supply currents drop to 1A (MAX533) and 2.5A (MAX534). The reference input range includes ground and the positive rail, and the four output buffer amplifiers swing rail to rail. Each IC includes a 3-wire, 10MHz serial interface compatible with SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronousserial standards, and each includes an input shift register that receives 12-bit words consisting of four control bits and eight data bits. Each DAC is double buffered, enabling a single software command to update the DAC outputs independently or simultaneously. In addition, the asynchronous control pins CLR and LDAC allow external control signals to clear or update the DAC outputs simultaneously. A buffered data output (DOUT) allows daisy-chaining of multiple MAX533/MAX534s, and a softwareprogrammable logic output (UPO) provides control for external devices.

Low-power, 8-bit DAC comes in 8-pin MAX package

The MAX550B 8-bit D/A converter operates from a 2.5V to 5.5V single supply, and draws only 75A of operating current (including external reference current). This low-power, voltage-output device comes in an ultra-small, 8-pin MAX package that is 50% smaller than an 8-pin SO. TUE is guaranteed at 1LSB over temperature. Operating at clock rates to 10MHz, the 3-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronousserial standards. An internal power-on reset initializes the DAC by setting all internal registers to zero. In 1A shutdown mode, the reference input exhibits high impedance and the DAC output goes to zero. The MAX550B is available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).

14

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-power, 3V/5V, 4-channel, 8-bit ADCs feature 1A power-down
The MAX113/MAX114 A/D converters are low-power, 8-bit, 4-channel devices designed for data-processing and dataacquisition applications. Each includes an internal track/hold and a parallel-data interface that is compatible with many microprocessors and microcontrollers. The MAX113 operates on 3V, converts in 1.8s, and offers sample rates to 400ksps. The MAX114 operates on 5V, converts in 660ns, and offers sample rates to 1Msps. Both offer a 1A power-down mode that is ideal for battery-powered applications. Their fast turn-on times (the MAX114 exits from power-down in only 200ns and the MAX113 in 900ns) enable them to minimize power consumption by shutting down between conversions. For instance, at 1ksps, the MAX113/ MAX114s power consumption is only 12W and 40W, respectively. The MAX113/MAX114 come in 24-pin DIP and SSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.30 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-cost, dual linear regulator has only 200mV dropout at 250mA IOUT
The MAX8862 dual linear regulator is ideal for portable, battery-powered applications. It includes two separate circuits with independent shutdown and supply-voltage inputs, and each input range is 2.5V to 11.5V. The P-channel MOSFET pass transistors maintain low quiescent current in the IC, particularly during dropout, when a pnp-bipolar pass transistor saturates and draws excessive base current. MAX8862 regulators make ideal power supplies for the radio and microcontroller in a PCS or digital cordless telephone. The main regulator delivers 250mA for digital circuitry, and is optimized for transient and dynamic response; the secondary regulator delivers 100mA for analog circuitry and exhibits a low level of wideband output noise. At 250mA load currents, dropout voltage is a low 200mV. This regulator features Dual Mode (fixed/adjustable) operation: V OUT is either preset to 4.95V (L), 3.175V (T), or 2.85V (R), depending on the part numbers suffix letter; or adjusted by the user, with external resistors, between 2V and 11V. It maintains a low supply current, even in dropout: 250 A in operation, and <1A in shutdown. It also features power-good indicator, shortcircuit and reversed-battery protection, and thermal-overload protection. The SO package includes a lead frame in which multiple ground pins act as heatsinks for additional power dissipation. The MAX8862 is available in a 16-pin SO package, specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.09 (1000 up, direct FOB USA).
Dual Mode is a trademarks of Maxim Integrated Products.

Dual, 8-bit, 1A DAC comes in 8-pin MAX package

The MAX549B is a dual, low-power, 8-bit D/A converter that features two voltage-output DACs in an ultra-small, 8-pin MAX package (50% smaller than an 8-pin SO). Operating from a 2.5V to 5.5V single supply, it draws less than 1A (excluding the reference current). TUE is guaranteed at 1LSB over temperature. The 3-wire serial interface operates at clock rates to 10MHz and is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. In shutdown mode, the reference input exhibits high impedance and the DAC outputs go to zero. The internal power-on reset initializes both DACs by setting all internal registers to zero. The MAX549B is available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.65 (1000 up, FOB USA).
VDD

Low-power, 16-bit VOUT DAC operates on 5V

The MAX542 16-bit D/A converter is designed for industrial and instrumentation applications that require high resolution and low power. Operating from a single 5V supply, it features 16-bit performance yet dissipates only 1.5mW. It provides 38V resolution with an external 2.5V reference, is guaranteed monotonic, and exhibits 1LSB maximum integral and differential nonlinearity over the extended temperature range. The MAX542 provides a unipolar voltage output. Bipolar operation is made possible by an external precision op amp and the internal scaling resistors, which are trimmed to provide bipolar swings of VREF at the op-amp output. The 3-wire serial-data interface is compatible with SPI and Microwire synchronous communications standards, and allows a direct connection to microcontroller and optocoupler-driver circuits. When power is first applied, the internal power-on reset clears the DAC output to 0V (unipolar mode). The MAX542 is available in 14-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $9.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.
15

DATA

CS SCLK DIN

DAC A LATCH

DAC A

OUTA REF

16-BIT SHIFT REGISTER CONTROL

DAC B LATCH

DAC B

OUTB

MAX549B
GND

NEW PRODUCTS
12-bit ADC is first to operate at 2.375V
The MAX1245 is a 2.375V, lowpower, 12-bit, monolithic data-acquisition system. The lowest-voltage 12-bit ADC available, it guarantees performance specifications from 3.3V down to 2.375V. Combining an 8-channel multiplexer and high-bandwidth track/hold with a serial interface, it offers high conversion speed (to 100ksps) and ultra-low power consumption. It draws less than 1mA during operation and 1A in power-down mode. The 4-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI, Microwire, and TMS320 synchronous-serial standards. Accessing the serial interface automatically powers up the MAX1245, and the resulting quick turn-on enables power-down between conversions as a practical power-saving technique. At reduced sampling rates, power-down cuts the supply current to less than 10A. The serial interface also configures the analog inputs as unipolar/bipolar and differential/single-ended. A serial-strobe output allows direct connections to the TMS320 family of digital signal processors. The MAX1245 is available in 20-pin plastic DIP or SSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. The SSOP occupies 30% less area than an 8-pin DIP. Prices start at $6.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

10MHz, singlesupply op amps feature rail-to-rail I/O and SOT23 packages

The MAX4130/MAX4131 wideband op amps combine wide gain-bandwidth (10MHz) and excellent dc accuracy with rail-to-rail operation at input and output. The MAX4130 comes in a space-saving SOT23-5 package. These op amps draw quiescent currents of only 1.05mA maximum, operating from a 2.7V to 6.5V single supply or 1.35V to 3.25V dual supplies. Each device is capable of driving 250 loads, and each exhibits a common-mode voltage range that extends beyond VCC and VEE. Each is unity-gain stable with a 10MHz gainbandwidth product. The MAX4131 features a shutdown mode that places the output in a highimpedance state and lowers the quiescent current to only 45A. Other features include 600V maximum input-offset voltages, stability with capacitive loads to 250pF, and no output phase reversal when the inputs are overdriven. The rail-to-rail range for input and output voltage swings makes the MAX4130/MAX4131 op amps useful in low-voltage, single-supply applications. Also, their low offset voltage and high speed are well suited for signal-conditioning stages in precision, low-voltage data-acquisition systems. The MAX4130 comes in a 5-pin SOT23-5; the MAX4131 comes in 8-pin SO and MAX packages. Both are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices for the MAX4130 start at $0.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).

NiCd DISCHARGE CURVE (two cells in series)

2.8
CELL VOLTAGE (V)

COMPETITIONS MINIMUM OPERATING VOLTAGE

2.6 2.4 2.2

ADDITIONAL VOLTAGE RANGE USING MAX1245

1.8

10

12

HOURS OF DISCHARGE*

ONLY THE 2.375V MAX1245 OPERATES IN THIS RANGE

First 3V/7ns comparators accept rail-to-rail inputs

The MAX961MAX964 (single/dual/ dual/quad) high-speed, single-supply comparators are the first in the world to guarantee propagation delays below 7ns (typically 4.5ns) while operating from a single supply as low as 2.7V. The input common-mode range extends beyond the supply rails, and the outputs can sink or source 4mA to within 0.52V of VCC and ground. The single MAX961 and dual MAX963 feature complementary outputs that exhibit less than 300ps of propagation skewan important consideration for digital communications. The MAX961/ MAX963 also have a latch-enable

function that holds the output on command, and a logic-controlled shutdown that lowers the supply current to 500A max. Both come with hysteresis to ensure clean switching. The MAX961/MAX962 come in 8-pin SO and MAX packages. The MAX963* comes in 14-pin SO and 16-pin QSOP packages, and the MAX964* comes in a 16-pin SO or QSOP. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.
DDS WITH SINE ROM & DAC 3V

MAX

1245

2.0

SINE OUT 3V LE QOUT SQUARE WAVE OUT QOUT

MAX961

SHDN

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-noise amplifier handles DC-to-microwave frequencies
The MAX2611 low-voltage, low-noise broadband amplifier operates on 5V and has a flat gain response from DC to 800MHz. Its low noise figure (3.5dB at 500MHz), high gain (18dB at 500MHz), and high drive capability (2dBm at 16mA bias current) make the MAX2611 suitable for transmit, receive, and buffer applications such as TV tuners, satellite receivers, ISM radios, set-top boxes, and globalpositioning systems. Small size and simple bias circuitry make it ideal for spacelimited applications. The only external components required in a typical application are blocking capacitors at input and output, and a series bias resistor to V CC . To improve gain and output power, you can also add an RF choke in series with the bias resistor. The MAX2611 is a drop-in second source for Hewlett Packards MSA-0611. It comes in a 4-pin SOT143 package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.90 (1000 up, FOB USA). An integrated power detector senses the input signal amplitude and produces a received-signal-strength indicator (RSSI) (an analog indication of power level). Complementary loss-of-signal (LOS) outputs indicate when the input power level exceeds a user-programmed threshold. Adjust these LOS thresholds to detect signal amplitudes between 3mVp-p and 50mVp-p, which provides an LOS adjustment of 12dB for fiber optic receivers. The LOS outputs 3.5dB hysteresis prevents chatter at low signal levels. When combined with the DISABLE input, the LOS outputs implement a squelch function that turns off the data outputs when the input signal is below the programmed threshold. The MAX3761/MAX3762 come as dice, and in 20-pin QSOP packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $8.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-power limiting amplifiers ideal for 622Mbps ATM LAN applications

The MAX3761/MAX3762 limiting amplifiers are optimized for low-cost applications in 622Mbps or 155Mbps SONET/ATM fiber optic systems. They offer 4mV input sensitivity, 5V operation, and low power consumption (150mW). Data outputs are PECL compatible. tolerate overdriven inputs without phase reversal at the output. MAX4122 MAX4129 op amps are recommended for portable, low-power, and battery-powered applications. In particular, their low offset voltage and high speed make them ideal for precision, low-voltage data-acquisition systems. The MAX4122/MAX4124 come in SOT23-5 packages, the MAX4123/ MAX4125/MAX4126/MAX4128 come in 8-pin SO and MAX packages, and the MAX4127/MAX4129 come in 14-pin SO packages. All are specified for the extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices for the MAX4122 start at $0.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Wideband, 2.7V op amps feature rail-to-rail I/O and SOT23 packages

Each member of the MAX4122 MAX4129 family of single, dual, and quad op amps combines wide bandwidth and excellent dc accuracy with a rail-torail common-mode input-voltage range and rail-to-rail output swings. Available packages are as small as the 5-pin SOT23-5. Each IC operates from a single supply of 2.7V to 6.5V, or a dual supply of 1.35V to 3.25V. The op amps draw quiescent currents of only 725A per amp from a 5V supply, yet provide large gain-bandwidth products: 25MHz for the decompensated, minimum-gain-of-10 MAX4124/MAX4125/ MAX4128, and 5MHz each for the remaining unity-gain-stable devices. All are stable for capacitive loads to 500pF. The MAX4123/MAX4125/MAX4127 have an optional shutdown mode that lowers the maximum quiescent current to 45A. Other features include 600V maximum input-offset voltages, the ability to drive 250 loads, and the ability to

The MAX4521 has four normally closed (NC) switches, and the MAX4522 has four normally open (NO) switches. (MAX4521/MAX4522 pinouts are compatible with DG211/DG212 pinouts.) The MAX4523 has two NO and two NC switches. All can handle rail-to-rail analog signals, and all can operate continuously on dual supplies in the 2.0V to 6V range, or single supplies in the 2.0V to 12V range. Each device is fully specified to operate on a 2.7V supply. When operating on 5V or 5V, the MAX4521/ MAX4522/MAX4523 exhibit 0.8V and 2.4V TTL/CMOS-compatible logic thresholds. On-resistances are flat to within 10 over the specified signal range, and matched to within 5 max between switches. Maximum off-leakage currents are 1nA at +25C and 10nA at +85C. Each device includes protection to 2kV against electrostatic discharge (ESD), per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7. The MAX4521/MAX4522/MAX4523 come in 16-pin DIP, narrow-SO, and QSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.69 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Quad, SPST analog switches operate on 2.0V

The MAX4521/MAX4522/MAX4523 quad, single-pole/single-throw (SPST) analog switches offer a cost/performance alternative that falls between the CD4066 and DG211/DG212 industry standards. These switches feature low on-resistance (100 max) and high speed (tON/tOFF = 80ns/30ns at TA = +25C).
17

NEW PRODUCTS
DC-DC step-up converters deliver 200mA from one NiCd cell
The MAX848/MAX849 step-up dc-dc converters are recommended for use in portable phones, small systems with RF data links, and other portable products. Each regulator generates an output of 3.3V (fixed) or 2.7V to 5.5V (adjustable) from an input of one lithium-ion cell or one to three NiCd/NiMH cells. Either IC enables a portable phone to operate on one cell instead of two. IOUT capabilities are 200mA with one NiCd cell and 750mA with two. The synchronous rectification used in these regulators provides a 5% efficiency gain over comparable devices that operate with simple diode rectifiers. The MAX848/MAX849 differ only in the current capability of the internal N-channel-MOSFET power switch: 0.7A for the MAX848, and 1.3A for the MAX849. Input voltages range from 5.5V down to 0.7V. Dual Mode operation maximizes efficiency by offering pulse-frequencymodulation (PFM) or pulse-width modulation (PWM) operation as selected by the CLK/SEL input: in standby (CLKSEL low), a pulse-skipping mode allows the device to maintain V OUT while drawing only 150A of quiescent current. Driving CLK/SEL high activates a fixedfrequency PWM at 300kHz. PWM operation limits switching noise to the 300kHz fundamental and its harmonics a spectrum that allows easy noise reduction with a post filter. For even greater control of the noise spectrum, synchronize the internal switch to a 200kHz to 400kHz external clock. The MAX848/MAX849 each include a 2-channel, serial-output A/D converter for monitoring battery voltages. One channel monitors single-cell voltages between 0.625V and 1.875V, and the other covers a 0V to 2.5V range. A single digital input selects between them. The output is a V-to-f bit stream that can be measured using external hardware or a Ps counter/timer capability. In addition, each ICs internal comparator monitors the converters output voltage and generates a power-good output (PWROK). The MAX848/MAX849 come in 16-pin narrow-SO packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Digitally controlled CCFL power supplies provide flicker-free display

The MAX1610/MAX1611 powersupply ICs drive cold-cathode fluorescent lamps (CCFL). Each high-efficiency device maintains constant CCFL brightness, despite VIN changes, by regulating the lamp current. The VIN range is 4.5V to 28V. Each IC includes a high-frequency, power-switching MOSFET that enables the use of small, thin external magnetic components. (Driving the CCFL from an isolated transformer-secondary winding improves efficiency and prevents flicker at dim tube settings.) The MAX1610/ MAX1611 protect themselves against open or shorted lamps, and they also accommodate floating-lamp designs. Both include a linear regulator, eliminating the need for a separate logic supply. Maximum supply currents are 3mA during operation and 20A in shutdown. To adjust brightness, either scale the lamp current or operate with fixed current and chop the CCFL on and off at a rate faster than the eye can detect. The MAX1610 provides digital inputs that allow brightness adjustment by incrementing, decrementing, or clearing an internal 5-bit up/down counter. The MAX1611 has a 2-wire serial interface the System Management Bus (SMBus) to allow CCFL brightness to be set directly. During shutdown, the digital interface remains active to preserve the brightness setting. The MAX1610/MAX1611 are available in 16-pin narrow-SO packages specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $3.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

230kbps RS-232 serial ports withstand ESD to 15kV

The MAX3185/MAX3186 are complete, monolithic, RS-232 serial ports designed to meet the European communitys stringent ESD requirements. All transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are protected to 15kV using the Human Body Model or the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge model, and to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge model. The ICs are guaranteed latchup-free during ESD events. Each device contains five transmitters and three receivers. The MAX3185 DTE port is optimized for use in desktop PCs and motherboards; the MAX3186 DCE port is optimized for use in modems.

Other MAX3185/MAX3186 applications include printers and portable computers. The transceivers data-rate capability (230kbps minimum) guarantees compatibility with popular PC-communications software. Power-supply currents are less than 300A each for V DD (nominally 12V) and VSS (nominally -12V), and less than 1mA for VCC (nominally 5V). The MAX3185 is compatible in pinout and function with the industrystandard 75185 transceiver, so the user can upgrade a system for EMC compliance simply by substituting the MAX3185 for that device. MAX3185/MAX3186 transceivers come in 20-pin SSOP or SO packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.23 (1000 up, FOB USA).

18

NEW PRODUCTS
500A RS-232 transceiver operates on 3.0V to 5.5V; runs at 1Mbps
The MAX3237 high-speed data transceiver includes internal dual charge pumps and a proprietary, low-dropout output stage that ensures true RS-232 output levels for data rates to 1Mbps and above. The charge pumps require only four small, external 0.1F capacitors. In normal operating mode, with a worst-case load of 3k in parallel with 1000pF, the MAX3237s guaranteed 250kbps data rate makes it compatible with PC-to-PC communications software such as LapLink. In megabaud operating mode (MBAUD terminal connected
LapLink is a trademark of Traveling Software.

to VCC), with a maximum load of 3k in parallel with 250pF, the guaranteed data rate is 1Mbps. Slew rates are guaranteed to be 24V/s minimum in megabaud mode. The MAX3237 contains five drivers and three receivers, and is ideal for fastmodem applications. It offers a 1A shutdown mode in which all three receivers remain active. This capability enables the MAX3237 to monitor external

devices without the danger of heavy current flow. (When VCC for an external device is turned off, current can flow as the result of forward bias on one of its protection diodes.) The MAX3237 is available in a 28-pin SSOP, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.29 (1000 up, FOB USA).

1MBPS RS-232 OPERATION WITH V CC = 3.0V!

300MHz differential line driver delivers 160mA with only -87dBc distortion
The MAX4147 is a differential line driver and the MAX4144/MAX4146* are wideband receivers. Connected by a twisted-pair line, the MAX4147 and one instrumentation amplifier form a complete differential transmission link, ideal for digital subscriber lines (DSLs) in video and telecom applications. The MAX4144/ MAX4146/MAX4147 replace existing circuits that include multiple high-speed, high-power op amps.
*Future productcontact factory for availability.

The MAX4147 is optimized for highIOUT, low-distortion, differential applications such as transformer drivers. Loaded with 50, it produces 5.6V differential or 2.8V single-ended output swings. It operates on 5V, consumes 110mW, and has a 2V/V closed-loop gain. The MAX4147 features a 300MHz -3dB bandwidth, a 70MHz -0.1dB bandwidth, and ultra-low, 0.008%/0.03 differential gain/phase errors. Low distortion (-87dBc at 3kHz with R L = 33 ) makes the MAX4147 suitable for DSL applications. The MAX4144/MAX4146 wideband receivers have fully symmetrical differential inputs and a single-ended output capable of driving 2.6V into a 150

load. The MAX4144s gain is internally set at 2V/V, and the MAX4146s gain is set between 10V/V and 100V/V with a single external resistor. Each device has matched and laser-trimmed internal thinfilm resistors that achieve common-mode rejection of 60dB at 10MHz. The MAX4144 employs current-feedback techniques to achieve a 130MHz bandwidth, 110MHz full-power bandwidth, and 1000V/s slew rate. The MAX4144/MAX4146/MAX4147 come in 14-pin SO packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.35 for the MAX4144, and $2.50 for the MAX4147 (1000 up, FOB USA).

TWISTED-PAIR TO COAXIAL-CABLE CONVERTER

OUT+ IN+

R1

2:1 TRANSFORMER TWISTED PAIR

R1 INOUT 75 75 COAX VOUT 75

MAX4147
INOUT-

R2

MAX4144
IN+

R2

19

Volume Twenty-Six

NEWS BRIEFS

Maxim reports earnings and record new product introductions for Q297

IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Design trade-offs for single-supply op amps Step-up/step-down current source charges batteries Low-power, 32kHz oscillator operates over wide supply range 5V step-down converter has transformer-isolated feedback Simple circuit measures battery impedance Data Converters
12-bit, TTL-output ADCs sample to 10Msps, 20Msps, or 30Msps 2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs in SO-8 draw 10A 3.3V, 12-bit, quad VOUT DAC has FORCE and SENSE pins Micropower, 13-bit VOUT DAC features smallest package 3.3V, 13-bit DAC in tiny MAX package consumes <1mW 16-bit, single 5V DAC in 8-pin SO (MAX1170/1171/1172) (MAX1241/1243) (MAX5253) (MAX535) (MAX5351) (MAX541/544) (MAX975/977) (MAX4536/4537/4538) (MAX498/499) (MAX768) (MAX798) (MAX887) (MAX890L895L) (MAX63056313) (MAX821/822) (MAX834/835) (MAX836/837)

3 10 12 14 15

NEW PRODUCTS

17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 20 20 20 19 21 21 22 22 21 22 23

Comparators
3V/5V comparators offer dual speed and auto-standby

Analog Switches
Quad, SPST analog switches operate on 2V Quad/triple, SPDT RGB switches include 250MHz video buffers

Power-Management ICs
Low-noise, dual-output bias for GaAsFET and VCO tuner diodes 1.6V synchronous step-down controller powers Pentium Pro Ps PWM step-down switching converter has internal power switches Current-limited power switches protect against shorts and overloads Only dual-voltage P-reset ICs in 5-pin SOTs 4-pin voltage monitors have pin-selectable timeout delay 2.5A, SOT IC voltage monitors have latched outputs 3.5A voltage monitors come in 4-pin SOT

P Supervisors

Interface ICs
RS-485/RS-422 transceivers guarantee logic 1 output during open circuit 250kbps, 5-Tx/3-Rx, 3V RS-232 transceiver reduces supply current to 1A (MAX30803089) (MAX3238)

Voltage References
Low-noise, precision voltage references guarantee 2ppm/C tempcos 50ppm/C, three-terminal reference offered in a SOT23 package (MAX6225A/6241A/6250A) 23 (MAX6520) 23

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS EARNINGS AND RECORD NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS FOR Q297
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported net revenues of $104.7 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1997 ending December 31, 1996, compared to $106.2 million for the same period a year ago. Net income was $33.3 million for the current quarter, compared to net income of $31.9 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1996. Income per share was $0.46 per share for Q297 compared to $0.45 per share in Q296. Operating income was 46.5% of net revenues, compared to 45.1% for Q296. Sequentially, the results for Q297 showed a modest increase over the net revenues of $101 million, net income of $31.4 million, and income per share of $0.45 reported in Q197. Maxim introduced a record 63 new products in Q297, an increase over the previous record of 59 announced in Q197. Backlog shippable in the next twelve months remained flat at Q197 levels of $103 million. Orders requested for delivery in the next three months increased to 77% of the backlog at December 31, 1996, compared to 72% at the end of Q197 and 59% at the end of Q496. Turns orders received in Q297 were nearly twice those received in Q197, which were 3.4 times the turns orders received in Q496. (Turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the quarter if the Company has inventory available that matches those orders.) The Company believes that this higher level of turns orders experienced in Q1 and Q2 of fiscal 1997 reflects the relatively short lead times (810 weeks) for integrated circuits and customers belief that shortages will not reappear in the near future. The Company now believes that Q496 represented an inflection point in the inventory correction that began in the second half of FY96. While the Company is encouraged by the higher business levels experienced in Q297, continued revenue growth in Q3 and Q4 of fiscal 1997 is dependent upon booking rates increasing over the Q297 levels and continued high levels of turns orders that match available supply. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and CEO, commented on the quarter: Maxim performed well in Q2. Product introductions continued at a record pace, and our gross margins remain among the industrys best. The Company anticipated and was able to respond to a significant level of turns orders. The inventory correction we predicted in 1995 appears to be behind us. We believe that we managed better than most through this period of correction because of the breadth of our product market coverage and our knowledge of these markets and customers. We managed our resources well and were committed to protecting our future. Maxim has emerged from this period stronger than ever. Mr. Gifford continued, We are pleased to note that during the past quarter, analyst coverage of Maxim has increased from five investment banking firms to nine. We anticipate that this increased coverage will make information about Maxim and its performance even more comprehensive and widely available. I was happy to see that, after six consecutive years on the Forbes list of the Best 200 Small Companies in America, Maxim was omitted from the list this year only because we graduated; or, as Forbes put it, we were so strong that they shot right off the list, growing beyond our definition of a small companyless than $350 million in sales. Safe harbor statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Forward-looking statements in this news release involve risk and uncertainty. Important factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for electronic products and semiconductors generally, demand for the Companys products in particular, availability of raw material, equipment, supplies and services, unanticipated manufacturing problems, technological and product development risks, competitors actions and other risk factors described in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could cause actual results to differ materially.

Design trade-offs for single-supply op amps

The trend toward low-voltage, single-supply systems is fueled by designers attempts to balance the often contradictory goals of lower product size and cost vs. longer battery life and better system performance. This trend may be good for consumers, but it complicates the task of choosing an appropriate op amp for a given application. Single-supply operation is generally synonymous with low-voltage operation, and moving from 15V or 5V to a single 5V or 3V supply rail reduces the available signal range. Consequently, the common-mode input range, output-voltage swing, CMRR, noise, and other op-amp limitations become much more important. As in all engineering, you must often sacrifice one aspect of system performance to improve another. The following discussion of trade-offs among single-supply op amps also explains how these low-voltage amplifiers differ from their higher voltage predecessors.

for handling the signals common-mode range. If so, it could provide better performance than one with a rail-torail input. Typical rail-to-rail input stages use two differential input pairs instead of one (Figure 1). As the input signal moves from one supply rail to the other, the amplifier shifts from one input pair to the other. At the crossover point, this shift can cause changes in the input bias current and offset voltage that affect both the magnitude and the polarity of these parameters. These offset-voltage changes typically worsen the distortion performance and precision specifications of rail-to-rail amplifiers (in comparison with ground-sensing types). To minimize offset-voltage shifts and smooth the transition from one input pair to another, Maxim trims the offset of its rail-to-rail amplifiers at both the high and the low ends of the common-mode range. To reduce offset voltages caused by input bias currents, the designer should match impedances at the op amps inverting and noninverting nodes. Because input bias currents are typically larger than input offset currents, this impedance matching is good practice for all types of op amps, not just rail-to-rail input amplifiers. To illustrate this point, Figure 2 shows the change in input bias current vs. common-mode range for the MAX4122MAX4129 family of op amps (which feature rail-to-rail capability at both the input and output). As the common-mode input voltage ramps from 0V to 5V, the input bias current makes an absolute change of 85nA (from -45nA to +40nA). In contrast, the specification for input offset current is only 1nA. Thus, changes at the inverting and noninverting inputs (input offset current) track each other closely, despite significant changes in the magnitude and sign of the bias currents. By matching impedances at these nodes, you can minimize the offset voltage induced by changes in input bias current. Figure 3 shows how to match impedances in the classic inverting and noninverting op-amp configurations. The inverting configuration (Figure 4) offers one way to eliminate changes in the input bias current by keeping the amplifiers common-mode input voltage constant at a reference voltage (V REF ). The output is given by V OUT = (-V IN x R2/R1) + VREF(1 + R2/R1). If R2 = R1, this becomes VOUT = -VIN + 2VREF. For VREF = 2V and VIN between 0V and 3V, VOUT ranges from 4V to 1V. The common-mode range is fixed, so CMR errors are eliminated as well. Table 2 lists references suitable for use in low-voltage systems.

Input stage concerns

Input common-mode voltage range is one of the first issues a designer should consider in specifying a singlesupply op amp. The first impulse is to eliminate this concern by specifying a Rail-to-Rail input capability. Certain penalties must be paid, however, for true rail-torail operation. Most of Maxims low-voltage op amps have input common-mode voltage ranges that include the negative supply rail (Table 1), but only some allow inputs that extend to the positive rail as well. Others allow input voltages only within one or two volts of the positive rail. Op amps that allow signals only to the negative rail will be referred to as ground-sensing amplifiers. Those that allow signals to either rail will be referred to as rail-torail input amplifiers. VOS and IB concerns In many applications, the amplifier provides a gain of +2V/V or more to a ground-referred signal. In these cases, a ground-sensing amplifier is generally adequate
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

Table 1. Maxim low-voltage op amps

Input Output Voltage Range Voltage Swing VCC - VEE + VCC - VEE + Load Part xx (V) xx (V) xx (V) xx (V) () MAX4124/5 -0.25 -0.25 0.24 0.125 250 MAX4128 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 -0.25 0.28 0.24 0.28 0.28 0.24 0.28 0.28 0.36 0.18 0.125 0.18 0.18 0.125 0.18 0.18 0.26 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 25 SupplyVoltage Range (V) 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 6.5 Max Supply Current (mA) 0.825 0.825 1.15 1.15 1.15 0.825 0.825 0.825 1.5 Max Offset Voltage (mV) 0.6 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.75 1.5 0.65 Bandwidth (MHz) 26 26 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 Voltage Current Slew Noise Noise Rate (nV/ (pA/ _ _ (V/s) Hz) Hz) 10 22 0.4 10 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 26 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Voltage Gain at Load (dB) () 106 100k 84 250 106 100k 84 250 108 100k 82 250 108 100k 82 250 108 100k 82 250 106 100k 84 250 106 100k 84 250 106 100k 84 250 124 100k 100 1k 87 25 120 100k 95 2k 110 100k 110 10k 108 1k 112 105 104 106 120 120 4 66 61 138 120 119 110 105 90 61 59 57 150 100k 10k 50k 50k 1M 1M 1k 150 2k 2k 600 No load 10k 600 2k 150 50 10k 1 Min Stable Gain (V/V) 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Comments Single, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 500pF. MAX4125 has shutdown. Dual, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 500pF Single, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 160pF. MAX4131 has shutdown. Dual, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 160pF. MAX4133 has shutdown. Quad, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 160pF Single, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 500pF. MAX4123 has shutdown. Dual, rail-to-rail I/O, drives 500pF. MAX4127 has shutdown. Quad, rail-to-rail I/O Guaranteed 80mA output current drive, drives 500pF loads. Outputs high impedance in shutdown. Single/dual/quad, 300pF capacitive drive. MAX4331/3 have shutdown. Single/dual/quad, drives 500pF, internal charge pump Dual/quad/single, precision, rail-to-rail I/O Low Vos and drift, micropower, I/O to negative rail Micropower, precision Dual/quad, precision Single/dual/quad, lowest power Single/dual/quad, lowest power Single/dual/quad, low power, high bandwidth, high slew rate, low distortion. SOT23-6 package. Dual/quad, precision Single/dual/quad, _ high speed, low noise (<2.4nV/Hz) guaranteed) Single/dual/quad, wide output swing, 15V/s min slew rate Single/dual/triple/quad. MAX4213/18 have shutdown (outputs high impedance in shutdown). SOT23-5 package. Chopper stabilized, internal capacitors

MAX4130/1 -0.25 MAX4132/3 -0.25 MAX4134 -0.25

MAX4122/3 -0.25 MAX4126/7 -0.25 MAX4129 -0.25

MAX41659 -0.25

MAX43304 -0.25 MAX4162/3/4-0.25 MAX492/4/5 0 MAX480 MAX478/9 MXL1178/9 MAX409/17/ 19 MAX406/7/ 18 MAX4180 MAX4187* 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

-0.25 -0.25 0 0 -0.3 -0.3 0 0 1.1

0.125 0.02 0.02 0.15

0.1 0.02 0.2 0.15

2k 100k 10k 1k 10k 2k 2k 1M 1M 1.50

2.7 to 6.5 2.7 to 10 2.7 to 6 1.6 to 36 2.2 to 36 2.2 to 36 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 10 4.5 to 11

0.325 0.035 0.15 0.015 0.017 17 0.0012 0.0012 1.2

0.65 5 0.5 70V 70V 70V 10 10 5

3 0.2 0.5 0.02 0.06 0.06 0.15 0.008 to 0.04 400

1 0.08 0.2 0.012 0.025 0.08 0.02 1200

28 80 25 55 49 150 150 2

0.26

1 1 1 1 1 1 10

0.1 0.6 0.01

0.8mV 0.1mV 1.2 0.2 1.2mV 0.2mV 0.01 0.01 0.01 1.8 0.01 1.8

MXL1013/14 1.2 MAX410/12/ 1.3 14 MAX473/4/5 1.7

-0.3 1.2 -0.1

6mV 1.3 0.05

1.2V 1.2 0.05

600 2k Unloaded 50

4 to 36 2.4 to 5.25 2.7 to 6

0.5 2.7 3

150V 1 typ 1

0.6 28 10

0.4 4.5 17

22 1.8 40

0.07 1.2

1 1 1

MAX4212/ 13/16/18

2.25

-0.2

0.7

0.6

3.15 to 11

300

600

10

MAX430/2

2.5

-0.1

0.5

0.5

10k

2.5 to 16.5

0.5 to 2

5V

0.125 to 0.5

0.125

0.4 Vp-p

0.01

*Future productsavailable after April 1997.

a)

VCC

b)

VCC

IN+

IN-

IN+

IN-

VEE

VEE

Figure 1. A rail-to-rail input stage (a) has two differential pairs, while a standard ground-sensing input stage (b) has only one.
4

MAX4122 INPUT BIAS CURRENT vs. COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE

MAX4122/29-14

a)
R3* VIN

VCC

50 40 INPUT BIAS CURRENT (nA) 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE (V) VCC = 2.7V VCC = 6.5V

R1

R2

b)
R3*

VCC

Figure 2. As the common-mode input voltage of a rail-to-rail input amplifier sweeps from one supply rail to the other, the input bias current can change, both in sign and in magnitude.

VIN *R3 = R1 R2 R1 R2

VCC R2

Figure 3. Matching the resistance at the inverting and noninverting nodes minimizes offset errors caused by input bias currents for both the noninverting (a) and inverting (b) configurations.

R1 VIN VOUT

Output stage concerns

While low-voltage designs may not require op amps with rail-to-rail input stages, they typically require rail-to-rail output stages to maximize dynamic range. Because op amps provide gain in most applications, the output voltage is usually larger than the input voltage. Thus, a rail-to-rail input stage is not always required, but a rail-to-rail output stage usually is. These output stages differ from those in dual-supply op amps and cause different circuit behavior in the rail-to-rail output amplifiers. Rail-to-rail output stages usually incorporate a commonemitter configuration, and standard output stages usually have an emitter-follower configuration (Figure 5). For common-emitter output stages, the voltage drop from input to output is relatively low (a single collector-toemitter saturation voltage, or VCE(SAT)), but the classic emitter-follower output stage cannot get closer to the rail than VCE(SAT) (due to the current source) plus VBE (due to the output transistor). Because a bipolar transistors VCE(SAT) depends on the current through the transistor, the output swing of a bipolar op amp depends on its load current. Thus, despite claims of rail-to-rail performance, an amplifiers output stage never truly reaches the supply rail. A MAX4122 with 100k load, for instance, swings to within 12mV of the positive rail and 20mV of the negative rail. With a 250 load, however, it swings only to within 240mV of the positive rail and 125mV of the negative rail.
5

R3 VOUT = -R2 VIN + 1 + R2 VREF R1 R1

VREF

Figure 4. By holding the common-mode input voltage constant, the inverting-amplifier configuration eliminates common-moderejection errors.

Slew rate Slew rate can also suffer when a rail-to-rail input amplifier is used in place of a ground-sensing amplifier. The ground-sensing amplifiers simpler input stage can take advantage of many slew-rate-enhancing circuit techniques that are simply not available to amplifiers with the two-pair, rail-to-rail input. For example, MAX4212 family op amps (Table 1) have ground-sensing inputs that help them achieve 600V/s slew rates and 300MHz bandwidths with supply currents of only 7mA maximum. If they had rail-to-rail input stages and all other specs remained unchanged, the slew rates would be several times lower.

Table 2. Maxim low-voltage references

Output Voltage (V) 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4.096 4.096 4.096 4.5 Input Voltage Range (V) 2.4 to 11 2.4 to 11 >VOUT 2.7 to 12.0 2.7 to 20 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 30 4.5 to 30 4.7 to 12.6 4.5 to 18 4.3 to 20 4.7 to 12.6 VOUT + 0.2 Temp. Drift (ppm/C max) 100 (30 typ) 50 10 to 100 50 40 7 to 20 10 to 85 5 to 30 50 1 to 3 40 50 50 Max Initial Accuracy, TA = +25C (% F.S.) 1 1 2 1 0.2 0.06 to 0.1 0.4 to 3 0.05 to 0.3 1 0.02 0.2 1 1 Max Quiescent Current (A) 58 70 50 130 10 280 1.5mA 1mA 130 10mA 10 130 130 Max Noise, 0.1Hz to 10Hz (Vp-p, typ) 10 10 5 (10Hz to 10kHz) 15 60 16 60 50 25 1.2 60 30 15 Package Options 1 SOT23, SO SOT23, SO TO-52, TO-92, SO SOT23, SO DIP, SO DIP, SO TO-52, SO TO-99, DIP, SO, CERDIP SOT23, SO DIP/SO/CERDIP DIP, SO SOT23, SO SOT23, SO Temp. Ranges 2 E E C, E, M E C, E C, E, M C, M C, M E C, E, M C, E E E

Part MAX6120 MAX6520 ICL8069 MAX6125 MAX872 MAX873 MX580 MX584 MAX6141 MAX676 MAX874 MAX6145

Features Low-cost, micropower, three-terminal reference Low-cost, micropower, three-terminal reference; low drift Micropower, two-terminal reference Low-cost, low-dropout, three-terminal reference Lowest-power, lowest-dropout precision reference. VCC = VOUT + 200mV. Low-power/drift, REF43 upgrade Low-drift bandgap reference Low-drift programmable reference Low-cost, low-dropout, three-terminal reference Lowest temperature drift in SO package, lowest long-term drift, low dropout Lowest-power, lowest-dropout precision reference. VCC = VOUT + 200mV. Low-cost, low-dropout, three-terminal reference Adjustable, low-cost, low-dropout, three-terminal reference

MAX6160 Adjustable 1.23 to 12.40

1 Package options: DIP = dual-in-line package; PLCC = plastic leadless chip carrier (quad pack); FP = flat pack 2 Temperature ranges: C = 0C to +70C, E = -40C to +85C; M = -55C to + 125C

For CMOS output stages, the analogy to the bipolar transistors collector-emitter voltage is the MOSFETs drainsource voltage, which is caused by the product of on-resistance and channel current in the MOSFET. Thus, the output voltage swing for a MOSFET output stage is also a function of the load. Gain vs. load Besides offering a low input-to-output voltage drop, the common-emitter stage of a rail-to-rail amplifier differs from the emitter-follower stage in other important ways. Common-emitter stages provide voltage gain and have relatively high-impedance outputs; emitter-follower stages provide unity voltage gain and have lowimpedance outputs. For that reason, rail-to-rail op amps usually include the output node as part of the compensation network, while standard op amps typically take their compensation at a preceding stage. For rail-to-rail op amps, the resulting dependency of gain on load current can make them unstable when driving capacitive loads. These properties of rail-to-rail outputs can be suppressed with careful op-amp design, but the trade-off tends to be a higher supply current than required by op amps with emitter-follower output stages. The MAX4122
6

a)

VCC

b)

VCC

VOUT

VOUT

VEE

VEE

Figure 5. A rail-to-rail output stage (a) has a common-emitter configuration, while a standard output stage (b) has an emitterfollower configuration.

MAX4129 family of op amps offers good capability for driving capacitive loads (Table 1). Featuring rail-to-rail inputs and outputs that remain stable while driving 500pF, these op amps are useful for driving both improperly terminated cables and the capacitive inputs of analog-to-digital converters. The features that allow them to drive heavy capacitive loads also allow them to maintain good large-signal voltage gain, even with heavy resistive loads.

Open-loop gain vs. output swing As is true for all op amps, the open-loop gain for a railto-rail output amplifier is a function of the output voltage swing. Thus, to evaluate a rail-to-rail output amplifier, you must specify the gain both at a given output voltage and with a given load. Maxim specifies gain this way, but not all vendors include such data in their data sheets. For example, an op amp may have 106dB of open-loop gain and the capability to drive a 250 load to within 125mV of the rails, but it may not be able to exhibit those capabilities at the same time. The MAX4122MAX4129 data sheet, for instance, properly specifies large-signal voltage gain and output voltage swing in its Electrical Characteristics table (Figure 6). Large-signal voltage gain vs. output voltage and load graphs for these devices are shown in Figure 7. Charge-pump op amps The MAX4162 op-amp family illustrates a novel approach to the problems of the standard rail-to-rail output stage. These op amps have a classic emitterfollower output stage, but achieve rail-to-rail outputs with an internal charge-pump converter that provides internal supply voltages to bias the output stage. The charge-pump converter also provides power to the amplifiers other stages. Thus, the input stage has a standard ground-sensing configuration, but allows inputs to swing from ground to VCC. Specifications for this family are listed in Table 1. Each device draws only 35A (including the charge-pump converter) while

providing a 200kHz bandwidth. Supply currents are low, but these amplifiers can drive relatively heavy loads of 20k and 500pF. Because a charge pump enables the construction of op amps with standard input and output structures, such amplifiers can offer performance superior to that of railto-rail op amps. Charge-pump op amps have very good common-mode rejection, and their single input-transistor pair is not prone to the offset-voltage changes caused by switchover between input pairs. In addition, the classic emitter-follower output stage provides high open-loop gain, even with a relatively heavy resistive load. It also allows the amplifier to remain stable while driving large capacitive loads.

General issues
Single-supply operation also aggravates the problems of noise, biasing, and distortion. Noise Single-supply applications are generally low voltage, and lower supply rails force the designer to make a corresponding reduction in noise just to maintain the systems signal-to-noise ratio. Unfortunately, lowvoltage operation usually goes hand-in-hand with lowpower operation, and as supply current decreases, amplifier noise tends to increase. All else being equal, a lower noise amplifier requires higher power dissipation.

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(VCC = +2.7V to +6.5V, VEE = 0V, VCM = 0V, VOUT = VCC / 2, RL tied to VCC / 2, SHDN 2V (or open), TA = +25C, unless otherwise noted.) PARAMETER VCC = 2.7V Large-Signal Voltage Gain VCC = 5V MAX4122/ MAX4123/ MAX4124/ MAX4125 Output Voltage Swing MAX4126/ MAX4127/ MAX4128/ MAX4129 RL = 100k RL = 250 CONDITIONS VOUT = 0.25V to 2.45V, RL = 100k VOUT = 0.4V to 2.3V, RL = 250 VOUT = 0.25V to 4.75V, RL = 100k VOUT = 0.4V to 4.6V, RL = 250 RL = 100k RL = 250 VCC - VOH VOL - VEE VCC - VOH VOL - VEE VCC - VOH VOL - VEE VCC - VOH VOL - VEE MIN 92 72 94 75 TYP 104 80 106 84 12 20 240 125 15 25 280 180 20 25 290 170 30 40 330 230 mV dB MAX UNITS

Figure 6. A proper specification for large-signal voltage gain includes both the load and the output voltage swing. Output voltage swing is a function of the load being driven.

LARGE-SIGNAL GAIN vs. OUTPUT VOLTAGE

VCC = 2.7V, R L TO VEE RL = 100k
MAX4122/29-19

VCC = 6.5V, R L TO VEE

MAX4122/29-20

120 110 100 GAIN (dB) 90 80 70 60 0 100 200 300 400 500

120 110 RL = 100k GAIN (dB) 100 90 80 70 60 RL = 10k RL = 2k

RL = 10k RL = 2k RL = 500

RL = 500

600

100

200

300

400

500

600

OUTPUT VOLTAGE: DISTANCE FROM EITHER SUPPLY (mV) VCC = 2.7V, R L TO VCC RL = 100k RL = 10k 100 GAIN (dB) 90 80 70 60 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 OUTPUT VOLTAGE: DISTANCE FROM EITHER SUPPLY (mV) RL = 2k RL = 500 GAIN (dB) 100 90 80 70 60 0
MAX4122/29-22

OUTPUT VOLTAGE: DISTANCE FROM EITHER SUPPLY (mV) VCC = 6.5V, R L TO VCC RL = 100k 110 RL = 10k RL = 2k RL = 500
MAX4122/29-23

120 110

120

100

200

300

400

500

600

OUTPUT VOLTAGE: DISTANCE FROM EITHER SUPPLY (mV)

Figure 7. These graphs show a dependence of gain on the load and the output voltage swing for rail-to-rail output amplifiers.

To evaluate op-amp noise, consider all noise sources: input voltage noise, input current noise, and thermal noise caused by the gain-setting resistors. Figure 8 illustrates these noise sources with a voltage-feedback op amp. C1 is stray capacitance at the op amps inverting input, C2 limits noise gain and signal bandwidth at the higher frequencies, and R1/R2 are the standard gainsetting resistors. R3 balances the resistances seen by the inverting and noninverting inputs. At low frequencies, the noise gain is given by 1 + R2/R1 (Figure 9). The noise gain sees its first zero at a frequency given by 1/2R1C1, then increases at 6dB per octave until it hits the pole caused by C2. At this pole (1/2R2C2), the noise gain is flat and equal to 1 + C1/C2. Noise gain then intercepts the open-loop gain of the amplifier and rolls off at 6dB per octave (the standard single-pole rolloff of the amplifiers open-loop gain). Because the input voltage noise, noninverting current noise, and noise due to R3 are integrated over the entire closed-loop bandwidth and multiplied by the circuits noise gain, you can see (from the plots of noise gain and open-loop gain) that circuit noise can be minimized by
8

choosing an op amp with a lower unity-gain-crossover frequency. For the inverting input, current noise and the thermal noise due to R1 and R2 are integrated only over the signal bandwidth (1/2R2C2). Since capacitor C2 is not present for current-feedback op amps, noise for those types is integrated over the entire closed-loop signal bandwidth. Distortion An amplifiers loop gain minimizes the distortion that would otherwise result from nonlinearities in its inputto-output transfer function. Because amplifier gain falls off at higher frequencies, the amplifiers harmonic distortion increases. Thus, for a given frequency, an op amp can achieve superior harmonic performance if it operates in its more linear region, with maximum loop gain. This usually means biasing the output away from the supply rails, as in Figure 4 (which introduces signal inversion and offset) or Figure 10 (which introduces offset but no signal inversion).

GAIN (dB) C2 VNR1 R1 VN VNR2

R2

OPEN-LOOP GAIN

C1 VNR3 R3

INVOUT 1 / 2R2C2 IN+ 1 + R2 R1

NOISE GAIN 1 + C1 C2 1 / 2R1C1 LOG f

Figure 8. Major noise sources in a voltage-feedback op amp are as shown.

RG RF

Figure 9. This graph shows noise gain and open-loop gain for the amplifier in Figure 8.

systems have been available longer, and dual-supply op amps are not designed with the same restrictions as their single-supply cousins.
R VOUT = VREF + F VIN RG

RG VIN RF

VREF

Figure 10. Providing both gain and offset to the input signal, this circuit biases the output voltage away from the supply rails.

The inverting method shown in Figure 4 eliminates common-mode nonlinearities by keeping the commonmode input voltage constant. This feature is particularly useful for rail-to-rail input amplifiers, whose nonlinearities are produced by changes in the common-mode input (as the input stage shifts from one input pair to the other). Focus again on the output stage. A light load will improve the harmonic performance of rail-to-rail amplifiers, because gain is a function of load current. An amplifiers voltage excursion also affects distortion. All op amps tend to benefit from loads that require a minimal voltage excursion (internal nodes dont have to travel too far, so they tend to remain in their linear regions). An amplifiers slew rate, which is related to full-power bandwidth, also affects harmonic distortion. In running the amplifier above its full-power bandwidth, the associated slew-rate limitations cause severe nonlinearities. Generating a second supply High-performance, single-supply op amps are becoming more common, but to maximize performance you must sometimes choose a dual-supply amplifier. The selection of dual-supply types is greater because dual-supply
9

Countless methods are available for generating a negative supply from an existing positive one. Switching regulators are the most flexible, but charge-pump voltage converters offer the simplest, smallest, and cheapest alternative. Because charge-pump converters provide voltage conversion with external capacitors rather than inductors, they excel at providing integer multiples of the input voltage (-VIN, +2VIN, etc.). Their output voltages are typically unregulated, but if load currents are relatively light, the output voltages remain fairly close to an integer multiple of the input. Because charge-pump converters can have very low quiescent supply currents, they can be highly efficient under light loads. In Figure 11 , a charge-pump converter is configured to generate a negative voltage that is equal to the input in magnitude but opposite in polarity. Pin-strap options set the internal oscillator frequency at 13kHz, 100kHz, or 250kHz, allowing the designer to trade off quiescent current consumption, charge-pump capacitor size, or output voltage ripple.

+1.5V to +5.5V INPUT

VDD 0.1F

SHDN, FC OUT 0.1F

INVERTED NEGATIVE OUTPUT

C1+ 0.1F C1-

MAX861
LV GND

Figure 11. Simple, small, and inexpensive charge-pump converters can readily generate a negative supply rail from a positive one.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Step-up/step-down current source charges batteries
For battery charging, the highly efficient step-down (buck) configuration is usually the topology of choice. But a different approach is required if special conditions prevail: if the supply voltage is less than the battery voltage, or (worse) if the supply voltage ranges above and below the battery voltage. The charger might need to accommodate one of several voltage sources, depending on to which is active, and it might need to charge batteries with different cell counts. All of these requirements can be met with the Figure 1 circuit, which charges 1 to 15 cells from an input of 4V to 15V. The topology shown is the single-ended, primaryinductance converter (SEPIC), which is notable for its step-up/step-down capability. The controller (IC1) usually regulates an output voltage, but in this case the resistive dividers at pin 3 keep the feedback unsatisfied, causing the system to produce current pulses at a level determined by its current-limit circuitry. To regulate charging current, the op amp adjusts Q1s current limit by comparing the R2 voltage (proportional to charging current) with a voltage derived from the reference in IC1. S1 and S2 let you set the charging-current level. The maximum Q1 current set by R1 (4A) is within the capability of L1, but it allows some saturation and heating. If this peak inductor current is insufficient, IOUT will fall gracefully short of the desired maximum value (1A). If VIN is high and VOUT is low, you can obtain more charging current by changing resistor values at the op amps inverting input. Otherwise, higher current requires that you set a higher peak current by lowering R1. In that case, L1, L2, C1, and C2 must be larger to withstand the higher currents. To limit the voltage stresses on Q1, C1, C2, and D1, the resistor values connected at pin 3 of IC1 set a maximum output voltage of 28V across the battery. You can extend this voltage by adjusting the resistors, but note that Q1 and D1 must withstand slightly more than VIN + VOUT, and the coupling capacitor (C1) must withstand VIN. The full charging current flows through C1, so be sure that any substitutes can handle the required voltage and the ripple current. C1 and C2 are nonpolarized ceramic capacitors, but maintain the polarities shown if you substitute polarized capacitors. As shown, the maximum VIN is about 15V. This value can be higher if you limit the supply voltage applied to IC1 (pin 2). Either add a linear regulator for this purpose, or replace the MAX770 with a MAX773, which takes its power from a built-in shunt regulator. Note that any coupling between L1 and L2 will assume the polarities shown by the dots, but circuit operation does not depend on such coupling.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE

30k 3 10k FB

180k

DUAL-MODE COMPARATOR

IC1
SHDN 4

VIN C1 1F D1 IN5822 1 L2 C3 V+ 2 C4 0.1F 2 IOUT

5 REF 0.1F

1.5V REFERENCE

50mV ERROR COMPARATOR

MAX770
BIAS CIRCUITRY 3 L1 4

VOUT C2 1F

ONE-SHOT Q TRIG N

F/F S R ONE-SHOT TRIG Q CURRENT-SENSE AMPLIFIER GND 7 18k 1.5V 2k 1A S1 CURRENT SET 680 0.25A S2 0.01F 100 0.05A AGND 6 3k 0.1F 3k 8 0.1V CS 8 LOW-VOLTAGE OSCILLATOR 2.5V EXT 1 470 1000pF VIN R1 50m
Q1 MOTOROLA MTD20N06HDL

BATTERY Q

7 3

1k 0.01F 2

6 I IQ IC2 Q 4

IC2 ICL7612A
4 C1, C2: 1F CERAMIC CAPACITOR C3, C4: 100F, 16V AVX TPS107M016R0100 R1: 0.050 IRC LR2010-01-R050-F R2: 0.150 IRC LR2010-01-R150-F L1, L2: COILTRONICS CTX 20-4 1 (TOP VIEW) 2 3

R2 150m 1000pF

Figure 1. This versatile battery charger is built around the controller IC, which is forced to produce an average current at an amplitude regulated by the op amp.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Low-power, 32kHz oscillator operates over wide supply range
A 32kHz oscillator is often used to generate a system clock or auxiliary sleep clock in low-power instruments and microcontrollers (Cs). The usual implementation is a CMOS inverter (74HC04 or CD4049UB type) biased as a linear amplifier by connecting a large-valued resistor from the input to the output. Inverter circuits present problems, however. Supply currents fluctuate widely over a 3V to 6V supply range, and currents below 250A are difficult to attain. Operation can be unreliable for wide variations in supply voltage. Further, the inverters input characteristics can vary widely (especially among different manufacturers), and they are not guaranteed. A very low-power crystal oscillator solves these problems (Figure 1). Drawing only 13A from a 3V supply, it consists of a single-transistor amplifier/ oscillator (Q1) and a low-power comparator/ reference device (IC1). Q1s base is biased at 1.25V via R5, R4, and the reference in IC1. VBE is about 0.7V, placing the emitter at approximately 0.5V.

2.5V TO 11V

Y1 32.768kHz

R1 220k C4 0.002F 7 V+

C1 22pF

R5 1M C3 22pF 3 C2 0.002F R3 100k R2 330k 5 6 IN4 IN+

IC1 MAX931
OUT 8 OUTPUT tr/tf = 500/100ns

R4 330k

1 HYST REF

OUTPUT HC CMOS RISE/FALLS

IC2 74HC14
(SEE TEXT) REF

SUPPLY CURRENT vs. V CC

VCC (V) 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 ICC (A) WITHOUT HC14 WITH HC14 12 13 15 18 23 24 28 31 35 N/A 21 29 42 59 N/A N/A N/A N/A

GND 1 2

Figure 1. This 32kHz, low-power clock oscillator offers numerous advantages over conventional oscillator circuits based on a CMOS inverter (see text).

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE

This constant voltage across R3 sets the transistors quiescent current at 5A, which fixes the collector voltage at about 1V below VCC. The amplifiers nominal gain (R1/R2) is approximately 2V/V. The crystal combined with the load capacitors C1 and C3 forms a feedback path around Q1, whose 180 of phase shift causes the oscillation. C4 couples this signal to the comparator input, whose quiescent voltage (1.25V) is set by the reference via R2. The comparators input swing is thus centered around the reference voltage. Operating at 3V and 32kHz, IC1 draws about 7A. The comparator output can source 40mA and sink 5mAmore than enough for most low-power loads. The moderate-speed rise/fall times, however (500ns and 100ns, respectively), can cause standard,

high-speed CMOS logic to draw higher-than-normal switching currents. In that case, the optional Schmitt trigger shown (IC2) can handle the comparators rise/fall times with only a small penalty in supply current (see table in Figure 1). You can omit the Schmitt trigger if the oscillator drives a Cs crystalinput terminal. Unlike inverter-based oscillators (which exhibit startup difficulties, finicky operation, and a decade of change in supply current over the 3V to 6V range), this circuit starts quickly and reliably at any supply voltage. Component values are generally not critical, and for Q1, you can substitute any small-signal transistor with a decent beta of 100 or so at 5A. Supply currents are nearly flat over the 2.5V to 11V supply range (the maximum allowed for IC1).

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
5V step-down converter has transformer-isolated feedback
The circuit of Figure 1 shows an alternative to optoisolated feedback signals (the system shown is a 5V switching regulator). The zero (non-existent) line regulation of a push/pull, surface-mount transformer and driver (T2 and IC2) produces an isolated feedback signal (to pin 3 of IC1) proportional to the regulators nominal 5V output. The result is a fully isolated dc-dc converter without the usual opto-isolator bandwidth constraints and aging characteristics. By alternately grounding each end of T2s centertapped primary, the transformer driver (IC2) generates an ac signal proportional to the desired 5V feedback voltage. A diode bridge (CR2CR5) and capacitor (C4) convert this transformers output to dc, and a diode-resistor network (CR1, R3, R4) compensates for the diode bridges temperature coefficient. (You can substitute silicon signal diodes, such as 1N4148s, for the Schottky diodes.) The result is a zero-TC voltage slightly less than 1/2VOUT. Transformer T1 isolates VOUT.
10V TO 16V GND C6 100F 20V

In response to a 5V output, the feedback network produces an isolated 2.404V (at IC1, pin 3) and introduces about 250ns of delay at 100kHzthe equivalent of 9 of phase shift. This bandwidth is sufficient for the control loop in most switching converters. Supply current for IC2 and the temperaturecompensation network together is about 6mA. Starting with a 5V, nonisolated transformer flyback converter in which VOUT connects directly to the top of C1 and R1, you can insert the isolated-feedback circuit (bottom of Figure 1) between V OUT and C1/R1. To accommodate this extra isolated-feedback circuit, simply reduce the value of R1 to ensure that the R1/R2 divider voltage is comparable to IC1s internal feedback reference (1.5V). The isolated converters performance is virtually identical to that of the nonisolated converter, except for isolated-feedback-circuit power consumption. T2 provides 500V RMS isolation. (You can also get transformers with 1500VRMS isolation.)
CR6 NSQ03A04 C7 33F 20V VOUT +5V AT 1A

1 10

T1

9 2

ISOGND

IC1 MAX770
C1 100pF R1 220k 1 EXT 2 V+ 3 FB 4 SHDN R2 360k C3 0.1F 8 CS 7 GND 6 AGND 5 REF

Q1 RFD14N05L

R6 0.05

C2 1nF

R5 220k C5 0.1F 5 8 T2 4 2, 3 1 1 8 D1 D2 2 7 GND1 GND2 3 6 FS VCC 4 N.C. 5 SD

R4 47k CR1 MBR0520 R3 47k

CR2 MBR0520 CR3 MBR0520

CR4 MBR0520 CR5 MBR0520

C4 150pF

IC2
ISOLATION BARRIER

MAX845

Figure 1. This fully isolated 5V switching regulator offers long-term reliability and ease of design.

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Simple circuit measures battery impedance
The circuit of Figure 1 lets you calculate battery impedance as the ratio of an ac voltage applied across the battery to the resulting ac current through the battery. Batteries are seldom specified for parameters other than voltage and amp-hour capacity, but this internal impedance is important. A photo flash, for example, recycles twice as fast with nickelcadmium (NiCd) batteries as with higher impedance alkaline types. By applying an ac voltage superimposed on a tentimes-larger negative-dc voltage (at V FG ), the function generator determines the battery current drawn by Q1. Generator voltage causes the op-amp output to go high and turn Q1 on, which allows battery current to flow through the high-side currentsensing amplifier IC1. IC1s output current (pin 8) equals 1/2000 of this battery current. IC1, IC2, and Q1 thus form a loop in which the op amp forces a virtual ground at the left end of R3. The op amps extremely low offset voltage (10V maximum) ensures accuracy. This virtual-ground condition enables the voltage divider (R5 and R3 R4) and function generator to determine the voltage across R3. The following equation represents the resulting current in R3: Equation 1:
iR3 = R3 R4 R3 R4 + R5 x VFG R3

Substituting resistor values and noting that battery current is 2000 times iR3, Equation 2:
iBATTERY = VFG 5

To operate, set the generators ac voltage to approximately 10% of its dc component. Equation 2 then gives the resulting ac current in the battery (iB). Using an ac voltmeter, you can measure ac voltage across the battery (vB) and calculate the average cell impedance as vB / (NiB), where N is the number of cells. The circuit easily accommodates battery voltages of 3V or more. You can replace the R3/R4/R5 network with its Thevenin equivalent, but the result is a smaller VFG. You can regain the VFG magnitude by substituting a

OUT 2 3 RS+ RS+ RS-

8 7 6 Q1 2N3055 +15V

R3 499

R5 4.75k

VFG

IC1 MAX471

RS-

IC2 MAX400

AC VOLTMETER

BATTERY UNDER TEST

SHDN 1

GND 4 R1 2

R2 1k C1 33F -15V

R4 499

FUNCTION GENERATOR

Figure 1. With a bench power supply, function generator, and ac voltmeter, this circuit measures battery impedance under a varying load.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE

larger value for R3, but the resulting increase in loop gain can cause instability. R2/C1 is a frequencycompensation network for the configuration shown. The crude voltage-to-current converter (Q1/R1) should not allow Q1 to saturate under the conditions of peak battery current and minimum battery voltage. The V-to-I transconductance (set by R1) combines with IC1s scaling factor (1/2000) and the impedance seen by IC1s signal output (pin 8) to affect the loop gain. For the resistor values shown, the suggested test frequencyabout 100Hzis one for which most ac voltmeters are quite accurate. Table 1 shows measurements made by this circuit on freshly charged NiCd and alkaline batteries.

NiCd impedance is about one-third that of alkaline, but alkaline capacity is generally double that of NiCd. This circuit applies a known and fixed ac current regardless of the batterys terminal voltage, so a simple data logger enables it to monitor battery impedance over the batterys lifetime. Because the battery current is servo-controlled, the impedance measurement (though quite small) is relatively unaffected by the circuit wiring and connections. The ac battery voltage, however, is a measure of the quality of connections between the cells and from the cells to the battery holder.

Table 1. Measurements Made by MAX471 on Freshly Charged NiCd and Alkaline Batteries
BATTERY TYPE NiCd AA Alkaline AA NUMBER OF CELLS 4 4 BATTERY CURRENT dc ac (A) (mAp-p) 0.4 0.4 40 40 ac BATTERY VOLTAGE (mVp-p) 19.8 (7mVRMS) 50.9 (18mVRMS) PER-CELL IMPEDANCE () 0.124 0.318

16

NEW PRODUCTS
12-bit, TTL-output ADCs sample to 10Msps, 20Msps, or 30Msps
The MAX1170*/MAX1171*/MAX1172* high-speed, 12-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) offer sample-rate levels of 10Msps (MAX1170), 20Msps (MAX1171), and 30Msps (MAX1172). Each has a 2V bipolar input range, operates from +5V and -5.2V powersupply rails, and dissipates only 1.1W. For input frequencies below 1/10 the sample rate, the devices achieve a 10-bit effective resolution (ENOB). The MAX1170/MAX1171/MAX1172 include an input buffer and track/hold to minimize the need for external components. To ease the analog-source requirement and make the devices easier to drive, their input impedances consist of 300k shunted by a low, 5pF capacitance. The parallel, straight-binary digital outputs are TTL compatible. These devices offer excellent lownoise capability (66dB SNR at 1MHz) and 120MHz input bandwidths. Wide bandwidth and low aperture jitter help deliver a spurious-free dynamic range greater than 74dB at 1MHz. Applications include medium-speed instrumentation and data acquisition, radar, professional video, and direct IF downconversion in wireless base-station receivers. The MAX1170/MAX1171/MAX1172 come in 44-pin CERQUAD and 32-pin ceramic sidebraze packages, in versions specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $89.00 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
*Not available in Japan.

2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs in SO-8 draw 10A

The 12-bit MAX1241 and 10-bit MAX1243 ADCs include a 1.5s track/ hold, 7.5s successive-approximation ADC, on-chip clock, and 3-wire serial interface, all in a small 8-pin package. These low-power devices operate from a 2.7V to 5.25V single supply. At 300sps, a 1A shutdown mode reduces supply current to only 10A. At the 73ksps (max) sampling speed, the supply current is less than 1mA. Both devices accept input signals between 0V and VREF, and their external reference range includes the positive supply rail. An external clock accesses data from the 3-wire serial interface, which connects directly to standard microprocessor I/O

ports. The interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire standards. Excellent ac characteristics, very low power consumption, ease of use, and small package size make the MAX1241/ MAX1243 ADCs ideal for remote-sensor and data-acquisition applications. Pin and software compatibility between the devices simplifies the upgrade to 12 bits. The MAX1241/MAX1243 are available in 8-pin DIP and SO packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $4.95 for the MAX1241 and $3.45 for the MAX1243 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

3.3V, 12-bit, quad VOUT DAC has FORCE and SENSE pins
The MAX5253 is a monolithic, quad, 12-bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC) that operates from a single 3.15V to 3.6V supply. It contains double-buffered input registers, four 12-bit DACs, and four precision output amplifiers, plus control logic and a serial interface. The MAX5253 operates on 3mW, and its space-saving SSOP occupies only 0.09 in. 2 of board area. Accessible feedback connections for the output amplifier (FORCE and SENSE pins) enable remote sensing, specific gain configurations, and high output driver capability. Each amplifier provides Railto-Rail output swings. Other features include a low-power shutdown mode that lowers the 0.9mA quiescent current to 20A (max), and an internal power-on reset that guarantees that all outputs will be zero when power is applied. Also included is a general-purpose

logic output that is user programmable for the serial control of other external devices. The 3-wire interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire syn chronous-serial standards. The DAC registers can be updated independently or simultaneously. The MAX5253 is available in a 20-pin DIP or SSOP, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $11.35 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

CUT POWER 12x

37mW

MAX1172 SPECTRAL RESPONSE

3mW
MAX5253 Other DACs

-30

AMPLITUDE (dB)

-60

-90

Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

-120 0 1 2 3 FREQUENCY (MHz) 4 5

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Micropower, 13-bit VOUT DAC features smallest package
The MAX535 is a 13-bit digital-toanalog converter (DAC) with precision output amplifier in a small, 8-pin MAX package. It is designed for industrial and instrumentation applications that require more than 12 bits of resolution but cannot justify the price of a 14- or 16-bit DAC. The MAX535 draws 280A in normal operation with a single +5V supply and only 10A in shutdown mode. Access to the amplifiers inverting input allows the user to configure the device for specific gains and high output current capability. The DAC output swings rail-to-rail and settles in 16s. At power-up, the power-on reset circuitry clears the DAC output to zero. The MAX535 serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards, and the input is double buffered (an input register followed by a DAC register). All logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible, and all are buffered with Schmitt triggers that allow a direct interface to opto-couplers. The MAX535 comes in 8-pin MAX packages (50% smaller than an 8-pin SO) and 8-pin DIPs, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $4.95 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

16-bit, single 5V DAC in 8-pin SO

The MAX541 is the first 16-bit DAC for industrial and instrumentation applications in an 8-pin SO package. Ideal for process-control and precise-measurement applications, this device features a maximum DNL and INL of 1LSB over the entire operating temperature range, providing high accuracy in a small footprint. It operates from a single 5V supply and consumes only 1.5mW of power. With a 2.5V external reference, the device provides 38V resolution. The DAC output range is 0V to VREF. The 6.25MHz, 3-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. For applications that require isolation, all digital inputs include Schmitt triggers that allow a direct interface with slow-transitioning optocoupler signals. An internal power-on reset clears the DAC output to zero when power is initially applied. For 14-bit applications, the pin- and software-compatible MAX544 is available. The MAX541/MAX544 come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. The MAX541 has three performance grades (INL = 1, 2, or 4), and the MAX544 has two (INL = 0.5 or 1). Each is available in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $9.95 for the MAX541 and $7.90 for the MAX544 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

POWER DOWN TO 5A

+5V

FORCE
535

SENSE LOAD

3.3V, 13-bit DAC in tiny MAX package consumes <1mW

The MAX5351 is a 13-bit, 3.3V, voltage-output DAC with precision output amplifier in an 8-pin MAX package (50% smaller than an 8-pin SO). Its 13-bit resolution and low power (less than 1mW for normal operation, 33W in shutdown) are well suited for 3V portable industrial and instrumentation applications that require a cost-effective DAC.

The MAX5351 offers a unique feature: access to the amplifiers inverting input allows configurations for remote sensing, specific gains, or high output current capability. The DAC output swings rail-to-rail and settles in 20s. At power-up, internal power-on-reset circuitry clears the DAC output to zero. The internal DAC has a doublebuffered register, and the 3-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial interface standards.

The MAX5351 is available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $5.50 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

18

NEW PRODUCTS
PWM step-down switching converter has internal power switches
The MAX887 is an adjustable-output, step-down, dc-dc switching converter. It accepts input voltages from 3V to 11V and delivers output currents as high as 600mA. Its 100%-duty-cycle capability minimizes dropout voltage (typically 300mV at 500mA). To save board area, the chip includes internal power MOSFETs for the powerswitch and synchronous-rectifier functions. The synchronous rectifier enables efficiencies as high as 93%. An internal highfrequency oscillator eliminates audiofrequency interference and enables the use of tiny surface-mount components that further reduce board area. To avoid interference with sensitive RF and dataacquisition circuits, a SYNC input allows the user to synchronize the chip with an external clock.
INPUT 4V TO 11V 22F V+

The MAX887s fixed-frequency pulsewidth modulation (PWM) minimizes noise in sensitive communications applications. Holding the SYNC input low activates the chips Idle Mode control scheme, which allows the MAX887 to shift automatically between PWM for heavy loads and highefficiency pulse-frequency modulation (PFM) for light loads (below 100mA). Current-mode operation provides superior response to line and load transients, and cycle-by-cycle current limiting protects the internal MOSFET and driver. In addition, the MAX887s shutdown mode extends battery life by lowering the quiescent supply current to 2.5A (typical). The MAX887 comes in an 8-pin SO package, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.44 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

3V/5V comparators offer dual speed and auto-standby

The MAX975/MAX977 single/dual comparators operate with a 3V or 5V single supply, and each has three modes of operation: high speed, high speed with auto-standby, and low power. Propagation delays are 28ns in high-speed mode (5mV overdrive) and 820ns in low-speed mode (10mV overdrive). The outputs swing railto-rail without pull-up circuitry for an easy interface to TTL/CMOS logic. The auto-standby feature automatically places in low-power mode any comparator that exceeds a programmed interval without an output transition. The maximum supply current for this condition is 5A. This timeout period equals 10CSTO microseconds, where CSTO is an external capacitors value in picofarads. Internal hysteresis for high-speed mode ensures clean output switching, even for slow-moving input signals. All inputs and outputs can tolerate a continuous short circuit to either rail. The MAX975 comes in an 8-pin SO or MAX package, and the MAX977 comes in a 14-pin SO or 16-pin QSOP. Both are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.95 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

33H LX

OUTPUT 3.3V @ 500mA (ADJ. DOWN TO 1.27V) 33F

MAX887
ON OFF SHDN SYNC PULSE FREQ SKIP OK LOCK 2.2F PWM VL GND FB 49.9k 69.8k

Quad, SPST analog switches operate on 2V

The MAX4536/MAX4537/MAX4538 are quad, single-pole/single-throw (SPST) analog switches. Each device has a common enable input, and each is pin compatible with the industry-standard 74HC4316. MAX4536 switches are normally open (NO), and MAX4537 switches are normally closed (NC). The MAX4538 has two NO and two NC switches. Each device operates from a single 2V to 12V supply or from dual 2V to 6V

supplies. On-resistances measure 100 (max) with dual 5V supplies and 200 (max) with a single 5V supply. On-resistances match to within 4 (max) and are constant to within 10 (max) over the specified signal range. Applications include portable and battery-operated equipment, low-voltage data-acquisition systems, and audio-signal routing. MAX4536/MAX4537/MAX4538 switches handle rail-to-rail analog signals with only 1nA of off-leakage current at +25C and only 10nA at +85C. Timing for tON and tOFF is only 100ns and 80ns, respectively. To ensure TTL/CMOS-logic compatibility, the digital-input thresholds

remain at 0.8V and 2.4V whether operating with 5V or 5V supplies. The switch outputs and digital inputs have >2kV of ESD protection per MIL-STD-883 Method 3015.7. MAX4536/MAX4537/MAX4538 switches are available in 16-pin DIP, QSOP, and narrow-SO packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.98 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-noise, dualoutput bias for GaAsFET and VCO tuner diodes
The MAX768 is a small, low-noise, dual-output charge pump with power-ready indicator. Powered by a 3.6V lithium-ion (Li-Ion) battery, this single IC has three important jobs: it biases a GaAsFET power amplifier (PA); it drives an LCD or voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO); and it protects the GaAsFET by controlling the drain switch until the negative bias is within regulation. The MAX768 provides positive and negative regulated outputs using only lowcost capacitors. It includes a voltagedoubler charge pump followed by an inverting charge pump to produce unregulated outputs that are 2 times the input voltage. Internal linear regulators then provide the low-noise positive/negative regulated outputs. A logic power-ready output controls the drain switch to the GaAsFET, protecting the device by indicating when the negative voltage has risen to within 10% of its regulation setpoint. The MAX768 is intended for use in low-voltage systems for which a simple charge-pump inverter is inadequate to bias the GaAsFET, or in which the VCO needs more range to improve its signal-to-noise ratio. A typical application provides lownoise, regulated 5V outputs from inputs as low as 3V. The ICs 2.5V to 5.5V input range enables it to work directly from a single Li-Ion cell or a three-cell NiMH/NiCd battery. Output ripple is less than 2mVp-p, and available output current is at least 5mA per output. The internal linear regulators are composed of CMOS devices, so quiescent current remains independent of output loading even in dropout, and dropout voltage with no load current approaches zero. The MAX768 operates at one of two preset switching frequencies (25kHz or 100kHz), or it can be synchronized to an external clock in the 20kHz to 240kHz range. This flexibility enables users to optimize designs for noise, capacitor size, and quiescent supply current. The MAX768 is available in a spacesaving 16-pin QSOP (the same size as an 8-pin SO), in versions specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.40 (1,000 up, FOB USA). For implementing large switch arrays, each IC includes a low-power disable mode that places the outputs in a highimpedance state. Four TTL/CMOScompatible logic inputs control channel selection and output enable/disable functions. Each video input is isolated by an ac ground pin that limits channel-tochannel capacitance, reducing crosstalk to 90dB at 10MHz. Typical power dissipation for the 4-channel MAX498 (operating on 5V supplies) is 390mW with all buffers enabled and 130mW with all buffers disabled. For the 3-channel MAX499, the corresponding dissipations are 300mW enabled and 100mW disabled. The MAX498 comes in a 28-pin wide SO, and the MAX499 comes in a 24-pin wide SO. Both are specified for the commercial temperature range (0 C to +70C). Prices start at $3.50 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
20

1.6V synchronous step-down controller powers Pentium Pro Ps

The MAX798 step-down controller produces 1.6V to 6V regulated output voltages, as required by Intels Pentium Pro microprocessor. Pin-for-pin compatible with Maxims 2.5V (min) MAX797, it offers improved output voltage accuracy ( 1.5%), load regulation ( 0.4%), and maximum line regulation ( 0.05%). The MAX798 powers the latestgeneration CPUs in notebook and subnotebook computers, mobile communicators, PDAs, cellular phones, and other batterypowered systems. It combines synchronous rectification (an active MOSFET in place of a passive Schottky diode) with Maxims proprietary Idle Mode control scheme to produce efficiencies as high as 95%. The outputs deliver as much as 10A. The output voltage is adjustable in the 1.6V to 6V range by two external resistors. The 4.5V to 30V input voltage range enables use of wall-adapter chargers and NiCd battery packs of up to 15 cells. The MAX798s excellent dynamic response corrects output transients within five clock cycles. In addition, its internal bootstrap circuits provide gate drive for inexpensive n-channel external MOSFETs. A fixed-frequency pulse-width modulation (PWM) operating mode reduces noise and RF interference in sensitive applications, such as mobile communications and pen-entry systems. An override input (SKIP) allows automatic switchover to Idle Mode operation at light loads (for high-efficiency pulse skipping). As an alternative, SKIP can force the converter to low-noise, fixedfrequency mode for all load conditions. The MAX798 is available in 16-pin narrow-SO packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.65 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
Pentium Pro is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

Quad/triple, SPDT RGB switches include 250MHz video buffers

The MAX498 (quad) and MAX499 (triple) video switch/buffer ICs include single-pole/double-throw switches plus closed-loop buffer amplifiers. The amplifiers feature closed-loop +2V/V gains, 250MHz -3dB bandwidths, 0.1dB gain flatness to 70MHz, and 1250V/s slew rates. Fast switching (3ns) and fast settling (12ns to 0.1% for a 4V step) make the MAX498/MAX499 suitable for a wide range of video applications. Low differential gain/phase errors (0.03%/0.06) and wide bandwidth make them ideal for RGB and composite-video applications. The onboard buffer amplifiers can deliver 2.5V into back-terminated 50 or 75 cables or 2V to a 75 load.

NEW PRODUCTS
Current-limited power switches protect against shorts and overloads
MAX890L/MAX891L*/MAX892L*/ MAX894L/MAX895L power switches limit current through the switch to a safe level set by the user. They protect your system from short circuits and overload faults at a card slot or a plug-in port problems that can pull down the main supply voltage or drain a battery very quickly. Conventional protection circuits turn off a switch in the presence of high current using a current-sense resistor, differential amplifier/comparator, and logic. ICs in the MAX890L family allow the user to set a maximum current limit with a single external resistor. These high-side, p-channel MOSFET power switches are available in single or dual packages with a variety of current limits. The single MAX890L has a current limit thats adjustable to 1A, and comes in an 8-pin SO. The single MAX891L/ MAX892L have current limits that are adjustable to 500mA and 250mA, respectively, and are available in tiny 8-pin MAX packages. The dual MAX894L/MAX895L have independent maximum current limits of 500mA and 250mA, respectively, and come in a single 8-pin SO package. A low-power external resistor sets the current limit between the maximum value (1A, 500mA, 250mA) and 20% of the maximum limit. The MAX891L, for example, can limit currents from 500mA down to 100mA. These switches fast, 2s response also prevents glitches and resets during plug-ins, when heavy capacitive loads can cause momentary short circuits. All devices include thermal-overload protection. A logic FAULT output alerts a microprocessor in the event of a fault. These parts 2.7V to 5.5V input voltage range is ideal for 3V and 5V systems. At 3V, the MAX890L has a typical onresistance of only 0.09. Applications include notebook and hand-held computers with slots and ports that accommodate the Universal System Bus (USB), as well as PCMCIA, CardBus, and power ports for peripheral devices. MAX890L family ICs feature very low quiescent currents (10A for single switches and 16A for dual switches). In the off state, these currents drop to just 0.1A for all devices. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.25 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productavailable after April 1997.

Only dual-voltage P-reset ICs in 5-pin SOTs

The MAX6305MAX6313 are dualvoltage P-reset ICs. While monitoring 5V and 3.3V (for example), each device asserts a reset when either of the monitored voltages falls below a programmed threshold. Each ignores fast transients on the monitored rails. A small SOT23-5 package and low, 16A (max) supply current make the devices ideal for portable equipment. The nine products in this family offer various combinations of features. These features include a pretrimmed reset threshold for VCC, up to two adjustable undervoltage reset inputs, an adjustable overvoltage input, and a manual reset input. Outputs can be open-drain RESET, active RESET, or active RESET. For each product, the desired threshold voltage and reset-timeout interval are specified by suffix numbers, as explained in the data sheet. Available factorytrimmed thresholds range from 2.5V to 5.0V in 100mV increments, and available timeouts (minimum values) are 1ms, 20ms, 140ms, and 1120ms. An external resistor-divider enables each device to monitor any reasonable level, including 12V and 24V. The MAX6305MAX6313 come in SOT23-5 packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.20 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
VIN1 (+3V, +3.3V, VCC +12V, +24V,...) RESET

ILIM
OFF ON
TO P FAULT

90m
LOGIC

SET ILIM

3.5A voltage monitors come in 4-pin SOT

The MAX836/MAX837 are low-cost, 4-pin voltage monitors that contain a comparator and a 1.204V precision bandgap reference, enabling the user to set any trip threshold using two external resistors. The two ICs differ only in the output driver: an open-drain, n-channel output driver for the MAX836; a push-pull output driver for the MAX837. Applications include load switching, precision battery monitoring, and threshold detectors. Typical supply current is 3.5A.

The MAX836/MAX837 come in SOT143-4 packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.90 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
VCC

GND

MAX6306 MAX6309 MAX6312

4 RST IN

OUT

MR

1.23V REF

MAX836 MAX837

IN

21

NEW PRODUCTS
4-pin voltage monitors have pinselectable timeout delay
The MAX821/MAX822 voltage monitors are suitable for use in microprocessor and other digital systems. Available in tiny, 4-pin SOT143 packages, they assert a reset signal whenever VCC falls below a programmed threshold, and they maintain the reset for a pin-selectable timeout interval after VCC returns above the threshold. The devices differ only in output: the MAX821 has an active-low RESET (guaranteed valid for VCC down to 1V), and the MAX822 has an activehigh RESET. Seven reset thresholds are available for 3V, 3.3V, and 5V systems, ranging from 2.63V to 4.63V, as designated by suffix letters according to the data sheet. The desired timeout interval is set by connections to the SRT input: 100ms min (high), 20ms min (floating), or 1ms max (ground). Each device ignores fast transients on V CC . Low supply currents (2.5A typical with VCC = 5V and 1.8A typical with V CC = 3.3V) make the MAX821/MAX822 ideal for use in portable equipment. The MAX821/MAX822 come in SOT143-4 packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.90 (1,000 up, FOB USA). SOT23-5 package. The MAX834 output is an open-drain, n-channel driver, and the MAX835 output is a push-pull driver capable of both sourcing and sinking current. Two external resistors set the voltage trip threshold. The internal thresholds 1.25% trip accuracy enables the MAX834/MAX835 to be used in such applications as precision battery monitoring, load switching, and threshold detection. Low power consumption makes them especially well suited to battery-powered systems. Once tripped, these devices maintain low outputs until cleared by a 14s (min) positive pulse at CLEAR. This feature enables a battery-load disconnect switch that protects the battery from a damaging deep discharge. The MAX834/MAX835 are available in 5-pin SOT23-5 packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.00 (10,000 up, FOB USA).

2.5A, SOT IC voltage monitors have latched outputs

The MAX834/MAX835 micropower voltage monitors draw just 2.5A of supply current, yet each combines a 1.204V precision bandgap reference, comparator, and latched output in a small

RS-485/RS-422 transceivers guarantee logic 1 output during open circuit

Each device in the MAX3080 MAX3089 family of high-speed RS-485/ RS-422 communications transceivers includes one driver and one receiver. All operate on 5V and typically draw 375A supply currents when unloaded or when fully loaded with drivers disabled. Most include a low-power shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 1nA (typical). Internal fail-safe circuitry ensures that any receiver with an open or shorted input has a logic-high output. This feature guarantees, for example, a logic-high output for any receiver driven by a transmitter output in a high-impedance state. MAX3080 MAX3089 driver outputs are short-circuit current limited, and they are also protected by thermal-shutdown circuitry that places them in a high-impedance state to avoid excessive power dissipation.

The MAX3080MAX3089 come in Three transceivers feature slew-rate8-pin and 14-pin plastic DIP and SO limited drivers that minimize EMI and packages, in versions specified for the reduce reflections caused by improperly commercial (0C to +70C) or extendedterminated cables, allowing error-free data industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature transmissions to 115kbps. Another three range. Prices start at $1.33 (1,000 up, have higher slew-rate limits that enable data FOB USA). rates to 500kbps, and three others omit slew-rate constraints, enabling data rates as high as 10Mbps. A MAX3080 FAMILY three-state input on the MAX3089 DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE allows you to select the maximum (VA - VB) data rate as 115kbps, 500kbps, or RS-485 +200mV SPECIFICATION 10Mbps. (See the data-sheet LOGIC 1 THRESHOLD selection table.) All receivers have an input impedance of 1/8-unit load, allowing as many as 256 transceivers on one bus. Three devices are intended for halfduplex communications, six for full-duplex communications, and one (the MAX3089) allows you to choose between half- and fullduplex operation. The MAX3089 also provides separate pins for independently programming the phase from driver input to output and receiver input to output.
LOGIC 1

GND -50mV

CABLE SHORT or IDLE BUS or OPEN CIRCUIT

MAX308x LOGIC 1 THRESHOLD INDETERMINATE

-200mV

LOGIC 0

MAX308x LOGIC 0 THRESHOLD

22

NEW PRODUCTS
250kbps, 5-Tx/3-Rx, 3V RS-232 transceiver reduces supply current to 1A
The MAX3238 RS-232 transceiver contains five drivers and three receivers, and comprises a complete serial port for EIA/TIA-232 and V.28/V.24 communications. The MAX3238 operates on 3V to 5.5V and handles data rates to 250kbps. While in AutoShutdown Plus mode, the MAX3238 shuts down automatically when no signals have been transmitted or received for 30 seconds. Therefore, in most applications, the average supply current is only 1A. Typical applications include high-speed modems and ISDN systems. AutoShutdown Plus is activated for normal operation when FORCEOFF = VCC and FORCEON = ground. While in this mode, the device enters shutdown whenever the receiver and transmitter inputs are inactive for 30 seconds. (Shutdown lowers ICC to 1A and places the transmitter outputs in high-impedance state.) A valid transition on any receiver or transmitter input then restores the chip to normal operation, typically within 100s. Thus, the AutoShutdown Plus feature allows you to save power without changing the existing BIOS or operating system. A proprietary, high-efficiency dual charge pump and low-dropout transmitter combine to deliver true RS-232 signal amplitudes at the transmitter outputs with VCC as low as 3V. In 3.3V systems, the MAX3238 operates with small, 0.1F external capacitors; for 5V and mixed 3V/5V systems, the required capacitors are somewhat larger. The receivers remain active during AutoShutdown Plus mode, but they can be turned off by driving FORCEOFF low. The receivers should be so disabled if, for example, they connect to an IC that can draw current through an internal ESDprotection diode when VCC is turned off. Receiver R1 has an auxiliary output (R1OUTB) that is always active. In shutdown, when all the primary outputs are disabled, R1OUTB can be used to monitor an external modem, UART, or other device. The MAX3238 comes in a 28-pin SSOP, specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.29 (1,000 up, FOB USA).
AutoShutdown Plus is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

50ppm/C, threeterminal reference offered in a SOT23 package

The MAX6520 is a 1.2V, micropower, three-terminal voltage reference in a tiny SOT23 package. Ideal for 3V battery-powered equipment in which power conservation is critical, the MAX6520 offers a low-power alternative to existing two-terminal shunt references. Unlike those types, which waste battery current and require an external series resistor, the MAX6520 has a low, 50A supply current (70A max) that is independent of input voltage. MAX6520 efficiency is therefore maximized at all battery voltages. Temperature drift for the MAX6520 is guaranteed to be less than 50ppm/C in the SOT23 package. The device operates from supply voltages as low as 2.4V and has an initial accuracy of 1%. The MAX6520 is available in an 8-pin SO or 3-pin SOT23-3 package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.95 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

Low-noise, precision voltage references guarantee 2ppm/C tempcos

MAX6225A/MAX6241A/MAX6250A precision voltage references feature low noise and extremely low temperature coefficients. Excellent line/load regulation and low output impedance at high frequency make them ideal for use in systems with digital resolution to 16 bits. They feature a buried-zener technology that provides a very low, 1.5Vp-p (typical) output noise (0.1Hz to 10Hz). Each reference exhibits the ultra-low temperature coefficient (1ppm/C typical) normally associated with more costly and power-hungry heated references while

consuming relatively small amounts of power (20mW typical). The devices achieve exceptional temperature stability with a new proprietary circuit.

Output voltages are fixed at 2.500V (MAX6225A), 4.096V (MAX6241A), and 5.000V (MAX6250A), with initial accuracies of 0.02%. Each reference guarantees its ULTRA-LOW NOISE load-regulation specification 0.1Hz to 10Hz OUTPUT NOISE for source/sink currents to 15mA. All three devices include options for external voltage trimming and noise reduction.

MAX6225A/MAX6241A/MAX6250A devices come in 8-pin DIPs and SOs, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $4.65 (1,000 up, FOB USA).

0.5V/div

1.00sec/div

23

Volume Twenty-Seven

NEWS BRIEFS
IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports increased business activity in Q397 New developments in battery chargers Load switcher draws only 6A Single-cell boost converter generates auxiliary bias for LCD Supply generates 5V from solar-cell power Battery-switchover circuit accommodates 3V systems Off-the-shelf transformer adapts controller for SLIC applications

2 3 9 10 12 13 14

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Low-power 8-bit DACs offer voltage output in a tiny package Low-cost, 3V, multichannel 8-bit ADCs are the smallest available 5V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs connect directly to 3V Ps Small, low-power, 12-bit VOUT DACs have configurable outputs 10-bit serial VOUT DACs available in 8-pin MAX (MAX548A/549A/550A) (MAX1110/1111) (MAX1202/1203/1204) (MAX5352/5353) (MAX5354/5355) (MAX965970) (MAX985/986/989/ 990/993/994) (MAX4119/4120) (MAX4162/4163/4164) (MAX41654169) (MAX41804187) (MAX42234228) (MAX4308/4309) (MAX43304334) (MAX336/337) (MAX45414544) (MAX629) (MAX679) (MAX863) (MAX1615) (MAX1624/1625) (MAX16301635) (MAX3187) (MAX6325/6341/6350)

16 16 16 17 17 19 18 20 17 19 18 19 17 18 20 20 22 23 21 21 22 21 23 23

Op Amps and Comparators

Ultra-low-voltage micropower comparators include 1.235V 1.5% references Micropower, rail-to-rail I/O comparators come in 5-pin SOT23 Quad, wideband current-mode amplifiers have 0.1dB gain flatness to 90MHz SOT23 rail-to-rail I/O op amps provide 200kHz GBW at 25A ISUPPLY Precision, single-supply op amps have rail-to-rail I/O Ultra-low-power amplifiers offer SOT23 packaging and Hi-Z shutdown 1GHz current-mode amplifiers offer SOT23 packaging and Hi-Z shutdown 400MHz voltage-feedback op amps have ultra-low -93dB distortion 3MHz, low-power op amps with rail-to-rail I/O available in SOT23

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

16-channel/dual 8-channel CMOS muxes feature ultra-low leakage Dual SPST/SPDT analog switch fits in 6-pin SOT23

Power-Management ICs
Step-up DC-DC converter supplies 28V for LCDs and varactors Boost 2-cell batteries to 3.3V; no inductor needed Dual, step-up dc-dc controller is smallest available Micropower linear regulator accepts inputs to 28V High-performance step-down controllers power high-end CPUs Multiple-output notebook power-supply controllers are 96% efficient

Interface IC
Dual, 230kbps RS-232 serial port (6 Tx/10 Rx) withstands 15kV ESD

Voltage References
Low-noise, precision voltage references guarantee 1ppm/C tempcos

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS INCREASED BUSINESS ACTIVITY IN Q397
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported net revenues of $111 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1997 ending March 31, 1997. Net income for Q397 was $35.4 million and income per share was $0.48. Sequentially, the results for Q397 showed an increase over Q297 net revenues of $104.7 million, net income of $33.3 million, and earnings per share of $0.46. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $24 million after paying $11 million for capital equipment and repurchasing $29 million of its common stock. Accounts receivable days decreased slightly from Q297 levels. Inventory declined $1.0 million from Q297. During Q397, backlog shippable within the next twelve months grew to $124 million from the $103 million reported at the end of Q297. Orders requested for delivery in Q497 remained high, representing 76% of the beginning Q497 backlog. Turns orders received in Q397 increased by more than 17% over those received in Q297 to a record $45.4 million. (Turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders.) Net bookings were up 30% from Q297 levels. The Company experienced sequential quarter over quarter growth in net bookings across all geographic regions and across all of Maxims business units. Customer cancellations were $12.5 million, continuing the decline experienced over the last three quarters. Bookings for Maxims high-frequency products were up over 50% from last quarter. Customer inventories of high-frequency products that hampered bookings in Q197 and Q297 appear to be returning to normal levels. Gross margins for the third quarter of 1997 were 66.3%, compared to 66.1% in Q297. R&D expenses increased by $1.6 million to 11.8% of net revenues due to continued investments in product development efforts. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and CEO, commented on the quarter: Maxim is performing very well. Once again we did a good job of predicting and responding to significant turns orders. We are pleased with the sequential quarter over quarter growth in gross and net bookings across all of our business units and geographic territories. These improved business conditions should enable us to have further sequential growth next quarter. As of today, we have introduced twice the number of products in fiscal 1997 that we did in the comparable period in fiscal 1996. Safe harbor statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Forward-looking statements in this news release involve risk and uncertainty. Important factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for electronic products and semiconductors generally, demand for the Companys products in particular, availability of raw material, equipment, supplies and services, unanticipated manufacturing problems, technological and product development risks, competitors actions and other risk factors described in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could cause actual results to differ materially.

MAXIMS ENGINEERS HONORED BY EDN

DR IV IN G

RONIC TEC HN CT O LE E L
Y G O

'96
T
O

TH

E NEXT

R WINNE

Congratulations to Maxims Dave Bingham and Charlie Allen, who have been honored by EDN Magazine as Innovators of the Year for 1996. They were recognized for their patented AutoShutdown/ AutoWakeup technology, which is featured in a variety of Maxim RS-232 ICs. One of these RS-232 products, the MAX3238, was awarded EDN Innovation of the Year in the analog IC and semiconductor category. The MAX3238 eliminates the need for shutdown software and cuts RS-232 serial-port supply current to 1A.

Winners of EDNs Innovator and Innovation Awards are elected by EDN readers; these awards are a prestigious recognition from a cross-section of design engineers.

New developments in battery chargers

Electronic equipment is increasingly becoming smaller, lighter, and more functional, thanks to the push of technological advancements and the pull from customer demand. The result of these demands has been rapid advances in battery technology and in the associated circuitry for battery charging and protection. For many years, nickel-cadmium (NiCd) batteries have been the standard for small electronic systems. A few larger systems, such as laptop computers and high-power radios, operated on gel-cell lead-acid batteries. Eventually, the combined effects of environmental problems and increased demand on the batteries led to the development of new battery technologies: nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), rechargeable alkaline, and lithium ion (Li+). These new battery technologies require more sophisticated charging and protection circuitry.

voltage starts to drop (when V/t becomes negative). Otherwise, the charging current delivers excess energy, which acts on the batterys electrolyte to dissociate water into hydrogen and oxygen gases. This results in a rise in internal pressure and temperature and a decrease in terminal voltage. If fast charging continues, the battery can vent (explode). As a secondary or backup measure, NiCd and NiMH chargers often monitor the batterys temperature (in addition to its voltage) to ensure that fast charging is terminated before the battery is damaged. Fast charging should stop when a NiCds V/t becomes negative. For NiMH batteries, fast charging should stop when the terminal voltage peaks (when V/t goes to zero). Trickle charging is simple for NiCd and NiMH batteries. As an alternative to fast charging, the use of a small trickle current produces a relatively small rise in temperature that poses no threat of damage to the battery. There is no need to terminate the trickle charge or to monitor the battery voltage. The maximum trickle current allowed varies with battery type and ambient temperature, but C/15 is generally safe for typical conditions.

NiCd and NiMH batteries

NiCd has long been the preferred technology for rechargeable batteries in portable electronic equipment, and in some ways, NiCd batteries still outperform the newer technologies. NiCd batteries have less capacity than Li+ or NiMH types, but their low impedance is attractive in applications that require high current for short periods. Power tools, for example, will continue to use NiCd battery packs indefinitely. Though similar to NiCd types, NiMH batteries have greater capacity. This advantage is offset somewhat by the NiMH batterys higher self-discharge rateapproximately double that of the NiCd, which is relatively high to begin with (about 1% of capacity per day). Thus, NiMH batteries are not suitable for applications in which the battery is expected to hold its charge for a long time. NiMH batteries also differ from NiCd batteries in the method required to fast charge them. Both types can be fast charged with a current equal to or greater than the capacity (C) in ampere hours. This technique allows you to charge a battery in about an hour or less. Because of internal losses, a battery charged at C for one hour cannot reach full capacity. For full capacity, you must either charge for an hour at more than C, or charge at C for more than an hour. Charging losses vary with the charging rate and from battery to battery. When charging a NiCd battery, its terminal voltage peaks and then declines as the battery reaches capacity. An applied fast charge should therefore terminate when this
3

Lithium-ion batteries
The most popular innovation in battery technology over the past few years has been the introduction of Li+ batteries. Li+ batteries have a higher capacity than other rechargeable types now in mass production, such as NiCd and NiMH. The advantage of Li+ over NiMH is only 10% to 30% when measuring capacity as energy per unit volume, but volumetric capacity is not the only property to consider; weight is also important in a portable device. When measuring capacity as energy per unit mass, Li+ batteries are clearly superior (NiMH batteries are relatively heavy). Because they are lighter, Li+ batteries have nearly twice as much capacity per unit mass. Li+ batteries also have many limitations. They are highly sensitive to overcharging and undercharging. You must charge to the maximum voltage to store maximum energy, but excessive voltage can cause permanent damage to a Li+ battery, as can excessive charge or discharge current. Discharging the battery also carries a caveat: repeated discharges to a sufficiently low voltage can cause a loss of capacity. Therefore, to protect the battery, you must limit its current and voltage when discharging as well as when charging. Most Li+ battery packs include some form of undervoltage- and overvoltage-disconnect circuitry. Other typical features include a fuse to prevent exposure to excessive current and a switch that open circuits the battery if high pressure causes it to vent.

Unlike NiCd and NiMH batteries, which require a current source for charging, Li+ batteries must be charged with a combination current-and-voltage source. To achieve the maximum charge without damage, most Li+ chargers maintain a 1% tolerance on the output voltage. (The slight additional capacity gained with a tighter tolerance is generally not worth the extra difficulty and expense required to achieve it.) For protection, a Li+ battery pack usually includes MOSFETs that open circuit the battery in the presence of undervoltage or overvoltage. These protection MOSFETs also enable an alternative charging method (applying a constant current with no voltage limit) in which the MOSFETs are turned on and off as necessary to maintain appropriate battery voltage. The batterys capacitance helps to slow the rise of battery voltage, but use caution: battery capacitance varies widely over frequency, as well as from battery to battery. In some applications, intermittent loads can exceed the main batterys power capability. A solution to this problem is to provide an additional, rechargeable battery to supply the excess current during a high-load transient. The main battery then recharges the auxiliary battery in preparation for the next transient. Two-way pagers are a good example of this arrangement. Pagers generally run from a single AA alkaline battery, but the load during transmission is too high for an AA battery to handle. An additional NiCd battery powers the transmitter, and it can be recharged when the transmitter is off, which is most of the time.

high as 2V per cell, depending on the batterys condition and its charging rate. The dc-source voltage must therefore be greater than 4 x 2V = 8V. The voltage level of cells in a fully discharged battery can measure as low as 0.9V each; in this case, the battery voltage is 4 x 0.9V = 3.6V. If the dc source is 8V, the pass transistor sees 8V - 3.6V = 4.4V. When charging a fully discharged battery, the dissipated power is 4.4W in the charger and 3.6W in the battery an efficiency of only 45%! The actual efficiency is even lower, because the dc source voltage must be higher than 8V to account for dropout voltage in the pass transistor and tolerance in the source. A linear, single-cell Li+ charger is suitable for use in a cradle charger (Figure 1). It drives an external power transistor (Q1) that drops the source voltage down to the battery voltage. The external transistor accounts for most of the circuits power dissipation; therefore, the controller temperature remains relatively constant. The result is a more stable internal reference, yielding a more stable battery-voltage limit. R1 and R3 determine the output current. R1 senses the charging current, and R3 sets the level at which the current is regulated. Current out of the ISET terminal is equal to 1/1000 of the voltage between CS+ and CS-. The current regulator controls the ISET voltage at 2V; in this case, the current limit [2000 / (R3 + R1)] is 1A. Control loops for the voltage and current limits have separate compensation points (CCV and CCI), which simplifies the task of stabilizing these limits. The ISET and VSET terminals allow for adjustment of the current and voltage limits.
DCIN 3.7V TO 20V R1 0.2 C2 10nF R2 660 CS+ DCIN VL R4 100k PWROK ON C3 0.01 F CCI CCV C4 0.01 F OFFV GND PGND CELL2 CSDRV BATT Q1 FZT749 EC10DS10 C1 4.7 F

Cradle chargers
For cell phones and many other devices, the preferred battery-charging method involves the use of a separate cradle charger into which you place the device or the battery pack (like a baby in its cradle). Because the charger unit is separate, its generated heat is less of a concern than it would be if the charger were integrated into the device. The simplest circuit for use in a cradle charger is usually a linear-regulator charger. Linear regulators drop the difference voltage (between the dc power source and the battery) across a pass transistor operating in its linear region (hence the name linear regulator). However, the dissipated power (the charging current times the drop across this transistor) can cause overheating if the charger is confined to a small space without airflow. For example, consider a four-cell NiCd battery charged at 1A. NiCd batteries usually terminate charging at approximately 1.6V or 1.7V per cell, but the voltage can be as
4

VSET

MAX846A
ISET

R3 10k

C5 4.7 F

Figure 1. Designed for single lithium-ion cells, this battery-charging circuit is ideal for use in a stand-alone cradle charger.

Built-in battery chargers

For some larger systems, including laptop computers, the battery charger is built in as part of the system. The chargers efficiency in this arrangement is criticalnot to ensure maximum energy transfer, but simply to minimize heat generation. Heat elevates temperature, and operation at elevated temperatures shortens a batterys life. Because this application requires high efficiency over the entire battery-voltage range, the charger should rely on a switching regulator, whose power dissipation is relatively low and independent of the input-tooutput voltage drop. The main drawback of switching regulators is the need for a passive inductor/capacitor filter, which converts the switched output voltage to a dc level suitable for the battery. In some cases, the battery capacitance is sufficient to replace the capacitor in this filter; however, as mentioned earlier, a batterys capacitance can vary greatly with frequency. Characterize it carefully before committing to a design. Another drawback of switching regulators is the noise generated by their switching action. This problem can usually be avoided with proper layout techniques and shielding. For applications in which certain frequencies should be avoided, many switching chargers can be synchronized to an external signala capability that

allows you to shift the chargers switching noise away from sensitive frequency bands. A linear regulator is generally larger than an equivalent switching regulator because it dissipates more power and requires a larger heatsink. Consequently, the extra time necessary to design a smaller, more efficient switching charger is usually justified. One such design is the 4-cell NiCd/NiMH charger shown in Figure 2. It has no provision for terminating the charge; it operates in conjunction with a controller that monitors voltage across the battery and shuts off the charger when conditions are met. Many systems already include a controller suitable for this purpose. If your system does not have one, you will need a low-cost, stand-alone microcontroller (C) that includes an on-board analog-to-digital converter. A number of such Cs are available. The charger IC (MAX1640) chops the input voltage using a switching transistor (N1A) and a synchronous rectifier (N1B). This chopped voltage is placed across the inductor to form a current source. When the charger is turned off, diode D2 prevents current flow from the charged battery back into the voltage source. In addition to off, the MAX1640 operates in one of three modes as determined by the digital inputs D0 and D1: fast charge, pulse-trickle charge, and top-off charge (Table 1). In fast-charge mode, the charging current is

6V to 24V 47 F 35V 47 F 35V IN LDOL 47 F 16V 0.1 F LDOH PDRV D2 47 H CDRH125-470 N1B 1/2 Si4539 CS+ 0.1 REF 0.01 F 200k SET 68k CC 0.01 F TERM GND 200k R7 CS600k R6 4-CELL NiCd OR NiMH BATTERY TO ADC MBRS130L 0.33 F N1A 1/2 Si4539

FROM CONTROLLER

D0 D1 TOFF

NDRV

68k

MAX1640

Figure 2. This four-cell NiCd or NiMH battery charger can be incorporated into a larger system.

Table 1. Charging states for the MAX1640

D0 0 0 1 1 D1 0 1 0 1 MODE Off Top-off charge Pulse-trickle charge Fast charge OUTPUT CURRENT VSET / (13.3RSENSE) VSET / (13.3RSENSE) (12.5% duty cycle) VREF / (13.3RSENSE)

circuit. R6 and R7 establish this voltage limit as VLIMIT = VREF [(R6 + R7) / R7]. A similar circuit charges two Li+ cells in series (Figure 3). It differs mainly in the accuracy of its charging voltage, which is better than the 1% required by Li+ batteries. Also unlike the Figure 2 charger, this one employs an n-channel MOSFET for the high-side switching transistor. When turned on, this transistors source and drain voltages are approximately equal to VIN, but the gate voltage must be higher than VIN to allow the use of inexpensive n-channel MOSFETs. This elevated gate drive is achieved by charging C7 and adding its voltage to VIN. Charging current for the circuit shown in Figure 3 is determined by current-sense resistor R1: 185mV / R1 = 925mA for the 200m value shown. This current can be adjusted linearly to lower values by varying the voltage at the SETI terminal. Similarly, you can adjust VOUT by varying the voltage at the VADJ terminal. Because varying VADJ over its full range (0V to 4.2V) changes V OUT by only 10% (0.4V per cell), you can achieve better than 1% output accuracy using 1% resistors. (Onepercent-accurate resistors degrade the output accuracy by only 0.1%.) Terminals CELL0 and CELL1 set the batterys cell count as shown in Table 2. (VL indicates the 5V level that powers the chip.) The charger can handle as many as four Li+ cells in series. Though not shown in Figure 3, the MAX745 can also terminate charging upon reaching a

150mV divided by the current-sense resistor value (0.1), or 1.5A in this case. In top-off-charge mode, the voltage at SET produces 24.5% of the fast-charge current, or 381mA in this case. The current in pulse-trickle-charge mode is the same as in top-off mode, but it is pulsed with a 12.5% duty cycle. Frequency is determined by the resistor connected at TOFF (68k). In this case, the frequency is 3.125MHz / R3 = 46Hz. The average pulse-trickle current is therefore 0.125 x 381mA = 47.6mA. The circuit in Figure 2 should terminate a charge when V/t equals zero or becomes negative (according to whether a NiMH or NiCd battery is being charged). However, if termination fails to occur, the circuit imposes a secondary voltage limit to prevent the battery voltage from rising too high. As an absolute maximum, the charging voltage for NiCd and NiMH batteries should not exceed 2V per cell, or 8V for the 4-cell battery in this

VIN

C5 4.7 F VL REF THM/SHDN C1 0.1 F R3 100k 1% SETI

D2 1N4148 DCIN BST DHI LX CLO

C6 0.1 F

C7 0.1 F

M1A 1/2 IRF7303

L1 22 H

M1B 1/2 IRF7303

MAX745
VADJ PGND R11 100k 1% C2 R2 0.1 F 10k CCV C8 47nF CCI GND CS BATT IBAT CELL0 CELL1

D1 MBRS 340T3

D6 MBRS 340T3 R1 0.2

BATTERY

C9 68 F

Figure 3. This charger generates a 1%-accurate charging voltage suitable for charging two lithium-ion batteries in series.
6

Table 2. Cell-count setting for the MAX745

CELL0 GND VL GND VL CELL1 GND GND VL VL NUMBER OF CELLS 1 2 3 4

as the System Management Bus (SMBus), which is derived from the I2C protocol. A large base of I2C-compliant Cs capable of controlling peripherals on the SMBus is already available. Smart batteries also provide an elegant solution to the problem of fuel gauging. In a system run by ordinary noncommunicating batteries, the host knows the state of the battery only when it has been fully charged or discharged. Smart batteries, on the other hand, remember their charge state. When such batteries are switched in and out of the host, the fuel gauge is able to maintain the same level of accuracy as it would under continuous operation. In the smart-battery-compliant charger shown in Figure 4, the controller IC includes an SMBus interface that allows it to communicate with the host computer and the smart battery under charge. Because the switching regulator and its small, power-efficient current-sense resistor cannot achieve a 1mA (min) resolution in charging current, the first 31mA (five LSBs) of output current are supplied by an internal linear current source. To preserve high efficiency (89%), the system activates a switch-mode current source when programmed for output currents of 32mA or more. However, the linear source remains on to ensure monotonicity in the output current regardless of the current-sense resistors value or offset in the current-sense amplifier. Transistor Q1 off-loads an otherwise heavy power dissipation in the internal linear regulator, which occurs when the input voltage is much greater than the battery voltage. Q1s base is held approximately 5V below the input voltage. Voltage across the internal current source is less than 5V; therefore, power dissipation in the current source remains below 160mW. A diode (D3) is placed in series with the inductor to prevent a flow of reverse current out of the battery. IC2s high switching frequency (250kHz) permits the use of a small inductor. The circuit accepts inputs as high as 28V, and provides pin-selectable maximum output currents of 1A, 2A, and 4A.
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

temperature limit monitored by a thermistor. When the battery temperature exceeds this limit (determined by an external resistor and thermistor connected to the THM/ SHDN terminal), the charger shuts off. Hysteresis associated with this threshold enables the system to resume charging when a declining battery temperature causes the THM/SHDN voltage to fall 200mV below its 2.3V threshold.

Smart-battery chargers
Smart batteries represent a new technology that is helping designers and consumers alike. Smart-battery packs include a controller that can talk through its serial port to tell an external charger what kind of charging routine the battery requires. This arrangement helps designers, because they can design a single charger that handles all batteries compliant with the smart-battery standard. Smart batteries also benefit consumers, who can replace a given battery without regard to its type, as long as the replacement is smart-battery compliant. The smart-battery specification allows any manufacturer to participate in the market, and the resulting competition leads to standard products and lower prices. The smart-battery specification was defined by a consortium of companies that manufacture batteries, computers, and related products. It defines the way the battery pack connects to the host system and the way it communicates with the host. It communicates via a two-wire serial interface known

4.7V, 5% 500mW 0.1F 0.1F 33 1F 1F 33 5.1k

FZT749 Q1 VIN

IOUT INTERRUPT (TO HOST) INT

DCIN

VL BST

0.1F C1 IRF7303 C2 2x 22F 35V D3 MBRD835L IRF7303 MBRS 130LT3 33H M2 DL MBRS 130LT3 D1

SEL

M1 DH

DACV LX 0.022F

IC2 MAX1647
CCV

10k CCI

PGND CS BATT

1.0

0.1

0.1F

0.047F SDA SCL GND REF THM 1500pF 100 0.1F 10k 1% 10k 1% 2 x 1N4735 100 22F 35V

OUT VIN

MAX874
GND T D C + SMART-BATTERY CONNECTOR

Figure 4. This charger is compliant with the smart-battery specification, and communicates with the host computer and a smart battery via the SMBus interface.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Load switcher draws only 6A
Figure 1s circuit draws only 6A, but it enables a small signal of 1mV or more to switch relatively large load currents. It takes advantage of the ICs very low quiescent current1.2A (max) per amplifier (less than a typical batterys self-discharge)which is able to flow through R1 without turning on Q1. When operated with a sensing coil (as shown) and stimulated by a magnet, the circuit performs the function of a reed switch, but with greater sensitivity. Other applications include alarm systems, bipolar threshold sensing, and audio volume switching. Inducing a signal of either polarity in the coil (by passing a magnet near it, for example) causes the dual op amp to draw more current from its VCC terminal. The increase produces a voltage across R1 that exceeds Q1s VBE threshold, activating the complementary monostable multivibrator consisting of Q1, Q2, and associated components. As a result, Q1 connects battery voltage to the load. For many applications, you can replace the monostable with a simple pnp output stage. A similar idea appeared in the 7/4/96 issue of EDN.

VIN 6V to 9V R1 100k 10k 0.1 F 1M 2 1 7 8 V CC 6 100k 3 5 10 F R LOAD 100k 1M 3.3k 2F Q1 BC213

MAX417
GND 4

1M

Q2 BC548 0.1 F 51 47 F 51 0.1 F 51 0.1 F 51 0.1 F 100k

SENSING COIL 60T

Figure 1. This load switcher enables a small signal to turn on a much larger load current.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Single-cell boost converter generates auxiliary bias for LCD
The circuit of Figure 1 generates two supply voltages commonly required in pagers and other portable instruments that have small, graphic liquid-crystal displays: a regulated 3.3V at 100mA, and a regulated negative output suitable for use as an LCD bias voltage. Overall efficiency is about 80%. The main 3.3V supply is provided by a boost converter (IC1) operating in its standard configuration. The auxiliary bias voltage is provided by an extra flyback winding (the T1 secondary) and is regulated via Q1 and the low-battery detector internal to IC1. As the battery discharges, its declining terminal voltage causes a decline in the voltage induced in the flyback winding. At minimum battery voltage (0.8V), the T1 primary sees 3.3V - 0.8V = 2.5V; thus, the 6:1 turns ratio produces 6(2.5) = 15V in the secondary. At maximum battery voltage (1.65V), the primary sees only 1.65V, producing 9.9V in the secondary. MOSFET Q1 stabilizes this output by interrupting the secondary current, introducing the regulation necessary to generate a constant (and therefore useful) negative output. The regulator employs IC1s low-battery detector (a comparator/reference combination) as an on/off controller for Q1. Normally, the input (LBI) monitors a positive battery voltage and drives the output (LBO) low when LBI drops below 1.25V. In this circuit, the

T1 PRIMARY INDUCTANCE = 22 H N P /N S TURNS RATIO 6:1

1N5817

VO -8V 5mA 68 F 10V

V IN (SINGLE CELL) 0.8V TO 1.65V

68 F 5V P S Q1 VN10K 1N5817

3.3V 100mA

8 LX OUT 6 2 1

47k

IC1 MAX856

3/5 SHDN

R1 2.2M

LBO 3 REF LBI

4 5

0.1 F

GND 7 R1 (1.25V - V CTRL ) + 1.25V VO = R2 (-8V FOR THE VALUES SHOWN)

R2 470k V CTRL LCD ON

Figure 1. This circuit establishes a regulated VCC (3.3V or 5V) and a regulated, negative, LCD-bias voltage (-8V in this case).

10

R1/R2 divider holds LBI between VCTRL (normally 3.3V) and the LCD bias output (normally -8V). The R1 and R2 values are chosen such that LBO turns Q1 off when the LCD bias becomes too negative (and pulls the LBI voltage below 1.25V). Load current then causes the LCD bias to drift upward (toward 0V) until LBI exceeds 1.25V, which causes Q1 to turn on again. The bias output makes excursions above and below its nominal value, producing a ripple voltage whose frequency depends on the size of the output filter capacitor, the output load, and the hysteresis in IC1s low-battery comparator. This frequency is about 150Hz for the circuit shown, and the hysteresis (about 25mV) dominates ripple magnitude. Multiplied by the R1/R2 ratio, the hysteresis results in a ripple amplitude (for -8V/1mA output) of about 100mV. Because ripple is essential to operation in this hysteretic converter, it cannot be reduced directly. Most LCDs are very forgiving of bias ripple. Otherwise, ripple can be minimized by adding an RC network or linear regulator at the negative output.

A logic signal at the LCD ON terminal provides a means to enable and disable the negative output. This signal voltage also sets the feedback level, and therefore should have a full CMOS swing. In addition, you can apply a variable voltage at LCD ON to make the output variable. Voltages below 1.25V turn the output off, and voltages greater than 1.25V change the output with a slope of -R1/R2(VIN - 1.25V), with an offset of 1.25V. This variable input, generated by a lowpower digital-to-analog converter or the filtered pulsewidth-modulator output from a microcontroller, can vary the LCD contrast in response to a change in temperature or viewing conditions. (See the output voltage equation in Figure 1.) The main voltage can be changed from 3.3V to 5V by grounding the 3/5 terminal on IC1. In that case, the turns ratio should also be reduced to 3:1 because the highest battery voltage will induce 3.35V in the T1 primary. Then adjust the R1 and R2 values to obtain the desired negative-output level. A similar idea appeared in the 11/4/96 issue of Electronic Design.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Supply generates 5V from solar-cell power
Applications powered by solar cells often require a +5V power supply, but the cells typically provide only a 0.8V to 1.4V terminal voltage, with a 3A to 4A current capacity. Most dc-dc converters cannot start at such low voltages, nor can they start under full load. A two-step approach (Figure 1) enables the system to start up and produce the 5V rail under full load. IC1 operates in bootstrapped mode (powered by its own output) and boosts the input voltage from 0.8V (min) to 5V. Powered by 5V, the second converter (IC2) then delivers as much as 0.5A. IC2s output voltage (5V) is programmed by R2 and R3. IC1 thus enables IC2 to start regardless of load conditions. Providing IC2 with a full +5V supply also minimizes RDS(ON) in the external n-channel MOSFET by providing a 0V to 5V (max) gate drive (voltage swing). To suppress input ripple due to power-supply switching, specify C1 as a 220F, low equivalent series resistance (ESR) capacitor. This input capacitor also minimizes supply-voltage fluctuations by lowering the solar cells output impedance. The 330H inductor (L1) enables a low start-up voltage for IC1. IC1s 15F, lowESR output capacitor (C2) minimizes supply-voltage ripple for IC2. Make sure that the output-stage inductor (L2) is properly rated for maximum peak inductor current and maximum saturation current. The current-sense resistor (R3) limits peak current in this inductor to 100mV/R3. IC2s 470F, low-ESR output capacitor (C3) reduces output ripple to less than 80mVp-p for load currents as high as 600mA. Smaller output loadcurrent values permit smaller values for C1 and C3. Figure 2 shows the overall conversion efficiency for different input voltages versus load current. The circuit delivers 200mA or more for VIN = 0.8V, and 450mA or more for VIN = 1.5V.

V IN 0.8V TO 4.5V C1 220 F (AVX)

L1 330 F D03316-334 (COILCRAFT)

L2 22 F D03340-223 (COILCRAFT)

EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT

100
D2 NSQ03A02 (NIEC) V OUT 5V at 0.5A

90 EFFICIENCY (%) 80 70 60 50 40 1

VIN = 1.5V VIN = 1.1V

REF

LX OUT

8 6 1

D1 MBR50530 (MOTOROLA)

V+

EXT

Q1 MTD20 N03HDL C3 470 F (AVX) R1 0.02 LR2010-01-R020 (IRC)

0.1 F

IC1 MAX866

SHDN

CS C2 15 F (AVX) 5 4 REF SHDN AGND 6 FB GND 7

VIN = 1V VIN = 0.8V VIN = 0.9V VIN = 1.2V

IC2 MAX1771

R2 91k

3 R3 39k

GND 7

LBI 5

0.1 F

100 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

1000

Figure 1. This two-stage step-up converter derives 0.5A at 5V from a typical solar-cell array, and guarantees start-up under full load.

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit varies with input voltage and load current.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Battery-switchover circuit accommodates 3V systems
Portable systems often offer the flexibility to operate either from an internal battery or from an ac-to-dc wall adapter. Many such systems include circuitry that switches automatically between the internal battery and an external source as the user connects and disconnects the wall adapter. The circuit shown in Figure 1 implements this idea with a dual linear regulator, one side of which is preset for a 2.84V regulated output. (Other versions of the IC offer 2.8V and 3.15V outputs.) The other side of the dual regulator is configured to allow user-adjustable outputs, and in this case monitors the wall-adapter voltage. When you remove that voltage by unplugging the adapter, the regulators pass transistor routes battery current into the IC to support the 2.84V output. (Current flow in this transistor is counter to that of most applications.) The
D2 (1N4148) D1 (1N4001)

input bypass capacitor (C1) provides enough holdup time for seamless transitions between the battery and adapter voltages. Resistors R1 and R2 sense the wall-adapter voltage and determine the switchover threshold (VSW):
R1 + R2 130k + 100k VSW = VSET = 1.25V = 2.875V R2 100k

Diode D1 isolates the wall-adapter voltage so the battery cannot cause limit cycling by retriggering the switchover. D2 holds the ICs Dual Mode input in external-feedback mode by maintaining a minimum voltage at the SET2 input. Battery operation interposes two pass transistors in series between the battery and the regulated output, doubling the regulators dropout voltage. These transistors each have about 1.1 on-resistance. To prevent battery current from bleeding through the OUT2 transistors intrinsic body diode when operating from the wall adapter, the wall-adapter voltage should be equal to or greater C1 than the maximum battery voltage.
2F

5VDC FROM WALL ADAPTER

7 SHDN1

6 SHDN2

2 IN

OUT1 1.25V

2.84V 100mA

MAX8865S
R1 130k P 5 SET2 OUT2 R2 100k SET1 8 GND 3 4

C2 1F

If you turn the regulators on and off with the shutdown inputs SHDN1 and SHDN2, choose the MAX8865 rather than the MAX8866, whose autodischarge feature will attempt to discharge the battery. As shown, the MAX8865S with a 5V wall adapter and 3-cell battery provides up to 100mA at 2.84V. A similar idea appeared in the 2/3/97 issue of Electronic Design.
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

3-CELL BATTERY 4.5V

Figure 1. This linear voltage regulator with automatic-switchover circuitry maintains a 2.84V regulated output as you connect and disconnect the wall-adapter voltage.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Off-the-shelf transformer adapts controller for SLIC applications
A new multiwinding transformer (configurable by the user for a variety of applications) enables an inverting controller to produce the high negative voltages required by an ISDN board or other telephone-line card (Figure 1). Such line cards employ a subscriber-line interface circuit (SLIC) such as the 79R79 ringing SLIC from AMD. This IC generates the off-hook and on-hook signal transmission, ring-tone generation, and ring-tip detection that constitute an analog telephone interface. For off-hook signal transmission, it requires a tightly regulated -24V or -48V; for generating ring tones, it requires a loosely regulated -70V. The five-ringerequivalent requirement demands 9W to 10W from the -70V output, which translates to a full-load IOUT of about 150mA. IC1 is an inverting switching regulator that normally converts a 3V to 16V input to a fixed output of -5V or an adjustable output. In the circuit shown, three pairs of windings in series (provided by a single, off-theshelf, multiwinding transformer) enable IC1 to generate the high voltages needed by a SLIC IC.

C5, C6 68 F 20V

C4 0.33 F SHDN REF R2 100k FB C3 0.1 F OUT

V+ R3 68m

U1 MAX774

CS

EXT

P1

GND

C2 1.0nF

-70V OUTPUT R1 1.6M C10 10 F to 220 F 63V C8 0.1 F 100V D2 200V L1 10 H, 3A

C1 100pF 100V

-24V OUTPUT C9 220 F 25V C7 0.1 F 50V

D1 60V

Figure 1. Dual power-supply outputs for a ringing SLIC IC (not shown) can be derived from a single inverting controller (IC1) by connecting several windings in an autotransformer configuration.

14

Connecting a diode and output capacitor (D1 and C7/C9) at the first or second pair of windings produces -24V (as shown) or -48V, respectively. Feedback to the IC via R1 and R2 achieves tight regulation at this output. The transformer turns ratios establish a loose regulation at the -70V output. The circuit shown can service a five-telephone load (10W) from an input of 12V 10%. It operates down to 3V, and produces about 2.4W at 3.3V and 3.9W at 5V. The -70V output depends on cross regulation with respect to the -24V output, and is therefore affected by relative loading on the two outputs (i.e., whether one is heavily loaded and the other lightly loaded, or vice-versa). Multifilar transformer windings improve cross regulation by increasing the voltage coupling between outputs and by reducing the voltage spiking caused by leakage inductance. Cross regulation is also improved by connecting the -70V outputs filter

capacitor (C8/C10) to the -24V output instead of to ground. This connection also simplifies board layout and enhances stability. The circuit shown in Figure 1 is optimized for compact surface-mount applications, and produces a worst-case ripple voltage at the -24V output of approximately 200mVp-p. To reduce this ripple, increase the capacitor values and use through-hole filter capacitors with low equivalent series resistance, such as the Sanyo MV-GX series. To prevent interference, place the dc-dc converter on a corner of the board opposite the sensitive audio circuitry. Cross-regulation graphs (as a guide to the preloading performance) and a tested pc board layout are available on request from Maxims applications department. A similar idea appeared in the 11/4/96 issue of Electronic Design.

15

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-power 8-bit DACs offer voltage output in a tiny package
The MAX548A/MAX549A/MAX550A digital-to-analog converters (DACs) are 8-bit, voltage-output serial devices available in single and dual versions. They offer low voltage, low power, and the tiny, proprietary 8-pin MAX package (50% smaller than an 8-pin SO). The dual MAX548A operates from a single +2.5V to +5.5V supply. Its low operating current, including current for the internal voltage reference (VREF is internally connected to VDD), is 150A at VDD = 2.5V and 300A at V DD = 5V. The MAX548A features a double-buffered input, independent software control of each DAC, a 1A power-down mode, and an asynchronous load-DAC input pin. Its 3-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire standards. As upgrades to the existing dual MAX549B and single MAX550B, the software-compatible MAX549A/MAX550A have double-buffered inputs and an enhanced set of programming commands. The MAX550A also has an asynchronous loadDAC input pin. The MAX548A/MAX549A/MAX550A are available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.65 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Previously announced.

5V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs connect directly to 3V Ps

The 12-bit MAX1202/MAX1203 and 10-bit MAX1204 data-acquisition systems are designed for use in mixed-supply applications (5V analog; 3V or 5V digital). They combine a successive-approximation ADC converter with an 8-channel multiplexer, high-bandwidth track/hold, 4.096V reference (MAX1202/ MAX1204 only), and a serial-data interface. Rather than adding external level translators, the user can set output logic levels to 3V, 3.3V, or 5V by simply applying the desired logic level to the VL input pin. In addition, the logic-high input levels are guaranteed down to 2V for compatibility with most 3V systems. The devices provide sampling rates to 133ksps and draw only 1.5mA from a single +5V or dual 5V supply. The MAX1202/MAX1203/MAX1204 have a 2MHz, 4-wire serial interface that connects directly to SPI and Microwire devices. They feature an internal clock and a serial-strobe output that allows direct connections to the TMS320 family of digital-signal processors. A SHDN input and two software-selectable modes are also included for powering down the devices. The MAX1202/MAX1203/MAX1204 are available in 20-pin DIPs and 20-pin SSOPs, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $7.09 (1000 up, FOB USA).

SPI and QSPI and trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

Low-cost, 3V, multichannel 8-bit ADCs are the smallest available

The MAX1110/MAX1111 analog-todigital converters (ADCs) are complete, low-power, 3V, 8-bit devices that include an analog-input multiplexer, internal 2V reference, serial interface, and internal clock. The 4-channel MAX1111 comes in a 16-pin QSOP (same size as an 8-pin SO), and the 8-channel MAX1110 comes in a small 20-pin SSOP.

unipolar/bipolar and single-ended/differential operation. Other features include a hardwired SHDN input, an internal/external clock and reference, and a serial strobe that provides the end-of-conversion signal. The MAX1111 comes in 16-pin DIP and QSOP packages, and the MAX1110 comes in 20-pin DIP and SSOP packages. Both are available in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.45 for the MAX1111 and $2.70 for the MAX1110 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Operating from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, these low-power ADCs sample to 50ksps, yet draw BEST INTEGRATION only 120A from the supply. REFERENCE For battery-operated applications, a 2A power-down T/H M 8-BIT ADC mode reduces power consumpU X tion at lower sampling rates. The MAX1110/MAX1111 can be programmed to power down at the end of each conversion and power up when the 2MHz serial interface is accessed. The serial interface is SPI/QSPI and Microwire compatible. The analog inputs are software configurable for
CLK POWERDOWN

SPI/MICROWIRE COMPATIBLE SERIAL INTERFACE

BEST POWER 60A @ 10ksps 4A @ 1ksps BEST POWER SUPPLIES +2.7V to +5.5V operation BEST SPEED : POWER 50ksps : 150A BEST SIZE QSOP-16 (same size as SO-8)

16

1111

NEW PRODUCTS
10-bit serial VOUT DACs available in 8-pin MAX
The MAX5354/MAX5355 10-bit digital-to-analog converters (DACs) are available in small 8-pin MAX packages (50% smaller than an 8-pin SO). Each includes a precision output amplifier. The MAX5354 operates from a single +5V supply, and the MAX5355 operates from a single +3.3V supply. Both draw 240A in normal operation and only 2A in shutdown mode. Unlike other 10-bit DACs, these devices provide access to the amplifiers inverting input, allowing configuration for specific gains or high output current capability. The DAC output swings rail-to-rail and settles in 16s. At power-up, the power-on-reset circuitry clears the DAC output to 0V. The MAX5354/MAX5355 serial interface is SPI/QSPI and Microwire compatible, and the input is double buffered. All logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible, and all are buffered with Schmitt triggers that allow a direct interface to opto-couplers. MAX5354/MAX5355 are available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.90 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

SOT23 rail-to-rail I/O op amps provide 200kHz GBW at 25A ISUPPLY

The MAX4162/MAX4163/MAX4164 micropower op amps have Rail-to-Rail input/output (I/O) and an exceptionally high bandwidth for their power consumption. Gain-bandwidth product is 200kHz, and typical quiescent current is only 25A (40A max). The single MAX4162 comes in a 5-pin SOT23 package. These devices operate from either a single +2.7V to +10V supply or dual 1.35V to 5V supplies. These op amps are unity-gain stable for any capacitive load. Their outputs swing rail-to-rail, and their input common-mode

range extends 250mV beyond the supply rails. A proprietary internal architecture ensures very high common-mode input rejection without the mid-swing nonlinearities found in other rail-to-rail op amps. High bandwidth, low power consumption, and small packages make these op amps ideal for use in portable equipment and other low-power, single-supply applications. The MAX4162 comes in a tiny 5-pin SOT23 or 8-pin SO, and the MAX4163 comes in an 8-pin MAX or SO. Both are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

400MHz voltagefeedback op amps have ultra-low -93dB distortion

The MAX4308/MAX4309 voltagefeedback op amps high speed and ultra-low distortion make them ideal for use in lowlevel, 12-bit to 16-bit applications in medical imaging, instrumentation, and RF-signal processing. MAX4308/MAX4309 Decompensated versions of the MAX4108/MAX4109, the MAX4308 requires a +5V/V (min) closed-loop gain, and the MAX4309 requires a +10V/V (min) gain. The MAX4308 delivers a 220MHz -3dB bandwidth, 1200V/s slew rate,
-20 -30 HARMONIC DISTORTION (dBc) -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90 -100 0.1 1 10 3RD HARMONIC VOUT = 2Vp-p MAX4308: AVCL = +5 MAX4309: AVCL = +10

43

08

and a spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) of -83dBc at 5MHz with RL = 100. The MAX4309 delivers a -3dB bandwidth of 200MHz and an SFDR of -83dB at 5MHz with RL = 100. Other features include wide output-voltage swings, high outputcurrent capability (90mA), ultra-low differential gain/phase (0.004%/0.008), and fast settling times (8ns to within 0.1%, and 12ns to within 0.01%, respectively). The MAX4308/MAX4309 are available in 8-pin SO packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.88 (1000 up, FOB USA).

HARMONIC DISTORTION vs.FREQUENCY

+5V

+
MAX4308

-5V
2ND HARMONIC

100

FREQUENCY (MHz)

Small, low-power, 12-bit VOUT DACs have configurable outputs

The MAX5352/MAX5353 12-bit DACs include precision output amplifiers, and are available in small 8-pin DIP or MAX packages. The MAX5352/ MAX5353 operate from single supplies of +5V and +3.3V, respectively. Both draw 240A in normal operation and only 10A in shutdown mode.

Access to the amplifiers inverting input allows the user to configure either device for specific gains and high output current capability. The DAC output swings rail-to-rail and settles in 14s. At power-up, the power-on-reset circuitry clears the DAC output to zero. The MAX5352/MAX5353 serial interface is SPI/QSPI and Microwire compatible, and the input is double buffered. All logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible, and all are buffered with Schmitt triggers, allowing a direct interface to opto-couplers.
17

The MAX5352/MAX5353 are available in 8-pin MAX packages (50% less area than an 8-pin SO) and 8-pin DIPs, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $4.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

NEW PRODUCTS
Ultra-low-power amplifiers offer SOT23 packaging and Hi-Z shutdown
The MAX4180MAX4187 currentmode amplifiers combine high speed, low distortion, and excellent video specifications with ultra-low power consumption. They operate from a single +5V supply or from dual 2.25V to 5.5V supplies, and require only 1mA of supply current per amplifier while delivering output currents up to 60mA. Optimized for applications with +2 (6dB) or greater closed-loop gains, the MAX4180/MAX4182*/MAX4183*/ MAX4186* provide a 240MHz -3dB bandwidth and a 90MHz 0.1dB bandwidth. The MAX4181/MAX4184*/MAX4185*/ MAX4187*, optimized for +1V/V (0dB) or greater gains, provide a 270MHz -3dB bandwidth and a 60MHz 0.1dB bandwidth. The MAX4180MAX4187 amplifiers are ideal for high-performance video applications. They feature differential gain/phase errors of 0.08%/0.03, -73dBc SFDR (fC = 5MHz), a fast settling time to 0.1% of 20ns, and a 400V/s slew rate. The MAX4180/MAX4181/MAX4183/ MAX4185 have an additional feature: a low-power shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 120A (max) and places the outputs in a high-impedance state (useful in multiplexing applications). The following package options are available: a space-saving 6-pin SOT23 or 8-pin SO for the single MAX4180/ MAX4181, an 8-pin SO for the dual MAX4182/MAX4184, a 14-pin SO or 10-pin MAX for the dual MAX4183/ MAX4185, and a 14-pin SO or 16-pin QSOP for the quad MAX4186/MAX4187. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.

Micropower, rail-to-rail I/O comparators come in 5-pin SOT23

The MAX985 family of single/dual/ quad micropower comparators are specified for single-supply operation in the +2.5V to +5.5V range, making them ideal for use in both 5V and 3V systems. They also operate from dual supplies in the 1.25V to 2.75V range. MAX985 devices typically exhibit 300ns propagation delays with 100mV overdrive while drawing 13A quiescent supply currents. Each output stages unique design limits supply-current surges while switching, virtually eliminating the supply glitches typical of other comparators. This design also minimizes overall power consumption under dynamic conditions. Common-mode input voltage for the MAX985 family extends 250mV beyond each supply rail (VEE - 0.25V to VCC + 0.25V), and large output drivers enable railto-rail output swings with loads as high as 8mA. Typical input specifications include 0.5mV offset voltage and 1pA input bias current. Internal hysteresis ensures clean output switching, even with slow-moving input signals. The MAX985/MAX989*/ MAX993* have push/pull outputs that sink as well as source current. The MAX986/ MAX990*/MAX994* have open-drain outputs that can pull up to VCC or to any level not exceeding VEE + 6V. Package options include a 5-pin SO or SOT23 for the single MAX985/MAX986, an 8-pin SO or MAX for the dual MAX989/MAX990, and a 14-pin SO for the quad MAX993/MAX994. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.66 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.

3MHz, low-power op amps with rail-to-rail I/O available in SOT23

The MAX4330MAX4334 are a new family of wideband, low-power, singlesupply, Rail-to-Rail input/output (I/O) op amps. Available in single (MAX4330/ MAX4331), dual (MAX4332/MAX4333), and quad (MAX4334) versions, these devices operate from a single +2.3V to +6.5V supply or dual 1.15V to 3.25V supplies. Each op amp achieves 3MHz gain-bandwidth from a supply current of only 245A per amplifier (330A max). The MAX4330MAX4334s outputs swing within 100mV of the rails (with a 2k load), and their common-mode input voltage range extends 250mV beyond each rail. This rail-to-rail I/O makes them ideal for use in battery-powered equipment and other low-power, lowvoltage, single-supply applications. In addition, their low offset voltage (250V

typical) and high speed (3MHz gainbandwidth product) are ideal for signalconditioning stages in precision, lowvoltage data-acquisition systems. For space-critical applications, the MAX4330 comes in a tiny 5-pin SOT23 package. Each output is capable of driving a 2k load, and all amplifiers are unity-gain stable for capacitive loads to 150pF. The MAX4331/MAX4333 have a low-power shutdown mode that places the outputs in a high-impedance state and lowers the supply current to only 9A per amplifier. The MAX4330 comes in a 5-pin SOT23 package; the MAX4331 comes in an 8-pin MAX and SO; the MAX4332 comes in an 8-pin SO; the MAX4333 comes in a 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO; and the MAX4334 comes in a 14-pin SO. All are specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

18

NEW PRODUCTS
1GHz current-mode amplifiers offer SOT23 packaging and Hi-Z shutdown
The MAX4223MAX4228 family of current-feedback amplifiers combine ultra-high speed, low distortion, and excellent video specifications with low power consumption. Operating from dual, 3.0V to 5.5V power supplies, they produce output currents as high as 80mA and draw only 6mA of supply current per amplifier. The MAX4223/MAX4224/MAX4226*/ MAX4228* have a shutdown mode (useful in multiplexing applications) that lowers the supply current to 350A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state. The MAX4223/MAX4225*/ MAX4226 are optimized for +1V/V (0dB) closed-loop gains, and have 1GHz -3dB bandwidths. The MAX4224/MAX4227*/ MAX4228 are optimized for +2V/V (6dB) closed-loop gains, and have 600MHz -3dB bandwidths (a 1.2GHz gainbandwidth product). Low differential gain/phase errors (0.01%/0.02), 0.1% gain flatness to 300MHz, and slew rates up to 1700V/s make these amplifiers ideal for use in professional video applications. Their low total harmonic distortion (-60dBc) and fast settling time (8ns to 0.1%) make them ideal for data communications or for driving the inputs of high-speed analogto-digital converters. Package options are as follows: a tiny 6-pin SOT23 or 8-pin SO for the single MAX4223/MAX4224, an 8-pin SO for the dual MAX4225/MAX4227, and a 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO for the dual MAX4226/MAX4228. All these devices are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.15 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.

Precision, singlesupply op amps have rail-to-rail I/O

The MAX4165MAX4169 family of precision, high-output-drive op amps includes single, dual, and quad versions. Each op amp combines low power consumption, high output current capability (80mA minimum), and rail-to-rail operation with exceptional DC accuracy. These qualities provide excellent performance in portable audio and other lowvoltage, battery-powered applications. All amplifiers guarantee single-supply operation from +2.7V to +6.5V, as well as dual-supply operation in the 1.35V to 3.25V range. Quiescent supply currents are only 1.2mA (1.4mA max) per amplifier. The MAX4166/MAX4168 have a shutdown mode that lowers their supply current to 38A (per amplifier) and places each output in a high-impedance state. Each amplifier is unity-gain stable, with a 5MHz gain-bandwidth product and a 2V/s slew rate. Input offset voltages are only 250V. PSRR is 88dB, and voltage gain with a 100k load is 120dB. Package options include a 5-pin SOT23 for the single MAX4165; an 8-pin MAX, SO, or plastic DIP for the single MAX4166; an 8-pin SO or plastic DIP for the dual MAX4167; a 10-pin MAX or a 14-pin SO or plastic DIP for the dual MAX4168; and a 14-pin SO or plastic DIP for the quad MAX4169. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Ultra-low-voltage micropower comparators include 1.235V 1.5% references

The MAX965MAX970 family of micropower comparators includes single, dual, and quad versions; all have Rail-toRail input/output (I/O). Their operating voltage range is fully specified down to 1.6V, making them ideal for 2-cell batterypowered applications. Typical quiescent supply currents are less than 3A per comparator. For ultra-low-voltage operation, the input common-mode voltage range for each device extends to each supply rail. The open-drain outputs simplify voltage translation in multirail systems, and they also provide rail-to-rail output swings

when operating with an external pull-up resistor. All inputs and outputs can withstand a continuous short circuit to either supply rail. The single MAX965, dual MAX967/ MAX968, and quad MAX969 include a 1.235V 1.5% bandgap voltage reference for use in threshold-detector and windowcomparator applications. This reference makes it possible to include adjustable hysteresis. The MAX965MAX968 comparators are available in 8-pin SO and MAX packages. The MAX969 is available in a 16-pin SO or QSOP, and the MAX970 is available in a 14-pin SO or 16-pin QSOP. All devices are specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.05 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Quad, wideband current-mode amplifiers have 0.1dB gain flatness to 90MHz
The MAX4119/MAX4120 are quad, low-power amplifiers with current-mode feedback. They combine high speed with low-power operation, operate from 5V supplies, and draw only 5mA of supply current per channel. The MAX4119, optimized for +2V/V or greater closedloop gains, delivers a 350MHz -3dB bandwidth and 0.1dB gain flatness to 90MHz. The MAX4120, optimized for +8V/V or greater closed-loop gains, has a 300MHz -3dB bandwidth and 0.1dB flatness to 115MHz. These amplifiers exhibit high slew rates (1200V/s at +2V/V and 1800V/s at +8V/V) and exceptional full-power bandwidths, making them excellent choices for use in high-performance pulse and RGBvideo applications. They offer wide output swings (3.5V into a 100 load) and a high 80mA current-drive capability. Other devices in this family include the single MAX4112/MAX4113 and the dual MAX4117/MAX4118. The MAX4119/ MAX4120 are available in a 14-pin SO and a 16-pin QSOP; the MAX4112/MAX4113/ MAX4117/MAX4118 are available in an 8-pin SO; and the MAX4112 also comes in an 8-pin MAX. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices for the MAX4119/ MAX4120 start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). 20V supplies. The digital enable and channel-address inputs remain TTL/ CMOS-logic compatible (0.8V and 2.4V switching thresholds) over the full operating temperature range and over the 4.5V to 18V power-supply range. These parts are fabricated with Maxims 44V silicon-gate process. The MAX336/MAX337 are available in 28-pin DIP, wide-SO, SSOP, and PLCC packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.69 (1000 up, FOB USA).
MAX336/MAX337 OFF LEAKAGE vs. TEMPERATURE
1000 V+ = +15V V- = -15V

Dual SPST/SPDT analog switch fits in 6-pin SOT23

The MAX4541MAX4544 are a family of dual, low-voltage analog switches. The MAX4541/MAX4542/MAX4543 have dual single-pole/single throw (SPST) configurations: two normally open (NO) switches (MAX4541), two normally closed (NC) switches (MAX4542), and one NO with one NC (MAX4543). The MAX4544 offers an all-new singlepole/double-throw (SPDT) configuration in a 6-pin SOT23 package. Low power consumption (5W) makes these switches ideal for use in batterypowered equipment. They offer low leakage current (100pA maximum at +25C and 2.5nA maximum at +85C) and fast switching: tON is 150ns (max), and tOFF is 100ns (max). Low charge injection is guaranteed at 5pC (max), and all switches offer 2kV protection against ESD per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883. All switches operate from a single +2.7V to +12V supply. When operating from a +5V supply, they exhibit 60 (max) on-resistances (33 typical), 2 (max) between-channel matching, and 6 (max) RON flatness over the analog input range. All control inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible, and the MAX4543/MAX4544 guarantee break-before-make switching. For dual-supply operation, see the MAX320/MAX321/MAX322 (pin compatible with the MAX4541/MAX4542/ MAX4543). For similar, quad versions of these dual-supply switches, see the MAX391/MAX392/MAX393. The MAX4541MAX4544 are available in 8-pin DIP, MAX, and SO packages; the MAX4544 also offers a 6-pin SOT23 option. All are available in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $0.41 (1000 up, FOB USA).

16-channel/ dual 8-channel CMOS muxes feature ultra-low leakage

The MAX336/MAX337 are CMOS analog multiplexers (muxes). The MAX336 has four digital inputs that select one of 16 single-ended channels, and the MAX337 has three digital inputs that select one of 8 differential channels. Both devices are capable of demultiplexing as well as multiplexing, because the onresistances (400 max, matched to within 10) conduct equally well in both directions. Transition times are less than 500ns. Leakage currents are extremely low: off leakages are less than 20pA at +25C, and on-channel leakages are less than 50pA at +25C. The MAX336/MAX337 have a new design that guarantees low charge injection (1.5pC typical), and protection (per Method 3015.7 of MIL-STD-883) against electrostatic discharge (ESD) to 2000V. The MAX336/ MAX337 are improved, pin-compatible upgrades for the industry-standard DG506A/DG507A muxes. The MAX336/MAX337 handle Railto-Rail signals while operating from single +4.5V to +30V or dual 4.5V to

100 OFF LEAKAGE (nA) 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001

ICOM (OFF)

INO (OFF)

-55 -35 -15

25 45

65

85 105 125

TEMPERATURE (C)

Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Multiple-output notebook powersupply controllers are 96% efficient
The MAX1630MAX1635 switchmode power-supply controllers have stepdown (buck) topologies to generate logic supply voltages in battery-powered systems. They produce dual and triple outputs plus many other functions: powerup sequencing, power-good signal with delay, digital soft-start, secondary winding control, low-dropout circuitry, internal frequency-compensation networks, and automatic bootstrapping. Synchronous rectification and Maxims proprietary Idle Mode control scheme help to achieve conversion efficiencies as high as 96%. High efficiency (>80%) over a 1000:1 load-current range extends battery life in suspend mode, idle mode, and other low-load conditions. The MAX1630 MAX1635s excellent dynamic response corrects (to within five clock cycles at 300kHz) the output load transients caused by the latest dynamic-clock CPUs. In addition, the internal gate drivers robust 1A output capability ensures fast switching for external n-channel MOSFETs. Input voltage range is 4.2V to 30V. At 12V, quiescent current is 250A, dropping to 4A in shutdown mode. Each device features a logic-controlled pulse-widthmodulation (PWM) mode that reduces noise and RF interference in mobile communications, pen-entry devices, and other sensitive applications. The PWM switching frequency can be synchronized to an external signal, if necessary. The MAX1630/MAX1632/MAX1633/ MAX1635 contain 12V/120mA linear regulators. The MAX1631/MAX1634 lack the 12V regulator, but include a secondaryfeedback input (SECFB) and a control pin (STEER) that selects which PWM loop (3.3V or 5V) receives feedback from the secondary. SECFB allows you to adjust the secondary windings regulation point with an external resistor divider, and helps generate output voltages other than 12V. The MAX1633/MAX1634/MAX1635, which lack the output undervoltage shutdown and overvoltage protection on the MAX1630/MAX1631/MAX1632, make it simpler to troubleshoot prototype boards. They also serve applications in which the outputs are supported by external keep-alive supplies that would otherwise interfere with the overvoltageprotection circuitry. The MAX1630MAX1635 are available in a 28-pin SSOP, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $5.22 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Dual, step-up DC-DC controller is smallest available

The MAX863 includes two independent, step-up DC-DC controllers on a single IC in a 16-pin QSOP (same board area as an 8-pin SO). Each controller generates a highpower output by driving a low-cost external n-channel MOSFET. The main output uses Maxims proprietary Dual Mode feature to provide 3.3V or 5V (or an adjustable output) to power the system logic and microprocessor. The second output, ideal for powering PCMCIA cards or driving an LCD, is adjustable with external resistors. Input voltage range extends down to 1.5V to allow start-up and operation from two or three battery cells (required in organizers, translators, and other low-power hand-held products). A current-limited, pulse-frequency-modulated (PFM) control mode reduces start-up surges; for output loads from 20mA to over 1A, it provides efficiencies as high as 90%. With both controllers operating, quiescent supply current is 50A. The MAX863 provides independent 1A shutdown controls for system flexibility and long battery life. For applications in which the input voltage extends above and below the main output voltage, the MAX863 can be configured in a buck/boost SEPIC topology. For complex systems, two MAX863s can generate 3.3V, 5V, 12V, and 28V. The MAX863 is available in a 16-pin QSOP specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.80 (1000 up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit (MAX863EVKIT) is also available; it includes the MAX863, an assembled printed circuit card, and all other external components required.
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Micropower linear regulator accepts inputs to 28V

The MAX1615 micropower linear regulator is useful in all battery-powered systems. It is designed to provide a pinselectable keep-alive supply of 5V or 3.3V (with 2% initial output accuracy) for CMOS RAM in a notebook computer. The 4V to 28V input range allows direct connection to high-voltage batteries. Despite a miserly 8A (max) no-load supply current, the MAX1615 has excellent AC PSRR and line-transient response, providing clean 5V or 3.3V outputs even when subjected to the fast supply-voltage

changes that occur when switching between the battery and an AC adapter. The 30mA (max) output current is guaranteed by design. Dropout voltage is 350mV (max), and shutdown supply current is less than 1A. Fault protection includes internal foldback-current limiting and thermalshutdown circuitry. The MAX1615 is specified for the extended- 4V TO 28V industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), and comes in a tiny 5-pin SOT23 package, whose excellent SHDN thermal characteristics tolerate power dissipation to 571mW Prices start at $0.79 (1000 up, FOB USA).

IN

MAX1615

REF

OUT 30mA

CMOS RAM POWERMANAGEMENT MICROCONTROLLER

4.7F 5/3 5V, 3.3V SELECT

RTC

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Step-up DC-DC converter supplies 28V for LCDs and varactors
The MAX629 high-efficiency boost converter produces a positive or negative high-voltage output from low-voltage inputs. It can drive the LCD in a small hand-held system or the varactor tuner in a set-top box. Its 30V internal switch (vs. an external switch) saves space and cost. The MAX629s internal switch, low supply current, small package, and tiny external components provide an extremely compact and efficient high-voltage supply for LCDs. A polarity-select pin, which inverts the polarity of the feedback-error amplifier and shifts the set point from VREF to ground, allows the circuit to be configured for a high positive or negative output voltage. Typical input voltages (3.3V or 5V) enable the MAX629 to generate output voltages as high as 28V with 10mA output capability. VOUT can be set with a resistor divider, potentiometer, or digital-to-analog converter (DAC). This device requires a +2.7V to +5.5V power supply, but power for the step-up inductor can come directly from a battery or any other voltage between 0.8V and VOUT. The MAX629s current-limited, pulsefrequency-modulation control scheme achieves efficiencies as high as 93% over a wide range of load conditions. Its low supply current (80A during operation and 1A during shutdown) is ideal for batterypowered applications. High switching frequencies (to 300kHz) and a pinselectable 500mA or 250mA current limit allow the use of tiny, inexpensive inductors. The MAX629 is available in a small, 8-pin SO package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).

High-performance step-down controllers power high-end CPUs

The MAX1624/MAX1625 step-down controllers are intended for demanding applications in which output voltage precision and good transient response are essential for proper operation. Powered by single +5V 10% supplies, they deliver more than 100W. Output accuracy over line and load is better than 1%. Two external resistors program the MAX1625 output voltage, and an internal 5-bit DAC enables the MAX1624 to provide a digitally programmable output, adjustable in 100mV increments from 1.1V to 3.5V. Both devices employ synchronous rectification to achieve efficiencies greater than 90%. Flyingcapacitor bootstrap circuitry generates gate-drive voltages higher than V CC , enabling the use of inexpensive n-channel MOSFETs for both external switching transistors. Excellent dynamic response minimizes the output transients otherwise induced by the latest dynamically clocked CPUs, and external resistors program the switching frequency from 100kHz to 1MHz. High frequencies eliminate the need for large surface-mount inductors and output filter capacitors, reducing board area and system cost. Other features

common to both devices include an internal digital soft-start, a power-good output, and a 3.5V 1% reference output. When dynamically clocked CPUs toggle their internal circuitry on and off to save power, they can generate load steps that are several amperes within a few tens of nanoseconds. To minimize transients on the supply rails for these CPUs, the MAX1624 provides dedicated high-speed outputs (NDRV and PDRV) for driving external p-channel and n-channel MOSFETs. These MOSFETs form a Glitch-Catcher that quickly restores regulation at VOUT by providing a brief short to V + or ground, bypassing the inductors lowpass-filter effect.

The MAX1624 also allows user control of the loop gain, to trade output accuracy against the output filter-capacitor requirement. AC-load regulation can be set to 0.5%, 1%, or 2% by connecting the LG input to ground, REF, or VCC. The MAX1625 is available in a 16-pin narrow-SO package, and the MAX1624 is available in a 24-pin SSOP. Both are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Glitch-Catcher is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

INPUT 5V VDD CSH TO VDD CSL BST PWRGOOD DH N P D/A INPUTS LX VOUT

VCC TO AGND

MAX1624
FREQ CC2

DL

N N

PGND FB CC1 REF TO AGND AGND PDRV NDRV (SIMPLIFIED)

GLITCH-CATCHER

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Boost 2-cell batteries to 3.3V; no inductor needed
The MAX679 DC-DC converter is a charge-pump step-up device that provides a regulated 3.3V (4%) from 1.8V to 3.6V input voltages (as produced by two alkaline, NiCd, or NiMH cells). Operating in regulated doubler mode, the MAX679 provides regulation by gating the internal oscillator on and off, increasing the number of cycles as the load increases or the input supply voltage decreases. As a limiting case, the charge pump operates continuously at a pinselectable frequency (330kHz or 1MHz) that allows a trade-off between quiescent current and capacitor size. The MAX679s low operating current (50A) provides high efficiency (just under 90%) for the following conditions: VIN = 2V, VOUT = 3.3V, and IOUT = 20mA. The MAX679 comes in an ultra-small MAX package and requires no external inductor. Its low operating voltage and high switching frequency (to 1MHz) enable the use of very small surfacemount components: a small flying capacitor (0.33F), a 4.7F input capacitor, and a 10F output capacitor. The entire circuit fits in less than 0.05in2. To prevent battery drain, the MAX679 features a logic-controlled shutdown that lowers the supply current to 1A and disconnects the load. Special soft-start circuitry prevents the flow of excessive battery current during start-up. The MAX679 is available in an 1.11mm-high, 8-pin MAX package (half the size of an 8-pin SO), specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.55 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Dual, 230kbps RS-232 serial port (6 Tx/10 Rx) withstands 15kV ESD
The MAX3187 RS-232 transceiver includes six drivers and ten receivers, forming two complete DTE serial ports. Each meets the European Communitys stringent electrostatic-discharge (ESD) requirements: all transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are protected to 15kV using the Human Body Model or IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap-Discharge method, and to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 ContactDischarge method. The chip remains latchup free during ESD events.

The MAX3187 is optimized for use in motherboards and desktop PCs. Compatible with popular PC-communications software, it is guaranteed for data rates as high as 230kbps. It operates on +5V and 12V nominal supply voltages, and draws less than 3mA (I CC ) and 1mA (I DD and ISS). The MAX3187 comes in a spacesaving 36-pin SSOP with flow-through pinout, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.85 (100,000 up, FOB USA).

Low-noise, precision voltage references guarantee 1ppm/C tempcos

The MAX6325/MAX6341/MAX6350 precision voltage references feature low noise and extremely low temperature coefficients (tempcos). Excellent line/load regulation and low output impedance at high frequencies make them ideal for use in systems with digital resolution to 16 bits. The MAX6325 features a buriedzener technology that provides a very low output noise of 1.5Vp-p (0.1Hz to 10Hz). Each reference exhibits the ultra-low tempco (0.5ppm/C typ, 1ppm/C max) normally associated with costly, power-

hungry heated references while consuming relatively small amounts of power (18mW typ). These devices achieve their exceptional temperature stability with a lowpower compensation scheme. Output voltages are fixed at 2.500V (MAX6325), 4.096V (MAX6341), and 5.000V (MAX6350); with initial accuracies of 0.02%. Each reference guarantees its load-regulation specification for source/sink currents to 15mA. All three devices include options for external voltage trimming and noise reduction. The MAX6325/MAX6341/MAX6350 come in 8-pin DIPs and SOs, in versions screened for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $6.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
HE

0.2 0.1 0 -0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -40 -15 5 25 45 65 85

80 40 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 TEMPERATURE (C)

OUTPUT-VOLTAGE CHANGE (ppm)

OUTPUT-VOLTAGE CHANGE (mV)

SE

O EN

I DR
0.3

FT ULTRA-LOW DRIFT
120

AR

ULTRA-LOW NOISE
0.1Hz to 10Hz OUTPUT NOISE

NO

NO

ISE

0.5V/div

1.00sec/div

23

6325

Volume Twenty-Eight

NEWS BRIEFS

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for the 4th quarter and fiscal year 1997 System-level issues in applying battery-charger ICs APD bias circuit has adjustable output Low-power 3V ADC is 0.05% linear Step-up/step-down converter generates 3.3V from two or three cells Data Converters
2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit, 8-channel DAS have internal reference Dual, low-power, 6-bit ADCs sample at 60Msps/90Msps Low-cost, 5V, multichannel 8-bit ADCs are the smallest available 10-bit, 20Msps/40Msps ADCs have TTL outputs 2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit serial ADCs are the smallest available with internal VREF 12-bit TTL/ECL-compatible DACs handle update rates to 100MHz Ultra-high-speed DACs include complete video controls (MAX146/149) (MAX1002/1003) (MAX1112/1113) (MAX1160/1161) (MAX1246/1248) (MAX5012/5013) (MAX5018/5140)

2 3 13 14 16

IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

NEW PRODUCTS

17 18 17 18 18 17 19

Op Amps and Buffers

300MHz, single-supply op amps offer rail-to-rail outputs and high-Z disable First ultra-high-speed, 3V/5V comparators offer rail-to-rail operation High-speed, rail-to-rail comparators have SOT23 packages (MAX4012/4016/4018/4020) 19 (MAX961964) 19 (MAX987/988/991/ 992/995/996) 20 (MAX4545/4546/4547)

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Quad/dual bidirectional switches handle RF/video to 300MHz

20 20 22 21 22 21 22 23 23 23

Power-Management ICs
500mA DC-DC converters deliver constant 5V/3.3V from 3/4-cell batteries Charge-pump DC-DC converters use 0.1F capacitors and occupy only 0.025in2 High-accuracy current sources remain cool while fast charging Smallest one-cell DC-DC converters have built-in synchronous rectifier Dual-output DC-DC converters power amplifier and radio in cellular phones (MAX710/711) (MAX870/871) (MAX1640/1641) (MAX1642/1643) (MAX1705/1706) (MAX26302633)

Wireless
3V, 1GHz RF amplifiers have shutdown and bias control

Fiber Optic Products

622Mbps, SDH/SONET 1:8 deserializer has TTL outputs and draws 265mW 622Mbps, 4:1 SDH/SONET serializer has LVDS inputs, PLL clock synthesizer (MAX3680) (MAX3691) (MAX3100)

Interface ICs
SPI-compatible UART offers the lowest power and smallest size

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR THE 4TH QUARTER AND FISCAL YEAR 1997
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $117 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 ending June 30, 1997, compared to $110 million for the same period a year ago. Net income increased to $36.9 million for the current quarter, compared to net income of $34.7 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1996. Income per share increased to $0.50 per share for Q497 from $0.49 per share in Q496. Sequentially, the results for Q497 showed an increase over Q397 net revenues of $111 million, and earnings per share of $0.48. Maxim ended fiscal 1997 with net revenues of $433.7 million, net income of $137 million, and income per share of $1.88. Stockholders equity grew to $465.6 million at June 30, 1997. Return on average stockholders equity for the year was 34.6%. This return, one of the highest in the industry, confirms that the Company continues to make good product and capacity investment decisions with stockholders assets. During the quarter, Maxims cash and short-term investments increased by $21.1 million after repurchasing $34.6 million of common stock and paying $14 million for capital expenditures. Depreciation expense of $4.1 million for Q497 remains one of the lowest in the integrated circuit industry, including analog companies. During Q497, backlog shippable within the next 12 months increased to $152 million from the $124 million reported at the end of Q397 and the $103 million reported at the end of Q297 and Q197. Approximately 77% of the Q497 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q198. Turns orders received in Q497 were a record $49.1 million. (Turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders.) Net bookings increased 13% from Q397 levels to a record $156 million. While the Company experienced net bookings growth in all geographic segments, net bookings from direct OEM customers in the United States and Japan were the strongest. Maxims growth continued in all product areas, particularly those products attractive to the very broad instrumentation, process control, networking, communications and portable equipment markets. The Company also believes that, due to the continuing need for new high-performance, low-cost analog integrated circuits to meet the needs of the tremendous growth in new equipment requiring analog IC solutions, older analog products are continuing to be designed into new equipment. We believe this could be increasing product life times for older IC products. Gross margins for the fourth quarter increased slightly to 66.4% compared to 66.3% in Q397. Increases in production volume and manufacturing productivity continued in Q497. Research and Development expense increased $1.7 million to 12.7% of net revenues due to the Companys continued investment in new product development. During Q497, the Company introduced 70 new products, continuing as the number one innovator of new analog products in the world. During fiscal 1997, the Company introduced over 40% more new products than it did in fiscal 1996. Historically, our future revenue growth rate has exceeded our increase in new product introductions over the long term. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter and the year, During fiscal 1997 and Q4, worldwide demand for Maxims products continued to grow. We believe that in many respects, we outperformed our competitors during this period when inventory corrections were occurring. We attribute this to strong management throughout the Company and to the depth, breadth and proprietary nature of Maxims product line. Gifford continued, We are pleased to report that one of our new products was honored by the industrys most influential magazine, EDN, as Analog Innovation of the Year. The two Maxim engineers who defined and designed it were also named Innovators of the Year. These awards reinforce what we hear from our customers worldwide: that Maxim inventions are innovative solutions to challenges faced by todays design engineer.

System-level issues in applying batterycharger ICs

The previous issue of Maxims Engineering Journal (Vol. 27) discussed new developments in stand-alone battery chargers. This second article of a two-part series explores the system-level issues in applying batterycharger ICs. Over the past five years, market pressures on portable equipment have transformed the simple battery charger into a sophisticated switch-mode device capable of charging an advanced battery in 30 minutes. This development also marks a departure from the self-contained, stand-alone charger ICs of only a few years ago. Some of those ICs included considerable intelligence: enough to handle the complex task of fast charging advanced batteries. Maxim still manufactures stand-alone charger ICs, but market demand has changed recently. Todays batterycharger subsystems regulate charging voltage and current using the intelligence of an external microcontroller (C), usually available elsewhere in the system. This approach achieves low cost in high-volume applications and allows the greatest flexibility in tailoring the charger to a specific application. All necessary intelligence once resided in the batterycharger controller IC itself, but now the system designer must implement a charging algorithm and write the associated firmware. This article provides the information and background necessary to implement charger systems based on Maxims wide range of battery-charger ICs for all popular chemistries. The following discussion presents an overview of the requirements for charging common battery chemistries with Maxim battery-charger ICs. It addresses system-level tradeoffs and firmware design tips, and lists World Wide Web resources available to designers. The discussion closes with design examples based on two common Cs: the 8051 and the Microchip PIC. Either example can serve as a base for further development of custom charger circuitry.

(Li+). The trade-offs to be made among these chemistries are beyond the scope of this article, but the References section provides access to such information. Caution: consult the battery manufacturer for specific recommendations. The information presented here is intended only as an overview of charging requirements for various cell chemistries. This section describes general charging techniques and limitations for the four common chemistries. For additional details and background, see the Maxim data sheets and other reference material cited at the end of the article. Fast battery charging has several phases, as explained in the text and by the state diagram for a generic charger (Figure 1). Initialization Though not a part of the actual charging procedure, initialization is an important stage in the process. The charger initializes itself and performs its own self-test. A charge can be interrupted by a power failure and consequent reinitialization. Without a smart battery or some type of time-stamped, nonvolatile storage, such events can occur unnoticed. Most chargers reinitialize themselves fully after a power failure. If overcharging is an

POWER UP PRECONDITION OPTIONAL PRECONDITION REQUEST CHARGER OK BATTERY INSTALLED NO CELL DONE BATTERY NO GOOD CHECK CELL FAULT CLEARED ERROR ERROR REMOVED FAST CHARGE HOT FASTTERMINATION CONDITIONS SHORT OPEN FAIL

INITIALIZE

IDLE

REMOVED

BATTERY OK

TERM REMOVED TOPOFF

ERROR

Overview of battery-charging techniques

Four rechargeable battery chemistries are in practical use today: Nickel Cadmium (NiCd), Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH), Gelled Lead-Acid (PbSO4), and Lithium-Ion

TRICKLE

Figure 1. Generic charger-state diagram

issue, the charger can then execute a special self-test sequence to determine if the battery is already charged. A battery present on power-up, for example, should trigger such an action. Several circumstances can allow this initialization to cause charging problems. A fixed-time charger, for example, applies charge to a battery for a fixed interval of four hours. If a power failure occurs three hours and 59 minutes into the charge, the charger starts another fourhour charge, giving the battery a four-hour overcharge. This treatment can damage the battery, and it is one reason fixed-time charging is seldom used. The example also shows why the charger should monitor battery temperature or use other termination methods as a backup measure. Cell qualification This phase of the charging procedure detects when a battery is installed and whether it can be charged. Cell detection is usually accomplished by looking for voltage on the charger terminals while the charger source is off, but that method can pose a problem if the cells have been deeply cycled and are producing little voltage. As an alternative, the charger often looks for a thermistor or shorting jumper rather than the cell itself. The presence of this hardware can also serve to identify the battery pack. Smart batteries, on the other hand, conduct a rich exchange of serial data with the battery pack, usually providing all the necessary charging parameters over a specialized I 2 C-like protocol called the System Management Bus (SMBus). Once the charger determines that a cell is installed, it must determine if the cell is good. During this subphase (qualification), the cell is checked for basic functioning: open, shorted, hot, or cold. To test whether or not a cell is chargeable, some chargerslead-acid types especially apply a light charging current (about one-fifth of the fast rate) and allow the cell a fixed amount of time to reach a specified voltage. This technique avoids the problem of false rejects for deeply cycled PbSO4 batteries, and with the battery manufacturers approval, it can be used for other chemistries as well. A check of the ambient and cell temperatures is also a part of the qualification phase. When a charger detects high or low temperature, it usually waits a predetermined interval for the temperature to return to nominal. If this doesnt happen within the allotted time, the charger reduces the charging current. This action in turn reduces battery temperature, which increases efficiency. Finally, the cells are
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp. I2C is a trademark of Philips Semiconductor Corp.
4

checked for opens and shorts. Open cells are easily detected, but a shorted-cell indication requires confirmation in order to avoid false failure indications. If all of these checks are satisfactory, the cell can be charged, and the state is advanced as shown in Figure 1. Preconditioning phase (optional) Some chargers (primarily those for NiCd batteries) include an optional preconditioning phase in which the battery is fully discharged before recharging. Full discharge reduces each batterys voltage level to 1V per cell and eliminates dendritic formations in the electrolyte, which cause what is often falsely labeled the memory effect. This so-called memory effect refers to the presence of dendritic formations that can reduce the run life of a cell, but a complete charge and discharge cycle sometimes eliminates the problem. Preconditioning can be accomplished before each charge, or it can follow an indication (by load test or other operation) that more than half of the cells charge remains. Preconditioning can last from one to ten hours. Discharging a battery in less than one hour is not generally recommended. Fast preconditioning raises the practical problem of what to do with heat dissipated by the load resistor. Nor is preconditioning for longer than ten hours usually recommended unless it can be initiated manually upon detection of reduced capacity. Confusion and misunderstanding surround the NiCd memory effect, so the designer should avoid putting a button on the charger to counteract it. Fast-charge phase and termination Fast-charge and termination methods used depend on cell chemistry and other design factors. The following discussion covers fast-charging techniques widely used for todays common battery chemistries. For specific guidelines and recommendations, consult the battery manufacturers applications department. NiCd and NiMH cells Fast-charging procedures for NiCd and NiMH batteries are very similar; they differ primarily in the termination method used. In each case, the charger applies a constant current while monitoring battery voltage and other variables to determine when to terminate the charge. Fast-charge rates in excess of 2C are possible, but the most common rate is about C/2. Because charging efficiency is somewhat less than 100%, a full charge at the C/2 rate requires slightly more than two hours.

While constant current is applied, the cell voltage rises slowly and eventually reaches a peak (a point of zero slope). NiMH charging should be terminated at this peak (the 0V point). NiCd charging, on the other hand, should terminate at a point past the peak: when the battery voltage first shows a slight decline (-V) (Figure 2). Cell damage can result if fast charge continues past either batterys termination point. At rates exceeding C/2 (resulting in a charge time of no more than two hours), the charger also monitors the cells temperature and voltage. Because cell temperature rises rapidly when a cell reaches full charge, the temperature monitor enables another termination technique. Termination on this positive temperature slope is called T termination. Other factors that can trigger termination include charging time and maximum cell voltage. Well-designed chargers rely on a combination of these factors. Note: Because certain effects that appear when a cell first begins charging can imitate termination conditions, chargers usually introduce a delay of one to five minutes before activating slope-detection termination modes. Also, charge-termination conditions are difficult to detect for rates below C/8, because the voltage and temperature slopes of interest (V/t and T/t) are small and comparable to other system effects. For safety during a fast charge, the hardware and software in these systems should always err on the side of early termination. Lithium-Ion cells Li+ battery charging differs from the nickel-chemistry charging schemes. A top-off charge can follow to ensure maximum energy storage in a safe manner. Li+ chargers regulate their charging voltage to an accuracy better than 0.75%, and their maximum charging rate is set with a current limit, much like that of a bench power supply

(Figure 3). When fast charging begins, the cell voltage is low, and charging current assumes the current-limit value. Battery voltage rises slowly during the charge. Eventually, the current tapers down, and the voltage rises to a floatvoltage level of 4.2V per cell (Figure 4). The charger can terminate charging when the battery reaches its float voltage, but that approach neglects the topping-off operation. One variation is to start a timer when float voltage is reached, and then terminate charging after a fixed delay. Another method is to monitor the charging current, and terminate at a low level (typically 5% of the limit value; some manufacturers recommend a higher minimum of 100mA). A top-off cycle often follows this technique, as well. The past few years have yielded improvements in Li+ batteries, the chargers, and our understanding of this battery chemistry. The earliest Li+ batteries for consumer applications had shortcomings that affected safety, but those problems cannot occur in todays well-designed systems. Manufacturers recommendations are neither static nor totally consistent, and Li+ batteries continue to evolve.

4.5 4.0 3.5 BATTERY VOLTAGE (V) 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 CHARGING CURRENT (A)

Figure 3. Li+ battery voltage vs. charging current

1.55

40

900 800

4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE (V) BATTERY VOLTAGE

1.50 CELL VOLTAGE (V) V CUTOFF t 1.45 V T

35

CHARGING CURRENT (mA)

CELL TEMPERATURE (C)

700 600 500 400 300 200

30

4.0 3.9 3.8 CHARGING CURRENT 3.7 3.6 3.5 0 60 120 TIME (MINUTES) 180 240

1.40

25

100 1.35 0 50 100 150 CHARGE TIME (MINUTES) 20 0

Figure 2. NiCd battery-charging characteristics at C/2 rate

Figure 4. Li+ battery-charging profile

Lead-acid cells PbSO4 batteries are usually charged either by the currentlimited method or by the more common and generally simpler voltage-limited method. The voltage-limited charging method is similar to that used for for Li+ cells, but high precision isnt as critical. It requires a currentlimited voltage source set at a level somewhat higher than the cells float voltage (about 2.45V). After a preconditioning operation that ensures that the battery will take a charge, the charger begins the fast charge and continues until it reaches a minimum charging current. (This procedure is similar to that of a Li+ charger). Fast charge is then terminated, and the charger applies a maintenance charge of VFLOAT (usually about 2.2V). PbSO4 cells allow this float-voltage maintenance for indefinite periods (Figure 5). At higher temperatures, the fast-charge current for PbSO4 batteries should be reduced according to the typical temperature coefficient of 0.3% per degree centigrade. The maximum temperature recommended for fast charging is about 50C, but maintenance charging can generally proceed above that temperature. Optional top-off charge (all chemistries)

with a low duty cycle that provides a typical average trickle current of C/512. Because pulsed-trickle charging applies to both nickel chemistries and lends itself well to the on/off type of microprocessor (P) control, it is used almost universally. Generic charging system Before looking at specific circuit implementations, designers should become familiar with generic blocks and features (Figure 6). All fast chargers should include these block functions in some form. The bulk power source provides raw dc power, usually from a wall cube or brick. The current and voltage controls regulate current and voltage applied to the battery. For less-expensive chargers, the regulator is usually a power transistor or other linear-pass element that dissipates power as heat. It can also be a buck switching supply that includes a standard freewheeling diode for average efficiency or a synchronous rectifier for highest efficiency. The blocks on the right in Figure 6 represent various measurement and control functions. An analog currentcontrol loop limits the maximum current delivered to the battery, and a voltage loop maintains a constant voltage
QUALIFICATION VBLK VFLT FAST PHASE 1 CHARGE PHASE 2 MAINTENANCE VMIN VOLTAGE

Chargers for all chemistries often include an optional topoff phase. This phase occurs after fast-charge termination and applies a moderate charging current that boosts the battery up to its full-charge level. (The operation is analogous to topping off a cars gas tank after the pump has stopped automatically.) The top-off charge is terminated on reaching a limit with respect to cell voltage, temperature, or time. In some cases, top-off charge can provide a run life of 5% or even 10% above that of a standard fast charge. Extra care is advisable here: the battery is at or near full charge and is therefore subject to damage from overcharging. Optional trickle charge (all chemistries except Li+) Chargers for all chemistries often include an optional trickle-charge phase. This phase compensates for selfdischarge in a battery. PbSO4 batteries have the highest rate of self-discharge (a few percent per day), and Li+ cells have the lowest. The Li+ rate is so low that trickle charging is not required or recommended. NiCds, however, can usually accept a C/16 trickle charge indefinitely. For NiMH cells, a safe continuous current is usually around C/50, but trickle charging for NiMH cells is not universally recommended. Pulsed trickle is a variation in which the charger provides brief pulses of approximately C/8 magnitude,

IMAX CURRENT

VOLTAGE

ICOND IMIN IFLT TIME

CURRENT

Figure 5. PbSO4 battery-charging profile

BULK POWER

REGULATION MECHANISM

CURRENT CONTROL INTELLIGENCE VOLTAGE CONTROL

TEMPERATURE CONTROL

BATTERY

TIME CONTROL

Figure 6. Generic chargingsystem block diagram

on the cell. (Note that Li+ cells require a high level of precision in the applied charging voltage.) A chargers current-voltage (I-V) characteristic can be fully programmable, or it can be programmable in current only, with a voltage limit (or vice versa). Cell temperature is always measured, and charge termination can be based either on the level or the slope of this measurement. Chargers also measure charging time, usually as a calculation in the intelligence block. This block provides intelligence for the system and implements the state machine previously described. It knows how and when to terminate a fast charge. Intelligence is internal to the chip in stand-alone charger ICs. Otherwise, it resides in a host C, and the other hardware blocks reside in the charger IC. As mentioned previously, this latter architecture is the one preferred today.

The choice between linear and switch-mode regulation constitutes a major design decision. Linear mode is less costly, but it dissipates power and gets hot. Heat may not be a problem in large desktop chargers, but it can be unacceptable in smaller systems such as a notebook PC. Synchronous switching regulators offer the highest efficiency (in the mid-90% range), which makes them suitable for the smallest systems, including cell phones. Some of the nonsynchronous switch-mode circuits listed also offer reasonable efficiency. In addition, most of the linear parts can be used in a moderately efficient hysteretic switching mode. (For details, consult the appropriate data sheet.) The chargers level of autonomy poses another design decision. Stand-alone chargers, for example, are completely self-contained. The MAX712/MAX713 and MAX2003/MAX2003A have LED-control outputs for the users end equipment as well. Other devices can stand alone or can operate with a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) and P. They include the MAX1640/MAX1641, MAX846A, and MAX745. The MAX1640, a voltage-limited current source intended primarily for charging nickel-chemistry batteries, includes a charge timer and pulse-trickle circuitry. It has

Overview of Maxims charger offerings

Maxim manufactures a broad selection of stand-alone and controller-type battery-charger ICs. The variety enables a system designer to make tradeoffs in performance, features, and cost. Table 1 lists these ICs by the battery chemistry supported, in their order of introduction, with the most recent models at the top.

Table 1. Overview of Maxims battery-charger ICs

PART CONTROL METHOD* C control, SMBus User DAC or stand-alone DAC or stand-alone DAC or stand-alone STANDARD REGULATION MODE** Synchronous switching Synchronous switching Synchronous switching Linear Synchronous switching FEATURES Smart-battery system, level 2 compliant, smartbattery charger with SMBus. Li+, independent I-V control Analog-controlled version of MAX1647, highaccuracy switching, I/V source: Li+ Advanced, low-cost, switch-mode Li+ charger, stand-alone, Li+ only Low-cost universal charger, accurate reference for Li+, external CPU support, reset and regulator Analog-controlled, switch-mode current source, Li+ or universal Enhanced Bq2003, pulsed-trickle and top-off modes, smaller packages CHEMISTRY CHARGE RATE CHARGETERMINATION METHOD Programmed Programmed Li+ float Li+ float or programmed Programmed or Li+ stand-alone 0V, -V, T, max voltage, max temperature, max time 0V, -V, T, max voltage, max temperature, max time 0V, max voltage, max temperature, max time 0V, max voltage, max temperature, max time

MAX1647 MAX1648 MAX745 MAX846A MAX1640

All All Li+ All Li+, NiCd, NiMH

Programmed Programmed Constant voltage, Li+ Constant voltage, Li+, programmed Fast, trickle, pulsetrickle, top-off Fast, trickle, pulsetrickle, top-off

MAX2003A

Stand-alone

Linear or switching

NiCd, NiMH

MAX2003

Stand-alone

Linear or switching

Complete NiCd/NiMH charger with termination modes, LED outputs, discharge before charge. No Li+. Benchmarq Bq2003 second source. Complete, low-cost NiMH with termination modes, max times, LED outputs. No Li+. Complete, low-cost NiCd with termination modes, max times, LED outputs. No Li+.

NiCd, NiMH

Fast, trickle, top-off

MAX712

Stand-alone

Linear

NiMH

Fast, trickle

MAX713

Stand-alone

Linear

NiCd

Fast, trickle

*The use of a DAC and C is also possible with the DAC-input types. **All linear types can be used in a hysteretic switching mode for higher efficiency.

stand-alone features and operates with a high-efficiency synchronous switching regulator or (for lower cost applications) a standard switcher. The MAX846A and MAX745 are both capable of standalone operation in charging Li+ batteries, and they include the high-accuracy reference and independent voltage and current control necessary for universal controllers. The MAX846A is a linear type, and the MAX745 is a synchronous-switching type. Though either can stand alone, they usually operate with a C that provides limited control of the charging process. LED illumination and fast-charge termination are usually initiated by the software. The MAX846A includes a linear regulator and a CPU-reset output for the C. The least autonomous and most flexible devices are the MAX1647 and MAX1648. They are similar, except the MAX1647 has built-in DACs and an SMBus serial port, and the MAX1648 has analog inputs for voltage and current control. The MAX1647 is a complete, serially controlled DC power supply with independent voltage and current registers. Capable of SMBus communications with a smart battery, it provides Level 2 compliance with the Intel/Duracell smart-battery specification.

PIC). With some ingenuity, you can implement a multichemistry charger with about 50% more code. The simplest way to develop C code is to start with a skeleton or a piece of similar code, and modify it to suit your needs. This approach gets a prototype working quickly by overcoming a lot of the blank-page, compiler/assemblersyntax problems. Unfortunately, only a limited amount of battery-charger firmware exists on the Web and in standard application notes. However, two design examples in the Hardware and Software Examples section provide a starting point. See the Resources and references section for more information on some of the more difficult toolbox routines, such as SMBus communications and math routines, and for examples of program designs that illustrate approaches to these designs.

Tips for charger-program structure

Writing battery-charger software is straightforward and best implemented with a state machine. Define a state variable or series of flags that represents the current state. The code then tends to be a large case statement that acts according to this state variable. The code modules modify the state variable according to the current conditions. Disallowed and undecodable states pose the only potential problems. All case statements must have a default case that picks up these disallowed or impossible states and corrects them. Always include a mechanism that detects these conditions and then takes intelligent action, such as stopping the charger. Keep the code simple: avoid multiple interrupts and complex multitasking or queuing structures where possible. Using a single timer-tick interrupt is a very effective way to keep time. If the CPU has a timer with an interrupt, use it to maintain system-timer flags. This powerful technique is an exception to the no-interrupts rule. If no timer interrupt is available (as in the PIC16C5x), use the system timer (RTC) and poll it. Design the code so the timer cannot overflow between polls. Avoid hardware interrupts. Instead, poll the hardware inputs at regular intervals set by the timer tick. Code execution takes place in real time, but it doesnt have to react immediately to stimuli. The 100ms required to determine whether the battery is installed is acceptable, considering that battery charging takes an hour. Typical performance for stand-alone chargers is usually one calculation per minute for termination. A simple and workable structure for these programs is a paced loop. The main program is a loop that looks at

C design tips
These charger ICs typically operate with a low-cost 8-bit controller such as the 8051, PIC, 68HC11, or 68HC05. The firmware can be written in assembly language or in C, either of which feature ready availability, low cost, and free tools. Third parties and manufacturers of these devices have assembled an impressive array of compilers, assemblers, emulators, and code libraries. Much of this source code is available on the World Wide Web, especially the toolbox routines for assembly language. The Tips for charger program structure section provides further information on these resources. All common 8-bit Cs are suitable, but the selection of a specific C is beyond the scope of this article. Peripherals such as analog-to-digital convertors (ADCs), DACs, and the SMBus serial interface are available in these Cs, and simpler C versions that require external ADCs or DACs are also useful. Often, simpler C versions that require external ADCs or DACs are more flexible and ultimately more useful. The ROM and RAM requirements for charger applications are modest. In general, you can implement a singlechemistry charger in less than 0.5kbytes of code and 32 bytes of RAM (simple requirements for even a low-end

timer flags set by a timer interrupt-service routine or the loop itself, and calls subroutines that perform the multiple tasks required. Some routines run on each pass, and others run on every nth loop or tick. The basic tick time might be 100ms, for example. A blinking-light subroutine with a half-second period would be called to complement the LED every five ticks, and the temperature-limit detector would be checked on each pass through the loop. The result is a very robust structure. For controllers that lack a timer interrupt, the paced loop can be implemented by the routines themselves, using their own execution times to maintain system timing. This technique is implemented in the next section by the code example for an 8-pin PIC controller. A simple flow chart of this structure (Figure 7) is described in greater detail in Reference 7.

measurement/control products. The MAX6301 temperature switches make an especially good backup system. They are SOT23 devices that change their output level when a fixed temperature threshold is crossed. Supervisors are especially important in charger applications, because the constant application and removal of power to the charger can confuse the CPU. If, for example, the processor stalls and fails to terminate a fast charge, the results can be catastrophic. The system should also include a temperature sensor or other hardware override that can end the fast charge without software intervention. Some of Maxims SOT23-reset supervisors include a watchdog (see the MAX823).

Hardware and software examples

1) MAX846A Li+ charger with charge timer and LEDstatus outputs, controlled by an 8-pin PIC In this example, a small external P enhances the MAX846A, forming a complete desktop-charger system that includes user-interface functions such as the LEDs in Figure 8 (to indicate the charge process and status). The MAX846A is designed for this type of operation. Its auxiliary linear regulator and P-reset circuit (to support the external C) reduces the cost of a typical desktopcharger application. 2) MAX1647-based, 2A Li+ charger with 8051 C

Hardware fail-safe reminder

Before exploring some examples, one final recommendation is to consider the use of a P supervisor with a watchdog timer and a hardware fail-safe system. The supervisors reset function provides a clean system reset when the power comes up, and the watchdog timer can catch a stalled CPU or errant firmware stuck in a loop. Maxim also makes some simple temperature-

MAIN PACED LOOP MAIN NO

MSB OF TIC = 1? YES CLEAR MSB OF TIC

TIC = TIC + 1

TIC = 10? YES SET TIC = 0 ARNC1 CALL TASK ROUTINE TIME

NO

The full-featured MAX1647 charger and 8051 C form a full-featured Li+ charger (Figure 9). The Atmel 80C2051 controller shown (a nonexpandable 8051 in a small package) is typical of the controllers usually available in systems requiring a high-end charger. Source code for the application includes SMBus communications, a general state-machine structure, and other useful routines. Look for LI1647.doc and PIC846.doc under Other Software. The charger status can be read out from the UART or by additional software residing in the P. 3) Software examples for the MAX1647 and MAX846A chargers Software for the MAX1647 and MAX846A examples (Figure 9) is available at Maxims web site. MAX846A software for the 8-pin PIC12C508 controller is written in Microchip PIC assembly language. It implements an LED user interface and a timer that terminates the fast charge five minutes after reaching the Li+ voltage limit. This simple example does not include the state machine or the complexities of a full charger, because much of that capability is available in the nearly stand-alone MAX846A.

INSERT TASK ROUTINES HERE CALL TASK ROUTINE BLINK

Figure 7. Main paced-loop flow chart

12V

RSOURCE

8-PIN PIC PIC 12C508 VCC RED ORANGE GREEN

ISOURCE VL OFF VBATT Li+ HALF CELLS

P CELL2 FAULT FAST ON RST ISET

MAX846A*

VSET

*USE THE MAX745 FOR SWITCHING.

Figure 8. Li+ desk charger with LED status indicator

The example does rely on the paced-loop structure without interrupts, as described earlier. The MAX1647 example is written in 8051 assembly code for Atmels ATM80C2051, a 20-pin version of the 8051. This code includes a general state-machine structure and SMBus-driver routines for communicating with

the MAX1647 internal registers. It also incorporates a paced-loop structure, but employs the 80C2051s timer interrupt to create a timer-tick basis for all timing. For further details, see the source-code documents at Maxims Web site.

10

4 GND GND 6 VOUT VOUT

MAX874

2 VIN

10

D5 AGND IOUT DCIN 1 2 6 3 R5 C6 D2 BST 20 18 C7 LX 19 D1 L1 M1 DC SOURCE N.C. R6 D6 Q1 C9

C4 9 REF

SEL VL

R7

R3 R4 12 C5 (NOTE 2) D4*

THM

MAX1647

5 C3

CCI

DHI

7.5V TO 28V

DLO 4 R2 C2 CCV PGND

17

M2

16

(NOTE 1) C1

D3

CS

7 R1B R1A

15 C8

DACV

BATT SCL SDA INT

8 13 14 11

SMBCLOCK

= HIGH-CURRENT TRACES (8A MAX) NOTE 1: C6, M2, D1, AND C1 GROUNDS MUST CONNECT TO THE SAME RECTANGULAR PAD ON THE LAYOUT. NOTE 2: C5 MUST BE PLACED WITHIN 0.5cm OF THE MAX1647, WITH TRACES NO LONGER THAN 1cm CONNECTING VL AND PGND. *OPTIONAL (SEE THE NEGATIVE INPUT VOLTAGE PROTECTION SECTION IN THE MAX1647/MAX1648 DATA SHEET).

SMBDATA

KINT-

GND

SMART-BATTERY STANDARD CONNECTOR

HOST & LOAD

Figure 9. Full-featured Li+ charger

11

Resources and references

The following is a brief sampling of application notes and other resources available on the World Wide Web and from vendors. Most vendors publish their application notes on the web for easy access. Simply accessing the web and entering a C part number into the AltaVista search engine usually yields more than 50 documents. 8051-derivative application notes Philips Semiconductors: Web site and CD-ROM AN422: Using the 8XC751 Microcontroller as an I2C Bus Master AN428: Using the ADC and PWM of the 83C752/87C752 AN439: 87C751 fast NiCd charger EIE/AN92001: Low RF-Emission Applications with a P83CE654 Microcontroller Intel Corp.: Web site and CD-ROM Atmel Corp.: Web site and CD-ROM A Digital Thermometer Using the AT89C2051 Microcontroller Interfacing 24CXXX Serial EEPROMs with AT89CX051 MCU 68HC05 application notes AN1263: Designing for Electromagnetic Compatibility with Single-Chip Microcontrollers AN1262: Simple Real-Time Kernels for HC05 MCUs AN1256: Interfacing the HC05 MCU to a Multichannel D/A Converter AN1241: Interfacing the HC05 MCU to Serial EEPROMs AN1227: Using Serial EEPROMs with HC05 MCUs AN477: Simple A/D Conversion for MCUs Without Built-In ADCs PIC application notes Microchip: Web site and CD-ROM AN541: Using a PIC16C5X as a Smart I2C Peripheral AN546: Using the A/D Converter in the PIC 16C73 AN554: Software Implementation of I2C Bus Master AN577: PIC16C54A EMI Results AN552: Implementing Wake-Up on Keystroke for the 16C54 AN585: A Real-Time Operating System for PIC16/17 AN606: Low-Power Design Using PIC16/17 AN520: A Comparison of Low-End 8-Bit Microcontrollers Parallax: Third-party web site and tools References 1. How to Implement an SMBus Controller Using the 80C51SL KBC, Intel Corp. application note, November 1994. 2. Handbook of Batteries, by David Linden (Editor), 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill text, January 1995, ISBN: 0070379211 3. The System Management Bus Specification, Versions 0.95a and 1.0, Intel Corp., February 1995. 4. The Smart-Battery Data Specification, Version 1.0, Duracell Inc. and Intel Corp., February 1995. 5. The SMBus BIOS Specification, Version 1.0, Intel Corp., February 1995. 6. Smart-Battery Selector Specification, Version 0.9, Intel Corp., April 1995. 7. Understanding Small Microcontrollers, by James Sibigtroth. Published by Motorola Inc., CSIC Division, circa 1990.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
APD bias circuit has adjustable output
The avalanche photodiode detector (APD) is used as a receiver in optical communications, as is the pin diode. The APD is more sensitive, but it must be biased properly to produce the appropriate electron flow for a given flux of photons. In Figure 1, an external digitalto-analog converter enables dynamic, computercontrolled adjustment of an APD bias generator. To generate the bias voltage VOUT, a boost converter (IC1, L1, and Q1) drives a diode-capacitor charge pump (D3/C4, D2/C3, and D1/C5). IC1 regulates VOUT with respect to a set point established by the
D1 1N4148 5V L1 47H C1 1F 2 4 V+ SHDN EXT CS 1 Q1 3055 D3 1N4148 C5 0.47F 100V C3 0.1F D2 1N4148 VOUT

external control voltage VDAC: as VDAC ranges from 2V to zero, V OUT varies from 28V to about 71V (Figure 2). At 70V with a 0.5mA output current, the limitation on ripple is typically 0.5V (max) (0.7%). The circuit shown produces less than 0.3% ripple at 1mA, and its maximum output current is about 3mA. The output capacitor (C5) should be a low-ESR type. A similar idea appeared in the 5/22/97 issue of EDN.

75 70 65 60 VOUT (V)

C4 1F

55 50 45 40 35

8 R1 O.25 3 R3 499k

IC1 MAX1771
5 C2 0.1F

REF AGND 6

FB DGND 7

R2 22.6k

R4 20k

C6 100pF

30 25 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 VDAC (V)

VDAC

Figure 1. This APD-bias generator produces a regulated, computer-adjusted output in the 30V to 70V range.

Figure 2. The dc-output level in Figure 1 is a linear function of the control-voltage VDAC.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Low-power 3V ADC is 0.05% linear
The simple 3V analog-to-digital converter (ADC) shown in Figure 1 is very small, requires no negative supply or expensive precision components, and draws minimal supply current (10A). A single conversion consists of 12,000 comparisons and takes about 300ms. The circuit operates as described in the following paragraph. Following each comparison, the microcontroller (C) closes one of two switches: IC2A (comparator high) or IC2B (comparator low). The switches connect either V REF (1.2V) or ground to their B terminals, producing a pulse-width modulation (PWM) signal that is filtered by R3 and C1 and differentially integrated against VIN. The result is compared against VREF. As this action integrates the error voltage up and down, the C counts the number of comparisons for which the comparator output is high (IC2A switch closed). This count (NH) divided by 12,000 equals the PWM duty cycle. The system is fully ratiometric, so the duty cycle equals N H / 12000 = V IN / V REF . Rearranging and substituting VREF = 1.2V yields VIN = NH / 10,000. Listing 1* enables the the LCD module to display voltage values directly, like a digital panel meter. The subroutine DVM produces the actual A/Dconversion values required in an embedded application. Setting the span constant (number of comparisons) to 12,000 yields a 300ms conversion with 4-1/2 digits of resolution and produces a 1.1999 full*See article in the 6/19/97 issue of EDN or EDNs web site at www.ednmag.com.
VCC 2 7 VCC 8 9 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 EN R5 VO R/W Y1 15 5 2M CERAMIC RESONATOR 5 1 GND 3 R1 1k CONTRAST VCC VDD LCD1 DISPLAY MODULE

U1
14 C2 100pF VIN
0V TO 1.1V

10 RB0 RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 RB5 RB6 RB7 OSC1 OSC2 GND 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 N.C. N.C. 11 12 13 14 6 4

VCC RTCC MCLR

3 VCC 1 5 + AMP REF IC1 8 COMP 2 N.C. 1 18 17 4

R2 3.3k

2 R4 1M 3

IC3 C PIC
RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0

MAX951
4 6

1 A C R3 270k B 2 3 B C1 1000pF A 4 C 5 13

C3 0.1F

16C54

U2A IC2 MAX4066

U2C MAX4066

Figure 1. This inexpensive, 0.05%-linear ADC can be added to existing equipment or used to upgrade the converter included in certain Cs (such as the PIC 16C71).

14

scale display. You can speed the conversion to 30ms by setting the span constant to 1200, which produces a 3-1/2 digit display that reads 1.199 at full scale. IC2s near-ideal switching characteristics account for the low 0.05% nonlinearity. A high-performance, 3V-specified version of the industry-standard 4066, IC2 is a quad analog switch that features 35 onresistances and 0.1nA (max) off leakages. You can save space by replacing IC2 with the MAX323 dual analog switch: a 3V single-pole/single-throw device with specifications similar to those of the MAX4066. The MAX323 resides in an 8-pin MAX package (versus a 14-pin SO for the MAX4066). VCC is limited to the maximum allowed by the C (6V). IC1, which operates with VCC as low as 2.8V over temperature, draws only 7A of supply current. The voltage reference in IC1 is stable for capacitive loads smaller than 100pF or larger than 0.05F. To ensure stability, the references external bypass capacitor (C3) should be kept large. A similar idea appeared in the 6/19/97 issue of EDN.
ACCURACY (% OF FULL SCALE)

MAX951-BASED ADC LINEARITY (% OF FULL SCALE) vs. INPUT VOLTAGE

0.040 0.030 0.020 0.010 0.000 -0.010 -0.020 -0.030 -0.040 -0.050 0.1 0.3 0.5 VIN (V) 0.7 0.9 1.1

Figure 2. In Figure 1, the output nonlinearity (as a percentage of full scale) varies as shown.

15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Step-up/step-down converter generates 3.3V from two or three cells
Generating 3.3V from two or three cells poses a challenge to design engineers. The regulator must step down when the cells are fresh, but it must also step up when the cells are semidischarged and weak. One solution to this problem is a flyback-transformer design, which requires that you select transformer ratios to ensure a constant output voltage under varying load conditions. Alternatively, a single-ended primary-inductance converter (SEPIC) offers simpler circuitry (Figure 1). This circuit generates 3.3V at 400mA with 78% efficiency. Input voltage can range above and below the output, and a capacitor (C2) couples the output to the switching circuitry. This configuration offers two advantages over flyback-transformer circuits and stepup linear-regulator circuits: no output current flows during shutdown, and VOUT remains well regulated as VIN passes through the VOUT level.
VIN 2V TO 12V

The two inductors in this circuit can be separate components or can be wound on a common core for convenience. They dont work as a transformer, so you can wind them without regard to coupling. Capacitors C2, C3, and C5 should have low equivalent series resistance for best efficiency. C2s voltage rating must exceed the maximum input voltage, and the external switch (Q1) must withstand the sum of (VIN + VOUT). By capturing Q1s switching pulses, Schottky diode D2 boosts the V+ voltage to (V IN + V OUT ). The resulting higher gate drive lowers the losses in Q1, especially for low input voltage, but it also limits VIN to 12V (max). Output capabilities are 300mA at VIN = 2V and 400mA at VIN = 3V, with efficiency versus load current as shown in Figure 2. A similar idea appeared in the 11/21/96 issue of EDN.

C5 100F (AVX) (MOTOROLA) IN5817 2 V+ SHDN EXT CS D2 1

L1 22H CDR125-220MC (SUMIDA)

C1 4.7F (AVX)

IN5817 (MOTOROLA) D1 L2 22H CDR125-220MC (SUMIDA)

VOUT 3.3V AT 400mA

EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT

90

OFF

ON

SI6426DQ (SILICONIX)

C2 33F (AVX)

C3 200F (AVX)

VIN = 3V 80 EFFICIENCY (%) VIN = 5V

8 R3 75m LR-2010-RO75-F (IRC) R2 62k

IC1 MAX608

70 VIN = 2V 60

5 C2 0.1F

REF

FB

R1 51k

C4 2.2nF

50 1 10 100 1000 LOAD CURRENT (mA)

Figure 1. This SEPIC switching regulator maintains a 3.3V output for VIN that ranges above and below 3.3V (as does the voltage from a 2-cell or 3-cell battery, for example).

Figure 2. Efficiency for the Figure 1 circuit approaches 80%.

16

NEW EW PRODUCT PRODUCTS

2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit, 8-channel DAS have internal reference
The MAX146/MAX149 data-acquisition systems (DAS) combine an 8-channel multiplexer (mux), track/hold, 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), and 2.5V reference in a small, 20-pin SSOP. Small size, low power consumption (3.6mW at 133ksps), and low-current power-down (1A) make the MAX146/ MAX149 ideal for portable systems. The MAX146 operates from a single +2.7V to +3.6V supply, and the MAX149 operates from a single +2.7V to +5.25V supply. Both devices allow programming of the eight analog inputs for unipolar/ bipolar and differential/single-ended operation. Both also guarantee monotonic operation with an INL of 1/2LSB over temperature. The MAX146/MAX149 offer guaranteed dynamic specifications, internal/ external-clock operation, and a reference buffer that provides a 1.5% voltageadjustment range. Their 3-wire serial interface is compatible with the SPI/ QSPI and Microwire synchronousserial standards. A serial-strobe output enables direct connections to interruptdriven processors and microcontrollers. In addition to a SHDN pin and software-selectable power down, the MAX146/MAX149 can be programmed to shut down automatically after each conversion. They power up automatically in response to an access of the serial interface, and their quick turn-on times make this a practical power-saving feature: the MAX146/MAX149 draw less than 60A of supply current at reduced sampling rates. The MAX146/MAX149 are available in 20-pin DIP and QSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extended-industrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $3.20 for the MAX149 and $6.25 for the MAX146 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

Low-cost, 5V, multichannel 8-bit ADCs are the smallest available

The MAX1112/MAX1113 lowpower, 8-bit ADCs include an analog input mux, 4V reference, serial interface, and clock. The 4-channel MAX1112 fits in a QSOP-16 package (same size as an 8-pin SO), and the 8-channel MAX1113 fits in a small, 20-pin SSOP. Both of these low-power ADCs operate from 5V and sample to 50ksps, yet draw supply currents of only 135A. For minimal power usage in batterypowered applications, they include a 2A power-down mode that lowers power consumption considerably at slower sampling rates. MAX1112/MAX1113 converters power down automatically at the end of each conversion. They power up automatically in response to an access of the SPI/QSPI and Microwire-compatible, 2MHz serial interface. Each devices analog inputs can be configured for unipolar/bipolar and single-ended/ differential operating modes. Other features include a hard-wired SHDN input, an internal/external clock, an internal/external reference, and a serialstrobe output that provides the end-ofconversion signal. The MAX1113 comes in 16-pin DIP and QSOP packages; the MAX1112 comes in 20-pin DIP and SSOP packages. Both are available in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.45 for the MAX1113 and $2.70 for the MAX1112 (1000 up, FOB USA).

12-bit TTL/ECLcompatible DACs handle update rates to 100MHz

80MHz. The ECL-compatible MAX5012 operates from a single -5.2V supply, dissipates 600mW, and is capable of refresh rates to 100MHz. Both include master-slave latches, an internal bandgap reference, and a 40MHz multiplying capability.

LATCHES

The MAX5012/MAX5013 are 12-bit, MAX5012/MAX5013 DACs are avail100Msps digital-to-analog converters able in 28-pin plastic DIP and PLCC (DACs) designed for direct digital packages specified for the extended-indussynthesis, high-resolution imaging, and trial temperature range (-40C to +85C). arbitrary-waveform generation. They offer Prices start at $30.00 (1000 up, FOB USA). improved performance over the pincompatible AD9712: faster settling time (13ns) and lower glitch energy RSET MAX5013 (15pV-s) result in an excellent AMP CONTROL OUT AMP spurious-free dynamic range of 72dBc AMP at 20MHz clock and 5MHz f out . INTERNAL IN REF VOLTAGE OUT MAX5012/MAX5013 applications REFERENCE LATCH REF include fast-frequency-hopping and ENABLE IN direct-sequence spread-spectrum (MSB) IOUT radios, microwave and satellite DECODERS SWITCH modems, and test/measurement in- DIGITAL AND NETWORK INPUTS strumentation. DRIVERS The TTL-compatible MAX5013 operates from +5V and -5.2V supply voltages, dissipates a nominal 640mW, and is capable of refresh rates to
IOUT (LSB)

17

NEW PRODUCTS
10-bit, 20Msps/ 40Msps ADCs have TTL outputs
The MAX1160/MAX1161 10-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) operate from +5V/-5.2V dual supplies and dissipate only 1W (typ) while converting at the maximum guaranteed rates: 20Msps (MAX1160) and 40Msps (MAX1161). An internal track/hold ensures excellent dynamic performance without the need for external components. Low input capacitance (5pF typ) simplifies the analog drive requirements. The output data format is parallel straight binary, and an overrange output indicates when the analog input exceeds (by 1LSB) the positive full-scale value. The bipolar analog-input range is 80% of full scale (2V for VREF = 2.5V). Digital inputs and outputs are TTL compatible. Both converters have a 1MHz spurious-free dynamic range of 67dB. Signal-to-noise and distortion (SINAD) for the MAX1160 is typically 57dB at 1MHz, 55dB at 3.58MHz, and 47dB at 10MHz. For the MAX1161, typical SINAD is 54dB at 1MHz and at 3.58MHz, and 46dB at 10MHz. The effective number of bits (in dB, typical) for the MAX1160 is 9.2 at 1MHz, 8.8 at 3.58MHz, and 7.5 at 10MHz. For the MAX1161, these parameters are 8.7 at 1MHz, 8.7 at 3.58MHz, and 7.3 at 10MHz. The MAX1160/MAX1161 come in 28-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $29.00 for the MAX1160 and $42.00 for the MAX1161 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Dual, low-power, 6-bit ADCs sample at 60Msps/90Msps

The MAX1002/MAX1003 are dual, 6-bit ADCs. Each combines high-speed, low-power operation with an internal reference, clock oscillator, and userselectable, full-scale input range. Each converts two analog input signals to two 6-bit, offset-binary-coded parallel outputs, at sampling rates as high as 90Msps (MAX1003) or 60Msps (MAX1002). Integral and differential nonlinearity are less than 1/2LSB. The MAX1002/MAX1003 converters can interface directly with baseband inphase and quadrature signals, making them ideal for use in the QPSK demodulators used in direct-broadcast satellite applications. The input amplifiers feature true differential inputs with -0.5dB 55MHz analog bandwidths, and full scale, userprogrammable input ranges of 125mVp-p, 250mVp-p, or 500mVp-p. With AC-coupled input signals, typical channel matching is better than 0.1dB gain, 1/4LSB offset, and 0.5 phase. Effective resolution is 5.8 bits at 20MHz and 5.7 bits at 50MHz. The MAX1002 operates from a +5V supply and provides TTL-compatible digital outputs. The MAX1003 requires a +5V analog supply and a +3.3V digital supply, providing an easy interface to digital signal processors and microprocessors compatible with 3.3V CMOS logic. Power dissipation is a nominal 350mW. The MAX1002/MAX1003 come in 36-pin SSOP packages specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). Prices start at $3.00 (1000 up, FOB USA).

2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit serial ADCs are the smallest available with internal VREF
The MAX1246 12-bit, 4-channel ADC with on-chip voltage reference comes in a small, 16-pin QSOP package (same size as an SO-8 package). This device is the smallest available multichannel 12-bit ADC that includes a reference. Its small size, low power consumption (4mW at 133ksps), and low-current power-down (2A) make it ideal for portable systems. Power-supply range is +2.7V to +3.6V.
46 12

The MAX1246s 3-wire serial interface, compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards, allows you to program the four analog inputs for unipolar/bipolar and differential/single-ended operation. The device guarantees monotonic operation and has an integral nonlinearity of 1/2LSB over temperature. It offers guaranteed dynamic specifications, internal/ external-clock operation, and an internal reference buffer. The 10-bit MAX1248 operates from supply voltages between +2.7V and +5.25V. Pin- and software-compatible with the 12-bit MAX1246, it allows an easy migration between 10-bit and 12-bit applications. MAX1246/MAX1248 converters are available in 16-pin QSOP packages, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C), extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C), or military (-55C to +125C) temperature range. Prices start at $6.15 for the MAX1246 and $3.40 for the MAX1248 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.
18

1246

CLOCK M U X 12-BIT ADC REFERENCE VOLTAGE

MAX1246

NEW PRODUCTS
Ultra-high-speed DACs include complete video controls
The MAX5018 and MAX5140 8-bit video digital-to-analog converters (DACs) are monolithic devices that accept video data at 400Msps (MAX5140), 275Msps (MAX5018 A version), or 165Msps (MAX5018 B version). Each converter supports the RS-343-A standard with a complete set of video-control signals (sync, blank, reference white, and bright). The MAX5018/MAX5140 operate from a single -5V supply. Their complementary analog-current outputs directly drive doubly terminated 50 and 75 loads to standard composite-video levels (7.5IRE). The video-control and data inputs are ECL compatible and ESD protected. Both chips include data and control input registers, video control logic, a reference-voltage buffer, and signalcurrent switches. In addition, the MAX5140 includes a precision bandgap reference that is capable of driving two other MAX5140s in an RGB graphics system. MAX5018/MAX5140 both have feedthrough control, a feature not available in comparable video DACs. Terminal FT allows the ECL-compatible control and data inputs to operate either without registers (FT high), or latched by the clock into a D-type internal register (FT low). Latching the video data acts as a barrier to feedthrough noise. The MAX5018 is an improved, pincompatible version of the HDAC10180 and TDC1018 DACs. Both the MAX5018 and MAX5140 are available in a 24-pin plastic DIP specified for the industrial temperature range (-20C to +85C). Prices start at $19.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

300MHz, singlesupply op amps offer rail-to-rail outputs and high-Z disable

The low-cost MAX4012 family of 300MHz, single-supply, Rail-to-Rail op amps includes the single MAX4012, dual MAX4016, triple MAX4018, and quad MAX4020. All are unity-gain stable and operate from a +3.3V to +10V single supply or from 1.65V to 5V dual supplies. Input common-mode ranges include ground, making these op amps ideal for single-supply applications. With a 2k load, the outputs can swing to within 60mV of the rails. The MAX4018 has a disable mode, useful in multiplexing applications, that lowers the supply current to 200A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state. The combination of low power consumption, single-supply operation, rail-to-rail outputs, and wide bandwidth makes these op amps suitable for D 0.1dB GAIN FLATNESS use in battery- SPEE 4 3 powered instru2 1 0 ments, video appli-1 -2 cations, CCD imag-3 -4 -5 ing, and high-speed -6 0.1 1 10 100 analog-to-digital FREQUENCY (MHz) converter preamps.
GAIN (dB)

Their voltage-feedback architecture employs current-feedback techniques to achieve a -3dB 300MHz bandwidth, 0.1dB gain flatness to 30MHz (6MHz guaranteed), slew rates of 600V/s, quiescent supply currents of only 5.5mA per amplifier, and output current capabilities of 100mA. Inverting and noninverting inputs exhibit the same voltage noise (10nV/Hz) and the same input-current noise (1.3pA/Hz). In addition, these op amps offer low differential gain/phase errors of 0.02%/0.02, a spurious-free dynamic range of -78dBc at 5MHz, and total harmonic distortion of -75dB at 5MHz. The MAX4012 comes in a spacesaving, 5-pin SOT23 package; the MAX4016 comes in 8-pin SO and MAX packages; and the MAX4018/MAX4020 come in 14-pin SO and 16-pin QSOP packages. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.88 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

First ultra-highspeed, 3V/5V comparators offer rail-to-rail operation

The MAX961MAX964 ultra-highspeed, single-supply comparators are the first in the world to guarantee propagation delays below 7ns (typically 4.5ns with 5mV overdrive) while operating from a single supply as low as +2.7V. The input common-mode range extends 100mV beyond the supply rails, and the outputs can sink or source 4mA to within 0.52V of VCC and ground. The MAX961/MAX963 feature complementary outputs that exhibit less than 300ps of propagation skew, which is an important consideration for digital communications. The MAX961/MAX963 also feature a latch-enable function that holds the output on command, and the MAX961/MAX963/MAX964 feature a logic-controlled shutdown that lowers the supply current to 270A. All devices include hysteresis to ensure clean switching. The single MAX961 and the dual MAX962 come in 8-pin SO and MAX packages; the dual MAX963 comes in a 14-pin SO; and the quad MAX964 comes in a 16-pin SO or QSOP. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
.

RAIL-TO-RAIL OUTPUT
5V VOUT 1V/div

SWI

NG

SOT23
1000

0V

TU

AL S

IZ

AC

1.5s/div

19

NEW PRODUCTS
High-speed, rail-to-rail comparators have SOT23 packages
The six-member MAX987 family of single/dual/quad micropower comparators is specified for single-supply operation from +2.5V to +5.5V, making them suitable for use in both 5V and 3V systems. They also operate from 1.25V to 2.75V dual supplies. Quiescent supply currents are typically 48A per comparator, and propagation delays are only 110ns. The common mode input-voltage range extends 250mV beyond each supply rail (VEE - 0.25V to VCC + 0.25V), and large output drivers enable rail-to-rail output swings with loads as high as 8mA. Typical input specifications include 0.5mV offset voltage and 1.0pA bias current. Internal hysteresis ensures clean output switching, even with slow-moving input signals. The output stages unique design limits supply-current surges while switching, virtually eliminating the supply glitches typical of many other comparators. The MAX987/MAX991/MAX995 have push/pull output structures that sink as well as source current. The MAX988/ MAX992/MAX996 have open-drain output structures that can pull up to VCC or to any level not exceeding VEE +6V. Package options include a 5-pin SOT23 or 8-pin SO for the single MAX987/MAX988, an 8-pin MAX or SO for the dual MAX991/MAX992, and a 14-pin SO for the quad MAX995/ MAX996. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.66 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Quad/dual bidirectional switches handle RF/video to 300MHz

The MAX4545/MAX4546/MAX4547 low-voltage, CMOS T-switches are designed for RF and video signals within the -3dB DC bandwidth to 300MHz. They are suitable for 50 and 75 applications in RF switching, video-signal routing, high-speed data acquisition, and automatic test equipment. The MAX4545 contains four normally open (NO) single-pole/single-throw (SPST) switches. The MAX4546 contains two dual SPST switches: one NO and one normally closed (NC). The MAX4547 contains two single-pole/double-throw (SPDT) switches. The T configuration of each switch ensures excellent performance: for 50 systems at 10MHz, crosstalk and off isolation are both -80dB, and the 50 insertion loss at 100MHz is -1dB. All of these switches handle rail-torail analog signals in either direction. On-resistances are 20 (max) with 5V supplies, matched to within 1 (max) between switches, and flat to within 0.5 (max) over the specified signal range. Offleakage currents are only 5nA at +25C and 50nA at +85C. These switches operate from a +2.7V to +12V single supply, or from 2.7V to 6V dual supplies. When using 5V or 5V supplies, the logic thresholds for all digital inputs (0.8V and 2.4V) ensure compatibility with TTL/ CMOS logic. These switches are pin compatible with the industry-standard DG540, DG542, and DG643 switches and provide more than 2kV of ESD protection (per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7). The MAX4545 comes in 20-pin DIP, SO, and SSOP packages, and the MAX4546/MAX4547 come in 16-pin DIP, SO, and SSOP packages. All are available in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $1.62 (1000 up, FOB USA).

500mA DC-DC converters deliver constant 5V/3.3V from 3/4-cell batteries

The MAX710/MAX711 integrate a step-up DC-DC converter with a linear regulator, providing step-up and stepdown voltage conversion with output currents to 500mA. They are optimized for use with 3-cell and 4-cell batteries, in applications for which the input voltage varies above and below the regulated output voltage. Their wide input range (1.8V to 11V) allows operation with a 12 large assortment of batteries and wall-cube adapters. 10
INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

the DC-DC converter but leaves the linear regulator active, extends battery life by reducing the supply current to 7A. Also under logic control are the highestefficiency vs. lowest-noise operating modes. The MAX710 output is preset for 3.3V or 5V, and the MAX711 output is adjustable from 2.7V to 5.5V using two external resistors. Low-battery detectors are included on-chip. Both devices are available in 16-pin narrow SO packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

12
VIN = 11V TO 1.8V BATTERY VOLTAGE

10 8

The MAX710/MAX711 deliver long battery life. They feature low 100A quiescent supply currents along with a 0.2A logiccontrolled shutdown that completely disconnects the input from the output. Their logic-controlled standby operation, which turns off

8 6 4 2 0 TIME
VOUT = 5V VOUT = 3.3V

6 4 2 0

20

OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

NEW PRODUCTS
Dual-output DC-DC converters power amplifier and radio in cellular phones
The MAX1705/MAX1706 low-noise, dual-output DC-DC converters are optimized for wireless-handset applications. They have high-power outputs that drive power amplifiers directly, delivering up to 5.5V at 800mA from a battery of one to three cells. In addition, they include a low-dropout linear regulator that provides a low-noise, 200mA output for radiobaseband and logic circuits. Small size, high efficiency, and low noise make these devices ideal for use in cellular phones, cordless phones, personal communicators, and other battery-powered applications. The MAX1705/MAX1706 feature a synchronous-rectifier pulse-widthmodulation (PWM) boost topology, with internal switches and efficiencies as high as 95%. Each accepts inputs as low as 0.7V, and provides outputs adjustable from 2.5V to 5.5V. For maximum efficiency, their tracking mode maintains the linear regulators output voltage just below the dropout level. For higher efficiency at light loads, the fixed-frequency, low-noise PWM operation can be switched to pulsefrequency-modulation (PFM) operation using logic control. Quiescent supply current180A in PWM low-noise modedrops to 100A in PFM low-power mode and to 1A in shutdown mode. via a momentary-on pushbutton switch. Each device includes an uncommitted comparator for use as a voltage monitor. The MAX1705/MAX1706 are available in space-saving, 16-pin QSOP packages (same board area as an 8-pin SO). Both are specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.96 (1000 up, FOB USA).

To minimize interference with 455kHz IF circuitry, the internal clock runs at a fixed frequency of 300kHz 14% in PWM mode. An INPUT external clock can synchronize 0.7V min internal switching for 200kHz 13 to 400kHz frequencies. The NiCd or MAX1705 has an internal, 1A, NiMH or n-channel MOSFET switch 1 Li-Ion capable of delivering output currents to 800mA. The MAX1706 has a 0.5A switch that allows smaller inductors at lower output SAME SIZE! currents. Two MORE FEATURES! shutdowncontrol inputs provide push-on/ 8-PIN SO 16-PIN QSOP push-off logic
1705

OUTPUT 1 up to 5.5V up to 600mA 300kHz PWM STEP-UP

POWER AMP

LOW-DROPOUT LINEAR REGULATOR

OUTPUT 2 1.25V to 5.0V up to 200mA

RADIO BASEBAND

MAX1705/MAX1706

High-accuracy current sources remain cool while fast charging

The high-efficiency MAX1640/ MAX1641 are switch-mode current sources that generate regulated currents as high as 2A with an accuracy of 2% (MAX1641) or 5% (MAX1640). Intended for use with a microcontroller in batterycharging applications, they allow the use of external resistors in setting the switching frequency; maximum charging voltage; and fast-charge, top-off, and trickle-charge currents. Each device includes a 2%-accurate set point for maximum termination voltage. To achieve tighter current regulation, the MAX1641 senses current on the low side of the load, between battery and ground. The MAX1640 senses current on the high side (between current source and battery), thereby avoiding the potential

ground-differential problems associated with low-side sensing. Input voltage range is 5.5V to 24V, and the output range extends from 2V to the input voltage. Each device employs fixed-frequency PWM to control an external p-channel power switch. For higher efficiency, the devices also control an optional n-channel INPUT 5.5V TO 26V + MOSFET operating as a synchronous rectifier. SELECT Switching frequencies CHARGING extend to 300kHz, MODE (FROM P) enabling the use of small external compoSET PULSE nents, and PWM duty TRICKLE cycles to 100% enable CHARGE & OSC. FREQ. very-low-dropout SET FAST & operation. The MAX1640/ MAX1641 are available in compact, 16-pin QSOP packages (same size and shape as a
TOP-OFF CHARGE CURRENT

standard 8-pin SO), specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.75 (1000 up, FOB USA). For both devices, a preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1640 EVKIT) is available to speed designs.

IN PDRV D0 D1 NDRV

MAX1640
TOFF CS+
RSENSE ICHARGE

REF SET

CS TERM GND
SET MAX VBATT BATTERY UP TO 24V

1640

16-pin QSOP (same size as 8-SO)

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Charge-pump DC-DC converters use 0.1F capacitors and occupy only 0.025in2
The MAX870/MAX871 require less room than does the industry-standard 7660 charge pump. Their 5-pin SOT23 package is one-fourth the size of the 7660s 8-pin SO, and the 7660s 10F capacitors are 100 times larger than the MAX871s 0.1F ceramic capacitor.

Smallest 1-cell DC-DC converters have built-in synchronous rectifier

The MAX1642/MAX1643 highefficiency, 1-cell, step-up DC-DC converters are the smallest available. Their internal synchronous rectifiers save space and reduce cost. Compared with a standard Schottky diode, the synchronous rectifier also provides up to 15% more efficiency at low output voltages. For pagers and other applications powered by 1V batteries, the MAX1642/ MAX1643 save space while providing the longest battery life possible. They deliver the best combination of ultra-low quiescent supply current (40A) and high efficiency (to 85%) to maximize battery life whether idling or active. Start-up voltage is guaranteed at 0.88V. The MAX1642/MAX1643 save board space. Each is available in the small MAX package (half the size of an 8-pin SO and only 1.11 mm high). The synchronous rectifier is internal, so the only external components required are two capacitors and one inductor. The MAX1642 conserves battery life with a low-battery detector and a 2A logic-controlled shutdown. The MAX1643 replaces the shutdown control with a second low-battery detector, enabling measurements of both battery low and battery dead. Both devices have a 0.7V to 1.6V input range. Output voltages are preset at 3.3V 4%, but can be adjusted from 2V to 5.2V using two external resistors. Output current capability is about 25mA. The MAX1642/MAX1643 are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), and prices start at $1.76 (1000 up, FOB USA). A pre-assembled evaluation kit (MAX1642 EVKIT) is available to speed designs.

The MAX870/MAX871 inverters are The MAX870/MAX871 DC-DC available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specicharge-pump inverters, which convert fied for the extended-industrial temperapositive voltages into negative, are ultrature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start small. An entire MAX871 circuit, for at $1.30 (1000 up, FOB USA). instance, (SOT23-5 package and two 0805-size ceramic capacitors) occupies less than 0.025in 2 (16mm 2). The MAX870/ MAX871 bias GaAsFET SMALLEST DC-DC INVERTER FITS IN 0.025in2 power amplifiers in wireless-handset applicaNEGATIVE tions, and they also POSITIVE OUTPUT provide analog power INPUT -1xVIN IN OUT and biasing for analog 1.4V TO 5.5V 25mA measurement and signalC1+ 0.1F processing circuits. 0.1F MAX871 C1 GND The MAX871 switches at 500kHz and requires only two 0.1F UL capacitors to deliver 25mA with a 35 output impedance. (With 0.33F capacitors, impedance drops to 20 .) The MAX870 runs at 125kHz, draws only 0.7mA, and requires 1F capacitors. Both devices have a 1.4V to 5.5V input0.025in2 16mm2 voltage range.
A SMALL TR

3V, 1GHz RF amplifiers have shutdown and bias control

The MAX2630MAX2633 broadband RF amplifiers provide -3dB bandwidths greater than 1GHz while operating from a +2.7V to +5.5V single-supply voltage. Supply currents are 6.6mA (typ), and the MAX2631/MAX2633 feature a shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 1A. Their 13.4dB gain and 3.7dB noise figure make the MAX2630MAX2633 amplifiers suitable for use in receiver, buffer, and transmit-IF circuitry operating at frequencies from VHF to microwave. Applications include global positioning systems, wireless LANs, cordless and cellular telephones, TV tuners, and settop boxes.

The MAX2630/MAX2631 have internal bias circuitry that eliminates the need for external bias resistors or inductors. For the MAX2632/MAX2633, the internal bias current is adjustable with a single external resistor that allows users to customize output power and gain for specific applications. The only other external components necessary are the input/output blocking capacitors and a VCC-bypass capacitor. All amplifiers have 50 input and output ports. The MAX2630 is available in a 4-pin SOT143 package, the MAX2631/ MAX2632 in 5-pin SOT23 packages, and the MAX2633 in a 6-pin SOT23. All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.66 (1000 up, FOB USA).

22

NEW PRODUCTS
622Mbps, SDH/ SONET 1:8 deserializer has TTL outputs and draws 265mW
The MAX3680 deserializer is a bipolar IC that includes input/output buffers, an 8-bit shift register, and an 8 -bit parallel-output register. Designed to convert 622Mbps serial data to 8-bit-wide, 77Mbps parallel data, the MAX3680 is suitable for use in SDH/SONET transmission systems, ATM/SONET access nodes, add/drop multiplexers, and digital cross connects. The MAX3680 operates from a single 3.3V supply and consumes 265mW (typ) in normal operation. It accepts PECLcompatible serial clock and data inputs and delivers TTL-compatible outputs. It also includes a TTL-synchronization input that enables data realignment and framing as part of the interface to external, highspeed digital circuitry. The MAX3680 comes in a 28-pin SSOP specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $34.45 (1000 up, FOB USA). amplifier, and voltage-controlled oscillator, which synthesizes an internal 622Mbps serial clock from a low-speed crystal-reference clock. By locking onto a 155.52MHz external reference, the PLL generates an internal 622Mbps for clocking the output shift register. A TTL loss-of-lock output indicates whether the PLL is operating properly. Along with the MAX3667* laser driver, the MAX3691 is part of a complete, two-chip solution for 622Msps SDH/SONET applications. Their 3.3V power supplies, PECL input (MAX3667), and PECL output (MAX3691) simplify the design of 622Msps transmission systems. The MAX3691 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $55.00 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.
VCC = +3.3V

SPI-compatible UART offers the lowest power and smallest size

The MAX3100 is a universalasynchronous receiver transmitter (UART). Operating from a +2.7V to +5.5V supply, it has a host-system interface compatible with SPI TM and MicrowireTM synchronous-serial standards. It offers an asynchronous serial-data output suitable for use in RS-232, RS-485, IR, and opto-isolated data links. Applications include intelligent instrumentation, small HVAC and buildingcontrol networks, computer/peripheral IR data links, and hand-held instruments. An internal baud-rate generator (whose oscillator is stabilized by an external crystal) produces all the common baud rates from 300 baud to 230,000 baud, and an Infrared Data Association timing mode enables communication over IR links. The MAX3100 shutdown mode (invoked by hardware or software) lowers quiescent operating current (0.5mA max at 1.8MHz) to only 10A (max). Internal circuitry for detecting incoming receiver signals remains active during shutdown. To minimize processor overhead on high-speed data links, the MAX3100 includes an 8-word-deep FIFO buffer. It generates an interrupt in response to four different conditions, one of which is ideal for address recognition on 9-bit networks. Each type of interrupt can be internally masked in response to one of four controlword configurations. Two general-purpose programmable lines are included: the active-low input clear to send (CTS), and the active-low output request to send (RTS). To support an optocoupler interface, the MAX3100 features inputs with Schmitt-trigger conditioning and outputs with 25mA sink capability. The MAX3100 comes in 14-pin plastic DIP or 16-pin QSOP packages, in versions tested for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extended-industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

622Mbps, 4:1 SDH/SONET serializer has LVDS inputs, PLL clock synthesizer
The MAX3691 4:1 serializer is designed for converting 155Mbps parallel data to 622Mbps serial data in 622Mbps SDH/SONET applications. Operating from a 3.3V supply, it provides a high-speed digital interface by accepting low-voltage differential-signal clock and data inputs and delivering a 3.3V differential-PECL serial-data output. The MAX3691 includes a fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) consisting of phase/frequency detector, loop filter/
0.1 F LVDS CRYSTAL REFERENCE 0.1 F

PCLKIPD0+ OVERHEAD GENERATION PD0PD1+ PD1PD2+ PD2PD3+ PD3PCLKO-

RCLKVCC GND RCLK+ PCLKI+ FIL+ 1.5k

MAX3691
100pF FIL-

24.9k

VCC = +3.3V PCLKO+ SDSD+ VCC = +3.3V 130 130

MAX3667
82 82

THIS SYMBOL REPRESENTS A TRANSMISSION LINE OF CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE (Z0 = 50)

23

Volume Twenty-Nine

NEWS BRIEFS

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for the first quarter of fiscal 1998

IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Silicon-bipolar IC facilitates VCO design SSB modulator draws only 5mA at 2.7V Adjustment-free inclinometer operates on +2.7V Supply circuitry selects main/backup voltage and disconnects load DAC-powered charge pump varies negative rail Boost controller drives buck converter

3 9 11 13 15 16

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
IF undersampling CODEC combines digitizing ADC with reconstruction DAC +2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs have internal reference 8-bit latched parallel DAC resides in 16-pin QSOP package (MAX1005) (MAX1240/1242) (MAX5480)

17 17 17

High-Speed Buffers
Low-cost, high-speed, single-supply SOT23 buffers have rail-to-rail outputs (MAX4014/4017/4019/4022) (MAX868) (MAX869L) (MAX1617) (MAX1620/1621) (MAX1636) (MAX1658/1659) (MAX1680/1681) (MAX65016504)

18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20

Power-Management ICs
Regulated supply (3VIN, -5VOUT) is 0.06in2 by 1.11mm high High-accuracy, current-limited switch eases power-supply requirement by 50% Remote/local temperature sensor has SMBus serial interface Switch-mode controllers provide digitally adjustable LCD-bias voltage Precision PWM buck controller optimized for next-generation notebook CPUs Low-dropout linear regulators generate 3.3V, 5V, or adjustable outputs 1MHz charge pumps generate 125mA

P Supervisors
Low-cost, SOT temperature switches feature logic outputs

Interface ICs
1Mbps RS-232 transceiver has AutoShutdown and 15kV ESD protection 250kbps RS-232 transceiver adds power-on reset function (MAX3243E/3244E/3245E) (MAX3320) (MAX2102) (MAX2420) (MAX2511) (MAX2601/2602) (MAX2620)

21 21 22 23 22 21 23

Wireless ICs
Direct-conversion IC tunes DBS television signals Image-reject RF transceiver ideal for low-cost 900MHz radios Low-voltage IF transceiver includes limiter and RSSI +3V, 1W RF power transistors ideal for 900MHz applications Lowest phase-noise RF oscillator replaces VCO modules

Fiber Optic IC
+3.3V clock-recovery/data-retiming IC suits 622kbps SDH/SONET receivers (MAX3675)

23

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF FISCAL 1998
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., reported record net revenues of $125 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 ending September 27, 1997, compared to $101 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1997. Net income increased to $40 million compared to $31.4 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1997. Income per share was $0.53 per share for the quarter compared to $0.45 per share for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, Maxims cash and short-term investments increased $51.4 million after purchasing $10.6 million of common stock and $10.5 million of capital equipment. Total cash and short-term investments at the end of Q198 equaled $275.3 million. Annualized return on average stockholders equity for the quarter was 32%, one of the highest in the industry today. During Q198, backlog shippable within the next 12 months increased to $182 million from the $152 million reported at the end of Q497. Approximately 80% of the Q198 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q298 or earlier. Turns orders received in Q198 were $50.7 million. (Turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders.) Worldwide net bookings were higher in Q198 than in Q497, with net bookings in the Pacific Rim and Europe showing the greatest increase. Net bookings for all product areas continue to be strong, particularly for those products based on the Companys high-frequency bipolar technology. In addition, net bookings for product lines focused on our broadest markets (instrumentation and process control) continue to be strong. Gross margins for the first quarter increased slightly to 66.8% compared to 66.4% in Q497. Increases in production volume and manufacturing productivity continued in Q198. Research and development expense increased to $15.5 million, 12.4% of net revenues, due to the Companys continued investment in new product development. In July, Forbes Magazine listed Maxim as one of the top ten new issues of the decade. Maxim ranked number seven on this elite list. In September, Fortune Magazine featured Maxim as one of the top 100 fastest growing companies in the United States. Maxim was ranked 48th out of the top 100, based on earnings per share annual growth rate. Maxim ranked 8th out of the Fortune top 100 companies in terms of net income for a fourquarter period and had the 16th best one-year share price performance of the group. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: During Q198, Maxim continued to see very broad demand for its products. Demand from the Pacific Rim and Europe was particularly strong. Although some parts of Asia are experiencing recessionary problems, Asian customers are demanding Maxim products at a high rate. We attribute this demand to the fact that Maxim ICs are used mainly in such Asian exports as computers and electronic instruments and are not intended for internal consumption. Maxim sales continue to be well balanced with 14% derived from customers located in the Pacific Rim, 17% from Japan, and 25% from Europe. We believe that the consumption of Maxim products by its customers is at record levels worldwide. Gifford continued: We are pleased to see the continued recognition of Maxim by the financial community, including recent articles in Forbes and Fortune. I was particularly proud to see Maxim ranked one of the top ten new IPOs of the decade, considering the stiff competition. This coming year will mark Maxims first decade as a publicly traded company. During our second decade, we will continue to work hard to outperform our competition through strong management, engineering ingenuity, and high productivity in hopes of continuing recognition by stockholders.

Silicon-bipolar IC facilitates VCO design

The frequency of a voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) varies with the voltage applied to its tuning port. Operating in a phase-locked loop (PLL), the VCO provides a stable local oscillator (LO) for frequency conversion in superheterodyne receivers. VCOs are also used in transmit chains, where they upconvert the baseband signal to a radio frequency (RF) suitable for transmission over the airwaves (Figure 1).

The following paragraphs discuss each parameter in turn. Output level In typical superheterodyne receivers, the VCO output must drive a mixer as well as a PLL synthesizers RF prescaler. This requirement is commonly met with a buffer amplifier, which provides load isolation as well as greater drive capability. Output harmonic level Output harmonic level is a measure of the VCO energy at harmonics of the oscillation frequency. These harmonics, common at levels below -15dBc, are generated by the nonlinear self-limiting of active devices in the oscillator. Oscillators with large amounts of excess gain (greater than the amount necessary to offset all losses at resonance) will limit more severely, thereby generating a greater harmonic content in the output waveform. The designer must balance the need to keep harmonic levels low with the need for enough excess gain to ensure oscillator start-up. Tuning sensitivity Tuning sensitivity is a system-level parameter that relates the maximum available tuning voltage to the required tuning-frequency range, in units of Hz/V. It is inversely proportional to the loaded Q, which is the loaded oscillator tanks quality factor. Higher tuning sensitivities require oscillators with lower loaded Qs. The variation of tuning sensitivity over the tuningfrequency range is another important consideration. If a

Design considerations
The VCO designer must consider several important performance parameters: Output level in dBm (dB relative to 1mW) Output harmonic level in dBc (dB relative to carrier power) Tuning sensitivity in Hz/V Load pulling of oscillation frequency in Hz p-p (for a given load voltage standing-wave ratio (VSWR) rotated through 360) Frequency pushing, in Hz/V, of bias-supply change VCO phase noise, in dBc/Hz, at a given offset frequency

LOW-NOISE AMPLIFIER

IMAGE FILTER

FIRST MIXER

FIRST IF FILTER

SECOND SECOND MIXER IF FILTER

IF GAIN STRIP

IF VGA DEMODULATOR

ANTENNA DUPLEXER

RF VCO (MAX2620) DUAL PLL SYNTHESIZER

IF VCO

CRYSTAL REFERENCE OSCILLATOR

MODULATOR POWER-AMPLIFIER (MAX2601/ MAX2602) POWER-AMPLIFIER DRIVER (MAX2430) SECOND IF FILTER SECOND MIXER FIRST IF FILTER FIRST MIXER

Figure 1. VCOs appear as part of the PLLs in this typical superheterodyne receiver.

VCOs tuning sensitivity varies dramatically over the tuning band, the PLL synthesizers performance suffers. The VCO is the highest gain device in a typical PLL, with tuning sensitivities in the tens of MHz/V. This amount of gain can cause unwanted modulation sidebands in response to noise at the tuning port; therefore, tuning-port noise must be minimized. Load pulling Load pulling measures the sensitivity of a free-running VCO to load variations at the VCO output. Measurement requires a load-impedance mismatch and a variable-length transmission line. Connect the VCO to the mismatched load, and vary the phase angle (between VCO and load) through 360 by changing the length of the transmission line. Measure the resulting peak-to-peak frequency change. VCO load pulling is specified as the maximum peak-to-peak frequency shift at a given load VSWR, rotated through 360. Equation 1 shows the relationship between load VSWR and load-impedance mismatch: Equation 1:
VSWR = 1 + 1 0 0 , where 0 = ZL Z0 ZL + Z0

VCO phase noise Phase noise in a free-running VCO relates the noise-sideband level to the carrier-power level. In a typical measurement, observe the VCO output on a spectrum analyzer while measuring the noise level in a 1Hz bandwidth at a given frequency offset from the carrier. Modern spectrum analyzers equipped with a particular firmware option can generate a graph showing single-sideband phase noise versus offset frequency by taking multiple measurements with various offsets, and making appropriate changes to the internal IF bandwidth in each case. Oscillators with very low phase noise (crystal oscillators, for example) cannot be measured by a spectrum analyzer because the phase-noise limit for its LO is too high. The 8561 RF spectrum analyzer from Hewlett Packard, for instance, specifies phase-noise limits of -80dBc/Hz at 100Hz, -97dBc/Hz at 1kHz, -113dBc at 10kHz, -113dBc at 30kHz, and -113dBc at 100kHz. A typical crystal oscillator, on the other hand, has 30dB to 40dB less phase noise at each of these offset frequencies. For such highquality oscillators, an accurate phase-noise measurement requires more sophisticated techniques. Several key factors affect a free-running VCOs phase noise. All are included in Equation 2, a formula for estimating an oscillators single-sideband noise. Equation 2:
2 f FkT 1 fO L(f M ) = 10 log + 1 C + 1 2 2Q L f M fM PS

where: VSWR = voltage standing-wave ratio 0 = load-reflection coefficient: the ratio (at the load) of the incident voltage wave to the reflected wave = load impedance = the transmission lines characteristic impedance

ZL Z0

where: L(fM) = single-sideband phase noise in dBc/Hz, as a function of offset frequency from the carrier fO QL = output frequency in Hz = loaded resonator Q (resonator tank circuit with active load and all parasitic elements) = corner frequency in Hz for flicker noise in the active oscillation device = offset from the carrier in Hz = the active oscillation devices oscillationsignal power, in watts = the active devices in-circuit noise factor (with the resonator tank and all parasitic elements) = Boltzmanns constant: ~1.38 x 10-23 J/K = temperature in degrees Kelvin (K)

Using buffer amplifiers is the most common technique for reducing a free-running VCOs sensitivity to load variations. Frequency pushing Frequency pushing measures a free-running VCOs sensitivity to variations in its bias-supply voltage. To measure the VCOs sensitivity, vary the supply voltage over a given range while measuring the VCO frequency. Divide this frequency shift by the voltage change to determine sensitivity in Hz/V. Well-designed VCOs have pushing factors between 5% and 10% of the main tuning-line sensitivity. An example of a device with excellent pushing performance is Maxims MAX2620 VCO, which has a tuning-port sensitivity of 10.4MHz/V and a pushing sensitivity of only 71kHz/V. Pushing sensitivity for the MAX2620 is less than 1% of the tuning-port sensitivity.

fC fM PS F

k T

In this formula, loaded-resonator Q is the dominant design parameter affecting phase noise. Low-noise design dictates that this parameter be maximized to meet tuneability requirements. A high loaded-resonator Q requires the use of resonant-tank components with high unloaded Q. Under these conditions, the tanks load should couple just enough energy to the rest of the circuit to start and sustain oscillations. The resonators loaded Q can easily be less than a tenth of its unloaded Q. The corner frequency for flicker noise is device dependent; low-noise design demands devices with a low flicker corner. The flicker-noise corner makes bipolar processes the best choice for low-noise oscillator design. GaAs devices cannot compete because their noise corner is from two to three orders of magnitude greater than that of Si-bipolar devices. Because the value of the in-circuit noise factor depends on the device as well as its external circuit, low-noise design requires that both be optimized. Adjusting the oscillation-signal power allows some control over phase noise, but the premium on bias current in todays handheld wireless phones usually prohibits large changes in the oscillator sections current drain. Equation 3 describes phase noise intrinsic to the oscillator. Adding to this are the modulation-noise sidebands produced by noise on the tuning line (see Equation 4). Equation 3:
L 2 K PUSH VN 2 BIAS ( f ) = 10 log 2 PUSH( fm ) 2f M

Adding equations 2, 3, and 4 results in equation 5, an estimate of the VCOs total single-sideband phase noise: Equation 5:
2 f 1 fO FkT C + 1 + 1 f 2Q1f P 2 M M S 2 2 K PUSH VN BIAS (f ) L = 10 log + 2 TOTAL( fm ) f 2 M 2 K2 TUNE VN TUNE (f ) + 2 2f M

( (

)(

)(

Limitations in the previously mentioned VCO parameters can lead to degradation of system-level performance. For example, the power amplifier (PA) in a cellular phone is activated only when a voice signal is present. This switching causes the PAs input impedance to vary considerably, which in turn presents a problem for the RF VCO driving the transmit chain. Unless the VCO is isolated from the load variations (typically by a load buffer), its frequency variations can cause the PLL to slip cycles or even lose phase lock. Another problem is the drastic change in supply current caused by the PAs off/on cycling. Typical PAs for GSM, DCS1800, and DCS1900 handsets can draw over 1A, and the current switching causes voltage changes on the VCOs bias line. The result of these bias-voltage changes and the pushing factor is unwanted modulation sidebands that fall outside of the PLL synthesizers loop bandwidth. The VCOs bias voltage must be stabilized to eliminate this problem. The unfaded bit-error rate (BER) in digitally modulated systems is limited by the net phase noise of all signal generators in the transmit and receive paths, with the RF VCO in the PLL synthesizer (usually) as the dominant contributor. The classic waterfall curve in Figure 2 shows the effect of phase noise. Beyond a certain level

)(

Equation 4:
L

2 K TUNE VN 2 TUNE ( f ) = 10 log 2 MOD( fm ) 2f M

)(

where: LPUSH(fm) = single-sideband phase noise (in dBc/Hz) due to noise voltage modulating the VCO through the bias line LMOD(fm) = single-sideband phase noise (in dBc/Hz) due to noise voltage modulating the VCO through the tuning line
2 KPUSH 2 KTUNE

BER

= supply-pushing sensitivity, in Hz/V = oscillator tuning gain, in Hz/V

WITH PHASE NOISE

WITHOUT PHASE NOISE

2 VNBIAS (f) = noise-voltage density on the bias line as a function of frequency (nV/Hz)

Eb/NO

VN2

TUNE

(f) = noise-voltage density on the tuning line as a function of frequency (nV/Hz)

Figure 2. For higher values of energy per bit divided by additive white Gaussian noise density (Eb/NO), the bit-error rate (BER) is essentially constant.
5

of Eb/NO (Eb is energy per bit; NO is additive white Gaussian noise density), the BER remains essentially constant. For a more robust communication link, lower the unfaded BER by reducing phase noise in the PLL synthesizers RF VCO. Phase noise is a primary concern for digital-modulation techniques in which information is encoded by modulating the carrier phase. One such technique is quadrature phase-shift keying (QPSK). Analogous to in-phase/quadrature modulation in the analog domain, QPSK allows transmission of a given bit stream at half the data rate by encoding pairs of bits at each of four different phases. Each phase (/4, 3/4, 5/4, and 7/4 in Figure 3a) is represented as a point in signal space that is spread into a cloud by the presence of additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN) in the system. Figure 3b shows the same QPSK constellation with the same AWGN, but with 5 of RMS phase variance added. Phase variance deforms the four constellation regions into arcs that reduce the distance between regions. This effect increases the probability of a symbol error at the demodulator, and an increase in symbol errors increases the BER. Thus, the amount of phase variance that can be tolerated depends on the demodulator design and on the performance required in the

communication link. Equation 6 shows the relationship between integrated phase variance and phase noise: Equation 6:
2 = S(f )df f1
f2

where: f1, f2 = frequencies over which the integral is evaluated (usually determined by the demodulator design) 2 = integrated phase variance in radians squared S(f) = phase-power spectral density in radians squared/Hz (twice the single-sideband phase noise for small angles) 2 = integrated RMS phase error, in radians Perhaps the most stringent restraint on an LOs phase noise is imposed by receiver desensitization. This effect occurs in cellular phones and other environments in which the receiver must detect a weak signal in the presence of a strong interferer. In Figure 4, a strong nearby interferer mixes with the LOs phase noise to produce noise sidebands that reduce the signal-to-noise ratio at the IF, thus desensitizing the receivers ability to detect weak signals.

(a)
1

(b)
1

-1 -1 0 I 1

-1 -1 0 I 1

Figure 3. The signal constellation for a QPSK signal with Gaussian noise (a) is degraded by the addition of 5 of RMS phase variance (b), producing a distortion that can raise the BER.

WEAK SIGNAL + STRONG INTERFERER NOISY LO

AT POINT A STRONG INTERFERER DESIRED SIGNAL

AT POINT B LO PHASE NOISE MIXING WITH STRONG INTERFERER

LOW SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO CAUSED BY LO PHASE NOISE MIXING WITH STRONG INTERFERER

IF

Besides the low-noise transistor, the MAX2620 includes a double buffer with two outputs (for load isolation), a bias generator, and convenient shutdown capability. This device operates from a +2.7V to +5.5V single supply and dissipates only 27mW at 3V. When operating at 900MHz, a load VSWR of 1.75:1 rotated over 360 produces a frequency shift of less than 163kHz. The MAX2620s internal bias-voltage generator greatly reduces the effect of bias-voltage variation on the oscillation frequency. At a 900MHz center frequency and a 3V to 4V supply-voltage change, the device achieves a 71kHz/V pushing sensitivity. The MAX2620 has two outputs. One output, which generates -2dBm into a 50 load, typically drives a mixers LO input. The other generates -12.5dBm into a 50 load and typically drives an integrated PLL synthesizers RF prescaler input. Operating at 900MHz with a high-Q external tank circuit, the MAX2620 and its lownoise internal transistor produce low phase noise: -110dBc/Hz at 25kHz and -132dBc/Hz at 300kHz. The external tank allows designers to optimize tuneability and single-sideband phase noise for a given application. To ensure oscillation start-up, the tank circuits realimpedance magnitude should equal one-third to one-half of the oscillator devices negative real-impedance magnitude, and the tanks reactive component should be opposite in sign to that of the oscillator device. After start-up, gain compression lowers the oscillators negative resistance until it achieves equilibrium with that of the resonant tank circuit. Adding a varactor diode (voltage-tuned variable capacitor) to the tank circuit enables oscillator-frequency
VCC

Figure 4. By mixing with the local-oscillator signal, a strong interfering signal generates noise sidebands that mask the signal of interest.

Earlier versions of the low-noise VCO were composed of discrete components: a specialized bipolar transistor with low corner frequency for flicker noise, a biasvoltage supply, and buffer amplifiers to provide load isolation and added output drive. The many passive chip components in the discrete circuit required a lot of PC board space, which is at a premium in todays small wireless handsets.

An integrated solution
Maxims MAX2620 (Figure 5) integrates all the active functions of a discrete-component approach into a tiny, 8-pin MAX package. It includes a critical bipolar transistor with low corner frequency for flicker noise, fabricated in Maxims exclusive Si-bipolar process featuring a 27GHz fT. The PC board area saved by higher-level integration simplifies PC board layout and shielding.
VCC 10

1000pF 10nH 1000pF 1 C17 1.5pF VTUNE 1k D1 ALPHA SMV1204-34 CERAMIC RESONATOR L1 C6 C4 1pF 4 BIAS SUPPLY 5 C3 2.7pF C5 1.5pF 2 3 8 1.5pF

MAX2620
7 6 0.1F

TO MIXER VCC

1000pF TO SYNTHESIZER 51

SHDN 1000pF

VCC

Figure 5. This typical operating circuit shows the use of a MAX2620 in building a VCO.

tuning, as long as the oscillator device exhibits an adequate negative resistance over the desired tuning range. The MAX2620 design is optimized in this respect. The MAX2620 oscillator is also optimized for operation with low phase noise. Achieving the lowest phase noise possible requires the use of high-Q components such as ceramic transmission-line resonators (typical unloaded Q of 400) and high-Q inductors (typical unloaded Q of 180). To maximize the loaded Q in Figure 5, C5 and C17 should have the lowest value compatible with the desired frequency and tuning range. For 900MHz operation, C6 should be 1pF for the ceramic-resonator circuit and 1.5pF for the inductor circuit. Because a high-Q inductors unloaded Q is lower than that of a ceramic resonator, the use of high-Q inductors (versus ceramic resonators) tends to degrade phase noise slightly. Phase noise for an inductor-based tank is -107dBc/Hz at 25kHz and -127dBc/Hz at 300kHz. Both MAX2620 outputs have open collectors that require external components for pull-up to the supply voltage. Resistors of 50 match the outputs to a 50 system, but resistors rob output power. For maximum output power, use a pull-up inductor as shown at the buffer output in

Figure 5. The inductor circuits open-collector output impedance should be matched to the desired load impedance through an appropriate matching network. A key factor in achieving optimum oscillator performance is the PC board layout. To minimize the effect of parasitic elements, remove the PC board ground plane under and around components that make up the resonant circuit. To minimize parasitic inductance, keep trace lengths as short as possible. Connect the decoupling capacitors (pins 1, 4, and 7 to ground) as close as possible to the MAX2620 package, with direct connections to the ground plane. The capacitors in Figure 5 must have an 0805 or smaller footprint. As a cost-effective, low-power oscillator for the RF VCO in todays wireless headsets, the MAX2620 provides features that once required many discrete parts. Its double-buffered outputs provide load isolation, and its internal regulation cell provides isolation from power-supply fluctuations. Power dissipation with a +3V supply is just 27mW. The MAX2620 achieves very low phase noise, and its external tank lets the designer tailor an oscillator circuit to a given application.

References
1. Boyles, John W. The Oscillator as a Reflection Amplifier: an Intuitive Approach to Oscillator Design, Microwave Journal, June 1986, pp 8398. 2. Crawford, James A. Frequency Synthesizer Design Handbook, MA: Artech House, Inc., 1994. 3. Egan, W. Frequency Synthesis by Phase Lock. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1981. 4. Leeson, D. B. A Simple Model of Feedback Oscillator Noise Spectrum, Proceedings of the IEEE, February 1966, pp 329330. 5. MAX2620 Data Sheet , Rev. 0, July 1997, Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. 6. Rhea, Randall W. Oscillator Design and Computer Simulation, Second Edition. Atlanta: Noble Publishing, 1995. 7. Temple, R. Choosing a Phase Noise Measurement TechniqueConcepts and Implementations, HP RF and Microwave Measurement Symposium, February, 1983.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
SSB modulator draws only 5mA at 2.7V
Single-sideband modulation (SSB) is more efficient than full-amplitude modulation in its use of the frequency spectrum and in its generation of output power. Though not used for data transmission, SSB is still popular for voice transmission at HF and low VHF. The circuit shown in Figure 1 generates SSB signals from 35MHz to 80MHz by combining wideband, low-voltage op amps with an IC that integrates all the necessary functions. All ICs shown are specified for operation at 3V 10%. The traditional method for producing SSB is to modulate a carrier, and then filter the output to remove the unwanted sideband and carrier frequencies. This method is sometimes considered wasteful, because it dumps as much as two-thirds of the generated power into a filter. (However, because filtering is not always performed at the output stage, the system doesnt necessarily waste two-thirds of its transmitted power.)

2.5pF TO 4.0pF 33pF 8 2.7V 100nF 2, 15, 10 100k 100k TO 1A C1

1/4

33pF 100nH fOSC = 100kHz 9

11, 14

2.7V
1/4

TO 2B C3 R R C3 R R C3 C3 R R

TO 3C C4 R C4 C4 C4 R R

TO 4D C5 R C5 C5 C5 R R

TO 5E C6 R C6 C6 C6 R

TO 6F

100nF

C2 R

MAX494

12 TO PLL (IF REQUIRED)

MAX494

C1 C1 R R

C2 C2 C2

100k 100k

V/2 R 100k R F6 100k 100k

100k

10k 10k
1/4

3 I 16 100nF C7 100nF

C1

R A1

R B2

R C3

R D4

R E5

1/4

5 Q

MAX494

MAX494

OUTPUT 50MHz

V/2 GAIN = 100 100k 1k MICROPHONE 1k 100k 47k 8

1/2 1/2

V/2

IC1 MAX2452

V/2 C8 100nF 2.7V 2.7V

MAX492

47k

MAX492

V/2 (LOW-IMPEDANCE HALF-RAIL)

NOTES: R = 12k 10% C1 = 0.044F (2 x 0.022F) C2 = 0.033F C3 = 0.02F C4 = 0.01F C5 = 5600pF C6 = 100nF

Figure 1. This SSB modulator generates the lower sideband of a high-frequency carrier modulated by an applied audio signal.

An alternative method for generating SSB is to use the phasing (algebraic) method. In this approach, two modulators (mixers) produce the desired sideband while suppressing the unwanted carrier and other sideband. Two modulators for this purpose, normally used for in-phase (I) and quadrature (Q) modulation in a QAM signal, are available in IC1. The resulting circuit offers several advantages: Low-power, low-cost operation Output signal (35MHz to 80MHz) includes the 4m and 6m amateur radio bands User can shift from upper- to lower-sideband operation by reversing two pairs of connections (rather than changing a filter) No filter required One IC provides the required tank oscillator, two modulators, and a summing amplifier The circuit requires no filter for carrier and sidebandfrequency suppression because frequency cancellation is inherent in the modulation process. Suppose, for example (ignoring signal magnitudes), that the carrier signal is sin C t and the modulating signal is sinMt. Modulation (mixing) means multiplying the carrier and modulating signals, as follows: [sin M t] [sin C t] = 0.5cos( M - C )t - 0.5cos (M + C )t Adding 90 of phase shift to either quantity produces the cosine: sin( C + 90)t = cos C t, and sin(M + 90)t = cosMt. Shifting each of these inputs (sinMt and sinCt) by 90 and then multiplying them in a separate modulator results in the following: [cos M t] [cos C t] = 0.5cos( M - C )t + 0.5cos( M + C )t

Note that the lower sideband, which appears as cos(M - C )t at IC1s output, is the sum of these two modulator outputs. The upper sideband, which appears as cos(M + C )t, is the difference between the modulator outputs. The RC phasing network was chosen for simplicity, rather than low component count. Using 5% components, the network produces a response of 300Hz to 3500Hz with <1 of phase-shift error and <0.2dB of magnitude error. IC1s suppression of unwanted carrier and sideband frequencies (-35dB) is about 5dB less than expected when using commercial equipment, but is not unreasonable for output power levels below 5W. This suppression performance depends somewhat on the presence of capacitive terminations (C4 and C5) for the unused modulator inputs I and Q. The output stage (not shown) can be a single-transistor buffer, a class C power amplifier, or whatever the application requires. For simplicity, the circuit is shown operating with IC1s internal free-running oscillator. This arrangement is insufficiently stable; to compensate for this instability, either provide an external source, or connect the oscillator as part of an external phaselocked loop, as explained in the data sheet for the IC (in this case, the MAX2452). An external source can greatly extend the transmit-frequency range. The circuit was measured while operating with a 142MHz oscillator frequency and a 71MHz carrier. Its -27dB carrier suppression is 8dB short of the typical suppression specified in the MAX2452 data sheet, but is acceptable for a circuit that drives IC1s I and Q inputs in single-ended mode. (Driving them differentially improves performance.) Sideband suppression was at least -36dB (the test setups noise floor). A related idea appeared in the 6/5/97 issue of EDN.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Adjustment-free inclinometer operates on +2.7V
Figure 1 is an inclinometer (tilt-measuring circuit) whose sensor (SN1) is filled with liquid electrolyte. Acting as a potentiometer, the inclinometer produces a voltage proportional to tilt on its center electrode. Because the liquid is subject to electrolysis, the sensors forcing voltage must be AC with an average DC component of zero. IC1 is an 8-channel, 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that digitizes the sensor output for use by IC2, the microcontroller (C). Conditioning circuitry for this sensor type usually includes op amps, analog switches, and potentiometers. Because potentiometer settings drift with time and temperature, such systems require periodic recalibrations based on a precise and tedious procedure. The synchronous approach shown in Figure 1 not only eliminates the need for calibration, but it also operates from a single-supply voltage as low as +2.7V. Two CMOS port pins on the C generate 50Hz square waves, 180 out-of-phase, as an AC drive for the sensor. When the sensor is level, its centerelectrode voltage (filtered by R3/C4 and fed to the ADC) is midway between these drive-electrode voltages, which are approximately V CC and 0V. Each port pin has a finite resistance and resultant voltage drop. To compensate for the resulting inaccuracies, voltage divider R4/R5 samples the drive signals mid-level voltage and feeds it to channel 2 on the ADC. This voltage remains constant, but the center-electrode signal varies above or below midlevel according to the direction of tilt.

VCC 2 R4 10k SN1 C3 0.1F R3 2.7k 1 CH0 2 CH1 3 CH2 4 CH3 5 CH4 6 CH5 7 CH6 8 CH7 11 VREF 9 COM 13 AGND 14 DGND VDD VDD DIN DOUT SCLK CS STRB 20 12 17 15 19 18 16 2 RA3 1 RA2 18 RA1 17 RA0 N.C. C2 0.1F C1 10F RB6 RB7 RB0 3 RICC 4 MCLR RB1 RB2 12 13 6 7 8 9 10 11 16 15 5 CERAMIC RESONATOR Y1 2M R5 10k VCC VDD 7 D0 8 D1 9 D2 10 D3 11 D4 LCD1 DISPLAY MODULE 12 D5 13 D6 14 D7 6 EN 4 RS R/W 5 OSC2 GND GND 1 V0 3

ELECTROLYTIC TILT SENSOR SPECTRON: L-211 FREDRICKS: 0725-5006 C2 0.1F

14 V CC

VCC R2 3.3k

IC2 16C54-ALT RB5 PIC C OSC1

RB3 RB4

R1 1k CONTRAST

IC1 MAX147

VCC R6 47

C5 0.1F

SHDN

10

N.C.

Figure 1. This tilt sensor is simple, accurate, inexpensive, and adjustment free.

11

The tilt signal on one channel and the reference (mid-level) signal on another are digitized by the ADC and fed to the C. The AC drive dwells 10ms on each polarity, allowing about nine time constants for 12-bit settling before the A/D conversion. The converters pseudo-differential input negates the absolute value of these signals (~1/2VCC). Thus, the magnitude and polarity of channel 0 (with respect to channel 1) indicate the magnitude and direction of tilt. The tilt measurement is ratiometric and therefore relatively immune to large variations in the supply voltage (typically 0.2% of full scale per volt of supply change). A measurement comprises two consecutive halfcycles: the C first calculates the sensor-minusreference value; it then applies an opposite-phase drive signal and calculates the reference-minus-sensor value. Subtracting these values produces twice the desired tilt value and negates the need for null adjustment by canceling any systematic offsets. The values are handled in software (see the software listing called Adjustment-Free Inclinometer under the Other Software category on Maxims website at www.maxim-ic.com) as twos-complement quantities, and displayed on the liquid-crystal display (LCD) as integers. (The display in this system is included mainly for demonstrations.) Miscellaneous observations Though not implemented by the software provided, this system is capable of very-low-power operation. IC1 can be shut down between conversions; in this

state, it draws only 10A. While IC1 is shut down, pins 12 and 13 on the C port should be written low to prevent DC current from damaging the sensor (consult the sensors data sheet for the maximum DC current allowed). The Cs internal watchdog can be set to wake up every second or so for a new measurement. Operating at a few measurements per second and replacing the LCD with Maxims MAX7211 can lower the overall supply current to 100A. The techniques previously described are compatible with most Cs and microprocessors (Ps), but the output structures of some Ps are unlike that of the Microchip PIC. Most variants of the 8051, for example, have an open-drain output and pull-up resistor that exhibit unequal source and sink currents at the port pins. Ensure reliable operation for these variants by providing external CMOS inverters between the port pins and sensor. Design the powerup initialization and power-down conditions carefully to minimize DC current through the sensor. Finally, these techniques can be expanded to accommodate dual-axis sensors by dedicating two more port pins for a second pair of force electrodes. The measurement procedure is nearly identical, except that the sensor pins for each axis must be alternately three-stated while making measurements on the other axis. This provision minimizes cross-axis interactions, which is a difficult task to accomplish with the more common analog techniques. A related idea appeared in the 4/24/97 issue of EDN.

PIC is a trademark of Microchip Technology, Inc.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Supply circuitry selects main/backup voltage and disconnects load
The circuit shown in Figure 1 is a complete portable-equipment power supply suitable for systems that can be plugged into a docking station. When the main supply is removed or falls out of regulation, selector circuitry automatically switches the load to a regulated switch-mode supply powered by a backup battery. The system flags a controlling processor when this switchover occurs, and it also issues a warning when the backup-battery voltage falls below a programmable threshold. Two discharged alkaline or nickel-cadmium cells are sufficient to operate the DC-DC backup converter (IC1 and associated components). This converter produces a pin-selectable 5V or 3.3V output voltage with a 200mA output current. The presence of the main supply voltage (+5V) deactivates the backup supply: the output of an ultra-low-power comparator/reference device (IC2) is low in the presence of the +5V supply, and it connects the load and supply by turning on p-channel MOSFET Q3. IC2s low output also places IC1 in shutdown and turns off n-channel MOSFET Q2. C3 is charged by the main supply via the parasitic diode in Q1, so R5 pulls the Q1 gate high, turning off that device as well.

VBATT POWER ON

+5V (MAIN SUPPLY)

Q3 1/2 SI4539 R3 750k 4 IN-

IC2
V+ 7

MAX981
OUT 8

R4 249k 2-CELL ALKALINE BATTERY C2 68F L1 47H 8 D1 1N5817

3 6

IN+ REF V2 GND 1

R6 100k

IC1 MAX756
R1 226k 5 LBI REF R2 100k 3 C1 100nF GND 7 2

LX OUT SHDN LBO 3/5

6 1 4

C3 68F

R5 100k

Q1 1/2 SI4539

C4 470F

RLOAD

Q2 SI9435

ON/OFF RESET/ALARM TO P

Figure 1. This power supply makes VBATT available to power the load until the main +5V supply is connected. It then automatically disconnects the load from VBATT and connects it to the +5V supply.

13

If the +5V supply fails or falls out of regulation (as defined by a 4.75V threshold determined by R3 and R4), the IC2 output goes high, disconnects the main supply by turning off Q3, turns on the backup supply by pulling IC1 out of shutdown, and connects the backup voltage and load by turning on Q1 and Q2. Q1 is chosen for low RDS(ON) (to minimize power dissipation), and Q2 is chosen for its ultra-low VGS threshold (to ensure a reliable switchover to VBATT when the main supply fails). The charge on C3 (present at all times, as mentioned previously) ensures a quick turn-on of the backup supply, and the charge on C4 supports the output voltage during switchovers between the +5V supply and VBATT. When the system is off (backup converter shut down and +5V supply absent), you can turn on the backup supply by momentarily pressing the POWER ON

pushbutton. (A connection from this switch to an I/O line gives on/off control to the processor and also allows the supply to send on/off signals to the processor.) Pressing the pushbutton turns on Q1, Q2, and IC1, enabling C4 to charge. When the pushbutton is released, R6s pull-up/latching effect takes over. Q3s connection makes the drain more positive than the source. This unusual orientation allows the internal parasitic diode to conduct current when the +5V supply is connected, quickly charging C4 and providing power to IC2. (When IC2s output goes low, Q3 turns on, and its R DS(ON) shunts the parasitic diode.) Q3s low forward drop has a negligible effect on the main supply-voltage tolerance. A related idea appeared in the 7/21/97 issue of Electronic Design.

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
DAC-powered charge pump varies negative rail
The circuit shown in Figure 1 provides a lowcurrent, adjustable negative supply rail suitable for use as a sensor bias, liquid-crystal-display (LCD) contrast bias, or voltage-controlled-oscillator (VCO) tuning supply. By operating a charge-pump doubler from the output of a buffered digital-to-analog converter (DAC), the circuit avoids the customary approach involving clumsy level shifters based on op amps and discrete components. IC1 is a dual, 8-bit DAC with serial input and buffered voltage outputs. Output impedances are 50; therefore, the DAC output in use drops about 50mV while providing the 1.1mA typically drawn by the IC2 charge pump. As the input code varies from 0 to 255, the DAC output ranges Rail-to-Rail , changing approximately 40mV per step. With a +5V input (VCC) applied to IC1 and a -3V output from IC2, the code that produces the minimum allowable voltage to the charge pump (1.5V) is 80 (decimal). The charge pump draws 0.6mA and generates 2 times the voltage at its VCC
VCC 2.7V TO 6V

terminal, producing 3V to 12V as its input ranges from 1.5V to 6V. (The positive and negative outputs can be used simultaneously.) The main power can go as low as 2.7V, producing a negative output slightly over -5V. The minimum code for this condition is about 140 (decimal). To shut down the supply, simply write zeros to the DAC. The DAC itself has a shutdown mode that draws only 1A. To ensure a reliable start-up when bringing the system out of shutdown, write a value that powers the charge pump with a minimum of 2V. Note that a microcontroller (C) with a pulse-widthmodulation (PWM) output can eliminate the DAC altogether. For example, you can provide a variable VCC to the charge pump by filtering a 20kHz PWM signal with a 270/3.3F lowpass network. Be sure the Cs port pin can supply the current with an acceptable voltage drop; if not, buffer it with a CMOS buffer or inverter such as the 74HC04. A related idea appeared in the 7/21/97 issue of Electronic Design.

C5 0.1F

3 DATA SPI/MICROWIRECLOCK COMPATIBLE INTERFACE* CS 8 2 1 4

V+ DIN SCLK CS GND

IC1 MAX522 VO1 5

VO2 REF 6 7 1.5V TO 5V SPARE VCC 8 C1 3.3F 1 2 C2 3.3F 3 6 VCC C1+ C1C2+ C2GND V+ 7 3V TO 10V AUXILIARY POSITIVE OUTPUT NEGATIVE LCD CONTRAST MAIN OUTPUT -3V TO -10V C4 3.3F C3 3.3F

IC2 MAX865
V4

*FOR 2-WIRE (I C-COMPATIBLE) INTERFACE, USE THE MAX518 DAC (VCC > 4.5V).

Figure 1. This adjustable negative supply consists of an inverting-doubler charge pump controlled by an 8-bit, serial-input DAC.
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.
15

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Boost controller drives buck converter
The usual way to step down from a low voltage to an even lower one is with a low-dropout (LDO) linear regulator. But in battery-powered systems, the LDO probably wont deliver the maximum energy available. A cell count chosen for near-dropout operation when the battery is empty applies too much voltage over most of the batterys discharge, and a cell count chosen for maximum efficiency over that range allows dropout well before the battery is empty. One solution to this problem is the highly efficient buck DC-DC converter (Figure 1). This circuit can step down inputs as low as 2V to outputs as low as 1.25V, with efficiencies as high as 80% (Figure 2). Like an LDO, it works well at low input voltages. Unlike an LDO, its efficiency remains fairly high with inputs up to the allowable maximum (6.5V). A step-up switching regulator (IC1) is made to step down with the addition of an external switching transistor (Q1). Via LX (pin 8), Q1 is driven by the ICs internal switching transistor: an open-drain, n-channel power MOSFET connected to ground. R2 limits the Q1 base current, and R1 turns Q1 off when
VIN 10F

LX floats. The R1 and R2 values are chosen for maximum efficiency at light loads (1mA to 10mA), which limits the maximum available output current. Lower values for R1 and R2 allow higher output current, but cause the circuit to draw higher levels of quiescent current. R3 and R4 determine output voltage, as shown in the following equation: VOUT = VREF (R3 + R4) / R4 where VREF = 1.25V. The minimum output voltage is 1.25V (with R3 = 0 and R4 absent). R5 and R6 determine the threshold for low battery voltage in a similar manner. Input and output capacitors can be inexpensive electrolytic or tantalum types. For greatest efficiency, the inductor should be rated in excess of the desired output current, and it should have a reasonably low series resistance. Diode D1 should be a Schottky type, because losses are proportional to the diodes forward voltage, and this voltage is a substantial fraction of the output voltage. A related idea appeared in the 6/5/97 issue of EDN.

MINIMUM OFF-TIME ONE-SHOT

Q

1 SHDN

6 OUT

R1 7.5k

TRIG ONE-SHOT LX F/F 8 R2 4.7k Q1 2N3906 COILCRAFT DO1608C-334 330H D1

POWER EFFICIENCY vs. OUTPUT CURRENT

85
VOUT 10F

S R

IC1

CURRENT-LIMIT COMPARATOR

EFFICIENCY (%)

MAXIMUM ON-TIME ONE-SHOT

MOTOROLA MBR0530L Q TRIG ONE-SHOT

80 75 70 65 VIN = +5.0V 60 VIN = +2.0V

R3* FB 2

VIN = +3.3V

MAX867
VIN

1M LOW BATT R5 270k 5 R6 470k 4 N

ERROR COMPARATOR

R4*

55
REF (1.25V) LBI COMPARATOR GND 7 REFERENCE 0.1F 3

50 0.1 1 10 100 OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

*SEE TEXT

Figure 1. These external components enable a boost-controller IC to implement a low-voltage buck-regulator circuit.

Figure 2. The conversion efficiency of the circuit in Figure 1 varies with output current as shown.

16

N EWPRODUCT PRODUCT S N EW S
IF undersampling CODEC combines digitizing ADC with reconstruction DAC
The MAX1005 intermediate-frequency (IF) undersampling CODEC provides an interface between the analog and digital portions of a PWT1900* communications system. This device includes a 5-bit analogto-digital converter (ADC) for receiver-IF bandpass sampling, a 7-bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC) for reconstructing an analog IF subcarrier, and a separate, lownoise bandgap reference for each. The ADCs 15Msps conversion rate enables 10x oversampling of a 1.5MHz signal. However, its wide input bandwidth (15MHz) allows IF undersampling in excess of 10.7MHz. The DAC has very low glitch energy and high spurious-free dynamic range to minimize the transmission of unwanted spurious signals. The MAX1005 can operate from either a single power supply or from separate analog and digital supplies, and with independent voltages ranging from +2.7V to +5.5V. These might include, for example, an unregulated analog supply of +5.5V and a regulated digital supply as low as +2.7V. This flexibility allows operation directly from a battery, even when the battery is being charged, thereby eliminating the noise associated with switching regulators and saving the power otherwise lost in linear regulators. Operating modes include transmit (DAC active), receive (ADC active), and full shutdown, in which the supply current drops below 1A. Because the wake-up time from partial shutdown is only 2.5s, the MAX1005 can save power during short intervals of idle time. The MAX1005 is available in a tiny 16-pin QSOP package specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extendedindustrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range. Prices start at $2.96 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*PWT1900 is a PCS air-interface standard for the U.S. Based on the proven DECT technology, the PWT1900 standard is suitable for use in tollquality wireless PBX, PCS, and WLL applications.

+2.7V, 12-bit/10-bit ADCs have internal reference

The MAX1240/MAX1242 12-bit/ 10-bit ADCs feature low-power operation and an internal reference. Pin and software compatible, they each combine a track/hold, ADC, reference, clock, and serial interface in an 8-pin SO package. These converters operate from a +2.7V to +3.6V single supply. They draw less than 2mA (including reference current) at a 73ksps (max) sampling rate. The supply currents drop to only 2A in shutdown. The 3-wire serial interface is compatible with SPI/QSPI and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. The MAX1240 (offered in three grades) and MAX1242 (offered in two grades) are available in 8-pin SO and DIP packages. Prices start at $2.75 for the MAX1242 and $3.85 for the MAX1240 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

8-bit latched parallel DAC resides in 16-pin QSOP package

The MAX5480 is an 8-bit, parallelinput, CMOS DAC that interfaces directly with most microprocessors. Its internal input latches make the DAC interface similar to a random-access-memory write cycle, in which the only control inputs are CS and WR.

Specifications guaranteed over temperature include monotonicity, 1 / 2 LSB linearity, and 2.5mW power consumption. The MAX5480 operates from a single +5V supply and draws maximum supply currents of 100A at +25C and 500A over temperature. It offers both currentoutput and voltage-output operation. The MAX5480 is available in 16-pin CERDIP and QSOP packages, and in versions specified for three different temperature grades. Prices start at $1.35 (1000 up, FOB USA).

VOLTAGE MODE
+5V

CURRENT MODE
250 SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 200 150 100 50 0

Low Current
220A

+5V
VREF
VOUT

V REF

MAX5480

CS DATA WR

CS WR MAX5480 DATA

MAX4330

10A

24A

AC

L TUA SI
5480

300 1k 10k SAMPLING RATE (samples/sec)

ZE

m x 6. 2

mm

5480

5480

REF = VDD. Using the internal reference, the supply current at 1ksps is 139A.

4. 9

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-cost, highspeed, singlesupply SOT23 buffers have railto-rail outputs
Members of the MAX4014 family of precision, closed-loop, high-speed buffers provide a high slew rate (600V/s), wide bandwidth (200MHz at -3dB), high output current (120mA), and low gain/phase error (0.02%/0.02), while drawing only 5.5mA of quiescent current per amplifier. The outputs swing rail-to-rail, and the input common-mode voltage ranges extend 200mV beyond the negative supply rail. MAX4014 family buffers are well suited for use in video, communications, instrumentation, and other low-power/lowvoltage applications requiring wide bandwidth. Operating from a +3.3V to +10V single supply or a 1.65V to 5V dual supply, they exhibit only 10nV/ Hz and 1.3pA/Hz of input noise at the inverting or noninverting input. The triple-buffer MAX4019 has a disable feature that reduces supply current to 350A. The MAX4014 (single), MAX4017 (dual), MAX4019 (triple), and MAX4022 (quad) are available in space-saving SOT23-5, MAX, or QSOP packages. Prices start at $0.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).

High-accuracy, current-limited switch eases power-supply requirement by 50%

The MAX869L current-limited power switch features low on-resistance (only 35m at 5V) and a current limit that is 20% accurate and adjustable from 400mA to 2.5A. It protects systems from shortcircuit and overload faults. In Universal Serial Bus (USB) applications, for example, such faults at a card slot or plug-in port can pull the main supply voltage below its minimum operating level. Tight tolerance on the output current limit is critical to keeping the main power supply simple and inexpensive. To ensure a minimum continuous current of 2A, for example, the MAX869L maintains a nominal 2.5A with a maximum of 3A. Similar parts from other suppliers can guarantee only 50% accuracy; therefore, they must maintain a nominal 4A and a maximum 6A. Thus, better accuracy in the MAX869L reduces the power-supply requirement by 50% (from 6A to 3A). The MAX869L includes thermaloverload protection, and its current-limit loop features a fast, 4s response that prevents system glitches and resets during hot plug-ins, when heavy capacitive loads can cause a momentary short circuit. When the MAX869L goes into current limit or thermal overload, its logic FAULT output alerts a microprocessor. A 2.7V to 5.5V input range makes the MAX869L ideal for both 3V and 5V systems. It features a very low quiescent current (12A) that drops to only 0.01A in the OFF state. Typical applications include notebook and hand-held computers with slots and ports for the USB, PCMCIA, and CardBus, as well as power ports for peripheral devices. The MAX869L is the newest member in a family of high-side, p-channel, MOSFET power switches (MAX890LMAX895L). The MAX869L is available in a 16-pin QSOP package (same board area as an 8-pin SO). Prices for the MAX869L start at $2.13 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Regulated supply (3VIN, -5VOUT) is 0.06in2 by 1.11mm high

The MAX868 is an adjustable, regulated, switched-capacitor voltage converter that inverts, then doubles inputs of 1.8V to 5.5V. As a compact, low-cost means for generating negative supply voltages equal to -2V IN , this 30mA charge-pump device reduces cost, board area, and height by replacing inductorbased DC-DC converters. Typical applications include cell phones, small LCD panels, and PCMCIA cards.

Regulation is achieved by gating the 450kHz charge-pump oscillator to keep the output voltage constant. This on-demand switching scheme provides excellent lightload efficiency and generates output currents as high as 30mA under full load. For operation, the MAX868 requires four ceramic capacitors and, to set the output voltage, two external resistors. Optimized for battery-operated equipment, the MAX868 features a quiescent supply current of only 30A and a logiccontrolled shutdown pin that turns off the charge pump and reduces the total current to less than 1A. The MAX868 is available in a 10-pin MAX package (only 1.11mm high, covering half the area of an 8-pin SO). Prices start at $1.75 (1000 up, FOB USA).

POSITIVE INPUT 1.8V TO 5.5V

ON OFF

1F

IN SHDN R1

MAX868
C1+ 0.1F C1C2+ 0.1F FITS IN 0.18" x 0.33" = 0.06in2 = 40mm2 C2PGND GND OUT R2 FB

REGULATED NEGATIVE OUTPUT 0V TO (-2 x VIN) UP TO 30mA

2.2F

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Precision PWM buck controller optimized for next-generation notebook CPUs
The low-voltage MAX1636 pulsewidth modulation (PWM) controller generates precisely regulated CPU supply voltages from the high-voltage battery in a notebook computer. As a fixed-frequency, current-mode PWM controller, the MAX1636 provides fast transient response, low supply current, tight load regulation, and the tight output accuracy required by todays CPUs. Other applications include battery chargers, inverters, and boost-topology circuits. The MAX1636s combination of a low-drift reference, slow integrator loop, and fast current-mode loop provides an exceptional 1% output accuracy, including all conditions of line and load. To protect the output from overvoltage, a crowbar circuit turns on the low-side MOSFET (in less than 1s, with 100% duty cycle) when the feedback signal goes high by more than 7%. As additional fault protection, a catastrophic undervoltage detector shuts down the PWM if the output fails to come into regulation within a preset time. The quiescent power dissipation is only 2mW (max). The MAX1636 accepts 4.5V to 30V inputs and generates a 1.1V to 5.5V adjustable output voltage. It includes a 5V/25mA linear regulator (off in shutdown but on in standby mode) that provides a gate-drive supply for the low-side external MOSFET. For a similar device that does not include a linear regulator and comes in a smaller, 16-pin package, refer to the MAX1637. The MAX1636 is available in a 20-pin SSOP specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
INPUT

Switch-mode controllers provide digitally adjustable LCD-bias voltage

The MAX1620/MAX1621 digitally adjustable LCD-bias supplies come in ultra-small QSOP packages and operate with small, low-profile external components. Each is suitable for use in notebook and palmtop computers, personal digital assistants, and portable data-collection terminals. Operating from +1.8V to +20V battery voltages, they produce positive or negative output voltages of 27V. External resistors set the desired maximum and minimum output voltages, and a high or low connection at the POL terminal sets the output polarity. To adjust over this range, employ either an external potentiometer or digital software control via the internal 5-bit digital-to-analog converter. The MAX1620 allows up/down digital signaling for this purpose; the MAX1621 provides an interface for control via the 2-wire-serial SMBus. In typical applications, the MAX1620/ MAX1621 are powered from the displays +3V to +5.5V logic supply and draw 150A (250A max). Connecting the SHDN input to this supply protects the display: a loss of supply voltage triggers shutdown, which removes bias voltage from the display and drops the chips quiescent current to 10A (max). The external power switch can be an n-channel MOSFET or a low-cost npn transistor. The MAX1620/MAX1621 are available in 16-pin QSOP packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.99 (1000 up, FOB USA).

MAX1636

VOUT

Remote/local temperature sensor has SMBus serial interface

The MAX1617 is a precise digital thermometer that reports the temperature of its own package in addition to that of a remote sensor. The remote sensoran easily mounted, diode-connected npn transistor such as the low-cost 2N3904can replace a conventional thermistor or thermocouple. With Maxims patented measurement circuitry, such transistors from multiple manufacturers can provide 3% accuracy without calibration. The remote channel can also measure the temperature of any IC (such as a microprocessor) that includes an accessible diode-connected transistor.

To read temperature data and program the alarm thresholds, the MAX1617 accepts standard write-byte, read-byte, and receivebyte commands via a 2-wire serial interface called the System Management Bus (SMBus). The data format is seven bits plus sign, twos-complement, in which each LSB represents 1C. Conversion rate (and therefore current drain) is programmed by the user, who also programs the under- and over-temperature alarms and sets the device for single-shot or continuous measurements. The MAX1617 operates from a +3V to +5.5V supply and draws only 3A (typ) in standby mode. It comes in a 16-pin QSOP package specified for the military temperature range (-55C to +125C). Contact the factory for pricing.
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-dropout linear regulators generate 3.3V, 5V, or adjustable outputs
The MAX1658/MAX1659 linear regulators have ultra-low supply currents and low dropout voltages that maximize battery life. Their Dual Mode operation provides either preset outputs of 3.3V (MAX1658) or 5V (MAX1659), or adjustable outputs from 1.25V to 16V. The input voltage range is from 2.7V to 16.5V. Output current capability is 350mA, with typical dropout voltages of 650mV (MAX1658) and 490mV (MAX1659).
500 MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT ( mA) 400 300 200 100 0
STANDARD SOIC WIDER OPERATING RANGE 5VOUT MAX1659 IN 1.2W HIGH POWER SOIC
1659

Internal p-channel MOSFET pass transistors enable each device to maintain a low quiescent supply current (30A) while providing output currents from zero to 350mA, even in dropout. Maximum supply current in shutdown is 1A. Other MAX1658/MAX1659 features include reverse-battery protection, short-circuit protection, and thermal shutdown. The MAX1658/MAX1659 are available in a special 8-pin SO package, specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), with a high power rating (1.8W) that supports compact applications. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Dual Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

1MHz charge pumps generate 125mA

The MAX1680/MAX1681 are highfrequency, switched-capacitor voltage converters that supply up to 125mA of output current when doubling or inverting 2.0V to 5.5V inputs. They offer the most compact method available for doubling an input voltage or generating a negative supply for amplifier and analogmeasurement circuits. By replacing inductor-based DC-DC converters, the MAX1680/MAX1681 reduce cost, board area, and height. The MAX1681 allows users to select a 500kHz or 1MHz operating frequency, and the MAX1680 allows a choice between 125kHz and 250kHz. These four frequencies enable the designer to adjust quiescent supply current versus external capacitor size at a given output current. At 1MHz, the MAX1681 exhibits only 3.5 of output resistance when operating with 1F external capacitors. The MAX1680 requires 10F capacitors to maintain this output resistance. Using 1206-size 1F capacitors, the MAX1681 circuits board area is only 0.06in 2 (40mm 2). Both devices feature a logiccontrolled shutdown that turns off the charge pump and lowers the quiescent current to less than 1A. The MAX1680/MAX1681 are available in an 8-pin SO package with prices starting at $2.05 (1000 up, FOB USA).

10

12

14

16

18

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

Low-cost, SOT temperature switches feature logic outputs

All of the MAX6501MAX6504 lowcost temperature switches include a comparator with two temperature-dependent voltage references. They draw 30A (typical) from a single supply voltage of +2.7V to +5.5V. The internal temperaturetrip thresholds (designated by the part number suffix) are factory set in 10C increments from -45C to +115C. Accuracy is 0.5C typical (4C max) over the specified temperature range, and hysteresis is pin-selectable as +2C or +10C. No external components are required. The MAX6501/MAX6503 have activelow, open-drain outputs suitable for driving a microprocessors reset input, and the

MAX6502/MAX6504 have active-high, push/pull outputs suitable for driving fancontrol logic. All devices assert a logic output when the measured temperature crosses the factory-set threshold for hot temperature (MAX6501/MAX6503) or cold temperature (MAX6502/MAX6504). MAX6501MAX6504 monitors are available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specified for the military temperature range (-55C to +125C). Prices start at $0.50 (10,000 up, FOB USA).
PERCENTAGE OF PARTS SAMPLED (%)

INPUT +2.0V TO +5.5V

OFF ON SHUTDOWN

IN SHDN CAP+ OUT

OUTPUT -1 x VIN 125mA

1F

1F

TRIP THRESHOLD ACCURACY

60 SAMPLE SIZE = 300 50 40 30 20 10 0 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ACCURACY (C)
LO HI

MAX1681
CAPFSEL LV GND

FREQUENCY SELECT

1681

AREA = 0.06in2 = (40mm2)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
250kbps RS-232 transceiver adds power-on reset function
The MAX3320 is a dual RS-232 transceiver that provides supply-voltage monitoring and automatic power-down (after a 30-second interval with no valid data transitions). Applications include notebook and palmtop computers, highspeed modems, and printers. The MAX3320s power-on reset function asserts an active-low reset when VCC declines below a preset threshold. It maintains the reset for at least 140ms after V CC returns above the threshold. The reset comparator ignores fast VCC transients, and the reset signals are guaranteed correct for V CC levels down to 1V. MAX3320 threshold variants (indicated by suffix letter) accommodate a variety of supply voltages. The dual transceiver (two transmitters and two receivers) includes a dual charge pump and a proprietary transmitter output stage whose low dropout enables valid RS-232 levels for supply voltages between +3V and +5.5V. It requires only four small 0.1F capacitors for operation and guarantees data rates as high as 250kbps. A shutdown mode reduces power consumption and extends battery life in portable systems by lowering the MAX3320 supply current to 4A. The receivers and power-on-reset function remain active in shutdown to monitor modems and other external devices. Maxims AutoShutdown Plus technology, when enabled, places the MAX3320 in shutdown when 30 seconds elapse without a valid signal transition on the receiver-input lines. The MAX3320 is available in a 20-pin SSOP package, in versions specified for the commercial (0C to +70C) or extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
AutoShutdown and AutoShutdown Plus are trademarks of Maxim Integrated Products.

1Mbps RS-232 transceiver has AutoShutdown and 15kV ESD protection

The new MAX3243E/MAX3244E/ MAX3245E are 1Mbps, RS-232 communications transceivers. Each is a complete serial port consisting of three drivers and five receivers. These devices are intended for use in notebook or subnotebook computers, and are guaranteed to drive a mouse. Features include automatic shutdown and wake-up, high maximum data rate, and enhanced protection from electrostatic discharge (ESD). All transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are ESD protected to 15kV using the Human Body Model or the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge method, and to 8kV using the IEC1000-4-2 Contact Discharge method. The transceivers regulated dual charge pump and proprietary low-dropout transmitter outputs enable true RS-232 performance while operating from a +3.0V to +5.5V single supply. Supply current is only 300A. RS-232 output levels are maintained by the MAX3243E/MAX3244E at data rates to 250kbps, and by the MAX3245E (which includes Maxims Megabaud feature) to data rates as high as 1Mbps. MAX3243E/MAX3244E/MAX3245E logic-controlled shutdown lowers the supply current to 1A. AutoShutdown and AutoShutdown Plus enable these systems to save power automatically, without changing the BIOS or the operating system. AutoShutdown, for example, shuts down the MAX3243E if the RS-232 cable is disconnected or if any connected peripheral is turned off. This device turns back on when a valid level appears at any receiver input. AutoShutdown Plus devices (MAX3244E/ MAX3245E) enter shutdown 30 seconds after a cable is disconnected or a peripheral becomes idle, and they resume operation when a valid edge appears at any transmitter or receiver input. MAX3243E/MAX3244E/MAX3245E transceivers are available in 28-pin SO and SSOP packages. Prices start at $3.82 (1000 up, FOB USA).
MegaBaud is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

+3V, 1W RF power transistors ideal for 900MHz applications

The MAX2601/MAX2602 are lowvoltage bipolar power transistors. Their high gain and efficiency make them ideal for the final stage of a class-C or class-AB RF amplifier, whether in discrete or module form. They reduce cost and save space by eliminating the need for drain switches and negative-bias generators. The MAX2601/MAX2602 exhibit 11.5dB gain while producing 1W of RF power at 900MHz from a 3.6V supply voltage. The collector efficiency is 58%, and the second- and third-harmonic suppression is 43dBc. These devices withstand load mismatch conditions (VSWR = 8:1 at all angles, with V CC = 5.5V) without exhibiting spurious oscillations or excessive power draw. In addition to the power transistor, the MAX2602 also includes a thermal- and processmatched diode, which allows simple and accurate biasing with just one external resistor. The MAX2601/MAX2602 are available in a thermally enhanced, 8-pin SO package. Prices start at $2.32 for the MAX2601 and $2.38 for the MAX2602 (1000 up, FOB USA).

TWO-TONE OUTPUT POWER vs. INPUT POWER

35 POUT, IM3, IM5 (dBm)
POUT

25 15
MAX2601/2

IM3

5 -5 5 10 15

IM5

20

25

INPUT POWER (dBm)

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Direct-conversion IC tunes DBS television signals
The MAX2102 direct-conversion tuner is intended for use in set-top boxes for direct-broadcast satellite (DBS) digital television. In comparison with intermediate-frequency (IF) architectures, this device reduces cost by eliminating the IF mixer, IF local oscillator, and SAW filter. The MAX2102 downconverts 950MHz to 2150MHz L-band signals to the desired baseband. It includes a low-noise amplifier, automatic gain control (AGC) amplifier, two downconverter mixers, an oscillator buffer with dual-modulus prescaler that divides by 64 or 65, a 90 quadrature (Q) generator, and separate baseband amplifiers for the in-phase (I) and Q outputs. The MAX2102 was designed with Maxims high-frequency bipolar process (GST-2, with fT = 27GHz). It achieves 3 Q phase accuracy and >0.5% gain mismatch between I and Q channels over the entire frequency range. Operating from a single +5V supply, it provides an AGC control range of more than 50dB for -19dBm to -69dBm input signals. This large AGC range accommodates rainfall attenuation effects, different cable lengths, and less-than-perfect alignment of the DBS parabolic dish antenna. At 1450MHz, the noise figure is 13.2dB, and the input third-order intercept point (6.5dBm) enables a single discrete preamplifier to serve as the interface to a 75 cable. Internal offset-correction amplifiers (when not disabled) automatically remove any DC offset present in the baseband amplifiers. Channel selection in the baseband is performed by discrete, low-cost LC filters, typically with a 5th- or 7th-order lowpass response. To support MAX2102 customers, Maxim offers a preassembled evaluation kit (MAX2102EVKIT) and tuner-design assistance. The MAX2102 is available from $5.00 (1000 up, FOB USA) in a 28-pin SO package.

MAX2102

I Q

MAX1003 Dual A/D

QPSK Demodulator

Low-voltage IF transceiver includes limiter and RSSI

The MAX2511 is an IF transceiver that incorporates a multitude of radio functions in an ultra-small package. Applications include PCS systems such as PWT1900, PACS, PHS, and DECT phones and base stations. In these systems, the MAX2511 performs all transmit and receive functions from first IF to a 10.7MHz second IF. The MAX2511 also serves as a highly integrated front-end radio transceiver for use in applications with 200MHz to 440MHz carrier frequencies, such as ISM transceivers. The MAX2511 receiver section features an image-reject downconverter with 34dB of image suppression, followed by a wide-dynamic-range IF buffer that drives an off-chip IF filter. Next is a limiting amplifier with differential outputs that boosts the signal to 1Vp-p. The

received-signal-strength indicator derived from the limiting amplifier (RSSI output) has more than 90dB dynamic range and excellent linearity: its guaranteed maximum relative error is 2dB. The transmitter section includes image-reject upconversion and a variablegain, 0dBm output-buffer amplifier. To extend battery life, the amplifiers unique biasing scheme adjusts current draw to the minimum necessary to sustain the desired output power level. An external tank circuit completes the internal voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO), which includes a buffer for driving an external phase-locked loop. Power to the VCO is internally regulated to ensure a constant-frequency output. The MAX2511s +2.7V to +5.5V operating supply voltage enables direct connection to a 3-cell battery, and four power-control settings enable advanced system power management. A shutdown mode lowers the chips supply current to below 2A.

As an alternative for applications that do not require image rejection at the transmitter or receiver, Maxim will soon introduce the MAX2510*. It includes most of the other features found in the MAX2511 (limiter, RSSI, control functions, etc.). The MAX2511 comes in a 28-pin QSOP package specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices for the MAX2511 start at $5.94 (1000 up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability.

RSSI RELATIVE ERROR vs. LIMIN INPUT AND TEMPERATURE

5 4 3 RSSI ERROR (dB) 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 PLIMIN (dBm, 50) TA = +25C TA = -40C
MAX 251

TA = +85C
1

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Image-reject RF transceiver ideal for low-cost 900MHz radios
The MAX2420 is a highly integrated, front-end IC designed to reduce cost in 900MHz cordless telephones, wireless modems, and RF transceivers. Its directconversion image-reject mixers, which eliminate external filters and extra frequency conversion, save at least $2.00 per unit in each of these applications. Unlike conventional RF transceivers, the MAX2420 includes active image-reject mixers. On the receiver side, image rejection allows a very low IF without the need for complex filters, which also eliminates the need for a second frequency conversion. On the transmit side of a frequency-hopping system, the imagereject mixer enables direct upconversion of a digitally synthesized transmit signal. This capability reduces cost and saves space by eliminating trims and additional frequency-conversion stages. The MAX2420s mixers have a 35dB (typ) image rejection. The low-noise amplifier with 1.8dB noise figure allows a combined downconverter noise figure of just 4dB with an input third-order intercept point (IP3) of -17dBm. Low-noise amplifier gain is adjustable to increase the receiver dynamic range (up to 2dBm input IP3). The MAX2420 is optimized for 10.7MHz transmit and receive IFs; future versions will be optimized for 45MHz, 70MHz, and 110MHz IFs. Future members of this family will replace the transmit image-reject mixer with a balanced mixer, which can be used as a balanced modulator or local-oscillator buffer. Receive-only versions will also be available. The MAX2420 operates from a +2.7V to +4.8V single supply. It is available in a 28-pin SSOP package, with prices starting at $4.49 (1000 up, FOB USA).
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT SPECTRUM
+10 0 -10

+3.3V clockrecovery/dataretiming IC suits 622Mbps SDH/ SONET receivers

The MAX3675 is a clock-recovery and data-retiming IC for SDH/SONET and ATM applications. Designed for use in 622Mbps, NRZ-serial-data receivers, it has selectable dual inputs that accept either small-signal analog or differentialPECL data. A high-gain limiting amplifier at the analog input accepts 3.6mVp-p to 1.2Vp-p signals. Operating from a single +3.3V supply, the MAX3675 consumes only 215mW. It complies with ANSI, ITU, and Bellcore specifications for Type-A regenerators. No external reference clock is required. A fully integrated phase-locked loop with loss-of-lock monitor tracks the external signal. Clock and data outputs are in differential-PECL format. The limiting amplifier generates a loss-of-power signal, for which an internal bandgap reference lets you set the trip point independently of the supply voltage. The limiting amplifier also includes an extremely fast, logarithmic-signal power detector that provides a receivedsignal-strength indicator (RSSI). The power detector acts as a broadband power meter, detecting the total RMS power of all signals in the passband. Temperature and power-supply independent, its RSSI voltage varies linearly in decibels from 1.35V to 2.4V, for -50dBm to -10dBm (2mVp-p to 200mVp-p) input power levels. Also included is a fully integrated input-offset correction loop that requires no external filter components. The MAX3675 is available in die form and in a 32-pin TQFP package, both specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Pricing for the packaged part (1000 up, FOB USA) starts at $44.39.

FUNDAMENTAL

POWER (dBm)

-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80

LO IMAGE

875 885 895 905 915 925 935 945 955 965 975

FREQUENCY (MHz)

Lowest phasenoise RF oscillator replaces VCO modules

The MAX2620 is a low-noise oscillator that operates from 10MHz to 1050MHz. When the MAX2620 is properly mated with an external varactor-tuned tank circuit, its typical phase noise is only -110dBc/Hz at 25kHz offset from a 900MHz carrier. This low-noise capability, combined with +2.7V to +5.25V single-supply operation, makes the MAX2620 an ideal choice for next-generation analog and digital cellular phones, 900MHz cordless phones, land-mobile radio, and narrowband PCS systems that operate from three nickelcadmium/nickel-metal hydride cells or a single lithium-ion cell.

The MAX2620 includes a low-noise transistor, two buffer amplifiers, biasing circuitry, and a power-save capability that lowers the supply current from 9mA during operation to 0.1A in shutdown mode. Oscillation frequency is set by an external varactor-controlled ceramic resonator or LC tank. The MAX2620 boasts minimal frequency pushingonly 71kHz per volt of supply changemaking it less sensitive to the sudden supplyvoltage changes common in TDMA systems. The MAX2620 comes in an 8-pin MAX package specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).

23

Volume Thirty

NEWS BRIEFS

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings and continued strong demand for its products New IC caps two decades of UART development Tiny analog switch alleviates I2C address conflicts Transformer-driver IC controls bidirectional switch IR sensor/monitor wakes host system Small photodiode receiver handles fiber optic data rates to 800kbps

2 3 11 12 13 15

IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
First 2x4-channel, 14-bit ADCs to sample four channels simultaneously 13-/12-/10-bit, low-power dual DACs fit QSOP-16 (MAX125/126) (MAX51525159) (MAX976/978/998) (MAX4144/4145/4146)

17 17 17 18

Amplifiers/Buffers/Comparators
High-speed, low-power comparators are optimized for 3V/5V applications Fast differential line receivers deliver 90dB CMR at 10MHz Single-supply, gain of +2/-1V/V closed-loop buffers deliver rail-torail outputs Low-noise, low-distortion amps ideal for portable/battery-powered applications

(MAX4214/15/17/19/22) 18 (MAX42494257) (MAX686) (MAX1615/1616) (MAX1637) (MAX1638) (MAX1660) (MAX1672) (MAX1682/1683) (MAX8867/8868) (MAX6326/6327/6328)

18 19 19 19 20 21 20 20 21 21

Power Management ICs

DAC-controlled boost/inverter LCD-bias supply has internal switch Micropower linear regulators for notebook computers accept inputs to 28V Precision PWM buck controller is optimized for next-generation notebook CPUs High-accuracy step-down controller powers high-end CPUs Digitally controlled fuel-gauge interface has 1% absolute accuracy Step-up/step-down DC-DC converter fits in tiny QSOP Switched-capacitor voltage doublers offer 98% efficiency and low power in SOT23 Low-dropout linear regulators feature low 30VRMS noise

P Supervisors
SOT reset ICs draw only 500nA

Wireless ICs
Low-cost, 1.7GHz to 2.05GHz downconverter includes low-noise amplifier Low-noise, 2.5GHz downconverter mixer occupies 10-pin MAX (MAX2406) (MAX2690) (MAX1481/84/85/86)

22 22

Interface ICs
RS-485/RS-422 transceivers offer software-selectable, half- or full-duplex operation

22
(MAX3667) (MAX3766) (MXD1000/1005)

Fiber Optic ICs

3.3V, 622Mbps laser driver has automatic power control 622Mbps LAN/ATM laser driver has programmable modulation current

23 23 23

Delay Lines
5-tap silicon delay lines cover the 4ns to 500ns range

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS AND CONTINUED STRONG DEMAND FOR ITS PRODUCTS
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $135 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1998 ending December 27, 1997, compared to $104.7 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1997. Net income increased to $42.8 million in Q298 compared to $33.3 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1997. Diluted income per share was $0.29 per share for Q298 compared to $0.23 per share for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, Maxim invested a total of $59.7 million in capital equipment, including the acquisition for $42 million of a sub-micron wafer fabrication facility in November 1997. The Company also purchased $55.1 million of its common stock during the quarter. Annualized return on average stockholders equity for the quarter was 32%, one of the highest in the industry today. During Q298, backlog shippable within the next 12 months increased to $208 million from the $182 million reported at the end of Q198. Eighty percent of the ending Q298 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q398 or earlier. Customer inventories of Maxim products remained at low levels worldwide. Net bookings in Q298 exceeded the record booking levels set in Q198. Although net bookings in the Pacific Rim were down slightly from Q198, they remained up from the levels recorded in Q3 and Q4 of fiscal 1997. Net bookings in Japan were lower in Q298 than in the previous four quarters. Net bookings in Europe and the United States were strong and exceeded Q198 levels. Net bookings across the majority of the Companys product areas continued to be strong; however, the Company has seen significant weakness in orders from automatic test equipment customers, including several who primarily serve the Pacific Rim markets. Gross margins for the second quarter increased slightly to 67% compared to 66.8% in Q198. Research and development expense increased by $1.5 million, to 12.6 % of net revenues. During the quarter, the Company also recorded a charge of $4.8 million to reduce the carrying value of certain pieces of capital equipment related to production, research and development, and administration. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: We believe that the combination of record order rates and relatively low customer inventory levels suggests that end market consumption (demand) for the Companys products continues to be strong. Our broad product line, our new products targeted on emerging markets, and our geographically diverse business continue to serve Maxim well. Three-fourths of our net bookings during the quarter were derived from customers located in the United States and Europe. Gifford continued: Despite the economic issues affecting Pacific Rim companies, overall demand for our products is strong, reinforcing our belief that Maxims ICs, and the value they offer, are critical to exports of electronic equipment by manufacturers worldwide.

MAXIM IS A FINALIST FOR 1997 INNOVATION OF THE YEAR AWARD

Maxims MAX2102 has been named a finalist in EDN Magazines 1997 Innovation of the Year competition. The MAX2102 is a direct-conversion tuner IC designed for digital direct-broadcast satellite applications. It directly tunes L-band signals to baseband using a broadband I/Q downconverter, thus eliminating expensive dual downconverter tuners in broadband systems.

FINALIST

EDN Magazines Innovator and Innovation Awards are elected by EDN readers, who constitute an elite audience of design engineers.

Maxim also was honored by Microwaves & RF Magazine, which selected the MAX2102 as one of its Top Products of 1997. Maxim received top billing in that competition.

New IC caps two decades of UART development

Maxim has introduced a tiny universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) that is compatible with the miniature electronic components in todays portable products. Compared with well-established UARTs already on the market, the new MAX3100 offers numerous advantages: lower cost, higher speed (to 230kbaud), lower power and lower voltage operation (<3V), and special features that include IrDA timing for IR communications and a FIFO buffer to relieve the processing burden in small systems. Although more than 40 UART devices are available today, they either fail to satisfy some requirements of todays applications, or they satisfy requirements only through unwelcome trade-offs in size, power, or speed. Maxim has identified a needand a market opportunityfor a newly designed UART that directly meets todays speed and power requirements and offers the latest special features, without unwieldy workarounds. Our efforts have resulted in a new UART, the MAX3100. The reason that such an extensive inventory of UARTs still fails to meet every modern requirement lies in the incremental nature of UART development. In this article, we review the UART in terms of its major technical developments, market evolution, and current trends.

modems and application software such as Laplink drove the need for higher data rates, the 8250 responded with improved bus timing and higher speedfirst to 115kbaud, then to 230kbaud. The result was a direct, high-speed extension of the 8250: the 16450 UART. Higher speeds, however, revealed weaknesses in the interrupt latency and the response time of software buffering within the PC. At 115kbaud, for instance, a byte is available every 100s. With 20s of interrupt latency and a 30s buffering time, this baud rate usurps 50% of a PCs CPU bandwidth. Such performance was clearly unacceptable for large applications running under a sluggish, non-real-time, windowed operating system. The next extension in UART capability was to alleviate this overhead by including hardware buffering in the UART itself. Adding an 8-word FIFO to the basic 8250 produced the 16550 UART. Later incarnations increased the FIFO to 32 bytes (16C650) and 64 bytes (16C750). Larger FIFOs, however, share with cache memory the characteristic of diminishing returns vs. size. The next step in UART development would therefore appear to be a smart communications coprocessor, and such devices have just begun to emerge as add-on PC cards. Because of cost pressures and the availability of VLSI in the late 1980s, the PC UART was pulled into a bit of VLSI called a super I/O. This chip included two UARTs, a parallel printer port, a floppy port, and other devices associated with the I/O of a standard PC. The internal UARTs are recognizable as 16550s with compatible register sets and a lineage tracing back to the original PC and the 8250 UART. The latest crop of super I/Os has further extended the architecture to include IrDA timing modes for IR serial communications. IrDA (Infrared Data Association) started life as a feature of palmtop computers, but is now employed to provide a simple noncable interface for printers and pay telephones. Other performance extensions include a boost to speeds of 460kbaud and even 920kbaud. The next step in PC UART technology should be interesting. Universal serial buses (USBs) and other higher speed interfaces are emerging, but the standard UART with RS-232 interface is not likely to vanish from PCs in the foreseeable future.

UARTs in PC applications systems

One of the first large-scale-integration (LSI) chips ever developed (predating the single-chip microprocessor by several years), the UART has been available since the early 1970s. Constantly refined rather than reinvented, it has shown little change over the years in its pin names, function names, or general mode of operation. Modern CMOS UARTs like the National Semiconductor 16550 and the Zilog 8630 are traceable to early classics like the Intel 8250 and Intersil 6402. In 1981, an 8250 UART was included on the original IBM PC motherboard to provide communications with modems and serial printers. Along with BIOS support in the PC, this early usage established the 8250 architecture and feature set as a de facto standard for UARTs. The basic architecture was extended over the years. As faster

UARTs in large industrial systems

The PC, with its mainstream market penetration and consequent large-volume manufacturing, has clearly driven the development of UARTs. Non-PC systems are driven by the PC as well, because the host for most such
3

systems is a PC. Non-PC-system communications therefore require a UART compatible with the PC in speed and features. But non-PC applications are often constrained by power, size, or cost limitations, leading Maxim to observe that this market was not well served by the UARTs currently available. Among the numerous ICs available for telecommunications, large industrial installations, and other large non-PC systems, the standard PC UART is most common. For these markets, the 8250 and Philips (Signetics) 2651 architectures have been extended to duals, quads, and (recently) even octals. The Zilog 8630 is strong in this market, thanks to its ability (several years ago) to run much faster than the 8250 of that time. The high-end 683XX microcontrollers (Cs) from Motorola also have a piece of the market. They typically include a 68000 core with various peripheral functions, and some are very flexible in executing complex communication tasks. Today there is also a trend to include the UART function in custom ICs. As a relatively common, synthesizable logic function available as a Verilog or VHDL megacell, the UART can be implemented in silicon along with other system functions, using modern EDA tools. This system on a chip model is gathering support as a solution for large digital systems, thanks to the availability of good tools and low-cost foundry services.

ROM size and bandwidth permitted, a UART could be implemented in software. (The many trade-offs involved in this decision are discussed later.) Otherwise, the designer added an external UART in most applications. The external UART was usually a large (28 pins or more), full-featured device like the 8250. It was costly, required a lot of power and PC-board real estate, and usually exceeded the needs of the application. More importantly, it demanded an unwelcome level of software complexity to program around the unneeded features and implement the minimal features actually required. To provide an advanced feature like 115kbaud IrDA support, the designer was obliged to implement an IrDA timing generator in a PAL and feed its output to a standard UART, usually external to the C. IrDA timing chips have since emerged to replace the PAL, but the external UART is still required in most cases. The smallest and lowest power systems (hand-held industrial equipment, bar-code readers, test equipment, and consumer products) often require very small Cs, and the lowest cost, lowest power Cs (the Microchip PIC 16C54 or Motorola 68HC05J2, for instance) do not include a UART. The solution for these systems is usually a software UART, in which the serial-communications function (when active) absorbs a large portion of the CPU bandwidth. If a better UART was required for reasons of bandwidth or performance, the designer usually turned to a higher end C with the UART included. If the application required features not supported by this minimal UART function, the designer was obliged to use a large, fullfeatured UART. Either way, the design was untenable. The designer could develop a custom UART if the manufacturing volumes permitted. If not, the desired feature had to be compromised or eliminated. DSPs are another class of applications poorly served by modern UARTs. Many DSPs (like the TMS320C10 from Texas Instruments) do not include a UART. Many DSP applications implement the UART in software, but that approach is especially problematic in a DSP system. Such systems generally run large synchronous programs that have difficulty responding to serial traffic and other asynchronous inputs.

UARTs in small industrial systems

Modems, small industrial networks, and other small non-PC equipment require UARTs for communication with the ubiquitous PC. As a result, full-featured microcontrollers like the 80186, 8051, 68HC11, and Z8 have included UARTs since the early 1980s. This internal UART function has generally filled the need for low- to medium-speed communications in these applications. With a few notable exceptions, the speed and feature set of C UARTs have remained relatively static over the years as C manufacturers have pushed their products clock speed, ROM size, and other features. Exceptions include members of the Dallas Semiconductor 80C320 family of high-speed 8051 derivatives, which include two UARTs per chip. Members of the Intel 80C51FA family of full-featured 8051 derivatives include an enhanced UART that provides features for 9-bit network addressing (described later). For applications in which high performance or an additional UART was required, the small-system designer historically had only two choices. If a simple, lowperformance UART was acceptable and the system
4

The need for a small, modern UART

Maxim perceived the market need and product opportunity in a new UART that would meet the non-PC requirements outlined above. Although UARTs are primarily digital and Maxim is primarily an analog/mixed-signal

company, Maxim has gained extensive serial-interface experience through the development of single-supply interface ICs like the MAX232 and MAX485. Maxim saw the need for a UART that: Supports high speed Supports low-voltage (<3V) and low-power operation Fits in a very small package, with baud-rate generator and all other support circuitry on board Includes zero-power shutdown and wake-up on received signal Supports IrDA communications timing Includes FIFO receive buffer to alleviate communications overhead in small processors Includes Schmitt-trigger inputs and high output drive, for direct optocoupler interface in isolated systems Remains cost competitive In converting these requirements to silicon, Maxim has produced a tiny, full-featured UART called the MAX3100 (described later). To help minimize size and pin count, it features a synchronous serial peripheral interface (SPI) for communications. A serial interface for a serial-interface IC may sound paradoxical, but it enables a complete, full-featured UART to fit in the footprint of an SO-8 package (the actual package is a 16-pin QSOP). Many Cs include the serial interface built into the MAX3100. For those that dont, a bit-banged serial interface can easily be implemented. Thus, the MAX3100 enables high-performance communications for most systemswithout major trade-offs in size, cost, and power, and without the additional trade-offs associated with a software UART.

ate time slices for the serial bit cells. At least two I/O ports are required for the serial input and output (RX and TX), and RX should have an interrupt capability that allows incoming start bits to synchronize the incoming data (Figure 1). If handshaking is required (via the CTS and RTS terminals, for example), the system may require other port pins as well. Because reliable reception requires that the maximum interrupt latency be kept well below one-half of a bit interval, the interrupt requirement complicates system designs (Figure 2). Small microprocessors (Ps) can be overwhelmed, especially at high baud rates (Figure 3).

9600 BAUD ~ 1ms IDLE START D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 STOP FIRST IRQ-SETUP TIMER TO SAMPLE AT CENTER FIRST CENTERIF LOW, THEN CENTER SAMPLE ALL SAMPLE FINISHSET REV FLAT TIMES ASSUMING FIRST IRQ FIRST CENTER CENTER SAMPLE FINISH 1ms/INSTRUCTION IRQ LATENCY 6 6 6 / CPU TIME 20 15 10 x 9 25 TOTAL 26 21 96 25 168s IDLE

% CPU AT 9600 = 16.8% AT 19.2k = 33.6% AT 115k = 201% ( >100%) WOULD REQUIRE 2x CPU SPEED JUST FOR COMMUNICATION

Figure 1. Software UARTs place a heavy computational load on the CPU.

(10
COMM T IRQ FROM UART CPU ACTIVITY "OVERHEAD" ENTRY 0 20ms 40

1 x 115k 60

) 86s
80 NEXT BYTE 100

Software-based UART trade-offs

For Cs that lack an internal UART, the simple and seemingly obvious way to implement serial communications is through software. Extra hardware is not required, and the C then handles its own communications. The designer can indeed eliminate a hardware UART by creating one in software, but that arrangement has its own problems and costs. Except in the simplest cases, the true cost of a software UART must include the percentage of computational time demanded from the CPU. Realistically, a software UART is more costly than a hardware UART. Software UARTs require substantial resources. In most cases a counter/timer (crucial in Cs) is needed to gener5

INTERRUPT ACTIVE/PENDING INTERRUPT PRIORITY DETERMINATION (HARDWARE) LAST INSTRUCTION EXECUTED PUSH RETURN ADDRESS PUSH ACCUMULATOR PUSH OTHER REGISTERS VECTOR TO ISR ROUTINE ADDRESS READ BYTE UART (RESET IRQ) LOAD POINTER TO BUFFER STORE BYTE INCREMENT POINTER CHECK OVERFLOW/LIMITS POP REGISTERS POP ACCUMULATOR RETURN IRQ MAIN TASK HAS CPU AGAIN UART SERVICE TOTAL TIME

CPU ACTIVITY "BUFFER"

CPU ACTIVITY "EXIT"

OVERALL 45s = 52% 86s

Figure 2. These details show how the CPU time is allotted in servicing a software UART.

200 180 160 CPU PERECENT 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 300 1200 4800 19,200 57,600 BAUD RATE

going into sleep mode between serial-data transmissions. Finally, the MAX3100s timing requirements do not change with the baud rate. Its internal FIFO stack alleviates much of the real-time processing burden caused by the burst-mode message traffic common in small systems.

MAX3100 description
The MAX3100 UART provides an interface between the synchronous serial-data port of a P (compatible with SPI, QSPI, and Microwire standards), and an asynchronous serial-data communications port such as RS232, RS-485, or IrDA. For a brief description of SPI, see the sidebar to this article, Serial Peripheral Interfaces. The MAX3100 combines a simple UART and baud-rate generator with an SPI interface and interrupt generator. Writing to an internal register configures the UART for baud rate, data-word length, parity enable, and enable of the 8-word receive FIFO. This write configuration register contains four interrupt-mask bits, and it also selects between normal UART and IrDA timing. The programmable baud-rate generator is capable of rates from 300baud to 230kbaud (Figure 4). Bits B0B3 in the write-configuration register determine the baudrate divisor (BRD), which divides down the frequency of the crystal between terminals X1 and X2. The MAX3100 oscillator accepts a crystal of 1.8432MHz or 3.6864MHz, and it also accepts a square wave at X1 with a 45% to 55% duty cycle.
9 Pt TX-BUFFER REGISTER 9 Pt DIN CS SCLK DOUT SPI INTERFACE SHDN X1 B0 B1 B2 B3 XTAL BAUD-RATE GENERATOR X2 RX-SHIFT REGISTER D0rD7r 9 Pr Pr RX-BUFFER REGISTER I/O RX-BUFFER REGISTER RTS 9 CTS RA ACTIVITY DETECT TX-SHIFT REGISTER D0tD7t TX

Figure 3. The percentage of CPU time required for servicing a software UART rises sharply with the baud rate.

A software UART generally requires 200 to 500 bytes of code, depending on its sophistication and the Ps capability. This requirement makes the software-UART option unworkable for many of the smaller Cs, whose total code space might be only 500 bytes. Finally, a software UARTs power drain can be significant. Wake-up time for the C is greater than a baud period in most cases, so to be ready for possible serial traffic it must run continuously. In contrast, a MAX3100 UART system offers numerous advantages: it implements a full handshaking interface with only four port lines. A fifth line (an interrupt line) is optional. Code size is about 50 bytes. The P/UART combination can save a tremendous amount of power by

FE START/STOPBIT DETECT RX

(SOURCES) R Pr RA/FE (MASKS) TRANSMIT-DONE (TM) DATA-RECEIVED (RM) PARITY (PM) FRAMING ERROR (RAM)/ RECEIVE ACTIVITY

Pr

IRQ

INTERRUPT LOGIC

Figure 4. A new version of the venerable UART enables 8051 microcontrollers to communicate using an IrDA data link.
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire and Microwire Plus are trademarks of National Semiconductor Corp.

The transmitter section accepts SPI/Microwire data, formats and loads it into the transmitter buffer register, and shifts it in asynchronous-serial format to the TX output. Internal logic adds start and stop bits and clocks the data out at the selected baud rate. The receiver section accepts data in serial form and detects the start bit on a high-to-low transition. The center of this start bit is defined by a majority vote (minimum 2 of 3) following the 7th, 8th, and 9th samples of the internal 16x baud clock (Figure 5). An 8-word FIFO stores the received data. At the center of the first stop bit, the receiver begins searching for the next start bit. Opto-conditioned inputs and outputs enable the MAX3100 to receive optocoupler outputs and drive optocoupler inputs directly. That is, the UARTs receiver input (RX) is a Schmitt-trigger circuit, and its transmitter output (TX) is capable of sinking 25mA. The MAX3100 also includes two general-purpose ports with opto-conditioning (RTS and CTS), which are useful for handshaking and control (RS-232 and RS-485 driver enable, respectively). The MAX3100s 8-word FIFO and interrupt logic conserves CPU computing time. By allowing up to eight characters to be read each time, the CPU services a receive-activity interrupt (RA), and the FIFO buffers the CPU transfer rate from the UARTs serial-data rate. The MAX3100s one interrupt input can be set by any of four sources: parity received (Pr), received data (R), receiver activity/framing error (RA/FE), and transmit buffer empty (T). Any or all sources can be masked. As an additional feature of this SPI UART, the MAX3100 offers an IrDA timing mode suitable for communication with other serial infrared (SIR)-

compatible devices, or for reducing power in opto-isolated applications (Figure 6). The MAX3100 was designed to drive opto-isolators directly, so to drive a serial-IR module like the HP HDSL-1000 the logic must be reversed. In IrDA mode, a bit period is shortened to 3/16 of a baud period (1.6s at 115kbaud). With TX at logic low and RX at logic high, a data zero is transmitted as a negative pulse. In receive mode, the MAX3100 samples an RX signal halfway into a high-level transmission. This sampling occurs once, rather than three times as in the normal mode. The MAX3100 ignores pulses shorter than 1/16 (approximately) of a baud period, and the IrDA device communicating with the MAX3100 must be set to transmit pulses at 3/16 of the baud period.

NORMAL UART TX IrDA TX

START

IrDA RX

NORMAL RX

0 START

DATA BITS UART FRAME

Figure 6. The narrow pulses used in IrDA communications consume less power.

ONE BAUD PERIOD RX A

BAUD BLOCK

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

MAJORITY CENTER SAMPLER

Figure 5. The MAX3100 identifies an incoming start bit if at least two of the three mid-pulse samples are low.

STOP

STOP 1 1

The MAX3100 enables new applications

The circuit of Figure 7 enables any derivative of the 8051 C to communicate using the serial-infrared (SIR) format established by IrDA. Communication is a twostage process in which the C first transmits via a bitbanged SPI serial interface to the MAX3100 (IC1), and IC1 in turn formats the message in IrDA mode. The UART in many 8051 derivatives is not IrDA compatible, and cannot easily be made so. The circuit shown, however, provides the communication link and is easily added to an existing 8051 system with a minimum of cost, power, and software code.

SPI interface is not critical. The UART performs all real-time processing, so the processor clock can have any reasonable frequency. Unlike most system clocks, this one does not require time and temperature stability. The MAX3100-8051 driver code is available at Maxims website (www.maxim-ic.com). See IrDA code for MAX3100 UART-8051 under the heading Other Software. In the MAX3100-8051 driver code the subroutine UTLK provides driver support for the MAX3100. This code translates from IrDA to RS-232 and back (for demonstration and test purposes), using the 8051s internal UART to talk on the RS-232 side. See code for details. There are other alternatives but they carry drawbacks. One such alternative is to write a software routine for IrDA UARTs at low data rates, but the software is tricky. It uses up to 100% of the CPUs attention when active, and is impractical above 2400baud. IrDA timing can also be generated with discrete logic or a PAL, but that approach is expensive, power-hungry, and requires an external baud generator for the clock source.

8051 C
P1.0

SPI/ MICROWIRE

MAX3100
DIN TX

MAX3223
RS-232 I/O

P1.1

DOUT

RX

P1.2

SCLK

CTS

9-bit networks
P1.3 CS RTS P3.2 IRQ

C1

C2

Figure 7. The MAX3100 enables IrDA communications by variants of the 8051 microcontroller.

The MAX3100 supports a common multidrop communication technique known as 9-bit mode (Figure 8). It uses the parity bit to indicate a message that contains a header with destination address. The MAX3100 parity mask can be set to generate interrupts for this condition. Operating a network in 9-bit mode lowers the processor overhead at all nodes by enabling the slave controllers to ignore most of the message traffic. The remote processor is then free to handle more useful tasks. Nine-bit mode configures the MAX3100 for eight bits plus a parity bit, which is cleared for normal messages and set for address-type messages. Parity-interrupt masks at the MAX3100 nodes are set to generate an interrupt at high parity. The result is that standard messages are ignored because they have a cleared parity bit, and each address-type message triggers an interrupt that causes it to be captured and examined by all MAX3100s. The MAX3100 for which the message is intended processes the remainder of the message, while all others ignore it. Because the 9th-bit parity interrupt is controlled by data in the receive register and not by data in the FIFO, it is most effective with the FIFO disabled. With the FIFO disabled, the received nonaddress words can be ignored and not even read from the UART.

The MAX3100 is capable of 115kbaud, but in this case the optical components shown limit the data rate to 4800 baud. The components are inexpensive, however, and most IrDA devices support data rates as low as 2400 baud. If necessary, the maximum 115kbaud is easily achieved with higher-quality optical components such as the HP-1000 IrDA module. Most IR LEDs and photodiodes are acceptable for this application, but to avoid being swamped by visible light the photodiode should include a filter. If necessary, place an external ambientlight filter in front of an unfiltered photodiode. The operating voltage can range from 2.7V to 6V, subject to limitations imposed by the 8051. Powersupply current is about 1mA for IC1 plus 1mA per megahertz for most variants of the 8051. Timing for the

120

SLAVE

MASTER CS SCK P IRQ DIN DOUT IRQ RTS RX TX

MAX483
A RO DI DE

MAX3100
RX TX RTS IRQ

SPI 4 IRQ

MAX483
R0 DI DE A B

SLAVE

MAX483
A B DE RO DI

MAX3100
RX TX RTS IRQ

SPI 4 IRQ

120

Figure 8. Nine-bit networks reduce the processing overhead in a communication network.

In an isolated serial interface (Figure 9), the MAX3100 Schmitt-trigger inputs are driven directly by the optocoupler outputs. The optocouplers skew does not affect timing at the asynchronous serial output, so only the SPI interface setup and hold times must be met. On the asynchronous side, you can create a bidirectional, optoisolated interface using only two opto-isolators (one each for RX and TX). In that case, the narrow baud periods (3/16 wide) used in IrDA communications provide a power savings of 81%. A separate discussion on serial peripheral interfaces begins on page 10.

ISO +5V

2k VCC 6N136 DIN

470 DOUT

MAX3100

ISO +5V

2k VCC 6N136 SCLK TX 470 SCLK VCC 2k DIN 6N136 470 RX CTS RTS

MAX3222

DOUT

2k VCC 6N136 CS

470 CS +5V MBR0520

MAX667 LINEAR REGULATOR

ISO 5V

MAX253
TRANSFORMER DRIVER HALO TGM-010P3

Figure 9. MAX3100 I/O pins are designed for a direct interface to optocouplers.

Serial peripheral interfaces

As a serially accessed peripheral, the MAX3100 has the minimal number of package pins. Its synchronousserial interface is compatible with the SPI and QSPI standards from Motorola and the Microwire standard from National Semiconductor. For systems in which the C contains no hardware support, these simple interfaces can easily be implemented in a few lines of code. For the following protocol families, note that the maximum clock rates mentioned are subject to further limitation in a given application. Microwire and Microwire Plus As a 4-wire serial interface used on COP controllers from National Semiconductor, Microwire includes clock, data-in, data-out, and chip-select lines. Its maximum clock rate is 250kHz, with a corresponding minimum high interval of 1s. Although Microwire peripherals accommodate digital words of arbitrary bit length, they usually operate on 16-bit words. Data into the device should be valid on the clocks rising edge, and data out of the device is synchronized with the clocks falling edge. Chip selects have a nonstandard, active-high polarity. Microwire Plus, which is used on National Semiconductors HPC series of controllers, reverses the clock phase for data in and data out, and also speeds up the interface timing. SPI and QSPI The SPI interface used on Motorolas line of controllers is very similar to National Semiconductors Microwire. Though restricted to 8-bit-multiple digital words, it also consists of a clock line, data-in and data-out lines, and a chip-select line (see figure). The maximum clock rate is higher than that of Microwire: 1Mbps to 2Mbps (depending on the processor) for SPI, and more than 10Mbps for QSPI. QSPI and SPI are indistinguishable to an external slave device. QSPI automates the SPI process with an automatic chip-select generator and a 16-level hardware queue internal to the controller. QSPI also gives digital control over the clocking of data in and out: a CPHA bit controls the clocking phase and a CPOL bit controls the marking polarity.

CS

tCSS tCSH SCLK tDS tDH tCL

tCH

tCSH

DIN tDV

tDO tTR

DOUT

This SPI serial-interface timing is closely related to that of the QSPI and Microwire standards.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Tiny analog switch alleviates I2C address conflicts
To avoid address conflicts, every peripheral on an I2C bus must have a unique address. Sometimes, however, peripherals may be assigned the same address. The circuit of Figure 1 resolves address conflicts by enabling the I2C bus to select between two peripherals with the same address. The popular I2C bus is an open-collector, 2-wire interface that includes a clock line and a bidirectional data line. It allows a controller (the master) to select a particular device (the slave) by first issuing a serial address on the data line, then issuing appropriate commands or data. Master and slave can send data in both directions by pulling the data line low, and slaves can generate wait states by pulling the clock line low. Bus switching, however, is complicated by the open-collector architectureit cannot be accomplished with the CMOS outputs of AND gates or 74HC157 data selectors. The peripherals shown in Figure 1 are a Philips I2C real-time clock (PCF-8583) and a large I 2 C
VCC R2 10k 5 6 2 8 NO SDA SCL 1 5 NC 4 6 7 VCC SDA SCL A0 3 VCC

EEPROM (Microchip M-24LC16). Both have an internal, hexadecimal slave address of A0. (The EEPROM takes up the entire address range, making it impossible to avoid.) The analog switch connects either one device or the other. Selection involves the data line (SDA) only, because an I2C start condition requires that the SDA signal goes low before the clock goes low. To select between the devices, the master device sets a port pin to control the state of the dual SPST analog switch. IC1 is a CMOS chip well suited to this function. Its normally open switch and normally closed switch perform the 2:1 selector operation with no additional inverters or port lines. It features low on-resistance (33) and low supply current (1A), and is specified for operation below 3V. Also, its tiny 8-pin SOT package (MAX) is only one-half the size of an SO-8 package. A similar idea appeared in the 6/23/97 issue of Electronic Design.
VCC 8 V+

R1 10k

IC2 PCF-8583
X2 2

INT 7 X1 1 Y1 32768

R3 47k RTCI INT OUTPUT

IC1 MAX325
3 R4 10k 9 10 SDA SCL VCC

C1 22pF

VCC

13

IC3 M-24LC16

V+

SELECT H = 8583 RTC L = 24C16 EEPROM

TEST A0 A1 A2 GND 12 2 3 5 6

Figure 1. A dual analog switch (IC1) and a single controller line (SELECT) enable this I2C bus to select between two peripherals with identical addresses.
I2C is a trademark of the Philips Corporation.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Transformer-driver IC controls bidirectional switch
SUPPLY Q1 MTP25N05E R1 1k +5V IN C1 0.1F GND ON T1 HALO IGM-010P3 D1A C2 0.1F D1B

IC1
OFF 4 3 5 2 7 SD FS N.C. G1 G2 D2 8 VCC 6

MAX845 D1 1
CMPSH-3S SOT23

C3 0.1F

Q2 MTP25NO5E

LOAD

Figure 1. This bidirectional power switch handles moderately high positive, negative, and AC supply voltages.

The circuit of Figure 1 is simply an on/off switch that connects VSUPPLY to a load. VSUPPLY can be positive, negative, or AC, with magnitude limited only by the MOSFETs maximum VDS rating. For the device shown, that limit is 50V. The transformers primary winding and driver IC operate on 5V, generating an isolated secondary waveform that is rectified by D1 and D2 to produce a 10V V GS for the n-channel MOSFETs. V GS is isolated, constant, and unaffected by changes in VDS with respect to ground. Because the combination of a single MOSFET and negative V GS would allow current flow in the off state (due to forward bias on its internal parasitic diode), two MOSFETs are connected source-to-source. Their internal diodes are then opposed, blocking unwanted current flow of either polarity in the off state. Shutting down the IC turns off the switch by removing VGS from the MOSFETs (SD = 5V turns the switch off; SD = 0V turns it on). The speed of this turn-off depends on the value of R1; lower values reduce turn-off delay at the expense of higher supply current. (For R1 = 1k, the supply current is 24mA.) If speed is not an issue, reduce the supply current to 5mA by substituting a larger R1. Figure 2 shows this circuit operating with a 40V, 1.2A load.

5V 0V 40V 2 0V 1A 0A 100s/div

SHDN

LOAD VOLTAGE 20V/div

LOAD CURRENT 1A/div

Figure 2. This scope plot shows the Figure 1 circuit operating with a 40V, 1.2A load.

Other switching techniques have drawbacks. Relays, for instance, have switch bounce and high power consumption (about 0.5W). The maximum V GS rating for most power MOSFETs (approximately 20V for standard devices, 15V for logic-level devices) makes it difficult to withstand voltages greater than 15V. It can be accomplished by levelshifting the gate voltage, but that approach wastes power. In addition, the larger gate resistor required for higher voltages slows the switching speed. A similar idea appeared in the 7/17/97 issue of EDN.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
IR sensor/monitor wakes host system
The sensor/monitor circuit of Figure 1 wakes up the host system on detection of infrared (IR) signals. It draws so little supply current that it can remain continuously on in a notebook computer or PDA device. Its ultra-low current drain (4A maximum, 2.5A typical) is primarily that of the comparator/reference device IC1. The circuit is intended for the noncarrier systems common in Infrared Data Association (IrDA) applications. It also operates with carrier protocols such as those of TV remote controllers and Newton/Sharp ASK (an Amplitude Shift Keying protocol developed by Sharp and used in the Apple Newton). The range for 115,000-baud IrDA is limited to about 6 inches, but for 2400-baud IrDA it improves to more than 1 foot. Immunity to ambient light is very good, although bright flashes usually cause false triggers. To handle occasional false triggers, the system simply looks for IR activity after waking and then returns to sleep mode if none is present. The sensor shown (D1), a relatively large-area photodiode packaged in an IR-filter material, produces about 60A when exposed to heavy illumination (and 0.4V when open-circuited). Most such photodiodes are acceptable in this circuit. Operation is in the photovoltaic mode (without applied bias). This mode is slow and not generally used in photodiode circuits, but speed is not essential here. The photovoltaic mode simplifies the circuit and saves a significant amount of power. In a more conventional configuration (i.e., photoconductive), photo currents caused by ambient light and sourced by the bias network would increase the quiescent current approximately ten times.

VCC

VCC = 2.5V TO 11V I = 4A

VCC

7 V+ C3 1.5nF IN4 D1 LT546 (Lite-On) R2 4.7k

IC1 MAX971
OC R3 150k IN+ 3 8

R1 100k

OUTPUT tf/tr = 100ns/10s C1 100pF

R4 10M

HYST 5 "WAKE UP" = LOW REF 6 C2 0.1F GND 1 2 REF 74HC14 OUTPUT HC CMOS RISES/FALLS

Figure 1. This low-quiescent-current circuit (4A maximum) interrupts the host processor when it detects an IR signal.

13

VREF and the R3/R4 divider introduce an 18mV bias between the comparator inputs. Derived from the reference, this bias is independent of the supply voltage. To suppress 60Hz/120Hz hum and other low-frequency disturbances, C3 and the R3/R4 divider form a highpass network with a cutoff frequency of 700Hz. C3 is normally charged to V REF minus the 18mV bias, and any voltage produced by photocurrent through R2 adds to the voltage on C3. Thus, any IR signal across R2 that exceeds the 18mV threshold trips the comparator and causes its output to go low (18mV represents a good tradeoff between range, noise immunity, and DC stability.) The low value of R2 prevents saturation of the photodiode in ambient light. If saturation is an issue, the R2 value can be reduced furtherwith a penalty in sensitivity and a boost in speed.

The comparators input offset voltage (10mV maximum) sets worst-case extremes of 6mV and 28mV for the IR trip threshold, but this spread is not a significant issue. Typical spreads are much smaller than the maximums, and typical IR signals generate more than 60mV. A variation in offset affects the amount of overdrive, and therefore affects only the comparators response speed. The circuits output can trip a set-reset flip-flop or interrupt a sleeping processor. The optional HCMOS gate (preferably a Schmitt-trigger type) can improve the output rise/fall times with very little effect on the overall quiescent current. A similar idea appeared in the 10/13/97 issue of Electronic Design.

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Small photodiode receiver handles fiber optic data rates to 800kbps
Combining a photodiode with two op amps and a comparator (Figure 1) forms a fiber optic receiver capable of data rates to 800kbps. Small packages (5-pin SOT23 for the op amps, 8-pin MAX for the comparator) minimize the required real estate on a PC board or hybrid substrate. The photodiode operates in the photoconductive mode, producing a signal voltage at IC1 whose transimpedance gain is equal to the value of R1 (4700, in this case). The op amps (IC1 and IC2) are configured as noninverting amplifiers with gains of approximately 25V/V each, so the circuits overall transimpedance gain is just under 3M: 4700 x 25 x 25 = 2.99M. The op amps gain-bandwidth capability sets the maximum practical data rate at 800kbps. Capacitive coupling between IC1 and IC2 negates the amplification of IC1s offset voltage. To achieve an optimum signal amplitude and symmetry, the R6/R11 divider sets IC2s reference voltage at 2.5V. The R12/R13 divider, which sets the comparators reference somewhat higher (2.6V), provides a noise margin for the system and ensures that the comparator output remains low during a no signal condition.

5V R1 100k

5V R3 100k C2 0.1F

5V R9 100k

5V R14 100k

C1 0.1F

D1 BPW34

C5 0.1F

C7 0.1F

IC1
R2 4.7k

MAX4124

C3 0.1F R7 10k

IC2 MAX4124 IC3

OUT

MAX985

R5 4.7k

R4 115k R8 10k R6 1k 5V C4 0.1F R10 240k R11 1k 5V C6 0.1F R12 4.7k R13 5.1k

Figure 1. These two op amps and comparator form a tiny photodiode receiver for data rates to 800kbps.

15

Capacitive coupling cannot maintain a DC signal; instead, it allows DC portions of the signal to relax toward the reference level as shown in Figure 2. This effect, particularly noticeable for signals that appear after a long quiet period, is directly affected by the R7C3 time constant. R7C3 should be as large as possible to minimize the relaxation effect, but R7 should remain approximately 10k (to minimize offset voltage by matching the inverting-input source resistance). The comparator cannot switch when its input is below the reference level, so too much relaxation can cause a loss of data at the end of a long string of 1s or 0s (Figure 3). Again, the IC3 reference should be slightly higher than the IC2 reference for a logic-low no-signal output (otherwise, set the IC3 reference lower). This VREF provides a system noise margin that can be adjusted via the R12/R13 divider, but be aware of the tradeoff: V REF going too low allows erroneous output transitions, and going too high degrades timing

of the received signal. Set VREF as low as possible without causing erroneous transitions, making allowance for the offset voltages in IC2 and IC3. The system is designed for 5V operation, but with a minor degradation in data rate it can operate at 3.3V or even 3V. Reducing the supply voltage increases the photodiodes internal capacitance (inversely proportional to the applied bias voltage), which forms a lowpass pole with R2 that limits the photodiodes frequency response. To a lesser degree, the lower supply voltage also limits response by producing a smaller gain-bandwidth product in the amplifiers. The circuitry is designed to accommodate a change in supply voltage with only one adjustment: VREF changes with supply voltage, so the R12/R13 divider must be adjusted as required to re-establish the desired noise margin. A similar idea appeared in the 10/1/97 issue of Electronic Design.

RELAXATION TIME

IC3 REFERENCE (2.6V) IC2 REFERENCE (2.5V)

LONG STRING OF 1s

Figure 2. Figure 1s coupling capacitor (C3) causes a signal relaxation in the waveform at IC2s output and noninverting input.

Figure 3. This waveform (from Figure 1s IC2 output) shows that signal relaxation can cause data loss. (The comparator output goes low when the waveform crosses its reference level.)

16

NEW PRODUCTS
First 2x4-channel, 14-bit ADCs to sample four channels simultaneously
The MAX125/MAX126 simultaneoussampling ADCs perform power monitoring and 3-phase motor control. These 2x4-channel, 14-bit converters are the only such devices capable of simultaneously monitoring four channels at the 14bit level, while preserving the sampled inputs relative phase information. These devices include four track/holds with a 2-channel multiplexer on each analog input, and each input is fault-protected to 17V. An on-board programmable microsequencer enables the ADCs to convert from one to four channels. The maximum throughput rate when sampling all four channels is 75ksps per channel, and the conversion results are stored sequentially in the internal 4x14 RAM until accessed by the user. The MAX125 accepts 5V analog inputs; the MAX126 accepts 2.5V inputs. Both feature an internal 2.5V reference, a low-power mode of operation, and a 14-bit parallel interface. They operate on 5V supplies and are available in a 36-pin SSOP package. Prices start at $13.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

13-/12-/10-bit, lowpower dual DACs fit QSOP-16

In the MAX5152MAX5159 series of dual D/A converters, the even-numbered DACs (MAX5152, MAX5154, etc.), operate on a single 5V supply and the odd-numbered ones operate on 3V. All feature 3-wire serial inputs, rail-to-rail voltage outputs, and low quiescent current: 500A during normal operation and only 2A during shutdown. (The two DACs in each IC can be shut down simultaneously or individually.) To maximize dynamic range, the output amplifiers for the 10-bit MAX5158/MAX5159 and 12-bit MAX5154/MAX5155 have offsetadjust capability and a fixed gain of two. The 13-bit MAX5152/MAX5153 and 12-bit MAX5156/MAX5157 provide access to the inverting input of each output amplifier, allowing the user to set a specific gain force/sense connection, and maximum output current. These capabilities are well suited for use in industrial process control and digitally programmable 420mA current loops. Each IC is programmed via a 12MHz, 3-wire serial interface compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and Microwire synchronous-serial standards. In addition, each device features double-buffered inputs, power-on reset, a CLEAR-input pin that resets all DAC outputs to zero, and a serial-data output for daisy-chaining multiple devices. MAX5152MAX5159 devices are available in 16-pin DIP and QSOP packages, with prices starting at $4.55 for the 10-bit versions, $6.15 for the 12-bit versions, and $7.95 for the 13-bit versions (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

High-speed, low-power comparators are optimized for 3V/5V applications

The MAX998/MAX976/MAX978 single/dual/quad high-speed, low-power comparators are optimized for use in 3V or 5V single-supply applications. They draw supply currents of 300A per comparator, achieve propagation delays of only 20ns (40ns max), and have the best speed/power ratio in the industry. The MAX998 has shutdown capability that places the output in a high-impedance state and reduces the supply current to 1nA.

All MAX998/MAX976/MAX978 inputs have a common-mode voltage range that extends 200mV below ground. The outputs, capable of Rail-to-Rail operation without external pull-up circuitry, are ideal for use with TTL/CMOS logic. Inputs and outputs tolerate a continuous short circuit to either rail, and internal hysteresis ensures clean output switching, even for slow-moving input signals. The MAX998 comes in a 6-pin SOT23 or 8-pin SO package. The MAX976 comes in an 8-pin SO or MAX package, and the MAX978 comes in a 16pin QSOP or narrow-SO package. Prices start at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola Ltd.

10mA

10mA

CUT SUPPLY CURRENT 15x

650A
CLOSEST COMPETITION CLOSEST COMPETITION (40ns*) (28ns*)
*Typical propagation delay Maximum supply current per comparator

MAX998 (20ns *)

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Fast differential line receivers deliver 90dB CMR at 10MHz
The MAX4144/MAX4145/MAX4146 triple-op-amp instrumentation amplifiers are intended for use as differential line receivers. With fully symmetrical differential inputs and a single-ended output capable of driving 3.7V into 150 loads, they operate on 5V, draw 11mA quiescent supply currents, and have a shutdown feature that reduces the supply current to 800A. Internal thin-film resistors are matched and laser trimmed to achieve low distortion and common-mode rejection (CMR) as high as 90dB at 10MHz. For the MAX4145, distortion is -92dBc SFDR at f C = 10kHz. Excellent differential gain/phase and noise specifications make these amplifiers ideal choices for a wide variety of video and RF signal-processing applications. The MAX4144 employs current-feedback techniques to achieve a 130MHz bandwidth and 1000V/s slew rate. The MAX4145 maintains a 180MHz bandwidth and 600V/s slew rate at a closed-loop gain of +1V/V, and the MAX4146 maintains a 70MHz bandwidth and 800V/s slew rate at a closed-loop gain of +10V/V. To form a complete differential transmission link for digital subscriber lines (DSLs), connect a MAX4144/MAX4145/ MAX4146 receiver and MAX4147 differential line driver over a twisted-pair line (see the MAX4147 data sheet for more information). The resulting system replaces multiple high-speed, high-power op amps. MAX4144/MAX4145/MAX4146 receivers are available in 14-pin SO packages specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.40 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-noise, lowdistortion amps ideal for portable/ battery-powered applications

The MAX4249MAX4257* series of low-noise, low-distortion amplifiers operate on a single-supply voltage between 5.5V and 2.4V and draw only 400A of quiescent supply current per amplifier. They make an excellent choice for portable and battery-powered applications that require low noise and/or low distortion. The outputs swing Rail-toRail and the input common-mode range includes ground. Available as singles, duals, and quads, the MAX4249MAX4257 op amps outperform their closest available equivalents with respect to input voltage-noise density (7.9nV/Hz), input current-noise density (0.5fA/ Hz), and ultra-low distortion (0.0002% total harmonic distortion with a 1k load). The MAX4249, MAX4251, MAX4253, and MAX4256 have a lowpower shutdown mode that reduces the supply current to 0.5A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state. The MAX4250MAX4254 op amps are unitygain stable. The MAX4249 and MAX4255 MAX4257 devices are internally compensated for gains of 10V/V or greater. MAX4249MAX4257 op amps are available in space-saving SOT23-5, MAX-8, MAX-10, SO-8, and SO-14 packages. Prices start at $0.83 (1000 up, FOB USA). *MAX4252/MAX4253/MAX4254 are future productscontact factory for availability.
LOW DISTORTION
0

Single-supply, gain of +2/-1V/V closed-loop buffers deliver rail-to-rail outputs

The single MAX4214 and MAX4215, dual MAX4217, triple MAX4219, and quad MAX4222 are single-supply buffers that operate with a fixed closedloop gain of +2V/V or -1V/V, on single supplies of +3.15V to +11V or dual supplies of 1.575V to 5.5V. Rail-to-rail outputs and low power consumption make them ideal for portable and batterypowered applications. Buffers of the MAX4214 family achieve 600V/s slew rates and 120mA output-current capability while drawing quiescent supply currents of only 5.5mA. They make an excellent choice for video communications, instrumentation, and other low-power/low-voltage systems that require wide bandwidth. The -3dB

bandwidths are 230MHz (MAX4214/ MAX4215/MAX4217) and 200MHz (MAX4219/MAX4222). The MAX4215 and MAX4219 have a disable mode, useful in multiplexing applications, that reduces the supply current to 400A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state. Inverting and noninverting inputs exhibit the same voltage noise and inputcurrent noise (10nVHz and 1.3pAHz). Other features include 0.1dB gain flatness to 90MHz (MAX4219/MAX4222), low differential gain/phase errors of 0.02%/0.03, and low distortion at 5MHz: spurious-free dynamic range is -72dBc, and total harmonic distortion is -71dB. Package options are as follows: a space-saving 5-pin SOT23 (MAX4214), an 8-pin SO or MAX (MAX4215 and MAX4217), and a 14-pin SOIC or 16-pin QSOP (MAX4219 and MAX4222). All are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.40 (1000 up, FOB USA).

AV

-20 -40 -60 dBc -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 0

HD2 HD3 HD5 HD4

5000

10000 Hz

15000

20000

18

THD+N = 107dBc HD2 = -114dBc HD3 = -128dBc HD4 = -132dBc HD5 = 130dBc

ABL AIL E

SOT23 m x 3. 1

IN

3. 0

NEW PRODUCTS
DAC-controlled boost/inverter LCD-bias supply has internal switch
The MAX686 boost/inverter DC-DC converter is designed for LCD-bias generation. It accepts positive inputs in the 2.7V to 5.5V range and produces a regulated output in the 0V to +27V range (or 0V to -27V) as set by an internal 6-bit DAC. The chip also includes programmable current limiting and a 500mA, 28V n-channel MOSFET switch. MAX686 switching is controlled via current-limited pulse-frequency modulation, which enables high efficiency (to 90%) over a wide range of load conditions. The high switching frequency (to 300kHz) allows use of small external components. The input and open-drain output of an internal power-OK comparator (POK in, LCDON out) offers protection by providing a signal to disconnect the LCD when its logic voltage is removed. The MAX686 draws about 65A during normal operation, and only 1.5A during shutdown. Low power consumption, high efficiency, and a small package make the MAX686 an excellent choice for batterypowered portable equipment. The MAX686 is similar to the MAX629 with the addition of a DAC. Both devices are supported by evaluation kits that simplify the design process. The MAX686 is available in a 16-pin QSOP package (same size as an 8-pin SO) specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices for the MAX686 start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
INTERNAL 28V SWITCH
INPUT (0.8V TO VOUT) LOGIC SUPPLY (2.7V TO 5.5V)
VCC LX

Precision PWM buck controller is optimized for next-generation notebook CPUs

The low-voltage MAX1637 pulsewidth modulation (PWM) controller is a precision step-down device that generates a precisely regulated, 2% DC-accurate CPU supply voltage for notebook computers. In systems for which the battery voltage exceeds 5.5V, the MAX1637 receives power separately from the battery (typically from the main +5V supply). Synchronous rectification by an external MOSFET helps the MAX1637 achieve efficiencies as high as 95%. Efficiency is greater than 80% over a load-current range of 1000:1, which extends battery life in the system-suspend and standby modes of operation. Supply current in shutdown is only 1A. Excellent load-transient response (within five cycles of a 300kHz clock) prevents the formation of output transients otherwise produced by dynamic-clock CPUs. The chip includes powerful 1A gate drivers to ensure fast switching in the external n-channel MOSFETs.

The MAX1637s fixed-frequency PWM reduces noise and RF interference. When its SKIP input is driven low, the internal Idle Mode circuitry optimizes efficiency by automatically lowering the switching frequency in response to light load currents (as load current increases, the device returns smoothly to the PWM mode). For overvoltage protection, a crowbar circuit turns on the low-side MOSFET when the feedback signal goes high by more than 7%. A catastrophicundervoltage detector shuts down the PWM if the output fails to come into regulation within a preset time interval. An internal digital soft-start reduces the inputsurge current at start-up. The MAX1637 accepts inputs in the 3.15V to 5.5V range and generates an output voltage adjustable from 1.1V to 5.5V. A similar, stand-alone device with low-dropout capability (the MAX1636) includes a 5V/25mA linear regulator (off during shutdown, on during standby mode) that provides a gate-drive supply for the low-side external MOSFET. The MAX1637 is available in a 16-pin QSOP package specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Micropower linear regulators for notebook computers accept inputs to 28V

The MAX1615 and MAX1616 are low-power linear regulators. Useful in all battery-powered systems, they are designed to provide keep-alive power (always on) to the microcontrollers and CMOS RAM in notebook computers and other systems powered by high-voltage batteries. Each device has a wide input-voltage range (4V to 28V), low dropout voltage (350mV max at the maximum 30mA load current), 2% initial output accuracy, and low shutdown current (1A max).

Despite a miserly no-load supply current of 8A max, the MAX1615/ MAX1616 have an excellent AC-PSRR and line-transient response. The MAX1615 provides a clean 5V or 3.3V output even when subjected to the fast supply-voltage changes that occur when switching between battery and AC adapter. The MAX1616s output is adjustable between 1.24V and 24V. Fault protection includes internal foldback current limiting and thermalshutdown circuitry. MAX1615/MAX1616 devices are available in a tiny, 5-pin SOT23 package whose excellent thermal characteristics tolerate power dissipation as high as 571mW. Prices start at $0.79 (1000 up, FOB USA).

OPTIONAL CONNECTION

OUTPUT UP TO 0 TO +28V OR 0 TO -28V (50mA)

MAX686
INCREASE DECREASE DAC IN DAC OUT

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Step-up/step-down DC-DC converter fits in tiny QSOP
The monolithic MAX1672 combines a low-dropout linear regulator and a highefficiency, step-up DC-DC converter in a 16-pin QSOP package (same size as an 8-pin SO). It generates a regulated output of 3.3V or 5V for inputs (1.8V to 11V) that vary above and below the output voltage. With two external resistors you can set arbitrary outputs between 1.25V and 5.5V. The typical efficiency in boost mode is 85%. This step-up/linear-regulator arrangement includes MOSFET pass transistors, and enables the use of a single inductor that is physically smaller than that typically found in a SEPIC or flyback configuration. A digitally selected peak switch-current limit (0.5A or 0.8A) allows use of a still
MAINTAIN CONSTANT OUTPUT OVER VARYING INPUT
12 10 INPUT VOLTAGE (V) 8 6 4 2
3.3V

smaller inductor for low-current applications. The linear regulator acts as a filter to reduce the output ripple voltage. The MAX1672s low quiescent supply current (85A) is further reduced to 0.1A during a logic-controlled shutdown. During shutdown, its linear regulator disconnects the output from the input. The device also includes thermal and short-circuit protection and a lowbattery detector (PGI/PGO). A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1672 EV kit) is available to speed MAX1672 designs. The MAX1672 delivers 300mA at 5V for VIN = 2.5V, and 150mA at 5V for V IN = 1.8V. For a similar but larger device that delivers more output current, look for the MAX710 and MAX711. The MAX1672 is available in a 16-pin QSOP, with prices starting at $2.65 (1000 up, FOB USA).
300mA STEP-UP/DOWN DC-DC CONVERTER

Switched-capacitor voltage doublers offer 98% efficiency and low power in SOT23
The MAX1682/MAX1683 monolithic-CMOS charge-pump voltage doublers accept inputs between 2V and 5.5V and provide efficiencies exceeding 98%. High efficiency, low operating current (110A for the MAX1682), and a tiny SOT23-5 package make them ideal for battery-powered and board-level applications. As a typical application, either device operating from 3V can generate 6V for the LCD in a hand-held personal digital assistant (PDA). The MAX1682 operates at 12kHz and the MAX1683 operates at 35kHz. Both contain oscillator-control circuitry and four power-MOSFET switches. They require only two external capacitors (as low as 1F), deliver up to 45mA of output current, and exhibit typical output drops of only 600mV at 30mA. MAX1682/MAX1683 doublers are available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specified for the extended-temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.30 (2500 up, FOB USA).

VIN = 11V TO 1.8V BATTERY VOLTAGE

INPUT 1.8V TO 11V

HIGH-EFFICIENCY STEP-UP DC-DC

VOUT = 5V VOUT = 3.3V

ON OFF

SHDN P-CHANNEL LDO LINEAR REGULATOR 3/5

OUTPUT 3.3V/5V or Adj. Up to 300mA

LOW-BATTERY DETECT OUTPUT

0 TIME

5V LOW-BATTERY DETECT INPUT

MAX1672
LBI LBO

High-accuracy step-down controller powers high-end CPUs

The MAX1638 is a step-down DC-DC controller for generating CPU power in high-end computer systems. Designed for applications in which output voltage precision and good transient response are critical, it generates a regulated output of 1.3V to 3.5V with 1% total line and load accuracy, and delivers over 35A from an input supply of 5V 10%. Applications include Intel Pentium Pro, Pentium II, PowerPC, Alpha, and K6 systems. Switching frequency is pin-selectable at 300kHz, 600kHz, or 1MHz. High frequencies reduce board area and cost

by enabling the use of smaller output filter capacitors and a small surfacemount inductor. Excellent dynamic response by the MAX1638 prevents output transients that can otherwise occur in power-supply outputs loaded by the latest dynamically clocked CPUs. Internal flying-capacitor bootstrap circuitry helps provide 2A outputs, which enable the MAX1638 to drive inexpensive n-channel MOSFETs for the external power switch and synchronous rectifier. Synchronous rectification lets the MAX1638 achieve efficiencies greater than 90%. Other features include a digitally programmable output voltage, an adjustable transient response, selectable AC load regulation (0.5%, 1%, or 2%), in-

ternal digital soft-start, power-good output, crowbar overvoltage protection, and a reference output of 3.5V 1%. A GlitchCatcher current-boost circuit, which temporarily bypasses the inductor and its filtering effect, prevents the output spikes caused by fast load changes. Digital inputs D0D4 are compatible with the Intel VRM 8.2 specification. The MAX1638 is now available in a 24-pin SSOP, with a 24-pin QSOP scheduled for the future. Prices start at $3.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).
GlitchCatcher is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Pentium Pro and Pentium II are registered trademarks of Intel Corp. PowerPC is a trademark of IBM Corp. Alpha is a trademark of DEC/Compaq. K6 is a trademark of AMD.

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Digitally controlled fuel-gauge interface has 1% absolute accuracy
The MAX1660 fuel-gauge interface provides the fuel-gauging and protection necessary for managing rechargeable battery packs. Operating with a host microcontroller, the MAX1660 accurately monitors charge and discharge currents by storing the accumulated coulomb counts in two independent internal counters. It can handle any desired control algorithm and battery chemistry. The counter contents are made accessible to the controller via a 2-wire serial interface compliant with the System Management Bus (SMBus). An optional third wire interrupts the controller when the battery charge reaches a programmed capacity limit, or when the instantaneous battery current reaches its limit (also programmed). If an overcurrent or short-circuit condition occurs, the MAX1660 disconnects the load and alerts the controller. To minimize the part count in a system, the MAX1660 includes a 2.0V precision reference that supplies as much as 200A to a load, and a 3.3V linear regulator that supplies as much as 5mA for an external controller and other circuitry. A third output provides reliable power-on resets to the external controller. The MAX1660 operates with battery voltages from 4V to 28V, and extends battery life with two micropower shutdown modes: a 1A hard shutdown, and an 18A soft shutdown in which the serial interface and 3.3V regulator remain active. Input current ranges can exceed 24,000:1, and the MAX1660s accuracy is excellent for current ranges exceeding 240:1. For example, the recommended value of current-sense resistor (30m ) provides 1% absolute accuracy over the 17mA to 4A range. The MAX1660 is available in a 16-pin QSOP specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

SOT reset ICs draw only 500nA

The MAX6326MAX6328 ultra-lowpower reset circuits are designed to monitor 3V and 3.3V power supplies in digital systems. Ultra-low supply currents (500nA typical) make them ideal for use in portable equipment. By eliminating external components and adjustments, they provide excellent reliability and low cost. Each device asserts a reset signal of 100ms minimum whenever VCC declines below a preset threshold, and maintains the reset for at least 100ms after VCC returns above that threshold. The ICs differ only in their output structures: active/low push/pull (MAX6326), active/high push/pull (MAX6327), and active/low open-drain (MAX6328). All outputs are guaranteed valid for VCC levels down to 1V. The internal comparator is designed to ignore fast transients on VCC. The MAX6326MAX6328 devices will be available with reset threshold voltages in the 2.20V to 3.08V range, in approximate 100mV increments. Five standard thresholds are common to each device (2.20V, 2.32V, 2.63V, 2.93V, and 3.08V), resulting in 15 standard products with a minimum order quantity of 2500 pieces. For nonstandard reset thresholds, please consult the factory. (Minimum nonstandard order quantities are 10k pieces.) MAX6326MAX6328 devices are available in 3-pin SOT23 packages specified for the extended temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.99 (2500 up, FOB USA).

Low-dropout linear regulators feature low 30VRMS noise

The MAX8867/MAX8868 linear regulators offer an excellent combination of low noise (30VRMS, 10Hz to 100kHz), low dropout voltage (165mV at the maximum load current of 150mA), and tiny size (SOT23-5 package). This performance enables cell phones and other wireless communications systems to power baseband analog and synthesizer/ VCO sections while providing an improved signal-to-noise ratio and longer battery life. Each device includes a p-channel MOSFET pass transistor that maintains low dropout voltage and a low supply current (100A) for load currents to 150mA. (The pnp-transistor regulators can draw several milliamps at full load.) To further conserve power, a logic-controlled shutdown reduces the supply current below 1A. During shutdown, the MAX8868 activates an auto-discharge function that actively discharges the output capacitor to ground.

The standard versions of each regulator are distinguished by common values of pre-set output voltage: 2.5V, 2.8V, 3.0V, 3.15V, 3.3V, 3.6V, and 5.0V. Custom output levels are also available, in 100mV increments from 2.5V to 5.0V. All outputs are specified accurate to 1.4%. Other features include protection against short circuits, high temperature (thermal shutdown), and reversed-polarity battery connections. MAX8867/MAX8868 regulators are available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $0.88 (2500 up, FOB USA).

SUPPLY CURRENT vs. TEMPERATURE

1.0 SUPPLY CURRENT (A)

OUTPUT NOISE vs. BYPASS CAPACITANCE

80 70 OUTPUT NOISE (VRMS) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0.001 0.01 BYPASS CAPACITANCE (F) 0.1 MAX8877EUK33

0.8 VCC = 3V, VTH = 2.63V

VOUT = 3.3V COUT = 10F ILOAD = 10mA f = 10Hz to 100kHz

0.6

0.4

0.2

0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 TEMPERATURE (C)

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-noise, 2.5GHz downconverter mixer occupies 10-pin MAX
The MAX2690 is a low-noise, lowpower downconverter mixer designed for portable consumer equipment. Applications include 2.45GHz industrial-scientificmedical (ISM) radios, wireless LANs, personal communications systems (PCS), code-division multiple-access (CDMA) systems, cellular and cordless phones, and hand-held radios. Its low noise figure (10dB) and high output third-order intercept (OIP3, 15dBm) produce a given RF gain and system sensitivity at much lower levels of supply current. The single-ended RF input port accepts signals in the 400MHz to 2500MHz range, and the single-ended LO (local oscillator) input port accepts signals in the 700MHz to 2500MHz range. These signals are combined in a double-balanced Gilbert-cell mixer to produce a differential IF output in the range 10MHz to 500MHz. The differential output provides good linearity and low LO emissions, and ensures compatibility with CDMA cellular phones and other applications with differential IF filters. The MAX2690 operates from a single supply of 2.7V to 5.5V and draws 16mA from a 3V supply. For battery-operated equipment, its logic-controlled shutdown lowers the supply current to <1A. With a 900MHz RF input and 1.1GHz LO input, the MAX2690 exhibits a gain of 7.7dB and an input third-order intercept (IIP3) of 7.6dBm, resulting in an OIP3 of 15dBm. The MAX2690 is available in a miniature 10-pin MAX package priced at $2.20 (1000 up, FOB USA).

RS-485/RS-422 transceivers offer software-selectable, half- or full-duplex operation

MAX1481/MAX1484/MAX1485/ MAX1486 data transceivers are ideal for low-cost, space-constrained applications requiring a software-selectable, half- or full-duplex, slew-rate limited RS-485/RS422 interface that also exhibits high speed (12Mbps) and 1/8-unit loads. All these features are integrated in a 10-pin MAX package that requires only half the board space of an 8-pin SO. The MAX1485/MAX1486 (softwareselectable, half- or full-duplex) replace larger and more expensive alternatives: a 14-pin, full-duplex transceiver configured via hardware jumpers between the transmit and receive lines, or two 8-pin, half-duplex transceivers that require an additional logic gate to implement software selection. The MAX1481 and MAX1484, functionally equivalent to the industry-standard MAX491 and 75180, provide full-duplex RS-422/RS-485 communications in spaceconstrained applications. MAX1481/MAX1485 transceivers feature reduced-slew-rate drivers that minimize EMI and reduce reflections caused by improperly terminated cables, allowing error-free communications to 250kbps. The driver slew rates for MAX1484/MAX1486 transceivers are not limited, enabling 12Mbps operation for those devices. All exhibit a 1/8-unit-load receiver input impedance that allows as many as 256 transceivers on a single bus. MAX1481/MAX1484/MAX1485/ MAX1486 transceivers are available in 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

LGND GND

BIAS

SHDN IFOUT+ IFOUTGNDLO LD

SUPER-SMALL DOWNCONVERTER HAS 7.6dBm IIP3

RFIN RFBYP VCC

MAX2690

Low-cost, 1.7GHz to 2.05GHz downconverter includes low-noise amplifier

The MAX2406 downconverter, designed for use over a wide frequency range, is optimized for communications systems operating in the 1.9GHz range. Applications include PWT/DCT1900, DCT1800/PCS1900, PHS, and DECT. The MAX2406 includes a low-noise amplifier (LNA), a downconverter mixer, and a local-oscillator (LO) buffer in a low-cost plastic surface-mount package. The LNA at 1.9GHz has a typical noise figure of 2.5dB and an input thirdorder intercept point (IIP3) of -9.5dB. The converter mixer has a low noise figure of

9dB and an IIP3 of 4.5dBm. For maximum flexibility, the LO and image-frequency filtering are implemented off-chip. The MAX2406 has a differential IF port that can operate in single-ended mode when the unused side is tied to VCC. The LO buffer can be driven either differentially or in single-ended mode with as little as -16dBm of LO power. Power consumption, only 60mW in operating mode, drops to 1.5W in shutdown mode. For transceiver applications, the MAX2411A and MAX2410 offer a transmitter along with a receiver similar to that of the MAX2406. The MAX2406 is available for $2.38 (1000 up, FOB USA), in a 20-pin QSOP specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C).

22

NEW PRODUCTS
3.3V, 622Mbps laser driver has automatic power control
The MAX3667 is a complete 3.3V (or 5V) laser-diode driver. Designed for SDH/SONET applications operating to 622Mbps, it includes automatic power control (APC) circuitry that compensates for laser-efficiency changes due to temperature effects and aging. The MAX3667 accepts differential PECL inputs and provides single-ended bias and modulation currents for the laser diode. An internal, temperature-stabilized reference voltage simplifies the external programming of these currents, providing a range of 5mAp-p to 60mAp-p for the modulation current and a range of 5mA to 90mA for the bias current. To aid external circuitry in supervising the performance of the laser-driver system, two internal monitors provide high-speed analog currents that are directly proportional to the bias and modulation currents. Other features include enable/disable control and a slowstart capability with 50ns minimum turnon time. The MAX3667 is available in a 32-pin TQPF package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $9.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

5-tap silicon delay lines cover the 4ns to 500ns range

The MXD1000/MXD1005 silicon delay lines each have five taps, offering five delay values arranged in 20% increments of the maximum delay available. This maximum depends on the product version, as indicated by a part-number extension in nanoseconds. The MXD1000 comes in 8 versions; the MXD1005 in 16. Each tap drives as many as ten 74LS loads. The MXD1000 and MXD1005 operate on 5V and have TTL/CMOScompatible digital inputs. Each delay value has a nominal accuracy of 2ns or 3%, whichever is greater. When compared with hybrid delay lines, these offer better performance, higher reliability, and lower cost. MXD1000/ MXD1005 devices are improved second sources for the DS1000/DS1005 from Dallas Semiconductor. MXD1000 supply current is 20mA (vs. 35mA for the DS1000), and MXD1005 supply current is 17mA (vs. 40mA for the DS1005). The MXD1000 and MXD1005 are available in an 8-pin DIP, SO, or MAX package, a 14-pin DIP package, and a 16-pin narrow-SO package. Prices start at $1.82 (MXD1000) and $2.28 (MXD1005) (1000 up, FOB USA).

COMPLETE 3.3V TRANSMITTER/ RECEIVER CHIPSET INCLUDES CLOCK GENERATOR AND SERIALIZER
+3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V

MAX3691

MAX3675

MAX3681

MAX3667

MAX3664

Clock Generator and 4:1 Serializer

Laser Driver

0km

60km

Preamp

Clock & Data 1:4 Deserializer Recovery and Limiting Amplifier

622Mbps LAN/ATM laser driver has programmable modulation current

The MAX3766 laser driver is designed for fiber optic LAN transmitters and optimized for operation at 622Mbps. It includes a laser modulator, automatic power control (APC) circuitry, and a fail indicator with latched shutdown. An external resistor programs the lasers modulation current (the maximum at 622Mbps is 60mA). Another resistor programs the lasers bias current between 0.5mA and 80mA. At lower modulation currents, the MAX3766 can operate at data

ACTIVE CURRENT (mA)

rates to 1.25Gbps. The temperature coefficient of modulation can also be programmed to keep the transmitter extinction ratio nearly constant over a wide temperature range. APC circuitry, using feedback from the lasers monitor photodiode, adjusts the lasers bias current to produce a constant output power regardless of the lasers temperature or age. To ensure that the transmitter output does not reach hazardous levels, the MAX3766 provides extensive laser-safety measures including a failure indicator with latched shutdown and a smoothstartup bias generator. The MAX3766 is available in a 20-pin QSOP package priced at $12.17 (1000 up, FOB USA).

ACTIVE CURRENT vs. FREQUENCY (MXD1000__075 vs. DS1000-75)

45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M FREQUENCY (Hz) MXD1000_ _ 075 DS1000-75

23

Volume Thirty-One

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLES

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for the third quarter of fiscal 1998 Semicustom QuickChip ASICs implement RF functions to 9GHz A silicon bipolar broadband PLL building block integrated circuit Low power silicon BJT LNA for 1.9GHz Serial-control multiplexer expands SPI chip selects Circuit connection adds current-mode operation to PFM boost converters Voltage-inverter IC forms high-efficiency rail splitter Data Converters
Low-power, 6-bit ADC offers sampling rates to 90Msps Signal conditioner for piezoresistive sensors is accurate to within 0.1% (MAX1011) (MAX1457) (MAX42004205) (MAX42404244) (MAX4104/4105, MAX4304/4305) (MAX961964, MAX997/999) (MAX90009005) (MAX4524/4525) (MAX4528) (MAX4554/4555/4556) (MAX4581/4582/4583)

2 3 4 8 11 12 13

DESIGN SHOWCASE

NEW PRODUCTS

15 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23

Amplifiers/Buffers/Comparators
Ultra-high-speed SOT23 open-loop buffers offer low power, low noise SOT23, ultra-low-voltage, beyond-the-rails op amps draw only 10A Low-noise, low-distortion op amps deliver 880MHz in SOT23-5 package Low-power, single-supply comparators deliver 4.5ns propagation delays ICs feature 8MHz op amp, 185ns comparator, 10ppm reference in 8-pin MAX

Analog Switches and Multiplexers

Multiplexer/switch ICs offer low-voltage, single-supply operation Low-voltage analog phase-reversal switch handles rail-to-rail signals Force-sense switches provide Kelvin sensing for ATE Low-voltage CMOS muxes and switches have 80 on-resistances

Power Management ICs

High-speed step-down controller for CPUs employs synchronous rectification Serial-parallel load-switch controllers have SMBus interface 95% efficient DC-DC converters power RF PAs in wireless phones Regulated negative supply delivers 125mA without inductors Converters boost 3V to 5V at 250mA without inductors Digitally adjustable DC-DC converter provides 28V for LCDs and varactors (MAX1639) (MAX1661/1662/1663) (MAX1700/1701/1703) (MAX1673) (MAX682/683/684) (MAX686) (MAX63166322) (MAX3095/3096) (MAX3224E3227E) (MAX3471) (MAX2410/2411A) (MAX2510/2511) (MAX242X/244X/246X) (MAX3532) (MXD1013)

P Supervisors
P supervisors offer 3,224 unique monitoring combinations

Interface ICs
10Mbps, 3V/5V quad RS-422 receivers feature 15kV ESD protection 1A, 1Mbps, 3V RS-232 ICs for portable applications meet 15kV ESD standards Differential RS-485/RS-422 transceiver draws only 1.6A

Wireless ICs
Low-cost RF up/downconverters include LNA and PA driver Low-power IF transceiver includes limiter, RSSI, and quad modulator Image-reject RF ICs suit low-cost 900MHz radios Upstream CATV driver amp has programmable gain

Delay Lines
3-in-1 silicon delay lines has 2ns accuracy

MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF FISCAL 1998
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $145 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1998 ending March 28, 1998, compared to $111 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1997. Net income increased to $46.1 million in Q398, compared to $35.4 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1997. Diluted income per share was $0.31 per share for Q398, compared to $0.24 per share for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, cash and short-term investments increased by $57.4 million after purchasing $15.9 million of common stock and $15 million in capital equipment. Net inventory increased by $2.4 million during Q398. Annualized return on average stockholders equity for the quarter was 32%, one of the highest in the industry today. Third quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months increased to $216 million from the $208 million reported at the end of Q298. Seventy-three percent of the ending Q398 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q498 or earlier. Net bookings in the third quarter of fiscal 1998 were below the record Q298 level but consistent with our estimates of customer consumption of our products. We believe that customers now perceive that they have sufficient backlog orders placed on Maxim to support their current consumption rates. We also believe that the distribution sales channels overbooked in the first half of 1998, resulting in both reduced bookings and cancellation of approximately $15 million of orders during Q398. Total cancellations for the quarter were $21 million, up from $19 million in Q298. Gross margins for the third quarter increased to 67.4%, compared to 67% in Q298. Research and development expense increased by $1.7 million, to 12.9% of net revenues. During Q398, the Company also recorded charges of $6 million related to reducing the carrying value of certain pieces of equipment and tooling. In addition, a $5 million increase in inventory reserves further increased cost of sales in Q398. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: We are very encouraged about our new product development activities. During the first three quarters of FY98, we introduced nearly as many new products as we did in all of fiscal 1997. We expect to meet the new product growth objectives that we set for this year. Mr. Gifford continued: We believe that the breadth and depth of our proprietary product lines, the acceptance of our new products, and the growth of the emergent markets in which we are investing will support our continued growth through the remainder of fiscal 1998 and beyond. Safe harbor statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Forward-looking statements in this news release involve risk and uncertainty. There are numerous factors that could cause the Companys actual results to differ materially from results predicted in this news release. Important factors affecting future revenue growth include whether, and the extent to which, demand for the Companys products increases and reflects real end user demand, whether customer cancellations and delays of outstanding orders increase, and whether the Company is able to manufacture in the correct mix to respond to orders on hand and new orders received in the future.

Semicustom QuickChip ASICs implement RF functions to 9GHz

In addition to standard product ICs, Maxim offers a rapidresponse ASIC service. Semicustom arrays known as QuickChips provide designers with a selection of uncommitted semiconductor devices: JFETs, Schottky diodes, ESD-protected diodes, MOS capacitors, trimmable nichrome resistors, and bipolar transistors with fTs to 27GHz. Completing one of these chips with a custom metal mask set interconnects the selected components to create a high-frequency, high-performance circuit. A comprehensive set of design, verification, and layout software tools has been developed to ensure a high probability that QuickChip designs will meet their target specifications on the first pass. Both UNIX and PC platforms are supported. Three different QuickChip families are available. The QC10 family of seven arrays is made with a complementary bipolar process featuring NPN and PNP fTs of 9GHz and 6GHz, respectively. It is optimized for analog signal acquisition, amplification, and sourcing. The QC6 family of four arrays is fabricated in a process with 9GHz NPN and 80MHz PNP fTs. These arrays are suitable for a wide range of fiber, IF, and instrumentation applications. The QC9 array is fabricated in a 27GHz process and is intended for RF and HF applications. More than 35 designs have been completed using the QC9 array since its introduction. These include a 900MHz transceiver, a 7GHz prescaler, several GPS receivers, an OC48 amplifier, pulse and window comparators, and a 2x2 crosspoint switch. The design examples that follow, reprinted with kind permission of the IEEE, illustrate the capabilities of QuickChip ASICs. For further information, or to request a copy of Maxims High-Frequency ASIC Development Handbook, contact Maxims HF ASIC Group, attention Raj Garg, via FAX at 503-644-9929.

Maxims QuickChip IC Design Approach ASIC Definition

Determine feasibility, establish initial objective specification, select process, select QuickChip and package option, order software. Sample device simulation models are available to aid process selection.

Software Training (2 days)

Maxim engineers train you to use the QuickChip Design Tools included in the QuickTools package: Analog Design System (schematic capture and simulator), QuERC (electrical rule checker), and QuicKic (layout editor).

Design & Layout (project dependent)

Design and simulate the circuit, check for electrical rule violations with QuERC, and lay out your circuit design using QuicKic. Maxim reviews both the circuit design and layout.

Tapeout (2 weeks)
Maxim performs the final layout versus schematic verification, electrical rule check, and layout design rule check before tapeout. Upon successful completion of final design database verification and a signed customer layout release, Maxim orders masks.

Wafer Fabrication (4 weeks, QC6/QC10) (6 weeks, QC9-60D)

Maxim fabricates die using 3 to 6 QuickChip nichrome, metal, and via masks.

Die Prep & Packaging (3 weeks)

Maxim packages untested prototype die. Production testing is available.

Delivery of Prototypes
QuickChip is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.
Prototypes can now be evaluated in your application.

QuickChip Design Example 1

A Silicon Bipolar Broadband PLL Building Block Integrated Circuit

Cynthia Baringer, Lawrence Larson1, Jeffrey Shealy2 Hughes Research Labs 2560 9th Street, Suite 213A, Berkeley, CA 94710 Phone: (510) 647-0852 Fax: (510) 647-0851 Email: cbar@bhrl.com 1University of California, San Diego, 2Hughes Network Systems, Germantown, Md.
1997 IEEE. Reprinted, with permission, Proceedings of the 1997 Bipolar/BiCMOS Circuits and Technology Meeting (BCTM); September 2830, 1997.

Abstract:
A broadband phase-lock loop building block IC that can accommodate signal frequencies from 0.5GHz to 9GHz is presented. The design integrates a prescaler with selectable divide ratio, a phase detector, a voltagecontrolled oscillator for production testing, and associated circuitry. The chip is designed in a silicon bipolar linear array technology and packaged in a 16-pin plastic dual in-line package. The result is a low-cost, broadband solution for a variety of PLL systems.

digital functions, the linear array has pre-placed elements such as transistors, resistors, and capacitors for analog designs. A faster turnaround time may be achieved using a linear array, but increased layout parasitics and a fixed number of elements and element values can prevent the designer from achieving an optimum design. Despite these potential limitations, broadband performance was still achieved through careful layout and creative designs, which used the available components most effectively. A block diagram of the chip is shown in Figure 1. The chip receives a modulated signal from an external source within the 0.5GHz to 9GHz frequency range. The signal is phase-locked to an external RF input with an on-chip phase detector and off-chip loop filter. The prescaler is divided into two sections: a divide-by-eight block and a divide-by-eight/nine block. The VCO, charge pump, and loop filter were left off-chip so that the building block could be used in a variety of system applications. The flip-flops in the divide-by-eight use a master/slave configuration with the Q-bar output fed back to the data input to divide the clock frequency by a factor of two. A schematic of the first flip-flop in the divide-by-eight

Introduction:
The development focus for many high-speed PLL designs is evolving from research to economic challenges. System designers are calling for highly integrated, price-competitive solutions. A low-cost solution often requires the use of an inexpensive plastic package despite its detrimental effect on high-speed performance. A higher level of integration results in greater power dissipation, further increasing the challenges associated with a plastic package. Thus, the goal of the PLL building block described in this paper was to achieve broadband performance with low power dissipation and have the performance minimally affected by package limitations.

Design:
The PLL building block IC can accommodate an input signal frequency range from 0.5GHz to 9GHz making it effective for most PLL applications such as satellite communication systems, high-speed measuring equipment, and RF data communications. The chip was fabricated in a silicon bipolar technology, with NPN transistor f T and f max equal to 24GHz and 22GHz, respectively. To improve the time-to-market, a linear array was used. The linear array is analogous to a gate array except that, instead of having pre-placed gates for
VCO on/off
Test Oscillator

Output Buffer Div_out select

VCO

8
Input Buffer Data In

8/9
Divide-by-64/72

Div_2

up Phase Detector down Charge lock Pump

on-chip

PD Buffer

Figure 1. PLL Building Block and complete PLL circuitry

chain is shown in Figure 2. A special feature of the first flip-flop is the inclusion of currents referred to as keepalive currents and denoted IK in the schematic. Keepalive currents reduce the time to fully switch Q9 - Q16 by keeping the transistors from turning off. Values on the order of 1/10 the main differential-pair current (ID) were used. All eight emitter-followers (Q 1 - Q 8 ) were necessary for the first flip-flop in the divide-by-eight since the low output impedance and high current-drive capability of the emitter-followers increase the toggle rate. For following stages when speed was not a concern, the emitter-followers were eliminated (or reduced in number) and the differential-pair currents were reduced to minimize power dissipation. The phase detector in this work is based on a standard design. A block diagram of the phase detector is shown in Figure 3. There are three outputs of the phase detector: UP, DWN, and LD. When the loop is out of lock, an irregular pulse train appears on either the UP or DWN outputs depending on whether the input signal frequency is faster or slower than the reference frequency. The filtered output of the other signal remains high. If the signal frequency and reference frequency are equal, the output pulse train is periodic and the average value a measure of the phase offset. The development of low-cost at-speed testing of the PLL building block is key to its success in production. An on-chip, high-frequency (~ 5GHz) ring oscillator is included. The purpose of the oscillator is to provide a method to test the frequency dividers during near-speed wafer or package testing. The VCO is a ring oscillator that uses interpolation to increase the frequency response [1]. The oscillator is powered separately through an external enable pin that disables its operation when grounded and allows operation when tied to the supply. The divide-by-two circuitry is used to reduce the test output signal to a frequency compatible with low-speed wafer testing and die-sorting.

Packaging:
Successful operation of the PLL building block IC at high-frequencies required careful re-design of the plastic package as shown in Figure 4. Ground inductance was required to be absolutely minimized to achieve good phase noise response. The high-frequency prescaler input (VRF) was required to be well isolated from the phase detector input (REFIN). Six of the 16 pins on the SOIC package are ground pins and they are shorted to the paddle. The retooling provides a relatively clean ground point for the chip grounds and chip substrate to be connected. Surrounding the high frequency input signal with four of the ground pins (two on each side) improved the isolation of the input signal. Furthermore, retooling the package helped significantly improve the thermal

Figure 3. Phase Detector Block Diagram

Q1

Q2 Q3

Q4 Q5

Q6 Q7

Q8

Q9 Q10

Q11 Q12

Q13 Q14 out out

Q15 Q16

CK

CK

CK

CK

IK

ID

IK

IK

ID IK

Figure 2. Schematic of first flip-flop in divide-by-eight chain.

Figure 4. Package Drawing

resistance. The ja of the package was reduced from ~100C/W to 72C/W and the maximum junction temperature of the chip under all cases never exceeds 125C. Based on the physical characteristics of the package, a lumped parameter package model was developed. Figure 5 shows the model, with specific parameter values that were used for simulation. (The values given are for the shortest lead lengths.) The high-frequency input signal was placed in the center of the package to minimize bond wire and lead inductance, resulting in lower coupling and improved matching.

The input buffer driving the divider is designed to match to a 50 impedance. The measured results of S11 shown in Figure 8 can be explained with an understanding of the input buffer topology. The impedance match is

Measured Results:
The minimum detectable input signal versus input frequency for the packaged PLL building block is shown in Figure 6. An input signal of -20dBm or less is sufficient for operation over a broad range of frequencies. The design functions from 0.5GHz to 9GHz but requires slightly larger input power levels at the frequency bounds. Measurements of the packaged die were taken over a range of temperatures (-35C to +90C). At lower temperatures, the PLL building block functions at higher speeds for a given input signal level because the transistor fT increases for decreasing junction temperatures. Simulation results predict the effects of temperature on performance. At each temperature the supply was varied from 4.5V to 5.5V. The data in Figure 6 shows that the performance of the circuit is relatively independent of supply voltage. Divider sensitivity was also measured for the unpackaged die using a membrane probe. The similarity of the two curves shown in Figure 7 demonstrates the broadband performance of the package. There is little difference between wafer and package measurements up to 9GHz.

Figure 6. Divider Sensitivity of packaged devices over various supply voltages and temperatures.

Figure 7. Divider Sensitivity: comparison of package and wafer probe data under nominal conditions. (T = 25C, VCC = 5V)

Figure 5. Package Model

Figure 8. Input impedance of packaged PLL building block.

achieved through a 50 internal resistor connected between the input and a bias voltage. At very low frequencies, the impedance of the bias circuitry increases the input impedance. Capacitance at the bias node lowers the impedance of the bias circuitry as the frequency increases. A good match is achieved midband. At high frequencies, package and layout parasitics begin to degrade the input impedance. The data shown also reflects the impedance of an SMA connector which further degrades performance at high frequencies. Better than -5dB for S11 can be achieved over the full band of operating frequencies which is adequate for most closedloop applications. The oscillation frequency of the on-chip oscillator used for test purposes is approximately 5GHz. The design was not optimized for speed and higher frequencies can be achieved with this design. The measured phase noise is -69dBc/Hz at an offset frequency of 100kHz. The phase detector functions properly over the entire range of the divider. The outputs are open collector with external loading. With 150 loads, the output voltage on the UP and DWN pins is 1.1V. The LD output achieves a 2V swing when loaded with a 500 resistor. The minimum reference input signal required is -18dBm (matched to 50) and can tolerate as much as +10dBm. The circuit die size is 70 mil x 75 mil. Roughly 85% of the linear array was utilized for the design of the PLL building block. Power dissipation under nominal conditions (T = 25C and VCC = 5V) is approximately 500mW.

Conclusions:
The design described in this paper is a broadband PLL building block capable of accommodating signal frequencies ranging from 0.5GHz to 9GHz. The manufactured part exemplifies a low-cost, fast time-to-market, design without sacrificing performance. This chip overcomes design problems associated with inexpensive packaging through effective package modeling, built-in testing, and retooling.

Acknowledgment:
The authors wish to thank Larry Blue, Tom Jackson, and Steve Rosenbaum from Hughes Network Systems and Will Grimes from Maxim Integrated Products for their help in the development of the PLL Building Block.

References
(1) B. Razavi and J.-J. Sung, A 6 GHz 60mW BiCMOS Phase-Locked Loop, IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, Vol. 29, pp. 1560-1565, Dec. 1994.

QuickChip Design Example 2

Low Power Silicon BJT LNA for 1.9GHz

Jakub J. Kucera and Urs Lott ETH Zrich, Laboratory for EM Fields and Microwave Electronics, Gloriastrasse 35, CH-8092 Zrich, Switzerland ; email: kucera@ifh.ee.ethz.ch
1998 IEEE. Reprinted, with permission, from 1998 IEEE Microwave and Guided Wave Letters, Vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 136-137

Abstract
A two-stage 1.9GHz monolithic low-noise amplifier (LNA) with a measured noise figure of 2.3dB and an associated gain of 15dB was fabricated in a standard silicon bipolar transistor array. It dissipates 5.2mW from a 3V supply including the bias circuitry. Input return loss and isolation are -9dB and -20dB, respectively.

of the active device. Good agreement between simulated and measured performance is found as shown in Fig. 2.

III. Measurements
The circuit was fabricated on a Quickchip transistor array with the Maxim GST-2 foundry process. Fig. 3 shows the gain and noise figure of the circuit measured with the HP8970B/HP8971C noise figure meter. The

I. Introduction
In portable communication equipment, such as cellular phones and digital cordless phones, manufacturers are trying to replace as many discrete devices as possible with high-density ICs to be competitive in size, weight, power dissipation, and price. In a number of recent papers low power LNAs for S-band have been described [1,2,3]. These LNAs were fabricated using some sophisticated GaAs full-custom processes. Since the high frequency performance of state-of-the-art silicon bipolar processes are continuously improving lowcost semicustom arrays with a limited choice of components provide a reasonable solution for RF applications. In order to demonstrate such a solution, we present in this letter a very low-power monolithic 1.9GHz silicon LNA which draws a total current of 1.75mA including bias circuit.

Figure 1. Simplified schematic of the LNA (gray area: off-chip matching)

II. Circuit Design

A schematic of the two-stage LNA is shown in Fig. 1. The circuit employs a high-gain common-emitter stage (Q1-RL) and a emitter-follower output stage (Q2-Q3). This approach eliminates the need for coupling capacitors. The current of the first stage is set by a resistive parallel feedback (R3 and R4), which is connected to the external matching inductor (L1) such that no noise degradation occurs. Thus, only a single supply voltage is required. This feedback also improves both the bias and RF stability of the amplifier. The circuit was simulated with Spice and with a linear simulator based on measured S- and noise parameter data
Figure 2. Simulated vs. measured gain and input return loss

amplifier shows a rather flat frequency response of the noise figure from 700MHz up to 2GHz. The best 50 noise figure of 2.3dB is achieved between 1.7 and 2.3 GHz. Note that the active device has a minimum noise figure of 1.5dB at 1.9GHz. The small signal gain is larger than 15dB up to 2GHz at the nominal bias of 3V. The corresponding gain/DCpower figure of merit is 2.9dB/mW. Compared to other L-band LNAs, this design shows low power consumption and a competitive noise figure as seen from Fig. 4. The noise figure is also quite insensitive to bias voltage variations. Varying the supply voltage from 2.7 to 5V the noise figure remains between 2.2 and 2.5dB.

The designed amplifier has a measured -1dB input compression point of -24dBm, which equals an output compression point of -9dBm. The third order intermodulation intercept point is measured at -21dBm input power. This is adequate for DECT handheld terminal. Fig. 5 shows a photograph of the lower right part of the 1.9 x 1.8mm2 large chip containing the LNA. In Fig. 6 the chip can be seen as mounted on the substrate and bonded to the printed input and output matching inductors.

IV Conclusions
A silicon bipolar low power LNA for 1.9GHz has been designed and tested. It shows a noise figure of 2.3dB

Figure 3. Measured gain and noise figure (VCC = 3V, ICC = 1.75mA (bold line: average noise figure)

Figure 4. Gain to DC power ratio plotted versus noise figure for several state-of-the-art L- and S-band LNAs

Figure 5. shows a photograph of the lower right part of the 1.9 x 1.8 mm2 large chip containing the LNA. In Fig. 6 the chip can be seen as mounted on the substrate and bonded to the printed input and output matching inductors.

Figure 6. Photograph of the Quickchip mounted on the test substrate. On the right are the printed inductors for input and output matching.

along with a 15dB gain. The power consumption is only 5.2mW resulting in a high gain/DC-power figure of merit of 2.9dB/mW. The design was done on a transistor array showing almost no performance degradation relative to full custom design.

[4] K. W. Kobayashi, A. K. Owi, L. T. Tran, D. C. Streit, Ultra-low dc power GaAs HBT S- and C- band low noise amplifiers for portable wireless applications, IEEE Trans. MTT, vol. 43, no. 12, pp. 3055 - 3061, Dec. 1995 [5] K. R. Cioffi, Monolithic L-band amplifiers operating at milliwatt and sub-milliwatt dc power consumptions, IEEE 1992 Microwave and MillimeterWave Monolithic Circuits Symposium, pp. 9 - 13 [6] N. Suematsu, M. Ono, S. Kubo, H. Sato, Y. Iyama, O. Ishida, L-Band internally matched Si-MMIC low noise amplifier, IEEE 1996 - S. Int. Microwave Symp. Digest, pp. 1225 - 1228 [7] D. K. Shaeffer, T. H. Lee, A 1.5 V, 1.5-GHz CMOS low noise amplifier, IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 32, no. 5, pp. 745 - 759, May 1997

V Acknowledgement
The authors wish to acknowledge MAXIM for providing access to their GST-2 Quickchip technology.

VI References
[1] Heaney, F. McGrath, P. OSullivan, C. Kermarrec, Ultra low power low noise amplifiers for wireless communications, IEEE 1993 GaAs IC Symposium, pp. 49 - 51 [2] M. Nakatsugawa, Y. Yamaguchi, M. Muraguchi, An L-band ultra low power consumption monolithic low noise amplifier, IEEE 1993 GaAs IC Symposium, pp. 1745 - 1750 [3] U. Lott, 2 GHz monolithic low noise amplifier using lower than 1 V supply voltage, 1997 Wireless Communications Conference, pp. 138 - 140

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Serial-control multiplexer expands SPI chip selects
SPI and Microwire buses offer a popular and convenient means for minimizing the number of wires required in connecting smart peripherals to a microcontroller (C). These synchronous buses comprise a serial-clock, data-in, and data-out line in addition to a chip-select line for each peripheral. A scheme of one chip-select line per device, however, can quickly use up the precious port pins in a C system. To mitigate this situation, the dual 4-channel analog multiplexer in Figure 1 (an SPI device itself) multiplexes a single port pin (PC0) to provide chip selects for four other SPI peripherals in the system. A second port pin (PC1) selects the multiplexer. All switches in this multiplexer are bidirectional. Its two sections are independent, and either output (unlike those of conventional differential multiplexers) can be programmed to connect to any, all, or none of its four input channels. Thus, the second (top) section is employed, independently of the lower section, to expand the number of analog channels available to the C. The Cs internal multiplexer supports 8 channels, so this scheme (using one to get four more) yields a total of 11 input channels.
SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc. Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.
VCC 17 RST SPI CONTROLLER e.g., 68HC11 AN0 AN7 13 12 PC0 SCLK MISO M0SI PC1 14 COMB 11 10 18 CS CS3 CS4

By operating backwards, the lower 4:1 mux routes the PC0 signal to the CS input of a selected peripheral. Driving PC0 low selects that peripheral for receiving SPI data, and driving PC0 high deselects all four peripherals. Read and write sequences are the same as in regular SPI systems, except the chip selects must be set up beforehand. PC0 then goes low, the read/write operation is executed, and PC0 returns high to deselect the device. This procedure is not burdensome in practice. Typical SPI systems include a device that is serviced often (such as a display driver), and several others that require service only occasionally (such as EEPROMs or real-time clocks). Thus, the chip-select mux can leave the heavily used device selected most of the time, and perform an update only when selecting a new device. To accommodate other combinations of chip-select and analog-expansion lines, replace the MAX350 with a similar device such as the MAX395, whose eight serially addressed SPST switches can be configured as required. A similar idea appeared in the 3/23/98 issue of Electronic Design.
SPI DEVICES

2 V+ 6 7 VCC EXTRA ANALOG INPUTS AN01 AN02 AN03 9 AN04 CS1 CS2 47k (x4) CS DIN DOUT SCLK NO. 1 NO. 2

NO. 3

NO. 4

CS DIN DOUT SCLK

CS DIN DOUT SCLK

COMA

IC1 68HC11

IC2 MAX350
DOUT

VGND 4 CLK

15

SPI BUS

DIN

16

Figure 1. A dual 4-channel multiplexer expands the number of input channels and chip-select lines this microcontroller can support.
11

CS DIN DOUT SCLK

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Circuit connection adds current-mode operation to PFM boost converters
A control scheme used in certain boost-controller ICs from Maxim (current-limited pulse-frequency modulation, or PFM), achieves high efficiency over a wide range of output current by combining the low quiescent current of PFM with the load-driving capability of pulse-width modulation (PWM). To provide current-mode control as well, simply connect the load, output filter capacitor, and lower feedback resistor to the current-sense pin (CS) instead of ground (Figure 1). When operating with medium to heavy loads, the Figure 1 circuit exhibits lower output ripple and a more stable inductor current (Figure 2a) than do the standard application circuits represented by typical waveforms in Figure 2b. The improvements gained by these connections have no effect on the quiescent current and require no additional circuitry, but they do require separate input and output grounds as shown, connected only by RSENSE. This circuit achieves current-mode control by constantly monitoring the inductor current through RSENSE: via the field-effect transistor during tON (which depends on the magnitude of VIN), and via the diode and output filter capacitor during t OFF (minimum 2.3s). Flowing through R SENSE , the inductor current creates a signal at CS that couples through the output filter capacitor and adds to the normal feedback signal at FB. Connecting the load between OUT and CS prevents this CS signal from adding to the ripple at VOUT.

(2a) CURRENT MODE

2A A 0A

20s/div

(2b) STANDARD CONFIGURATION

2A
VIN ON/OFF SHDN EXT N

A 0A B

REF

GND

FB

LOAD

MAX608 OUT MAX770-3 MAX863 MAX1771

VOUT

20s/div

AGND

CS RSENSE

NOTE: MAX608: VIN = 2V, VOUT = 5V, IOUT = 300mA, ILIM = 2A, COUT = 200F A WAVEFORMS = IC AT 1A/div B WAVEFORMS = VOUT RIPPLE AT 50mV/div, AC COUPLED

Figure 1. This circuit adds current-mode operation to Maxims current-limited PFM boost controllers without increasing the quiescent current.

Figure 2. The Figure 1 circuits inductor-current and output-ripple waveforms (a) exhibit better stability and lower ripple amplitude than those of the standard operating configuration (b).

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Voltage-inverter IC forms high-efficiency rail splitter
A switched-capacitor voltage inverter configured as a rail splitter (IC1 in Figure 1) provides a bipolar (dual-rail) local power supply that is useful in singlerail systems featuring one or more dual-rail ICs. Moreover, the tiny SOT-23 package and associated components require very little board area. After power is applied, the flying capacitor (C2) connects alternately across the storage capacitors C3/C4 and C5/C6. This action equalizes the voltages on those capacitors and draws current from VIN or VOUT as required to maintain VOUT 1/2VIN. If the loads across VIN-VOUT and VOUT-0V are equal, the IC sits in a quiescent state and draws about 36A. To keep VOUT at the mid-rail level, the flying capacitor needs only to supply the difference current caused by unbalanced loads. Efficiency is degraded by the ICs quiescent current for load currents below 100A, but above 1mA the efficiency is greater than 90%an excellent feature for low-power or battery-powered applications. (Voltage error and efficiency vary with the load current, as shown in Figures 2 and 3.) This switched-capacitor circuit provides better regulation than that of a simple voltage divider, and better efficiency than that of a simple combination of divider and op-amp buffer. Its main drawback is the increase in output noise with load (see Table 1). VIN is restricted (by the IC specifications) to a maximum of 5.5V, which is the maximum voltage allowed between pins 2 and 4 or between pins 1 and 4. A similar idea appeared in the 8/1/97 issue of EDN.
VOLTAGE ERROR vs. LOAD CURRENT
140 120 VOLTAGE ERROR (mV) 100 80 60 40 20 0 1 10 100

1m

10m

100m

LOAD CURRENT (A)

C2 3.3F

Figure 2. The output voltage error in Figure 1 increases with load current.

VIN

EFFICIENCY vs. LOAD CURRENT

100

OUT

C1+

IC1
IN

5 C3 0.1F C4 3.3F

80 EFFICIENCY (%)

VIN C1

MAX829

60

C1-

GND

4 C5 0.1F

VOUT (VIN/2) C6 3.3F 0V

40

20

0V

10

100

1m

10m

100m

LOAD CURRENT (A)

Figure 1. This compact and efficient charge-pump circuit implements a local dual-rail supply for single-rail systems.

Figure 3. Efficiency also increases with load current in Figure 1.

13

Table 1. Rail-Splitter Performance (VIN = 5V)

RLOAD () 10M 1M 100k 10k 1k 470 100 INPUT CURRENT (A) 36.5 36.5 37.7 48.9 156 1240 2630 11,410 VOUT ERROR (mV) 0.1 1.4 13.5 28.5 126.9 OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 0.25 2.5 25 250 2490 5260 23,700 RIPPLE (mVp-p) ~1 ~5 ~8 ~30 EFFICIENCY (%) 0.34 3.32 25.56 80.04 99.72 98.83 98.71

14

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-power, 6-bit ADC offers sampling rates to 90Msps
The MAX1011 A/D converter combines low power (190mW) and high speed (sampling rate up to 90Msps) with an internal reference and a clock oscillator with overdrive capability. Its ability to convert baseband signals directly makes the MAX1011 suitable for use in IF sampling receivers, VSAT receivers, and QAM demodulators. The input amplifiers -0.5dB analog bandwidth is 55MHz, and its true differential inputs have user-selectable, full-scale ranges of 125mVp-p, 250mVp-p, and 500mVp-p. The input offset for ACcoupled signals is typically less than 1/4LSB. Integral and differential nonlinearity (INL and DNL) are also typically less than 1/4LSB. The effective number of bits is 5.85LSB for 20MHz input signals and 5.7LSB for 50MHz signals. The MAX1011 operates with a +5V analog supply and a +3.3V digital supply. Available in a 24-pin QSOP, it costs $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). D/A converters enable the MAX1457 to compensate 1st-order temperature error by adjusting the sensors span and offset. If necessary, higher order residual errors can then be compensated using interpolation of 1st-order coefficients stored in an external EEPROM look-up table. The MAX1457 combines three traditional sensor-manufacturing operations: pretest, in which a test computer acquires the sensor-performance data; calibration and compensation, in which coefficients determined from the pretest data are stored in an external EEPROM; and final test, in which the calibration and compensation are verified without removing the transducer from its pretest socket. An internal, uncommitted op amp can be used to increase the circuit gain or help implement a 2-wire, 4-to-20mA currenttransmitter output. The MAX1457 serial interface, compatible with Microwire and SPI standards, connects directly to an external EEPROM. And by enabling the manufacture and calibration of multiple sensor modules, the MAX1457s built-in test capability lowers manufacturing costs. The MAX1457 is optimized for use with piezoresistive sensors, but a few additional external components enable it to operate with accelerometers, strain gauges, and other resistive sensor types. The MAX1457 is available in 32-pin TQFP and 28-pin wide SO packages, with prices starting at $9.95 (1000 up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit is available and recommended for proper analysis of the device.
Microwire is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp. SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc.
PGA

ADC

OUTPUT BUFFER

CLK OUT

MAX1011
REF

Signal conditioner for piezoresistive sensors is accurate to within 0.1%

The MAX1457 is a monolithic analogsignal processor optimized for the calibration and compensation of piezoresistive sensors. Included are a programmable current source for sensor excitation, 3-bit programmable-gain amplifier (PGA), 12-bit A/D converter, uncommitted op amp, and five 16-bit D/A converters. By compensating the sensor for offset, fullspan output (FSO), offset temperature coefficient (TC), FSO TC, and full-span output nonlinearity, the MAX1457 achieves a total error rate less than 0.1% of the sensors repeatability error.

Ultra-high-speed SOT23 open-loop buffers offer low power, low noise

The MAX4200MAX4205 series of ultra-high-speed open-loop buffers have a proprietary architecture that enables highspeed performance: the MAX4201/ MAX4202 devices offer -3dB bandwidths of 780MHz and 0.1dB gain flatness to 280MHz, and all offer 4200V/s slew rates. Operating from 5V supplies and drawing quiescent currents of only 2.2mA per buffer, they offer an excellent

driving capability for capacitive loads. MAX4200/MAX4203 outputs can drive a minimum of 90mA. These single (MAX4200MAX4202) and dual (MAX4203MAX4205) buffers differ in their internal back-termination resistor values: 50 for 50 transmission lines (MAX4201/MAX4204) and 75 for 75 transmission lines (MAX4202/ MAX4205). The MAX4200 and MAX4203 have no internal termination resistors. High speed and low noise (2.1nV/Hz voltage-noise density and 0.8pA/ Hz current-noise density) suit these buffers for use in data communications and in driving the inputs of high-speed A/D
15

converters. Single buffers come in 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages; duals come in 8-pin MAX and SO packages. Prices start at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
INPUT VOLTAGE NOISE DENSITY
100 NOISE DENSITY (nV/ Hz)

MA X

0-M 420 AX

10

SOT23-5 0m m x 3. 0 m

05 42

1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M FREQUENCY (Hz)

3.

NEW PRODUCTS
SOT23, ultra-lowvoltage, beyondthe-rails op amps draw only 10A
The MAX4240MAX4244 series of single/dual/quad, low-power, low-voltage op amps feature Beyond-the-Rails inputs and Rail-to-Rail outputs that allow the full range of supply voltage to be used for signal range. The op amps provide 90kHz gain-bandwidth products while drawing only 10A per amplifier. In portable and battery-powered systems, two AA alkaline cells enable operation up to 200,000 hours. MAX4240MAX4244 op amps operate from a single supply of +1.8V to +5.5V or a dual supply of 0.9V to 2.75V. The MAX4241 and MAX4243 have a shutdown mode that places the outputs in a highimpedance state and lowers the supply current to only 1A. The input commonmode range extends 200mV beyond each rail, and with 100k loads the outputs typically swing to within 8mV of each rail. The op amps feature 200V input-offset voltages and outputs that are unity-gain stable for capacitive loads to 200pF. Package options are a tiny SOT23-5 (the single MAX4240), an 8-pin MAX (the single MAX4241), an 8-pin MAX or SO (the dual MAX4242), a 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO (the dual MAX4243), and a 14-pin SO (the quad MAX4244). Prices start at $0.83 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Beyond-the-Rails is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Low-noise, lowdistortion op amps deliver 880MHz in SOT23-5 package

The MAX4104/MAX4105 and MAX4304/MAX4305 ultra-high-speed, low-noise op amps offer wide output swings (3.4V with 100 load) and high output-current capability (70mA). Their low input noise-voltage density (2.1nV/Hz) and spurious-free dynamic range (-88dBc) make them ideal for lownoise, low-distortion applications in video and telecommunications. The MAX4104 is unity-gain stable and draws only 20mA while delivering 880MHz bandwidths and 400V/s slew rates. The MAX4304, compensated for a minimum gain of 2V/V, delivers 730MHz and 1000V/s. The MAX4105 is compensated for a gain of 5V/V or greater, and delivers 430MHz and 1400V/s. The MAX4305, compensated for 10V/V or greater, delivers 350MHz and 1400V/s. MAX4104/MAX4105 and MAX4304/ MAX4305 op amps are available in 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages, with prices starting at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-power, single-supply comparators deliver 4.5ns propagation delays

The MAX961MAX964 and MAX997/ MAX999 are low-power, ultra-high-speed single/dual/quad comparators. Featuring 4.5ns propagation delays with 5mV overdrive, they each include 3.5mV of internal hysteresis and draw quiescent supply currents of only 5mA per comparator. All are optimized for both 3V and 5V singlesupply operation. Input common-mode ranges extend 100mV beyond-the-rails,

and the outputs can sink or source 4mA to within 0.52V of ground or VCC. All but the MAX962 and MAX999 have a shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 270A per comparator, and the MAX961/MAX963 have complementary outputs with a latch-enable that allows the user to hold valid output states. Package options include a space-saving 5-pin SOT23 for the single MAX999, an 8-pin SO or MAX for the single MAX961/MAX997 and dual MAX962, a 14-pin SO for the dual MAX963, and a 16-pin narrow SO or QSOP for the quad MAX964. Prices start at $1.97 (1000 up, FOB USA).

100 NOISE DENSITY (nV/ Hz)

5-PIN SOT23

3.0mm x 3.1mm

10

1 1
MAX961MAX964/MAX997/MAX999 SPECIFIED MAX999 AT 3V & 5V

10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M FREQUENCY (Hz)

OT23-

vs. the competition. . . SPECIFIED AT 5V ONLY

AD9696 TL714 LT1016 LM360

m x 3.

5ns

10ns 15ns 20ns Propagation Delay

25ns

16

0m

4104

3. 0 m

NEW PRODUCTS
ICs feature 8MHz op amp, 185ns comparator, 10ppm reference in 8-pin MAX
The MAX9000 series ICs perform high-speed signal detection. All contain an op amp and comparator; four contain a precision, 1.230V 1% voltage reference as well. Each operates from a single supply of +2.5V to +5.5V and draws only 340A of quiescent supply current. A shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to 2A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state makes the MAX9001/MAX9004 devices ideal for portable applications. Op amps in the MAX9000/MAX9001/ MAX9002 ICs are compensated for unitygain stability and exhibit gain-bandwidth products of 1.25MHz. MAX9003/ MAX9004/MAX9005 op amps are stable for closed-loop gains of 10V/V or greater, and exhibit gain bandwidth products of 8MHz. The input common-mode ranges extend from 150mV below the negative rail to within 1.2V of the positive rail for the op amp (and to within 1.1V of the positive rail for the comparator). The amplifier/comparator outputs can swing rail-to-rail, and they maintain excellent DC accuracy while delivering 2.5mA for the amplifier and 4.0mA for the comparator. Novel design in the comparator output stage eliminates powersupply glitches by substantially reducing the switching current during output transitions. The comparators built-in 2mV hysteresis provides noise immunity and prevents oscillation, even for slowmoving input signals. The internal bandgap reference (MAX9000/MAX9001 and MAX9003/ MAX9004) has a low temperature coefficient (8ppm/C) and can sink or source as much as 1mA. (For MAX9000 and MAX9003 devices, the comparators inverting input is internally connected to the reference output.) The op amp and reference outputs are stable with capacitive loads as high as 250pF and 100nF, respectively. Package options include an 8-pin MAX or 8-pin SO (MAX9000/ MAX9002 and MAX9003/MAX9005), and a 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO (MAX9001/MAX9004). Prices start from $1.20 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-voltage analog phasereversal switch handles rail-to-rail signals

The MAX4528 is a low-voltage CMOS analog IC configured as a phasereversal switch (two SPDT types with internal connections). Fast transition times (100ns maximum with 5V supplies), low charge injection (5pC maximum), and matched on-resistances (4 maximum) optimize the device for high-speed applications such as synchronous (balanced) modulators and demodulators.

The MAX4528 operates on a single supply of +2.0V to +12V or a dual supply in the range 2.7V to 6V. Supply currents are 10A maximum. The switches handle rail-to-rail analog signals and exhibit on-resistances of 70 (with 5V supplies). Off-leakage currents are 10nA at +25C and 100nA at +85C. The digital input includes protection against electrostatic discharge (ESD) as high as 2kV, and its logic thresholds (0.8V and 2.4V) ensure compatibility with TTL and CMOS logic signals. The MAX4528 is available in 8-pin MAX, DIP, and SO packages. Prices start at $0.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Multiplexer/switch ICs offer lowvoltage, singlesupply operation

The MAX4524/MAX4525 CMOS analog switches are configured as a 4channel multiplexer/demultiplexer (MAX4524) and a DPDT switch (MAX4525). They operate from a single supply of +2V to +12V, and are optimized for both 3V and 5V operation. On-resistance is 200 with a 5V supply and 500 with a 3V supply. All switches handle rail-to-rail analog signals, and both devices include inhibit inputs that open all signal paths simultaneously. Off-leakage currents are only 2nA at +25C (20nA at +85C). Logic thresholds for the digital inputs (0.8V and 2.4V) ensure TTL/CMOS compatibility when operating with a 5V supply. MAX4524/ MAX4525 devices are available in 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.10 (1000 up, FOB USA).

V+

V+

MAX4528
A INPUTS B V+ X Y LOGIC LO IN GND VINPUTS OUTPUTS IN GND VA B V+ X Y LOGIC HI

MAX4528

OUTPUTS

V-

TRUTH TABLE IN A B O Y X 1 X Y

V-

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Force-sense switches provide Kelvin sensing for ATE
The MAX4554/MAX4555/MAX4556 ICs are configured as force-sense analog switches for Kelvin sensing in automatic test equipment (ATE). Other applications include calibrators, precision power supplies, automatic calibration circuits, and asymmetric digital subscriber lines (ADSL) with loopback. Each device contains one or more high-current, lowresistance switches for forcing current, and two or more higher resistance switches for sensing voltage or switching guard signals. Each device operates from a single supply in the +9V to +40V range, or dual supplies in the 4.5V to 20V range. Power consumption is only 1W. For devices operating on 15V supplies, the force-path on-resistances are 6 maximum, matched to within 1. Sense-path on-resistances are 60 maximum, matched to within 8 . All switches handle rail-to-rail analog signals, and their off-leakage current is only 0.25nA at +25C (2.5nA at +85C). All digital inputs specify 0.8V/2.4V thresholds for TTL- and CMOS-logic compatibility. All devices feature >2kV ESD protection per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7. The MAX4554 contains two force switches, two sense switches, and two guard switches configured as triplepole/single-throw, normally open switches. The MAX4555 contains four independent SPST switches that are normally closed and the MAX4556 contains three SPDT switches, of which one is a force switch and two are sense switches. MAX4554/ MAX4555/MAX4556 devices are available in 16-pin DIP, narrow SO, and QSOP packages. Prices start at $2.42 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-voltage CMOS muxes and switches have 80 on-resistances

The MAX4581/MAX4582/MAX4583 series of CMOS analog ICs includes an 8-channel multiplexer (MAX4581), a dual 4-channel multiplexer (MAX4582), and a triple single-pole/double-throw switch (MAX4583). Each guarantees low on-resistance (80 ) and continuous low-voltage operation (+2V to +12V with a single supply, and 2V to 6V with a dual supply). MAX4581/MAX4582/MAX4583 devices are pin-compatible with industrystandard 74HC4051/74HC4052/74HC4053 devices. These parts handle rail-to-rail analog signals. They guarantee closely matched on-resistance between channels (4 maximum), and low on-leakage current: 1nA at +25C and 5nA at +85C. All digital inputs have standard logic thresholds (0.8V and 2.4V) that ensure compatibility with TTL/CMOS logic when operating with 5V or 5V supplies. MAX4581/MAX4582/MAX4583 devices are available in 16-pin QSOPs, DIPs, and narrow-SO packages. Prices start at $0.63 (1000 up, FOB USA).
ON-RESISTANCE vs. VCOM (SINGLE SUPPLY)

1/2 MA

X4554

SENSE FORCE

FORCE

GUARD ICE TO DEV EST T UNDER SENSE FORCE

10,000
V+ = 2V

ME

RON ()

ASURE TA B

1000

V+ = 2.7V V+ = 3.3V V+ = 5V

SELEC

100

V+ = 7.5V

V+ = 10V

T SELEC

10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 VCOM (V)

FORCE
X4554

GUARD
1/2 MA

TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION vs. FREQUENCY 100 10 THD (%) 1 0.1 0.01 10 100 1k 10k FREQUENCY (Hz) 100k
600 IN AND OUT

MEASU

RE

18

NEW PRODUCTS
95% efficient DC-DC converters power RF PAs in wireless phones
MAX1700/MAX1701/MAX1703 stepup DC-DC converters generate the high current needed to drive RF power amplifiers in todays wireless telephones. Featuring an internal synchronous rectifier and power switch, these ICs achieve efficiencies as high as 95%. MAX1700/ MAX1701 converters deliver output currents as high as 800mA, and reside in 16-pin QSOP packages that occupy the same board area as an 8-pin SO. The MAX1703 resides in a 16-pin narrow-SO package and delivers as much as 1.5A. MAX1700/MAX1701/MAX1703 converters are designed to operate from batteries such as 1-to-3-cell NiCd/NiMH and 1-cell Li-Ion types. The converters run in bootstrap mode (powered by their own stepped-up output voltage), and are guaranteed to start from inputs as low as 1.1V. Once started, they maintain regulation for inputs as low as 0.7V. The output voltage can be preset to 3.3V or 5V, or adjusted from 2.5V to 5.5V using an external resistor-divider. Pulse-width modulation and a constant high switching frequency of 300kHz minimize the converters noise during full-power operation. To maximize battery life while providing up to 150mA for receiver and standby functions, a low-power mode lowers the quiescent current to 40A (in shutdown, it drops to only 1A). The MAX1700 and MAX1701 feature dual shutdown controls that enable pushon/push-off operation with a single momentary switch. The MAX1701 and MAX1703 also include a comparator for generating a low-battery warning or power-good signal, and a gain block useful in building a low-dropout linear regulator for powering DSP, radio baseband, and other phone functions. The MAX1700/MAX1701/MAX1703 are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), with prices starting at $3.25 (1000 up, FOB USA). To help speed designs, Maxim offers complete evaluation kits and recommendations for the external components.

Serial-parallel loadswitch controllers have SMBus interface

MAX1661/MAX1662/MAX1663 loadswitch controllers are designed to control external power MOSFETs. Mounted on a system motherboard, the small, low-cost devices control point-of-load switching from a 2-wire SMBus serial interface. Each device has three bidirectional terminals that are capable of serving either as TTL-compatible logic inputs or as highvoltage, open-drain outputs. The bidirectional pins withstand 28V, enabling them to control the batteryvoltage distribution switches in a notebook computer. In addition, their input capability enables the use of MAX1661/ MAX1662/MAX1663 devices in serial-toparallel and parallel-to-serial applications: either routing serial-input data to the three parallel outputs, or accepting digital data at those outputs and formatting it for transmission via the serial SMBus. MAX1661 outputs are intended for driving n-channel MOSFETs, so they are active-low at power-up. MAX1662/ MAX1663 outputs are intended for driving p-channel MOSFETs, so they assume a high-impedance state at power-up. These conditions enable the ICs to perform power-plane sequencing by ensuring that the MOSFETs are off at power-up. Operating on a single supply of 2.7V to 5.5V, the MAX1661/MAX1662/ MAX1663 draw only 3A of supply current. To eliminate latencies introduced by the serial bus, their SMBSUS inputs select between two internal control-data registers, enabling the host system to select between two different power-plane configurations. Other features include thermaloverload and overcurrent protection, ultralow supply current, and hardware/software interrupt capabilities. An evaluation kit (MAX1662EVKIT) is available to aid evaluations and speed the design cycle. The MAX1661/MAX1662/ MAX1663 are available in space-saving MAX packages. Prices start at $1.29 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

High-speed stepdown controller for CPUs employs synchronous rectification

The MAX1639 is an ultra-highperformance, step-down DC-DC controller for generating CPU power in highend computer systems. Designed for demanding applications in which outputvoltage precision and good transient response are critical to proper operation, the MAX1639 operates from a 5V 10% supply and delivers more than 35A from outputs that are 1% accurate in the range 1.1V to 4.5V. The MAX1639s excellent dynamic response prevents the output transients otherwise caused by the latest dynamically clocked CPUs. Its flying-capacitor boot-

strap circuitry drives inexpensive, external n-channel MOSFETs, and synchronous rectification enables the controller to achieve efficiencies exceeding 90%. Users can pin-select a switching frequency of 300kHz, 600kHz, or 1MHz. Higher switching frequencies save board area and system cost through the use of a smaller surface-mount inductor and output-filter capacitor. To protect the output against overvoltage, a crowbar circuit turns on the low-side MOSFET (with 100% duty factor) when the output rises 200mV above the normal regulation point. Other features include an internal digital softstart, power-good output, and 3.5V 1% reference output. The MAX1639 is available in a 16-pin narrow-SO package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.39 (1000 up, FOB USA).

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Digitally adjustable DC-DC converter provides 28V for LCDs and varactors
The MAX686 is a high-efficiency boost converter that generates a positive or negative high voltage from a low-voltage input. Its internal 6-bit D/A converter provides a digitally adjustable bias voltage for the LCD in a handheld instrument or for the varactor tuner in a set-top box. To save space and cost, the required power switch is included on-chip. The devices internal DAC, low supply current, small package, and tiny external components provide an extremely compact and efficient high-voltage supply for LCDs. A polarity-select pin enables the MAX686 to generate either a positive or negative output voltage. The IC requires a supply voltage of +2.7V to +5.0V, but the step-up inductor can operate directly from a battery or from any voltage between 0.8V and VOUT. The MAX686 can deliver 10mA at +28V or -28V. To achieve efficiencies up to 93% over a wide range of load conditions, the mode. In skip mode the converters vary the switching frequency as a function of load current, producing On-Demand switching that results in very small external capacitors and very low quiescent supply current. For heavy loads, they transfer energy from input to output at frequencies to 2MHz. For light loads, they switch more slowly, limiting the quiescent supply current to only 100A. In constant-frequency mode the switching rate is constant at all load currents, with regulation accomplished by controlling the switching-path resistance. This technique provides a constantfrequency ripple that is easily filtered for low-noise applications. An external resistor sets the constant frequency between 50kHz and 2MHz. The 250mA MAX682 is available in an 8-pin SO package. The 100mA MAX683 and 50mA MAX684 are available in space-saving 8-pin MAX packages only 1.1mm high. Prices for the MAX684 start at $1.65 (1000 up, FOB USA). MAX686 employs a current-limited pulsefrequency-modulation (PFM) control scheme. Its low operating current (70A) drops to 1A in shutdown mode, making the MAX686 ideal for use in batterypowered applications. High switching frequency (to 300kHz) and a pinselectable current limit of 500mA or 250mA enables the use of tiny, inexpensive inductors. The MAX686 is available in a 16-pin QSOP packagethe same size as an 8-pin SO. Prices start at $2.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Converters boost 3V to 5V at 250mA without inductors

MAX682/MAX683/MAX684 step-up DC-DC converters challenge the use of inductor-based DC-DC converters while setting new performance standards for charge pumps: accepting inputs in the range 2.7V to 5.5V, they generate regulated 5V outputs with maximum output currents of 250mA, 100mA, and 50mA respectively. The MAX682/MAX683/MAX684 are high-efficiency, local power supplies that provide 5V from a 3.3V input in compact applications. They require one resistor, three small capacitors, and no inductors. In shutdown mode they draw only 0.1A. The converters high switching frequency and unique regulation scheme allow the use of output capacitors as small as 1F per 100mA of output current. Regulation is achieved either by skip mode or by constant-frequency (linear)
0.47F

Regulated negative supply delivers 125mA without inductors

The MAX1673 DC-DC converter is an inverting charge pump that accepts positive input voltages in the 2V to 5.5V range and generates a regulated negative output voltage as high as -VIN. It delivers output currents up to 125mA. Two external resistors set the output voltage, and three small external capacitors support the charge pump. The MAX1673 regulates by skip mode or by linear mode. In skip mode, it varies the switching frequency according to load current. This On-Demand switching permits very small capacitors and very low quiescent supply current. For heavy loads, the converter transfers energy from input to output at 350kHz. For light loads, it switches more slowly, limiting the quiescent supply current to 35A. In linear mode, the MAX1673 switches at a constant 350kHz regardless of load current, and regulates by controlling the switching-path resistance. This technique provides a constant-frequency ripple that is easily filtered for low-noise applications. The MAX1673 also includes a 1A logiccontrolled shutdown mode. The MAX1673 is available in an 8-pin SO package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
On-Demand is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

INPUT 2.7V TO 5.5V

CXN IN SKIP REXT SHDN GND

CXP OUT

OUTPUT 5.0V/250mA

1F

MAX682

2.2F

20

NEW PRODUCTS
P supervisors offer 3,224 unique monitoring combinations
The MAX6316MAX6322 family of microprocessor (P) supervisory circuits are designed for monitoring the powersupply voltages and P activity in digital systems. They offer a software watchdog, manual reset, and several combinations of push/pull, open-drain, and bidirectional (Motorola 68HC11-compatible) reset outputs. For a listing of functions associated with each of the ten devices, see Maxims Product Selector Guide. The available product variations include 26 factory-trimmed reset voltages (in increments of 100mV from 2.5V to 5V), one of four minimum reset-timeout periods (1ms, 20ms, 140ms, or 1.12sec), and one of four minimum watchdogtimeout periods (6.3ms, 102ms, 1.6sec, or 25.6sec). The products draw supply currents as low as 5A, and each is designed to ignore fast negative transients on VCC. The reset outputs are guaranteed valid for VCC down to 1V. MAX6316MAX6322 devices are available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C), with prices starting at $1.14 (2500 up, FOB USA). The minimum order for nonstandard versions is 10,000 pieces. Contact the factory for availability. *MAX6317/MAX6321/MAX6322 are future productscontact factory for availability.

1A, 1Mbps, 3V RS-232 ICs for portable applications meet 15kV ESD standards
The MAX3224EMAX3227E ICs are high-speed, low-power, 3V RS-232 devices for use in portable and battery-powered products that require compliance with international standards for immunity to electrostatic discharge (ESD). All transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are protected to 15kV using the Human Body Model or the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge method, and to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact-Discharge model. The MAX3224E and MAX3225E each contain two transmitters and two receivers,

and (for size-constrained applications that do not require extra handshaking or control lines) the MAX3226E and MAX3227E each contain one transmitter and one receiver in a 16-pin SSOP package. Low supply current (1A) maximizes the battery life for each device. The MAX3224E/MAX3226E guarantee data rates to 250kbps, and the MAX3225E/ MAX3227E (which include Maxims MegaBaud feature) guarantee 1Mbps for high-speed applications such as ISDNmodem communications. A proprietary voltage doubler and an output stage with low dropout voltage allow the MAX3224EMAX3227E to deliver true RS-232 performance over the V CC range 3V to 5.5V. Unlike powerhungry voltage triplers, these devices require only four external capacitors regardless of the supply voltage. Maxims AutoShutdown Plus architecture en-

ables automatic power savings without changes to software. After 30 seconds with no valid RS-232 activity (as, for example, when the RS-232 cable is disconnected or when the device is not actively communicating with a connected peripheral), the MAX3224E MAX3227E enter a low-power shutdown mode. They exit shutdown on detecting valid activity at any receiver or transmitter input. The RS-232 receivers are always active, even in shutdown mode. Available package options include DIPs and SSOPs. Prices start from $2.24 for the MAX3224E/MAX3225E and from $1.45 for the MAX3226E/MAX3227E (1000 up, FOB USA).
MegaBaud is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. AutoShutdown Plus is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

10Mbps, 3V/5V quad RS-422 receivers feature 15kV ESD protection

The MAX3095/MAX3096 quad RS-422 receivers include protection against electrostatic discharge (ESD) for compliance with international standards. The first such products to offer 15kV ratings, they provide robust, internal ESD protection tested to stringent, industry-recognized standards. All receiver inputs are ESD-

protected to 15kV using the Human Body model and the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge method, and to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge method. The MAX3095 operates from a +5V supply, and the MAX3096 operates from a +3.3V supply. Receiver propagation delays are guaranteed to within 8ns of a predetermined value, thereby ensuring a maximum skew of 16ns between deviceseven between devices from different production lots. This performance is ideal for bus receivers in telecommunications equipment.

Operating at data rates to 10Mbps, the MAX3095 and MAX3096 feature a quarterunit-load input impedance that allows 128 receivers on a bus. Complementary-enable inputs can place either device in a lowpower shutdown mode, in which the receiver outputs are high impedance and the supply current drops to 1nA. Operating supply current is only 2.4mA. Both devices are pin-compatible with the industry-standard 26LS32. They come in space-saving 16-pin QSOP packages as well as 16-pin DIP and narrow-SO packages, with prices starting at $2.02 (1000 up, FOB USA).

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Differential RS-485/ RS-422 transceiver draws only 1.6A
The MAX3471 is a half-duplex data transceiver intended for battery-powered RS-485/RS-422 applications. It draws only 1.6A (typical) from a +3.6V supply and its wide range of supply voltage (+2.5V to +5.5V) guarantees operation over the lifetime of a lithium battery. True fail-safe operation guarantees a logic-high receiver output when the receiver inputs are open or shorted. Thus, the MAX3471 receiver output goes high when all transmitters on a terminated bus are disabled and high impedance. Internal circuitry prevents battery back-charging when the MAX3471 driver outputs are enabled and pulled above VCC or below ground. The MAX3471 input resistance is equivalent to a 1/8 unit load. The MAX3471 is available in an 8-pin MAX package, with prices starting at $1.69 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Low-cost RF up/downconverters include LNA and PA driver

The MAX2410 and MAX2411A are low-cost silicon-bipolar up/downconverters. Each performs transmit and receive functions for the RF front-end in time-division-duplex (TDD) communication systems. The MAX2410/MAX2411A operate over a wide frequency range and are optimized for RF frequencies around 1.9GHz. Applications include most of the popular cordless and PCS standards: PWT1900/DCT1900, PHS, and DECT. The MAX2410 includes a low-noise amplifier with 2.4dB noise figure and -10dBm input 3rd-order intercept point (IIP3), a downconverter mixer with a low 9.8dB noise figure and 3.3dBm IIP3, an upconverter mixer, a local oscillator buffer, and a variable-gain PA driver amplifier. This amplifiers gain is useradjustable through an applied analog voltage, with a maximum of 15dB and a minimum of -20dB (typical). The MAX2410 has separate IF ports for receive and transmit. The MAX2411A offers the same functionality as the MAX2410, but its unique, bidirectional, differential IF port reduces cost and component count by allowing the transmit and receive paths to share the same IF filter. Both devices feature flexible powerdown modes and low power consumption: 60mW in receive, 90mW in full-power transmit, and only 0.3mW in shutdown mode. MAX2410/MAX2411A devices are available in 28-pin QSOPs specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start at $3.47 (1000 up, FOB USA).

(to your RS-485 network)

Only 1.6A Supply Current!

FULL

+3.5V

Guaranteed Operation Down to +2.5V!

EMPTY

DI DE RO RE
MAX3471

+2.5V

Low-power IF transceiver includes limiter, RSSI, and quad modulator

The MAX2510 intermediatefrequency (IF) transceiver incorporates a multitude of functions in an ultra-small package. Its design suits two major application groups: those with a first IF of 200MHz to 500MHz and a second IF up to 30MHz, and those with an RF input of 200MHz to 500MHz and a first IF up to 30MHz. They include PCS systems such as PWT1900, PACS, PHS, and DECT phones and base stations, 400MHz ISM transceivers, IF transceivers, and wireless data links. The MAX2510 receiver section consists of a downconverter mixer and limiting amplifier with RSSI. The mixer has excellent dynamic range. Its input 1dB compression point is -23dBm, making it ideal for applications in which considerable interference is expected (PCS systems in the U.S., for example). The

received-signal-strength indicator (RSSI), derived from the limiting amplifier, has more than 90dB of dynamic range and excellent linearity. Its guaranteed maximum relative error is 2dB. The transmitter section includes a quadrature modulator with excellent sideband suppression (40dB), followed by a variable-gain, 0dBm output-buffer amplifier. To extend battery life, the amplifiers unique biasing scheme adjusts current draw to the minimum necessary for sustaining the desired level of output power. The MAX2510s range of operating supply voltage (+2.7V to +5.5V) enables direct connection to a 3-cell battery. A shutdown mode lowers the chips supply current below 2A. As an alternative for applications that require image rejection at the receiver as well as the transmitter, the MAX2511 includes all features found in the MAX2510 (limiter, RSSI, control functions, etc.). The MAX2510 comes in a 28-pin QSOP, with prices starting at $5.35 (1000 up, FOB USA).

22

NEW PRODUCTS
3-in-1 silicon delay line has 2ns accuracy
The MXD1013 is a monolithic IC containing three independent delay lines with logic buffers. Internal compensation maintains the nominal delay value over specified ranges of temperature and supply voltage. Nominal specified accuracy applies to the leading or trailing edge: 2ns from 10ns to 60ns, 3% from 70ns to 100ns, and 5% from 150ns to 200ns. Nominal delay values come in 18 discrete levels from 10ns to 200ns, as indicated by a 3-digit suffix on the part number (consult the factory for custom values). Each output can drive as many as ten standard 74LS loads. The MXD1013 draws 20mA of supply current, versus 40mA for the DS1013 from Dallas Semiconductor. When compared with hybrid devices, the MXD1013 offers better performance, higher reliability, and lower cost. Package options for the MXD1013 include a space-saving 8-pin MAX package, an 8-pin SO or plastic DIP, a 14-pin plastic DIP, and a 16-pin narrow SO. Prices start at $2.73 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Image-reject RF ICs suit low-cost 900MHz radios

Highly integrated RF-transceiver ICs in the MAX242X/MAX246X series and RF-receiver ICs in the MAX244X series reduce the cost of 900MHz cordless telephones, wireless modems, and RF transceivers. Unlike conventional RFICs, these devices include active image-reject mixers that reduce cost and space by eliminating the need for external RF filters. For further savings in cost and space, the majority of these devices are optimized for a low receive-IF frequency that eliminates the need for additional frequencyconversion stages. Typical receive and transmit image rejection is 35dB. The front-end LNAs 1.8dB noise figure allows for a combined downconverter noise figure of just 4dB. Adjustable gain in the LNA lets users increase the receivers dynamic range, from an IIP3 of -17dBm at maximum LNA gain to +2dBm IIP3 at minimum LNA gain. Phase noise in the internal

VCO is just -84dBc/Hz at 10kHz offset. The built-in prescaler can operate either in divide-by-64/65 mode with a CMOS PLL or in buffer mode with a BiCMOS synthesizer. MAX2420/MAX2421/MAX2422 and MAX2460/MAX2463 ICs, with imagereject capability in the transmit and receive paths, are optimized for IFs between 10.7MHz and 110MHz. MAX2424/ MAX2426 ICs, which replace the transmit image-reject mixer with a double-balanced mixer, are compatible with BPSK modulation and with applications that modulate the VCO directly. MAX2440MAX2442 ICs are receive-only devices. The ten ICs of the MAX242X/ MAX244X/MAX246X family operate from a single supply of +2.7V to +4.8V, allowing direct connection to a 3-cell battery. Typical low supply currents are 23mA for the receiver, 26mA for the transmitter, and 9.5mA for the oscillator. Current draw in the shutdown mode is only 0.5A. The devices come in 28-pin SSOP packages, with prices starting at $2.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Upstream CATV driver amp has programmable gain

The MAX3532 is a programmable power amplifier designed for use in upstream cable applications. Driven with a 36dBmV continuous-wave input and driving a 1:2 (voltage ratio) transformer, the MAX3532 generates an output of 62dBmV maximum. Gain is variable in 1dB steps from 0dBmV to 62dBmV, controlled via a 3-wire serial digital bus. The operating frequency range is 5MHz to 42MHz. The MAX3532 has three modes of operation: high-power mode offers the maximum output power; low-noise mode generates minimum noise at lower power levels; and transmit disable mode for use between bursts in TDMA systemsprovides minimum output noise with high isolation. The device operates on a single +5V supply and consumes 350mW (typical). Two power-down modes are available. Software shutdown mode powers down all analog circuitry while maintaining the programmed gain setting, and hardware shutdown mode lowers the supply current below 50A by disabling all internal circuitry. The MAX3532 is available in a 36-pin SSOP, with prices starting at $4.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SHDN BIAS

20 MAX24 21 MAX24

22 MAX24 60 MAX24

MAX24

63

00M XIN (9 LN

Hz)

tableAdjus NA Gain L

Rx Mix

er
64/6 5

T (IF) RXOU PLL) (FROM D O M ) O PLL UT (T PREO

Buffer

A GAIN RXON TXON N VCOO

POWERENT GEM MANA

DIV1
VCO

) XIN (IF
VIN+

MAX3532

VOUT-

TXGA
Tx Mix v PA Dri er er

IN
VIN-

TXEN

VOUT+

T( TXOU

900M

Hz)

SERIAL DATA INTERFACE

CS

SDA SCLK

23

Volume Thirty-Two

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for its fourth quarter and its fiscal year New ICs revolutionize the sensor interface Off-the-shelf transformer limits capacitor inrush current Crystal oscillator has dual or differential outputs Pulsed sensor extends battery life Adjustable LNB power supply is DiSEqC compatible
Amplifiers/Buffers/Comparators SOT23, ultra-low-power, rail-to-rail I/O op amps deliver low cost and high performance Low-noise, low-distortion op amps deliver 880MHz in SOT23-5 250MHz differential line driver slews 1400V/s 250MHz, low-power current-feedback amplifiers offer high-speed enable/disable mode Ultra-high-speed open-loop buffers in SOT23 offer low power, low noise SOT23, ultra-low-voltage, Beyond-the-Rails op amps draw only 10A High-speed, single-supply video mux-amps have ultra-low switching transient Low-cost, low-power SOT23 op amps have rail-to-rail I/O Analog Switches Low-voltage, 300MHz video/RF switch provides high-frequency off-isolation Versatile quad analog switch configures as 4xSPST, 2xSPDT, or DPDT Power-Management ICs Compact, dual-output DC-DC converter powers digital camera CCD Ultra-small negative bias for GaAsFET PAs is half the size of an 8-pin SO Remote/local temperature sensor uses SMBus serial interface New step-down DC-DC controllers offer size reduction, 96% efficiency Power supply/backplane driver powers active-matrix LCD High-efficiency DC-DC converter for pagers starts from 0.87V Ultra-small, +3V to +5V supply powers SIM cards P Supervisors P supervisors offer 3,224 combinations of reset output, watchdog, and manual reset SOT reset ICs draw only 500nA while monitoring 2.5V Precision ICs combine shunt regulator with reset function Interface ICs Transceivers deliver high-speed, low-power RS-232 communications Data Converters Signal-conditioning ICs achieve 1% accuracy for piezoresistive sensors Fiber Optic IC 622Mbps, low-noise transimpedance preamplifier serves optical receivers in LAN/WAN systems Filters 5th-order elliptic filters save space and power

2 3 9 11 13 14

NEW PRODUCTS

(MAX40404044) 18 (MAX4104/4105/4304/4305) 17 (MAX4142) 19 (MAX4188/4189/4190) (MAX42004205) (MAX42404244) (MAX4310/4313) (MAX4322/23/26/27/29) (MAX4529) (MAX4613) (MAX685) (MAX881R) (MAX1617) (MAX16521655) (MAX1664) (MAX1678) (MAX1686) 17 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 20 19 20 21 21 22 22 21 22

(MAX63166322) (MAX6326/7/8, MAX6346/7/8) (MAX6330/6331) (MAX32243227)

(MAX1450/1458)

23

(MAX3760) (MAX7411/7415)

23 23

MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR ITS FOURTH QUARTER AND ITS FISCAL YEAR
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $155.2 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998 ending June 27, 1998, compared to $117.0 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1997. Net income increased to a record $49.2 million in Q498, compared to $36.9 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. Income per share was $0.33 for Q498, compared to $0.25 for the same period a year ago. For the fiscal year ending June 27, 1998, Maxim reported net revenues of $560.2 million, a 29% increase over the $433.7 million reported for fiscal 1997. Net income increased to a record $178.1 million in FY98, compared to $137.0 million in FY97. Income per share increased 26% to a record $1.18 in FY98 from $0.94 in the prior fiscal year. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $38.7 million after paying $41.6 million for its common stock and $20 million for capital equipment. For the year, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $99.0 million after paying $123.1 million for 3.7 million shares of its common stock and $105 million for capital equipment. Return on average stockholders equity was 32.5% for FY98, one of the highest in the industry today. Fourth quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was $181 million. Seventy-five percent of the ending Q498 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q199 or earlier. During the fourth quarter, the Company experienced a 5% decline in end-market bookings from the Q398 levels as a result of softer demand in the U.S. distribution, Europe, and Pacific Rim sales channels (end market bookings are the actual customer bookings received by both Maxim and the Companys distributors during the quarter). Net bookings on the Company in Q498 were also lower than in Q398. Maxims backlog shippable in the next 12 months was adversely impacted by a $14.8 million reduction in net bookings on the Company in Q498 by U.S. distributors. This decrease is due largely to the elimination by the Company of a U.S. distributor during the quarter and the reallocation of that distributors inventory to the Companys other distributors. Turns orders received in Q498 were $35 million, a small increase over the Q398 levels. (Turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders.) End market bookings for the last two quarters have been relatively flat. The Companys ability to grow revenues and earnings levels in Q199 will be dependent upon a resumption of bookings growth in Q199. Gross margins for the fourth quarter increased slightly to 67.5%, compared to 67.4% in Q398. Research and development expense increased by $2.3 million in Q498 to 13.5% of net revenues. During Q498, the Company also recorded charges of $1.5 million related to reducing the carrying value of certain pieces of equipment. In addition, the Company increased its reserves for inventory by $5.4 million, further increasing cost of sales in Q498. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the year: Fiscal 1998 was an excellent year for Maxim. We grew net revenues and income per share by more than 25%, we introduced 250 new products, and we successfully increased manufacturing productivity and capacity in both the wafer fabrication and end of line test areas with minimal increases in future depreciation expense. We repurchased $123 million of our stock and increased our cash by $99 million.

New ICs revolutionize the sensor interface

Maxim Integrated Products has introduced several ICs that are revolutionizing the interface to low-level bridge sensors in modern industrial systems. All of these ICs provide sophisticated sensor compensation and temperature correction. The high-end device (MAX1457) linearizes a sensor output by establishing 120 piecewise-linear segments, drawing on data stored in EEPROM. The resulting linearized output is accurate to within 0.1% of the sensors repeatable error. Though originally developed for use in piezoresistive pressure-sensor applications, these flexible signal-conditioning ICs are equally suited for use with accelerometers, strain gauges, and other low-level bridge-type sensors. They can be used in an industrial sensor, in a 420mA or 0 to 5V transmitter, or in a complete instrument. Self-calibration enables these ICs to derive high accuracy from less than ideal sensorswithout the need for complex front-end analog circuitry or (in the case of the MAX1457) firmware-based linearizers or multi-

order polynomials. Because the IC design is based on analog cells, the devices are easily customized for use with other sensor types (capacitive, inductive, etc.). All of these ICs provide a signal path that includes flexible sensor-excitation circuitry, a programmable-gain amplifier (PGA), and an analog output. The basic device (MAX1450) includes only those functions. The midrange part (MAX1458) calibrates the gain, offset, and temperature drift of these parameters by adding four 12-bit digital-to-analog converters (DACs); one coarse 3-bit DAC; and a nonvolatile, internal EEPROM for storing the DACs calibration data. The high-end device (MAX1457) contains six 16-bit DACs and one 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), and operates with a larger, external EEPROM.

Product descriptions
MAX14xx ICs offer different levels of integration and accuracy. The MAX1458, for example, is a high-integration, mixed-signal, compensating front-end device that includes EEPROM calibration memory, analog signal path, four 12-bit DACs for controlling offset and gain, and one coarse-offset 3-bit DAC (Figure 1). Its analog output can be scaled from 0.5V to 4.5V for transducer applications or can feed directly to a system ADC for instrument applications.

+5V VDD BDRIVE C2 0.1F OFFSET (IRODAC) C1 0.1F LIMIT PGA

MAX1458

INP INM

OUT

SENSOR ISRC VDD

RISRC

RFTC RISRC VSS

RFTC CONFIGURATION REGISTER 12-BIT DAC - OFFSET 12-BIT DAC - OFFSET TC 12-BIT DAC - FSO 12-BIT DAC - FSOTC A=1

FSOTC

128-BIT EEPROM

CS WE SCLK DIO

DIGITAL INTERFACE

TEMP TEMP

VSS

Figure 1. The MAX1458 sensor-interface IC in its ratiometric configuration.

Driven by the temperature and linearity errors of a piezoresistive transducer (PRT), the MAX1458 provides an accuracy of approximately 1%. Its high level of integration provides hands-off calibration without potentiometers. Because it makes corrections in the analog domain, the MAX1458 can also simplify the architecture of analog-output sensors and transmitters. Unlike systems that digitize the raw sensor output, make corrections in microprocessor firmware, and produce the analog output with a DAC, the MAX1458 achieves low cost, low noise, and simple operation with a signal path that is fully analog. By adjusting the sensors bridge-excitation current, two 12-bit DACs within the MAX1458 implement fine control of the sensors gain and temperature coefficient (tempco) of gain. The internal, fully differential PGA/IA (instrumentation amplifier) front end has 90dB of common-mode rejection and digitally controllable gain in the +45V/V to +220V/V range. To achieve control of the sensor offset and the temperature compensation of offset, the signal following the PGA is summed with the

outputs of two more 12-bit DACs. An on-board 128-bit EEPROM contains the input data for each DAC, plus a configuration register and 24 bits of user area for general use. The IC also includes a high-tempco resistor that is useful as a temperature sensor when compensating certain types of transducers. The MAX1457 (Figure 2) is a high-accuracy, mixedsignal, linearized front-end device. Unlike the MAX1458, it includes a 12-bit ADC that digitizes the raw sensor temperature and develops addresses for an external linearization EEPROM. A 120-segment curve stored in this EEPROM applies the offset and gain corrections that linearize and temperature-correct the MAX1457 output. Though it lacks an internal EEPROM, the MAX1457 directly addresses standard MICROWIRE EEPROMs such as the 93C66 from National Semiconductor Corp. Its analog signal path includes an uncommitted op amp, five 16-bit gain- and offset-controlling DACs, and a 12-bit ADC. In general, the MAX1457 sacrifices low cost and small size in favor of higher absolute accuracy
+5V

RSTC RBIAS 400k NBIAS 0.1F FADJ OSCILLATOR PGA VDD AGND SENSOR 0.1F VSS +5V +5V EEPROM 93C66 SO-8 VDD ORG VSS CS CLK DI DO 5k* MCS ECS ECLK EDI EDO LINDACREF AMP+ 0.1F AMPSERIAL EEPROM INTERFACE 16-BIT DAC - FSO 16-BIT DAC - OFFSET 16-BIT DAC - OFFSET TC 16-BIT DAC - FSO TC 16-BIT DAC - FSO LIN 12-BIT ADC A=1 FOUT VOUT LINDAC FSOTCDAC OTCDAC OFSTDAC FSODAC LINOUT 5 x 0.1F ROSC 1.5M VOUT 0.1F 0.1F

RLIN (OPTIONAL) RISRC 50k CURRENT SOURCE VDD

VDD BIAS GENERATOR

ISRC

MAX1457
BDRIVE INP 0.1F INM

A=1 VBDRIVE A=1

FSOTCDAC

VBBUF

VDD OP AMP AMPOUT

VSS *OPTIONAL PULL-UP RESISTOR

Figure 2. The MAX1457 sensor-linearizer IC in its ratiometric configuration.

MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

and better linearity. Though larger than the MAX1458, the MAX1457 employs analog-domain corrections that provide an architecture simpler than that of most analog output sensors. The analog output can be scaled to produce a 420mA signal, or it can feed directly to a system ADC. With PRT pressure sensors, the MAX1457 can achieve a typical corrected accuracy of 0.1%. Figure 3 illustrates the MAX1457s ability to compensate for temperature and linearity errors. Graph 3a shows the low-level output of an uncompensated piezoresistive sensor with its huge temperature errors of offset and gain (3b). Graphs 3c and 3d show the signal after conditioning. The MAX1457 scales the sensor output in the 0.5V to 4.5V range (3c), and limits gain and offset errors to 0.1% over a wide temperature range (3d). The MAX1450 is a stripped-down version of the MAX1457/MAX1458, containing only the analog front end of those devices without their DACs, ADCs, or EEPROMs. It offers a controllable sensor-excitation source and a PGA with very flexible calibration and offset features. As a flexible PGA and current source, it offers capabilities not found in standard IAs and PGAs: orthogonal and easily managed inputs for the correction of gain, offset, and other parameters. The coarse PGA
UNCOMPENSATED RAW SENSOR OUTPUT
160 TA = +25C 17mV VOUT 73mV 120 VOUT (mV)

gain is controlled digitally, and the offset and excitation current source (gain) are controlled by externally applied analog signals.

Background
Traditional transducers calibrate and compensate the sensor in the analog domain using analog memory components such as potentiometers, capacitors, and laser-trimmed thin-film resistors. Such transducers sometimes employ thermistors, diodes, or other analog techniques for temperature compensation. Though unwieldy, diode breakpoints are sometimes used to enhance linearity. All these approaches have major disadvantages: Compensation accuracy is restricted by nonlinear sensor errors Compensation devices are afflicted by temperature drift Laser trimmers and other automatic equipment are expensive Manual calibration (pot tweaking) translates to higher cost.

COMPENSATED TRANSDUCER
5 TA = +25C 0.5V VOUT 4V 4

(a)

80

(c)

VOUT (V)

2 1

40

0 0 20 40 60 PRESSURE (kPa) 80 100

0 0 20 40 60 PRESSURE (kPa) 80 100

UNCOMPENSATED SENSOR TEMPERATURE ERROR

30 0.15 0.10 OFFSET ERROR (% FSO) 10 ERROR (% FSO) 0.05

COMPENSATED TRANSDUCER ERROR

20

OFFSET 0 -0.05 FSO -0.10 -0.15

(b)

(d)
0 FSO -10

-20 -50 0 50 100 TEMPERATURE (C) 150

-50

50 100 TEMPERATURE (C)

150

Figure 3. Raw output from a sensor (a) is amplified and conditioned by the MAX1457 (b), and the sensors temperature errors (c) are compensated by the MAX1457 as well (d).

The emergence of low-cost, digital, programmable electronics has opened the possibility of trimming analog functions in the digital domain, with a capability for storing individual correction coefficients in nonvolatile digital memory (e.g., EEPROMs). For sensors, such electronic trimming has evolved in two directions: Digital-Sensor Signal Processors (DSSP): DSSP techniques include conversion of sensor signals to the digital domain with an ADC, calibration and compensation in the digital domain using a microcontroller with EEPROM, and the use of a DAC (if required) to convert the compensated result back to an analog signal. The advantage of this approach occurs after digitization by the ADC, when further signal processing occurs in the processors zero-drift digital domain. Disadvantages include software complexity, memory requirements, and a reduced dynamic range that calls for higher resolution in the ADC. Most of these problems will be solved by the DSSP architecture in the new MAX1460. Analog-Sensor Signal Processors (ASSP): By adjusting the sensor excitation and digitally adjusting the amplifier offset and gain, ASSP techniques achieve sensor calibration and temperature compensation in the analog domain without quantizing the signal. Through the use of DACs, EEPROMs, and digitally adjustable analog electronics, this hybrid technique offers the best of the all-analog and all-digital approachessignal processing in the analog domain with the potless ease of a digital system. To linearize the sensor, ASSP systems adjust gain and offset using feedback from the raw sensor output to the DAC reference inputs. This powerful ASSP technique
DIGITAL MULTIPLEXER ECS[1:N], MCS[1:N] ECS1 MCS1 ECS2

(used in MAX14xx devices) eliminates the unwieldy polynomial curve fitting required in DSSP approaches. The DAC, which multiplies a digital number by an analog voltage (the DACs reference input), is the key element in an ASSP electronic trimming system. High-resolution DACs are expensive, however, and a sensor requires several of them for proper ASSP compensation. This problem has been resolved by the development of a new sigma-delta technology for DACs and ADCs (MAX14xx series) that enables low-cost digital trimming. It yields 16-bit converters on very small areas of silicon, which in turn allows complex systems-on-achip that include multiple DACs and ADCs.

Test and calibration issues

An important consideration in the design of the sensor signal-conditioner architecture was the need to support advanced manufacturing technologies. To meet that requirement, the IC designers lowered manufacturing costs by integrating (along with signal-conditioning functions) the following three traditional sensor-manufacturing operations into one automated process: Pretest: This operation tests sensor performance over the compensated temperature and pressure ranges. The ICs MICROWIRE interface and three-state outputs enable control by a host test computer. These capabilities enable testing of multiple transducers in a parallel connection (Figure 4), and allow digital communication between the test system and any specific transducer (selected through a chip-select pin).

MCS2

ECS N

MCS N

MODULE 1
MCS

MODULE 2
MCS

MODULE N
MCS

MAX1457

MAX1457

ECS EEPROM ECLK EDI EDO +5V VDD

ECS EEPROM ECLK EDI EDO VDD

ECS EEPROM ECLK EDI EDO VDD

VOUT VSS

VOUT VSS

VOUT VSS

DVM

VOUT ECLK EDI EDO

TEST OVEN

Figure 4. In this automated calibration system, the MICROWIRE interface simplifies the calibration of multiple sensors. The signal-conditioning ICs can be MAX1457s or MAX1458s.
6

MAX1457

Calibration and Compensation: This operation can be performed immediately after pretest, without removing the transducers from their test sockets. The test computer simply calculates the calibration and compensation coefficients (4kbits) and downloads them through the MICROWIRE interface to the transducers EEPROM. Final Test: This operation verifies transducer performance, again without removing the device from its test socket.

Table 1. Digital Compensation DAC Functions

FUNCTION Initial offset calibration* Initial FSO calibration* Correction of TC slope for analog offset Correction of TC slope for nonlinear offset Correction of TC slope for analog FSO* Correction of TC nonlinearity for nonlinear FSO* Correction of pressure nonlinearity DAC TYPE Offset FSO Offset TC Offset TC FSO TC FSO TC FSO linearity

MAX1457/MAX1458 compensation scheme

Two compensation methods are implemented by the MAX1457. The first is analog, in which two DACs compensate the 1st-order temperature errors: an offsetTC DAC adjusts the output offset, and an FSO-TC DAC adjusts the bridge-excitation voltage by adjusting its excitation current (Figure 5) . The less expensive MAX1458 makes these corrections and no others. The second method of compensation is digital. An ADC driven by the bridge-excitation voltage (a temperature signal) generates the EEPROM address. The EEPROM output is a multiple-segment approximation (up to 120 segments) that corrects residual higher-order errors. MAX1457-based compensation employs 16-bit DACs to provide all of the functions listed in Table 1 . The MAX1458 employs four 12-bit DACs and a 3-bit offset DAC to provide only those functions marked with asterisks. Initial offset is corrected by feeding to the PGAs summing junction a voltage obtained by multiplying (within the offset DAC) a fraction of the supply voltage by a 16-bit word. The full-span output (FSO, or gain) is calibrated in two adjustments: coarse gain is set by feeding a

3-bit digital word to the PGA, and fine gain is set by adjusting the bridge current using another 16-bit word. Two DACs connected to the bridge voltage (the offset-TC DAC and FSO TC DAC) compensate linear components of the zero and FSO TC. Bridge voltage is proportional to temperature, and a properly valued digital word (the multiplier coefficient) causes the DAC output to compensate the temperature slope by following the quasilinear change in bridge voltage.

MAX1457 multislope compensation scheme

Digital multislope temperature compensation allows compensation of arbitrary error curves, whose shape is determined only by the shape of the temperature signal and the adjustment range available in the electronics. This compensation is implemented with 120 number pairs (corrections for offset TC and FSO TC) stored in EEPROM look-up tables. The EEPROM address is the output word of a 12-bit ADC driven by the bridge voltage, which (with constant current excitation of the bridge) is temperature dependent. See Figure 5.
TO/FROM EXTERNAL EEPROM

VDD RSTC

ECS TEMPERATUREDEPENDENT VOLTAGE

ECLK EDO EDI

DAC REFERENCE VOLTAGE

VBR EEPROM INTERFACE IBR BDRIVE VBR PGA T ADC 12

16

FSO TC DAC

16 OFFSET TC

OUTPUT

A=1

Figure 5. Simplified circuitry within the MAX1457 illustrates the correction of temperature errors. Analog voltage across the sensor bridge generates the DAC reference voltages, which in turn produce the 1st-order analog corrections. The bridge voltage is also digitized to provide fine correction through the EEPROM look-up table.

Pressure nonlinearity is corrected by feedback from the output voltage to the bridge current source. To gain control of this feedback, the output voltage is routed to the reference input of a DAC, whose output connects to the current source and is then subject to the DACs digital input, driven by a coefficient stored in the EEPROM (Figure 6). Thus, coefficients delivered to the DAC can introduce a nonlinearity in the bridge current that compensates (often by an order of magnitude) for nonlinearity in the sensor output. See the product data sheets for further details on operation.
VDD RLIN FSO LIN DAC 111...1 16 BIT

Application example
Although the MAX1457 was designed as an ASIC, primarily for voltage-output configurations, it also includes support for the popular fixed-output, 420mA, 2-wire transducers. An on-chip, uncommitted op amp lets you create the 2-wire current loop. As shown in Figure 7, this amplifier and an external resistor form a programmable current source. Loop current is set by resistor RA and controlled by feedback via RC. A voltage regulator (REF02) accepts the 420mA current-loop voltage (typically 20V to 40V), and provides a stable 5V reference for the MAX1457. Thus, the REF02 increases the circuits operating voltage while providing independence from changes in the supply voltage. A diode in series with the positive power-supply terminal protects against reverse-polarity connections in the field, and another specialized diode (TransZorb) connected across the power terminals protects against voltage spikes. The optional resistor RD reduces power dissipation in the output transistor.

IBR VBR

PGA

VOUT

Figure 6. This simplified circuit, also internal to the MAX1457, demonstrates the concept of pressure-nonlinearity correction.
50 10F RSTC VIN RBIAS 400k VOUT GND 0.1F REF02 VIN+

RLIN (OPTIONAL) RISRC 50k VDD ISRC BIAS GENERATOR

VDD NBIAS

0.1F FADJ 0.1F ROSC 1.5M

BDRIVE INP 0.1F INM +5V AGND 0.1F VSS SENSOR +5V 5k* MCS ECS ECLK EDI EDO LINDACREF AMP+ AMP0.1F SERIAL EEPROM INTERFACE

MAX1457

OSCILLATOR

FOUT VOUT LINDAC FSOTCDAC OTCDAC OFSTDAC FSODAC

PGA

EEPROM 93C66 SO-8 VDD ORG VSS CS CLK DI DO

16-BIT DAC - FSO 16-BIT DAC - OFFSET 16-BIT DAC - OFFSET TC 16-BIT DAC - FSO TC 16-BIT DAC - FSO LIN

12-BIT ADC

A=1

LINOUT

A=1 VBDRIVE

FSOTC 5 x 0.1F VBBUF RD OPTIONAL FEEDTHROUGH CAPACITOR FOR EMI/RFI PROTECTION

A=1

OP AMP AMPOUT

RB

ROFST VSS RC

RA 50 (TYP)

VIN-

*OPTIONAL PULL-UP RESISTOR

Figure 7. Four milliamps power the transducer in this 420mA, 2-wire circuit based on the MAX1457. Pressure is proportional to a 016mA current transmitted over the same pair of wires.
TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Off-the-shelf transformer limits capacitor inrush current
Energy stored in a high-voltage capacitor activates many applications, including radiological sensors, pulsed lasers, particle-beam generators, and automotive direct fuel-injection systems. In the last case, the fuel injector discharges the capacitor as it sprays fuel directly into the cars combustion chamber. The speed and control required for this application can be achieved using a standard, inexpensive transformer. The capacitor must be recharged quickly during each engine cycle, but in a controlled way that minimizes noise and voltage transients in the electrical system. Control of the charging waveform also allows a finer tuning of cost/performance trade-offs when selecting circuit components. An inexpensive, off-the-shelf, 6-winding transformer (Figure 1) can be used to limit the capacitors inrush
C6C9 560F, 25V C4 0.1F T1

current without the expense of added feedback and control circuitry, and without the efficiency loss associated with a traditional inrush-current limiter. T1 is configured as an autotransformer in which three windings in parallel form the primary between VIN and the MOSFET drain, and three windings in series form a secondary between VIN and D2. The turns ratio is 1:4. When feedback to the step-up DC-DC controller (IC1) detects a drop in the capacitor voltage, the controller turns on the MOSFET and allows current in the primary to ramp up and generate magnetic flux in the transformers core. When this current reaches a 3.3A threshold set by the current-sense resistor (R3), IC1 interrupts the current by turning the MOSFET off.

VIN = 8V TO 16.5V

D2 SHDN ON = GND V+ SHDN EXT REF C3 0.1F N1

VOUT = 90V, 700mA AVG. MAX C5 30F, 100V, POLYESTER

U1 MAX1771
FB AGND GND CS R3 30m COMPONENT LIST C6C9 D2 N1 R3 T1 SANYO 25MV560GX MOTOROLA MUR860 IR IRFZ44 DALE WSL-2010 COILTRONICS VP5-0053

R2 56k

R1 3.3M

C2 1000pF, COG

C1 15pF, 100V, COG

Figure 1. The autotransformer in this boost converter reduces inrush to the discharge capacitor, allows use of a smaller capacitor, and reduces the MOSFETs required voltage rating.

In accordance with Lenzs Law, the transformer opposes the instantaneous change in magnetic flux by generating a voltage surge that forces current through the output diode. The resulting current in the transformer secondary is ISEC = IPRI/N = 3.3A/4 = 0.83A. Thus, the transformer causes a 75% reduction in the peak instantaneous current flowing from the output diode to the discharge capacitor. It also reduces the maximum MOSFET-drain voltage by 75%. The 75% reduction in the instantaneous secondarywinding current limits the inrush of charging current

by forcing a proportional reduction in the maximum average output current. The result is a well-controlled charging ramp (Figure 2). By relaxing ESR requirements for the capacitor, it also allows use of a 30F polyester-film capacitor to save size and cost. The lower maximum voltage at the MOSFET drain allows use of an inexpensive 60V MOSFET with lower RDS(ON), which improves efficiency. A similar idea appeared in the 6/22/98 issue of Electronic Design.

IPRI 5V/div

VOUT 20V/div VIN = 12V 500s/div

Figure 2. By limiting the peak instantaneous output current to 25% of the instantaneous primary current, the autotransformer in Figure 1 limits the capacitors inrush current to a well-controlled ramp during charging.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Crystal oscillator has dual or differential outputs
A quality frequency source (i.e., oscillator) is often required for applications such as the local oscillator (LO) in a wireless handset, the frequency reference in a phase-locked LO, or the master clock source in a microprocessor or data-acquisition system. For a system designer, the important signal-source parameters are frequency accuracy and frequency stability. Accuracy pertains to the initial value of frequency, and stability pertains to the frequencys phase noise (short-term) and drift (long-term) as affected by temperature and aging. For a crystaloscillator designer, the key parameters are those of the resonator itself: resonant frequency, reactance, and Q-factor. With the possible exception of phase noise, these parameters are almost entirely a function of the crystal. Low phase noise depends on the resonator and the active element. The resonator should have high Q (most crystals have an extremely high Q in the 10,000 to 50,000 range). The active element should have low flicker noise and low noise figure, and its loading on the resonator should be minimal. Such attributes describe the active device in a MAX2620 IC: it exhibits the low flicker noise inherent in a high-frequency bipolar process, a low noise figure, and a low parasitic rb, whose minimal load on the active device maintains the high loaded Q desired in an oscillator circuit. Figure 1 shows a simple crystal oscillator. Other MAX2620 features desirable in an activeoscillator element include buffer amplifiers that minimize load-pulling on the oscillator frequency,

(a)
VCC = 2.7V TO 5.25V 0.01F 0.01F 10H 0.01F 1 8 VCC 7 0.01F 6 0.01F 4 5 OUT 51 VCC 0.01F X1* OUT VCC

(b)
VCC = 2.7V TO 5.25V 0.01F 0.01F 10H 0.01F 1 C5 30pF 2 C3 120pF 3 C4 120pF 8 VCC 7 0.01F 6 0.01F 4 5 OUT 51 VCC 0.01F OUT VCC

ZIN C3

IC1 MAX2620

IC1 MAX2620

3 C4

SHDN

SHDN

ZIN = RIN - j XIN RIN = -gmXC3XC4 gm = 18mS XC = 1 2fc XIN = XC3 + XC4 1 CIN = 1 + 1 C 3 C4

*MFR TYPE
FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENCY MOTIONAL RESISTANCE (R1) LOAD CAPACITANCE

STATEK AT-3004 10MHz 70 (TYP) 20pF

Figure 1. This simple crystal oscillator is based on a single oscillator IC. The crystal resonator, X1, is shown in (b).

11

operation over supply voltages in the +2.7V to +5.25V range, supply-insensitive internal biasing, shutdown capability, and two open-collector outputs that can be configured as two single-ended outputs or a single differential output. The primary criteria for selecting a crystal resonator are nominal frequency, initial frequency accuracy, and frequency stability vs. temperature and aging. In practice, a designer should take note of the crystal resonators center frequency, Q, motional resistance, and load capacitance. These parameters enable the designer to calculate values for the oscillator circuits external capacitors. In Figure 1b, the crystal resonator (X1) is a surfacemount, fundamental-mode device from Statek. The motional-resistance value is needed to calculate values for C3 and C4 in Figure 1a, but the worst-case (high) value is preferred to the typical value. In this case, the device manufacturer specifies a maximum motional resistance of 150. For oscillation to start, this value should be less than the magnitude of input negative resistance (RIN = -gmXC3XC4) for the active device; refer to Figure 1a. As a matter of good practice, it should be less than half. Therefore,
g m X C3 X C4 2R1MAX

Rearranging and choosing XC3 = XC4,

X C4 2R1MAX /g m = 129.1

At 10MHz, the value for C3 and C4 (assumed equal) is: C3 = C 4 = 1 / 2 fX C 4 = 123.3pF Choosing an industry-standard capacitor value of 120pF, the load capacitance across the crystal resonator is the series connection of C3 and C4: 1/(1/C3 + 1/C4) = 60pF. To ensure oscillation at the desired frequency, however, the crystal resonator must be loaded by its specified load capacitance (20pF). This can be achieved by decreasing the value of C3 and C4 to 40pF each, but the result is a very large excess gain (RIN + R1MAX) that may be detrimental to the oscillators noise performance. The preferred method for setting a 20pF net load capacitance is to introduce a 30pF series capacitor (C5 in the completed circuit of Figure 1b). The open-collector pins OUT and OUT (pins 5 and 8) provide either a differential output or two singleended outputs. Each pin can sink about 2.5mA of quiescent current, and each requires a pull-up to VCC. Either an RF choke or a resistor can serve as the pull-up, but for differential outputs be sure to use the same type on each line. Note that resistive pullups greater than 100 cause an excessive voltage drop. For 50 loads, the single-ended output level is about -6dBm (320mVp-p) with an RF-choke pull-up, and about -13dBm (140mVp-p) with a 50 resistive pull-up. A similar idea appeared in the 4/98 issue of Microwaves and RF.

where g m is the active-device transconductance. In this case, it equals 18mS (18 milli-Siemens). XC3 is the reactance of capacitor C3 (1/2fC3). XC4 is the reactance of capacitor C4 (1/2fC4). R1MAX (150) is the crystal resonators maximum motional resistance.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Pulsed sensor extends battery life
Activating the sensor circuit in Figure 1 for 1 second every 30 minutes reduces the circuits 20mA supply current to an average of 70A. For a battery consisting of three AA Duracells, this pulsed operation extends the battery life to several years. The sensor shown is an optocoupler with an infraredemitting diode. Designed to monitor the level of salt crystals in a water softener, it relies on a reflection from the crystals to generate a no-alarm level of emitter current in the phototransistor (Q3). As the salt level drops past the sensors position, this current level makes a step change downward. When the drop across R7 equals the reference voltage in the comparator/reference device (IC2), comparator Bs output goes high and releases the manual reset on the voltage monitor (IC3). After a minimum reset-delay interval of 140ms, Q4 turns on and sounds the buzzer. Comparator A monitors the battery voltage via R1 and R2; at levels above 3V, it activates the IR-emitting diode (D3) by turning on the constant-current sink consisting of Q2 and associated components. Thus, the buzzer sounds for 1 second every 30 minutes if the battery voltage is below 3V, or if the salt level is low. Power for the sensor is available only when Q1 turns on. Q1 is controlled by IC1a microprocessor supervisor configured as a time-base generator. (IC1 consumes less power and has a smaller footprint than the alternative 5556 timer or a 555 timer with multistage counters. It also eliminates the large capacitors otherwise required.) Connected directly across the battery, it draws 60A at 4.5V and 40A at 3.0V. IC1s external connections cause its internal watchdog timer to cycle repeatedly. With C2 = 1.5F as shown, the internal timeout is 3.6 seconds, and connecting WDS high multiplies this value by 500, extending it to the desired 30 minutes. Each timeout produces a reset pulse that applies power to the remaining circuitry by turning on Q1 for an interval of 1 second (approximately). From the MAX6304 data sheet: tRESET = (2.67) (C1) (in F) = 1.25 seconds tWATCHDOG = (2.67) (C2) (in F) (500) = 30 minutes. A similar idea appeared in the 1/1/98 issue of EDN.

D3 R1 18k 7 V+ 3 INA+ A B OUTB 6 5 R2 11k 6 REF HYS 5 OUTA 1 2 R5 1k R3 10k R4 2.2M D1 1N4148 D2 R6 39 VQ2 BC182 8

IC2 MAX933
INB- 4

Q3

4 VCC

C3 0.22F BUZZER

IC3 MAX811R
3 MR GRD 1 RESET 2

1 THREE AA CELLS 2 3 C1 0.47F 4

RESET IN GRD SRT SWT

VCC

8 7

IC1 MAX6304

RESET WDI WDS

Q4 1/2 Si992

R7 10k

R8 100k

C2 1.5F

Q1 1/2 Si9926

Figure 1. Powered by three AA cells, this optoelectronic sensor has a battery life of several years.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Adjustable LNB power supply is DiSEqC compatible
The circuit of Figure 1 provides a digitally switchable 13V or 17V for the low-noise block (LNB) typically found in satellite receivers at the antenna feedhorn. This variation of supply voltage tells the remotely located LNB electronics whether it should set the antenna polarization clockwise or counterclockwise, which thereby eliminates the need for an interface and cable connection to the antenna. The circuit shown also supports an emerging and more sophisticated communications bus called the DiSEqC standard (for Digital Satellite Equipment Control). Developed by the European Telecommunications Satellite Organization, the open DiSEqC standard promises to become a de facto world standard for
VIN = 5V C1 47F L1 33H C6 0.1F 2 V+ IN5820 R5 15 5V R6 3.3k DT3316P-333 (COILCRAFT) C4 0.05F

communications between satellite receivers and satellite peripheral equipment. More details and circuits are available at the DiSEqC web site: http://www.eutelsat.org. DiSEqC provides a 22kHz pulse-position-modulated signal of about 0.6V amplitude, superimposed on the LNBs DC power rail. Its coding scheme allows the remote electronics to perform more complex functionslike varying the downconversion frequency or physically rotating the antenna assembly. IC1 is a PFM boost-converter controller that controls an external FET to provide the step-up conversion from 5V to either 13V or 17V. The digital-input

D0334OP-105 (COILCRAFT) L2 1000H VOUT 17V/15V 22kHz TO LNB 500A

SHDN

EXT CS

1 Si9140 8 R1 0.05

C3 47F

R7 220 40mA PN2222 Q1 D1 LED MV5054 R8 22

IC1
5 C2 0.1F

MAX1771
REF AGND

R2 470k

5V C5 0.05F D2 IN4146

FB GND

3 R3 36k 5V R4 13k TX DiSEqC 22kHz PPM MODULATION FROM CONTROLLER

R9 1M

R10 220k

IC2 MAX4501
13V/17V VOLTAGE CONTROL

5 3 NYST RX 8

6 V+ REF 7

5V

IC3 MAX931
1 2

Figure 1. Designed for the low-noise block in a satellite receiver, this DiSEqC-compatible power supply communicates data by toggling its supply voltage between 13V and 17V.

14

Voltage Control sets the position of an analog switch that determines the amount of feedback to IC1, and hence the output voltage level. Thus, an input logic low selects 13V and a logic high selects 17V. IC2, a single switch in a tiny SOT23-5 package, is ideal for this simple switching task. Components on the right side of the schematic provide compatibility with the DiSEqC standard. The comparator in IC3 forms a receiver that detects data transmitted from a slave LNB assembly (the DiSEqC standard specifies bidirectional data flow). This output connects to the IRQ or port pin of a microcontroller (not shown) for decoding. The DiSEqC transmitter consists of transistor Q1 and an LED (D1), which acts as a transmit indicator and also as a constant-voltage source that forces a relatively constant current of about 40mA through Q1.

During encoded bursts of 22kHz from the microcontroller, the low portions turn off the LED by sinking its drive current, which forces Q1 off as well. The 40mA switched current flows through R5, providing 600mV output swings as required by the specification. C4, L2, and R5 form a resonant circuit whose impedance at 22kHz is 15, as required by the specification. The inductors DC resistance must be 0.5 or lower to accommodate the 0.5A maximum load currents. The circuit also operates on 12V, and does so with greater efficiency. When operating at 12V, consult the MAX1771 data sheet for suitable values of L1 and R1. A similar idea appeared in the 4/20/98 issue of Electronic Design.

15

NEW PRODUCTS
Ultra-high-speed open-loop buffers in SOT23 offer low power, low noise
The MAX4200MAX4205 open-loop buffers feature a proprietary architecture that enables ultra-high-speed performance. The MAX4201/MAX4202 offer -3dB bandwidths of 780MHz and 0.1dB gain flatness to 280MHz, and all offer 4200V/s slew rates. Operating from 5V supplies and drawing quiescent currents of only 2.2mA per buffer, they offer excellent driving capability for capacitive loads. MAX4200/MAX4203 outputs can drive a minimum of 90mA. These single (MAX4200MAX4202) and dual (MAX4203MAX4205) buffers differ in their internal back-termination resistor values: 50 for 50 transmission lines (MAX4201/MAX4204), and 75 for 75 transmission lines (MAX4202/ MAX4205). The MAX4200 and MAX4203 have no internal termination resistors. High speed and low noise (2.1nV/Hz voltage-noise density and 0.8pA/ Hz current-noise density) suit these buffers for use in data communications applications and for driving the inputs of highspeed analog-to-digital converters. Single buffers come in 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages; duals come in 8-pin MAX and SO packages. Prices start at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
INPUT VOLTAGE NOISE DENSITY
100 NOISE DENSITY (nV/ Hz)

SOT23, ultra-lowvoltage, Beyondthe-Rails op amps draw only 10A

The MAX4240MAX4244 single/ dual/quad, low-power, low-voltage op amps feature Beyond-the-Rails inputs and rail-to-rail outputs, which allow the full range of supply voltage to be used for signal range. The op amps provide 90kHz gain-bandwidth products while drawing only 10A per amplifier. In portable and battery-powered systems, two AA alkaline cells enable operation up to 200,000 hours. MAX4240MAX4244 op amps operate from a single supply of +1.8V to +5.5V or a dual supply of 0.9V to 2.75V. The MAX4241 and MAX4243 have a shutdown mode that places the outputs in a high-impedance state and reduces the supply current to only 1A. The input common-mode range extends 200mV beyond each rail, and with 100k loads the outputs typically swing to within 8mV of each rail. The op amps feature 200V inputoffset voltages and outputs that are unitygain stable for capacitive loads to 200pF. The single MAX4240 comes in a tiny SOT23-5 package. The single MAX4241 and dual MAX4242 come in 8-pin MAX or SO packages, and the dual MAX4243 is packaged in a 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO. The quad MAX4244 comes in a 14pin SO. Prices start at $0.83 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Beyond-the-Rails is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

AVAI L

LE IN S AB

23-5 OT

10

m x 3. 0 m

1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M FREQUENCY (Hz)

High-speed, single-supply video mux-amps have ultra-low switching transient

The MAX4310/MAX4313 high-speed multiplexer-amplifiers (mux-amps) combine low-glitch switching and singlesupply operation (down to +4V) with excellent video specifications. The MAX4310 integrates a 2-channel mux with an adjustable-gain amplifier optimized for unity-gain stability, and the MAX4313 combines a 2-channel mux with a +2V/V fixed-gain amplifier. Fast channel switching (40ns) and ultra-low switching transients (10mVp-p) make these devices ideal for video-switching applications. Also, low differential gain/phase errors (0.07%/0.02) make them an excellent choice for broadcastvideo applications. Operating from a single supply in the +4V to +10.5V range, the MAX4310 and MAX4313 exhibit Rail-to-Rail outputs and an input common-mode range that

extends to the negative rail. Supply currents are only 6.1mA. The MAX4310 has a -3dB bandwidth of 280MHz and a slew rate of 460V/s. The MAX4313s 150MHz bandwidth (-3dB), 540V/s slew rate, and +2V/V fixed gain are well suited for driving back-terminated cables. Both parts feature a low-power shutdown mode that places the outputs in a highimpedance state and lowers the supply current to just 560A. The MAX4310/MAX4313 are available in 8-pin SO or MAX packages, with prices starting at $2.20 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

AVAI L

CHANNEL SWITCHING TRANSIENT

m x 3. 0 m

Output swings within 8mV of the positive rail

5V A0 (2.5V/div) 0V
OUTPUT 500mV/div

3.

0m

LE IN S AB

23-5 OT

3.

0m

8mV

OUT (20mV/div)

INPUT 500mV/div

Output swings within 6mV of ground

TIME (20ns/div)

6mV

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-noise, lowdistortion op amps deliver 880MHz in SOT23-5
The MAX4104/MAX4105 and MAX4304/ MAX4305 ultra-high-speed op amps have a low input-noise density of 2.1nV/Hz. The unity-gain-stable MAX4104 draws only 20mA while delivering 880MHz bandwidths, 400V/s slew rates, and 0.1dB gain flatness to 100MHz. The MAX4304, compensated for a minimum gain of +2V/V, delivers 430MHz and 1000V/s. The MAX4105, compensated for a minimum gain of +5V/V, delivers 430MHz and 1400V/s. The MAX4305, compensated for a minimum gain of +10V/V, delivers 350MHz and 1400V/s. Low noise and low spurious-free dynamic range (-88dBc) make these op amps ideal for low-noise/low-distortion applications in video and telecommunications. They feature wide output-voltage swings (3.7V) and high output-current capability (70mA). MAX4104/MAX4105 and MAX4304/ MAX4305 op amps are available in 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages, with prices starting at $1.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).
INPUT VOLTAGE NOISE DENSITY
100
NOISE DENSITY (nV/Hz)

Low-cost, low-power SOT23 op amps have rail-to-rail I/O

The MAX432_ family of low-cost, low-power op amps has a 5MHz gainbandwidth product, excellent DC accuracy (250V offset voltage), and rail-to-rail operation at the inputs and outputs. These features make the devices ideal for costsensitive portable equipment, and allow designers to avoid unsatisfactory tradeoffs between price and performance. Included are the single MAX4322 (in a 5-pin SOT23 package), the single MAX4323 (with shutdown), the dual MAX4326/MAX4327 (both with shutdown), and the quad MAX4329. MAX432_ devices operate on a single supply of +2.4V to +6.5V or dual supplies in the 1.2V to 3.25V range. They require only 650A of supply current per amplifier, and overdriving their inputs does not cause a phase reversal at the outputs. All are unity-gain stable (for capacitive loads to 500pF) and are capable of driving 250 loads. Shutdown mode (MAX4323/MAX4327) lowers the supply current to 25A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state. The rail-to-rail input common-mode range and output swing suit these amplifiers for low-voltage, single-supply operation. In addition, their low offset voltage and high speed make them ideal for use in the signal-conditioning stages of precision, low-voltage dataacquisition systems. Package options include the tiny 5-pin SOT23 or 8-pin MAX and SO (MAX4322), 8-pin MAX and SO (MAX4323 and MAX4326), 10-pin MAX and 14-pin SO (MAX4327), and 14-pin SO (MAX4329). Prices for the MAX4329 start at $0.24 per amplifier (100,000 up, FOB USA).

AVAI L

LE IN S AB

23-5 OT

10

m x 3. 0 m

1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M

FREQUENCY (Hz)

250MHz, low-power current-feedback amplifiers offer high-speed enable/ disable mode

The MAX4188MAX4190 series of current-feedback amplifiers combines 0.1dB gain flatness (up to 80MHz) with differential gain/phase errors of 0.03%/ 0.05, making them ideal for video applications. The MAX4188 and MAX4190 are optimized for closed-loop gains of 6dB (+2V/V) or greater, and provide -3dB bandwidths of 250MHz. The MAX4189 is optimized for closed-loop gains of 0dB (+1V/V) or greater, and provides a -3dB bandwidth of 250MHz. MAX4188MAX4190 amplifiers operate from a single +5V supply or from dual supplies in the 2.25V to 5.5V range. Well suited for use in batterypowered applications, they draw only 1.5mA per amplifier and are capable of delivering output currents of 55mA. A high-speed enable/disable capability isolates the inputs, places the outputs in a high-impedance state, and cuts the supply current to 450A per amplifier. Each amplifier can be disabled independently.

Low switching transients (45mVp-p) and fast enable/disable times (120ns/35ns) make the MAX4188/MAX4189 devices suitable for use in portable video-multiplexer applications. Other capabilities make them useful in general-purpose highspeed systems: settling times of 22ns to 0.1%, slew rates of 350V/s, and low distortion (-70dB SFDR for fC = 5MHz and VO = 2Vp-p). The MAX4188/MAX4189 triple amplifiers are available in 14-pin SO and space-saving 16-pin QSOP packages. The single MAX4190 is available in tiny 8-pin MAX and SO packages. Prices start at $3.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
LOW POWER
250 MAX4190 -3dB BW (MHz) 200 150 100 50 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MAX SUPPLY CURRENT (mA)

CLOSEST COMPETITION

LOW GLITCH
DISABLE 1V/div

OUT 20mV/div

100ns/div

17

3.

0m

NEW PRODUCTS
SOT23, ultra-lowpower, rail-to-rail I/O op amps deliver low cost and high performance
The MAX4040MAX4044 series of low-cost, ultra-low-power op amps have rail-to-rail inputs and outputs (to within 10mV of either rail with a 100k load), which allows the full range of supply voltage to be used for signal range. Their 90kHz gain-bandwidth product and 10A per amplifier supply current make them ideal for cost-sensitive portable equipment. The MAX4040 family of op amps operates from a single supply of +2.4V to +5.5V or dual supplies of 1.2V to 2.75V. The MAX4041 and MAX4043 have a shutdown mode that places the outputs in a high-impedance state and reduces the supply current below 1A. All devices feature input-offset voltages of 250V and outputs that are unity-gain stable for capacitive loads to 200pF. They are ideal for low-voltage, low-power, precision applications in portable and battery-powered systems. Package options include the tiny 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin MAX, or 8-pin SO for the single MAX4040, the 8-pin MAX or SO for the single MAX4041 and dual MAX4042, the 10-pin MAX or 14-pin SO for the dual MAX4043, and the 14-pin SO for the quad MAX4044. Prices for the MAX4044 start at $0.24 per amplifier (100,000 up, FOB USA).

Low-voltage, 300MHz video/RF switch provides high-frequency off-isolation

The MAX4529 is a low-voltage analog switch intended for use in switching DC-to-300MHz RF and video signals in 50 and 75 systems. The switch is constructed in a T configuration that ensures excellent high-frequency off-isolation (-80dB at 10MHz). Operating on dual supplies in the 2.7V to 6V range or on a single supply in the +2.7V to +12V range, the MAX4529 consumes less than 1W and handles rail-to-rail analog signals in either direction. With 5V supplies, the on-resistance (70 max) is flat to within 10 max over the specified signal range. Offleakage current is less than 1nA at +25C (20nA at +85C). When operating on 5V or 5V, the MAX4529 digital inputs exhibit 0.8V/ 2.4V thresholds that ensure compatibility with TTL and CMOS logic. The device includes protection per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7, for ESD >2kV. Prices start at $0.88 (1000 up, FOB USA).

8mV

AVAI L

LE IN S AB

OUTPUT 500mV/div

23-5 OT

m x 3. 0 m

Versatile quad analog switch configures as 4xSPST, 2xSPDT, or DPDT

The MAX4613 quad-SPST analog switch has two normally on switches and two normally off switches. User-configurable as four SPST switches, two SPDT switches, or a single DPDT switch, it is pin-compatible with the industrystandard DG213. The MAX4613s low on-resistances (85 max) are matched to within 4 max and flat to within 9 max over the signal

3.

0m

8mV
INPUT 500mV/div

MAX4529 T SWITCH CONFIGURATION

range. They conduct equally well in either direction. The device guarantees low charge injection (10pC max) and low offleakage current over temperature (less than 5nA at +85C). Per MIL-STD-883, Method 3015.7, this device withstands 2kV min ESD. The MAX4613 handles rail-to-rail signals, switches t ON /t OFF in less than 250ns/70ns, and consumes only 35W max while operating on a single supply of +10V to +30V (or a dual supply of 4.5V to 20V). Digital inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible. The MAX4613 is available in 16-pin QSOP, DIP, and TSSOP packages. Prices start at $1.05 (1000 up, FOB USA).

18

NEW PRODUCTS
250MHz differential line driver slews 1400V/s
The MAX4142 differential line driver features high speed, a closed-loop gain of +2V/V, and fully symmetrical differential inputs and outputs. It is well suited for driving back-terminated cables and transmission lines. Laser-trimmed thin-film resistors and common-mode cancellation circuitry enable the MAX4142 to deliver an outstanding common-mode rejection of 70dB at 10MHz. Its internal current-feedback techniques achieve a bandwidth of 250MHz (AV = +2V/V) and a slew rate of 1400V/s. Low gain/phase error (0.01%/ 0.01) and low noise make the MAX4142 an excellent choice for video and RF signal-processing applications. The device operates from 5V supplies and draws only 12mA of quiescent current. Its shutdown capability is 800A, and its output stage drives a 100 load to 6V differentially or to 3V in single-ended applications. The MAX4142 is available in a 14-pin SO package with prices starting at $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Compact, dualoutput DC-DC converter powers digital camera CCD

The MAX685 DC-DC converter powers the charge-coupled device (CCD) and LCD in a digital camera. Replacing bulky and expensive transformers with a single inductor, the compact MAX685 generates dual, low-noise, +15V and -7.5V supply voltages from an input voltage in the 2.7V to 5.5V range. The combination of internal power switches and control via fixed-frequency, 400kHz pulse-width modulation enables the MAX685 to occupy only 0.15in 2 (97mm2). The output voltages are independently regulated and are adjustable in the -9V to +24V range with simple resistor-dividers. Output-ripple voltages are only 30mVp-p. With an additional diode and capacitor, the output range becomes -16V to +45V with a 10mA output-current capability at each output. The MAX685s power-sequenceselect input allows the user to set whether the positive or negative output comes up first. A power-OK output signals when both outputs have reached regulation.

Unlike other step-up DC-DC converters, in which a diode connects the input and output at all times, the MAX685s logiccontrolled shutdown input turns off both outputs completely. A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX685EVKIT) with recommended external components is available to reduce design time. The MAX685 comes packaged in a 16-pin QSOP (same area as an 8-pin SO), with prices starting at $3.44 (1000 up, FOB USA).

GENERATE +15V AND -7.5V CCD POWER WITH ONE INDUCTOR

INPUT 2.7V TO 5.5V
VP VDD FBP ON OFF SHDN LXP

POSITIVE OUTPUT UP TO 24V, 10mA

MAX685
OPTIONAL POS NEG POWER-OK INDICATOR SYNC LXN

NEGATIVE OUTPUT DOWN TO -9V, 10mA

SEQ

FBN

POK GND

REF

New step-down DC-DC controllers offer size reduction, 96% efficiency

The MAX1652MAX1655 step-down DC-DC controllers are the next generation of the popular MAX797 family. They offer lower quiescent power consumption (1mW vs. 5mW), lower dropout voltage (200mV vs. 600mV), lower adjustable output voltage (1.0V vs. 2.5V min), and smaller size (16-pin QSOPs, which occupy only half the area of a 16-pin narrow-SO package). These devices achieve efficiencies as high as 96% by using synchronous rectification and a 300kHz, low-noise, PWM/Idle Mode control scheme. They deliver output currents as high as 10A by

controlling inexpensive, external, dual nchannel MOSFETs. The MAX1652MAX1655 controllers operate from input voltages in the 4.5V to 30V range, and provide a pin-selectable output of 3.3V or 5.0V (or an adjustable output, as low as 1V for the MAX1655). The MAX1652 has an additional feedback pin that allows regulation of a secondary positive output voltage such as 12V. On the MAX1654, this pin allows regulation of a secondary negative voltage such as -5V. A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1653EVKIT) with recommended external components is available to reduce design time. All MAX1652EEE MAX1655EEE devices come in small, 16-pin QSOP packages occupying the same area as an 8-pin SO. MAX1653ESE/ MAX1655ESE devices are also available

in 16-pin narrow-SO packages, and are pin-compatible plug-in replacements for the original MAX797ESE. Prices start from $3.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

UP TO 96% EFFICIENCY
100 EFFICIENCY (%) 90 80 V+ = 28V 70 60 50 V+ = 12V
MAX1655 5V, 3A CIRCUIT

V+ = 6V

0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Ultra-small negative bias for GaAsFET PAs is half the size of an 8-pin SO
The MAX881R charge-pump converter has an internal, low-noise linear regulator that creates the negative bias voltage required for GaAsFET power amplifiers (PAs) in cell phones and wireless handsets. The fixed-frequency 100kHz charge pump and the linear regulators filtering action combine to limit output ripple and noise to less than 1mVp-p at a fixed frequency. The MAX881R package (a 10-pin MAX) is less than 1.11mm high and occupies only half the area of an 8-pin SO. Its charge pump operates with tiny ceramic capacitors: three of 0.22F and one of 4.7F. A power-OK (POK) output signals when the bias voltage is within 5% of its nominal regulated level. POK indicates when the output is sufficient to drive the drain switch of a GaAsFET PA, and thereby prevents damage to a PA that is switched on before the proper bias is available. The MAX881Rs input voltage range (2.5V to 5.5V) allows operation either from a +3V or +5V supply or directly from a lithium-ion battery. Quiescent supply current is a low 500A, and the logic-controlled shutdown cuts that current to only 0.05A. The MAX881R output voltage is preset at -2V. An external resistor-divider can be adjusted in the -0.5V to -V IN range. The guaranteed output-current capability is 4mA. A fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX881REVKIT) with recommended external components is available to reduce design time. The MAX881R comes in a 10-pin MAX package, with prices starting at $1.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Remote/local temperature sensor uses SMBus serial interface

The MAX1617 is a precise digital thermometer that reports the temperature of both a remote sensor and its own package. The remote sensora Pentium II die or an easily mounted, diode-connected npn transistor such as the low-cost 2N3904can replace a conventional thermistor or thermocouple. Such transistors, from multiple manufacturers, can provide 3% accuracy without calibration. The remote channel can also measure the temperature of any IC (such as a microprocessor) that includes an accessible diode-connected transistor. To read temperature data and program the remote thresholds, the MAX1617 accepts standard write-byte, read-byte, and receive-byte commands through a 2-wire serial interface called the System Management Bus (SMBus). The data format is 7 bits plus sign, twos complement, in which each LSB represents 1C. Conversion rate (and therefore current drain) is programmed by the user, who also programs the under- and overtemperature alarms and sets the device for single-shot or continuous measurements. The MAX1617 operates on a supply voltage of +3V to +5.5V and draws only 3A (typical) in the standby mode. It comes in a 16-pin QSOP package specified for the military temperature range (-55C to +125C). Contact factory for prices.
Patents pending.

Power supply/ backplane driver powers activematrix LCD

The MAX1664 integrates the powersupply and backplane-drive circuitry for active-matrix, thin-film-transistor liquidcrystal (LCD) displays. It includes a single-output pulse-width-modulation boost converter with 0.25 switch; a dualoutput, single-inductor converter with complementary 0.9 switches; an LCDbackplane driver with complementary 0.35 switches; and a simple phase-locked loop that minimizes interference by synchronizing the three outputs. The phase-locked operation and high switching frequency (1MHz nominal) maintain low output noise while enabling the use of tiny, minimum-height external components. The input range (2.8V to 5.5V) allows use with any logic supply. Output voltages are adjustable to 5.5V (DC-DC1) and to 28V (DC-DC2). You can adjust the negative supply to -20V by adding external components. Also included

is a logic-level shutdown (to 1A) and a ready output that signals when all three outputs are in regulation. Users can set the boost-converter operating frequency at 16, 24, or 32 times the LCD-backplane clock. These ratios allow use of a high converter frequency with backplane frequencies in the 20kHz to 72kHz range. The MAX1664 is available in a 20-pin TSSOP package only 1.1mm high. Prices start at $3.83 (1000 up, FOB USA).
VSUPPLY 2.8V TO 5.5V REF FB2-10V LX2P LX1 FB1 PGND1 28V LX2N FB2+ PGND2 PLLC GND FPLL RDY BPCLK

5.5V

SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

MAX1664
+3.3V

BPVDD BPDRV BPVSS SHDN REF

REMOTE TURE TEMPERA SENSOR

BACKPLANE DRIVER
CPU DI E DXP 2200pF DXN

VCC

10k

10k

10k

MAX1617

SMBDAT

SMBCLK A ALERT SMBus SERIAL E INTERFAC ) (TO HOST

ON

OFF

ON-CHIP TION P-N JUNC

GND

20

NEW PRODUCTS
High-efficiency DC-DC converter for pagers starts from 0.87V
The MAX1678 is a high-efficiency, step-up DC-DC converter for pagers and other applications powered by 1 to 3-cell batteries. It delivers output currents to 50mA while operating from a single alkaline, NiCd, or NiMH cell. Quiescent supply current is only 37A (2A in shutdown), and the device is guaranteed to start from voltages as low as 0.87V. An internal synchronous rectifier saves space and cost by eliminating the need for an external Schottky diode. It also boosts efficiency to 90%, especially for low output voltages. When operating from two cells, the MAX1678 can deliver 90mA. You can select the 3.3V preset output voltage, or adjust the output between 2V and 5.5V using two external resistors. The MAX1678 has a built-in damping switch that eliminates electromagnetic interference by suppressing inductor ringing. Other features include a powerfail comparator and reverse-battery protection. The entire circuit (MAX1678, two small 10F capacitors, and an ultra-small, surface-mount 47H inductor) fits in only 0.07in2 (49mm2). A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1678EVKIT) with recommended external components is available to reduce design time. The MAX1678 is specified for the extended temperature range (-40C to +85C). It comes in a 1.11mm high, 8-pin MAX package, which occupies just half the board area of a standard 8-pin SO package. Prices for the MAX1678 start at $1.65 (1000 up, FOB USA).
NO DIODE NEEDED!
INPUT 0.87V START-UP
10F BATT 1 OR 2 CELLS (0.7V TO 5.5V) ON

Ultra-small, +3V to +5V supply powers SIM cards

The MAX1686 is a power supply for subscriber identification module (SIM) cards, which provide 3V or 5V outputs in 3V-only cell phones. The MAX1686 either powers the SIM card directly by closing a switch from input (a 3V phone voltage) to output, or it enables an internal regulated charge pump that boosts the input voltage to 5V. In 3V mode, the MAX1686 shorts input to output with an internal switch of less than 5. In 5V mode, the regulating
0.047F

charge pump delivers as much as 12mA from 4.75V (4.55V min). Supply currents are 3A (3V mode) and 45A (5V mode). Whether in 3V or 5V mode, shutdown pulls the output to ground and lowers the supply current to 0.1A. The charge pump operates at frequencies to 1MHz, and requires only three small external ceramic capacitors (0.047F, 0.1F, and 2.2F). The MAX1686 features soft-start capability and short-circuit protection, and comes in a 1.11mm-high, 8-pin MAX package that occupies only half the board area of a standard 8-pin SO. Prices start at $1.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).

INPUT 3V NOMINAL

REGULATED CHARGE-PUMP BOOST IN 0.1F 5 , max 3V

5V OUT

OUTPUT 5V/3V/0V
2.2F

3V 5V ON OFF

3/5 SHDN

MAX1686

Precision ICs combine shunt regulator with reset function

The MAX6330/MAX6331 ICs combine a precision shunt regulator with power-on reset in a single SOT23-3 package. They offer a low-cost method for operating small P-based systems from high-voltage sources while protecting the P from power-up, power-down, and brownout conditions.

Each is available in 5V, 3.3V, and 3.0V versions in which the push/pull outputs are either active-low reset (MAX6330) or active-high reset (MAX6331). Reset-threshold tolerance at +25C is 1.5%. MAX6330/MAX6331 devices operate over a wide shunt-current range (100A to 50mA) and provide very good transient immunity. Compared with multiple-IC alternatives, their 3-pin SOT23 package offers advantages in board space and reliability. Prices start at $1.19 (2500 up, FOB USA).

SINGLE-CHIP SOLUTION
VIN VCC

47H LX OUT

OUTPUT 3.3V @ 50mA (ADJ. 2V TO 5.5V)

10F

OFF

MAX1678 SHDN
PFI GND FB PFO LOW-BATTERY DETECT OUTPUT

RESET MAX6330

LOW-BATTERY DETECT INPUT

21

NEW PRODUCTS
SOT reset ICs draw only 500nA while monitoring 2.5V
The MAX6326/MAX6327/MAX6328 and MAX6346/MAX6347/MAX6348 ultra-low-power reset circuits are designed to monitor 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, and 5V power supplies in digital systems. Ultra-low supply currents (500nA typical at +3.3V) make them ideal for use in portable equipment. By eliminating external components and adjustments, they provide excellent reliability and low cost. Each device asserts a reset signal of 100ms min whenever VCC declines below a preset threshold, and maintains the reset for at least 100ms after VCC returns above that threshold. The ICs differ only in their output structures: active-low push/pull (MAX6326/MAX6346), active-high push/pull (MAX6327/MAX6347), and active-low open-drain (MAX6328/ MAX6348). All outputs are guaranteed valid for V CC levels down to 1V. The internal comparator is designed to ignore fast transients on VCC. Standard, factory-trimmed reset thresholds of 2.20V, 2.33V, 2.63V, 2.93V, 3.08V, 4.38V, and 4.63V result in 21 standard versions of these devices. Please consult the factory for nonstandard threshold values, which are available in approximate 100mV increments from 2.20V to 4.63V. The MAX6326/MAX6327/MAX6328 and MAX6346/MAX6347/MAX6348 are available in 3-pin SOT23 packages specified for the extended temperature range (-40C to +85C), and priced at $0.99 (2500 up, FOB USA).
SUPPLY CURRENT vs. TEMPERATURE
1.0 SUPPLY CURRENT (A)

P supervisors offer 3,224 combinations of reset output, watchdog, and manual reset
The MAX6316MAX6322 microprocessor (P) supervisory circuits monitor the power-supply voltages and P activity in digital systems. They offer a software watchdog, manual reset, and several combinations of push/pull, open-drain, and bidirectional (i.e., Motorola 68HC11compatible) reset outputs. For a listing of functions associated with each of the ten devices, see Maxims Product Selector Guide.

The available product variations include 26 factory-trimmed reset voltages (in increments of 100mV, from 2.5V to 5V), one of four minimum reset-timeout periods (1ms, 20ms, 140ms, or 1.12sec), and one of four minimum watchdogtimeout periods (6.3ms, 102ms, 1.6sec, or 25.6sec). These products draw supply currents as low as 5A, and each is designed to ignore fast negative transients on VCC. The reset outputs are guaranteed valid for VCC down to 1V. MAX6316MAX6322 devices are available in 5-pin SOT23 packages specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C), with prices starting at $1.14 (2500 up, FOB USA). The minimum order for nonstandard versions is 10,000 pieces. Contact the factory for availability.

Transceivers deliver high-speed, low-power RS-232 communications

The 3V MAX3224MAX3227 data transceivers provide high-speed, lowpower RS-232 communications for portable and battery-powered products. Their 1A supply currents maximize battery life. The MAX3224/MAX3225 each contain two transmitters and two receivers, and the MAX3226/MAX3227 are 1-transmitter/1-receiver devices in small 16-pin SSOPs, suitable for sizeconstrained applications that do not require extra handshaking or control lines. The MAX3224/MAX3226 ICs guarantee data rates to 250kbps, and the MAX3225/MAX3227 ICs (which include Maxims MegaBaud feature) guarantee 1Mbps for ISDN modems and other highspeed applications. A proprietary voltage doubler and lowdropout output stage enables MAX3224 MAX3227 devices to deliver true RS-232 performance for VCC in the 3V to 5.5V range. Unlike power-hungry voltage triplers, these devices require only four external capacitors regardless of the supply voltage. Maxims revolutionary AutoShutdown Plus architecture enables

systems to save power automatically without changes to software. All MAX3224MAX3227 devices enter a low-power shutdown mode when valid RS-232 activity is absent for more than 30 seconds (e.g., when the RS-232 cable is disconnected or when the device is not actively communicating with a connected peripheral). They resume normal operation upon sensing a valid transition at any transmitter or receiver input, and the receivers are always activeeven in shutdown. Available packages include 20pin DIPs and SSOPs. Prices (1000 up, FOB USA) start at $1.85 for the MAX3224/MAX3225 and $1.25 for the MAX3226/MAX3227.
MegaBaud and AutoShutdown Plus are trademarks of Maxim Integrated Products.
VCC = 3.0V to 5.5V

AUTOSHUTDOWN PLUS REDUCES SUPPLY CURRENT TO 1A

1A

0.8 VCC = 3V, VTH = 2.63V

0.6

MAX3227
R1 T1

0.4

0.2

0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 TEMPERATURE (C)

IC SHUTDOWN AT 30sec INACTIVITY OR CABLE DISCONNECT

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Signal-conditioning ICs achieve 1% accuracy for piezoresistive sensors
The MAX1450/MAX1458 signalconditioning ICs are designed for use with piezoresistive pressure sensors. By correcting for offset, full scale, offset tempco, and full-scale tempco, they achieve an accuracy of 1% (subject to the sensors inherent linearity error). This accuracy simplifies calibration and compensation of the sensor. The MAX1458 includes an EEPROM, four 12-bit adjustment digital-to-analog converters (DACs), a current source, and a 3-bit programmable-gain amplifier (PGA). The internal current source drives the external sensor bridge and is programmable from 0.1mA to 2mA. The EEPROM stores the calibration and compensation coefficients, which are downloaded to the DACs after the sensor has been characterized. The resulting corrections greatly simplify the operations of sensor pretest and production manufacturing. The MAX1450 is a low-cost signal conditioner that includes a programmable current source and a 3-bit PGA. It relies on external laser-trimmed resistors (or potentiometers, or DACs) for sensor compensation and calibration. Both devices operate from a single +5V supply, provide ratiometric operation, and are suitable for use with accelerometers, strain gauges, and other resistive sensors. They accept low-level, differential, full-span input signals from 10mV to 30mV, and yield a compensated pressure-transducer output in the 0.5V to 4.5V range. The MAX1458 is available in a 16-pin SSOP package with prices starting at $3.48 (1000 up, FOB USA). The MAX1450 is available in a 20-pin SSOP with prices starting at $1.98 (1000 up, FOB USA).

5th-order elliptic filters save space and power

The MAX7411/MAX7415 5th-order, switched-capacitor, lowpass elliptic filters reside in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages. The proprietary MAX package is 80% smaller than an 8-pin DIP, making that version the smallest 5th-order switchedcapacitor filter available in the industry. The MAX7411/MAX7415 filters draw only 1.2mA of supply current from a single supply voltage of +5V (MAX7411) or +3V (MAX7415). In shutdown mode, the quiescent supply current drops to only 0.2A. Small size, low cost, and low power make these filters ideal for antialiasing and post-DAC filtering in costsensitive portable equipment. The MAX7411/MAX7415 provide sharp rolloffs with a transition ratio of 1.25. They also maintain -81dB of THD+N and 37dB of stopband rejection. Corner frequencies are clock-tunable from 1Hz to 15kHz, with a clock-to-corner ratio of 100. Two clocking options are available: self-clocking via an external capacitor, or external clocking for tighter control of the cutoff frequency. The offset-adjust pin can either nullify the output offset (typically 4mV) or introduce a deliberate shift of DC output level. Package options include the 8-pin MAX and plastic DIP. Prices start at $0.99 (100,000 up, FOB USA).

622Mbps, low-noise, transimpedance preamplifier serves optical receivers in LAN/WAN systems

The MAX3760 is a transimpedance preamplifier for 622Mbps ATM applications. It converts small photodiode currents to measurable differential voltages, and includes a DC-cancellation circuit that reduces pulse-width distortion by providing true differential output swings over a wide range of current levels. It operates from a single +5V supply and typically consumes 100mW. The MAX3760 has a 6.5k transimpedance gain and 560MHz bandwidth, and handles input overloads to 1mA. With an operating temperature range of -40C to +85C, its low input-referred noise (73nA) allows a typical input sensitivity of -31.5dBm for 1300nm receivers. Typical optical-input overloads of -3dBm give an overall dynamic range of 28.5dB.

The MAX3760 is internally compensated and requires few external components. In die form its space-saving filter connection provides positive bias for the photodiode through a 1k resistor to VCC. These features allow the MAX3760 and photodiode to be easily assembled in a TO-style header. The MAX3760 is designed for use with the MAX3761 or MAX3762 limiting amplifier. When combined with a photodiode, the resulting chipset forms a complete, 5V, 622Mbps receiver. The MAX3760 is available as die or in an 8-pin SO package. Prices start at $8.30 (1000 up, FOB USA).
+5V

WORLDS SMALLEST 5TH-ORDER LOWPASS FILTER

V+

INPUT CLK
0.01F VCC 1k

MAX7411 MAX7415

SHDN OUT COM OS

8-PIN MAX 3.0mm x 5.0mm

MAX3761 MAX3762
0.01F 100 (OPTIONAL)

MAX3760
FILTER 100pF INREF OUT+

LIMITING AMPLIFIER

IN

OUT-

0.01F

GND

COMP (N.C.)

23

Volume Thirty-Three

IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Pipeline A/D converters come of age Low-cost step-up/step-down converter accepts 2V to 16V inputs Visible-laser driver has digitally controlled power and modulation High-voltage circuit breaker protects to 26V Dual comparator forms temperature-compensated proximity detector

3 10 11 13 15

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
Multirange, +5V, 12-bit DASs have 2-wire serial interface +5V, 2.2Msps, 14-bit ADC provides self-calibration and digital error correction 1Msps, 14-bit, self-calibrating ADC operates on +5V Multirange, 8-channel, 12-bit DASs operate on +5V (MAX127/128) (MAX1201) (MAX1205) (MAX1270/1271) (MAX6001/2/4/5) (MAX6012/21/25/ 41/45/50) (MAX4539/4540) (MAX7400/7403) (MAX7409/10/13/14)

18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20

Voltage References
Low-cost SOT23-3 voltage references have low dropout and low power SOT23-3 voltage references offer tight accuracy and low tempco

Multiplexers
8:1 and dual 4:1 cal-muxes include precision resistor-dividers

Filters
8th-order lowpass, elliptic, switched-capacitor filters are clock-tunable 5th-order filters for $0.99 save space and power

Power Management ICs

High-speed step-down controller for notebook CPUs has 4-bit digital control ICs deliver complete power management for wireless transceivers PWM step-up DC-DC controllers deliver 20W power in tiny MAX packages Compact, high-efficiency DC-DC converters have low supply current (MAX1710) (MAX847/769) (MAX668/669) (MAX1674/1675/1676) (MAX254B)

21 21 22 22 22

Interface IC
RS-232 transceiver offers low cost and small size

Fiber Optic ICs

3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 8:1 serializer includes clock synthesis and TTL inputs Low-power, 2.5Gbps, clock-recovery and data-retiming IC operates on +3.3V 3.3V, 2.5Gbps SDH/SONET laser driver has automatic power control (MAX3690) (MAX3875) (MAX3867)

22 23 23

Wireless ICs
Low-cost direct-conversion tuner IC is designed for digital DBS applications Upconverter mixers operate from 400MHz to 2.5GHz (MAX2105)

23

(MAX2660/61/63/71/73) 23

INDUSTRYS FIRST SiGe LNA ACHIEVES 0.9dB NF

Maxims advanced SiGe process technology brings GaAs-like performance to low-noise amplifiers. The MAX2640/MAX2641 LNA building-block ICs require minimal off-chip matching and bias components, saving cost and board space while taking the complexity out of discrete LNA designs.
MAX2640 Low-Noise Amplifier: 400MHz to 1500MHz Operation GaAs-Like Performance @ 900MHz NF = 0.9dB (50 Matched) Gain = 15.1dB IIP3 = -10dBm I/O VSWR < 1.8:1 3V, 3.5mA
LNA PERFORMANCE TUNED @ 900MHz 16 SOT23-6 15 14 13 2 1 0 800 NF (dB) GAIN (dB) MAX2640

SiG Have e LNAs Arrive d!

Applications: 400/900MHz ISM Radios Cellular/Cordless Phones Two-Way Pagers Wireless Data

900 FREQUENCY (MHz)

1000

MAX2641 Low-Noise Amplifier: 1400MHz to 2500MHz Operation GaAs-Like Performance @ 1900MHz NF = 1.3dB (50 Matched) Gain = 14.4dB IIP3 = -4dBm I/O VSWR < 1.7:1 3V, 3.5mA

LNA PERFORMANCE TUNED @ 1900MHz 16 SOT23-6 15 14 13 2 1 0 1800 GAIN (dB) NF (dB) MAX2641

Applications: GPS Receivers PCS Handsets WLANs 2.4GHz ISM Radios

1900 FREQUENCY (MHz)

2000

FREE Wireless Design Guide Sent Within 24 Hours! Includes: Data Sheets and Cards for Free Samples
CALL TOLL-FREE 1-800-998-8800 for a Design Guide or Free Sample 6:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Pacific Standard Time

1998 EDITION! FREE FULL-LINE DATA CATALOG ON CD-ROM

ine Full-L talog Data Ca

ch w Ne Sear es ric met e Mak tion Para atur t Selec Fe uc sy! Prod Ea

rs tiplexe ts es/Mul Switch s Video Produc Analog rators/ isory Circuit Compa Superv References Op Amps/ ts P / on Voltage ce Produc Interfa es Precisi ers & Timers rs Suppli /Count Power Drivers tage Detecto ts Display tor/Vol n Genera unications Produc Functio ters able Comm D/A Conver ts Fiber/C ters s/RF Produc A/D Conver Wireles y Products Filters eliabilit High-R

9th E

DITIO

http://www.maxim-ic.com

For Small-Quantity Orders Call (800) 835-8769 or Visit http://www.maxim-ic.com

MasterCard and Visa are accepted for evaluation kits and small-quantity orders.

Maxim Integrated Products, 120 San Gabriel Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, (408) 737-7600, FAX (408) 737-7194.
Distributed by Arrow, Bell, CAM RPC, Digi-Key, Elmo, Marshall, Nu Horizons, and Zeus. Distributed in Canada by Arrow, Bell/Milgray, and Marshall.
is a registered trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. 1999 Maxim Integrated Products.

Pipeline ADCs come of age

Since the mid-1970s, the majority of monolithic analogto-digital converters (ADCs) have employed integrating, successive-approximation, and flash techniques. In the 1980s, sigma-delta designs further extended the range of choice. More recently, there has appeared a new class of ADC with an architecture known as pipeline. Now offered by several manufacturers, pipeline ADCs offer an attractive combination of speed, resolution, low power consumption, and small die size (which equates to low cost). The features and benefits of this new architecture, are not yet widely understood. The success of recent ADCs from several manufacturersincluding Maximindicates that pipeline-architecture (or subranging) ADCs are among the most efficient and powerful data converters available. They offer high speed, high resolution, and excellent performance, along with modest levels of power dissipation and small die size. Within reasonable design limits, they also offer excellent dynamic performance. This article compares key characteristics of the five most popular techniques for analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion. Also included is an in-depth review of the operation, features, and benefits of pipeline architecture. The article concludes with a design example that features a pipeline ADC in a CCD imaging system.

die size and by excessive input capacitance and power consumption caused by the large number of comparators used. Their repetitive structure demands precise matching between the parallel comparator sections, because any mismatch can cause static error such as a magnified input offset voltage (or current). Flash ADCs are also prone to sporadic and erratic outputs known as sparkle codes. Sparkle codes have two major sources: Metastability in the 2N-1 comparators Thermometer-code bubbles Mismatched comparator delays can turn a logical 1 into 0 (or vice versa), causing the appearance of bubbles in an otherwise normal thermometer code. Because the ADCs encoder unit cannot detect this error, it generates an outof-sequence code that also appears as an output spark. Another concern with flash ADCs is die size, which is nearly seven times larger for an 8-bit flash converter than for the equivalent pipelined ADC. In further contrast to pipeline designs, the flash converters input capacitance can be six times higher and its power dissipation twice as high.

Successive-approximation ADCs
The conversion technique based on a successive-approximation register (SAR), also known as bit-weighing conversion, employs a comparator to weigh the applied

Direct-conversion ADCs
Of the five techniques mentioned, one of the fastest is direct conversion, better known as flash conversion. ADCs based on this architecture are extremely fast and perform their multibit conversion directly, but they require intensive analog design to manage the large number of comparators and reference voltages required. As shown in Figure 1, a converter with N-bit resolution has 2 N -1 comparators connected in parallel, with reference voltages set by a resistor network and spaced VFS/2N (~1 least significant bit, or LSB) apart. A change of input voltage usually causes a change of state in more than one comparator output. These output changes are combined in a decoder-logic unit that produces a parallel N-bit output from the converter. Although flash converters are the fastest types available (products like the future MAX104 offer sampling rates to 1GHz), their resolution is constrained by the available
3

REFERENCE RESISTOR LADDER VREF VIN 2N-1 COMPARATORS

3R 2 R

R ENCODER R

N-BIT DIGITAL OUTPUT

R 2

Figure 1. ADCs based on the direct-conversion architecture (better known as flash converters) include 2N-1 comparator banks and a reference resistor-divider network.

input voltage against the output of an N-bit digital-toanalog converter (DAC). Using the DAC output as a reference, this process approaches the final result as a sum of N weighing steps, in which each step is a singlebit conversion. The first step stores the DACs most significant bit (MSB) in the SAR, and the next step compares that value (the MSB) against the input. The comparator output (high or low) is fed to the DAC as a correction before the next comparison is made (Figure 2). Clocked by a logic control circuit, the SAR continues this weighing and shifting process until it completes the LSB step, which produces a DAC output within 1/2LSB of the input voltage. As each bit is determined, it is latched into the SAR as part of the ADCs output. SAR converters consist of one comparator, one DAC, one SAR, and a logic control unit. They sample at rates to 1Msps, draw low supply current, and offer the lowest production cost, but their analog design is intensive and time consuming. Compared to a pipelined conversion structure, SAR ADCs provide lower input bandwidth and sampling rates without latency problems.

ANALOG INPUT, VIN

ANALOG REFERENCE, VREF

D A DIGITAL OUTPUT SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION REGISTER AND CONTROL

CLOCK

Figure 2. Typical successive-approximation ADCs consist of a single DAC, a comparator, and a successive-approximation register (SAR), plus a clock and logic control.

RESET

VIN COMPARATOR CLOCK INTEGRATOR

Integrating ADCs
Integrating ADCs, also called dual-slope or multislope data converters, are among the most popular converter types. The classic dual-slope converter has two main sections: a circuit that acquires and digitizes the input, producing a time-domain interval or pulse sequence; and a counter that translates the result into a digital output value (Figure 3). The dual-slope converter employs an analog integrator with switched inputs, a comparator, and a counter unit. The input voltage is integrated for a fixed time interval (TCHARGE) that usually corresponds to the maximum count of the internal counter unit (Figure 4). At the end of this interval, the device resets its counter and applies an opposite-polarity (negative) reference to the integrator input. With this opposite-polarity signal applied, the integrator deintegrates until its output reaches zero, which stops the counter and resets the integrator. Charge gained by the integrator capacitor during the first, integrating/charging interval (TCHARGE/|VIN|) must equal that lost during the second, deintegrating/discharging interval (TDISCHARGE/|VREF|). Then the binary output is proportional to the ratio of these time intervals relative to the full count. TDISCHARGE at the end of the second interval corresponds to the ADCs output code. The relationship of VIN, VREF, TCHARGE, and TDISCHARGE is as follows:
VREF

CONTROL LOGIC

COUNTER

N BITS

Figure 3. For slowly changing signals, one of the slowest but simplest conversion techniques employs an integrator that charges with the input voltage and discharges with an oppositepolarity reference voltage.

INTEGRATION

FIXED-RATE DISCHARGE

|VIN| |VREF|
VIN VIN -VREF 0 TCHARGE TDISCHARGE -VREF

TCHARGE = T DISCHARGE

TIME

Figure 4. These voltage waveforms illustrate timing relationships for a dual-slope integrating ADC.

VIN VREF

TCHARGE TDISCHARGE
ANALOG MODULATOR

The system can null any offsets during a conversion by initiating a calibration cycle within the converter. Compared to pipeline ADCs, the integrating types are extremely slow devices with low input bandwidths. But their ability to reject high-frequency noise and fixed low frequencies such as 50Hz or 60Hz makes them useful in noisy industrial environments and applications for which high update rates are not required (e.g., digitizing the outputs of thermocouples).

INTEGRATOR VIN

COMPARATOR 1 BIT DIGITAL FILTER N BITS

1-BIT DAC

Sigma-delta (-) ADCs

Sigma-delta ( - ) converters have relatively simple structures. Also called oversampling converters, they consist of a - modulator followed by a digital decimation filter (Figure 5). The modulator, whose architecture is similar to that of a dual-slope ADC, includes an integrator and a comparator with a feedback loop that contains a 1-bit DAC. This internal DAC is simply a switch that connects the comparator input to a positive or negative reference voltage. The - ADC also includes a clock unit that provides proper timing for the modulator and digital filter. Low-bandwidth signals applied to the input of a - ADC are quantized with very low (1-bit) resolution, but with a high sampling frequency of 2MHz or higher. Combined with digital post-filtering, this oversampling reduces the sampling rate to about 8kHz and increases the ADCs resolution (i.e., dynamic range) to 16 bits or higher. Although slower than pipeline ADCs and limited to lower input bandwidths, the - principle has developed a strong position in the data-converter market. It offers three major advantages: Low-cost, high-performance conversion Integrated digital filter DSP-compatible for system integration

Figure 5. The two major building blocks of a sigma-delta converter are the analog modulator and the digital decimation filter.

track/hold (T/H) amplifier, a low-resolution ADC and DAC, and a summing circuit that includes an interstage amplifier to provide gain. Target applications for pipeline ADCs include communication systems, in which total harmonic distortion (THD), spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR), and other frequency-domain specifications are relevant; CCDbased imaging systems, in which favorable time-domain specifications for noise, bandwidth, and fast transient response guarantee quick settling; and data-acquisition systems, in which time- and frequency-domain characteristics (i.e., low spurs and high input bandwidth) are both important. Fast, accurate N-bit conversions can be accomplished using at least two or more steps of subranging (or pipelining). A coarse M-bit A/D conversion is executed first (Figure 6). Then, using a DAC with at least N-bit accuracy, the result is converted back to one of 2M analog levels and compared with the input. Finally, the difference is converted with a fine K-bit flash converter and the two (or more) output stages are combined. The following inequality should be met to correct for overlapping errors: LM+K>N where L is the number of stages (depending on the manufacturer), M is the coarse resolution of subsequent stages in the ADC/MDAC circuit, K is the fine resolution of the final ADC stage, and N is the pipeline ADCs overall resolution. Most pipeline ADCs include digital errorcorrection circuitry that operates between the stages.

What is a pipeline ADC?

Because pipeline ADCs provide an optimum balance of size, speed, resolution, power dissipation, and design effort, they have become increasingly attractive to major data-converter manufacturers and their designers. Also known as subranging quantizers, pipeline ADCs consist of numerous consecutive stages, each containing a

SAMPLE/HOLD AMPLIFIER I.

GAIN-OF-8 OP AMP AMPLIFIES RESIDUE BEFORE RESULT ENTERS NEXT STAGE II. III. IV. V.

FINE ADC K = 7 BIT

INPUT SIGNAL M = 4 BIT COARSE ADC TO APPROXIMATE THE INPUT SIGNAL M = 4 BIT M = 4 BIT M = 4 BIT M = 4 BIT

CORRECTION AND CALIBRATION LOGIC

CORRECTS FOR GAIN AND CAPACITOR MISMATCHES IN THE MDAC

MULTIPLYING DAC TO SUBTRACT QUANTIZED SIGNAL FROM THE INPUT

14

OUTPUT DRIVERS

N = 14

14-BIT, TWO'S COMPLEMENT DATA OUTPUT

Figure 6. This simplified functional diagram shows the internal error correction and calibration logic for the MAX1200 family of 14-bit, 5-stage pipeline ADCs.

Some pipeline quantizers feature a calibration unit that compensates for unwanted side effects such as temperature drift or capacitor mismatch in the multiplying DAC. This digital calibration is usually performed for several (not all) of the pipelines consecutive stages, using two adjacent codes that cause a transition equal to VREF at the MDAC output. Any deviation from this ideal step is an error that can be measured. When all errors have been acquired and accumulated by the subsequent converter stages, they are stored in an on-board memory. Then the results are fetched from RAM during normal operation to redeem gain and capacitor mismatches in the MDAC stages of the pipeline. As an example, the calibration procedure for Maxims family of 5-stage pipeline ADCs (MAX1200, MAX1201, and MAX1205) progresses from the pipelines output to its inputs, just as described in the previous section. Only the first three stages are error-corrected. The third stage is corrected first (to improve linearity), then the second stage is corrected. Those two error-corrected stages then enable calibration of the first stage. The new pipeline architectures simplify ADC design and provide other advantages as well: Extra bits per stage optimize correction for overlapping errors. Separate T/H amplifiers for each stage release each previous T/H to process the next incoming sample, enabling conversion of multiple samples simultaneously in different stages of the pipeline.

Lower power consumption. Higher speed ADCs (fCONV <100ns, typical) entail less cost and less design time and effort. Fewer comparators to become metastable virtually eliminates sparkle codes and thermometer bubbles. But pipeline ADCs also impose difficulties: Complex reference circuitry and biasing schemes. Pipeline latency, caused by the number of stages through which the input signal must pass. Critical latch timing, needed for synchronization of all outputs. Sensitivity to process imperfections that cause nonlinearities in gain, offset, and other parameters. Greater sensitivity to board layout, compared to other architectures. A multilayer board with properly designed layout can overcome some of these drawbacks. Also important is the selection of external components and the right choice of pipeline ADCpreferably one that includes on-board calibration of both gain and error mismatches (if any) between stages.

Design Example: Pipeline ADCs in CCD imaging applications

Imaging applications are proliferating, with an annual market growth in excess of 35%. Products include video cameras, camcorders, digital still-cameras, professional video, document scanners, and security systems. These applications employ two primary forms of the imaging sensor: CMOS imaging elements Charge-coupled devices (CCDs) CMOS-based elements remove some of the constraints associated with CCDs, such as noise and temperaturecoefficient considerations. Their pixels can be read one by one, but this reading frequency is limited to 30 frames per second and the output requires special design-intensive pixel processing. CCDs are used in most of todays applications because they provide the best sensitivity and dynamic range. CCD resolution ranges from 1x256 to 512x512 pixels and even higher. To capture the incoming photons, each pixel consists of one charge bucket (three in an RGB CCD). The CCD is the central element in an imaging system. All other circuitry simply supports the stringent and specific signal conditioning necessary to achieve maximum performance. Typical output signal levels for a CCD are very low, and they suffer from the detrimental effects of various noise sources. Designers must be aware of these characteristics and the special techniques needed to manage them effectively. In a typical CCD system (Figure 7), the CCD output is a serial stream of pixel charges, shifted at high rates from the typical CCD format to one of stepped DCvoltage levels. This sequence of pulses rides on a DC

bias (or offset voltage) of 10V or higher. For this reason, CCD outputs are capacitively coupled to the lower voltage downstream signal-processing elements. Prior to preamplification and processing, a clamp or DC-restoration circuit is necessary to maintain the dark baseline level that corresponds to zero pixel charge. Noise, the main restriction on sensitivity and dynamic range in a CCD application, must be carefully controlled. Noise sources include: kT/C noise, caused by FET switching resistance (RON) in the CCD output Circuit noise, 1/f noise, and shot noise Quantization noise (q/12) 60Hz AC-line interference White or thermal noise caused by resistors and conductors in the circuitry: eWN = 4kTBR OUT , where k = 1.38054 10-23 (Boltzmanns constant) T = temperature in degrees Kelvin (298K = +25C) B = noise bandwidth (Hz) ROUT = CCD output-stage resistance (ROUT = RL + RON) where RL is the load resistor and RON represents the FETs on-resistance. Processing the CCD output The CCD output is not a continuous periodic waveform, but resembles a series of steps with different amplitudes or DC levels (Figure 8). In each cycle, pixel information is contained in the lower portion of the waveform. For circuit elements in the signal processing chain, including

NOISE-REDUCED DATA STREAM RESET LEVEL RESET PULSE S1 1 C C D PRE-AMP CLAMP D CDS CORRELATED DOUBLE SAMPLING AMP ADC S P CALIBRATION SIGNAL AMPLITUDE PER PIXEL STEADY STREAM OF PIXEL SEQUENCES DAC DIGITAL CONTROL LOOP FOR BASELINE STABILIZATION S2 2ND SAMPLE REFERENCE LEVEL (10VDC TYP. )
ST

SAMPLE

Figure 7. This simplified block diagram shows the major components of a typical CCD system.

Figure 8. Each cycle of the CCD output signal contains pixel information in the lower portion of the waveform.
7

the ADC, the characteristics of this waveform dictate that time-domain rather than frequency-domain specifications are the primary concern. Following the CCD element, a preamplifier boosts the signal level and a clamp restores the DC reference (black) level. As mentioned earlier, the dominant kT/C noise is most significant in limiting the effective resolution in a CCD imaging system. To reduce this noise, the signal path should include a unit for correlated double-sampling (CDS). This name is taken from the double-sampling approach used to remove unwanted noise components: a sample (S1) is taken at the end of the reset period shown in Figure 4, and a second sample (S2) is taken during the information portion of the signal. The two samples differ only by a voltage representing the charge signal minus the noise. (Further discussion of the CDS unit is beyond the scope of this article.) Following the CDS element can be a buffer/driver stage, which provides the correct full-scale and common-mode input to the quantizer (ADC) stage. The ADC is a performance-critical component in the signal processing chain. It must supply high resolution with excellent

linearity, low noise, low drift, and low offset. All this performance is necessary to ensure image quality, color purity, and freedom from distortion over time. Scientific and medical imaging generally requires even higher resolution and dynamic range. To establish accurate and detailed images of scanned objects, these applications employ larger arrays with more pixels and longer frame-update times. They require ADCs with good linearity, low offset, and lower speed but higher resolutionsuch as the MAX1201/MAX1205 from Maxim. These 14-bit, 2.2Msps/1.1Msps monolithic ADCs meet the necessary linearity and accuracy specifications. Their very low DNL error (0.3LSB) and selfcalibration on demand provide a cost-effective alternative to expensive hybrids in demanding, high-resolution imaging applications. Table 1 describes Maxims latest generation pipeline ADCs. In summary, Table 2 recaps the major ADC types available today. To order Maxim product samples for your evaluation, use the Business Reply Card in this issue.

Table 1. Typical performance for Maxims latest generation of pipeline ADCs

PARAMETER Architecture Number of stages Resolution Sampling rate Power dissipation Input FS range (diff.) Small-signal input BW Full-power input BW INL DNL SNR@ fIN = 500kHz SFDR@ fIN = 500kHz THD@ fIN = 500kHz SINAD@ fIN = 500kHz On-chip calibration Three-state output Package type MAX1201 DIFFERENTIAL PIPELINE 5 14 Bits 2.2Msps 269mW VREF 78MHz 3MHz 1.2LSB 0.3LSB 82dB 85dB -82dB 78dB MAX1205 DIFFERENTIAL PIPELINE 5 14 Bits 1Msps 257mW VREF 78MHz 3MHz 1.2LSB 0.3LSB 80dB 87dB -84dB 78dB MAX1200 DIFFERENTIAL PIPELINE 5 16 Bits 1Msps 273mW VREF 78MHz 3MHz 0.5LSB 0.7LSB 83dB 88dB -85dB 81dB

44MQFP

44MQFP

44MQFP

Table 2. Major analog-to-digital conversion techniques

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE RESOLUTION SPEED MAXIM ADCs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ADVANTAGES/DRAWBACKS Extremely fast High input bandwidth Highest power consumption Large die size High input capacitance Expensive Sparkle codes** High resolution and accuracy Low power consumption Few external components Low input bandwidth Limited sampling rate VIN must remain constant during conversion High resolution Low supply current Excellent noise rejection Low speed High resolution High input bandwidth Digital on-chip filtering External T/H Limited sampling rate High throughput rate Low power consumption Digital error correction and on-chip self-calibration Requires 50% duty cycle typical Requires minimum clock frequency

Flash

8 bits

250Msps1Gsps

MAX100 MAX101A MAX104*

SAR

10 bits16 bits

76ksps250ksps

MAX195 MAX144/MAX145 MAX115* MAX157/MAX159 MAX186/MAX188

Integrating

> 18 bits

< 50ksps

MAX132 MAX135

Sigma-Delta (-)

> 16 bits

> 200ksps

MAX1400 MAX1401* MAX1402* MAX1403*

Pipeline

12 bits16 bits

1Msps80Msps

MAX1200 MAX1201 MAX1205

*Future productcontact factory for availability. **Sparkle codes are erratic errors caused by metastable comparators or out-of-sequence output codes (thermometer bubbles), which in turn are

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Low-cost step-up/step-down converter accepts 2V to 16V inputs
The circuit shown in Figure 1 is a low-cost stepup/step-down DC-DC converter. By definition, its input voltage can range above and below the regulated output voltage. The circuit includes a simple switchmode boost converter (IC1) that contains a comparator, normally used to detect low battery voltage. In this example, the comparator controls an external, low-cost pnp transistor operating as a linear regulator. IC1 steps up VIN (2V min) to the level of VX as determined by the jumper block JU1. A 2-3 jumper selects the internal divider, producing VX = 12V, and a 2-1 jumper selects feedback resistors R1 and R2, producing VX = 1.5V(R1 + R2)/R2. VX should be set 1V to 2V above the desired output voltage.
VIN 2V TO 16V C1 22F C2 0.1F D1 1N5817 L1 18F 7 LX C3 22F 8 R1 R5 3k C6 0.01F R3 50k

Linear regulator Q1 steps down VX to an output level set by R3 and R4: VOUT = 1.5V(R3 + R4)/R4 where VX > VOUT. When VIN > VX, the switching regulator stops and the linear regulator alone controls VOUT. C6 reduces output ripple. This circuit allows a wide range of input and output voltages, and delivers output currents up to 500mA (Figure 2). A similar idea appeared in the 7/16/98 issue of Electronic Design.

VX C4 0.1F

Q1 FZT749 R6 1k C5 33F

VOUT 9V

V+

MAX761
5 0.1F REF

LBO 1 LBI FB 2 1 JU1 3 3 R2 2

JU1 = 2-3 JU1 = 1-2

VX = 12V VX = 1.5(R1 + R2) R2 VOUT = 1.5(R3 + R4) and VX > VOUT R4

SHDN 4

GND 6

R4 10k

Figure 1. This step-up/step-down converter maintains a regulated output (set to 9V for the R3/R4 values shown) as the input voltage varies between 2V and 16V.
MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT vs. INPUT VOLTAGE

800 700 MAX. OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 0

6 8 10 12 INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

14

16

Figure 2. For VOUT = 9V, the maximum output current in Figure 1 varies with input voltage, as shown.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Visible-laser driver has digitally controlled power and modulation
Many laser diodes include a photodiode that generates a current proportional to the intensity (optical power) of the laser beam. Most of these photodiodes, however, have relatively slow response times and cannot track the peak optical power of a typical modulated laser diode. Instead, the driver circuits for these devices control the laser by monitoring a relative average optical power. The circuit shown in Figure 1 includes a 10-bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC) with 3-wire serial input that operates and maintains a visible-light laser diode at constant average optical output power. A separate digital input line (MOD) enables a comparator with open-drain output (IC4) to implement digital communications by pulsing the laser-diode through Q1. Circuit components were chosen to minimize the layout area and cost. Resistor R6 converts the photodiode current to a usable voltage, which is applied to the inverting input of a leaky integrator based on the high-speed op amp IC3. The integrator smoothes out variations in the modulation and prevents the feedback loop from trying to regulate the laser pulses. The integrator is made leaky (by R10) to ensure compensation of downward as well as upward variations in the average power. [continued]
VCC VCC 5V R8 100k C1 0.1F 1 VCC C6 OUT 2 4700pF R10 10M 2 R6 22k 1 LASER DIODE 3 R1 1k R2 10

IC1 MAX6125
GND 3 C3 0.1F

C2 0.1F

VCC

C4 0.1F VCC 8 6 REF OUT GND 7 FB 5 1 R3 10k R4 10k 2 3 VCC 3 GND 4 5 INVCC OUT IN+ 1 R9 470 3 1 Q1 MMBT3904LT1 2

CS DIN SCLK

2 3

CS DIN

VCC

IC3 MAX4124
VCC

4 SCLK

IC2 MAX5354

C5 0.1F

MOD R5 10k

INVCC OUT 1

IN+

GND 5

IC4 MAX988

R7 10k

Figure 1. This circuit provides digital control of the modulation and power output of a visible-light laser diode.

11

Thus, the integrator creates an error signal and base drive for Q1 by monitoring the voltage across R6 and comparing it to the DACs preset voltage. The DACs reference voltage (from IC1) is 2.5V, but its output-voltage buffer has a gain of 2V/V, giving the DAC output an adjustment range of 0 to 5V. With its nominal base voltage set by the DAC output, Q1 controls the optical power by regulating current through the laser diode. R9 provides isolation and helps to stabilize IC3 when the base of Q1 is being shorted and released by a signal from the MOD input. By maintaining a small

laser-diode current during the off periods of digital modulation, R1 preempts another problem: startup time for a laser diode increases tremendously if the forward current goes to zero. R1 ensures that the laser current is below the threshold for lasing, but high enough to allow an acceptable turn-on time for communication and modulation. A similar idea appeared in the 3/23/98 issue of Electronic Design.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
High-voltage circuit breaker protects to 26V
Widespread use of the Universal Serial Bus (USB) has led to a selection of overcurrent-protection circuits for supply rails in the +2.7V to +5.5V range, but few products are available for voltages above that range. The circuit breaker in Figure 1 operates on supply voltages to +26V and trips at a programmed current threshold. IC1 is a high-side current-sense amplifier that monitors supply current via the voltage across R2 and generates a proportional but smaller current at the OUT terminal: IOUT = (R2 ITRIP)/100. R1 and R2 determine the trip current: R1 = 120/(R2 ITRIP). R1 in the figure was chosen for a trip current of 1A, but values to 10A are acceptable. Supply current at the trip level produces a voltage across R1 that triggers the low-battery comparator in IC2 (a highside, N-channel MOSFET driver). The comparator output (LBO) turns on Q2 to saturation, causing the latched output of IC3 (a micropower voltage monitor) to go low. Applied to IC2s pin 2, this signal disconnects the power by turning off Q1. [continued]

IC1
8 V+ RS+ 1 VIN = 12V to 26V R2 RLOAD 6 GATE 7 SRC OFF 8 BATT 2 VIN = 12V to 26V R6 3 5 OUT RES CLEAR 1 R5

MAX4172

GND RS- OUT 2 6

Q1 FDS6680

VCC

IC2
R3

C1 R4

D1

IC3
4 IN

MAX1614
4 R1 LBO 3 GND 5 ON 1

MAX835
GND 2

LBI

Q2 2N3904

R1 = 1.2k (1%) R2 = 100m R3 = 68k (5%) R4 = 6.8k (5%) R5 = 100k (5%) R6 = SEE TABLE 1 Q1 = FDS6680 Q2 = 2N3904 D1 = 1N5997B (7.5V) C1 = 0.01F

Table 1. R6 Values R6 (5%) VIN 3k 26V 2.7k 24V 2k 20V 1.2k 15V 750 12V

Figure 1. This circuit provides overcurrent protection for supply-rail voltages to +26V.

13

Power remains off until IC3 is unlatched (by depressing the reset button). (You may also need to push the button following initial power-up, to ensure the correct circuit state at that time.) Choose R6 according to Table 1 (in Figure 1) for supply voltages of +12V and above. For supply voltages below

+12V, D1 and R6 are not required. The signal delay from IC3 to the load (via IC2 and Q1) is as follows: turn-off time is about 5s (Figure 2a), and turn-on time is about 400s (Figure 2b). A similar idea appeared in the 9/11/98 issue of EDN.

(2a) TURN-OFF TIME

(2b) TURN-ON TIME

VGATE VSRC

10V/div 10V/div

VGATE VSRC

10V/div 10V/div

VOFF

5V/div

VOFF

5V/div

5s

100s

Figure 2. With Figure 1s load-current trip threshold set at 1A, the load voltage (middle waveform) turns off (a) and on (b), as shown. (VOFF is the signal at IC2, pin 2.)

14

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Dual comparator forms temperaturecompensated proximity detector
In the proximity detector shown in Figure 1, a 4inch-square piece of copper-plated PC board serves as an antenna that forms one plate of a capacitor. An approaching (grounded) person serves as the other plate, producing a capacitance value (in the 2pF to 5pF range) that increases as the person approaches. At 6 inches from the copper plate, for example, the person produces a capacitance value of about 2pF. The method for transforming this proximity distance into a proportional voltage is illustrated by a simplified circuit that lacks temperature compensation (Figure 2) . Transitions of the input square wave apply directly to the lower input of the exclusive-OR (XOR) gate, but are delayed 0.693(R1)(C1) seconds before being reconstructed by the comparator and applied to the upper input. R4 and C2 filter the resulting XOR output to produce a voltage proportional to distance. [continued]

ANTENNA PLATE 4" SQUARE

RG316/U 6" LENGTH +5V

+5V C9 4.7F +5V C6 0.1F TP1 1 2 14 3 R13 10k C8 0.1F

+5VDC INPUT

IC1A
R6 1/ 2 MAX912 4530 R5 499 1 C1 33pF NPO Q1 Q1 GND1 2 LE1 3 4

C4 0.1F

fOSC = 1MHz 0 TO +5V

IC3 1/ 74HC86N 4

R7 4990

IC1B
9
1/ 2 MAX912

15 R8 10k +5V GND2 16 LE2 14 13 Q2 Q2

10

R9 10k

C3 0.22F R17 249 +5V

+5V 3 R1 562 R4 1000 R2 20 (15 TURN) R3 10 C2 0.1F 2 R10 30.1k

IC2A
1/ MAX407 2

+5V

IC2B
TP2 R11 1k
1/ MAX407 2

+5V C7 0.1F 8 7 D1 1N4148 R15 10k R14 10k

D2 HLMP3762

Q1 2N3904

6 R12 1k C5 0.22F

R16 75k

Figure 1. This proximity detector lights the LED when a person approaches the antenna plate within a threshold set by the potentiometer.

15

+V R1 +V C1 R2 V+ +V

IC1
V-

R4

IC2
C2

VOUT

R3

Figure 2. This circuit, uncompensated for temperature, illustrates the principle of capacitance-to-voltage conversion.

The XOR outputs duty cycle is proportional to the sum of R1 + C1 delay plus comparator propagation delay, so a small variation in comparator delay can mask small changes in antenna capacitance. The Figure 1 circuit overcomes this limitation with a dual comparator (IC1). Passing the XOR inputs through nearly identical comparators largely nullifies the effect of offset voltage, drift, and propagation delay through the comparators. Figure 1s delay capacitance consists of a 33pF capacitor (C1) in parallel with 15pF (6 inches of coaxial cable at 30pF per foot) and the 4-inch-square antenna plate. It charges to 5V via R5 during each positive half cycle of the input square wave. When no body is near the detector, this capacitance equals 48pF and produces a delay of 16.5ns at the upper XOR input. With a hand placed 6 inches from the detector, the capacitance rises to 50pF and produces a delay of 17.3ns, yielding a time difference of only 0.8ns. To detect such small time differencesover temperature and with accuracythe comparators must be

very stable in offset voltage and propagation delay (delay time is affected by changes in offset voltage as well as propagation delay). A single 10ns comparator is generally stable to within 1ns, but resolving subnanosecond intervals requires the dualcomparator approach of Figure 1, which increases the useful resolution by a factor of four to five. Op amp IC2A offsets and amplifies the DC voltage at TP1, which corresponds to the distance between a hand and the antenna plate. A hand movement toward the antenna causes the voltages at TP1 and TP2 to rise. Op amp IC2B and the transistor serve as a comparator with hysteresis, which compares the TP2 voltage with 2.5V. Thus, any TP2 voltage above 2.5V (which corresponds to a proximity of 6 inches) turns on the LED. The potentiometer (R2) can be adjusted to set a threshold other than 6 inches, and a DVM at TP2 can be connected to read out the proximity in inches (for example). R16 adds hysteresis to ensure a well-defined transition. [continued]

16

To compare the compensated and uncompensated circuits for temperature stability, adjust the Figure 1 potentiometer to 2.5V, then measure TP2 of Figure 1 (compensated) and TP1 of Figure 2 (uncompensated) at various temperatures (Figure 3). To ensure frequency stability for the high-speed dual comparator in Figure 1, the copper-clad PC board should have a ground layer in addition to the circuit layer. Powersupply bypassing should include 0.1F ceramic capacitors placed very close to the comparators supply terminals. A similar idea appeared in the 2/16/98 issue of EDN.

TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE OF COMPENSATED vs. UNCOMPENSATED CAPACITANCE TO VOLTAGE CONVERTER

2.700 2.650 2.600 VTP1 2.550 2.450 2.400 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 TEMPERATURE (C) UNCOMPENSATED COMPENSATED

Figure 3. The dual-comparator technique of Figure 1 offers much better temperature stability than that of the uncompensated circuit in Figure 2.

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Multirange, +5V, 12-bit DASs have 2-wire serial interface
The MAX127/MAX128 12-bit dataacquisition systems (DASs) operate on a single +5V supply and accept analog inputs that range above the power-supply rail and below ground. Each device has eight analog input channels that are independently software-programmable for a variety of ranges: 10V, 5V, 0 to 10V, or 0 to 5V for the MAX127; and VREF, VREF/2, 0 to VREF, or 0 to VREF/2 for the MAX128. The range-switching feature increases the effective dynamic range to 14 bits and provides the flexibility to interface a 5V system with sensors powered by 12V, 15V, or a 420mA current loop. Fault protection to 16.5V protects the conversion results on a selected channel from a fault on any other channel. Other features include a track/hold with 5MHz bandwidth, an 8ksps throughput rate, and a choice of external reference or the internal 4.096V reference. A 2-wire serial interface allows communication among multiple devices. A hardware shutdown input (SHDN) and two software-programmable power-down modes (standby and full power-down) enable low-current shutdowns between conversions. To eliminate start-up delays, the reference buffer remains active during standby mode. The MAX127/MAX128 devices are available in 24-pin DIPs or space-saving 28-pin SSOPs. Prices start at $9.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).
REFADJ

+5V, 2.2Msps, 14-bit ADC provides selfcalibration and digital error correction
The MAX1201 is a 14-bit monolithic CMOS analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that operates on 5V and is capable of conversion rates to 2.2Msps. Its 14-bit linearity at full sample rates is ensured by a fully differential pipelined architecture with digital error correction and ondemand self-calibration. An internal track/hold maintains superb dynamic performance up to the Nyquist frequency. The MAX1201s fully differential inputs allow maximum swings of VREF centered on a selectable common-mode voltage. The device can operate with single-ended inputs as well, though with somewhat reduced dynamic performance. The addition of two external op amps converts a single-ended source to the fully differential source recommended for optimum performance. The reference input is also differential. Sense pins RFPS and RFNS enable compensation for resistive-divider action due to referencepin source resistance, or finite resistance in the external reference traces, or both. The MAX1201s dynamic performance includes a signal-to-noise ratio of 83dB, a spurious-free dynamic range of 91dB, a differential nonlinearity error of 0.3LSB, and an integral nonlinearity error of 1.2LSB. Typical power consumption with a 5V 10% supply and 2.2Msps sampling rate is only 295mW. The 14-bit-parallel, twos complement output data is CMOS-compatible and three-statable. The MAX1201 is available in a 44-pin MQFP package, with prices starting at $39.96 (1000 up, FOB USA).

10V 5V 010V 05V V REF V REF /2 0V REF 0V REF /2

16.5V FAULT-PROTECTED MULTIPLEXER

2.5V V REF

BUFFER

PGA

T/H

12-BIT ADC

2-WIRE OR SPI INTERFACE

MAX127

CLOCK GENERATOR

1Msps, 14-bit, selfcalibrating ADC operates on +5V

The MAX1205 is a 14-bit monolithicCMOS ADC that operates on +5V and is capable of conversion rates to 1Mbps. Its fully differential pipelined architecture includes digital error correction and a short self-calibration procedure, which together ensure 14-bit linearity at full sample rates. At 100kHz, the device exhibits an 83dB SNR and 91dB SFDR. A built-in track/hold input stage maintains superb dynamic performance up to the Nyquist frequency. The MAX1205 differential inputs accept signal swings to VREF. A singleended input is possible, but the differential configuration is recommended for optimum

performance. (Note that two op amps can be used to generate a fully differential signal from a single-ended source.) The reference input is also differential, with sense pins (RFPS, RFNS) that enable the device to compensate for any resistivedivider action due to finite resistance in the chip and the external traces. Operating with a +5V 5% supply and a sampling rate of 1Msps, the MAX1205 typically dissipates 260mW. Its 14-bit, twos complement, three-state output data is CMOS-compatible. For higher speed (to 2.2Msps), choose the pin-compatible upgrade MAX1201. The MAX1205 is available in a 44-pin MQFP package, with prices starting at $11.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Multirange, 8-channel, 12-bit DASs operate on +5V
The 12-bit MAX1270/MAX1271 DASs operate on a single +5V supply, yet their analog input ranges extend above the power-supply rail and below ground. For each device, the eight analog channel inputs are independently softwareprogrammable. The MAX1270 offers 10V, 5V, 0 to 10V, and 0 to 5V, and the MAX1271 offers VREF, VREF/2, 0 to V REF , and 0 to V REF /2. The maximum throughput rate is 110ksps. The MAX1270/MAX1271 rangeswitching capability not only increases the dynamic range to 14 bits, it also provides the flexibility to interface a 5V system with sensors powered by 12V, 15V, or a 420mA current loop. The converters also include fault protection to 16.5V, which ensures that the selected channel remains unaffected by a fault condition on any other channel. Other features include a track/hold with 5MHz bandwidth, a software-selectable internal/external clock, and the option to operate with an external reference instead of the internal 4.096V reference. The MAX1270/MAX1271 have a 4-wire serial interface that connects directly to SPI/QSPI and MICROWIRE devices without external logic. To implement a low-current shutdown between conversions, both converters provide a hardware-shutdown input (SHDN) as well as two softwareprogrammable power-down modes: standby (STBYPD), and full power-down (FULLPD). To eliminate start-up delays, the reference buffer remains active during the standby mode. The MAX1270/MAX1271 devices are available in 24-pin DIP or 28-pin SSOP packages. Prices start at $8.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

Low-cost SOT23-3 voltage references have low dropout and low power
The MAX6001/MAX6002/MAX6004/ MAX6005 low-cost voltage references are available in tiny 3-terminal SOT23 packages. Each series-mode device combines the power savings of series operation with the cost of a shunt-mode device. But unlike conventional 2-terminal, shunt-mode references that are biased at the load current and require an external resistor, the MAX6001 family of references eliminates the resistor and generates a current that is virtually independent of the supply voltage. For further space savings, internal compensation eliminates the need for an external compensation capacitor.

These references are intended for high-volume, cost-sensitive, 3V and 5V battery-operated systems that exhibit wide variations in supply voltage and require very low power dissipation. Applications include notebook computers, cellular phones, pagers, hard-disk drives, PDAs, GPSs, and DMMs. The references accept input voltages up to 12.6V, and produce outputs of 1.250V (MAX6001), 2.500V (MAX6002), 4.096V (MAX6004), and 5.000V (MAX6005). Performance includes a maximum initial accuracy of 1%, a maximum temperature coefficient of 100ppm/C, a maximum quiescent supply current of 45A, and (at 400A load current) a dropout of only 100mV. These devices provide 0.12V/A load regulation and 8V/V line regulation, and they remain stable with load capacitance in the 0 to 2.2nF range. Prices start at $0.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).

SOT23-3 voltage references offer tight accuracy and low tempco

The MAX6012/MAX6021/MAX6025/ MAX6041/MAX6045/MAX6050 series of precision, low-dropout, micropower voltage references are available in tiny SOT23-3 packages. They offer voltage options of 1.250V, 2.048V, 2.500V, 4.096V, 4.500V, and 5.000V. Their proprietary curvature-correction circuit and laser-trimmed thin-film resistors provide a low temperature coefficient (<20ppm/C) and tight initial accuracy. Unlike conventional shunt-mode (2-terminal) references that waste supply current and require an external resistor, these series-mode devices require no external resistor. Drawing only 27A of quiescent supply current, they can sink or source load currents as high as 500A. Because they require no external compensation capacitor, members of the internally compensated MAX6012 family of references save valuable board area in

space-critical applications. They also provide stable operation for load capacitance up to 2.2nF. Low dropout voltage (200mV) and a very low supply current make these references ideal for lowvoltage, battery-operated systems. Line and load regulation are <75V/V and <0.2V/A, respectively. The MAX6012/MAX6021/MAX6025/ MAX6041/MAX6045/MAX6050 come in 3-pin SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $1.35 (1000 up, FOB USA).

SOT23-3 TERMINAL REFERENCES

MAX. SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 135 LT1460

65 35 MAX6012 SERIES 20 50

AD158x

MAXIMUM DRIFT (ppm/C)

19

NEW PRODUCTS
8:1 and dual 4:1 cal-muxes include precision resistordividers
The 8-channel MAX4539 and dual 4channel MAX4540 are calibration multiplexers (cal-muxes) for self-monitoring applications and precision ADCs. Each device includes precision resistor-dividers for generating accurate references of V+/2, 5/8(V+ - V-), 15VREF/4096, and 4081V REF /4096 (where V REF is an external reference voltage). The MAX4539/MAX4540 multiplexers have enable inputs and address latching. When operating with +5V or 5V supplies, all digital inputs exhibit 0.8V/2.4V logic thresholds that ensure TTL and CMOS compatibility. All inputs have protection diodes that ensure ESD ratings higher than 2kV. Both devices operate from a single supply in the +2.7V to +12V range, or from dual supplies in the 2.7V to 6V range. On-resistances (100 max) are matched to within 12 max within a device, and each switch can handle Railto-Rail analog signals. The off-leakage current is 1nA at TA = +25C and 10nA at TA = +85C. The MAX4539/MAX4540 multiplexers are available in 20-pin SSOP, SO, and DIP packages. Prices start at $2.84 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

8th-order, lowpass, elliptic, switchedcapacitor filters are clock-tunable

The MAX7400/MAX7403 8th-order elliptic, lowpass, switched-capacitor filters provide corner frequencies from 1Hz to 10kHz and draw supply currents of only 2mA. Operating from a single +5V power supply, they are well suited for low-power anti-aliasing and post-DAC filtering applications. Each has a shutdown mode that lowers the supply current to just 0.2A. The MAX7400 provides sharp rolloffs with a 1.5 transition ratio and 80dB of stopband rejection. The MAX7403 provides a sharper rolloff (1.2 transition ratio) with 58dB of stopband rejection. Both filters offer a low output offset (4mV) that is adjustable via an offsetadjustment pin. The filters internal switching can be self-clocked with an external capacitor or clocked externally for tighter control of the corner frequency. Their fixed output response simplifies the design effortjust select a corner frequency by setting the clock frequency. MAX7400/MAX7403 filters are available in 8-pin SOIC and plastic DIP packages. Prices start at $1.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

5th-order filters for $0.99 save space and power

A new series of 5th-order, lowpass, switched-capacitor Bessel and Butterworth filters is available in 8-pin MAX and DIP packages. The proprietary MAX package, 80% smaller than an 8-pin DIP, makes them the smallest 5th-order switched-capacitor filters available in the industry. Operating on a single supply voltage of +5V (MAX7409/ MAX7410) or +3V (MAX7413/ MAX7414), they draw supply currents of only 1.2mA. Low cost, small size, and low-power operation make these filters highly suitable for cost-sensitive portable equipment requiring post-DAC filtering or anti-aliasing.

Bessel filters (MAX7409/MAX7413) provide low overshoot, fast settling, and linear phase response, and Butterworth filters (MAX7410/MAX7414) provide a maximally flat passband response. All four devices have a fixed response that reduces the design task to a simple selection of clock frequency. Corner frequencies are clock tunable from 1Hz to 15kHz with a clock-to-corner ratio of 100. Two clocking options are available: self-clocking through the use of an external capacitor, or external clocking for tighter control of the cutoff frequency. Their low output offset (4mV) can be adjusted through an offset-adjust pin. The MAX7409/MAX7410/MAX7413/ MAX7414 filters are available in 8-pin MAX and plastic DIP packages, with prices starting at $0.99 (100,000 up, FOB USA).

V+

INPUT CLK

MAX7400 MAX7403
COM OS

SHDN OUT

WORLDS SMALLEST 5TH-ORDER LOWPASS FILTER

V+

INPUT CLK

SHDN

3.0mm x 5.0mm

MAX7409 MAX7410 MAX7413 MAX7414

OUT COM OS

20

NEW PRODUCTS
High-speed stepdown controller for notebook CPUs has 4-bit digital control
The MAX1710 step-down controller, intended as a DC-DC converter for the core CPU in notebook computers, offers ultra-fast transient response, high DC accuracy, and the high efficiency needed in leading-edge CPU power supplies. Maxims proprietary quick-response, constant-on-time control scheme (QUICK-PWM) handles wide ratios of input/output voltage with ease, and maintains a relatively constant switching frequency while providing a 100ns instant-on response to load transients. DC precision is ensured by a 2-wire remote-sensing scheme that compensates for voltage drops in the supply rail and the ground bus. An internal 4-bit DAC sets the output voltage in accordance with specifications of the Mobile Pentium II CPU. The MAX1710 achieves high efficiency at reduced cost by eliminating the current-sense resistor found in traditional current-mode PWMs. Efficiency is further enhanced by its ability to drive very large synchronous-rectifier MOSFETs, made possible by powerful internal gate drivers with anti-shoot-through circuitry. By stepping down high battery voltage directly, the MAX1710s singlestage buck conversion enables the highest possible efficiency. As an alternative, users can achieve the minimum physical size through two-stage conversion, by
+5V INP UT BATTER Y 4.5V TO 28V VCC OV P*VDD SHDN V+ FBS ILIM BST GNDS DH MAX1710 MAX1711 REF CC LX D0 DL D1 PGND D2 D3 FB D4** GND SKIP

employing a higher switching frequency and by stepping down the +5V system supply instead of the battery. The internal switching frequency is pin-programmable up to 550kHz, allowing the use of small, low-profile resistors and capacitors. The MAX1710 comes in a small 24-pin QSOP package with prices starting at $3.89 (1000 up, FOB USA).
QUICK-PWM is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Mobile Pentium II is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

0.925V

OUTPUT TO 2V (M AX1711

D/A INPUTS

*MAX17 10 ONL Y ** MAX 1711 ON LY

ICs deliver complete power management for wireless transceivers

The MAX847 and MAX769 step-up DC-DC converters offer low-voltage operation, high efficiency, and synchronous rectification for 2-way pagers, GPS receivers, and other low-power digital wireless systems powered by 1-cell to 3-cell alkaline batteries. Offering guaranteed start-up for battery voltages as low as 0.87V, they operate with quiescent supply currents of 37A each (2A in shutdown). An internal synchronous rectifier eliminates the need for an external Schottky diode. It also boosts the conversion efficiency to 90% and, for the MAX847, provides output currents higher than 50mA while operating from a single cell. The

MAX769, which provides step-up/stepdown conversion while operating from two cells, delivers more than 90mA. An SPIcompatible serial interface enables the regulated output of each device to be digitally adjusted in 100mV increments between 1.8V and 4.9V. The no-load supply current is only 13A.
INPUT S ALKALIN INGLE AA E BATT E 0.8V TO RY 1.8V
LOW-BAT TERY IN/OUT RESET IN/OUT SERIAL I/O 1.8 DRIVERS RUN COAST A/D INPU T OPTION AL SYNC

Both chips include a multichannel ADC for battery monitoring and three lownoise linear-regulator outputs for various uses (3V analog, 2.85V logic, and 1V receiver). An evaluation kit for each device (MAX847EVKIT, MAX769EVKIT) is available to speed designs and aid in prototyping. Both devices are available in 28-pin QSOP packages, with prices starting at $4.34 (1000 up, FOB USA).

BATT LBI LBO RSIN RSO 4 SDI DR1 DR2 DR2IN RUN CH0 SYNC GND LX1 OUT REG2IN

MAIN O UT 1.8V TO PUT 4.9 UP TO 8 V 0mA

POWER S RF PA
OUTPU T1 3V ANA LOG OUTPU T2 2.85V LO GIC OUTPU T3 1V REC EIVER

MAX847
REG1 REG2 REG3 NICD

PA & BA CKU BATTERY P

TO RF P A

21

NEW PRODUCTS
PWM step-up DCDC controllers deliver 20W power in tiny MAX packages
The MAX668/MAX669 step-up DCDC controllers feature fixed-frequency PWM control and deliver high power (to 20W) with efficiencies as high as 90%. Only 1.1mm high, they occupy half the area of an 8-pin SO package. Operating in step-up, SEPIC, flyback, or isolatedoutput configurations, the MAX668/ MAX669 controllers extend battery life in cell phones, telecom hardware, POS systems, and wireless LANs. Their wide input-voltage range (1.8V to 28V) is well suited to systems powered by batteries and AC adapters. By enabling PWM operation for moderate/heavy loads and pulsing only as needed for light loads, Maxims proprietary Idle Mode control minimizes noise and optimizes efficiency. Users can set the constant PWM frequency as high as 500kHz to allow use of the smallest external components. A logic-controlled shutdown lowers the 220A quiescent current to only 3.5A. The MAX669 runs in bootstrapped mode (powered by its own output voltage), accepts input voltages as low as 1.8V, and provides outputs as high as 28V. The MAX668 runs in either bootstrapped or normal mode. It accepts input voltages down to 3V, and (in normal mode) can boost the output voltage to levels limited only by the maximum operating voltage of the external Nchannel switching MOSFET. A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX668EVKIT) including recommended external components is available as an aid to minimize design time. MAX668/MAX669 controllers come in 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $2.10 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Compact, highefficiency DC-DC converters have low supply current

The MAX1674/MAX1675/MAX1676 step-up DC-DC converters offer high efficiency (to 94%) in a tiny MAX package. Quiescent supply currents are only 16A, and their built-in synchronous rectifiers improve efficiency. By eliminating the need for an external Schottky rectifier, the synchronous rectifiers also reduce size and cost. The MAX1674 has a 1A current limit; the MAX1675 has a lower 0.5A limit that permits use of a smaller inductor. The MAX1676 features an adjustable current

limit and internal circuitry that minimizes EMI by reducing the inductor-voltage ringing. All include a 0.3 , N-channel MOSFET power switch, and all have preset, pin-selectable outputs of 3.3V or 5V. Outputs can also be set to any level between 2V and 5.5V using two external resistors. In each case, the input-voltage range is 0.7V to V OUT and start-up is guaranteed for inputs down to 1.1V. Other features include 94% efficiency at 200mA output current, an internal lowbattery detector, and 0.1A shutdown capability. A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1676EVKIT) is available to speed the design process. These devices are available in 8-pin or 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.85 (1000 up, FOB USA).

RS-232 transceiver offers low cost and small size

The MAX254B* is a complete, electrically isolated RS-232 interface for spaceand cost-constrained applications. Intended for applications in which noise, high transient voltage, and differential ground potentials can damage equipment and corrupt communications, it integrates optocouplers with a transceiver and transformer in a small surface-mount package. As a single RS-232 transceiver containing one transmitter and one receiver, it is ideal for applications that do not require handshaking signals. (For those that do, please see the MAX252 data sheet.)

The MAX254B meets all EIA/TIA232E and ITU V.28 specifications at data rates up to 100kbps. A single +5V supply on the logic side powers both the isolated and nonisolated sides of the interface. The isolated V+ and V- supplies can deliver 10mA of auxiliary power, and a shutdown-logic input allows the MAX254B to enter a 0.4A low-power shutdown mode. The MAX254B is available in a 24-pin wide SO package. *The MAX254B is a future product contact factory for availability.

3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 8:1 serializer includes clock synthesis and TTL inputs
The MAX3690 serializer operates from a 3.3V supply, consumes 200mW, and converts 8-bit-wide, 77MHz parallel data to 622Mbps serial data in SDH/ SONET systems. Other applications include add/drop multiplexers and digital cross connects.

The MAX3690 accepts TTL clock and data inputs, and delivers a 3.3V PECL serial-data output. A fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) synthesizes an internal 622Mbps serial clock from a lowspeed crystal reference clock of 155.52MHz, 77.76MHz, 38.88MHz, or 51.84MHz. A TTL loss-of-lock output indicates whether the PLL is operating correctly. The MAX3690 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package.

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-power, 2.5Gbps clockrecovery and data-retiming IC operates on +3.3V
The MAX3875 is a compact, lowpower clock-recovery and data-retiming IC for 2.488Gbps SDH/SONET applications. Its fully integrated phase-locked loop recovers a synchronous clock signal from the serial NRZ data input, which is then retimed by the recovered clock. Differential PECL-compatible outputs are provided for both clock and data signals, and the chip provides an additional 2.488Gbps serial input for systemloopback diagnostic testing. It also provides a TTL-compatible loss-of-lock monitor (LOL). The MAX3875 is designed for both section-regenerator and terminal-receiver applications in OC-48/STM-16 transmission systems. Its jitter performance exceeds all SONET/SDH specifications. It operates from a single supply voltage of +3.3V to +5V. At +3.3V, it consumes only 400mW over the extended industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). The MAX3875 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package.

Upconverter mixers operate from 400MHz to 2.5GHz

The MAX2660/MAX2661/MAX2663 and MAX2671/MAX2673 high-linearity upconverter mixers are low-cost, lownoise, miniature devices with the best linearity vs. supply current trade-off of any bipolar mixer available. They are ideal for low-voltage operation in portable consumer equipment. Their doublebalanced mixers combine IF frequencies in the 40MHz to 500MHz range with local-oscillator signals, upconverting them to output frequencies as high as 2.5GHz. Applications include 400MHz/900MHz/ 2.5GHz ISM, hand-held radios, cellular and cordless telephones, wireless LANs, and PCS systems. A wide range of supply currents and output-intercept levels enable these devices to optimize performance in a system. Their supply current is essentially constant over the specified range of supply voltage. The MAX2663 requires only 3mA of supply current and provides an OIP3 of 0.7dB. The MAX2671 requires an 11.8mA supply current and provides an OIP3 of 9.6dB. For the typical configuration of VSHDN = 0, a shutdown mode lowers the supply current to less than 1A. For applications that require balanced IF ports, choose the MAX2673 in an 8-pin MAX package. The MAX2660/ MAX2661/MAX2663/MAX2671 are available in space-saving 6-pin SOT23 packages. Prices start at $0.76 (1000 up, FOB USA).

+3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET laser driver has automatic power control

The MAX3867 laser driver operates on +3.3V or +5V and draws less than 65mA of supply current at +3.3V. It accepts differential-PECL data and clock inputs to 2.5Gbps, and provides bias and modulation currents for the laser. The synchronizing input latch can be bypassed if a clock signal is not available.

Automatic power control (APC) feedback maintains a constant average optical power over temperature and lifetime. The wide ranges of modulation current (5mA to 60mA) and bias current (1mA to 100mA) are easy to program, making the MAX3867 an excellent choice for various SDH/SONET applications. It complies with ANSI, ITU, and Bellcore SONET/SDH specifications. The MAX3867 also provides an enable control, a programmable slow-start circuit for setting the laser turn-on delay, and a failure-monitor output that indicates when the APC loop is unable to maintain the average optical power. It is available in a small 48-pin TQFP package. The MAX2105 includes a low-noise amplifier (LNA) with automatic gain control (AGC), two downconverter mixers, an oscillator buffer with 90 quadrature generator and prescaler, and baseband amplifiers. Its reduced AGC range (41dB) allows input power levels down to -60dBm. This reduced-range AGC allows the MAX2105 to achieve a lower system noise figure through use of a high-gain external LNA. It also provides automatic baseband-offset correction. An evaluation kit is available to speed the design cycle. The MAX2105 is available in a 28-pin SO package, with prices starting at $4.50 (1000 up, FOB USA), and dropping to the $2 range in high volumes.

Low-cost directconversion tuner IC is designed for digital DBS applications

The MAX2105 direct-conversion tuner IC is designed for use in set-top boxes for DBS (digital direct-broadcast satellite) television. Its direct-conversion architecture (vs. an IF-based architecture) offers the lowest cost available. Operating from a single +5V supply, it accepts input frequencies from 950MHz to 2150MHz and employs a broadband I/Q downconverter to directly tune L-band signals to baseband.

LO IFIN+ IFIN40MHz to 500MHz

MAX2660

9.6dB OIP3

RFOUT 400MHz to 2.5GHz

23

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports results for the first quarter of fiscal 1999 Optical/electrical conversion in SDH/SONET fiber optic systems Driving a laser diode at 622Mbps from a single +3.3V power supply Design challenges for fiber optic LAN transceivers

2 3 9 11
(MAX3667) (MAX3680) (MAX3690) (MAX3691) (MAX3760) (MAX3766) (MAX3867) (MAX3875) (MAX3885)

NEW PRODUCTS

3.3V, 622Mbps SDH/SONET laser driver has APC 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 1:8 deserializer has TTL outputs and draws 265mW 3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 8:1 serializer includes clock synthesis and TTL inputs 622Mbps, 4:1 SDH/SONET serializer features LVDS inputs, PLL clock synthesizer 622Mbps low-noise transimpedance preamplifier serves optical receivers in LAN and WAN systems 622Mbps LAN/ATM laser driver has tempco adjustment, safety features, and modulation current 3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET laser driver has automatic power control 2.5Gbps, low-power clock recovery and data-retiming IC operates on 3.3V 3.3V, 2.488Gbps, SDH/SONET 1:16 deserializer has LVDS outputs

14 15 13 14 15 13 13 15 15

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RESULTS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF FISCAL 1999
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported net revenues of $155.3 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1999 ending September 26, 1998, compared to $125 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1998. Net income increased to a record $49.4 million in Q199, compared to $40 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1998. Income per share increased to $0.33 for Q199, compared to $0.26 for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $19.1 million after paying $43.5 million for 1.4 million shares of its common stock and $12.5 million for capital equipment. Inventory remained flat with Q498, and accounts receivable declined by $2.4 million during the quarter. Annualized return on average stockholders equity during the quarter was 31%, one of the highest in the industry today. During Q199, shipments to customers remained at Q498 levels despite global economic conditions and lower end market bookings than in the previous quarter. Turns orders received during the quarter increased 21% over the Q498 level and were approximately $42 million (turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders). In addition to the increased level of turns orders received during the quarter, the Company also experienced a higher percentage of orders requesting near-term delivery (customer orders for delivery in Q199 or Q299). We attribute the prevalence of short-term orders to our reduced lead times, and limited customer expectations for short-term improvement in demand for end-market equipment. We also believe that the economic uncertainty in the world markets is negatively affecting the inventory and purchasing psychology of the Companys customers, resulting in less long-term ordering. Net bookings during the quarter were approximately $127 million, a 7% decline from Q498. First quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was approximately $143.2 million, a decline from the $181 million reported at the end of Q498. Eighty percent of the ending Q199 backlog consists of orders that were requested for shipment in Q299 or earlier. Gross margins for the first quarter were consistent with Q498 at 67.5%. During Q199, the Company recorded charges of $2.3 million related to obsoleting of a 4-inch wafer fabrication facility. This capacity was replaced by a 6-inch sub-micron facility acquired in November 1997, which is now in production. The Company also expensed approximately $2.8 million of manufacturing costs that were in excess of the costs achieved by the Companys lowest cost wafer fabrication facility (Beaverton). In addition, the Company increased its reserves for inventory by $2.2 million, further increasing cost of sales in Q199. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented: Current worldwide economic uncertainties are impacting our customers ability to predict the demand for their products. In this environment, prudence dictates that we remain cautious about our short-term revenue outlook. To maintain our current revenue level, we will need a continued increase in turns orders that match available supply and an overall increase in the order rate from the Q199 levels. Gifford commented further: In Q199, none of the geographic or end equipment markets broke out of the downward booking trend of the last three quarters. We continue to watch for a leading indicator predicting a change in the ordering rates from the last nine months. We believe that customer inventories are not large and any change in our customers perception regarding the direction of the world economy could cause a significant increase in demand. Mr. Gifford continued: Maxims competitive position has never been better. The Companys product line continues to be the broadest in the industry, and its customer base is very large and spreads across all major geographic regions in the world. Our rate of new product announcements continues to be unrivaled in our industry. In the past, our new product proliferation has strongly correlated to our growth rate. We believe this trend will continue.

Optical/electrical conversion in SDH/SONET fiber optic systems

The advent of cheaper and more powerful personal computers has not only expanded the user base; it is also creating a demand for greater transmission capacity among the telecom networks by adding an increasing volume of internet and videophone connections to the traditional phone and fax services. The following discussion of an OC 12/STM 4 receiver/transmitter chipset supports these developments and includes a description of the electronic components required for optic/electric (O/E) conversion in SDH/SONET fiber optic transmission systems. Competition among network providers enables the multimedia market to grow, and the introduction of new and improved products and services in the near future should strengthen the demand for increased transmission capacity. This need for more data throughput can be satisfied economically with fiber optic (FO) cables because the transmission capacity is potentially very high (versus that of copper wires). The physical nature of the fiber cable lets providers expand capacity by increasing the transmission bit rate or by introducing alternative transmission techniques, without the need for further upgrades or additional cable installations. These advantages have led many countries to build extensive fiber networks, and further expansion of these networks can be expected. To transmit optical data via fiber cables, signals must be converted from electrical to optical at the transmit end, and then converted back to electrical at the receive end. These necessary conversions are handled by receiver/transmitter units that contain electronic devices along with the optical components.

Todays high-speed fiber optic transmission systems offer the following standard bit rates:
SONET STANDARD OC 1 OC 3 OC 12 OC 48 OC 192 SDH STANDARD STM 1 STM 4 STM 16 STM 64 BIT RATE 51.84Mbps 155.52Mbps 622.08Mbps 2.4883Gbps 9.9533Gbps

New techniques such as Wavelength Division Multiplexing (WDM) further increase the transmission capacity by sending numerous time-multiplexed data streams over one fiber, using a different wavelength for each data stream. Electronic components in a WDM receiver and transmitter (compared with those in a TDM system) differ according to the behavior of the optical sources and line amplifiers in the WDM transport system. The following section describes the performance required for receivers and transmitters in an optical TDM transmission system.

Optical receivers
Optical receivers detect optical signals from the fiber and convert them to electrical signals, which must then be amplified before their data waveforms and clock can be recovered. A serial-to-parallel conversion of the data stream may be necessary, depending on the bit rate and the system-specific setup of the following CMOS functions. Figure 1 shows how the receivers output interface provides regenerated data in a serial or parallel bit stream, along with the recovered clock. A PIN or APD (avalanche photodiode) photodetector converts the received light to a signal current. The PIN diode is relatively cheap and operates with the same supply voltage as the electronic components, but for a given optical power it generates fewer electrons than the APD. As a result, the APD provides a more sensitive receiver that can be placed farther away from the transmitter. This advantage is offset by the need for an APD bias circuit, which (depending on the APD type) must provide a reverse operating voltage in the 30V to 100V range. Additionally, the APD adds more noise, costs more, and requires cooling. The photodetector delivers the extracted current to a transimpedance amplifier (TIA), which first converts the current to a voltage. This single-ended voltage is then

FO transceivers
The widely used Time Division Multiplex (TDM) transmission technique now enables bit rates up to 10Gbps and is well established in modern transport systems.

TIA PHOTODIODE

POST AMP

CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY

DATA CLOCK DEMUX 1:N

DATA CLOCK

DATA LASER DIODE LASER DRIVER LATCH CLOCK

N:1 MUX CLOCK SYNTHESIZER

DATA CLOCK

Figure 1. A typical receiver/transmitter unit for SONET/SDH fiber-transmission systems.

amplified by the TIA and (usually) converted to a differential signal as required by state-of-the-art receivers. The TIA should provide both high overload tolerance and high input sensitivity (i.e., a large dynamic range). To provide the high input sensitivity necessary to receive optical signals weakened by transmitter aging or long transmission distance (or both), the TIA noise must be reduced to a minimum. On the other hand, a high overload tolerance is required to avoid bit errors due to distortion in the presence of strong optical signals. Further, the TIAs maximum achievable gain depends on the operating frequency. To ensure stable operation and the required bandwidth, gain can be optimized only within a narrow range. This limitation may cause the output voltage resulting from low-power optical signals to be insufficient for further processing. To amplify small TIA voltages in the 1mV to 2mV range, the TIA function must be followed by a postamplifier, which in most cases is a limiting amplifier (LA). As the name implies, a limiting amplifier delivers a certain output-voltage swing whose maximum is independent of the input signal strength. Also included is a loss-of-power indicator (LOP) that warns when the incoming signal falls below a user-defined threshold. As a system-dependent parameter, this threshold must be adjusted externally. A comparator with hysteresis ensures chatter-free operation for the LOP flag when the signal is close to the threshold level. A key component that follows the limiting amplifier in a receiver unit is the clock and data recovery (CDR) circuit. The CDR performs timing and amplitude-level decisions on the incoming signal, which leads to a time- and amplitude-regenerated data stream. First to be recovered from the received signal is the clock. Several possibilities can support this clock-recovery function (external SAW

filter, external reference clock, etc.), but only the fully integrated approach can save both cost and effort. The challenge for an integrated clock-recovery circuit is to meet the jitter specification recommended by the International Telecommunication Union-Telecom Standards Sector (ITU-T). Jitter refers to the effect in which individual bit transitions (0 to 1 and viceversa) are not exactly in phase. The effect becomes visual in an eye diagram, in which several pseudorandom bit-pattern sequences are superimposed. An eye diagram illustrates the quality of a data stream in terms of the eye opening, measured using the eye mask (Figure 2). ITU-T recommendations specify limits on the tolerance, transfer, and generation of jitter. Signal quality at the LA output (as represented by the eye opening) is usually low, mostly as a consequence of nonideal components in the optical transmission system. Because the CDR must accept a certain amount of input data jitter to achieve normal error-free operation, all receiver units in linetermination and regenerator applications must comply with the ITU-T recommendations for jitter tolerance.
EYE DIAGRAM

Figure 2. An eye diagram illustrates the signal quality of a data stream.

4

Jitter transfer refers to the portion of jitter allowed to transfer from input to output of the CDR, and jitter generation is that produced by the CDR itself. The ITUT specs for these two parameters must be met for regenerators in a long-haul system, because at each stage the recovered clock enables transmission to the next regenerator, allowing jitter contributions to accumulate from regenerator to regenerator. Conversely, for line-termination receivers (which are in the majority of applications) the jitter transfer and jitter generation need not meet ITU-T recommendations. In those applications, the regenerated data is synchronized to the system clock. Aside from jitter effects, noise and pulse distortion both reduce the phase margin in which received bits can be clocked for the purpose of sensing their logic level. The use of a phase-locked loop (PLL) is essential in synchronizing the clock with the data stream, to ensure alignment of the clock with the middle of a data word. To further optimize the bit error rate (BER) in the presence of asymmetrical rise and fall transitions of the received data signal, the system should include an option to adjust the phase relation between clock and data. The CDR often includes a loss-of-lock (LOL) alarm, which monitors whether the PLL is locked to the received data stream. The CDRs serial stream of regenerated data and the recovered clock signal are usually fed to a deserializer, whose conversion ratio depends on the datas bit rate and the interface capability (speed) of the CMOS system components. The deserializer must also provide a CMOS-compatible interface. To support bit alignment of the serial data stream to the different deserializer outputs, the deserializer should include bitsynchronization capability.

1800nm, known as the third optical window, offers the lowest attenuation per unit of fiber length (Figure 3). Several optical sources are available for todays optical transmission systems. Light-emitting diodes (LEDs), for example, are often used for low-cost, short-distance local area network (LAN) connections. Disadvantages, however, preclude use of the LED as a transmitter for telecommunications systems: its broad spectral bandwidth allows the coexistence of many optical modes, and it cannot operate at wavelengths of the second and third optical windows. Unlike the LED, the optical-modulated laser transmitter (the electro-absorption and Mach-Zehnder types, for instance) is an optical source with high spectral purity that can operate in the third optical window. It is preferred, therefore, for ultra-long-distance or WDM transmission systems in which high performance is mandatory and cost is not a major consideration. For optical links in the majority of telecommunication trunk lines, various types of direct-modulated semiconductor laser diode offer an optimum cost/performance ratio for short, intermediate, and long-haul transmissions. Devices are available for operation in both the second and third optical windows.
10.0 (1) (2) (3)

ATTENUATION (dB/km)

1.0 0.5

0.1

Optical transmitter
The optical transmitter in a fiber optic system converts the electrical bit sequence delivered from the CMOS system components to an optical data stream. As shown in Figure 1, it contains a serializer with clock synthesizer (which depends on the system setup and transmission bit rate), a driver, and an optical source. Two important wavelength ranges (windows 2 and 3) are in use for transmitting information over a fiber cable in telecommunication networks. Within an optical window, the signals benefit from a lower impact on quality (less dispersion) and less attenuation per unit of fiber length. The range between 1000nm and 1300nm, called the second optical window, is known for low dispersionas low as 0dB. The range from 1500nm to
50

0.6

1.0

1.4

1.8

WAVELENGTH (m)

PURE QUARTZ FIBER 0 DISPERSION (ps/nmkm) GeO2 IMPLANTED FIBER

-50

-100

-150 (1) -200 0.6 1.1 1.5 1.9 WAVELENGTH (m) (2) (3)

Figure 3. Variations of attenuation and dispersion vs. wavelength for the first, second, and third optical windows.

All semiconductor laser diodes used for direct modulation have in common the need for a DC-bias current to set the operating point and a modulation current for signal transmission. The values for DC-bias and modulation current depend on characteristics of the laser diode, which can differ from type to type and version to version. The drift of these characteristics with time and temperature should be evaluated carefully when designing a transmitter unit, especially with regard to the more cost-effective, uncooled types of semiconductor laser. The laser driver must therefore offer bias and modulation currents with sufficient range to support the development of optical transmitters with a wide choice of laser diodes. To compensate for the drift of laser characteristics over time and temperature, the laser driver must maintain the initially adjusted DC operating point. The best way to realize this compensation is to introduce automatic power control (APC). To detect the actual laser power, a photodiode converts the laser light to a proportional current and feeds it to the laser driver, where the actual value is compared with a previous fixed value. Any difference causes the DC-bias current to increase or decrease as required to reach the initially defined laser power. Often, the APC includes an alarm function that warns if the laser diode s optical power can no longer be sustained due to aging. Like the operating point, optical signal strength is affected by the drift of laser-diode characteristics over time and temperature. To maintain the optical amplitude, it is necessary to compensate for a decreasing slope in these characteristics caused by time and temperature. The problem is solved either with additional external circuitry or with an integrated Auto-

matic Modulation Control (AMC), which may employ the photodiode already present in the APC loop. In addition to these fundamental functions, the system must be capable of stopping laser transmissions by disabling the driver without interrupting data reception at the input. By adding a flip-flop or latch (as part of the laser driver or the serializer), jitter performance can be improved by retiming this data stream before it reaches the laser drivers output stage. Residing between the laser-diode driver and the lowerspeed CMOS system components, the serializer converts parallel data to a serial stream for the laser driver. Like the receiver units deserializer, the serializers conversion ratio depends on the transmission bit rate and the speed of the CMOS system interface. The retiming and serialization function requires a transmission clock, which must to be synthesized. This clock synthesizer can be integrated with the serializer, and usually incorporates a PLL. The challenge for the synthesizer is to ensure data transmission with the lowest possible jitter. As a result, the synthesizer plays a key role in the transmitter of an optical transmission system.

Complete chipset for STM 4 Rx/Tx units

All components of an optical transmission system for telecommunications must comply with the relevant ITUT recommendations. Provided this basic requirement is met, the next most important criteria in designing an O/E unit are power dissipation, supply voltage, integration level, and margin of performance. The following section describes a complete chipset that allows designers to optimize the above criteria while developing competitive STM 4 receiver/transmitter units (Figures 4 and 5).

LOP +3.3V

RSSI

LOL

+3.3V +3.3V

2 DATA 2 DATA

MAX3675
LIMITING AMP CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY 2

MAX3681
1:4 DEMUX CLOCK

2 2 2

MAX3664

PHOTODIODE

TIA

CLOCK

INV/VTH

PHADJ

SYNC

Figure 4. Three packages from Maxim form an STM 4 receiver.

+3.3V +3.3V BIASMON MODMON LASER DIODE MD MONITOR DIODE

2 2 DATA 2 2 CLOCK REFERENCE 2 2

MAX3691
4:1 MUX CLOCK SYNTHESIZER

2 DATA

MAX3667
LASER DRIVER

IMOD

IBIAS

2 CLOCK DISABLE APCSET MODSET BIASSET

Figure 5. Two packages from Maxim form an STM 4 transmitter.

The chipset is based on Maxims state-of-the-art, highperformance bipolar technologies: CB-2 and GST-2. CB-2 is a fast, complementary-bipolar process whose transit frequencies are 6.4GHz for pnp transistors and 8.7GHz for npn transistors. GST-2 is a very-high-speed, submicron bipolar process with a transit frequency of 27GHz for npn transistors. The combination of modern high-performance manufacturing and extensive IC design experience has produced a highly integrated, flexible, and powerful STM 4 chipset consisting of five ICs including the serializer and deserializer. In serial-I/O modules the chipset consists of only three ICs, and they can be delivered in die form to accommodate chip-on-board mounting technology. Power dissipation is an important consideration because system cooling requirements usually allow only a limited power budget in the O/E units. Maxims STM 4 chipset makes extensive use of 27GHz, high-speed technology in reducing power dissipation. It can further reduce power dissipation by operating on +3.3V instead of todays more common +5V. Rather than require an additional source of +5V, the O/E unit can use the +3.3V available for CMOS system components. Or, to be flexible, it can share an existing +5V supply with the front-end ICs. In addition to these features, which pertain to the chipset as a whole, features specific to the individual components are described in the following sections.

terminated as well. For input currents beyond 100Ap-p, the high gain leads to a limited differential output-voltage swing of 900mVp-p. A DC-cancellation circuit helps to deliver differential output voltages with low pulse-width distortion over a wide range of input-current levels. Low input-related noise is achieved by careful circuit design and by limiting the bandwidth to 590MHz at an input capacitance of 1.1pF. Assuming a simple PIN detector diode is used, the low noise enables a typical input sensitivity of -32dBm optical power. Power dissipation is less than 85mW at +3.3V. Small size and an optimal bondpad configuration make this component suitable for use in PIN-TIA modules, which combine a PIN diode and transimpedance amplifier in one package (a TO package, for instance).

Clock and Data Recovery (CDR)

The main functions of the clock and data recovery IC (MAX3675) are to recover the clock signal from the received data stream and to regenerate the datas timing and amplitude characteristics. Because the chip integrates an offset-compensated limiting amplifier as well, two standard products (MAX3664 and MAX3675) contain all the electronics necessary for an O/E receiver unit. The MAX3675 offers a high-sensitivity differential analog input (3mVp-p) and a differential PECL digital input, providing flexibility that supports a wide range of receiver applications. The MAX3675s power dissipation depends on the input in use: 215mW with analog inputs, or 155mW with digital inputs. Total power consumption for a complete receiver based on the MAX3664 and MAX3675 is less than 300mW at +3.3V. An LOP alarm function and input-power detector are integrated with the limiting amplifier. The LOP alarm

Preamplifier (i.e., transimpedance amplifier)

The transimpedance amplifier (MAX3664) converts a single-ended current from the detector diode to a singleended voltage, which is amplified and converted to a differential signal. Typical amplification is 6k. This gain level can be increased by 6dB if the data outputs (back-terminated internally with 60) are not externally
7

warns if the input signal falls below a user-defined threshold. The reference for this threshold is an internal bandgap circuit that is independent of the supply voltage. To ensure chatter-free operation for input signals near the threshold, the LOP s TTL-monitor output includes hysteresis. The power detector provides a receive signal-strength indicator (RSSI pin) whose output voltage is proportional to input power and is linear in decibels. The PLL necessary for clock recovery is fully integrated and does not require an external reference clock. It consists of a phase/frequency detector, a loop-filter amplifier with external RC network, and a 622MHz voltage-controlled oscillator. The PLL provides an LOL signal (LOL pin) and a TTL-monitor output that flags when the PLL loses lock. To improve the systems bit error rate as described in the Optical Receivers section, users can adjust clock phase relative to the data signal by accessing the pins PHADJ+ and PHADJ-. Finally, a decision circuit supported by the recovered clock signal (from the PLL) regenerates timing and amplitude characteristics for the incoming data stream.

Laser Driver (LD)

The main task of the laser driver (MAX3667) is to deliver the bias (IBIAS) and modulation current (IMOD) for a direct-modulated laser diode. For flexibility, the differential inputs accept PECL data streams and also differential voltage swings as small as 320mVp-p, with DC levels in the range 1V to (VCC - 0.75V). Connecting an external resistor between BIASSET and ground lets you adjust the bias current between 5mA and 90mA, and a resistor between MODSET and ground lets you adjust the modulation current between 5mA and 60mA. An integrated, temperature-stabilized reference voltage ensures stable bias and modulation currents. To avoid laser damage, a protection circuit disables the MAX3667 when any of the pins BIASSET, MODSET, or APCSET are short-circuited to ground. To avoid excessive current that could alter the laser s performance, an internal circuit also limits the sum of output currents IMOD and I BIAS to approximately 150mA. As described in the Optical Transmitter section, an integrated APC circuit, supported by an external detector diode, maintains the initial user-defined average laser power constant over time and temperature. The detector diodes average current value is established by applying an external resistor between the APCSET and GND pins. Two monitor outputs (BIASMON and MODMON) deliver output currents directly proportional to the bias and modulation currents. The bias, modulation, and APCSET currents can be disabled via the DISABLE pin, but all other functions including the reference voltage remain active to allow a fast and predictable wake-up. In addition, an integrated slowstart function provides a 50ns minimum turn-on time that reduces laser stress. In contrast to other laser drivers available in todays market, the MAX3667 can operate from a single +3.3V supply. As an alternative to the 622Mbps MAX3667, the MAX3766 laser driver can be used for STM 4 transmitter units supporting data rates from 155Mbps to 1.25Gbps. Designed to operate on a single +5V supply, the MAX3766 incorporates all attributes mentioned for the MAX3667 plus the larger bandwidth (to 1.25Gbps). Other features include extensive laser-safety provisions and the option to add a single external resistor that maintains optical amplitude by compensating for the effect of temperature on the slope of the characteristic laser curve. The resistors value depends on the laser diodes temperature characteristic.

Deserializers (DEMUX)
To support the various CMOS system-interface circuits available today, Maxim offers the MAX3680 and MAX3681 deserializers. The MAX3680 converts a 622Mbps serial data stream to a 78Mbps stream of 8-bit words. Data and clock outputs are TTL compatible, and the power consumption is 165mW at +3.3V. The MAX3681 converts a 622Mbps serial data stream to a 155Mbps stream of 4-bit words. Its differential data and clock outputs support an LVDS interface for CMOS system components, and its power consumption is 265mW at +3.3V. Both parts offer serial differentialPECL inputs for data and clock, and a synchronization function (SYNC pin) that enables a bit realignment of the deserializers data outputs.

Serializer (MUX)
The MAX3691 serializer converts four LVDS data streams at 155Mbps to a serial stream at 622Mbps. The necessary transmission clock is synthesized using a fully integrated PLL comprising a voltage-controlled oscillator, a loop-filter amplifier, and a phase/frequency detector that requires only an external reference clock. All the data- and clock-input buffers are LVDS-compatible, and the serial data output delivers differential-PECL signals. Power dissipation is 215mW at +3.3V.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Driving a laser diode at 622Mbps from a single +3.3V power supply
As fiber communication systems continue to move into the home, equipment manufacturers are being driven more than ever to reduce power consumption. Reducing the power-supply requirements into a single +3.3V supply is one obvious way to significantly improve the overall power dissipation of any system. But finding a laser transmitter that operates properly in a single +3.3V environment, while still meeting the stringent jitter and optical transmission requirements typical of SDH/SONET telecommunications, is a difficult challenge. High current requirements, fast switching capability, and laser lead inductances all work against achieving the +3.3V goal. Maxims new MAX3667 laser driver, part of Maxims complete +3.3V, 622Mbps fiber communication solutions (Figure 1) , overcomes these challenges and provides a unique solution. The operating temperature range for telecommunications covers -40C to +85C. Over this range, the required threshold current for laser diodes will vary significantly. It is not uncommon for the laser s threshold level to move by more than 40mA between -40C and +85C (Figure 2).
+3.3V

Typical long-wavelength, Fabry-Perot-style laser diodes require forward bias voltages on the order of 1.2V. This forward bias requirement is a function of the energy gap associated with the laser diode and can be greater than 1.6V. The forward voltage drop, together with a +3.3V 5% supply, means as little as 1.5V could be all that remains for the laser driver output stage. Within this tight constraint, the laser driver must provide both a bias current (IBIAS) to set the laser diode above threshold and a modulation current (I MOD) to transmit the data. Bias current requirements as high as 60mA are typical and, depending on the distance requirements, modulation currents could exceed 60mA. At the same time, the output signal must be fast enough to meet the stringent jitter generation requirements as well as the transmission eye diagram of SDH/SONET. Figure 3 shows a laser diode and the inductance associated with the package. In this configuration, a total current of IBIAS + IMOD must flow through both the laser diode and the inductance. The total voltage drop at the output of the laser driver is 1.6V + Li/t. For 622Mbps applications, optical edge speeds of less than 600ps (electrical) are typical, resulting in an additional voltage transient across the inductor as high as: VL = 5nH (60mA) / 600ps = 500mV This results in an output voltage requirement for the laser driver of +3.1V - 1.6V - 0.5V = 1.0V.
TYPICAL LASER DIODE PERFORMANCE -40C +85C

LASER DIODE

MAX3667 LASER DRIVER

MAX3691
4:1 SERIALIZER WITH CLOCK GENERATION

+3.3V POUT PHOTO DIODE TIA MAX3664

MAX3675
CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY WITH LIMITING AMP

MAX3681
1:4 DESERIALIZER 40mA

ITH

IIN

Figure 1. Maxims +3.3V, 622Mbps Chipset

Figure 2. Laser diode threshold vs. temperature

+3.3V 5% LASER DIODE 1.6V MAX PACKAGE INDUCTANCE 3nH5nH

TYPICAL SWITCHING OUTPUT STAGE

MAX3667 HIGH-SPEED CURRENT SOURCE

IMOD LASER DRIVER IBIAS

Figure 3. DC-coupled laser

The traditional bias current output stage is a simple current source capable of operating within such a tight operating voltage. On the other hand, the modulation current output stage is typically a switching differential pair, requiring more than two VBE (base emitter voltage) of headroom and making it impossible to operate with such low output voltage requirements. The MAX3667 incorporates a high-speed current source architecture capable of operating within the reduced headroom (Figure 4). By isolating the output stage from the DC voltage drop associated with the laser diode, the IMOD output can operate closer to the supply voltage and thus further relax the headroom constraints (Figure 5). Maxims MAX3667 laser driver allows AC-coupling of the IMOD output by providing an integrated pull-up resistor for self-biasing and enough current drive capability to overcome the additional loading of such a technique. The total modulation current available at the output of the MAX3667 actually exceeds 100mAp-p. The internal pull-up resistor of 31, as well as the damping and matching resistors expected when interfacing to laser diodes at high speeds, results in a reduction of the total modulation current made available at the laser diode. For typical resistor values, this current is divided down to approximately 60mAp-p. There are trade-offs to AC-coupling the modulation current. By introducing a capacitor into the signal path, a low-frequency cutoff has been added to the system. SDH/SONET signals consist of non-returnto-zero data streams. Typical expectations for these systems are that they will maintain a 10-10 bit error
10

Figure 4. Different laser driver output stages

+3.3V 5% LASER DIODE 1.6V MAX

MAX3667
3k IMOD

PACKAGE INDUCTANCE 3nH5nH

IBIAS

Figure 5. AC-coupled modulation current

rate with up to 72 consecutive 1s or 0s. This lowfrequency requirement, together with the time constant associated with the DC-blocking capacitor, can greatly affect the pattern-dependent jitter (PDJ) at the output of the laser diode. It is important that this time constant result in minimum output droop associated with the long consecutive bit streams. Obviously, this problem can easily be solved by using a large capacitor for the coupling capacitor, but this works against the typical design goal of reducing the size of the optical transmitter. By using an ACcoupling capacitor no bigger than 1 F, the MAX3667 can achieve low output droop and low PDJ for consecutive bit streams greater than 100 bits. The MAX3667 can operate a laser diode from a single +3.3V supply. In addition to providing enough drive capability, it contains a fully integrated APC loop for maintaining the bias current over temperature. The MAX3667 easily meets ITU and Bellcore jitter generation specifications for 622Mbps transmitters, without increasing cost or layout complexity.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Design challenges for fiber optic LAN transceivers
Designing fiber optic transmitters and receivers for Local Area Network (LAN) applications presents unique design challenges that are different from those found in longer-distance regulated telecommunications applications. This article examines the issues involved in designing transmitters and receivers for LAN applications. edge of data requires 8nH (30mA/300ps) 800mV of voltage swing if VL = Li/t and the required laser current is 30mA. The same voltage with opposite polarity is required on the falling edge of data, creating an AC voltage requirement of 1.6V. The total voltage headroom requirement is 3.0V or more when combined with the DC forward voltage of the laser diode. This is one of the challenges to address when designing a 3V laser driver. The standards for fiber optic data communications typically require the transmitters output power to remain within a narrow range. Maintaining the power in this range is difficult, however, because the optical efficiency of the emitting devices varies with age and temperature. Maxims laser drivers include a feedback control loop for Automatic Power Control (APC), so average power is maintained. Another transmitter requirement is the extinction ratio, which is the ratio of power level between a one and a zero. This specification ensures that there is sufficient signal present in the optical signal. Again, this specification is a design challenge because the optical emitter efficiency changes substantially with temperature. A typical 1300nm laser requires 10mA of drive current at +25 C and 30mA at +50 C. Maxim laser drivers solve this problem using a variety of methods. The MAX3766, MAX3286, and MAX3296 provide a temperature compensation adjustment that increases the modulator output current with temperature. This feature can be adjusted to compensate for changes in the laser efficiency. Eye safety is a common transmitter requirement, especially for short wavelength (780nm to 850nm), multimode fiber applications. This wavelength causes damage to the human eye if applied with sufficient power. Transmitter designers employ the APC scheme previously discussed to prevent this problem. But the feedback loop can be broken by faults in the circuit, which means the APC circuit could cause the output power to increase beyond the

Transmitters
The transmitter in a LAN/data communications transceiver generally consists of a driver and an optical emitting device. This device can be an LED, laser, or VCSEL (Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser). The driver must convert digital data into current pulses that cause the emitter to generate light. Interfacing with an LED, laser, or VCSEL is not straightforward. These devices typically have a forward voltage between 1.3V and 2.0V. This becomes critical when V CC drops to 3.0V. The optical devices usually require a current drive capability between 10mA and 60mA to produce the desired optical output power. Also, the voltage swing due to packaging inductance of the optical device must be considered.
TRANSMITTER REQUIREMENT CW Output Power Requirement Extinction Ratio DRIVER CONSIDERATION(S) DC output (bias) current amplitude, accuracy, Automatic Power Control feature Modulation output current amplitude and accuracy, tempco of laser modulation current Controlled output current (ringing, overshoot well behaved, edge speed within proper range) Single-point fault protection Low jitter, low noise

Eye Diagram Eye Safety Jitter Generation

A typical application is an emitting device for Gigabit Ethernet packaged in a TO-46 header, with 8nH of lead inductance. The required rise time for Gigabit Ethernet is approximately 300ps. Each rising

11

safe level if a critical point in the circuit was accidentally shorted to V CC or GND. The industry standard regarding eye safety calls for tolerance to a single-point fault. Maxims MAX3766, MAX3286, and MAX3296 are single-point fault tolerant. Any point in the circuit can be shorted to VCC or GND without causing an unsafe transmitter power output. Operation of the APC loop during startup is also an issue. Some APC circuits may not work correctly at turn-on, or they may produce very high transmitter power during turn-on. This problem can cause the driver output current to exceed the lasers absolute maximum ratings, possibly damaging the laser. Maxim laser drivers use a proprietary smooth startup circuit to prevent laser damage.

The total gain between the TIA and the limiting amplifier must be at least 1.6V/3A = 530 (114dB) to obtain digital PECL receiver output. This gain is spread between the TIA and limiting amplifier to prevent oscillations. The TIAs input-referred noise generally determines the sensitivity of the receiver. This noise must be kept as small as possible to obtain good sensitivity and maximum link distance. The TIA typically tolerates signals as large as 1mAp-p. These lownoise, high dynamic range restraints make TIA design difficult. The limiting amplifier has up to 50dB to 70dB gain and performs the quantizing, or decision making, function. A signal-detect circuit is usually provided inside the limiting amplifier. The signal-detect circuit is most effective if it detects the AC portion of the signal, not the DC component. The signal-detect output is used by the digital circuitry further downstream to determine if the input signal contains valid data, or is just noise. The limiting amplifier output is typically PECL-compatible. Driving inductive cables and connectors at high speed becomes an important issue for data rates above 300Mbps. The MAX3264 and MAX3265 use a current-mode output that is virtually insensitive to load inductance.
MAX3264/MAX3265/MAX3286/MAX3296

Receivers
A typical receiver comprises a photodetector (photodiode), transimpedance amplifier (TIA), and limiting amplifier (quantizer). The photodiode converts light pulses to current pulses that are amplified by the TIA and then output as voltage pulses. The limiting amplifier provides the binary decision. Typical input to a 622Mbps optical LAN receiver may be as small as -28dBm with an extinction ratio of 10, which provides a 3Ap-p signal at the photodetector.
RECEIVER REQUIREMENT Sensitivity (smallest input) Overload (largest input) Jitter Signal Detect CONSIDERATION(S) Input-referred noise, gain, bandwidth Maximum current input to transimpedance amplifier Pulse width distortion, data-dependent jitter, random jitter from noise Gain, range of signal detect, type of signal detect, hysteresis of signal detect

are

future products.

12

NEW PRODUCTS
622Mbps LAN/ATM laser driver has tempco adjustment, safety features, and modulation current
The MAX3766 laser driver is specially designed for fiber optic LAN transmitters and optimized for operation at 622Mbps. It includes a laser modulator, automatic power control (APC) circuitry, and a fail indicator with latched shutdown. An external resistor programs the lasers modulation current (the maximum at 622Mbps is 60mA). Another resistor programs the lasers bias current between 0.5mA and 80mA. At lower modulation currents, the MAX3766 can operate at data rates to 1.25Gbps. The temperature coefficient of modulation can also be programmed to keep the transmitted extinction ratio nearly constant over a wide temperature range. APC circuitry, using feedback from the lasers monitor photodiode, adjusts the lasers bias current to produce a constant output power regardless of the lasers temperature or age. To ensure that the transmitter output does not reach hazardous levels, the MAX3766 provides extensive laser-safety measures, including a failure indicator with latched shutdown and a smoothstartup bias generator. The MAX3766 is available in a 20-pin QSOP package.

3.3V, 622Mbps, SDH/SONET 8:1 serializer includes clock synthesis and TTL inputs
The MAX3690 serializer operates from a +3.3V supply, consumes 200mW, and converts 8-bit-wide, 77MHz parallel data to 622Mbps serial data in SDH/SONET systems. Other applications include add/drop multiplexers and digital cross connects. The MAX3690 accepts TTL clock and data inputs, and delivers a 3.3V PECL serial-data output. A fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) synthesizes an internal 622Mbps serial clock from a lowspeed crystal reference clock of 77.76MHz, 38.88MHz, or 51.84MHz. A TTL loss-of-lock output indicates whether the PLL is operating correctly. The MAX3690 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package.

FAILURE

MAX3766
SINGLE-POINT FAULT MONITOR

LASER DRIVER
LATCHED SHUTDOWN VCC

LASER POWER CONTROL BIAS

IN

LASER DRIVER SMOOTH START

5mA to 60mA

EXTINCTION RATIO CONTROL

20-QSOP

3766

3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET laser driver has automatic power control

The MAX3867 laser driver operates on +3.3V or +5V supplies and draws less than 65mA of supply current at +3.3V. It accepts differential-PECL data and clock inputs to 2.5Gbps, and provides bias and modulation currents for the laser. The synchronizing input latch can be bypassed if a clock signal is not available. Automatic power control (APC) feedback maintains a constant average optical power over temperature and lifetime. The wide ranges of modulation current (5mA to 60mA) and bias current (1mA to 100mA) are easy to program, making the MAX3867 an excellent choice for various SDH/SONET applications. It complies with ANSI, ITU, and Bellcore SDH/SONET specifications.

The MAX3867 also provides an enable control, a programmable slow-start circuit for setting the laser turn-on delay, and a failure-monitor output that indicates

when the APC loop is unable to maintain the average optical power. It is available in a small 48-pin TQFP.
VCC

LATCH LP

MAX3867
0 DATA CLK D Q 1 MUX IMOD

CD OUT+ OUT-

RD

CF LP 25 RF

ENABLE IBIAS 172X 5X MD 40X BIAS

VCC

1000pF IMD FAILURE DETECTOR

MODSET RMODSET

BIASMAX FAIL RBIASMAX

CAPC CAPC

APCSET RAPCSET

13

NEW PRODUCTS
3.3V, 622Mbps SDH/SONET laser driver has APC
The MAX3667 is a complete +3.3V (or +5V) laser-diode driver. Designed for SDH/SONET applications operating to 622Mbps, it includes automatic power control (APC) to compensate for changes in the laser efficiency due to temperature effects and aging. The MAX3667 accepts differentialPECL inputs and provides single-ended bias and modulation currents for the laser diode. An internal, temperature-stabilized reference voltage simplifies the external programming of these currents, providing a 5mAp-p to 60mAp-p range for the modulation current and a 5mA to 90mA range for the bias current. To aid external circuitry in supervising the performance of the laserdriver system, two internal monitors provide high-speed analog currents that are directly proportional to the bias and modulation currents. Other features include enable/disable control and a slow-start capability with 50ns minimum turn-on time. The MAX3667 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C).

Complete 3.3V Transmitter/Receiver Chipset Includes Clock Generator and Serializer

+3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V

MAX3691

MAX3675

MAX3681

MAX3667

MAX3664

Clock Generator and 4:1 Serializer

Laser Driver

0km

60km

Preamp

Clock & Data 1:4 Deserializer Recovery and Limiting Amplifier

622Mbps, 4:1 SDH/SONET serializer features LVDS inputs, PLL clock synthesizer
The MAX3691 4:1 serializer is designed to convert 155Mbps parallel data to 622Mbps serial data in 622Mbps SDH/SONET applications. Operating from a +3.3V supply, it provides a highspeed digital interface by accepting lowvoltage differential-signal (LVDS) clock

and data inputs, and delivering a 3.3V differential-PECL serial-data output. The MAX3691 includes a fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) consisting of a phase/frequency detector, loop filter/amplifier, and voltage-controlled oscillator, which synthesizes an internal 622Mbps serial clock from a low-speed crystal-reference clock. By locking onto an external reference of 155.52MHz, the PLL generates an internal 622Mbps for clocking the output shift register. A TTL loss-of-lock output indicates whether the PLL is operating properly.
0.1F

Along with the MAX3667 laser driver, the MAX3691 is part of a 2-chip complete solution for 622Mbps SDH/SONET applications. Their +3.3V power supplies, PECL input (MAX3667), and PECL output (MAX3691) simplify the design of 622Msps transmission systems. The MAX3691 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package specified for the extendedindustrial temperature range (-40 C to +85C).

LVDS CRYSTAL REFERENCE

0.1F

VCC = +3.3V

PCLKIPD0+ OVERHEAD GENERATION PD0PD1+ PD1PD2+ PD2PD3+ PD3PCLKO-

PCLKI+

RCLK-

RCLK+

VCC

GND FIL+ 1.5k

MAX3691
100pF FIL-

24.9k

VCC = +3.3V PCLKO+ SDSD+ VCC = +3.3V 130 130

MAX3667
82 82

THIS SYMBOL REPRESENTS A TRANSMISSION LINE OF CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE (Z0 = 50)

14

NEW PRODUCTS
622Mbps low-noise transimpedance preamplifier serves optical receivers in LAN and WAN systems
The MAX3760 is a transimpedance preamplifier for 622Mbps ATM applications. It converts small photodiode currents to measurable differential voltages, and includes a DC-cancellation circuit that reduces pulse width distortion by providing true differential output swings over a wide range of current levels. It operates from a single +5V supply and has a typical power consumption of 100mW. The MAX3760 has a 6.5k transimpedance gain, 560MHz bandwidth, and handles input overloads to 1mA. With an operating temperature range of -40 C to +85 C, its low input-referred noise (73nA) allows a typical input sensitivity of -31.5dBm for 1300nm receivers. Typical optical-input overloads (-3dBm) give an overall dynamic range of 28.5dB. This preamplifier is internally compensated and requires few external components. In die form its space-saving filter connection provides positive bias for the photodiode through a 1k resistor to VCC. These features allow the MAX3760 and photodiode to be easily assembled in a TO-style header. The MAX3760 is designed for use with the MAX3761 or MAX3762 limiting amplifier. When combined with a photodiode, the resulting chipset forms a complete 5V, 622Mbps receiver. The MAX3760 is available as die or in an 8-pin SO package.

3.3V, 2.488Gbps, SDH/SONET 1:16 deserializer has LVDS outputs

The MAX3885 deserializer converts 2.488Gbps serial data to 16-bit-wide, 155Mbps parallel data in SDH/SONET systems. Other applications include add/ drop multiplexers and digital cross connects. As an interface to high-speed digital circuitry, the MAX3885 accepts data and clock inputs in a PECL serial format, and delivers clock and data outputs in a low-voltage differential-signal (LVDS) format. It operates from a single +3.3V supply and draws 630mW. In addition, its LVDS synchronization input enables data realignment and reframing, and its self-biasing PECL inputs simplify AC coupling. The MAX3885 comes in a 64-pin TQFP package.

622Mbps, SDH/SONET 1:8 deserializer has TTL outputs and draws 265mW
The MAX3680 deserializer is a bipolar IC that includes input and output buffers, an 8-bit shift register, and an 8-bit parallel output register. Designed to convert 622Mbps serial data to 8-bit-wide, 77Mbps parallel data, the MAX3680 is suitable for use in SDH/SONET transmission systems, ATM/SONET access nodes, add/drop multiplexers, and digital cross connects.
+3.3V +3.3V

The MAX3680 operates from a single +3.3V supply and consumes 265mW (typ) in normal operation. It accepts PECLcompatible serial clock and data inputs and delivers TTL-compatible outputs. It also includes a TTL-synchronization input that enables data realignment and framing as part of the interface to external, highspeed digital circuitry. The MAX3680 comes in a 28-pin SSOP package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C).

2.5Gbps, lowpower clockrecovery and dataretiming IC operates on 3.3V

The MAX3875 is a compact, lowpower clock-recovery and data-retiming IC for 2.488Gbps SDH/SONET applications. Its fully integrated phase-locked loop recovers a synchronous clock signal from the serial NRZ data input, which is then retimed by the recovered clock. Differential PECL-compatible outputs are provided for both clock and data signals, and the chip provides an additional 2.488Gbps serial input for system-loopback diagnostic testing. It also provides a TTL-compatible loss-of-lock (LOL) monitor. The MAX3875 is designed for both section-regenerator and terminal-receiver applications in OC-48/STM-16 transmission systems. Its jitter performance exceeds all SDH/SONET specifications. It operates from a single supply voltage of +3.3V to +5V. At +3.3V, it consumes only 400mW over the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). The MAX3875 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package.

+3.3V

MAX3675 LIMITING AMPLIFIER DATA & CLOCK RECOVERY

2 2

MAX3680/1

MAX3664 TIA

DESERIALIZER

SAVE POWER
240 POWER (mW) 160 80 0

SAVE SPACE
MAX3664
(8-MAX)

MAX3675
(32-TQFP)

MAX3680
(24-SSOP)

80mW

215mW

165mW

MAX3664

MAX3675

MAX3680

15

Volume Thirty-Four

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports results for the second quarter of fiscal 1999 Choosing the optimum buffer/ADC combination for your application Tiny light sensor with logic output draws less than 10A -12V to -5V/400mA regulator ensures sequencing with 5V rail Regulated LCD-bias generator requires no inductor Redundant-transceiver RS-232 link has 40V overvoltage protection
Data Converters
10- and 12-bit serial-input ADCs fit 8-pin MAX 8-bit, 2-channel, serial-input ADCs fit 10-pin MAX 16-bit, 1Msps self-calibrating ADC features 4-cycle latency 18-bit sigma-delta ADCs guarantee 0.0015% INL 12- and 13-bit DACs guarantee <10ppm/C reference (MAX144/145, MAX157/159) (MAX1108/1109) (MAX1200) (MAX1400/1402) (MAX5120/5130) (MAX4174/4175) (MAX6190/91/92/ 94/95/98) (MAX4550/4570) (MAX457174) (MAX4578/4579) (MAX4580/90, 4600) (MAX4598) (MAX4601/4602/4603) (MAX3510) (MAX3693) (MAX1612/1613) (MAX1677) (MAX1687/1688) (MAX1692) (MAX1711) (MAX1729) (MAX633237) (MAX6816/6817)

2 3 10 11 12 13

NEW PRODUCTS

15 15 16 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 17 18 18 19 19 21 20 19 20 21 20 22 21 22 22

Op Amps
Fixed-gain, rail-to-rail amps occupy SOT23 packages

Voltage References
Precision micropower voltage references have low dropout voltage

Switches/Multiplexers
Audio/video crosspoint switches have clickless mode Serially controlled analog switches offer clickless operation Single 8-to-1/dual 4-to-1 cal-muxes operate to 20V SPST, CMOS, dual analog switches have 1.25 on-resistance 8-channel mux offers multiple operating modes Quad SPST analog switches have 2.5 on-resistance

Fiber Optic ICs

Upstream CATV amplifier has programmable gain 622Mbps, 4:1 data serializer includes clock synthesis and LVDS inputs

Power-Management ICs
Backup controllers charge bridge batteries in notebook CPUs Compact DC-DC converter generates main supply and 28V LCD bias ICs drive 2A GSM transmit burst while drawing 6-times lower battery current Tiny switcher for low-voltage logic supply surpasses LDO regulators Step-down controller for notebook CPUs has digital control High-accuracy bias supply enables use of low-cost color ECB LCDs

Supervisory ICs
Supervisors monitor trip thresholds down to 1.6V Robust switch debouncers handle 15kV ESD without external components

Interface ICs
Integrated IrDA and RS-232 transceivers save space and power in hand-held apps Internal preemphasis enhances RS-485/RS-422 Tx performance (MAX3130/3131) (MAX3291/3292)

Wireless ICs
Monolithic buffer amps replace 15 discrete components 3V, ultra-low-noise SiGe amps operate to 2.5GHz Wideband SiGe downconverter mixers operate from 400MHz to 2.5GHz (MAX2470/2471) 23 (MAX2640/2641) 23 (MAX2680/2681/2682) 23

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RESULTS FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF FISCAL 1999
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported net revenues of $145 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1999 ending December 26, 1998, compared to $135 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1998. Net income was $46.5 million in Q299, compared to $42.8 million for the second quarter of fiscal 1998. Income per share was $0.31 for Q299, compared to $0.29 for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $50.4 million after paying $8.9 million for 317,500 shares of its common stock and $5.1 million for capital equipment. Inventory declined by $1.4 million during Q299. Accounts receivable also declined $12.1 million during the quarter. Annualized return on average stockholders equity during the quarter was 26.8%, one of the highest in the industry today. Net bookings on the Company were $141 million in Q299, an 11% increase over the Q199 level of $127 million. During the quarter, customers continued their trend of ordering for near-term delivery. Turns orders received in the quarter were $52 million, a 24% increase over the Q199 level (turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders). Order cancellations during the quarter were approximately $15 million, the lowest level in the last several quarters. Second quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was approximately $135 million, including $109 million requested for shipment by the end of Q399. During Q299, bookings grew in Europe and the Pacific Rim. Market conditions in Japan continue to be difficult, and business in that country declined during the quarter. While some of the strength in the Pacific Rim is due to the transfer of contract manufacturing to lower cost manufacturing areas, the Company also saw an increase in its OEM business in Korea. Bookings improved in the communications (primarily cell phones) and the computer (primarily notebook related) end markets. In addition, the Company experienced moderate bookings growth in the broad-based traditional standard analog products that serve most of the Companys end markets. Gross margins for Q299 were 68.7%, an increase from the 67.5% reported in Q199. During the quarter, the Company expensed $2.8 million of costs that were in excess of the costs achieved by the Companys lowest cost wafer fabrication facility (Beaverton). In addition, the Company increased inventory reserves by $2.5 million, further increasing cost of sales in Q299. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: Although bookings in Q299 did grow substantially over Q199 (which now looks like the low point), Q399s growth (or lack of it) should indicate whether we are just bouncing off the bottom, or whether a growth trend has resumed. Mr. Gifford continued: Since our Q299 shipments slightly exceeded our net bookings, our Q399 opening backlog declined from the previous quarter. Our ability to ship at the Q299 level or above in Q399 will depend on Q399 turns orders that are at or above Q299 levels.

Choosing the optimum buffer/ ADC combination for your application

Selecting the optimum drive amplifier (or buffer) for a specific analog-to-digital converter (ADC) requires attention to impedance matching, charge injection, noise reduction, and output accuracy. ADC manufacturers often recommend a specific amplifier for a given converter, but the combination must be compatible with the target system. Overall performance must be considered as well as the ADCs input structure and its effect on the buffer. Progress in the development of ADCsincluding everincreasing speed and resolution, switched-capacitor input structures, and single-supply operationis forcing system designers to evaluate the associated drive amplifier very carefully. The drive amplifier, or buffer, must provide a low source impedance and sufficient output current to drive the ADC inputs, and its high-frequency output impedance must be sufficiently low to avoid excessive conversion error. For many sampling ADCs, the buffer also must amplify extremely low-level signals.

Input voltage-noise density eN = 7.9nV/Hz, at = 30kHz Input current-noise density iN = 0.5A/Hz, at = 1kHz. Because the effective noise bandwidth of a single-pole filter is 1.57 times the -3dB corner frequency, the MAX4256 s noise bandwidth is GBW/1.57A V . In addition to voltage-noise and current-noise sources in the IC, each resistor in the circuit contributes a noise voltage. Thus, the total equivalent input-referred noise is: e t = e N 2 + [i N ( R1 / R 2)] + (e r )
2 2

That is, total noise =

( volt. noise)2 + cur. noise R eq

)2 + (res.

noise)2

To simplify calculation, remember that the noise generated by a 1k resistor in a 1Hz bandwidth is 4nVRMS. That information reduces the formula to:
e r = 4nV/ Hz

) (BW R eq /1k) ;

where Req(BW) is the equivalent resistance in a specified bandwidth. Assuming a bandwidth of 20kHz for this typical audio-frequency application, and bearing in mind the MAX195 sampling rate (85ksps), the result is eN = 8.7nV/Hz. Note that the MAX4256s input current noise of 0.5A/Hz is insignificant in comparison. Total output noise referred to the op-amp circuits bandwidth is: ET = et

How noise affects performance

Ideally, an op-amp signal source should contribute no error beyond that of the ADC. As a minimum condition for avoiding excess noise in the system, the signal-tonoise ratio (SNR) of the source should be better than the theoretical limit of the ADC. Fortunately, the noise performance of all new-generation op amps is much better than 12 bits, and those with good 16-bit noise performance are not difficult to find. Its important to note, however, that the noise powers of the amplifier and the ADC are cumulative. Figure 1 is an excellent example of a low-noise, lowdistortion interface between a 16-bit successive-approximation ADC (MAX195) and its input drive amplifier (MAX4256). For this example, calculate the total RMS noise contributed by the buffer using information from the MAX4256 data sheet:
VIN

= 8.7nV / Hz = 17VRMS

[BW(1 / )]

20 kHz(1.57)(11)

+5V

VDD 50k 2 7 6 3 MAX4256 4 5k 8 AIN

MAX195
(16-BIT ADC) DOUT SCLK CS VSS -5V REF 4.096V SERIAL INTERFACE

SHDN

SHDN

Figure 1. This interface between a drive amplifier and a 16-bit ADC offers low noise and low distortion.

To determine the total noise power for the ADC/op-amp combination, first convert the ADC signal noise and distortion (SINAD) values from decibels to voltage. Then calculate the square root of the sum of the squares and convert the value back to decibels. In this case, we use the MAX195s minimum guaranteed SINAD value of 87dB. Converting to voltage (44.7V) and combining with ET = 17V results in a total noise power of 86.4dBa degradation of only 0.6LSB in the ADCs SNR. A series of these calculations can demonstrate the effect of a given drive amplifier on the overall performance.

This high performance allows use of the noninverting configuration and a single-supply op amp (MAX4256). Another way to evaluate op amps as drive amplifiers is to compare their numerical specifications to the weight (step size) of the ADCs least significant bit (LSB) in volts. For example, the LSB for a 16-bit ADC with a 5.000V unipolar input range is 76V. To approximate the amplifiers error contribution, compare that number to the amplifiers input offset voltage, drift, and noise, all multiplied by its closed-loop gain. Thus, a closedloop gain of +11V/V and an offset of 70V (typical for the MAX4256) produce an error of 770V, which for a 16-bit application is 10LSBs! If DC accuracy is important, the buffers offset must either be much less than the ADC s maximum offset (3LSBs for the MAX195), or it should be trimmed through hardware or software. The MAX410 family op amps also work well with the 5V supplies used by the MAX195. The MAX410 has a 3.5V common-mode input range and a similar outputvoltage swing, which allows the converter to operate with reference voltages up to 3.5V. The MAX410 s offset voltage (250V) is approximately 2LSBs. Its drift (1 V/ C), unity-gain bandwidth (28MHz), and low voltage noise (2.4nV/Hz) are all compatible with 16-bit performance (Figure 3).

Distortion
Distortion also degrades dynamic performance, but this effect can be minimized by choosing an amplifier whose distortion is much less than the converters total harmonic distortion (THD). Again, Figure 2s circuit is very effective: the MAX195s THD is only -97dB (0.0014%), and the MAX4256s SINAD is an outstanding -115dB.
MAX4249/MAX4255/MAX4256/MAX4257 FFT OF DISTORTION AND NOISE
0 -20 AMPLITUDE (dBc) -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 -140 10 5k 10k 15k 20k FREQUENCY (Hz)
HD2 HD3

VOUT = 4Vp-p fO = 1kHz VIN fO 11k 100k VO 10k

MAX4249 TOC22

20

Bandwidth and settling time

To determine speed requirements for the drive amplifier, match its settling time to the ADCs acquisition time. That is, the conversion results will be accurate if the ADC samples the input signal for an interval longer than the amplifiers worst-case settling time. By definition, settling time is the interval between the application of an
CURRENT-NOISE DENSITY vs. FREQUENCY
10 CURRENT-NOISE DENSITY (pA/ Hz) VS = 5V TA = +25C VS = 5V TA = +25C

Figure 2. The MAX4256 offers an outstanding spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) of 115dB.
VOLTAGE-NOISE DENSITY vs. FREQUENCY
100 VOLTAGE-NOISE DENSITY (nV/ Hz)

10

f CORNER = 90Hz 1 1 10 100 FREQUENCY (Hz) 1k 10k 1 1 10 100

f CORNER = 220Hz 1k 10k

FREQUENCY (Hz)

Figure 3. Voltage- and current-noise density graphs (for the MAX410) aid in calculating the accuracy obtainable with a given ADC.

input voltage step and the point at which the output signal reaches and stays within a given error band centered on the resulting steady-state output level (Figure 4). For large input steps, the amplifier s slew-rate limit restricts the speed with which its output can change. The result, for a given input amplitude and for an amplifier with a given slew rate, is a maximum at the frequency that can be faithfully reproduced: MAX = SR/2Vp where Vp is the peak output voltage. A first-order approximation of settling time (tS) can be made if the following conditions apply: The input signal does not cause the amplifier output to enter slew-rate limiting The amplifiers -3dB corner frequency is known The output amplitude rolls off at 20dB/decade for at least one decade of frequency above -3dB. Then, tS = -1/2-3dB[ln(VO/VS - 1)] [1] To calculate tS to within 1/2LSB at N-bit resolution, replace VO/VS with the expression (2N - 1/2)/2N, where N is the number of bits. Equation [1] now becomes: tS = 0.11(1 + N)/-3dB [2] Finding an amplifier that meets the requirements of your application may be difficult. Numerous op amps can operate satisfactorily with 12-bit ADCs, but only a few are suitable for driving 14- and 16-bit ADCs above 500kHz. The choice involves trade-offs among the parameters of noise, distortion, and settling time.

Settling time poses a problem because few op-amp manufacturers test this specification at levels equivalent to 16-bit performance (0.001%). Consider bandwidth and settling time for the drive amplifier in Figure 1. For its typical slew rate of 2.1V/s, the maximum frequency this buffer can handle with an input amplitude of 2Vp-p is MAX = SR/2 2Vp = 167kHz. Similarly, for settling time, solve equation [2] for the -3dB frequency after substituting the 16-bit settling time (1.6s at 0.001%) for tS. Though just an approximation, the surprising result is 1.17MHz. Bandwidth requirements for high-resolution settling time can be much higher than expected, and designers often underestimate the bandwidth necessary to sustain gain accuracy. Insufficient gain over the input-signal bandwidth can easily introduce errors greater than 1LSB. Fortunately, the MAX4256 offers a -3dB corner frequency of 22MHz.

High-speed applications
For demanding video and other high-speed applications, Maxim offers a broad range of video op amps that are also suitable for use as ADC drivers. Among them, the members of a new family of low-noise, low-distortion, 880MHz video op amps make outstanding drive amplifiers (Table 1 and Figure 5): -3dB bandwidth of 880MHz (MAX4104) 0.1dB gain flatness to 100MHz (MAX4104/MAX4105) 1400V/s slew rate (MAX4105/MAX4305) Spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) (5MHz, RL = 100) of -88dBc (MAX4104/MAX4304) High output-current drive: 70mA Low input offset voltage: 1mV Also noteworthy as drive amplifiers are the MAX4106/ MAX4107 op amps, which combine high speed with an ultra-low noise level of 0.75nV/Hz. The MAX4106 is compensated for closed-loop gains of +5V/V or greater, the MAX4107 for +10V/V or greater. Low-distortion

OVERSHOOT

FINAL ENTRY INTO ERROR BAND FINAL VALUE

ERROR BAND

+FS AMPLITUDE INPUT STEP AT t=0

Table 1. Op amp family for ADC driver applications

PART
TIME

SLEW-RATE LIMITING 0 SETTLING TIME

MINIMUM BANDWIDTH STABLE (MHz) GAIN (V/V) 1 2 5 10 880 730 430 350

PIN-PACKAGE 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin SO 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin SO 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin SO 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin SO

MAX4104 MAX4304 MAX4105 MAX4305

Figure 4. Output settling time is defined with respect to an error band centered on the final settled value.

INPUT 8- to 16-BIT HIGH-SPEED ADC INPUT 0.1F

+5V

MAX4304

1000pF

MAX4107
330 330 0.1F

8- to 16-BIT HIGH-SPEED ADC

1000pF -5V RF 240

ADC BUFFER WITH GAIN (AVCL = +2V/V)

RG 27

Figure 5. This op amp is configured as an ADC buffer with a noninverting gain of +2V/V.

ADC BUFFER WITH GAIN (AVCL = +10V/V)

architecture provides an SFDR of 63dB at 5MHz. Furthermore, these high-speed op amps have a wide output-voltage swing (3.2V with a 5V supply) and a substantial current-drive capability of 80mA (Figure 6). Finally, the MAX4108/MAX4109/MAX4308/MAX4309 op-amp family combines ultra-high speed with ultra-low distortion. At 5MHz, VOUT = 2Vp-p and RL = 100, the MAX4108 SFDR is an unprecedented -93dBc. High speed, high slew rate, low (or ultra-low) noise, and low, stable distortion levels make these op amps well suited for use as buffer amplifiers in high-speed ADC applications (Figure 7).

Figure 6. Operating with a noninverting gain of +10V/V, this ADC buffer suits high-frequency applications.

300

300

53.6* 10 12-BIT ADC

MAX4109
300

Buffer performance also depends on the ADC input structure

In addition to the considerations discussed above, a key concern in selecting a buffer (drive amplifier) is the ADCs input structure. For example, flash converters are among the most difficult to drive because they have a large nonlinear input capacitance. ADCs that have the newer switchedcapacitor architectures also require close attention. The task of driving a switched-capacitor ADC is simplified if you recognize that the ADC draws a small transient of input current at the end of each conversion, when the internal sampling capacitors switch back to the input for acquisition of the next sample. To avoid errors, the buffer circuitry must recover from this transient and settle before the next conversion starts. This can be accomplished using either of two methods. One method requires driving the ADC with an op amp that settles from a load transient in less than the ADCs acquisition time. (Many new ADCs include such wideband sample/holds on-chip.) Fortunately, most op amps settle from a load transient much more quickly

60 *

300

* USED TO MATCH A 50 SOURCE IMPEDANCE

DIFFERENCE AMPLIFIER/ADC PREAMPLIFIER

Figure 7. The buffer in this high-speed ADC application operates as a difference amplifier/preamplifier.

than from an input step, so this requirement is not too difficult to meet with an external buffer. A second method involves adding an RC filter at the input whose capacitor is much larger than the ADCs input capacitance. This larger capacitor eliminates the transient by providing charge for the sampling capacitor (Figure 8). To absorb transient glitches, Maxim often recommends using a capacitor of 1000pF or more between the ADC input and ground. An RC filter also reduces the possibility of amplifierstability problems when driving a capacitive load. A small resistor in series with the capacitor helps to

510 +5V 0.1F 6 MAX410 IN 3 4 0.1F -5V 0 -20 -40 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 FREQUENCY (Hz) 22 AIN 0.01F AV (dB) 40 20 100 80 60 AVO

AVO A

Figure 8. The 22/0.1F output filter absorbs transients from the ADC and helps stabilize the amplifier.

prevent ringing and oscillation. At higher capacitive loads, AC performance is controlled by the interaction of the load capacitance and the isolation resistor. Another key concern is to ensure that the amplifier maintains low output impedance over all input frequencies of interest. Op amps with high output impedance cannot respond quickly to changes in the ADCs input capacitance. Nor can they handle the transient currents produced by the ADC. Nonlinearities result when the op amp does not settle in time for the next conversion. Remember that high loop gain is necessary for low output impedance, according to the equation ROUT = R O /(1 + A VO ), where R O is the open-loop output impedance and AVO is the loop gain. AVO decreases as you approach the op amp s unity-gain crossover frequency, leading to increased output impedance (Figure 9). Higher output impedance makes it difficult for the amplifier to handle current spikes from the ADC. Thus, the low-impedance requirement leads to a requirement for wide bandwidth. Because higher bandwidth op amps have higher loop gain and therefore lower output impedance at higher frequencies, it makes sense to use a 500MHz op amp in front of a 50Msps ADC. The highbandwidth op amp is more effective than a lower bandwidth amplifier in absorbing current transients produced by the ADC.
Figure 9. Output impedance generally rises with frequency.

amplifier. At very low frequencies, the DC open-loop gain (AVO) is near 100dB. Also note that the logarithm of the feedback-attenuation factor is negative because it represents a reduction in the signal amplitude. Loop gain is depicted in the figure as the sum of the open-loop gain and the feedback attenuation factor (+100dB + (-40dB) = 60dB at very low frequency), or as the difference between the open-loop gain and the noise gain, 1/ [+100dB - (+40dB) = 60dB]. For a given value of , observe that as frequency increases, the loop gain A decreases. To obtain a greater amount of loop gain at higher frequencies, either increase the open-loop gain of the amplifier or increase the feedback factor (i.e., decrease the noise gain). These observations lead to a key equation in feedback systems. Referring to the unity-gain noninverting amplifier, ACL = VOUT/VIN = 1/(1 + 1/A). [3] This equation indicates that the closed-loop gain (ACL) depends on both the open-loop gain and the feedback factor. Both of these quantities are functions of frequency, so loop gain is a function of frequency as well. The amount of loop gain at the operating frequency is the key measure of how closely an amplifier configuration approaches the ideal. To understand the effect of open-loop gain on overall gain accuracy, consider a practical example based on equation [3]. Assuming an op amp with 40dB open-loop gain at the frequency of interest, the closed-loop gain has an error of 1%. This error drops to 0.1% at 60dB gain, and to 0.01% at 80dB gain. Therefore, 80dB is the

Limited loop gain error can affect overall gain accuracy

The Bode diagram of Figure 9 also depicts, for the noninverting circuit, the relationships between openloop gain (A), the feedback-attenuation factor (), noise gain (1/ ), and loop gain (A , or A VO at DC) as functions of frequency. Figure 9 shows the variation of open-loop gain vs. frequency for a typical operational

minimum allowable open-loop gain that will maintain unity closed-loop gain while properly driving a 12-bit ADC. To accommodate a higher closed-loop gain, modify equation [3] as follows: ACL = VOUT/VIN = (1/(1 + 1/A))(RF + RI)/RI [4] where RF and RI are the feedback and input resistors, respectively. Depending on the level of closed-loop gain required, even higher open-loop gain may be needed to maintain the required accuracy.

MAX4100 OUTPUT RESISTANCE vs. FREQUENCY

100

10 RESISTANCE ()

1.0

0.1

Output impedance vs. frequency

Low impedance vs. frequency has made video amplifiers such as the MAX4100 very popular as ADC drivers in medical ultrasound applications ( Figure 10 ). At the sampling frequency typical for the newest 10-bit ADCs in ultrasound systems (50MHz), the MAX4100 exhibits an output resistance of less than 0.2. The MAX4100 is a voltage-feedback, high-speed, unity-gain-stable amplifier that delivers a 500MHz unity-gain bandwidth, a 250V/ s slew rate, and a settling time of 35ns (to 0.01%) or 18ns (to 0.1%). Despite the availability of new ADC architectures and other technology improvements, companies like Maxim

0.01 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M 1G FREQUENCY (Hz)

Figure 10. The MAX4100 exhibits less than 0.2 output resistance at 50MHz.

answer many questions about missing codes and poor linearity. The cause of these problems is generally assumed to be poor performance in the ADC, but it often stems from a poor choice of drive amplifier instead. Tables 2 and 3 give an overview of the ADC-drive amplifiers, enabling a selection of single-supply (down to +2.7V) vs. dual-supply types, and fastest vs. mostaccurate types.

Table 2. ADC drive-amplifier selection, single op amps, single supply (+2.7V to +5.5V)
DEVICE GAIN STABILITY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 GBW (MHz) 0.5 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 22 22 25 25 200 300 300 VOLTAGENOISE DENSITY (nV/Hz) 25 28 28 7.9 7.9 22 22 22 22 26 26 22 22 7.9 7.9 22 22 10 10 10 CURRENTNOISE DENSITY (pA/Hz) 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.0005 0.0005 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.0005 0.0005 0.4 0.4 6.0 6.0 6.0 MAX OFFSET (mV) 0.500 1.500 0.600 0.750 0.750 1.000 0.600 2.000 2.500 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.600 0.750 0.750 1.000 0.600 20.000 12.000 9.000 OFFSET TEMPCO (V/C) 2.0 3.0 3.0 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 SLEW RATE (V/s) 0.2 1.5 1.5 6.7 6.7 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 1.6 1.6 10.0 10.0 600.0 600.0 600.0 SETTLING TIME TO 0.01% (s) 12.0 4.0 4.0 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 1.3 1.3 0.045* 0.045* 0.045* THD (%) 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.0004 0.0004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.0012 0.0012 0.003 0.003 -75dB -75dB -75dB

MAX495 MAX4330 MAX4331 MAX4250 MAX4251 MAX4122 MAX4123 MAX4322 MAX4323 MAX4165 MAX4166 MAX4130 MAX4131 MAX4255 MAX4256 MAX4124 MAX4125 MAX4012 MAX4212 MAX4213 * To 0.1%

Table 3. ADC drive-amplifier selection, single op amps, dual supplies (5V)

DEVICE GAIN STABILITY 1 1 2 2 10 5 2 1 1 2 2 10 5 10 1 1 5 1 2 2 1 1 GBW (MHz) 0.6 28 180 200 200 220 225 240 250 270 270 300 350 350 400 400 430 500 600 730 880 1000 VOLTAGENOISE DENSITY (nV/Hz) 11 2.4 5 6 6 6 6 2 7 2.2 2 0.75 0.75 2.1 6 2.2 2.1 8 2 2.1 2.1 2 CURRENTNOISE DENSITY (pA/Hz) 0.17 1.2 1 0.8 2 2 2 4 1 13 4 2.5 2.5 3.1 2 13 3.1 0.8 3 3.1 3.1 3 MAX OFFSET (mV) 0.015 0.250 8.000 8.000 8.000 8.000 8.000 7.000 8.000 8.000 7.000 3.000 3.000 6.000 8.000 8.000 6.000 8.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 OFFSET TEMPCO (V/C) 0.3 1.0 5.0 15.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 5.0 10.0 12.0 1.0 1.0 2.5 13.0 10.0 2.5 15.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.0 SLEW RATE (V/s) 0.3 4.5 350 250 1200 1200 1200 450 400 1800 450 500 275 0.025 1200 1200 1400 250 1100 0.025 400 1100 SETTLING TIME TO 0.01% (s) N/A 1.3 0.03 0.035 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.02* 0.03 0.035 0.02* 0.018 0.018 1400 0.012 0.035 0.025 0.035 0.005* 1000 0.025 0.008* THD (dB) N/A -98 -76 -65 -83 -83 -90 -73 -78 -62 -73 -63 -63 -67 -93 -68 -74 -70 -68 -88 -88 -65

MAX400 MAX410 MAX4103 MAX4101 MAX4309 MAX4308 MAX4109 MAX4180 MAX4102 MAX4113 MAX4181 MAX4107 MAX4106 MAX4305 MAX4108 MAX4112 MAX4105 MAX4100 MAX4224 MAX4304 MAX4104 MAX4223 * To 0.1%

References
1. Maxim Integrated Products, Full-Line Data Catalog on CD-ROM, 1998 Ed., version 2.0. 2. Crystal Semiconductor, Application Note AN06, January 1995. 3. Linear Technology Corp., Application Note 71, July 1997. 4. Burr-Brown Corp., Application Bulletin AB-098, April 1995.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Tiny light sensor with logic output draws less than 10A
A light-sensing circuit that consumes very little power can serve as an automatic backlight sensor in portable instruments. This function is easily implemented with a logic gate or Schmitt-trigger inverter, but those approaches draw a considerable amount of supply current. The circuit IC1 (Figure 1) offers a differentand bettersolution. A logarithmic graph of supply current vs. supply voltage ( Figure 2 ) illustrates a comparison. As expected for CMOS circuits, the 74HC inverter and 74HC14 Schmitt-trigger inverter draw very little current (<1A) when their inputs are near the supply rails. Near midscale, however, the 74HC04 at 5V draws more than 10mA! The 74HC14 is better, but still draws more than 0.5mA at midscale. These currents pose a problem because the midscale condition in a light-sensing circuit can persist for a long time. +3V power supplies reduce the supply currents by an approximate factor of three, but the currents are still significant. Adding hysteresis also helps, but there will remain a point just above or below the switching threshold at which these CMOS devices draw excessive class-A supply currents. The lowest curve, representing the supply current for IC1, varies only slightly over the signal range and never exceeds 7A. The external light sensor and bias resistor draw a maximum of 3A with a +5V supply, so the circuits total supply current, independent of light level, is less than 10 A. Unlike the other approaches, this circuit compares the light level (represented by a voltage on R1) with a fixed reference voltage rather than a loosely specified logicswitching threshold. Supply voltage can range from +2.5V to +11V, with the supply current measuring several microamps at +11V. IC1 also comes in an open-drain version (MAX836) whose output (tied to a pull-up resistor) can exceed the supply voltage in a mixed-voltage system. If minimum power consumption is more important than size, choose the MAX931 comparator/reference IC. It comes in a shrink SO-8 package called MAX (versus the MAX837 SOT package), but its maximum supply current is only 3 A. The built-in hysteresis of the MAX837 obviates the need for external hysteresis resistors. A similar idea appeared in the 4/6/98 issue of Electronic Design.

VCC VCC LDR1 VT931 (VACTEC) 3 IN R1 2.2M OUT 4 1.2V REF OUTPUT 2 V+ 100,000

SUPPLY CURRENT vs. VIN

HC04, 5V 10,000 HC14, 3V SUPPLY CURRENT (A) 1000 100 10 1 MAX837, 3.6V HC14, 5V

IC1 MAX837

HC04, 3V

GND 1

0.1 0 1 2 VIN (V) 3 4 5

Figure 1. This light sensor provides a low-to-high output transition at a light level determined by the value of R1.

Figure 2. These curves compare the supply current drawn by IC1 of Figure 1 (the lowest curve, labeled MAX837, 3.6V) with that of alternative devices.

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
-12V to -5V/400mA regulator ensures sequencing with 5V rail
The circuit in Figure 1 steps down a nominal -12V to a regulated -5V. It allows -5V to come up only after a separately regulated +5V has come up, and if the +5V collapses, it automatically shuts down the -5V. This is useful in 5V supplies for A/D and D/A converters, which often require such power-supply sequencing to avoid latchup. IC1 is a conventional boost regulator, but the overall circuit is a negative buck regulator. The boostregulator topology is correct for the switching control, but the regulators feedback signalwhich monitors an output voltage referred to the converters positive rail and compares it with a reference voltage referred to the converters negative railrequires a level shift. The Q3/Q4 current mirror provides this shift, with emitter resistors R8 and R9 included to minimize the Vbe-mismatch error. IC1 includes a comparator and a 1.5V reference, normally used for low-battery detection via LBI and LBO, which monitors the +5V rail as follows: the current in Q1, mirrored by Q2, flows through R4 and develops a voltage proportional to the +5V rail. If this rail falls below a nominal 4.2V, the LBO output pulls R5 to the negative rail. That connection causes a current increase in the diode-connected Q4 which, mirrored by Q3 and flowing in R3, causes a rise in FB voltage to the regulator. Feedback as described above tells the regulator that no additional output energy is required, so it complies with a shutdown in which the internal pulse-frequency modulation (PFM) suspends all power-conversion cycles. Connecting a minimum load of 10k will prevent leakage through D1 from charging up the output capacitor (C2) while in this state. When IC1 operates with a +5V input and as a boost converter (as intended), it delivers about 150mA from a +12V output. The buck-regulator configuration, on the other hand, delivers 400mA at -5V using similar high-current components. Efficiency vs. load current measures 85% at 100mA, 89% at 250mA, and 90% at 400mA. The measured peak-to-peak ripple is less than 25mV for any load. Output-voltage accuracy depends on the 2%-accurate reference in IC1 and the tolerance of feedback-path resistors R1, R3, R8, and R9. Any difference in V be for transistors Q3 and Q4 introduces an additional error. Vbe measures about 550mV for the transistors used, and the maximum Vbe difference measured among Q1Q4 was 9mV. With respect to the Q3Q4 base voltage (-1.24V), this 9mV contributes another 0.75% error in the output voltage. To match the Vbe drops to within 1mV and eliminate the R6R9 resistors, substitute a dual transistor such as the Rohm UMT1N (available in a SOT23-6 package). A similar idea appeared in the 9/98 issue of Electronics World & Wireless World (UK).
+5V

R6 47k 1%

R7 47k 1%

R8 15k 1%

R9 15k 1% C2 220F/10V OS-CON 10SA220M OUTPUT -5V, 400mA L1 33H COILTRONICS UNI-PAC UP2-330 D1 ES1B

Q1 BC858B R2 47k 1%

Q2 BC858B

Q3 BC858B R5 15k

Q4 BC858B R1 82k 1%

4.2V SEQUENCING THRESHOLD

1 2 3 4

LBO

IC1

V+ 8

7 LBI MAX761CSA LX FB SHDN GND REF C3 100nF 6 5

R4 39k 1%

R3 33k 1%

C1 68F/20V OS-CON 20SA681 -8V TO -16.5V

Figure 1. This negative buck regulator generates -5V from a nominal -12V supply and presents it in proper sequence with an independent +5V supply during power-up and power-down.

11

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Regulated LCD-bias generator requires no inductor
A stringent height limitation on the PC boards for personal digital assistants (PDAs) and palmtop computers compels the use of expensive, low-profile inductors in switch-mode power supplies. As an alternative, however, certain switch-mode circuits can be replaced with one based on a charge pump ( Figure 1 ). This example generates a regulated negative voltage suitable for biasing an LCD. IC1 contains a regulated, inverting charge pump that produces output voltages as high as -2VIN, in which the supply voltage (VIN) can range from +1.8V to +5.5V. The IC regulates VOUT through pulse-frequency modulation (PFM), with a maximum frequency of 450kHz. The ICs low quiescent current (30 A) provides excellent light-load efficiency without sacrificing full-load capability. Inserting an external, discrete charge pump (consisting of C3, C4, and the Schottky diodes) in the feedback path of IC1 produces an inverterquadrupler circuit whose regulated output level is set by the ratio of feedback resistors R1 and R2: VOUT = -VIN(R1/R2) Configured as shown, the circuit provides up to 15mA at VOUT = -18V, with 76% efficiency and 60mV of output voltage ripple. Lower VOUT allows higher output currents: VOUT = -15V yields 20mA, and VOUT = -12V yields 30mA. A similar idea appeared in the 3/9/98 issue of Electronic Design.

INPUT 5V R2 100k R1 360k

9 SHDN 8 C2 0.22F

7 IN

10 FB 5 C1 0.1F C1OUT 3 2 C4 1F C3 0.1F

C2+

IC1 MAX868

C1+

OUTPUT -18V AT 15mA

C2-

IC2* CMPSH-3S

C5 1F

PGND 4

GND 1

*IC2: CENTRAL SEMICONDUCTOR CMPSH-3S

Figure 1. Adding a few inexpensive components in the feedback path of IC1 enables the generation of regulated output voltages nearly as high as -4VIN.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Redundant-transceiver RS-232 link has 40V overvoltage protection
The RS-232 standard is intended primarily for pointto-point communications between one transmitter and one receiver, but in some circumstances it may be necessary to connect more than one transceiver to the link. For example, redundant transceivers provide extra reliability in safety-critical applications. Multiple transceivers load the data bus, however. For instance, if two transmittersone from each of two separate MAX211 transceiversare connected in parallel (to the same link), the unused device (whether shut down or with power removed) will adversely affect the active device by loading the data bus. Figure 1s circuit avoids this problem while increasing the overvoltage protection from that of the transceivers to that of the line protectors (40V). Each of the parallel RS-232 transceivers (IC1 and IC2) is buffered by a 2-terminal, multichannel line protector (IC3 and IC4). The line protectors normally exhibit about 60 between each input-output pair, but that resistance goes to a high impedance if power is removed or if either terminal rises to within 1.5V of a supply rail. The line protectors are powered by charge pumps internal to the transceivers, so either will lose power if its associated transceiver loses power or is shut down. Thus, an inactive transceiver is automatically disconnected from the line. To ensure that the line protectors have sufficient power-supply headroom to accommodate the transceivers 5V transmitter-output specification, external diode-capacitor charge pumps boost the transceivers V- outputs to a more negative level. The 100k resistors discharge this negative rail when the transceiver is shut down or turned off. The systems various states are summarized in Table 1.

Table 1. System States

Tx CONDITION Active Shutdown Power Off Tx (V+) ~2VCC VCC Ground Tx (V-) ~-2VCC Ground Ground LINEPROTECTOR (V-) ~-3VCC Ground Ground

A similar idea appeared in the 12/96 issue of Electronic Product Design (UK). [continued]

13

+5V

+5V

IC2 MAX211
C1+ VCC

IC1 MAX211 IC4 MAX367

400k T1 +5V 400k T2 +5V 400k T3 +5V 400k T4 R1OUT T4OUT R1 5k R2OUT R2 5k R3OUT R3 5k R4OUT R4 5k R5OUT EN SHDN R5 5k IN8 VOUT8 R5OUT EN SHDN IN7 OUT7 R4OUT IN6 OUT6 R3OUT IN5 OUT5 R2OUT IN4 OUT4 T4 R1OUT T3OUT IN3 OUT3 T3 +5V 400k T4OUT R1 5k R2 5k T2OUT R3 5k R4 5k R5 5k IN8 VOUT8 400k T5OUT R1 5k R2 R2OUT 5k 100k R3 5k R3OUT T5 IN7 OUT7 400k T4OUT +5V T4 IN6 OUT6 400k T3OUT +5V T3 +5V IN5 OUT5 T1OUT IN4 OUT4 +5V 400k +5V 400k T2 T1 T2OUT IN2 OUT2 T2 +5V 400k T3OUT IN3 OUT3 V+ VCC C1+ -5V TO +10V VOLTAGE DOUBLER C1T1OUT IN1 V+ OUT1 T1 +5V 400k T2OUT IN2 OUT2 C1+ VCC

-5V TO +10V V+ VOLTAGE DOUBLER C1+5V

-5V TO +10V V+ VOLTAGE DOUBLER C1+5V 400k T1OUT IN1 V+ OUT1

IC3 MAX367

IC5 MAX207
+5V

C2+ +10V TO -10V VVOLTAGE INVERTER C2- GND

C2+ +10V TO -10V VVOLTAGE INVERTER C2- GND

R1OUT

SYSTEM 2
100k

SYSTEM 1

V-

C2+ +10V TO -10V VOLTAGE INVERTER GND C2-

MONITOR

Figure 1. Line protectors IC3 and IC4 prevent either of the two parallel transceivers (IC1 and IC2) from loading the data bus while they are inactive (shut down or turned off).

14

NEW PRODUCTS
10- and 12-bit serial-input ADCs fit 8-pin MAX
The MAX157/MAX159 10-bit A/D converters (ADCs) operate on a single supply voltage of +2.7V to +5.25V. They combine a 6.4s successive-approximation ADC, automatic power-down, fast wake-up (2.5s), an on-chip clock, and a high-speed 3-wire serial interface in an 8-pin DIP or MAX package. The MAX144/MAX145 are pin-compatible 12-bit upgrades to the MAX157/ MAX159. They combine a 5 s successive-approximation ADC with all the features of the 10-bit version. The converters low-power operation, excellent dynamic performance, ease of use, and small package are well suited for battery-powered data acquisition and other applications. Power consumption for VDD = 3.6V is only 3.2mW at the maximum sampling rate (108ksps). At lower throughput rates, using the 0.2A shutdown mode between conversions can reduce power consumption even further. The MAX144/MAX157 have two single-ended inputs; the MAX145/MAX159 have one pseudodifferential input. All devices accept inputs ranging from 0 to V REF . Applying an external clock provides access to the output data via a 3-wire serial interface that is compatible with SPI , QSPI , and MICROWIRE standards. These devices are available in 8-pin DIP and MAX packages. The 10-bit ADCs (MAX157/MAX159) are priced starting at $2.79; the 12-bit ADCs (MAX144/MAX145) are priced starting at $4.24 (1000 up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

18-bit sigma-delta ADCs guarantee 0.0015% INL

The MAX1400/MAX1402 are multichannel, 18-bit ADCs that guarantee 16bit performance (0.0015% INL) at 480sps. For conversion rates as high as 4800sps, the devices maintain 12-bit performance (0.024% INL) while performing coarse measurements 10 times more quickly. Their high accuracy is ideal for applications requiring a wide dynamic range, such as industrial process control and pressure transducers. Both parts operate from a +5V analog supply or a +3V or +5V digital supply. Power consumption is a low 1.5mW, dropping to less than 50W in shutdown. The MAX1402 provides matched 200A current sources for sensor excitation. The MAX1400 provides direct access to the ADC input for inserting additional signalconditioning circuitry. These ADCs save board space and design time by combining a switching network, programmable-gain amplifier (PGA), two buffers, system-offset-correction DAC, internal oscillator, on-chip digital filter, modulator, and bidirectional serial interface into a 28-pin SSOP package. System offsets (up to 117% of the selected full-scale range) can be corrected with the offset-correction DAC, and the analog inputs can be configured either as five fully differential channels or as five pseudo-differential and two differential channels. Other features include user-configurable automatic channel scanning, a continuous-data output mode, and a convert-on-command mode. The MAX1400/MAX1402 are available in 28-pin SSOP packages, with prices starting from $8.95 (1000 up, FOB USA).

8-bit, 2-channel, serial-input ADCs fit 10-pin MAX

The MAX1108/MAX1109 ADCs combine an internal track/hold, voltage reference, clock, serial interface, and battery-monitoring capability with software-configurable analog inputs that allow unipolar/bipolar and single-ended/differential operations. The converters low-power operation, excellent dynamic performance, ease of use, and small package are well suited for battery-powered data acquisition and other applications. The MAX1108 is specified to operate from a single +2.7V to +3.6V supply, and draws a supply current of 105 A. The MAX1109 is specified from +4.5V to +5.5V and draws 130 A. The full-scale
BEST INTEGRATION REFERENCE M U X T/H 8-BIT ADC

analog input range is determined either by the internal reference voltage of 2.048V (MAX1108) or 4.096V (MAX1109), or by an externally applied reference in the 1V to VDD range. Both ADCs feature a software power-down mode that lowers the supply current to 0.5 A when the device is not in use. These converters have a 4-wire serial interface that connects directly to SPI, QSPI, and MICROWIRE devices without external logic. They are capable of data rates to 50kbps, using either the internal clock or an external serial-interface clock. The MAX1108/MAX1109 ADCs are available in 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.55 (1000 up, FOB USA).

SWITCHING NETWORK

x1
PGA

MODULATOR

x1

SPI/MICROWIRECOMPATIBLE SERIAL INTERFACE

OFFSET CORRECTION DAC

FILTER

400 X1 MA

CLK
MAX1108

POWERDOWN

4-WIRE SERIAL INTERFACE

15

NEW PRODUCTS
12- and 13-bit DACs guarantee <10ppm/C reference
Devices in the MAX5120/MAX5130 family of 12- and 13-bit digital-to-analog converters (DACs) feature serial inputs, voltage outputs, an internal Rail-to-Rail output amplifier, and a precision bandgap reference. Unlike comparable devices with on-chip voltage references, these guarantee <10ppm/C reference tempcos over the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). The devices that operate on +5V also guarantee 1/2LSB integral nonlinearity and monotonicity (1LSB max differential nonlinearity). Four of these low-power DACs operate on a single +3V supply; the other four operate on +5V. They draw only 500 A of supply current (only 3 A in power-down mode). During power-up, an internal power-up reset minimizes output glitches by allowing the user to select either zero or mid-scale for the initial output state. The internal amplifier s output and inverting input are accessible, allowing the user to configure for specific gain values, remote sensing, and high output drive for a wide range of forcesense applications. The buffered output can drive 5k/100pF loads or 420mA current loops. Voltage-output devices are the 12-bit MAX5120/MAX5121 and the 13-bit MAX5130/MAX5131. Force-sense versions (to be released soon) are the 12-bit MAX5122*/MAX5123* and 13-bit MAX5132*/MAX5133*. These DACs are offered in space-saving 16-pin QSOP packages, with prices starting at $3.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).
* Future productscontact factory for availability. Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

16-bit, 1Msps, self-calibrating ADC features 4-cycle latency

The MAX1200 is a 16-bit, 1Msps, self-calibrating ADC. Intended for instrumentation, communications, and imaging applications, this CMOS IC employs a self-calibrating pipelined architecture that secures 16-bit linearity at full 1Msps sample rates. Unlike high-resolution converters such as the sigma-delta and integrating types, the MAX1200 maintains 0.5LSB differential nonlinearity (DNL) and reduces the latency interval to just four clock cycles. Low latency time is an important consideration for data-acquisition systems in which the sample identity and system throughput must be maintained while the channels are being multiplexed.

For communications applications, the MAX1200 delivers 91dB SFDR, 87dB SNR, and 87dB THD at an analog-input frequency of 100kHz. Nyquist AC performance is ensured by a fully differential input track/hold that accepts input swings of VREF. The MAX1200 uses parallel, three-state, CMOS-compatible outputs with a twos complement data format. It dissipates a low 273mW (typ) while operating from single +5V (or +3V digital) supply. The MAX1200ACMH guarantees 1LSB DNL max and no missing codes; prices start at $25.35 (1000 up, factory direct FOB USA). The MAX1200BCMH is specified for AC-only applications; prices start at $19.00 (1000 up, factory direct, FOB USA). Both are available in 44-pin MQFP packages. To save design time, an evaluation kit is available for $95.50.

Fixed-gain, rail-torail amps occupy SOT23 packages

Members of the MAX4174/MAX4175 Gain-Amp family (op amps with internal-gain setting and VCC/2-biasing resistors) have factory-trimmed internal resistors that minimize the size and cost of circuit layouts while providing 0.1% gain accuracy. Operating from a single supply (+2.5V to +5.5V), these Gain-Amps provide inverting gains from -0.25V/V to -100V/V or noninverting gains from +1.25V/V to +101V/V27 different gains in all. They achieve gain-bandwidth products as high as 23MHz, and their input high-voltage fault protection prevents excessive current draw while operating with input voltages as high as 17V.

Two versions of the Gain-Amps are available: fixed gain (MAX4174) and fixed gain plus internal VCC/2 bias at the noninverting input (MAX4175). The standard gain values available are listed in Maxims Product Selector Guide . Frequency compensation has been optimized for the high-gain versions. Gain-Amp outputs can swing rail-torail, and they maintain excellent DC accuracy while driving 1k loads. Each amplifier is stable for capacitive loads up to 470pF. Package options for the GainAmp family include the 5-pin SOT23, 8-pin SO, and 8-pin MAX. Prices start at $0.68 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Gain-Amp is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

+2.5V TO +5.5V VCC

OUT
MAX4175

GND

IN+

IN-

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Precision micropower voltage references have low dropout voltage
Devices in Maxim s new family of low-dropout, precision voltage references (MAX6190/MAX6191/MAX6192 and MAX6194/MAX6195/MAX6198) have outputs of 1.250V, 2.048V, 2.500V, 4.500V, 5.000V, and 4.096V, respectively. Each is available in three grades of output tempco (5ppm/ C, 10ppm/ C, or 25ppm/C), with initial accuracy grades of 2mV, 5mV, and 10mV. A 3.000Voutput version will be available soon. Quiescent supply currents are low (35 A max) and virtually immune to input-voltage variations, making these series-mode bandgap references ideal for battery-powered instruments. Their proprietary internal curvature-correction circuitry and laser-trimmed precision thinfilm resistors provide very low tempcos of 5ppm/C max. Line regulation is 8 V/V, and load regulation (0.12V/V) is guaranteed for source and sink currents up to 500 A. These devices are internally compensated and stable for capacitive loads up to 2.2nF. The dropout voltage at 500A load current is only 100mV. All references are offered in 8-pin SO packages, with prices starting as low as $2.50 (1000 up, FOB USA).

SPST, CMOS, dual analog switches have 1.25 on-resistance

The MAX4580/MAX4590/MAX4600 dual SPST analog switches feature low on-resistances of only 0.9 (1.25 max), matched (within the IC) to within 0.5 max, and flat (over the specified signal range) to within 0.5 max. All switches handle rail-to-rail analog signals. The MAX4580 has two normally closed (NC) switches, the MAX4590 has two normally open (NO) switches, and the MAX4600 has one of each. Because these switches save board space, offer low-power operation, and are more reliable than mechanical relays, they are preferred over mechanical relays in current-switching applications and in automatic test equipment. They also excel in applications that require low distortion. The MAX4580/MAX4590/MAX4600 operate from a single +4.5V to +36V supply or from dual 4.5V to 20V supplies. All digital inputs have 0.8V/2.4V logic thresholds, which ensures TTL/CMOS-logic compatibility when operating on +12V or 15V. ESD protection >2kV is guaranteed per Method 3015.7. These devices are available in spacesaving 16-pin SSOP packages, as well as DIP and narrow SO, with prices starting at $2.93 (1000 up, FOB USA).

1.25V OUTPUT

ONLY 2.5V

MAX6190

ACTUAL SIZE

8-PIN SO

Audio/video crosspoint switches have clickless mode

The MAX4550/MAX4570 analog crosspoint switches are well suited to audio/video multimedia applications. These programmable devices contain two identical crosspoint-switch arrays, each consisting of four inputs and two outputs, plus two additional crosspoint inputs (SA and SB) that can serve as shunts for improving off-isolation. Each output can be programmed for clickless or regularmode operation. The MAX4550 has a fast 2-wire serial interface that is compatible with the I2C serial-interface standard; the MAX4570

has a 3-wire serial interface that is compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and MICROWIRE standards. The 43 onresistances are matched to within 5 and flat to within 4. Each device features 0.014% total harmonic distortion (THD). Off-isolation measures at least -110dB in the audiofrequency range and -78dB at 4.2MHz. Crosstalk is -95dB in the audio-frequency range and -54dB at 4.2MHz. For ACcoupled applications, a set of internal resistive voltage-dividers provides a DC bias for each output. The MAX4550/MAX4570 are available in 28-pin SSOP packages, with prices starting at $3.16 (1000 up, FOB USA).
I2C is a trademark of Philips Corp.

ON-RESISTANCE vs. VCOM

5 V+ = +15V V- = -15V 4

MAX4604 RON ()
3

MAX4607

MAX4580
0 -15 -14 -13 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 14 15

VCOM (V)

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Serially controlled analog switches offer clickless operation
The MAX4571MAX4574 are programmable switch arrays that minimize the number of controller-I/O port assignments while maximizing the number of switches per package. Individual switches in each device can be programmed through the serial interface, either for a soft-switching mode that provides clickless audio or for standard audio/video operation. The MAX4571/ MAX4573 include 11 single-pole/singlethrow (SPST) switches, and the MAX4572/ MAX4574 include 6 single-pole/doublethrow (SPDT) and 2 SPST switches. The MAX4571/MAX4572 feature a 2-wire, I2C-compatible serial interface, and the MAX4573/MAX4574 feature a 3wire, SPI /QSPI -compatible serial interface. All four operate from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply. They offer typical on-resistances of 25 , with typical crosstalk and off-isolation of -90dB. Applications include multiple-signal routing in audio, video, multimedia, and industrial systems. The MAX4571MAX4574 are available in 28-pin QSOP, SSOP, and wide-SO packages. Prices start at $4.04 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Single 8-to-1/ dual 4-to-1 cal-muxes operate to 20V

The MAX4578 (8-channel) and MAX4579 (dual 4-channel) calibration multiplexers (cal-muxes) have internal precision-resistor networks that provide accurate voltage-level outputs, enabling each device to monitor and calibrate an external system or ADC. They operate from dual supplies of 4.5V to 20V. Asserting the CAL and EN pins simultaneously allows the three address pins (A0, A1, A2) to select various calibration and system-monitoring functions. The multiplexers offer 400 on-resistances matched to within 15 max, with extremely low off- and on-channel leakages (less than 50pA at +25C). Each switch handles rail-to-rail analog signals. All digital inputs are TTL/CMOS-compatible (with 0.8V/2.4V logic thresholds), and each device offers >2kV ESD protection per Method 3015.7. The MAX4578/MAX4579 are available in small 20-pin SSOP, SO, and plastic DIP packages. Prices start at $2.78 (1000 up, FOB USA).

8-channel mux offers multiple operating modes

The MAX4598 low-voltage CMOS analog multiplexer (mux) can be configured for eight single-ended channels or four differential channels. All channels handle rail-to-rail analog signals. The device can monitor its own supply voltages (in addition to its input channels) through additional internal switches that connect V+ and GND to the output. Further, internal address latches enable operation as either a standard or latched multiplexer. The MAX4598 operates from dual 6V supplies or from a single supply in the +2.7V to +12V range. It has low onresistance (75 max), low charge injection (2pC typ), and its digital inputs are TTL-compatible when operating from +5V or 5V supplies. Off-leakage currents are only 0.1nA at +25C and 2nA at +85 C. ESD protection is >2kV per Method 3015.7. The MAX4598 is available in 20-pin DIP, SSOP, and SO packages, with prices starting at $2.78 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Quad SPST analog switches have 2.5 on-resistance

The MAX4601/MAX4602/MAX4603 are quad SPST analog switches featuring low on-resistances of 2.5 max, matched to within 0.5 max and flat to within 0.5 max over the specified signal range. Because they offer low-power operation, small size, and higher reliability than that of mechanical relays, these CMOS switches are ideal for low-distortion applications. They are preferred over mechanical relays for use in current-switching applications and automatic test equipment.

The MAX4601 has four normally closed (NC) switches, the MAX4602 has four normally open (NO) switches, and the MAX4603 has two of each. Each switch can handle rail-to-rail analog signals, and off-leakage current is only 2.5nA max at +85 C. These devices operate from a single +4.5V to +36V supply or from dual 4.5V to 20V supplies. When operating with +12V or 15V supplies, the digital inputs 0.8V/2.4V switching thresholds ensure compatibility with TTL/CMOS logic. ESD protection of >2kV is guaranteed per Method 3015.7.

The MAX4601/MAX4602/MAX4603 switches are available in 16-pin DIP, wide SO, and SSOP packages, with prices starting at $2.66 (1000 up, FOB USA).

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Upstream CATV amplifier has programmable gain
The MAX3510 programmable power amplifier is designed for CATV upstream applications. Operating through a 2:1 voltage-ratio transformer, it delivers continuous-wave outputs as high as 64dBmV. Its variable gain is controlled in 1dB steps through a 3-wire serial digitaldata bus. The operating frequency range is 5MHz to 65MHz. To improve performance in TDMA systems, the MAX3510 has a transmitdisable mode that minimizes output noise by shutting down the output stage between data bursts. This mode also places the device in a high-isolation state and reduces the supply current to 25mA. Output transients do not exceed 25mV when entering and leaving the transmitdisable mode. Two power-down modes are available. The software shutdown powers down all analog circuitry while maintaining the programmed gain setting. Full shutdown disables all circuitry and reduces the supply current to below 10A. The MAX3510 is available in a 20-pin QSOP package.

622Mbps, 4:1 data serializer includes clock synthesis and LVDS inputs
The MAX3693 4:1 data serializer, designed primarily for SDH/SONET and ATM/SONET applications, converts 4bit-wide, 155Mbps parallel data to 622Mbps serial data. Other applications include add/drop multiplexers and digital cross connects.

The MAX3693 operates on +3.3V and consumes 215mW. It accepts low-voltage differential-signal clock and data inputs, and delivers a 3.3V PECL serial-data output for interfacing with high-speed digital circuitry. A fully integrated phaselock loop synthesizes the internal 622Mbps serial clock from an external reference signal of 155.52MHz, 77.76MHz, 51.84MHz, or 38.88MHz. The MAX3693 is available in a 32-pin TQFP package.

ICs drive 2A GSM transmit burst while drawing 6-times lower battery current
The MAX1687/MAX1688 are step-up DC-DC converters that prevent battery glitches and minimize peak battery current during the transmit cycle of GSM phones and wireless LANs. To drive the RF power amplifier (PA) in a typical cell phone, the 3.6V battery voltage (three NiCd cells or a single LiIon cell) must be boosted to 5V. For pulsed load currents such as the transmit burst of a GSM phone (with a 1:8 duty cycle), the MAX1687/MAX1688 devices employ a proprietary control scheme (patent pending) that lowers current drain from the battery by recharging a reservoir capacitor during the off time. During the transmit pulse, the DC-DC converters are turned off both to isolate the battery from load transients and to eliminate noise at the PA. To deliver the 2A required by a typical 5V PA while transmitting, a conventional DC-DC converter would pull nearly 3A from the batteryi.e., 2A [5V/(3.6V plus efficiency losses)]. In contrast, the MAX1687/MAX1688 draw zero current during the transmit burst and less than 0.5A (a 6-times improvement) while recharging

the reservoir capacitor during the off time. The MAX1687 lets the user set the maximum battery current. The MAX1688 samples the output-voltage droop and automatically adjusts the peak inductor current to minimize battery drain, all while charging the output capacitor within the GSM timing cycle. The MAX1687/MAX1688 require no external FETs, and their internal synchronous rectifiers boost efficiency to over 90% while eliminating the need for external Schottky diodes. Package options include standard 8-pin SOs and small 16-pin TSSOPs (which are less than 1.1mm high). An evaluation kit (MAX1688EVKIT), preassembled with recommended external components, is available to reduce design time. Prices start at $2.20 (1000 up, FOB USA).
PULSED LOAD CURRENT GSM TRANSMIT BURSTS EXAMPLE
2A

POWER-UP/DOWN TRANSIENTS vs. OUTPUT LEVEL

100 TRANSIENT LEVEL (mVp-p) MCNS SPEC 10 MAXIM DESIGN MARGIN 1 0.4 0.1

4.6ms
1A 0

577s

BATTERY CURRENT CONVENTIONAL SOLUTION

3A 2A 1A 0

TIME

LARGE 3A PEAKS!

10

20 30 40 OUTPUT LEVEL (dBmV)

50

60

MAX3510 PERFORMANCE

BATTERY CURRENT USING MAX1688 6x LOWER

1A 0.5A 0

TIME

NO DC-DC NOISE IN TRANSMIT

TIME

19

NEW PRODUCTS
High-accuracy bias supply enables use of low-cost color ECB LCDs
The MAX1729 step-up DC-DC converter is designed to drive a type of color LCD that exhibits electrically controlled birefrigence (ECB). ECB LCDs provide low-cost color displays with minimal battery drain for cell phones, PDAs, and other small hand-held devices. The ECB display also requires an accurate temperature-compensated bias voltage. The MAX1729 provides a highaccuracy bias voltage (within 1%) and a precise on-chip temperature monitor that ensures consistent color and contrast in the display as the temperature and input voltage vary. The device includes a lowpower boost converter that draws only 60A of quiescent current, followed by a low-dropout linear regulator that minimizes noise and ripple, an accurately adjustable output voltage, and a temperature sensor that allows the display controller to match the displays color and temperature characteristics. An evaluation kit (MAX1729EVKIT), preassembled with recommended external components, is available to reduce design time. The MAX1729 is available in a tiny, 10-pin, 1.09mm high MAX package that is half the size of a standard 8-pin SO. Prices start at $2.45 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Tiny switcher for low-voltage logic supply surpasses LDO regulators

The MAX1692 is a step-down DCDC converter that capitalizes on the trend toward lowering core-logic supply voltagesfor example, from +3.3V down to +2.5V and +1.8V. This trend should extend the battery life in portable equipment by reducing power consumption, but the frequent use of low-dropout (LDO) regulators for this purpose actually wastes energy in the form of heat and dissipated power within the LDO. The compact, high-efficiency MAX1692 avoids this power loss while delivering up to 600mA from regulated outputs as low as 1.25V. In stepping down the nominal 3.6V of a Li-ion battery (to 1.8V at 500mA in a cell phone), the maximum possible efficiency for a perfect LDO is the ratio of output to input, i.e., 50%. To deliver 900mW of output power, the LDO must

dissipate 900mW as heat. Under the same conditions, the MAX1692 has 90% efficiency and dissipates only 90mW an improvement of 10:1. The MAX1692 requires no external FETs and comes in a tiny, 10-pin, 1.09mm high MAX package that is half the size of a standard 8-pin SO. It employs an internal synchronous rectifier to eliminate an external Schottky diode and achieves efficiencies as high as 95%. Its high switching frequency (750kHz) allows use of a very small inductor, running in the fixed-frequency PWM mode for lowest noise or in Idle Mode, which reduces the no-load quiescent current to only 85 A. A logic-level shutdown further reduces the supply current to 0.1A. An evaluation kit (MAX1692EVKIT), preassembled with recommended external components, is available to help speed designs. Prices start at $2.40 (1000 up, FOB USA).
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Compact DC-DC converter generates main supply and 28V LCD bias
The MAX1677 is a dual-output DCDC step-up converter that delivers up to 350mA from the main output (either 3.3V or adjustable from 2.5V to 5.5V), plus an adjustable secondary output that delivers an LCD bias (either positive or negative, up to 28V) from 1- or 2-cell battery inputs. The resulting power systemcompact and highly integrated is well suited for battery-powered hand-held devices such as PDAs and GPS receivers. The MAX1677 requires no external FETs and employs an internal synchronous rectifier that eliminates a Schottky diode and boosts efficiency as high as 95%. The device has two operating modes: a 300kHz, fixed-frequency PWM mode for lowest noise in wireless applications, and a low-

current PWM mode whose low quiescent current (30A) extends battery life. Logiclevel shutdown allows the LCD regulator to be shut down independently of the main supply. When both regulators are off, the quiescent current drops to below 1A. A polarity-control input lets the user configure the LCD regulator for positive or negative outputs up to 28V. This output is useful for high-voltage, low-current requirements such as LCD bias or varactor tuning. Also included is a precision reference and an uncommitted comparator, which are useful as a low-battery detector or as a reset. An evaluation kit (MAX1677EVKIT), preassembled with recommended external components, is available to reduce design time. The MAX1677 comes in a 16-QSOP package that occupies no more space than that of a standard 8-pin SO. Prices start at $3.25 (1000 up, FOB USA).

MAX1729 ECB COLOR vs. VOLTAGE

WHITE GREEN TRANSMITTANCE

RED BLUE

CONSISTENT COLOR REQUIRES AN ACCURATE BIAS VOLTAGE

BIAS VOLTAGE

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Step-down controller for notebook CPUs has digital control
The MAX1711 step-down controller, intended as a DC-DC converter for the core CPU in notebook computers, offers ultra-fast transient response, high DC accuracy, and the high efficiency needed in leading-edge CPU power supplies. Maxim s proprietary quick-response, constant-on-time control scheme (QUICKPWM ) handles wide ratios of input/ output voltage with ease and maintains a relatively constant switching frequency while providing a 100ns instant-on response to load transients. DC precision is ensured by a 2-wire remote-sensing scheme that compensates for voltage drops in the supply rail and the ground bus. An internal 5-bit DAC sets the output voltage in accordance with specifications of the Mobile Pentium II CPU. The output-adjust range is 0.925V to 2V, and the reference-voltage output is 2V 1%.
+5V INP UT BATTER Y 4.5V TO 28V VCC OV P*VDD SHDN V+ FBS ILIM BST GNDS DH MAX1710 MAX1711 REF CC LX D0 DL D1 PGND D2 D3 FB D4** GND SKIP

The MAX1711 achieves high efficiency at reduced cost by eliminating the current-sense resistor found in traditional current-mode PWMs. Efficiency is further enhanced by its ability to drive very large synchronous-rectifier MOSFETs, made possible by powerful internal gate drivers with anti-shoot-through circuitry. By stepping down high battery voltage directly, the MAX1711s singlestage buck conversion enables the highest possible efficiency. As an alternative, you can achieve the minimum physical size by employing a higher switching frequency and by stepping down the +5V system supply instead of the batterymaking it a two-stage conversion. The internal switching frequency is pin-programmable up to 550kHz, allowing the use of small, lowprofile resistors and capacitors. The MAX1711 is available in a small 24-pin QSOP package, with prices starting at $3.89 (1000 up, FOB USA).
QUICK-PWM is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products. Mobile Pentium II is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

Backup controllers charge bridge batteries in notebook CPUs

The MAX1612/MAX1613 controllers charge the bridge battery (also called a hotswap or auxiliary battery) in a notebook computer or other portable system. By boosting the 2- or 3-cell voltage of a bridge battery to the same level as the main battery, an internal, step-up DC-DC converter reduces the number of cells otherwise required for diode-OR bridging schemes. The ICs accept supply voltages in the +4V to +28V range and draw quiescent supply currents of only 18A. The ICs differ only in their preset, linearly regulated output voltage: 5.0V for the MAX1612 and 3.3V for the MAX1613. Both include a trickle-charge timer that minimizes the battery damage caused by constant charging. Once the bridge battery is topped off, this timer eliminates the drain of trickle-charge current from the main battery. The ICs also include a high-precision, low-battery-detection comparator and a micropower linear regulator that is useful for RTC/CMOS backup and for powering a microcontroller. The MAX1612/MAX1613 come in 16-pin QSOP packages, with prices starting at $2.89 (1000 up, FOB USA).

0.925V

OUTPUT TO 2V (M

AX1711

MAIN BATTERY OR WALL ADAPTER

D/A INPUTS

LRI

DC-DC OUTPUT

V+

BATT AUXILIARY BRIDGE BATTERY

MAX1612 MAX1613
APPLICATION CIRCUIT

MAX1630

+3.3V +5V

*MAX17 10 ** MAX ONLY 1711 ON LY

DC-DC CONVERTER

Robust switch debouncers handle 15kV ESD without external components

The MAX6816/MAX6817 single/dual switch debouncers provide a clean interface between mechanical switches and a digital system. By introducing a

short preset qualification delay between a bouncing input and the digital output, they remove both the switch-opening and switch-closing bounces. The robust switching-signal inputs handle voltage levels to 25V and are also ESD-protected to 15kV, making them ideal for use in harsh industrial and automotive environments. Both devices operate on a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, and their low quiescent supply currents (6A)
21

make them suitable for interfacing Ps to noisy mechanical and membrane switches in portable applications. Undervoltagelockout circuitry ensures the correct output state at power-up. The MAX6816 is available in a 4-pin SOT143 package, and the MAX6817 is available in a 6-pin SOT23 package. Prices start at $0.99 for the MAX6816 and $1.48 for the MAX6817 (2500 up, FOB USA).

NEW PRODUCTS
Supervisors monitor trip thresholds down to 1.6V
The MAX6332MAX6337 P supervisors are designed to monitor supply rails of 1.8V to 3.3V in P and digital systems. The devices reduce cost and increase circuit reliability by eliminating external components and adjustments. The MAX6335/MAX6336/MAX6337 also include a debounced manual-reset input. Their supply currents are only 3.0A. The MAX6332 MAX6337 assert a reset signal whenever VCC declines below a preset threshold, and they maintain the signal for a preset interval after V CC returns above the threshold (or until the manual reset is deasserted). The parts differ only in their output structures: the push/pull (MAX6333/MAX6336) and open-drain (MAX6334/MAX6337) devices have an active-low RESET output, while the push/pull (MAX6332/MAX6335) devices have an active-high RESET output. (Power-on resets are available in pulse widths of 1ms, 20ms, and 100ms.) The MAX6332/MAX6333 and MAX6335/ MAX6336 are guaranteed valid for VCC down to 0.7V; the MAX6334/MAX6337 are guaranteed valid down to 1.0V. The internal reset comparators are designed to ignore fast transients on VCC. Their factory-trimmed reset thresholds vary in approximate 100mV increments from 1.6V to 2.5V, resulting in a family of 30 standard versions (minimum order 2500 pieces). For availability of nonstandard versions (minimum order 10,000 pieces), please contact the factory. The MAX6332/ MAX6333/MAX6334 come in 3-pin SOT23 packages, and the MAX6335/ MAX6336/MAX6337 come in 4-pin SOT143 packages. Prices start at $0.98 for the MAX6332/MAX6333/MAX6334 and $1.05 for the MAX6335/MAX6336/ MAX6337 (2500 piece minimum, FOB USA).

Integrated IrDA and RS-232 transceivers save space and power in hand-held apps
The MAX3130/MAX3131 transceivers integrate an IrDA and RS-232 interface for portable and low-power applications. Both devices save valuable board space by integrating an infrared (IR) transceiver, IR encoder/decoder (ENDEC), charge pump, and RS-232 interface into one surface-mount package. The infrared transceiver is IrDA 1.2-compatible, supporting data rates of 2.4kbps to 115kbps. The RS-232 interface includes two drivers and two receivers that support data rates up to 120kbps. Both devices consume 370 A in normal operation and only 1A while in shutdown (with RS-232 receivers active). Their low-dropout transmitters and propri-

etary high-efficiency, dual-charge-pump power supplies combine to deliver true RS-232 and IrDA performance from a single +3.0V to +5.5V supply. The IR transmitter includes a high-power LED driver capable of delivering 200mA, and the IR receiver includes a high-gain, lownoise PIN-diode amplifier that rejects 200 A of ambient DC current. The internal ENDEC enables communication with non-IrDA UARTs by stretching and compressing signals that pass between the IR transceiver and the UART. The MAX3130, whose IR-transmitter input and receiver output are multiplexed with one RS-232 transmitter input and receiver output, is optimized for applications using one UART for both IR and RS232 communications. The MAX3131 s IR and RS-232 transceivers have separate data lines for input and output. Both devices are available in 28-pin SSOP packages, with prices starting at $4.53 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Internal preemphasis enhances RS-485/RS-422 Tx performance

The MAX3291/MAX3292 data transceivers include driver-preemphasis circuitry that extends the maximum distance for reliable communications by reducing the intersymbol interference caused by long cables. The MAX3291 is optimized for a 10Mbps data rate, and the MAX3292 data rate can be set in the 38.4kbps to 10Mbps range by program-

ming the preemphasis interval with a single external resistor. Both are full-duplex devices. They operate from a single +5V supply and feature a shutdown mode that reduces the supply current to 100nA. Other features include driver-output short-circuit current limiting and a fail-safe receiver input that guarantees a logic-high output when the input is an open circuit. The transceivers receiver-input impedance (1/4 unit load) allows up to 128 transceivers on a single bus. The MAX3291/MAX3292 are available in 14-pin DIP and SO packages, with prices starting at $2.70 (1000 up, FOB USA).

COMPETITION

MAXIM

75180 Transceiver (no preemphasis) Driving 1000-foot Cable at 5Mbps

22

MAX3291/MAX3292 (featuring preemphasis) Driving 1000-foot Cable at 5Mbps

NEW PRODUCTS
Monolithic buffer amps replace 15 discrete components
The MAX2470/MAX2471 monolithic buffer amplifiers offer high isolation, low cost, and ease of use. Designed to replace equivalent discrete-component circuits, each 6-pin SOT device replaces 15 components in a comparable discrete design. Providing 15dB gain, 64dB isolation, and -29dBc harmonic suppression at a -5dBm differential output, these devices are well suited for protecting discrete and module-based VCOs from the common problem of load-impedance variations. They also eliminate bulky passive transformers when used as an active balun. The MAX2470 has a single-ended input and a user-selectable frequency range to save current: 10MHz to 200MHz (3.6mA) or 10MHz to 500MHz (5.5mA). The MAX2471 has a differential input and a frequency range from 10MHz to 500MHz. Both have differential 50 outputs capable of driving either a 100 differential load or two 50 single-ended loads; this makes them ideal for applications that require the oscillator to drive two circuits simultaneously, such as a PLL or transmit and receive mixers. The MAX2470 operates from a single supply of +2.7V to +5.5V, drawing only 5.5mA in the high-frequency range and 3.6mA in the low-frequency range. The MAX2471 has the same supply range and draws 5.5mA. Both are available in an ultra-small 6-pin SOT23 plastic package. Prices start at $0.75 (1000 up, FOB USA).

Wideband SiGe downconverter mixers operate from 400MHz to 2.5GHz

The MAX2680/MAX2681/MAX2682 low-cost, miniature downconverter mixers are designed for low-voltage operation. Featuring a low noise figure and a high input third-order intercept point (IIP3), they are ideal for use in portable communications equipment. They employ doublebalanced mixers to downconvert a 400MHz to 2.5GHz RF frequency range to a 10MHz to 500MHz IF frequency range. The mixers require a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, which allows direct operation from a single lithium cell or a 3-cell NiCd battery. Supply current is constant over the specified range of supply voltage, and each device has a low-power shutdown mode that reduces the supply current below 1A. To optimize receiver dynamic range, the mixers come in multiple versions offering various combinations of supply current, conversion gain, and input IP3 (see Maxim s Product Selector Guide). The MAX2680/MAX2681/MAX2682 are designed on an advanced highfrequency, low-noise, silicon-germanium process. They are available in 6-pin SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $0.92 (1000 up, FOB USA).

3V, ultra-lownoise SiGe amps operate to 2.5GHz

The MAX2640/MAX2641 are broadband, low-noise amplifiers designed for applications in the cellular, PCS, GPS, and 2.4GHz ISM-frequency bands. Powered by a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, they operate from 400MHz to 2500MHz while drawing quiescent currents of only 3.4mA. Applications include cellular/PCS and cordless phones, GPS receivers, and wireless LANs. The MAX2640 is optimized for applications in the 400MHz to 1500MHz range, with a typical gain of 15.1dB and a noise figure of only 0.9dB at 900MHz. The MAX2641 is optimized for applicaLNA PERFORMANCE TUNED AT 900MHz
16 SOT23-6 15 14 13 2 1 0 800 NF (dB) GAIN (dB) MAX2640

tions from 1400MHz to 2500MHz, with a typical gain of 14.4dB and a noise figure of 1.3dB at 1900MHz. For GPS applications at 1575MHz, the MAX2641 provides 15.7dB gain and a 1.2dB noise figure. For 802.11 WLAN applications at 2450MHz, the MAX2641 provides 13.5dB gain and a 1.5dB noise figure. These amplifiers have an internal bias that eliminates the need for external bias resistors. The only external components required in a typical application are the input and output blocking capacitors and a VCC bypass capacitor. The MAX2640/MAX2641 are available in ultra-small SOT23-6 packages, with prices starting at $0.80 (1000 up, FOB USA).

VCC 2.7V to 5.5V

BIAS

SHUTDOWN

MAX2680
RF IN 400 to 2500MHz IF OUT 10 to 500MHz

LNA PERFORMANCE TUNED AT 1900MHz

16 SOT23-6 15 14 13 2 1 0 1800 GAIN (dB) NF (dB) MAX2641

LO IN

SOT23-6

900 FREQUENCY (MHz)

1000

1900 FREQUENCY (MHz)

2000

23

Volume Thirty-Five

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLE DESIGN SHOWCASE

Maxim reports results for the third quarter of fiscal 1999 Source resistance: the efficiency killer in DC-DC converters PC printer port controls I-V curve tracer Switch-mode converter starts with full load connected Two AA cells power step-down regulator Miniature temperature monitors drive 3-speed fan controller Data Converters
8-bit ADC with 2.2GHz T/H converts at 1Gsps Serial, 8-bit, pseudo-differential ADCs fit in 10-pin MAX package 3V, 18-bit sigma-delta ADCs guarantee 0.0015% INL 1%-accurate sensor-signal conditioner is digitally trimmed 12- and 13-bit DACs guarantee 10ppm/C reference (MAX104) (MAX1106/1107) (MAX1401/1403) (MAX1478) (MAX512023, MAX513033) (MAX5160/5161) (MAX4173) (MAX4198/4199) (MAX4281/4282/4284) (MAX4473) (MAX450609, MAX4511/4512/4513) (MAX4562/4563) (MAX4610/4611/4612) (MAX886/888) (MAX1684/1685) (MAX1720/1721) (MAX8860) (MAX3233E/3235E) (MAX6806/6807/6808) (MAX3266/3267) (MAX3668) (MAX3866) (MAX3880) (MAX2108) (MAX2232/2233) (MAX1619) (MAX6575)

2 3 9 11 13 14

NEW PRODUCTS

15 15 16 16 16 15 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 21 22 23 23 23

$0.35 digital pots offered in SOT23 package

Op Amps
Complete high-side current-sense amplifier fits in a SOT23 package Differential amps draw only 42A from a single +2.7V supply Rail-to-rail op amps sustain 115dB AVOL with 1k load Single chip controls ramp-up/down for GSM PA

Switches
Fault-protected analog ICs offer rail-to-rail signal handling Serially controlled audio/video switches offer clickless operation Low-cost, low-voltage, quad CMOS analog switches replace 74HC4066

Power-Management ICs
Six-output power-supply ICs power satellite phones Low-noise PWM buck converters accept 14V and deliver 1A SOT23 switched-capacitor voltage inverters have 1nA shutdown LDO regulator in MAX guarantees 300mA output current

Interface ICs
3V/5V, 15kV ESD-protected RS-232 transceivers dont need external components

P Supervisory ICs
First SC70 voltage monitors occupy virtually no board space

Fiber Optic ICs

2.5Gbps SiGe TIAs slash power at 3.3V 622Mbps SDH/SONET laser driver features auto power control 2.5Gbps, 3.3V transimpedance/limiting amplifier runs on 165mW SDH/SONET 1:16 deserializer operates at 2.488Gbps

Wireless ICs
8dBm IIP3, zero-IF satellite tuner cuts system cost 900MHz, 250mW, silicon power amplifiers feature A/D gain control

Temperature Sensors
Dual-alarm, remote/local temp sensor has SMBus interface SOT temp sensor allows multidrop capability of up to eight ICs on a single wire

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RESULTS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF FISCAL 1999
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported net revenues of $147.2 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1999 ending March 27, 1999, compared to $145 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1998. Net income was $47.7 million in Q399, compared to $46.1 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1998. Income per share was $0.31 for Q399, compared to $0.31 for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $72.4 million after paying $18.2 million for 400,000 shares of its common stock and $6.9 million for capital equipment. Inventories declined slightly during the quarter. Accounts receivable declined $2.7 million during the quarter. Annualized return on average stockholders equity during the quarter was 24.8%, one of the highest in the industry today. Bookings on the Company were $171 million in Q399, a 21% increase over the Q299 level of $141 million. During the quarter, customers continued their trend of ordering for near-term delivery. Turns orders received during the quarter were $69.2 million, a 33% increase over the Q299 level (turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders). Order cancellations during the quarter were approximately $10 million, the lowest level since Q496. Third quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was approximately $148 million, including $120 million requested for shipment by the end of Q499. During Q399, bookings grew in the Pacific Rim, United States, and Japan. Growth was strongest in the Pacific Rim, primarily related to Korean OEM customers. In the U.S., there was double-digit bookings growth across a broad cross section of OEM and distribution customers, product lines, and end markets. While market conditions in Japan improved slightly during the quarter, bookings in that region are still not reaching prior business levels. Bookings in Europe during Q399 were down slightly from a strong bookings quarter in Q299. Bookings continued to improve in the communications-related end markets during Q399. In addition, bookings for the Companys computer-related (primarily notebook) product lines and those products that traditionally sell into the industrial markets increased from Q299. Gross margins for Q399 were 69.1%, an increase from the 68.7% reported in Q299. During the quarter, the Company expensed $1.6 million of costs that were in excess of the costs achieved by the Companys lowest cost wafer fabrication facility (Beaverton). In addition, the Company increased inventory reserves by $0.8 million and increased its reserve by $1.3 million for the closure of a 4-inch wafer fabrication facility, further increasing cost of sales in Q399. The Company also recorded a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.5 million related to technology licensing matters. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: Q399 was an excellent quarter. Our sales and profits grew sequentially, we increased cash and short-term investments by over $72 million, and our bookings grew to near record levels. Q199 now appears to have been the low point of a three-quarter trend of declining bookings. We hope the current trend continues. In addition, we remain on plan to introduce over 300 new products during our product announcement year ending in July. Mr. Gifford continued: Although turns and bookings grew by 33% and 21%, respectively, we believe our Q399 booking level now approximates our estimates of the current quarters consumption of products by our customers. Accordingly, assuming that market conditions remain positive, we would expect the average sequential growth rate in bookings to be more consistent with a growth model of 5% to 6% per quarter. During the quarter, Maxim was named by The Wall Street Journal as the 15th best performing company of the past 10 years, with an average compound annual return of 49% per year. Maxim was the top semiconductor company on the list. In addition, in a recent San Jose Mercury News listing of the largest 150 companies in the Silicon Valley, Maxim was listed as the 13th most profitable and the 16th most valuable of all the companies on the list and ranked 2nd with regard to profit as a percentage of sales.

Source resistance: the efficiency killer in DC-DC converter circuits

The DC-DC converter is very commonly used in batteryoperated equipment and other power-conserving applications. Like a linear regulator, the DC-DC converter can regulate to a lower voltage. Unlike linear regulators, however, the DC-DC converter can also boost an input voltage or invert it to VIN-. As an added bonus, the DC-DC converter boasts efficiencies greater than 95% under optimum conditions. However, this efficiency is limited by dissipative components, and the main cause is resistance in the power source. Losses in source resistance can lower the efficiency by 10% or more, exclusive of loss in the DC-DC converter! If the converter has adequate input voltage, its output will be normal and there may be no obvious indication that power is being wasted. Fortunately, testing the input efficiency is a simple matter (see the Source section). A large source resistance can cause other, less obvious effects. In extreme cases, the converter s input can become bistable, or its output can decrease under maximum load conditions. Bistability means that the converter exhibits two stable input conditions, each with its own efficiency. The converter output is normal, but system efficiency may be drastically affected (see How to Avoid Bistability). Should this problem be solved simply by minimizing the source resistance? No, because the practical limits and cost/benefit trade-offs posed by the system may suggest other solutions. A prudent selection of power-supply input voltage, for example, can considerably minimize the need for low source resistance. Higher input voltage for a DC-DC converter limits the input current requirement, which in turn lessens the need for a low source resistance. From a systems standpoint, the conversion of 5V to 2.5V may be far more efficient than the conversion of 3.3V to 2.5V. Each option must be evaluated. The goal of this article is to provide analytic and intuitive tools for simplifying the evaluation task.

A systems view
As shown in Figure 1, any regulated power-distribution system can be divided into three basic sections: source, regulator(s) (a DC-DC converter in this case), and load(s). The source can be a battery or a DC power supply that is either regulated or unregulated. Unfortunately, the source also includes all the dissipative elements between the DC voltage and load: voltage-source output impedance; wiring resistance; and the resistance of contacts, PC-board lands, series filters, series switches, hot-swap circuits, etc. These elements can seriously degrade system efficiency. Calculation and measurement of the source efficiency is very simple. EFFSOURCE equals (power delivered to the regulator)/(power provided by VPS) multiplied by 100%: EFFSOURCE = =

(I IN )(VIN ) 100% ( ) (I IN )(VPS )

VIN (100%) VPS

[1]

Assuming that the regulator draws a negligible amount of current when unloaded, you can measure source efficiency as the ratio of VIN with the regulator at full load to VIN with the regulator unloaded. The regulator (DC-DC converter) consists of a controller IC and associated discrete components. Its characterization is described in the manufacturer s data sheet. Efficiency for the DC-DC converter (EFFDCDC) equals (power delivered by the converter)/(power delivered to the converter) multiplied by 100%: EFFDCDC =

(I OUT )(VOUT ) 100% ( ) (I IN )(VIN )

IOUT RL

[2 ]

RS

IIN

VPS

VIN

DC-DC CONVERTER

VOUT

L O A D

VL

SOURCE

POWER CONVERSION

LOAD

Figure 1. A regulated power-distribution system has three basic sections.

As specified by the manufacturer, this efficiency is a function of input voltage, output voltage, and output load current. Its not unusual for the efficiency to vary no more than a few percent over a load current range exceeding two orders of magnitude. Because the output voltage is fixed, we can say the efficiency varies only a few percent over an output-power range exceeding two orders of magnitude. DC-DC converters are most efficient when the input voltage is closest to the output voltage. If the input variation is not extreme with respect to the data sheet specifications, however, the converters efficiency can usually be approximated as a constant between 75% and 95%: PIN,
DCDC

(VIN )(I IN )

POUT, DCDC EFFDCDC

[5]

For a given load, this condition implies that the input current-voltage (I-V) curve is hyperbolic and exhibits a negative differential-resistance characteristic over its full range (Figure 2). This plot presents I-V curves for the DC-DC converter as a function of increasing input power. For real systems with dynamic loads, these curves are also dynamic. That is, the power curve moves farther from the origin as the load demands more current. Considering a regulator from the input port instead of the output port is an unusual point of view. After all, regulators are designed to provide a constant-voltage (sometimes constant-current) output. Their specifications predominantly describe the output characteristics (output-voltage range, output-current range, output ripple, transient response, etc.). The input, however, displays a curious property: within its operating range it acts as a constantpower load (Reference 4). Constant-power loads are useful in the design of battery testers, among other tasks.

POUT, DCDC EFFDCDC

[3]

This discussion treats the DC-DC converter as a twoport black box. For those interested in the nuances of DC-DC converter design, see References 13. The load includes the device to be driven and all dissipative elements in series with it, such as PC-trace resistance, contact resistance, cable resistance, etc. Because the DC-DC converters output resistance is included in the manufacturers data sheet, that quantity is specifically excluded. Load efficiency (EFF LOAD ) equals (power delivered to the load)/(power delivered by the DC-DC converter) multiplied by 100%: EFFLOAD =

Calculating source efficiency

We now have enough information to calculate the sources power dissipation and therefore its efficiency. Because the open-circuit value of source voltage (VPS) is given, we need only find the DC-DC converters input voltage (VIN). From equation [5], solving for IIN: I IN = POUT, DCDC V ( IN )(EFFDCDC ) [6]

(I OUT )(VLOAD ) 100% ( ) (I OUT )(VOUT )

[ 4]

V = LOAD (100%) VOUT

(DC-DC characteristic)

The key to optimum system designs is in analyzing and understanding the interaction between the DC-DC converter and its source. To do this we first define an ideal converter, then calculate the source efficiency, then test our assumptions against measured data from a representative DC-DC converterin this case, the MAX1626 buck regulator.
IIN

INPUT CHARACTERISTICS OF A DC-DC CONVERTER

P2 > P1 > P0

The ideal DC-DC converter

An ideal DC-DC converter would have 100% efficiency, operate over arbitrary input- and output-voltage ranges, and supply arbitrary currents to the load. It would also be arbitrarily small and available for free! For this analysis, however, we assume only that the converters efficiency is constant, such that input power is proportional to output power:

INCREASING POWER

P2 P1 P0 0 VIN

Figure 2. These hyperbolas represent constant-power input characteristics for a DC-DC converter.

IIN can also be solved in terms of VPS, VIN, and RS: I IN =

(VPS

VIN ) [7]

RS

also the 50% efficiency point. When the load line is tangent to the I-V curve, equation [8] has only one solution. For larger RS, the equation has no real solution and the DC-DC converter no longer functions properly.

(resistive load-line characteristic)

Equate the expressions from equations [6] and [7] and solve for VIN: VPS VPS2 VIN =

DC-DC converterstheory vs. practice

How do these ideal-input curves compare with those of an actual DC-DC converter? To examine this question, a standard MAX1626 evaluation kit (Figure 4) was configured for an output voltage of 3.3V and a load resistor of 6.6. We then measured the inputs I-V curve (Figure 5). Several nonideal characteristics were evident immediately. Note, for example, that for very low input voltages the input current is zero. A built-in undervoltage lockout (denoted as VL) ensures that the DC-DC converter is off for all input voltages below VL. Otherwise, large input currents could be drawn from the power supply during start-up.
LOAD-LINE ANALYSIS
DC-DC I-V CURVE VPS/R IINRESISTOR LOAD LINE (SLOPE = -1/RS)

4( R S )( POUT ) EFFDCDC

[8]

To understand their implications, it is very instructive to visualize equations [6] and [7] graphically (Figure 3). The resistor load line is a plot of all possible solutions of equation [7], and the DC-DC I-V curve is a plot of all possible solutions of equation [6]. The intersections of these curves, representing solutions to the pair of simultaneous equations, define stable voltages and currents at the DC-DC converters input. Because the DC-DC curve represents constant input power, (VIN+)(IIN+) = (VIN-) (IIN-). (The + and suffixes refer to the two solutions predicted by equation [8], and correspond to the signs in the numerator.) The optimum operating point is at V IN+/I IN+, which minimizes I IN2R S loss by drawing minimum current from the power supply. The other operating point causes large power dissipation in any dissipative components between VPS and VIN. System efficiency drops dramatically. But you can avoid such problems by keeping RS low enough. The source efficiency [(VIN/VPS) 100%] is simply equation [8] divided by VPS:
VPS VPS2 EFFSOURCE = 4( R S )( POUT ) EFFDCDC

IIN IIN+ 0 0 V INVIN VIN+ VPS

Figure 3. This plot superimposes a load line for source resistance on the DC-DC converters I-V curve.

2 VPS

(100%)

VIN 0.47F 2x 68F LOW-ESR TANTALUM RSENSE = 0.04 CS EXT U1 L1 22H, 3A VOUT SHDN GND OUT D1 220F LOW-ESR TANTALUM

3/5 V+

(POUT )(R S ) 100% 9 1 1 ( ) [ ] 2 4 EFFDCDC VPS2

MAX1626
REF 0.1F

Its easy to get lost in the equations, and therein lies the value of the load-line analysis plot of Figure 3. Note, for example, that if the series resistance (RS) equals zero, the resistor load-line slope becomes infinite. The load line would then be a vertical line passing through VPS. At this point VIN+ = VPS and the efficiency would be 100%. As RS increases from 0, the load line continues to pass through V PS but leans more and more to the left. Concurrently, VIN+ and VIN- converge on VPS/2, which is

L1 = SUMIDA CDRH125-220 D1 = NIHON NSQ03A03 U1 = MOTOROLA MMSF3P02HD

Figure 4. A standard DC-DC converter circuit illustrates the ideas of Figure 3.

MAX1626 INPUT CHARACTERISTICS (3.3V OUT, 0.5A LOAD)

800 700 600 IDC-DC (mA) 500 400 300 200 100 0 0 VL VMIN 5 10 VDC-DC (V) 15 MAX1626 IDEAL POWER CURVE WITH 90% EFFICIENCY IMAX (I)

LOAD LINE DENOTING BISTABILITY

VL VMIN

(V)

VPS

Figure 5. Above VMIN, the MAX1626 input I-V characteristic closely matches that of a 90%-efficient ideal device.

Figure 6. A closer look at the intersection points indicates a possibility of bistable and even tristable operation.

When VIN exceeds VL, the input current climbs toward a maximum that occurs when VOUT first reaches the preset output voltage (3.3V). The corresponding input voltage (VMIN) is the minimum required by the DC-DC converter to produce the preset output voltage. For VIN > VMIN, the constant-power curve for 90% efficiency closely matches the MAX1626 input curve. Variations from the ideal are caused primarily by small variations in DC-DC converter efficiency as a function of its input voltage.

SOURCE EFFICIENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RS (PIN, DCDC = 50W, VPS = 10V, VMIN = 2V)
100 80 EFF+ EFFICIENCY (%) 60

40

EFF-

20

How to avoid bistability

The power-supply designer must also guarantee that the DC-DC converter never becomes bistable. Bistability is possible in systems for which the load line intersects the DC-DC converter curve at or below VMIN/IMAX (Figure 6). Depending on the load line s slope and position, a system can be bistable or even tristable. Note that a lower VPS value can allow the load line to intersect at a single point between VL and VMIN, resulting in a system that is stable, but nonfunctional! As a rule, therefore, the load line must not touch the cusp of the DC-DC converter curve and must not move below it. In Figure 6, the load-line resistance (RS, which has a value of -1/slope) has an upper limit called RBISTABLE:
VPS VMIN I MAX POUT where I MAX = EFFDCDC (VMIN ) R BISTABLE = therefore, R BISTABLE = EFFDCDC (VMIN )(VPS VMIN ) POUT

0 0 RS() 0.25 R BISTABLE 0.5

Figure 7. This plot of source efficiency vs. source resistance indicates multiple values of efficiency for a given RS.

The source resistance (RS) should always be smaller than RBISTABLE. If this rule is broken, you risk highly inefficient operation or a complete shutdown of the DC-DC converter.

An actual case
It might be helpful to plot, for an actual system, the relationship shown in equation [9] between source efficiency and source resistance (Figure 7). Assume the following conditions: VPS = 10V VMIN = 2V PIN = 50W Open-circuit power-supply voltage Minimum input voltage that ensures proper operation Power to the DC-DC converter s input (POUT/EFFDCDC).

[10] [11] [12]

Using equation [12], RBISTABLE can be calculated as 0.320. Subsequently, a plot of equation [9] shows that source efficiency drops as RS increases, losing 20% at RS = RBISTABLE. Note: this result cannot be generalized. You must perform the calculations for each application. One component of R S is the finite output resistance found in all power supplies, determined by the load regulation and usually defined as: Load Regulation = 100% (VNO LOAD VFULL LOAD ) VNO LOAD Power-Supply Output Resistance =

Source efficiency for common applications

Its useful to know how much source resistance (RS) can be tolerated and how this parameter affects system efficiency. R S must be less than R BISTABLE , as stated earlier, but how much lower should it be? To answer this question, solve equation [9] for R S in terms of EFFSOURCE, for EFFSOURCE values of 95%, 90%, and 85%. RS95 is the RS value that yields a 95% source efficiency for the given input and output conditions. Consider the following four example applications using common DC-DC converter systems. Example 1 derives 3.3V from 5V with a load current of 2A. For 95% source efficiency, be careful to keep the resistance between the 5V source and the DC-DC converters input well under 162m. Notice that RS90 = RBISTABLE, by coincidence. This value of RS90 also implies that the efficiency could as easily be 10% as 90%! Note that system efficiency (as opposed to source efficiency) is the product of source efficiency, DC-DC converter efficiency, and load efficiency.

[13]

(VNO LOAD
Therefore,

VFULL LOAD ) I FULL LOAD

[14]

Power-Supply Output Resistance = Load regulation (VNO LOAD ) I FULL LOAD (100%)

[15]

A 5V/10A power supply with 1% load regulation, for example, would have only 5.0m of output resistance not much for a 10A load.

Example 1. Application Using a MAX797 or MAX1653 DC-DC Converter (IOUT = 2A)

VPS 5V VOUT 3.3V IOUT 2A VMIN 4.5V EFFDCDC 90% POUT 6.6W RBISTABLE 0.307 RS95 0.162 RS90 0.307 RS85 0.435

Example 2. Application Using a MAX797 or MAX1653 DC-DC Converter (IOUT = 20A)

VPS 5V VOUT 3.3V IOUT 20A VMIN 4.5V EFFDCDC 90% POUT 66W RBISTABLE 0.031 RS95 0.016 RS90 0.031 RS85 0.043

Example 3. Application Using a MAX1710 DC-DC Converter with Separate +5V Supply (VPS = 4.5V)
VPS 4.5V VOUT 1.6V IOUT 5A VMIN 2.5V EFFDCDC 92% POUT 8W RBISTABLE 0.575 RS95 0.111 RS90 0.210 RS85 0.297

Example 4. Application Using a MAX1710 DC-DC Converter with Separate +5V Supply (VPS = 15V)
VPS 15V VOUT 1.6V IOUT 5A VMIN 2.5V EFFDCDC 86% POUT 8W RBISTABLE 3.359 RS95 1.149 RS90 2.177 RS85 3.084

Example 2 is similar to Example 1 except for outputcurrent capability (20A vs. 2A). Notice that the seriesresistance requirement for 95% source efficiency is 10 times lower (16m vs. 162m). To achieve this low resistance, use 2oz. copper PC traces. Example 3 derives 1.6V at 5A from a source voltage of 4.5V (i.e., 5V-10%). The system requirement of 111m for RS95 can be met, but not easily. Example 4 is the same as Example 3, but with higher supply voltage (VPS = 15V instead of 4.5V). Notice the useful trade-off: a substantial increase in the difference between input and output voltages has caused an efficiency drop for the DC-DC converter alone, but the overall system efficiency is improved. RS is no longer an issue because the large RS95 value (>1) is easily met. A system with an input filter and long input lines, for

example, can maintain a source efficiency of 95% or more without special attention to line widths and connector resistances.

Conclusion
When looking at DC-DC converter specifications, it is tempting to maximize efficiency by setting the supply voltage as close to the output voltage as possible. This strategy, however, can increase costs by placing unnecessary limitations on elements such as the wiring, connectors, and trace layout. System efficiency may even suffer. The analytic tools presented in this article should make such power-system trade-offs more intuitive and obvious.

References
(1) Erickson, Robert W. Fundamentals of Power Electronics. Chapman and Hall, 1997. (2) Lenk, Ron. Practical Design of Power Supplies. IEEE Press & McGraw Hill, 1998. (3) Gottlieb, Irving M. Power Supplies, Switching Regulators, Inverters and Converters. Second Edition, TAB Books, 1994. (4) Wettroth, John. Controller Provides Constant Power Load. EDN, March 14, 1997.

DESIGN SHOWCASE
PC printer port controls I-V curve tracer
When connected to the printer port of a PC, the circuit shown in Figure 1 enables you to determine the current-voltage (I-V) characteristics of an active component or integrated circuit. A short BASIC program* drives the port and displays the I-V characteristic as a graph on the monitor. The result is a very useful diagnostic tool for IC fault analysis. The 12-bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC), IC4, is configured for bipolar outputs to 2.048V. Op amp IC6A multiplies this signal with a gain of +2V/V, and op amp IC7 converts the result to a current that passes through the device under test (DUT). This current ranges from 40A to 40mA, according to the resistor value selected for R SENSE . For any combination of DUT and selected range, the maximum current available equals (approximately) the IC6A output (4.096V max) divided by RSENSE.
+5V

+15V +15V

[continued]
22k

VIN

IC1 MAX663

SENSE VOUT2 22F

+5V CLR DOUT SCLK VDD RFB 2.048V

+15V IC6A 1/2MAX478 +15V 4.096 IC7 HA-5221 22k -15V -15V 33F 100 10k RSENSE 100k

GND 0V

VSET SHDN

IC4 MAX531

VOUT

DIN CS GND VSET SHDN VOUT1 VOUT2 SENSE -5V 22F

REFIN REFOUT BIPOFF

PROBES TO DUT

IC2
-15V

MAX664
VIN

AGND DGND VSS 1k

-15V +5V +5V 25-WAY D-TYPE

-5V

FORCE 11k

22k 5 4 PC 15 6 1825 PLI 4.096V 0V 1k VDD SCLK SHDN 3.3k IC6B 1/2MAX478 22k 11k +5V IC5A 1/2MAX492 IC5B 1/2MAX492 22k SENSE

IC3

VIN

DOUT MAX189 CS GND REF

2.048V

22k

Figure 1. A 12-bit, serial-data DAC (IC4) and ADC (IC3) form an interface that enables the printer port of a PC to control this I-V curve tracer.

* The program, titled I-V Curve Tracer, was written by Terry Millward, Maxim UK, and is available at Maxims website (http://www.maxim-ic.com/othersoftware.htm).
9

Current through the DUT produces a bipolar voltage that is sensed by the differential amplifier IC6B. To avoid the variable-offset error that would otherwise occur with a change in switch position, this amplifiers inverting-input signal is taken from the low-impedance, noninverting input of IC7 rather than its inverting input. The penalty for this choice is the fixed input-offset error of IC7. The differential amplifier s gain plus the offset supplied to it result in a maximum output swing (0V to 4.096V) compatible with the unipolar input range of the 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), IC3. IC3s 3.3k input resistor limits input current in the event of an applied overvoltage. IC7 requires 15V supply rails to provide sufficient compliance voltage for its current-source function. To supply all the

other ICs, IC1 and IC2 regulate these rails to 5V. During operation, the software drives the DAC to produce a current ramp, and the ADC measures the resulting voltage across the DUT. This voltage waveform is displayed on the PC monitor at 640x480 resolution, as shown in two examples (Figure 2). Twelve-bit converter resolution is excessive with respect to this display resolution, but 12 bits provides a margin for the use of higher resolution monitors, and also for examining the response with a software zoom. A similar idea appeared in the 11/97 issue of Electronic Engineering (UK).

(a)
+4V +4V

(b)

0V F1 TERMINATES

0V F1 TERMINATES

-4V -IMAX

0mA

+IMAX

-4V -IMAX

0mA

+IMAX

Figure 2. Examples of output from the Figure 1 circuit include a Schottky diode (a) and a more complex analog IC (b).

10

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Switch-mode converter starts with full load connected
Operating from a 2-cell or 3-cell battery, the boost converter shown in Figure 1 delivers as much as 500mA from its regulated 5V output. Following a start-up or brownout condition, however, the output and load remain disconnected until the output achieves regulation. IC1s V+ terminal (pin 2) provides power as well as feedback to the chip. This bootstrapped operation (in which the chip is powered from its own output) enables start-up from input voltages as low as +1.8V, unless a heavy load prevents start-up altogether. Proper operation requires a gate-drive voltage sufficient to provide low on-resistance in the switching MOSFET, but at start-up this drive is limited to the battery voltage. The resulting high on-resistance in the MOSFET can prevent the converter output from rising to its specified level. On the other hand, connecting the output and load only after VOUT is within tolerance allows the MOSFET to turn on fully with minimum on-resistance. The N-channel MOSFETs of IC2 are each rated for 3.5A, 12V, and a 0.05 on-resistance in the fully on state. Device #2 (on the left) is the switching transistor, and Device #1 is a high-side load switch. Gate drive for the load switch comes from a charge pump (C4 and the dual diode D2) that is driven by the switching node at the bottom of L1. At start-up the P supervisor (IC3) issues a reset (low output at pin 2) that prevents charging of C4. When IC3s pin 3 rises above 4.65V, however, pin 2 goes high, enabling C4 to charge via the right-hand diode each time the switching node goes low. Each time it returns high, the C4 voltage adds to the output voltage, boosting the MOSFET gate (G1) to about 9.5V. This level is maintained by a charge on the gate-source capacitance. On start-up, therefore, the [continued]

2V TO 5.2V C3 150F (LOW-ESR)

L1, 22H CDR125 (SUMIDA)

IC3
D1 NSQ03A02 (NIHON) 3 VCC GND 1

MAX809L
2

C2 100nF 2 V+ 5, 6 D2 1 4 G2 S2 3 CS SHDN 4 AGND GND 6 7 8 R1 0.075 R2 10M R3 10M 7, 8 D1 G1 2 S1 1 D2 BAV99 C4 47pF C5 330F (LOWESR)

RESET

IC1 MAX608
REF FB 3

EXT

IC2 RF1K49090 (HARRIS)

5 C1 100nF

5V AT 250mA

Figure 1. To ensure a full-load start-up, the extra circuitry in this regulated boost converter disconnects the load until the output voltage achieves regulation.

11

charge-pump output ramps up to about 4.5V, and then jumps to 9.5V when IC3s RESET output goes high. Only then does the high-side switch turn on and connect the load. If IC3s 240ms power-up delay is too long, you can replace IC3 with another P supervisor (MAX821) that lets you select the delay as 1ms, 40ms, or 200ms max. This boost converter circuit features pulsefrequency modulation (PFM), and therefore requires a minimum load of approximately 5A to ensure that the converter (and therefore the charge pump) continues to switch occasionally. In practice, this minimum load is provided by reverse leakage in the Schottky rectifier (D1), but if D1 is replaced by a low-leakage non-Schottky rectifier (or if you just

want to guarantee the load), reduce the value of R3 to 1M. The circuit shown provides efficiencies greater than 80% while supplying 250mA with an input of 2.0V, or 500mA with an input of 2.7V. The Harris MOSFETs have a V GS(TH) of 2.0V max, but by substituting a switch with lower VGS(TH) (such as the Temic Si6946DQ) you can modify the circuit to start from battery voltages as low as 1.8V. (The Temic part, however, has a higher RDS(ON).) A similar idea appeared in the 9/98 issue of Electronics World & Wireless World.

12

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Two AA cells power step-down regulator
DC-DC conversion is particularly challenging when both the input and output voltages are low. Step-up ICs that operate from less than +1V are available, but stepdown ICs that accept input voltages near +2V are not. Thus, providing efficient power for the low-voltage CPU core in a hand-held product can be a problem if the power source is a 2-cell AA battery. This battery output can drop to 1.8V as the battery discharges. The upper switch-mode DC-DC converter in Figure 1 (IC1) generates over 600mA at 1.5V, from a 2-AAcell input that varies from +3.4V to +1.8V. The 3.3V rail that powers this step-down controller is taken from a high-current, synchronous-rectified boost controller (IC3), which is otherwise included to provide power for external logic and the CPUs I/O blocks. Note that IC1 is biased by 3.3V, but power for the 1.5V output comes directly from the battery. When the 3.3V rail is too low to properly operate IC1, the switching power MOSFET (Q1) is forced off by Q2, D2, and a SOT23 reset (IC2). Without these components, the conditions at power-up (battery voltage present but 3.3V momentarily absent, pulling the Q1 gate low) may cause the 1.5V output to overshoot to the battery voltage. The 1.5V outputs buck-conversion efficiency (about 85%) is quite good for the circuit s extra-small components: a 3-pin SOT23 power MOSFET (Q1) and 5mm-diameter surface-mount inductors. For the 3.3V output, IC3s on-chip synchronous rectification yields a boost efficiency higher than 90%. A similar idea appeared in the 1/7/99 issue of EDN.
Q1 NDS8434A C1 100F D2 MBR0520 L1 100H SUMIDA CD54-101 D1 1N5817 OUTPUT 1.5V 600mA C2 100F

INPUT 2 AA CELLS

Q2 BSS84

NC 7 EXT 1 OUT FB 2

R1 20k

IC1 MAX1627
ON 1.5V 3 SHDN REF 4 C3 0.1F 1 RESET V+ GND 8 CS 5 6

R2 130k

IC2

GND

MAX6311
VCC RSTIN1 3 RSTIN2

R3 300k L2 10H SUMIDA CD54-100 3.3V 15 ONA ON 13 LX

R4 470k D3 MBR0520 OUTPUT 3.3V 200mA C4 100F C5 0.1F 11 14 6 C6 0.1F R6 101k R5 10

POUT

16

IC3 MAX1706
2 3 C7 0.1F LBN REF 4 1 8 CLK/SEL ONB OUT GND PGND FB 10 5 12 7

R7 61.9k

Figure 1. Powered by the 3.3V boost controller IC3, this step-down controller (IC1) generates 1.5V from inputs as low as 1.8V. If the 3.3V rail dips below the allowed minimum, IC2 and Q2 shut down the circuit by turning off Q1.

13

DESIGN SHOWCASE
Miniature temperature monitors drive 3-speed fan controller
Combining a switch-mode DC-DC controller with two low-cost temperature-monitor ICs produces a 3speed fan controller (Figure 1) . Useful in many applications, this circuit cuts noise and power consumption in computers, temperature controllers, and alarm systems. The idea is made possible by IC3s pin-selectable shutdown and output-voltage capabilities. The logic levels applied to those inputs (3/5 and SHDN), along with properly valued feedback resistors (R2 and R3) set the output-voltage levels (available one at a time) at 0V, 8V, and 12V. In general, the lower voltage (VOUT1, which equals 8V in this case) is determined by the R2/R3 divider, and the higher voltage (VOUT2) (which equals 12V in this case) is determined by the product of VOUT1 and an internal ratio: VOUT1 = 3.3[(R2+R3)/R3] VOUT2 = VOUT1(5/3.3) The temperature monitors (IC1 and IC2) have opendrain outputs (TOVER) that are pulled low when the ambient temperature exceeds a factory-programmed internal threshold. The monitors come in tiny SOT23-5 packages, with dedicated thresholds in the
R4 100k 4 VCC IC1 5 TOVER R6 100k 5 V+ 2 Q2 2N3904 R5 100k 4 VCC IC2 5 TOVER C3 0.1F 3 4 CS EXT 6 7 Q1 IRF7416 L1 22H 12V C1 100F R1 0.04 C2 0.47F

+35 C to +115 C range. When the temperature exceeds the threshold of IC2 (+45 C in this example), that device turns on IC3 by pulling its SHDN terminal low. IC3s 3/5 input remains low, producing 3.3V at OUT (and 8V at the fan), until the temperature rises to +65C. At that time, the IC1 output pulls low, turning off Q2 and allowing R6 to pull the 3/5 input high, which applies 12V to the fan. Q2 is necessary for signal inversion and for meeting the 3/5 inputs logic-high threshold (V+ - 0.5V). IC3s ability to produce 100% duty cycles enables a very low dropout voltage for this applicationabout 150mV at 1A load. The conversion efficiency is independent of output voltage but varies with output current, ranging from 85% and 96% for currents between 10mA and 1A. The average efficiency is 90%. At low temperatures for which a fan is not required (below +45 C), the switching regulator shuts down and lowers the supply current in this circuit to about 100A. A similar idea appeared in the 2/22/99 issue of Electronic Design.

5V

MAX6501UKP065 GND 1 GND HYST 2 3

3/5

IC3 MAX1626

D1 MOTOROLA MBRS340T3 R2 14k OUT 1 R3 10k

C4 220F

12V FAN

SHDN REF GND 8

MAX6501UKP045 GND GND HYST 1 2 3

Figure 1. Controlled by the temperature monitors IC1 and IC2, this switch-mode DC-DC controller (IC3) applies either 0V, 8V, or 12V to the fan.
14

NEW PRODUCTS
8-bit ADC with 2.2GHz T/H converts at 1Gsps
The MAX104 is an 8-bit, monolithic, bipolar analog-to-digital converter (ADC) with a 1Gsps digitizing rate. The MAX104 is ideal for high-speed communication, instrumentation, and data-acquisition applications where wide bandwidth, good linearity, and high dynamic performance are required. Unlike other gigahertz sampling 8-bit ADCs, the MAX104 achieves a full 47dB SINAD and 52dB SFDR at a 500MHz input (Nyquist) frequency. For both these parameters, the MAX104 maintains the same performance levels, within 1dB, out to twice the Nyquist (i.e., 1GHz) input frequency. The MAX104 achieves this high performance through both innovative design and the use of Maxim s proprietary 27GHz GST-2 bipolar process. An integrated, fully differential input track/hold (T/H) employs Schottky diodes and laser-trimmed resistors to achieve a typical integral nonlinearity (INL) and differential nonlinearity (DNL) of less than 0.25LSB, a full-power bandwidth of 2.2GHz, and less than 0.5ps aperture jitter. The MAX104 s performance is further enhanced through the use of a proprietary on-chip decoding scheme, ensuring a low 1-in-1015 clock cycle occurrence of metastable states with no error exceeding 1LSB. Proper packaging is also critical to achieving good performance at these frequencies. The MAX104 uses a 25x25x1.4mm, 192-contact ESBGA (Enhanced Super Ball-Grid Array) package to minimize parasitic effects, provide controlled impedance signal paths, and eliminate the need for heatsinking in most applications. To facilitate digital interface, the MAX104 features an on-chip, selectable 8:16 output demultiplexer that slows the 1Gsps data to 500 mega-words per second ported to two parallel, differential 8-bit, low-voltage (PECL) outputs. Data is presented in offset binary format and includes an output clock and an overrange bit. The device operates from 5V supplies and supports 3V to 5V output interfaces. The MAX104 comes specified for the commercial temperature range (0 C to +70C) and is priced from $398.00 (1000up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit, which includes the MAX104, is available ($650.00).
ESBGA is a trademark of Amkor/Anam.

Serial, 8-bit, pseudo-differential ADCs fit in 10-pin MAX package

The MAX1106/MAX1107 8-bit ADCs include a track/hold, voltage reference, clock, and serial interface. As the industrys smallest pseudo-differential 8bit ADCs, they come in a 10-pin MAX package half the size of an 8-pin SO. Their small size, low-power operation, excellent dynamic performance, and ease of use make them well suited for use in batterypowered portable applications. The MAX1106 operates from a +2.7V to +5.5V supply, and the MAX1107 operates from a +4.5V to +5.5V supply.

Both draw only 130A at their maximum conversion rate (50ksps). Their full-scale analog-input range is determined either by the internal reference voltage (2.048V for the MAX1106, 4.096V for the MAX1107) or an externally applied reference in the 1V to VDD range. When the MAX1106/MAX1107 devices are not in use, a software-controlled power-down can lower their supply currents to 0.5 A. The 4-wire serial interface connects directly to SPI , QSPI , and MICROWIRE devices without external logic. Prices start at $1.55 (1000-up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

$0.35 digital pots offered in SOT23 package

The MAX5160/MAX5161 lineartaper digital potentiometers (pots) each have a fixed end-to-end resistance and a 32-tap wiper contact. Miniature size and a low price tag ($0.35) make them good replacements for mechanical potentiometers. (Mechanical pots become dirty and unreliable over time, but digital pots were previously too costly to use as replacements.) The MAX5160/MAX5161 offer an excellent way to adjust the LCD bias in hand-held equipment. The MAX5161, in a 3x3mm SOT23-6 package, requires 70% less board space than similar devices offered in 8-pin SO packages. A low ratiometric temperature coefficient (5ppm/ C) allows the MAX5161 to serve in programmable-gain amplifiers that require stable gain over temperature. The MAX5160, with 3-wire digital control, comes in a space-saving 8-pin MAX package. The MAX5161, with 2wire digital control, comes in a 6-pin SOT23 package. Both are available from stock in three options for end-to-end resistance: 50k, 100k, and 200k. Prices start at $0.35 (50,000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).

REFERENCE
MAX1106

IN+ IN-

T/H

8-BIT ADC

CLK

POWER-DOWN

15

NEW PRODUCTS
3V, 18-bit sigmadelta ADCs guarantee 0.0015% INL
The MAX1401/MAX1403 18-bit ADCs guarantee 16-bit performance (0.0015% INL) at 480sps. Coarse measurements at 12-bit accuracy (0.024% INL) can be performed 10 times more quickly, at conversion rates as high as 4800sps. This high level of accuracy is ideal for pressure transducers, industrial process control, and other applications requiring a wide dynamic range. The MAX1401/MAX1403 operate from both +3V analog and +3V digital supplies. The low operating power consumption (1.5mW) drops below 50W during shutdown. The MAX1403 provides matched 200A current sources for sensor excitation, and the MAX1401 provides direct access to the multiplexer output and ADC input for inserting additional signalconditioning circuitry. These devices save board space and design time by combining a switching network, programmable-gain amplifier (PGA), and two buffers with an internal oscillator, on-chip digital filter, modulator, system-offset-correction digital-to-analog converter (DAC), and bidirectional serial interface. System offsets as high as 117% of the selected full-scale range can be corrected through the on-board offset-correction DAC. The analog inputs can be configured as five fully differential channels or as five pseudo-differential plus two differential channels. Other features include userconfigurable automatic channel scanning, continuous data-output mode, and convert-on-command mode. The MAX1401/MAX1403 are available in 28-pin SSOP packages with prices starting at $8.95 (1000-up, FOB USA).

1%-accurate sensor-signal conditioner is digitally trimmed

The MAX1478* is a highly integrated analog-signal processor optimized for the calibration and compensation of piezoresistive sensors. Requiring no external components, it includes a programmable current source (0.1mA to 2.0mA) for sensor excitation, a 3-bit PGA, a 128-bit internal EEPROM, and four 12-bit DACs. Accuracy is within 1% of the sensors repeatability error. The MAX1478 compensates silicon piezoresistive sensors for offset, offset temperature coefficient, full-span output (FSO), FSO temperature coefficient (FSOTC), and FSO nonlinearity. By adjusting the input-signal offset and span through DACs, the MAX1478 compensates for 1st-order temperature error and eliminates quantization noise. Built-in features enable the MAX1478 to integrate three traditional sensor-manufacturing operations into one automated process: Pretest: Host computer acquires sensor data. Calibration and compensation: Host computer downloads calibration and compensation coefficients to the MAX1478s internal EEPROM. Final test: Host computer verifies calibration and compensation without removing the MAX1478 from the test socket. Although optimized for use with piezoresistive sensors, the MAX1478 with external components can operate with accelerometers, strain gauges, and other resistive sensors. For custom requirements, Maxim maintains a dedicated-cell library of more than 90 sensor-specific functional blocks. Contact the factory for further information. The MAX1478 comes in die form and in 16-pin SSOP packages.

12- and 13-bit DACs guarantee 10ppm/C reference

Devices in the MAX5120/MAX5130 family of serial-input/voltage-output, 12and 13-bit DACs feature an internal Rail-toRail output amplifier and a precision bandgap reference. Unlike comparable internal-reference DACs, these devices guarantee temperature coefficients (tempcos) of <10ppm/C over the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). They also guarantee 13-bit monotonicity, 1LSB max DNL and 1/2LSB INL. Devices in this low-power DAC family operate on single supplies of +3V or +5V, drawing supply currents of 500 A (operating) or 3A (power-down). Power-up reset reduces output glitches during powerup, allowing a user-selectable initial output state of either zero or midscale. The internal amplifier s user-accessible output and inverting input allow specific gain configurations, remote sensing, and high output-drive

capability for a wide range of force/sense applications. The buffered outputs drive loads of 5k100pF or 420mA. Each device has a serial interface compatible with SPI , QSPI , and MICROWIRE serial-data standards. Offered in space-saving 16-pin QSOP packages, the series features voltageoutput versions (12-bit MAX5120/ MAX5121 and 13-bit MAX5130/ MAX5131) and force/sense versions (12bit MAX5122/MAX5123 and 13-bit MAX5132/MAX5133). Prices start from $3.80 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Inc.
+2.5V REF VOS +1.25V BANDGAP REFERENCE MICROPROCESSOR CS SCLK DIN POR LOGIC 13 13-BIT DAC VOUT X2

*The MAX1478 is a future product.

MAX5130

DOUT TO OTHER DEVICES

16

NEW PRODUCTS
Complete highside current-sense amplifier fits in a SOT23 package
The MAX4173 is a high-side currentsense amplifier available in a small 6-pin SOT23 package that is only 3x3mm square. Unlike current-sensing techniques that disrupt the circuit ground plane, this tiny device employs a single high-side current-sense resistor between the power supply and the load. This external resistor allows the user to select a full-scale range for the measured current. Three factory-trimmed gains are available: +20V/V (MAX4173T) +50V/V (MAX4173F) +100V/V (MAX4173H) The MAX4173 features a wide supply-voltage range, from +3V to +28V. Its circuit architecture allows an input common-mode voltage to range from 0 to +28V, independent of the supply voltage. Ground-sensing inputs maintain linearity. They also prevent phase reversal at the output when the input common-mode voltage is near ground. This feature is useful during power-up or power-down transients, and during some input-fault conditions. The MAX4173 achieves a fullscale accuracy of 0.5%. Its 1.7MHz bandwidth (AV = +20V/V) makes it useful in closed-loop current-control applications. The MAX4173 is offered in both 6-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages. Prices start at $0.75 (1000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).
VCC ILOAD

VOUT

MAX4173

Differential amps draw only 42A from a single +2.7V supply

The MAX4198/MAX4199 are singlesupply, micropower differential amplifiers with internal precision gain resistors and Rail-to-Rail outputs. Unlike differential amplifiers that operate only from +5V supplies, these operate from single supply voltages in the +2.7V to +7.5V range and draw only 42 A. They are ideal for precision portable instruments and lowpower equipment. To further prolong battery life, they feature a low-power shutdown mode that reduces the supply

current to 6.5A. Both amplifiers feature 110dB power-supply rejection and exhibit 0.001% total harmonic distortion at 1kHz. The MAX4198, internally trimmed for unity gain, achieves a 175kHz -3dB bandwidth, 0.01% accuracy, 0.0003% nonlinearity, and 90dB common-mode rejection. The MAX4199, internally trimmed for a +10V/V gain, achieves a 45kHz -3dB bandwidth, 0.01% accuracy, 0.0003% nonlinearity, and 110dB common-mode rejection. The MAX4198/MAX4199 are available in 8-pin SO and space-saving 8-pin MAX packages (same dimensions as the industry-standard MSOP). Prices start at $1.25 (1000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).

Rail-to-rail op amps sustain 115dB AVOL with 1k load

The MAX4281/MAX4282/MAX4284 single/dual/quad Rail-to-Rail op amps have 2MHz gain-bandwidth products. Unlike most rail-to-rail op amps, they have a proprietary output architecture capable of driving 1k loads to within 160mV of each rail, with no degradation of the 115dB open-loop gain. Operating from a single supply voltage of +2.5V to +5.5V, these unity-gain-stable op amps suit general-purpose, low-voltage applications that require wide output swings. They are open-loop versions of the new Gain-Amp amplifiers that feature factory-trimmed internal gain networks. The MAX4281/MAX4282/MAX4284 draw only 300 A and are stable with loads up to 470pF. At 20kHz with 1Vp-p output swings, they achieve total harmonic distortion of 104dB. The dual and quad versions exhibit 90dB of crosstalk at 100kHz. The MAX4281 comes in space-saving 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages. The MAX4282 comes in 8-pin MAX and SO packages, and the MAX4284 comes in 14-pin SO and 16-pin QSOP packages. Prices start at $0.60 (1000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).
Gain-Amp is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

SINGLE 2.7V SUPPLY, RAIL-TO-RAIL OUTPUT

5V (VCC)
MAX4198 MAX4199

m x 5.0

0V (VEE)

17

OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1V/div

N MA -PI
4473

3.0

NEW PRODUCTS
Single chip controls ramp-up/ down for GSM PAs
The MAX4473 IC controls power ramp-up and ramp-down for power amplifiers (PAs) as required by GSM and other TDMA cell-phone PAs. The tiny, 3x5mm 8-pin MAX package replaces three discrete op amps and a handful of passive components, simplifying cell-phone layout and design by virtually eliminating the various RF noise and stability concerns. Optimized to meet strict GSM bandwidth and slew-rate requirements, the MAX4473 guarantees 1.5 s enable/disable times and a low supply current (1.2mA), which lowers power consumption without compromising the dynamic response. Three external gain resistors provide maximum versatility. GSM and other TDMA cell phones pulse on while transmitting and then turn off. Typical bursts occur at 200Hz with a duty cycle of 1/8. The main challenge in designing these RF systems is ramping the power up and down per GSM specifications without producing extraneous RF splatter or radiation. To maintain stability and eliminate noise problems, the circuits currently require several op amps and a handful of passive components. The MAX4473 simplifies such systems by combining all necessary amplifiers in a single chip, and by optimizing the performance specifically for GSM applications. The robust Rail-to-Rail output, capable of driving 500 or 300pF loads (or both in parallel), is designed to drive the low-impedance gain-control inputs of a power amplifier. To allow accurate power control over a wide common-mode range and to prevent phase reversal at the outputs, the internal error amplifier also has rail-to-rail inputs. Other features of the MAX4473 include a rail-to-rail control-input buffer and a wide supplyvoltage range of +2.7V to +6.5V. In shutdown, the device provides an active pull-down for the output and draws less than 1A of supply current. The MAX4473 is available in 8-pin SO and space-saving 8-pin MAX packages (same dimensions as the industry-standard MSOP). Prices start at $0.75 (50,000-up, FOB USA).

Serially controlled audio/video switches offer clickless operation

The MAX4562/MAX4563 analog switches are controlled by a serial-data interface. Ideal for multimedia applications, they feature 30 max on-resistances matched to within 5 and guaranteed flat to within 5 over the analog signal range. Both devices offer selectable softswitching, which provides a clickless mode of operation for audio applications. Crosstalk and off-isolation are -85dB at 20kHz for audio, and -55dB at 10MHz for video. Total harmonic distortion for audio is 0.007%. The MAX4562/MAX4563 each contain two normally open SPDT switches and two normally open SPST switches, which (for example) are configurable as T-switches for video applications. The MAX4562 features a 2-wire, I2C-compatible serial interface, and the MAX4563 features a 3-wire, SPI/ QSPI/ MICROWIRE-compatible serial interface. Both devices operate on a single supply voltage in the +2.7V to +5.5V range. The MAX4562/MAX4563 come in 16-pin QSOP packages, with prices starting at $1.99 (1000-up, FOB USA).
I2C is a trademark of Philips Corp.

Fault-protected analog ICs offer rail-to-rail signal handling

A new circuit configuration designed to protect switches from transients outside the normal power-supply range has produced a variety of fault-protected products: quad single-pole/single-throw (SPST) switches (MAX4511/MAX4512/MAX4513), 8-channel and dual-4-channel multiplexers (MAX4508/MAX4509), and 3/8 in-line signal protectors (MAX4506/MAX4507). All devices feature Rail-to-Rail signalhandling capability across the full range of supply voltage. These devices provide 40V of input protection with power off, and up to 36V of overvoltage protection during power-up or power-down. The affected terminal becomes open-circuited during fault condi-

tions, allowing only nanoamperes of leakage into the source. To ensure unambiguous outputs, the switch output clamps to the appropriate supply voltage and delivers as much as 10mA of properpolarity load current during a fault condition. Other features include low on-resistance (100 max) and on-resistance matching to within 6 maximum. The input off-leakage current is 0.5nA at +25 C and 10nA at +85 C. All parts operate from a single supply of +9V to +36V or from dual supplies in the 4.5V to 18V range. The digital-input thresholds (+0.8V and +2.4V) ensure compatibility with TTL and CMOS logic. Parts are available in 8-pin DIP/SO, 16-pin DIP/narrow-SO/SSOP, 18-pin DIP/SO, and 20-pin SSOP packages. Prices start at $1.46 (1000-up, FOB USA).

451

MAX4

512

4506

MAX

MAX

4508

4509

4511

MA

X45

07

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-cost, lowvoltage, quad CMOS analog switches replace 74HC4066
The MAX4610/MAX4611/MAX4612 quad SPST analog switches are low-cost, pin-compatible replacements for the industry-standard 74HC4066 analog switch. On-resistances (65 max) are matched to within 4 max and flat to within 15 max over the specified signal range. Each switch accepts input voltages between V+ and ground, and the maximum off-leakage current is 1nA at TA = +25C and 6nA at TA = +85C. The MAX4610, with four normally open (NO) switches, is the 74HC4066 replacement. The MAX4611 has four normally closed (NC) switches, and the MAX4612 has two NO and two NC switches. All operate from a single supply voltage of +2V to +12V, and all digital inputs have logic thresholds of +0.8V and +2.4V, which ensures TTL/CMOS-logic compatibility when operating with a +5V supply. ESD protection exceeds 2kV per Method 3015.7. The MAX4610/MAX4611/MAX4612 are available in 14-pin DIP and narrowSO packages as well as 14-pin TSSOP packages. Prices start at $0.54 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Low-noise PWM buck converters accept 14V and deliver 1A

The MAX1684/MAX1685 are highefficiency, step-down switching regulators intended for use in cellular phones, communicating personal digital assistants (PDAs), and handy-terminals. Each delivers a guaranteed 1A output current when driven by a 2-cell Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) battery. The 3.3V preset output voltage can also be externally adjusted in the 1.25V to VIN range. A wide input range (+2.7V to +14V) allows the ICs to operate from wall cubes as well as batteries. Low on-resistance in the built-in power switch and synchronous rectifier enable efficiencies as high as 96%. Each converter offers four operating modes: normal, fixed-frequency, low-power, and shutdown. Normal mode (150 A quiescent current) maintains high efficiency for all loads; fixed-frequency pulse-width modulation (PWM) mode offers excellent noise characteristics; lowpower mode (25 A quiescent current) conserves power during standby or when full-load capability is not required; and shutdown mode (2A) turns off the IC.

The MAX1684 runs at 300kHz for maximum efficiency, and the MAX1685 runs at 600kHz to allow use of smaller external components. Both devices can be synchronized to an external clock. They also include a 100% duty cycle for lowdropout applications, a 1%-accurate voltage reference, and an auxiliary output of 3V/5mA. For applications that allow lower input voltages (to +5.5V max), consider the smaller MAX1692 in a 10-pin MAX package. The MAX1684/MAX1685 come in space-saving 16-pin QSOPs with prices starting at $3.25 (1000-up, FOB USA). An evaluation kit is available to speed design efforts.

INPUT 2.7V TO 14V + IN LX

OUTPUT 3.3V AT 1A +

MAX1685
CVH PWM/SYNC SHDN STBY CVL REF GND CC OUT

Six-output powersupply ICs power satellite phones

The MAX886*/MAX888 are high-efficiency, 6-output power supplies for wireless handsets such as satellite phones and private mobile radios. These highly integrated power-management systems include a 500mA step-down DC-DC converter, +5V regulated charge pump, power-on reset, start-up timer, and four low-dropout (LDO) low-noise linear regulators. Output voltages for the main converter and LDOs are set by an I 2 C /SMBus -compatible serial interface. The MAX886 main output voltage, programmable from 2.5V to 3.8V, is intended for systems powered by two Li-

Ion batteries. The MAX888 main output voltage, programmable from 1.5V to 3.0V, is intended for systems powered by a single Li-Ion battery. The main DC-DC converter supplies up to 500mA with efficiencies as high as 94%. The 200mA LDO powers the section for digital signal processing. Two 100mA LDOs power and isolate the Rx/Tx IF sections, and the 20mA LDO powers a +5V or +3V SIM card. The regulated charge pump supplies +5V for the LCD display. Both devices operate in low-noise PWM mode with a programmable fixed frequency of 375kHz, 535kHz, 670kHz, or 925kHz. They can also be synchronized to an external clock. The quiescent current is a low 250A, even with all devices on. A single on/off pushbutton controls the
19

shutdown, reducing the supply current to only 5A. The ICs also feature thermal shutdown and a low-battery detector with hysteresis. Preassembled evaluation systems (MAX886EVSYS and MAX888EVSYS) are available with recommended external components to reduce design time. Also included with these systems is an I 2C/SMBus-compatible interface board with Windows software, which lets you control the programmable features via the parallel port of a PC. The MAX886ECJ and MAX888ECJ come in space-saving 32-pin TQFP packages only 9x9mm square, with prices starting at $4.70 (1000-up, FOB USA).
*Future productcontact factory for availability. SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

NEW PRODUCTS
LDO regulator in MAX guarantees 300mA output current
The MAX8860 is a low-dropout (LDO) linear regulator that guarantees up to 300mA output current when generating 1.8V to 3.0V from a +3.3V supply. This performance is needed by cell phones and other wireless communication systems to power DSP, baseband analog, and synthesizer/VCO sections. Less than 1.1mm high, the MAX8860 comes in a MAX package that occupies only half the board area of an 8-pin SO. A P-channel MOSFET output maintains low supply current (165A) and low dropout voltage (105mV at 200mA) for any load up to 300mA. (For linear regulators with PNP outputs, the supply current at full load can be several milliamps.) To further conserve power, a logic-controlled shutdown reduces the supply current to less than 1A. The FAULT output indicates a loss of regulation due to dropout, current overload, or thermal shutdown. The internal FAULT threshold tracks dropout voltage with load current, extending battery life by allowing operation with a terminal voltage several hundred millivolts lower than is achievable with simple lowbattery comparators. Other features include reverse-battery polarity protection and a very low noise of 60 V RMS. The MAX8860EUA comes in a small 8-pin MAX package, with prices starting at $0.89 (1000-up, FOB USA).
LOWEST DROPOUT AND HIGHEST OUTPUT CURRENT
200 NEAREST COMPETITOR DROPOUT VOLTAGE (mV) 150
LOWER DROPOUT VOLTAGE HIGHER CONTINUOUS OUTPUT CURRENT

SOT23 switchedcapacitor voltage inverters have 1nA shutdown

The MAX1720/MAX1721 chargepump inverters are ultra-small monolithic CMOS devices that accept input voltages in the +1.5V to +5.5V range. High efficiency (to 99.9%), small external components, and a logic-controlled 1nA shutdown make these devices ideal for use in battery-powered and board-level voltage converters. In a typical MAX1720/MAX1721 application, the chip generates a -3.3V analog-supply voltage from a +3.3V logic supply. The MAX1720 operates at 12kHz with a 50 A quiescent current, and the MAX1721 operates at 125kHz. Both include oscillator-control circuitry and four power-MOSFET switches. Both are capable of delivering 25mA continuous output currents.

For applications that don t require shutdown, consider the pin-compatible MAX828/MAX829 and MAX870/ MAX871 voltage inverters, which come in 5-pin SOT23 packages. The MAX860/ MAX861, which deliver up to 50mA and reside in tiny MAX packages, can provide more power. The MAX868, also in a MAX package, generates regulated outputs up to -2VIN. The MAX1720/MAX1721 come in 6-pin SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $1.30 (1000-up, FOB USA).
HIGHEST EFFICIENCY & SMALLEST CAPACITORS
100 90

POWER EFFICIENCY (%)

MAX1721

80 70 COMPETITOR 60 50 40 30 0 0.5 1.0 1.5

10% MORE EFFICIENCY

VIN = +5V C1 = 1F 2.0 2.5

LOAD CURRENT (mA)

3V/5V, 15kV ESDprotected RS-232 transceivers dont need external components

The MAX3233E/MAX3235E are complete RS-232 dual transceivers with enhanced electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection. The MAX3233E/MAX3235E are +3.3V/+5V-powered EIA/TIA-232 and V.28/V.24 communication interfaces with automatic shutdown/wake-up features, high data-rate capabilities, and enhanced ESD protection. All transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are protected to 15kV using IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge, 8kV using IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge, and 15kV using the Human Body Model.

Both devices have internal dual charge pumps requiring no external capacitors. They have a proprietary low-dropout transmitter output stage, enabling true RS232 performance from a +3.0V to +3.6V supply (MAX3233E) or from a +4.5V to +5.5V supply (MAX3235E). Both devices achieve a 1 A supply current using Maxim s innovative AutoShutdown Plus feature, and data transmission at 250kbps is guaranteed. The MAX3233E/MAX3235E are available in both the commercial (0C to +70C) and extended industrial (-40C to +85C) temperature range, in 20-pin SO and DIP packages. Prices start from $3.59 (1000-up, FOB USA).
AutoShutdown Plus is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

300mA

100

MAX8860
50

0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 CONTINUOUS LOAD CURRENT (mA)

20

NEW PRODUCTS
First SC70 voltage monitors occupy virtually no board space
The MAX6806/MAX6807/MAX6808 are the first voltage monitors available in the miniature SC70 package. (This new package measures only 2.0x2.1mm, almost half the size of a SOT package.) By asserting a RESET output, the devices inform a microprocessor or microcontroller when the supply voltage drops below a preset value. A manual reset output, available in the 4-pin SOT143 package, enables system RESETs from an external source. Because they require no external components, these ICs improve the cost and reliability of a system. These 2%-accurate devices have built-in hysteresis that ensures stable switching. The MAX6806 features an active-low push-pull RESET, the MAX6807 features an active-high pushpull RESET, and the MAX6808 features an active-low open-drain RESET. All are available in versions with reset thresholds of 2.6V or 4.6V. The MAX6808 also has a 2.3V version. Package options include the 3-pin SC70, 3-pin SOT23, and 4-pin SOT143 (with manual reset). Prices start at $0.87 for 3-pin devices and $0.94 for 4-pin devices (2500-up, FOB USA).

2.5Gbps SiGe TIAs slash power at 3.3V

The MAX3267 (2.5Gbps) and MAX3266 (1.25Gbps) transimpedance amplifiers (TIAs) were developed with SiGe process technology to address the need for high performance at low power (3.3V, 86mW) and low cost. They are the first SiGe transimpedance amplifiers available for the fiber optic marketplace. Used in gigabit ethernet and fibre-channel optical-receiver applications, these highgain amplifiers convert photodetector output currents to usable output voltages. The MAX3266/MAX3267 consume only 86mW at 3.3V, which is 5 to 10 times less than that of competing ICs. The 2.5Gbps MAX3267 has a 1900MHz bandwidth, 485nA input-referred noise, and 1900 transimpedance. Its typical optical dynamic range is -21dBm to 0dBm in an 850nm shortwave configuration, and -24dBm to -3dBm in a 1300nm long-wave configuration. The 1.25Gbps MAX3266 has a 920MHz bandwidth with 200nA noise and 2800 transimpedance. Its typical optical dynamic range is -24dBm to 0dBm in a shortwave configuration, and -27dBm to

-3dBm in a long-wave configuration. The wide dynamic range of these parts provides 3dB to 6dB of design margin over gigabit ethernet requirements. This feature results in higher manufacturing yields for the optical-receiver assembly. Both TIAs measure only 50x30mils, and their space-saving, on-chip compensation capacitors and photodiode filter resistors support assembly in TO-style headers. The MAX3266/MAX3267, available as die or in 8-pin SO packages, have identical pinouts for easy performance upgrades. Prices start at $4.00 (100,000-up, FOB USA). Assembled evaluation kits (MAX3266EVKIT and MAX3267EVKIT) are available to shorten the design cycle.

50 mils

30 mils

MAX3267

SDH/SONET 1:16 deserializer operates at 2.488Gbps

The MAX3880 1:16 deserializer provides clock recovery while converting 2.488Gbps serial data to 16-bit-wide, 155Mbps parallel data for SDH/SONET applications. Operating from a single +3.3V supply, it accepts high-speed serial data and delivers parallel clock and data outputs in low-voltage differential-signal (LVDS) format. The operating power is 920mW. The MAX3880 includes a low-power clock-recovery and data-retiming function for 2.488Gbps applications, and an additional 2.488Gbps serial input for systemloopback diagnostic testing. Its fully inte-

VCC VCC VCC

grated phase-locked loop recovers a synchronous clock signal from the serialNRZ data input. The recovered clock then retimes the data signal. Jitter performance exceeds all SDH/SONET specifications. Also included is a TTL-compatible lossof-lock monitor (LOL), and an LVDSsynchronization input that enables data realignment and reframing. The MAX3880 is available in a 64-pin TQFP EP (exposed paddle) package.

MAX6806 MAX6807 MAX6808

(RESET)/RESET RESET INPUT

GND

GND

( ) ARE FOR MAX6807

21

NEW PRODUCTS
622Mbps SDH/SONET laser driver features auto power control
The MAX3668 is a complete laser driver for SDH/SONET applications up to 622Mbps. It operates on a single +3.3V to +5V supply, and draws only 38mA at 3.3V. It accepts differential PECL inputs, provides bias and modulation currents, and operates from -40C to +85C. The device complies with ANSI, ITU, and Bellcore SONET/SDH specifications. Internal feedback for automatic power control (APC) maintains a constant average optical power over temperature and over lifetime. For ease of use, the modulation current is programmable from 5mA to 75mA, and the bias current is programmable from 1mA to 80mA. The MAX3668 also includes an ENABLE control and a FAIL output that indicates when the APC loop is unable to maintain the average optical power. The MAX3668 is available in die form and in a 5mm-square TQFP package.

2.5Gbps, 3.3V transimpedance/ limiting amplifier runs on 165mW

The MAX3866 combines a transimpedance amplifier with a limiting amplifier, thereby eliminating one IC in SDH/SONET applications. Operating at 2.488Gbps, the device draws only 165mW with a +3.3V supplyless than half the power required in comparable discretecomponent circuits. The device achieves an input sensitivity better than -22dBm. It also achieves an error rate of 10-10 bit, provided the input sensitivity is less than or equal to -22dBm.

The MAX3866 guarantees an overdrive capability of at least 1.4dBm. In conjunction with -22dBm input sensitivity, this wide input range suits the device for both long-haul and short-haul applications. Wide analog-input bandwidth (1.8GHz) optimizes the MAX3866 for 2.488Gbps applications without increasing noise. A TTL-programmable loss-of-power (LOP) indicator monitors line performance, and LOP hysteresis (3dB) eliminates false triggers. The MAX3866 is available in die form, with performance guaranteed for junction temperatures in the -40 C to +120C range.

+3.3V

PHOTODIODE PREAMP LIMITING POSTAMP

MAX3866
LOSS OF POWER

8dBm IIP3, zero-IF satellite tuner cuts system cost

The MAX2108 is a zero-IF digital satellite tuner IC that directly downconverts L-band signals to baseband I/Q channels. Compared with the traditional superhet approach, this device lowers the system cost dramatically by eliminating an IF local oscillator, IF mixer, and SAW filter. The high 8dBm IIP3 at minimum gain allows the RF input to be directly connected through a matching network to the Fconnector of a 75 cable, without the need for a pin-diode attenuator and amplifier. Also included on-chip are a low-noise amplifier with automatic gain control, I/Q downconverting mixers, a 90 phase shifter, and baseband buffers. The MAX2108 is specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C), and is available in a 24-pin QSOP package. Prices start from $4.00 (10,000-up, FOB USA).
22

SATELLITE TUNER

PL

21

08

I Q RF IN BASEBAND OUT

NEW PRODUCTS
900MHz, 250mW, silicon power amplifiers feature A/D gain control
The MAX2232/MAX2233 are 900MHz, 250mW, low-voltage, silicon power amplifiers (PAs) featuring analog and digital (A/D) gain control. The MAX2232 offers a continuously adjustable 24dB range; the MAX2233 offers two discrete 10dB steps via an internal, 2-bit, programmable gain control DAC. Both devices are capable of delivering 250mW (+24dBm) of output power at 915MHz from a single +3.6V supply, at a poweradded efficiency (PAE) of 44%. The MAX2232/MAX2233 also feature autoramping output capability. During turn-on and turn-off periods, the RF output is controlled by an external capacitor to gradually ramp up and down, minimizing unwanted output transient noise and spectral splatter. A low-power shutdown mode reduces the supply current to 0.2A, saving power during idle slots in TDMA systems. In addition, a thermal-shutdown function protects the PA from excessive temperature conditions. These PAs are designed for low-cost 868MHz/900MHz ISM band-applications. They operate from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, eliminating the need for the negative bias and sequencing circuitry required in GaAs MESFET designs. They are available in a space-saving, thermally enhanced 16-pin Power QSOP package. Prices start from $2.66 (1000-up, FOB USA). Fully assembled evaluation kits (MAX2232EVKIT/MAX2233EVKIT) are available to help reduce design time.

SOT temp sensor allows multidrop capability of up to eight ICs on a single wire
The MAX6575L/H temperature sensor features a unique single-wire digital interface that allows a microprocessor to interface with up to eight sensors using a single control line. Temperatures are sensed by measuring the time delay between the falling edge of an external triggering pulse and the falling edge of subsequent delays reported from the devices. Different sensors on the same I/O line use different timeout multipliers to avoid overlapping signals.

The MAX6575L/H features 3C accuracy max (0.8C typical) at +25C and 5C accuracy max at +125C. It operates from a +2.7V to +5.5V supply and features a low 150A supply current, making the MAX6575L/H ideal for use in portable, battery-powered equipment. The devices differ in that the MAX6575L version provides four delay ranges less than 50ms, and the MAX6575H version provides four delay ranges greater than 50ms. These delays are selectable by using the two time-select pins on each chip. The MAX6575LZUT/MAX6575HZUT come in space-saving 6-pin SOT23 packages that are guaranteed to operate over the automotive temperature range (-40C to +125C). Prices start from $0.81 (2500-up, FOB USA).

Dual-alarm, remote/local temp sensor has SMBus interface

The MAX1619 is the first remote temperature sensor with remote dualalarm outputs, one of which can be used to activate CPU fan control without system intervention. The MAX1619 is a precise digital thermometer (3C remote accuracy, 2C local accuracy) that measures the die temperature directly via an on-chip CPU thermal diode, replacing conventional thermistors or thermocouples. This allows the highest possible clock rates while keeping within the CPU thermal envelope. The remote overtemperature output is an unlatched, opendrain output that behaves as a thermostat; it can directly control a fan to reduce heat buildup, improve efficiency, and protect notebook computers against potentially destructive thermal overloads.

The 2-wire serial interface accepts standard SMBus Write Byte, Read Byte, Send Byte, and Receive Byte commands to program the alarm thresholds and read temperature data. Measurements can be taken automatically and autonomously, with the conversion rate programmed by the user or programmed to operate in a single-shot mode. The MAX1619 is available in a spacesaving 16-pin QSOP package and is guaranteed for the military temperature range (-55C to +125C). Prices start from $2.96 (1000-up, FOB USA). A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1619EVKIT) is available with recommended external components to reduce design time.

23

Volume Thirty-Six

NEWS BRIEFS

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for its fourth quarter and its fiscal year ADC captures 1Gsps How to select the right CMOS analog switch How to simplify the interface between microcontroller and temperature sensor

2 3 7 12

IN-DEPTH ARTICLES

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
High-performance 8-bit ADC with track/hold converts at 600Msps 12- and 14-bit DACs with 1LSB INL eliminate power-up glitch (MAX106) (MAX51705177) (MAX6576/6577) (MAX41944197) (MAX4174/4175/ 4274/4275, 4281/2/4) (MAX4370) (MAX6012/21/25/30/ 41/45/50) (MAX4311/12/14/15) (MAX4533) (MAX4548/4549) (MAX4558/59/60) (MAX7400/03/04/07) (MAX618) (MAX1623) (MAX1644) (MAX1666) (MAX1667) (MAX1687/1688) (MAX1719/1720/1721) (MAX1749) (MAX3110E/3111E) (MAX3140) (MAX3180E3183E) (MAX3483E/85E/86E/ 88E/90E/91E) (MAX2235) (MAX2472/2473)

16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 21 21 21 20 22 19 23 22 22 22 23 23

Temperature Sensors
SOT temperature sensors have single-wire outputs

Amplifiers
2.7V rail-to-rail instrumentation amplifiers achieve 115dB CMRR Rail-to-rail SOT23 op amps include gain-setting resistors

Hot Swap Solutions

Hot swap controller speeds start-up and improves fault response

Voltage References
Precision, low-dropout voltage references offer 15ppm/C stability

Multiplexers/Switches
4/8-channel video mux amps operate from single +5V supply Rail-to-rail, quad SPDT analog switch has 40V fault protection Triple audio/video crosspoint switches have serial control Low-voltage analog mux/switches have 15kV ESD protection

Filters
Lowpass switched-capacitor filters have 8th-order elliptic response

Power-Management ICs
28V PWM step-up DC-DC converter delivers high voltage and current Synchronous, switch-mode buck regulator has 3A internal switches Small, high-frequency step-down converter has internal switches Li+ cell protector is 0.5% accurate Single chip charges Li+ cells Boost converters drive 2A Tx burst with 6x-lower battery current Switched-capacitor voltage inverters offer shutdown Single chip drives pager-vibrator motor Integrated RS-232/UART saves space, power, and I/O pins IC combines UART and RS-485 transceiver RS-232 receivers in SOT packages have 15kV ESD protection 3V RS-485/RS-422 transceivers feature 15kV ESD protection

Interface ICs

Wireless ICs
900MHz, 1W silicon PA reduces output noise and spectral splatter Wideband buffer amps in SOT23-6

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR ITS FOURTH QUARTER AND ITS FISCAL YEAR
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $159.5 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999 ending June 26, 1999, compared to $155.2 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1998. Net income increased to a record $52.6 million in Q499, compared to $49.2 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. Diluted earnings per share were $0.34 for Q499, compared to $0.33 for the same period a year ago. For the fiscal year ending June 26, 1999, Maxim reported net revenues of $607.0 million, an 8.3% increase over the $560.2 million reported for fiscal 1998. Net income increased to $196.1 million in fiscal 1999, compared to $178.1 million in fiscal 1998. Diluted earnings per share increased 9.3% to $1.29 in fiscal 1999 from $1.18 in the prior fiscal year. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $49.9 million after paying $43.4 million for 775,000 shares of its common stock and $14.2 million for capital equipment. For the year, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $191.8 million after paying $113.9 million for 2,915,000 shares of its common stock and $38.7 million for capital equipment. Gross margin for the fourth quarter increased to 69.7%, compared to 69.1% in Q399. During the quarter, the Company recorded a writedown of equipment of $2.7 million and increased inventory reserves by $2.5 million. The Company also recorded a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.0 million related to technology licensing matters. Bookings on the Company were approximately $198 million in Q499, a 16% increase over the Q399 level of $171 million. Turns orders received in Q499 were $81 million, a 17% increase over Q399 levels (turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders). End-market bookings increased 9% over Q399 levels (end-market bookings are end-user customer bookings received by both Maxim and the Companys distributors during the quarter). This increase is attributable mainly to strength in the U.S. OEM, U.S. distribution, and Japanese sales channels. Bookings on Maxim by U.S. distributors were $49.3 million and exceeded customer bookings on those distributors by $11.5 million. Bookings for the Pacific Rim decreased in Q4, while bookings in Europe were flat with the prior quarter. There was continued strength in the notebook and communications end markets during the quarter. In addition, there was a considerable increase in demand for the Companys products that target its more traditional broad-based industrial end markets. Fourth quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was approximately $176 million, including $144 million requested for shipment in the first quarter of fiscal 2000. Last quarter, the Company reported third quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months of approximately $148 million, including $120 million requested for shipment in Q499. Order cancellations during Q499 were approximately $13 million, compared to $10 million in Q399. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: Q4 was a record bookings quarter for Maxim. We saw particularly strong growth in U.S. OEM bookings. Turns orders continued to constitute approximately 40% of total bookings, extending the trend of near-term ordering. As we mentioned last quarter, we believe that bookings will adjust to our predicted growth levels of 5% to 7% per quarter, and that as inventories recover from previously depleted levels, turns will constitute a smaller percentage of total orders. While our fourth quarter revenues increased 8.4% over last quarter, our profits increased 10.3% because of greater manufacturing efficiencies, resulting in higher gross margins. I think its impressive that during the 1999 fiscal year, Maxim was able to generate over $190 million in cash, buy back 2.9 million shares of its stock, and spend less than $40 million on capital equipment, given that we are not a software company! Gifford continued: Although two of our six business units significantly missed their fourth quarter product introduction plans, causing us to miss by approximately 5 percent our goal of introducing over 300 products in the product year ending in July, we executed well overall both for the quarter and the year, significantly surpassing last years product introduction level. I am encouraged by the excitement with which engineers are greeting many of our new product offerings, particularly in the communications area.

ADC Captures 1Gsps

[This article appeared in the March 1999 Microwaves and RF magazine]

small geometry, and precision laser-trimmed nickelchrome (NiCr) thin-film resistors), additional credit goes to the MAX104s design team for creating an efficient and effective ADC architecture. Most high-speed ADCs that sample more than several hundred megahertz have input bandwidths that are limited to no more than their maximum sampling frequency to improve noise performance. One example is the signal-tonoise ratio (SNR). This limited input bandwidth may rule out use in applications where bandwidths of interest in the input spectrum are higher, and an undersampling approach is needed. Also, if the input signal is changing rapidly during conversion, the effective number of bits (ENOB) and SNR will be reduced. The MAX104s on-chip 2.2GHz full-power-bandwidth T/H amplifier (Figure 2) increases dynamic performance significantly and supports more precise capture of fast analog data at extremely high conversion rates.

The MAX104 processes analog input bandwidths that exceed 2.2GHz with 8-bit resolution. It sets a new standard for performance in high-frequency, highbandwidth digital communications receivers, digital oscilloscopes, and high-speed data-acquisition systems. The MAX104 is a fast silicon monolithic analog-todigital converter (ADC) that integrates a high-bandwidth track/hold (T/H) amplifier (Figure 1) with a high-speed quantizer that supports accurate digitizing of wideband analog input signals from DC to 2.2GHz. It is based on Maxims GST-2 Giga-Speed silicon-bipolar process technology. This high-speed, self-aligned double-polysilicon process has been developed for high-density, high-performance circuits. It employs many of the features, such as trench isolation, that are incorporated in Maxims lower performance GST-1 process. Although many of the outstanding performance parameters of the MAX104 are possible with the integratedcircuit process (such as a transition frequency of 27GHz for NPN transistors, a three-metal interconnect system,

Bandgap reference
The MAX104 features an on-board +2.5V precision bandgap reference, which can be activated by connecting the bandgap references output contact (REFOUT) to the in-phase input (REFIN) of the internal reference amplifier. The negative input of this amplifier is internally tied to the reference ground (GNDR).

REF REF OUT IN BANDGAP REFERENCE VOSADJ +2.5V

REFERENCE AMPLIFIER

MAX104
GNDR BIAS CURRENTS 50 GNDI T/H AMPLIFIER OVERRANGE BIT 2

DIFFERENTIAL PECL OUTPUTS OR

VIN+ VIN50

8-BIT FLASH ADC

AUXILIARY DATA PORT

A0A7 16

16

PRIMARY DATA PORT

P0P7 16

CLK+ 50 CLKCOM 50 CLKT/H CLOCK DRIVER ADC CLOCK DRIVER

DATA READY CLOCK LOGIC CLOCK DRIVER

DREADY 2

DEMUX CLOCK DRIVER

RSTIN+ RSTIN-

RESET INPUT DUAL LATCH

RESET PIPELINE

DELAYED RESET

DEMUX CLOCK GENERATOR DIVSELECT

DEMUX RESET OUTPUT

RSTOUT 2

DEMUXEN

Figure 1. This simplified block diagram shows how the MAX104 integrates a high-bandwidth T/H amplifier with a high-speed quantizer.

-1 AMPLITUDE (dB)

-2

-3

-4 FULL-POWER BANDWIDTH = 2.2GHz -5 500 FREQUENCY (MHz) 1500 2500

Figure 2. The MAX104s full-power bandwidth is shown as a function of input amplitude.

For a zero-scale digital output code, the negative input (VIN-) must be 250mV above the positive input (VIN+). The high-performance differential T/H amplifier enables the MAX104 to be used in single-ended input configurations without any degradation in dynamic performance. For a typical single-ended configuration, the analog input signal is coupled to the T/H amplifier stage at the inphase input pad (VIN+), while the inverted phase input (VIN-) pad is referenced to ground. Single-ended operation supports an input amplitude of 500mV peak-topeak, centered at approximately 0V. For minimizing reflections and improving performance, the MAX104 inputs feature impedance-matched, on-chip, lasertrimmed 50 NiCr termination resistors. Demonstrating almost identical dynamic performance at analog input frequencies of 125MHz (Figure 3) , 250MHz, 500MHz (Figure 4), and 1GHz (Figure 5) with a sampling rate of 1Gsps for differential and single-ended analog input operation, the MAX104 solves one of the most perplexing problems in high-speed ADC applications the need for costly, space-consuming, singleended-to-differential signal-conversion circuitry. Now, applications requiring single-ended signal sources can just feed this signal into the VIN+ pin and terminate the VIN- pin through a 50 resistor connected to ground. Similar to its analog input structure, the MAX104 features clock inputs designed for either single-ended or differential operation with very flexible input-drive requirements. Each clock input is terminated with an on-chip, laser-trimmed, 50 precision NiCr resistor to the clock-termination return. This termination may be connected anywhere between ground and -2V for compatibility with standard emittercoupled-logic (ECL) drive levels.

The REFOUT port can provide a current of up to 2.5mA for external devices. This is enough drive for two MAX104s configured for interleaved operation (to achieve a sampling rate of 2 gigasamples per second, or 2Gsps). Since the bandgap reference source is internally compensated, external bypass components are not needed with REFOUT connections. To overdrive the internal reference, an external precision reference can be connected to the REFIN pin with REFOUT left floating. The external reference may then be used to adjust the full-scale range of the MAX104. The MAX104 s T/H amplifier input circuit design reduces the input signal requirement and supports a fullscale signal input range of 500mV peak-to-peak. Obtaining a full-scale digital output with a differential input requires 250mV applied between the positive (VIN+) and the negative input (VIN-) pins. Midscale digital output codes occur at an input of 0V.

(fIN = 125.8545MHz, RECORD LENGTN 8192)

0 ENOB = 7.75 BITS SNR = 47.4dB THD = -66.2dB SFDR = 70.3dB fSAMPLE = 1GHz

(fIN = 494.5068MHz, RECORD LENGTH 8192)

0 ENOB = 7.51 BITS SNR = 46.8dB THD = -51.9dB SFDR = 52.1dB fSAMPLE = 1GHz

-25.6 AMPLITUDE (dB)

-25.6 AMPLITUDE (dB)

-51.2

-51.2

-76.8

-76.8

-102.4 -102.4 -128.0 -128.0 0 100 200 300 400 500 ANALOG INPUT FREQUENCY (MHz) 0 100 200 300 400 500 ANALOG INPUT FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 3. This fast Fourier transform (FFT) demonstrates the oversampled performance of the MAX104 at a sampling rate of 1Gsps and an analog input frequency of 125MHz.

Figure 4. This FFT was taken at a Nyquist frequency of 500MHz and a sampling rate of 1Gsps.

(fIN = 1005.0049MHz, RECORD LENGTH 8192)

0 ENOB = 7.51 BITS SNR = 46.3dB THD = -52.8dB SFDR = 53.7dB fSAMPLE = 1GHz

-25.6 AMPLITUDE (dB)

-51.2

-76.8

-102.4

-128.0 0 100 200 300 400 500 ANALOG INPUT FREQUENCY (MHz)

presented in dual 8-bit format with two consecutive samples in the primary and auxiliary output ports on the rising edge of the data-ready clock. The DIV1 nondemultiplexed (nondemux) mode supports operation of the MAX104 at sampling speeds up to 500 megasamples per second (Msps). In this mode, the internal demux is disabled and the sampled data are presented to the primary output port only. To consume less power, the auxiliary port can be shut down by two separate inputs (AUXEN1 and AUXEN2). To save additional power, the external 50 termination resistors connected to the logic PECL power supply (VCCO at -2V) can be removed from all auxiliary output ports. In a special decimated, demuxed output mode (DIV4), the MAX104 discards every other input sample and outputs data at one quarter of the input sampling rate. This mode is particularly useful for system debugging using the resulting slower output data rates. With an input clock of 1GHz, the effective output data rate will be reduced to 250MHz in this mode. Along with the on-chip demux, the MAX104 provides internal demux reset circuitry that enables multiple ADCs to be synchronized for proper interleaving operation. In addition, the reset signal appears as an external demux reset output for synchronizing external demuxes. Furthermore, the MAX104 provides latched, differential PECL outputs, which make the ADC ideal for driving controlled low-impedance lines. The PECL outputs can be powered from +3V to +5.25V DC supply voltages. PECL outputs on the MAX104 are typically terminated with a parallel 50 termination resistor into V TT = VCCO - 2V (the PECL termination voltage). Primary port outputs are labeled P0P7 (LSB to MSB), while the auxiliary ports are labeled A0A7. Outputs DREADY+ and DREADY- are data-ready true and complementary outputs, supplying the data clock. These signal lines are used to latch the output data from the primary to the auxiliary output ports, as well as supplying a synchronous clock for downstream digital circuitry, such as demuxes or high-speed memory devices. Data changes are triggered on the rising edge of the DREADY clock. Outputs OR+ and OR- are overrange true and complementary outputs. Outputs RSTOUT+ and RSTOUT- are the reset-out true and complementary outputs provided to reset downstream circuitry. The MAX104 is supplied in a 192-contact enhanced-superball-grid-array (ESBGA) package from Amkor/Anam

Figure 5. This FFT was measured with the MAX104 undersampling an analog input frequency of 1GHz at a sampling rate of 1Gsps.

The clock inputs are internally buffered with an amplifier to ensure proper operation of the ADC even with smallamplitude sine-wave sources. The MAX104 was designed for single-ended operation, maintaining superior dynamic performance when using low-phase-noise sine-wave clock input signals with as little as 100mV amplitude. To obtain the lowest jitter clock drive, a low-phase-noise sine-wave source can be AC- or DC-coupled into a single clock input. The MAX104 can accommodate clock amplitudes up to 1V (2V peak-to-peak) with the clocktermination return connected to ground. The dynamic performance of the ADC is essentially unaffected by clock signal amplitudes from 100mV to 1V. The ADC can be driven from a standard differential ECL clock source by simply setting the clock-termination voltage to -2V. To maintain the best performance, a veryhigh-speed differential ECL driver should be used. Clock inputs CLK+ and CLK- may also be driven with positive referenced ECL (PECL) logic levels if the clock inputs are AC coupled. A single-ended ECL drive can also be used if the undriven clock input is connected to the ECL VTT voltage (nominally -1.3V). Another useful feature of the MAX104 may be its internal output demultiplexer (demux) circuitry. This circuitry provides three different modes of operation. The demux operation is controlled by two transistor-transistor-logic (TTL)/complementary-metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS)-compatible digital inputs: DEMUXEN, which activates or deactivates the internal demux, and DIVSELECT, which selects one of three demux modes (DIV1, DIV2, or DIV4). The DIV2 (demux) mode reduces the output data rate to one-half the sample clock rate. The demuxed outputs are

(Chandler, AZ) that measures 25mm x 25mm. The MAX104 provides an on-board 1:2 demux function, slowing data rates to 500Mbps supplied on two ports. The package features 50 microstrip interconnects from the solder balls to the bond wires, which support high input/output (I/O) operating frequencies. In addition, the package enables a large number of solder balls to be dedicated to power supplies and ground. With a thickness of only 1.4mm, this 1.27mm pitch ESBGA package saves circuit-board space while providing excellent thermal performance. In many applications, the MAX104 can be used without a heat sink. The MAX104 is ideal for many applications where high sampling rates are required to either capture an instantaneous value from a fast-moving signal, such as in a highspeed data acquisition (DAQ) application, or to digitize a complex high-frequency, high-bandwidth signal. One example of this is in wideband digital receivers for digital base stations. In this case, signal bandwidths that exceed 300MHz are allowed to pass through the receiver intermediate-frequency (IF) stages to the demodulator. At this point, the information bandwidth may be filtered and amplified before being presented to the ADC front end. This approach, known as block or direct downconversion, requires that the input bandwidth of the ADC be sufficiently flat to prevent distortions and nonlinearities in the resulting digital representation. The high-speed data stream thus created is then presented to a digital demodulator which separates the individual channels and extracts the modulated information.

Nyquist frequency (e.g., operating at 1GHz) make the MAX104 the converter of choice for oversampled as well as undersampled 8-bit digital communications applications. For instance, the MAX104 delivers a 47.4dB SNR and 68.9dB SFDR at an analog input frequency of 125MHz. The two-tone performance is an impressive -57.7dB at the same test frequency. Another ideal application is in DAQ instruments and systems. These are systems that are designed to sample, analyze, and display signal waveforms detected at various nodes within a circuit under analysis (e.g., high-speed, multichannel digital oscilloscopes). ADCs are used in the front-end circuitry of digital sampling oscilloscopes (DSOs). Often, multiple converters are time interleaved to increase an effective sampling frequency. Maxims new 600Msps/1.5Gsps converter, the MAX106, provides designers with the options of lower and even higher sampling speeds. Important data-converter specifications in DAQ applications include an analog signal input bandwidth, gain flatness, ENOB performance, and low occurrence of metastable states. A differential comparator design and its decoding circuitry reduce out-of-sequence code errors, such as thermometer bubbles or sparkle codes, and provide excellent metastable performance of less than one error per 1016 clock cycles. Unlike other ADCs, which may have errors that result in false full-scale or zero-scale outputs, the MAX104 keeps its error magnitude to no more than 1LSB. Furthermore, this fast ADC accomplishes outstanding numbers for integral-nonlinearity (INL) and differentialnonlinearity (DNL) parameters, ensuring monotonic operation. After trimming, the MAX104 displays parameters as low as 0.25LSB (Figures 6, 7).

Applying the ADC

The exceptional SNR and spurious-free dynamic-range (SFDR) performance of the MAX104 at input frequencies below (e.g., at 125MHz and 250MHz) and well above the
INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY vs. OUTPUT CODE (LOW-FREQUENCY SERVO LOOP DATA)
MAX104toc24

DIFFERENTIAL NONLINEARITY vs. OUTPUT CODE (LOW-FREQUENCY SERVO LOOP DATA)

0.4 0.3 0.2 DNL (LSB) 0.1 0 -0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -0.5
MAX104toc25

0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 INL (LSB) 0.1 0 -0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -0.5 0 32 64 96 128 160 192 224

0.5

256

32

64

96

128 160 192 224

256

OUTPUT CODE

OUTPUT CODE

Figure 6. The MAX104s typical integral nonlinearity

Figure 7. The MAX104s typical differential nonlinearity

How to select the right CMOS analog switch

Integrated analog switches often form an interface between a digital controller and analog signals. This article gives the theoretical background for analog switches and describes some common applications for standard types. It also discusses the special features of calibration multiplexers (cal-muxes), fault-protected switches, and force-sense switches. In recent years, integrated analog switches have offered better switching characteristics, lower supply voltages, and smaller packages. Because so many performance options and special functions are now available, the wellinformed product designer has a good chance of finding the ideal part for a particular application. Although CMOS analog switches are often taken for granted because they are easy to use, dont overlook their ability to solve certain engineering problems. Conventional analog switches such as the early CD4066 or MAX4066 are now offered by many manufacturers; their basic structure is shown in Figure 1. Connecting an N-channel MOSFET in parallel with a P-channel MOSFET allows signals to pass in either direction with equal ease. Because the switch has no preferred direction for current flow, it has no preferred input or output. The two MOSFETs are switched on and off by internal inverting and noninverting amplifiers. These amplifiers level-shift the digital input signal as required, according to whether the signal is CMOS- or TTL-logic compatible, and whether the analog supply voltage is single or dual.

Taking the P- and N-channel on-resistances (RON) in parallel (product over sum) for each level of VIN yields a composite on-resistance characteristic for the parallel structure (Figure 2). This plot of RON vs. VIN can be described as linear if you exclude the effects of temperature, power-supply voltage, and R ON variation with analog input voltage. Be aware, however, that these effects represent disadvantages, and that minimizing them is often the primary purpose of new products. The first analog switches operated on 20V supply voltages and had several hundred ohms of R ON. The latest products (Maxim s MAX4601, for instance) achieve 2.5 max R ON with a much lower supply voltage. Supply voltage has a significant effect on RON (Figure 3). The MAX4601 specifies signal and supply voltages from +4.5V to +36V or from 4.5V to 20V. As you can see, RON increases for lower supply voltages. The max RON is about 8 at +5V, 3 at +12V, and only 2.5 at +24V. Some new analog switches specify lowvoltage operation for supplies as low as +2V. Figure 4
ON-RESISTANCE vs. VIN
250 P-CHANNEL 200

RON ()

150

100

N-CHANNEL

50

0 -15 -10 -5 0 VIN (V) 5 10 15

Figure 2. The N-channel and P-channel on-resistances of Figure 1 form a low-valued composite on-resistance.
MAX4601/MAX4602/MAX4603 ON-RESISTANCE vs. VCOM (SINGLE SUPPLY)
10 9 8 7 V+ = 5V

VIN

N-CHANNEL BODY RON () OUT V+ BODY S G D

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 VCOM (V) V+ = 12V V+ = 24V

S G

LOGIC 1 = ON

Figure 1. The internal construction of a typical analog switch features parallel N- and P-channel MOSFETs.
7

Figure 3. Higher supply voltage causes lower on-resistance.

compares the performance of the new Maxim switches with older switch types for +5V supplies. Many high-performance analog systems still rely on higher level bipolar supplies such as 15V or 12V. The interface to these voltages requires an additional supply pin. That pin connects to the system logic voltage, which is usually 5V or 3.3V. Having the input logic signals referenced to the actual logic levels increases the noise margin and prevents excessive power dissipation.

charge injection caused by higher levels of capacitive gate current. A certain amount of charge is added to or subtracted from the analog channel with every on or off transition of the switch (Figure 5). For switches connected to high-impedance outputs, this action can cause significant changes in the expected output signal. A small parasitic capacitor (CL) (and no other load) adds a variation of V OUT , so charge injection can be calculated as Q = VOUT(CL). A track/hold amplifier, which maintains a constant analog output during conversion by an analog-to-digital converter (ADC), offers a good example (Figure 6). Closing S1 charges the small buffer capacitor (C) to the input voltage (VS). The value of C is only a few picofarads, and VS

Signal handling
A second look at Figure 3 shows the value of RON vs. signal voltage. These curves fall within the specified supply range, because analog switches can only handle analog signal levels between the supply voltages. Underor overvoltage input signals can permanently damage an unprotected switch by producing uncontrolled currents through internal diode networks. Normally, these diodes protect the switch against short-duration electrostatic discharge (ESD) as high as 2kV. RON for a typical CMOS analog switch causes a linear reduction of signal voltage that is proportional to current passing through the switch. This might not be a disadvantage for modest levels of current, or if the design accounts for RON effects. If, however, you accept a certain level of RON, then channel matching and RON flatness can become significant. Channel matching describes the variation of RON for the channels of one device, and RON flatness describes the variation of RON vs. signal range for a single channel. Typical values for these parameters are 2 to 5; very low-RON switches (i.e., the MAX4601) have only 0.5 max. The smaller the ratio of matching/RON or flatness/RON, the more accurate the switch.

ON-RESISTANCE vs. VCOM

160 140 120 rDS(ON) () 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 1 2 VCOM (V) 3 4 5 MAX4614 74HC4066 V+ = +5V DG411

Figure 4. At +5V supply voltage, later generation analog switches have lower on-resistance.

V+ V+ RGEN COM NO CL GND IN VOUT

Charge-injection effects
Low on-resistance is not necessary in all applications. Lower RON requires greater chip area, and the result is a greater input capacitance whose charge and discharge currents dissipate more power in every switching cycle. Based on the time constant t = RC, this charging time depends on load resistance (R) and capacitance (C). Maxim offers both types, each with the same pinout in the same miniature SOT23 package. The MAX4501 and MAX4502 specify higher on-resistance but shorter on/off times. The MAX4514 and MAX4515 have lower onresistance but longer switching times. Another negative consequence of low on-resistance can be the higher
V GEN

VIN VOUT OUT

IN

OFF

ON Q = ( V OUT )(C L )

OFF

Figure 5. Charge injection from the switch-control signal causes a voltage error at the analog output.

remains stored on C when S1 opens. The high-impedance buffer then maintains VH constant over the ADCs conversion time. For short acquisition times, the track/holds capacitor must be small, and S1s on-resistance must be low. On the other hand, charge injection can cause VH to change by VOUT (a few millivolts), thereby affecting the accuracy of the following ADC. Having reviewed these fundamentals, we now focus on new and innovative switches for special applications.

When the T-switch is on, S1 and S2 are closed and S3 is open. In the off state, S1 and S2 are open and S3 is closed. In the off state, the signal tries to couple through the offcapacitance of the series MOSFETs, but is shunted to ground by S3. Comparing off-isolation at 10MHz for a video T-switch (MAX4545) vs. a standard analog switch (MAX312), the result is dramatic: -80dB vs. -36dB for the standard switch.

Smaller packages
Other advantages of CMOS analog switches are small packages and no mechanical parts (unlike reed relays). Maxim offers a small video switch (MAX4529) as well as a standard, low-voltage SPDT switch (MAX4544). Both come in 6-pin SOT23 packages and operate from supply voltages in the +2.7V to +12V range. The MAX4544 is the smallest SPDT analog switch available. As mentioned earlier, Maxim offers many variations of popular analog switches like the CD4066. For example, a new family of low-cost quad analog switches has been released (MAX4610/MAX4611/MAX4612). The MAX4610 is a pin-compatible upgrade to the industrystandard CD4066, but with lower supply voltage (as low as +2V) and higher accuracy: channel matching to within 4 max, and channel flatness to within 18 max. These parts offer three different switch configurations, and their lower on-resistance (<100 at 5V) suits low-voltage applications. A tiny 14-pin TSSOP package (6.5 x 5.1 x 1.1mm3 max) saves board space.

T-switches for higher frequencies

The T-switch is suitable for video and other frequencies above 10MHz. It consists of two analog switches in series, with a third switch connected between ground and their joining node. This arrangement provides higher offisolation than does a single switch. The capacitive crosstalk for an off T-switch typically rises with frequency due to the parasitic capacitances in parallel with each of the series switches (Figure 7). The problem in operating a high-frequency switch is not turning it on, but turning it off.

S1

VS

VH

ESD-protected switches
Figure 6. A typical track/hold function requires precise control of the analog switches.

CS

CS

IN

S1 S2

S3

OUT

VIDEO T-SWITCH ON OFF

S1 ON OFF

S2 OFF ON

S3 ON OFF

Based on the success of Maxims ESD-protected interface products, 15kV ESD protection was added to some of its new analog switches. Maxim now offers the first switches with 15kV ESD protection per IEC 1000-4-2 Level 4 (the highest level). All analog inputs are ESD tested using the Human Body Model, as well as the Contact and AirGap Discharge Methods specified in IEC 1000-4-2. The MAX4551/MAX4552/MAX4553 switches are pin compatible with many standard quad-switch families such as the DG201/DG211 and MAX391. To round out standard multiplexer families like the 74HC4051 and MAX4581, Maxim has also released ESD-protected multiplexers: the MAX4558/MAX4559/MAX4560. From now on, you need not use costly TransZorbs to protect your analog inputs.

Figure 7. The T-switch configuration attenuates RF frequencies that couple through the stray capacitance between the source and drain of an open (off) switch.

TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

Fault-protected switches
The supply-voltage rails for an analog switch restrict the allowed range for input signal voltage. Although normally this restriction is not a problem, in some cases the supply voltage can be turned off with analog signals still present. That condition can permanently damage the switch, as can transients outside the normal range of the power supply. Maxims new fault-protected switches and multiplexers guarantee an overvoltage protection of 25V and a power-down protection of 40V, along with Railto-Rail signal handling and the low on-resistance of a normal switch. Also, the input pin assumes a high impedance during fault conditions, regardless of the switch state or load resistance. Only nanoamperes of leakage current can flow from the source (Figure 8). If the switch is on, the COM output is clamped to the supply by two internal booster FETs (N2, P2 in Figure 8). Thus, the COM output remains within the supply rails and delivers a maximum of 13mA depending on the load, but without a significant current at the NO/NC pin. The fault-protected switches MAX4511/MAX4512/ MAX4513 are pin compatible with the DG411/DG412/ DG413 and DG201/DG202/DG213 types. Note that signals pass equally well in either direction through an ESD- and fault-protected switch, but these protections apply only to the input side.

Force-sense switches
Recently, Maxim released a new family of analog switches in which different switch types reside in the same package. The MAX4554/MAX4555/MAX4556 devices, for instance, are configured as force-sense switches for Kelvin sensing in automated test equipment. Each part contains low-resistance, high-current switches for forcing current, and higher-resistance switches for sensing voltage or switching guard signals. On-resistance is only 6 for the current switches, and only 60 for the sensing switches at 15V supply voltages. The MAX4556 contains three SPDT switches with break-before-make action. Typical force-sense applications are found in high-accuracy systems and in measurement systems that involve long distances (Figure 9). For 4-wire measurements, 2 wires force a voltage or current to the load, and 2 other wires connected directly to the load sense and the load voltage. A 2-wire system senses load voltage at the ends of the force wires opposite the load. Load voltage is lower than the source voltage because the forcing voltage or current causes a voltage drop along the wires. The longer the distance between source and load, the larger the load current; the higher the conductor resistance, the larger the degradation. The resulting signal reduction can be overcome by using a 4-wire technique, in which the two additional voltagesensing conductors carry negligible current.

NORMALLY OPEN SWITCH CONSTRUCTION V+ P2 HIGH FAULT P1 NO_ (NC_) COM_ LOW FAULT ON N1

IN_

GND N2 -ESD DIODE NC SWITCH

V-

Figure 8. This internal structure shows the special circuitry in a fault-protected analog switch.

Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

10

voltage ratios from an input reference voltage, internal precision resistor-dividers, and a multiplexer for selecting between different inputs.
V FORCE VOLTAGE FEEDBACK V SENSE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT VOLTAGE SOURCE WIRE AND TERMINAL RESISTANCE FORCE VOLTAGE SENSE VOLTAGE MEASURED RESISTANCE

Two of these devices (the MAX4539/MAX4540) can balance two major errors associated with an ADC system: offset and gain error. Using the internal precision voltage dividers, these devices measure gain and offset in just a few steps, controlled through the serial interface of a microcontroller. The reference ratios 15/4096 and 4081/4096 (with respect to the external reference voltage) are accurate to 15 bits. The ratios (5/8)(V+ - V-) and V+/2 are accurate to 8 bits. The cal-mux first applies half the supply voltage to verify that power is present. The system then measures zero offset and gain error and forms an equation to correct the subsequent readings. Zero input voltage, for example, should produce a digital zero output. The cal-mux calibrates for offset error by applying a very small input voltage of 15/4096 referred to (VREFHI - VREFLO). For a 12-bit ADC with 4.096V reference, 15/4096 equals 15mV and also 15LSB. The digital output, therefore, should be binary 000000001111. To measure offset error, the microcontroller simply records the difference between binary 000000001111 and the ADCs actual output. To measure gain error, the cal-mux applies a voltage of 4081/4096 referred to (VREFHI - VREFLO). The microcontroller then records the difference between binary 111111110000 and the ADCs digital output. Knowing the ADCs offset and gain error, the system software constructs calibration factors that adjust the subsequent outputs to produce correct readings. The cal-mux then serves as a conventional multiplexer, but with the capability to periodically recalibrate the system.

ARROWS INDICATE SIGNAL DIRECTION, NOT POLARITY

Figure 9. In this four-wire resistance measurement (constant voltage) technique, two wires force and two other wires sense the measured voltage.

The new force-sense switches simplify many applications, such as switching between one source and two loads in a 4-wire system. They are suitable for use in high-accuracy measurement systems such as nanovoltmeters and femto-ammeters, and for 8- or 12-wire forceand-sense measurements using the guard wires of triax cables. For more information, please see the MAX4554/ MAX4555/MAX4556 data sheet.

Calibration multiplexers
Calibration multiplexers (cal-muxes) are used in precision ADCs and other self-monitoring systems. Their combination of different components in one package has not been offered before: analog switches for generating accurate

11

How to simplify the interface between microcontroller and temperature sensor

Temperature is an analog quantity, but digital systems often use temperature to implement measurement, control, and protection functions. If you apply the right techniques and components, the necessary conversion of analog temperature to digital information wont be difficult. Reading temperature with a microcontroller ( C) is simple in concept. The C reads the output code of an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) driven by a thermistorresistor voltage divider, analog-output temperature sensor, or other analog temperature sensor (Figure 1). The ADC built into some controllers can simplify this design. ADCs require a reference voltage, which can be generated by an external device. For example, the reference voltage for a thermistor sensor is usually the same as that applied to the top of the resistor-thermistor voltage divider. However, the following complications can arise in these systems: The sensors output-voltage range is significantly smaller than the ADCs input-voltage range. A typical ADC for this purpose might have 8-bit resolution and a 2.5V reference voltage, which is normally equivalent to the input-voltage range. If the sensors maximum output for the temperature range of interest is only 1.25V, the

effective resolution drops to 7 bits. To achieve 8-bit resolution, either add gain via an external op amp or lower the ADCs reference voltage (which may reduce the accuracy of some ADCs). The error budget is tight. Combining the error from the thermistor-resistor combination or analog-sensor device with those contributed by the ADC, the amplifier offset voltage, the tolerance of gain-setting resistors, and the voltage reference error may be more error than your system can tolerate. You want a linear temperature-to-code transfer function and youre using a thermistor. The transfer function for thermistors is very nonlinear, but it may be sufficiently linear over the narrow temperature range required in many applications. You can compensate for the nonlinearity with a look-up table, but this approach requires resources that may not be available. ADC inputs are limited. If the number of temperatures you want to measure exceeds the number of ADC inputs available, you may need to add a multiplexer, which will increase the cost and development time. The number of C I/O pins is limited. This wont be an issue for an internal ADC, but an external serial ADC will require two to four I/O pins as an interface to the C. The design problems are simplified if you use a temperature sensor with a digital interface. Similarly, temperature sensors with time- or frequency-based outputs can alleviate the measurement problem when ADC inputs and C I/O pins are in short supply (Figure 2) . The MAX6576 temperature sensor, for example, produces an output square wave whose period is proportional to absolute temperature. It comes in a 6-pin SOT23 package that requires very little board space. A single I/O pin interfaces this device to a C; after its internal counter measures the period, the C calculates the temperature.
+2.7V TO +5.5V VDD

V+

R1

VREF ANALOG INPUT ADC

C
TS0 TS1

MAX6576 MAX6577 OUT GND I/O

THERMISTOR

Figure 1. In this simple interface, the ADCs reference voltage is derived from the power-supply voltage. An analog temperature sensor can replace the thermistor-resistor voltage divider. In that case, the ADC (which can be internal to the C) requires a reasonably accurate voltage reference.

Figure 2. The MAX6576 produces a square wave with period proportional to absolute temperature; the MAX6577 produces an output frequency proportional to temperature. The resulting proportionality constant is set to one of four values by the TS0 and TS1 pins. No external components are necessary.

12

Applying either ground or the positive supply voltage to each of two logic inputs selects one of four period/ temperature proportionality constants between 10s/K and 640s/K. A related temperature sensor (MAX6577) generates an output square wave whose frequency/temperature factor is programmable between 0.0675Hz/ K and 4Hz/ K. Both devices simplify temperature acquisition by reducing the required PC board real estate, component count, and analog/digital I/O resources. They transmit temperature data to the C through a single digital I/O pin, and the addition of a single optical isolator makes them ideal for applications that require electrical isolation between the sensor and the CPU. For measuring multiple temperatures at various locations, the choices become more complicated. Thermistors or conventional analog sensors can be placed in appropriate locations and connected to the ADC inputs, provided the ADC has sufficient inputs available. As an alternative, the MAX6575 transmits temperature data directly to the C; as many as eight MAX6575s can be connected to a single C I/O input. A single I/O trace connects the C to these eight MAX6575s (Figure 3). To measure temperature, the C briefly pulls the I/O line low, and after a short delay the first MAX6575 also pulls the I/O line low. This time delay is proportional to absolute temperature, with a proportionality constant programmed using two pins on the MAX6575.

The first sensor holds the line low for a period proportional to temperature (5s/K) and then releases it. After a second time delay, selected by setting the programming pins for a larger proportionality constant, the second MAX6575 pulls the I/O low and holds it for an interval defined by 5s/K. Four MAX6575s can be connected to the I/O line this way. Four more MAX6575s of the other, longer-delay version can be added to the same I/O line. The MAX6575L has delay multipliers ranging from 5s/K to 80s/K, and the MAX6575H delay multipliers range from 160s/K to 640 s/K. Thus, as many as eight MAX6575s can be located in different places around the system, connected to the C by a single I/O line. For some systems, the information needed is not the exact temperature, but whether the temperature is above or below a specific value. This information can trigger a cooling fan, air conditioner, heater, or other environmental-control element. In system-protection applications, an overtemperature bit can trigger an orderly system shutdown to avoid losing data when the system power is cut off. This single bit of information can be obtained by measuring temperature as in the examples above, but that approach requires more software and hardware than the function demands. Replacing the ADC in Figure 1 with a voltage comparator produces a simple 1-bit output that can drive a single I/O pin on the C (Figure 4). Again, the thermistor shown can be replaced by an analog voltage-output temperature

C START PULSE

NO. 1 tL1 tD2

NO. 2 tL2 tD8 TIME DELAY tLN TEMP

NO. 8 tL8

tD1 VCC

10k

+2.7V TO +5.5V MAX6575L NO. 1 TS0 TS1 GND

+2.7V TO +5.5V MAX6575L NO. 2 TS0 TS1 GND

+2.7V TO +5.5V MAX6575H NO. 8 TS0 TS1 GND

Figure 3. Using a delay scheme to encode temperature information, multiple MAX6575s transmit up to eight temperatures to the C through a single digital I/O pin.

13

V+

R1

R2

I/O

As with the MAX6575, connecting several MAX6501s or MAX6503s to a single I/O trace enables the C to be notified when temperature crosses the threshold at one or more locations. If the system must know which location has crossed the threshold, each switch output must be connected to a separate I/O pin. These sensors measure their own die temperatures, and because die temperature closely tracks lead temperature, each sensor should be placed so its leads assume the temperature of the component being monitored. In some cases, however, you must measure a temperature not tightly coupled to the sensorsuch as that of a power ASIC, whose die can be much hotter than the surrounding board. An internal temperature sensor may enable the ASIC to shut itself down in response to a temperature fault, but that capability alone lacks accuracy, and it seldom warns the system of an impending thermal overload. By adding an externally accessible P-N junction to the ASIC die, you can measure die temperature directly by forcing two or more different forward currents through the sensing junction and measuring the resulting voltages. The difference between the two voltages is proportional to the absolute die temperature:
V2 V1 = kT I2 1n q I1

THERMISTOR

R3

Figure 4. Combining a sensor with a comparator yields a 1-bit digital output that can warn the C of temperature excursions beyond a predetermined threshold or trip point.

sensor. Most such devices have a relationship between temperature and output voltage that is unaffected by supply voltage. To preserve immunity from supplyvoltage variations, connect the top of the comparators resistor-divider to a voltage reference instead of the supply voltage. The system can be simplified by replacing the sensorcomparator combination with a thermal switch like the MAX6501. This monolithic device combines the functions of a sensor, comparator, voltage reference, and external resistors. When temperature exceeds the preset trip level, the open-drain output goes low. Some devices in this family have open-drain outputs that go low when temperature falls below the trip point (MAX6503), and others have push/pull outputs that go high when temperature goes either above or below the trip point (MAX6502, Figure 5, or MAX6504). In addition, the hysteresis can be set to 2C or 10C by connecting a package pin to V+ or ground. The available trip temperatures range from -45C to +115C in 10C increments.

where I1 and I2 are the two current levels forced through the P-N junction, V1 and V2 are the resulting forward voltages across the junction, k is Boltzmanns constant, T is the absolute temperature of the junction in degrees Kelvin, and q is the electron charge. This measurement, of course, requires precision circuitry for generating the accurate current ratios and measuring very small voltage differences while rejecting the noise produced by large transients on the power ASIC die. Fortunately, Maxim s remote-junction temperature sensors integrate these precision analog functions with a simple and versatile digital interface. The MAX1618, for example, measures remote-junction temperatures with 8-bit (1C) resolution and communicates the result to a C over the SMBus (Figure 6). Originally designed for monitoring the CPU temperature in PCs, this device has other features that remove some of the controller s overhead. For example, the MAX1618 monitors a remote-junction temperature with a window comparator and interrupts the C when temperature goes

+2.7V TO +5.5V

VCC
MAX6502

VCC

C
GND

GND GND HYST

Figure 5. The MAX6502 produces a logic-high output when its temperature exceeds the preset threshold value.

14

+3.0V TO +5.5V

10k

CPU, ASIC, or Discrete Transistor

ON-CHIP P-N JUNCTION 2200pF

VCC SMBCLK 10k SMBus SERIAL INTERFACE (TO C)

above or below the limit thresholds previously downloaded to its registers by the C. Rather than poll the MAX1618 continually, the C can set the temperature thresholds on start-up and then ignore the MAX1618 until a thermal problem requires its attention. Available in a 10-pin MAX package, the MAX1618 can be placed close to the junction being measured. In turn, the resulting short trace lengths between the sense junction and MAX1618 help to avoid noise pickup.

MAX1618
DXP DXN GND ALERT SMBDATA

10k

Figure 6. The MAX1618 measures the temperature of an external P-N junction (part of a discrete transistor, ASIC, or CPU) by forcing currents through the junction and measuring the resulting forward voltages.

15

NEW PRODUCTS
High-performance 8-bit ADC with track/hold converts at 600Msps
The MAX106 is an 8-bit, monolithic, bipolar analog-to-digital converter (ADC) with a 600Msps digitizing rate. Pin compatibility with the 1Gsps MAX104 allows easy upgrades. The MAX106 is ideal for highspeed communications, instrumentation, and data-acquisition applications that require wide bandwidth, good linearity, and a high level of dynamic performance at lower sampling rates. Unlike other high-speed 8-bit ADCs, the MAX106 achieves a 47.8dB SINAD and 57.5dB SFDR at the 300MHz Nyquist frequency. It maintains this performance (within 0.1dB) for input frequencies to 600MHz, i.e., twice the Nyquist frequency. The MAX106 achieves high performance through innovative design and the use of Maxims proprietary 27GHz GST-2 bipolar process. A track/hold (T/H) with fully differential input employs Schottky diodes and laser-trimmed resistors to achieve 2.2GHz full-power bandwidth, aperture jitter less than 1ps, and typical integral nonlinearity (INL) and differential nonlinearity (DNL) values less than 0.25LSB. As a further advantage, the proprietary decoding scheme ensures a low occurrence of metastable states (1 in 1015 clock cycles), with no error exceeding 1LSB. Proper packaging is also critical to achieving good performance at these frequencies. The MAX106 comes in a 25mm x 25mm x 1.4mm, 192-contact Enhanced Super Ball-Grid Array (ESBGA ) package that minimizes parasitic effects, provides controlledimpedance signal paths, and eliminates the need for heatsinking in most applications. A demultiplexer with 8 or 16 outputs (selectable) facilitates the digital interface by slowing the 600Msps data to only 300Mwords/second, ported to two parallel, differential, 8-bit, low-voltage PECL outputs. The MAX106 also supports single-port operation at 600Msps sampling rates. It presents data in offsetbinary format and includes an output clock and overrange bit. The MAX106 operates from 5V supplies and supports an output interface in the +3V to +5V range. The MAX106 is specified for the commercial temperature range (0C to +70C). An evaluation kit is also available. Contact factory for availability.
ESBGA is a trademark of Amkor/Anam.

12- and 14-bit DACs with 1LSB INL eliminate power-up glitch

The MAX5170 MAX5177 serialinput/voltage-output, 12- and 14-bit digital-to-analog converters (DACs) feature proprietary circuitry for eliminating power-up glitches. Unlike DACs with undesirable output glitches of 2V to 3V at power-up, these outputs are virtually glitch free, with excursions less than 5mV. These devices also guarantee monotonicity, with 1LSB INL and 1LSB max DNL at 14-bit resolution. These low-power devices operate from a single supply voltage of +3V or +5V, and draw supply currents of only 350A max. This current drops to 1 A in the power-down mode. A power-up reset allows the user to select an initial output state of either zero or midscale. The amplifier s user-accessible output and inverting input allows remote sensing, specific gain configurations, and highoutput-drive capability for a wide range of force-sense applications. The buffered output is capable of driving 5k | | 100pF or 420mA loads. These eight SPI -, QSPI -, and MICROWIRE-compatible serial interface devices are available in space-saving 16-pin QSOP packages. The 12-bit MAX5174/MAX5176 and 14-bit MAX5170/ MAX5172 are voltage-output versions. The 12-bit MAX5175/MAX5177 and 14-bit MAX5171/MAX5173 are force-sense versions. Prices start at $3.15 (1000-up, FOB USA).
SPI/QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

SOT temperature sensors have single-wire outputs

The MAX6576/MAX6577 temperature sensors have a single-wire digital interface that communicates temperature to a microprocessor over a single control line. The MAX6576 converts ambient temperature to a square wave with periods proportional to absolute temperature (K). The MAX6577 converts ambient temperature to a square wave with frequency proportional to absolute temperature. Hard-wiring the two

time-select pins to VDD or GND selects this square-wave period or frequency range from one of four preset values. The MAX6576/MAX6577 feature an accuracy of 3 C max (0.8 C typ) at +25C, and 5C max at +125C. They operate from a +2.7V to +5.5V supply and draw supply currents of only 140A typ, making them ideal for use in portable, battery-powered equipment. Available in space-saving 6-pin SOT23 packages, they are specified for operation over the automotive temperature range (-40 C to +125C). Prices start at $0.74 (2500-up, FOB USA).

MAX5170 FAMILY (Virtually Glitch Free)

3 500mV/div 2 1 0 VOUT POWER-UP TIME 500ms/div SUPPLY VOLTAGE

~5mV

16

NEW PRODUCTS
2.7V rail-to-rail instrumentation amplifiers achieve 115dB CMRR
The MAX4194MAX4197 family of micropower instrumentation amplifiers have Rail-to-Rail capability and a threeop-amp topology that combines precision specifications with operation from a single supply voltage in the +2.7V to +7.5V range. Supply current is just 93 A in normal operation and 8A in shutdown. Enable time is 500ms, and the unity-gain settling time to 0.1% is 85s. These devices conserve battery life in low-voltage, battery-powered systems by pulsing the amplifier on and off with a low duty cycle. In addition to low power consumption, the devices have an excellent DC common-mode rejection rate (CMRR) of 95dB to 115dB, depending on the gain. The unity-gain-stable MAX4194 is configurable for gains up to +1000V/V. The CMRR is 115dB at the highest gain. The MAX4195/MAX4196/MAX4197 are internally configured for gains of unity, +10V/V, and +100V/V, respectively. The MAX4195 exhibits 95dB CMRR and achieves a 220kHz bandwidth. The MAX4196/MAX4197 achieve bandwidths of 34kHz and 3.2kHz, and exhibit 115dB CMRR. All parts feature rail-to-rail outputs that can drive a 5k load to within 100mV of each rail. The MAX4194 MAX4197 amplifiers are available in 8-pin SO packages. Prices start at $1.60 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd.

Rail-to-rail SOT23 op amps include gain-setting resistors

Rail-to-Rail op amps in the low-cost GainAmp family (MAX4174/MAX4175 and MAX4274/MAX4275) include precision gain-setting resistors and VCC/2 bias networks. The factory-trimmed internal resistors provide fixed inverting gains from -0.25V/V to -100V/V and fixed noninverting gains from +1.25V/V to +101V/V. They also yield 0.1% gain accuracy while minimizing layout size and cost. GainAmps draw only 300A, operating from a single supply in the +2.5V to +5.5V range. Optimal compensation of each device yields exceptional gain-bandwidth products (as high as 23MHz for AV between +25V/V and +101V/V). High-voltage fault protection at each input allows the devices to withstand up to 17V without drawing excessive current. The GainAmp family includes three versions: single/dual/quad open-loop and unity-gain stable (MAX4281/MAX4282/ MAX4284), single/dual fixed-gain (MAX4174/MAX4274), and single/dual fixed-gain with internal VCC/2 bias at the noninverting input (MAX4175/MAX4275). (Internal V CC /2 bias simplifies singlesupply circuitry.) The input common-mode voltage range for the open-loop amplifiers extends from 150mV below the negative supply to within 1.2V of the positive supply. Each output swings rail-to-rail and maintains excellent DC accuracy while driving a 1k load. The amplifiers maintain stability for capacitive loads up to 470pF, without need for an external isolation resistor. GainAmps come in 5-pin SOT23 packages with prices starting at $0.60 (1000-up, FOB USA).
GainAmp is a registered trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

Hot-swap controller speeds start-up and improves fault response

The MAX4370 is a Hot-Swap controller for 3V to 12V systems. Upon insertion into a live backplane, it regulates the inrush current while monitoring two types of fault condition: low-amplitude/ long-duration current transients, and fast high-amplitude current transients. Hot Swap controllers that dont regulate this start-up current introduce long delays that vary with component tolerances. The MAX4370 reduces this variation and eliminates start-up delays without collapsing the backplane supply. After the start-up period expires, two comparators in the DualSpeed/BiLevel protection circuitry (one fast, one slow) operate simultaneously to detect the two power-supply overcurrent faults (fast, highamplitude transients or long-duration, lowamplitude transients). If either fault occurs, the MAX4370 asserts a latched output alert and disconnects the main supply by turning off the external MOSFET. Because this proprietary scheme (patent pending) more

easily differentiates faults that are disruptive and catastrophic from those that are benign, the controller is less prone to false triggering than are other Hot Swap devices. The start-up timeout period and the slow-comparator response time are programmed separately with external capacitors, and the overcurrent thresholds are programmed with an external currentsense resistor. The MAX4370 is available in an 8-pin SO package, with prices starting at $1.95 (1000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).
Hot Swap is a trademark of Linear Technology Corp. DualSpeed/BiLevel is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

DUAL-SPEED/BILEVEL FAULT DETECTION PROTECTS AGAINST CATASTROPHIC CURRENT SURGES

MAX4370

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Precision, lowdropout voltage references offer 15ppm/C stability
A family of low-dropout micropower voltage references (MAX6012/MAX6021/ MAX6025/MAX6030/MAX6041/ MAX6045/MAX6050) offers a low temperature coefficient of 15ppm/C over the commercial temperature range (0 C to +70C). Available in tiny 3-pin SOT23 packages, their respective voltage outputs are 1.250V, 2.048V, 2.500V, 3.000V, 4.096V, 4.500V, and 5.000V. A proprietary curvature-correction circuit and laser-trimmed thin-film resistors provide the low tempco and tight initial accuracy. Unlike conventional shunt-mode (2-terminal) references whose external resistor wastes supply current, Maxims series-mode devices require no external resistor. Drawing a quiescent supply current of 27A, they can sink or source load currents as high as 500A. Because these internally compensated references require no external compensation capacitor, either, they save valuable board area in space-critical applications. Line regulation is <8V/V, load regulation is <15 V/ A, and the operation remains stable for load capacitance up to 2.2nF. Low dropout voltage (200mV) and very low supply current make these references ideal for low-voltage, batteryoperated systems. Prices start at $1.35 (1000-up, FOB USA).

4/8-channel video mux-amps operate from single +5V supply

The MAX4311/MAX4312/MAX4314/ MAX4315 are single-supply, 4- and 8channel multiplexer-amplifiers (muxamps). Their video output buffers have bandwidths as high as 345MHz (MAX4311). Unlike mux-amps that require 5V bipolar supplies, these guarantee operation from a single supply voltage in the +4.0V to +10.5V range. They also operate between 2.0V to 5.25V in dual-supply applications. Rail-to-rail outputs, ground-sensing inputs, and low (6.1mA) quiescent supply currents suit these mux-amps for video switching in portable, battery-powered applications. In addition, their low cost, ultra-low switching glitch (10mVp-p), and excellent video specifications make them suitable for consumer applications including video teleconferencing equipment, set-top boxes, and video surveillance systems. The MAX4311/MAX4312/MAX4314/ MAX4315 offer 0.1dB gain flatness to

78MHz, slew rates to 430V/s, low differential gain/phase (0.06%/0.08 ), and a spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) of -95dBc (MAX4314/MAX4315). Their optional disable mode reduces supply currents to 560A and places the outputs in a high-impedance state, making these devices useful in multiplexing applications that require larger switch matrices. The MAX4311/MAX4314 are offered in 14-pin SO and 16-pin QSOP packages, and the MAX4312/MAX4315 are offered in 16-pin SO and QSOP packages. Prices start from $0.44 per channel (100,000-up, factory direct, FOB USA).

ULTRA-LOW SWITCHING GLITCH

5V IN1 (2.5V/div) 0V

OUT (10mV/div)

MAX4311
TIME (20ns/div)

Rail-to-rail, quad SPDT analog switch has 40V fault protection

The MAX4533 is the new member of Maxim s family of fault-protected switches. A quad, single-pole/doublethrow (SPDT) device, it is pin compatible with the nonprotected industry-standard MAX333 and MAX333A.

outputs, the switch output clamps to the appropriate supply voltage during a fault condition and delivers as much as 13mA of proper-polarity load current. The MAX4533 also features rail-to-rail signal handling capability, low on-resistance of 175 max, and channel-to-channel on-resistance matching to 6 max. The fault-protected input leakage is 0.5nA at +25 C and 10nA at +85 C. The switch operates from a single supply voltage of +9V to +36V, or from dual supplies in the 4.5V to 18V range. The digital-input thresholds (+0.8V and +2.4V) ensure compatibility with TTL/CMOS logic. The MAX4533 is available in 20-pin plastic DIP, SO, and SSOP packages, with prices starting at $2.32 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Patent pending.

MAX SUPPLY CURRENT (A)

135

LT1460

65 35 MAX60xx

AD158x

20

50

MAXIMUM DRIFT (ppm/C)

The fault-protected MAX4533 provides 40V of input protection with power off, and as much as 25V of overvoltage protection during power-up and power-down. The input terminals become open-circuited during a fault condition, allowing only nanoamperes of leakage into the source. To ensure unambiguous

18

NEW PRODUCTS
Triple audio/visual crosspoint switches have serial control
The MAX4548/MAX4549 programmable crosspoint switches are well suited for multimedia (audio/video) applications. Each switch includes three 3-input/ 2-output (triple 3x2) crosspoint matrices, and each matrix has a shunt input to improve off-isolation. Each output is programmable for regular mode or for a selectable soft-switching mode that provides clickless audio operation. Typical on-resistances (22 with a +5V supply) are flat to within 2 and matched (between channels) to within 5. The MAX4548/MAX4549 operate on a single supply voltage in the +2.7V to +5.5V range. Each includes a set of resistive voltage dividers that are independently selectable via the serial interface, which provides a DC bias for each output when the inputs are AC-coupled. Other specifications include 0.07% THD (with 600 load), off-isolation of -85dB at 20kHz (-72dB at 10MHz), and crosstalk of -85dB at 20kHz (-55dB at 10MHz). The MAX4548 2-wire serial interface is compatible with the I 2 C standard, and the MAX4549 3-wire serial interface is compatible with the SPI/QSPI/ MICROWIRE standards. Both devices are available in 36-pin SSOP packages specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40 C to +85 C). Prices start at $3.12 (1000-up, FOB USA).
I2C is a trademark of Philips Corp.

Low-voltage analog mux/switches have 15kV ESD protection

The MAX4558/MAX4559/MAX4560 are low-voltage CMOS analog devices configured as an 8-to-1 multiplexer (MAX4558), dual 4-to-1 multiplexer (MAX4559), and triple SPDT switch (MAX4560). These parts withstand electrostatic discharge (ESD) without latchup or damage, to 15kV (Human Body Model), 12kV (IEC 1000-4-2 Air-GapDischarge Method), and 8kV (IEC 10004-2 Contact-Discharge Method). Pin compatible with the industrystandard 74HC4051/74HCH052/74HC4053 switches, these devices operate from a single supply in the +2V to +12V range or from dual supplies in the 2V to 6V range. On-resistances are guaranteed to 220 with a +5V supply, to 160 with 5V supplies, and are matched within 2 (typ) for a single device. Each switch handles rail-to-rail input signals. The off-leakage current is only 1nA at +25C, and only 10nA at +85C. To ensure TTL/CMOS compatibility with single 5V or dual 5V supplies, all digital inputs guarantee 0.8V/2.4V thresholds. Other specifications include low (<0.02%) distortion with 600 loads, low (-93dB) crosstalk with 50 loads, and high (-96dB) off-isolation with 50 loads. The MAX4558/MAX4559/MAX4560 come in 16-pin QSOP, DIP, and narrowSO packages, with prices starting at $1.59 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Lowpass switchedcapacitor filters have 8th-order elliptic response

The MAX7400/MAX7403/MAX7404/ MAX7407 are 8th-order elliptic, lowpass switched-capacitor filters. Whether operating from +5V (MAX7400/MAX7403) or +3V (MAX7404/MAX7407), they provide corner frequencies from 1Hz to 10kHz and draw supply currents of only 2mA, making them ideal for low-power anti-aliasing and post-DAC filtering applications. Shutdown mode lowers the supply current to just 0.2A. The MAX7400/MAX7404 provide a sharp rolloff with a 1.5 transition ratio and 80dB of stopband rejection, and the MAX7403/MAX7407 provide a sharper rolloff (1.2 transition ratio) with 58dB of stopband rejection. The low output offset (4mV) can be further minimized via an offset-adjustment pin (OS) in all four filters. The filters internal switching can be self-clocked with an external capacitor or clocked externally for tighter control of the corner frequency. Their fixed output response reduces the design task to simply selecting a corner frequency by setting the clock frequency. The parts are available in 8-pin plastic DIP and SO packages, with prices starting at $1.98 (1000-up, FOB USA).
V+ SHDN

INPUT CLK

MAX74xx
COM OS

OUT

Single chip drives pager-vibrator motor

The MAX1749 is a buzzer/vibrator motor driver for pagers and wireless handsets. Unlike conventional approaches in which the motor strength decays with battery voltage, this device enables the mo-

tor to deliver constant force by producing a constant output voltage throughout its input range (+2.5V to +6.5V). Acting as a regulator and logiccontrolled switch, the MAX1749 draws just 1nA in its off state. Its fixed output is designed to drive inexpensive single-cell annunciators. The output is also adjustable, which lets you customize the buzzer

strength for load currents up to 120mA. Other features include output-current limiting, thermal-overload protection, and reverse-battery protection. The MAX1749EUK is available in an ultra-small 5-pin SOT23 package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start from $0.74 (1000-up, FOB USA).

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Boost converters drive 2A Tx burst with 6x-lower battery current
The MAX1687/MAX1688 step-up DCDC converters minimize peak battery current and prevent battery glitches during the transmit cycle of GSM phones and wireless LANs. To drive the RF power amplifier (PA) in a typical cell phone, these DC-DC converters boost the output of three NiCd cells or a single 3.6V lithium-ion (Li+) cell to 5V. For pulsed load currents such as that drawn during the transmit burst of a GSM phone (which operates with a 1:8 duty cycle), the MAX1687/MAX1688 have a proprietary control scheme (patent pending) that lowers the battery drain by recharging a reservoir capacitor during the off-time. During the transmit pulse, the DC-DC converters turn off to eliminate switching noise at the PA and isolate the battery from load transients. A typical 5V PA draws as much as 2A while transmitting, and a conventional DCDC converter pulls nearly 3A from the battery: 2A times (5V/3.6V), plus efficiency losses. The MAX1687/MAX1688 reduce this current to zero during the transmit burst, and to less than 0.5A (a 6-times improvement) when recharging the reservoir capacitor during the off-time. The MAX1687 lets you set maximum battery current; the MAX1688 samples the output voltage droop, automatically adjusting the peak inductor current to minimize battery drain while charging the output capacitor within the GSM timing cycle. The MAX1687/MAX1688 require no external FET, and their internal synchronous rectifier eliminates a Schottky diode while boosting efficiency to more than 90%. They are available in standard 8-pin SO packages and in small 16-pin TSSOP packages less than 1.1mm high. Prices start from $2.20 (1000-up, FOB USA). A preassembled evaluation kit with recommended external components (MAX1688EVKIT) is available to reduce design time.

Synchronous, switch-mode buck regulator has 3A internal switches

The MAX1623 buck regulator provides CPU and bus-termination power in notebook and desktop computers. The output voltage is either pin selectable as 3.3V or 2.5V, or adjustable down to 1.1V. Output accuracy including line and load regulation is 1%. An internal PMOS power switch and an NMOS synchronous-rectifier switch, both rated at 3A/0.1 , minimize the external component count and enable the device to deliver (for example) 2A at 3.3V from a +5V supply, with 93% efficiency. The input-voltage range is +4.5V to +5.5V, and the typical operating supply current is 450A.

Load current causes the MAX1623 to shift smoothly between operating modes. Above 1A it assumes current-mode pulsewidth modulation (PWM) control, in which constant off-times for the power switch are followed by on-times proportional to the load current required. Below 1A, it accommodates lower load currents by turning off both switches to skip entire cycles. PWM operation allows switching frequencies as high as 350kHz. Other MAX1623 features include thermal protection (T j = +150 C) and a logiccontrolled shutdown mode that lowers the supply current below 1A (10A max). The MAX1623 is available in a spacesaving 20-pin SSOP package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start from $4.78 (1000-up, FOB USA).

28V PWM step-up DC-DC converter delivers high voltage and current
The MAX618 is a CMOS, PWM, step-up DC-DC converter that generates output voltages to 28V and accepts inputs from 3V to 28V. An internal 2.2A/0.3 switch eliminates the need for external power MOSFETs and delivers 50% more output current than comparable 1.5A devices. Typical applications include LCD displays, telecom devices, industrial

24V and 28V systems, and buck-boost (SEPIC) converters for automotivepowered systems. A fixed-frequency PWM control scheme with Maxim s Idle Mode operation minimizes noise and ripple at light loads while maximizing efficiency over a wide range of load current. Low levels of no-load operating current (500A) allows efficiencies to 93%, and the supply current in shutdown drops to only 3A. Fast switching (250kHz) allows use of small surface-mount inductors and capacitors. Adaptive-slope compensation and a single compensation capacitor lets the MAX618 accommodate wide ranges of input and output voltage. The MAX618EEE is available in a thermally enhanced 16-pin QSOP package (same size as a standard 8-pin SO) that dissipates up to 1W. The parts are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), with prices starting at $3.25 (1000-up, FOB USA). A preassembled evaluation kit with recommended external components (MAX618EVKIT) is available to reduce design time.
Idle Mode is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

STEP-UP DC-DC DELIVERS 50% MORE OUTPUT CURRENT AND WIDER OPERATING RANGE
1.5

MAX618
OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 1.0 VIN = 12V 0.5 VIN = 5V VIN = 3V 0 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) 22 24 26 28

20

NEW PRODUCTS
Small, highfrequency step-down converter has internal switches
The MAX1644 DC-DC converter is suited for use in PC cards, CPU daughter cards, and bus-termination boards. It is the smallest, highest frequency, and most efficient device available among 2A DCDC converters with internal switches. To minimize external components and improve efficiency (to 95%), the MAX1644 includes 0.1 typ internal N- and Pchannel MOSFETS for switching and rectification. The MAX1644s current-mode PWM control scheme features a programmable constant-off time with switching frequencies as high as 350kHz. To maintain high efficiency during light-load operation, it also includes a pulse-frequency-modulation (PFM) mode (Idle Mode). The MAX1644 produces a preset output voltage of 3.3V or 2.5V, or an adjustable output of 1.1V to 3.8V. The input voltage range is +3V to +5.5V. Other features include 1% output accuracy, adjustable soft-start for limiting inrush current, and supply currents of 240 A typ during operation and 1A max during shutdown. The MAX1644 is available in a spacesaving 16-pin SSOP package specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C). Prices start from $4.08 (1000-up, FOB USA). A preassembled evaluation kit (MAX1644EVKIT) with recommended external components is available to reduce design time.

Single chip charges Li+ cells

The MAX1667 battery charger complies with Level 2 of the SBS IF Specification v1.0. Offering high efficiency and support for most battery chemistries, this one-chip charger for lithium-ion (Li+) cells contains independent circuitry for voltage and current regulation, enabling it to make automatic transitions between constantcurrent and constant-voltage modes during charging. The MAX1667 charges two to four series Li+ cells and regulates the programmed charging voltage to within 0.8%. By allowing the duty cycle to exceed 97%, the MAX1667s advanced synchronous-buck topology ensures a low input-to-output voltage differential while maintaining efficiencies greater than 95%. Its SMBus-compatible 2-wire interface accepts programming commands for the charging voltage and current and reports status information for the charger and battery. The charging voltage is 11-bit programmable from 0 to 18.432V, and the charging current is 5-bit programmable from 0 to 1A, 3A, or 4A. A thermistor in the battery and failsafe protection logic in the MAX1667 inhibits charging if the battery temperature exceeds predetermined limits. The MAX1667 can signal the host controller when a battery is installed or removed, or when power is applied to the charger. A pin-compatible upgrade for the industrystandard MAX1647 (a Level 2 smartbattery charger), the MAX1667 connects directly to charge-voltage sources in the +7.5V to +28V range. The MAX1667 is specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40C to +85C), and comes in a spacesaving 20-pin SSOP package only 2mm high. Prices start at $4.95 (1000-up, FOB USA).
SMBus is a trademark of Intel Corp.

Li+ cell protector is 0.5% accurate

The MAX1666 is the first Li+ cell protector to offer 0.5% accuracy for the cell-overvoltage threshold. Its accuracy (vs. that of other protectors) allows the use of charge voltages much closer to the cells design limits, increasing the amount of charge stored in a typical 4-cell battery pack by as much as 2%. The MAX1666 is also the first to closely monitor cell-to-cell voltage mismatches and automatically shut down the pack when a mismatch exceeds the user-adjusted limit.

alleviates the need for an external voltage regulator. This LDO regulator accepts inputs in the +4V to +28V range, and supplies up to 5mA for other circuitry. A true micropower device, it consumes only 30A while operating and <1A in shutdown. The MAX1666 S version (16-pin QSOP) monitors 2-cell packs, the V version (20-pin QSOP) monitors 3-cell packs, and the X version (20-pin QSOP) monitors 4-cell packs. All parts are specified for the extended-industrial temperature range (-40 C to +85 C). Prices for the MAX1666X start from $2.75 (1000-up, FOB USA).

The MAX1666 provides accurate, useradjustable threshold limits for cell overvoltage (4.0V to 4.4V at 0.5%), cell undervoltage (2.0V to 3.0V at 2.5%), PACK+ Wide Input cell-to-cell mismatch (0 to 500mV at Voltage 10%), and charge/discharge current Range (set by the sense resistor at 10%). When a fault condition occurs, the internal power-MOSFET drivers control external P-channel MOSFETs to reliably disconnect the cells from the pack terminals. The MAX1666 can 2 to 4 operate as a stand-alone device or in Series Cells conjunction with a pack microcontroller, using its digital interface and status signals. The MAX1666s on-board 3.3V low-dropout (LDO) linear regulator
PACK-

SRC DSO CGO B4P VCC DSI CGI WRN PKF UVO

On-Chip LDO Regulator

B3P

Digital Interface & Status Signals

MAX1666X B2P REF B1P OVA UVA MMA PKN Accurate Adjustable Threshold Limits

RSENSE

GND

21

NEW PRODUCTS
Switchedcapacitor voltage inverters offer shutdown
The MAX1719/MAX1720/MAX1721 charge-pump inverters are monolithic CMOS devices in tiny SOT23 packages. Accepting input voltages in the +1.5V to +5.5V range, they operate at 12kHz (MAX1720) or 125kHz (MAX1719/ MAX1721). High efficiency (96%), small external components, and a logic-controlled 1nA shutdown make these devices suitable for battery-powered and board-level voltage-conversion applicationssuch as generating a -5V analog supply from the 5V digital supply. Each part has oscillator-control circuitry and four power MOSFET switches. The MAX1720 quiescent current is a low 50 A, and all devices deliver continuous output currents up to 25mA. For pin-compatible inverters without shutdown (allowing a 5-pin instead of a 6-pin package), see the MAX828/MAX829 and MAX870/MAX871. For higher power applications, the MAX860/MAX861 deliver output currents up to 50mA. For regulated outputs up to -2V IN , see the MAX868. T h e M A X 860/MAX861/ MAX868 come in space-saving MAX packages. The MAX1719/MAX1720/MAX1721 come in 6-pin SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $1.30 (1000-up, FOB USA).

RS-232 receivers in SOT packages have 15kV ESD protection

The MAX3180E family of single RS232 receivers features 15kV protection against electrostatic discharge (ESD). Each device is designed for space- and costconstrained applications requiring minimal RS-232 communications. To ensure compliance with strict European ESD standards, the receiver inputs are protected to 15kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge Method, to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge Method, and to 15kV using the Human Body Model.

Each device guarantees RS-232 performance up to 1.5Mbps, and minimizes power and heat dissipation by drawing only 0.5A from a +3V to +5.5V supply. The MAX3180E/MAX3182E receivers have a three-state TTL/CMOS receiver output controlled by an EN logic output. For applications requiring automatic system wakeup, the MAX3181E/MAX3183E receivers feature an output (INVALID) that indicates valid RS-232 signals at the receiver input. The MAX3182E/MAX3183E have noninverting outputs, and the MAX3180E/ MAX3181E have standard inverting outputs. All are specified for the extended temperature range (-40C to +85C). They come in 5-pin SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $0.66 (1000-up, FOB USA). rate and minimize EMI, the transceiver data rate is programmable to 115kbps, 500kbps, or 10Mbps. Independent phase control in the transmitter and receiver enables software correction of polarity reversal in twisted-pair cables. The UART includes an oscillator circuit derived from an external crystal, and a baud-rate generator with softwareprogrammable divider ratios for common baud rates. It features an 8-word-deep receive FIFO that minimizes processor overhead, and provides a flexible interrupt with four maskable sources, including address recognition on 9-bit networks. The MAX3140 operates from a single +5V supply, and has a 20 A shutdown mode (invoked by hardware or software) in which the receiver remains active. It is available in a space-saving 28-pin QSOP package, with prices starting at $4.07 (1000-up, FOB USA).

3V RS-485/RS-422 transceivers feature 15kV ESD protection

To meet 15kV ESD protection standards, Maxim offers the MAX3483E/ MAX3485E/MAX3486E, MAX3488E/ MAX3490E/MAX3491E 3V RS-485/RS422 transceivers. These devices save space and cost by eliminating the need for TransZorbs and other external protection used to meet ESD standards. All transmitter outputs and receiver inputs are ESDprotected to 15kV using the Human Body Model and the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge Method, and to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge Method. Each part contains one driver and one receiver, and delivers RS-485/RS-422 performance down to V CC = +3V. The MAX3483E/MAX3488E have slew-ratelimited drivers that minimize EMI and reduce reflections caused by improperly terminated cables, allowing error-free data transmissions to 250kbps. The partially slew-rate-limited MAX3486E transmits up to 2.5Mbps, and the MAX3485E/ MAX3490E/MAX3491E can transmit at 12Mbps, making them ideal for high-speed industrial buses. For full-duplex operation, use the MAX3488E/MAX3490E/MAX3491E; the MAX3483E/MAX3485E/MAX3486E offer half-duplex operation. The MAX3491E comes in 14-pin DIP and SO packages; all others come in 8-pin DIP and SO packages. Prices start at $1.91 (1000-up, FOB USA).
TransZorb is a trademark of General Semiconductor Industries, Inc.

IC combines UART and RS-485 transceiver

The MAX3140 combines a complete UART and RS-485 transceiver in a single 28-pin package. Its SPI/MICROWIREcompatible serial interface saves additional board space and microcontroller I/O pins, and its pin-programmable network configurations simplify the installation of RS-485/RS-422 networks. The MAX3140 includes a single RS485/RS-422 driver and receiver with true fail-safe circuitry that guarantees a logichigh receiver output when the receiver inputs are open or shorted. This feature provides fault immunity without requiring complex terminations. The MAX3140 provides software-selectable control of the half/full-duplex, data-slew-rate, and phase-control functions. To control slew

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Integrated RS-232/UART saves space, power, and I/O pins
The MAX3110E/MAX3111E are the worlds first ICs to integrate a UART and an RS-232 transceiver. Available in single 28-pin SO packages, they combine a fullfeatured universal asynchronous receiver/ transmitter (UART) with an RS-232 transceiver (ESD-protected to 15kV) and integrated charge-pump capacitors. The MAX3110E/MAX3111E SPI/ MICROWIREcompatible serial interface minimizes the pin count while saving additional board space and microcontroller I/O pins. A proprietary low-dropout (LDO) output stage allows the 2-driver/2-receiver interface to deliver true RS-232 performance down to VCC = 3V (4.5V for MAX3110E), while drawing only 600A. During shutdown, when the receivers remain active to allow monitoring of external devices, the ICs draw only 10 A of supply current. Each guarantees EIA/TIA-232 outputvoltage levels for data rates as high as 230kbps. The MAX3110E/MAX3111E UART includes an oscillator circuit derived from an external crystal, and a baud-rate generator with software-programmable divider ratios for all common baud rates from 300baud to 230kbaud. The UART features an 8-word-deep receive FIFO that minimizes processor overhead and provides a flexible interrupt with four maskable sources. One input and one output control line are included for hardware handshaking. The MAX3110E/MAX3111E are available in 28-pin SO and DIP packages, with prices starting from $4.73 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Wideband buffer amps in SOT23-6

The MAX2472/MAX2473 are lowcost, wideband, high-isolation buffer amplifiers offering the most functionality available in a 6-pin SOT23 package. The MAX2472 provides dual open-collector outputs capable of delivering -5dBm while maintaining better than -25dBc harmonic suppression. Dual outputs are ideal for simultaneously driving two mixers, or one mixer and a PLL. The MAX2473 has a single opencollector output, plus a bias-control pin that varies the output power as required to save current. It adjusts the output power from -10dBm to -2dBm while maintaining better than -25dBc harmonic suppression. Compared to discrete designs, each of these monolithic buffer amps saves board space by eliminating up to 15 components. Both parts operate over a wide frequency range (500MHz to 2500MHz), providing 12dB gain and greater than 40dB isolation at 900MHz. High reverse isolation and low supply current make them ideal for high-performance, low-power applications. Both operate from a single supply in the +2.7V to +5.5V range and are available in tiny, 6-pin SOT23 packages. Prices start from $0.80 (1000-up, FOB USA). band. Its single supply voltage (+2.7V to +5.5V) eliminates the need for sequencing circuitry and the negative bias required in GaAs MESFET designs. The MAX2235 is available in a thermally enhanced 20-pin TSSOP-EP (exposed paddle) package. Prices start from $3.23 (1000-up, FOB USA). A fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX2235 EVKIT) is available to help reduce design time.
SOLUTION: Power Ramp Control Provides Gradual On/Off Slope, Set By One External Capacitor

SPI

C
28

-pin S O

True RS-232

900MHz, 1W silicon PA reduces output noise and spectral splatter

The MAX2235 is the first 900MHz, 1W silicon power amplifier (PA) to feature an autoramping output capability. During turn-on and turn-off, an external capacitor causes the RF output to ramp up and down gradually, thereby minimizing unwanted output-transient noise and spectral splatter found in FSK- and TDMA-based ISM-band applications. This unique feature is not available in existing GaAs MESFET and HBT PAs. The MAX2235 delivers 30.3dBm of output power and 47% power-added efficiency while operating with a +3.6V supply. A power-control pin lets you adjust the gain over a 37dB range. The

bias adjusts automatically to maintain optimum efficiency, even at lower outputpower levels. To further decrease the system cost and increase battery life, a shutdown mode reduces the supply current to <10A without the need for a supply switch. The MAX2235 is designed for constant-envelope applications such as AMPS, 2-way pagers, and FSK-based systems in the 868MHz/900MHz ISM
PROBLEM: Steep On/Off Slope Causes Undesireable Transient Noise and Spectral Splatter

OUTPUT POWER

TIME

OUTPUT POWER

LOW Si B -COST TEC iPOLAR HNO LOG Y

TIME

COMPETITION

MAX2235

23

Volume Thirty-Seven

NEWS BRIEFS IN-DEPTH ARTICLES

Maxim reports record revenues and earnings for the first quarter of fiscal 2000 SiGe technology enhances radio front-end performance Powering portable CPU cores Statistical confidence levels for estimating error probability

2 3 8 12

NEW PRODUCTS

Data Converters
8-bit ADC with on-chip T/H converts at 1.5Gbps 12-bit multichannel ADCs feature parallel I/O and QSOP packages 10-/12-bit VOUT DACs feature serial interface (MAX108) (MAX1290MAX1297) (MAX5302/MAX5304) (MAX917MAX920) (MAX4074/MAX4075) (MAX4490) (MAX4444/MAX4445) (MAX4447/4448/4449) (MAX4450) (MAX4505) (MAX4584MAX4587) (MAX4614/4615/4616) (MAX4621/4622/4623) (MAX4661MAX4669)

16 16 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 18 18 19

Amplifiers and Comparators

1.8V nanopower comparator/references in tiny SOT23-5 Micropower amps offer 54 fixed-gain versions 10V/s op amp with rail-to-rail I/O fits tiny SC70 package

High-Speed Amplifiers/Video
Low-distortion differential line receivers slew 5000V/s Low-distortion differential line drivers slew 6500V/s 210MHz single-supply op amp in ultra-small SC70 package

Analog Multiplexers and Switches

Circuit protector withstands 36V overvoltages Tiny multimedia switches feature -80dB off-isolation Quad switches feature 10 on-resistance Precision dual high-speed switches have 5 on-resistance Quad and dual SPST CMOS analog switches have 2.5/5 RON

Power-Management ICs
Complete Li+ battery charger fits in handset Next-generation current-limited USB switches High-speed step-down controller powers notebooks (MAX1679) 20 (MAX1607/1693/1694/893L) 20 (MAX1714) 19 (MAX221/MAX221E) (MAX3386E/MAX3387E) (MAX2264MAX2269) (MAX2310/12/14/16) (MAX2320/24/26/27/29) (MAX2651/2652/2653) (MAX2685) (MAX3676) (MAX3831) (MAX3890) (MAX6355/MAX6356)

Interface ICs
RS-232 transceiver with 15kV ESD protection draws 1A 3.0V, 1A RS-232 transceivers have 15kV ESD protection

20 20 21 21 22 22 21 23 22 23 23

Wireless ICs
Single-supply linear PAs reduce CDMA current draw 50% CDMA IF demodulators integrate VCOs and synthesizer Dual-band SiGe LNA/mixer ICs offer low noise and high linearity SiGe dual LNA increases sensitivity for GSM dual-band phones 900MHz LNA/mixer has best linearity available at 8mA

Fiber Optic ICs

Clock and data-recovery IC exceeds SDH/SONET specifications 4-channel interconnect simplifies rack-to-rack interface Low-power, 3V, 2.5Gbps serializer includes clock synthesis

P Supervisors
First triple-voltage supervisors in SOT23 packages

News Briefs
MAXIM REPORTS RECORD REVENUES AND EARNINGS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF FISCAL 2000
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., (MXIM) reported record net revenues of $180.0 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2000 ending September 25, 1999, compared to $155.3 million for the same quarter in fiscal 1999. Net income increased to a record $58.4 million in Q100, compared to $49.4 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1999. Diluted earnings per share were $0.37 for Q100, compared to $0.33 for the same period a year ago. During the quarter, the Company increased cash and short-term investments by $64.6 million after paying $36.2 million for 525,000 shares of its common stock and $26.8 million for capital equipment. Accounts receivable increased in Q100 to $93.1 million due to the increase in net revenues, while inventories declined slightly to $44.9 million during the quarter. Gross margin for the first quarter was consistent with Q499 at 69.7%. During the quarter, the Company recorded a writedown of equipment of $2.5 million and increased inventory reserves by $1.8 million. The Company also recorded a charge to selling, general, and administrative expenses of $1.5 million related to technology licensing matters. Bookings on the Company were approximately $242 million in Q100, a 22% increase over the Q499 level of $198 million. During the quarter, customers continued their trend of ordering for near-term delivery. Turns orders received in Q100 were $101 million, compared to the Q499 level of $81 million (turns orders are customer orders that are for delivery within the same quarter and may result in revenue within the same quarter if the Company has available inventory that matches those orders). End-market bookings increased 23% over Q499 levels (end-market bookings are end-user customer bookings received by both Maxim and the Companys distributors during the quarter). This increase was fueled by double-digit end-market bookings growth in the U.S., Pacific Rim, Japan, and Europe. Bookings increased across all major product lines during the quarter. First quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months was approximately $225 million, including $192 million requested for shipment in the second quarter of fiscal 2000. Last quarter, the Company reported fourth quarter ending backlog shippable within the next 12 months of approximately $176 million, including $144 million that was requested for shipment in Q100. Order cancellations remained low during Q100 at approximately $11 million, compared to $13 million in Q499. Jack Gifford, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the quarter: Q100 was an excellent quarter, with record revenues and earnings. Bookings growth once again exceeded our expectations. We were encouraged to see increased bookings in all geographical regions and across a broad spectrum of end markets. Our backlog, which was significantly depleted during fiscal 1999, is now at a healthy level. We expect that in future quarters, our bookings growth rate will moderate to levels reflective of our forecasted demand for Maxim products in fiscal 2000. Mr. Gifford continued: During the quarter, we continued to invest in our future, with research and development spending of $28.3 million during Q100, an 18% increase over Q499 spending of $24.0 million and a 34% increase over one year ago. This spending is in line with our continuing commitment to define, develop, and introduce new products and to develop innovative new processes during fiscal 2000. The communications and portable equipment markets have long-term growth opportunities that we believe will significantly increase the size of the mixed-signal analog market of the next 5 years. Maxim appears to have accomplished a successful entry into these areas, allowing for future growth.

SiGe technology enhances radio front-end performance

Three parameters are increasingly important for cellular handsets and other digital, portable, wireless communication devices. Low power consumption and lightweight batteries lend autonomy to the device, higher front-end sensitivity increases the reception distance, and greater front-end linearity has a direct impact on the admissible dynamic range. This last parameter is gaining emphasis with the advent of nonconstant-energy modulation schemes such as /4DQPSK and 8QAM. GST-3 is the newest innovation for simultaneously improving the power consumption, sensitivity, and dynamic range of a receiver. GST-3 is a new high-speed IC process technology based on silicon germanium (SiGe), which features a transition figure (fT) of 35GHz. A typical front-end block diagram (Figure 1) shows the performance possible with SiGe technology (1.9GHz) for a combination mixer and low-noise amplifier (LNA).

sistor input stage. Noise figure (NF) serves as a figure of merit for networks, to compare noise in the actual network with that in an ideal noiseless network. The noise factor (F) for an amplifier or other network with power gain (G) equal to G = POUT/PIN can be expressed as: F= (amplifiers actual, measured output noise power) (amplifiers output noise power due to R SOURCE )

NF is a measure of the degradation in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) between the input and output ports of a network, typically expressed in dB: NF = 10log10F. Therefore, F = Input SNR/Output SNR = (PIN/NIN)/(POUT/NOUT) = NOUT/(NIN G) We are concerned with thermal noise (also called Johnson noise or white noise) and shot noise (also called Schottky noise). A detailed high-frequency equivalent model for the bipolar transistor (the Giacoleto model see Figure 2) helps in understanding how this noise is generated. The model also shows how SiGe technology can help reduce the LNAs front-end noise figure.

Thermal and shot noise

Within a conducting medium whose temperature is above absolute zero (0K), the random motion of charge carriers produces random noise-producing voltages and currents. A rising conductor temperature increases the charge-carrier velocity of these random motions, which

Noise performance
The main contribution to noise figure in the downconversion link is noise created by the LNAs first tran-

dB NF = 7.0 .2dB 1 = 1 68 GAIN 4 m MAX2 = -6.1dB E MIX R IIP3 dB NF = 1.3 .4dB 14 = IN A G dBm IIP3 = -4

641 MAX2 A LN *

T DIO Hz RA FRON T END

T
*1900M

Figure 1. Typical radio input circuitry includes a low-noise amplifier and mixer.

Because RSOURCE = Vn(f)/Inb(f) gives a minimum noise figure for Si-bipolar as well as SiGe technology, the full benefits of the SiGe process can be obtained by designing an LNA with source impedance close to this value. Another important aspect of wireless design is the derating of noise figure vs. frequency. The power gain of a typical transistor is similar to the upper curve in Figure 3. This curve is not surprising, considering the equivalent transistor circuit of Figure 2. In effect, the model is an RC lowpass filter whose gain falls off at 6dB per octave. The maximum theoretical frequency for which the commonemitter current gain () is unity (0dB) is called the transition frequency (fT). An LNAs gain (G) depends directly on , so the derating of noise figure [F = NOUT/(NING)] begins with the rolloff of gain. To see how the GST-3 SiGe process improves noise figure at high frequencies, consider that adding germanium to the P-silicon base of a transistor reduces the bandgap by 80mV to 100mV across the base, creating a strong electric field between the emitter and collector junctions. By rapidly sweeping electrons from the base into the collector, this electric field reduces the transit time (tb) required for carriers to cross the narrow base. If all other factors are held constant, this reduced tb provides an approximate 30% increase in fT. For identical-area transistors, the GST3 device achieves a given fT with one-half to one-third the current required in a GST-2 device. Higher fT reduces high-frequency noise, because the rolloff occurs at a higher frequency.

E Cbc

RSOURCE

B 4kTRbb

Rbb

Inb

Rbe

Cbe

g Vbe = lb

RLOAD

Figure 2. This detailed NPN-transistor model (the Giacoleto model) simplifies the analysis of frequency effects.

increases the noise voltage. The thermal noise generated by parasitic base resistance (Rbb) in a transistor is Vn(f) = 4kTRbb , where Vn(f) equals the voltage spectral noise density in V2/Hz. The k is Boltzmanns constant (1.38 10-23 Joules/Kelvin), and T is the absolute temperature in degrees Kelvin (C + 273). Shot noise is a consequence of the particle-like nature of charge carriers. DC current flow in a semiconductor is often regarded as constant at every instant, but any current consists of individual electrons and holes. Only the time-average flow of these charge carriers appears as constant current. Any fluctuation in the number of charge carriers produces a random current at that instant, which is known as shot noise. The spectral noise density for shot noise in the base current is Inb(f) = 2qIb = 2qIc/, where Inb is the current spectral noise density in I2/Hz, Ib is the base DC-biasing current, q is one electron charge (1.6 10-19 coulombs), and is the transistors DC current gain. Thus, the total noise spectral density generated by the transistors input stage is the sum of the thermal and shot noise: n = 4kTRbb + RSOURCE 2qIc/ Maxims new SiGe process, GST-3, was created as an extension of GST-2 (a bipolar process with a transition frequency of 27GHz) by doping the transistor bases with germanium. The result was an important decrease in Rbb and a significant increase in the transistor beta. The combined effect of these two changes is better noise figure for the SiGe transistor (vs. that of a silicon transistor with similar collector current). Typically, the transistor noise figure is expressed as: F = 1 + Vn 2 (f)/R SOURCE + Inb 2 (f) R SOURCE 4kT
4

Ultra-low-noise SiGe amplifier (MAX2641)

The MAX2641 offers advantages over silicon-bipolar LNAs, whose NF falls off for frequencies approaching the 2GHz limit (i.e., 1.5dB at 1GHz vs. 2.5dB at 2GHz). High reverse isolation in the SiGe device also allows

GAIN (dB) NF (dB) fC BETA (1 + f/fC) GST-2 GST-3 NF vs. FREQUENCY fT = 27GHz FREQUENCY (GHz) fT = 35GHz

Figure 3. SiGe bipolar transistors exhibit high gain and low noise.

tuning of the input-matching network without affecting the output matching, and vice versa. The MAX2641 is optimized for operation in the 1400MHz to 2500MHz range, with typical performance that includes 14.4dB gain, -4dBm input IP3 (IIP3), 30dB reverse isolation, and a 1.3dB noise figure at 1900MHz (Figure 4). Available in 6-pin SOT23 packages, it operates from a +2.7V to +5.5V single supply, draws 3.5mA, and is internally biased. The only external components typically required are a two-element input match, input and output blocking capacitors, and a VCC bypass capacitor.

limit is defined by the acceptable maximum level of signal distortion. Achieving the optimum dynamic range involves trade-offs among power consumption, output signal distortion, and the level of input signal with respect to noise. A typical receiver block diagram (Figure 1) shows the relative importance of noise figure and linearity for the LNA and mixer. Because the LNA input is supplied directly by a very low-level signal from the antenna, its NF is the dominant parameter. For the mixer, fed by an amplified signal from the LNA output, linearity is the dominant parameter. The output is never an exact replica of the input signal because no transistor is perfectly linear. The output signal always includes harmonics, intermodulation distortion (IMD), and other spurious components. In Figure 5, the second term of the POUT equation is called the second harmonic or second-order distortion, and the third term is called the third harmonic or third-order

Linearity
In addition to noise and finite bandwidth, communication systems are limited by signal distortion. The systems usefulness depends on its dynamic range (i.e., the signal range it can process with high quality). Dynamic range is dictated by noise figure, whose lower limit is defined by the sensitivity level and whose upper

LNA PERFORMANCE TUNED @ 1900MHz

VCC 1000pF VCC BIAS GENERATOR 470pF 1900MHz 1.2pF 2.5nH RFIN LNA RFOUT 100pF 16 MAX2641 15 14 13 2 1 0 1800 GAIN (dB) NF (dB)

MAX2641

1900 FREQUENCY (MHz)

2000

Figure 4. Note the very low noise figure for this integrated-circuit low-noise amplifier.
POUT = K1PIN + K2PIN2 + K3PIN3 POUT + K1ACOS (1t + 2t) + K2A2COS (1t + 2t)2 + K3A3COS (1t + 2t)3 PIN = ACOS (1t + 2t)

IM3 21 - 2 1 2 IM2 = 1 - 2 1 2

IM3 22 - 1

21

22

31 21 + 2 IM3

32 22 + 1 IM3

IM2 = 1 + 2

Figure 5. A two-tone test characterizes harmonic and intermodulation distortion.

POUT

POUT

OIP3 = IIP3 + GAIN IIP3 = +0.5dBm

POUT = PIN + PLO + GAIN K3A3 = IM3 (21 - 2) FUNDAMENTALS 1, 2 1dB/1dB 56dBc 56dBc

3dB/1dB

PIN 1.949 1.950 1.951 1.952

FREQUENCY (GHz)

(6a)

-25dBm

(6b)

Figure 6. This SiGe double-balanced downconverter provides a low (0.5dBm) IIP3 level (a) and a 56dBc dynamic range (b).

distortion. Both are characterized by driving the device input with a signal consisting of one tone or two pure sinusoidal tones closely spaced in frequency. Thirdorder intermodulation distortion for the MAX2681, for example, is characterized with a -25dBm signal consisting of tones at 1950MHz and 1951MHz. A graphic frequency-domain representation of the POUT equation shows that the output consists of fundamental frequencies 1 and 2, second harmonics 21 and 22, third harmonics 31 and 32, the second-order intermodulation product IM2, and the third-order intermodulation product IM3. Figure 5 also shows that in cellular handsets and other systems with narrow-band operating frequencies (i.e., a few tens of megahertz, and less than an octave), only the IM3 spurious signals (21 - 2) and (22 - 1) fall within the filter passband. The result can be distortion in the desired signals associated with 1 and 2. In the POUT equation for low levels of output power, coefficient K1A is directly proportional to the input signal amplitude, K2A2 is proportional to the square, and K3A3 is proportional to the cube of the input amplitude. Thus, the plot of each on a log scale is a straight line with slope corresponding to the order of the response. Second- and third-order intercept points are often used as figures of merit. The higher the intercept point, the better the device can amplify large signals. At higher power levels, the output response is compressed and therefore deviates from the response of the fundamental. This deviation point (Figure 6a) is defined as the 1dB compression point, and is situated where the output signal
6

compresses by 1dB (G1dB = G - 1dB) with respect to an extrapolation of the linear portion of the curve. From the MAX2681 data sheet, POUT vs. frequency above 1900MHz shows a -56dBc spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) relative to IM3 (Figure 6b). The typical operating conditions are P RFIN = -25dBm, IIP3 = 0.5dBm, and conversion gain = 8.4dB. LO-to-IF leakage and other spurious artifacts can be filtered by a narrow-bandpass IF filter, as shown in Figure 1. The MAX2681 (a SiGe double-balanced downconverter) achieves this performance with typical I CC currents of only 8.7mA. Another downconverter mixer (MAX2680) offers different performance specifications. Available in a miniature 6-pin SOT23 package, it consists of a doublebalanced Gilbert-cell mixer with single-ended RF, LO, and IF port connections. Like the MAX2681, it operates from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, accepts RF inputs between 400MHz and 2500MHz, and downconverts to IF outputs between 10MHz and 500MHz. Supply current in shutdown mode is typically less than 0.1A. The LO input is a single-ended broadband port whose typical input VSWR (400MHz to 2.5GHz) is better than 2.0:1.

Front-end input sensitivity

To evaluate the front-end sensitivity achievable using MAX2641/MAX2681 downconverters, consider QPSK modulation with a 4MHz signal bandwidth. To simplify calculations, assume a perfect rectangular input filter. First, a 3dB NF (AntNF) must be added to counteract a 3dB insertion loss caused by the antenna switch and

front-end passive filter. Next, a post-LNA filter is added to eliminate distortion (other than IM3 distortion) generated by the LNA. Consider using a filter with 2dB of attenuation and NF for this purpose. At 1900MHz, the post-LNA filter NF adds to the MAX2681s 11.1dB NF: Total NF = filter NF + mixer NF = 2dB + 11.1dB = 13.1dB The LNA input needs high NF because it is supplied directly by a very low-level signal from the antenna. The mixer NF is attenuated by LNA gain: Total NF = LNA NF + (1/GLNA)(NFTOTAL - 1) = 2.054; NFTOTAL (dB) = 10log2.126 = 3.12dB. With QPSK modulation and a 10-3 BER, the minimum required ratio of bit energy to noise energy at the antenna input is Eb/No = 6.5dB. The absolute noise floor at +25 C is AbsNfl = -174dBm = 10log(KT), where T = +300 K and K = 1.38 10 -23. The filter bandwidth in dB is FiltBwth = 10log(4MHz) = 66dB. In Figure 1, the front-end sensitivity for QPSK modulation with 10-3 BER is estimated as: Input sensitivity = AbsNfl + AntNF + FiltBwth + NFTOTAL + Eb/No = -174dBm + 3dB + 66dB + 3.12dB + 6.5dB = -95.38dBm.

Conclusion
When compared with pure bipolar processes, SiGe provides a lower noise figure vs. frequency for frequencies exceeding 1.0GHz. It also provides lower supply current and higher linearity. Maxim has demonstrated a high-linearity mixer that exhibits a typical IIP3 of 0.5dBm at 1900MHz and a noise figure of 11.1dB (SSB) with conversion gain of 8.4dB, while drawing only 8.7mA of supply current. The higher frequency operation permitted by SiGe s higher transition frequency (fT) enables applications through 5GHz.

References
1. Richard Lodge, Advantages of SiGe for GSM RF Front-Ends. Maxim Integrated Products, Theale, United Kingdom. 2. Chris Bowick, RF Circuit Designs. (Howard W. Sams, & Co. Inc). 3. Tri T. Ha, Solid-State Microwave Amplifier Design. A Wiley-Interscience publication, 1981, ISBN 0-471-08971-0.

Powering portable CPU cores

Providing electrical power for CPUs and other highdensity logic has never been easy, though it appeared for awhile that technology would eventually reduce the power needed for computing tasks. Although technology advances have been rapid, the ever-increasing demand for computing power seems to absorb all improvements and call for more. This appetite for power is especially apparent in notebook computers, whose battery-life extensions have been incremental at best, despite enormous growth in the computing power available per watt. Whether this performance plateau results from a need to keep pace with technology or vice versa, the need for higher supply current in portable systems is forcing designers to become familiar with new power-supply technologies. This article explores some of these new technologies. Shrinking geometries have consistently driven down the supply voltages for CPUs, DSPs, and other large-scale logic devices. Currently in the +1.5V to +2.5V range, these voltages should soon reach 1V. Efficient generation of voltages this low can be a problem, especially for output currents of 10A and up. As for most electronic designs, an effective power supply must reconcile numerous conflicting goals including cost and component count, efficiency and thermal behavior, circuit size, and transient performance (response to load steps, etc.). Battery life is an issue for portable (battery-powered) systems only, but waste heat (and therefore efficiency) is a major concern for both battery- and AC-powered systems.

These issues, and the fact that even the fastest switchmode regulators cannot handle the instantaneous output drop caused by a sudden load step, have forced a change of thinking (and specifications). Output capacitors must do all the work in coping with a step response at the speed of todays CPUs. Furthermore, the tighter loadregulation specs that result in higher open-loop gain require more output capacitance to maintain stability. Thus, it became clear that some way of relaxing the demands of load regulation would pay off generously in reduced component count and in other ways as well. The response of a typical DC-DC converter to a load step (Figure 1) has five basic elements: 1) An instantaneous drop, whose magnitude equals the increase in the load-current step multiplied by the output capacitors equivalent series resistance (ESR). 2) After the instantaneous drop, there may be a droop before the DC-DC converter responds, in which capacitor voltage falls as the capacitor supplies load current. 3) A voltage-recovery interval, as the inductor switches on to source load current and replenish the output capacitance. 4) An ESR step-up as the load is removed (reversing the effect of the instantaneous drop). 5) Some overshoot, as energy stored in the first inductor pulse (after the load falls) is transferred to the output capacitance. Elements 2, 3, and 5 can be minimized with careful design and a judicious selection of the DC-DC controller. But the instantaneous voltage steps (1 and 4) can t be reduced except by reducing the output capacitors ESR. Fast regulator response can pull the output up more quickly after the initial step, but it cant

Tighter load regulation + faster response = a losing battle

Todays CPU cores require very tight load regulation. Until recently, the major CPU makers demanded exactly that. But the supply current and clock frequency rise as supply voltages fall, and that places acute demands on the power supplyespecially with regard to load-step behavior. The growing difficulty and cost of meeting these ever-tighter performance limits has motivated a rethinking of power-supply design. As just one consequence of higher load currents and larger load transients, the capacitor farms that sprout up around a processor add size and cost to a design.
8
VOUT (1)

CAPACITOR SOAR (J IN INDUCTIVE TRANSFER T0 COUT) (5) ESR STEP DOWN & UP (ISTEP ESR) CAPACITOR SAG (2) (dV/dt = IOUT/COUT) ILOAD (3) RECOVERY -7.5% (4) +7.5% 1.65V 1.6V NOM

Figure 1. This waveform illustrates the major components of a transient load step.

stop the initial drop itself. Even the fastest DC-DC converter (the MAX1711, for example, which responds in less than 100ns) is too slow for the load transients instigated by CPU clocks running at 600MHz and above.

example) to 1.62V. R6 (RVP) is in series with the output, matching the worst-case ESR of the output capacitor. The effect of RVP is to insert a defined, load-dependent voltage drop. If RVP matches the filter capacitors ESR, the output falls by the initial load-step drop (ESR ILOAD), and remains at that level for as long as the load remains unchanged. Reducing the load causes the voltage level to rise by (I ESR). After a brief transient pulse from the last inductor discharge and before the controllers 100ns response (but within the allowed 7.5% limit), the DC level again remains at a level defined by the no-load voltage (1.62V in this case) minus ILOAD RZ. See Figure 4. Adding 5m in series with the output reduces efficiency. However, it also reduces the CPUs operating voltage under heavy load, which lowers power dissipation and improves battery life. Compared with conventional (nonpositioned) regulators, a voltage-positioned design lowers the CPU dissipation by 1.38W and lowers the overall power consumption by 0.4W (Figures 5, 6).

Voltage positioning
It became clear that flogging a DC-DC converter for unrealistic transient behavior was hopeless. A 600MHz CPU generates 60 clock cycles during the MAX1711s 100ns response time. If the supply voltage always falls by ESR COUT I LOAD STEP and stays there for several clock cycles, does it matter whether the output ever returns to its nominal value? From the CPUs standpoint, it doesnt matter. From the power supplys standpoint, however, it matters a lot. The power supply much prefers that the voltage under load never returns to nominal. That way, nearly twice as much transient voltage rise can be accommodated when the load is removed. Similarly, twice as much transient drop is allowed when the load is applied. Figure 2 illustrates the different ways a voltage converter can respond to a load step. These considerations have led to a new type of specification for CPU power supplies (see the gray box in Figure 1). The nominal voltage is 1.6V, but load-dependent droop can pull it down by 7.5% (quite sloppy by current CPU standards). It can also rise by 7.5% (short-term pulses only) when the load drops from full to zero. Output voltage in the steady state must not exceed 1.65V including noise and ripple. These numbers help minimize the capacitor count while allowing major gains in battery life and heat reduction. To take full advantage of the wider limits for CPU power supplies, you can define a voltage/load profile for a given supply. This characteristic lets you implement a controlled form of load rejectionsometimes called voltage positioningin which the output voltage is positioned as a function of load current. Voltage positioning allows the output to droop, and does not waste energy and money trying to prop it back up. Instead, the output is set to fall in a defined way as the load current increases. This approach offers a more graceful response to transient problems than the brute force approach (which offers limited benefits yet requires more capacitance and more speed from the DC-DC converter). Voltage positioning capability can be added to many DC-DC controllers with no more than three resistors (Figure 3). R4 and R5 add a small positive offset to the set output voltage, raising it from a nominal 1.6V (in this

Effective efficiency
Because this improvement comes at the expense of conversion efficiency, it may be helpful to propose a new term that compares a voltage-positioned circuit with a conventional (nonpositioned) one. This term, effective efficiency, is the efficiency required in a nonvoltage-positioned design to equal the performance of a voltage-positioned design.

VMAX CONVENTIONAL DC-DC VOUT (RETURNS TO NOMINAL AFTER LOAD STEP) VOLTAGE-POSITIONED DC-DC VOUT (DOES NOT RETURN TO NOMINAL) VMIN VMAX

VMIN LOAD CURRENT STEP

Figure 2. Because voltage-positioned regulators dont attempt to restore the output voltage to a centered nominal after each load step, they allow larger transient excursions. This extra margin reduces power consumption and the outputcapacitor count as well.

VBATT 5V TO 20V 5V BIAS C5 1F R1 20 C6 1F

D2 VCC V+ BST ON/OFF LO NOISE VID DAC INPUTS 5 D0D4 SHDN SKIP DH C7 0.1F LX Q2 PGOOD DL PGND C4 1F REF TON FBS FB GNDS C3 470pF CC GND ILIM R7 OPTIONAL R5 10k R4 1M Q1 VDD

C1 10F 25V (x3)

L1 0.47H TO 1H

R6 (RVP) 5 TO 10m C2 220F (x2 TO x4)

MAX1711

1.6V 15A

D1

TO REF

IOUT(A) 7 10 12 15

C1(F) (2) 10 (3) 10 (3) 10 (4) 10

L1(H) 1 0.68 0.47 0.47

R6(RVP, m) 10 8 7 5

R7 (ILIM = VCC) (ILIM = VCC) 220k 210k

C2(F) (2) 220 (3) 220 (4) 220 (4) 220

Q1 IRF7807 IRF7811 IRF7811 IRF7811

Q2 IRF7805 IRF7809 IRF7809 IRF7809*

C1 = Ceramic Capacitor, C2 = Panasonic SP series: EEFUEOE221R. *For continuous 15A load, use (2) IRF7811 or (2) IRF7805 due to thermal limitation of IR7809.

Figure 3. This efficient 15A regulated supply easily converts to a voltage-positioned design with the addition of three resistors: R4, R5, and R6 (RVP).

VOUT 50mV/div 1
RVP 1.62V VOUT ESR COUT

PULSE 2 10V/div

IDEAL SOURCE (WITH DELAY)

IIND 5A/div 3 IOUT 4 0.3A14.3A/div

COUT

Figure 4. The step response of Figure 3s circuit illustrates the advantage of a voltage-positioned output.

Figure 5. This simplified model illustrates the basics of voltage positioning. The ideal square-wave voltage response to a load step (Figure 2) occurs when RVP equals ESR (the effective series resistance of COUT).

10

To determine the effective efficiency of a voltage-positioned regulator, first measure its efficiency in the conventional way [(VOUT IOUT)/(VIN IIN)], then model the load as a resistance for each efficiency data point (RLOAD = VOUT/IOUT). Next, calculate the output current for each RLOAD data point, using the nonpositioned output voltage (I NP = V NP /R LOAD , where V NP = 1.6V in this case). Effective efficiency is then calculated at each INP data point, as the nonpositioned power output (VNP INP)

divided by the measured voltage-positioned power input (VOUT IOUT). Note that an effective efficiency exceeding 100% is mathematically possible, but has yet to be achieved. Figure 7 shows how dramatic this improvement can be for a typical CPU power supply. To match the benefits derived from voltage positioning, a conventional design at full load would need an efficiency improvement of nearly 8%.

CONVENTIONAL DESIGN

VOLTAGE-POSITIONED DESIGN
RDROP 0.005 1.55V

EFFECTIVE AND MEASURED EFFICIENCY WITH VOLTAGE POSITIONING 0.92

EFFECTIVE

0.90
1.6V RLOAD = 0.114 I = 14A 1.62V RLOAD ILOAD 13.58A
EFFICIENCY (%)

0.88
MEASURED

0.86 0.84 0.82 0.80

POWER DISSIPATION = 22.4W CPU DISSIPATION = 22.4W

POWER DISSIPATION = 22.00W (BOTH RESISTORS) CPU DISSIPATION = 21.02W

TOTAL POWER SAVED = 0.40W TOTAL CPU DISSIPATION SAVED = 1.38W

10
LOAD CURRENT (A)

15

Figure 6. Despite added output resistance that reduces the conversion efficiency, a voltage-positioned design reduces power dissipation in the power supply and within the CPU.

Figure 7. These plots show an 8% advantage for the voltage-positioned CPU power supply at full load. A conventional design would need 90% conversion efficiency to match the 82% efficiency of a voltage-positioned design delivering 14A.

11

Statistical confidence levels for estimating error probability

Many components in digital communication systems must meet a minimum specification for the probability of bit error (P( )). For a given system, P( ) can be estimated by comparing the output bit pattern with a predefined pattern applied to the input. Any discrepancy between the input and output bit streams is flagged as an error, and the ratio of detected bit errors () to total bits transmitted (n) is P ( ), where the prime character signifies an estimate of the actual P(). The quality of this estimate improves with the total number of bits transmitted. The relationship can be expressed as P =

actual P() is better than a specified level (such as 10-10). Mathematically, this can be expressed as CL = P P < , n

[()

[eq. 2]

where P[ ] indicates probability and CL is the confidence level. Because confidence level is a probability by definition, the possible values range from 0% to 100%. After computing the confidence level, we can say we have CL percent confidence that the P() is better than . As another interpretation, if we repeat the bit-error test many times and recompute P ( ) = /n for each test period, we expect P() to be better than for CL percent of the measurements.

Calculating the confidence level

Calculations of the confidence level are based on the binomial distribution function described in many statistics texts (1,2) . The binomial distribution function is generally written as

()

P [eq. 1] n

()

n n Pn (k) = Pk q n k, where is defined as k k k

[eq. 3] Equation [3] gives the probability that k events (i.e., bit errors) occur in n trials (i.e., n bits transmitted), where p is the probability of event occurrence in a single trial (i.e., a bit error), and q is the probability that the event does not occur in a single trial (i.e., no bit error). Note that the binomial distribution models events that have two possible outcomes, such as success/failure, heads/tails, or error/no error. Thus, p + q = 1. When we are interested in the probability that N or fewer events occur in n trials (or, conversely, that greater than N events occur), then the cumulative binomial distribution function of Equation 4 is useful: N N n! P N = Pn k = p k q nk k! n k ! k=0 k=0

It is important to transmit enough bits through the system to ensure that P() is a reasonable approximation of the actual P() (i.e., the value to be obtained if the test could proceed for an infinite amount of time). For a reasonable limit on test time, therefore, we must know the minimum number of bits that yields a statistically valid test. In many cases, we must verify only that P() is at least as good as some predefined standard. In other words, it is sufficient to prove that P() is less than some upper limit. For example, the P() required in many telecommunication systems is 10-10 or better (an upper limit of 10-10). The statistical idea of associating a confidence level with an upper limit can be used to postulate, with quantifiable confidence, that the actual P() is less than the specified limit. As a primary advantage, this method lets you trade test time for measurement accuracy.

Defining the statistical confidence level

The statistical confidence level is defined as the probability, based on a set of measurements, that the actual probability of an event is better than some specified level. (For the purpose of this definition, actual probability means the probability that is measured in the limit as the number of trials tends toward infinity.) When applied to P() estimation, the definition of statistical confidence level can be restated as the probability (based on detected errors out of n bits transmitted) that the
12

()

P > N =1 P N =

k = N +1

n! p k q nk k! n k !

[eq. 4] Graphical representations of Equations 3 and 4, along with some of their properties, are summarized in Figure 1.

Binomial distribution function

In a typical confidence-level measurement, we start by choosing a satisfactory level of confidence and hypothesizing a value for p (the probability of bit error in transmitting a single bit). We represent the chosen p value as ph. In general, we choose these values according to a limit imposed by specification (e.g., if the specification is P() 10-10, we choose ph = 10-10 and a confidence level of, say, 99%). We can then use Equation 4 to determine the probability P( > N|ph), based on ph, that more than N bit errors will occur when n total bits are transmitted. If, during actual testing, less than N bit errors occur (even though P( > N|ph) is high), then one of two conclusions can be made: (a) we just got lucky, or (b) the actual value of p is less than ph. If we repeat the test over and over and continue to measure less than N bit errors, then we become more and more confident in conclusion (b). The quantity P( > N|ph) defines our level of confidence in conclusion (b). If ph = p, we have a high probability of detecting more bit errors than N. When we measure less than N errors, we conclude that p is probably less than ph, and we define as the confidence level this probability that our conclusion is correct. In other words, we are CL% confident that P() (the actual probability of bit error) is less than ph.

In terms of the cumulative binomial distribution function, the confidence level is defined as CL = P > N p h =
N n! 1 k = 0 k! n k

ph !

( ) k (1 p h ) n k

[eq. 5]

where CL is the confidence level in terms of percent. As noted above, when using the confidence-level method we generally choose a hypothetical value of p (ph) along with a desired confidence level (CL), and then solve Equation 5 to determine how many bits (n) we must transmit through the system (with N or fewer errors) to prove our hypothesis. Solving for n and N can prove difficult unless approximations are made. If np > 1 (i.e., we transmit at least as many bits as the mathematical inverse of the bit error rate), and k has the same order of magnitude as np, then the Poisson theorem(1) (Equation 6) provides a conservative estimate of the binomial distribution function: np n! Pn k = p k q n k e np k! n k ! n k! [eq. 6]

()

( )

BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION
n = 108, p = 10-7, q = 1-10-7 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 Pn(k) 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 -0.02 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 NUMBER OF EVENTS (k)

n! Pn k = pk q n k k! n k !

()

n = Total number of trials (i.e., total bits transmitted) k = Number of events occurring in n trials (i.e., bit errors) p = Probability that an event occurs in one trial (i.e., probability of bit error) q = Probability that an event does not occur in one trial (i.e., probability of no bit error) p+q=1 Mean () = nq Variance (2) = npq

CUMULATIVE BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION

n = 108, p = 10-7, q = 1-10-7 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 -0.1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 NUMBER OF EVENTS (k)

Pn(k)

CL = 1 Pn (k)
k=0

Figure 1. The binomial and cumulative binomial distributions relate number of trials and measured error to the probabilities that an error will (or will not) occur.

13

Equation 7 shows how Equation 6 can be used to obtain an approximation for the cumulative binomial distribution as well: Pn k
N

k=0

()

(np)
k!

k=0

e np [eq. 7]

specification. We first set ph = 10-10. We would like a test that yields 100% confidence in the desired specification, but that requires an infinite test time. We therefore settle for a confidence level of 99%. Next we solve Equation 8 for n using various values of N (0, 1, 2, 3, etc.). The results are shown below in Table 1. From Table 1 we see that if no bit errors are detected for 18.5s (in a 2.5Gbps system), then we have a 99% confidence level that P() 10-10. If one bit error occurs in 26.7s of testing, or two bit errors in 33.7s, the result is the same: a 99% confidence level that P() 10-10. To develop a standard P( ) test for the MAX3675/ MAX3875, we might select the test time corresponding to N = 3 from Table 1. Using a bit-error-rate tester (BERT), we transmit 1011 bits through each of the two chips. The test time for 10 11 bits is 2min 41s at 622Mbps, or 40.2s at 2.5Gbps. At the end of the test time, we check the number of detected bit errors (). If 3, the device has passed and we are 99% confident that P() 10-10.

We can combine Equations 5 and 7, and solve for n as follows: Pn k = 1 CL (by rearranging Equation 5)
N

k=0

()
k

k=0

(np)
k!

e np

= 1 CL (using Equation 7)
k N np 1n k = 0 k! 1n 1 CL + n= p p

1 CL np = 1n k N np [ k = 0 k!

( )

( )

[eq. 8] Note that the second term in Equation 8 equals zero for N = 0, and for that case the equation is easily solved. Solutions to Equation 8 are more difficult for N > 0, but they can be obtained empirically, using a computer. We can now determine the total number of bits that must be transmitted through the system to achieve a desired confidence level. Following is an example of this procedure: 1) Select ph, the hypothetical value of p. This value is the probability of bit error that we would like to verify. For example, if we want to show that P() 10-10, then we set p in Equation 8 equal to ph = 10-10. 2) Select the desired confidence level. Here we are forced to trade confidence for test time. To minimize test time, choose the lowest reasonable confidence level. The trade-off between test time and confidence level is proportional to -ln(1 - CL). See Figure 2. 3) Solve Equation 8 for n. In most cases, this task is simplified by assuming that no bit errors will occur during the test (i.e., N = 0). 4) Calculate the test time. The time required to complete the test is n/R, where R is the data rate.

Stressing the system to reduce test time

Dan Wolaver has documented a method for reducing test time by stressing the system(3). It is based on an assumption that the dominant cause of bit errors is thermal (Gaussian) noise at the input of the receiver. (Note that this assumption excludes jitter and other potential causes of error.) For systems in which this assumption is valid, the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) can be reduced by inserting a fixed attenuation in the transmission path (i.e., the attenuation applies to the signal only; not the dominant noise source). In the previous example (MAX3675 and MAX3875), it was determined that jitter

TEST TIME vs. CONFIDENCE LEVEL

TEST TIME 0 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% CONFIDENCE LEVEL

Using CL to estimate P()

Many telecommunication systems specify 10-10 or better for P( ). Assume that we must test two clock/datarecovery chips, the MAX3675 (622Mbps) and the MAX3875 (2.5Gbps), to verify compliance with this
14

Figure 2. Confidence level (in a specified error rate) rises with the allowed test time.

Table 1. Estimation of Bit Error Probability (Example: CL = 99% and ph = 10-10)

Bit Errors N N= 0 1 2 3 4 Required Number of Bits to Transmit (n) 4.61 1010 6.64 1010 8.40 1010 1.00 1011 1.16 1011 Test Time for Bit Rate of 622Mbps (seconds) 74.1 106 135 161 186 Test Time for Bit Rate of 2.5Gbps (seconds) 18.5 26.7 33.7 40.2 46.6

effects and nonlinear gain in the input limiting amplifier violated the key assumptions of this method, so it was not employed. In systems where the assumption is valid, the probability of bit error can generally be calculated(4, 5) as: SNR optional SNR electrical P = Q = Q 2 2

()

[eq. 9]

Equation 9 shows that the probability of bit error increases as the SNR decreases. If a fixed attenuation () is inserted in the transmission path, then the signal power (PS) is reduced by the factor while the noise power (PN) is unchanged. The SNR is therefore reduced from SNR = PS/PN to SNR = PS/PN. The corresponding P() is increased by a factor that can be calculated using Equation 9 and Table 2. We can now repeat the earlier test method using a modified value for p h . The calculation can then be extrapolated to any other SNR by using Equation 9. The result is the same, but the test time may be significantly shorter. The disadvantage of stressing a system is that measurements and calculations must be carried out with more precision, because extrapolating the results to their nonstressed levels multiplies the errors due to roundoff truncation, measurement tolerance, etc.

where Q(x) is the complementary error (or the Q function included in many communications textbooks(6). A variety of other sources for this data are available, including the NORMDIST function in Microsoft Excel. Key values for the complementary error function are listed in Table 2.

Table 2. Tabulated Values for the Complementary Error (Q) Function

z= x x2 2 1 dx Q(z) = e 2p z
10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12
1 e 2 x2
2

References
1. Papoulis, Probability, Random Variables, and Stochastic Processes. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1984. 2. K.S. Shanmugan and A.M. Breipohl, Random Signals: Detection, Estimation, and Data Analysis. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1988. 3. D.H. Wolaver, Measure Error Rates Quickly and Accurately, Electronic Design, pp. 8998, May 30, 1995. 4. J.G. Proakis, Digital Communications. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1995. 5. J.M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice (second edition). Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1992. 6. B. Sklar, Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988.

3.71 4.26 4.75 5.19 5.61 5.99 6.36 6.70 7.03

Q(z) x z

15

8-bit ADC with on-chip T/H converts at 1.5Gsps

NEW PRODUCTS
plexer slows the 1.5Gsps data rate to 750 megawords per second, ported to two parallel, differential 8-bit, low-voltage (PECL) outputs. The MAX108 also supports single-port operation at lower sampling rates. It presents data in offsetbinary format, and includes an output clock and overrange bit. It operates from 5V, and supports an output interface in the +3V to +5V range. Proper packaging is critical to achieving good performance at these frequencies. A 25mm x 25mm x 1.2mm, 192-contact Enhanced Super Ball-Grid Array (ESBGA) package minimizes parasitic effects, provides controlled-impedance signal paths, and eliminates the need for heatsinking in most applications. The MAX108 allows easy performance upgrades from the pin-compatible MAX104 (1Gsps), and MAX106 (600Msps) ADCs. Contact factory for availability. An evaluation kit including the MAX108 is recommended (MAX108EVKIT, $850.00).
ESBGA is a trademark of Amkor/Anam.

The MAX108 is an 8-bit monolithic, bipolar analog-to-digital converter (ADC) with a digitizing rate of 1.5Gsps. By enabling direct IF sampling in broadband, high-rate receivers employing PSK or QAM modulation, the MAX108 is an excellent choice for digital communications where ultra-high sampling rates, wide bandwidth, and high-level dynamic performance are required. This is the first 8-bit, 1.5Gsps monolithic ADC to achieve a 47dB SINAD (typ) and 54dB SFDR at twice the Nyquist input frequency (1.5GHz), and a full 47dB SINAD and 54dB SFDR at the Nyquist input frequency of 750MHz. (The closest competitor specifies a typical 42dB SINAD and 45dB SFDR at 1.0GHz twice the Nyquist input frequency for that device.) The MAX108 achieves high performance through innovative design and the use of Maxims proprietary 27GHz bipolarIC process. An integrated, fully differential input track/hold (T/H) combined with precision laser-trimmed resistors produces typical INL and DNL errors less than 0.25LSB, a full-power bandwidth of 2.2GHz, and less than 0.5ps aperture jitter. A proprietary on-chip decoding scheme further enhances performance by ensuring a low occurrence of metastable states, with no error exceeding 1LSB. To simplify the digital interface, an internal, selectable 8:16 output demulti-

12-bit multichannel ADCs feature parallel I/O and QSOP packages

The MAX1290 MAX1297 ADCs offer a parallel interface and 12-bit resolution. Their low cost, small footprint, and high sample rates (to 420ksps) set new standards for parallel-I/O, 12-bit ADCs. Ideal for portable data-acquisition and battery-powered applications, these devices offer an internal reference, 8- and 12-bit interface options, +3V or +5V single-supply operation, and multiple input channels (2, 4, 6, or 8). The analog inputs are software configurable for unipolar/bipolar and singleended/differential operation. The full-scale analog input range can be set by either the internal reference (2.5V) or an external reference in the 1V to VDD range. All devices operate from a single +3V or +5V analog supply. They consume only 1.5mA at 100ksps sample rates, and at lower rates a software power-down mode reduces the supply current to below 10A. The MAX1290 MAX1293 feature an 8-bit-parallel I/O, and the MAX1294 MAX1297 feature a 12-bit-parallel I/O. Thanks to a VLOGIC pin, the MAX1290 MAX1293 are the only ADCs able to interface directly with digital supplies in the +1.8V to +5V range. The MAX1290MAX1297 are available in 24-pin and 28-pin QSOP packages, with prices starting at $5.60 (1000-up, FOB USA).

10-/12-bit VOUT DACs feature serial interface

The 12-bit MAX5302 and 10-bit MAX5304 digital-to-analog converters (DACs) each combine a low-power voltage-output DAC and precision output amplifier in a tiny 8-pin MAX package. They operate on a single +5V supply, draw less than 280 A of operating supply current, and draw only 2A in shutdown.

The output amplifiers inverting input enables the user to configure the device for specific gain configurations, remote sensing, and high output-current capability. This flexibility, along with a software shutdown and power-on reset (which clears the DAC output to zero), makes these devices suitable for a wide range of applications including industrial process control. Each device has a serial interface compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and MICROWIRE serial-data standards. The DACs double-buffered input consists of an input register followed by a DAC register.
16

Sixteen-bit serial words load data into the input register, and the DAC register can be updated either simultaneously with the input register or independently. To allow a direct interface with optocouplers, all logic inputs are TTL/CMOS compatible and buffered with a Schmitt trigger. The MAX5302/MAX5304 come in 8-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.75 (1000-up, FOB USA).
SPI and QSPI are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corp.

fC

BETA (1 + f/fC) GST 2

NEW PRODUCTS
Micropower amps offer 54 fixed-gain versions
The MAX4074/MAX4075 single/dual, micropower, GainAmps deliver fixed gains through internal gain-setting resistors. By replacing an amplifier and two resistors with a single 5-pin SOT23 package (3mm x 3mm), these amplifiers offer a choice of 27 inverting and 27 noninverting factory-trimmed gains. Applications such as ADC amplifiers and Sallen-Key filters benefit from the GainAmps excellent resistor matching, which minimizes the size and cost of circuit layouts while providing 0.1% total gain accuracy. The MAX4074/MAX4075 provide 27 inverting gains (from -0.25V/V to -100V/V) and 27 noninverting gains (from +1.25V/V to +101V/V). They operate from a single supply voltage in the +2.5V to +5.5V range. By optimizing frequency compensation, the high-gain versions achieve gain-bandwidth (GBW) products as high as 3MHz, while drawing only 34 A supply current. They also feature high-voltage input fault protection without excessive current draw, which allows operation with either input voltage as high as 17V. The outputs can swing rail-to-rail and maintain DC accuracy while driving 10k loads. Each amplifier is stable for capacitive loads up to 500pF. The single, micropower, fixed-gain amplifier (MAX4074) is available in the 5-pin SOT23 package. The dual amplifier (MAX4075) is available in space-saving 8-pin MAX and SO packages. Prices start from $0.68 (1000-up, FOB USA).
GainAmps is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

1.8V nanopower comparator/ references in tiny SOT23-5

The MAX917MAX920 nanopower comparators are guaranteed to operate from a single supply down to +1.8V while drawing a stingy 380nA. The MAX918/ MAX919 devices, with an additional 1.245V 1.5% voltage reference, still draw only 750nA of supply current. Their small footprint, Rail-to-Rail I/O, and nanopower operation from two cells make these devices ideal for all battery monitoring and battery management in portable applications. All four devices feature Beyond-theRails inputs and rail-to-rail outputs. Unique design in the output stage limits supply-current surges while switching. This proprietary architecture virtually eliminates the supply-current glitches typical of many other comparators, and maintains low overall power consumption under dynamic conditions. The MAX917/MAX919 have a pushpull output stage that sinks and sources current. The MAX918/MAX920 have an open-drain output stage that can be pulled beyond VCC, making them suitable for mixed-voltage designs. The MAX917 MAX920 are offered in 5-pin SOT23 and 8-pin SO packages. Prices start from $0.66 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Rail-to-Rail is a registered trademark of Nippon Motorola, Ltd. Beyond-the-Rails is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

10V/s op amp with rail-to-rail I/O fits tiny SC70 package

The 10V/s MAX4490 op amp comes in a miniature 5-pin SC70 package, which measures only 2mm x 2.1mm and occupies less than half the board area of a SOT23-5. Rail-to-rail inputs and output increase flexibility and dynamic range, and simplify the circuit design for applications powered from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply. The combination of fast slew rate, miniature packaging, and low-voltage operation makes this op amp ideal for portable applications ranging from audio amplifiers to the control of RF power amplifiers. The MAX4490 achieves a 10MHz GBW product while drawing only 800A of supply current. Other features include a low 50pA input bias current and a 2k drive. Sample/hold and ADC-predriver circuits benefit from the 200pF capacitive load-driving capability. The MAX4490 is available in the spacesaving 5-pin SOT23 package as well as the ultra-small 5-pin SC70 package. Prices start from $0.55 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Low-distortion differential line receivers slew 5000V/s

The MAX4444/MAX4445 are 550MHz, low-distortion, differential-to-single-ended line receivers. Their combination of wide bandwidth, -60dB SFDR (spurious-free dynamic range) at 5MHz, 5000V/s slew rate, and low noise make these line receivers ideal for high-speed cable testers and a variety of other wideband communications applications. They also have 0.1dB gain flatness to 80MHz, and deliver output currents to 120mA. For high-speed video and RF signal processing, these devices offer low differential gain/phase error (0.07%/0.05) and low noise (25nV/Hz). The MAX4445 has an internally fixed gain of +2V/V. The MAX4444 can be externally set for gains greater than or equal to +2V/V. In addition, both devices offer a low-power disable mode that reduces supply current to 3.5mA. Both are available in 16-pin SO packages, with prices starting at $1.95 (1000-up, FOB USA).

SUP

Y CURR PL
0 0.5 0.8
A

VCC MAX917 IN+

REF

T EN
OUT VEE

17

NEW PRODUCTS
Low-distortion differential line drivers slew 6500V/s
The MAX4447/MAX4448/MAX4449 are 430MHz, low-distortion, single-endedto-differential line drivers. Combining wide bandwidth, -78dB SFDR at 5MHz, slew rates up to 6500V/ s, and differential outputs that swing 6.2V into 50, these line drivers are ideal for use in wideband communications, including high-speed cable testers. They offer 0.1dB gain flatness to 200MHz and output-current capability to 130mA. For high-speed video and RF signalprocessing applications, these devices offer low differential gain/phase error (0.01%/0.02) and low noise (24nV/Hz). The MAX4447 has an internally fixed gain of +2V/V. The MAX4448/MAX4449 allow external settings of gain greater than or equal to +2V/V and +5V/V, respectively. In addition, all devices offer a lowpower disable mode that reduces the supply current to 5.5mA. These line drivers are offered in 16-pin SO packages, with prices starting at $2.05 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Circuit protector withstands 36V overvoltages

The MAX4505 single-channel circuit protector withstands up to 36V with power on, and 40V with power off. The input terminal becomes open-circuited during a fault condition, allowing only nanoamperes of leakage current from the source, and the output is able to deliver as much as 19mA (with proper polarity of supply voltage) to the load. The resulting rail-to-rail output is unambiguous from beginning to end of the fault. The MAX4505 operates with unipolar (+9V to +36V) or bipolar (8V to 18V) power supplies. It features low on-resistance (100 max) and no logic-control inputs (the device is always on when supply voltage is present). It is available in a tiny 5-pin SOT23 or 8-pin MAX package, with prices starting at $0.83 (1000-up, FOB USA).

210MHz singlesupply op amp in ultra-small SC70 package

The MAX4450 is a 210MHz, lowpower, single-supply op amp that fits in an ultra-small SC70 package (half the size of a SOT23-5). Its single-supply operation, rail-to-rail outputs, and wide bandwidth make it ideal for wideband consumer applications such as set-top boxes, surveillance video systems, digital cameras, and CD-ROM drives. The MAX4450 operates from a single +4.5V to +11V supply, or dual 2.25V to 5.5V supplies. Drawing only 6.5mA of quiescent supply current, it achieves a 3dB bandwidth of 210MHz, slew rates to 485V/s, and an output current drive of 80mA. The MAX4450 offers 0.1dB gain flatness to 55MHz, low differential gain/phase errors of 0.02%/0.08, and an SFDR of -65dBc at 5MHz. Its input common-mode range includes ground and the output swings rail-to-rail, suiting the device for low-voltage, single-supply applications. The MAX4450 comes in both 5-pin SC70 and SOT23 packages, with prices starting at $0.54 (50,000-up, FOB USA).

Precision dual high-speed switches have 5 on-resistance

The MAX4621/MAX4622/MAX4623 switches are precision, dual, high-speed analog devices. On-resistances are 5 max, matched within a device to within 0.5 max and flat to within 0.5 max over the specified signal range. Each switch handles rail-to-rail analog signals and exhibits low off-channel leakage currents: <500pA at +25C, and only 5nA max at +85C. Fast switching times include turn-on <250ns and turn-off <200ns. These switches are ideal for lowdistortion applications, and are preferred over mechanical relays in automated test equipment (ATE) and current-switching applications because they require less space, are more reliable, and operate with much less power. The SPST MAX4621 and DPST MAX4623 switches are normally open (NO), and the SPDT MAX4622 has two NO and two normally closed (NC) poles. All devices guarantee break-before-make switching. They operate from a single +4.5V to +36V supply, or from dual 4.5V to 18V supplies. A dedicated logicsupply pin (VL) enables compatibility with TTL/CMOS logic across the entire supplyvoltage range. These switches are pin compatible with DG401/DG403/DG405 switches and come in 16-pin plastic DIP and narrowSO packages. Prices start at $1.53 (1000up, FOB USA).
18

Quad switches feature 10 on-resistance

The MAX4614/MAX4615/MAX4616 are low-voltage, low-on-resistance quad analog switches. Each device operates from a single supply voltage in the +2.0V to +5.5V range, and features low on-resistance (10 max) at 5V. The MAX4614 is pin compatible with the industry-standard 74HC4066 and CD4066 switches. Fast switching times of 12ns tON, 10ns tOFF at +25C make these devices ideal for use in high-speed data-acquisition systems and communications circuits. Each guarantees matching and flatness to 1 max. All digital inputs have +0.8V logic thresholds, ensuring compatibility with TTL and CMOS logic when using a +5V power supply. The MAX4614 has four normally open (NO) switches, and the MAX4615 has four normally closed (NC) switches. The MAX4616 has two NO and two NC switches. All are available in spacesaving 14-pin TSSOP, SO, and DIP packages. Prices start from $0.80 (1000up, FOB USA).

NEW PRODUCTS
Quad and dual SPST CMOS analog switches have 2.5/5 RON
The MAX4661 MAX4669 SPST CMOS analog switches feature low onresistance, matched to within 0.5 max and flat to within 0.5 max over the specified signal range. Each switch handles rail-to-rail analog signals, and the off-channel leakage current at +85C is only 5nA max. These devices are available as 2.5 max quad switches, 5 max quad switches, and 2.5 max dual switches. They are ideal for low-distortion applications, and are preferred over mechanical relays in ATE and current-switching applications because they are more reliable, require less space, and operate with much less power. The MAX4661/MAX4664/MAX4667 have two normally closed (NC) switches, the MAX4662/MAX4665/MAX4668 have two normally open (NO) switches, and the MAX4663/MAX4666/MAX4669 (which guarantee break-before-make switching) have one NC and one NO switch. All operate from a single supply in the +4.5V to +36V range, or from dual supplies in the 4.5V to 20V range. A dedicated logic-supply pin (VL) enables compatibility with TTL/CMOS logic across the entire supply-voltage range. For even lower RON (1.25 matched to within 0.3 max and flat to within 0.3max), see the MAX4680/MAX4690/ MAX4700 (dual SPST) data sheet. The MAX4661MAX4669 switches come in 16-pin SSOP, plastic DIP, narrow SO, and wide SO packages. Prices start at $1.91 (1000-up, FOB USA).

Tiny multimedia switches feature -80dB off-isolation

The MAX4584 MAX4587 serialinterface switches and multiplexers have an excellent frequency response, suitable for use in high-performance audio/video applications. For audio to 20kHz, offisolation is -80dB and crosstalk is -77dB. For video to 10MHz, off-isolation is -68dB and crosstalk is -70dB. These products operate from a single +2.7V to +5.5V supply, and feature a low 65 max on-resistance at 5V. The channels are flat to within 5 and matched between channels to within 4. The MAX4584/MAX4585 each contain one single-pole/single-throw (SPST) switch and one single-pole/ double-throw (SPDT) switch, both normally open (NO). The MAX4586/ MAX4587 are configured as 4-to-1 multiplexers. The MAX4584/MAX4586 have a 2-wire, I 2C-compatible serial interface,

and the MAX4585/MAX4587 have a 3wire, SPI/QSPI/MICROWIRE-compatible interface. These devices are available in tiny 10-pin MAX packages, with prices starting at $1.12 for the MAX4584/ MAX4585 and $1.26 for the MAX4586/ MAX4587 (1000-up, FOB USA).

ON-RESISTANCE vs. VCOM AND SUPPLY VOLTAGE

70 V+ = 2.7V 65 60 RON () 55 50 45 40 35 30 0 1 2 3 VCOM (V) 4 5 V+ = 5.5V V+ = 3.0V V+ = 4.0V V+ = 5.0V

High-speed stepdown controller powers notebooks

The MAX1714 PWM controller provides the high efficiency, excellent transient response, and accurate DC output (1% over line and load) required for stepping down high battery voltage to the low supply voltages needed to power the CPU core and chipset/RAM sections of a notebook computer. Maxims proprietary quick-response, constant-on-time control scheme (QuickPWM) maintains a relatively constant switching frequency while handling wide ratios of input/output voltage with ease, and provides a 100ns instant-on response to load transients. By eliminating the currentsense resistor found in traditional currentmode PWMs, the MAX1714 achieves high efficiency at a reduced cost. Its capability for driving very large synchronous-rectifier MOSFETs further enhances efficiency.

By stepping down high battery voltage directly, the MAX1714s single-stage buck conversion achieves the highest possible efficiency. As an alternative, a two-stage conversion (stepping down the +5V supply instead of the battery) lets you minimize physical size. The MAX1714 generates regulated supply voltages (CPU core, chipset, DRAM) as low as 1V. (For applications requiring VID compliance or DAC control of the output voltage, consider the MAX1710/MAX1711. For dual output voltages, consider the MAX1715.) Select the MAX1714A (in 20-pin QSOP with overvoltage protection) or the MAX1714B (in a 16-pin QSOP with no overvoltage protection). Prices start at $2.65 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Quick-PWM is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

19

NEW PRODUCTS
Next-generation current-limited USB switches
The MAX1693, MAX1694, MAX893L, and MAX1607 represent the next generation of current-limited power switches for PCMCIA cards, the Universal Serial Bus (USB), and other Hot Swap , plug-in applications. These switches prevent system crashes due to overcurrent or short-circuit conditions at the USB port. They offer the lowest cost and highest accuracy available for current-limiting applications. The MAX1693/MAX1694 guarantee 1A max for current drawn from the system power supply. Compare this to the 50% current-limit accuracy for polyfuses and other silicon devices; their worst-case continuous current can exceed 2A, requiring a larger and more expensive power supply. Even if a MAX1693/MAX1694 output is shorted, however, the foldback scheme reduces their switch current to only 500mA. The MAX1693/MAX1694 generate a FAULT signal in response to a current limit, thermal shutdown, or undervoltage lockout. Their internal 10ms blanking period prevents brief, high-current transients from causing the FAULT pin to go low. If an overcurrent condition continues beyond 10ms, the MAX1693 sets FAULT low until the overcurrent is removed. The MAX1694 further protects the system power supply by latching FAULT low and turning off the power switch. Cycling the MAX1694 from off to on resets the switch. These switches are available in a spacesaving 10-pin MAX package (half the size of the 8-pin SO). The MAX1607 has the same die and specifications as the MAX1693, but it is a pin-compatible upgrade to the TPS2014/ TPS2015/TPS2041. The MAX893L lacks the 10ms fault-blanking feature, but offers a lower cost, pin-compatible upgrade to the earlier MAX890L. Quiescent current in the on state is a low 14A for all parts, and drops to only 0.1A in the off state. Thermal overload protection automatically limits the power dissipation and junction temperature to safe levels. Prices start at $0.80 (1000-up, FOB USA).
Hot Swap is a trademark of Linear Technology Corp.

Complete Li+ battery charger fits in handset

The MAX1679, when combined with an external P-channel MOSFET, forms a complete stand-alone charger for single-cell lithium-ion (Li+) batteries. The result is a tiny circuit whose power dissipation (virtually zero) minimizes heating in the phone handset. It determines the chargetermination voltage with accuracy better than 0.75%. For safety, the MAX1679s internal timer provides a selectable charger timeout. To prevent charging when the battery is too hot or cold, an optional thermistor monitors the temperature continuously. Other features include a low-current precharge for conditioning cells that are

nearly dead, and a pulsed top-off charge that achieves full-battery capacity with each complete charge cycle. An inexpensive current-limited wall cube sets the charging current. When the wall cube is removed, the MAX1679 automatically powers down and draws less than 1A from the battery. The MAX1679 s open-drain CHG output can drive an external LED to indicate charging status (off/charging/ complete). It comes pretrimmed for a Li+ battery-regulation voltage of 4.2V, and a single external resistor can set the output as low as 4.0V. The MAX1679 comes in an ultrasmall 8-pin MAX package. An evaluation kit (MAX1679EVKIT) is available to speed designs. Prices start at $1.65 (1000up, FOB USA).

RS-232 transceiver with 15kV ESD protection draws 1A

The MAX221E/MAX221 are single, low-power RS-232 transceivers in small TSSOP packages. Requiring less space and operating power than that of traditional dual transceivers, they are ideal for serial-port diagnostic and maintenance applications requiring only one transmitter and one receiver. The parts operate from a single +5V supply and draw only 1 A of supply current. When the serial port is idle, Maxims revolutionary AutoShutdown

circuitry minimizes the supply current without need for changes in the BIOS or operating system. During active communications, both devices guarantee data rates to 250kbps. The MAX221E provides ESD protection for all RS-232 I/O pins: to 15kV per the IEC 1000-4-2 Air-Gap Discharge method, to 8kV per the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge method, and to 15kV per the Human Body Model. The MAX221/MAX221E are available in 16-pin TSSOP and SSOP packages, with prices starting from $1.10 (1000-up, FOB USA).
AutoShutdown is a trademark of Maxim Integrated Products.

3.0V, 1A RS-232 transceivers have 15kV ESD protection

The MAX3386E/MAX3387E RS-232 transceivers have a VL pin that allows them to operate with various logic levels. Pinprogramming the input- and output-logic levels via the VL pin eliminates the need for level shifters in mixed-logic systems. All RS-232 inputs and outputs are protected to 15kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Air Gap Discharge method, to 8kV using the IEC 1000-4-2 Contact Discharge method, and to 15kV using the Human Body Model.
20

A proprietary low-dropout transmitter output stage and dual charge pump enables true RS-232 performance over the full +3.0V to +5.5V supply, and the devices draw only 1A supply current in shutdown mode. Each device guarantees a 250kbps data rate, and the charge pump requires only four small 0.1F capacitors. The MAX3386E has two receivers and three transmitters, and the MAX3387E has three of each. The MAX3386E/MAX3387E are available in space-saving 20-pin TSSOP packages, with prices starting at $2.52 (1000-up, FOB USA).

NEW PRODUCTS
Single-supply linear PAs reduce CDMA current draw 50%
The MAX2264 MAX2269 singlesupply power amplifiers (PAs) operate from +2.7V to +5.0V supplies. They are designed for PDC, IS-98-based CDMA, and IS-136-based TDMA cellular phones operating in the 900MHz range. The PAs are optimized for highest efficiency at low and medium output poweran important feature for CDMA phones, which deliver less than +16dBm during 90% of their operating time. When matched for CDMA operation and biased with margin over the adjacent and alternate channel specifications (-45dBc/-56dBc), the MAX2265 achieves up to 29.5dBm output power with 37% efficiency. Its 7% efficiency at +16dBm outputs still yields an excellent overall talk time. The MAX2264s efficiency at that power level is an unprecedented 12%, beating even the most sophisticated dynamic biasing schemes. After adding one external low-cost switch, the MAX2266/ MAX2269s efficiency at +16dBm is an even higher 17%. At maximum output power, the MAX2264s efficiency is 32%. These PAs have internally referenced bias ports, normally terminated with simple resistors, which allow customization of the ACPR margin and gain. These ports can also be used to throttle back the bias current when generating low power levels. These devices require no drain switch and no externally applied positive or negative bias voltages. For ease of use, their logic inputsshutdown pin includedcan be driven directly from CMOS logic. Excellent gain stability over temperature for these devices (0.8dB) further increases the phones talk time by dramatically reducing the excess driver current and minimizing overdesign of the driver stages. Nonlinear efficiency when matched for linear operation is 48%. When matched for nonlinear operation only, the nonlinear efficiency is 55%. The MAX2264 MAX2269 come in 16-pin TSSOP packages with exposed paddle. The MAX2264 is also available in die form for module or direct chip attach (DCA) applications. Prices start at $3.56 (1000-up, FOB USA).
21

CDMA IF demodulators integrate VCOs and synthesizer

The MAX2310/MAX2312/MAX2314/ MAX2316 IF receivers are designed for dual-band, dual-mode, and single-mode N-CDMA and W-CDMA cellular phone systems. A key feature of this series is its high level of integration. The receivers guarantee +2.7V operation and include a signal path consisting of a variable-gain amplifier (VGA) and I/Q demodulator. The devices have high input IP3 (-33dBm at 35dB gain, 1.7dBm at -35dB), and over 110dB of gain-control range.

Unlike comparable devices, the MAX2310 receiver includes dual oscillators and synthesizers that form a selfcontained IF subsystem. To enable dualband system architectures using any common reference and IF frequency, the synthesizers reference and RF dividers are fully programmable via a 3-wire serial bus. The differential baseband outputs have sufficient bandwidth for both NCDMA and W-CDMA systems, and they offer 2.7Vp-p saturated output levels at a low supply voltage of +2.75V. The MAX2310/MAX2312/MAX2314/ MAX2316 come in 28-pin QSOP packages. Prices start at $4.02 (1000-up, FOB USA).

900MHz LNA/ mixer has best linearity available at 8mA

The MAX2685 is an LNA/mixer IC optimized for best linearity (or input IP3) for 8mA at 900MHz. Its high input IP3 improves a receiver s ability to detect wanted signals under high-interference conditions. This capability is especially important in today s crowded 900MHz spectrum. The MAX2685 features a combined front-end performance of 21.1dB gain, 2.97dB noise figure, and -9.5dBm input IP3. (This input IP3 is 1dB to 9dB higher than that of GaAs and silicon competitors, resulting in a four-times (6dB) improvement in receiver dynamic range.) A logiccontrolled LNA-bypass switch can reduce the LNA gain by 27dB, which increases the input IP3 almost 20dB, to +10dBm. This robust performance makes the MAX2685

ideal for applications such as AMPS, TDMA, and GSM cellular phones, digital cordless phones, private mobile radios, and 868MHz/900MHz ISM-band radios. The MAX2685 also features an internal LO buffer that allows the LO port to be driven with a low (-8dBm) LO signal. The low operating-supply range (2.7V to 5.5V) and a low supply current of 8.5mA (highgain mode) or 3.8mA (low-gain mode) make the device suitable for use in applications powered by 3-cell NiCd or 1-cell Li+ batteries. A low-power shutdown mode further extends battery life by reducing the supply current below 0.1A. A fully assembled evaluation kit (MAX2685EVKIT) is available to help reduce design time. The MAX2685 comes in a space-saving 16-pin QSOP package, with prices starting at $1.37 (1000-up, FOB USA).

IMAGE FILTER

MAX2685

MIXER LNA IF OUT

SMALL 16 QSOP
2685

LO BUFFER
POWER MANAGEMENT

6.0mm x 4.9mm

VCC

GND

SHUTDOWN

LO IN

NEW PRODUCTS
Dual-band SiGe LNA/mixer ICs offer low noise and high linearity
A new family of SiGe ICs for receiver front-ends (MAX2320/MAX2324/MAX2326/ MAX2327/MAX2329) sets an industry standard for noise, linearity, and supply current in the LNA/mixer function in CDMA, W-CDMA, TDMA, PDC, and GSM cellular phones. New and unique features incorporated in this MAX2320 family include integrated VCO doublers or dividers, VCO buffers, dual LNA gain settings, independently adjustable LNA and mixer linearity, and a pin-selectable, lowcurrent paging mode that extends phonestandby time. All devices operate with a single +2.7V to +3.6V supply. Four devices operate at both cellular and PCS frequencies, one at cellular only, one at PCS only, and one is configured as a dual PCS device. Each includes an LNA with high input IP3, which minimizes crossmodulation in the presence of large interfering signals. The ICs provide both a lowgain mode that bypasses the LNA to provide higher cascaded IIP3 at low current, and a high-gain, low-current mode that extends the phone-standby time for pagers. All devices are available in 20-pin TSSOP-EP packages (exposed paddle). Prices start at $2.77 (1000-up, FOB USA).

4-channel interconnect simplifies rackto-rack interface

The MAX3831 combines a 4:1 multiplexer with a 1:4 demultiplexer, allowing 2.5Gbps data transmission over a pair of wires or fibers connecting telecommunications equipment. The 3.3V, 2.5Gbps, SDH/SONET device includes a clock generator. It saves space, power, and money by enabling high-speed rack-torack, shelf-to-shelf, and card-to-card interconnections with a single pair of fibers. Applications include SDH/SONET backplanes, dense digital cross-connects, and intrarack/subrack interconnects. Combined with the MAX3876 (a +2.5Gbps clock and data-recovery IC), the MAX3831 forms an ideal high-speed interconnect. The MAX3831 consumes only 1.45W when operating from a single 3.3V supply. It exhibits only 2.5psRMS of random jitter and 8psp-p of deterministic jitter. The MAX3831 has a 622Mbps SDH/SONET LVDS parallel interface, whose 2.488Gbps serial-CML data streams interface to an optical or electrical driver. Its 10-bit-wide elastic buffer accommodates as much as 7.5ns of skew between the 155.52MHz external reference clock and any parallel data input. An internal frame detector with TTL loss-of-frame monitor looks for a 622Mbps SDH/ SONET framing pattern, and rolls the demultiplexer to maintain proper channel assignments at the outputs. The MAX3831 provides a 622MHz LVDS clock output. High-speed built-in self-testing (BIST) is provided by an on-chip pattern generator, and flexibility in system test is provided by system- and line-loopback modes. The MAX3831 comes in a 64-pin TQFP exposed-paddle package, with prices starting at $29.95 (1000-up, factory direct, USA). Evaluation kits are available (specify MAX2651EVKIT, MAX2652EVKIT, or MAX2653EVKIT).

SiGe dual LNA increases sensitivity for GSM dual-band phones

The MAX2651/MAX2652/MAX2653 SiGe low-noise amplifiers (LNAs) are capable of operation at the GSM900, DCS1800, and PCS1900 bands. Fabricated with Maxim s advanced SiGe bipolar process, these LNAs provide a very low noise figure, high gain, and high linearity. To further improve the receiver sensitivity and dynamic range in todays GSM dualband and triple-band cellular phones, they include a 20dB attenuation step. The MAX2651/MAX2652 consist of two LNAs. One LNA is optimized for the GSM900 band, providing a high gain of 18dB and a low noise figure of 1.2dB. The other is optimized for the DCS1800 band, providing a low 1.8dB noise figure and a high gain of 18dB. The MAX2652 offers an additional low-power shutdown mode. Its packaging is the smallest in the industry for this type of product: the 10-pin MAX measures only 4.9mm x 3.0mm including leads. The MAX2653 consists of one LNA optimized for operation at both the

DCS1800 and PCS1900 bands. It provides a 1.7dB noise figure and 18.5dB gain at the DCS band, or 1.8dB noise figure and 18.5dB gain at the PCS band. It also comes in an 8-pin MAX package with the same footprint as the 10-pin MAX. In addition, the MAX2653 features a 1A low-power shutdown mode. All devices operate on a single +2.7V to +3.3V supply . They draw 6mA to 8mA in the high-gain mode and 2.2mA in the low-gain mode. Prices start $1.19 (1000-up, FOB USA). Fully assembled evaluation kits are available to help reduce design time.

GSM IN

HIGH GAIN LOW GAIN

GSM OUT

POWER MGMT

VCC GAIN STEP BAND SELECT SHUTDOWN DCS/PCS OUT

DCS/PCS IN

HIGH GAIN LOW GAIN

MAX2652

22

NEW PRODUCTS
Clock and data-recovery IC exceeds SDH/SONET specifications
The MAX3676 is a 622Mbps, 3.3V clock-recovery and data-retiming IC with limiting amplifier. Designed for both section-regenerator and terminal-receiver applications in SDH/SONET OC-48/STM16 transmission systems, it surpasses all ITU/Bellcore jitter specifications. When combined with the MAX3665 transimpedance amplifier and the MAX3681 1:4 deserializer, it forms a complete, highperformance 622Mbps receiver. The MAX3676 operates from a single supply in the +3.3V to +5.0V range, and consumes only 237mW at 3.3V. Its jitter generation is less than the SDH/SONET specification by 8.0mUI RMS . Jitter tolerance at 1MHz exceeds the SDH/ SONET specification by 0.54UIp-p. The MAX3675 offers selectable data inputs: one input accepts PECL levels, and the other accepts small-signal analog levels. Analog inputs access the limiting amplifier stage, which provides both a received-signal-strength indicator (RSSI) and a programmable-threshold loss-ofpower (LOP) monitor. Selecting the PECL amplifier conserves power by disabling the limiting amplifier. The fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) recovers a synchronous clock signal from the serial NRZ data input, which in turn is retimed by the recovered clock. Both clock and data signals have differential PECL outputs. The fully integrated PLL also incorporates a loss-oflock (LOL) monitor. An evaluation kit (MAX3676EVKIT) is available to shorten design time. The MAX3676 comes in a 32-pin TQFP package, with prices starting at $15.00 (1000-up, factory direct, USA).

First triple-voltage supervisors in SOT23 packages

The MAX6355/MAX6356 are the first microprocessor supervisory circuits in a 6-pin SOT23 package capable of monitoring up to three voltages. By reducing external components and adjustments, they reduce board space and cost while increasing reliability. The MAX6355 and MAX6356 monitor two factory-set voltages (either 5V and 3.3V or 3.3V and 2.5V), and a third voltage that can be set by the customer with an external resistor-divider. They also include a debounced manual-reset input. MAX6355/MAX6356 devices draw only 20 A of supply current, and their reset-threshold accuracy over temperature is 2.5%. When any of the three monitored voltages declines below its threshold, the device asserts a reset signal and maintains it for a minimum of 100ms after V CC returns above the threshold (or until the manual reset is deasserted). The MAX6355 has an open-drain, active-low RESET output, and the MAX6356 has a push-pull, active-low RESET output. Both reset outputs are guaranteed valid to 1.0V. The MAX6355/MAX6356 are each available in two standard versions. They come in 6-pin SOT23 packages and in 2500-piece order increments. For availability of nonstandard versions, which come in 10,000-piece order increments, please contact the factory. Prices start from $1.38 (2500-up, standard versions only, FOB USA).

Low-power, 3V, 2.5Gbps serializer includes clock synthesis

The MAX3890 is a 16:1 serializer with clock synthesis and LVDS inputs. A 3.3V SDH/SONET device operating at 2.5Gbps, the MAX3890 is ideal for converting 16bit-wide, 155Mbps parallel data to 2.5Gbps serial data in SDH/SONET and ATM applications. Combining the MAX3890 with the MAX3867 laser driver (which includes APC), the MAX3866 TIA and limiting amplifier, and the MAX3880 1:16 deserializer with clock recovery, forms a complete, four-chip, 2.5Gbps transceiver. The MAX3890 has the lowest power consumption (495mW) of any available 2.5Gbps serializer with clock generator.

The maximum generated jitter (3psRMS) provides a margin of 1psRMS with respect to the ITU/Bellcore SDH/SONET specification. Operating from a single +3.3V supply, the MAX3890 accepts lowvoltage differential-signal (LVDS) clock and data inputs for interfacing with highspeed digital circuitry, and delivers PECL serial data and clock outputs. An internal, fully integrated PLL synthesizes a 2.5GHz serial clock from a reference clock of 155.52MHz, 77.76MHz, 51.84MHz, or 38.88MHz. A loopback data output simplifies system diagnostic testing. The MAX3890 comes in a 64-pin TQFP exposed-paddle package, with prices starting at $69.90 (1000-up, factory direct, USA). Evaluation kits are available (MAX3890EVKIT).

23

To the left, please click the arrow by Reliability Reports for more detailed selections.

PR-1

High-Reliability Rugged Plastic

In response to the increasing demand for plastic packaged products for use in critical applications, Maxim has developed a high-reliability screening flow for plastic encapsulated packages, including SOICs. Products screened to this flow can be used in high-reliability applications where hermetically sealed devices, screened to MIL-STD-883, may not be justified. SOICs with full burnin and screening not only offer excellent reliability, but also save valuable PC board space. This screening includes many of the requirements common to 883 devices, such as burn-in at +125C and electrical screening at -55C to +125C.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

High-Reliability Rugged Plastic PR-1

___Benefits of Rugged Plastic Screening
The primary objective of the rugged plastic screening flow is to eliminate as many infant mortality failures as possible. All processes have an inherent failure rate, which is arrived at once the infant mortality failures are removed from the overall population. These two failure-rate components are shown graphically on the classic bathtub curve (Figure 1). Table 1 illustrates Maxims estimate of our inherent (constant) failure rate for our four major processes. This represents one of the lowest in the industry, and reflects Maxims commitment to producing high-quality products.
Table 1. Life Test Results of Maxim Products, All Processes Combined*
PROCESS SMG MV1
INFANT MORTALITY WEAROUT

SAMPLE SIZE 4,412 1,665 2,925 1,401 10,403

REJECTS 2 0 9 3 14

FIT @ +25C 0.28 0.22 1.45 1.20 0.06

FIT @ +55C 4.89 3.82 24.93 20.69 10.32

SG5 BIP TOTAL

% DEFECTIVE

INHERENT (CONSTANT) FAILURE RATE

*Test Condition: +135C, Duration: 1000 hours

Table 2 summarizes an evaluation of our product infant mortality rate.

TIME

Table 2. Infant Mortality Evaluation Results Figure 1. Bathtub Curve

PRODUCT DG2XX ICM7218 MAX1232 MAX232 MAX690 BI TEMP 135 135 135 150 150 TOTALS SS 33,174 34,290 33,011 75,428 28,313 204,216 # FAILURES 7 2 2 16 10 37 = 181.2 PPM

Infant mortalities must be detected before the device population reaches the constant failure rate. Infant mortalities are always defect related; in other words, they occur when the component contains some substandard element that shortens its life span. The constant failure rate is defined as the percentage of product failures that occurs during the time period when failures are generally attributed to statistical chance rather than infant mortality or product wearout. For most semiconductors, wearout does not occur until the product becomes obsolete or for other reasons (usually after 10-15 years).

A failure rate versus time plot for metal-gate CMOS process (Figure 2.) was generated based on the life-test data shown in Table 1 and the infant-mortality evaluation data listed in Table 2 applied to a general-reliability model.

2 ________________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Continuous Reliability Monitoring
120 FAILURE RATE (FITS) 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (k HOURS)

PR-1

Figure 2. Failure Rate at Field Conditions (+25C) for Metal-Gate CMOS Process

The data in Table 1 illustrates the reliability benefits of production burn-in. Essentially, 14 per 10,403 units were found to be out of specification after 1000 hours at +135C of operation. This is equal to a failure-in-time rate (FIT) of 0.06 at +25C. In comparison, the infant mortality rate is equal to 37 per 204,216 after 12 hours at +135C, which has an equivalent FIT rate of approximately 0.768. In practical terms, 0.018% per 6 years (or 0.003% per year) of the total population would be found defective through the first 6 years of operation, with an additional 0.000269% per year failing over the remaining life of the product.

In order to maintain a consistent, stable process, M a x i m h a s a d o p t e d a ro u t i n e re l i a b i l i t y monitoring program. This comprises both rapidresponse monitor, and long-term evaluations. The rapid-response monitor program (shown in Table 3) allows immediate action to be taken on the processbefore it affects the end product, deliveries, or production. The long-term evaluation monitors pick up from there to allow continuous appraisal of our inherent (constant) failure rate. This includes assessment of product performance in humid environments. Table 4 summarizes the long-term tests performed. You can request quarterly summaries and testing data through your local Maxim representative or distributor.

Conclusion
Maxims rugged plastic flow effectively screens out infant mortality failures, thereby allowing the user to experience only long-term inherent failures at a lower rate.

Availability
Any plastic DIP product with military temperature range specifications offered in the Maxim catalog can be considered as a candidate for this flow. Special burn-in considerations must be given to SOIC plastic packages. Contact the factory for lead times, prices, and availability.

Applications
The rugged plastic screening flow is ideal for applications where superior mean time between failure (MTBF) is required, yet a hermetically packaged product is either undesirable or unnecessary. Examples of such applications are: Avionics Systems Medical Equipment Ground-Based Military Equipment Portable Military Systems Rugged Personal Computers/Peripherals Critical Instrumentation

_______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

High-Reliability Rugged Plastic PR-1

Table 3. Rapid-Response Reliability Monitors
TEST METHOD CONDITIONS TEST DURATION SAMPLE SIZE LTPD, ACC. # FREQUENCY

Operating Life Test

MIL-STD-883 Method 1005

TA = +135C, Biased TA = +121C, RH = 100%

192 Hours

80

5/1

Weekly

Pressure Pot

JEDEC Spec 22

96 Hours

22

10/0

Weekly

X-Ray

MIL-STD-883 Method 2012 MIL-STD-883 Method 2003 MIL-STD-883 Method 2015

Top View Only

N/A

125

2/0

Daily

Solderability

N/A

N/A

15

15/0

Monthly

Mark Permanency

N/A

N/A

12

N/A/0

Monthly

Solder Thickness

ANSI Std.

Cross Section

N/A

N/A/0 Min 200 inches PPM<1000

Monthly

Open Short Test

N/A

Automated Test

N/A

>10k Units

Quarterly

Table 4. Long-Term Reliability Monitor Program

TEST METHOD CONDITIONS Continuous Operation at Max Rated Supply Voltage, TA = +125C or TA = +150C Continuous Operation at Max Rated Supply Voltage, Min Supply Current, TA = +85C, 85% RH Continuous Operation at Max Rated Supply Voltage, Min Supply Current, TA = +120C, 85% RH, 24.4 PSIA Air-to-Air, -65C to +150C, >10 Min. Dwell Time Storage at +150C, Unbiased TEST DURATION SAMPLE SIZE LTPD, ACC. #

Operating Life Test (Op Life)

MIL-STD-883 Method 1005

1000 Hours

77

5%, Acc. = 1

Biased Moisture Life Test (85/85)

JEDEC Spec 22

1000 Hours

77

5%, Acc. = 1

or
Highly Accelerated Stress Test (HAST) JEDEC Spec 22 100 Hours 77 5%, Acc. = 1

Temperature Cycle

MIL-STD-883 Method 1010 Cond. C MIL-STD-883 Method 1008

1000 Cycles

77

5%, Acc. = 1

High-Temperature Storage

1000 Hours

77

5%, Acc. = 1

Autoclave (Pressure Pot w/o Bias) (PPT)

JEDEC Spec 22

Continuous Storage at TA = +121C, 100% RH, 2 Atm.

168 Hours

77

5%, Acc. = 1

4 ________________________________________________________________________________________

High-Reliability Rugged Plastic

Rugged Plastic Ordering Information
The ordering designation for rugged plastic screened products is the suffix /PR, which stands for plastic reliability processing. M -55C to +125C
Package

PR-1

Temperature Range

Part Number Suffixes

Three-Letter Suffixes
EXAMPLE: MAX232MPE/PR

Rugged Plastic Flow Identifier Pin Count Package Designator Operating Temperature

M N P Q S S W

Plastic Flat Pack Narrow Plastic Dual-In-Line Plastic Dual-In-Line Plastic Chip Carrier (Quad Pack) Small Outline, Slim (8 or more pins), 150 mil. TO-52 (2 or 3 pins) Small Outline, Wide (300 mil)
Number of Pins

A B C D E F

8 10 12 14 16 22

P Q R S T U

20 2 3 4 6 60

_______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

High-Reliability Rugged Plastic PR-1

Four-Letter Suffixes
The first letter of the suffix is used to denote product grade; for example, MAX631ACPA means 5% output accuracy (A), the remaining three letters denote temperature range, package type, and number of pins. Therefore, the MAX631ACPA operates over the 0C to +70C and is in a Plastic Dual-In-Line package and has eight pins. Sometimes space considerations must be made, especially when dealing with SOICs. In these cases, the part number may be shortened to accommodate the most important product information.

_____Maxim High-Reliability Plastic Flow

DIE VISUAL INSPECTION TO MIL-STD-2010, CONDITION B

TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C MIL-STD-883, METHOD 1010, 10 CYCLES

PRE-BURN-IN ELECTRICAL TEST AT +25C

Second-Source Products
In most cases, Maxims part number for a multiplesource product follows the numbering system that is most widely accepted in the industry for that particular part, rather than our own convention. This includes original designators for package type, temperature range, and performance grades as well as the most commonly recognized prefix. Multiple-source products are frequently supplied by Maxim in packages or temperature ranges that are not supplied by other manufacturers. Whenever possible, such a device is given the part number that it would have if the original numbering convention were followed. For example, if a military temperature grade of a product is not supplied by other sources, but is available from Maxim, the original manufacturers design designation for military temperature will be used. As a result, a specific part number supplied by Maxim may not be listed by the original manufacturer.

BURN-IN PER METHOD 1015 160 HRS. AT +125C MINIMUM (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY CUSTOMER)

100% POST BURN-IN ELECTRICAL TEST AT +25C FUNCTIONAL, AC, DC 5% PDA APPLIES TO DC TESTS

100% ELECTRICAL TEST MIN/MAX OPERATING TEMPERATURE

QA ELECTRICAL TEST AQL = 0.1%, ACC = 0 +25C, MIN/MAX OPERATING TEMPERATURE

EXTERNAL VISUAL

BOX STOCK

6 ________________________________________________________________________________________

RR-1G

Product Reliability Report

This report presents the product reliability data for Maxims analog products. This data is a result of extensive reliability stress testing that we performed from 1990 to 1992. It is separated into four groups: Metal Gate CMOS (SMG), Medium Voltage Metal Gate CMOS (MV), Silicon Gate CMOS (SG), and Bipolar (BIP) processes. Over 10,403,000 device hours have been accumulated for products stressed at elevated temperature (135C) during this period, and the data contained herein is considered as typical of Maxims production. As you will see, Maxims products demonstrate a consistent and high reliability.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

____________________Reports Purpose
This report summarizes the qualification data for Maxims SMG, MV1, SG5, and Bipolar processes.
General Discussion

Maxim is currently running four major processes. These are: 1. 2. 3. 4. SMG (Standard Metal Gate) MV1 (Medium Voltage Metal Gate) SG5 (Silicon Gate 5 Micron) Bipolar (18/12 Micron)

SMG is a 6-micron, 24V, metal gate, CMOS process. It is extremely conservative, but appropriate for many SSI and MSI circuit designs. This is a very popular process, and most of Maxims products are currently produced on it. MV1 is a 12-micron, 44V, metal gate, CMOS process. This serves exclusively for the production of our analog switch product line. SG5 is a 5-micron, 20V, silicon gate, CMOS process. Maxims next generation of MSI and LSI products are produced in it. This will become our future process standard along with our 3-micron SG3 process that became qualified in 1992. Bipolar is an 18-micron, 44V or 12-micron, 24V Bipolar process. This process is used chiefly for precision references, op amps, and A/D converters.

Prior to the removal of BI from our standard products, we are undertaking an Infant Mortality analysis for each process. A process must demonstrate an inherent Infant Mortality Failure rate of less than 300 ppm. Table 4 shows the Infant Mortality evaluations undertaken for our SMG and MV1 processes. Each of the categories for failure are prioritized based on their relative frequency (see Figure 3) to identify what area should be improved next. The data shown here demonstrates that Maxims quality direction is a positive one. It supports our continued philosophy of providing our customers with the lowest overall cost solution through superior quality products.
Conclusion

The Maxim SMG, MV1, SG5, and Bipolar processes clearly meet or exceed the performance and reliability expectations of the industry. These processes are qualified for production.

__________________Reliability Program
Maxim has implemented a series of Quality and Reliability programs aimed to build the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry. All products, processes, packages, and changes in manufacturing steps must be subjected to Maxims reliability testing before release to manufacturing for mass production. Our reliability program includes: Step 1: Initial reliability qualification program Step 2: Ongoing reliability monitor program Step 3: In-depth failure analysis for reliability failures and corrective action . Tables 5 through 8 show the results of long-term life test by process and device type. Tables 9 through 13 show the results of 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, Temperature Cycling, and High Temperature Storage Life tests by device type. Tables 14 and 15 show hybrid product reliability.
Reliability Qualification Program

______________Reliability Methodology
Maxims quality approach has been a conservative one. Each of the four processes has been qualified using industry standard tests and methods. These are Life Test, 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, and High Temperature Storage. Each process has been qualified and has proven itself to be able to produce inherently better quality material than what we had formerly been receiving from our outside sources. Maxims early conservative approach had been to make burn-in a standard addition to our production flow. Burn-in allowed Maxim to ensure our customers were receiving a quality product. Now with the addition of our own fabrication facility, we have been able to improve the innate product quality to the point where burn-in (BI) adds little reliability value.

Maxim product reliability test program was designed to meet EIA-JEDEC standards and most standard OEM reliability test requirements.

2 ________________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Table 1 summarizes the qualification tests that are part of Maxim's Reliability program. We require that three consecutive manufacturing lots from a new process technology successfully meet the reliability test requirements prior to release.
TABLE 1: MAXIM RELIABILITY TEST PROGRAM
TEST NAME Life Test 85/85 Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High Temp Storage Life CONDITIONS 135C/1000 hrs 85C, 85% R.H 1000 hrs w/Bias 121C, 100% R.H. 2 ATM, 168 hrs -65C to +150C Air to Air/1000 Cycling +150C/1000 hrs SAMPLING PLAN ACC/SS 1/77 1/77 0/77 1/77

1/77

Special attention is paid to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection. It is Maxims design goal to have every pin of every product able to withstand ESD voltages in excess of 2000V through a unique protection structure. Lots are routinely sampled to evaluate whether this goal is being met. In many cases, protection beyond 3500V is observed. Attention is also paid to minimizing the four layer (SCR) action inherent in CMOS. Circuit, layout, and processing have been optimized so that latch-up does not occur in any normal operating mode. Maxim tests each new product to guarantee that the design will meet a 50mA minimum limit for latch-up tolerance. Designs are extensively simulated, using both circuit and logic simulation software, to evaluate performance under worst-case conditions. Finally, every design is checked and rechecked by independent teams before being released to mask making.
Wafer Inspection

RR-1G

Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program

Maxim identifies three wafer lots per process per fab each week to perform weekly reliability monitor testing. Each lot is tested to 192 hours of High Temperature Life (at 135C) and pressure pot test . On a quarterly basis, one wafer lot per process, per fab, is identified and subjected to the same long-term reliability tests as defined in Table 1. Test results are fed back into production.
In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action

With our technical Failure Analysis staff, we are capable of handling in-depth analysis of every reliability test failure to the device level. If an alarming reliability failure mechanism or trend is identified, the corrective action will be initiated automatically. This proactive response and feedback ensures discrepancies are corrected prior to their becoming major problems.
Design-In High Reliability

A disciplined design methodology is an essential ingredient of a reliable part. No amount of finished product testing can fix a marginal design. Maxim began by formulating a set of physical layout rules that yield reliable products even under worst-case manufacturing tolerances. These rules are rigorously enforced, and every circuit is subjected to computerized Design Rule Checks (DRCs) to ensure compliance.

All wafers are fabricated using stable, well-proven processes with extremely tight control. Each must pass numerous in-process check-points such as oxide thickness, alignment, critical dimensions, and defect densities, and must comply with Maxims demanding electrical and physical specifications. Finished wafers are inspected optically to detect any physical defects. They are then parametrically tested to ensure full conformity to Maxims specifications. Our parametric measurement system has been designed by Maxim to make the precision measurements that are mandatory to insure reliability and reproducibility in analog circuits. We believe this quality control technology to be the best in the industry, capable of resolving below 1pA current levels, and less than 1pF capacitance. Maxims proprietary software allows automatic measurement of subthreshold characteristics, fast surface state density, noise, and other parameters that are crucial to predicting long-term stability and reliability. Every Maxim wafer is subject to this rigorous screening at no premium to our customers.
Infant Mortality Evaluation Product Burn-In

Maxim evaluates each process and product familys infant mortality right after qualified status is achieved. Through infant mortality analysis we can identify the common defects for each process or product family. Our goal is to quantify the need for production Burn-In. If a 300 ppm level can be

_______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

Historical Failure Rate

The graph shown below illustrates Maxims historical failures in time (FIT) performance. It also highlights the continued improvements made in

this FIT rate. A well established program of continuous improvement methodology is expected to continue this trend.

FIGURE 1. MAXIM FIT RATES OVER TIME (Using Old and New Methods)
FIT 8 RATE
7.52 7 6.80 6 7.49

USING OLD METHOD

5

5.63

USING NEW METHOD

4.79 4

3 2.88 2 Sept '85 May '88 July '87 April '88 Mar '90* Mar '91 Jan '92 Jan '93 2.68

2.47

* On this date the overall FIT calculation was changed from a combined yearly historical average to a singular yearly total. This was done to better reflect year by year improvements instead of averaging their contribution over the past years. Both calculations are shown. Old Method: # Total Fails (1985 + 1986 + ...) New Method: # Total Fails (Current Year) Total Tested (1985 + 1986 + ...) Total Tested (Current Year)

TABLE 2: LIFE TEST DATA

NUMBER OF FAILURES 69 119 17 205 TOTAL UNITS TESTED 9985 30392 4460 44837 DEGREES OF FREEDOM 140 240 36 412 FAILURE IN TIME RATE @ 25C X2 60% VALUE 143 244 37.1 418 X2 90% VALUE 161 268 46.5 448 60% CONF. LEVEL 3.79 2.12 2.20 2.47 90% CONF. LEVEL 4.27 2.33 2.76 2.64

PRODUCT FAMILY CONVERTERS LINEAR TIMERS/COUNTERS/ DISPLAY DRIVERS SUM TOTAL OF ALL PRODUCT LOTS

NUMBER OF LOTS 136 407 57 600

Note 1. Note 2.

A/D Converters, D/A Converters. Voltage References, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Filters, Analog Switches, and Multiplexers.

4 ________________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

achieved, the product or process can be manufactured without product burn-in and still assure an acceptable infant mortality failure rate. To illustrate Maxims products low infant mortality failure rate, refer to Table 2 for product data.
FIGURE 2. FAILURE RATE AT FIELD CONDITION 55C FOR METAL GATE CMOS PROCESS
120 FAILURE RATE (FITS) 100 80 60 40 20 0 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (k HOURS)

RR-1G

______________________Reliability Data
Merits of Burn-In

Figure 2 shows a failure rate versus time plot for metal gate CMOS process based on Table 3's life test data and Table 4's infant mortality evaluation date both applied to a General Reliability model. From this data, the benefit of production Burn-In can be derived. Table 3's data summarizes the reliability effect of production Burn-In. Essentially, 14 units out of 10403 were found to be out of specification after 1000 hours of operation at 135C. This is equal to a FIT rate (FIT) of 0.06 at 25C. In comparison, the infant mortality rate is equal to 37 units out of 204216 after 12 hours at 135C, which has an equivalent FIT rate of approximately 0.768. In practical terms, 0.018%/6years (or 0.003%/year) of the total population would be found as defective through the first 6 years of operation, with an additional 0.000269%/year failing over the remaining life of the product.
TABLE 3: LIFE TEST RESULT OF MAXIM PRODUCTS ALL PROCESSES COMBINED TEST CONDITION: 135C DURATION: 1000 HOURS
PROCESS SMG MV1 SG5 BIP TOTAL SAMPLE SIZE 4412 1665 2925 1401 10403 14 REJECTS 2 0 9 3 FIT @25C 0.28 0.22 1.45 1.20 0.06 FIT @55C 4.89 3.82 24.93 20.69 10.32

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

High-Temperature Life and Dynamic Life Test (DLT) 135C, 1000 hrs., inputs fed by clock drivers at 50% duty cycle Must meet data sheet specifications See Tables 5-8
Humidity Testing

The most popular integrated circuit (IC) packaging material is plastic. Plastic packages are not hermetic; therefore, moisture and other contaminants can enter the package. Humidity testing measures the contaminants present and the resistance the product has to ambient conditions. Contaminants can be introduced during both wafer fabrication and assembly, and they can negatively affect product performance. Pressure Pot, 85/85, and HAST tests are used for this evaluation.
85/85 Testing

Life Test at 135C

Life Test is performed using biased conditions that simulate a real-world application. This test estimates the products field performance. It establishes the constant failure-rate level and identifies any early wearout mechanisms present. The test product is under a controlled, elevated temperature environment, typically at 135C. This test can detect design, manufacturing, silicon, contamination, metal integrity, and assembly-related defects.

Maxim tests plastic encapsulated products with an 85/85 test to determine the moisture resistance capability of our products under bias conditions. This test can detect the failure mechanisms found in Life Test. In addition, electrolytic and chemical corrosion can be detected. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: 85/85 85C, 85% Relative Humidity, biased,1000 hrs Must meet all data sheet parameters See Table 9

_______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

Pressure Pot

This test simulates a products exposure to atmospheric humidity, which can be present during both wafer fabrication and assembly. Although an IC is covered with a nearly hermetic passivation (upper surface coat) layer, the bond pads must be exposed during bonding. Pressure Pot testing quickly determines if a potentially corrosive contaminant is present. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Pressure-Cooker Test (PCT) 121C, 100% RH, no bias, 168 hrs Any opened bond or visual evidence of corrosion See Table 10
HAST Test Results

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

High-Temperature Storage 150C, 1000 hrs, unbiased Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 13

_______Hybrid Products Reliability Data

Maxims hybrid product reliability data is presented in Tables 14 and 15. Table 14 is the Life Test data for products tested from 1990 to August, 1992. Table 15 is the Temperature Cycling Test data for hybrid products.

____________Process Variability Control

Reliability testing is of little value if the manufacturing process varies widely. A standard assumption, which is often false, is that test samples pulled from production are representative of the total population. Sample variability can be lessened by increasing the number of samples pulled. However, unless a process is kept in control, major variations can invalidate reliability test results, leading to incorrect conclusions and diminishing the integrity of failure-rate estimates. Uncontrolled processes also make it difficult to prove failure rates of less than 10 FIT. Maxim monitors the stability of critical process parameters through the use of computerized Statistical Process Control (SPC). Over 125 charts are monitored in-line during production. Additionally, over 100 process parameters are monitored at Wafer Acceptance. Maxim has a target Capability Coefficient (Cpk) goal of 1.5, which is equivalent to 7ppm. In addition to SPC, Maxim utilizes Design of Experiments (DOE) to improve our capability, to optimize process targeting, and to increase robustness.

Highly Accelerated Steam And Temperature (HAST) testing is quickly replacing 85/85 testing. It basically serves the same function as 85/85 in typically 10% of the time, making HAST tests useful for immediate feedback and corrective action. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: HAST 120C, 85% RH, biased,100 hrs Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 11
Temperature Cycle

This test measures both a components response to temperature changes and its construction quality. The test cycles parts through a predetermined temperature range (usually -65C to +150C). Both fabrication and assembly problems can be discovered using this test, but it typically identifies assembly quality. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Temperature Cycle -65C to +150C, 1000 cycles Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 12

________________Process Technologies
The four processes formerly discussed are described in more technical detail below. This section defines the layer-by-layer construction steps used in the fabrication of each.

High Temperature Storage Life Test

This test evaluates changes in a products performance after being stored for a set duration (1000 hrs) at a high temperature (150C). It is only useful for failure mechanisms accelerated by heat alone.
6 ________________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

MV1 (Refer to Figure 4) Layer Description 0 Buried Layer 1 EPI Deposit 2 P- Well Diffusion 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate Oxide Growth 6 Threshold Implant 7 Contact 8 Metallization 9 Passivation Dimension 10 19 10 3 3 1975 SMG (Refer to Figure 6) Layer Description 1 P- Well Diffusion 2 P+ Diffusion 3 N+ Diffusion 4 Gate Oxide Growth 5 Threshold Implant 6 Contact Etch 7 Metallization 8 Passivation

RR-1G

Dimension 10 2 2 900

1 (Al, Si-1%) .8 (Si3N4 over SiO2)

1 (Al, Si-1%) .8 (Si3N4 over SiO2)

SG5 (Refer to Figure 5) Layer Description Dimension 1 P- Well Diffusion 8 2 PNP Base Drive 3 Zener Implant 4 Active Area/Field Ox 1 5 N Guard 6 P Guard 7 Threshold Adjust 8 Gate Oxide Growth 750 9 Polysilicon 1 4400 10 Cap Oxide 1000 11 Polysilicon 2 4400 12 N+ Implant (Source/Drain) 13 P+ Implant (Source/Drain) 14 Chrome/Si Thin Film Deposit 15 Contact 16 Metallization 1 17 Passivation .8 (Si3N4 over SiO2)

BIP (Refer to Figure 7) Layer Description 1 N+ Buried Layer 2 P+ Isolation 3 P Base 4 N+ Emitter 5 Capacitor 6 Contact Etch 7 Aluminum 8 Passivation

Dimension 4.5 20 3 2.5 1500 11K (Al, Si-1%) 8K (Si3N4 over SiO2)

_______________________________________________________________________________________7

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

TABLE 4: INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT
PRODUCT DG201ACJ DG211CJ DG212CJ SUBTOTAL ICM7218CIPI XDDCAA096A XDDCAA102A ICM7218AIPI ICM7218BIPI SUBTOTAL MAX1232CPA XPPAJQ003BR XPPAJQ003C XPPAJQ006A XPPAJQ007B SUBTOTAL MAX232CPE BOND) XPWAAA044AB XPWAAA048AB XPWAAA050AA XPWAAA074AA 150 125 125 150 5831 5575 5768 4643 0 2 2 3 0.0 358.7 346.7 646.1 2-BOND WIRE SHORT FAILURES 1-MECHANICAL DAMAGE 1-GATE OXIDE DEFECT 1-INTERMITTENT BOND OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 1-GATE OXIDE DEFECT 1-MARG. HI RIN THRESHOLD CAUSE UNKNOWN XPWAAA147A XPWAAA147B XPWBAA012A 150 150 150 10372 10789 10070 2 0 3 192.8 0.0 297.9 1-LOW R1IN RESISTANCE SCRATCH ON DIE 1-HI Iee GATE OXIDE DEFECT 1-HI R2IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN XPWBAA012B 150 10929 3 274.5 1-HI R1IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN 1-T1OUT STUCK HI UNKNOWN DAMAGE IN FA 1-R2IN INPUT THRESHOLD MARG. FAIL SUBTOTAL MAX690CPA XPYAJA208A 150 75428 9443 16 4 212.1 423.6 1-AC FAILURE NO SCRATCH 2-MARGINAL HI RESET THRESHOLD NO SCRATCH 1-FUNCTIONAL FAILURE DUE TO DIE SCRATCH XPYAJA208BA XPYAJA209A 150 150 4702 9873 3 3 638.0 303.9 2-DIE SCRATCH ON SILICON SUBSTRATE 1-DIE SCRATCH ON METAL LINES 1-RESET THRESHOLD DUE TO DIE SCRATCH 1-MARGINAL IBAT NO SCRATCH 1-GATE OXIDE RUPTURE POSSIBLY ESD DAMAGE XPYAJA208B SUBTOTAL COMBINED TOTAL 150 4295 28313 204216 0 10 37 0.0 353.2 181.2 1-BOND WIRE OPEN WEDGE BONDS @ LEADFRAME 1-HI Iee DUE TO GATE OXIDE DEFECT XPWAAA039AA XPWAAA040AA 150 150 135 135 135 135 XDDAAA097A XDDAAA098A XDDBAA099B 135 135 135 135 135 LOT # XRCAAB184C XRCAAB217Q XRCBAA208Q BI TEMP 135 135 135 SS 11698 9642 11834 33174 6886 6824 6694 6927 6959 34290 844 6447 12390 13330 33011 5324 5627 (# FAILS) 1 4 2 7 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 PPM 85 414 169 211.0 0.0 293 0.0 0.0 0.0 58.3 0.0 310 0.0 0.0 60.6 0.0 177.7 1-INTERMITTENT BOND WIRE OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE) 1-DIE SCRATCH 1-PACKAGE CRACK 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 1-UNKNOWN ANALYSIS 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 4-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE

8 ________________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

9 8 8 7

NUMBER OF DEFECTS

6 7 5 6

5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1

0 LEAKAGE SCRATCH ASSEMBLY MARGINAL GATE OXIDE UNKNOWN TEST ESD

CATEGORY
FIGURE 3. INFANT MORTALITY PARETO CHART

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 3

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P-WELL Tgox = 1975

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

Si 3N4/SiO2 = .8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

TEPI = 19

10

10

SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 4. MV1 PROCESS

_______________________________________________________________________________________9

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

TFIELD OX = 20,000
POLY I Si3N4/SiO2 = .8 POLY II

P+ 1

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ PWELL = 8 Tgox = 750

,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,,,,, ,,,

TPOLLY OX = 1000

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ TMETAL = 1 P+

,,, ,,,,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ N+

FIGURE 5. SG5 PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,
N+ N+ P-WELL Tgox = 900

P+

N+

Si3N4/SiO2 = .8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

10

FIGURE 6. SMG PROCESS

NPN
N+ Emitter = 2.5

LATERAL PNP

VERTICAL PNP
Al/Si (1%) = 11k

,,,, ,,,, , ,,, ,, ,,,, ,,,, ,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,
SiO2 /Si3N4 = .8

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+ N+ N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

P+ P+ P+ N+ P+ ISO P+ P+ ISO N EPI = 17

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5 P Base = 3 P+ Isolation = 20

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5

P SUBSTRATE <111>

FIGURE 7. BIP PROCESS

10 _______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 5: LIFE TEST, 135 C/1000 HRS METAL GATE CMOS PROCESS
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX690 MAX691 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX690 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX232 MAX232 MAX691 MAX691 ICL7664 MAX7231 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX231 MAX232 MAX238 MAX690 ICL7109 ICM7212 MAX420 MAX250 MAX422 MAX232 MAX420 ICL7611 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 ICL7129 MAX232 MAX423 MAX232 ICL7611 MAX420 ICL7664 MAX232 DATE CODE 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9034 9036 9036 9041 9041 9042 9042 9043 9043 9043 9043 9045 9046 9046 9049 9049 9105 9108 9108 9109 9110 9113 9113 9114 9115 9119 9120 9121 9125 9125 9137 9138 9140 9140 9140 9149 9201 9202 9203 9206 9208 9210 9214 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 73 8 CERDIP 77 24 CERDIP 75 40 CERDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 76 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 79 8 PDIP 157 8 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 72 16 WSO 72 8 P DIP 77 40 PDIP 79 8 SO 76 8 SO 77 14 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 24 CERDIP 77 8 CERDIP 77 40 CERDIP 76 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 14 PDIP 200 8 PDIP 77 16 WSO 77 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 300 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 77 40 PDIP 45 16 WSO 77 14 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 80 TO99 76 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG509 DG303 DG211 DG212 DG211 DG211 DG509 DG508 DG211 DG211 DG211 MAX333 MAX333 MAX333 MAX333 DG211 DG211 DG411 DG412 DG413 DG444 DG445 DG211

TABLE 6: LIFE TEST, 135 C/1000 HRS MEDIUM VOLTAGE CMOS PROCESS
DATE CODE 9011 9016 9025 9052 9052 9108 9109 9112 9122 9129 9132 9132 9133 9133 9133 9133 9138 9141 9144 9144 9145 9149 9149 9207 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 SO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 73 67 80 80 45 72 77 80 77 35 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 74 77 77 80 80 80 36 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

RR-1G

* Products included in this Life Test data are: Analog Switches and Analog Multiplexers.

TABLE 7: LIFE TEST, 135 C/1000 HRS SILICON GATE CMOS PROCESS
DEVICE TYPE MX7533 MX7628 MX7572 MX7226 MAX172 MAX172 MAX271 MAX154 MAX456 MX7541 MX7524 MX7245 MX7824 MAX275 MX7248 MX7845 MAX732 MX7845 MAX500 MAX1000 MAX730 MX7582 MAX232A MAX1000 MAX292 MX7245 MAX172 MAX243 MX7245 MAX162 MAX730 MAX232A MAX172 MX7543 MX7820 MAX232A MAX406 MAX706 MAX705 MAX505 DATE CODE 9002 9005 9010 9012 9021 9035 9043 9044 9048 9050 9102 9106 9106 9110 9107 9108 9110 9117 9118 9119 9119 9122 9123 9123 9125 9133 9136 9137 9138 9139 9140 9141 9144 9144 9148 9149 9207 9206 9206 9208 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 80 77 45 77 70 77 24 77 50 71 77 80 77 76 77 74 80 61 75 80 77 77 77 80 77 77 77 80 77 80 77 80 80 80 80 80 80 77 77 30 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

*Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Display Drivers/Counters.

DIE SCRATCH 4 PARAMETRIC

MASKING DEFECT

PARAMETRIC

*Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, D/A Converters, Interface, Switched Capacitor Filters.

______________________________________________________________________________________11

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

TABLE 8: LIFE TEST, 135 C/1000 HRS BIPOLAR PROCESS
DEVICE TYPE REF01 MX584 MAX901 MAX9687 OP290 MX584 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 MX584 MAX902 MAX902 OP07 MAX9685 OP07 MAX412 MAX9690 MAX9687 MAX9690 MAX9687 OP07 DATE CODE 9003 9019 9019 9033 9034 9047 9049 9049 9049 9047 9112 9112 9118 9124 9130 9136 9139 9141 9141 9142 9152 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 TO 14 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 SB 16 SB 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 80 55 77 50 77 74 77 77 77 45 80 80 77 77 77 77 24 28 77 38 77 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 192 500 1000 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OXIDE DEFECT

TABLE 9: TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (85/85) TEST RESULTS

DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX691 OP290 MAX172 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX154 MAX232 MAX232 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7541 DG212 DG211 MAX7231 MX7245 MX7824 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX231 MAX275 MAX732 MAX232 DG509 MAX902 ICM7212 MX7845 OP07 MAX1000 MAX730 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A ICL7106 MAX292 MAX232 OP07 MX7245 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX730 DG211 DG411 DG413 MAX690 DG455 OP07 MAX232 MAX232 DATE CODE 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9035 9036 9036 9041 9043 9043 9043 9044 9045 9046 9049 9049 9049 9049 9050 9052 9052 9105 9106 9106 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9109 9110 9110 9110 9112 9112 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9133 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9141 9144 9145 9147 9149 9152 9201 9203 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 NSO 14 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 44 PLCC 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 45 69 75 77 60 70 24 35 45 45 39 77 72 77 69 44 44 76 76 76 76 72 76 45 80 45 58 45 68 77 77 45 80 41 77 80 80 48 45 58 77 77 76 77 45 77 30 77 56 77 72 77 76 77 75 77 77 77 77 100 72 77 77 76 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

OXIDE DEFECT

OXIDE DEFECT

PARAMETRIC

*Products included in this Life Test data are: Voltage References and Operational Amplifiers.

MARG. LEAKAGE

2 DIE SCRATCH, 1 SHORT

MARG. LEAKAGE MARG. LEAKAGE

MASKING DEFECT

MARG. LEAKAGE PARAMETRIC 2 MARG. LEAKAGE

12 _______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 10: PRESSURE POT TEST, 121C/100% RH 15 PSIG/168 HRS (ALL PLASTIC PACKAGES)
DEVICE TYPE MX7628 MAX699 MAX236 MAX232 MAX239 MX7533 MX7572 MAX239 MAX239 ICL7660 MAX236 MAX236 ICL7660 DG212 MAX901 MAX8211 DG303 MAX232 ICL7660 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7524 MX7245 MX7824 MX7824 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX275 MAX638 MAX696 ICM7212 MX7845 OP07 MAX500 MAX1000 MAX730 MAX422 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX420 ICL7660 ICL7660 OP07 MAX292 MX7245 MAX412 MAX172 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MX7245 MAX730 MAX232 MAX232 DATE CODE 9005 9006 9008 9013 9011 8950 8938 9012 9010 9013 9012 9010 9010 9011 9019 9023 9025 9032 9021 9033 9033 9036 9036 9033 9043 9043 9043 9049 9049 9049 9102 9106 9106 9106 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9110 9110 9114 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9119 9121 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9125 9125 9125 9130 9131 9133 9136 9136 9138 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9140 PKG 20 PDIP 8 SO 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PLCC 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 SO 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 SO 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 WSO 20 PDIP 8 SO 16 WSO 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 24 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 77 20 45 77 45 45 28 45 45 45 44 30 44 45 45 77 77 77 45 77 76 65 77 45 70 77 77 77 77 77 77 20 45 45 77 77 77 76 76 45 77 35 35 45 45 45 45 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 100 # FAILURES 168 HRS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG411 DG412 MAX232 DG413 MAX690 MX7820 DG445 OP07 MAX232 MAX232 MX7245 MAX639 MAX232 MX7541 MAX232 MAX690A MAX232 MAX232 MAX543 MAX660 DATE CODE 9141 9144 9144 9145 9145 9147 9148 9149 9152 9201 9201 9202 9202 9203 9208 9209 9212 9214 9215 9223 9223 PKG 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 45 45 20 100 45 77 45 44 44 100 45 45 45 44 45 100 45 45 45 45 45 # FAILURES 168 HRS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

RR-1G

TABLE 11: HAST TEST RESULTS 120C/85% RH/ BIASED/100 HRS

DEVICE TYPE MX7572 MX7226 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX236 MAX232 MAX239 MAX239 MAX448 DATE CODE 8932 8930 8924 8925 8805 9008 9013 9011 9010 8910 PKG 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 14 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 24 30 30 30 36 45 25 25 24 25 # FAILURES 100 HRS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

______________________________________________________________________________________13

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

TABLE 12: TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C 1000 CYCLES (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE ICL7660 MAX690 ICL7621 MAX232 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX691 MAX232 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 OP290 MAX172 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX154 MAX232 MAX235 MAX232 MAX584 MAX584 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7541 DG212 MX7524 MAX233 MAX233 MAX7231 MX7245 MX7824 MAX235 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX231 MAX232 MAX902 DG509 MAX238 MAX690 ICM7212 MX7845 MAX400 OP07 MAX1000 MAX500 MAX252 MAX730 MAX422 MAX400 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX400 MAX400 OP07 DG211 DATE CODE 9021 9026 9029 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9034 9035 9036 9036 9041 9043 9043 9043 9044 9045 9045 9046 9047 9047 9049 9049 9049 9049 9050 9052 9102 9105 9105 9105 9106 9106 9107 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9109 9110 9112 9112 9113 9113 9115 9117 9118 9118 9119 9119 9119 9119 9121 9122 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9130 9130 9132 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 8 SO 8 PDIP 8 TO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 CERDIP 24 CERDIP 40 CERDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 SB 16 PDIP 8 TO 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 SO 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 CERDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 16 WSO 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 10 67 77 77 70 71 77 70 77 45 77 74 77 24 60 77 76 39 77 77 75 77 77 20 77 76 45 77 71 77 77 75 76 45 45 45 43 77 77 43 77 77 77 72 76 76 80 80 80 80 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 40 77 45 80 77 77 77 77 77 77 80 80 77 45 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 OXIDE OVERETCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OXIDE OVERETCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LEAKAGE 0 0 LEAKAGE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FUNCTIONAL 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX333 MAX333 MX7245 MAX412 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX730 MAX9690 DG211 MAX9687 DG411 DG413 DG445 ICL7129 OP07 MAX232 MAX232 MAX705 MAX706 ICL7664 MAX232 DATE CODE 9133 9133 9133 9136 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9141 9141 9142 9144 9145 9149 9149 9152 9201 9203 9206 9206 9210 9215 PKG SAMPLE SIZE 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP TO99 16 PDIP 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 77 45 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 45 45 77 77 FAILURES (HRS) NOTE 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

PARAMETRIC

14 _______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 13: HIGH TEMPERATURE LIFE TEST, 150C/1000 HRS (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE DG303 ICL7621 MAX232 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX584 MAX584 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7245 MX7824 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX275 MAX238 MAX690 ICL7109 ICM7212 MAX7845 OP07 MAX1000 MAX730 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX233 OP07 MX7245 MAX412 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX730 DG211 DG411 DG413 DG445 MX7820 ICL7129 OP07 MAX232 MX7245 MAX232 DG444 DG211 MAX232 MAX232 DATE CODE 9025 9029 9032 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9036 9036 9043 9043 9043 9047 9047 9049 9049 9049 9106 9106 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9110 9113 9113 9114 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9130 9133 9136 9138 9138 9138 9139 9140 9140 9141 9144 9145 9145 9148 9149 9152 9201 9202 9203 9210 9212 9214 9215 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 14 PDIP 8 TO 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 CERDIP 24 CERDIP 40 CERDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 TO 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 NSO 20 PDIP 24 CERDIP 8 PDIP 40 CERDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 45 45 77 45 45 37 38 77 77 77 77 70 77 77 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 43 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 42 45 45 28 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX171 MAX252 MAX252 MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX233 MAX233 MAX252 MAX1025 MAX252 MAX233 MAX233A MAX233A MX2700 LH0033 LH0033 PGA100 MAX233A MAX233A

TABLE 14: HYBRID PRODUCTS LIFE TEST 125C/1000 HRS

DATE CODE 9013 9017 9021 9024 9029 9031 9036 9044 9045 9105 9105 9107 9113 9119 9130 9134 9201 9202 9202 9203 9206 9214 9214 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 SB 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PLCC 40 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 24 SB TO 8 TO 8 24 SB 20 WSO 20 WSO 20 20 77 45 20 20 77 77 22 77 50 77 77 76 77 77 77 25 40 44 45 49 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 LID OPEN

RR-1G

WIRE OPEN LID OPEN

CAP OPEN EPOXY SHORT PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

TABLE 15: HYBRID PRODUCTS TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C 1000 CYCLES
DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX171 MAX235 MAX233 MAX252 MAX1025 MAX252 MAX233 MAX233A MX2700 MAX430 LH0033 MAX430 MAX233A MAX233A MAX681 MAX430 DATE CODE 9005 9013 9021 9024 9045 9105 9107 9113 9119 9130 9134 9149 9152 9202 9213 9214 9214 9215 9218 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) NOTE SIZE 200 500 1000 X X X 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 SB 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PLCC 40 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 WSO 14 SB 8 PDIP TO 8 8 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 20 77 20 20 45 45 45 40 45 45 23 45 25 45 45 44 77 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XFORMER WIRE

XFORMER OPEN

CAP OPEN CAP OPEN, UNKNOWN PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

______________________________________________________________________________________15

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

_________________________Appendix 1 Determination of an Acceleration Factor
Definition of Terms

An acceleration factor is a constant used in reliability prediction formulas that expresses the enhanced effect of temperature on a devices failure rate. It is usually used to show the difference (or acceleration effect) between the failure rate at two temperatures. In simple terms, a statement such as, The failure rate of these devices operating at 150C is 5 times greater than the failure rate at 25C, implies an acceleration factor of 5. The acceleration factor used in the semiconductor industry is a result of the Arrhenius equation stated below: Acceleration Factor = Ke
Ea k

used in this report. Actual acceleration factors are probably greater than those quoted. The second method is empirical. Two groups of devices are tested at different temperatures, and the difference between their failure rates is measured. An example is shown below: Group 1 = 9822 failures after 100 hrs of operation at 150C. Group 2 = 1 failure after 100 hrs of operation at 25C. The acceleration factor is, therefore, 9822 for this particular failure mechanism between these two temperatures.
Ea k

( )
1-1 T1 T2

9822 = e Where: K = An experimentally determined constant Ea = The activation energy k = Boltzmann's constant T1 = Actual use temp. in degrees Kelvin T2 = Test temp. in degrees Kelvin
How to Use This Equation

( )
1-1 T1 T2

Where: Ea = The unknown activation energy k = 8.63 x 10-5eV/K T1 = 25C + 273C or 298K T2 = 150C + 273C or 423K Substituting: 9822 = e
Ea 8.63 X 10-5 1 ( 298 1 423

The first step is to determine an activation energy. This may be done in one of two ways. The first method involves using failure analysis techniques to determine the actual failure mechanism. Many failure mechanisms have had their activation energies already determined, and these are tabulated in published literature. Although all processes are not exactly the same, the activation energy of a particular failure mechanism is mainly determined by physical principles. Using published activation energies will not give the exact activation energy that is associated with a particular process, but it will give a very close approximation. The dominant failure mechanisms in Maxims Life Tests have activation energies in the range of 0.8eV to 1.2eV. We have conservatively chosen 0.8eV for the purposes of computing the acceleration factors

9822 = e

Ea x 11.49

Taking the natural log of both sides: Loge9822 = Ea x 11.49 Loge9822 = Ea 11.49 Therefore Ea = 0.8eV Assuming that this activation energy represents the dominant failure mechanism of the device under consideration, it may then be used to determine the acceleration factor between any two temperatures as follows:

16 _______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Between 150C and 70C, for example: Acceleration Factor = e T1 = 70C + 273C = 343K T2 = 150C + 273C = 423K
0.8 8.63 X 10-5 1 T1 1 T2 FR = 10-9

RR-1G

FIT.

Using the above example: FIT = 0.00002/10-9 = 20,000 The FIT rate is, therefore, shorthand for the number of units predicted to fail in a billion (10-9) devicehours at the specified temperature.
Calculating Failure Rates and FITs

Substituting and solving yields the result: Acceleration Factor = 165 The acceleration factor between 150C and 70C is 165.

_________________________Appendix 2 Determination of a Failure Rate

Definition of Terms

The failure rate can be expressed in terms of the following four variables: A = The number of failures observed after test B = The number of hours the test was run C = The number of devices used in the test D = The temperature acceleration factor (See Appendix 1) Using data in Table 2, a failure rate at 25C can now be calculated: A = 205 B = 192 C = 44,837 D = 9822 (Assuming Ea = 0.8eV, and test temperature of 150C) Substituting: FR =
205 192 x 44837 x 9822

The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) is the average time it takes for a failure to occur. For example, assume a company tests 100 units for 1000 hrs. The total device-hours accrued would be 100 x 1000 or 100,000 device-hours. Now assume 2 units were found to be failures. Roughly, it could be said that the Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) would equal: MTBF =
Total Device Hrs. Total # of Failures

100,000 2

= 50,000hrs

= 2.42 X10-9

The Failure Rate (FR) is equal to the reciprocal of the MTBF or: FR =
1 = MTBF 1 = 50,000

Expressing this in terms of the FIT rate: FIT = 2.42 To determine the FIT rate at a new temperature, the acceleration factor (D) must be recalculated from the Arrhenius equation given in Appendix 1.
Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation

0.00002

If this number is multiplied by 1 x 105, the failure rate in terms of percent per 1000 hrs is obtained, i.e., 2%. A common reliability term also used to express the failure rate is Failures in Time, or FIT. This is the number of failures per billion device-hours, and is obtained by dividing the Failure Rate by 10-9:

Because a small random sample is being chosen from each lot, the statistical effects are significant enough to mention. With most published failure rate figures, there is an associated confidence level. This number expresses the confidence level that the actual failure rate of the lot will be equal to or lower than the predicted failure rate.

______________________________________________________________________________________17

Product Reliability Report RR-1G

The failure rate calculation, including a confidence level, is determined as follows: FR =
x2 2DH

Where: X2 = The Chi square value 2DH = 2 times the total device hours = 2 x (BxCxD) The Chi square value is based on a particular type of statistical distribution. However, all that is required to arrive at this value is knowing the number of failures. In this example, there were 205 failures. The Chi square value is found using a table. The tabular values are found using the factors

(1 - CL), where CL is the desired confidence level, and 2(N + 1) is the degree of freedom. The value of (1 - CL) for a 60% confidence level is (1 - 0.60) = 0.40. The number of degrees of freedom equals 2(205) + 2 = 412. The Chi square value found under the values of 0.40 and 412 degrees of freedom is 415. Therefore, the failure rate found using a 60% confidence level is: FR =
415 1.69 x 1011

= 2.47 X10-9

Expressed as Failure in Time rate: FIT = 2.47 Referring to Table 2, one can see that for Maxims product, there is a 60% confidence level that no more than 2.47 units will fail per billion (10 9 ) device-hours of operation at 25C.

18 _______________________________________________________________________________________

December 1, 1994

RR-1H

Product Reliability Report

This report presents the product reliability data for Maxims analog products. This data is a result of extensive reliability stress testing that we performed from January 1990 to January 1994. It is separated into six fabrication processes: (1) Standard Metal-Gate CMOS (SMG); (2) Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS (MVI); (3) Medium-Voltage Silicon-Gate CMOS (MV2); (4) 3m Silicon-Gate CMOS (SG3); (5) 5m Silicon-Gate CMOS (SG5); and (6) Bipolar (BIP) processes. Over 17,859,000 device hours have been accumulated for products stressed at an elevated temperature (135C) during this period. The data inside this report is considered typical of Maxims production. As you will see, Maxims products demonstrate consistently high reliability.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

__________________________________Table of Contents
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................3 Reliability Methodology...........................................................................................................................3 Reliability Program ...................................................................................................................................3
Step 1: Reliability Qualification Program .............................................................................................4 Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program ......................................................................................4 Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action ...................................................................4 Design-In High Reliability .......................................................................................................................4 Wafer Inspection ......................................................................................................................................4 Failure-Rate History ................................................................................................................................5 Infant Mortality Evaluation and Product Burn-In ..................................................................................6

Reliability Data ...........................................................................................................................................6

Merits of Burn-In ......................................................................................................................................6 Life Test at 135C .....................................................................................................................................6 Humidity Test ...........................................................................................................................................6 85/85 Test .................................................................................................................................................7 Pressure Pot Test ....................................................................................................................................7 HAST Test ................................................................................................................................................7 Temperature Cycle Test ..........................................................................................................................7 High-Temperature Storage Life Test ......................................................................................................7

Hybrid Products Reliability Data ..........................................................................................................7 Process Variability Control.....................................................................................................................7 6 Process Technologies ..........................................................................................................................8 Reliability Test Results ............................................................................................................................9 Appendices 1 and 2 ................................................................................................................................21
Appendix 1: Determining Acceleration Factor ..................................................................................21 Appendix 2: Determining Failure Rate ...............................................................................................22

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

________________________Introduction
This report summarizes the qualification data for Maxims SMG, MV1, MV2, SG3, SG5, and Bipolar processes.
Fabrication

Maxim is currently running six major fabrication processes which are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. SMG (Standard Metal-Gate CMOS) MV1 (Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS) MV2 (Medium-Voltage Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG3 (Silicon-Gate 3 Micron CMOS) SG5 (Silicon-Gate 5 Micron CMOS) Bipolar (18/12 Micron)

SMG is a 6-micron, 24V, metal-gate, CMOS process. It is extremely conservative, but appropriate for many SSI and MSI circuit designs. This very popular fabrication process is used to produce most of Maxims products. MV1 is a 12-micron, 44V, metal-gate, CMOS process that is used exclusively to produce our analog switch product line. MV2 is a 5-micron, 44V, silicon-gate, CMOS process that is also used in our analog switch production line. SG3 is a 3-micron, 12V, silicon-gate, CMOS process. SG5 is a 5-micron, 20V, silicon-gate, CMOS process that is used to produce Maxims next generation of MSI and LSI products. Both SG3 and SG5 processes have become our future process standard. Bipolar is an 18-micron, 44V or 12-micron, 24V Bipolar process that is used chiefly for precision references, op amps, and A/D converters.

Maxims early conservative approach had been to make burn-in a standard addition to our production flow. Burn-in allowed Maxim to ensure our customers were receiving a quality product. Now, with the addition of our own sophisticated fabrication facility, we have been able to improve the innate product quality to the point where burn-in (BI) adds little reliability value. Before removing BI from our standard products, we are undertaking an Infant Mortality analysis for each process. A process must demonstrate an inherent Infant Mortality Failure rate of less than 300ppm. Table 4 shows the Infant Mortality evaluations undertaken. Each of the categories for failure are prioritized based on their relative frequency (see Figure 3) to identify what area should be improved next. The data shown here demonstrates the positive direction of Maxim's quality standards. It supports our continued philosophy of providing our customers with the lowest overall cost solution through superior quality products. The Maxim SMG, MV1, MV2, SG3, SG5, and Bipolar processes clearly meet or exceed the performance and reliability expectations of the semiconductor industry. These processes are qualified for production.

RR-1H

__________________Reliability Program
Maxim has implemented a series of Quality and Reliability programs aimed to build the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry. All products, processes, packages, and changes in manufacturing steps must be subjected to Maxims reliability testing before release to manufacturing for mass production. Our reliability program includes: Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Tables 5 through 10 show the results of long-term life test by process and device type. Tables 11 through 15 show the results of 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, Temperature Cycling, and High-Temperature Storage Life tests by device type. Tables 16 and 17 show hybrid product reliability.

______________Reliability Methodology
Maxims quality approach to reliability testing has been conservative. Each of the six processes has been qualified using industry standard tests and methods. These are Life Test, 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, and High-Temperature Storage and Temperature Cycling. Each process has been qualified and proven to produce inherently high-quality product.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

Step 1: Reliability Qualification Program

Maxim product reliability test program meets EIAJEDEC standards and most standard OEM reliability test requirements. Table 1 summarizes the qualification tests that are part of Maxim's Reliability program. We require that three consecutive manufacturing lots from a new process technology successfully meet the reliability test requirements before releasing products.
TABLE 1. MAXIM RELIABILITY TEST PROGRAM
TEST NAME Life Test 85/85 Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High Temp Storage Life CONDITIONS 135C/1000 hrs. 85C, 85% R.H 1000 hrs. w/Bias 121C, 100% R.H. 2 ATM, 168 hrs. -65C to +150C Air to Air/1000 Cycling +150C/1000 hrs. SAMPLING PLAN ACC/SS 1/77 1/77 0/77 1/77

1/77

To design-in reliability, Maxim began by formulating a set of physical layout rules that yield reliable products even under worst-case manufacturing tolerances. These rules are rigorously enforced, and every circuit is subjected to computerized Design Rule Checks (DRCs) to ensure compliance. Special attention is paid to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection. It is Maxims design goal to have every pin of every product withstand ESD voltages in excess of 2000V through a unique protection structure. Engineers routinely sample wafer lots to evaluate whether this goal is being met. In many cases, products withstand ESD levels beyond 3500V. Attention is also paid to minimizing the four layer (SCR) action inherent in CMOS devices. Circuit, layout, and processing have been optimized so that latch-up does not occur in any normal operating mode. Maxim tests each new product to guarantee that the design will meet a 50mA minimum limit for latch-up tolerance. Designs are extensively simulated, using both circuit and logic simulation software, to evaluate performance under worst-case conditions. Finally, every design is checked and rechecked by independent teams before being released to mask making.
Wafer Inspection

Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program

Maxim identifies three wafer lots per process per fab each week to perform weekly reliability monitor testing. Each lot is tested to 192 hours of High Temperature Life (at 135C) and pressure pot test. On a quarterly basis, one wafer lot per process, per fab, is identified and subjected to the same long-term reliability tests as defined in Table 1. Test results are fed back into production.
Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action

With our technical failure analysis staff, we are capable of handling in-depth analysis of every reliability test failure to the device level. If an alarming reliability failure mechanism or trend is identified, the corrective action will be initiated automatically. This proactive response and feedback ensures that discrepancies in any device failure mechanism are corrected before becoming major problems.
Design-In High Reliability

A disciplined design methodology is an essential ingredient of manufacturing a reliable part. No amount of finished product testing can create reliability in a marginal design.
4

All wafers are fabricated using stable, well-proven processes with extremely tight control. Each wafer must pass numerous in-process check-points such as oxide thickness, alignment, critical dimensions, and defect densities, and must comply with Maxims demanding electrical and physical specifications. Finished wafers are inspected optically to detect any physical defects. They are then parametrically tested to ensure full conformity to Maxims specifications. Our parametric measurement system has been designed by Maxim to make the precision measurements that are mandatory to insure reliability and reproducibility in analog circuits. We believe this quality control technology is the best in the industry, capable of resolving below 1pA current levels, and less than 1pF capacitance. Maxims proprietary software allows automatic measurement of subthreshold characteristics, fast surface state density, noise, and other parameters that are crucial to predicting long-term stability and reliability. Every Maxim wafer is subject to this rigorous screening at no premium to our customers.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

Failure-Rate History

The graph shown below illustrates Maxims failures in time (FIT) performance. It also highlights the continued improvements made in this

FIT rate. A well established continuous improvement methodology is expected to continue this trend.

FIGURE 1. MAXIM FIT RATES OVER TIME (Using Old and New Methods)
FIT 8 RATE
7.52 7 6.80 6 7.49

USING OLD METHOD

5

5.63

USING NEW METHOD

4.79 4

3 2.88 2 Sept '85 May '86 July '87 April '88 Mar '90* Mar '91 Jan '92 Jan '93 Jan '94 2.68

2.47

2.51

* On this date the overall FIT calculation was changed from a combined yearly historical average to a single yearly total. This was done to better reflect year by year improvements instead of averaging their contribution over the past years. Both calculations are shown. Old Method: # Total Fails (1985 + 1986 + ...) New Method: # Total Fails (Current Year) Total Tested (1985 + 1986 + ...) Total Tested (Current Year)

TABLE 2. LIFE TEST DATA

NUMBER OF FAILURES 29 148 2 179 TOTAL UNITS TESTED 6556 30696 1292 38544 DEGREES OF FREEDOM 60 298 6 360 FAILURE IN TIME RATE @ 25C X2 60% VALUE 61.7 303 5.8 365 X2 90% VALUE 73.7 329 9.8 394 60% CONF. LEVEL 2.49 2.62 1.19 2.51 90% CONF. LEVEL 2.98 2.84 2.01 2.71

PRODUCT FAMILY CONVERTERS (Note 1) LINEAR (Note 2) TIMERS/COUNTERS/ DISPLAY DRIVERS SUM TOTAL OF ALL PRODUCT LOTS
Note 1: Note 2:

NUMBER OF LOTS 99 409 16 524

A/D Converters, D/A Converters. Voltage References, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Filters, Analog Switches, and Multiplexers.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

Infant Mortality Evaluation Product Burn-In Life Test at 135 C

Maxim evaluates each process and product familys infant mortality immediately after achieving qualified status. Through infant mortality analysis, we can identify the common defects for each process or product family. Our goal is to quantify the need for production burn-in. If a 300ppm level can be achieved, the product or process can be manufactured without production burn-in and still assure an acceptable infant mor tality rate. To illustrate Maxims products low infant mortality rate, refer to Table 4 for product data.

Life Test is performed using biased conditions that simulate a real-world application. This test estimates the products field performance. It establishes the constant failure-rate level and identifies any early wearout mechanisms. The test product is under a controlled, elevated temperature environment, typically at 135C. This test can detect design, manufacturing, silicon, contamination, metal integrity, and assembly-related defects.
FIGURE 2. FAILURE RATE AT THE FIELD CONDITION 55C FOR METAL GATE CMOS PROCESS
120 FAILURE RATE (FITS) 100 80 60 40 20 0 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (k HOURS)

______________________Reliability Data
Merits of Burn-In

Figure 2 shows a plot of the failure rate versus time for the metal-gate CMOS process. The plot is based on Table 3's life test data and Table 4s infant mortality evaluation data, both applied to a General Reliability model. From this data, the benefit of production burn-in can be derived. Table 3s data summarizes the reliability effect of production burn-in. Essentially, only 25 units out of 17,859 were found to be outside the specification after 1000 hours of operation at 135C. This is equal to a FIT rate (FIT) of 0.34 at 25C. In comparison, the infant mortality rate is equal to 75 units out of 361,867 after 12 hours at 135C, which has an equivalent FIT rate of approximately 0.879. In practical terms, 0.020%/6 years (or 0.003%/year) of the total population would be found as defective through the first 6 years of operation, with an additional 0.0279%/year failing over the remaining life of the product.
TABLE 3. LIFE TEST RESULT OF MAXIM PRODUCTS FOR EACH PROCESS (COMBINED TEST CONDITIONS: 135C AND 1000 HRS.)
PROCESS SMG MV1 MV2 SG3 SG5 BIP TOTAL SAMPLE SIZE 7311 1769 935 1672 3891 2281 17859 REJECTS 4 1 0 4 8 8 25 FIT @25C 0.16 0.26 0.22 0.71 0.55 0.94 0.34 FIT @55C 2.82 4.48 3.83 12.31 9.52 16.25 5.88

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

High-Temperature Life and Dynamic Life Test (DLT) 135C, 1000 hrs., inputs fed by clock drivers at 50% duty cycle Must meet data sheet specifications See Tables 5-10
Humidity Test

The most popular integrated circuit (IC) packaging material is plastic. Plastic packages are not hermetic packages. Therefore, moisture and other contaminants can enter the package. Humidity testing measures the contaminants present and the resistance the product has to ambient conditions. Contaminants can be introduced during both wafer fabrication and assembly, and they can negatively affect product performance. Pressure Pot, 85/85, and HAST tests are used for this evaluation.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

85/85 Test

Maxim tests plastic encapsulated products with an 85/85 test to determine the moisture resistance capability of our products under bias conditions. This test can detect the failure mechanisms found in Life Test. In addition, electrolytic and chemical corrosion can be detected. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: 85/85 85C, 85% Relative Humidity, biased,1000 hrs. Must meet all data sheet parameters See Table 11.
Pressure Pot Test

assembly problems can be discovered using this test, but it typically identifies assembly quality. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Temperature Cycle -65C to +150C, 1000 cycles Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 14.

RR-1H

High-Temperature Storage Life Test

This test evaluates changes in a products performance after being stored for a set duration (1000 hrs.) at a high temperature (150C). It is only useful for failure mechanisms accelerated by heat. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: High-Temperature Storage 150C, 1000 hrs. unbiased Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 15.

This test simulates a products exposure to atmospheric humidity, which can be present during both wafer fabrication and assembly. Although an IC is covered with a nearly hermetic passivation (upper surface coat) layer, the bond pads must be exposed during bonding. Pressure Pot testing quickly determines if a potentially corrosive contaminant is present. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Pressure-Cooker Test (PCT) 121C, 100% RH, no bias, 168 hrs. Any opened bond or visual evidence of corrosion See Table 12.
HAST Test

_______Hybrid Products Reliability Data

Maxims hybrid product reliability data is presented in Tables 16 and 17. Table 16 is the Life Test data for products tested from 1990 to 1993. Table 17 is the Temperature Cycling Test data for hybrid products.

____________Process Variability Control

Reliability testing offers little value if the manufacturing process varies widely. A standard assumption, which is often false, is that test samples pulled from production are representative of the total population. Sample variability can be lessened by increasing the number of samples pulled. However, unless a process is kept in control, major variations can invalidate reliability test results, leading to incorrect conclusions and diminishing the integrity of failurerate estimates. Uncontrolled processes also make it difficult to prove failure rates of less than 10 FIT. Maxim monitors the stability of critical process parameters through the use of computerized Statistical Process Control (SPC). Over 125 charts are monitored in-line during wafer production. Additionally, over 100 process parameters are monitored at Wafer Acceptance. Maxim has a target Capability Coefficient (Cpk) goal of 1.5, which is equivalent to 7ppm. In addition to SPC, Maxim uses Design of Experiments (DOE) to improve process capability, to optimize process targeting, and to increase robustness.

Highly Accelerated Steam And Temperature (HAST) testing is quickly replacing 85/85 testing. It serves the same basic function as 85/85 in typically 10% of the time, making HAST tests useful for immediate feedback and corrective action. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: HAST 120C, 85% RH, biased,100 hrs. Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 13.
Temperature Cycle Test

This test measures a components response to temperature changes and its construction quality. The test cycles parts through a predetermined temperature range (usually -65C to +150C). Both fabrication and

______________________________________________________________________________________ 7

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

________________________________________________________Process Technologies
This section defines the layer-by-layer construction steps used in the fabrication of each process. (1) SMG (Refer to Figure 4.) Layer Description 1 P- Well Diffusion 2 P+ Diffusion 3 N+ Diffusion 4 Gate-Oxide Growth 5 Threshold Implant 6 Contact Etch 7 Metallization 8 Passivation (2) MV1 (Refer to Figure 5.) Layer Description 0 Buried Layer 1 EPI Deposit 2 P- Well Diffusion 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 Threshold Implant 7 Contact 8 Metallization 9 Passivation (3) MV2 (Refer to Figure 6.) Layer Description 1 Buried Layer 2 P-Well 3 P + Diffusion 4 N + Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 Pch Threshold Adjust 7 Polysilicon 8 NLDD 9 PLDD 10 N + Ohmic 11 Contact 12 Metal 13 Passivation (4) SG3 (Refer to Figure 7.) Layer Description 1 P-Well 2 PNP Base Dimension 10 2 2 900 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Zener Implant Active Area P Guard N Guard Pch Threshold Adjust Poly 2 Poly 1 N + Block P + Select Thin Film CrSi Contact Contact Metal Passivation 1.5

7000 4000

1 (Al, Si-1%) .8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 10 19 10 3 3 1975

1.0 0.8 (Si3N4 over Si02)

1 (Al, Si-1%) 0.8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 24.0 10.0 1.5 1.5 1000 4500

(5) SG5 (Refer to Figure 8.) Layer Description Dimension 1 P- Well Diffusion 8 2 PNP Base Drive 3 Zener Implant 4 Active Area/Field Ox 1 5 N Guard 6 P Guard 7 Threshold Adjust 8 Gate-Oxide Growth 750 9 Polysilicon 1 4400 10 Cap Oxide 1000 11 Polysilicon 2 4400 12 N+ Implant (Source/Drain) 13 P+ Implant (Source/Drain) 14 Chrome/Si Thin Film Deposit 15 Contact 16 Metallization 1 17 Passivation 0.8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) (6) BIP (Refer to Figure 9.) Layer Description 1 N+ Buried Layer 2 P+ Isolation 3 P Base 4 N+ Emitter 5 Capacitor 6 Contact Etch 7 Aluminum 8 Passivation Dimension 4.5 20 3 2.5 1500 11K (Al, Si-1%) 8K (Si3N4 over SiO2)

1.0m 0.8m

Dimension 6.0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT
PRODUCT MVI PROCESS DG201ACJ DG211CJ DG212CJ DG509ACJ DG508ACJ DG508ACJ SUBTOTAL SMG PROCESS ICM7218CIPI XDDCAA096A XDDCAA102A ICM7218AIPI ICM7218BIPI SUBTOTAL MAX1232CPA XPPAJQ003BR XPPAJQ003C XPPAJQ006A XPPAJQ007B SUBTOTAL MAX232CPE XPWAAA039AA XPWAAA040AA XPWAAA044AB XPWAAA048AB XPWAAA050AA XPWAAA074AA 150 150 150 125 125 150 135 135 135 135 XDDAAA097A XDDAAA098A XDDBAA099B 135 135 135 135 135 6886 6824 6694 6927 6959 34290 844 6447 12390 13330 33011 5324 5627 5831 5575 5768 4643 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 0 2 2 3 0.0 293 0.0 0.0 0.0 58.3 0.0 310 0.0 0.0 60.6 0.0 177.7 0.0 358.7 346.7 646.1 2-BOND WIRE SHORT FAILURES 1-MECHANICAL DAMAGE 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-INTERMITTENT BOND OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT XPWAAA147A XPWAAA147B XPWBAA012A 150 150 150 10372 10789 10070 2 0 3 192.8 0.0 297.9 1-LOW R1IN RESISTANCE SCRATCH ON DIE 1-HI Iee GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-HI R2IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN XPWBAA012B 150 10929 3 274.5 1-HI R1IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN 1-T1OUT STUCK HI UNKNOWN DAMAGE IN FA 1-R2IN INPUT THRESHOLD MARG. FAIL MAX232CPE MAX202CPE MAX232CPE SUBTOTAL XKMAAA005Q XKMCAA007A XKMAAA008A 135 135 135 15727 6277 30888 128.330 2 1 1 20 127 159 32 155.8 2-unknown 1-unknown 1-unknown 1-MARG. HI RIN THRESHOLD CAUSE UNKNOWN 1-BOND WIRE OPEN WEDGE BONDS @ LEADFRAME 1-HI Iee DUE TO GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-INTERMITTENT BOND WIRE OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 1-DIE SCRATCH 1-PACKAGE CRACK 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 1-UNKNOWN XRCAAB184C XRCAAB217Q XRCBAA208Q XROCAA045Q XROBAB029Q XROBAC030Q 135 135 135 135 135 135 11698 9642 11834 12629 10216 7912 63931 1 4 2 11 2 0 20 85 414 169 871 195 0 312.8 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 4-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 7-ISOFF CONTAMINATION, 1-HI ICC, 3 TIMING 1-IDON, IDOFF LOT BI TEMP SS FAILURES PPM ANALYSIS

RR-1H

______________________________________________________________________________________ 9

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT (continued)
PRODUCT LOT # BI TEMP SS FAILURES PPM ANALYSIS

MAX690CPA

XPYAJA208A

150

9443

423.6

1-AC FAILURE NO SCRATCH 2-MARGINAL HI RESET THRESHOLD NO SCRATCH 1-FUNCTIONAL FAILURE DUE TO DIE SCRATCH

XPYAJA208BA XPYAJA209A

150 150

4702 9873

3 3

638.0 303.9

2-DIE SCRATCH ON SILICON SUBSTRATE 1-DIE SCRATCH ON METAL LINES 1-RESET THRESHOLD DUE TO DIE SCRATCH 1-MARGINAL IBAT NO SCRATCH 1-GATE-OXIDE RUPTURE POSSIBLY ESD DAMAGE

XPYAJA208B SUBTOTAL SG5 PROCESS MAX232ACPE XETAZZ063Q

150

4295 28313

0 10

0.0 353.2

135

10016

599

2-BOND WIRE SHORT TO DIE EDGE 1-BOND WIRE SMASH 1-DIE SCRATCH 1-HI ICC, 1 LOW SLEW RATE

MAX232ACPE MAX202ACPE MAX232ACPE SUBTOTAL MAX452CPA MAX454CPD MAX455CPP SUBTOTAL COMBINED TOTAL

XETAZZ058Q XETAZA075A XETAZA099Q XFPAUB004A XFPAVA011Q XFPAVA009Q

135 135 135 135 135 135

10181 14977 10425 45,599 5592 6565 16236 28,393 361,867

1 4 3 14 2 0 5 7 75

98 267 288 307 358 0 308 246.5 207.2

1-OXIDE DEFECT 2-DIE SCRATCH, 2-UNKNOWN 3-HI ICC 2-VOS 4-VOS, 1 FUNCTIONAL FAILURE

22 20 20

18

17

16

NUMBER OF DEFECTS

14

12

11 10

10

4 2 2 0 MARGINAL ASSEMBLY LEAKAGE SCRATCH UNKNOWN GATE OXIDE TEST ESD 1

CATEGORY
FIGURE 3. INFANT MORTALITY PARETO CHART
10 _____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ P-WELL Tgox = 900

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

P+

N+

Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

10

FIGURE 4. SMG PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 3

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P-WELL Tgox = 1975

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

Si 3N4/SiO2 = 0.8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

TEPI = 19

10

10

SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 5. MV1 PROCESS

N-CHANNEL
TField 0x = 0.8

,,,,, ,,,,,
P+

TReflow 0x = 0.8

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

, @ P @ P ,
P-WELL = 10 P+ BURIED LAYER

TPoly = 4500

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,,,,, ,,,,,,
P+ N+

TMetal = 1.0 ,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+

Tgox = 1000

,, @@ PP @@ PP ,,
P-CHANNEL
,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 1.5

,,,,, ,,,,,
Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8 N+

TEPI = 16 N-SUBSTRATE
18

FIGURE 6. MV2 PROCESS

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 11

Product Reliability Report

Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8 TReflow 0x = 1.3 TField 0x = 0.9 P+

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

, @ P @@ PP ,, @@ PP ,, @ ,, P , @@,, PP @@ PP
N-CHANNEL
Poly2 = 7000

RR-1H

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, N+

,,, ,,,
P+ 1.5

P-CHANNEL

N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

Poly1 = 4000

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

N+

Tgox = 450

TMetal = 1.0

P-Well = 6

N-SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 7. SG3 PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 10,000
POLY I Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8

POLY II

P+ 1

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ P-WELL = 8 Tgox = 750

,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,,,,, ,,,

TPOLY OX = 1000

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ TMETAL = 1 P+

,,, ,,,,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ N+

FIGURE 8. SG5 PROCESS

NPN
N+ Emitter = 2.5

LATERAL PNP

VERTICAL PNP
Al/Si (1%) = 11k

,,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,, ,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,
SiO2 /Si3N4 = 0.8

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+ N+ N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

P+ P+ P+ N+ P+ ISO P+ N EPI = 17

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5 P Base = 3 P+ Isolation = 20

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5

P SUBSTRATE <111>

FIGURE 9. BIP PROCESS

12

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 5. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SMG)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX690 MAX691 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX690 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX232 MAX232 MAX691 MAX691 ICL7664 MAX7231 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX231 MAX232 MAX238 MAX690 ICL7109 ICM7212 MAX420 MAX250 MAX422 MAX232 MAX420 ICL7611 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 ICL7129 MAX232 MAX423 MAX232 ICL7611 MAX420 ICL7664 MAX232 MAX420 MAX667 MAX232 ICL7109 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 ICL7106 ICM7211 ICL7109 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX691 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX667 MAX690 MAX667 DATE CODE 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9034 9036 9036 9041 9041 9042 9042 9043 9043 9043 9043 9045 9046 9046 9049 9049 9105 9108 9108 9109 9110 9113 9113 9114 9115 9119 9120 9121 9125 9125 9137 9138 9140 9140 9140 9149 9201 9202 9203 9206 9208 9210 9214 9112 9140 9206 9206 9206 9207 9207 9207 9208 9208 9208 9211 9215 9215 9216 9220 9222 9222 9224 9225 9226 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 73 8 CERDIP 77 24 CERDIP 75 40 CERDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 76 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 79 8 PDIP 157 8 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 72 16 WSO 72 8 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 79 8 SO 76 8 SO 77 14 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 24 CERDIP 77 8 CERDIP 77 40 CERDIP 76 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 14 PDIP 200 8 PDIP 77 16 WSO 77 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 300 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 77 40 PDIP 45 16 WSO 77 14 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 80 TO99 76 16 WSO 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 77 28 SSOP 65 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 77 16 PDIP 80 28 SSOP 63 16 PDIP 80 16 WSO 77 8 CERDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX690 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX663 MAX691 MAX213 MAX232 ICL7660 MAX213 MAX8212 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 DATE CODE 9227 9229 9231 9237 9238 9243 9245 9249 9251 9251 9301 9307 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315

RR-1H

TABLE 5 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 8 NSO 28 WSO 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 77 77 80 77 77 80 80 77 50 80 76 80 77 77 77 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

FUNCTIONAL

*Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Display Drivers/Counters.

TABLE 6. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MVI)
DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG509 DG303 DG211 DG212 DG211 DG211 DG509 DG508 DG211 DG211 DG211 MAX333 MAX333 MAX333 MAX333 DG211 DG211 DG411 DG211 DG211 DG211 DG211 DG211 DG211 DG211 DG508 DATE CODE 9011 9016 9025 9052 9052 9108 9109 9112 9122 9129 9132 9132 9133 9133 9133 9133 9138 9141 9144 9207 9212 9231 9232 9236 9243 9249 9309 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 SO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 73 67 80 80 45 72 77 80 77 35 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 74 77 36 77 77 77 77 36 77 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

MARGINAL LEAKAGE

* Products included in this Life Test data are: Analog Switches and Analog Multiplexers.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 13

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TABLE 7. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MV2)
DEVICE TYPE DG411 DG412 DG413 DG444 DG445 DG412 DG444 DG411 DG411 DG441 DG411 DG405 DATE CODE 9144 9144 9145 9149 9149 9210 9210 9234 9240 9249 9250 9302 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 77 77 80 80 80 77 77 77 73 80 80 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 9. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 3m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG3)
DEVICE TYPE MAX707 MAX708 MAX703 MAX722 MAX690A MAX735 MAX661 MAX717 MAX485 MAX730 MAX662 LTC902 MAX485 MAX662 MAX708 LTC902 LTC902 DATE CODE 9212 9218 9222 9222 9222 9227 9238 9239 9240 9248 9249 9250 9303 9308 9309 9311 9316 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 WSO 18 WSO 77 77 80 80 77 77 40 77 80 77 40 50 77 77 77 52 66 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PARAMETRIC

TABLE 8. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 5m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG5)
DEVICE TYPE MX7533 MX7628 MX7572 MX7226 MAX172 MAX172 MAX271 MAX154 MAX456 MX7541 MX7524 MX7245 MX7824 MX7248 MX7845 MAX732 MX7845 MAX500 MX7582 MAX232A MX7245 MAX172 MAX243 MX7245 MAX162 MAX232A MAX172 MX7543 MX7820 MAX232A MAX406 MX7245 MX7226 MX7528 MAX406 MAX232A MX574 MAX406 MAX626 MX7225 MAX232A MAX232A MAX4420 MAX244 MAX626 MX7524 MX7543 MX7543 MAX454 MX574 MX574 MX7524 MAX261 DATE CODE 9002 9005 9010 9012 9021 9035 9043 9044 9048 9050 9102 9106 9106 9107 9108 9110 9117 9118 9122 9123 9133 9136 9137 9138 9139 9141 9144 9144 9148 9149 9207 9202 9210 9217 9217 9221 9221 9221 9222 9223 9223 9231 9232 9233 9235 9242 9244 9244 9248 9249 9304 9306 9309 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 80 20 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 45 20 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 70 24 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 24 24 PDIP 77 40 PDIP 50 18 PDIP 71 16 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 77 20 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 74 8 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 61 16 PDIP 75 28 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 20 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 77 20 PDIP 77 20 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 28 S. BRAZE 45 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 65 16 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 44 PLCC 80 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 14 PDIP 77 28 PDIP 50 28 PDIP 50 16 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 10. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE BIPOLAR PROCESS (BIP)
PARAMETRIC DEVICE TYPE REF01 MX584 MAX901 MAX9687 OP290 MX584 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 MX584 MAX902 MAX902 OP07 MAX9685 OP07 MAX412 MAX9690 MAX9687 MAX9690 MAX9687 OP07 REF01 MAX480 MAX1074 LT1074 OP07 LT1074 MAX435 MAX412 MAX901 MAX412 MAX410 REF02 LT1179 DATE CODE 9003 9019 9019 9033 9034 9047 9049 9049 9049 9047 9112 9112 9118 9124 9130 9136 9139 9141 9141 9142 9152 9224 9237 9240 9241 9246 9248 9250 9252 9302 9302 9302 9308 9314 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 TO 14 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 SB 16 SB 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 TO220 8 PDIP TO220 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 14 PDIP 80 55 77 50 77 74 77 77 77 45 80 80 77 77 77 77 24 28 77 38 77 77 77 45 45 77 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 52 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 OXIDE DEFECT

PARAMETRIC

4 PARAMETRIC

MASKING DEFECT

PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

*Products included in this Life Test data are: Voltage References and Operational Amplifiers.

FUNCTIONAL

*Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, D/A Converters, Interface, Switched Capacitor Filters.

14

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 11. TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (85/85) TEST RESULTS
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX691 OP290 MAX172 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX154 MAX232 MAX232 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7541 DG212 DG211 MAX7231 MX7245 MX7824 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX231 MAX275 MAX732 MAX232 DG509 MAX902 ICM7212 MX7845 OP07 MAX1000 MAX730 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A ICL7106 MAX292 MAX232 OP07 MX7245 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX730 DG211 DG411 DG413 MAX690 DG455 OP07 MAX232 DATE CODE 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9035 9036 9036 9041 9043 9043 9043 9044 9045 9046 9049 9049 9049 9049 9050 9052 9052 9105 9106 9106 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9109 9110 9110 9110 9112 9112 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9133 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9141 9144 9145 9147 9149 9152 9201 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 NSO 14 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 44 PLCC 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 45 69 75 77 60 70 24 35 45 45 39 77 72 77 69 44 44 76 76 76 76 72 76 45 80 45 58 45 68 77 77 45 80 41 77 80 80 48 45 58 77 77 76 77 45 77 30 77 56 77 72 77 76 77 75 77 77 77 77 100 72 77 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MX7245 REF01 MAX232 MAX690 ICL7109 ICL7109 MAX690 ICL7106 ICM7211 ICL7109 DG444 DG412 MAX241 DG211 MAX707 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX241 MAX406 MAX232 MAX232 MAX626 REF01 MAX667 MAX735 MAX4420 DG411 MAX626 DG211 MAX232 MAX480 MAX663 MAX661 MAX1074 DG411 MX7524 MAX623 OP07 MAX730 LT1074 MAX232 DG211 MAX662 MAX8212 MAX903 MAX412 MAX8212 DG405 MAX412 MAX410 MAX708 MX7524 REF02 MAX662 DG508 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 DATE CODE 9203 9202 9204 9206 9206 9206 9207 9207 9208 9208 9208 9210 9210 9211 9212 9212 9214 9215 9215 9220 9221 9221 9222 9222 9224 9226 9227 9232 9234 9235 9236 9237 9237 9238 9238 9240 9240 9242 9246 9246 9248 9248 9249 9249 9249 9251 9252 9252 9301 9302 9302 9302 9303 9306 9308 9308 9309 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315

RR-1H

TABLE 11 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP TO220 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 76 72 77 77 77 77 56 77 28 28 56 77 75 30 77 76 56 45 77 30 73 76 56 76 76 45 77 77 76 77 77 77 77 77 45 25 77 77 36 77 77 25 77 77 45 77 77 36 77 77 36 36 77 77 77 45 77 77 45 77 45 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OXIDE DEFECT

OXIDE DEFECT

MARG. LEAKAGE MARG. LEAKAGE

MARG. LEAKAGE

2 DIE SCRATCH, 1 SHORT

MARG. LEAKAGE FUNCTIONAL

MARG. LEAKAGE MARG. LEAKAGE

PARAMETRIC OXIDE DEFECT

PARAMETRIC

MASKING DEFECT

MARG. LEAKAGE PARAMETRIC 2 MARG. LEAKAGE

PARAMETRIC 1 CORROSION; 1 MARG. LEAKAGE

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 15

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TABLE 12. PRESSURE POT TEST AT 121C/100% RH 15 PSIG/168 HRS. (ALL PLASTIC PACKAGES)
DEVICE TYPE MX7628 MAX699 MAX236 MAX232 MAX239 MX7533 MX7572 MAX239 MAX239 ICL7660 MAX236 MAX236 ICL7660 DG212 MAX901 MAX8211 DG303 MAX232 ICL7660 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 MAX232 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7524 MX7245 MX7824 MX7824 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX275 MAX638 MAX696 ICM7212 MX7845 OP07 MAX500 MAX1000 MAX730 MAX422 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX420 ICL7660 ICL7660 OP07 MAX292 MX7245 MAX412 MAX172 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MX7245 MAX730 MAX232 MAX232 DATE CODE 9005 9006 9008 9013 9011 8950 8938 9012 9010 9013 9012 9010 9010 9011 9019 9023 9025 9032 9021 9033 9033 9036 9036 9033 9043 9043 9043 9049 9049 9049 9102 9106 9106 9106 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9110 9110 9114 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9119 9121 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9125 9125 9125 9130 9131 9133 9136 9136 9138 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9140 PKG. 20 PDIP 8 SO 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PLCC 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 SO 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 SO 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 WSO 20 PDIP 8 SO 16 WSO 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 24 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES SIZE 168 77 20 45 77 45 45 28 45 45 45 44 30 44 45 45 77 77 77 45 77 76 65 77 45 70 77 77 77 77 77 77 20 45 45 77 77 77 76 76 45 77 35 35 45 45 45 45 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (HRS.) NOTE DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG411 DG412 MAX232 DG413 MAX690 MX7820 DG445 OP07 MAX232 MAX232 MX7245 MAX639 MAX232 MX7541 MAX232 MAX690A MAX232 MAX232 MAX543 MAX660 REF01 ICL7109 MAX232 MAX690 MAX232 ICL7109 MAX690 ICM7211 ICL7106 ICL7109 DG444 MAX241 DG211 DG211 MAX708 MAX241 MAX560 MAX232 MAX560 MAX626 MAX703 MAX690A MAX232 REF01 MAX241 MAX667 MAX735 MAX4420 DG411 MAX626 DG211 MAX232 MAX480 MAX663 MAX661 MAX900 DG411 MAX1074 LT1074 MX7524 OP07 MAX454 MAX730 LT1074 DG211 MAX662 DG441 MAX232 MAX435 DG411 DATE CODE 9141 9144 9144 9145 9145 9147 9148 9149 9152 9201 9201 9202 9202 9203 9208 9209 9212 9214 9215 9223 9223 9204 9206 9206 9206 9207 9207 9207 9208 9208 9208 9210 9211 9212 9212 9218 9220 9221 9222 9222 9222 9222 9222 9222 9224 9225 9226 9227 9232 9234 9235 9236 9237 9237 9238 9238 9240 9240 9240 9241 9242 9246 9248 9248 9248 9249 9249 9249 9249 9250 9250

TABLE 12 (continued)
PKG. 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP TO220 TO220 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES SIZE 168 45 45 20 100 45 77 45 44 44 100 45 45 45 44 45 100 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 45 44 45 44 39 45 45 45 45 45 45 76 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 25 45 45 45 45 77 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (HRS.) NOTE

16

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 14. TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C 1000 CYCLES (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE ICL7660 MAX690 ICL7621 MAX232 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX691 MAX232 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 OP290 MAX172 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX154 MAX232 MAX235 MAX232 MAX584 MAX584 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7541 DG212 MX7524 MAX233 MAX233 MAX7231 MX7245 MX7824 MAX235 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX231 MAX232 MAX902 DG509 MAX238 MAX690 ICM7212 MX7845 MAX400 OP07 MAX1000 MAX500 MAX252 MAX730 MAX422 MAX400 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX400 MAX400 OP07 DG211 DATE CODE 9021 9026 9029 9032 9032 9033 9033 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9034 9035 9036 9036 9041 9043 9043 9043 9044 9045 9045 9046 9047 9047 9049 9049 9049 9049 9050 9052 9102 9105 9105 9105 9106 9106 9107 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9109 9110 9112 9112 9113 9113 9115 9117 9118 9118 9119 9119 9119 9119 9121 9122 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9130 9130 9132 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 8 SO 8 PDIP 8 TO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 CERDIP 24 CERDIP 40 CERDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 SB 16 PDIP 8 TO 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 SO 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 CERDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 16 WSO 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 10 67 77 77 70 71 77 70 77 45 77 74 77 24 60 77 76 39 77 77 75 77 77 20 77 76 45 77 71 77 77 75 76 45 45 45 43 77 77 43 77 77 77 72 76 76 80 80 80 80 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 40 77 45 80 77 77 77 77 77 77 80 80 77 45 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

RR-1H

TABLE 12 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX8212 MAX903 MAX412 MAX8212 DG405 MAX410 MAX412 MAX708 MX7524 MAX241 REF02 MAX662 MAX261 DG508 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 DATE CODE 9251 9252 9252 9301 9302 9302 9302 9303 9306 9307 9308 9308 9309 9309 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315 PKG. 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO SAMPLE FAILURES SIZE 168 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (HRS.) NOTE

OXIDE OVERETCH

TABLE 13. HAST TEST RESULTS 120C/85% RH/ BIASED/100 HRS.

DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX448 MX7572 MX7226 MAX232 MAX232 MAX236 MAX232 MAX239 MAX239 ICL7109 MAX232 MAX233 MAX241 MAX690A MAX225 MAX235 MAX500 MAX241 MAX232 MAX233A MAX667 MAX782 MAX241 MAX782 DATE CODE 8805 8910 8932 8930 8924 8925 9008 9013 9011 9010 9207 9207 9207 9211 9212 9216 9219 9220 9220 9222 9223 9240 9319 9329 9330 PKG. 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 20 WSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 36 SSOP SAMPLE FAILURES SIZE 100 36 25 24 30 30 30 45 25 25 24 25 25 25 30 45 25 28 45 30 25 25 25 24 30 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (HRS.) NOTE

OXIDE OVERETCH

CAPACITOR OPEN CORROSION

LEAKAGE LEAKAGE

FUNCTIONAL

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 17

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TABLE 14 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX333 MAX333 MX7245 MAX412 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX730 MAX9690 DG211 MAX9687 DG411 DG413 DG445 ICL7129 OP07 MAX232 MAX232 MAX705 MAX706 ICL7664 MAX232 MAX292 MX7820 MX7245 REF01 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX232 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX232 ICL7109 ICL7106 ICM7211 DG444 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX241 MX574 MAX406 MAX560 MAX232 MAX690A MAX703 MAX626 DATE CODE 9133 9133 9133 9136 9138 9138 9138 9140 9140 9141 9141 9142 9144 9145 9149 9149 9152 9201 9203 9206 9206 9210 9215 9131 9148 9202 9204 9206 9206 9206 9207 9207 9207 9208 9208 9208 9210 9211 9214 9215 9220 9221 9221 9221 9221 9222 9222 9222 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP TO99 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 28 SB 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 77 45 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 76 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 45 45 77 77 77 77 76 30 77 45 77 45 45 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX232 MAX667 REF01 MAX743 MX574 MAX735 MAX4420 DG411 MAX626 DG211 MAX480 MAX232 MAX661 MAX663 MAX1074 DG411 LT1074 MX7524 OP07 LT1074 MAX454 MAX730 DG211 DG441 MAX662 MAX232 DG411 MAX8212 MAX903 MAX412 MAX8212 MAX410 MAX901 DG405 MAX412 MAX708 MX7524 REF02 MAX662 DG508 MAX261 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 DATE CODE 9222 9222 9224 9224 9225 9226 9227 9232 9234 9235 9236 9237 9237 9238 9238 9240 9240 9241 9242 9246 9248 9248 9248 9249 9249 9249 9249 9250 9251 9252 9252 9301 9302 9302 9302 9302 9303 9306 9308 9308 9309 9309 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 16 PDIP 45 16 WSO 77 8 CERDIP 45 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 29 24 S. BRAZE 30 8 PDIP 76 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 45 8 NSO 77 TO220 44 16 PDIP 77 TO220 44 16 DPIP 77 8 PDIP 77 TO220 45 14 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 76 8 PDIP 45 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 NSO 77 8 NSO 77 8 PDIP 45 8 NSO 77 8 PDIP 45 16 CERDIP 45 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 45 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 45 16 PDIP 77 24 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 NSO 77 16 WSO 77 8 NSO 77 16 WSO 77 FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DIE SCRATCH

PARAMETRIC

BOND WIRE OPEN

MASKING DEFECT

PASSIVATION CRACK

18

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 15. HIGH TEMPERATURE LIFE TEST, 150C/1000 HRS. (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE DG303 ICL7621 MAX232 ICL7109 MAX690 MAX9687 MAX690 MAX238 ICL7109 MAX232 MAX232 MAX690 MAX238 ICM7212 MAX584 MAX584 MAX400 MAX400 ICL7664 MX7245 MX7824 MX7248 DG211 MX7845 MAX8211 MAX8211 DG211 MAX275 MAX238 MAX690 ICL7109 ICM7212 MAX7845 OP07 MAX1000 MAX730 DG508 MX7582 MAX232A MAX232 MAX292 MAX7219 MAX233 OP07 MX7245 MAX412 MAX690 MX7245 DG211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX730 DG211 DG411 DG413 DG445 MX7820 ICL7129 OP07 MAX232 MX7245 MAX232 DG444 DG211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX292 MX7820 OP07 MX7245 REF01 DATE CODE 9025 9029 9032 9033 9033 9033 9034 9034 9034 9036 9036 9043 9043 9043 9047 9047 9049 9049 9049 9106 9106 9107 9108 9108 9108 9108 9109 9110 9113 9113 9114 9115 9117 9118 9119 9119 9122 9122 9123 9125 9125 9125 9130 9130 9133 9136 9138 9138 9138 9139 9140 9140 9141 9144 9145 9145 9148 9149 9152 9201 9202 9203 9210 9212 9214 9215 9131 9148 9152 9202 9204 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 14 PDIP 8 TO 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 CERDIP 24 CERDIP 40 CERDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 TO 8 TO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 NSO 24 PDIP 8 SO 8 SO 16 NSO 20 PDIP 24 CERDIP 8 PDIP 40 CERDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 45 45 77 45 45 37 38 77 77 77 77 70 77 77 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 43 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 42 45 45 28 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE ICL7109 MAX232 MAX690 MAX690 ICL7109 MAX232 ICL7109 ICL7106 ICM7211 DG444 MAX241 DG211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX708 MAX235 MAX233 MAX241 MAX232 MAX406 MAX560 MAX626 MAX232 MAX690 MAX703 MAX667 REF01 MAX735 MAX4420 DG411 MAX626 DG211 MAX480 MAX232 MAX205 MAX663 MAX661 DG411 MAX900 LT1074 MX7524 OP07 MAX454 MAX730 LT1074 DG441 MAX662 DG211 MAX232 MAX435 DG411 MAX8212 MAX412 MAX8212 DG405 MAX410 MAX901 MAX412 MAX708 MX7524 REF02 MAX662 MAX261 DG508 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 DATE CODE 9206 9206 9206 9207 9207 9207 9208 9208 9208 9210 9211 9212 9214 9215 9215 9218 9219 9219 9220 9221 9221 9221 9222 9222 9222 9222 9224 9224 9227 9232 9234 9235 9236 9237 9237 9237 9238 9238 9240 9240 9241 9242 9246 9248 9248 9248 9249 9249 9249 9249 9250 9250 9251 9252 9301 9302 9302 9302 9302 9303 9306 9308 9308 9309 9309 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315

RR-1H

TABLE 15 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 WSO 40 PIDP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP TO220 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 11 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

BOND WIRE OPEN

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 19

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

TABLE 16. HYBRID PRODUCTS LIFE TEST 135C/1000 HRS
DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX171 MAX252 MAX252 MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX233 MAX233 MAX252 MAX1025 MAX252 MAX233 MAX233A MAX233A MX2700 LH0033 LH0033 PGA100 MAX233A MAX233A MAX225 MAX233 MAX205 MAX233A MAX233A MAX252 MAX235 MAX235 MAX235 DATE CODE 9013 9017 9021 9024 9029 9031 9036 9044 9045 9105 9105 9107 9113 9119 9130 9134 9201 9202 9202 9203 9206 9214 9214 9216 9218 9237 9307 9308 9309 9316 9320 9321 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 SB 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PLCC 40 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 24 SB TO 8 TO 8 24 SB 20 WSO 20 WSO 28 WSO 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 20 77 45 20 20 77 77 22 77 50 77 77 76 77 77 77 25 40 44 45 49 77 77 50 45 45 40 45 80 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 LED OPEN

TABLE 17. HYBRID PRODUCTS TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C/1000 CYCLES

DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX171 MAX235 MAX233 MAX252 MAX1025 MAX252 MAX233 MAX233A MX2700 MAX430 LH0033 MAX430 MAX233A MAX233A MAX681 MAX430 MAX233A MAX225 MAX233 MAX233 MAX235 MAX233A MAX205 MAX233A MAX233A MAX233 MAX233A MAX235 MAX235 MAX235 DATE CODE 9005 9013 9021 9024 9045 9105 9107 9113 9119 9130 9134 9149 9152 9202 9213 9214 9214 9215 9218 9214 9216 9218 9219 9219 9223 9237 9246 9307 9308 9308 9316 9320 9321 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 200 500 1000 X X X 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 SB 20 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PLCC 40 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 WSO 14 SB 8 PDIP TO 8 8 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 WSO 28 WSO 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 WSO 24 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 20 PDIP 20 WSO 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 20 77 20 20 45 45 45 40 45 45 23 45 25 45 45 44 77 45 45 77 77 77 45 45 45 77 30 77 45 77 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XFORMER WIRE

WIRE OPEN LED OPEN

XFORMER OPEN

CAP OPEN CAP OPEN, UNKNOWN PARAMETRIC

CAP OPEN EPOXY SHORT PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC CAP SHORTED

PARAMETRIC

CAP OPEN

PARAMETRIC

20

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

_________________________Appendix 1 _______Determining Acceleration Factor
Definition of Terms

RR-1H

An acceleration factor is a constant used in reliability prediction formulas that expresses the enhanced effect of temperature on a devices failure rate. It is usually used to show the difference (or acceleration effect) between the failure rate at two temperatures. In simple terms, a statement such as, The failure rate of these devices operating at 150C is 5 times greater than the failure rate at 25C, implies an acceleration factor of 5. The acceleration factor used in the semiconductor industry is a result of the Arrhenius equation stated below: Acceleration Factor = Ke
Ea k

probably greater than those quoted. The second method to determine an activation energy (Ea) is empirical. Two groups of devices are tested at different temperatures, and the difference between their failure rates is measured. An example is shown below: Group 1 = 9822 failures after 100 hrs. of operation at 150C. Group 2 = 1 failure after 100 hrs. of operation at 25C. The acceleration factor is, therefore, 9822 for this particular failure mechanism between these two temperatures.

( )
1-1 T1 T2

9822 = e

Ea k

( )
1-1 T1 T2

Where: K = an experimentally determined constant Ea = the activation energy k = Boltzmann's constant T1 = actual use temp. in degrees Kelvin T2 = test temp. in degrees Kelvin
How to Use This Equation

Where: Ea = the unknown activation energy k = 8.63 x 10-5eV/K T1 = 25C + 273C or 298K T2 = 150C + 273C or 423K Substituting: 9822 = e
Ea 8.63 X 10-5 1 ( 298 1 423

The first step is to determine an activation energy, which may be done in one of two ways. The first method involves using failure analysis techniques to determine the actual failure mechanism. Many failure mechanisms have had their activation energies already determined, and these are tabulated in published literature. Although all processes are not exactly the same, the activation energy of a particular failure mechanism is mainly determined by physical principles. Using published activation energies will not give the exact activation energy that is associated with a particular process, but it will give a very close approximation. The dominant failure mechanisms in Maxims Life Tests have activation energies in the range of 0.8eV to 1.2eV. We have conservatively chosen 0.8eV for the purposes of computing the acceleration factors used in this report. Actual acceleration factors are

9822 = e

Ea x 11.49

Taking the natural log of both sides: Loge9822 = Ea x 11.49 Loge9822 = Ea 11.49 Therefore, Ea = 0.8eV Assuming that this activation energy represents the dominant failure mechanism of the device under consideration, it may then be used to determine the acceleration factor between any two temperatures as follows:

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 21

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

Between 150C and 70C, for example: Acceleration Factor = e T1 = 70C + 273C = 343K T2 = 150C + 273C = 423K
0.8 8.63 X 10-5 1 T1 1 T2 FR = 10-9

FIT.

Using the above example: FIT = 0.00002/10-9 = 20,000 The FIT rate is, therefore, shorthand for the number of units predicted to fail in a billion (10-9) devicehours at the specified temperature.
Calculating Failure Rates and FITs

Substituting for T1 + T2 and solving for e yields the result: Acceleration Factor = 165 The acceleration factor between 150C and 70C is 165.

_________________________Appendix 2 _____________Determining Failure Rate

Definition of Terms

The failure rate can be expressed in terms of the following four variables: A = The number of failures observed after test B = The number of hours the test was run C = The number of devices used in the test D = The temperature acceleration factor (See Appendix 1) Using data in Table 2, a failure rate at 25C can now be calculated: A = 179 B = 192 C = 38,544 D = 9822 (Assuming Ea = 0.8eV, and a test temperature of 150C) Substituting: FR =
179 192 x 38544 x 9822

The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) is the average time it takes for a failure to occur. For example, assume a company tests 100 units for 1000 hrs. The total device-hours accrued would be 100 x 1000 or 100,000 device-hours. Now assume 2 units were found to be failures. Roughly, it could be said that the Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) would equal: MTBF =
Total Device Hrs. Total # of Failures

= 2.46 X10-9

100,000 2

= 50,000 hrs. Expressing this in terms of the FIT rate: FIT = 2.46 To determine the FIT rate at a new temperature, the acceleration factor (D) must be recalculated from the Arrhenius equation given in Appendix 1.
Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation

The Failure Rate (FR) is equal to the reciprocal of the MTBF or: FR =
1 MTBF

1 50,000

= 0.00002

If this number is multiplied by 1 x 105, the failure rate in terms of percent per 1000 hrs. is obtained, i.e., 2%. A common reliability term also used to express the failure rate is Failures in Time, or FIT. This is the number of failures per billion device-hours, and is obtained by dividing the Failure Rate by 10-9:
22

Because a small random sample is being chosen from each lot, the statistical effects are significant enough to mention. With most published failure rate figures, there is an associated confidence level number. This number expresses the confidence level that the actual failure rate of the lot will be equal to or lower than the predicted failure rate.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1H

The failure rate calculation, including a confidence level, is determined as follows: FR =
x2 2DH

The value of (1 - CL) for a 60% confidence level is: (1 - 0.60) = 0.40. The number of degrees of freedom equals: 2(179 x 1) = 360. The Chi square value found under the values of 0.40 and 360 degrees of freedom is: 365. Therefore, the failure rate found using a 60% confidence level is: FR =
365 1.45 x 1011

Where: X2 = the Chi square value 2DH = 2 times the total device hours = 2 x (BxCxD) The Chi square value is based on a particular type of statistical distribution. However, all that is required to arrive at this value is knowing the number of failures. In this example, there were 179 failures. The Chi square value is found using a standard X2 distribution table. The tabular values are found using the factors (1 - CL), where CL is the desired confidence level, and 2(N + 1) is the degree of freedom.

= 2.51 X 10-9

Expressed as Failure-in-Time rate: FIT = 2.51 Referring to Table 2, one can see that for Maxims product, there is a 60% confidence level that no more than 2.51 units will fail per billion (10 9 ) device-hours of operation at 25C.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 23

May 1, 1995

RR-1I

Product Reliability Report

This report presents the product reliability data for Maxims analog products. This data is a result of extensive reliability stress testing that we performed in 1994. It is separated into six fabrication processes: (1) Standard Metal-Gate CMOS (SMG); (2) Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS (MV1); (3) Medium-Voltage SiliconGate CMOS (MV2); (4) 3m Silicon-Gate CMOS (SG3); (5) 5m Silicon-Gate CMOS (SG5); and (6) Bipolar (BIP) processes. Over 14,743,000 device hours have been accumulated for products stressed at an elevated temperature (135C) during this period. The data in this report is considered typical of Maxims production. As you will see, Maxims products demonstrate consistently high reliability.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

__________________________________Table of Contents
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................3 Reliability Methodology...........................................................................................................................3 Reliability Program ...................................................................................................................................3
Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program ...................................................................................4 Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program ......................................................................................4 Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action ...................................................................4 Design-In High Reliability .......................................................................................................................4 Wafer Inspection ......................................................................................................................................4 Failure-Rate History ................................................................................................................................5 Infant Mortality Evaluation and Product Burn-In ..................................................................................6

Reliability Data ...........................................................................................................................................6

Merits of Burn-In ......................................................................................................................................6 Life Test at 135C .....................................................................................................................................6 Humidity Test ...........................................................................................................................................6 85/85 Test .................................................................................................................................................7 Pressure Pot Test ....................................................................................................................................7 HAST Test ................................................................................................................................................7 Temperature Cycling Test .......................................................................................................................7 High-Temperature Storage Life Test ......................................................................................................7

Hybrid Products Reliability Data ..........................................................................................................7 Process Variability Control.....................................................................................................................7 Process Technologies .............................................................................................................................8 Reliability Test Results ............................................................................................................................9 Appendices 1 and 2 ................................................................................................................................21
Appendix 1: Determining Acceleration Factor ..................................................................................21 Appendix 2: Determining Failure Rate ...............................................................................................22

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

________________________Introduction
This report summarizes the qualification data for Maxims SMG, MV1, MV2, SG3, SG5, and Bipolar processes.
Fabrication

Maxim is currently running the following six major fabrication processes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. SMG (Standard Metal-Gate CMOS) MV1 (Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS) MV2 (Medium-Voltage Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG3 (3-Micron Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG5 (5-Micron Silicon-Gate CMOS) Bipolar (18/12-Micron)

SMG is a 6-micron, 24V, metal-gate CMOS process. It is extremely conservative, but appropriate for many SSI and MSI circuit designs. This very popular fabrication process is used to produce most of Maxims products. MV1 is a 12-micron, 44V, metal-gate CMOS process, used exclusively to produce our analog switch product line. MV2 is a 5-micron, 44V, silicon-gate CMOS process, also used in our analog switch production line. SG3 is a 3-micron, 12V, silicon-gate CMOS process. SG5 is a 5-micron, 20V, silicon-gate CMOS process, used to produce Maxims next generation of MSI and LSI products. Both SG3 and SG5 have become our future process standards. Bipolar is an 18-micron, 44V or 12-micron, 24V bipolar process, used chiefly for precision references, op amps, and A/D converters.

Maxims early conservative approach included burn-in as a standard stage of our production flow. Burn-in ensured that our customers were receiving a quality product. Now, with the addition of our own sophisticated fabrication facility, we have improved the innate product quality to the point where burnin (BI) adds little reliability value. Before removing BI from our standard products, we are undertaking an Infant Mortality analysis for each process. A process must demonstrate an inherent Infant Mortality failure rate of less than 300ppm. Table 4 shows the Infant Mortality evaluations undertaken. Each of the categories for failure is prioritized based on its relative frequency (Figure 3), to identify what area should be improved next. The data shown here demonstrates the positive direction of Maxims quality standards. It illustrates our continued dedication to providing the lowest overall-cost solution to our customers, through superior quality products. Maxims SMG, MV1, MV2, SG3, SG5, and Bipolar processes clearly meet or exceed the performance and reliability expectations of the semiconductor industry. These processes are qualified for production.

RR-1I

__________________Reliability Program
Maxim has implemented a series of Quality and Reliability programs aimed at building the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry. All products, processes, packages, and changes in manufacturing steps must be subjected to Maxims reliability testing before release to manufacturing for mass production. Our reliability program includes the following steps: Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Tables 510 show the results of long-term Life Tests by process and device type. Tables 1115 show the results of the 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, Temperature Cycling, and High-Temperature Storage Life tests, by device type. Tables 16 and 17 show hybrid product reliability.

______________Reliability Methodology
Maxims quality approach to reliability testing is conservative. Each of the six fabrication processes has been qualified using the following industry-standard tests: Life Test, 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, HighTemperature Storage Life, and Temperature Cycling. Each process has been qualified and proven to produce inherently high-quality product.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program

Maxims product reliability test program meets EIAJEDEC standards and most standard OEM reliability test requirements. Table 1 summarizes the qualification tests that are part of Maxims reliability program. Before releasing products, we require that three consecutive manufacturing lots from a new process technology successfully meet the reliability test requirements.
TABLE 1. MAXIM RELIABILITY TEST PROGRAM
TEST NAME Life Test 85/85 Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High Temp. Storage Life CONDITIONS +135C/1000 hrs. +85C, 85% R.H 1000 hrs. w/Bias +121C, 100% R.H. 2 ATM, 168 hrs. -65C to +150C Air to Air/1000 Cycling +150C/1000 hrs. SAMPLING PLAN ACC/SS 1/77 1/77 0/77 1/77

To design-in reliability, Maxim began by formulating a set of physical layout rules that yield reliable products even under worst-case manufacturing tolerances. These rules are rigorously enforced, and every circuit is subjected to computerized Design Rule Checks (DRCs) to ensure compliance. Special attention is paid to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection. Maxims goal is to design every pin of every product to withstand ESD voltages in excess of 2000V, through a unique protection structure. In the case of our RS-232 interface circuits, products can even withstand 15kV ESD using the human-body model, 8kV ESD using IEC801-2 contact discharge, or 15kV ESD using IEC801-2 air-gap discharge. Maxim tests each new product for designed 50mA latchup protection. Designs are extensively simulated (using both circuit and logic simulation software) to evaluate p er f or mance und er w ors t -cas e con d it io n s. Finally, every design is checked and rechecked by independent teams before being released to mask making.
Wafer Inspection

1/77

Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program

Each week Maxim identifies three wafer lots per process per fab to be the subjects of reliability monitor testing. Each lot is Pressure Pot tested, and tested to 192 hours of High-Temperature Storage Life (at 135C). On a quarterly basis, one wafer lot per process per fab is identified and subjected to the same long-term reliability tests as defined in Table 1. Test results are fed back into production.
Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action

Our technical failure-analysis staff is capable of analyzing every reliability test failure to the device level. If an alarming reliability failure mechanism or trend is identified, the corrective action is initiated automatically. This proactive response and feedback ensures that discrepancies in any device failure mechanism are corrected before becoming major problems.
Design-In High Reliability

A disciplined design methodology is an essential ingredient of manufacturing a reliable part. No amount of finished-product testing can create reliability in a marginal design.
4

All wafers are fabricated using stable, proven processes with extremely tight control. Each wafer must pass numerous in-process checkpoints (such as oxide thickness, alignment, critical dimensions, and defect densities), and must comply with Maxims demanding electrical and physical specifications. Finished wafers are inspected optically to detect any physical defects. They are then parametrically tested to ensure full conformity to Maxims specifications. Our parametric measurement system is designed to make the precision measurements that will ensure reliability and reproducibility in analog circuits. We believe our quality-control technology is the best in the industry, capable of resolving current levels below 1pA, and of producing less than 1pF capacitance. Maxims proprietary software allows automatic measurement of subthreshold characteristics, fast surface-state density, noise, and other parameters crucial to predicting long-term stability and reliability. Every Maxim wafer is subject to this rigorous screening at no premium to our customers.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

Failure-Rate History

The graph below (Figure 1) illustrates Maxims Failures-in-Time (FIT) rate performance. It also highlights the progressive improvements made in

this FIT rate, a trend which we expect to see continue, thanks to our established continuousimprovement methodology.

FIGURE 1. MAXIM FIT RATES OVER TIME

FIT 8 RATE 7 7.52 7.49 6.80 6 5.63 5 4.79 4

3 2.88 2 2.68 2.47 2.51

1.31 1 Sept '85 May '86 July '87 April '88 Mar '90* Mar '91 Jan '92 Jan '93 Jan '94 Jan '95

TABLE 2. LIFE TEST DATA

NUMBER OF FAILURES 25 69 1 95 TOTAL UNITS TESTED 7185 31,086 1529 39,800 DEGREE OF FREEDOM 52 140 4 192 FIT @ 25C X2 60% VALUE 53.5 143 3.64 196 X2 90% VALUE 64.7 161 6.9 217 60% CONF. LEVEL 1.97 1.22 0.63 1.31 90% CONF. LEVEL 2.38 1.37 1.20 1.44

PRODUCT FAMILY CONVERTERS (Note 1) LINEAR (Note 2) TIMERS/COUNTERS/ DISPLAY DRIVERS SUM TOTAL OF ALL PRODUCT LOTS
Note 1: Note 2:

NUMBER OF LOTS 99 406 20 525

A/D Converters, D/A Converters Voltage References, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Filters, Analog Switches, and Multiplexers

______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

Infant Mortality Evaluation and Product Burn-In Life Test at 135 C

Maxim evaluates each process and product familys Infant Mortality rate immediately after achieving qualified status. Through Infant Mortality analysis, we can identify the common defects for each process or product family. Our goal is to quantify the need for production burn-in. If a 300ppm level can be achieved, the product or process can be manufactured without production burn-in and still ensure an acceptable Infant Mortality rate. For an illustration of Maxims low Infant Mortality rate, refer to Table 4.

Life Test is performed using biased conditions that simulate a real-world application. This test estimates the products field performance. It establishes the constant failure-rate level and identifies any early wearout mechanisms. The tested product is kept in a controlled, elevated-temperature environment, typically at 135C. This test can detect design, manufacturing, silicon, contamination, metal integrity, and assembly-related defects.
FIGURE 2. FAILURE RATE AT THE FIELD (55C for Metal-Gate CMOS Process)
120 100 FAILURE RATE (FIT) 80 60 40 20 0 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (k HOURS)

______________________Reliability Data
Merits of Burn-In

Figure 2 plots Failure Rate versus Time for the metalgate CMOS process. The plot is based on Table 3s Life Test data and Table 4s Infant Mortality evaluation data, both applied to a General Reliability model. From this data, the benefit of production burn-in can be derived. Table 3s data summarizes the reliability effect of production burn-in. Essentially, only seven units out of 14,743 were found to be outside the specification after 1000 hours of operation at 135C. This is equal to an FIT rate of 0.13 at 25C. In comparison, the infant mortality rate is equal to 92 units out of 470,925 after 12 hours at 135C, which has an equivalent FIT rate of approximately 0.828. In practical terms, 0.019%/six years (or 0.003%/year) of the total population would be found as defective through the first six years of operation, with an additional 0.009%/year failing over the remaining life of the product.
TABLE 3. LIFE TEST RESULT OF MAXIM PRODUCTS FOR EACH PROCESS (Combined Test Conditions: 135C and 1000 Hrs.)
PROCESS SMG MV1 MV2 SG3 SG5 BIP TOTAL SAMPLE SIZE 6772 457 461 3921 1943 1189 14,743 REJECTS 4 1 0 1 0 1 7 FIT@ 25C 0.18 1.00 0.45 0.12 0.11 0.39 0.13 FIT@ 55C 3.04 17.33 7.78 2.02 1.85 6.66 2.23

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

High-Temperature Life and Dynamic Life Test (DLT) 135C, 1000 hrs., inputs fed by clock drivers at 50% duty cycle Must meet data sheet specifications See Tables 510
Humidity Test

The most popular integrated circuit (IC) packaging material is plastic. Plastic packages are not hermetic, therefore moisture and other contaminants can enter the package. Humidity testing measures the contaminants present and the products resistance to ambient conditions. Contaminants can be introduced during both wafer fabrication and assembly, and they can negatively affect product performance. Pressure Pot, 85/85, and HAST tests are used for this evaluation.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

85/85 Test

Maxim tests plastic-encapsulated products with an 85/85 test to determine the moisture resistance capability of our products under bias conditions. This test can detect the failure mechanisms found in Life Test. In addition, it can detect electrolytic and chemical corrosion. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: 85/85 85C, 85% Relative Humidity, biased,1000 hrs. Must meet all data sheet parameters See Table 11
Pressure Pot Test

using Temperature Cycling, but the test typically identifies assembly quality. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Temperature Cycling -65C to +150C, 1000 cycles Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 14

RR-1I

High-Temperature Storage Life Test

This test evaluates changes in a products performance after being stored for a set duration (1000 hrs.) at a high temperature (150C). It is only useful for failure mechanisms accelerated by heat. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: High-Temperature Storage Life 150C, 1000 hrs. unbiased Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 15

This test simulates a products exposure to atmospheric humidity, which can be present during both wafer fabrication and assembly. Although an IC is covered with a nearly hermetic passivation layer (upper-surface coat), the bond pads must be exposed during bonding. Pressure Pot testing quickly determines if a potentially corrosive contaminant is present. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: Pressure Pot 121C, 100% RH, no bias, 168 hrs. Any opened bond or visual evidence of corrosion See Table 12
HAST Test

________Hybrid Products Reliability Data

Maxims hybrid product reliability data is presented in Tables 16 and 17. Table 16 is the Life Test data for products tested in 1994. Table 17 is the Temperature Cycling test data for hybrid products.

_____________Process Variability Control

Reliability testing offers little value if the manufacturing process varies widely. A standard assumption, which is often false, is that test samples pulled from production are representative of the total population. Sample variability can be lessened by increasing the number of samples pulled. However, unless a process is kept in control, major variations can invalidate reliability test results, leading to incorrect conclusions and diminishing the integrity of failurerate estimates. Uncontrolled processes also make it difficult to prove failure rates of less than 10 FIT. Maxim monitors the stability of critical process parameters through the use of computerized Statistical Process Control (SPC). Over 125 charts are monitored in-line during wafer production. Additionally, over 100 process parameters are monitored at Wafer Acceptance. Maxim has a target Capability Coefficient (Cpk) goal of 1.5, which is equivalent to 7ppm. In addition to SPC, Maxim uses Design of Experiments (DOE) to improve process capability, optimize process targeting, and increase robustness.

Highly Accelerated Steam and Temperature (HAST) testing is quickly replacing 85/85 testing. It serves the same basic function as 85/85, in typically 10% of the time, making HAST tests useful for immediate feedback and corrective action. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: HAST 120C, 85% RH, biased,100 hrs. Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 13
Temperature Cycling Test

This test measures a components response to temperature changes and its construction quality. The test cycles parts through a predetermined temperature range (usually -65C to +150C). Both fabrication and assembly problems can be discovered

______________________________________________________________________________________ 7

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

________________________________________________________Process Technologies
This section defines the layer-by-layer construction steps used in the fabrication of each process. (1) SMG (Refer to Figure 4) Layer Description 1 P-Well Diffusion 2 P+ Diffusion 3 N+ Diffusion 4 Gate-Oxide Growth 5 Threshold Implant 6 Contact Etch 7 Metallization 8 Passivation (2) MV1 (Refer to Figure 5) Layer Description 0 Buried Layer 1 EPI Deposit 2 P-Well Diffusion 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 Threshold Implant 7 Contact 8 Metallization 9 Passivation (3) MV2 (Refer to Figure 6) Layer Description 1 Buried Layer 2 P Well 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 PCH Threshold Adjust 7 Polysilicon 8 NLDD 9 PLDD 10 N+ Ohmic 11 Contact 12 Metal 13 Passivation (4) SG3 (Refer to Figure 7) Layer Description 1 P Well 2 PNP Base Dimension 10 2 2 900 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Zener Implant Active Area P Guard N Guard PCH Threshold Adjust Poly 2 Poly 1 N+ Block P+ Select Thin Film CrSi Contact Contact Metal Passivation 1.5

7000 4000

1 (Al, Si-1%) 0.8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 10 19 10 3 3 1975

1.0 0.8 (Si3N4 over Si02)

1 (Al, Si-1%) 0.8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 24.0 10.0 1.5 1.5 1000 4500

(5) SG5 (Refer to Figure 8) Layer Description Dimension 1 P-Well Diffusion 8 2 PNP Base Drive 3 Zener Implant 4 Active Area/Field Ox 1 5 N Guard 6 P Guard 7 Threshold Adjust 8 Gate-Oxide Growth 750 9 Polysilicon 1 4400 10 Cap Oxide 1000 11 Polysilicon 2 4400 12 N+ Implant (Source/Drain) 13 P+ Implant (Source/Drain) 14 Chrome/Si Thin-Film Deposit 15 Contact 16 Metallization 1 17 Passivation 0.8 (Si3N4 over SiO2) (6) BIP (Refer to Figure 9) Layer Description 1 N+ Buried Layer 2 P+ Isolation 3 P-Base 4 N+ Emitter 5 Capacitor 6 Contact Etch 7 Aluminum 8 Passivation Dimension 4.5 20 3 2.5 1500 11k (Al, Si-1%) 8k (Si3N4 over SiO2)

1.0m 0.8m

Dimension 6.0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

_______________________________________________________Reliability Test Results
TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT
PRODUCT MV1 PROCESS DG201ACJ DG211CJ DG212CJ DG509ACJ DG508ACJ DG508ACJ SUBTOTAL MV2 PROCESS DG411DY XRLADB016A XRLADB017B XRLADB018B 135 135 135 10,338 10,482 10,068 30,888 1 0 2 3 97 0 199 97 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE XRCAAB184C XRCAAB217Q XRCBAA208Q XROCAA045Q XROBAB029Q XROBAC030Q 135 135 135 135 135 135 11,698 9642 11,834 12,629 10,216 7912 63,931 1 4 2 11 2 0 20 85 414 169 871 195 0 312.8 1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 4-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 7-ISOFF CONTAMINATION, 1-HI ICC, 3 TIMING 1-IDON, IDOFF LOT BI TEMP SS FAILURES PPM ANALYSIS

RR-1I

SUBTOTAL SMG PROCESS ICM7218CIPI ICM7218AIPI ICM7218BIPI SUBTOTAL MAX1232CPA XPPAJQ003BR XPPAJQ003C XPPAJQ006A XPPAJQ007B 135 135 135 135

XDDCAA096A XDDCAA102A XDDAAA097A XDDAAA098A XDDBAA099B

135 135 135 135 135

6886 6824 6694 6927 6959 34,290 844 6447 12,390 13,330 33,011

0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 0 2 2 3

0.0 293 0.0 0.0 0.0 58.3 0.0 310 0.0 0.0 60.6 0.0 177.7 0.0 358.7 346.7 646.1

1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE , 1-UNKNOWN

1-DIE SCRATCH, 1-PACKAGE CRACK

SUBTOTAL MAX232CPE XPWAAA039AA XPWAAA040AA XPWAAA044AB XPWAAA048AB XPWAAA050AA XPWAAA074AA 150 150 150 125 125 150

5324 5627 5831 5575 5768 4643

1-INTERMITTENT BOND WIRE OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 2-BOND WIRE SHORT FAILURES 1-MECHANICAL DAMAGE, 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-INTERMITTENT BOND OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-MARG. HI RIN THRESHOLD (CAUSE UNKNOWN) 1-BOND WIRE OPEN WEDGE BONDS @ LEADFRAME 1-HI IEE DUE TO GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-LOW R1IN RESISTANCE SCRATCH ON DIE 1-HI IEE GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-HI R2IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN 1-HI R1IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN 1-T1OUT STUCK HI UNKNOWN DAMAGE IN FA 1-R2IN INPUT THRESHOLD MARG. FAIL 2-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

XPWAAA147A XPWAAA147B XPWBAA012A

150 150 150

10,372 10,789 10,070

2 0 3

192.8 0.0 297.9

XPWBAA012B

150

10,929

274.5

MAX232CPE MAX202CPE MAX232CPE SUBTOTAL

XKMAAA005Q XKMCAA007A XKMAAA008A

135 135 135

15,727 6277 30,888 128,330

2 1 1 20

127 159 32 155.8

______________________________________________________________________________________ 9

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT (continued)
PRODUCT MAX690CPA LOT XPYAJA208A BI TEMP 150 SS 9443 FAILURES 4 PPM 423.6 ANALYSIS 1-AC FAILURE NO SCRATCH 2-MARGINAL HI RESET THRESHOLD NO SCRATCH 1-FUNCTIONAL FAILURE DUE TO DIE SCRATCH 2-DIE SCRATCH ON SILICON SUBSTRATE 1-DIE SCRATCH ON METAL LINES 1-RESET THRESHOLD DUE TO DIE SCRATCH 1-MARGINAL IBAT NO SCRATCH 1-GATE-OXIDE RUPTURE POSSIBLY ESD DAMAGE

XPYAJA208BA XPYAJA209A

150 150

4702 9873

3 3

638.0 303.9

XPYAJA208B SUBTOTAL SG3 PROCESS MAX485CPA XKNACA009A XKNACA011A XKNACB016C

150

4295 28,313

0 10

0.0 353.2

135 135 135

SUBTOTAL MAX705CPA XTOACZ010A XTOACA014Q XTOACB015B 135 135 135

8654 9689 6239 24,582 7026 6759 4895 18,680 12,505 11,873 10,530 34,908

1 2 1 4 1 2 0 3 3 2 2 7

115 206 160 162 142 295 0 160 239 168 189 200

1-LEAKAGE 2-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

1-HI ICC 2-PARAMETRIC

SUBTOTAL MAX712CPE MAX713CPE XAABCA009A XAAACA013A XAAACA016A 135 135 135

3-PARAMETRIC 2-PARAMETRIC 1-FUNCTIONAL, 1-PARAMETRIC

SUBTOTAL SG5 PROCESS MAX232ACPE XETAZZ063Q 135

10,016

599

MAX232ACPE MAX202ACPE MAX232ACPE SUBTOTAL MAX452CPA MAX454CPD MAX455CPP SUBTOTAL COMBINED TOTAL

XETAZZ058Q XETAZA075A XETAZA099Q

135 135 135

10,181 14,977 10,425 45,599

1 4 3 14 2 0 5 7 92

98 267 288 307 358 0 308 246.5 195

2-BOND WIRE SHORT TO DIE EDGE 1-BOND WIRE SMASH 1-DIE SCRATCH 1-HI ICC, 1-LOW SLEW RATE 1-OXIDE DEFECT 2-DIE SCRATCH, 2-UNKNOWN 3-HI ICC

XFPAUB004A XFPAVA011Q XFPAVA009Q

135 135 135

5592 6565 16,236 28,393 470,925

2-VOS 4-VOS, 1 FUNCTIONAL FAILURE

10

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

32

31

30

28

26

24

22

NUMBER OF DEFECTS

20

18

17

16

14

13

13

12 10 10

4 2 2 0 MARGINAL ASSEMBLY LEAKAGE UNKNOWN SCRATCH GATE OXIDE TEST ESD 1

CATEGORY

FIGURE 3. INFANT MORTALITY PARETO CHART

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 11

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ P-WELL Tgox = 900

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

P+

N+

Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

10

FIGURE 4. SMG PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 1.15

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 3

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P-WELL Tgox = 1975

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

Si 3N4/SiO2 = 0.8 ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1

TEPI = 19

10

10

SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 5. MV1 PROCESS

N-CHANNEL
TField 0x = 0.8

,,,,, ,,,,,
P+

TReflow 0x = 0.8

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

, @ P @ P ,
P-WELL = 10 P+ BURIED LAYER

TPoly = 4500

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,,,,, ,,,,,,
P+ N+

TMetal = 1.0 ,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+

Tgox = 1000

,, @@ PP @@ PP ,,
P-CHANNEL
,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 1.5

,,,,, ,,,,,
Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8 N+

TEPI = 16 N-SUBSTRATE
18

FIGURE 6. MV2 PROCESS

12 _____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8 TReflow 0x = 1.3 TField 0x = 0.9 P+

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

, @ P @@ PP ,, @@ PP ,, @ ,, P , @@,, PP @@ PP
N-CHANNEL
Poly2 = 7000

RR-1I

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, N+

,,, ,,,
P+ 1.5

P-CHANNEL

N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

Poly1 = 4000

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

N+

Tgox = 450

TMetal = 1.0

P Well = 6

N-SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 7. SG3 PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 10,000
POLY I Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8

POLY II

P+ 1

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ P-WELL = 8 Tgox = 750

,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,,,,, ,,,

TPOLY OX = 1000

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ TMETAL = 1 P+

,,, ,,,,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ N+

FIGURE 8. SG5 PROCESS

NPN
N+ Emitter = 2.5

LATERAL PNP

VERTICAL PNP
Al/Si (1%) = 11k

,,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,, ,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,
SiO2 /Si3N4 = 0.8

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+ N+ N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

P+ P+ P+ N+ P+ ISO P+ N EPI = 17

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5 P Base = 3 P+ Isolation = 20

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5

P SUBSTRATE <111>

FIGURE 9. BIP PROCESS

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 13

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 5. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SMG)
DEVICE TYPE MAX691 MAX238 MAX240 MAX239 MAX240 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX239 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX231 MAX232 MAX238 MAX666 ICL7660 MAX211E MAX232 MAX211E MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX1232 MAX8212 MAX232 ICL7611 MAX202 MAX232 MAX232 MAX232 MAX211E MAX238 MAX8211 MAX211E MAX241E MAX850 MAX692 MAX693 MAX693 MAX853 MAX852 MAX851 MAX692 MAX692 MAX232 MAX238 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX238 MAX1232 MAX133 MAX635 MAX1232 MAX1232 MAX223 ICL7135 DATE CODE 9312 9313 9319 9319 9319 9319 9319 9320 9320 9321 9324 9325 9326 9328 9329 9330 9331 9332 9333 9333 9334 9334 9334 9335 9335 9335 9337 9337 9340 9343 9347 9347 9347 9347 9350 9350 9352 9401 9404 9405 9406 9406 9406 9407 9407 9409 9410 9410 9412 9413 9413 9415 9418 9420 9420 9421 9421 9422 9423 9424 9427 9428 9430 9430 9430 9431 9432 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 44 QFP 24 PDIP 44 QFP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 28 WSO 28 SSOP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 24 PDIP 77 80 77 46 77 66 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 77 76 77 60 77 74 77 72 77 80 77 77 77 77 76 77 80 77 80 80 80 77 77 80 79 80 80 80 80 77 78 80 80 80 77 77 77 80 76 80 70 72 72 76 72 77 77 77 80 77 80 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX680 MAX133 MAX132 MAX232 MAX213 ICL7621 MAX691 ICL7660 ICL7660 MAX241 MAX238 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX694 MAX211 MAX691 MAX232 MAX693 MAX232 MAX202 MAX232 TOTAL DATE CODE 9432 9432 9433 9433 9433 9434 9434 9434 9435 9436 9436 9437 9438 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440 9440 9441 9441 9441

TABLE 5 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 77 80 80 80 77 70 76 77 80 77 77 77 79 77 77 72 61 77 77 77 76 80 6772 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 NOTE

AC FAILURE

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, and Display Drivers/Counters.

TABLE 6. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MV1)
PARAMETRIC DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG211 DG509 DG508 DG211 DG211 DG506 TOTAL DATE CODE 9314 9321 9338 9351 9409 9413 9428 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 77 36 77 77 36 77 77 457 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

OXIDE DEFECT

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: Analog Switches and Analog Multiplexers.

TABLE 7. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MV2)
DEVICE TYPE DG421 DG423 DG441 DG444 DG408 DG413 TOTAL DATE CODE 9324 9325 9347 9411 9423 9432 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 77 77 77 77 76 77 461 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

14

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 8. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 3m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG3)
DEVICE TYPE MAX691A MAX691A MAX270 MAX792L MAX792T MAX792S MAX792R MAX708 MAX690A LTC902 LTC902 LTC902 LTC902 MAX485 MAX691A MAX691A MAX691A MAX483 MAX485 MAX691A MAX691A MAX722 MAX481 MAX735 MAX706T MAX705 MAX722 MAX690 MAX708 MAX705 MAX705 MAX749 LTC902 MAX693A MAX791 MAX782 MAX782 MAX705 MAX691A MAX707 MAX792S MAX690A MAX705 MAX705 MAX713 MAX691A MAX691A MAX511 MAX707 MAX662 MAX707 TOTAL DATE CODE 9305 9312 9314 9315 9315 9315 9315 9316 9317 9323 9325 9325 9325 9326 9329 9331 9331 9332 9332 9333 9334 9334 9335 9337 9339 9341 9341 9341 9344 9345 9345 9347 9348 9349 9350 9402 9402 9403 9404 9409 9410 9412 9415 9417 9420 9421 9421 9424 9426 9430 9432 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 CERDIP 80 16 CERDIP 77 20 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 65 16 PDIP 40 16 PDIP 14 16 PDIP 38 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 18 WSO 45 18 WSO 45 18 WSO 45 18 WSO 45 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 99 16 PDIP 77 16 WSO 79 8 PDIP 79 8 PDIP 80 16 WSO 142 16 PDIP 77 16 NSO 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 70 8 PDIP 79 8 PDIP 80 16 NSO 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 8 MAX 77 8 MAX 76 8 PDIP 77 18 WSO 76 16 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 36 SSOP 52 36 SSOP 52 8 PDIP 80 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 80 8 MAX 45 8 MAX 45 16 PDIP 189 16 PDIP 203 16 NSO 100 14 NSO 77 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 77 3921 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

TABLE 9. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 5m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG5)
DEVICE TYPE MAX500 MAX500 MX7224 MX7574 MX7524 MAX232A MX7545 MAX738 MAX232A MX7548 MAX738 MAX752 MX7543 MX7543 MX7543 MX7543 MAX232A MAX232A MAX232A MAX232A MX7574 MAX262 MAX232A MX7543 MX7576 MAX232A TOTAL DATE CODE 9305 9305 9314 9334 9337 9338 9340 9346 9346 9348 9350 9352 9402 9402 9402 9402 9404 9411 9415 9421 9422 9425 9425 9429 9437 9439 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 18 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 WSO 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 79 79 77 77 77 77 72 77 80 80 10 77 80 80 77 77 76 80 80 96 77 80 77 79 45 77 1943 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

RR-1I

PARAMETRIC

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, D/A Converters, Interface, and Switched Capacitor Filters.

TABLE 10. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE BIPOLAR PROCESS (BIP)
DEVICE TYPE MAX400 MAX400 MAX400 OP07 LT1179 OP07 REF02 MAX831 MAX832 REF02 MAX400 MAX400 ICL8069 REF01 ICL8069 ICL8069 REF01 TOTAL DATE CODE 9314 9315 9316 9320 9321 9328 9350 9351 9351 9411 9413 9413 9414 9422 9430 9430 9435 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO TO-92 8 PDIP TO-92 TO-92 8 PDIP 77 45 77 77 52 77 77 45 45 77 77 77 77 77 78 77 77 1189 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 NOTE

DIE SCRATCH

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: Voltage References and Operational Amplifiers.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 15

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 11. TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (85/85) TEST RESULTS
DEVICE TYPE MAX400 MX7224 MAX400 MAX235 MAX708 MAX400 ICM7555 MAX8212 OP07 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX235 DG421 MAX8212 DG423 MAX231 OP07 MAX238 MAX666 ICL7660 MAX232 MAX707 MAX8211 MX7574 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX1232 MAX735 MAX8212 MX7524 DG509 MAX232 MAX722 ICL7611 MAX708 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX738 DG441 MAX202 MAX4429 REF02 MAX238 MAX831 DG508 MAX832 MAX8211 MAX752 MX7543 MX7543 MAX705 MAX232A MAX252 MAX852 MAX853 DG412 MAX707 MAX851 MAX738 DG444 MAX232A REF02 MAX690A MAX232 MAX400 MAX400 MAX238 MAX8211 MAX232A MAX252 MAX252 DATE CODE 9314 9314 9315 9316 9316 9316 9317 9319 9320 9320 9320 9320 9324 9324 9325 9326 9328 9329 9330 9331 9333 9333 9334 9334 9334 9334 9335 9335 9337 9337 9337 9337 9338 9340 9341 9343 9344 9345 9345 9345 9346 9347 9347 9349 9350 9350 9351 9351 9351 9352 9352 9402 9402 9403 9404 9406 9407 9407 9409 9409 9409 9411 9411 9411 9411 9412 9412 9413 9413 9413 9413 9415 9415 9415 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 NSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 24 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 36 77 45 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 36 77 72 77 76 45 80 77 72 77 56 77 77 36 77 77 72 77 77 61 61 77 25 25 25 77 72 45 45 77 36 45 72 45 77 77 64 64 77 60 20 43 45 80 77 45 77 72 55 77 77 51 77 75 36 77 55 28 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE DEVICE TYPE MAX8211 MX7574 REF01 MAX235 MAX430 MAX707 MAX133 MAX1232 ICL8069 MAX223 DG413 MAX232 MAX707 MAX232 ICL7109 ICL7621 MAX213 MAX691 REF01 ICL7660 MAX241 MX7576 MAX211 MAX694 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX693 TOTAL DATE CODE 9418 9422 9422 9424 9424 9426 9428 9430 9430 9431 9432 9432 9432 9433 9433 9434 9434 9434 9435 9436 9436 9437 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440

TABLE 11 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 8 NSO 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP TO-92 28 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 18 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 77 72 77 56 77 77 45 45 71 45 77 44 77 45 45 45 45 45 76 45 26 34 45 45 77 45 45 6187 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 NOTE

MARGINAL LEAKAGE

PARAMETRIC

TABLE 12. PRESSURE POT TEST AT 121C/100% RH 15 PSIG/168 HRS. (ALL PLASTIC PACKAGES)
OFFSET VOLTAGE DEVICE TYPE MAX782 DG211 MX7224 MAX270 MAX400 MAX792R MAX792T MAX400 MAX792L MAX792S MAX400 MAX708 MAX8212 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 OP07 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX8212 LTC902 DG421 LTC902 DG423 MAX232 LTC902 OP07 MAX232 MAX238 MAX666 ICL7660 MAX691A MAX707 MAX232 MAX8211 MX7574 DATE CODE 9312 9314 9314 9314 9314 9315 9315 9315 9315 9315 9316 9316 9319 9319 9319 9319 9320 9320 9320 9324 9324 9324 9325 9325 9325 9325 9328 9328 9329 9330 9331 9331 9333 9333 9334 9334 PKG. 36 16 18 20 8 16 16 8 16 16 8 8 8 44 44 44 8 8 8 8 18 16 18 16 16 18 8 16 24 8 8 16 8 16 8 16 SSOP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP PDIP QFP QFP QFP PDIP PDIP PDIP NSO WSO PDIP WSO PDIP PDIP WSO PDIP WSO PDIP PDIP PDIP WSO NSO PDIP PDIP PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 43 45 44 45 36 10 20 36 20 9 45 45 45 77 77 76 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 77 77 44 45 45 77 77 45 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

FUNCTIONAL

SUBSTRATE DEFECT

LEAKAGE

16

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 12 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX782 MAX1232 MAX8212 MX7524 MAX735 DG509 MAX232A MAX708 MAX706T MAX707 MAX232 MAX722 ICL7611 MAX708 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX738 MAX232 DG441 MAX232 MAX232 MAX202 MAX4429 MAX238 REF02 MAX832 DG508 MAX8211 MAX752 MAX782 MX7543 MX7543 MAX782 MAX705 MAX232A MAX782 MAX852 MAX853 MAX707 MAX782 DG412 MAX851 MAX792S DG444 REF02 MAX738 MAX690A MAX232 DG211 MAX400 MAX238 MAX400 MAX8211 ICL8069 MAX705 MAX232A MAX705 MAX233A MAX233A MAX233A MAX8211 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MX7574 REF01 MAX240 DG408 DATE CODE 9334 9334 9335 9335 9336 9337 9337 9337 9337 9338 9338 9339 9339 9339 9340 9341 9343 9344 9345 9345 9345 9346 9347 9347 9347 9347 9347 9349 9350 9350 9351 9351 9352 9352 9402 9402 9402 9402 9403 9404 9407 9407 9407 9409 9409 9409 9409 9410 9411 9411 9411 9412 9412 9413 9413 9413 9413 9413 9414 9415 9415 9417 9418 9418 9418 9418 9419 9419 9420 9421 9421 9422 9422 9422 9423 PKG. 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 16 NSO 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO TO-92 8 MAX 16 PDIP 8 MAX 20 WSO 20 WSO 20 WSO 8 NSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 16 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 77 76 77 77 45 42 45 44 45 45 45 20 20 20 45 45 45 45 77 68 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 77 45 39 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE DEVICE TYPE MAX240 MAX233 MAX511 MAX235 MAX430 MAX235 MAX238 MAX232A MAX707 MAX1232 DG506 MAX133 MAX691 MAX1232 ICL8069 MAX223 MAX707 MAX232 ICL7139 MAX232 MAX213 MAX691 ICL7621 REF01 ICL7660 MAX241 MAX238 MX7576 MAX211 MAX211 MAX232A MAX694 MAX695 ICL8069 MAX693 MAX232 MAX202 MAX232 DG211 TOTAL DATE CODE 9423 9423 9424 9424 9424 9424 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428 9428 9430 9430 9430 9431 9432 9432 9432 9433 9434 9434 9434 9435 9436 9436 9437 9437 9438 9439 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440 9440 9441 9441 9442

TABLE 12 (continued)
PKG. 44 QFP 20 PDIP 14 NSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 PDIP 40 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP TO-92 28 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 24 PDIP 18 PDIP 28 WSO 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO TO-92 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 39 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 77 45 77 45 77 62 77 77 77 77 45 77 77 45 45 77 77 45 77 77 45 77 77 77 45 45 7610 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

TABLE 13. HAST TEST RESULTS 120C/85% RH/ BIASED/100 HRS.

DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX705 MAX705 MAX233A MAX233A MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX233 MAX240 ICL8069 TOTAL DATE CODE 9336 9345 9345 9345 9402 9402 9407 9408 9409 9415 9417 9418 9418 9419 9419 9422 9423 9423 9430 PKG. 36 SSOP 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 MAX 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 8 MAX 8 MAX 20 WSO 20 WSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 20 PDIP 44 QFP TO-92 SAMPLE SIZE 25 25 25 25 27 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 477 FAILURES (HRS.) 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 17

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 14. TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C 1000 CYCLES (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MX7224 MAX270 DG211 MAX400 MAX400 MAX400 MAX708 MAX240 MAX240 MAX626 MAX8212 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX8212 DG421 DG423 MAX232 MAX231 MAX485 MAX232 OP07 MAX238 MAX782 MAX666 ICL7660 MAX232 MAX707 MX7574 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX782 MAX1232 MX7524 MAX8212 MAX735 MAX232A DG509 MX7545 MAX232 MAX722 MAX691A ICL7611 MAX708 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX738 MAX232 DG441 MAX232 MAX232 MAX749 MAX202 MAX4429 REF02 MAX238 MAX831 MAX832 DG508 MAX8211 MAX752 MAX782 MX7543 MX7543 MAX782 MAX705 MAX232A DATE CODE 9312 9314 9314 9314 9314 9315 9316 9316 9319 9319 9319 9319 9319 9320 9320 9324 9324 9325 9325 9326 9326 9328 9328 9329 9330 9330 9331 9333 9333 9334 9334 9334 9334 9335 9335 9336 9337 9337 9337 9337 9338 9338 9340 9340 9341 9343 9343 9344 9345 9345 9345 9346 9347 9347 9347 9347 9347 9347 9349 9350 9350 9351 9351 9351 9352 9352 9402 9402 9402 9402 9403 9404 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 200 500 1000 x x x 36 SSOP 18 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 14 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 MAX 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 45 77 77 77 77 69 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 76 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 32 77 54 77 61 77 58 77 76 76 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 30 45 77 77 77 77 58 58 77 77 58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX852 MAX853 DG412 MAX782 MAX851 MAX707 MAX692 MAX692 MAX792S DG444 REF02 MAX232A MAX738 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX238 MAX400 MAX400 DG211 ICL8069 MAX705 MAX691 MAX232A MAX705 MAX8211 MAX223 MAX560 MAX691 MAX713 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX691A MAX232A MX7574 REF01 MAX240 DG408 MAX240 MAX238 MAX235 MAX511 MAX232A MAX707 MAX1232 MAX133 DG506 MX7543 ICL8069 ICL8069 MAX1232 MAX635 MAX1232 MAX223 DG413 MAX707 MAX232 ICL7135 MAX232 MAX213 ICL7621 MAX691 REF01 MAX241 ICL7660 MAX238 MX7576 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX211 MAX695 DATE CODE 9407 9407 9407 9409 9409 9409 9409 9410 9410 9410 9411 9411 9411 9411 9412 9413 9413 9413 9413 9413 9414 9415 9415 9415 9417 9418 9419 9419 9420 9420 9420 9421 9421 9421 9421 9422 9422 9422 9423 9423 9424 9424 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428 9428 9429 9430 9430 9430 9430 9430 9431 9432 9432 9432 9432 9433 9434 9434 9434 9435 9436 9436 9437 9437 9439 9439 9439 9439

TABLE 14 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 200 500 1000 x x x 36 SSOP 76 0 0 0 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 16 NSO 77 0 0 0 36 SSOP 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 24 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 TO-92 45 0 0 0 8 MAX 45 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 MAX 43 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 75 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 72 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 1 44 QFP 45 0 0 0 44 QFP 77 0 0 0 44 QFP 43 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 18 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 44 QFP 45 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 44 QFP 77 0 0 0 24 PDIP 77 0 0 0 24 PDIP 45 0 0 0 14 NSO 45 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 40 PDIP 45 0 0 1 28 PDIP 77 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 TO-92 77 0 0 0 TO-92 74 0 0 0 8 PDIP 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 28 WSO 44 0 0 0 16 PDIP 77 0 0 0 8 PDIP 76 0 0 0 16 PDIP 45 0 0 0 28 PDIP 45 0 0 0 16 PDIP 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 45 0 0 0 16 PDIP 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 77 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 PDIP 45 0 0 0 14 PDIP 77 0 0 0 18 PDIP 34 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 44 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 NOTE

PARAMETRIC

DIE SCRATCH

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

18

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 14 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232A MAX694 MAX232 MAX693 MAX202 MAX232 DG211 TOTAL DATE PKG. CODE 9439 9439 9440 9440 9441 9441 9442 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 200 500 1000 x x x 77 45 45 45 45 77 77 10,260 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 NOTE DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX705 MAX232A MAX782 MAX852 MAX853 MAX782 MAX707 MAX782 MAX851 DG412 MAX792S DG444 REF02 MAX738 MAX690A MAX232 MAX8211 MAX238 MAX400 MAX400 DG211 ICL8069 MAX252 MAX252 MAX252 MAX705 MAX232A MAX705 MAX8212 MAX233A MAX233A MAX233A MAX560 MAX223 MAX1480 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 REF01 MX7574 MAX240 MAX233 DG408 MAX240 MAX511 MAX235 MAX238 MAX235 MAX430 MAX232A MAX707 MAX1232 MAX133 DG506 MX7543 MAX1232 ICL8069 MAX223 DG413 ICL7135 MAX232 MAX707 MAX232 MAX213 MAX691 ICL7660 REF01 MAX241 ICL7621 MAX238 MX7576 MAX8211 DATE CODE 9402 9403 9404 9407 9407 9407 9408 9409 9409 9409 9409 9410 9411 9411 9411 9412 9412 9413 9413 9413 9413 9413 9414 9415 9415 9415 9415 9415 9417 9418 9418 9418 9418 9419 9419 9420 9420 9421 9421 9422 9422 9422 9423 9423 9423 9424 9424 9424 9424 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428 9428 9429 9430 9430 9431 9432 9432 9432 9432 9433 9434 9434 9434 9435 9436 9436 9437 9437 9439

TABLE 15 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 NSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 NSO 16 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 PDIP TO-92 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 MAX 16 PDIP 8 MAX 8 NSO 20 WSO 20 WSO 20 WSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 28 PDIP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 44 QFP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 44 QFP 14 NSO 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP TO-92 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 NSO 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 25 12 12 25 45 25 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 45 45 25 45 45 23 45 45 45 45 25 45 45 45 45 45 44 77 45 77 77 45 75 45 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 45 77 77 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 15. HIGH TEMPERATURE LIFE TEST, 150C/1000 HRS. (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE DATE TYPE CODE MAX240 MX7224 DG211 MAX270 MAX708 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX240 OP07 MAX8212 MAX8212 DG421 DG423 MAX232 OP07 MAX238 MAX666 MAX707 MAX8211 MAX232 MX7574 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX782 MAX1232 MX7524 MAX8212 MAX735 MAX232A DG509 MX7545 MAX232 MAX722 MAX691A ICL7611 MAX708 MAX738 MAX232 DG441 MAX749 LTC902 MAX4429 MAX238 REF02 MAX831 MAX832 DG508 MAX8211 MAX752 MAX782 MX7543 MX7543 9313 9314 9314 9314 9316 9319 9319 9319 9320 9320 9324 9324 9325 9325 9328 9329 9330 9333 9334 9334 9334 9334 9335 9335 9336 9337 9337 9337 9337 9338 9338 9340 9340 9341 9343 9343 9344 9346 9347 9347 9347 9348 9349 9350 9350 9351 9351 9351 9352 9352 9402 9402 9402 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 44 QFP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 WSO 18 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 36 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 44 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 45 45 45 39 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 19

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

TABLE 15 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX691 MAX211 MAX695 MAX232A MAX694 MAX232 MAX693 MAX202 MAX232 DG211 TOTAL DATE CODE 9439 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440 9440 9441 9441 9442 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 16 WSO 28 WSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 77 77 77 45 77 77 77 77 45 45 6570 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 17. HYBRID PRODUCTS TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C/1000 CYCLES

DEVICE TYPE MAX235 MAX235 MAX252 MAX233A MAX1480 MAX233 MAX430 MAX235 TOTAL DATE CODE 9320 9321 9415 9418 9420 9423 9424 9424 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 200 500 1000 X X X 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 20 WSO 28 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 77 77 17 76 20 77 76 77 497 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 16. HYBRID PRODUCTS LIFE TEST 135C/1000 HRS

DEVICE TYPE MAX235 MAX235 MAX252 MAX252 MAX233A MAX233A MAX233A MAX1480 MAX1480 MAX233 MAX430 MAX235 MAX235 BB3553 TOTAL DATE CODE 9320 9321 9406 9415 9418 9418 9418 9420 9420 9423 9424 9424 9424 9425 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTE SIZE 192 500 1000 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 20 WSO 20 WSO 20 WSO 28 PDIP 28 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP TO-3 80 77 45 76 77 76 49 30 50 80 76 77 76 47 916 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

20

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

_________________________Appendix 1 _______Determining Acceleration Factor
Definition of Terms

RR-1I

An acceleration factor is a constant used in reliability prediction formulas that expresses the enhanced effect of temperature on a devices failure rate. It is usually used to show the difference (or acceleration effect) between the failure rate at two temperatures. In simple terms, a statement such as, The failure rate of these devices operating at 150C is five-times greater than the failure rate at 25C, implies an acceleration factor of 5. The acceleration factor used in the semiconductor industry is a result of the Arrhenius equation stated below: Acceleration Factor = Ke
Ea k

the purposes of computing the acceleration factors used in this report. Actual acceleration factors are probably greater than those quoted. The second method of determining an activation energy is empirical. Two groups of devices are tested at different temperatures, and the difference between their failure rates is measured. An example is shown below: Group 1 = 9822 failures after 100 hrs. of operation at 150C. Group 2 = 1 failure after 100 hrs. of operation at 25C. The acceleration factor for this particular failure mechanism between these two temperatures is, therefore, 9822.
Ea k

11 T1 T2

Where: K = an experimentally determined constant Ea = the activation energy k = Boltzmanns constant T1 = actual use temp. in degrees Kelvin T2 = test temp. in degrees Kelvin
How to Use the Arrhenius Equation

9822 = e

11 T1 T2

Where: Ea = the unknown activation energy k = 8.63 x 10-5eV/K T1 = 25C + 273C or 298K T2 = 150C + 273C or 423K Substituting: 9822 = e
Ea 8.63 X 10-5 1 ( 298 1 423

The first step in using the Arrhenius equation given above is to determine an activation energy (Ea), which may be done in one of two ways. The first method involves using failure analysis techniques to determine the actual failure mechanism. The activation energies for many failure mechanisms have already been determined, and tabulated in published literature. Although all processes are not exactly the same, the activation energy of a particular failure mechanism is mainly determined by physical principles. A published activation energy will not be the exact figure associated with a particular process, but it will be a very close approximation. The dominant failure mechanisms in Maxims Life Tests have activation energies in the range of 0.8eV to 1.2eV. We have conservatively chosen 0.8eV for

9822 = e

Ea x 11.49

Taking the natural log of both sides: Loge9822 = Ea x 11.49

Loge9822 11.49

= Ea

Therefore, Ea = 0.8eV Assuming that this activation energy represents the dominant failure mechanism of the device under consideration, it may then be used to determine the

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 21

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

acceleration factor between any two temperatures as follows: Between 150C and 70C, for example: Acceleration Factor = e T1 = 70C + 273C = 343K T2 = 150C + 273C = 423K Substituting for T1 + T2 and solving for e yields the result: Acceleration Factor = 165 The acceleration factor between 150C and 70C is 165.
0.8 8.63 x 10-5 FR = 10-9

FIT.

1 T1

1 T2

Using the above example: FIT = 0.00002/10-9 = 20,000 The FIT rate is, therefore, shorthand for the number of units predicted to fail in a billion (10-9) devicehours at the specified temperature.
Calculating Failure Rates and FITs

The failure rate can be expressed in terms of the following four variables: A = The number of failures observed after test B = The number of hours the test was run C = The number of devices used in the test D = The temperature acceleration factor (see Appendix 1) Using data in Table 2, a failure rate at 25C can now be calculated: A = 95 B = 192 C = 39,800 D = 9822 (Assuming Ea = 0.8eV, and a test temperature of 150C) Substituting: FR =
95 192 x 39,800 x 9822

_________________________Appendix 2 _____________Determining Failure Rate

Definition of Terms

The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) is the average time it takes for a failure to occur. For example, assume a company tests 100 units for 1000 hrs. The total device-hours accrued would be 100 x 1000, or 100,000 device-hours. Now assume two units were found to be failures. Roughly, it could be said that the MTBF would equal: MTBF =
Total Device Hrs. Total # of Failures

= 1.26 x 10-9

100,000 2

= 50,000 hrs. Expressing this in terms of the FIT rate: FIT = 1.26 To determine the FIT rate at a new temperature, the acceleration factor (D) must be recalculated from the Arrhenius equation given in Appendix 1.
Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation

The Failure Rate (FR) is equal to the reciprocal of the MTBF, or: FR =
1 MTBF

1 50,000

= 0.00002

If this number is multiplied by 1 x 105, the failure rate in terms of percent per 1000 hrs. is obtained; i.e., 2%. A common reliability term also used to express the failure rate is Failures-in-Time, or FIT. This is the number of failures per billion device-hours, and is obtained by dividing the Failure Rate by 10-9:
22

Because a small random sample is being chosen from each lot, the statistical effects are significant enough to mention. With most published failure rate figures, there is an associated confidence level number. This number expresses the confidence level that the actual failure rate of the lot will be equal to or lower than the predicted failure rate.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1I

The failure rate calculation, including a confidence level, is determined as follows: FR =
x2 2DH

The value of (1 - CL) for a 60% confidence level is: (1 - 0.60) = 0.40. The number of degrees of freedom equals: 2(95 + 1) = 192. The Chi square value found under the values of 0.40 and 192 degrees of freedom is: 196. Therefore, the failure rate found using a 60% confidence level is: FR =
196 1.50 x 1011

Where: X2 = the Chi square value 2DH = 2 times the total device hours = 2 x (B x C x D) The Chi square value is based on a particular type of statistical distribution. However, all that is required to arrive at this value is knowing the number of failures. In this example, there were 179 failures. The Chi square value is found using a standard X2 distribution table. The tabular values are found using the factors (1 - CL), where CL is the desired confidence level, and 2(N + 1) is the degree of freedom.

= 1.31 x 10-9

Expressed as Failure-in-Time rate: FIT = 1.31 Referring to Table 2, one can see that for Maxims product, there is a 60% confidence level that no more than 1.31 units will fail per billion (10 9 ) device-hours of operation at 25C.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 23

November 1, 1996

RR-1J

Product Reliability Report

This report presents the product reliability data for Maxims analog products. The data was acquired from extensive reliability stress testing performed in 1995. It is separated into seven fabrication processes: 1) Standard Metal-Gate CMOS (SMG); 2) Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS (MV1); 3) Medium-Voltage Silicon-Gate CMOS (MV2); 4) 3m Silicon-Gate CMOS (SG3); 5) 5m SiliconGate CMOS (SG5); 6) 1.2m Silicon-Gate CMOS; and 7) Bipolar (BIP) processes. Over 13,660,000 device hours have been accumulated for products stressed at an elevated temperature (135C) during this period. The data in this report is considered typical of Maxims production. As you will see, Maxims products demonstrate consistently high reliability.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

____________________________________Table of Contents
Fabrication Pr ocesses .......................................................................................................................3
....................................................................................................................3

Reliability Methodology Reliability Pr

ogram ..............................................................................................................................3

Rel-Program Steps ..................................................................................................................................3 Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program ............................................................................4 Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program ................................................................................4 Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action .............................................................4 Designed-In High Reliability ...................................................................................................................4 Wafer Inspection ......................................................................................................................................4 Failure-Rate History ................................................................................................................................5 Infant Mortality Evaluation and Product Burn-In ..................................................................................6

Reliability Data

......................................................................................................................................6

Merits of Burn-In ......................................................................................................................................6 Life Test at 135C .....................................................................................................................................6 Humidity Test ...........................................................................................................................................6 85/85 Test .................................................................................................................................................7 Pressure Pot Test ....................................................................................................................................7 HAST Test ................................................................................................................................................7 Temperature Cycling Test .......................................................................................................................7 High-Temperature Storage Life Test ......................................................................................................7

Hybrid Pr oducts Reliability Data Pr ocess V ariability Contr Pr ocess T echnologies Reliability T est Results

.................................................................................................7

ol .............................................................................................................7
........................................................................................................................8 .....................................................................................................................9

Appendix 1: Deter

mining Acceleration Factor

........................................................21

Definition of Terms ................................................................................................................................21 How to Use the Arrhenius Equation ....................................................................................................21

Appendix 2: Deter

mining Failur

e Rate .......................................................................22

Definition of Terms ................................................................................................................................22 Calculating Failure Rates and FITs ......................................................................................................22 Including Statistcal Effects in the FIT Calculation .............................................................................22

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

_______________Fabrication Pr ocesses
a quality product. Now, with the addition of our own sophisticated fabrication facility, we have improved the innate product quality to the point where burnin (BI) adds little reliability value. Before removing BI from our standard products, we are undertaking an Infant Mortality analysis for each process. A process must demonstrate an inherent Infant Mortality failure rate of less than 300ppm. Table 4 shows the Infant Mortality evaluations undertaken. Each of the categories for failure is prioritized based on its relative frequency (Figure 3), to identify what area should be improved next. The data shown here demonstrates the positive direction of Maxims quality standards. It illustrates our continued dedication to providing the lowest overall-cost solution to our customers, through superior quality products. Maxims SMG, MV1, MV2, SG3, SG5, SG1.2, and Bipolar processes clearly meet or exceed the performance and reliability expectations of the semiconductor industry. These processes are qualified for production.

RR-1J

Maxim is currently running the following seven major fabrication processes: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) SMG (Standard Metal-Gate CMOS) MV1 (Medium-Voltage Metal-Gate CMOS) MV2 (Medium-Voltage Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG3 (3-Micron Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG5 (5-Micron Silicon-Gate CMOS) SG1.2 (1.2-Micron Silicon-Gate CMOS) Bipolar (18/12-Micron)

SMG is a 6-micron, 24V, metal-gate CMOS process. It has conservative design rules, but is appropriate for many SSI and MSI circuit designs. This very popular fabrication process is used to produce many of Maxims products. MV1 is a 12-micron, 44V, metal-gate CMOS process, used exclusively to produce our analog switch product line. MV2 is a 5-micron, 44V, silicon-gate CMOS process, also used in our analog switch production line. SG3 is a 3-micron, 12V, silicon-gate CMOS process. SG5 is a 5-micron, 20V, silicon-gate CMOS process. SG1.2 is a 1.2-micron, 6V, silicon-gate CMOS process. SG3, SG5, and SG1.2 have become our future process standards. Bipolar is an 18-micron, 44V or 12-micron, 24V bipolar process, used chiefly for precision references, op amps, and A/D converters.

____________________Reliability Pr

ogram

Maxim has implemented a series of Quality and Reliability programs aimed at building the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry.
Rel-Program Steps All products, processes, packages, and changes in manufacturing steps must be subjected to Maxims reliability testing before release to manufacturing for mass production. Our reliability program includes the following steps:

______________Reliability Methodology
Maxims quality approach to reliability testing is conservative. Each of the seven fabrication processes has been qualified using the following industry-standard tests: Life Test, 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, High-Temperature Storage Life, and Temperature Cycling. Each process has been qualified and proven to produce inherently high-quality product. Maxims early conservative approach included burn-in as a standard stage of our production flow. Burn-in ensured that our customers were receiving

Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Tables 511 show the results of long-term Life Tests by process and device type. Tables 1216 show the results of the 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, Temperature Cycling, and High-Temperature Storage Life tests, by device type. Tables 17 and 18 show hybrid product reliability.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

Product Reliability Report

Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Maxims product reliability test program meets EIAJEDEC standards and most standard OEM reliability test requirements. Table 1 summarizes the qualification tests that are part of Maxims reliability program. Before releasing products, we require that three consecutive manufacturing lots from a new process technology successfully meet the reliability test requirements.
TABLE 1. MAXIM RELIABILITY TEST PROGRAM
TEST NAME Life Test 85/85 Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High Temp. Storage Life CONDITIONS +135C/1000 hrs. +85C, 85% R.H 1000 hrs. w/Bias +121C, 100% R.H. 2 ATM, 168 hrs. -65C to +150C Air to Air/1000 Cycling +150C/1000 hrs. SAMPLING PLAN ACC/SS 1/77 1/77 0/77

RR-1J

1/77

To design-in reliability, Maxim began by formulating a set of physical layout rules that yield reliable products even under worst-case manufacturing tolerances. These rules are rigorously enforced, and every circuit is subjected to computerized Design Rule Checks (DRCs) to ensure compliance. Special attention is paid to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection. Maxims goal is to design every pin of every product to withstand ESD voltages in excess of 2000V, through a unique protection structure. In the case of our RS-232 interface circuits, products can even withstand 15kV ESD using the human-body model, 8kV ESD using IEC1000-4-2 contact discharge, or 15kV ESD using IEC1000-4-2 air-gap discharge. Maxim tests each new product for designed 50mA latchup protection. Designs are extensively simulated (using both circuit and logic simulation software) to evaluate p er f or mance und er w ors t -cas e con d it io n s. Finally, every design is checked and rechecked by independent teams before being released to mask making.
Wafer Inspection All wafers are fabricated using stable, proven processes with extremely tight control. Each wafer must pass numerous in-process checkpoints (such as oxide thickness, alignment, critical dimensions, and defect densities), and must comply with Maxims demanding electrical and physical specifications. Finished wafers are inspected optically to detect any physical defects. They are then parametrically tested to ensure full conformity to Maxims specifications. Our parametric measurement system is designed to make the precision measurements that will ensure reliability and reproducibility in analog circuits. We believe our quality-control technology is the best in the industry, capable of resolving current levels below 1pA, and of producing less than 1pF capacitance. Maxims proprietary software allows automatic measurement of subthreshold characteristics, fast surface-state density, noise, and other parameters crucial to predicting long-term stability and reliability. Every Maxim wafer is subject to this rigorous screening at no premium to our customers.

1/77

Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Each week Maxim identifies three wafer lots per process per fab to be the subjects of reliability monitor testing. Each lot is Pressure Pot tested, and tested to 192 hours of High-Temperature Life (at 135C). On a quarterly basis, one wafer lot per process per fab is identified and subjected to the same long-term reliability tests as defined in Table 1. Test results are fed back into production. Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Our technical failure-analysis staff is capable of analyzing every reliability test failure to the device level. If an alarming reliability failure mechanism or trend is identified, the corrective action is initiated automatically. This proactive response and feedback ensures that discrepancies in any device failure mechanism are corrected before becoming major problems.
Designed-In High Reliability A disciplined design methodology is an essential ingredient of manufacturing a reliable part. No amount of finished-product testing can create reliability in a marginal design.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Failure-Rate History The graph below (Figure 1) illustrates Maxims Failures-in-Time (FIT) rate performance. It also highlights the progressive improvements made in

RR-1J

this FIT rate, a trend that we expect to see continue, thanks to our established continuousimprovement methodology.

FIGURE 1. MAXIM FIT RATES OVER TIME

8 7.52 7.49 6.80 6 5.63 FIT RATE 5 4.79 4

3 2.88 2 2.68 2.47 2.51

1.31 1 Sept '85 May '86 July '87 April '88 Mar '90* Mar '91 Jan '92 Jan '93 Jan '94 Jan '95

1.29 Jan '96

TABLE 2. LIFE TEST DATA

NUMBER OF FAILURES 12 56 3 71 TOTAL UNITS TESTED 6213 23,332 640 30,185 DEGREE OF FREEDOM 26 114 8 144 FIT @ 25C X2 60% VALUE 26.8 117 7.96 147 X2 90% VALUE 34.9 133 12.6 165 60% CONF. LEVEL 1.14 1.33 3.30 1.29 90% CONF. LEVEL 1.49 1.51 5.21 1.45

PRODUCT FAMILY CONVERTERS (Note 1) LINEAR (Note 2) TIMERS/COUNTERS/ DISPLAY DRIVERS SUM TOTAL OF ALL PRODUCT LOTS

NUMBER OF LOTS 85 298 8 391

Note 1: A/D Converters, D/A Converters Note 2: Voltage References, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, Filters, Analog Switches, and Multiplexers

______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

Product Reliability Report

Infant Mortality Evaluation and Product Burn-In Maxim evaluates each process and product familys Infant Mortality rate immediately after achieving qualified status. Through Infant Mortality analysis, we can identify the common defects for each process or product family. Our goal is to quantify the need for production burn-in. If a 300ppm level can be achieved, the product or process can be manufactured without production burn-in and still ensure an acceptable Infant Mortality rate. For an illustration of Maxims low Infant Mortality rate, refer to Table 4. Life Test at 135 C Life Test is performed using biased conditions that simulate a real-world application. This test estimates the products field performance. It establishes the constant failure-rate level and identifies any early wearout mechanisms. The tested product is kept in a controlled, elevated-temperature environment, typically at 135C. This test can detect design, manufacturing, silicon, contamination, metal integrity, and assembly-related defects.

RR-1J

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

_______________________Reliability Data
Merits of Burn-In Figure 2 plots Failure Rate versus Time for the metalgate CMOS process. The plot is based on Table 3s Life Test data and Table 4s Infant Mortality evaluation data, both applied to a General Reliability model. From this data, the benefit of production burn-in can be derived. Table 3s data summarizes the reliability effect of production burn-in. Essentially, only eight units out of 13,360 were found to be outside the specification after 1000 hours of operation at 135C. This is equal to an FIT rate of 0.16 at 25C. In comparison, the infant mortality rate is equal to 119 units out of 625,803 after 12 hours at 135C, which has an equivalent FIT rate of approximately 0.806. In practical terms, 0.019%/six years (or 0.003%/year) of the total population would be found as defective through the first six years of operation, with an additional 0.011%/year failing over the remaining life of the product.
TABLE 3. LIFE TEST RESULT OF MAXIM PRODUCTS FOR EACH PROCESS (Combined Test Conditions: 135C and 1000 Hrs.)
PROCESS SMG MV1 MV2 SG3 SG5 SG1.2 BIP TOTAL SAMPLE SIZE 7614 378 306 3187 926 539 710 13,660 REJECTS 4 0 0 2 0 0 2 8 FIT@ 25C 0.16 0.55 0.68 0.22 0.23 0.39 1.00 0.16 FIT@ 55C 2.70 9.49 11.72 3.82 3.87 6.65 17.15 2.71

High-Temperature Life and Dynamic Life Test (DLT) 135C, 1000 hrs., inputs fed by clock drivers at 50% duty cycle Must meet data sheet specifications See Tables 511

FIGURE 2. FAILURE RATE AT THE FIELD (55C for Metal-Gate CMOS Process)
120 100 FAILURE RATE (FIT) 80 60 40 20 0 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (k HOURS)

Humidity Test The most popular integrated circuit (IC) packaging material is plastic. Plastic packages are not hermetic; therefore, moisture and other contaminants can enter the package. Humidity testing measures the contaminants present and the products resistance to ambient conditions. Contaminants can be introduced during both wafer fabrication and assembly, and they can negatively affect product performance. Pressure Pot, 85/85, and HAST tests are used for this evaluation.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

85/85 Test Maxim tests plastic-encapsulated products with an 85/85 test to determine the moisture resistance capability of our products under bias conditions. This test can detect the failure mechanisms found in Life Test. In addition, it can detect electrolytic and chemical corrosion.

Test Used: Test Conditions:

85/85 85C, 85% Relative Humidity, biased,1000 hrs. Failure Criteria: Must meet all data sheet parameters Results: See Table 12 Pressure Pot Test This test simulates a products exposure to atmospheric humidity, which can be present during both wafer fabrication and assembly. Although an IC is covered with a nearly hermetic passivation layer (upper-surface coat), the bond pads must be exposed during bonding. Pressure Pot testing quickly determines if a potentially corrosive contaminant is present. Pressure Pot 121C, 100% RH, no bias, 168 hrs. Failure Criteria: Any opened bond or visual evidence of corrosion Results: See Table 13 HAST Test Highly Accelerated Steam and Temperature (HAST) testing is quickly replacing 85/85 testing. It serves the same basic function as 85/85 in typically 10% of the time, making HAST tests useful for immediate feedback and corrective action. Test Used: Test Conditions:

Temperature Cycling -65C to +150C, 1000 cycles Must meet all data sheet specifications Results: See Table 15 High-Temperature Storage Life Test This test evaluates changes in a products performance after being stored for a set duration (1000 hrs.) at a high temperature (150C). It is only useful for failure mechanisms accelerated by heat. Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results: High-Temperature Storage Life 150C, 1000 hrs. unbiased Must meet all data sheet specifications See Table 16

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria:

RR-1J

______Hybrid Pr oducts Reliability Data

Maxims hybrid product reliability data is presented in Tables 17 and 18. Table 17 is the Life Test data for products tested in 1995. Table 18 is the Temperature Cycling test data for hybrid products.

____________Pr ocess V ariability Contr

ol

HAST 120C, 85% RH, biased,100 hrs. Must meet all data sheet specifications Results: See Table 14 Temperature Cycling Test This test measures a components response to temperature changes and its construction quality. The test cycles parts through a predetermined temperature range (usually -65C to +150C). Both fabrication and assembly problems can be discovered using Temperature Cycling, but the test typically identifies assembly quality.

Test Used: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria:

Reliability testing offers little value if the manufacturing process varies widely. A standard assumption, which is often false, is that test samples pulled from production are representative of the total population. Sample variability can be lessened by increasing the number of samples pulled. However, unless a process is kept in control, major variations can invalidate reliability test results, leading to incorrect conclusions and diminishing the integrity of failurerate estimates. Uncontrolled processes also make it difficult to prove failure rates of less than 10 FIT. Maxim monitors the stability of critical process parameters through the use of computerized Statistical Process Control (SPC). Over 125 charts are monitored in-line during wafer production. Additionally, over 100 process parameters are monitored at Wafer Acceptance. Maxim has a target Capability Coefficient (Cpk) goal of 1.5, which is equivalent to 7ppm. In addition to SPC, Maxim uses Design of Experiments (DOE) to improve process capability, optimize process targeting, and increase robustness.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 7

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

___________________________________________________________Pr ocess T echnologies
This section defines the layer-by-layer construction steps used in the fabrication of each process.
(1) SMG (Refer to Figure 4) Layer Description 1 P-Well Diffusion 2 P+ Diffusion 3 N+ Diffusion 4 Gate-Oxide Growth 5 Threshold Implant 6 Contact Etch 7 Metallization 8 Passivation (2) MV1 (Refer to Figure 5) Layer Description 0 Buried Layer 1 EPI Deposit 2 P-Well Diffusion 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 Threshold Implant 7 Contact 8 Metallization 9 Passivation (3) MV2 (Refer to Figure 6) Layer Description 1 Buried Layer 2 P Well 3 P+ Diffusion 4 N+ Diffusion 5 Gate-Oxide Growth 6 P-Ch Threshold Adjust 7 Polysilicon 8 NLDD 9 PLDD 10 N+ Ohmic 11 Contact 12 Metal 13 Passivation (4) SG3 (Refer to Figure 7) Layer Description 1 P Well 2 PNP Base 3 Zener Implant 4 Active Area 5 P Guard 6 N Guard 7 P-Ch Threshold Adjust 8 Poly 2 9 Poly 1 10 N+ Block 11 P+ Select 12 Thin Film 13 CrSi Contact 14 Contact 15 Metal 16 Passivation Dimension 10m 2m 2m 900 (5) SG5 (Refer to Figure 8) Layer Description 1 P-Well Diffusion 2 PNP Base Drive 3 Zener Implant 4 Active Area/Field Ox 5 N Guard 6 P Guard 7 Threshold Adjust 8 Gate-Oxide Growth 9 Polysilicon 1 10 Cap Oxide 11 Polysilicon 2 12 N+ Implant (Source/Drain) 13 P+ Implant (Source/Drain) 14 Chrome/Si Thin-Film Deposit 15 Contact 16 Metallization 17 Passivation (6) SG1.2 (Refer to Figure 9) Layer Description 0 Mark Layer on P Substrate 1 N+ Buried Layer 2 P+ Buried Layer 3 P Well 4 NPN Base 5 PNP Base 6 Active Area 7 P Guard 8 N Guard 9 Gate-Oxide Growth 10 Poly 1 11 Poly 2 12 NMOS LDD 13 N+ Impant (Source/Drain) 14 P+ Implant (Source/Drain) 15 Thin Film (Chrome/Si) 16 Contact 17 TF Contact 18 Metal 1 19 Metal 1 Options 20 Via 21 Metal 2 22 Passivation (7) BIP (Refer to Figure 10) Layer Description 1 N+ Buried Layer 2 P+ Isolation 3 P Base 4 N+ Emitter 5 Capacitor 6 Contact Etch 7 Aluminum 8 Passivation Dimension 8m

1m

1m (Al, Si-1%) 0.8m (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 10m 19m 10m 3m 3m 1975

750 4400 1000 4400

1m 0.8m (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 4m 6m 2.8m

1m (Al, Si-1%) 0.8m (Si3N4 over SiO2) Dimension 24.0m 10.0m 1.5m 1.5m 1000 4500

230 4200 4200 0.3m 0.3m

1.0m 0.8m

6000

Dimension 6.0m

1.0m 8000 Dimension 4.5m 20m 3m 2.5m 1500 11k (Al, Si-1%) 8k (Si3N4 over SiO2)

1.5m

7000 4000

1.0m 0.8m (Si3N4 over SiO2)

______________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

__________________________________________________________Reliability T
TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT
PRODUCT MV1 PROCESS DG201ACJ DG211CJ DG212CJ DG509ACJ DG508ACJ DG508ACJ
SUBTOTAL

est Results

RR-1J

LOT
XRCAAB184C XRCAAB217Q XRCBAA208Q XROCAA045Q XROBAB029Q XROBAC030Q

BI TEMP (C)
135 135 135 135 135 135

SS
11,698 9642 11,834 12,629 10,216 7912 63,931

FAILURES
1 4 2 11 2 0 20

PPM
85 414 169 871 195 0 312.8

ANALYSIS
1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 4-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 7-ISOFF CONTAMINATION, 1-HIGH ICC, 3 TIMING 1-IDON, IDOFF

MV2 PROCESS DG411DY

XRLADB016A XRLADB017B XRLADB018B

135 135 135

10,338 10,482 10,068 30,888

1 0 2 3

97 0 199 97

1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE 2-MARGINAL LEAKAGE

SUBTOTAL

SMG PROCESS ICM7218CIPI

ICM7218AIPI ICM7218BIPI SUBTOTAL ICM7218AIPI ICM7218BIPI SUBTOTAL MAX1232CPA

XDDCAA096A XDDCAA102A XDDAAA097A XDDAAA098A XDDBAA099B

135 135 135 135 135

6886 6824 6694 6927 6959 34,290

0 2 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 3 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 0 2 2 3

0.0 293 0.0 0.0 0.0 58.3 85 322 80 110 0.0 310 0.0 0.0 60.6 0.0 177.7 0.0 358.7 346.7 646.1

1-MARGINAL LEAKAGE, 1-UNKNOWN

BDDACZ012Q BDDACA015B BDDBCZ010Q

135 135 135

11,674 3101 12,355 27,130

1-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

XPPAJQ003BR XPPAJQ003C XPPAJQ006A XPPAJQ007B

135 135 135 135

844 6447 12,390 13,330 33,011

1-DIE SCRATCH, 1-PACKAGE CRACK

SUBTOTAL MAX232CPE XPWAAA039AA XPWAAA040AA XPWAAA044AB XPWAAA048AB XPWAAA050AA XPWAAA074AA 150 150 150 125 125 150

5324 5627 5831 5575 5768 4643

1-INTERMITTENT BOND WIRE OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND) 2-BOND WIRE SHORT FAILURES 1-MECHANICAL DAMAGE, 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-INTERMITTENT BOND OPEN (HEEL OF WEDGE BOND), 1-GATE-OXIDE DEFECT, 1-MARG. HIGH RIN THRESHOLD (CAUSE UNKNOWN) 1-BOND WIRE OPEN WEDGE BONDS @ LEADFRAME, 1-HIGH IEE DUE TO GATE-OXIDE DEFECT 1-LOW R1IN RESISTANCE SCRATCH ON DIE, 1-HIGH IEE GATE-OXIDE DEFECT, 1-HIGH R2IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN 1-HIGH R1IN RESISTANCE ERR. FUSE BLOWN, 1-T1OUT STUCK HIGH UNKNOWN DAMAGE IN FA, 1-R2IN INPUT THRESHOLD MARG. FAIL 2-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

XPWAAA147A XPWAAA147B XPWBAA012A

150 150 150

10,372 10,789 10,070

2 0 3

192.8 0.0 297.9

XPWBAA012B

150

10,929

274.5

MAX232CPE MAX202CPE MAX232CPE SUBTOTAL MAX690CPA

XKMAAA005Q XKMCAA007A XKMAAA008A

135 135 135

15,727 6277 30,888 128,330

2 1 1 20 4

127 159 32 155.8 423.6

XPYAJA208A

150

9443

XPYAJA208BA XPYAJA209A

150 150

4702 9873

3 3

638.0 303.9

1-AC FAILURE NO SCRATCH, 2-MARGINAL HIGH RESET THRESHOLD NO SCRATCH, 1-FUNCTIONAL FAILURE DUE TO DIE SCRATCH 2-DIE SCRATCH ON SILICON SUBSTRATE, 1-DIE SCRATCH ON METAL LINES 1-RESET THRESHOLD DUE TO DIE SCRATCH, 1-MARGINAL IBAT NO SCRATCH, 1-GATE-OXIDE RUPTURE POSSIBLY ESD DAMAGE

XPYAJA208B SUBTOTAL

150

4295 28,313

0 10

0.0 353.2

______________________________________________________________________________________ 9

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TABLE 4. INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULT (continued)
PRODUCT MAX667CPA LOT BI TEMP (C) XEVAJA035A 135 XEVANA046A 135 XEVANB048B 135 SS 9823 8201 5015
23,039

FAILURES 1 5 0
6

PPM 102 610 0

260

ANALYSIS
1-PARAMETRIC 1-PARAMETRIC, 3-FUNCTIONAL 1-UNKNOWN

SUBTOTAL

SG3 PROCESS MAX485CPA

XKNACA009A XKNACA011A XKNACB016C

135 135 135

8654 9689 6239 24,582

1 2 1 4 1 2 0 3 3 2 2 7 2 2

115 206 160 162 142 295 0 160 239 168 189 200 166 166

1-LEAKAGE 2-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

SUBTOTAL MAX705CPA XTOACZ010A XTOACA014Q XTOACB015B 135 135 135

7026 6759 4895 18,680

1-HIGH ICC 2-PARAMETRIC

SUBTOTAL MAX712CPE MAX713CPE SUBTOTAL MAX692ACPA SUBTOTAL NTABGO01O 135 XAABCA009A XAAACA013A XAAACA016A 135 135 135

12,505 11,873 10,530 34,908 12,033 12,033

3-PARAMETRIC 2-PARAMETRIC 1-FUNCTIONAL, 1-PARAMETRIC

2-PARAMETRIC

SG5 PROCESS MAX232ACPE

XETAZZ063Q

135

10,016

599

MAX232ACPE MAX202ACPE MAX232ACPE SUBTOTAL MAX452CPA MAX454CPD MAX455CPP SUBTOTAL MAX732CPA

XETAZZ058Q XETAZA075A XETAZA099Q

135 135 135

10,181 14,977 10,425 45,599

1 4 3 14 2 0 5 7 2 1 2 5

98 267 288 307 358 0 308 246.5 184 86 162 143

2-BOND WIRE SHORT TO DIE EDGE, 1-BOND WIRE SMASH, 1-DIE SCRATCH, 1-HIGH ICC, 1-LOW SLEW RATE 1-OXIDE DEFECT 2-DIE SCRATCH, 2-UNKNOWN 3-HIGH ICC 2-VOS 4-VOS, 1-FUNCTIONAL FAILURE 1-AC FAILURE, 1-UNKNOWN 1-AC FAILURE 1-AC FAILURE

XFPAUB004A XFPAVA011Q XFPAVA009Q

135 135 135

5592 6565 16,236 28,393

XPKABB254A XPKABB261A XPKABB263A

135 135 135

10,848 11,657 12,333 34,838

SUBTOTAL

SG1.2 PROCESS MAX7219CNG BDRAAZ014A BDRAAZ026B BDRAAZ029A

SUBTOTAL

135 135 135

10,091 16,648 11,347 38,086

3 3 1 7

297 180 88 184

3-UNKNOWN 3-UNKNOWN 1-UNKNOWN

BIP PROCESS MAX901BCPE

VWHABB074C VWHABB079D VWHABB083A VWHABB083B

135 135 135 135

4100 4650 6415 4587 19,752

1 1 0 2 4

243 215 0 436 202

1-LEAKAGE 1-HIGH ICC 2-PARAMETRIC

SUBTOTAL

COMBINED TOTAL

625,803

119

190

10

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

32

31

30

28

26

24

22

NUMBER OF DEFECTS

20

18

17

16

14

13

13

12 10 10

4 2 2 0 MARGINAL ASSEMBLY LEAKAGE UNKNOWN SCRATCH GATE OXIDE TEST ESD 1

CATEGORY

FIGURE 3. INFANT MORTALITY PARETO CHART

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 11

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TFIELD OX = 1.15m

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ P WELL TGOX = 900

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8m

2m

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,

P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1m

10m

FIGURE 4. SMG PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 1.15m

3m

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+

N-CHANNEL

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+ ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P WELL TGOX = 1975

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, N+

m Si,,,,,,,,,, 3N4/SiO2 = 0.8 ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P+

N+

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+ P+

N+

TMETAL = 1m

TEPI = 19m

10m

10m

SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 5. MV1 PROCESS

N-CHANNEL
TFIELD 0X = 0.8m

,,,,, ,,,,,
P+

TREFLOW 0X = 0.8m

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

, @ P @ P ,
P+ BURIED LAYER

TPOLY = 4500

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,,,,, ,,,,,,
P+ N+

TMETAL = 1.0m ,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+

TGOX = 1000

,, @@ PP @@ PP ,,
P-CHANNEL
,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,
P+ 1.5m TEPI = 16m

,,,,, ,,,,,
Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8m N+

P WELL = 10m

N-SUBSTRATE
18

FIGURE 6. MV2 PROCESS

12

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Si3N4/Si02 = 0.8m TREFLOW 0X = 1.3m TFIELD 0X = 0.9m P+

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

, @ P @@ PP ,, @@ PP ,, @ ,, P , @@,, PP @@ PP
N-CHANNEL
POLY 2 = 7000

RR-1J

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, N+

,,, ,,,
P+ 1.5m

P-CHANNEL

N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

POLY 1 = 4000

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, P+

N+

TGOX = 450

TMETAL = 1.0m

P WELL = 6m

N-SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 7. SG3 PROCESS

TFIELD OX = 10,000
POLY 1 Si3N4/SiO2 = 0.8m

POLY 2

P+ 1m

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

N+

,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,,,,, ,,,

TPOLY OX = 1000

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

N+ TMETAL = 1m P+

,,, ,,,,,, ,,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,
P+ N+

P WELL = 8m TGOX = 750

FIGURE 8. SG5 PROCESS

N-CHANNEL
METAL 2 = 8000 METAL 1 = 6000 VIA

,,, ,, ,,

,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,, ,,,

,,,,,,,,,
TGOX = 230 BPSG & UNDERCOAT N+ N+ P+ P WELL N+ BURIED LAYER = 4m

POLY 1 = 4200

PP @@ ,,
POLY 2 = 4200

P-CHANNEL

,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,
N+ GUARD

,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,,,, ,,, ,,,

PECVDOX & SOG

,,,,,,,,

P+

P+

FEILD OXIDE

N+

P WELL

N EPI PBL = 6m

P-SUBSTRATE

FIGURE 9. SG1.2 PROCESS

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 13

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

NPN
N+ EMITTER = 2.5m

LATERAL PNP

VERTICAL PNP
Al/Si (1%) = 11k

,,,, ,,,,, ,,, ,, ,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,
SiO2 /Si3N4 = 0.8m

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

P+ N+ N+

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N+

P+ P+ P+ N+ P+ ISO P+ N EPI = 17m

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

P+ ISO

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5m P BASE = 3m P+ ISOLATION = 20m

N+ BURIED LAYER = 4.5m

P SUBSTRATE <111>

FIGURE 10. BIP PROCESS TABLE 5. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SMG)
DEVICE TYPE MAX691 MAX241 MAX202 MAX700 MAX202 MAX696 MAX241 ICL7660 MAX238 MAX241 MAX238 MAX695 MAX241 ICL7621 MAX238 MAX695 MAX232 MAX691 MAX694 MAX693 MAX238 MAX208 MAX211 MAX232 ICM7218 MAX211 MAX232 ICL7660 MAX8212 ICL7665 MAX237 ICL7660 ICL7664 ICL7109 ICL7652 MAX134 MAX8212 MAX633 ICL7612 MAX232 MAX691 MAX211 MAX690 MAX232 MAX690 ICL7660 MAX232 ICL7660 ICL7664 MAX695 MAX232 DATE CODE 9413 9440 9441 9441 9442 9442 9442 9442 9443 9444 9444 9444 9444 9444 9445 9445 9446 9446 9446 9446 9447 9448 9450 9450 9450 9451 9451 9451 9452 9501 9502 9503 9504 9505 9506 9507 9508 9510 9511 9512 9512 9512 9512 9513 9513 9513 9513 9514 9515 9517 9518 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 40 PDIP 14 PDIP 40 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP TO99 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 80 77 77 80 77 77 77 77 77 80 77 77 80 77 77 77 76 80 76 45 80 80 70 77 80 74 77 80 76 77 77 75 80 79 77 80 77 77 79 76 80 80 80 80 80 70 77 80 77 79 80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES DEVICE TYPE MAX691 MAX690 ICL7652 ICM7218 MAX680 MAX211 MAX211 MAX236 MAX239 MAX8212 MAX632 MAX202 MAX208 MAX237 MAX641 MAX634 ICM7242 MAX238 MAX211 MAX663 MAX213 ICL7612 ICL7660 MAX632 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8211 ICL7660 MAX695 MAX690 MAX211 MAX850 MAX695 MAX232 ICL7621 MAX8211 MAX202 MAX690 MAX232 MAX850 MAX211E MAX666 MAX241E MAX211E ICL7621 TOTAL DATE CODE 9519 9519 9520 9522 9523 9523 9524 9525 9525 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9528 9529 9530 9530 9530 9530 9530 9531 9531 9531 9532 9533 9533 9533 9535 9537 9537 9537 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9539 9540 9542 9542 9544 9545 9545

TABLE 5 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 CERDIP 77 8 CERDIP 77 14 PDIP 77 28 CERDIP 77 8 PDIP 322 28 WSO 76 28 SSOP 77 24 PDIP 75 24 PDIP 78 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 16 WSO 79 24 PDIP 80 24 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 79 8 PDIP 80 8 PDIP 79 24 PDIP 77 28 SSOP 77 8 PDIP 79 28 WSO 76 TO99 76 8 PDIP 71 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 TO99 75 8 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 72 16 PDIP 78 8 PDIP 77 28 WSO 77 8 NSO 79 16 PDIP 76 16 PDIP 77 8 PDIP 77 8 NSO 75 16 WSO 76 8 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 8 NSO 80 28 SSOP 77 8 PDIP 80 28 SSOP 45 28 SSOP 76 8 PDIP 77 7614 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 NOTES

AC FAILURE

BOND CRATER

PARAMETRIC

PARAMETRIC

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, Operational Amplifiers, Power-Supply Circuits, Interface, and Display Drivers/Counters.

14

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 6. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MV1)
DEVICE TYPE DG211 DG202 MAX333 DG211 DG211 DG304 TOTAL DATE CODE 9432 9520 9520 9524 9537 9537 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 NSO 36 16 CERDIP 75 20 CERDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 NSO 36 16 PDIP 77 378 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

RR-1J

TABLE 9. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 5m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG5)
DEVICE TYPE MX7543 MAX249 MAX249 MAX155 MAX232A MX574 MX7226 MAX528 MX7574 MAX232A MAX232A MAX160 TOTAL DATE CODE 9434 9442 9445 9447 9512 9514 9519 9522 9526 9526 9532 9534 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 80 44 QFP 75 44 QFP 76 28 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 28 PDIP 77 20 CERDIP 77 20 PDIP 79 18 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 16 CERDIP 77 18 PDIP 77 926 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: Analog Switches and Analog Multiplexers.

TABLE 7. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (MV2)
DEVICE TYPE DG421 DG445 MAX306 DG441 TOTAL DATE CODE 9441 9449 9521 9536 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 16 PDIP 77 16 PDIP 75 28 CERDIP 77 16 PDIP 77 306 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: A/D Converters, D/A Converters, Interface, and Switched Capacitor Filters.

TABLE 10. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE BIPOLAR PROCESS (BIP)
DEVICE TYPE MAX471 MAX584 MAX788 MAX830 REF01 MAX724 MAX787 REF01 MAX724 MAX830 TOTAL DATE CODE 9440 9507 9509 9517 9518 9520 9528 9528 9528 9533 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 8 PDIP TO99 TO220 16 WSO 8 PDIP TO220 TO220 8 PDIP TO220 16 WSO 80 77 80 74 77 45 80 77 45 75 710 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 NOTES

TABLE 8. LIFE TEST AT 135C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 3m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG3)
DEVICE TYPE MAX687 MAX921 MAX691A MAX781 MAX809 MAX705 MAX809 MAX704 MAX856 MAX860 MAX705 MAX703 MAX662 MAX660 MAX791 MAX691A MAX690A MAX662 MAX786 MAX767 MX7821 MAX707 MAX722 MAX192 MAX662 MAX757 MAX222 MAX485 MAX1487 MAX662 MAX660 MAX767 MAX757 MAX188 MAX660 MAX705 MAX791 MAX709 MAX807 MAX122 MAX791 MAX921 TOTAL DATE CODE 9441 9443 9444 9510 9512 9512 9514 9517 9519 9519 9522 9522 9524 9526 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9527 9527 9527 9528 9529 9529 9530 9530 9535 9536 9536 9536 9537 9538 9538 9539 9540 9540 9543 9546 9546 9547 9547 8 8 16 36 3 8 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 8 8 28 20 20 8 16 20 8 8 18 8 8 8 8 20 8 20 8 8 16 8 16 24 16 8 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 PDIP 75 PDIP 75 WSO 79 SSOP 140 SOT23 69 PDIP 75 SOT23 75 PDIP 77 PDIP 77 PDIP 75 PDIP 77 PDIP 77 PDIP 74 PDIP 77 PDIP 77 PDIP 77 PDIP 80 PDIP 77 SSOP 42 SSOP 78 PDIP 77 PDIP 77 NSO 78 PDIP 45 PDIP 77 PDIP 80 PDIP 80 PDIP 76 PDIP 77 PDIP 76 PDIP 77 SSOP 76 PDIP 64 PDIP 77 PDIP 76 PDIP 77 PDIP 80 PDIP 77 PDIP 60 PDIP 80 NSO 79 NSO 68 3187 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

PARAMETRIC PARAMETRIC

Note: Products included in this Life Test data are: Voltage References and Operational Amplifiers.

TABLE 11. LIFE TEST AT 85C/1000 HRS. FOR THE 1.2m SILICON-GATE CMOS PROCESS (SG1.2)
DEVICE TYPE MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX7219 TOTAL DATE CODE 9429 9436 9448 9521 9528 9546 9552 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 192 500 1000 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 80 77 77 74 77 77 77 539 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

GATE OXIDE DEFECT

LEAKAGE FAILURE

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 15

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TABLE 12. TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (85/85) TEST RESULTS
DEVICE TYPE MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX241 MAX202 MAX687 DG421 MAX249 MAX241 MAX696 MAX202 MAX238 MAX238 ICL7621 MAX695 MAX691A MAX238 MAX695 MAX694 MAX232 MAX693 MAX698 MAX7219 MAX213 DG445 MAX232 MAX211 MAX232 REF01 MAX8212 ICL7665 MAX237 ICL7665 MAX235 MAX8212 MAX235 MAX633 REF01 MAX705 MAX232A MAX232 DG302 MX574 MAX485 MAX704 REF01 MAX233 MAX856 MAX724 MAX7219 MAX703 MAX705 MAX662 MAX662 MAX236 MAX691A MAX791 MAX660 MAX632 MAX8211 MAX707 MAX662 MX7821 MAX724 REF01 MAX7219 MAX662 MAX192 MAX213 MAX238 MAX211 ICL7660 MAX632 MAX706 ICL7660 MAX8211 DATE CODE 9429 9436 9440 9441 9441 9441 9442 9442 9442 9442 9443 9444 9444 9444 9444 9445 9445 9446 9446 9446 9447 9448 9448 9449 9450 9451 9451 9451 9452 9501 9502 9506 9508 9508 9510 9510 9511 9512 9512 9513 9513 9514 9515 9517 9518 9518 9519 9520 9521 9522 9522 9523 9524 9525 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9527 9528 9528 9528 9529 9529 9530 9530 9530 9531 9531 9532 9533 9533 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 168 500 1000 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 44 QFP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 14 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 28 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP TO220 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 28 WSO 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 45 45 45 45 77 77 30 35 45 44 36 36 45 45 44 36 45 45 26 40 45 45 29 45 77 24 26 74 45 45 44 45 42 77 42 44 77 77 45 44 43 44 74 45 77 36 77 45 45 45 43 44 45 45 45 45 46 77 77 44 45 45 45 77 45 44 45 43 36 29 43 45 76 45 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES DEVICE TYPE MAX707 MAX713 MAX485 MAX485 MAX1487 MAX662 MAX660 DG441 MAX690 MAX211 MAX695 MAX690 MAX188 MAX757 MAX202 MAX8211 MAX660 MAX705 MAX211E MAX709 MAX211E ICL7621 MAX7219 MAX7219 TOTAL DATE CODE 9534 9534 9534 9535 9536 9536 9536 9536 9537 9537 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9539 9540 9542 9543 9545 9545 9546 9553

TABLE 12 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) SIZE 168 500 1000 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 44 44 45 45 45 45 43 77 45 45 45 45 36 45 26 44 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 4738 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

PARAMETRIC

TABLE 13. PRESSURE POT TEST AT 121C/100% RH 15 PSIG/168 HRS. (ALL PLASTIC PACKAGES)
DEVICE TYPE MAX7219 MAX7219 MAX241 MAX202 DG421 MAX687 MAX249 MAX202 ICL7660 MAX241 MAX782 MAX238 ICL7621 MAX238 MAX249 MAX695 MAX238 MAX694 MAX232 MAX693 MAX238 MAX155 MAX698 MAX7219 MAX208 ICL7652 MAX213 DG445 MAX631 ICM7218 MAX422 MAX235 MAX232 MAX211 REF01 MAX232 MAX211 MAX8212 MAX209 ICL7665 MAX237 DATE CODE 9429 9436 9440 9441 9441 9441 9442 9442 9442 9442 9442 9443 9444 9444 9445 9445 9445 9446 9446 9446 9447 9447 9447 9448 9448 9448 9448 9449 9449 9450 9450 9450 9450 9450 9451 9451 9451 9452 9452 9501 9502 PKG. 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 36 SSOP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 44 QFP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 WSO 24 PDIP 28 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 24 WSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 77 41 45 77 45 45 45 77 77 45 45 77 77 77 45 45 77 76 77 77 45 45 77 77 44 73 77 45 45 45 77 77 44 77 45 77 77 77 77 77 77 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

16

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TABLE 13 (continued)
DEVICE TYPE MAX756 ICL7652 MX7574 MAX233 MAX203 MAX8212 MAX235 MAX233 MAX235 MAX633 REF01 MAX232A MAX232 MAX809 MAX705 DG302 MAX232 MX574 MAX809 MAX485 MAX235 MAX704 MAX233 REF01 MAX856 MAX724 MAX681 ICL7665 DG441 MAX7219 MAX705 MAX703 MAX662 MAX236 MX7574 MAX8211 MAX791 MAX232A MAX632 MX7821 MAX662 MAX707 MAX767 MAX724 MAX7219 MAX660 REF01 MAX662 MAX192 MAX211 MAX238 MAX213 ICL7660 MAX706 MAX232 MAX8211 ICL7660 MAX160 MAX707 MAX485 MAX485 MAX695 MAX662 MAX514 MAX660 DG441 MAX1487 DG304 MAX211 MAX134 MAX690 MAX708 MAX695 MAX680 MAX188 DATE CODE 9503 9506 9506 9507 9507 9508 9508 9508 9510 9510 9511 9512 9512 9512 9512 9513 9513 9514 9514 9515 9517 9517 9518 9518 9519 9520 9520 9520 9521 9521 9522 9522 9524 9525 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9527 9527 9528 9528 9528 9528 9529 9529 9530 9530 9530 9531 9532 9532 9533 9533 9534 9534 9534 9535 9535 9536 9536 9536 9536 9536 9537 9537 9537 9537 9538 9538 9538 9538 PKG. 8 NSO 14 PDIP 18 WSO 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 NSO 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 3 SOT23 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 3 SOT23 8 NSO 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 14 PDIP 14 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 SSOP TO220 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 MAX 16 PDIP 8 NSO 20 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 45 77 45 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 10 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 77 45 77 77 77 44 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 43 77 45 45 45 77 45 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES DEVICE TYPE MAX757 MAX134 MAX246 MAX232 MAX202 MAX690 MAX8211 MAX660 MAX232 MAX211E MAX709 MAX241E MAX211E MAX7219 MAX211E MAX7219 TOTAL DATE CODE 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9539 9539 9542 9543 9544 9545 9546 9546 9553

TABLE 13 (continued)
PKG. 8 PDIP 44 QFP 40 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 24 SSOP 24 PDIP SAMPLE SIZE 45 77 77 77 45 76 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 7231 FAILURES (HRS.) 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

TABLE 14. HAST TEST RESULTS 120C/85% RH/BIASED/100 HRS.

DEVICE TYPE MAX249 MAX249 MAX809 MAX809 MAX235 MAX681 MAX134 MAX134 MAX690 MAX8211 TOTAL DATE CODE 9442 9445 9512 9514 9517 9520 9537 9538 9538 9538 PKG. 44 QFP 44 QFP 3 SOT23 3 SOT23 24 PDIP 14 PDIP 44 QFP 44 QFP 8 PDIP 8 NSO SAMPLE SIZE 25 25 25 24 25 25 22 22 25 25 243 FAILURES (HRS.) 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 17

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TABLE 15. TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C 1000 CYCLES (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE TYPE MAX7219 MX7543 MAX7219 MAX241 MAX202 DG421 MAX687 MAX249 MAX202 ICL7660 MAX696 MAX782 MAX241 MAX238 MAX238 MAX695 ICL7621 MAX238 MAX249 MAX195 MAX695 MAX693 MAX232 MAX694 MAX153 MAX698 MAX7219 MAX213 ICL7652 DG445 MAX422 MAX211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX211 REF01 MAX8212 ICL7665 MAX237 MX7574 ICL7652 MAX584 MAX8212 MAX633 REF01 MAX705 MAX232 MAX809 MAX232A MAX232 DG302 MX574 MAX809 MAX485 MAX704 REF01 MAX691 MAX856 MAX690 MAX860 MX7226 MAX333 ICL7652 DG202 MAX724 MAX7219 MAX306 DG441 MAX703 ICM7218 MAX705 DATE CODE 9429 9434 9436 9440 9441 9441 9441 9442 9442 9442 9442 9442 9442 9443 9444 9444 9444 9445 9445 9445 9445 9446 9446 9446 9447 9447 9448 9448 9448 9449 9450 9450 9450 9451 9451 9451 9452 9501 9502 9506 9506 9507 9508 9510 9511 9512 9512 9512 9512 9513 9513 9514 9514 9515 9517 9518 9519 9519 9519 9519 9519 9520 9520 9520 9520 9521 9521 9521 9522 9522 9522 PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 76 45 45 77 45 77 77 45 77 45 45 77 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 77 45 45 45 45 45 75 45 45 65 45 45 77 45 45 77 45 45 45 77 45 77 76 74 76 77 76 20 76 77 76 45 13 77 45 77 77 77 75 77 77 77 77 76 45 45 44 76 44 76 45 FAILURES (HRS.) 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES DEVICE TYPE MAX662 MAX662 DG211 MAX236 MAX691A MAX791 MAX660 MAX8212 MAX632 MAX232A MX7574 MAX662 MAX707 MX7821 MAX767 MAX7219 MAX660 REF01 MAX724 MAX662 DG301 MAX192 MAX238 MAX213 MAX211 ICL7612 ICL7660 MAX632 MAX232 MAX232A MAX706 MAX8211 MAX8211 ICL7660 MAX676 MAX676 MAX707 MAX160 MAX485 MAX713 MAX695 MAX485 MAX662 MAX660 DG441 MAX1487 MAX690 MAX211 DG304 MAX188 MAX708 MAX680 MAX757 ICL7621 MAX695 MAX202 MAX8211 MAX690 MAX232 MAX660 MAX232 MAX705 MAX211E MAX709 MAX241E ICL7621 MAX211E MAX211E MAX7219 MAX7219 TOTAL DATE CODE 9523 9524 9524 9525 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9527 9527 9528 9528 9528 9528 9529 9529 9529 9530 9530 9530 9531 9531 9531 9532 9532 9532 9533 9533 9533 9533 9533 9534 9534 9534 9534 9535 9535 9536 9536 9536 9536 9537 9537 9537 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9539 9539 9540 9542 9543 9544 9545 9545 9546 9546 9553

TABLE 15 (continued)
PKG. SAMPLE SIZE 33 45 77 45 44 43 45 77 75 77 77 44 45 45 44 44 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 77 45 77 77 77 44 45 53 52 45 77 45 44 45 44 45 45 77 45 45 45 77 44 76 44 44 45 44 45 44 44 45 45 77 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 7808 FAILURES (HRS.) 200 500 1000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 NOTES

24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 44 QFP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 44 QFP 16 SIDEBRAZE 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 PDIP 28 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 16 WSO 28 SSOP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 18 WSO 14 PDIP TO99 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 3 SOT23 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 28 PDIP 3 SOT23 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 CERDIP 8 CERDIP 20 CERDIP 20 CERDIP 14 PDIP 16 CERDIP TO220 24 PDIP 28 CERDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 CERDIP 8 PDIP

PACKAGE STRESS FAILURE

PARAMETRIC

8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 SSOP 24 PDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP TO220 8 PDIP TO100 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 WSO 28 SSOP TO99 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 CERDIP 8 NSO 8 PDIP TO99 8 PDIP 20 WSO 20 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 WSO 16 PDIP 20 PDIP 8 MAX 8 NSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP

18

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

TABLE 16. HIGH-TEMPERATURE LIFE TEST, 150C/1000 HRS. (ALL PACKAGE TYPES)
DEVICE DATE TYPE CODE MAX7219 MX7543 MAX7219 MAX241 DG421 MAX687 MAX202 MAX241 MAX202 MAX249 MAX696 ICL7660 MAX238 MAX238 ICL7621 MAX695 MAX249 MAX695 MAX238 MAX195 MAX693 MAX232 MAX694 MAX155 MAX698 MAX7219 ICL7652 MAX213 DG445 MAX422 MAX232 MAX211 REF01 MAX211 MAX8212 ICL7665 MAX237 MX7574 ICL7652 MX584 MAX8212 MAX235 MAX233 MAX235 MAX633 REF01 MAX232A MAX232 MAX705 MAX809 DG302 MAX232 MX574 MAX809 MAX485 MAX704 MAX235 REF01 MAX691 MAX856 MAX690 MX7226 MAX680 MAX333 ICL7652 MAX724 MAX681 DG202 MAX306 9429 9434 9436 9440 9441 9441 9441 9442 9442 9442 9442 9442 9443 9444 9444 9444 9445 9445 9445 9446 9446 9446 9446 9447 9447 9448 9448 9448 9449 9450 9450 9450 9451 9451 9452 9501 9502 9506 9506 9507 9508 9508 9508 9510 9510 9511 9512 9512 9512 9512 9513 9513 9514 9514 9515 9517 9517 9518 9519 9519 9519 9519 9519 9520 9520 9520 9520 9520 9521 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTES SIZE 192 500 1000 77 45 77 45 45 43 77 45 77 25 76 77 77 77 77 77 25 45 77 45 77 76 77 45 77 77 77 77 45 77 45 76 45 77 54 50 77 45 76 45 43 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 32 45 45 45 15 77 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 76 45 45 43 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE DATE TYPE CODE DG441 MAX7219 ICM7218 MAX703 MAX705 DG211 MAX662 MAX236 MAX660 MAX632 MAX791 MX7574 MAX691A MAX8211 MAX232A MAX707 MAX662 MX7821 MAX7219 REF01 MAX724 MAX660 MAX192 MAX662 DG301 MAX213 MAX211 MAX238 ICL7612 MAX632 ICL7660 MAX706 MAX232A MAX232 MAX8211 ICL7660 MAX8211 MAX707 MAX485 MAX160 MAX485 MAX695 MAX660 DG441 MAX662 MAX1487 MAX690 DG304 MAX211 ICL7621 MAX690 MAX202 MAX695 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX680 MAX660 MAX232 MAX705 MAX211E MAX709 MAX241E MAX211E ICL7621 MAX211E MAX7219 MAX7219 TOTAL 9521 9521 9522 9522 9522 9524 9524 9525 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9526 9527 9527 9527 9528 9528 9528 9528 9529 9529 9529 9530 9530 9530 9531 9531 9531 9532 9532 9532 9533 9533 9533 9534 9534 9534 9535 9535 9536 9536 9536 9536 9537 9537 9537 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9538 9539 9539 9540 9542 9543 9544 9545 9545 9546 9546 9553

RR-1J

TABLE 16 (continued)
PKG. 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 18 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP TO220 8 NSO 20 PDIP 8 PDIP TO100 28 WSO 28 SSOP 24 PDIP TO99 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 CERDIP 16 PDIP TO99 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 18 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 WSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTES SIZE 192 500 1000 45 77 45 77 77 45 45 45 77 45 76 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 43 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 44 43 45 45 45 45 45 45 7033 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 PDIP 16 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 44 QFP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 44 QFP 16 WSO 24 PDIP 16 SIDEBRAZE 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 PDIP 28 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 28 SSOP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 PDIP 28 WSO 8 NSO 28 SSOP 8 PDIP 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 18 WSO 14 PDIP TO99 8 NSO 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 8 NSO 16 PDIP 16 PDIP 8 PDIP 3 SOT23 16 WSO 16 PDIP 28 PDIP 3 SOT23 8 NSO 8 PDIP 24 PDIP 8 PDIP 16 CERDIP 8 PDIP 8 CERDIP 20 CERDIP 8 CERDIP 20 CERDIP 14 PDIP TO220 14 PDIP 16 CERDIP 28 CERDIP

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 19

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

TABLE 17. HYBRID PRODUCTS LIFE TEST 135C/1000 HRS
DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX233 MAX235 MAX235 MAX233 MAX681 LH0033 MAX246 TOTAL DATE CODE 9501 9502 9508 9508 9510 9517 9518 9520 9528 9538 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTES SIZE 192 500 1000 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 14 PDIP TO8 40 PDIP 72 74 74 76 76 77 45 77 75 80 726 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 17. HYBRID PRODUCTS TEMPERATURE CYCLING -65C TO +150C/1000 CYCLES

DEVICE TYPE MAX252 MAX252 MAX235 MAX233 MAX235 MAX1480 MAX1480 MAX235 MAX233 MAX681 MAX246 MAX1490 TOTAL DATE CODE 9501 9502 9508 9508 9510 9510 9517 9517 9518 9520 9538 9541 PKG. SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS.) NOTES SIZE 200 500 1000 X X X 40 PDIP 40 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 24 PDIP 28 PDIP 28 PDIP 24 PDIP 20 PDIP 14 PDIP 40 PDIP 28 PDIP 73 75 77 77 45 77 77 45 45 45 77 75 788 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

20

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report

Appendix 1: ____Deter mining Acceleration Factor
Definition of Terms An acceleration factor is a constant used in reliability prediction formulas that expresses the enhanced effect of temperature on a devices failure rate. It is usually used to show the difference (or acceleration effect) between the failure rate at two temperatures. In simple terms, a statement such as, The failure rate of these devices operating at 150C is five-times greater than the failure rate at 25C, implies an acceleration factor of 5. The acceleration factor used in the semiconductor industry is a result of the Arrhenius equation stated below:
Acceleration Factor = Ke
Ea 1 1 k T1 T2

RR-1J

the purposes of computing the acceleration factors used in this report. Actual acceleration factors are probably greater than those quoted. The second method of determining an activation energy is empirical. Two groups of devices are tested at different temperatures, and the difference between their failure rates is measured. An example is shown below: Group 1 = 9822 failures after 100 hrs. of operation at 150C. Group 2 = 1 failure after 100 hrs. of operation at 25C. The acceleration factor for this particular failure mechanism between these two temperatures is, therefore, 9822.
9822 = e
Ea 1 1 k T1 T2

Where: K = an experimentally determined constant Ea = the activation energy k = Boltzmanns constant T1 = actual use temp. in degrees Kelvin T2 = test temp. in degrees Kelvin
How to Use the Arrhenius Equation The first step in using the Arrhenius equation given above is to determine an activation energy (Ea), which may be done in one of two ways. The first method involves using failure analysis techniques to determine the actual failure mechanism. The activation energies for many failure mechanisms have already been determined, and tabulated in published literature. Although all processes are not exactly the same, the activation energy of a particular failure mechanism is mainly determined by physical principles. A published activation energy will not be the exact figure associated with a particular process, but it will be a very close approximation. The dominant failure mechanisms in Maxims Life Tests have activation energies in the range of 0.8eV to 1.2eV. We have conservatively chosen 0.8eV for

Where: Ea = the unknown activation energy k = 8.63 x 10-5eV/K T1 = 25C + 273C or 298K T2 = 150C + 273C or 423K Substituting:
9822 = e 9822 = e
1 1 -5 2 4 98 23 8.63 10 Ea

Ea Ea 11.49

Taking the natural log of both sides:

Loge 9822 = Ea 11.49 Loge 9822 = Ea 11.49

Therefore, Ea = 0.8eV Assuming that this activation energy represents the dominant failure mechanism of the device under

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 21

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

consideration, it may then be used to determine the acceleration factor between any two temperatures as follows: Between 150C and 70C, for example:
Acceleration Factor = e
1 0.8 1 T2 8.63 10 -5 T1
FR

10-9

= FIT.

T1 = 70C + 273C = 343K T2 = 150C + 273C = 423K Substituting for T1 + T2 and solving for e yields the result: Acceleration Factor = 165 The acceleration factor between 150C and 70C is 165.

Using the above example: FIT = 0.00002/10-9 = 20,000 The FIT rate is, therefore, shorthand for the number of units predicted to fail in a billion (10-9) devicehours at the specified temperature.
Calculating Failure Rates and FITs The failure rate can be expressed in terms of the following four variables: A = The number of failures observed after test B = The number of hours the test was run C = The number of devices used in the test D = The temperature acceleration factor (see Appendix 1)

Appendix 2: ____________Deter mining Failur e Rate

Definition of Terms The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) is the average time it takes for a failure to occur. For example, assume a company tests 100 units for 1000 hrs. The total device-hours accrued would be 100 x 1000, or 100,000 device-hours. Now assume two units were found to be failures. Roughly, it could be said that the MTBF would equal:

Using data in Table 2, a failure rate at 25C can now be calculated: A = 71 B = 192 C = 30,185 D = 9822 (Assuming Ea = 0.8eV, and a test temperature of 150C) Substituting: FR =
71 192 x 30,185 x 9822

= 1.24 x 10-9

MTBF =

Total Device Hrs. Total No. of Failures

100,000 2

= 50,000 hrs.

Expressing this in terms of the FIT rate: FIT = 1.24 To determine the FIT rate at a new temperature, the acceleration factor (D) must be recalculated from the Arrhenius equation given in Appendix 1.
Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation Because a small random sample is being chosen from each lot, the statistical effects are significant enough to mention. With most published failure rate figures, there is an associated confidence level number. This number expresses the confidence level that the actual failure rate of the lot will be equal to or lower than the predicted failure rate.

The Failure Rate (FR) is equal to the reciprocal of the MTBF, or: FR =
1 MTBF

1 50,000

= 0.00002

If this number is multiplied by 1 x 105, the failure rate in terms of percent per 1000 hrs. is obtained; i.e., 2%. A common reliability term also used to express the failure rate is Failures-in-Time, or FIT. This is the number of failures per billion device-hours, and is obtained by dividing the Failure Rate by 10-9:

22

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Product Reliability Report RR-1J

The failure rate calculation, including a confidence level, is determined as follows: FR =
x2 2DH

The value of (1 - CL) for a 60% confidence level is: (1 - 0.60) = 0.40. The number of degrees of freedom equals: 2(71 + 2) = 144. The Chi square value found under the values of 0.40 and 144 degrees of freedom is: 147. Therefore, the failure rate found using a 60% confidence level is: FR =
147 1.50 x 1011

Where: X2 = the Chi square value 2DH = 2 times the total device hours = 2 x (B x C x D) The Chi square value is based on a particular type of statistical distribution. However, all that is required to arrive at this value is knowing the number of failures. In this example, there were 71 failures. The Chi square value is found using a standard X2 distribution table. The tabular values are found using the factors (1 - CL), where CL is the desired confidence level, and 2(N + 1) is the degree of freedom.

= 1.29 x 10-9

Expressed as Failure-in-Time rate: FIT = 1.29 Referring to Table 2, one can see that for Maxims product, there is a 60% confidence level that no more than 1.29 units will fail per billion (109) devicehours of operation at 25C.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 23

February 1996

RR-2B

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

This report presents reliability data for Maxims surfacemount devices, including the results of extensive reliability stress tests performed solely on epoxy surface-mount packages since 1991. Maxims surface-mount packages are subjected to reliability standard tests typically applied to epoxy DIP packages, as well as to a series of stringent solder reflow tests that simulate the worst-case PC board assembly. These reliability tests conform to JEDEC Standard No. 22 Test Methods and Procedures for Solid-State Devices. For its surface-mount packages, Maxim uses state-ofthe-art packaging materials and processing methods that substantially reduce die surface stress and provide superior moisture resistance. Maxims surface-mount packages exhibit no degradation after moisture resistance tests, solder reflow simulation, or sequential moisture tests, nor do they show any compromise in other reliability performance.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

__________________________________Table of Contents
Introduction ..............................................................................................................................3 Quality Assurance Control Policy...........................................................................................3
Quality Assurance of Outgoing Product ....................................................................................................3 Quality Control of Measurement and Test Equipment ...............................................................................3

Surface-Mount Package Reliability.........................................................................................3

Effects of Thermal Stress on Surface-Mount Packages ............................................................................3

Reliability Methodology ...........................................................................................................4

Table A: Standard Reliability Tests for Epoxy Dual-in-Line and Epoxy Surface-Mount Packages................................................................................................................4 Table B: Reliability Tests for Epoxy Surface-Mount Packages Only ..........................................................4

Reliability Data..........................................................................................................................4
Table C: Reliability Test Summary .............................................................................................................4 Table 1: Life Test Results...........................................................................................................................5 Table 2: 85/85 Test Results .......................................................................................................................6 Table 3: Pressure Pot Test Results............................................................................................................6 Table 4: Temperature Cycling Test Results................................................................................................7 Table 5: High-Temperature Storage Life Test Results................................................................................8 Table 6: Thermal Shock Test Results ........................................................................................................8 Table 7: HAST Test Results .......................................................................................................................9 Table 8: Vapor Phase Reflow Test Results ................................................................................................9 Table 9: Resistance to Solder-Iron Heat Test Results ...............................................................................9 Table 10: Solder Shock Test Results .........................................................................................................9 Table 11: Sequential Moisture Test Results.............................................................................................10

Package Description ..............................................................................................................10

Pin Convention ........................................................................................................................................10 Flatpack Pin Convention..........................................................................................................................10 Quad Pack or PLCC Pin Convention.......................................................................................................11 Table D: Surface-Mount Package Types..................................................................................................11 Table E: 44-Lead Quad-Pack Pin Convention .........................................................................................11

Surface-Mount Packages in Reeled Tape.............................................................................11

Table F: Surface-Mount Package Tape Sizes ..........................................................................................11

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

_________________________Introduction
Maxim Integrated Products was founded in 1983 with one objective above all others: to build the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry. As with all our products, we have stringently applied this philosophy to our surface-mount devices. With few exceptions, Maxim offers every monolithic product in a high-quality, high-reliability, 3-lead to 44-lead plastic surface-mount package. These products are processed through the same manufacturing flow as are our dual-in-line (DIP) plastic devices, and are tested to the same stringent electrical standard of 100% data sheet parameters and visual AQL levels, with the exception of 100% burn-in. Maxim has taken a leading-edge position by developing a surface-mount packaging system that is unequaled in product performance and reliability, despite the stresses that occur in typical surfacemount assembly operations. This report summarizes the reliability data used to substantiate assembly quality at Maxims subcontract assembly facilities in Korea, the Philippines, and Malaysia. and calibration of this equipment include the following: 1) Daily computer-controlled calibration of production testers using standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards (NBS). 2) The establishment of KGUs (known good units), and their daily use for verifying correct production setup. Maxim is compliant to MIL-STD-45662 and all ISO 9000 requirements for calibration control.

_______Surface-Mount Package Reliability

Surface-mount packages offer significant advantages over the standard epoxy plastic DIPs: namely a smaller footprint and lower profile. However, these physical advantages can cause re l i a b i l i t y p roblems, particularly in high-humidity enviro nments. Achieving surface-mount reliability that rivals that of plastic DIPs (especially in a harsh, humid environments) requires a unique combination of molding compound formulation and cure time, material expansion coefficients, leadframe composition and processing, and lead finish.
Effects of Thermal Stress on Surface-Mount Packages

_______Quality Assurance Control Policy

Quality Assurance of Outgoing Product

Every lot shipped, including commercial product, must conform to exceptionally high standards for outgoing product quality. This is accomplished with inspections, as well as with Quality Assurance electrical and visual lot sampling. Our Quality Assurance testing guarantees an AQL (Acceptable Quality Limit) of: 0.1% for electrical conformance to data sheet specifications. 0.1% for visually observable packaging defects.
Quality Control of Measurement and Test Equipment

The accuracy and reliability of our production test equipment directly affects product quality. Maxims standard procedures for ensuring correct operation

The surface-mounting of SOIC packages subjects them to more stress than does the soldering of through-hole devices. This exposure to high temp e r a t u re can degrade the packages moisture resistance, due to microcracks created on the molding compound or leadframe interface. In some cases it can also cause the plastic package to crack (usually at the edge of the die attach pad) from the high-stress-concentration area, and this crack can propagate to the outside of the plastic package. Once a crack is created, corrosive contaminants from flux and solder paste can enter the package. Subsequent exposure of the device to a humid environment can cause the contaminants to dissolve and flow along the microcracks to the die. The resulting aluminum corrosion can cause premature device failure. Another reliability concern for surface-mount packages is stress-induced cracking on the die surface

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

when the package is subjected to thermal cycling stress. This includes passivation cracking, dielectric cracking or, in the worse case, die cracking. All these defects lead to the malfunction of the integrated circuit inside the surface-mount package. Using state-of-the-art materials and processing, Maxim has developed a packaging system that reduces stress to the die surface. This system reduces or eliminates the occurrence of micro cracks, package crack, and stress-induced die cracking, while providing superior moisture resistance. Maxim is constantly looking for impro v ements in molding compounds, die attach material, and assembly processing, to achieve even better package reliability performance.
TABLE A: STANDARD RELIABILITY TESTS FOR EPOXY DUAL-IN-LINE & EPOXY SURFACE-MOUNT PACKAGES
STRESS TEST
Life Test 85/85

TEST CONDITION
+135C, BIAS +85C, 85% R.H., BIAS +120C, 85% R.H., BIAS +121C, 100%, 15 PSIG -65C to +150C +150C +260C +300C 0C to +100C

DURATION
1000 Hours 1000 Hours

SAMPLING PLAN (SS/ACC)

77/1 77/1

Hast

100 Hours

25/1

Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High-Temperature Storage Life Test Solder Shock Resistance to Soldering Iron Thermal Shock

168 Hours 1000 Cycles 1000 Hours 10 Seconds 10 Seconds 100 Cycles

77/0 77/1 77/1 15/0 15/0 77/1

________________Reliability Methodology
Maxims surface-mount packages are put through the same stringent reliability qualification requirements as DIP products, plus a sequence of stringent solder reflow tests simulating worst-case surface-mountpackage PC board assembly. Therefore, Maxims surface-mount packages have been tested to the same level of reliability as standard epoxy DIP products in all aspects of package reliability. Table A lists Maxims standard reliability tests to qualify epoxy DIP products; these tests apply to epoxy s u rface-mount packages as well. Ta ble B l i s t s M a x i m s reliability tests that simulate PC board assembly and evaluate the moisture resistance of surface-mount packages. These tests take into account the physical advantages of surface-mount packages, which do not apply to epoxy DIP packages.

TABLE B: RELIABILITY TESTS FOR EPOXY SURFACE-MOUNT PACKAGES ONLY

STRESS TEST
Vapor Phase Reflow with Preconditioning*

TEST CONDITION
1. Preheat (+150C) 2. +220C/90 seconds

DURATION

SAMPLING PLAN (SS/ACC)

45/0

2 Minutes 3 Cycles 3 Cycles

Sequential Moisture 1. Solder DIP Test with (+260C/5 seconds) Preconditioning* 2. Pressure Pot

20/0 96 Hours

* Preconditioning: +85C, 85% R.H. Storage for 168 Hours

_______________________Reliability Data
Tables 111 list the results of reliability tests Maxim has perf o rmed for various surface-mount packages. Table C summarizes the reliability results of the following tests: Life Test, 85/85, Pressure Pot, HAST, Temperature Cycling, and High-Temperature Storage Life Test. It also shows the total number of samples tested, total device hours (or total device cycles), and number of rejects detected during reliability testing. As the data shows, Maxims surface-mount packages exhibit no degradation after moisture resistance tests, solder reflow simulation, or sequential moisture tests, nor do they show any compromise in other reliability performance.
4

TABLE C: RELIABILITY TEST SUMMARY

STRESS TEST
Life Test

TOTAL UNITS TESTED

6198

TOTAL DEVICE HOURS (or CYCLES)

6,198,000 device hours 3,169,000 device hours 44,800 device hours 776,664 device hours 5,156,000 device cycles 3,764,000 device hours

No. REJECTED
3

85/85

3169

Hast

448

Pressure Pot

4623

Temperature Cycling High-Temperature Storage Life Test

5156

3764

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 1: LIFE TEST RESULTS (TA = +135C, BIASED)
DEVICE TYPE MAX241 MAX232 MAX241 MAX232 MAX722 MAX244 MAX232A MAX663 MAX717 DG211 MAX213 MXL902 MAX213 MAX8212 MAX241 MXL902 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MXL902 DG211 MXL902 MAX8212 MXL902 MAX232 MAX691A MAX211E MAX691A MAX211E MAX722 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8212 MAX722 MAX705 MXL902 MAX211E MAX832 MAX831 MAX8211 MAX211E DATE CODE 9211 9215 9220 9222 9222 9233 9238 9238 9239 9243 9245 9250 9251 9301 9307 9311 9314 9314 9315 9315 9316 9321 9323 9324 9325 9328 9331 9332 9333 9333 9334 9334 9334 9335 9337 9341 9345 9348 9350 9351 9351 9352 9401 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) TYPE SIZE 192 500 1000 NOTES 28 SSOP 65 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 63 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 80 0 0 0 44 PLCC 80 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 16 NSO 36 0 0 0 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 18 WSO 50 0 0 0 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 8 NSO 76 0 0 0 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 18 WSO 52 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 1 0 0 FUNCTIONAL 18 WSO 66 0 0 0 16 NSO 36 0 0 0 18 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 18 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 79 0 0 0 28 SSOP 60 0 0 0 16 WSO 142 0 0 0 28 SSOP 74 0 0 0 16 NSO 77 1 0 0 PARAMETRIC 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 72 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 NSO 77 0 0 0 MAX 77 0 0 0 18 WSO 76 0 0 0 28 SSOP 80 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 1 PARAMETRIC 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX241E MAX850 MAX852 MAX853 MAX851 DG211 MAX400 MAX8211 MAX705 MAX705 MAX8211 MAX240 MAX240 MAX691A MAX240 MAX240 MAX511 MAX223 MAX213 MAX241 MAX211 MAX691 MAX8211 MAX241 MAX202 MAX232 MAX241 MAX249 MAX241 MAX691A MAX249 MAX695 MAX693 MAX232 MAX211 MAX211 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX809 MAX211 MAX809 MAX211 DATE CODE 9402 9404 9405 9407 9407 9409 9409 9413 9413 9415 9417 9418 9420 9421 9421 9422 9423 9424 9431 9434 9436 9439 9439 9439 9440 9441 9441 9442 9442 9444 9444 9445 9445 9446 9446 9450 9451 9451 9508 9512 9512 9514 9524 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HRS) TYPE SIZE 192 500 1000 36 SSOP 52 0 0 0 28 SSOP 79 0 0 0 8 NSO 80 0 0 0 8 NSO 78 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 80 0 0 0 16 NSO 36 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 MAX 45 0 0 0 MAX 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 76 0 0 0 44 QFP 70 0 0 0 44 QFP 72 0 0 0 16 NSO 100 0 0 0 44 QFP 76 0 0 0 44 QFP 72 0 0 0 14 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 WSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 70 0 0 0 28 WSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 72 0 0 0 16 WSO 61 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 76 0 0 0 16 WSO 80 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 44 PLCC 75 0 0 0 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 16 WSO 79 0 0 0 44 PLCC 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 76 0 0 0 28 WSO 71 0 0 0 28 SSOP 74 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 SOT-23 69 0 0 0 28 WSO 80 0 0 0 SOT-23 75 0 0 0 28 SSOP 80 0 0 0 NOTES

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 2: 85/85 TEST RESULTS
(TA = +85C, 85% R.H., BIASED)
DEVICE TYPE ICL7106 MAX232 MAX232 REF01 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX241 MAX232 MAX663 MAX133 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX903 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX707 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX8212 MAX722 MAX705 MAX832 MAX831 DATE CODE 9125 9140 9201 9204 9211 9214 9215 9220 9222 9238 9245 9246 9251 9252 9301 9314 9314 9315 9315 9324 9333 9334 9334 9335 9337 9341 9345 9351 9351 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HOURS) TYPE SIZE 168 500 1000 NOTES 44 PLCC 30 0 0 0 16 WSO 75 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 30 0 0 0 16 WSO 56 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 30 0 0 0 16 WSO 56 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 1 0 FUNCTIONAL 44 PLCC 15 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 80 0 0 0 16 WSO 56 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 NSO 61 0 0 0 MAX 25 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX8211 MAX853 MAX852 DG412 MAX8211 MAX400 MAX8211 MAX223 MAX213 MAX241 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX211 MAX241 MAX851 MAX241 MAX249 MAX691A MAX695 MAX693 MAX232 MAX213 MAX211 MAX232 MAX8212 REF01 DG303 MAX485 DATE CODE 9352 9407 9407 9409 9413 9413 9418 9431 9434 9436 9439 9439 9439 9440 9409 9442 9442 9444 9445 9446 9446 9448 9451 9451 9508 9511 9513 9515 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (HOURS) TYPE SIZE 168 500 1000 NOTES 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 43 0 0 0 16 NSO 80 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 26 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 35 0 0 0 44 PLCC 30 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 26 0 0 0 28 SSOP 29 0 0 0 28 SSOP 25 0 0 0 16 WSO 26 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 43 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0

TABLE 3: PRESSURE POT TEST RESULTS

(+121C, 2 ATM, 100% R.H., UNBIASED)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX232 REF01 MAX241 MAX241 MAX560 MAX232 MAX560 MAX241 MAX663 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX903 MAX8212 MAX241 MAX782 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 DATE CODE 9140 9201 9204 9211 9220 9221 9222 9222 9225 9238 9246 9251 9252 9301 9307 9312 9314 9314 9315 9315 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) 16 WSO 45 0 16 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 77 0 28 SSOP 45 0 28 SSOP 39 0 28 SSOP 45 0 16 WSO 45 0 28 SSOP 45 0 28 SSOP 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 77 0 8 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 77 0 8 NSO 45 0 28 SSOP 20 0 36 SSOP 43 0 16 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 16 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 DEVICE DATE TYPE CODE MAX240 9319 MAX8212 9324 MXL902 9324 MXL902 9325 MAX232 9328 MAX691A 9331 MAX707 9333 MAX232 9334 MAX8211 9334 MAX8211 9335 MAX782 9336 MAX8212 9337 MAX232A 9338 MAX708 9339 MAX706T 9339 MAX707 9339 MAX722 9341 MAX705 9345 MAX832 9351 MAX8211 9352 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) 44 QFP 77 0 8 NSO 45 0 18 WSO 45 0 18 WSO 45 0 16 WSO 46 0 16 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 16 WSO 77 0 8 NSO 76 0 8 NSO 77 0 36 SSOP 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 16 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 20 0 8 NSO 20 0 8 NSO 20 0 16 NSO 45 0 MAX 77 0 16 WSO 44 0 8 NSO 45 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX782 MAX852 MAX853 MAX782 DG412 MAX851 MAX400 MAX8211 MAX705 MAX705 MAX8211 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX511 MAX691 DATE CODE 9402 9407 9407 9407 9409 9409 9409 9413 9413 9415 9417 9418 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9430 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) 36 SSOP 45 0 36 SSOP 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 36 SSOP 45 0 16 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 77 0 8 NSO 45 0 MAX 45 0 MAX 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 28 SSOP 45 0 28 SSOP 45 0 44 QFP 45 0 44 QFP 45 0 44 QFP 45 0 44 QFP 39 0 14 NSO 45 0 16 WSO 77 0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 3: PRESSURE POT TEST RESULTS (continued)
(+121C, 2 ATM, 100% R.H., UNBIASED)
DEVICE DATE PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE CODE TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) MAX223 9431 28 WSO 77 0 MAX213 9434 28 WSO 77 0 MAX241 9436 28 WSO 77 0 MAX211 9438 28 WSO 77 0 MAX782 9438 36 SSOP 45 0 MAX211 9439 28 WSO 77 0 MAX695 9439 16 WSO 77 0 MAX241 9440 28 SSOP 45 0 MAX202 9441 16 WSO 77 0 DEVICE DATE PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE CODE TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) MAX241 9442 28 SSOP 45 0 MAX782 9442 36 SSOP 45 0 MAX249 9442 44 PLCC 45 0 MAX830 9445 16 WSO 45 0 MAX249 9445 44 PLCC 45 0 MAX695 9445 16 WSO 45 0 MAX232 9446 16 WSO 77 0 MAX213 9448 28 SSOP 77 0 MAX211 9450 28 WSO 77 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX211 MAX232 MX7574 MAX8212 REF01 MAX809 DG302 MAX809 MAX485 DATE CODE 9451 9451 9506 9508 9511 9512 9513 9514 9515 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES TYPE SIZE 168 (HOURS) 28 SSOP 77 0 16 WSO 77 0 18 WSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 8 NSO 45 0 SOT-23 45 0 16 WSO 45 0 SOT-23 10 0 8 NSO 77 0

TABLE 4: TEMPERATURE CYCLING TEST RESULTS

(-65C TO +150C, DWELL = 15 MINUTES (AIR TO AIR))
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX232 REF01 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX241 MAX560 MAX232 MAX663 MAX133 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX903 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX782 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX782 MAX707 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX782 MAX8212 MAX232A MAX722 MAX705 MAX832 MAX831 MAX8211 MAX782 MAX782 MAX852 MAX853 DATE PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (CYCLES) CODE TYPE SIZE 200 500 1000 NOTES 9140 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9201 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9204 8 NSO 76 0 0 0 9211 28 SSOP 77 0 1 0 PASSIVATION CRACK 9214 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9215 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9220 28 SSOP 76 0 0 0 9221 28 SSOP 45 0 0 0 9222 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9238 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9245 44 PLCC 77 0 0 0 9246 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9251 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9252 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9301 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9314 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9314 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9315 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9315 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9312 36 SSOP 45 0 0 0 9319 44 QFP 77 0 0 0 9324 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9328 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 9330 36 SSOP 45 0 0 0 9333 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9334 16 WSO 76 0 0 0 9334 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9335 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9336 36 SSOP 45 0 0 0 9337 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9338 16 WSO 32 0 0 0 9341 16 NSO 61 0 0 0 9345 MAX 77 0 0 0 9351 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 9351 16 WSO 30 0 0 0 9352 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 9402 36 SSOP 77 0 0 0 9407 36 SSOP 76 0 0 0 9407 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 9407 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX851 DG412 MAX782 MAX8211 MAX400 MAX705 MAX705 MAX8211 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX511 MAX223 MAX213 MAX241 MAX211 MAX695 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX241 MAX202 MAX241 MAX249 MAX782 MAX695 MAX249 MAX693 MAX232 MAX213 MAX211 MAX232 MAX211 MX7574 MAX8212 REF01 DG302 MAX809 MAX485 DATE CODE 9409 9409 9409 9413 9413 9415 9417 9418 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9431 9434 9436 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440 9441 9442 9442 9442 9445 9445 9446 9446 9448 9450 9451 9451 9506 9508 9511 9513 9514 9515 PKG SAMPLE FAILURES (CYCLES) TYPE SIZE 200 500 1000 NOTES 8 NSO 45 0 0 0 16 NSO 77 0 0 0 36 SSOP 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 MAX 45 0 0 0 MAX 43 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 28 SSOP 75 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 44 QFP 45 0 0 0 44 QFP 77 0 0 0 44 QFP 45 0 0 0 44 QFP 77 0 0 0 14 NSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 44 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 44 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 77 0 0 0 44 PLCC 45 0 0 0 36 SSOP 77 0 0 0 16 WSO 77 0 0 0 44 PLCC 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 44 0 0 0 28 SSOP 45 0 0 0 16 WSO 45 0 0 0 28 SSOP 45 0 0 0 18 WSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0 8 NSO 76 0 0 0 16 WSO 76 0 0 0 SOT-23 13 0 0 0 8 NSO 77 0 0 0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 5: HIGH-TEMPERATURE STORAGE LIFE TEST RESULTS
(TA = +150C, UNBIASED)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX232 REF01 MAX241 MAX232 MAX232 MAX241 MAX560 MAX232 MAX663 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX8212 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX240 MAX8212 MAX707 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX782 MAX8212 MAX232A MAX722 MXL902 MAX832 MAX831 MAX8211 MAX782 MAX853 MAX852 MAX782 MAX782 DG412 MAX851 DATE CODE 9140 9201 9204 9211 9214 9215 9220 9221 9222 9238 9246 9251 9301 9313 9314 9314 9315 9315 9319 9324 9333 9334 9334 9335 9336 9337 9338 9341 9348 9351 9351 9352 9402 9407 9407 9407 9408 9409 9409 PKG TYPE 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 28 SSOP 16 WSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 44 QFP 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 44 QFP 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP 8 NSO 16 WSO 16 NSO 18 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP 8 NSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 16 NSO 8 NSO SAMPLE SIZE 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 77 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 45 45 45 45 45 46 45 77 45 39 45 45 45 44 45 45 45 45 FAILURES (HOURS) 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX400 MAX8211 MAX705 MAX705 MAX8212 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX511 MAX223 MAX213 MAX241 MAX211 MAX695 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX241 MAX202 MAX241 MAX249 MAX249 MAX695 MAX232 MAX693 MAX213 MAX211 MAX211 MX7574 MAX8212 REF01 MAX809 DG302 MAX809 MAX485 DATE CODE 9409 9413 9413 9415 9417 9418 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9431 9434 9436 9439 9439 9439 9439 9440 9441 9442 9442 9445 9445 9446 9446 9448 9450 9451 9506 9508 9511 9512 9513 9514 9515 PKG TYPE 36 SSOP 8 NSO 8 NSO MAX MAX 8 NSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 14 NSO 28 SSOP 28 WSO 28 WSO 28 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 16 WSO 28 SSOP 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 18 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO SOT-23 16 WSO SOT-23 8 NSO SAMPLE SIZE 45 45 45 25 25 45 45 45 45 25 23 45 45 75 77 77 77 77 45 77 45 77 45 25 25 45 76 77 77 77 77 45 43 45 32 45 15 77 FAILURES (HOURS) 192 500 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 6: THERMAL SHOCK TEST RESULTS

(0C TO +100C, DWELL = 5 MINUTES (LIQUID TO LIQUID))
DEVICE TYPE MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX691 MAX875 MXL902 DATE CODE 9044 9046 9047 9049 9051 9052 9104 9116 9236 9250 PACKAGE TYPE 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO SAMPLE SIZE 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 45 45 FAILURES (CYCLES) 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 7: HAST TEST RESULTS
(+85C, 85% R.H. STORAGE 168 HRS + VAPOR PHASE REFLOW (3 CYCLES) + +120C, 85% R.H. , BIASED / 100 HRS)
DEVICE TYPE MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX705 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX705 MAX705 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX249 MAX249 MAX809 MAX809 DATE CODE 9319 9330 9336 9345 9402 9407 9408 9409 9415 9417 9419 9419 9422 9423 9442 9445 9512 9514 PKG TYPE 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP MAX 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP MAX MAX 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 PLCC 44 PLCC SOT-23 SOT-23 SAMPLE SIZE 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 FAILURES (HOURS) 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 9: RESISTANCE TO SOLDER-IRON HEAT TEST RESULTS

(+300C, 10 SECONDS CONTACT)
DEVICE TYPE MAX232 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX240 MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX782 MAX705 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX241 MAX249 MAX241 MAX249 MAX809 MAX809 DATE CODE 9251 9252 9301 9314 9314 9315 9315 9319 9334 9334 9335 9336 9345 9402 9407 9408 9409 9415 9416 9417 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9440 9442 9442 9445 9512 9514 PKG TYPE 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 44 QFP 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP MAX 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP MAX MAX MAX 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 28 SSOP 44 PLCC 28 SSOP 44 PLCC SOT-23 SOT-23 SAMPLE SIZE 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 FAILURES (HOURS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 8: VAPOR PHASE REFLOW TEST RESULTS

(+85C, 85% R.H. STORAGE 168 HRS + VAPOR PHASE REFLOW (3 CYCLES))
DEVICE TYPE MAX8211 MAX232 MAX8211 MAX240 MAX705 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX782 MAX400 MAX705 MAX705 MAX560 MAX223 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX782 MAX781 MAX241 MAX249 MAX782 MAX241 MAX249 MAX809 MAX809 DATE CODE 9334 9334 9335 9342 9345 9402 9407 9408 9409 9413 9415 9417 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9438 9440 9440 9442 9442 9442 9445 9512 9514 PKG TYPE 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 44 QFP MAX 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 8 NSO MAX MAX 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 36 SSOP 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 PLCC 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 PLCC SOT-23 SOT-23 SAMPLE SIZE 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 42 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 FAILURES (HOURS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 10: SOLDER SHOCK TEST RESULTS

(+260C, 10 SECONDS IMMERSION)
DEVICE TYPE MAX400 MAX705 MAX223 MAX560 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX782 MAX241 MAX249 MAX782 MAX241 MAX249 MAX809 DATE CODE 9413 9417 9419 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9438 9440 9442 9442 9442 9445 9512 PACKAGE TYPE 8 NSO MAX 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 PLCC 36 SSOP 28 SSOP 44 PLCC SOT-23 SAMPLE SIZE 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 FAILURES (HOURS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

______________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

TABLE 11: SEQUENTIAL MOISTURE TEST RESULTS
(+85C, 85% R.H. STORAGE 168 HRS + 260C, 5 SECONDS SOLDER DIP IMMERSION THREE TIMES + PRESSURE POT 96 HRS (121C, 2 ATM, 100% R.H.))
DEVICE TYPE MAX8211 DG211 MAX232 MAX241 MAX741 MAX241 MAX560 MAX232 MAX741 MAX240 MAX231 MAX180 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX691 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX232 MAX8212 MAX136 MAX8212 MAX211 MAX8211 MAX8211 MAX782 ICL7621 MAX202 MAX782 MAX400 MAX705 MAX705 MAX705 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX240 MAX691A DATE CODE 9022 9102 9215 9220 9221 9225 9228 9229 9235 9249 9250 9251 9301 9302 9313 9313 9314 9314 9315 9315 9317 9324 9334 9346 9347 9402 9407 9407 9407 9413 9415 9416 9417 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 PACKAGE TYPE 8 NSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 28 SSOP 20 SSOP 28 SSOP 28 SSOP 16 WSO 20 SSOP 44 QFP 16 WSO 44 PLCC 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 44 QFP 8 NSO 28 SSOP 8 NSO 8 NSO 36 SSOP 8 NSO 16 NSO 36 SSOP 8 NSO MAX MAX MAX 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 44 QFP 16 WSO SAMPLE SIZE 20 20 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 45 18 45 45 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 FAILURES (HOURS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEVICE TYPE MAX511 MAX674 MAX435 MAX249 MAX3212 MAX249 MAX736 MAX664 MAX543 MX536 MX7542 MAX704 MAX709 MAX4426 ICL7664 MAX230 MAX293 MAX701 MAX883 MAX809 MAX852 MAX755 MAX860 MAX355 MAX530 MAX809 MAX120 MAX213 MAX636 MAX495 MAX306 MAX634 MAX208 MAX483 MAX319 MAX236 MAX691 DATE CODE 9424 9437 9441 9442 9444 9445 9448 9449 9450 9452 9503 9504 9504 9504 9504 9505 9508 9509 9511 9512 9512 9512 9513 9513 9514 9514 9514 9514 9514 9515 9515 9517 9517 9520 9522 9522 9522 PACKAGE TYPE 14 NSO 8 NSO 14 NSO 44 PLCC 28 WSO 44 PLCC 16 WSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 20 WSO 16 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO SOT-23 8 NSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 16 WSO 24 WSO SOT-23 24 WSO 28 SSOP 16 WSO 8 NSO 28 WSO 8 NSO 24 WSO 8 NSO 8 NSO 24 WSO 16 WSO SAMPLE SIZE 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 FAILURES (HOURS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

__________________Package Description
Ta ble D lists all the package types for surf a c e mount devices that Maxim currently provides to customers. It also lists four critical dimensions for specific package type, based on lead count. M a x i m s small-outline integrated circuit (SOIC) packages conform to Standard JEDEC outlines, (except the MAX package).
Pin Convention

lents. 0.300" JEDEC SOIC (W package suff i x ) parts also have the same pinout as the 0.300" DIP, except for certain 16-lead products. If a 14-lead products die is too large to be accommodated in the 0.150", 14-lead (S) package, it is made available in the 0.300", 16-lead (W) package.
Flatpack Pin Convention

No fixed pin convention exists for 40-lead products assembled in 44-lead flatpacks (PFP). Consult product marketing for specific pinouts.

0.150" JEDEC SOIC (S package suffix) parts have the same pinout as the 0.300" DIP package equiva10 _____________________________________________________________________________________

Surface-Mount Devices Reliability Report

Quad Pack or PLCC Pin Convention

Devices in the 28-lead Quad Pack or Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC) are pin-for-pin compatible with the DIP package; i.e., pin 1 on the 28-lead Quad Pack or PLCC will have the same function as pin 1 on the DIP package. All 44-lead devices have the pin convention shown in Table E.
TABLE D: SURFACE-MOUNT PACKAGE TYPES
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS PACKAGE TYPE LEAD COUNT MAX WIDTH (mm)
4.000 4.000 4.000 7.600 7.600 7.600 7.600 7.600 5.380 5.380 5.380 7.600 9.020 11.560 16.640 10.109 3.050 1.397 1.397

Surface-Mount Packages _______________________in Reeled Tape

M a x i m s surface-mount packages are norm a l l y shipped in antistatic plastic rails. They are also available mounted in pockets on embossed tape for customers using automatic placement systems. The tape is wound and shipped on reels. The following diagram and Ta ble F indicate the tape sizes used for the various package types, and the basic orientation convention used. Further tape and reel specifications can be found in the Industrial Association (EIA) specification 481-A.

MAX LENGTH (mm)

5.000 8.750 10.000 10.500 11.750 13.000 15.600 18.100 7.330 8.330 10.330 15.600 9.020 11.560 16.640 10.109 3.050 3.048 3.048

THICKNESS (mm)
1.500 1.500 1.500 2.350 2.350 2.350 2.350 2.350 1.780 1.780 1.780 2.370 3.960 3.960 3.960 2.388 0.910 1.067 1.067

PITCH (mm)
1.270 1.270 1.270 1.270 1.270 1.270 1.270 1.270 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.800 1.270 1.270 1.270 0.800

Plastic Narrow Small-Outline Package (NSO)

8 14 16 16 18 20 24 28 20 24 28 36 20 28 44 44 8 3 4

Plastic Wide Small-Outline Package (WSO)

Plastic Shrink Small-Outline Package (SSOP) Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier Package (PLCC) Plastic Quad Flatpack (QFP) MAX SOT

TABLE F: SURFACE-MOUNT PACKAGE TAPE SIZES

0.650

COMPONENT
2.032 2.032 PACKAGE TYPE SOIC (0.150") LEAD COUNT 8 14 16 16 18 20 24 28 20 28 44 44 20 24 28 36 8 3 4

TAPE SIZE mm (W)

12 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 16 24 32 24 16 16 24 24 12 8 8

PART PITCH mm (P)

8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 24 16 12 12 12 12 8 4 4

TABLE E: 44-LEAD QUAD-PACK PIN CONVENTION

DIP PIN No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

QUAD PIN No.

1 N.C. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 N.C. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

DIP PIN No.

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

QUAD PIN No.

23 N.C. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 N.C. 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 SOIC (0.300")

PLCC QFP

SSOP

MAX SOT

_____________________________________________________________________________________

11

March 1996

RR-B1A

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

This report presents the product reliability data for Maxims High-Frequency Bipolar analog and digital products. This data was collected from extensive reliability stress tests performed between June 1, 1994 and July 1, 1995. It is separated into four major fabrication processes: 1) SHPi, 9.3GHz two-layer bipolar, 2) GST-1, 12GHz three-layer bipolar, 3) GST-2, 27GHz three-layer bipolar, and 4) CPi, 9.3GHz two-layer with complimentary vertical PNP devices to 5.5GHz. During this testing period, over 1.7 million device operating hours were accumulated for products at an operating junction temperature of +150C to +165C. The data in this report is typical of Maxims production products. As you will see, Maxims high-frequency bipolar products demonstrate the same high level of reliability you have become accustomed to with our other products and processes.

_____________________________________________________________________________ Maxim Integrated Products

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

_________________________________________________Table of Contents
Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
SHPi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 GST-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 GST-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 CPi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Reliability Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Table 1: Maxim Process Reliability Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Reliability Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Reliability Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Designed-In High Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Wafer Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Reliability Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Life Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Table 2: Life Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 85/85 (THB) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Pressure Pot Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 HAST Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Temperature Cycling Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 High-Temperature Storage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Infant Mortality Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Table 3: Infant Mortality Evaluation Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Field Failure Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Reliability Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Table 4: Life Test DataSHPi Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Table 5: Life Test DataGST-1 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Table 6: Life Test DataGST-2 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Table 7: Life Test DataCPi Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Table 8: 85/85 (THB) Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Table 9: Pressure Pot Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Table 10: Temperature Cycling Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Table 11: High-Temperature Storage Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Appendix 1: Determining Acceleration Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Definition of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 How to Use the Arrhenius Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Appendix 2: Determining Failure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Definition of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Calculating Failure Rates and FITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

______________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

__________________________Fabrication
Maxim is currently running four major high-frequency bipolar processes: SHPi (fT = 9.3GHz, two layer) GST-1 (fT = 12GHz, three layer) GST-2 (fT = 27GHz, three layer) CPi (fT = 9.3GHz NPN, 5.5GHz PNP)
SHPi

_______________Reliability Methodology
Maxims approach to reliability testing is conservative. Each of the high-frequency bipolar processes is qualified using industry-standard tests and methods as shown in Table 1. The goal for each process is an inherent infant mortality failure rate approaching 300ppm or less. Table 3 displays the infant mortality data and evaluations accomplished on each of the high-frequency bipolar processes in our Beaverton fabrication facility, as of the date of this publication. Each failure category is prioritized by its relative frequency, to identify which failure mode should be addressed first, second, and so on. This data demonstrates Maxims goal to provide our customers with the lowest overall cost solution through superior quality products. Maxims SHPi, GST-1, GST-2, and CPi high-frequency bipolar processes clearly meet or exceed the performance and reliability expectations of the semiconductor industry.

SHPi is a recessed-oxide-isolated, high-speed, NPN bipolar process designed for superior performance and flexibility (Figure 1). It features highperformance vertical NPN transistors (fT = 9.3GHz at VCE = 4V, fMAX = 12GHz at VCE = 4V). Minimum NPN transistor area is 8m x 20m. The process features two layers of gold interconnect on 4m pitch.
GST-1

GST-1 (Giga-Speed Si-Bipolar Technology) is a high-speed, self-aligned double-polysilicon process (Figure 2). Originating from the research labs of Maxim, GST-1 was designed for building high-density, high-performance circuits. The process employs many techniques, such as Reactive Ion Etching (RIE) and trench isolation, to provide a silicon bipolar platform for high-performance circuit applications to 12GHz.
GST-2

TABLE 1: MAXIM PROCESS RELIABILITY TESTS

TEST NAME Life Test 85/85 CONDITIONS +150C (Tj)/1000 hrs +85C, 85% RH, 1000 hrs cycled bias +121C, 100% RH, 15 PSIG, 168 hrs -55C to +125C, air to air, 1000 cycles +150C, 1000 hrs SAMPLING PLAN (ACC/SS) 1/77 or 0/45 1/77 or 0/45

Like GST-1, GST-2 is a high-speed, self-aligned double-polysilicon process (Figure 3). The platform was designed for building high-density, high-performance circuits, and employs many of the same processing features as GST-1. GST-2, however, achieves GaAs speed to 27GHz without GaAs pricing, for up to 200,000 transistors per die.
CPi

Pressure Pot Temperature Cycling High-Temperature Storage

0/45*

1/77 or 0/45

1/77 or 0/45

Like SHPi, CPi is a recessed-oxide-isolated, highspeed, complementary bipolar process designed for superior performance and flexibility (Figure 1). Unique to CPi is an optional dual-gate P-channel JFET with one extra mask. However, the feature which most differentiates this process from SHPi is the availability of complimentary vertical PNP transistors with fT = 5.5GHz at VCE = 4V.

* Preferred sample size is 77.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3

High-Frequency Bipolar Products

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,

Figure 1: SHPi (NPN Transistor) and CPi (NPN & PNP Transistors) Processes

Figure 2: GST-1 Process (NPN Transistor)

,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,, ,,

,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,
P P

Figure 3: GST-2 Process (NPN Transistor)

,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,, ,,
P

______________________________________________________________________________________

,     
 , 
,, 
,,    

, ,

,,, ,,,, ,,,,,,, ,, ,,
Collector Base Emitter Base Collector Base Emitter Base

RR-B1A

,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,, P Buried Layer ,,,,,,,,,
N Well

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, DC ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N Buried Layer ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,

Si02 ,,,,,,

,,,,,,

P epi

N epi

Metal System

Channel Stop

Collector

Base

,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,

,,,,,, ,,,,,, Emitter ,,,,,,

Base

Si02

P + Poly-Silicon

TiSi2

N + Poly-Silicon

Gold ,,,,,,

,,,,,,

Self-Aligned Poly-Silicon Resistor

,,,, ,,,, Base ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,

,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,

ILD-1 ,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,

,,, Emitter

,,,

N + Buried Layer

,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,

P

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ILD-2 Collector ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,

Si02

P + Poly-Silicon

TiSi2

N + Poly-Silicon

Gold ,,,,,,

,,,,,,

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

___________________Reliability Strategy
Reliability Program Designed-In High Reliability

RR-B1A

Maxim has implemented a series of Quality and Reliability programs aimed at building the highest quality, most reliable analog products in the industry. All products, processes, packages, and changes in manufacturing steps must be subjected to Maxims reliability testing before release to manufacturing for mass production. Our reliability program includes: Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Tables 47 show the results of long-term life testing for each process. Tables 811 show similar information for 85/85, Pressure Pot, Temperature Cycling, and High-Temperature Storage testing. Step 1: Initial Reliability Qualification Program Maxims product reliability test program meets EIAJEDEC standards, and most standard OEM reliability test requirements. Table 1 summarizes the qualification tests that comprise part of Maxims reliability program. We require that three consecutive manufacturing lots from a new process technology successfully meet these reliability test requirements before releasing products. Step 2: Ongoing Reliability Monitor Program Maxim identifies specific products from each of the high-frequency bipolar processes on which to perform reliability monitor testing. Each part is subjected to 1000 hours of High-Temperature Operating Life testing, and 168 hours of Pressure Pot testing. Step 3: In-Depth Failure Analysis and Corrective Action With our technical failure analysis staff, we are capable of handling in-depth analysis of every reliability test failure to the device level. If an alarming reliability failure mechanism or trend is identified, the corrective action will be initiated automatically. This proactive response and feedback ensures that a discrepancy in any device failure mechanism will be corrected before it becomes a major problem.

A disciplined design methodology is an essential ingredient in the manufacturing of a reliable part. No amount of finished product testing can create reliability in a marginal design. To design-in reliability, Maxim has formulated a set of physical layout rules that yield reliable products, even under worst-case manufacturing tolerances. These rules are rigorously enforced, and every circuit is subjected to computerized Design Rule Checks to ensure compliance. Maxim pays special attention to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection. Our goal is to design every pin of every product to withstand ESD voltages in excess of 2000 Volts, with the use of a number of available protection schemes. In some cases, the use of protection schemes can limit frequency response, which is unacceptable. In those instances, we take special care to fully identify the ESD hazard level, following the guidelines defined in MIL-STD-883, method 3015. Of course, we use ESD shielding materials to make sure all products are afforded high levels of ESD protection in storage and transit.
Wafer Inspection

All wafers are fabricated using stable, proven processes with extremely tight control. Each wafer must pass numerous in-process check points, such as oxide thickness, alignment, critical dimensions, defect densities, etc., and must comply with Maxims demanding electrical and physical specifications. Finished wafers are inspected optically to detect any physical defects (this is similar to the visual inspection requirements of MIL-STD-883, method 2010).

____________________Reliability Testing
Life Test

Life testing is performed using static bias conditions that simulate long-term use under application conditions. This test estimates the products field performance over a long time frame. It establishes, through calculations based on Life Test results, the constant failure-rate level (in FITs), and helps identify any early wearout mechanisms. The device under test is operated at a controlled, elevated ambient temperature to ensure device junctions are

______________________________________________________________________________________ 5

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

at +150C. This test can be used to detect design, manufacturing, silicon contamination, metal integrity, and assembly-related defects. Table 2 summarizes the data from Life Tests conducted at Maxims high-frequency bipolar fabrication facility in Beaverton, Oregon. Tables 47 display Life Test data for several individual products manufactured on each of those processes. For information on calculating the failure rates of these products and processes, refer to Appendix 1 of this report. Test: High-Temperature Operating Life (Life Test) Test Conditions: +150C operating junction temperature, static bias, 100% duty cycle Failure Criteria: Must meet data sheet specifications Results: See Table 2 and Tables 47
85/85 (Temperature-Humidity-Bias) Test

In the 85/85 Test, the device is placed in an atmosphere of +85C temperature and 85% relative humidity for a period of at least 1000 hours, with bias applied. Most of the high-performance bipolar products tested in our Beaverton facility dissipate enough power so that, if operated with continuous bias, moisture would not penetrate the package. Therefore, we operate the parts at 20% duty cycle (5 minutes on, 25 minutes off) to ensure that moisture enters the package. Test: 85/85 (THB) Test Conditions: +85C ambient temperature, 85% relative humidity, static cycled bias (20% duty cycle) Failure Criteria: Must meet data sheet specifications Results: See Table 8
Pressure Pot Test

RR-B1A

The most popular integrated circuit (IC) packaging material is plastic. Plastic packages are not hermetic, therefore moisture and other contaminants can enter the package. Humidity testing can help determine the effects of those contaminants, and may help establish the long-term effects of operating under high levels of humidity. Maxim tests plastic encapsulated or other non-hermetic packaged products for resistance to longterm effects of moisture using the 85/85 or Temperature-Humidity-Bias (THB) Test. In addition to 85/85 testing, Pressure Pot and HAST (Highly Accelerated Stress Test) can also be used as evaluation tools.

The Pressure Pot Test simulates a products exposure to atmospheric humidity. The object of this evaluation is to cause any corrosive contaminants to react at the die level or bond pads. Test: Pressure Pot Test Conditions: +121C ambient temperature, 100% relative humidity, 15 PSIG pressure, unbiased, 168 hours Failure Criteria: Must meet data sheet specifications Results: See Table 9

TABLE 2: LIFE TEST DATA

FAILURES IN TIME (FITs) PROCESS FAMILY SHPi GST-1 GST-2 CPi Total NUMBER OF LOTS TESTED 17 11 3 3 34 NUMBER OF FAILURES 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL UNITS TESTED 824 579 231 138 1772 DEGREES OF FREEDOM 2 2 2 2 2 +25C REF 60% 0.11 0.16 0.39 0.67 0.052 90% 0.28 0.39 1.00 1.68 0.131 +75C REF 60% 9.8 13.9 34.95 58.5 4.56 90% 24.7 35.1 88.06 147.4 11.48

______________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

HAST Test

HAST (Highly Accelerated Steam and Temperature, sometimes referred to as Highly Accelerated Stress Test) is replacing 85/85 testing in many instances. Experiments conducted throughout the industry have shown the effects of HAST closely duplicate the effects of 85/85 testing, but in one-tenth the time. Thus, a 1000 hour 85/85 test could be completed in 100 hours through HAST testing. This is an extremely useful test to use for corrective-action verification and/or design-change verification. Test: HAST Test Conditions: +120C ambient temperature, 85% relative humidity, 9 PSIG pressure, biased, 100 hours minimum Failure Criteria: Must meet data sheet specifications
Temperature Cycling Test

Test: Test Conditions: Failure Criteria: Results:

High-Temperature Storage +150C ambient temperature, unbiased, 1000 hours Must meet data sheet specifications See Table 1

RR-B1A

_____________Statistical Process Control

Reliability testing offers little value if the manufacturing process varies widely. A standard assumption, which is often false, is that test samples pulled from production will be representative of the total population. The significance of sample variation can be reduced by increasing the sample size, but unless a process is in control, variations will negatively affect quality and reliability. Under such conditions, reliability testing may disclose higher than desired failure rates, or widely differing test results. Maxim monitors the stability of critical process parameters through the use of computerized Statistical Process Control (SPC). This provides our engineers with immediate feedback on process trends and shifts. Using this information, production processes can be maintained to tight tolerances, allowing us to provide the highest possible quality on a continuous basis. In addition to SPC (for controlling process variation), Maxim uses Design of Experiments methodology to optimize process targeting and increase the robustness of each process.

The Temperature Cycling Test measures a components response to temperature changes and construction quality. The test cycles parts through a predetermined temperature range (MIL-STD-883, method 1010, class B: -55C to +125C, class C: -65C to +150C). Fabrication and assembly problems can both be discovered using this test, but it typically identifies any potential quality problems. Test: Temperature Cycling Test Conditions: -55C air, +125C air, transition time less than 60 seconds, 15 minute dwell, 1000 cycles Failure Criteria: Must meet data sheet specifications Results: See Table 10
High-Temperature Storage Test

_____________Infant Mortality Evaluation

Maxim evaluates the infant mortality of all processes and product families immediately after they achieve qualified status. Through infant mortality analysis, we can identify the common defects for each process or product family. Our goal is to quantify the need for production burn-in. If a 300ppm (parts per million) level can be achieved, the product or process can be manufactured without production burn-in while still ensuring a low infant mortality rate. Refer to Table 3 for the current data on Maxims low product infant mortality rate.

The High-Temperature Storage Test evaluates changes in a products performance following longterm storage at elevated temperatures. This test is only useful for failure mechanisms which are accelerated by temperature alone.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 7

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

TABLE 3: INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULTS
PRODUCT LOT BI TEMP SS FAIL PPM ANALYSIS

SH3 PROCESS*
LE10XXX L501XXX L502XXX M41XXXX L503XXX L504XXX BE100XX M41XXXX L501XXX 155-0290-02 L502XXX L503XXX L504XXX M502XXX M503XXX M504XXX M505XXX M506XXX M507XXX M508XXX M509XXX 20 Lots 145 145 145 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 719 767 220 92 495 1054 481 324 1126 569 194 13,568 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 147 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 95 762 963 1362 1310 1694 104 671 566 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3525

155-0289-02

1 metal defect, 1 marginal trim

155-0371-02 (203-2653-01 die)

Subtotal

GST-1 PROCESS
M502XXX M503XXX M504XXX 150 150 150 92 495 1054 0 0 3

2850

1 VOS shift 1 M1-M1 short, 1 CE leak. Mechanical damage on die surface. Mechanical damage on die surface.

M505XXX 155-0371-02 (203-2726-01 die) M506XXX

150

481

2080

150

324

3085

M507XXX M508XXX M509XXX Subtotal 8 Lots

150 150 150

1126 569 194 4335

0 0 0 5

0 0 0 1155

SHHV PROCESS*
806-0004-22 M501XXX M503XXX M506XXX Q510XXX L504XXX L508XXX L510XXX 7 Lots 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1035 298 348 67 578 666 418 3410 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

155-00241-02 Subtotal

* SH3 and SHHV processes are being phased out through use of GST-1 and GST-2 processes.

______________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

TABLE 3: INFANT MORTALITY EVALUATION RESULTS (continued)
PRODUCT LOT BI TEMP SS FAIL PPM ANALYSIS

SHPi PROCESS
806-0089-23 M502XXX M503XXX M506XXX Q507056 M501XXX 150 150 150 150 160 885 2669 1571 384 200 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 5000 Laser wafertrimmed resistor shift** Laser wafertrimmed resistor shift**

M503XXX M504XXX

160 160

107 275

0 2

0 7275

M505XXX Q507XXX M509XXX 806-0015-02 M503XXX M504XXX

160 160 160

100 200 390

0 0 1

0 0 2565

Laser wafertrimmed resistor shift** Laser wafer trimmed resistor shift**

160 160

244 502

0 1

0 1995

M505XXX M506XXX M507XXX

160 160 160

210 792 1170

0 0 2

0 0 1710

Laser wafertrimmed resistor shift**

M508XXX X509XXX Q510XXX Subtotal COMBINED TOTALS 18 Lots

160 160 160

270 399 107 10,475 31,788

0 0 0 7 9

0 0 0 688 283

** Burn-in implemented to screen for resistor shift on trimmed precision resistors (24-hour burn-in).

______________________________________________________________________________________ 9

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

_________________Field Failure Analysis
In addition to careful analysis of infant mortality failures, Maxim emphasizes analysis of returns from customers, to determine failure modes that can not be observed except through extensive long-term exposure in applications. The information obtained from this analysis is also a useful tool in prioritizing quality improvement throughout the facility, from wafer fabrication through final test and shipping. A recent summary of failure sources for customer returns is shown in the graph of Figure 4.

60

55

50

45

NUMBER OF REJECTS

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5 0 PASS RETEST ASSEMBLY HANDLING DESIGN TEST ERROR UNKNOWN FAB

FAILURE SOURCES

Figure 4: Failure Analysis (Customer Returns)

_____________________________________________________Reliability Test Results

TABLE 4: LIFE TEST DATASHPi PROCESS
DEVICE TYPE 234-1115-20 806-0003-20 806-0003-20 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 806-0189-31 806-0189-31 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 MAX4005 MAX555 DATE CODE 9406 9430 9419 9450 9502 NR 9447 9444 9444 9406 9433 9440 9448 9451 9502 9442 9502 PACKAGE 80 MQUAD 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 PQUAD 8 SOIC 68 TEQ SAMPLE FAILURES* SIZE T1 T2 T3 42 40 45 40 40 77 77 38 39 40 40 30 45 45 30 84 72 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 5: LIFE TEST DATAGST-1 PROCESS

DEVICE TYPE 155-0371-02 806-0258-20 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX3261 MAX3261 MAX3262 MAX3260 DATE CODE 9447 9410 9502 9452 9411 9434 9443 9505 9437 9504 9426 PACKAGE 84 MLC 32 PLCC 100 MQFP 100 PQUAD 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 32 TQFP 32 TQFP 24 SSOP 20 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES* SIZE T1 T2 T3 45 40 150 45 45 44 40 45 45 65 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

* T1 = 192 hours, T2 = 500 hours, T3 = 1000 hours.

10

_____________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

TABLE 6: LIFE TEST DATAGST-2 PROCESS
DEVICE TYPE 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 DATE CODE 9440 9445 9503 PACKAGE 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP SAMPLE FAILURES* SIZE T1 T2 T3 77 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 7: LIFE TEST DATACPi PROCESS

DEVICE TYPE 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 DATE CODE NR NR NR PACKAGE 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC SAMPLE FAILURES* SIZE T1 T2 T3 46 46 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TABLE 8: 85/85 (THB) TEST DATA

DEVICE TYPE 155-0371-02 234-1115-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 806-0003-20 806-0003-20 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0189-31 806-0189-31 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0258-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 MAX100 MAX100 MAX3261 MAX555 DATE CODE 9447 9406 NR NR NR 9430 9410 9081 9437 9426 9447 NR 9452 9434 9411 9443 9406 9433 9444 9444 9410 9440 9445 9503 NR NR 9437 9502 PACKAGE 84 MLC 80 MQUAD 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 32 PLCC 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 84 MLC 84 MLC 32 TQFP 68 TEQ SAMPLE SIZE 18 36 22 44 44 40 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 35 45 45 25 25 38 39 25 45 75 75 16 29 44 80 168 Hours 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FAILURES 500 Hours 1000 Hours 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

Ball bond failure (2) Ball bond failure

Ni corrosion

TABLE 9: PRESSURE POT TEST DATA (+121C, 15 PSI, 100% RH)

DEVICE TYPE 155-0371-02 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 806-0003-20 806-0003-20 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 DATE CODE 9447 NR NR NR 9430 9410 9081 9437 9426 9450 9502 9452 9443 9427 9434 PACKAGE 84 MLC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP SAMPLE SIZE 15 45 45 45 40 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 45 45 FAILURES (168 Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES

Ball bond failure

* T1 = 192 hours, T2 = 500 hours, T3 = 1000 hours.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 11

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

TABLE 9: PRESSURE POT TEST DATA (+121C, 15 PSI, 100% RH) (continued)
DEVICE TYPE 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-2X 806-0258-20 MAX3261 MAX3261 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 MAX100 MAX555 MAX555 DATE CODE 9406 9433 9444 9448 9451 9440 9502 9410 9505 9437 9440 9445 9503 NR 9084 9502 PACKAGE 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 PQUAD 32 PLCC 32 TQFP 32 TQFP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 84 MLC 68 TEQ 68 TEQ SAMPLE SIZE 15 25 45 10 30 45 45 15 45 30 45 45 45 15 35 20 FAILURES (168 Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 NOTES

LWT shift**

** Laser Wafer Trimmed precision resistor shift. Burn-in implemented as screen for product.

TABLE 10: TEMPERATURE CYCLING TEST DATA (-55C TO +125C, 1000 CYCLES)
DEVICE TYPE 155-0371-02 234-1115-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 806-0003-20 806-0003-20 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-2X 806-0258-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 MAX3261 MAX3261 MAX555 DATE CODE 9447 9406 NR NR NR 9419 9430 9026 9437 9450 9502 9502 9450 9452 9434 9427 9443 9406 9433 9444 9440 9448 9451 9502 9410 9440 9445 9503 9437 9505 9502 PACKAGE 84 MLC 80 MQUAD 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 PQUAD 32 PLCC 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 32 TQFP 32 TQFP 68 TEQ SAMPLE SIZE 20 43 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 41 45 40 25 30 45 45 45 45 45 110 36 45 45 45 45 45 FAILURES 200 Cycles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 Cycles 1000 Cycles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12

_____________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report RR-B1A

TABLE 11: HIGH-TEMPERATURE STORAGE TEST DATA (+150C, 1000 HRS)
DEVICE TYPE 155-0371-02 234-1115-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 234-1504-20 806-0003-20 806-0003-20 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0004-22 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 806-0089-23 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 MAX2101 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0227-40 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-22 806-0232-2X MAX3261 MAX3261 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 806-0300-20 MAX555 MAX555 DATE CODE 9447 9406 NR NR NR 9430 9419 9081 9437 9426 9450 9502 9502 9452 9443 9427 9434 9406 9433 9444 9448 9451 9440 9502 9505 9437 9440 9445 9503 9084 9502 PACKAGE 84 MLC 80 MQUAD 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 44 PLCC 28 PLCC 28 PLCC 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 24 PPDIP 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 28 CLCC 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 100 MQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 48 SQFP 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 TEQ 44 PQUAD 32 TQFP 32 TQFP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 20 PDIP 68 TEQ 68 TEQ SAMPLE SIZE 15 45 45 45 45 30 45 45 45 45 30 30 30 40 30 45 45 40 25 45 40 30 45 38 45 45 45 45 45 28 37 FAILURES 168 Hours 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 Hours 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 1000 Hours 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 NOTES

LWT shift**

** Laser Wafer Trimmed precision resistor shift. Burn-in implemented as screen.

_________________________Appendices
Appendix 1: Determining Acceleration Factor

The acceleration factor typically used throughout the semiconductor industry is derived using the Arrhenius equation: Acceleration Factor (AF) = e
Ea 1 1 K T1 T2

Definition of Terms An acceleration factor is a constant used in reliability prediction formulas that expresses the effect of temperature on a devices failure rate over time. Generally, semiconductor devices degrade faster as temperature increases. For that reason, operating devices at elevated temperatures allows long-term testing to be accomplished at an accelerated rate, shortening the overall time needed to verify good reliability failure rates. In simple terms, a statement such as, The failure rate of these devices operating at +150C is 369 times greater than the failure rate at +75C, implies an acceleration factor of 369.

Where: Ea = activation energy (electron volts) k = Boltzmanns constant T1 = derating temperature (Kelvin) T2 = acceleration temperature (Kelvin)

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 13

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

How to Use the Arrhenius Equation The first step in calculating an acceleration factor is to determine the activation energy for the predominant failure mechanism. This can be done quantitatively by observing the mechanism of failure and selecting an activation energy from numerous existing tables. For example, intermetallic growth is defined as an activation energy of 1.0eV, oxide pinholes is 0.7eV, etc. To qualitatively define the activation energy, one must first derive the value through experimentation. Failure analysis techniques are employed to determine failure mechanisms for devices that have failed as a result of high-temperature stress testing. Once the primary mechanism has been identified, additional Life Tests at various elevated temperatures may be performed, and continue until some percentage of the population fails for that mechanism. From that information, a calculation can be created which defines the activation energy, in electron volts. Assuming two groups of samples have been run at two different temperatures, the number of failures from both groups is totaled: Group 1: 9822 failures after 100 hrs operation at +150C Group 2: 1 failure after 100 hours operation at +25C The acceleration factor for the failure mechanism between the two temperatures is 9822 / 1, or 9822. The Arrhenius equation can be rewritten as follows: AF = 9822 = e
Ea 1 1 K T1 T2

Assuming the activation energy found represents the dominant failure mechanism of the device under consideration, it may then be used to determine the acceleration factor between any two temperatures. For example, if the test temperature is +150C and the application (derating) temperature is +70C, the calculation for acceleration factor, with 0.8eV activation energy, is 165.
Appendix 2: Determining Failure Rate

RR-B1A

Definition of Terms The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) is the average time it takes for a failure to occur. For example, assume a company tests 100 units for 1000 hours. The total device-hours accrued would be 100 x 1000, or 100,000 device-hours. Now assume two units were found to be failures. Roughly, it could be said the MTBF would equal:
Total device-hours 100,000 MTBF = ------------ = = 50,000 Total no. of failures 2

The failure rate is equal to the reciprocal of the MTBF, or: 1 1 Failure Rate = = = 0.00002 MTBF 50,000 Multiplying this number by 1 x 105 yields the failure rate, in terms of percent per 1000 hours. For our example, the failure rate is 0.2%. A common reliability term also used to express the failure rate is Failures-in-Time, or FIT. This is the number of failures per one billion device-hours, and is obtained by dividing the failure rate by 10 -9. Continuing with the example above, the failure rate in FITs is: 0.00002 / 10-9 = 20,000 The FIT rate is, therefore, the number of units predicted to fail in one billion (109) device-hours at a specific temperature.

Where: Ea = unknown k = 8.63 x 10-5eV / K T1 = +25C + +273C (298K) T2 = +150C + +273C (423K) Solving the equation for the activation energy results in approximately 0.8eV.

14

_____________________________________________________________________________________

High-Frequency Bipolar Products Reliability Report

Calculating Failure Rates and FITs The failure rate can be expressed in terms of the following four variables: A = number of failures observed B = number of hours the test was run C = number of samples used D = temperature acceleration factor Assume the following is true: A=2 B = 1000 hours (HTOL) C = 824 D = temperature acceleration factor Where: D=e
0.8 1 1 T1 T2 8.63 x 10 -5

Including Statistical Effects in the FIT Calculation Because a small random sample is being chosen from each lot, the statistical effects are significant enough to mention. With most published failure-rate figures, there is an associated confidence level number. This number expresses the confidence level that the actual failure rate of the lot will be equal to, or lower than, the predicted failure rate. The failure-rate calculation, including a confidence level, is determined as follows: FR = x2 / 2DH Where: x2 = the Chi square value 2DH = 2 times the total device hours = 2 x ( B x C x D) The Chi square value is based on a particular type of statistical distribution. However, all that is required to arrive at this value is knowing the number of failures. In this example there were two failures and, using a Chi square distribution table, a value of 6.21 is found. Thus, with a 60% confidence level, the failure rate for our example is: FR = 6.21 / 2 x 8.207 x 109 = 3.7831 x 10-10 = 0.378 FITs

RR-B1A

=e = 9960 Substituting into the equation for failure rate: FR = 1 / MTBF = 1 / [(B x C x D) / 2 ] = 1 / [(1000 x 824 x 9960) / 2] = 1 / (8,207,040 / 2) = 2.436 x 10-10 Converting to FITs by multiplying by 109, the failure rate is 0.2436 FITs.

9269.98 x 1 1 298 423

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 15

To the left, please click the arrow by Package Information for more detailed selections.

________________________Product Numbering Systems

____Proprietary Numbering System
Maxims proprietary product introductions are increasing at a significant rate. The devices are grouped into categories, according to their functions. Maxim currently adds a MAX prefix to the parts unique number. A B C D E F G H I J K L M 8 10, 64 12, 192 14 16 22, 256 24 44 28 32 5, 68 40 7, 48 N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Number of Pins
18 42 20 2, 100 3, 84 4, 80 6, 160 60 8 (0.200" pin circle, isolated case) 10 (0.230" pin circle, isolated case) 36 8 (0.200" pin circle, case to pin 4) 10 (0.230" pin circle, case to pin 5)

3-Letter Suffixes
EXAMPLE: MAX358CPD Number of Pins Package Type Operating Temperature Range

4-Letter Suffixes
When a part has a four-letter suffix, the first letter of the suffix denotes product grade. For example, the first A in MAX631ACPA indicates 5% output accuracy; the remaining three letters denote temperature range, package type, and number of pins. Therefore, the MAX631ACPA has 5% output accuracy, operates over the 0C to +70C range, comes in a plastic DIP package, and has eight pins.

Second-Source _________________Numbering System

In most cases, Maxims part number for a secondsource product follows the industrys most widely accepted numbering system for that particular part, rather than our own convention. This includes the original designators for product grade, temperature range, package type, and number of pins. Maxim frequently supplies second-source products in packages or temperature ranges that are not supplied by other manufacturers. Whenever possible, these devices are given part numbers that follow the original numbering convention.

Temperature Ranges
C I E 0C to +70C -20C to +85C -40C to +85C A M -40C to +125C -55C to +125C

Package Type
A B C D E F H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z /D /PR /W SSOP (Shrink Small-Outline Package) CERQUAD TO-220, TQFP (Thin Quad Flat Pack) Ceramic Sidebraze QSOP (Quarter Small-Outline Package) Ceramic Flat Pack Module, SBGA (Super Ball Grid Array, 5 x 5 TQFP) CERDIP Dual-In-Line TO-3, PPGA LCC (Leadless Ceramic Chip Carrier) MQFP (Metric Quad Flat Pack) Narrow Plastic Dual-In-Line Plastic Dual-In-Line PLCC (Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier) Narrow CERDIP (300 mil) Small Outline (150 mil), TO-52 (2 or 3 leads) TO-5 Type (also TO-99, TO-100) TSSOP, MAX, SOT TO-39 Small Outline, Wide (300 mil) SC-70 (3, 5, 6 leads) Narrow Sidebraze (300 mil) TO-92, MQUAD Dice Rugged Plastic Wafer

__________________________________________________________________________________________

SC70, 3L.EPS

SC70, 5L.EPS

SC70, 6L.EPS

SOT1434.EPS

SOTPO3L.EPS

SOT5L.EPS

6LSOT.EPS

SOT23, 8L.EPS

QSOP.EPS

PSSOPPS.EPS

TSSOP.EPS

TSSOP, 4.40mm.EPS

8LUMAXD.EPS

10LUMAX.EPS

SSOP.EPS

SSOP.EPS

SOICN.EPS

28SOIC.EPS

SOICW.EPS

PDIPN.EPS

28LNPDIP.EPS

PDIPW.EPS

CDIPS.EPS

CDIPW.EPS

LCCPO.EPS/1

LCCPO.EPS/2

44LCC.EPS

PLCC.EPS

T0522PO.EPS

T0523PO.EPS

TO3-4PO.EPS

TO220.EPS

FPACKPO.EPS/1

FPACKPO.EPS/4

FPACKPO.EPS/2

FPACKPO.EPS/5

FPACKPO.EPS/3

FPACKPO.EPS/6

32L/48L,TQFP.EPS

48L,TQFP.EPS

32L,TQFP.EPS

64L, 10x10x1.4 TQFP.EPS

64L, TQFP.EPS

TQFP12x12mm.EPS

100L,TQFP.EPS

TQFP14x20x1.4mm.EPS

TQFP20x20x1.0mm.EPS

SBN.EPS

SBW.EPS

MQFP44.EPS

MQFP100.EPS

SUPER BGA.EPS

28L MLF2, 5x5x0.85.EPS

28, 32,44L 7x7x0.85.EPS

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 477 803L 803L 803M 803M 803R 803R 803S 803S 803T 803T 803Z 809BJ 809BL 809BM 809BR 809BS 809BT 809J 809L 809L 809L 809M 809M 809M 809M 809R 809R 809S 809S 809T 809T 809Z 810BL 810BM 810BR 810BS 810BT 810L 810L 810M 810M 810R 810R 810S 810S 810T 810T

Prefix LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 6806 4501 4450 9010 6806 6711L 4490 4401 6806 6711M 9075 2642 6807 6711T 4291 2643 6807 6711S 4501 2642E 6808 6711R 4502 4599

Suffix IX312 IX312 IX312 IX312 IX321 IX321 IX321 IX321 IX325 IX325 IX325 IX325 IX330 IX330 IX330 IX330 IX341 IX341 IX341 IX341 IX350 IX350 IX350 IX350 XR46 XS XK XT XR26 XS XK XT XR23 XS XK XT XR46 XS XK XT XR26 XS XK XT XR46 XS XK XT

TopMark ABF ABG ABH ABI ABJ ABK ABL ABM ABN ABO ABP ABQ ABR ABS ABT ABU ABV ABW ABX ABY ABZ ACA ACB ACC AAA AAA AAA AAA AAB AAB AAB AAB AAC AAC AAC AAC AAD AAD AAD AAD AAE AAE AAE AAE AAF AAF AAF AAF

Package SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UR XR UR XR UR XR UR XR UR XR XR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR XR UR UR UR XR UR XR UR XR UR XR XR UR UR UR UR UR UR XR UR XR UR XR UR XR UR XR

TopMark ABYW FZEZ AAZ FZFA ABA FZFD ABD FZFC ABC FZFB ABB ABE DPAA DQAA DRAA DVAA DTAA DSAA CWAA AAAA CXAA AAN ABAA ABAA ABAA AAO AFAA AAR ADAA AAQ ACAA AAP AAS DWAA DXAA EAAA DZAA DYAA AGAA AAT AHAA AAU ALAA AAW AKAA AAX AJAA AAV

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 810Z 811L 811M 811R 811S 811T 812L 812M 812R 812S 812T 821L 821M 821P 821R 821S 821T 821U 822L 822M 822R 822S 822T 823L 823L 823M 823M 823R 823R 823S 823S 823T 823T 823Y 823Z 824L 824L 824M 824M 824R 824R 824S 824S 824T 824T 824Y 824Z 825L

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6808 6711Z 4400 2644 6326 6712L 4594 9030 6327 6712M 4595 6328 6712T 4596 6346 6712S 4597 6347 6712R 823L 6348 6712Z 823M 809L 6713L 823T 809M 6713M 823S 809T 6713T 823R 809S 6713S 823Z 809R 6713R 823Y 809Z 6713Z 824L 810L 824M 810M 824T 810T 824S 810R

Suffix XR26 XS XK XT XR22 XS XK XT XR22 XS XK XR22 XS XK XR22 XS XK XR22 XS XK XR22 XS XK XR XS XK XR XS XK XR XS XK XR XS XK XR XS XK XR XS XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR

TopMark AAG AAG AAG AAG AAH AAH AAH AAH AAI AAI AAI AAJ AAJ AAJ AAK AAK AAK AAL AAL AAL AAM AAM AAM AAN AAN AAN AAO AAO AAO AAP AAP AAP AAQ AAQ AAQ AAR AAR AAR AAS AAS AAS AAT AAT AAU AAU AAV AAV AAW

Package SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-6 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-4 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix XR US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US US UK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK XK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK XK XK UK

TopMark AAY AMAA ANAA ARAA AQAA APAA ASAA ATAA AXAA AWAA AVAA AZAA BAAA BMAA BDAA BCAA BBAA BLAA BFAA BGAA BKAA BJAA BHAA AAAI AAL AAAJ AAM AAAM AAP AAAL AAO AAAK AAN AAR AAQ AAAN AAS AAAO AAT AAAR AAW AAAQ AAV AAAP AAU AAY AAX AAAS

Package SC70-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 825L 825M 825M 825R 825R 825S 825S 825T 825T 825Y 825Z 828 829 834 835 836 837 870 871 917 918 919 920 985 985 986 986 987 987 987 988 988 997 998 999 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040A 4040B

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 824R 810S 824Z 810Z 824Y 803L 825L 803M 825M 803T 825T 803S 825S 803R 825R 803Z 825Z 825Y 9031 4412 6808 6326 6347 6348 6326 6326 6328 6346 6347 6348 6348 6346 6326 6327 6327 6327 6327 6328 6328 6328 6601 6602 809L 4501 2633 4451 4502 4180

Suffix XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XR XK XK XK XK XR32 XR31 XR46 XR33 XR23 XR26 XR26 XR44 XR44 XR44 XR46 XR46 XR29 XR23 XR26 XR29 XR31 XR23 XR29 XR31 XR XR UR UK UT KA UK UT

TopMark AAW AAX AAX AAY AAY AAZ AAZ ABA ABA ABB ABB ABC ABC ABD ABD ABE ABE ABF ABG ABH ACD ACE ACF ACG ACH ACI ACJ ACK ACL ACM ACN ACO ACP ACQ ACR ACS ACT ACU ACV ACW ACX ACY AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAB AAAB

Package SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM

Suffix XK UK XK UK XK UK XK UK XK XK XK UK UK UK UK US US UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UK IM312 IM321 IM325 IM330 IM341 IM350 IX312 IX321 IX325 IX330 IX341 IX350 IM312

TopMark AAZ AAAT ABA AAAW ABD AAAV ABC AAAU ABB ABF ABE AABI AABJ AAAX AAAY EQAA ERAA ABZN ABZO ADIQ ADIR ADIS ADIT ABYZ ABYZ ABZA ABZA ABZB ABZB ACGY ABZC ABZC AAAN AAAO ACAB FZEB FZEF FZEJ FZEN FZER FZEV ABF ABJ ABN ABR ABV ABZ FZEC

Package SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040B 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040C 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 4040D 1520 1521 1605 1615 1616 1682 1683 1697R 1697S 1697T 1697U 1719 1720

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 4544 4503 4181 5222 4504 4223 9077 4514 4224 4541 4515 2660 4542 4516 2661 4543 4517 2662 6365L 823L 2670 6365L 823M 2671 6365L 823T 2672 6365L 823S 2663 6365L 823R 4544 6365L 824L 997 6365P 824M 998 6365P 824T 6365P 824S 4529 6365P 824R 2680 6365P

Suffix KA UK UT KA UK UT KA UK UT KA UK UT KA UK UT KA UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK UT KA31 UK UT KA29 UK UT KA26 UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK KA31 UK UT KA29 UK UT KA26

TopMark AAAB AAAC AAAC AAAC AAAD AAAD AAAD AAAE AAAE AAAE AAAF AAAF AAAF AAAG AAAG AAAG AAAH AAAH AAAH AAAI AAAI AAAI AAAJ AAAJ AAAJ AAAK AAAK AAAK AAAL AAAL AAAL AAAM AAAM AAAM AAAN AAAN AAAN AAAO AAAO AAAO AAAP AAAP AAAQ AAAQ AAAQ AAAR AAAR AAAR

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8

Prefix LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix IM321 IM325 IM330 IM341 IM350 IX312 IX321 IX325 IX330 IX341 IX350 IM312 IM321 IM325 IM330 IM341 IM350 IX312 IX321 IX325 IX330 IX341 IX350 IM312 IM321 IM325 IM330 IM341 IM350 IX312 IX321 IX325 IX330 IX341 IX350 UT UT UT UK UK UK UK UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark FZEG FZEK FZEO FZES FZEW ABG ABK ABO ABS ABW ACA FZED FZEH FZEL FZEP FZET FZEX ABH ABL ABP ABT ABX ACB FZEE FZEI FZEM FZEQ FZEU FZEY ABI ABM ABQ ABU ABY ACC AAIF AAIG AAHP ABZD ABZE ACCL ACCM AABV AABW AABX AABY AACA AABS

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 1721 1722 1723 1724N 1724R 1724S 1724T 1725 1726 1726 1726 1726 1733 1734 1734S 1734T 1734U 1734V 1736 1749 1801 2470 2471 2472 2473 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2611 2630 2631 2632 2633 2640 2641 2642 2642E 2643 2644 2650 2660 2661 2662 2663 2670 2671

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 825L 2681 6365P 825M 2682 6365H 825T 6817 6365H 825S 2640 6365H 825R 2641 6365H 834 2470 6365H 835 2471 6365H 4122 2472 6366L 4124 2473 6366L 4130 2605 6366L 2606 6366L 2607 6366L 8863T 2608 6366L 8863S 2609 6366P 8864T 6575LZ 6366P 8864S 6575HZ 6366P 828 6576Z

Suffix UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK UT KA31 UK UT KA29 UK UT KA26 UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK UT KA31 UK UT

TopMark AAAS AAAS AAAS AAAT AAAT AAAT AAAU AAAU AAAU AAAV AAAV AAAV AAAW AAAW AAAW AAAX AAAX AAAX AAAY AAAY AAAY AAAZ AAAZ AAAZ AABA AABA AABA AABB AABB AABB AABC AABC AABD AABD AABE AABE AABE AABF AABF AABF AABG AABG AABG AABH AABH AABH AABI AABI

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK18 UK25 UK33 UK50 UK UK33 UK UK UK UK UT UK KA UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT US US UK UK UT UT UT XT XT XT XT US UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark AABT ADMC ADMD ADMH ADME ADMF ADMG ADNK ADNL ADNM ADNN ADNO ADKY ADKT ADKU ADKV ADKW ADKX AAHO ADIX AADM AAAX AAAY AAAZ AABA AABB AABC AABD AABE AABF DFAA DGAA AABK AABL AAAA AAAV AAAW AAC AAE AAD AAG DHAA AAAF AAAG AAAH AAAL AAAI AAAJ

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SC70-6 SC70-6 SC70-6 SC70-6 SOT143 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 2672 2680 2681 2682 3180 3180E 3181 3181E 3182 3182E 3183 3183E 3188 3188E 3189 3189E 3190 3190E 3314 3314E 4012 4014 4040 4074AB 4074AC 4074AD 4074AE 4074AF 4074AG 4074AH 4074AJ 4074AK 4074AL 4074AM 4074AN 4074AO 4074BA 4074BB 4074BC 4074BD 4074BE 4074BF 4074BG 4074BH 4074BJ 4074BK 4074BL 4074BM

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6366P 829 6577Z 6366P 2631 5161L 6366P 2632 5161M 6366H 5161N 6366H 4173T 6366H 4173F 6366H 4173H 6366H 4285 6366H 4286 6367L 1720 6367L 1721 6367L 4123 6367L 8863R 1697R 6367L 8864R 1697S 6367L 4162 1697T 6367P 4165 1697U 6367P 4200 4510 6367P 1719 6367P 6351LS 6367P 6351SY

Suffix KA29 UK UT KA26 UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT KA23 UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UK UT KA26 UK UT KA23 UK UT KA46 UK UT KA44 UK UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT

TopMark AABI AABJ AABJ AABJ AABK AABK AABK AABL AABL AABL AABM AABM AABN AABN AABO AABO AABP AABP AABQ AABQ AABR AABR AABS AABS AABT AABT AABU AABU AABV AABV AABV AABW AABW AABW AABX AABX AABX AABY AABY AABY AABZ AABZ AABZ AACA AACA AACB AACB AACC

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UT UT UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UT UT UT UT KA KA UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark AAAK AAAR AAAS AAAT ADKF ACHB ADKG ACHC ADKH ACHD ADKI ACHE AAHJ AAHD AAHK AAHE AAIA AAIB AADK AADL ABZP ABZQ ACGF ADJB ADJC ADJD ADJE ADJF ADJG ADJH ADJI ADJJ ADJK ADJL ADJM ADJN ADJO ADJP ADJQ ADJR ADJS ADJT ADJU ADJV ADJW ADJX ADJY ADJZ

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 4074BN 4074CA 4076 4104 4105 4122 4123 4124 4130 4162 4162 4165 4173F 4173H 4173T 4174AB 4174AC 4174AD 4174AE 4174AF 4174AG 4174AH 4174AJ 4174AK 4174AL 4174AM 4174AN 4174AO 4174BA 4174BB 4174BC 4174BD 4174BE 4174BF 4174BG 4174BH 4174BJ 4174BK 4174BL 4174BM 4174BN 4174CA 4175AB 4175AC 4175AD 4175AE 4175AF 4175AG

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6367P 6355LS 6367H 6355SY 6367H 6356LS 6367H 6356SY 6367H 6357LS 6367H 6357SY 6367H 6358LS 6368L 6358SY 6368L 6359LS 6368L 6359SY 6368L 6360LS 6368L 6360SY 6368L 6342L 6368P 6342M 6368P 6342T 6368P 6342S 6368P 6342R 6368P 6342Z 6368P 6343L 6368H 6343M 6368H 6343T 6368H 6343S 6368H 6343R 6368H 6343Z

Suffix KA23 UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT KA23 UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT KA23 UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT KA23 UT KA46 UT KA44 UT KA31 UT KA29 UT KA26 UT

TopMark AACC AACD AACD AACE AACE AACF AACF AACG AACG AACH AACH AACI AACI AACJ AACJ AACK AACK AACL AACL AACM AACM AACN AACN AACO AACO AACP AACP AACQ AACQ AACR AACR AACS AACS AACT AACT AACU AACU AACV AACV AACW AACW AACX AACX AACY AACY AACZ AACZ AADA

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark ADKA ADKB ADJA ACCO ACCP AAAZ AABU AABA AABB AABX ACGV AABY AABO AABP AABN ACDS ACDT ACDU ACDV ACDW ACDX ACDY ACDZ ACEA ACEB ACEC ACED ACEE ACEF ACEG ACEH ACEI ACEJ ACEK ACEL ACEM ACEN ACEO ACEP ACEQ ACER ACES ACET ACEU ACEV ACEW ACEX ACEY

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 4175AH 4175AJ 4175AK 4175AL 4175AM 4175AN 4175AO 4175BA 4175BB 4175BC 4175BD 4175BE 4175BF 4175BG 4175BH 4175BJ 4175BK 4175BL 4175BM 4175BN 4175CA 4178 4180 4181 4200 4201 4202 4206 4207 4208 4212 4213 4214 4215 4223 4224 4230 4233 4240 4250 4255 4278 4281 4285 4286 4291 4291 4304

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6368H 4491 6369 9011 6370 5363 6371 5383 6372 5364 6373 5384 6374 5365 4402 5385 4501 4520 3314 4624 3314E 4625 1801 4628 9110 9112 9114 6344L 9116 6344M 4413 6344T 6344S 6344R 6344Z 6345L 6345M 6345T 6345S 6345R 6345Z 4323 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L

Suffix KA23 KA KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA UT KA KA KA UT KA UT KA UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23

TopMark AADA AADB AADC AADD AADD AADE AADE AADF AADF AADG AADG AADH AADH AADI AADI AADJ AADJ AADK AADK AADL AADL AADM AADM AADN AADN AADO AADP AADQ AADQ AADR AADR AADS AADT AADU AADV AADW AADX AADY AADZ AAEA AAEB AAEC AAED AAEE AAEF AAEG AAEH AAEI

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UK XK UK

TopMark ACEZ ACFA ACFB ACFC ACFD ACFE ACFF ACFG ACFH ACFI ACFJ ACFK ACFL ACFM ACFN ACFO ACFP ACFQ ACFR ACFS ACFT ABYX AAAB AAAC AABZ ABAA ABAB ABAC ABAD ABAE ABAF ABAG ABAH ABAI AAAD AAAE ABZZ ACAA ACCS ACCI ACCJ ABYY ACDR AABQ AABR ADML AAD ACCQ

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 4305 4321 4322 4323 4330 4372F 4372H 4372T 4376F 4376H 4376T 4400 4400 4401 4402 4412 4412 4413 4430 4431 4450 4450 4451 4490 4490 4491 4501 4501 4501 4501 4502 4502 4503 4504 4505 4510 4514 4515 4516 4517 4520 4529 4541 4542 4543 4544 4544 4561

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6363L 6363L 6363L 6363L 6363L 6363L 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H

Suffix UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23

TopMark AAEJ AAEK AAEL AAEM AAEN AAEO AAEP AAEQ AAER AAES AAET AAEU AAEV AAEW AAEX AAEY AAEZ AAFA AAFB AAFC AAFD AAFE AAFF AAFG AAFH AAFI AAFJ AAFK AAFL AAFM AAFN AAFO AAFP AAFQ AAFR AAFS AAFT AAFU AAFV AAFW AAFX AAFY AAFZ AAGA AAGB AAGC AAGD AAGE

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UK UK UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK XK XT KA UK XK KA UK UK UK XK KA UK XK KA KA UK XK XS UK XK UK UK UK UT UK UK UK UK UT UT KA KA KA KA UT UT

TopMark ACCR ADOA ACGE AAEC ABAJ ADIV ADIW ADIU ADOH ADOI ADOG ADNP AAG AAB AADI ADOL ABH AADR ADMA ADMB ADKP AAA AAAA ADKQ AAB AADB AADJ AAAA AAE AAA AAAB AAF AAAC AAAD ADLW AABZ AAAE AAAF AAAG AAAH AADK AAAQ AAAE AAAF AAAG AAAB AAAM AAIE

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-4 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 4568 4569 4594 4595 4596 4597 4599 4599 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4644 4645 4645 4646 4646 5010 5011 5161L 5161M 5161N 5222 5360L 5360M 5360N 5360P 5361L 5361M 5361N 5361P 5362L 5362M 5362N 5362P 5363 5364 5365 5380L 5380M 5380N 5380P 5381L 5381M 5381N 5381P 5382L

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6323 6324 6510C 6510H 4599 3188E 3189E 9041A 9051A 9041B 9051B 3188 3189 4645 4646 1736 1605 4644 8880 8881 8881 8881 8881 6511 6512 6625P 6625R 3190 3190E 5010

Suffix UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT46 UT44 UT31 UT29 UT26 UT23 UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT18 UT25 UT33 UT50 UT UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark AAGF AAGG AAGH AAGI AAGJ AAGK AAGL AAGM AAGN AAGO AAGP AAGQ AAGR AAGS AAGT AAGU AAGV AAGW AAGX AAGY AAHA AAHB AAHC AAHD AAHE AAHF AAHG AAHH AAHI AAHJ AAHK AAHL AAHM AAHO AAHP AAHQ AAHR AAHS AAHT AAHU AAHV AAHW AAHX AAHY AAHZ AAIA AAIB AAIC

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UK XK XK XK XK UT XT UT UT UK UK UT UT UK UT UK UT UT UT UT UT UT KA UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark ADOE ADOF AAH AAI AAJ AAK AAHC AAF AADL AADM ADMJ ADMK AADN AAHQ ADOB AAHL ADOC AAHM AAIC AAID AABK AABL AABM AAAC ADMM ADMY ADNE ADMO ADMU ADNA ADNG ADMQ ADMW ADNC ADNI ADMS AADE AADG AADI ADMN ADMZ ADNF ADMP ADMV ADNB ADNH ADMR ADMX

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SC70-5 SOT23-6 SC70-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 5382M 5382N 5382P 5383 5384 5385 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006A 6006B 6006C 6007A 6007B 6007C 6008A 6008B 6008C 6009A 6009B 6009C 6012A 6012B 6021A 6021B 6022 6025A 6025B 6030A 6030B 6041A 6041B 6045A 6045B 6050A 6050B 6061A 6061B 6061C 6062A 6062B 6062C 6063A 6063B 6063C 6064A

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 5011 4561 1520 1521 6603 6604 9030 6329SH 6329SL 6329SP 6329TH 6329TL 6329TP 6329VH 6329VL 6329VP 6329WH 6329WL 6329WP 6329YH 6329YL 6329YP 6329ZH 6329ZL 6329ZP 6349SH 6349SL 6349SP 6349TH 6349TL 6349TP 6349VH 6349VL 6349VP 6349WH 6349WL 6349WP 6349YH 6349YL 6349YP 6349ZH 6349ZL 6349ZP 6339A 6339B 6339C 6339D 6339E

Suffix UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark AAID AAIE AAIF AAIG AAIH AAII AAIJ AAIK AAIL AAIM AAIN AAIO AAIP AAIQ AAIR AAIS AAIT AAIU AAIV AAIW AAIX AAIY AAIZ AAJA AAJB AAJC AAJD AAJE AAJF AAJG AAJH AAJI AAJJ AAJK AAJL AAJM AAJN AAJO AAJP AAJQ AAJR AAJS AAJT AAJU AAJV AAJW AAJX AAJY

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK UK UK UT UT UT UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR

TopMark ADND ADNJ ADMT AADF AADH AADJ FZCW FZCX FZDK FZCY FZCZ FZGH FZGI FZGJ FZGK FZGL FZGM FZGN FZGO FZGP FZGQ FZGR FZGS FZAP FZDA FZAU FZDF FZDZ FZAQ FZDB FZDW FZDX FZAR FZDC FZAS FZDD FZAT FZDE FZFP FZFQ FZFR FZFY FZFZ FZGA FZFV FZFW FZFX FZGB

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6064B 6064C 6065A 6065B 6065C 6066A 6066B 6066C 6067A 6067B 6067C 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6120 6125 6141 6145 6150 6160 6305 6305 6305 6305 6305 6305 6305 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6339F 6339G 6339H 6339I 6339J 6339K 6339L 6339M 6339N 6339O 6339P 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6506 6506 6506 6506

Suffix UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UTN035 UTN030 UTN025 UTN020 UTN015 UTN010 UTN005 UTP000 UTP005 UTP010 UTP015 UTP020 UTP025 UTP030 UTP035 UTP040 UTP045 UTP050 UTP055 UTP060 UTP065 UTP070 UTP075 UTP080 UTP085 UTP090 UTP095 UTP100 UTP105 UTP110 UTP115 UTP120 UTP125 UTN035 UTN030 UTN025 UTN020

TopMark AAJZ AAKA AAKB AAKC AAKD AAKE AAKF AAKG AAKH AAKI AAKJ AAKK AAKL AAKM AAKN AAKO AAKP AAKQ AAKR AAKS AAKT AAKU AAKV AAKW AAKX AAKY AAKZ AALA AALB AALC AALD AALE AALF AALG AALH AALI AALJ AALK AALL AALM AALN AALO AALP AALQ AALR AALS AALT AALU

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR US UK00D1 UK00D2 UK00D2 UK00D2 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK25D1 UK25D1 UK25D1 UK25D3 UK28D3 UK28D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK30D3 UK30D3 UK30D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK46D3

TopMark FZGC FZGD FZGE FZGF FZGG FZFM FZFN FZFO FZFS FZFT FZFU FZGT FZGU FZGV FZGW FZGX AYAA EBAA ECAA EDAA EEAA JXAA ABAK ABAL ABAL ABAL ABAM ABAM ABAM ABEK ABEK ABEK ABEM ABEA ABEA ABDW ABDW ABDW ABDS ABDS ABDS ABDO ABDO ABDO ABBO ABBO ABBO ABBG

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6308 6308 6308 6308 6308 6308 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6310 6310 6310 6310 6310 6310 6311

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6507 6507 6508 6508 809M 809M 809M 4201 4202 4206 4207 4208 4212 4213 4214 4215 4330 6305 6305

Suffix UTN015 UTN010 UTN005 UTP000 UTP005 UTP010 UTP015 UTP020 UTP025 UTP030 UTP035 UTP040 UTP045 UTP050 UTP055 UTP060 UTP065 UTP070 UTP075 UTP080 UTP085 UTP090 UTP095 UTP100 UTP105 UTP110 UTP115 UTP120 UTP125 UT8255 UT0A32 UT8255 UT0A32 UR UR UR UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK00D1 UK00D2

TopMark AALV AALW AALX AALY AALZ AAMA AAMB AAMC AAMD AAME AAMF AAMG AAMH AAMI AAMJ AAMK AAML AAMM AAMN AAMO AAMP AAMQ AAMR AAMS AAMT AAMU AAMV AAMW AAMX AAMY AAMZ AANA AANB ABAA ABAA ABAA ABAA ABAB ABAC ABAD ABAE ABAF ABAG ABAH ABAI ABAJ ABAK ABAL

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK46D3 UK46D3 UK47D2 UK47D2 UK47D2 UK47D3 UK47D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK45D2 UK45D2 UK45D2 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK00D1 UK00D1 UK00D1 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK27D1 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK42D3 UK42D3 UK42D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D4 UK46D4 UK46D4 UK40D2 UK40D2 UK40D2 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK00D3

TopMark ABBG ABBG ABBB ABBB ABBB ADKS ADKS ABFO ABFO ABFO ABFJ ABFJ ABFJ ABFG ABFG ABFG ABIO ABIO ABIO ABIQ ABIQ ABIQ ADLV ABMA ABMA ABMA ABLS ABLS ABLS ABKA ABKA ABKA ABJS ABJS ABJS ABJK ABJK ABJK ABJL ABJL ABJL ABOH ABOH ABOH ABNK ABNK ABNK ABQU

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6311 6311 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6313 6313 6313 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6314 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6305 6305 6305 6305 6305 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6306 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6307 6308 6308 6308 6308 6308 6308 6309 6309 6309 6309

Suffix UK00D2 UK00D2 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK47D2 UK47D2 UK47D2 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK30D3 UK30D3 UK30D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK28D3 UK28D3 UK25D1 UK25D1 UK25D1 UK25D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK45D2 UK45D2 UK45D2 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK00D1 UK00D1 UK00D1 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D4

TopMark ABAL ABAL ABAM ABAM ABAM ABBB ABBB ABBB ABBG ABBG ABBG ABBO ABBO ABBO ABDO ABDO ABDO ABDS ABDS ABDS ABDW ABDW ABDW ABEA ABEA ABEK ABEK ABEK ABEM ABFG ABFG ABFG ABFJ ABFJ ABFJ ABFO ABFO ABFO ABIO ABIO ABIO ABIQ ABIQ ABIQ ABJK ABJK ABJK ABJL

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK00D3 UK00D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK43D3 UK43D3 UK43D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D4 UK46D4 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 US26D1 US26D2 US26D3 US26D4 US28D3 US29D3 US30D4 US31D3 US31D4 US41D3 US43D2 US44D1 US44D2 US44D3 US44D4 US46D1 US46D3 US47D2 US26D1 US26D2 US26D3 US26D4 US28D1 US28D3 US28D4 US29D3 US30D4 US31D3 US35D3

TopMark ABQU ABQU ABUE ABUE ABUE ABSA ABSA ABSA ABRW ABRW ABRW ABRO ABRO ABRO ABRP ABRP ABVO ABVO ABVO CMAA DQAA EVAA FVAA ETAA ESAA FRAA EOAA FQAA EBAA CVAA AGAA CUAA DYAA FDAA AEAA DWAA CRAA GVAA HVAA IVAA JVAA GTAA ITAA JTAA ISAA JRAA IQAA IMAA

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316L 6316M 6316M 6317H 6317H 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6318MH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319MH 6319MH 6319MH 6320P 6320P 6320P 6321 6321HP

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6309 6310 6310 6310 6310 6310 6310 6311 6311 6311 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6312 6313 6313 6313 477 4178 4278 985 985 986 986 987

Suffix UK46D4 UK46D4 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK42D3 UK42D3 UK42D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK31D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK40D2 UK40D2 UK40D2 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK00D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D4 UK46D4 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK44D3 UK43D3 UK43D3 UK43D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK29D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK46D3 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark ABJL ABJL ABJS ABJS ABJS ABKA ABKA ABKA ABLS ABLS ABLS ABMA ABMA ABMA ABNK ABNK ABNK ABOH ABOH ABOH ABQU ABQU ABQU ABRO ABRO ABRO ABRP ABRP ABRW ABRW ABRW ABSA ABSA ABSA ABUE ABUE ABUE ABVO ABVO ABVO ABYW ABYX ABYY ABYZ ABYZ ABZA ABZA ABZB

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix US40D1 US44D1 US44D2 US44D3 US44D4 US45D1 US45D3 US46D1 US46D2 US46D3 US46D4 US47D3 US49D3 UK26CY-T UK26DY UK29CY UK31CY-T UK44CY UK46BY-T UK46CX UK46CY UK29CY UK46CY UK29CY-T UK46CY UK26AY UK26CY-T UK29CY UK31CY-T UK44CY-T UK46CY UK49BX-T UK46CY UK26C-T UK29C UK29C-T UK31C-T UK44C-T UK46C UK49C-T UK29C UK46C UK46CY UK26CY UK29CY UK46CY UK UK29CY-T

TopMark GHAA GDAA HDAA IDAA JDAA GCAA ICAA GBAA HBAA IBAA JBAA IAAA HYAA ADLT ADMI ACDE ADLU ADNR ADKR ADOK ACDD ACDG ACDF ACGJ ACDQ ADNS ADLM ACDI ADLN ADLO ACDH ADKC ACDJ ADLP ACDL ADLQ ADLR ADLS ACDK ADIP ADOM ACDM ADOP ADOD ACDO ACDN ACCX ACGK

Package SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6321HP 6322 6322HP 6322HP 6322HP 6323 6324 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328 6328

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 987 988 988 1615 1616 6501 6502 8873T 8873S 8874T 8874S 8873R 8874R 870 871 4012 4014 6501 6501 6501 6502 6502 6502 6503 6504 4230 809T 4233 999 6501 6504 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8877 8877 8877

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UKP035 UKP035 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UKP045 UKP065 UKP095 UKP045 UKP065 UKP095 UKP005 UKP005 UK UR UK UK UKP115 UKN045 UK25 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK50 UK25 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK50 UK25 UK28 UK29

TopMark ABZB ABZC ABZC ABZD ABZE ABZF ABZG ABZH ABZI ABZJ ABZK ABZL ABZM ABZN ABZO ABZP ABZQ ABZR ABZS ABZT ABZU ABZV ABZW ABZX ABZY ABZZ ACAA ACAA ACAB ACAG ACAX ACAY ACAZ ACBA ACBB ACBC ACBD ACBE ACBF ACBG ACBH ACBI ACBJ ACBK ACBL ACBM ACBN ACBO

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-3 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK46CY-T UK UK29C-T UK46C-T UK46C-T UT UT UR22 UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 UR30 UR31 XR22 XR23 XR26 XR29 XR31 UR22 UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 UR30 UR31 XR22 XR23 XR26 XR29 XR31 UR22 UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 UR30 UR31 XR22

TopMark ACGL ACCY ACGM ACGN ACGN AAGX AAGY EHAA EWAA EXAA EYAA EZAA FAAA FBAA FCAA FEAA FDAA AAH ACH ACI ACP ACE EIAA FFAA FGAA FHAA FIAA FJAA FKAA FLAA FNAA FMAA AAI ACQ ACR ACS ACT EJAA FOAA FPAA FQAA FRAA FSAA FTAA FUAA FWAA FVAA AAJ

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6328 6328 6328 6328 6329SH 6329SL 6329SP 6329TH 6329TL 6329TP 6329VH 6329VL 6329VP 6329WH 6329WL 6329WP 6329YH 6329YL 6329YP 6329ZH 6329ZL 6329ZP 6330L 6330R 6330S 6330T 6331L 6331R 6331S 6331T 6332 6332 6332 6332 6332 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6334 6334 6334 6334 6334 6334 6335

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 8877 8877 8877 8877 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 4250 4255 1682 1683 4104 4105 4304 4305 4240 6321 6322 8867 8868 8877 8878 6316L 6316L 6316M 6316M 6318LH 6318LH 6318MH 6319LH 6319LH 6319MH 6320P 6320P 6501 6317H 4281 4174AB 4174AC 4174AD 4174AE 4174AF 4174AG 4174AH

Suffix UK30 UK32 UK33 UK50 UK25 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK50 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK36 UK36 UK36 UK36 UK46CY UK29CY UK46CY UK29CY UK46CY UK29CY UK46CY UK46C UK29C UK46C UK46CY UK29CY UKP085 UK46CY UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark ACBP ACBQ ACBR ACBS ACBT ACBU ACBV ACBW ACBX ACBY ACBZ ACCI ACCJ ACCL ACCM ACCO ACCP ACCQ ACCR ACCS ACCX ACCY ACCZ ACDA ACDB ACDC ACDD ACDE ACDF ACDG ACDH ACDI ACDJ ACDK ACDL ACDM ACDN ACDO ACDP ACDQ ACDR ACDS ACDT ACDU ACDV ACDW ACDX ACDY

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix XR23 XR26 XR29 XR31 UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR16D3 UR18D3 UR20D3 UR22D3 UR23D3 UR16D3 UR18D3 UR20D3 UR22D3 UR23D3 UR25D3 UR16D3 UR17D3 UR18D3 UR20D3 UR22D3 UR23D3 US16D3

TopMark ACU ACJ ACV ACW AAIK AAIL AAIM AAIN AAIO AAIP AAIQ AAIR AAIS AAIT AAIU AAIV AAIW AAIX AAIY AAIZ AAJA AAJB EKAA EQAA EOAA EMAA ELAA ERAA EPAA ENAA FZCL FZCM FZDL FZCN FZDM FZCO FZCP FZCQ FZCR FZCS FZEA FZCT FZDY FZCU FZDN FZCV FZDO KAAP

Package SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6335 6335 6335 6335 6336 6336 6336 6336 6336 6336 6337 6337 6337 6337 6337 6337 6339A 6339B 6339C 6339D 6339E 6339F 6339G 6339H 6339I 6339J 6339K 6339L 6339M 6339N 6339O 6339P 6342L 6342M 6342R 6342S 6342T 6342Z 6343L 6343M 6343R 6343S 6343T 6343Z 6344L 6344M 6344R 6344S

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 4174AJ 4174AK 4174AL 4174AM 4174AN 4174AO 4174BA 4174BB 4174BC 4174BD 4174BE 4174BF 4174BG 4174BH 4174BJ 4174BK 4174BL 4174BM 4174BN 4174CA 4175AB 4175AC 4175AD 4175AE 4175AF 4175AG 4175AH 4175AJ 4175AK 4175AL 4175AM 4175AN 4175AO 4175BA 4175BB 4175BC 4175BD 4175BE 4175BF 4175BG 4175BH 4175BJ 4175BK 4175BL 4175BM 4175BN 4175CA 6501

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UKP105

TopMark ACDZ ACEA ACEB ACEC ACED ACEE ACEF ACEG ACEH ACEI ACEJ ACEK ACEL ACEM ACEN ACEO ACEP ACEQ ACER ACES ACET ACEU ACEV ACEW ACEX ACEY ACEZ ACFA ACFB ACFC ACFD ACFE ACFF ACFG ACFH ACFI ACFJ ACFK ACFL ACFM ACFN ACFO ACFP ACFQ ACFR ACFS ACFT ACFU

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix US18D3 US20D3 US22D3 US23D3 US16D3 US18D3 US20D3 US22D3 US23D3 US25D3 US16D3 US17D3 US18D3 US20D3 US22D3 US23D3 UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark KAAQ KABP KAAR KABQ KAAS KAAT KAAU KAAV KAAW KACA KAAX KACB KAAY KABR KAAZ KABS AAJU AAJV AAJW AAJX AAJY AAJZ AAKA AAKB AAKC AAKD AAKE AAKF AAKG AAKH AAKI AAKJ AACP AACQ AACT AACS AACR AACU AACV AACW AACZ AACY AACX AADA AADQ AADR AADU AADT

Package SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark

Sorted By Part Number

February 24, 2000

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX Part Number 6501 6501 6503 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6504 4322 4040 6317H 6321HP 6321HP 6322HP 6322HP 6322HP 6501 8877 8877 8877 8877 4162 987 3180E 3181E 3182E 3183E 8867 809S 6319LH 917 918 919 920 4372T 4372F 4372H 1749 8877 6503 4076 4074AB 4074AC 4074AD 4074AE 4074AF 4074AG Suffix UKP075 UKP055 UKN015 UKP115 UKP105 UKP085 UKP075 UKP055 UKN015 UK UK UK29CY-T UK29CY-T UK46CY-T UK29C-T UK46C-T UK46C-T UKP125 UK UK UK UK38 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK27 UR UK49C-T UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK42 UKN045 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK TopMark ACFV ACFW ACFX ACFY ACFZ ACGA ACGB ACGC ACGD ACGE ACGF ACGJ ACGK ACGL ACGM ACGN ACGN ACGO ACGP ACGQ ACGR ACGS ACGV ACGY ACHB ACHC ACHD ACHE ACHF ADAA ADIP ADIQ ADIR ADIS ADIT ADIU ADIV ADIW ADIX ADIY ADIZ ADJA ADJB ADJC ADJD ADJE ADJF ADJG Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-3 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX Part Number 6344T 6344Z 6345L 6345M 6345R 6345S 6345T 6345Z 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 Suffix UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 XR22 XR44 XR46 UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 XR22 XR44 XR46 UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 TopMark AADS AADV AADW AADX AAEA AADZ AADY AAEB FZAV FZAW FZAX FZAY FZAZ FZBA FZBB FZBC FZBD FZBE FZBF FZBG FZBH FZBI AAK ACK ACO FZBJ FZBK FZBL FZBM FZBN FZBO FZBP FZBQ FZBR FZBS FZBT FZBU FZBV FZBW AAL ACL ACF FZBX FZBY FZBZ FZCA FZCB FZCC Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6349SH 6349SL 6349SP 6349TH 6349TL 6349TP 6349VH 6349VL 6349VP 6349WH 6349WL 6349WP 6349YH 6349YL 6349YP 6349ZH 6349ZL 6349ZP 6351LS 6351SY 6352LS 6352SY 6353LS 6353SY 6354LS 6354SY 6355LS 6355SY 6356LS 6356SY 6357LS 6357SY 6358LS 6358SY 6359LS 6359SY

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 4074AH 4074AJ 4074AK 4074AL 4074AM 4074AN 4074AO 4074BA 4074BB 4074BC 4074BD 4074BE 4074BF 4074BG 4074BH 4074BJ 4074BK 4074BL 4074BM 4074BN 4074CA 6318LH 8867 6504 3180 3181 3182 3183 6352LS 6352SY 6353LS 6353SY 6354LS 6354SY 4450 4490 6316L 6306 6306 1734 1734S 1734T 1734U 1734V 1733 8875 8875 8875

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK49BX-T UK40 UKP015 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK46BY-T UK47D3 UK47D3 UK33 UK UK UK UK UK UK25 UK27 UK30

TopMark ADJH ADJI ADJJ ADJK ADJL ADJM ADJN ADJO ADJP ADJQ ADJR ADJS ADJT ADJU ADJV ADJW ADJX ADJY ADJZ ADKA ADKB ADKC ADKD ADKE ADKF ADKG ADKH ADKI ADKJ ADKK ADKL ADKM ADKN ADKO ADKP ADKQ ADKR ADKS ADKS ADKT ADKU ADKV ADKW ADKX ADKY ADKZ ADLA ADLB

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 XR22 XR33 XR44 XR46 UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT

TopMark FZCD FZCE FZCF FZCG FZCH FZCI FZCJ FZCK AAM ACG ACM ACN AAJC AAJD AAJE AAJF AAJG AAJH AAJI AAJJ AAJK AAJL AAJM AAJN AAJO AAJP AAJQ AAJR AAJS AAJT AACB AACC ADKJ ADKK ADKL ADKM ADKN ADKO AACD AACE AACF AACG AACH AACI AACJ AACK AACL AACM

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6360LS 6360SY 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361H 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361L 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6361P 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362H 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362L 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6362P 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363H 6363L 6363L 6363L 6363L

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 8875 8875 8885 8885 8885 8885 8885 6318LH 6318LH 6318LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6319LH 6316L 6316L 6309 4505 9075 4430 4431 1722 1723 1724R 1724S 1724T 1724N 6316L 4626 4627 4291 5360L 5380L 5360P 5380P 5361P 5381P 5362P 5382P 5361L 5381L 5362L 5382L 5360M 5380M 5361M 5381M 5362M

Suffix UK33 UK50 UK25 UK27 UK30 UK33 UK50 UK26CY-T UK31CY-T UK44CY-T UK26C-T UK29C-T UK31C-T UK44C-T UK26CY-T UK31CY-T UK27D1 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK26DY UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK

TopMark ADLC ADLD ADLE ADLF ADLG ADLH ADLI ADLM ADLN ADLO ADLP ADLQ ADLR ADLS ADLT ADLU ADLV ADLW ADLX ADMA ADMB ADMC ADMD ADME ADMF ADMG ADMH ADMI ADMJ ADMK ADML ADMM ADMN ADMO ADMP ADMQ ADMR ADMS ADMT ADMU ADMV ADMW ADMX ADMY ADMZ ADNA ADNB ADNC

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UT UT UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31

TopMark AACN AACO AAEU AAET AAES AAER AAEQ AAEP AAEI AAEH AAEG AAEF AAEE AAED AAEO AAEN AAEM AAEL AAEK AAEJ AAFM AAFL AAFK AAFJ AAFI AAFH AAFA AAEZ AAEY AAEX AAEW AAEV AAFG AAFF AAFE AAFD AAFC AAFB AAGE AAGD AAGC AAGB AAGA AAFZ AAFS AAFR AAFQ AAFP

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6363L 6363L 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6363P 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364H 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364L 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6364P 6365H 6365H 6365H 6365H 6365H 6365H 6365L 6365L 6365L 6365L 6365L 6365L 6365P 6365P 6365P 6365P 6365P 6365P 6366H 6366H 6366H 6366H

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 5382M 5360N 5380N 5361N 5381N 5362N 5382N 1725 1726 1726 1726 1726 4400 6316L 6318LH 6509C 6509H 9040A 9050A 9040B 9050B 6503 4321 4645 4646 6320P 4568 4569 4376T 4376F 4376H 9031 6316L 4412 6319MH 8875 8875 6319MH 6314 809R 6314 810L 810M 810T 810S 810R 811L 811M

Suffix UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK18 UK25 UK33 UK50 UK UK44CY UK26AY UK UK UK UK UK UK UKN005 UK UK UK UK26CY UK UK UK UK UK UK UK46CX UK UK29C UK26 UK29 UK46CY US46D1 UR US44D1 UR UR UR UR UR US US

TopMark ADND ADNE ADNF ADNG ADNH ADNI ADNJ ADNK ADNL ADNM ADNN ADNO ADNP ADNR ADNS ADNT ADNU ADNV ADNW ADNX ADNY ADNZ ADOA ADOB ADOC ADOD ADOE ADOF ADOG ADOH ADOI ADOJ ADOK ADOL ADOM ADON ADOO ADOP AEAA AFAA AGAA AGAA AHAA AJAA AKAA ALAA AMAA ANAA

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 UT23 UT26 UT29 UT31 UT44 UT46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31

TopMark AAFO AAFN AAFY AAFX AAFW AAFV AAFU AAFT AAGW AAGV AAGU AAGT AAGS AAGR AAGK AAGJ AAGI AAGH AAGG AAGF AAGQ AAGP AAGO AAGN AAGM AAGL AAAY AAAX AAAW AAAV AAAU AAAT AAAM AAAL AAAK AAAJ AAAI AAAH AAAS AAAR AAAQ AAAP AAAO AAAN AABQ AABP AABO AABN

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6366H 6366H 6366L 6366L 6366L 6366L 6366L 6366L 6366P 6366P 6366P 6366P 6366P 6366P 6367H 6367H 6367H 6367H 6367H 6367H 6367L 6367L 6367L 6367L 6367L 6367L 6367P 6367P 6367P 6367P 6367P 6367P 6368H 6368H 6368H 6368H 6368H 6368H 6368L 6368L 6368L 6368L 6368L 6368L 6368P 6368P 6368P 6368P

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 811T 811S 811R 812L 812M 812T 812S 812R 6120 821L 821M 821T 821S 821R 822L 822M 822T 822S 822R 821U 821P 6314 6314 6314 6314 809J 809L 2611 2630 2650 809BJ 6314 809BL 809BM 809BT 809BS 809BR 6314 810BL 810BM 6314 810BT 810BS 810BR 6314 6125 6141 6145

Suffix US US US US US US US US UR US US US US US US US US US US US US US26D1 US47D2 US44D2 US43D2 UR UR US US US UR US26D2 UR UR UR UR UR US46D3 UR UR US44D3 UR UR UR US41D3 UR UR UR

TopMark APAA AQAA ARAA ASAA ATAA AVAA AWAA AXAA AYAA AZAA BAAA BBAA BCAA BDAA BFAA BGAA BHAA BJAA BKAA BLAA BMAA CMAA CRAA CUAA CVAA CWAA CXAA DFAA DGAA DHAA DPAA DQAA DQAA DRAA DSAA DTAA DVAA DWAA DWAA DXAA DYAA DYAA DZAA EAAA EBAA EBAA ECAA EDAA

Package SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31 KA44 KA46 KA23 KA26 KA29 KA31

TopMark AABM AABL AABE AABD AABC AABB AABA AAAZ AABK AABJ AABI AABH AABG AABF AACI AACH AACG AACF AACE AACD AABW AABV AABU AABT AABS AABR AACC AACB AACA AABZ AABY AABX AADA AACZ AACY AACX AACW AACV AACO AACN AACM AACL AACK AACJ AACU AACT AACS AACR

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6368P 6368P 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6501 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6502 6503 6503 6503 6503 6504 6504 6504 6504 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6150 6520 6809L 6326 6327 6328 6330L 6331L 6330T 6331T 6314 6330S 6331S 836 6330R 837 6331R 6314 6809M 6314 6809T 6809S 6314 6809R 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6326 6314 6326 6326 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6327 6328 6328 6314 6328 6314

Suffix UR UR UR UR22 UR22 UR22 UR UR UR UR US31D3 UR UR US UR US UR US29D3 UR US28D3 UR UR US26D3 UR UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 US44D4 UR31 UR30 UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 UR31 UR30 UR23 UR24 US31D4 UR25 US30D4

TopMark EEAA EFAA EGAA EHAA EIAA EJAA EKAA ELAA EMAA ENAA EOAA EOAA EPAA EQAA EQAA ERAA ERAA ESAA ESAA ETAA ETAA EUAA EVAA EVAA EWAA EXAA EYAA EZAA FAAA FBAA FCAA FDAA FDAA FEAA FFAA FGAA FHAA FIAA FJAA FKAA FLAA FMAA FNAA FOAA FPAA FQAA FQAA FRAA

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT143

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix KA44 KA46 KA KA KA KA KA KA UKP035 UKP045 UKP055 UKP065 UKP075 UKP085 UKP095 UKP105 UKP115 UKP125 UKP035 UKP045 UKP055 UKP065 UKP075 UKP085 UKP095 UKP105 UKP115 UKN005 UKN015 UKN045 UKP005 UKN015 UKN045 UKP005 UKP015 UTN005 UTN010 UTN015 UTN020 UTN025 UTN030 UTN035 UTP000 UTP005 UTP010 UTP015 UTP020 UTP025

TopMark AACQ AACP AADC AADD AADE AADF AADG AADH ABZF ABZR ACFW ABZS ACFV ACDP ABZT ACFU ACAG ACGO ABZG ABZU ACGC ABZV ACGB ACGA ABZW ACFZ ACFY ADNZ ACFX ADIZ ABZX ACGD ACAX ABZY ADKE AAKQ AAKP AAKO AAKN AAKM AAKL AAKK AAKR AAKS AAKT AAKU AAKV AAKW

Package SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6505 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6328 6328 6328 6328 6314 6328 6328 6810L 6810M 6810T 6810S 6810R 6813L 6012A 6025A 6041A 6045A 6050A 6021A 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6346 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6347 6348

Suffix UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 US26D4 UR31 UR30 UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 UR33

TopMark FRAA FSAA FTAA FUAA FVAA FVAA FWAA FZAG FZAH FZAI FZAJ FZAK FZAL FZAP FZAQ FZAR FZAS FZAT FZAU FZAV FZAW FZAX FZAY FZAZ FZBA FZBB FZBC FZBD FZBE FZBF FZBG FZBH FZBI FZBJ FZBK FZBL FZBM FZBN FZBO FZBP FZBQ FZBR FZBS FZBT FZBU FZBV FZBW FZBX

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UTP030 UTP035 UTP040 UTP045 UTP050 UTP055 UTP060 UTP065 UTP070 UTP075 UTP080 UTP085 UTP090 UTP095 UTP100 UTP105 UTP110 UTP115 UTP120 UTP125 UTN005 UTN010 UTN015 UTN020 UTN025 UTN030 UTN035 UTP000 UTP005 UTP010 UTP015 UTP020 UTP025 UTP030 UTP035 UTP040 UTP045 UTP050 UTP055 UTP060 UTP065 UTP070 UTP075 UTP080 UTP085 UTP090 UTP095 UTP100

TopMark AAKX AAKY AAKZ AALA AALB AALC AALD AALE AALF AALG AALH AALI AALJ AALK AALL AALM AALN AALO AALP AALQ AALX AALW AALV AALU AALT AALS AALR AALY AALZ AAMA AAMB AAMC AAMD AAME AAMF AAMG AAMH AAMI AAMJ AAMK AAML AAMM AAMN AAMO AAMP AAMQ AAMR AAMS

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6506 6506 6506 6506 6506 6507 6507 6508 6508 6509C 6509H 6510C 6510H 6511 6512 6520 6575HZ 6575LZ 6576Z 6577Z 6601 6602 6603 6604 6625P 6625R 6711L 6711M 6711R 6711S 6711T 6711Z 6712L 6712M 6712R 6712S 6712T 6712Z 6713L 6713M 6713R 6713S 6713T 6713Z 6806 6806 6806 6806

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6348 6332 6332 6332 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6334 6334 6334 6001 6002 6004 6005 6012B 6025B 6041B 6045B 6050B 6021B 6813M 6813M 6813T 6813S 6813R 6003 6332 6332 6334 6334 6806 6806 6806 6807

Suffix UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR38 UR39 UR40 UR41 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR45 UR46 UR16D3 UR18D3 UR22D3 UR16D3 UR18D3 UR20D3 UR22D3 UR23D3 UR16D3 UR18D3 UR22D3 UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR20D3 UR23D3 UR20D3 UR23D3 UR46 UR26 UR23 UR46

TopMark FZBY FZBZ FZCA FZCB FZCC FZCD FZCE FZCF FZCG FZCH FZCI FZCJ FZCK FZCL FZCM FZCN FZCO FZCP FZCQ FZCR FZCS FZCT FZCU FZCV FZCW FZCX FZCY FZCZ FZDA FZDB FZDC FZDD FZDE FZDF FZDG FZDG FZDH FZDI FZDJ FZDK FZDL FZDM FZDN FZDO FZDP FZDQ FZDR FZDS

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UTP105 UTP110 UTP115 UTP120 UTP125 UT0A32 UT8255 UT0A32 UT8255 UK UK UT UT UT UT UR UT UT UT UT XR XR UT UT UT UT XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS XS UR23 UR26 UR46 US23

TopMark AAMT AAMU AAMV AAMW AAMX AAMZ AAMY AANB AANA ADNT ADNU AAHA AAHB AAHW AAHX EFAA AABH AABG AABI AABJ ACX ACY AAIH AAII AAHY AAHZ AAB AAC AAF AAE AAD AAG AAH AAI AAL AAK AAJ AAM AAN AAO AAR AAQ AAP AAS FZDR FZDQ FZDP KABV

Package SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-3 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SC70-4 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6806 6806 6806 6806 6806 6807 6807 6807 6807 6807 6807 6808 6808 6808 6808 6808 6808 6808 6808 6808 6809L 6809M 6809R 6809S 6809T 6810L 6810M 6810R 6810S 6810T 6811L 6811M 6811R 6811S 6811T 6812L 6812M 6812R 6812S 6812T 6813L 6813M 6813M 6813R 6813S 6813T 6815L 6815M

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6807 6808 6808 6030A 6030B 6334 6022 6333 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 4040A 4040B 4040C 4040D 803L 803M 803T 803S 803R 6808 6066A 6066B 6066C 6061A 6061B 6061C 6067A 6067B 6067C 6063A

Suffix UR26 UR46 UR26 UR UR UR17D3 UR UR25D3 IM312 IM312 IM312 IM312 IM321 IM321 IM321 IM321 IM325 IM325 IM325 IM325 IM330 IM330 IM330 IM330 IM341 IM341 IM341 IM341 IM350 IM350 IM350 IM350 UR UR UR UR UR UR32 UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR

TopMark FZDT FZDU FZDV FZDW FZDX FZDY FZDZ FZEA FZEB FZEC FZED FZEE FZEF FZEG FZEH FZEI FZEJ FZEK FZEL FZEM FZEN FZEO FZEP FZEQ FZER FZES FZET FZEU FZEV FZEW FZEX FZEY FZEZ FZFA FZFB FZFC FZFD FZFL FZFM FZFN FZFO FZFP FZFQ FZFR FZFS FZFT FZFU FZFV

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix US26 US46 XR23 XR26 XR46 UR26 UR46 US26 US46 XR26 XR46 UR26 UR32 UR46 US26 US32 US46 XR26 XR32 XR46 UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR US US US US US US US US US US UR UR UR UR UR UR US US

TopMark KABU KABT AAC AAB AAA FZDT FZDS KABX KABW AAE AAD FZDV FZFL FZDU KABZ KACC KABY AAG ACD AAF EGAA ESAA EVAA EUAA ETAA FZAG FZAH FZAK FZAJ FZAI KAAB KAAC KAAF KAAE KAAD KAAG KAAH KAAK KAAJ KAAI FZAL FZDG FZDG FZDJ FZDI FZDH KAAL KABL

Package SOT143 SOT143 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SC70-3 SC70-3 SC70-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 6815R 6815S 6815T 6816 6817 8863R 8863S 8863T 8864R 8864S 8864T 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8867 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8868 8873R 8873S 8873T 8874R 8874S 8874T 8875 8875 8875 8875 8875 8875 8875 8877 8877 8877 8877 8877 8877

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6063B 6063C 6062A 6062B 6062C 6064A 6064B 6064C 6065A 6065B 6065C 6006A 6006B 6006C 6007A 6007B 6007C 6008A 6008B 6008C 6009A 6009B 6009C 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315 6315

Suffix UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR UR US46D1 US45D1 US44D1 US40D1 US28D1 US26D1 US46D2 US44D2 US26D2 US49D3 US47D3 US46D3 US45D3 US44D3 US35D3 US31D3 US29D3 US28D3 US26D3 US46D4

TopMark FZFW FZFX FZFY FZFZ FZGA FZGB FZGC FZGD FZGE FZGF FZGG FZGH FZGI FZGJ FZGK FZGL FZGM FZGN FZGO FZGP FZGQ FZGR FZGS FZGT FZGU FZGV FZGW FZGX GBAA GCAA GDAA GHAA GTAA GVAA HBAA HDAA HVAA HYAA IAAA IBAA ICAA IDAA IMAA IQAA ISAA ITAA IVAA JBAA

Package SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT23-3 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix US US US US UT UK UK UK UK UK UK UK25 UK27 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK36 UK40 UK50 UK25 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK36 UK50 UK UK UK UK UK UK UK25 UK26 UK27 UK29 UK30 UK33 UK50 UK UK UK UK25 UK28 UK29

TopMark KABO KABN KABM KABA AAAU AABV AABF AABE AABW AABH AABG ACAY ACHF ACAZ ACBA ACBB ACBC ACBD ACCZ ADKD ACBE ACBF ACBG ACBH ACBI ACBJ ACBK ACDA ACBL ABZL ABZI ABZH ABZM ABZK ABZJ ADKZ ADON ADLA ADOO ADLB ADLC ADLD ACGP ACGQ ACGR ACBM ACBN ACBO

Package SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5

Sorted By TopMark
February 24, 2000

Sorted By Part Number Part Number 8877 8877 8877 8877 8877 8877 8877 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8878 8880 8881 8881 8881 8881 8885 8885 8885 8885 8885 9010 9011 9030 9030 9031 9031 9040A 9040B 9041A 9041B 9050A 9050B 9051A 9051B 9075 9075 9077 9110 9112 9114 9116

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Part Number 6315 6315 6315 6315 6160 6811L 6811M 6811T 6811S 6811R 6812L 6812M 6812T 6812S 6812R 6815L 6335 6335 6335 6336 6336 6336 6336 6336 6337 6337 6337 6816 6815M 6815T 6815S 6815R 6335 6335 6337 6337 6806 6806 6806 6807 6807 6808 6808 6336 6337 6808

Suffix US44D4 US30D4 US28D4 US26D4 US US US US US US US US US US US US US16D3 US18D3 US22D3 US16D3 US18D3 US20D3 US22D3 US23D3 US16D3 US18D3 US22D3 US US US US US US20D3 US23D3 US20D3 US23D3 US46 US26 US23 US46 US26 US46 US26 US25D3 US17D3 US32

TopMark JDAA JRAA JTAA JVAA JXAA KAAB KAAC KAAD KAAE KAAF KAAG KAAH KAAI KAAJ KAAK KAAL KAAP KAAQ KAAR KAAS KAAT KAAU KAAV KAAW KAAX KAAY KAAZ KABA KABL KABM KABN KABO KABP KABQ KABR KABS KABT KABU KABV KABW KABX KABY KABZ KACA KACB KACC

Package SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143 SOT143

Prefix MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX

Suffix UK30 UK32 UK33 UK36 UK38 UK42 UK50 UK25 UK28 UK29 UK30 UK32 UK33 UK36 UK50 UT UT18 UT25 UT33 UT50 UK25 UK27 UK30 UK33 UK50 XT UT UT XT UK XK UK UK UT UT UK UK UT UT UK XK KA KA KA KA KA

TopMark ACBP ACBQ ACBR ACDB ACGS ADIY ACBS ACBT ACBU ACBV ACBW ACBX ACBY ACDC ACBZ AAHR AAHS AAHT AAHU AAHV ADLE ADLF ADLG ADLH ADLI AAA AADD AAIJ AAH ADOJ ABG ADNV ADNX AAHF AAHH ADNW ADNY AAHG AAHI ADLX AAC AAAD AADN AADO AADP AADQ

Package SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SC70-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SC70-6 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SOT23-5 SOT23-6 SOT23-6 SOT23-5 SC70-5 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8 SOT23-8

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX3690 MAX3680 MAX3690 MAX3675 MAX3675 MAX3675 MAX3675 MAX3675 MAX3680/90 MAX3680/90 MAX3875 MAX3890 MAX3885 MAX3875 MAX3867 MAX3875 MAXIM MAX3510 MAX3532 MAX3664 MAXIM MAX4252 MX390 MX536A MX565 MX566 MX574 MX574A MX580 MX581 MX584 MAX675 MAX674 MAX6012 MX636 MX674 MX674A MX674A MAX195 MAX195 MAX195 MAX121 MAX6192 MAX174 MAX121 MAX6225 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE FE CODE FE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP FE FE FE PP PP PP PP SP SP SP SP FE PP SP FE ANALOG DEVICES AD790 AD811 AD813 AD823 AD826 AD829 AD974 AD976 AD976A AD977 AD977A AD1385 AD1580 AD1581 AD1582 AD1583 AD1584 AD1585 AD1674A AD7224 AD7225 AD7226 AD7228 AD7245 AD7248 AD7416 AD7417 AD7418 AD7501 AD7502 AD7503 AD7506 AD7507 AD7520 AD7521 AD7523 AD7524 AD7528 AD7530 AD7533 AD7534 AD7535 AD7536 AD7537 AD7538 AD7541 AD7542 AD7543 MAXIM MAX998 MAX4112 MAX4188 MAX474 MAX4016 MAX4212 MAX195 MAX195 MAX195 MAX195 MAX195 MAX195 MAX6520 MAX6041 MAX6125 MAX6003 MAX6141 MAX6150 MAX196 MX7224 MX7225 MX7226 MX7228 MX7245 MX7248 MAX1108/MAX1248 MAX1108/MAX1248 MAX1108/MAX1248 MX7501 MX7502 MX7503 MX7506 MX7507 MX7520 MX7521 MX7523 MX7524 MX7528 MX7530 MX7533 MX7534 MX7535 MX7536 MX7537 MX7538 MX7541 MX7542 MX7543 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE FE FE FE SP PP PP PP PP PP PP SP SP SP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP ANALOG DEVICES AD7545 AD7547 AD7548 AD7549 AD7572 AD7572 AD7574 AD7574 AD7575 AD7575 AD7576 AD7578 AD7578 AD7581 AD7581 AD7582 AD7582 AD7628 AD7672 AD7705 AD7706 AD7711 AD7711A AD7713 AD7714 AD7715 AD7716 AD7722 AD7723 AD7731 AD7776 AD7777 AD7778 AD7810 AD7811 AD7812 AD7813 AD7816 AD7817 AD7818 AD7819 AD7820 AD7820 AD7820 AD7821 AD7821 AD7823 AD7824 MAXIM MX7545 MX7547 MX7548 MX7549 MAX162/MAX172 MX7572 MAX160 MX7574 MAX165 MX7575 MX7576 MAX178 MX7578 MAX161 MX7581 MAX182 MX7582 MX7628 MX7672 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX195 MAX195 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX157 MAX1248 MAX149 MAX1242 MAX1248 MAX149 MAX1108 MAX1248 MAX1248 MAX1248 MAX1108 ADC0820 MAX150 MX7820 MAX153 MX7821 MAX1108 MAX154

Industry Cross-Reference Guide

CODE PP PP PP PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PP PP SP SP FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP PP PU PP PU PP FE PU ANALOG DEVICES AD7824 AD7828 AD7828 AD7837 AD7845 AD7847 AD7851 AD7853 AD7853L AD7854 AD7854L AD7856 AD7858 AD7858L AD7859 AD7859L AD7861 AD7862 AD7863 AD7864 AD7870 AD7870A AD7871 AD7872 AD7874 AD7875 AD7876 AD7880 AD7883 AD7884 AD7885 AD7886 AD7887 AD7888 AD7889 AD7890 AD7891 AD7892 AD7893 AD7894 AD7895 AD7896 AD8001 AD8002 MAXIM MX7824 MAX158 MX7828 MX7837 MX7845 MX7847 MAX121/MAX194 MAX145 MAX145 MAX145 MAX145 MAX121/MAX194 MAX146 MAX146 MAX146 MAX146 MAX115 MAX115/16 MAX125/6 MAX115/16 MAX191 MAX191 MAX194 MAX194 MAX115/16 MAX191 MAX196 MAX144 MAX144 MAX195 MAX195 MAX120 MAX144 MAX146 MAX197/99/ MAX1270/71 MAX1270/1 MAX120/MAX197 MAX197/99/ MAX1270/71 MAX127/28/ MAX1270/71 MAX194 MAX127/28/ MAX1270/71 MAX144 MAX4223 MAX4225 CODE PP PU PP PP PP PP SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE FE SP FE FE SP SP SP SP SP FE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE SP FE SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE

AMCC S3005 S3006 S3017 S3023 S3024 S3025 S3026 S3027 S3028B S3033 S3040 S3043 S3044 S3047 S3049 S3050 ANADIGICS ARA05050 ARA05050 ATA06212S2 ANALOG DEVICES AD279 AD390 AD536A AD565 AD566 AD574 AD574A AD580 AD581 AD584 AD586 AD587 AD589 AD636 AD674 AD674A AD674B AD676 AD677 AD677A AD679 AD680 AD774B AD779 AD780

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX496 MAX4223 MAX4181 MAX4188 MAX4012 MAX4213 MAX4016 MAX4020 MAX4016 MAX4212 MAX4216 MAX4016 MAX4018 MAX4456 MAX4456 MAX4310 MAX3510 MAX3532 MAX3510 MAX3532 MAX4165 MAX4167 MAX4169 MAX913 MAX901 MAX160 DG200 DG202 DG211 DG212 MAX333A DG406 MAX306 DG407 MAX307 DG408 MAX308 DG409 MAX309 DG411 MAX351 DG412 MAX352 DG413 MAX353 DG417 MAX317 DG418 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PU PU PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP ANALOG DEVICES ADG418 ADG419 ADG419 ADG426 ADG426 ADG431 ADG431 ADG432 ADG432 ADG433 ADG433 ADG433 ADG438F ADG439F ADG441 ADG441 ADG442 ADG442 ADG444 ADG444 ADG445 ADG445 ADG451 ADG452 ADG453 ADG465 ADG466 ADG467 ADG506A ADG507A ADG508A ADG508A ADG508F ADG509A ADG509A ADG509F ADG511 ADG512 ADG513 ADG528A ADG529A ADG608 ADG609 ADG661 ADG662 ADG663 ADG701 ADG701 MAXIM MAX318 DG419 MAX319 DG406 MAX306 MAX312 MAX351 MAX313 MAX352 DG413 MAX314 MAX353 MAX4508 MAX4509 DG441 MAX361 DG442 MAX362 DG444 MAX364 DG445 MAX365 MAX312 MAX313 MAX314 MAX4505 MAX366 MAX367 DG506A DG507A DG508A MAX338 MAX4508 DG509A MAX339 MAX4509 MAX391 MAX392 MAX393 DG528 DG529 MAX4638 MAX4639 MAX391 MAX392 MAX393 MAX4626 MAX4645 CODE PU PP PU PP PP PU PU PU PU PP PU PP PU PU PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PP PP FE PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PP PU PU PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PP PP PP PU PP

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

ANALOG DEVICES ADG702 ADG702 ADG704 ADG708 ADG709 ADG711 ADG712 ADG713 ADG719 ADG719 ADG721 ADG722 ADG723 ADG736 ADG738 ADG739 ADG751 ADG774 ADM202E ADM207E ADM208E ADM211E ADM213E ADM232A ADM660 ADM660 ADM660 ADM663A ADM666A ADM690 ADM690A ADM691 ADM691A ADM692 ADM692A ADM693 ADM693A ADM694 ADM695 ADM696 ADM697 ADM698 ADM699 ADM705 ADM706 ADM707 ADM708 ADM709 MAXIM MAX4627 MAX4646 MAX4634 MAX4638 MAX4639 MAX4651 MAX4652 MAX4653 MAX4624 MAX4644 MAX4641 MAX4642 MAX4643 MAX4636 MAX349 MAX350 MAX4529 MAX4674 MAX202 MAX207 MAX208 MAX211 MAX213 MAX202 MAX660 MAX860/1 MAX1680 MAX663 MAX666 MAX690 MAX690A MAX691 MAX691A MAX692 MAX692 MAX693 MAX693A MAX694 MAX695 MAX696 MAX697 MAX698 MAX699 MAX705 MAX706 MAX707 MAX708 MAX709 CODE PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PP PP PP PP FE FE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP ANALOG DEVICES ADM800 ADM802 ADM805 ADM809 ADM810 ADM1232 ADM8828 ADM8828 ADM8828 ADM8829 ADM8829 ADM8829 ADP667 ADP3300 ADP3300 ADP3300 ADP3300 ADP3301 ADP3301 ADP3301 ADP3301 ADP3302 ADP3302 ADP3303 ADP3308 ADP3308 ADP3308 ADP3308 ADP3309 ADP3309 ADP3309 ADP3309 ADR290 ADR291 ADR292 ADR293 DG201 DG201 DG201 DG201 DG201 DG201 DG201 MUX08 MUX16 MUX24 MUX28 OP07 MAXIM MAX800 MAX802 MAX805 MAX809 MAX810 MAX1232 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1719/20/21 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1719/20/21 MAX667 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8862 MAX8865/6 MAX8860 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX6021 MAX6025 MAX6041 MAX6050 DG201 HI0-0201 HI1-0201 HI3-0201 HI4-0201 HI4P-0201 HI6-0201 DG508 DG506 DG509 DG507 OP07 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP FE FE PU FE FE PU PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP

ANALOG DEVICES AD8004 AD8009 AD8011 AD8013 AD8031 AD8041 AD8042 AD8044 AD8052 AD8055 AD8056 AD8072 AD8073 AD8108 AD8109 AD8170 AD8320 AD8320 AD8321 AD8321 AD8531 AD8532 AD8534 AD8561 AD8564 ADC908 ADG200 ADG202 ADG211 ADG212 ADG333A ADG406 ADG406 ADG407 ADG407 ADG408 ADG408 ADG409 ADG409 ADG411 ADG411 ADG412 ADG412 ADG413 ADG413 ADG417 ADG417 ADG418

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM OP27 OP37 MAX400 MAX480 OP90 MAX400 MAX4250 MAX4330 MAX480 MAX4162 MAX4167 MAX4252 MAX4332 MAX478 MAX4163 MAX4254 MAX479 MAX4334 MAX4329 MAX4329 MAX4164 ADC0820 MAX150 MX7820 MX7574 REF01 REF02 MAX6125 MX581 MAX873 MX581 MAX6191 MAX6192 MAX6193 MAX6194 MAX6195 MAX6198 MAX351 MAX352 MAXIM MAX2003 MAX2003A MAX2003A MAXIM MAX195 MAX195 CODE PP PP PU PU PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PU PP PP PP PP FE FE FE FE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP CODE PP PU FE CODE SP SP BURR BROWN ADC80 ADC84K ADC85 ADC87 ADC574 ADC674 ADC700 ADC701 ADC774 ADS128 ADS574 ADS774 ADS780 ADS780 ADS780 ADS780 ADS781 ADS782 ADS783 ADS784 ADS784 ADS1210 ADS1211 ADS1212 ADS1213 ADS1286 ADS7800 ADS7802 ADS7803 ADS7804 ADS7806 ADS7808 ADS7809 ADS7810 ADS7811 ADS7812 ADS7813 ADS7814 ADS7816 ADS7817 ADS7818 ADS7819 ADS7820 ADS7821 ADS7822 ADS7822 MAXIM MAX196 MAX196/MAX1270 MAX196/MAX1270 MAX196/MAX1270 MX574A MX674A MAX195 MAX195 MAX174 MAX187 MX574A MAX174 MAX170 MAX190 MAX191 MAX195 MAX120 MAX195 MAX120 MAX147 MAX1247 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX187 MAX122 MAX1247 MAX1247 MAX196 MAX196/MAX1270 MAX127/28/ MAX1270/71 MAX195 MAX120/MAX1205 MAX195 MAX1270/MAX1271 MAX127/28/ MAX1270/71 MAX126 MAX144/5 MAX144/5 MAX144/5 MAX120/MAX1205 MAX1241 MAX195 MAX1241 MAX146 CODE SP SP SP SP PP PP SP SP PP PP PP PP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP PP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP FE SP SP SP FE SP FE FE FE FE SP FE SP SP SP BURR BROWN ADS7824 ADS7825 ADS7831 ADS7832 ADS7833 ADS7834 ADS7843 BUF600 BUF601 MPC508 OP181 OP196 OP281 OP481 OPA244 OPA336 OPA337 OPA340 OPA343 OPA650 OPA658 OPA2244 OPA2336 OPA2337 OPA2340 OPA2343 OPA2650 OPA2658 OPA4336 OPA4340 OPA4343 OPA4650 SDM863 SDM873 UAF4 UAF42 UAF42 UAF42 UAF42 CONEXANT R1902 R1902A R1903 R1903A RS701 RS702

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM CODE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE SP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP CRYSTAL CS5101A CS5102A CS7870 CS7875 DALLAS DS1000 DS1005 DS1013 DS1210 DS1232 DS1233 DS1259 DS1705 DS1706 DS1707 DS1708 DS1810 DS1811 DS1813 DS1815 DS1816 DS1818 DS1833 ELANTEC EL2044 EL2110 EL2160 EL2170 EL2180 EL2186 EL2210 EL2211 EL2244 EL2250 EL2260 EL2270 EL2280 EL2286 EL2310 EL2311 EL2360 EL2386 EL2410 EL2411 EL2444 EL2450 MAXIM MAX195 MAX195 MAX191 MAX191 MAXIM MXD1000 MXD1005 MXD1013 MXD1210 MAX1232 MAX809 MAX1259 MAX705 MAX706 MAX707 MAX708 MAX809 MAX809 MAX811 MAX809 MAX809 MAX811 MAX810 MAXIM MAX4012 MAX4012 MAX4181 MAX4181 MAX4181 MAX4181 MAX4016 MAX4016 MAX4016 MAX4016 MAX4184 MAX4184 MAX4184 MAX4185 MAX4018 MAX4018 MAX4189 MAX4189 MAX4020 MAX4020 MAX4020 MAX4020 CODE SP SP SP FE CODE PP PP PP PP PP FE PP PP PP PP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE MAX196/MAX1270 MAX196/MAX1270 MAX120 MAX196 MAX115/16/ MAX125/26 MAX120/MAX144/45 MAX1247 MAX4200 MAX4200 MAX146 MAX4240 MAX4162 MAX4242 MAX4244 MAX4162 MAX4040 MAX4330 MAX4322 MAX4322 MAX4223 MAX4223 MAX4163 MAX4042 MAX4332 MAX4326 MAX4326 MAX4216 MAX4225 MAX4040 MAX4329 MAX4329 MAX4220 MAX180 MAX180 MAX2(XX) MAX270 MAX271 MAX274 MAX275 MAXIM MAX3875 MAX3675 MAX3867 MAX3668 MAX3890 MAX3885

ANALOG DEVICES OP27 OP37 OP77 OP90 OP90 OP177 OP184 OP191 OP193 OP196 OP279 OP284 OP291 OP293 OP296 OP484 OP490 OP491 OP492 OP493 OP496 PM0820 PM0820 PM0820 PM7574 REF01 REF02 REF03 REF10 REF43 REF102 REF191 REF192 REF193 REF194 REF195 REF198 SW201 SW202 BENCHMARQ BQ2003 BQ2003 BQ2004 BURR BROWN ADC71 ADC76

CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX4187 MAX4187 MAX4187 MAX499 MAX4188 MAX4310 MAX4313 MAX454 MAX454 MAX454 MAXIM MAX4594 MAX4599 MAXIM MAX3880 MAX3890 MAX3890 MAX3875 MAX3875 MAX3867 MAX3867 MAXIM MAX1243 MAX1243 DG200 DG201 DG202 DG211 DG212 DG300 DG301 DG302 DG308 DG309 DG441 MAX361 DG442 MAX362 DG444 MAX364 DG445 MAX365 DG506 DG507 DG508 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PP PP CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE SP SP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PP PP HARRIS DG509 DG528 DG529 HA456 HI574A HI674A HI774 HI5810 HI5812 HI5813 HI7106 HI7131 HI7133 HI7188 HI7190 HI7191 HI0-0201 HI0-0508 HI0-0508A HI0-0509 HI0-0509A HI1-0201 HI1-0201HS HI1-0304 HI1-0305 HI1-0306 HI1-0307 HI1-0381 HI1-0384 HI1-0387 HI1-0390 HI1-0507 HI1-0508 HI1-0508A HI1-0508A HI1-0509 HI1-0509A HI1-0509A HI2-0304 HI2-0305 HI2-0381 HI2-0387 HI3-0201 HI3-0201HS HI3-0304 HI3-0305 HI3-0306 HI3-0307 MAXIM DG509 DG528 DG529 MAX4456 MX574A MX674A MAX174 MAX191 MAX1241 MAX1240 ICL7106/MAX130 MAX131 ICL7137 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 MAX1400/1/2/3 HI0-0201 DG508 HI0-0508A DG509 HI0-0509A HI1-0201 HI1-0201HS DG304 DG305 DG306 DG307 DG381 DG384 DG387 DG390 DG507 DG508 HI1-0508A MAX358 DG509 HI1-0509A MAX359 DG304 DG305 DG381 DG387 HI3-0201 HI3-0201HS DG304 DG305 DG306 DG307 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP SP SP SP PP PP SP SP SP SP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP FE PU PP FE PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP HARRIS HI3-0381 HI3-0384 HI3-0387 HI3-0390 HI3-0508 HI3-0508A HI3-0508A HI3-0509 HI3-0509A HI3-0509A HI4-0201 HI4-0201HS HI6-0201 HI9P0508 HIN202E HIN206E HIN207E HIN208E HIN211E HIN213E HIN232A HIN233A ICL420 ICL421 ICL422 ICL423 ICL7106 ICL7106R ICL7106S ICL7107 ICL7107R ICL7109 ICL7116 ICL7116R ICL7117 ICL7117R ICL7126 ICL7126R ICL7129 ICL7135 ICL7136 ICL7136R ICL7137 ICL7137R ICL71C03 ICL7611 ICL7612 ICL7614

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM DG381 DG384 DG387 DG390 DG508 HI3-0508A MAX358 DG509 HI3-0509A MAX359 HI4-0201 HI4-0201HS HI6-0201 DG508 MAX202 MAX206 MAX207 MAX208 MAX211 MAX213 MAX202 MAX203 MAX420 MAX421 MAX422 MAX423 ICL7106/MAX130 ICL7106R ICL7106/MAX130 ICL7107 ICL7107R ICL7109 ICL7116 ICL7116R ICL7117 ICL7117R ICL7126 ICL7126R ICL7129A ICL7135 ICL7136/MAX136 ICL7136R ICL7137 ICL7137 ICL7135 ICL7611 ICL7612 ICL7614 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PP PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PP PU PU PU PU PU SP PP PP PP HARRIS ICL7621 ICL7622 ICL7631 ICL7632 ICL7641 ICL7642 ICL7650 ICL7652 ICL7660 ICL7660 ICL7660 ICL7662 ICL7663 ICL7663 ICL7664 ICL7665 ICL7667 ICL8069 ICL8211 ICL8212 ICM7211 ICM7212 ICM7217 ICM7218 ICM7224 ICM7225 ICM7228 ICM7231 ICM7232 ICM7233 ICM7234 ICM7240 ICM7242 ICM7250 ICM7555 ICM7556 IH5040 IH5041 IH5042 IH5043 IH5044 IH5045 IH5048 IH5049 IH5050 IH5051 IH5053 IH5140 MAXIM ICL7621 ICL7622 ICL7631 ICL7632 ICL7641 ICL7642 ICL7650 ICL7652 ICL7660 MAX660 MAX1044 ICL7662 ICL7663 MAX666 MAX664 ICL7665 ICL7667 ICL8069 MAX8211 MAX8212 ICM7211 ICM7212 ICM7217 ICM7218 ICM7224 ICM7225 ICM7218 MAX7231 MAX7232 MAX7233 MAX7234 ICM7240 ICM7242 ICM7250 ICM7555 ICM7556 IH5040 IH5041 IH5042 IH5043 IH5044 IH5045 IH5048 IH5049 IH5050 IH5051 DG202 IH5140 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PP PU PU PP PP PU PU PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PP PP

ELANTEC EL2460 EL2470 EL2480 EL4332 EL4393 EL4421 EL4422 EL4441 EL4442 EL4444 FAIRCHILD NC7SZ66 NCSB3157 GIGA GD16045 GD16055 GD16507 GD16546 GD16547 GD16573 GD16575 HARRIS CA3310 CA3310A DG200 DG201 DG202 DG211 DG212 DG300 DG301 DG302 DG308 DG309 DG441 DG441 DG442 DG442 DG444 DG444 DG445 DG445 DG506 DG507 DG508

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM IH5141 IH5142 IH5143 IH5144 IH5145 IH5148 IH5149 IH5341 IH5342 IH5352 MAX308 MAX306 MAX309 MAX307 MAXIM MAX2611 MAXIM MX574A MAXIM MX574A MAX400 MXL1001 MAX6002 MXL1013 MAX913 MXL1016 MAX6192 MAX674/5 MAX680 MAX6250 MAX6025 MAX1406 MAX1680/1 MAX756/7 MAX478 MAX479 MAX202 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX606/7 MAX761 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PU PU CODE PU CODE PP CODE PP PU PP FE PP PU PP FE FE FE FE FE PU FE FE PU PU PP FE FE FE FE FE FE LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LT1109A LT1110 LT1111 LT1111 LT1111 LT1116 LT1116 LT1129 LT1130 LT1173 LT1173 LT1174 LT1174 LT1176 LT1178 LT1179 LT1180A LT1181 LT1181A LT1182 LT1183 LT1218 LT1219 LT1262 LT1280A LT1300 LT1300 LT1300 LT1301 LT1301 LT1301 LT1301 LT1302 LT1302 LT1302 LT1303 LT1303 LT1303 LT1303 LT1304 LT1304 LT1304 LT1305 LT1305 LT1305 LT1305 LT1307 LT1307 MAXIM MAX606/7 MAX856/7/8/9 MAX856/7/8/9 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX913 MXL1116 MAX603/4 MAX240 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX887 MAX1692 MAX1684/5 MAX478 MAX479 MAX222 MAX202 MAX202 MAX1610 MAX1610 MAX495 MAX4162 MAX662 MAX222 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX606/7 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX606/7 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX606/7 CODE FE FE FE FE FE PU PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PU PU PP PP PP FE FE FE FE PP PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LT1307 LT1307 LT1307 LT1307 LT1308 LT1308 LT1308 LT1308 LT1309 LT1316 LT1317 LT1338 LT1347 LT1351 LT1352 LT1353 LT1366 LT1367 LT1368 LT1369 LT1372 LT1372 LT1372 LT1372 LT1373 LT1373 LT1373 LT1373 LT1375 LT1376 LT1377 LT1377 LT1377 LT1377 LT1381 LT1433 LT1433 LT1434 LT1434 LT1435 LT1438 LT1460 LT1462 LT1463 LT1464 LT1465 LT1466 LT1467

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM MAX1700 MAX1701 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX606/7 MAX1674/5/6 MAX606/7 MAX207 MAX213 MAX4330 MAX4332 MAX4334 MAX492 MAX494 MAX4042 MAX4044 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1684/5 MAX1684/5 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX202 MAX887 MAX1684/5 MAX887 MAX1684/5 MAX1636 MAX1630/1/2/3/4/5 MAX6192 MAX4163 MAX4164 MAX4332 MAX4334 MAX4042 MAX4044 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LT1472 LT1474 LT1477 LT1478 LT1495 LT1496 LT1498 LT1499 LT1500 LT1500 LT1500 LT1500 LT1500 LT1501 LT1501 LT1501 LT1501 LT1501 LT1507 LT1507 LT1516 LT1538 LT1553 LT1613 LT1634 LT1638 LT1735 LT1736 LT1753 LT1761 LT1761 LT1761 LT1761 LT2178 LTC660 LTC660 LTC690 LTC691 LTC692 LTC693 LTC694 LTC695 LTC699 LTC902 LTC1044 LTC1044A LTC1046 LTC1046 MAXIM MAX1602 MAX640 MAX8901/2/3/4/5 MAX8901/2/3/4/5 MAX407 MAX418 MAX4132 MAX4134 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1687/8 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1687/8 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX887 MAX1684/5 MAX619 MAX1630/1/2/3/4/5 MAX1638 MAX1675 MAX6190/92/98/95 MAX1630/1/2/3/4/5 MAX1636 MAX1710 MAX1638 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX478 MAX660 MAX1680/1 MAX690 MAX691 MAX692 MAX693 MAX694 MAX695 MAX699 MAX216 MAX1044 MAX1044 ICL7660 MAX660 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PU PU FE PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU

HARRIS IH5141 IH5142 IH5143 IH5144 IH5145 IH5148 IH5149 IH5341 IH5342 IH5352 IH6108 IH6116 IH6208 IH6216 HEWLETT PACKARD MSA-0611 HONEYWELL HADC574 LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LT574A LT1001 LT1001 LT1004 LT1013 LT1016 LT1016 LT1019 LT1021 LT1026 LT1027 LT1034 LT1039A LT1046 LT1073 LT1078 LT1079 LT1081 LT1107 LT1107 LT1108 LT1108 LT1109 LT1109

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX1044 MAX1680/1 MAX148/9 MAX157 MAX159 MAX148/9 MAX148/9 MAX149 MAX1106/7 MAX1106/7 MAX1108/9 MAX1108/9 MX7820 MAX1044 MAX495 MAX479 MAX152/3 MAX159 MAX159 MAX113/14 MAX157 MAX157 MAX1232 MAX872 MAX868 MAX887 MAX1684/5 MAX162 MAX122 MAX191 MAX122 MAX122 MAX191 MAX120 MAX120 MAX1240 MAX148 MAX145 MAX145 MAX145 MAX144 MAX146/7 MAX146/7 MAX144 MAX144 MAX146/7 MAX146/7 MAX146/7 CODE PP PU FE FE FE FE FE SP FE FE FE FE PU PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP FE FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LTC1297 LTC1298 LTC1317 LTC1317 LTC1317 LTC1348 LTC1384 LTC1385 LTC1385 LTC1392 LTC1400 LTC1401 LTC1404 LTC1409 LTC1416 LTC1418 LTC1419 LTC1440 LTC1441 LTC1442 LTC1443 LTC1444 LTC1445 LTC1480 LTC1481 LTC1483 LTC1487 LTC1490 LTC1491 LTC1502 LTC1504 LTC1504 LTC1504A LTC1504A LTC1514 LTC1514 LTC1514 LTC1515 LTC1515 LTC1515 LTC1516 LTC1516 LTC1516 LTC1517 LTC1517 LTC1517 LTC1517 MAXIM MAX144 MAX144 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX3241 MAX242 MAX3222 MAX3385E MAX159 MAX1240/1 MAX1240/1 MAX120/ MAX1240/41 MAX120 MAX121/25/26 MAX121/26 MAX125/6 MAX921 MAX922 MAX923 MAX924 MAX974 MAX924 MAX3486 MAX481 MAX483 MAX487 MAX4163 MAX4164 MAX679 MAX887 MAX1692 MAX887 MAX1692 MAX619 MAX679 MAX684 MAX619 MAX679 MAX684 MAX619 MAX679 MAX684 MAX619 MAX679 MAX684 MAX1686 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PU PP FE SP FE SP SP SP FE SP FE FE FE FE FE FE PU PU PU PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LTC1522 LTC1522 LTC1522 LTC1522 LTC1550 LTC1550 LTC1550 LTC1551 LTC1551 LTC1551 LTC1594 LTC1594L LTC1598 LTC1598L LTC1604 LTC1605 LTC1610 LTC1610 LTC1610 LTC1610 LTC1610 LTC1622 LTC1622 LTC1626 LTC1627 LTC1627 LTC1685 LTC1686 LTC1687 LUCENT LG1625 V4910 V4910 V4911 V4911 MICREL MIC426 MIC427 MIC428 MIC2177 MIC2178 MIC2179 MIC2525 MIC2557 MIC2558 MIC2560

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM MAX619 MAX679 MAX684 MAX1686 MAX840/3/4 MAX850/1/2/3 MAX881 MAX840/43/44 MAX850/1/2/3 MAX881 MAX1246/7 MAX1246/7 MAX146/7 MAX146/7 MAX195 MAX195 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1678 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1626/7 MAX1684/5 MAX1692 MAX887 MAX1692 MAX3088 MAX3087 MAX3086 MAXIM MAX3867 MAX3510 MAX3532 MAX3510 MAX3532 MAXIM MAX626 MAX627 MAX628 MAX1653/55 MAX1653/55 MAX1684/5 MAX890/1/2/3/4/5 MAX614 MAX1600 MAX1602 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP SP SP SP SP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PU PU PU CODE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PP PP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE MICREL MIC2563 MIC2570 MIC2570 MIC2570 MIC2571 MIC2571 MIC2571 MIC2937 MIC2950 MIC2950 MIC2950 MIC2951 MIC2951 MIC2951 MIC2954 MIC4420 MIC4426 MIC4427 MIC4428 MIC4429 MIC5200 MIC5200 MIC5200 MIC5201 MIC5202 MIC5203 MIC5205 MIC5205 MIC5207 MIC5207 MIC5210 MIC5216 MIC5219 MICRO LINEAR ML4761 ML4761 ML4761 ML4769 ML4769 ML4769 ML4861 ML4861 ML4861 ML4866 ML4868 ML4870 ML4870 MAXIM MAX1601/03 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX603/4 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8860 MAX4420 MAX4426 MAX4427 MAX4428 MAX4429 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8860 MAX8865/6 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8865/6 MAX8860 MAX8860 MAXIM MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX756/7 MAX856/7/8/9 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1692 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PP PP PP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE

LINEAR TECHNOLOGY LTC1046 LTC1046 LTC1090 LTC1091 LTC1092 LTC1093 LTC1094 LTC1095 LTC1096 LTC1096L LTC1098 LTC1098L LTC1099 LTC1144 LTC1152 LTC1179 LTC1196 LTC1197 LTC1197L LTC1198 LTC1199 LTC1199L LTC1232 LTC1258 LTC1261 LTC1265 LTC1265 LTC1272 LTC1273 LTC1274 LTC1275 LTC1276 LTC1277 LTC1278 LTC1279 LTC1282 LTC1283 LTC1285 LTC1286 LTC1287 LTC1288 LTC1289 LTC1290 LTC1291 LTC1292 LTC1293 LTC1294 LTC1296

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX866/7 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAXIM MX574A MAX153 MX7574 MX7581 MAXIM MAX6125 MAX1488E MAX1489E MAX809 MAX809 MAX809 MAX809 MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAX1110/12 MAX1110/12 MAX148/9 MAX148/9 MAX148/9 MAX1406 MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PP FE PP PP CODE FE PU PU FE FE FE FE PU PU PU PU SP SP SP SP SP PU PU PU PU PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE MOTOROLA MC78LCxx SN75185 SN75186 SN75C185 SN75C186 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR ADC0800 ADC0801 ADC0802 ADC0803 ADC0804 ADC0805 ADC0808 ADC0809 ADC0811 ADC0816 ADC0817 ADC0819 ADC0820 ADC0831 ADC0832 ADC0833 ADC0834 ADC0838 ADC0841 ADC0844 ADC0848 ADC1001 ADC1005 ADC1031 ADC1034 ADC1038 ADC08031 ADC08032 ADC08034 ADC08038 ADC08061 ADC08062 ADC08131 ADC08134 ADC08138 ADC08161 ADC08231 ADC08234 ADC08238 ADC10154 MAXIM MAX8877/8 MAX3185 MAX3186 MAX3185 MAX3186 MAXIM MAX153 MAX153 MAX153 MAX153 MAX153 MAX153 MAX118 MAX118 MAX118 MAX118 MAX118 MAX118 ADC0820 MAX1106/7 MAX1108/9 MAX1111/13 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX153 MAX114 MAX118 MAX159 MAX159 MAX157 MAX1249 MAX148 MAX1106/7 MAX1108/9 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX153 MAX114 MAX1106/7 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX153 MAX1106/7 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX196 CODE FE PU PU PU PU CODE SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE SP SP FE FE FE SP FE FE FE SP

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR ADC10158 ADC10731 ADC10732 ADC10734 ADC10738 ADC10831 ADC10832 ADC10834 ADC10838 ADC12451 CD4051 CD4052 CD4053 CD4066 CLC446 CLC449 CLC450 DS26LS32 DS26LS32 LM236 LM285 LM385 LM828 LM828 LM828 LM2621 LM2621 LM2621 LM2621 LM2630 LM2660 LM2661 LM2664 LM2664 LM2665 LM4040 LM4041 LM4431 LM6132 LM6134 LM6142 LM6144 LM6171 LM6511 LM7131 LM7301 LMC6041 LMC6042 MAXIM MAX197 MAX145 MAX144 MAX1246 MAX146 MAX191 MAX1202 MAX1202 MAX1202 MAX180 MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAX4112 MAX4224 MAX4181 MAX3095 MAX3096 MAX6002 MAX6025 MAX6025 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1719/20/21 MAX756/7 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1705/6 MAX1652/3/4/5 MAX860/1 MAX860/1 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1682/3 MAX6002/3/4/5 MAX6001 MAX6002 MAX4132 MAX4134 MAX4132 MAX4134 MAX4012 MAX987 MAX4012 MAX4322 MAX4162 MAX4163 CODE SP SP SP FE FE SP SP SP FE PP PU PU PU PU FE FE FE PU PU FE FE FE PP PU PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR LMC6044 LMC6061 LMC6062 LMC6064 LMC6462 LMC6464 LMC6482 LMC6484 LMC6492 LMC6494 LMC6572 LMC6574 LMC6681 LMC6682 LMC6684 LMC6762 LMC6764 LMC7101 LMC7111 LMC7211 LMC7215 LMC7221 LMC7660 LMC7660 LMC7660 LMC7660 LMC7660 LP2960 LP2980 LP2980 LP2981 LP2981 LP2982 LP2982 LP2982 LP2985 LP2985 LP2987 LP2987 LP2987 LP2988 LP2988 LP2988 MF10 PC16550 MAXIM MAX4064 MAX4040 MAX4042 MAX4044 MAX4163 MAX4164 MAX4332 MAX4334 MAX4332 MAX4334 MAX4163 MAX4164 MAX4241 MAX4243 MAX4244 MAX966 MAX970 MAX4322 MAX4040 MAX985 MAX985 MAX986 ICL7660 MAX660 MAX860/1 MAX1044 MAX1680/1 MAX603/4 MAX8863/4 MAX8873/4 MAX8863/4 MAX8873/4 MAX8863/4 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8860 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8860 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MF10 MAX3100 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PU PU PU PU FE FE PU FE PU FE FE PU FE PU FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PU

MICRO LINEAR ML4870 ML4871 ML4871 ML4871 ML4872 ML4872 ML4872 ML4875 ML4875 ML4890 ML4951 ML4961 MICROPOWER MP574A MP0820 MP7574 MP7581 MOTOROLA MC1403 MC1488 MC1489 MC33064 MC33164 MC34064 MC34164 MC14051 MC14052 MC14053 MC14066 MC145040 MC145041 MC145050 MC145051 MC145053 MC145406 MC74HC4051 MC74HC4052 MC74HC4053 MC74HC4066 MC78FCxx MC78FCxx MC78FCxx MC78FCxx MC78LCxx MC78LCxx MC78LCxx

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM ICM7555 ICM7556 MAXIM MAX4674 MAX4615 MAX4594 MAX4645 MAX4595 MAX4646 MAX4624 MAX4597 MAX4641 MAX4642 MAX320 MAX321 MAX322 MAX323 MAX324 MAX325 MAX381 MAX383 MAX385 MAX391 MAX392 MAX393 MAX398 MAX399 MAX4610 MAXIM MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAX3875 MAX3867 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 CODE PP PP CODE PU PP PP PU PP PU PU PP PU PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU CODE PU PU PU PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PHILIPS TEA1206 TZA3000 TZA3001 TZA3001 TZA3001 TZA3004 TZA3005 TZA3005 TZA3023 TZA3023 TZA3031 TZA3041 TZA3043 TZA3044 RAYTHEON OP-07 RC4193 RC4391 RC4391 RV4193 RV4391 RV4391 SEIKO RH5RC502 S8430 S8430 SGS THOMPSON MAXIM MAX1705/6 MAX3761/2 MAX3667 MAX3668 MAX3762 MAX3675 MAX3680/90 MAX3681/93 MAX3664 MAX3760 MAX3263 MAX3261 MAX3260 MAX3262 MAXIM OP07 MAX4193 MAX634 MAX4391 MAX4193 MAX634 MAX4391 MAXIM MAX856/7/8/9 MAX710/11 MAX1672 MAXIM MAX1630/1/2/3/4/5 MAX1710 MAX662 MAXIM MAX3664 MAX3866 MAX3867 MAXIM MX574A MAX202 MAX202 MAX203 MX574A MX674A MX674A MAX174 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PP PP PU PP PP PU PP CODE FE FE FE CODE FE FE PP CODE FE SP FE CODE PP PP PP PU PP PP PP PP SIPEX SP1674 SP1674B SP7800A SP8121 SP8503 SP8505 SP8510 SP8527 SP8528 SP8530 SP8531 SP8537 SP8538 SP8542 SP8544 SP8603 SP8605 SP8610 SONY CXA1684M CXA1684M CXB1548QY CXB1548QY CXB1549Q CXB1549Q CXB1558QY CXB1558QY CXB1563Q CXB1573R CXB1573R CXB1577Q CXB1577Q SPT SPT574 SPT674 SPT774 TELCOM/ TELEDYNE TC530 TC534 TC682 TC835 TC850 TC962 TC1014

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM MAX174 MAX174 MAX122 MAX180 MAX122 MAX196 MAX196 MAX159 MAX145 MAX115/16 MAX1240 MAX157/9 MAX144/5 MAX144 MAX1246/7 MAX122 MAX196 MAX196 MAXIM MAX3260 MAX3760 MAX3667 MAX3762 MAX3261 MAX3667 MAX3667 MAX3762 MAX3761/2 MAX3262 MAX3761/2 MAX3262 MAX3761/2 MAXIM MX574A MX674A MAX174 MAXIM MAX132 MAX132 MAX868 ICL7135 MAX110 ICL7662 MAX8867/8 CODE PP PP SP FE SP FE FE FE FE SP FE FE FE FE FE SP FE FE CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PP PP PP CODE SP SP FE FE SP PP FE TELCOM/ TELEDYNE TC1014 TC1014 TC1015 TC1015 TC1015 TC1015 TC1029 TC1044 TC1070 TC1070 TC1070 TC1070 TC1071 TC1071 TC1071 TC1071 TC1107 TC1185 TC1185 TC1188 TC1188 TC1188 TC1188 TC1189 TC1189 TC1189 TC1189 TC1219 TC1220 TC1262 TC1269 TC4426A TC4427A TC4428A TC7016R TC7106 TC7107 TC7107R TC7109 TC7109A TC7116 TC7116R TC7117 TC7117R TC7126 TC7126R TC7129 TC7135 MAXIM MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX4242 MAX1044 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8860 MAX8867/8 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX1719/20/21 MAX1719/20/21 MAX603/4 MAX8860 MAX4426 MAX4427 MAX4428 ICL7106R ICL7106/MAX130 ICL7107 ICL7107R ICL7109 ICL7109 ICL7116 ICL7116R ICL7117 ICL7117R ICL7126 ICL7126R ICL7129A ICL7135 CODE PU PU FE FE PU PU FE PP FE FE PU FE FE FE PU FE FE FE FE PU PU FE FE PU PU FE FE PU PU FE FE PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP

NEC uPD5555 uPD5556 PERICOM PI5A100 PI5A101 PI5A121C PI5A121T PI5A122C PI5A122T PI5A124 PI5A125 PI5A126 PI5A127 PS320 PS321 PS322 PS323 PS324 PS325 PS381 PS383 PS385 PS391 PS392 PS393 PS398 PS399 PS4066 PHILIPS 74HC4051 74HC4052 74HC4053 74HC4066 OQ2541 OQ2545 TEA1204 TEA1204 TEA1204 TEA1204 TEA1205 TEA1205 TEA1205 TEA1205 TEA1206 TEA1206 TEA1206

L4992 L5995 ST662A SIEMENS FOA1061A1 FOA1251A1 FOA2251A1 SIPEX HS574A SP202E SP232A SP233A SP574B SP674A SP674B SP774B

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM ICL7136/MAX136 ICL7136R ICL7660 MAX860/1 ICL7662 MAX680 MAX864 MAX865 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1719/20/21 MAX828/9 MAX870/1 MAX1719/20/21 MAX850 MAX851 MAX852 MAX853 TSC426 TSC427 TSC428 MAX626 MAX4420 MAX4426 MAX4427 MAX4428 MAX4429 ICL7106/MAX130 ICL7106R ICL7107 ICL7107R ICL7109 ICL7116 ICL7117 ICL7126 ICL7126R ICL7129A ICL7135 ICL7136R ICL7650 ICL7652 ICL7660 MAXIM ADC0820 ICL7135 MAX485 CODE PP PP PP PP PP PP FE FE PP PU PU PP PU PU PP PP PP PP PU PU PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU CODE PP PP PU TEXAS INSTRUMENTS SN75188 SN75189 TI2015 TL7702 TL7705 TLC251 TLC252 TLC271 TLC540 TLC541 TLC542 TLC549 TLC555 TLC0820A TLC0831 TLC0832 TLC0834 TLC0838 TLC1541 TLC1542 TLC1543 TLC1549 TLC1550 TLC1551 TLC2252 TLC2254 TLC2272 TLC2274 TLC2543 TLC7135 TLV0831 TLV0832 TLV0834 TLV0838 TLV1543 TLV1544 TLV1548 TLV1549 TLV2211 TLV2231 TLV2242 TLV2262 TLV2264 TLV2272 TLV2274 TLV2322 TLV2324 TLV2422 MAXIM MAX1488E MAX1489E MAX890/1/2/3/4/5 MAX809 MAX809 ICL7611 ICL7621 ICL7611 MAX1110/12 MAX1110/12 MAX1110/12 MAX1110/12 ICM7555 MX7820 MAX1106/7 MAX1108/9 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX148/9 MAX148/9 MAX148/9 MAX1242/3 MAX151 MAX151 MAX4163 MAX4164 MAX4282 MAX4284 MAX146/48 ICL7135 MAX1106/7 MAX1108/9 MAX1111/13 MAX1110/12 MAX148/9 MAX1248/9 MAX148/9 MAX1242/3 MAX4040 MAX4281 MAX4324 MAX4163 MAX4254 MAX4252 MAX4254 MAX4163 MAX4163 MAX4163 CODE PU PU FE FE FE PP PP PP FE FE FE SP PP PU FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TLV2460 TLV2461 TLV2462 TLV2463 TLV2464 TLV2543 TLV2711 TLV2731 TP2201 TP2206 TPS2811 TPS2812 TPS2813 TPS5615 TPS5618 TPS5625 TPS5633 TPS6734 TPS6735 TPS6755 TPS7101 TPS7133 TPS7148 TPS7150 TPS7201 TPS7225 TPS7233 TPS7248 TPS7250 TPS71025 TPS76030 TPS76030 TPS76030 TPS76030 TPS76032 TPS76032 TPS76032 TPS76032 TPS76033 TPS76033 TPS76033 TPS76033 TPS76038 TPS76038 TPS76038 TPS76038 TPS76050 TPS76050

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM MAX4166 MAX4165 MAX4167 MAX4168 MAX4169 MAX146/7 MAX4040 MAX4281 MAX1600 MAX1600 MAX4426 MAX4427 MAX4428 MAX1626/7 MAX1626/7 MAX1626/7 MAX1626/7 MAX734 MAX735 MAX755 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX603/4 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE PP PP PP FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TPS76050 TPS76050 TPS76130 TPS76130 TPS76130 TPS76130 TPS76132 TPS76132 TPS76132 TPS76132 TPS76133 TPS76133 TPS76133 TPS76133 TPS76138 TPS76138 TPS76138 TPS76138 TPS76150 TPS76150 TPS76150 TPS76150 TPS76301 TPS76301 TPS76301 TPS76301 TPS76318 TPS76318 TPS76318 TPS76318 TPS76325 TPS76325 TPS76325 TPS76325 TPS76333 TPS76333 TPS76333 TPS76333 TPS76350 TPS76350 TPS76350 TPS76350 TOKO TK112xx TK112xx TK112xx TK112xx MAXIM MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAXIM MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE FE FE

TELCOM/ TELEDYNE TC7136 TC7136R TC7660 TC7660 TC7662 TCM680 TCM680 TCM680 TCM828 TCM828 TCM828 TCM829 TCM829 TCM829 TCM850 TCM851 TCM852 TCM853 TSC426 TSC427 TSC428 TSC1426 TSC4420 TSC4426 TSC4427 TSC4428 TSC4429 TSC7106 TSC7106R TSC7107 TSC7107R TSC7109 TSC7116 TSC7117 TSC7126 TSC7126R TSC7129 TSC7135 TSC7136R TSC7650 TSC7652 TSC7660 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ADC0820 ICL7135 SN75176

Code Key:

PU PP FE SP

Plug-In Upgrade Pin-for-Pin Compatible Functional Equivalent Similar Part MAXIM MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAX8863/4 MAX8867/8 MAX8873/4 MAX8877/8 MAXIM MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAX4581 MAX4582 MAX4583 MAX4610 MAXIM MAX1637 MAX1637 MAX1630/1/2/3/4/5 MAX798/MAX1636 MAX798 MAX1638 MAX786 MAX786 MAX1638 MAXIM MAX1674/5/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAXIM DG200 DG201 DG202 DG211 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE PU PU PU PU PU PU PU PU CODE FE FE FE FE PP FE PP PP FE CODE FE FE FE FE CODE PP PP PP PP VISHAY/TEMIC/ SILICONIX DG212 DG213 DG300 DG301 DG302 DG303 DG304 DG305 DG306 DG307 DG308 DG309 DG381 DG384 DG387 DG390 DG401 DG401 DG403 DG403 DG405 DG405 DG406 DG406 DG407 DG407 DG408 DG408 DG409 DG409 DG411 DG411 DG412 DG412 DG413 DG413 DG417 DG417 DG418 DG418 DG419 DG419 DG421 DG423 DG425 DG441 MAXIM DG212 MAX4613 DG300 DG301 DG302 DG303 DG304 DG305 DG306 DG307 DG308 DG309 DG381 DG384 DG387 DG390 DG401 MAX301 DG403 MAX303 DG405 MAX305 DG406 MAX306 DG407 MAX307 DG408 MAX308 DG409 MAX309 DG411 MAX351 DG412 MAX352 DG413 MAX353 DG417 MAX317 DG418 MAX318 DG419 MAX319 DG421 DG423 DG425 DG441 CODE PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PP PP PP VISHAY/TEMIC/ SILICONIX DG441 DG442 DG442 DG444 DG444 DG445 DG445 DG458 DG458 DG459 DG459 DG506 DG506 DG507 DG507 DG508 DG508 DG509 DG509 DG528 DG529 DG540 DG540 DG542 DG542 DG611 DG612 DG613 DG643 DG5140 DG5141 DG5142 DG5143 DG5144 DG5145 DG9232 DG9233 DG9431 DG9461 Si786 Si7652 Si7820 Si7660 Si9160 Si9160 Si9160

Industry Cross-Reference Guide (continued)

MAXIM MAX361 DG442 MAX362 DG444 MAX364 DG445 MAX365 MAX358 MAX4508 MAX359 MAX4509 DG506 MAX336 DG507 MAX337 DG508 MAX338 DG509 MAX339 DG528 DG529 MAX4545 MAX4565 MAX4546 MAX4566 MAX4591 MAX4592 MAX4593 MAX4546 IH5140 IH5141 IH5142 IH5143 IH5144 IH5145 MAX4641 MAX4642 MAX4624 MAX4544 MAX786 ICL7652 MX7820 ICL7660 MAX668/9 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 CODE PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PU PU PU PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PU PP PP PU PU PU PU PP PP PP PU PP PP PP PP PP PP PU PU PU PP PP PP PP PP FE FE FE VISHAY/TEMIC/ SILICONIX Si9160 Si9161 Si9161 Si9161 Si9161 Si9165 Si9165 Si9165 Si9166 Si9166 Si9166 Si9166 VITESSE VSC7121 VSC7122 VSC7710 VSC7711 VSC7810 VSC7911 VSC7911 VSC7912 VSC7912 VSC7923 VSC7925 VSC7926 VSC8061 VSC8062 VSC8063 VSC8110 VSC8111 VSC8113 VSC8116 VSC8117 VSC8120 VSC8140 VSC8162 VSC8162 VSC8163 VSC8164 ZETEX ZRA250 ZRC250 MAXIM MAX1705/6 MAX668/9 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAX668/9 MAX1700/1 MAX1703 MAX1705/6 MAXIM MAX3751 MAX3751 MAX3260 MAX3260 MAX3260 MAX3664 MAX3760 MAX3760 MAX3866 MAX3867 MAX3867 MAX3867 MAX3890 MAX3885 MAX3890 MAX3680/MAX3690 MAX3680/MAX3690 MAX3680/MAX3690 MAX3680/MAX3690 MAX3680/MAX3690 MAX3875 MAX3885/90 MAX3875 MAX3880 MAX3890 MAX3885 MAXIM MAX6002 MAX6002 CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE CODE FE FE

TOKO TK113xx TK113xx TK113xx TK113xx TK119xx TK119xx TK119xx TK119xx TK712xx TK712xx TK712xx TK712xx TOSHIBA TC4051 TC4052 TC4053 TC4066 TC74HC4051 TC74HC4052 TC74HC4053 TC74HC4066 TOYOTA SB3010 SB3012 SB3020 SB3030 SB3032 SB3040 SB3050 SB3052 SB3060 UNITRODE UCC3954 UCC3954 UCC3954 UCC3954 VISHAY/TEMIC/ SILICONIX DG200 DG201 DG202 DG211

SPICE models are available on this CD-ROM. To access them, quit Adobe Acrobat Reader and open the PRODUCTS folder on the CD-ROM. Open the SPICE folder. SPICE models are subject to the software license agreement LICENSE.PDF, in the SPICE folder. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT USE THIS SOFTWARE.

Just click on our link to the Maxim web site at http://www.maxim-ic.com. We update the site weekly with new data sheets, revisions, and product release notices.

Use Maxim's online Parametric Search feature to find the ideal IC for your design. It's easy to use, always up to date, and you won't have to install any additional software on your computer! Click here to access the Parametric Search feature on our website.

To order free samples and literature using our website, click here . If you would like to fax your request, click here to fill out the faxback form.

Information furnished by Maxim Integrated Products is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, the company cannot assume responsibility for use of any circuitry other than circuitry entirely embodied in a Maxim product; nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Maxim Integrated Products. Maxim reserves the right to change the circuitry and specifications without notice. Life Support Policy: Maxim does not authorize any Maxim product for use in life support devices and/or systems without the express written approval of an officer of Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. Life support devices or systems are devices or systems which, (i) are intended for surgical implant into the body or (ii) support or sustain life, and whose failure to perform, when properly used in accordance with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can be reasonably expected to result in significant injury to the user. Products in this book may be covered by one or more of the patents listed below. Additional patents are pending.
4,217,599, 4,679,134, 4,774,478, 4,809,152, 4,866,314, 5,055,796, 5,508,650, 5,617,051, 5,677,646, 5,742,154, 5,808,514, 5,889,392, 4,228,447, 4,229,756, 4,260,425, 4,261,761, 4,435,655, 4,700,286, 4,701,694, 4,714,872, 4,732,865, 4,733,218, 4,774,497, 4,777,577, 4,777,580, 4,786,856, 4,797,569, 4,812,891, 4,819,049, 4,819,147, 4,823,028, 4,847,522, 4,876,214, 4,897,774, 4,902,640, 4,994,400, 4,994,694, 5,142,242, 5,151,775, 5,209,117, 5,247,468, 5,268,315, 5,528,132, 5,532,577, 5,539,603, 5,552,741, 5,563,549, 5,619,163, 5,629,612, 5,649,098, 5,649,210, 5,666,082, 5,687,321, 5,694,075, 5,694,088, 5,708,392, 5,721,483, 5,748,010, 5,748,027, 5,754,066, 5,764,032, 5,764,067, 5,814,979, 5,821,803, 5,850, 409, 5,854,504, 5,869,986, 5,894,240, 5,896,063, 5,903,185, 5,905,368, 5,907,262 4,622,736, 4,752,700, 4,797,899, 4,857,778, 4,999,761, 5,414,314, 5,565,715, 5,672,961, 5,724,003, 5,781,036, 5,870,296, 4,628,406, 4,767,946, 4,801,888, 4,859,963, 5,017,814, 5,446,414, 5,574,403, 5,677,561, 5,736,900, 5,799,194, 5,880,638, 4,636,930, 4,769,619, 4,806,875, 4,862,096, 5,027,165, 5,498,984, 5,594,381, 5,677,619, 5,736,902, 5,802,089, 5,883,910,

2000 Maxim Integrated Products. All rights reserved.

To the left, please click the arrow by Contact Maxim for detailed selections.

Corporate Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. Information 120 San Gabriel Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94086 USA 408-737-7600 or 800-998-8800 (USA/Canada) Fax: 408-737-7194 General inquiries: info@maxim-ic.com

Technical Technical support by e-mail (Worldwide): Support http://www.maxim-ic.com/TechSupport/ts_email_form.htm

Technical support by telephone: US and Canada: 408-737-7600 ext. 6000 International: Austria 0800 29 5954 Beijing (010) 620 10598 France 01 39 30 1900 Germany (089) 857 99 0 Italy (039) 605 8555 Japan (03) 3232-6141 Singapore (65) 841 7117 UK (0118) 930 3388 US/Canada 408-737-7600

Product Maxim World Wide Web Site: http://www.maxim-ic.com Information Samples and Literature: http://dbserv.maxim-ic.com/sl_requests2.cfm
or (in US and Canada) call 800-998-8800 Maxim EE-MailTM Automatic new product information by e-mail: http://lists.maxim-ic.com/EE-mail/index.html

Purchasing Maxim Online E-commerce System: https://shop.maxim-ic.com/ Maxim Products U.S. Customers can purchase Maxim products directly through Maxim
Distribution. US and Canada: 888-MAXIM-IC. U.S. Offices U.S. Distributors International Offices

Employment See Maxims Employment Page at

http://www.maxim-ic.com/AboutMaxim/Employment.htm Send e-mail to: recruitment@maxim-ic.com Fax: 408-737-7194 Order a copy of our free Recruiting CD-ROM through the Maxim website.

Maxim U.S. Sales Offices

Alabama 1-800-570-9738 Arizona 1-800-570-9732 California (Northern California) (408) 737-0214 (Southern California) 1-800-570-9732 Colorado 1-800-570-9731 Connecticut 1-800-416-7237 Delaware 1-800-570-9737 Florida 1-800-570-9738 Georgia 1-800-570-9738 Idaho 1-800-570-9731 Illinois 1-800-570-9735 Indiana 1-800-570-9735 Iowa 1-800-570-9735 Kansas 1-800-631-1070 Kentucky 1-800-570-9735 Louisiana 1-800-631-1070 Maine 1-800-416-7237 Maryland 1-800-570-9737 Massachusetts 1-800-416-7237 Michigan 1-800-570-9735 Minnesota 1-800-570-9735 Missouri 1-800-631-1070 Montana 1-800-570-9731 Nebraska 1-800-631-1070 New Hampshire 1-800-416-7237 New Jersey 1-800-570-9737 New Mexico 1-800-570-9732 New York (Upstate) 1-800-416-7237 (Metro) 1-800-570-9737 North Carolina 1-800-570-9738 Ohio 1-800-570-9735 Oklahoma 1-800-631-1070 Oregon 1-800-570-9731 Pennsylvania (Pittsburgh area) 1-800-570-9735 (Philadelphia/Other) 1-800-570-9737 Rhode Island 1-800-416-7237 South Carolina 1-800-570-9738 Texas 1-800-631-1070 Utah 1-800-570-9731 Vermont 1-800-416-7237 Virginia 1-800-570-9737 Washington 1-800-570-9731 Wisconsin 1-800-570-9735

Maxim U.S. Franchised Distributors

Maxim Distribution 1-888-MAXIM-IC Arrow Electronics 1-800-777-2776 http://www.arrowschweber.com Avnet Electronics Marketing 1-800-332-8638 CAM RPC (412) 963-6202 Digi-Key Corp. 1-800-344-4539 http://www.digikey.com Elmo Semiconductor (818) 768-7400 Nu Horizons (516) 396-5000 http://www.nuhorizons.com Zeus Electronics (914) 937-7400 http://www.arrowzeus.com

Maxim International Sales Representatives and Distributors

Argentina YEL SRL (1) 372 7163 Australia Arrow Electronics Australia Pty, Ltd. (Victoria) (03) 9574 9300 (Western Australia) (08) 9472 3855 (New South Wales) (02) 9745 1400 (Queensland) (07) 3216 0770 (South Australia) (08) 8271 0355 Austria Maxim GmbH (Germany) 0800-29-5954 (Toll Free) Belgium Master Chips (02) 465 0986 Brazil Intectra (U.S.A.) (650) 967-8818 Canada Maxim Integrated Products (Western) 1-800-241-4813 (Central) 1-800-416-7237 (Eastern) 1-800-416-7237 Canada Distributors Arrow (514) 421-7411 (613) 226-6903 (418) 871-7500 (416) 670-7769 (604) 421-2333 Avnet Electronics Marketing 1-800-332-8638 China Maxim China (010) 620 10598 (800) 810 0310 (Toll Free) China Distributors Ingram Micro Hong Kong (China) Ltd. (021) 64678010 (Shanghai) (010) 64441966 (Beijing) QCE (010) 68408121 (Beijing) (0755) 2285151 (Shenzhen) Czech Republic Spezial-Electronic KG 42 2 24342200 Denmark Arrow Denmark A/S 4450 82 00 Finland ACTE NC Finland Oy BC Electronics (0) 9 752 761 France Maxim France 01 39 30 19 00 France Distributors Maxim Distribution 0800 05 04 27 Dimacel Composants 01 34 23 70 00 Germany Maxim GmbH (0130) 827925 (Toll Free) 49 (089) 857 99-0 Germany Distributors Maxim Distribution (0130) 827925 (Toll Free) 49 (089) 857 99-0 SE Spezial-Electronic GmbH 0800-0007367 (Toll Free) Hong Kong Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. 2376 3000 India Unique Maxvale India 22-7668360 Ireland FMG Electronics 03-56-64002 Israel Tritech, Ltd. (09) 741 7277 Italy Maxim Italy (039) 6058555 Italy Distributor Esco Italiana Electronics Supply (039) 20481 Japan Maxim Japan Co., Ltd. (03) 3232-6141 Japan Distributors Easton Co., Ltd. (03) 3279-1922 Internix, Inc. (03) 3369-1101 Marubun Corp. (03) 3639-0677 Korea Maxim Korea (02) 508 1170 Mexico Arrow (USA) (516) 231-1000 Netherlands Koning en Hartman (015) 2609906 New Zealand Power Technology Components Ltd. 00649 8366-744 Norway ACTE Norway AS BC Electronics 63 89 89 00 Philippines Marubun Electronics (s) Pte Ltd. (2) 7593051 Poland SE Spezial Electronic Spolka Z.O.O. 095/758-05-72 Portugal ADM Electronics, S.A. (2) 9736957 Russia SE Spezial-Electronic ZAO (Moscow) 007/095-433-2582/83 007/095-438-7343/59 (St. Petersburg) 007/812-275-3860 Singapore/Malaysia/ Thailand Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. (Singapore) 841-7117 Ingram Micro Asia Ltd. (Singapore) (65) 298 0888/488 5111 Ingram Micro (Thailand) Ltd. (Bangkok) (66) 02 370 1280-90 Electronic Resources (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (Petaling Jaya) (60) 03 757 5778 Electronic Resources (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (Penang) (60) 04 646 8888 South Africa Arrow Altech Distribution (Pty), Ltd. (011) 923 9600 Spain Maxim Distribution 900 99 44 44 (Tel. gratuito) ADM Electronics S.A. 91-5304121 Sweden Maxim Sweden (08) 444 5430 Sweden Distributor Egevo Elektronik AB (08) 5870 6700 Switzerland Maxim Integrated Products Switzerland AG 0800-862946 Switzerland Distributor Maxim Distribution 0800-862946 Taiwan Maxim Taiwan (02) 2547-3888 U.K. Maxim Integrated Products (U.K.), Ltd. 0800 585 048 (Toll Free) (0118) 9303388 U.K. Distributors Maxim Distribution (0118) 9303388 2001 Electronic Components (01438) 742001 Eurodis HB Electronics (01204) 555100 Ukraine Spezial-Electronic GmbH 044-532-40-31